IIT Mandi Courses

December 24, 2024

Contents
1 CAIR Courses 26
1.1 AR 501/ ME 452: Robot Kinematics, Dynamics, and Control . . . . . . 26
1.2 AR 502: Advanced Design Practicum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
1.3 AR 503: Mechatronics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
1.4 AR 504: Robot Programming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
1.5 AR 505: Principles of Robot Autonomy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
1.6 AR 506: Cognitive Robotics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
1.7 AR 507: Probabilistic Robotics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
1.8 AR 508: Marine Robotics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
1.9 AR 509: Deep Learning for Robotics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
1.10 AR 510: Underactuated Robotics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
1.11 AR 511: Autonomous Mobile Robots . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
1.12 AR 512: Rapid Prototyping and Tooling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
1.13 AR 513: Unmanned Aerial Systems (UAS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
1.14 AR 514: Vision and Learning Based Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
1.15 AR 515: Sensors and State Estimation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
1.16 AR 516 : Introduction to Blockchain and Web3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
1.17 AR 517 : Introduction to Cyber security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
1.18 AR 518 : Advanced Blockchain and web3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50

2 Bio Engineering Courses 52

2.1 BT-101 Fundamentals of Biotechnology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
2.2 BE 101P: Reverse Engineering for Bioengineers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
2.3 BE 201: Cell Biology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
2.4 BE 202: Biochemistry and Molecular Biology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
2.5 BE 203: Enzymology and Bioprocessing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
2.6 BE 301: Biomechanics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
2.7 BE 302: Bioelectric Systems Modeling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
2.8 BE 303: Applied Biostatistics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
2.9 BE 304: Bioinformatics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
2.10 BE 305: Bioethics and Regulatory Affairs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
2.11 BE 306: Genetic Engineering: principles and applications . . . . . . . . 66
2.12 BE 307P: Reverse Engineering for Bioengineers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
2.13 BE 308: Introduction to Biomanufacturing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
2.14 BE 401 : Bioengineering Mini Project, Term Paper and Seminar . . . . 69

1
2.15 BE 501: Anatomy and Physiology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
2.16 BE 502: Design and Analysis of Bioalgorithms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
2.17 BE 503: Biosensing and Bioinstrumentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
2.18 BE 504: Biomaterials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
2.19 BE 505: Computational Biology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
2.20 BE 506 : Biological Modelling and Simulation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
2.21 BE 507: Environmental Impact Assessment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
2.22 BE 598: Thesis Project Part I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
2.23 BE 599: Thesis Project Part II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
2.24 BE 698P: Thesis Project Part I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
2.25 BE 699P: Thesis Project Part II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
2.26 BY 501: DNA Nanotechnology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
2.27 BY 502: Biophysics and Protein Engineering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
2.28 BY 503: Cellular Fuel and Cellular Communication . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
2.29 BY 504: Metabolic Systems Biology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
2.30 BY 505: Nanobiotechnology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
2.31 BY 506: Advanced Immunology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
2.32 BY 507: Genetic Engineering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
2.33 BY 508: Practical Metabolomics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
2.34 BY 509: Practical OMICs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
2.35 BY 510: Advanced Cell Biology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
2.36 BY 511: Cell Physiology in Health and Diseases . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
2.37 BY 512: Quantitative and Computational Biology . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
2.38 BY 513: Cellular Bioprocess Technology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
2.39 BY 514: Analytical Biotechniques . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
2.40 BY 515: Molecular Biotechnology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
2.41 BY 516: Introduction to “OMICS” and Systems Analysis . . . . . . . . . 100
2.42 BY 517: Proteomics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
2.43 BY 517 : Introduction to Proteomics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
2.44 BY 518: Disease Biology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
2.45 BY 519: Protein Sciences in Therapeutics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
2.46 BY 520P: : Cell Biology and Physiology Lab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
2.47 BY 521P: Computational Biology and Cellular Bioprocess Technology Lab 107
2.48 BY 522P: Analytical and Molecular Biotechnology Lab . . . . . . . . . . 107
2.49 BY 523P: Systems Biology Lab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
2.50 BY 524P: Medical and NanoBiotechnology Lab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
2.51 BY 527: Gene silencing and genome editing: principles and applications . 111
2.52 BY 528 : Sensory Biology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
2.53 BY 529 : Mechanobiology of the Cell (MBoC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
2.54 BY 530 : Advanced Cell and Molecular Biology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
2.55 BY 531 : Quantitative Biology and Data Analytics . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
2.56 BY 532 : Immunotechnology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
2.57 BY 533P : Advanced Cell and Molecular Biology Lab . . . . . . . . . . . 118
2.58 BY 534P : Cellular Bioprocess Technology Lab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
2.59 BY 535P : Analytical Biotechniques Lab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
2.60 BY 536P : Immunotechnology Lab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
2.61 BY 537 : Computational Biology-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
2.62 BY 600 : Research Methodology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122

2
 2.63 BY 606 and BY 606P: Bioinformatics Applications for Systems Analysis 124
2.64 BY 613: Metagenomics, and Next Generation Sequencing Technologies . 125

3 Civil Engineering Courses 127

3.1 CE 101 Engineering Graphics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
3.2 CE 102 Environmental Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
3.3 CE 201: Surveying: Traditional and Digital . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
3.4 CE 202 : Introduction to Civil Engineering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
3.5 CE 203: Civil Engineering Materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
3.6 CE 203P: Building Materials Lab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
3.7 CE 251: Hydraulics Engineering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
3.8 CE 252: Geology and Geomorphology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
3.9 CE 301: Strength of Materials and Structures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
3.10 CE 302: Geotechnical Engineering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
3.11 CE 303: Water Resources Engineering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
3.12 CE 303 53: Water Resources Engineering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
3.13 CE 304P: Hydraulics Engineering Lab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
3.14 CE 305P: Environment and Earth Science Lab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
3.15 CE 306P: Environmental Engineering Lab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
3.16 CE 310: Strength of Materials and Structures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
3.17 CE 310P: Strength of Materials and Structures Lab . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
3.18 CE 311: Geotechnical Engineering I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
3.19 CE 311P: Geotechnical Engineering Laboratory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149
3.20 CE 351: Design of Reinforced Concrete Structures . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150
3.21 CE 352: Transportation Engineering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152
3.22 CE 352 44 : Transportation Engineering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153
3.23 CE 352P: Transportation Engineering Laboratory . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
3.24 CE 352P 57 : Transportation Engineering Laboratory . . . . . . . . . . . 155
3.25 CE 353P: Civil Engineering Drawing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
3.26 CE 353P 44 : Civil Engineering Drawing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157
3.27 CE 354P: Building and Pavement Materials Laboratory . . . . . . . . . . 157
3.28 CE 355: Hydrology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
3.29 CE 356: Reverse Engineering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159
3.30 CE 401: Design of Steel Structures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160
3.31 CE 402: Geotechnical Engineering II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161
3.32 CE 403: Wastewater Engineering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162
3.33 CE 404: Analysis of Structures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
3.34 CE 405: Water and Wastewater Engineering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165
3.35 CE 451 : Irrigation Engineering and Hydraulic Structures . . . . . . . . . 166
3.36 CE 501: Remote Sensing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
3.37 CE 502: Groundwater Flow and Contaminant Transport . . . . . . . . . 169
3.38 CE 503: Fundamentals of Project Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170
3.39 CE 504: Slope Stability and Retaining Structures . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172
3.40 CE 505: Engineering of Ground Modification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173
3.41 CE 506: Analysis of Indeterminate Structures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174
3.42 CE 507: Advanced Concrete Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176
3.43 CE 508: Photogeology and Photogrammetry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177
3.44 CE 509: Bridge Engineering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178

3
3.45 CE 510: Modelling and Simulation in Water Resources Engineering . . . 180
3.46 CE 511: Structural Dynamics with Application to Earthquake Engineering 182
3.47 CE 512: Advanced Soil Mechanics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183
3.48 CE 513: Advanced Foundation Engineering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185
3.49 CE 514 : Rock Mechanics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186
3.50 CE 515: Environmental Impact Assessment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187
3.51 CE 516: Uncertainty Analysis in Civil Engineering . . . . . . . . . . . . 189
3.52 CE 517: Hydroinformatics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190
3.53 CE 518: Structural Reliability and Risk Assessment . . . . . . . . . . . 192
3.54 CE 519: Chemistry of Natural Waters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193
3.55 CE 520 : Environmental Reaction Modeling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195
3.56 CE 521: Ecology and Environment Microbiology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198
3.57 CE 522: Matrix Methods for Structural Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200
3.58 CE 523: Building Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
3.59 CE 524 : Applied Hydroclimatology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
3.60 CE 524P : Computational Hydroclimatology Lab . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205
3.61 CE 525 : Advance Transportation Engineering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206
3.62 CE 526 : Critical Zone Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
3.63 CE 527 : Advanced Pavement Engineering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209
3.64 CE 528 : Design of Masonry Structures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211
3.65 CE 551: Geosynthetics and their applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212
3.66 CE 552: Concrete Technology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213
3.67 CE 554: Prestressed Concrete Structures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215
3.68 CE 555: Advanced Design of Structures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216
3.69 CE 556P: Structural Engineering Laboratory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218
3.70 CE 557: Solid Mechanics in structural engineering . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219
3.71 CE 558: Air pollution and its mitigation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220
3.72 CE 558 52B: Air pollution and its mitigation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221
3.73 CE 559: Biological Wastewater Treatment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223
3.74 CE 560: Soil Dynamics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224
3.75 CE 561: The science of climate change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225
3.76 CE 586P: Mini Project . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227
3.77 CE 587P: Industrial / Academic Internship . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227
3.78 CE 591: Special Topics in Civil and Mechanical Engineering . . . . . . . 228
3.79 CE 600: Research Methodology for Civil Engineering . . . . . . . . . . . 229
3.80 CE 601: Geo-Informatics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230
3.81 CE 602 : Blast Engineering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231
3.82 CE 604 : Theory of Plasticity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232
3.83 CE 605: Engineering Seismology and Seismic Hazard Assessment . . . . 233
3.84 CE 606: Constitutive Modeling of Fri ctional Material . . . . . . . . . . . 235
3.85 CE 610: Analysis and Design for Earthquake Resistant Structures . . . . 236
3.86 CE 611: Structural Health Monitoring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238
3.87 CE 612: Theory of Plates and Shells . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238
3.88 CE 613: Mechanics of Unsaturated Soils . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239
3.89 CE 688P: Post Graduate Project - 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240
3.90 CE 689P: Post Graduate Project - II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241

4
4 Computer Science and Engineering Coureses 242
4.1 CS 201: Computer Organization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242
4.2 CS 201P: Computer Organization Laboratory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243
4.3 CS 202 (4) Advanced Data Structure and Algorithms . . . . . . . . . . . 244
4.4 CS 202: Data Structures and Algorithms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244
4.5 CS 203: Discrete Structures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246
4.6 CS 204: Introduction to Database . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247
4.7 CS 205: Paradigms of Programming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247
4.8 CS 206: Computer Networks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248
4.9 CS 207: Applied Databases Practicum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248
4.10 CS 208: Mathematical Foundations of Computer Science . . . . . . . . . 249
4.11 CS 211P: Network and Database Practicum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251
4.12 CS 212 : Design and Analysis of Algorithms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252
4.13 CS 241: Introduction to Cryptography . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253
4.14 CS 302: Paradigms of Programming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254
4.15 CS 303: Software Engineering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255
4.16 CS 304: Formal Languages and Automata Theory . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256
4.17 CS 305: Artificial Intelligence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257
4.18 CS 305 : Artificial Intelligence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258
4.19 CS 306: Operating Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259
4.20 CS 307: Systems Practicum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260
4.21 CS 307: Systems Practicum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262
4.22 CS 308 (2) Large Application Practicum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264
4.23 CS 308: Large Applications Practicum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264
4.24 CS 309: Information and Database Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266
4.25 CS 310: Introduction to Communicating Distributed Processes . . . . . . 267
4.26 CS 310 Introduction to Communicating Distributed Processes . . . . . . 268
4.27 CS 312 : Operating System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269
4.28 CS 313 : Computer Networks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271
4.29 CS 347 : Software Engineering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273
4.30 CS 350: Computer Graphics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274
4.31 CS 362 : Artificial Intelligence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274
4.32 CS 401: Architecture of High Performance Computers . . . . . . . . . . . 275
4.33 CS 402 (3) Compilers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276
4.34 CS 402: Compiler Technology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276
4.35 CS 403: Algorithm Design and Analysis I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277
4.36 CS 403: Algorithm Design and Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279
4.37 CS 405: Verification of Reactive Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280
4.38 CS 406: Computer Networks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 282
4.39 CS 451: Computer Graphics and Game Design . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284
4.40 CS 456: Distributed Databases . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285
4.41 CS 501: Access Networks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 286
4.42 CS 502: Compiler Design . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287
4.43 CS 502P: Basic Data Science Practicum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288
4.44 CS 506: Cognitive Modeling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 290
4.45 CS 507: Computer Architecture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291
4.46 CS 507 (3) Advanced Computer Architecture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 293
4.47 CS 508: Introduction to Network Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294

5
4.48 CS 508: Introduction to Heterogeneous Computing . . . . . . . . . . . . 295
4.49 CS 511: Applied Probability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 296
4.50 CS 512: Matrix Theory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297
4.51 CS 513: Discrete Mathematics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 299
4.52 CS 514: Data Structures and Algorithms-II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300
4.53 CS 515: Advanced Computer Science Practicum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302
4.54 CS 516P: Exploratory Project . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303
4.55 CS 510 : Randomized Algorithms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304
4.56 CS 520 : Introduction to Quantum Computing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 305
4.57 CS 522: Distributed Algorithms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 306
4.58 CS 541P: IoT systems and the Cloud . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309
4.59 CS 542 : Design Patterns for Scalable Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 310
4.60 CS 544: Formal Concept Analysis: Theory and Practice . . . . . . . . . . 311
4.61 CS 545: Software Design Patterns . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 312
4.62 CS 546: Design of Concurrent Software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313
4.63 CS 547: Network Management Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 315
4.64 CS 548: Cloud Networking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 315
4.65 CS 549: Performance Analysis of Computer Networks . . . . . . . . . . . 317
4.66 CS 549: Computer Networks Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 318
4.67 CS 550: Computer Graphics and Geometric Design . . . . . . . . . . . . 320
4.68 CS 551: Human Computer Interaction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 321
4.69 CS 560: Text Retrieval and Mining . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 322
4.70 CS 561: Map Reduce and Big Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 324
4.71 CS 562: Artificial Intelligence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 325
4.72 CS 563: Scalable Data Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 327
4.73 CS 571: Programming Practicum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 329
4.74 CS 580 Advanced Data Structures and Algorithms . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330
4.75 CS 580 Advanced Data Structure and Algorithm . . . . . . . . . . . . . 333
4.76 CS 591 series: Special topics in Knowledge Discovery and Data Mining . 334
4.77 CS 591 Series: Selected topics in machine learning for computer vision . . 334
4.78 CS 591 Series: Data Visualization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 335
4.79 CS 591 1: Selected Topics in Computer Graphics: Curves in Computer
Geometric Modelling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 336
4.80 CS 592: Selected Topics in Artificial Intelligence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 337
4.81 CS 592: Reactive Design Patterns . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 337
4.82 CS 601: Probability and Random Processes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 338
4.83 CS 603: Managerial Decision Making . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 339
4.84 CS 606 Old - Cognitive Modeling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 340
4.85 CS 606: Computational Modeling of Social Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . 340
4.86 CS 609 Old : Speech processing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 341
4.87 CS 609: Speech Processing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 342
4.88 CS 611: Program Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 343
4.89 CS 630: Speech Technology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 345
4.90 CS 660: Data Mining for Decision Making . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 346
4.91 CS 661: Knowledge Representation and Reasoning . . . . . . . . . . . . . 348
4.92 CS 662: Mobile Virtual Reality and Artificial Intelligence . . . . . . . . . 349
4.93 CS 669: Pattern Recognition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 350
4.94 CS 670: Kernal Methods for Pattern Recognition . . . . . . . . . . . . . 352

6
 4.95 CS 671: Deep Learning and Applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 353
4.96 CS 672: Advanced Topics in Deep Learning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 354
4.97 CS 673 : Advanced Computer Vision . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 355
4.98 CS 677: Soft Computing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 357
4.99 CS 683 : Generative AI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 357
4.100CS 685 : Natural Language Processing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 359
4.101CS 685 56 : Natural Language Processing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 361
4.102CS 686 56 : Large Language Models: Core Concepts to Custom Applications363
4.103CS 686 : Large Language Models: Core Concepts to Custom Applications 365
4.104CS 693: Compressed Sensing and its applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . 367

5 Chemistry Courses 368

5.1 CY 001 Preparatory Chemistry - 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 368
5.2 CY 002 Preparatory Chemistry - 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 369
5.3 CY 101: Chemistry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 370
5.4 CY 201P : Physical Chemistry Laboratory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 372
5.5 CY 202P : Physical Chemistry Laboratory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 374
5.6 CY 203P : Physical Chemistry Laboratory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 375
5.7 CY 241: Nano-scale Science and Technology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 376
5.8 CY 242: Introduction to Molecular Spectroscopy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 377
5.9 CY 243: Engineering Chemistry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 378
5.10 CY 247: Introduction to Molecular Thermodynamics . . . . . . . . . . . 379
5.11 CY 248: Molecular Physical Chemistry for Engineers . . . . . . . . . . . 380
5.12 CY 301 : Principles and Theories of Physical Chemistry . . . . . . . . . 381
5.13 CY 302 : Principles of Organic Chemistry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 382
5.14 CY 303 : Fundamentals of Inorganic Chemistry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 384
5.15 CY 304 : Fundamental Analytical Chemistry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 385
5.16 CY 342: Understanding Small Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 386
5.17 CY 344: Food Chemistry: Processing, Preservation and Storage . . . . . 387
5.18 CY 401 : Introduction to Quantum Chemistry & Molecular Spectroscopy 388
5.19 CY 402 : Applied Materials Chemistry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 389
5.20 CY 403 : Numerical methods and Data Analysis in Chemistry . . . . . . 391
5.21 CY 404 : Fundamentals of Soft Matter Science and Applications . . . . . 393
5.22 CY 501:Organic Reactions & Mechanism . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 394
5.23 CY 501P: Organic Chemistry Laboratory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 396
5.24 CY 502: Photochemistry and pericyclic reactions . . . . . . . . . . . . . 397
5.25 CY 504: Heterocyclic Chemistry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 399
5.26 CY 506: Chemistry of Transition Elements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 400
5.27 CY 506P: Inorganic Chemistry Lab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 401
5.28 CY 507: Chemistry of Main Group Elements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 402
5.29 CY 508: Organometallic Chemistry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 403
5.30 CY 511: Group Theory and Spectroscopy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 405
5.31 CY 511 P: Physical Chemistry Laboratory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 406
5.32 CY 512: Advanced Quantum Chemistry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 408
5.33 CY 513: Reaction Dynamics, Kinetics and Catalysis . . . . . . . . . . . . 409
5.34 CY 514: Chemical Thermodynamics and Electrochemistry . . . . . . . . 410
5.35 CY 515 : Advanced Inorganic Spectroscopy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 412
5.36 CY 521: Mathematics for Chemist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 414

7
 5.37 CY 522: Computational Chemistry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 415
5.38 CY 523 : Colloids and Interface Science and Technology . . . . . . . . . 416
5.39 CY 524: Basic and Applied Electrochemistry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 418
5.40 CY 541: Fundamentals of Organic Chemistry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 419
5.41 CY 547: Chemical Crystallography . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 420
5.42 CY 550: Bioinspired Materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 422
5.43 CY 552: Hydrogen Generation and Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 423
5.44 CY 553: Organic Inorganic Spectroscopy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 424
5.45 CY 554: Science and Technology of Nanomaterials . . . . . . . . . . . . . 426
5.46 CY 555: Introduction to Polymer Science & Technology . . . . . . . . . . 427
5.47 CY 556: Organic Spectroscopy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 428
5.48 CY 558 : Inorganic Chemistry for Sustainability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 431
5.49 CY 600 : Research Methodology for Chemistry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 432
5.50 CY 641: Polymer Synthesis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 433
5.51 CY 642: Molecular- and Bio-electronics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 435
5.52 CY 643: Advanced Analytical Techniques . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 436
5.53 CY 644: Bioinorganic chemistry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 437
5.54 CY 645: Reagents in organic synthesis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 439
5.55 CY 646: Advanced NMR Spectroscopy- A problem based approach . . . 440
5.56 CY 660: Photocatalysis: Fundamentals and Applications . . . . . . . . . 442
5.57 CY 670: Fluorescence spectroscopy, microscopy and applications . . . . . 443
5.58 CY 701: Advances Physical Methods in Chemistry Theory and Applica-
tions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 445
5.59 CY 702: Advanced Inorganic Chemistry: Theory and Applications . . . . 447
5.60 CY 703: Advanced Organic Chemistry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 448
5.61 CY 704: Introduction to Theoretical Chemistry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 450
5.62 CY 705: Modern Methods in Organic Synthesis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 451
5.63 CY 746: Self assembly of surfactants and Polymers in Solution . . . . . 452
5.64 DP 501P: Design Practicum I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 453
5.65 DP 502P: Design Practicum II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 453
5.66 DP 503P: Basic Mechanical and Electrical Workshop . . . . . . . . . . . 454
5.67 DP 504P: Mini Project . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 455
5.68 DP 505P: Main Project . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 455

6 Data Science and Engineering Courses 457

6.1 DS 201 Old : Data handling and visualization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 457
6.2 DS 201 : Data Handling and Visualization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 458
6.3 DS 301 : Mathematical Foundations of Data Science . . . . . . . . . . . 459
6.4 DS 301 Old : Mathematical Foundation of Data Science . . . . . . . . . 460
6.5 DS 302 Old : Computing Systems for Data Processing . . . . . . . . . . 461
6.6 DS 302 : Computing Systems for Data Processing . . . . . . . . . . . . . 462
6.7 DS 303 : Statistical Foundations of Data Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 464
6.8 DS 303 Old : Statistical Foundations of Data Science . . . . . . . . . . . 465
6.9 DS 313 Old : Statistical Foundations of Data Science . . . . . . . . . . . 466
6.10 DS 313 : Statistical Foundations of Data Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 467
6.11 DS 401 Old : Optimization for data science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 468
6.12 DS 401 : Optimization for Data Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 470
6.13 DS 402 : Matrix Computations for Data Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 471

8
 6.14 DS 402 Old : Matrix Computations for Data Science . . . . . . . . . . . 472
6.15 DS 403 Old : Introduction to Statistical Learning . . . . . . . . . . . . . 473
6.16 DS 403 : Introduction to Statistical Learning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 474
6.17 DS 404 : Information Security and Privacy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 475
6.18 DS 404 Old : Information Security and Privacy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 476
6.19 DS 411 Old : Optimization for Data Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 478
6.20 DS 411 : Optimization for Data Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 479
6.21 DS 412 : Matrix Computations for Data Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 480
6.22 DS 412 Old : Matrix Computations for Data Science . . . . . . . . . . . 481
6.23 DS 413 Old : Introduction to Statistical Learning . . . . . . . . . . . . . 483
6.24 DS 413 : Introduction to Statistical Learning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 484

7 Electrical Engineering Courses 486

7.1 EE 101 Electrical Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 486
7.2 EE 201: Electromechanics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 487
7.3 EE 201 P: Electromechanics Lab. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 488
7.4 EE 202: Analog Electronics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 488
7.5 EE 202P: Analog Electronics Lab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 489
7.6 EE 203: Network Theory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 490
7.7 EE 205 : Electromagnetics and Wave propagation . . . . . . . . . . . . . 491
7.8 EE 208: Digital Electronic Circuits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 492
7.9 EE 208P: Digital Systems Design Practicum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 493
7.10 EE 210 : Digital System Design . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 495
7.11 EE 210P : Digital System Design . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 497
7.12 EE 211 : Analog Circuit Design . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 498
7.13 EE 223P : Reverse Engineering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 500
7.14 EE 231 : Measurement and Instrumentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 502
7.15 EE 301: Control Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 503
7.16 EE 301: Control Systems old . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 505
7.17 EE 301P: Control Systems Laboratory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 506
7.18 EE 301P Old: Control Systems Lab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 506
7.19 EE 303: Power Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 507
7.20 EE 303P: Power System Lab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 508
7.21 EE 303 (3-0-0-3) Power Systems and EE 303P Power Systems Lab. (0-0-2-1).508
7.22 EE 304: Communication Theory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 509
7.23 EE 304 52B : Communication Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 510
7.24 EE 305(3) Digital Signal Processing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 511
7.25 EE 305: Digital Signal Processing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 511
7.26 EE 306 Computer Organization & Microprocessor . . . . . . . . . . . . . 512
7.27 EE 307: Theory of Measurement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 513
7.28 EE 308 Solid State Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 514
7.29 EE 309: Power Electronics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 515
7.30 EE 309P: Power Electronics Lab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 516
7.31 EE 310: Electromagnetic Fields . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 516
7.32 EE 311: Device Electronics for Integrated Circuits . . . . . . . . . . . . . 517
7.33 EE 312 P: Microelectronics Circuits Design Practicum (MCDP) . . . . . 519
7.34 EE 313: Measurement and Instrumentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 521
7.35 EE 314 : Digital Signal Processing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 522

9
7.36 EE 326 : Compmer Organization and Processor Architecture Design . . . 523
7.37 EE 500 : Network Control System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 525
7.38 EE 501: Power System Operation and Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 526
7.39 EE 502P: Analog System Design Laboratory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 527
7.40 EE 503: Advance Communication Theory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 528
7.40.1 Course Contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 528
7.41 EE 504: Switch Mode Power Conversion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 529
7.42 EE 505 (3) Materials for Semiconductor Industry . . . . . . . . . . . . . 530
7.43 EE 506: Solar Photovoltaic Energy Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 531
7.44 EE 507: Transmission Lines and Basic Microwave Engineering . . . . . . 532
7.45 EE 508: Fundamentals of Electric Drives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 533
7.46 EE 508P: Practicum on Electric Drives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 535
7.47 EE 509: Linear Dynamical Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 536
7.48 EE 511 9 : Computer Vision . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 538
7.49 EE 511 22: Computer Vision . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 539
7.50 EE 512: CMOS Analog IC Design . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 540
7.51 EE 513: Special Electrical Machines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 542
7.52 EE 514: Robust Control Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 543
7.53 EE 515: Nonlinear Stability and Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 544
7.54 EE 516: Biomedical Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 545
7.55 EE 517: Wireless Communications and Networking . . . . . . . . . . . . 547
7.56 EE 518: Information Theory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 548
7.57 EE 519 P: CMOS Digital IC design Practicum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 549
7.58 EE 520: Microelectronics Devices and Modelling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 550
7.59 EE 522: Matrix Theory for Engineers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 552
7.60 EE 523: Digital VLSI Architecture Design . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 554
7.61 EE 524: Digital MOS LSI Circuits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 555
7.62 EE 526:Power Semiconductor Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 557
7.63 EE 527 : Analysis and De::;ign of Power Electronic Converters . . . . . . 558
7.64 EE 527P: Practicum on Analysis and Design of Power Electronic Converters560
7.65 EE 528: Modelling and Analysis of Electrical Machines . . . . . . . . . . 561
7.66 EE 528 : Modelling and Analysis of Electrical Machines . . . . . . . . . 563
7.67 EE 529 : Embedded Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 565
7.68 EE 530: Optimization theory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 567
7.69 EE 530: Applied Optimization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 568
7.70 EE 531: Estimation and Detection Theory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 569
7.71 EE 532P: Supervised Research Exposure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 572
7.72 EE 534: Probability and Random Processes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 572
7.73 EE 535P: Communication and Signal Processing Systems Design . . . . . 573
7.74 EE 536: IoT Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 574
7.75 EE 537 Power Quality Problems and Mitigation Techniques in Microgrids 575
7.76 EE 540: Wide Band Gap Devices in Power Electronics Applications . . . 577
7.77 EE 541: Tensors: Techniques, Algorithms, Applications for Signal Pro-
cessing, and Machine Learning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 579
7.78 EE 542: Modelling, Simulation and Control of Hybrid Electric Vehicle . 580
7.79 EE 543: Vision and Learning Based Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 581
7.80 EE 551: Applied Photonics for Scientists and Engineers . . . . . . . . . . 582
7.81 EE 552 : Power and Energy Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 584

10
7.82 EE 553 : Foundations of Intelligent Communication Systems-I . . . . . . 585
7.83 EE 554 : Low Power VLSI Design . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 586
7.84 EE 555 : Intelligent Control System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 588
7.85 EE 556 : Nuclear Reactor Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 589
7.86 EE 557 : Adaptive Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 591
7.87 EE 560: Reconfigurable Computing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 592
7.88 EE 570 : Advanced Communication Theory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 594
7.89 EE 574 : Biomedical Signal and Image Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 595
7.90 EE 575 : Applied Statistics for Data and Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 597
7.91 EE 580: Network Systems: Modelling and Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . 598
7.92 EE 581 : Applied Statistics for Data and Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 599
7.93 EE 582: Nonlinear Analysis and Control of Power Electronic Converters . 601
7.94 EE 583: Smart Grids . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 602
7.95 EE 584: Power System Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 603
7.96 EE 601 9th senate Solid State Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 605
7.97 EE 601: Advanced Electric Drives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 606
7.98 EE 602: Control System Applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 607
7.99 EE 603: Renewable Energy and Smart Grid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 608
7.100EE 604P: Practicum on Advanced Electric Drives . . . . . . . . . . . . . 608
7.101EE 605: Information Theory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 609
7.102 EE 606: Introduction to High Voltage Engineering and Dielectric Breakdown610
7.103 EE 607 Optical Communication Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 612
7.104 EE 608 Digital Image Processing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 613
7.105 EE 609: Network Information Theory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 614
7.106 EE 611: VLSI Technology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 615
7.107 EE 611P: VLSI Fabrication Practicum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 617
7.108 EE 612 (3) OFDM For Optical Communications . . . . . . . . . . . . . 620
7.109 EE 613: Wireless Communication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 620
7.110 EE 614: Optical Communication Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 621
7.111 EE 615: Nano Electronics and Nano Microfabrication . . . . . . . . . . 622
7.112 EE 616: Microwave engineering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 624
7.113 EE 618: Industrial Process Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 625
7.114 EE 619: Mixed Signal VLSI Design . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 626
7.115 EE 620 10 : Advanced Digital Signal Processing . . . . . . . . . . . . . 629
7.116 EE 620 24 : Advanced Digital Signal Processing . . . . . . . . . . . . . 630
7.117 EE 621: Radiating systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 631
7.118 EE 622: Microwave Integrated Circuits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 632
7.119 EE 623P : Practicum on Digital Control of Electric Drives . . . . . . . . 633
7.120 EE 623P: Practicum on Digital Control of Power Electronics and Drives 635
7.121 EE 630: HVDC Transmission and Flexible AC Transmission Systems . . 636
7.122 EE 641: Advance Wireless Technologies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 638
7.123 EE 642 : Research Study . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 640
7.124 EE 677 (3) Analog Circuit Design . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 641
7.125 EE 678 (3) Digital Circuit Design . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 642
7.126 EE 691: Advanced Topics in Dielectric Breakdown . . . . . . . . . . . . 642
7.127 EC 101A Computer Systems & Programming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 643
7.128 EC 101B Fundamentals of Object Oriented Programming . . . . . . . . 644
7.129 EC 102 Fundamentals of Electronics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 645

11
8 Energy Engineering Courses 647
8.1 EM 504: Materials for Energy Applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 647
8.2 EM 505: Alternative Energy Sources for Transportation . . . . . . . . . . 648
8.3 EM 604: Energy: Environment Policy and Law . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 649
8.4 EM 651: Photovoltaic materials and fabrication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 650
8.5 EN 501: Energy Sources and Power Plants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 652
8.6 EN 502: Emerging Energy Sources . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 653
8.7 EN 503: Energy Storage Technologies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 655
8.8 EN 503 Old: Energy Storage Technologies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 656
8.9 EN 504: Energy: Environment Policy and Law . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 657
8.10 EN 505P: Energy Systems Laboratory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 659
8.11 EN 506 : Design of Energy Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 660
8.12 EN 507 : Transport Phenomena for Energy Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . 661
8.13 EN 508: Solid Mechanics for Energy Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 662
8.14 EN 509 TD:Thermodynamics for Energy Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . 663
8.15 EN 509: Functional Materials for Energy Engineering . . . . . . . . . . . 664
8.16 EN 510 : Electrochemical Systems for Energy Engineering . . . . . . . . 666
8.17 EN 511: Structure- Property Characterization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 667
8.18 EN 511 44 BoA : Computational Methods in Material Science . . . . . . 668
8.19 EN 512 old : Creep-Fatigue Interaction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 669
8.20 EN 512 : Structure-Property Correlations for Energy Applications . . . 670
8.21 EN 513: Life Extension Engineering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 671
8.22 EN 604: Energy: Environment Policy and Law . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 673
8.23 EN 605: Modeling and Simulation of Energy Systems . . . . . . . . . . . 674
8.24 EN 611: : Durability Behavior of Energy Materials . . . . . . . . . . . . 675
8.25 EN 612: Structure - Property correlation in materials for Energy Applications676
8.26 EN 613: Creep-Fatigue Interaction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 678
8.27 EN 695P: Post Graduate Project-I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 678

9 Electric Transport Courses 679

9.1 ET 501 : Power Electronic Applications in Electric Transportation . . . . 679
9.2 ET 502 : Embedded Systems and IoT for E-Transportation . . . . . . . . 681
9.3 ET 503 : Electrical Machine and Drives in Electric Transportation . . . . 683
9.4 ET 504P: Systems Design for Electric Vehicles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 685

10 General Engineering Courses 686

10.1 GE 501 : Creative Engineering Design . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 686
10.2 GE 502 : Consciousness and Professional Ethics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 687
10.3 GE 521 : Essentials of Entrepreneurship . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 690
10.4 GE 522 : Entrepreneurship and Technology Commercialization . . . . . . 691
10.5 GE 523 : Startup Framework: Finance, Valuation, and Structure . . . . . 692

11 HCI Courses 694

11.1 HC 600 : Research Methodology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 694

12 Humanities and Social Sciences Courses 695

12.1 HS 101: Technical communication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 695
12.2 HS 102: Art and Architecture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 695
12.3 HS 103: Dance and Drama . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 696

12
12.4 HS 104: Music . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 697
12.5 HS 105: Basic Communication Skills . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 697
12.6 HS 106: English I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 698
12.7 HS 107: Exploring Creative Art Forms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 699
12.8 HS 108: Basic English for Engineers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 700
12.9 HS 109: Advanced English for Engineers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 701
12.10HS 110 : Japanese Language for Beginners . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 702
12.11HS 111 : Japanese Language for Daily Life . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 704
12.12HS 151: Introduction to English Literature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 705
12.13HS 152: Introduction to Rhetoric . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 706
12.14HS 201: Indian Economic Development . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 708
12.15HS 202: Principles of Economics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 709
12.16HS 203: Understanding Society . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 711
12.17HS 204: Introduction to Political Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 712
12.18HS 205: Financial Accounting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 713
12.19HS 206: Public Speaking and Debating Skills . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 715
12.20HS 208: English II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 717
12.21HS 209: New Media Arts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 718
12.22HS 235: Introductory Econometrics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 719
12.23HS 241: Introduction to Drama: Theory and Practice . . . . . . . . . . . 720
12.24HS 252: Introduction to Psychology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 721
12.25HS 253: Introduction to Sociology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 722
12.26HS 254: Introduction to European Philosophy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 723
12.27HS 255: India Since Independence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 724
12.28HS 261: The Indian Constitution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 726
12.29HS 263: Popular Culture in Modern India: A Historical Perspective . . . 727
12.30HS 301: Policy Analysis and Advocacy Skills . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 729
12.31HS 302: Introduction to Drama in English . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 731
12.32HS 303: Partition of India: History and Legacy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 733
12.33HS 304: Organizational Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 736
12.34HS 306 : Introduction to German Literature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 736
12.35HS 307: Macroeconomics I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 738
12.36HS 308: Introduction to Modern European Literature . . . . . . . . . . . 739
12.37HS 331: Role of Aesthetics in Design . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 740
12.38HS 341: Communication and Discourse Strategies . . . . . . . . . . . . . 741
12.39HS 342: German I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 742
12.40HS 343: Introduction Into Political Philosophy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 743
12.41HS 344: Introduction to Sociology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 744
12.42HS 350: Traditional Media Arts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 745
12.43HS 351: Popular Fiction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 746
12.44HS 352: German II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 747
12.45HS 353: Science, Technology and Society . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 747
12.46HS 354: Social Psychology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 749
12.47HS 355: India Through its Epics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 750
12.48HS 357: Creative Writing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 751
12.49HS 358: Science Writing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 752
12.50HS 362: German III . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 753
12.51HS 363: Post-war Germany: A Literary Perspective . . . . . . . . . . . . 754

13
12.52HS 364: Modern China: A Historical Survey . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 755
12.53HS 372: German IV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 757
12.54HS 373: Readings from German History . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 758
12.55HS 381: Indian Society: Structure and Change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 759
12.56HS 382: Social Movements in India . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 760
12.57HS 391: Introduction to World History . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 761
12.58HS 392: Modern China . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 762
12.59HS 393: Technology and world History: 1400 to the present . . . . . . . 763
12.60HS 401: Tribal India, Indigenous Latin America . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 764
12.61HS 402: Literature and Culture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 766
12.62HS 403: Organizational Behavior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 767
12.63HS 404: Technology in Pre-modern India . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 768
12.64HS 450 : Financial Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 769
12.65HS 451: Modern Literature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 770
12.66HS 461 Consumer Behavior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 770
12.67HS 471: Contemporary India . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 771
12.68HS 472: Sociology of Development . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 774
12.69HS 481: International Economics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 776
12.70HS 501 : Global Health and Demography . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 777
12.71HS 502: Philosophy of Technology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 781
12.72HS 503 : German Literature from World War II to Reunification . . . . . 782
12.73HS 504 : Personal Finance and Portfolio Management . . . . . . . . . . . 784
12.74HS 505: Circularity in Modern European Literature . . . . . . . . . . . . 786
12.75HS 506: Population Studies: Theory and Basic Analysis . . . . . . . . . 787
12.76HS 508: Socio-technical Systems Engineering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 789
12.77HS 510: Essentials of Entrepreneurship . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 790
12.78HS 522: Research Methodology in Social Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 792
12.79HS 523: Decision-Making for Social Change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 793
12.80HS 524: India in the 1950s: Biography of a Foundational Decade . . . . . 795
12.81HS 525: History of Development Thought . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 797
12.82HS 526: Human Geography: A Western Himalayan Perspective . . . . . 798
12.83HS 527: Indian Social Structure and Development . . . . . . . . . . . . . 800
12.84HS 528: Information Technology and Development . . . . . . . . . . . . 803
12.85HS 529: Natural Resource and Development . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 805
12.86HS 530: Planning, Welfare and Development . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 807
12.87HS 531: Gender and Development . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 809
12.88HS 532: Sustainable Development and Environmental Protection . . . . . 811
12.89HS 533: Urban Development . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 813
12.90HS 534: Economics of Climate Change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 815
12.91HS 535: Financial Inclusion in India . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 816
12.92HS 536: Social Movements in India . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 819
12.93HS 537: Post-Reform India: Polity, Society and Economy . . . . . . . . . 820
12.94HS 538: Development Economics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 823
12.95HS 539: Post-War Germany: Politics, Society, and Culture . . . . . . . . 824
12.96HS 541: Technical Communication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 827
12.97HS 542 : Ethnicity, State, and Nationalism in India . . . . . . . . . . . . 828
12.98HS 543: Epidemics in World History: From the Black Death to COVID-19 830
12.99HS 544 : Disaster Risk Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 833

14
12.100HS 545 : Applied Forensic Psychology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 834
12.101HS 546 : Readings in World Literature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 837
12.102HS 547: Philosophy of Texts and Narratives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 840
12.103HS 548: Science and Society . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 843
12.104HS 549 : Indian Literatures in English Translation . . . . . . . . . . . . 845
12.105HS 550: Statistical Methods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 848
12.106HS 550P: Statistical Methods Practical . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 851
12.107HS 551: Financial Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 852
12.108HS 551P: Development Studies Practicum I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 853
12.109 HS 552P: Development Studies Practicum II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 853
12.110 HS 553P: Field Study . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 853
12.111 HS 554P: Post Graduate Project . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 854
12.112HS 555: Infrastructural Development in Highland South Asia . . . . . . 855
12.113 HS 556: Classical Social Theories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 858
12.114 HS 563: Theory and Methods of Policy Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . 861
12.115 HS 575: Mayan America . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 862
12.116 HS 582: Energy Economics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 863
12.117HS 600: Research Methodology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 865
12.118 HS 601: Literary Methods: Theory and Interpretation . . . . . . . . . . 867
12.119 HS 602: Indian Writing in English . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 867
12.120 HS 606: Political Philosophy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 869
12.121 HS 607: Weimar Classicism . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 870
12.122 HS 608: Modern Western Social Thought . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 872
12.123 HS 610: Reading Cultural Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 874
12.124 HS 611: Research Writing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 876
12.125 HS 616: Managerial Thinking and Decision Making . . . . . . . . . . . 877
12.126 HS 620: Popular Narratives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 879
12.127 HS 621: Advance Qualitative Research Methods . . . . . . . . . . . . . 881
12.128 HS 623: Advance Social Psychology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 883
12.129 HS 624: Advanced Organizational Psychology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 885
12.130 HS 626: Eighteenth Century German Aesthetic and Literary Criticism . 889
12.131 HS 627: Readings in Eighteenth Century German Literature . . . . . . 890
12.132 HS 629: German Studies: An Intellectual and Cultural Approach (1750-
2000) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 892
12.133 HS 631: Historical Theory and Methodology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 895
12.134 HS 632: South Indian Epigraphy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 903
12.135 HS 633: Manuscriptology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 907
12.136 HS 634: British Factories in South India . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 910
12.137 HS 636: Sociology of Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 912
12.138 HS 637: The Historian’s Craft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 914
12.139 HS 650: Statistical Methods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 916
12.140 HS 651: Advanced Econometrics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 917
12.141 HS 652: Advanced Microeconomic Theory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 919
12.142 HS 653: Environmental Economics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 920
12.143 HS 654: Health Economics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 921
12.144 HS 694: Readings in Himachal History and Culture . . . . . . . . . . . 928

15
13 Institute Core Courses 931
13.1 IC 101P: Reverse Engineering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 931
13.2 IC 102P: Foundation of Design Practicum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 932
13.3 IC 110: Engineering Mathematics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 933
13.4 IC 111: Linear Algebra . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 934
13.5 IC 112: Calculus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 935
13.6 IC 113 : Complex and Vector Calculus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 936
13.7 IC 114 : Linear Algebra . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 937
13.8 IC 115: ODE and Integral transform . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 938
13.9 IC 121: Mechanics of Particles and waves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 939
13.10IC 130: Applied Chemistry for Engineers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 940
13.11IC 130P: Chemistry Practicum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 941
13.12IC 131: Applied Chemistry for Engineers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 942
13.13IC 136: Understanding Biotechnology & its Applications . . . . . . . . . 943
13.14IC 140: Graphics for Design . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 943
13.15IC 141: Product Realization Technology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 945
13.16IC 141 Revised : Product Realization Technology . . . . . . . . . . . . . 946
13.17IC 141P: Product Realization Technology Laboratory . . . . . . . . . . . 947
13.18IC 142 Old: Engineering Thermodynamics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 948
13.19IC 150: Computation for Engineers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 950
13.20IC 150P: Computing for Engineers Lab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 950
13.21IC 152: Computing and Data Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 951
13.22IC 160: Electrical Systems Around Us . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 952
13.23IC 160P: Electrical Systems Laboratory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 953
13.24IC 161: Applied Electronics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 954
13.25IC 161P: Applied Electronics Laboratory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 955
13.26IC 181: Introduction to Consciousness and Holistic Wellbeing . . . . . . 955
13.27IC 201P: Design Practicum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 957
13.28IC 202P: Design Practicum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 958
13.29IC 210: Probability, Statistics and Random Processes . . . . . . . . . . . 958
13.30IC 221: Foundations of Electrodynamics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 959
13.31IC 222P: Physics Practicum/Practicals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 961
13.32IC 230: Environmental Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 962
13.33IC 231: Measurement and Instrumentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 962
13.34IC 231 44B : Measurement and Instrumentation Practicum . . . . . . . 964
13.35IC 240: Mechanics of Rigid Bodies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 966
13.36IC 241: Materials Science for Engineers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 966
13.37IC 241 57 : Materials Science for Engineers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 968
13.38IC 242: Continuum Mechanics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 969
13.39IC 250: Programming and Data Structure Practicum . . . . . . . . . . . 971
13.40IC 252: Data Science 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 972
13.41IC 253 : Programming and Data Structures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 973
13.42IC 260: Signals and Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 974
13.43IC 272 : Machine Learning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 975
13.44IC 301P Interdisciplinary Socio-Technical Practicum . . . . . . . . . . . 977
13.45IC 401P Major Technical Project . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 978
13.46IC 402P Major Technical Project (Contd.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 979

16
14 IKSMHA Courses 981
14.1 IK 501: Yoga Sutras . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 981
14.2 IK 502: Introduction to Bio-signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 986
14.3 IK 503: Cognitive Psychology and the Indian Thought System . . . . . . 987
14.4 IK 504: Bhagavad Gita Comprehensive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 989
14.5 IK 505: Bhagavata Sankhya . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 990
14.6 IK 506: Research methods and statistics for contemplative science . . . . 991
14.7 IK 507: Neuroscience and mental health . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 993
14.8 IK 508 : Music and Musopathy Intermediate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 995
14.9 IK 509: Research methodology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 996
14.10IK 510: Cognitive Neuroscience . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 998
14.11IK 511 : Science of Āyurveda . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1001
14.12IK 512 : Rhythmic Structures and Applications in Music and Musopathy 1002
14.13IK 513 : Music and Musopathy Foundation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1004
14.14IK 514 : Introduction to Audio Engineering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1006
14.15IK 515 : Music and Cognition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1007
14.16IK 530 : Bhagavad-Gı̄tā Part I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1008
14.17IK 535: Ancient Sanskrit Literature and Scriptures . . . . . . . . . . . . 1009
14.18IK 536 : Introduction to Vedanta Philosophy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1010
14.19IK 538 : Basic Sanskrit Grammar and Semantics . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1012
14.20IK 539 : Sanskrit and Technology: An Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1015
14.21IK 540 : Bhagavad-Gı̄tā Part II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1016
14.22IK 541 : Upanishads and Vedanta Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1017
14.23IK 542 : Machine Learning for Sanskrit Text Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . 1019
14.24IK 547 : Sanskrit Poetry and Drama . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1020
14.25IK 548 : Advanced NLP Techniques for Indian Languages . . . . . . . . 1021
14.26IK 551 : Bhagavad-Gı̄tā Part III . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1023
14.27IK 552 : Selected Topics in Rāmāyan.a . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1025
14.28IK 553: Pān.ini Ashtadhyayi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1026
14.29IK 554: Bhagwat Saṅkhya . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1027
14.30IK 555 : Selected Topics in Mahābhārata . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1028
14.31IK 556 : Sūrya Siddhānta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1029
14.32IK 557: The Study of Dharma . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1030
14.33IK 558: Hinduism, Yoga and Ecology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1031
14.34IK 559: Three Short Upanis.ads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1033
14.35IK 560: Vais.n.avism: History, Teachings and Practice . . . . . . . . . . . 1035
14.36IK 562 : Research Methodology - Tantra Yukti and Pramān.a Śāstra . . . 1036
14.37IK 566: Introduction to Vedic Traditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1038
14.38IK 567: Soundaryaśāstra - Tāla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1039
14.39IK 568: Indian Performing Arts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1042
14.40IK 569: Mahabharat (Dharma Dasha Lakshanam) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1043
14.41IK 570: NLP for Sanskrit: Introduction and Basics . . . . . . . . . . . . 1045
14.42IK 572: Vedāṅgas: The Limbs of the Vedas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1047
14.43IK 573 : Tapestry of Indian Knowledge Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1048
14.44IK 592 : Selected Topics in Music and Musopathy . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1049
14.45IK 609 : Music and Musopathy Advanced . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1050

17
15 Mathematics Courses 1052
15.1 MA 001 Preparatory Mathematics - 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1052
15.2 MA 002 Preparatory Mathematics - 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1053
15.3 MA 101 Mathematics-I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1053
15.4 MA 102: Mathematics II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1055
15.5 MA 201: Mathematics-III . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1056
15.6 MA 210 : Real and Complex Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1057
15.7 MA 211 : Ordinary Differential Equations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1058
15.8 MA 460: Nonlinear Dynamics and Chaos . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1059
15.9 MA 465: Ordinary Differential Equations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1060
15.10MA 510 9 : Climate Change Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1061
15.11MA 510: Ordinary Differential Equations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1062
15.12MA 510: Climate Change Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1064
15.13MA 511 Old: Real and Complex Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1065
15.14MA 511: Real Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1066
15.15MA 512: Linear Algebra . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1067
15.16MA 513: Ordinary Differential Equations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1068
15.17MA 514: Computer Programming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1070
15.18MA 514P: Computer Programming Lab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1071
15.19MA 515: Applied Mathematical Programming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1072
15.20MA 516 : Topology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1073
15.21MA 521 10 : Topology and Functional Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1074
15.22MA 521: Functional Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1075
15.23MA 522: Partial Differential Equations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1077
15.24MA 523: Numerical Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1078
15.25MA 524: Probability and Statistics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1080
15.26MA 525: Heuristic Optimization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1081
15.27MA 526 : An Introduction to Wavelets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1083
15.28MA 527 : Field and Galois Theory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1084
15.29MA 528 : Measure Theory and Integration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1085
15.30MA 529 : Statistical Inference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1086
15.31MA 530 : Graph Theory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1087
15.32MA 549: Abstract Algebra . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1088
15.33MA 550 Statistical Data Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1089
15.34MA 551: Numerical Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1090
15.35MA 552: Number Theory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1091
15.36MA 553: Mathematical Foundations of Financial Engineering . . . . . . 1092
15.37MA 555: Introduction to Partial Differential Equations for Engineers . . 1093
15.38MA 560 : Nonlinear Dynamics and Chaos . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1094
15.39MA 565: Numerical Methods in Quantitative Finance . . . . . . . . . . . 1095
15.40MA 568: Real Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1097
15.41MA 570 : Data-driven Dynamical Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1098
15.42MA 575 : Complex Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1099
15.43MA 588 : MATHEMATICAL CONTROL THEORY . . . . . . . . . . . 1100
15.44MA 600 : Research Methodology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1101
15.45MA 601: Real and Functional Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1103
15.46MA 603: Advanced Partial Differential Equations . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1104
15.47MA 604 (3) Introduction To Game Theory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1105

18
 15.48MA 605: Statistical Data Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1105
15.49MA 607: Numerical Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1106
15.50MA 608: Computational Fluid Dynamics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1107
15.51MA 609: Numerics of Partial Differential Equations . . . . . . . . . . . . 1108
15.52MA 610 : Mathematical Modeling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1109
15.53MA 611: Statistical tools and Computing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1111
15.54MA 612: Operator Theory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1112
15.55MA 621: Modeling Population Dynamics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1113
15.56MA 641: Operations Research . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1114
15.57MA 644: Dynamical Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1115
15.58MA 650: Mathematical Models for Infectious Diseases . . . . . . . . . . . 1116
15.59MA 651: Optimization Techniques . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1117
15.60MA 652 Stability Theory of Differential Equations . . . . . . . . . . . . 1118
15.61MA 653: Computational Financial Modelling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1119
15.62MA 653P: Computational Financial Modelling Lab . . . . . . . . . . . . 1120
15.63MA 654: Financial Engineering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1121
15.64MA 655: Fixed Income Securities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1122
15.65MA 656: Stochastic Calculus for Financial Engineering . . . . . . . . . . 1123
15.66MA 665(3) Semigroup Of Bounded Linear Operators . . . . . . . . . . . 1124
15.67MA 704: Dynamical System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1124
15.68MA 709: Numerical Linear Algebra . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1125
15.69MA 765: Fractional Differential Equations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1127
15.70MA 780: Topics on Semigroup Theory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1127

16 MBA Courses 1129

16.1 MB 201 : Foundations of Business Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1129
16.2 MB 202 : Microeconomics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1130
16.3 MB 509 : Introduction to Bhagavad Gita . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1131
16.4 MB 510: Probability and Statistics for Data Science and AI . . . . . . . 1132
16.5 MB 511: Python Programming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1133
16.6 MB 512: Mathematical Foundations for DS and AI . . . . . . . . . . . . 1135
16.7 MB 513: Principles of Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1136
16.8 MB 514: Communication Skills for Managers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1137
16.9 MB 515 : Financial Statements Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1138
16.10MB 516: Managerial Economics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1140
16.11MB 517: Marketing Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1141
16.12MB 518: Decision analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1141
16.13MB 519: Creative Thinking, Problem Solving and Decision Making . . . 1142
16.14MB 520 : Fundamentals of Data and Analytics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1144
16.15MB 521 : Disruptive Technologies for Data Science . . . . . . . . . . . . 1146
16.16MB 522 : Machine Learning for Business . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1148
16.17MB 523 : Introduction to AI and Automation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1149
16.18MB 524 : Organizational Behaviour . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1151
16.19MB 525 : Qualitative Research . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1152
16.20MB 526 : Strategic Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1153
16.21MB 527 : Financial Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1155
16.22MB 528 : Human Resource Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1158
16.23MB 530 : Neural Networks Fundamentals for Business . . . . . . . . . . 1160

19
 16.24MB 531 : Ethical and Legal aspects of Business . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1162
16.25MB 532 : Digital Business Strategy, Models and Transformations . . . . 1164
16.26MB 533 : Entrepreneurship . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1166
16.27MB 550 : Artificial Intelligence for Marketing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1167
16.28MB 551 : Causal Analytics for Business Decision Making . . . . . . . . . 1169
16.29MB 552 : Financial Analytics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1170
16.30MB 553 : Fintech . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1171
16.31MB 554 : Blockchain for Business . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1172
16.32MB 555 : Deep Learning for Business Applications . . . . . . . . . . . . 1173
16.33MB 556 : Natural Language Processing for Business . . . . . . . . . . . . 1174
16.34MB 559 : Fuzzy Logic for Business Decision Making . . . . . . . . . . . . 1175
16.35MB 560 : Evolutionary computation for business solutions . . . . . . . . 1177
16.36MB 562 : Operations Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1178
16.37MB 570 : Product Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1179
16.38MB 572 : Social Analytics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1181
16.39MB 573 : Cloud Computing for Business . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1182
16.40MB 574 : Cyber Securities, Ethics and Privacy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1183
16.41MB 579 : Marketing Analytics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1184
16.42MB 579 : Marketing Analytics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1186
16.43MB 580: AI in Finance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1188
16.44MB 580 : AI for Finance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1189
16.45MB 581 : Leadership lessons from Indian Knowledge Systems . . . . . . 1190
16.46MB 582 : Consumer Behavior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1191
16.47MB 583 : Digital Marketing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1193
16.48MB 584 : Supply Chain Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1195
16.49MB 592: Management Science In Practice – A Modelling And Case Studies
Approach With Ms-Excel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1196

17 Mechanical Engineering Courses 1198

17.1 ME 100 : Reverse Engineering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1198
17.2 ME 201: Manufacturing Technology - I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1198
17.3 ME 203: Energy Resources & Conversion - I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1199
17.4 ME 204: Materials Science for Engineers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1201
17.5 ME 205: Machine Drawing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1202
17.6 ME 206 Old (4) Mechanics of Solids . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1203
17.7 ME 206: Mechanics of Solids . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1204
17.8 ME 209 (4) Dynamics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1205
17.9 ME 210 Old (4) Fluid Mechanics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1205
17.10ME 210: Fluid Mechanics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1205
17.11ME 210P: Thermo-Fluids Lab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1206
17.12ME 210P 57 : Fluid Mechanics Lab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1207
17.13ME 211 (5) Analysis and Synthesis of Mechanisms . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1208
17.14ME 212: Product Manufacturing Technology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1209
17.15ME 213: Engineering Thermodynamics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1210
17.16ME 215: Manufacturing Engineering-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1212
17.17ME 302: Dynamics of Machinery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1213
17.18ME 303: Heat Transfer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1215
17.19ME 303P : Heat Transfer Lab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1217

20
17.20ME 304 Power Plant Engineering / Principles of Energy Conversion . . . 1218
17.21ME 305: Design of Machine Elements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1220
17.22ME 306P: Solid Mechanics Laboratory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1221
17.23ME 307 Old (4) Energy Conversion Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1221
17.24ME 307: Energy Conversion Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1222
17.25ME 308: Manufacturing Engineering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1223
17.26ME 309: Theory of Machines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1224
17.27ME 309P: Theory of Machines Lab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1225
17.28ME 310: System Dynamics and Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1225
17.29ME 310P: Thermo – Fluids laboratory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1227
17.30ME 311P: Design Lab - 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1228
17.31ME 312P Old: Design Lab - 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1229
17.32ME 312P: Design Lab - 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1230
17.33ME 315: Manufacturing Engineering-II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1232
17.34ME 316 : Automotive Engine Design . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1233
17.35ME 351: Management of Manufacturing and Logistics Systems . . . . . . 1234
17.36ME 352: Finite Element Methods in Engineering . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1235
17.37ME 353: Electronic Materials and Their Applications . . . . . . . . . . . 1236
17.38ME 354: Science & Technology of Thin Films . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1237
17.39ME 355 Old: Internal Combustion Engines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1238
17.40ME 355: Internal Combustion Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1239
17.41ME 356: Principles of Energy Conversion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1240
17.42ME 451: Refrigeration and Air Conditioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1241
17.43ME 452: Robotics and Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1243
17.44ME 452 Revised: Robotics and Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1244
17.45ME 501 Old: Nanomanufacturing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1245
17.46ME 501: Materials Science for Failure Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1245
17.47ME 501P : Practicum-I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1246
17.48ME 502 Old: Functional Materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1247
17.49ME 502: Nanomanufacturing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1247
17.50ME 503: Micro/Nano Scale heat transfer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1247
17.51ME 504: Numerical Methods for Engineering Computation . . . . . . . . 1247
17.52ME 505: Applied Finite Element Method . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1249
17.53ME 506: Fundamentals of Fracture Mechanics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1250
17.54ME 507: Micro and Nanoscale Fluid Mechanics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1252
17.55ME 508: Fundamentals of project management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1253
17.56ME 509: Nanomanufacturing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1254
17.57ME 510: Advanced Manufacturing Processes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1255
17.58ME 511: Manufacturing of Composites . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1257
17.59ME 513: Finite Element Methods in Engineering . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1259
17.60ME 514 : Fundamentals of Multiphase Flow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1261
17.61ME 515: Carbon Materials and Technology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1262
17.62ME 516 : Polymer Technology for Engineers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1264
17.63ME 517: Advanced Analytical Techniques for Engineers . . . . . . . . . . 1265
17.64ME 518: Conduction and Radiation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1267
17.65ME 518 Revised: Conduction and Radiation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1268
17.66ME 519: Technical communication for Engineers . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1270
17.67ME 520 : Microwave based Manufacturing Processes . . . . . . . . . . . 1271

21
17.68ME 521 : Vehicle Design and Dynamics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1272
17.69ME 522 : High-Performance Scientific Computing . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1273
17.70ME 523: Product Design . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1275
17.71ME 524: Additive Manufacturing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1276
17.72ME 526 : Programming Paradigm for Open-Source Software . . . . . . . 1277
17.73ME 527 : Biofluid Dynamics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1278
17.74ME 600 : Research Methodology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1280
17.75ME 601: Advanced Finite Element Methods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1281
17.76ME 602: Mechanical Vibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1282
17.77ME 603: Advanced Fluid Mechanics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1283
17.78ME 604: Experimental Methods in Thermal Engineering . . . . . . . . . 1284
17.79ME 605: Air Conditioning and Ventilation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1285
17.80ME 606: Advanced Solid Mechanics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1287
17.81ME 607: Materials Science For Failure Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1287
17.82ME 608 (3) Thin Films And Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1288
17.83ME 609: Functional Materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1289
17.84ME 610: Advanced Thermodynamics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1290
17.85ME 611: Design and Optimization of Thermal Systems . . . . . . . . . . 1291
17.86ME 612 Introduction to Bio-materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1292
17.87ME 613 Old: Thermal Radiation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1293
17.88ME 613: Thermal Radiation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1294
17.89ME 614: Compressible Flow and Gas Dynamics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1295
17.90ME 615: Applied Computational Fluid Dynamics . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1296
17.91ME 616 Old: Dielectrics and Related Materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1297
17.92ME 616: Convective Heat and Mass Transfer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1298
17.93ME 617 Old: Mechanics of Composite Materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1300
17.94ME 617: Mechanics of Composite Materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1300
17.95ME 618: Stealth Technology: Infrared Signatures . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1301
17.96ME 619: Experiments in Materials Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1302
17.97ME 620: Modeling and Simulation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1304
17.98ME 621: Aircraft Propulsion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1305
17.99ME 622: Biomechanics of Musculoskeletal System . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1307
17.100ME 625: Introduction to Turbulence and its Modeling . . . . . . . . . . . 1308
17.101ME 626: Acoustics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1310
17.102ME 627: Mesh Independent Computational Techniques . . . . . . . . . . 1311
17.103ME 628: Impact Mechanics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1312
17.104ME 630 : Machine Learning for Engineers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1314
17.105ME 631: Heat Transfer and Fluid Flow in Energy Systems . . . . . . . . 1316
17.106ME 632: Mechanics for Energy Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1317
17.107ME 633: Design of Energy Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1318
17.108ME 634: Thermodynamics for Energy Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1319
17.109ME 635: Manufacturing for Energy Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1320
17.110ME 636: Combustion Technology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1321
17.111ME 637: Wind Power Plant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1322
17.112ME 638: Solar Thermal Power Plant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1323
17.113 ME 639: Thermal Power Plant Engineering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1324
17.114 ME 640: Solar Power Utilization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1325
17.115 ME 641: Finite Element Method . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1326

22
 17.116 ME 695P : Post Graduate Project-I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1327
17.117 MI 101 Thermodynamics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1328
17.118 MI 102 Manufacturing Techniques . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1329

18 Materials Science and Engineering Courses 1330

18.1 MT 201 : Physics of Solids . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1330
18.2 MT 202 : Applied Quantum Mechanics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1331
18.3 MT 203 : Materials Synthesis & Characterization . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1332
18.4 MT 204 : Thermodynamics and Kinetics of Materials . . . . . . . . . . 1334
18.5 MT 205 : Functional Properties of Materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1335
18.6 MT 206 : Extraction and Materials Processing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1337
18.7 MT 301: Phase Transformations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1339
18.8 MT 302 : Transport Phenomena . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1340
18.9 MT 303 : Computational Materials Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1341
18.10MT 304 : Mechanical Behavior of Materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1343
18.11MT 501 : Energy Conversion & Storage Technology . . . . . . . . . . . . 1345
18.12MT 502 : Recycling and Circular Economy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1346
18.13MT 503 : Semiconductor Materials and Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1348
18.14MT 504 : Powder Metallurgical Processing of Materials . . . . . . . . . . 1350
18.15MT 505 : Thin Film Technology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1351
18.16MT 506 : Biomaterials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1352
18.17MT 507 : Modeling and Simulation in Materials Science . . . . . . . . . 1354
18.18MT 508 : Iron and Steel Making . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1355
18.19MT 509 : Hydrogen Energy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1357
18.20MT 510 : Colloids and Interfaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1358
18.21MT 511 : Sensor Materials and Technologies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1359

19 Physics Courses 1362

19.1 EP 301: Engineering Mathematics-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1362
19.2 EP 302: Computational Methods for Engineering . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1363
19.3 EP 401P: Engineering of Instrumentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1364
19.4 EP 402P: Engineering Physics Practicum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1365
19.5 EP 403: Physics of atoms and molecules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1367
19.6 EP 502: Informatics for Materials Design . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1368
19.7 PH 001 Preparatory Physics - 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1369
19.8 PH 002 Preparatory Physics - 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1370
19.9 PH 101 Physics-I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1371
19.10PH 211 The Physics Behind Computers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1372
19.11PH 301: Quantum mechanics and applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1374
19.12PH 302: Introduction to Statistical Mechanics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1376
19.13PH 421: Electromagnetic Theory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1377
19.14PH 422: Statistical Mechanics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1378
19.15PH 424: Atomic and Molecular Spectroscopy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1380
19.16PH 501: Solid State Physics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1381
19.17PH 502: Optics/Photonics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1382
19.18PH 503: Laser and Applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1384
19.19PH 504: Organic Optoelectronics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1385
19.20PH 505: Electronic Structure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1387

23
19.21PH 507 Old (3) X-rays as a probe to study materials properties . . . . . 1388
19.22PH 507: X-rays as a probe to study material properties . . . . . . . . . . 1388
19.23PH 508: Magnetism and Magnetic Materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1390
19.24PH 511: Mathematical Physics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1391
19.25PH 512: Classical Mechanics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1392
19.26PH 513 : Quantum Mechanics I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1394
19.27PH 513: Quantum Mechanics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1395
19.28PH 514: Electronics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1397
19.29PH 515P: Physics Laboratory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1398
19.30PH 516: Research project I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1400
19.31PH 517: Research project II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1401
19.32PH 518P: Post-Graduate Project - I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1401
19.33PH 519P: Post-Graduate Project - II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1402
19.34PH 521: Electromagnetic Theory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1402
19.35PH 522 : Statistical Mechanics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1404
19.36PH 523: Condensed Matter Physics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1406
19.37PH 524: Atomic and Molecular Spectroscopy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1407
19.38PH 524: Atomic and Molecular Physics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1408
19.39PH 525P: Electronics Laboratory Practicum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1410
19.40PH 526: Seminar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1410
19.41PH 526: Research project III . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1411
19.42PH 527: Vacation Project I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1412
19.43PH 527: Research project IV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1412
19.44PH 528 : Introduction to General Relativity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1413
19.45PH 530 : Cosmology-I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1414
19.46PH 550 : Introduction to Quantum Optics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1415
19.47PH 579 : Quantum Computation and Information . . . . . . . . . . . . 1417
19.48PH 600 : Research Methodology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1418
19.49PH 601: Mesoscopic Physics and Quantum Transport . . . . . . . . . . . 1419
19.50PH 603: Advanced Condensed Matter Physics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1420
19.51PH 604: Optical Properties of Solids . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1422
19.52PH 605: Superconductivity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1423
19.53PH 606: Quantum Field Theory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1425
19.54PH 607 : Physics of Ultracold Quantum Gases . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1426
19.55PH 608 : Computer assisted quantum mechanics . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1427
19.56PH 609 : Theory of quantum collision and spectroscopy . . . . . . . . . 1428
19.57PH 611: Nuclear and Particle Physics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1429
19.58PH 611P 10: Experimental Research Techniques . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1431
19.59PH 612: Nuclear and Particle Physics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1432
19.60PH 612: Numerical and Computational Methods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1434
19.61PH 613: Special Topics in Quantum Mechanics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1435
19.62PH 613: Quantum Mechanics II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1436
19.63PH 614: Seminar and Report . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1438
19.64PH 614P: Experimental Research Techniques . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1438
19.65PH 615: Mini-thesis I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1440
19.66PH 617: Vacation Project II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1440
19.67PH 621: Computational Methods for Physicists . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1441
19.68PH 622: Mini-thesis II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1442

24
 19.69PH 625 : Data Analysis in Particle Physics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1443
19.70PH 626 : Elementary Theoretical Particle Physics . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1445
19.71PH 627 : Topological Quantum Matter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1446
19.72PH 701: Introduction to Molecular Simulations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1447
19.73PH 702 (3) Theoretical Atomic Physics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1449
19.74PH 702: Advanced Quantum Mechanics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1450
19.75PH 705: Foundations in Experimental Physics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1451
19.76PH 706: Introduction to Stochastic Problems in Physics . . . . . . . . . 1454

20 Centre for Quantum Computing Courses Courses 1456

20.1 QS 501P : Experiments in Quantum Optics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1456

21 Research Methodology Courses 1457

21.1 RM 510 : Research Methodology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1457
21.2 RM 600 Research Methodology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1459

25
1 CAIR Courses
1.1 AR 501/ ME 452: Robot Kinematics, Dynamics, and Con-
trol
Course Code: AR501/ ME452
Course Name : Robot Kinematics, Dynamics, and Control
L-T-P-C : 3-1-0-4
Intended for : UG, PG and Ph.D
Prerequisite : Consent of faculty advisor
Mutual Exclusion : None
Approval: 50th BoA

Course Contents:
ˆ Introduction to Robotics: Basic definitions, mechanism, degree of freedom,
Rigid Body Motions - Fundamentals, Classification of robots, actuators, sensors,
and control systems. (3 hours)

ˆ Kinematics: Tracking Rigid Bodies (position and orientation), Coordinate trans-

formation, Differential Kinematics, Kinematic Chains - Forward Kinematics (FK),
Inverse Kinematics (IK), Differential Manipulator Kinematics. (11 hours)

ˆ Dynamics: Rigid Body Dynamics - Dynamics of Constrained Particles, Dynam-

ics of a Rigid Body; Manipulator Dynamics - Dynamics of Serial Manipulators,
Manipulator Dynamics with Constraints. (11 hours)

ˆ Trajectory generation: Determining the joint variables for desired trajectory. (5

hours)

ˆ Control: Fundamentals of Control - Linear Time Invariant Systems with Single In-
put and Output, Feedback Control and Stability, PID Controller, State Estimation
in Feedback Systems; Manipulator Control - Local vs Centralized Motion Control
Strategies, Indirect vs Direct Force Control Strategies. (12 hours)

Laboratory/practical/tutorial Modules:
Kinematics, Dynamics, Trajectory generation, Control

Textbooks:
1. Kevin M. Lynch and Frank C. Park, Modern Robotics: Mechanics, Planning,
and Control, Cambridge University Press, 2017.

2. Craig John J., Introduction to robotics: Mechanics & Control, 3rd Edition,
Pearson, 2008.

3. M. W. Spong and M. Vidyasagar, Robot Dynamics and Control, John Wiley,

1989.

26
 4. Murray R., Li Z., and Sastry S., A Mathematical Introduction to Robotic
Manipulation, CRC Press.

5. Siciliano B., Sciavicco L., Villani L. and Oriolo G., Robotics: Modeling, Plan-
ning and Control, Springer.

References:
1. Ellis G., Control System Design Guide, Elsevier.

2. Jazar R. N., Theory of Applied Robotics: Kinematics, Dynamics, and

Control, Springer.

3. Moon F., Applied Dynamics, Wiley-VCH.

4. Astrom K. and Murray R., Feedback Systems: An Introduction for Scientists

and Engineers, Princeton.

5. Friedland B., Control System Design: An Introduction to State-Space

Methods, Dover.

1.2 AR 502: Advanced Design Practicum

Course Number : AR 502
Course Name : Advanced Design Practicum
Credit Distribution : 3-0-2-4
Intended for : PG and PhD
Prerequisite : Consent of faculty advisor
Mutual Exclusion : None
Approval: 50th BoA

Course Contents:
ˆ Introduction: Engineering design - How to select an engineering problem, stages
of solving a problem, documentation in Engineering, Machine and a robot - Different
aspects of robotics, current problems in robotics. Drives and motion, pneumatic,
hydraulic systems, clutch and brake. (3 hours)

– Practical 1: Microelectronics, onboard computer, IoT, embedded electronic

and materials to be used in the lab Manufacturing techniques - additive and
subtractive manufacturing. (3 hours)

ˆ Design of Mechanical Systems: Introduction to CAD by 3D modeling software,

Drawing of parts and assemblies, Computer-Aided Manufacturing and prototyping,
Brief Introduction to robotic systems, Joints and transformations on ROS. (5 hours)

– Practical 2: Introduction to Mechanical assembly, bill of materials, 3D model-

ing software and design of parts and assemblies and Static Stress Simulation.
(3 hours)
– Practical 3: Simulation in ROS environment (3 hours)

27
 ˆ Integration of Intelligent Control: Sensor and Actuator selection and sizing,
Determination of Power Source, Design of Power distribution, microcontroller, and
motor driver circuits, Developing PCB boards and feasibility testing, Introduction
to standard electronic connectors and American Wire Gauge. (7 hours)

– Practical 4: Sizing of sensors motors and linear actuators and integration into
mechanical design. (3 hours)
– Practical 5: Circuit Design using CAD tool and making PCBs manually and
demonstration of CNC based PCB printing. (3 hours)

ˆ Programming and Signals: Introduction to Programming; procedural vs object-

oriented programming, Object-Oriented programming in practice, Signals; commu-
nication via PWM, UART, Design of hardware and software interrupts. (6 hours)

– Practical 6: Introduction to Programming; procedural vs object-oriented pro-

gramming. (3 hours)
– Practical 7: Signals; communication via PWM, UART; connecting two micro-
controllers. (3 hours)
– Practical 8: Design of hardware and software interrupts. (3 hours)

ˆ Integration of Compute and networks: Introduction to microcontroller cod-

ing and interfacing with the ros API, Introduction to ROS packages and their
deployment, Introduction to IoT and IP sending receiving packets on client-server
networks, Control of robotic platforms over IP, Deployment of real-time decision
pipelines on the robot. (6 hours)

– Practical 9: Intro to rosserial and connecting microcontrollers to ROS. (3

hours)
– Practical 10: Introduction to esp8266; control via blynk. (3 hours)
– Practical 11: Deployment of conditional path planning on robot and testing.
(3 hours)

ˆ Final project: Project towards design and development of functional Robotic

system.

Textbooks:
1. Owen Bishop, Robot Builder’s Cookbook

2. Gaurav Verma, Autodesk Fusion 360

3. Godfrey C. Onwubolu, Introduction to SOLIDWORKS: A Comprehensive

Guide with Applications in 3D Printing

References:
1. Morgan Quigley, Brian Gerkey and Programming Robots with ROS

28
1.3 AR 503: Mechatronics
Course Number : AR 503
Course Name : Mechatronics
Credit Distribution : 3-0-0-3
Intended for : UG, PG and PhD
Prerequisite : Consent of faculty advisor
Mutual Exclusion : None
Approval: 50th BoA

Course Contents:
ˆ Introduction to Mechatronics: Introduction, Examples of Mechatronic systems,
Electric circuits and components, Review of fundamentals of Electronics and its
applications, Number systems: binary, hexadecimal and Review of C programming,
CNC machines and Industrial Robots. (4 hours)

ˆ Mechatronics elements: Sensors and transducers, Displacement, Position &

Proximity Sensors, Force, Fluid pressure, Liquid flow sensors, temperature, light
sensor, Acceleration and, Vibration measurement, Performance terminology of sen-
sors, Semiconductor sensors and micro-electromechanical systems (MEMS). (8 hours)

ˆ Microprocessors, microcontrollers, and Closed-loop controllers: Digital

circuits, Microprocessors, Microcontrollers, Programming of Microcontrollers, P, I,
PID Controllers, Digital Controllers, Program Logic Controllers, Input/output &
Communication systems, Fault finding. (4 hours) Signal conditioning: Introduction
to signal processing, Op-Amp as a signal conditioner, Analog to Digital Converter,
and Digital to Analog Converter. (4 hours)

ˆ Actuators, Drives, and mechanisms: Stepper motors, Actuators, Motor sizing,

Power transmission: gears (rack and pinion, spur, planetary, worm, bevel, crown,
harmonic) and belt drives; Ball screws, linear motion bearings, cams, systems con-
trolled by camshafts, electronic cams, indexing mechanisms, tool magazines, and
transfer systems. Torque, speed, and power equations, efficiency, and inertia. (6
hours)

ˆ Hydraulic and Pneumatic system: Flow, pressure, direction control valves,

actuators, and supporting elements, hydraulic power packs, pumps, and design of
hydraulic circuits. Pneumatic system production, distribution and conditioning of
compressed air, system components and graphic representations, design of systems.
(6 hours)

ˆ Modelling and system response: Mechanical, Electrical, Fluid system mod-

elling, Dynamic response, Transfer function and frequency response. (6 hours)

ˆ Final project on mechatronics: Group project towards design and fabrication

of functional Mechatronics systems. (4 hours)

ˆ Laboratory/practical/tutorial Modules: Microprocessors, microcontrollers,

and Closed-loop controllers, Signal conditioning, Actuators, Drives, and mecha-
nisms, Hydraulic and Pneumatic system, Modelling and system response.

29
Textbooks:
1. Bolton, William, Mechatronics: electronic control systems in mechanical
and electrical engineering, Pearson Education.

2. Mahalik, Nitaigour, Premchand, Mechatronics, Tata McGraw-Hill.

3. Bishop, Robert H, Mechatronics: an introduction, CRC Press.

4. Devdas Shetty and Richard A. Kolk, Mechatronics system, Cengage Learning.

5. G. Hegde, Mechatronics, Jones and Bartlett.

References:
1. G.W. Kurtz, J.K. Schueller, P.W. Claar II, Machine design for mobile and
industrial applications, SAE.

2. HMT ltd. Mechatronics, Tata Mcgraw-Hill.

3. T.O. Boucher, Computer automation in manufacturing - an Introduction,

Chappman and Hall.

4. Kevin Lynch, Nicholas Marchuk, Matthew Elwin, Embedded Computing and

Mechatronics with the PIC32 Microcontroller, Newnes.

5. R. Iserman, Mechatronic Systems: Fundamentals, Springer.

6. Musa Jouaneh, Fundamentals of Mechatronics, Cengage Learning.

1.4 AR 504: Robot Programming

Course Number : AR 504
Course Name : Robot Programming, Modeling, and Simulation
Credit Distribution : 2-0-2-3
Intended for : UG, PG and PhD
Prerequisite : Consent of faculty advisor
Mutual Exclusion : None
Approval: 50th BoA

Course Contents:
ˆ ROS (Robot operating system): Prerequisites, basic structure, ROS master,
ROS node, ROS topics, ROS msg, ROS bag record and play, rqt graph, rqt plot,
ROS publisher, and subscriber node. (10 hours)

ˆ URDF modeling: Basic structure of urdf file, robot links and joints and its
representation inside the urdf, writing urdf from scratch for a robot of interest, urdf
test, and visualization. (12 hours)

30
 ˆ Robot simulation environments: Brief description of various simulation plat-
forms for robots. Demonstration in PyBullet and Gazebo. Import plane with zero
and nonzero orientation. Import urdf of interest and fetch joint and pose info. Test
the movement of interest in context to the model. Import multiple models in the
simulation environments. (10 hours)

ˆ Robot control in the simulation environment: Automatic heading correction,

robot navigation to the goal, and visual servoing. Case studies and course projects.
(10 hours)

ˆ Laboratory/practical/tutorial Modules: ROS, URDF modelling, Robot sim-

ulation environments, Robot control in the simulation environment

Textbooks:
1. Joseph L., Mastering ROS for Robotics Programming: Design, build, and
simulate complex robots using the Robot Operating System.

2. Quigley, Morgan, Brian Gerkey, and William D. Smart, Programming Robots

with ROS: a practical introduction to the Robot Operating System,
O’Reilly Media, Inc., 2015.

References:
1. ROS Tutorials by ROS.org

2. PyBulletQuickguide: https://usermanual.wiki/Document/pybullet20quickstart20guide.479068914

1.5 AR 505: Principles of Robot Autonomy

Course Number : AR 505
Course Name : Principles of Robot Autonomy
Credit Distribution : 3-0-0-3
Intended for : UG, PG and PhD
Prerequisite : Consent of faculty advisor
Mutual Exclusion : None
Approval: 50th BoA

Course Contents:
ˆ Introduction: Brief overview along with motivation and potential applications.
(1 hours)

ˆ Robotic Perception: Robotic sensors, robotic sensor calibration and its impor-
tance, robot vision vs computer vision, robot localization, artificial neural networks
for robot perception. (16 hours)

ˆ Robot Motion Planning: Overview, Configuration space, Free space, Target

space, obstacle space, traditional and machine learning based planning algorithms.
(14 hours)

31
 ˆ Robot control: P, PI, PD and PID controller, visual servoing, and multi-robot
control. (11 hours)

Text Books:
1. Choset, Howie, Kevin M. Lynch, Seth Hutchinson, George A. Kantor, and Wolfram
Burgard, Principles of robot motion: theory, algorithms, and implemen-
tations, MIT press, 2005.

2. Apolloni, Bruno, et al., (eds.), Machine learning and robot perception, Vol.
7. Springer Science & Business Media, 2005.

References:
1. Cuesta, Federico, and Anı́bal Ollero, Intelligent mobile robot navigatio,. Vol.
16. Springer Science & Business Media, 2005.

2. Steve LaValle, Planning Algorithms, Cambridge Univ. Press, 2006.

3. Mouha, Radouan Ait, Deep Learning for Robotics, Journal of Data Analysis
and Information Processing, 9.02:63, 2021.

1.6 AR 506: Cognitive Robotics

Course Number : AR 506
Course Name : Cognitive Robotics
Credit Distribution : 3-0-0-3
Intended for : UG, PG and PhD
Prerequisite : Consent of faculty advisor
Mutual Exclusion : None
Approval: 50th BoA

Course Contents:
ˆ Introduction: Introduction to Cognitive Robotics and Human-Robot Interaction,
Smart Materials. (6 hours)

ˆ Brain physiology and neural signal transmission: Architecture of the Brain,

Nerve cells, Synchronization Models, Electroencephalography. (6 hours)

ˆ Intelligence architecture: Theories of Intelligence, Kuramoto Model, Child-

Robot Interaction. (10 hours)

ˆ Artificial cognitive systems: Cognitive architectures, The CRAM cognitive ar-

chitecture. (10 hours)

ˆ Functional programming: Robot manipulation and task-level robot program-

ming using ROS, The CRAM plan language. (10 hours)

32
Textbooks:
1. Cangelosi A. and Asada M., Cognitive Robotics, The MIT Press, 2022.
2. Samani H., Cognitive Robotics, CRC Press, 2015.

References:
1. Purves D., et al., Neuroscience, Sinauer Associates, 2004.
2. Pfeifer R. and Bongard J., How the body shapes the way we think-A New
View of Intelligence, MIT Press.
3. Raol J. R., and Ayyagari R., Control Systems: Classical, Modern, and AI-
Based Approaches, CRC Press.

1.7 AR 507: Probabilistic Robotics

Course Number : AR 507
Course Name : Probabilistic Robotics
Credit Distribution : 3-0-0-3
Intended for : UG, PG and PhD
Prerequisite : Consent of faculty advisor
Mutual Exclusion : None
Approval: 50th BoA

Course Contents:
ˆ Introduction to Probability Theory and Linear Algebra: Sample space and
events, Conditional probability, Expected value and variance. Uniform, normal,
exponential random variables. Systems of linear equations, Linear dependence and
independence, Operations with Matrices, Eigenvalues and eigenvectors. (6 hours)
ˆ Robot Motion: Probabilistic kinematics, Velocity motion model, Odometry mo-
tion model. (4 hours)
ˆ Sensors for robotics: Coordinate frame transformations, camera model, camera
calibration, Sonar, Lidar, GPS, etc. (5 hours)
ˆ Recursive State Estimation: Bayesian filter, Kalman filter (KF), EKF, & Par-
ticle filter. (11 hours)
ˆ Robot Localization, Mapping, and SLAM: Localization problems, Markov
localization, EKF localization, Grid localization, Monte Carlo localization, Occu-
pancy grid mapping algorithm, EKF SLAM. (16 hours)

Textbooks:
1. Sebastian Thrun, Wolfram Burgard and Dieter Fox, Probabilistic Robotics, MIT
press, 2005.
2. Papoulis A. and Pillai S. U., Probability, Random Variable, and Stochastic
Processes.

33
References:
1. Probabilistic Robotics: http://www.probabilistic-robotics.org/

2. Strang G., Linear Algebra and its Applications.

3. Ron Larson, Calculus: Elementary Linear Algebra, 8th Edition, Cengage

Learning, 2017.

1.8 AR 508: Marine Robotics

Course Number : AR 508
Course Name : Marine Robotics
Credit Distribution : 3-0-0-3
Intended for : UG, PG and PhD
Prerequisite : Consent of faculty advisor
Mutual Exclusion : None
Approval: 50th BoA

Course Contents:
ˆ Types of Marine robots and applications: Introduction to the types of marine
robots, Classification based on applications, Approach for deployment, operation
and maintenance of marine robots such as surface vehicles and underwater vehicles
(ASVs, AUVs, ROVs, underwater gliders and floats). (4 hours)

ˆ Vehicle design: Mechanical design of marine robots, structures, materials, pres-

sure hull, Vehicle parameters and performance metrics including pressure, buoyancy,
stability, ballasting, propulsion, power, speed, range, and cost of transport (COT).
(8 hours)

ˆ Vehicle mathematical modelling: Classification of models, Rigid body Kine-

matics, frame transformations between body, flow, and non-accelerating frames,
Euler angles, quaternions, Rigid-Body Kinetics, Equations of motion (Linear and
nonlinear), Hydrostatics, maneuvering model, coupled motion model, environmen-
tal disturbances. (8 hours) Navigation: Marine Sensors and navigational strate-
gies for localization using dead-reckoning, SLAM and uncertainty/probabilistic ap-
proaches, and Observer-based design. (6 hours)

ˆ Guidance: Path planning algorithms and path following strategies include line of
sight guidance strategies, pure pursuit guidance, constant bearing guidance, and
trajectory tracking. (6 hours)

ˆ Control: Modelling and control using PID controllers, open-loop stability, and
state feedback control, maneuverability system architectures, and actuator models.
(6 hours)

ˆ Final project: Student project towards modelling of a marine robot using MAT-
LAB. (4 hours)

34
Textbooks:
1. Handbook of Marine Craft Hydrodynamics and Motion Control, 2nd Edi-
tion, Wiley.

2. Beard, R. W. and T. W. McLain, Small Unmanned Aircraft: Theory and

Practice, Princeton University Press.

3. Moore S.W., Bohm H., and Jensen V., Underwater Robotics: Science, Design,
and Fabrication.

References:
1. Triantafyllou MS, Franz S. Hover, Maneuvering and control of marine vehi-
cles, Lecture Notes, Department of Ocean Engineering Massachusetts Institute of
Technology Cambridge, Massachusetts USA.

2. Antonelli, G., Underwater robots In Encyclopedia of Systems and Control,

(pp. 2384-2388), Cham: Springer International Publishing.

1.9 AR 509: Deep Learning for Robotics

Course Number : AR 509
Course Name : Deep Learning for Robotics
Credit Distribution : 3-0-2-4
Intended for : PG and PhD
Prerequisite : Consent of faculty advisor
Mutual Exclusion : None
Approval: 50th BoA

Course Contents:
ˆ Introduction to Deep Learning for Robotics: Supervised learning for robotics
applications, Backpropagation to train neural networks, Overfitting, and Neural
network architecture for several robot functions. (6 hours)

ˆ Neural networks for robot motion control: Neural networks for inverse kine-
matic motion calculation, Training with techniques such as dropout and regular-
ization, Solving high-dimensional problems by dimension reduction with principal
component analysis (PCA). (10 hours)

ˆ Reinforcement Learning: Write a reinforcement learning agent with PyTorch,

Overview of Reinforcement Learning Coach - a state-of-the-art reinforcement learn-
ing framework. (10 hours)

ˆ Temporal data and neural networks: Backpropagation through time and van-
ishing or exploding gradients, Variations of recurrent neural networks (RNN), and
LSTMs to implement them in PyTorch. (10 hours)

ˆ Laboratory/practical/tutorial Modules: Neural networks for robot motion

control, Reinforcement Learning, Temporal data and neural networks. (6 hours)

35
Textbooks:
1. Iosifidis A. and Tefas A., Deep Learning for Robot Perception and Cogni-
tion, Elsevier.
2. Arana-Daniel N., Alanis A. Y., Lopez-Franco C., Neural Networks for Robotics:
An Engineering Perspective, CRC Press.
3. Nath V. and Levinson S. E., Autonomous Robotics and Deep Learning,
Springer.

References:
1. Sutton R. and Barto A., Reinforcement Learning: An Introduction, MIT
Press.
2. Russell S. and Norvig P., Artificial Intelligence: A Modern Approach, Pren-
tice Hall.

1.10 AR 510: Underactuated Robotics

Course Number : AR 510
Course Name : Underactuated Robotics
Credit Distribution : 3-0-0-3
Intended for : UG, PG and PhD
Prerequisite : Consent of faculty advisor
Mutual Exclusion : None
Approval: 50th BoA

Course Contents:
ˆ Introduction to Underactuated Robotics: Motivation, Fully-actuated vs Un-
deractuated systems, Feedback equivalence, Input and State constraints. (6 hours)
ˆ Robot dynamics and model-based control: Nonlinear dynamics with a con-
stant torque, Acrobots, Cart-poles, and Quadrotors. (6 hours)
ˆ Dynamic programming: Lyapunov analysis; Trajectory optimization, Trajec-
tory stabilization; Policy search; Multibody parameter estimation, Formulating
control design as an optimization. (6 hours)
ˆ Simple models of walking and running: Limit cycles, Simple models of walking
such as Rimless wheel, Compass gait, Kneed walker, Curved feet, Simple models of
running such as Spring-loaded inverted pendulum (SLIP), Hopping robots, Toward
human-like running. (8 hours)
ˆ Planning and control through contact: Sampling-based motion planning,
Complete motion planning, Feedback motion planning, Planning as Combinato-
rial + Continuous Optimization. (8 hours)
ˆ Stochastic dynamics: Stochastic/ robust control, Master equation, Stationary
distribution, Costs and constraints for stochastic systems, Finite Markov Decision
Processes, From linear models to deep models. (8 hours)

36
Textbooks:
1. Tedrake R., Underactuated Robotics: Algorithms for Walking, Running,
Swimming, Flying, and Manipulation, MIT Press.

References:
1. Xin X. and Liu Y., Control Design and Analysis for Underactuated Robotic
Systems, Springer.

2. Birglen L., Laliberte T., and Gosselin C., Underactuated Robotic Hands,
Springer.

1.11 AR 511: Autonomous Mobile Robots

Course Number : AR 511
Course Name : Autonomous Mobile Robots
Credit Distribution : 3-0-0-3
Intended for : UG, PG and PhD
Prerequisite : Consent of faculty advisor
Mutual Exclusion : None
Approval: 50th BoA

Course Contents:
ˆ Robot locomotion: Types of locomotion using hopping, leg, wheel. Types of
mobile robots: ground robots (wheeled and legged robots), aerial robots, underwa-
ter robots, and water surface robots. Discussion on stability, maneuverability, and
controllability. (4 hours)

ˆ Robot kinematics and dynamics: Forward and inverse kinematics, degree of

freedom and maneuverability, holonomic and nonholonomic constraints, kinematic
models of wheeled and legged robots, dynamics simulation, Classification of mod-
els, Rigid body dynamics, Lagrange-Euler and Newton-Euler methods. Computer-
based dynamic (numerical) simulation of different robots. (12 hours)

ˆ Sensors for mobile robot navigation: Proprioceptive/Exteroceptive and pas-

sive/active sensors, performance measures of sensors, sensors for mobile robots like
global positioning system (GPS), position sensor, gyroscope, accelerometer, mag-
netic compass, inclinometer, Doppler effect-based sensors, laser scanner, infrared
rangefinder, visual and motion; uncertainty in sensing and filtering. (6 hours)

ˆ Navigation: Localization, error propagation model, Probabilistic map-based local-

ization, Autonomous map building, Simultaneous localization and mapping (SLAM).
(6 hours)

ˆ Motion and path planning: Line of sight guidance strategies, Collision free path
planning, sensor-based obstacle avoidance, and trajectory tracking. Path planning
algorithms based on A-star, Dijkstra, Voronoi diagrams, and probabilistic roadmaps
(PRM), rapidly exploring random trees (RRT), Markov Decision Processes (MDP),
and stochastic dynamic programming (SDP). (8 hours)

37
 ˆ Modern mobile robots: Swarm systems, Cooperative and collaborative systems,
and autonomous mobile manipulation. (4 hours)

ˆ Final project: Student project towards design, fabrication, and programming of

a mobile robot. (4 hours)

Textbooks:
1. Siegwart, Roland, Illah Reza Nourbakhsh, and Davide Scaramuzza, Introduction
to autonomous mobile robots, MIT press, 2011.

2. Dudek, Gregory, and Michael Jenkin, Computational principles of mobile

robotics, Cambridge university press, 2010.

3. Melgar, E. R., Diez, C. C., Arduino and Kinect Projects: Design, Build,
Blow Their Minds.

References:
1. Peter Corke, Robotics, Vision and Control: Fundamental Algorithms in
MATLAB, Springer Tracts in Advanced Robotics.

2. S. M. LaValle, Planning Algorithms, Cambridge University Press, 2006. (Online)

3. Thrun, S., Burgard,W., and Fox, D., Probabilistic Robotics, MIT Press.

4. H. Choset, K. M. Lynch, S. Hutchinson, G. Kantor, W. Burgard, L. E. Kavraki,

and S. Thrun, Principles of Robot Motion: Theory, Algorithms and Im-
plementations, PHI Ltd.

1.12 AR 512: Rapid Prototyping and Tooling

Course Number : AR 512
Course Name : Rapid Prototyping and Tooling
Credit Distribution : 3-0-2-4
Intended for : UG, PG and PhD
Prerequisite : Consent of faculty advisor
Mutual Exclusion : None
Approval: 50th BoA

Course Contents:
ˆ Product Development: Manufacturing processes classification, Different manu-
facturing systems. Introduction, History, Definitions, and evolution of Rapid Pro-
totyping. Need of RPT in context to batch production, FMS, CIM, and its appli-
cation. Introduction & Need for the compression in Product development Growth
of RPT Industry and Classification of RPT. (6 hours)

ˆ Stereolithography (SLA): System and principles, process parameters, SLA pro-

cess details, data preparation, data files of SLA, machine details, and applications of

38
 SLA. (4 hours) Selective Laser Sintering (SLS): Introduction, SLS operation prin-
ciple, and machine types, process parameters, and data preparation for SLS. (4
hours)

ˆ Fused Deposition Modelling (FDM) and Solid Ground curing (SGC):

Introduction, FDM principles, process parameters, path generation & application
of FDM. Principle of SGC operation, SGC machine details and application. (6
hours)

ˆ Laminate Object Manufacturing (LOM): Operation principle, materials, pro-

cess details & application, Concepts modelers – Principle, Thermal Jet Printer,
Sander model maker – Explanation, 3-D Printer. (4 hours)

ˆ Rapid tooling: Indirect rapid tooling, Silicon Rubber tooling, Aluminium filling
epoxy tooling, Spray metal tooling, Direct rapid tooling, Quick cast process, copper
Polyamide, DMILS – explanation, sand casting tooling, soft tooling & hard tooling.
(6 hours)

ˆ Software for RPT: STL files, Overview of Solid view, software communicator,
Internet-based software, Collaboration tools. (4 hours)

ˆ Other aspects of Rapid Manufacturing: Introduction, factors influencing ac-

curacy, Repetitive masking, and deposition. Beam interference solidification, Holo-
graphic interference solidification special topics on RPT using metallic alloys. Pro-
gramming in RPT modelling, Slicing, Internal Hatching, Surface skin films, and
support structure. Data preparation errors, part building errors, errors in finishing,
and influence of build orientation. (6 hours)

ˆ Final project: Student project towards RPT using 3D modelling software. (2

hours)

ˆ Laboratory/practical/tutorial Modules: Rapid tooling, Software for RPT

Textbooks:
1. Chua. C.K, Rapid Prototyping, Wiley.

2. Amitav Ghosh, Introduction to Rapid Prototyping, Northwest Publication,

New Delhi.

3. Frank W. Liou, Rapid Prototyping and Engineering Applications, CRC

Press.

4. Burns. M, Automated Fabrication, PHI.

5. Hilton. P.D. et al., Rapid Tooling, Marcel Dekker.

References:
1. Jacobs P.F, Stereolithography and other Rapid Prototyping and Manu-
facturing Technologies, ASME.

2. Beaman. J.J et. al., Solid freeform fabrication, Kluwer.

39
 3. Pham. D.T and Dimov. S.S, Rapid Manufacturing; the Technologies and
Application of RPT and Rapid tooling, Springer, London.

4. Gibson, I., Rosen, D.W. and Stucker, B, Additive manufacturing technologies

(Vol. 17), Springer, 2014.

5. Hopkinson, N., Hague, R. and Dickens, P. (eds.), Rapid manufacturing: an

industrial revolution for the digital age, John Wiley & Sons, 2006.

6. Pham, D. and Dimov, S.S, Rapid manufacturing: the technologies and appli-
cations of rapid prototyping and rapid tooling, Springer Science & Business
Media, 2012.

7. Kamrani, A.K. and Nasr, E.A., Engineering design and rapid prototyping,
Springer Science & Business Media.

8. Gebhardt, A., Understanding additive manufacturing.

1.13 AR 513: Unmanned Aerial Systems (UAS)

Course Number : AR 513
Course Name : Unmanned Aerial Systems (UAS)
Credit Distribution : 3-0-0-3
Intended for : UG, PG and PhD
Prerequisite : Consent of faculty advisor
Mutual Exclusion : None
Approval: 50th BoA

Course Contents:
ˆ Introduction: Historical background of UAS, Current trends in UAS, Introduction
to Unmanned Aerial Robotics (UAVs) and quadrotors. (5 hours)

ˆ Geometry and Mechanics: Frame Rotations, Representations and Coordinate

Systems, Kinematics and dynamics of system model, Derivation of Aerodynamic
Forces. (6 hours)

ˆ Perception and State Estimation: Sensors on-board, Inertial sensing, Concepts

of Kalman Filtering, Inertial Navigation System design. (8 hours)

ˆ Flight Control: Planar and three-dimensional dynamic models, Linear controllers

for these models, Proportional Integral Derivative control, Linear Quadratic Regu-
lator control, Linear Model Predictive Control. (8 hours)

ˆ Path Planning: Collision-free Navigation, Structural Inspection Path Planning,

Target Follow, Coordinated Motion, Collaborative Aerial Manipulation, Autonomous
Exploration. (7 hours)

ˆ Final project: Student project towards simulation and design of UAS. (8 hours)

40
Textbooks:
1. Paul Gerin Fahlstrom, Thomas James Gleason, Introduction to UAV Systems,
Wiley.

2. Reg Austin, Unmanned Aircraft Systems: UAVS Design, Development

and Deployment, Wiley.

3. R. Kurt Barnhart, Douglas M. Marshall, Eric Shappee, Introduction to Un-

manned Aircraft Systems, CRC Press.

References:
1. Kenzo Nonami et. al., Autonomous Flying Robots: Unmanned Aerial Ve-
hicles and Micro Aerial Vehicles, Springer.

2. Kimon P. Valavanis, George J. Vachtsevanos, Handbook of Unmanned Aerial

Vehicles, Springer.

1.14 AR 514: Vision and Learning Based Control

Course Number : AR 514
Course Name : Vision and Learning Based Control
Credit Distribution : 3-0-0-3
Intended for : UG, PG and PhD
Prerequisite : Consent of faculty advisor
Mutual Exclusion : None
Approval: 50th BoA

Course Contents:
ˆ Introduction: Overview, motivation, and real-world practical applications. (1
hours)

ˆ Visual Sensor Model and Calibration: Camera model, Coordinate Frames

and Transforms, Intrinsic camera calibration, and extrinsic camera calibration. (10
hours)

ˆ Visual Servoing: Image Jacobian, Robot Jacobian, Image Based Visual Servo-
ing, Position Based Visual Servoing, Eye-in-hand and Eye-to-hand Configurations,
Comparison among different class of visual servoing. (14 hours)

ˆ Robot Learning: Basic concepts of reinforcement learning, reinforcement learning

algorithms. Robot learning by demonstration. (14 hours)

ˆ Hybrid Method Design: Comparative analysis for various methods. Explore,

understand and identify different ways to design a hybrid scheme to control the
given system of interest. Case study and course projects. (3 hours)

41
Textbooks:
1. Corke, Peter I., and Oussama Khatib, Robotics, vision and control: funda-
mental algorithms in MATLAB, Vol. 73, Springer, 2011.

2. Vakanski, Aleksandar, and Farrokh Janabi-Sharifi, Robot learning by visual

observation, John Wiley & Sons, 2017.

References:
1. Ijspeert, Auke Jan, et al., Dynamical movement primitives: learning attractor mod-
els for motor behaviors, Neural computation, 25.2, 328-373, 2013.

2. Chaumette, François, and Seth Hutchinson, Visual servo control: I. Basic ap-
proaches, IEEE Robotics & Automation Magazine, 13.4 82-90, 2006.

3. Chaumette, François, and Seth Hutchinson, Visual servo control, II, Advanced
approaches [Tutorial], IEEE Robotics & Automation Magazine 14.1: 109-118,
2007.

1.15 AR 515: Sensors and State Estimation

Course Number : AR 515
Course Name : Sensors and State Estimation
Credit Distribution : 3-0-0-3
Intended for : UG, PG and PhD
Prerequisite : Consent of faculty advisor
Mutual Exclusion : None
Approval: 50th BoA

Course Contents:
ˆ Sensors: Introduction and motivation, different types of sensors and their real
time applications, signal conditioning, classic vs smart sensors. (10 hours)

ˆ Recursive State Estimation: Overview, basic concept in probability, robot en-

vironment interaction, Bayes filter. (7 hours)

ˆ Filtering Techniques: Introduction, Kalman Filter (KF), Extended Kalman Fil-

ter (EKF), Unscented Kalman Filter (UKF), Particle Filter, and Quantum Stochas-
tic Filtering. (15 hours)

ˆ Multi-sensor Data Fusion: Introduction to multi-sensor systems, some examples

like Unmanned Aircraft System (UAS), reference frame for multi-sensor fusion,
calibration, synchronization, multi-sensor fusion with EKF. Case study and course
projects. (10 hours)

42
Textbooks:
1. Thrun, Sebastian, Probabilistic robotics, Communications of the ACM 45.3:
52-57, 2002.

2. Fraden, Jacob., Handbook of modern sensors: physics, designs, and appli-

cations, 357-359, 1998.

References:
1. Bhuyan, Manabendra, Intelligent Instrumentation: Principles and Applica-
tions, CRC Press, 2010.

2. Sawhney, A. K., Electrical and electronic Measurements and Instrumenta-

tion, 1985.

3. Behera, Laxmidhar, and Indrani Kar, Quantum stochastic filtering, 2005 IEEE
International Conference on Systems, Man and Cybernetics, Vol. 3. IEEE,
2005.

4. Meijer, Gerard, (ed.), Smart sensor systems, John Wiley & Sons, 2008.

5. Jacob Fraden, Handbook of modern Sensors, AIP Press, 1997.

6. E. O. Deobelin and D. Manik, Measurement Systems – Application and De-

sign, Tata McGraw-Hill, 2004.

7. Yallup, Kevin, and Krzysztof Iniewski, (eds.), Technologies for smart sensors
and sensor fusion, CRC Press, 2014.

8. Prosser, Stephen J., and Ernest DD Schmidt, Smart sensors for industrial
applications, Sensor Review, 1997.

1.16 AR 516 : Introduction to Blockchain and Web3

Course Code : AR 516
Course Name : Introduction to Blockchain and Web3
L-T-P-C : 3-0-0-3
Intended for : Undergraduate (Elective)/ Postgraduate
Prerequisite : Knowledge of basic computer terminology
Mutual Exclusion:
Approval: 54th BoA

Course Contents
ˆ Blockchain Technology Introduction (8 hours)

– What is Blockchain
– How it evolved
– Key Terminologies – Ledger, Smart Contract, Peer Network, Wallet, Hashing,
Cryptography, Distributed vs Centralized Database, Blocks, Merkle Trees

43
 – Popular Blockchain Variants – Bitcoin, Ethereum, Hyperleder
– Consensus Algorithms
– Types of Blockchain
– SideChains

ˆ Cryptocurrency and Bitcoin Introduction (6 hours)

– Transformation of Financial Systems

– How current System Works and Related Problems
– Distributed Ledger Technology
– Bitcoin Evolution
– Bitcoin Ecosystem
– Bitcoin Clients and Wallets
– Buy and Sell Bitcoin
– Bitcoin Transaction and Structure

ˆ Course outline – Bitcoin Details and Mining Process (4 hours)

– Initiating Bitcoin Transaction

– Transaction Propagation in Distributed Network
– Role of Miners
– Block Structure of Bitcoin
– Merkle Tree Formation
– Transactions Storage in Digital Ledger
– Mining Algorithms – Proof of Work
– Consensus Algorithms
– Fraud and Hack Inversion mechanism
– Other Mining Algorithms – Proof of Stake, PBFT

ˆ Overview of Ethereum Blockchain (6 hours)

– Introduction to Ethereum and differences from Bitcoin

– Introduction to Smart contracts and solidity
– Ethereum tools and development eco-system
– Solidity language constructs and programming examples
– Ethereum clients and Wallets
– Layer 1 – Layer 2 differences and development

ˆ Overview of Hyperledger Fabric Blockchain (4 hours)

– Enterprise Blockchain and Linux foundation

– Architecture of Hyperledger Fabric

44
 – Network / explorer / installation.
– Smart contract using Go / Node.JS
– Other Enterprise Blockchains Course outline – Blockchain Applications and
Hands on (10 hours)
– Industry wide applications of Blockchain / web3
– Current market size / outlook / industry trends
– Career options and research opportunities

1. Practical application 1 : Defi based application from finance sector

2. Practical application 2 : Smart contract / token based application for multiple

sectors

3. Practical application 3: Trade Bot / AI based prediction models for Crypto.

4. Practical application 4: Blockchain based Gaming application.

Textbooks:
1. Julie EG, Nayahi JJ, Jhanjhi NZ, editors, Blockchain Technology: Fundamen-
tals, Applications, and Case Studies, CRC Press.

2. Li KC, Chen X, Jiang H, Bertino E, editors, Essentials of Blockchain Technol-

ogy, CRC Press.

References:
1. Banafa, A., Blockchain Technology and Applications, CRC Press, 2022.

2. Laurence, T., Introduction to Blockchain Technology, Van Haren, 2019.

3. Kim S, Deka GC, editors, Advanced Applications of Blockchain Technology,

Springer, 2020.

1.17 AR 517 : Introduction to Cyber security

Course Code : AR 517
Course Name : Introduction to Cyber security
L-T-P-C : 3-0-0-3
Intended for : Undergraduate (Elective)/ Postgraduate
Prerequisite : Knowledge of basic computer terminology
Mutual Exclusion:
Approval: 54th BoA

45
Course Modules:
ˆ Domain 1: Understand the basic fundamentals of cybersecurity including asset,
data protection and risk assessment and management

ˆ Domain 2: Learning cryptography, network security and the core concepts of holistic
security models and architecture

ˆ Domain 3: Explore the Identity and access management ecosystems

ˆ Domain 4: Respond and mitigate cybersecurity attacks and understanding of the

entire landscape

Course Contents
Domain 1: Understanding Security, Total hours – 14 Hours

ˆ Unit 1: Understanding Security Governance Principles Types of plans:

– Strategic, Tactical and Operational Understanding and Applying Security

Concepts, Confidentiality (Data at Rest, Motion and in Process), Integrity
(Preventing unauthorized modification) and Availability (Always available data)
, Access Control Methodologies: IAAA
– Understanding Risk Management: Defining Assets Threats, Vulnerabilities
risk, Exposure, Breach, Countermeasures, Safeguards, Covering Risk Analy-
sis/Assessment, Qualitative and Quantitative Process, Cost Benefit Analysis,
Dealing with Risk (Concept of MATAR), Understanding Risk Frameworks,
NIST 800-37 and NIST 800-53A, Control Types: Administrative, Technical
and Physical, Control Methodologies or Mechanism, Threat Modelling , Intel-
lectual Property: Trade Secrets, Patent, Copyright and Trademarks
– Defining the various DRP and BCP Plan and how they help organisation,
Detailing the incident response process, and designing an Incident Response
Plan workflow. Understanding ISO 27001 and ISO 22301

ˆ Unit 2: Data and Asset Management

– Policies, Standards, Procedures, and Guidelines, Data classification vs cate-

gorisation, Security Roles and Responsibilities, Managing the data and asset
lifecycle , Destruction, Purging, Clearing Understanding Personal data, In-
formation lifecycle: Creation, Store, use, Achieve and Destroy, GDPR and
DORA (Digital Operational Resiliency Act)

ˆ Suggested Reading

– Kim. D., and Solution, M.G., Fundamentals of Information System Se-

curity, Jones & Bartlett Learning, 2010
– Paul A. Watters, Cyber Security: Concepts and Cases, Create Space
Independent Publishing Platform, 2012.
– Peter W. Singer, Allan Friedman, Cybersecurity: What Everyone Needs
to Know, Oxford University Press.

46
 – David Sutton, Cyber Security: A Practitioner’s Guide, BCS Learning
& Development Limited, 2017

Domain 2 : Network Security and Cryptography, Total Hours – 14 Hours

ˆ Unit 1 :

– Understanding Security Models and Architecture Lattice based vs Rule based,

Enterprise Security Architecture, Security Frameworks i.e., Risk vs Privacy vs
Security
– Understanding security systems: Client and Server system, Industrial Con-
trol Systems (ICS), Cloud-based systems (e.g., Software as a Service (SaaS),
Infrastructure as a Service (IaaS), Platform as a Service (PaaS))
– Cryptography: Understanding Plaintext, ciphertext, key, encrypt, decrypt,
IV, Confusion, diffusion, work factor, Key Lifecycle and Management, meth-
ods (Symmetric and Asymmetric), Substitution vs Transposition, Hidden wa-
termark, PKI, Hashing, Digital signature, Fundamental of Non-repudiation,
– Cryptanalytic attacks: MITM, Side Channel attack, Brute Force, Ciphertext
only, Known plaintext, fault injection, rainbow attack, Birthday attack
– Physical Security: Control Category, Deter, Delay, Detect, Assess and Re-
spond, Layered defence inclusive of perimeter , infra , fire detection and sup-
pression and Building Management System (BMS)

ˆ Unit 2 : Network Security

– OSI Model and TCP/IP Model Layer 1-Layer 7 : Physical, data , network,
transport, session, presentation and Application layer
– Understanding the Networks: WAN, Wireless, IP Protocols, Converged Pro-
tocols, Network Authentication Defense in Depth, Routers, switches, Bridge,
proxy, Port addressing, Firewalls: Firewall Basics, Types of Firewalls, Network
Address Translation Issues, Public and Private address, Ingress and Egress,
Understanding Virtualisation Remote Access: Tunnelling,
– Remote Authentication, Remote Access Management, IPsec Protocols, VLAN

Suggested Reading

ˆ Kahate, A. Cryptography and Network Security, McGraw-Hill Higher Ed., 2009.

ˆ Riggs, C., Network Perimeter Security: Building Defence In-Depth, AUERBACH,

USA, 2005.

ˆ Northcutt S., Inside Network Perimeter Security, 2nd Edition, Pearson Education,
2005.

ˆ Stallings, W., Network Security Essentials: applications and standards, 3rd Edition,
Pearson Education India, 2007.

ˆ Douglas E. Comer, Internetworking with TCP/IP, Principles, Protocols, and Ar-

chitecture, Addison-Wesley, 5th Edition, Vol 1, 2005 .

47
 ˆ Douglas E. Comer, David L. Stevens, Internetworking with TCP/IP Vol. III, Client
Server Programming and Applications, 2nd Eidtion, Addison-Wesley.

ˆ Behrouz A. Forouzan, Data Communications and Networking, McGraw-Hill, 5th

edition.

ˆ Domain 3 : Access Control, Total Hours – 6 Hours

ˆ Unit 1: Secure Design Principles

– Defense of depth, principle of least privilege, Separation of duties, Need to

know, Zero Trust Management Approach: Centralised, Decentralised and Hy-
brid Authorisation vs Authentication, Type of authentications, (Knowledge vs
ownership vs characteristic)
– Single Sign on (SSO) vs Federated Identity, Management of Authorisation
mechanism: Rule based access, Role based access, DAC, ABAC, MAC, Iden-
tity and access provisioning lifecycle, Understanding Authentication system:
OAuth, OpenID SAML, SPML, Remote Authentication, Kerberos, IDaas Iden-
tities

Suggested Reading

ˆ Omondi Orondo, Identity & Access Management: A Systems Engineering

Approach

ˆ Bharat Rawal Bryan and Vincent, Cybersecurity and Identity Access Man-
agement

ˆ “Web Application Security, A Beginners Guide ”,McGraw-Hill, 2011

ˆ Bhavani Thuraisingham, Database and Applications Security, Integrating

Information Security and Data Management, Auerbach Publications, 2005.

Domain 4 : Security Assessment Total Hours – 8 Hours

ˆ Unit 1: Ethical Hacking and Pen Testing

– Internal, External and third-party testing. Information Gathering, Vulnera-

bility assessment, Security vulnerabilities and countermeasures. Owasp top 10
attacks, Web server attacks: XSS attacks, CSRF Attacks
– Application related attacks, Database Related attacks, SQL injection attacks,
Buffer overflow attacks and Client-side browser exploits, Penetration testing,
Introducing Metasploit
– Social Engineering attacks, Password attacks, Privilege Escalation, ICS Re-
lated attacks, Network Infrastructure Vulnerabilities, IP spoofing, DNS spoof-
ing, Wireless Hacking, WPA, WEP,WPA2

ˆ Unit 2 : Logging and Monitoring

– IDS, SIEM, UEBA, SOAR, Threat Intelligence (Dark web vs Surface web),
Log Management, Continuous monitoring, Egress monitoring, EDR, PCAP,
NDR

48
 – SDLC Integrated Security: Maturity models, Software development methods,
Change Management, SAST and DAST, Testing a system, Verification vs
validation, Testers and Assessors (SOC1 vs SOC2 vs SOC2, Type 1 and Type
2), Metrics (KPI, KRI)

Suggested Readings

ˆ Jon Friedman, Mark Bouchard, CISSP,Cyber Threat Intelligence, Definitive GuideTM

2015 .

ˆ Baloch, R., Ethical Hacking and Penetration Testing Guide, CRC Press,
2015.

ˆ McClure S., Scambray J., and Kurtz G, Hacking Exposed, 6th Edition, Tata
McGraw-Hill Education, 2009

ˆ Ross J Anderson, Security Engineering: A Guide to Building Dependable

Distributed Systems, 2nd Edition, Wiley, 2008.

ˆ Julia H Allen, Sean J Barnum, Robert J Ellison, Gary McGraw, Nancy R Mead,
Software Security Engineering: A Guide for Project Managers, Addison
Wesley, 2008.

Textbooks:
1. Michael E. Whitman, Herbert J. Mattord, Principles of Information Security, 6th
Edition, Cenage Learning, 2018.

2. Van Kessel, P., Is cyber security about more than protection?, EY Global
Information Security Survey 2018-2019.

3. Johnston, A.C. and Warkentin, M., Fear appeals and information security
behaviors: An empirical study, MIS Quarterly, 2010.

References:
1. Arce I. et al., Avoiding the top 10 software security design flaws, IEEE
Computer Society Center for Secure Design (CSD), 2014.

2. Smith, H. J., Dinev, T., & Xu, H., Information privacy research: an interdis-
ciplinary review, MIS Quarterly, 2011.

3. Subramanian R., Security, privacy and politics in India: a historical review,

Journal of Information Systems Security (JISSec), 2010.

4. Acquisti, A., John, L. K., & Loewenstein, G., What is privacy worth?, The
Journal of Legal Studies, 2013

5. Xu H., Luo X.R., Carroll J.M., Rosson M.B., The personalization privacy para-
dox: An exploratory study of decision making process for location-aware
marketing, Decision Support Systems, 2011.

49
1.18 AR 518 : Advanced Blockchain and web3
Course Code : AR 518
Course Name : Advanced Blockchain and web3
L-T-P-C : 3-0-0-3
Intended for : Undergraduate (Elective) / Postgraduate
Prerequisite : None
Mutual Exclusion:
Approval: 56th BoA

Course Contents
ˆ Advanced Ethereum concepts (8 Lectures)

– EIPs (Ethereum Improvement protocols)

– Top EIPs that have changed the course of Ethereum
– ERC standards (Ethereum Request for Comment)
– Top Token standards
– Smart contract security
– Hardhat & Truffle

ˆ Layer 2’s, Rollups, DeFi, Web3 (12 Lectures)

– TLayer 2 chains: What is a Layer 2 chain

– Differences between L1 and L2 chains
– Techniques for Layer2 sidechain, State channels, Plasma, Rollups
– Popular Layer2 chains – Polygon: setting up the wallet and deploying contacts
to Layer 2 chains
– Rollups : What is a Rollup, Optimistic Rollups, ZK Rollups
– DeFi: Tokenization, DEX, Liquidity markets (AMM & bootstrapping), Sta-
blecoins, Creating and deploying tokens and other smart contracts
– Web3
– DAO’s
– Metaverse

ˆ Third generation Blockchains (8 Lectures)

– Third-Generation Blockchain and Major Examples

– Solana: Introduction, Architecture, consensus, Transaction policy
– Solana Nodes and Network, Sample transactions
– Cosmos: Introduction, IBC, Consensus and Network
– Cosmwasm

ˆ DEPIN Decentralized Physical Infrastructure Networks (2 Lectures)

50
 – Introduction to DEPIN networks
– Filecoin, Storj, Arweave
– Render Network
– Theta Network
– Helium

ˆ Hyperledger Fabric (4 Lectures)

– Hyperledger Fabric Architecture

– Setting up and managing a Hyperledger network
– Chain code development and deployment

ˆ Practicals, Projects and Assignments (8 Lectures)

– Create an ERC20 token, deploy and interact with it

– Create a contract for Asset tokenisation or real-world scenario like crowdfund-
ing/voting
– Create Supply Chain Management / Healthcare Records management / Asset
Tokenization on Hyperledger fabric

Text Books:
1. Mastering Ethereum: Building Smart Contracts and DApps

2. Blockchain with Hyperledger Fabric, 2nd Edition

Reference Books:
1. Practical Limitations of Ethereum’sLayer-2RAY NEIHEISER12 , GUSTAVO
INÁCIO3, LUCIANA RECH3, CARLOS MONTEZ2, MIGUELMATOS1and LUÍS
RODRIGUES1

2. Xiangyu Li, Xinyu Wang, Tingli Kong, Junhao Zheng, and Min Luo, From Bitcoin
to Solana – Innovating BlockchainTowards Enterprise Applications.

3. Kim S, Deka GC, editors, Advanced applications of blockchain technology,

Springer, 2020.

51
2 Bio Engineering Courses
2.1 BT-101 Fundamentals of Biotechnology
Course Code: BT 101
Course Name: Fundamentals of Biotechnology
L-T-P-C: 2-0-0-2
Pre-requisite: NIL
Approval: 5th Senate; Roorkee Course

Course Contents:
ˆ Basic Component: Introduction, structural and chemical components of cell;

ˆ Molecular mechanism and engineering: DNA replication, RNA and protein

synthesis, mutation and genetic recombination, Protoplast and cell fusion technol-
ogy, Genetic engineering and PCR;

ˆ Microbes & fermentation: Bacteria, fungi, viruses, microbial growth and bio-
process technology, Enzyme kinetics and bioconversion, Immobilization of enzymes,
cell and application;

ˆ Plant and animal biotechnology and safety issues: Biodiversity, transgenic

plants and animals, Biosafety and bioethics;

ˆ Applications: Biofuels, Bioremediation, bio-medical applications.

References:
1. Smith J. E., Biotechnology, 3rd Edition, Cambridge University Press.

2. Walker J. M. and Gingold E. B., Molecular Biology and Biotechnology, The

Royal Society of Chemistry, UK/Panima Publishing Corporation.

3. Auderisk G. and Auderisk T., Biology life on Earth, Macmillan Publishing Com-
pany.

2.2 BE 101P: Reverse Engineering for Bioengineers

Course Code : BE101P
Course Name : Reverse Engineering for Bioengineers
L-T-P-C: 0-0-2-1
Intended for : B.Tech.-M.Tech. Integrated Dual Degree in Bioengineering (Core
Course)
Prerequisite : No prerequisite (compulsory for Bioengineering students)
Mutual Exclusion : NA

52
Course Modules :
The students focus on hardware reverse engineering (RE). In the process of RE students
understand existing technologies, functions, features, objects, components and systems.
By carefully disassembling, observing, testing, analyzing and reporting, students can
understand how something works and suggest ways it might be improved. This process
requires careful observation, disassembly, documentation, analysis and reporting. Many
times, the reverse engineering process is non-destructive. This means that the object or
component can be reassembled and still function just as it did before it was taken apart.
Throughout the reverse engineering project, the students are able to think of ways these
objects could be improved. Is there some way it could function better? or manufactured
less expensively? The students will use observations to make suggestions for improvement
of the product. (28 Hours)

Learning Topics:
Reverse Engineering of Biotechnological/Biomedical- Devices/ prototypes.

Textbooks:
1. Lam, R.H. and Chen, W., Biomedical Devices: Materials, Design, and Man-
ufacturing, Springer, 2019.

2. Boccato C, Cerutti S, Vienken J, editors, Medical devices: improving health

care through a multidisciplinary approach [Internet]. Springer International
Publishing, 2022

References:
1. Sokovic and Kopac, RE as necessary phase by rapid product development,
Journal of Materials Processing Technology, 2005

2. Eldad Eilam, Reversing: Secrets of Reverse Engineering, Wiley, 2005.

3. Chris Eagle, The IDA Pro Book: The Unofficial Guide to the World’s
Most Popular Disassembler.

2.3 BE 201: Cell Biology

Course Code: BE 201
Course Name: Cell Biology
L-T-P-C: 3-0-2-4
Prerequisite: None
Students intended for: B. Tech M.Tech Integrated Dual Degree Bioengineering students

Approval: 28th Senate; 44 BoA

53
Course contents
ˆ Cells: The fundamental units of life
The structure and ultrastructure of the cell (the prokaryotic cell and the eukaryotic
cell). Membrane enclosed Organelles (nucleus, chloroplast, mitochondria, ribosome
etc) Model organisms (Yeast; simple eukaryotic cell, Arabidopsis; model plant,
Files/worms/mice; model animal [8 Lectures]

ˆ Cell Membranes and membrane transport

Membrane structure (lipid bilayer, and membrane protein), Passive and Active
Transport, Ion channels, ATP pumps. Na+ / K+ / Ca+2T pumps uniport, symport
antiporter system. Ligand gated / voltage gated channels, Agonists and Antagonists
[8 Lectures]

ˆ The cell-division cycle

Cell cycle – Mitosis, Meiosis, Molecules controlling cell cycle, Extra cellular ma-
trix, role of matrix in cell enthrone: Gap junctions, Tight junctions, Desmosomes,
Hemidesmosomes [8 Lectures]

ˆ Cell-cell communication and protein transport

General principles of cell signaling, G-protein couple receptor, enzymes-couple re-
ceptor, protein sorting, vesicular transport, endocytic pathways [8 Lectures]

ˆ Techniques used to study cells

Cell fractionation, Morphology and identification of cells using microscopic stud-
ies like SEM, TEM and Confocal Microscopy. Localization of proteins in cells –
Immunostaining. [10 Lectures]

Lab
List of Experiments
ˆ Introduction to principles of sterile techniques and cell propagation

ˆ Principles of microscopy, phase contrast and fluorescent microscopy

ˆ Gram’s Staining

ˆ Leishman Staining

ˆ Trypan Blue Assay

ˆ Staining for different stages of mitosis in Allium Cepa (Onion)

Text Books:
1. ruce Alberts, Alexander Johnson, Julian Lewis, Martin Raff, Keith Roberts, Peter
Walter, Molecular Biology of the Cell, 6th Edition, Garland Science, 2014.

54
References:
1. Harvey Lodish, Arnold Berk, Chris A. Kaiser, Monty Krieger, Anthony Bretscher,
Hidde Ploegh, Angelika Amon, Kelsey C. Martin, Molecular Cell Biology - 8th
Edition, W.H. Freeman, 2016.

2. George Plopper, David Sharp, Eric Sikorski, Lewin’s Cells, 3rd Edition, Johns &
Bartlett Publishers, 2015

3. Lisa A. Urry, Michael L. Cain, Steven A. Wasserman, Peter V. Minorsky, Jane B.

Reece, Campbell Biology, 11th Edition, Pearson, 2020.

2.4 BE 202: Biochemistry and Molecular Biology

Course Code: BE 202
Course Name: Biochemistry and Molecular Biology
L-T-P-C: 2-0-2-3
Prerequisite: None
Students intended for: B. Tech M.Tech Integrated Dual Degree Bioengineering students
Elective or Core:
Approval: 28th Senate, 44th BoA

Course contents
ˆ Cell composition
Chemical bonds, water, pH and buffers
Amino acids, peptides and proteins
Carbohydrates: Monosaccharides, Disaccharides Polysaccharides and glycoconju-
gate
Nucleotides and Nucleic acids
Lipids: Storage lipids, structural lipids, lipid as signal, cofactors and pigments[6
Lectures]

ˆ Bioenergetics and Biochemical Reaction

Bioenergetics and Thermodynamics, ATP, Biological oxidation-reduction reactions,
Overview of central and secondary metabolism;
Amino acid Oxidation: Metabolic fates of amino acids, Nitrogen excretion and urea
cycle, amino acid degradation;
Oxidative Phosphorylation: Electron transport reaction in mitochondria, ATP syn-
thesis, Photophosphorylation, Light absorption and light driven electron flow, ATP
synthesis by photophosphorylation [6 Lectures]

ˆ Cellular energy
CBreakdown of Sugar: Glycolysis, Gluconeogenesis and the Pentose Phosphate
Pathway;
The Citric acid cycle;

55
 Fatty acid metabolism: Digestion, metabolism and transport of fats, oxidation of
fatty acids, ketone bodies[8 Lectures]

ˆ Central Dogma of Life

Genes and Chromosomes DNA metabolism: DNA replication, DNA repair and
recombination
RNA metabolism: Transcription, RNA processing, RNA dependent RNA and DNA
synthesis
Protein metabolism: The genetic code and Translation Gene Regulation [8 Lectures]

Lab
List of Experiments
ˆ Preparation of buffers,

ˆ Quantitative determination of proteins,

ˆ Quantitative determination of carbohydrates and lipids,

ˆ Isolation of nucleic acid (DNA or RNA) and its estimation,

ˆ Gel Electrophoresis- Protein and nucleic acid

ˆ DNA amplification using PCR,

ˆ Isolation of chloroplasts, its estimation and assay for Hill reaction

Text Books:
1. David L. Nelson, Michael M. Cox, Lehinger Principles of Biochemistry, 7th
Edition, McMillan Learning, 2017.

References:
1. Harvey Lodish, Arnold Berk, Chris A. Kaiser, Monty Krieger, Anthony Bretscher,
Hidde Ploegh, Angelika Amon, Kelsey C. Martin, Molecular Cell Biology - 8th
Edition, W.H. Freeman, 2016.

2. George Plopper, David Sharp, Eric Sikorski, Lewin’s Cells, 3rd Edition, Johns &
Bartlett Publishers, 2015

3. Bruce Alberts, Alexander Johnson, Julian Lewis, Martin Raff, Keith Roberts, Peter
Walter, Molecular Biology of the Cell, 6th Edition, Garland Science, 2014.

56
2.5 BE 203: Enzymology and Bioprocessing
Course Code: BE 203
Course Name: Enzymology and Bioprocessing
L-T-P-C: 2-0-2-3
Prerequisite: IC136
Students intended for: B. Tech M.Tech Integrated Dual Degree Bioengineering students
Elective or Core:
Approval: 36th BoA

Course contents
ˆ Fundamentals of Enzymology
Introduction to Enzymes, Classification of Enzymes, Specificity of Enzyme Action,
The Fisher ‘lock-and-key’ hypothesis, The Koshland ‘induced-fit’ hypothesis An
Introduction to Bioenergetics, Catalysis and Kinetics, Kinetics of Single-Substrate
Enzyme- Catalyzed Reactions, The Henri and Michaelis Menten Equation, The
Briggs Haldane modification, The Lineweaver-Burk Plot, The Eadie Hofstee and
Hanes Plot [8 Lectures]
ˆ Enzyme Inhibition and Applications
Reversible Inhibition: - Competitive Inhibition, Un-competitive Inhibition, Non-
competitive Inhibition, Substrate Inhibition, Allosteric Inhibition and Irreversible
Inhibition
Sigmoidal Kinetics and Allosteric Enzymes Case studies pertaining to industrial
enzyme(s) [6 Lectures]
ˆ Introduction to Cellular Bioprocessing
Bioprocessing – definition and introduction to control parameters in Bioprocessing
such as dissolved oxygen, redox, pH, temperature etc.
Stoichiometry and Kinetics of cell cultivation – Quantitative description of cell
growth and product formation, Kinetic Model of Cell Growth - Monod Model.
Bioreactor types and their Operating Modes – Batch, fed-batch and continuous[8
Lectures]
ˆ Fermentation and Downstream Processing
Fermentation technology and Downstream processing
Case studies on lab-scale bioprocessing of biochemicals[6 Lectures]

Lab
List of Experiments
ˆ Enzyme kinetics –Activity analysis, Effect of substrate concentration, Effect of tem-
perature, Effect of pH
ˆ Process parameter control in Stirred tank Bioreactor, Microbial cultivation in a
batch and estimation of growth rates, Fermentation and downstream analysis of
end products

57
Text Books:
1. Trevor Palmer, Philip Bonner, Enzymes, 2nd Edition, Woodhead Publishing, 2007.

2. Sarfaraz K. Niazi, Justin L. Brown, Fundamentals of Modern Bioprocessing,

CRC Press, 2017.

References:
1. Alejandro G. Marangoni, Enzyme Kinetics: A Modern Approach, John Wiley
& Sons, 2003.

2. Michael L. Shuler, Fikret Kargi, Matthew De Lisa, Bioprocess Engineering:

Basic Concepts, 3rd Edition, Prentice Hall, 2017.

2.6 BE 301: Biomechanics

Course Code: BE 301
Course Name: Biomechanics
L-T-P-C: 3-0-2-4
Prerequisite: Mechanics of Rigid Bodies (IC 240)
Students intended for: B. Tech M.Tech Integrated Dual Degree Bioengineering students
Elective or Core:
Approval: 38th BoA

Course contents
ˆ Introduction and Fundamentals
what is Biomechanics? Anatomical Concepts in Biomechanics, free-body diagrams
and equilibrium; linear and angular kinematics, kinetic equation of motion, work
and energy method, application to biological systems: stress, strain, Modulus,
strain energy, tension, compression, torsion, bending, buckling. [14 Lectures]

ˆ Tissues
Animal tissues and plant tissues. Classification of animal tissues - hard tissue, soft
tissue, properties of plant and animal tissues according to mechanics view point,
Structure, Function, composition, material properties and modeling of tissues, Plant
tissues - vascular bundles - xylem and phloem. Continuum Mechanics Concepts in
Modeling of large deformation, Finite Element Modeling. [14 Lectures]

ˆ Joints and Movements

Classification of joints, forces and stresses, biomechanical analysis joints, Gait, Joint
replacement and reasons, Finite Element Modeling. [8 Lectures]

ˆ Biofluid mechanics
Flow properties of blood and others, Fluid flow in plants, Dynamics of fluid flow in
the biological system - modeling and experimental approaches, Measurement/Estimation
of In-vivo elasticity of fluid transporting vessels.[6 Lectures]

58
Lab
List of Experiments
ˆ To determine the tensile properties of a material (root or bones or plants or others).
ˆ To determine the bending properties of a material (root or bones or plants or
others).
ˆ To determine the hardness properties of a material.
ˆ To determine the torsional/shear properties of a material (root or bones or plants
or others).
ˆ To determine the buckling properties of amaterial (root or bones or plants or others).
ˆ To determine the energy absorbed and toughness of a material (root or bones or
plants or others).
ˆ To determine the wear properties of material and different combination of material
ˆ To determine the ground reaction force during normal walking or running.
ˆ Finite ElementModelling and analysis of hard tissue and soft tissue (examples:
Bone, ligaments or muscles)
ˆ Fluid flow through the cardiovascular system: Simple modelling and analysis

Text Books:
1. M. Nordin and V. H. Frankel, Basic Biomechanics ofthe Musculoskeletal
System, Lippincott Williams and Wilkins, 2012.
2. Y. C. Fung, Biomechanics: Mechanical Properties of Living Tissues, 2nd
edition, Springer, 2007.

References:
1. K. J. Niklas, Plant Biomechanics: An engineering approach to plant form
and function, University of Chicago Press, 1992.
2. Ozkaya,Nordin, Goldsheyder and Leger, Fundamentals of Biomechanics: Equi-
librium, Motion, and Deformation, 3rd Edition, Springer, 2014.
3. R. L.Huston, Fundamentals of Biomechanics, CRC Press, 2013.

2.7 BE 302: Bioelectric Systems Modeling

Course Code: BE 302
Course Name: Bioelectric Systems Modeling
L-T-P-C: 3-0-2-4
Prerequisite: IC136, BE201, IC160
Students intended for: B. Tech M.Tech Integrated Dual Degree Bioengineering students
Elective or Core: Core for IDD BE, Elective for other B.Tech students
Approval: 44th BoA

59
Course contents
ˆ Electrical modeling of cells
Charge transport mechanism in cells, application of circuit theory to cell analysis –
electrotonus model, Hodgkin Huxley model for membrane current, voltage changes
in cell over space and time. Biological cables –the axons, potential outside a long
cylindrical cell, exterior potential for an arbitrary pulse, RC modeling of axon as a
transmission line, electrical properties of organs and organ-systems. [14 Lectures]

ˆ Magnetic modeling of cells

Magnetic field of a cell in an infinite homogeneous conducting medium, electro-
magnetic induction, modeling of exterior magnetic field of a cylindrical cell. [2
Lectures]

ˆ Applications of electrical modeling for biosignal extraction from different

organs
A. Biosignal extraction from heart: Origin of cardiac action potential, electric dipole
modeling of heart, atrial depolarization causing P wave, sequential ventricular de-
polarization causing QRS complex, sub-epicardial repolarization causing T wave,
recording of electrocardiogram using leads, stimulating the heart – the pacemakers.
B. Biosignal extraction from brain: Origin of neuronal action potential, origin
of electroencephalogram signals, understanding neural oscillations (Alpha- Beta-
, Gamma, Delta- and Theta Waves).
C. Biosignal extraction at neuromuscular junction: Origin of action potentials at
axon hillock, propagation of bipolar signals in muscle fibers, recording of electromyo-
gram signals.
D. Detection of weak magnetic fields: Magnetocardiograms and magnetoencephalo-
grams [8 Lectures]

ˆ Feedback and control

Basics of control engineering – notion of open loop and closed loop systems, home-
ostasis from the electrical model perspective, single loop and multiple loop home-
ostasis, stability of systems, criteria of stability, example study in neurorehabilita-
tion, closed loop control of blood insulin and glucose regulation, closed loop control
of brain stimulation. [18 Lectures]

Lab
List of Experiments
ˆ Cable model of neurons

ˆ Hodgkin Huxley’s model of neurons

ˆ Modeling of exterior electric field of a cylindrical cell

ˆ Modeling of electromagnetic induction in living cells

ˆ Modeling of electrical conduction in heart

60
 ˆ Modeling of electrical conduction in brain

ˆ Modeling of electrical conduction in muscles

ˆ Modeling a feedback loop with one and two time constant(s)

ˆ Modeling of homeostasis process

ˆ Stability analysis of physiological systems

Text Books:
1. Eugenio Culurciello, Wei Tang, Evan Joon Park, Biomedical Circuits and Sys-
tems, CRC Press, 2017.

2. Harold S. Burr, The Fields of Life. Our Links with the Universe, Ballantine
Publishers, 1973.

3. Robert Berker, Gary Selden, The Body Electric: Electromagnetism And The
Foundation Of Life, Harper Collins Publishers, 1998.

References:
1. K. J. Niklas, Plant Biomechanics: An engineering approach to plant form
and function, University of Chicago Press, 1992.

2. Ozkaya,Nordin, Goldsheyder and Leger, Fundamentals of Biomechanics: Equi-

librium, Motion, and Deformation, 3rd Edition, Springer, 2014.

3. R. L.Huston, Fundamentals of Biomechanics, CRC Press, 2013.

2.8 BE 303: Applied Biostatistics

Course Code: BE 303
Course Name: Applied Biostatistics
L-T-P-C: 3-0-2-4
Prerequisite: IC252, IC272
Students intended for: B. Tech M.Tech Integrated Dual Degree Bioengineering students
Elective or Core: Core for IDD BE, Elective for other B.Tech students

Course contents
ˆ Study design, data acquisition, and presentation
Recognize and give examples of different types of data arising in public health
and clinical studies. Types of medical studies and .introduction of different study
designs (descriptive vs analytical, control groups etc.) and sampling methods (ran-
domization). Risk studies (descriptive, case-control and cohort studies) Measure
of important probabilities (incidence, prevalence, sensitivity-specificity-predictivity,
morbidity, etc.). Example of study design at the example of a clinical trial for ap-
proval process. [10 Lectures]

61
 ˆ Null hypothesis, Statistical testing
Why are there statistical tests in medial and biological sciences? Formulation and
examples of null hypothesis for medical and bioengineering applications, subsequent
decisions, and error types I + II.
Overview of tests: location (e.g., t-test), dispersion (e.g., ANOVA (f-test)), com-
parison of frequencies (chi-square), variance analysis (e.g., inter- and intra-class
variance) and regression analysis (linear and logistic regression (ROC-analysis)).
Parametric tests are used only where a normal distribution is assumed. These are
the t-test (paired or unpaired), ANOVA (one-way non-repeated, repeated; two-way,
three-way), linear regression and Pearson correlation.
Non-parametric tests are used when continuous data are not normally distributed
or when dealing with discrete variables. These are chi-squared, Fisher’s exact tests,
Wilcoxon’s matched pairs, Mann-Whitney U-tests, Kruskal-Wallis tests and Spear-
man rank correlation. Comparison of different tests. Analyze required sample size
(calculate the power of a test) and analysis of correct application of a test using
specific examples. [15 Lectures]

ˆ Advanced tools- Introduction to multivariate analysis

Multivariate analysis is concerned with the interrelationships among several vari-
ables. A specific example for the motivation of multivariate analysis will be given.
The course includes the following methods: cluster analysis, principal components
analysis, factor analysis, discriminant analysis, etc. Designs of Experiments which
will include, one-way, two-way ANOVA, MANOVA study design, confounding and
standardization. Difference between multiple linear regression and multivariate re-
gression (e.g., using an example of the Framingham heart study) [7 Lectures]

ˆ Applications of biostatistics, quality, and potential fallacies

Introduction to survival analysis, estimation of survival curves, and proportional
hazards model (e.g., example of life expectancy under different conditions). Analysis
of different parametric survival functions.
Quality considerations: Quality of statistical models and quality of data. Dealing
with erroneous data, missing values, bias of observer etc.
Demonstration of statistical fallacies due to data (biased sample, inadequate sample
size, incomparable objects), erroneous analysis (linear analysis of nonlinearities,
biased data selection, misuse of p-values, etc.) and errors or misuse of presentations
(misuse of percentages or wrong base for percentages, misuse of means etc. Misuse
of graphical representation. [10 Lectures]

Lab
List of Experiments
ˆ Introduction to R using RStudio

ˆ Analysis of data used in public health with real life examples

ˆ T-test with biological data set

62
 ˆ ANOV A test with biological data set

ˆ Application of Wilcoxon’s Signed Rank test

ˆ Application of Mann Whitney U test

ˆ Kruskal-Wallis-test

ˆ Meta-analysis of the disease data

ˆ Equivalence study

ˆ Cross sectional study

ˆ Regression analysis

ˆ Multivariate Methods

ˆ Categorical data analysis

Text Books:
1. Abhaya lndrayan and Rajeev Kumar Malhotra, Medical biostatistics, Chapman
and Hall, 2017.

References:
1. Bernard Rosner, Fundamentals of Biostatistics, 8th edition, Cengage Learning
Inc., 2015.

2. Wassertheil-Smoler, Biostatistics and Epidemiology: A Primer for Health

and Biomedical Professionals, Springer-Verlag 2014.

3. Shein-Chung Chow, Jen-Pei Liu, Design and Analysis of Clinical Trials: Con-
cepts and Methodologies, 3 rd edition, Wiley, 2016.

2.9 BE 304: Bioinformatics

Course Code: BE 304
Course Name: Bioinformatics
L-T-P-C: 2-0-2-3
Prerequisite: IC136
Students intended for: B. Tech M.Tech Integrated Dual Degree Bioengineering students
Elective or Core: Core for IDD BE, Elective for other B.Tech students
Approval: 38th BoA

63
Course contents
ˆ Introduction to Bioinformatics
What is Bioinformatics? What are the applications of Bioinformatics? [1 Lectures]

ˆ Introduction to Basic Programming

Introduction to basic scripting and programming routinely used for bioinformatics
analysis. [10 Lectures]

ˆ Sequence and Molecular File formats

Introduction to different file formats used for biological data. Sequence and molec-
ular file conversion tools. [1 Lecture]

ˆ Databases in Bioinformatics
Introduction to different biological databases, their classification schemes, and bio-
logical database retrieval systems. [2 Lectures]

ˆ Sequence Alignments
Introduction to concept of alignment, Scoring matrices, Alignment algorithms for
pairs of sequences including Dot Matrix plot, Dynamic programming and Heuristic
algorithms such as BLAST, Multiple sequence alignment (Clustal), Global and local
alignment algorithms. [12 Lectures]

ˆ Motif Identification
Introduction to motif identification in DNA and proteins including consensus and
probabilistic approaches. [2 Lectures]

Lab
List of Experiments
ˆ Perl programming (3 labs)

ˆ Databases for Bioinformatics and format conversion. (2 labs)

ˆ Sequence similarity (Local alignment, including BLAST) (2 labs).

ˆ Sequence similarity (Global alignment, Clustal) (2 labs).

ˆ Motif Identification (1 lab)

Text Books:
1. S.C. Rastogi, N. Mendiratta, P. Rastogi, Bioinformatics: Methods and Ap-
plications Genomics, Proteomics, and Drug Discovery, 3rd edition, PHI
Learning Private Limited, 2011.

2. Z. Ghosh and B. Mallick, Bioinformatics Principles and Applications, Oxford

University Press, 2015

64
References:
1. Arthur M. Lesk, Introduction to Bioinformatics, 3rd edition, Oxford University
Press.

2. Richard Durbin, Sean R. Eddy, Anders Krogh, Graeme Mitchison, Biological

Sequence Analysis-Probabilistic Models of Proteins and Nucleic Acids,
Cambridge University Press.

3. Neil C. Jones and Pavel A. Pevzner, An Introduction to Bioinformatics Al-

gorithms, MIT Press.

2.10 BE 305: Bioethics and Regulatory Affairs

Course Code: BE 305
Course Name: Bioethics and Regulatory Affairs
L-T-P-C: 1-0-0-1
Prerequisite: IC136
Students intended for: B. Tech M.Tech Integrated Dual Degree Bioengineering students
Elective or Core: Core for IDD BE, Elective for other B.Tech students
Approval: 44th BoA

Course contents
ˆ Introduction to Bioethics
Ethics and ethical theory, the nuremberg code, declaration of helsinki, the bel-
mont report, history of ethics, justice and rights, liberty and morality. Deontology,
utilitarianism and Principalism, Virtue ethics, Ethics of Care, Human Rights. [4
Lectures]

ˆ Ethics of research involving human participants

Biomedical research involving human participants. Guidelines for research on chil-
dren, Stem cell research, animal research etc. Ethical issues in Genetic research
and studies involving Genetic information. Ethics of investigator-participant rela-
tionship, problems of randomized clinical trial, constitution of Ethics Committees,
informed consent and its theoretical value (respecting autonomy, nonmaleficence,
concept of confidentiality etc.), research on vulnerable population. [5 Lectures]

ˆ Drug regulatory affairs

Pharmaceutical regulatory affairs, national regulatory affairs, drug approval and in-
ternational drug regulations, regulatory affairs of controlled drug delivery system,
regulatory requirements for product approvals, environmental concerns and regu-
lations. National regulatory affairs and bodies – Central Drugs Standard Control
Organization (CDSCO) headed by the Drug Controller General of India (DCGI).
[5 Lectures]

65
Text Books:
1. Ronald Munson, Intervention and Reflection: Basic Issues in Medical Ethics,
10th Edition, Cengage Learning, 2018.

2. Beauchamp, Tom L and Childress, James F., Principles of Biomedical Ethics,

Oxford University Press, 2019.

References:
1. Rachels, James and Stuart Rachels, Elements of Moral Philosophy, 5-7th edi-
tions, McGraw-Hill, 2012.

2. Richard Durbin, Sean R. Eddy, Anders Krogh, Graeme Mitchison, Biological

Sequence Analysis-Probabilistic Models of Proteins and Nucleic Acids,
Cambridge University Press.

3. NSantoro, Michael A and Thomas M Gorriee, Ethics and the Pharmaceutical

Industry, Cambridge University Press.

2.11 BE 306: Genetic Engineering: principles and applications

Course Number : BE 306
Course Name : Genetic Engineering: principles and applications
L-T-P-C : 3-1-0-4
Intended for : UG (IDD Bioengg, 3rd year)
Prerequisites : IC136 or consent of the faculty member
Elective or Core : Discipline core
Mutual Exclusion : None
Approval: 50th BoA

Course Contents:
Introduction: Gene and mRNA structure and properties; analysis of DNA and RNA se-
quences, DNA and RNA modifying enzymes (Restriction Enzymes, DNA ligase, Klenow
enzyme, T4 DNA polymerase, Polynucleotide kinase, Alkaline phosphatase). Introduc-
tion to genetic engineering and GMOs. [12 hours]
PCR and Its Applications : Primer, Primer designing, Thermostable DNA poly-
merases, PCR, Types of PCR – multiplex, nested, reverse transcriptase, cDNA synthesis,
real-time PCR, touchdown PCR, hot start PCR, colony PCR. Site-directed mutagenesis,
Mutation detection, PCR in molecular diagnostics, Viral and bacterial detection. [11
hours]
Cloning Vectors: Bacterial and viral based plasmids (PUC19, Bluescript vectors,
M13 vectors, SV-40 vectors, Phagemids, Cosmids); Artificial chromosome vectors (YACs;
BACs); Plant based vectors, Ti and Ri as vectors, Selection of vectors, Expression vectors
(pMal; GST; pET-based vectors) [8 hours]
Cloning Methodologies: Restriction Enzyme Based Cloning; PCR Cloning (TOPO
or TA); Ligation Independent Cloning (LIC); Seamless Cloning (SC); Recombinational

66
Cloning; Gibson Assembly (Isothermal Assembly Reaction); Expression cloning, Con-
struction of genomic and cDNA libraries. [12 hours]
Introduction of DNA into cells: Introduction of DNA into bacterial cells (transfor-
mation methods), viruses (transduction methods), mammalian cells (Transfection tech-
niques), plant tissues (Transfection techniques, particle bombardment), and model or-
ganisms (microinjections). [7 hours]
Genetic engineering applications, case studies and ethical issues: Recent
developments in genetic engineering methods; Applications of genetic engineering in agri-
culture and medicine; GMOs and GEMs; Socio-economic, cultural, and ethical issues. [6
hours]

Textbooks:
1. Terry A. Brown, Gene Cloning: An Introduction, 8th Edition, Wiley-Blackwell,
2021.

2. Sandy B. Primrose, Richard Twyman, Principles of Gene Manipulation and

Genomics, 8th edition, John Wiley Blackwell, 2016.

References:
1. Michael R. Green and J. Sambrook, Molecular Cloning: A Laboratory Man-
ual, 4th Edition, Vols 1-3, Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press, CSHL, 2012.

2. B. Alberts, R. Heald, A. Johnson, D. Morgan, M. Raff, Molecular Biology of

the Cell, 7th Edition, W.W. Norton & Co Inc, 2022.

3. Relevant research articles/reviews will be advised relating to the topic being taught.

2.12 BE 307P: Reverse Engineering for Bioengineers

Course number : BE 307P
Course Name : Reverse Engineering for Bioengineers
Credit Distribution : 0-0-2-1
Intended for : B.Tech.-M.Tech. Integrated Dual Degree in Bioengineering (Core
Course)
Prerequisite : No prerequisite (compulsory for Bioengineering students)
Mutual Exclusion : NA
Approval: 50th BoA

Course Contents:
The students focus on hardware reverse engineering (RE). In the process of RE students
understand existing technologies, functions, features, objects, components and systems.
By carefully disassembling, observing, testing, analyzing and reporting, students can
understand how something works and suggest ways it might be improved. This process
requires careful observation, disassembly, documentation, analysis and reporting. Many
times, the reverse engineering process is non-destructive. This means that the object or
component can be reassembled and still function just as it did before it was taken apart.
Throughout the reverse engineering project, the students are able to think of ways these

67
objects could be improved. Is there some way it could function better? or manufactured
less expensively? The students will use observations to make suggestions for improvement
of the product.

Learning Topics:
Reverse Engineering of Biotechnological/Biomedical- Devices/ prototypes.

Text books:
1. Lam, R.H. and Chen, W., Biomedical Devices: Materials, Design, and Man-
ufacturing, Springer, 2019.

2. Boccato C, Cerutti S, Vienken J, editors, Medical devices: improving health

care through a multidisciplinary approach [Internet], Cham: Springer Inter-
national Publishing; 2022

References:
1. Sokovic and Kopac, RE as necessary phase by rapid product development, Journal
of Materials Processing Technology, 2005

2. Eldad Eilam, Reversing: Secrets of Reverse Engineering, Wiley 2005.

3. Chris Eagle, The IDA Pro Book: The Unofficial Guide to the World’s
Most Popular Disassembler

2.13 BE 308: Introduction to Biomanufacturing

Course number : BE 308
Course Name : Introduction to Biomanufacturing
Credit Distribution : 3-0-2-4
Intended for : B.Tech.-M.Tech. Integrated Dual Degree in Bio-Engineering
Prerequisite : IC 136 Understanding Biotechnology and its Applications or Consent
of Faculty Member
Mutual Exclusion : NA
Approval: 50th BoA

Course Contents:
ˆ Manufacturing of Biomolecules: Introduction to Biologicals, Biomolecules for
industrial application, Stages of biomanufacturing, Case studies, Expression sys-
tems, Nutritional strategies/cell culture media, Cell growth, Bioreactor design, op-
eration, and control. (12 Hours)

ˆ Production, Isolation & Purification: Cell separation: centrifugation and

depth filtration, Chromatography, Viral clearance, Ultrafiltration and diafiltration,
Bulk filling. (12 Hours)

68
 ˆ Industrial Scaleup: Applicable Regulations and Guidelines, GMP and GDP.
Clinical evaluation, Registration or licensing, Quality assessment, Stages of Process
Development- early, mid, late, Process characterization, Process validation, Scale-
up considerations. (12 Hours)

ˆ Policies & Future Directions in Biomanufacturing: Bench to bedside con-

cept, Development of new stem-cell- based therapies, tissue engineered, 3D-Bioprinted
tissues/ organs, Preclinical studies for first-in-human studies, Discovery process in
cell and gene therapy/ tissue engineering, First-in-humans studies, Phase 1 first-
in-human studies, target product profile (TPP), Human subject ethical issues. (6
Hours)

Laboratory Experiments (28 Hours):

1. Alginate bead encapsulation

2. Chromatography

3. Ultrafiltration and diafiltration

4. Cell separation

Text books:
1. Gilleskie, Gary, Charles Rutter, and Becky McCuen, Biopharmaceutical Man-
ufacturing: Principles, Processes, and Practices, Walter de Gruyter GmbH
& Co KG, 2021.

2. Atala, Anthony, and Julie Allickson, eds., Translational regenerative medicine,

Academic Press, 2014.

3. Wei Wang , Manmohan Singh, Biological Drug Products: Development and

Strategies, Wiley, 2013.

2.14 BE 401 : Bioengineering Mini Project, Term Paper and

Seminar
Course number : BE401
Course Name : Bioengineering Mini Project, Term Paper and Seminar
Credit Distribution : 0-0-8-4
Intended for : B.Tech.-M.Tech. Integrated Dual Degree in Bio-Engineering
Prerequisite : NA
Mutual Exclusion: NA
Approval: 50th BoA

Course Contents:
ˆ Mini-Project: This will be floated by the faculties and then students in a group
of two will be allocated for the floated projects.

69
 ˆ Term Paper: Term paper will be a detailed research focused assignment on a
scientific topic. The term paper submitted by the students will be decided by the
faculty supervisor.

ˆ Seminar: The students will give one seminar on a published research paper relevant
to their mini-project.

Text books:
1. NA

References:
1. NA

2.15 BE 501: Anatomy and Physiology

Course Code: BE 501
Course Name: Anatomy and Physiology
L-T-P-C: 2-0-2-3
Prerequisite: IC136 / BE 201/ BE 202 or equivalent
Students intended for: B. Tech M.Tech Integrated Dual Degree Bioengineering students
Elective or Core: Core for IDD BE, Elective for other B.Tech students
Approval: 44th BoA

Course contents
ˆ Foundations of Anatomy, Physiology and homeostasis
Organization of the Human Body, Chemical Foundations –Atoms, Ions, Molecules,
Bonds, Solutions comprising different specialized tissues, organs and organ systems.
[4 Lectures]

ˆ Haemopoietic system, Lymphatic System and Endocrine system

Composition and functions of blood and its elements, their disorders, blood groups
(ABO classification) and their significance, mechanism of coagulation, Anaemias
and its types, lymph organs. Anatomy and physiology of Pituitary, thyroid, parathy-
roid, adrenal and pancreatic glands, specific hormones and disorders of these glands,
endocrine control of growth and metabolism; pineal, thymus. [8 Lectures]

ˆ Cardiovascular and Musculo-skeletal system

Anatomy and physiology of the heart, cardiac cycle; circulation of blood, heart
rate, blood pressure, ECG and heart sounds, lymphatic vessel, systemic and portal
circulation; vascular system –arteries, arterioles, capillaries, venules. Blood pres-
sure and its regulation. Brief outline of cardiovascular disorders like hypertension,
myocardial infarction, congestive heart failure, cardiomyopathies and cardiac ar-
rhythmias. Anatomy and physiology of muscular system, types of muscle tissue
–skeletal, smooth, cardiac, contraction, muscle fibre regulation, Osseous system -
structure, composition and functions of the skeleton, physiological properties of

70
 skeletal muscles and their disorders such as Rheumatoid arthritis, Gout etc. [10
Lectures]

ˆ Digestive and renal System

Gross anatomy of the gastro-intestinal tract, functions of its different parts, var-
ious gastrointestinal secretions and their role in the absorption and digestion of
food, peptic ulcer, ulcerative colitis, hepatic disorder. the renal system structure
–Anatomy and physiology kidney; structure of the glomerulus, nephron and net-
work of blood capillaries urinary tract, formation of urine, concentration of urine;
regulation of acid-base balance; the chemical acid-base buffer systems of body fluids
and Micturition, diuretics and kidney disease. [10 Lectures]

ˆ Respiratory system
Anatomy of lungs, respiratory tract, mechanism and dynamics of respiration, lung
volumes, transport of oxygen and carbon dioxide, disorders like cyanosis, Gas trans-
port between the Lungs and tissues. Regulation of respiration. Respiratory adjust-
ments in health and diseases. [4 Lectures]

ˆ Nervous System
Anatomy and physiology of brain, blood-brain barrier, spinal cord, structure and
types of the neuron, synapses neurotransmitters, organization of spinal and cranial
nerves, central and peripheral nervous system, autonomic nervous system, receptors
membrane potentials –graded potentials and action potentials, physiology of vision,
audition, olfaction, taste and skin. [6 Lectures]

Text Books:
1. Guyton, A.C. and Hall, J.E, Textbook of Medical Physiology, 13th edition,
Saunders, 2015.

2. Ganong, W.F., Review of Medical Physiology, 26th edition, (A Lange Medical

book series) McGraw –Hill (International Ed.) 2010.

References:
1. Waugh, Anne and Allison Grant, Ross and Wilson Anatomy and Physiology
in Health and Illness, 12th edition, Churchill –Livingstone / Elsevier, 2014.

2. Carola, R., J.P. Harley and C.R. Noback, Human Anatomy & Physiology, 2nd
edition, McGraw –Hill, 1992.

3. Vander, A.J., J.H. Sherman and D.S. Luciano, Human Physiology: The Mech-
anisms of Body Function, 5th Edition, McGraw –Hill, 1990.

4. hurana, Indu A Textbook of Medical Physiology 2nd edition Elsevier, 2015.

5. Johnson, L.R. Essential Medical Physiology, 3rd Edition, Academic Press /

Elsevier, 2003.

71
2.16 BE 502: Design and Analysis of Bioalgorithms
Course Code: BE 502
Course Name: Design and Analysis of Bioalgorithms
L-T-P-C: 2-0-2-3
Prerequisite: IC136, IC152, IC260
Students intended for: B. Tech M.Tech Integrated Dual Degree Bioengineering students
Elective or Core: Core for IDD BE, Elective for other B.Tech students
Approval: 44th BoA

Course contents
ˆ Introduction
Background on genomics and proteomics, DNA-RNA gene, protein structures, Im-
portance of Bio-algorithms, Bioinformatics algorithms and examples of algorithms
designs, algorithm complexity and speed, Bio-signal processing algorithms and de-
sign considerations [4 Lectures]

ˆ Combinatorial pattern matching algorithms for genomes

Hash Tables, Exact matching, Suffix Trees, Keyword Trees, Heuristic similarity
search methods, approximate pattern matching, sequence similarity search, se-
quence alignment, BLAST, and motif finding [9 Lectures]

ˆ Graph-based and Clustering algorithms

Graph terminologies and some basic algorithms, shortest superstring-based DNA
sequencing, hybridization-based DNA sequencing, graphs for peptide sequencing,
K-means clustering and Hierarchical clustering for gene expressions, graph-based
clustering, phylogenetic tree reconstruction. [9 Lectures]

ˆ Bio-signal processing
Pre-processing considerations in bio-signals (for EEG and FMRI), signal decompo-
sition methods, graph-based and clustering algorithms for EEG and FMRI, feature
extraction and their uses in diagnosis of diseases. [6 Lectures]

Text Books:
1. N.C. Jones and P.A. Pevzner, An introduction to bioinformatics algorithms,
MIT Press, 2004.

2. K. Najarian, R. Splinter, Biomedical Signal and Image Processing, 2nd Edi-

tion, CRC Press, 2012.

References:
1. T. Cormen, C. Leiserson, R. Rivest, C. Stein, Introduction to algorithms, 3rd
Edition, MIT Press, 2009.

72
2.17 BE 503: Biosensing and Bioinstrumentation
Course Code: BE 503
Course Name: Biosensing and Bioinstrumentation
L-T-P-C: 3-0-2-4
Prerequisite: IC161, IC161P, IC260 or equivalent
Students intended for: B. Tech M.Tech Integrated Dual Degree Bioengineering students
Elective or Core: Core for IDD BE, Elective for other B.Tech students
Approval: 33rd Senate, 35th Senate, 44th BoA, 49th BoA

Course contents
ˆ Measurement
SI units, systematic and random errors in measurement, expression of uncertainty -
accuracy and precision index, propagation of errors, DC potentiometer; bridges for
measurement of R, L and C, Q-meter, signal-to-noise ratio, responsivity of a sensor
(Transformation of Input-to-output signal). [4 Lectures]

ˆ Biosignals
Origin, nature, and types of Biosignals, Principles of sensing physiological parame-
ters from plants and animals, Bioelectric signals and their characteristics. Chemical
and electrochemical biosignals. [3 Lectures]

ˆ Sensors
Classification of transducers and their characteristics, viz. Voltage sensors, Opti-
cal sensors, Displacement/Pressure sensors and accelerometers, Chemical sensors,
Acoustic sensors – basic principles, signal conditioning considerations, examples
(e.g. biopotential electrodes, pulse oximeter, glucose monitor, hearing aid, etc.);
Physical biosensors and associated signal conditioning circuits; Chemical biosen-
sors; Antibody based biosensors, DNA based biosensor, Immunoassays for plant
and animal pathogen detection, Enzyme linked immune-sorbent assays (ELISA),
bio-luminioscent technologies for pathogen detection; Optical sources and detec-
tors: LED, Photo-diode, p-i-n and avalanche photo diode, optical nterferometers:
applications in metrology; basics of optical sensing and LASER; basics of magnetic
sensing. [16 Lectures]

ˆ Bioinstrumentation
Biopotential Amplifiers, Noise and artefacts and their management, Electrical Isola-
tion (optical and electrical) and Safety of bio-instruments. Generation, Acquisition,
and signal conditioning and analysis of biosignals. Principles of measuring blood
pressure, bioamperometric enzyme electrode. [15 Lectures]

ˆ Analytical bio-techniques
Principles and applications of UV-Visible-NIR spectroscopy, fluorescence spectroscopy,
MR spectroscopy, basics of chromatographic techniques, imaging techniques – prin-
ciples and applications of microscopy. [4 Lectures]

73
Laboratory/practical/tutorial Modules
Design of measurement circuits, ELISA test, extraction of bio-signals, amplification and
isolation of bio-signals, phase contrast microscopy, chemoluminiscence, fluorescence spec-
troscopy, MR spectroscopy, spectrophotometry, Pulse oximeter, blood pressure measure-
ment device.

Text Books:
1. A.G. Webb, Principles of Biomedical Instrumentation, Cambridge University
Press, 2018.

2. J. G. Webster, Medical Instrumentation – Application and Design, 4th

edition, John Wiley and Sons, 2020.

References:
1. R.S. Khandpur, Biomedical Instrumentation – Technology and Applica-
tions, Tata McGrawHill, 2017.

2. CS.C. Mukhopadhyay, A.L. Ekuakille, Advances in Biomedical Sensing, Mea-

surements, Instrumentation and Systems, Springer-Verlag, Germany, 2018.

3. J. R. Lakowicz, Principles of Fluorescence Spectroscopy, Springer Science &

Business Media, 2013.

4. H. H. Willard, L. L. Merritt, J. A. Dean, F. A. Settle Instrumental Methods of

Analysis, CBS publishers and Distributors, 2015.

2.18 BE 504: Biomaterials

Course Code: BE 504
Course Name: Biomaterials
L-T-P-C:3-0-2-4
Prerequisite: IC136, IC241, or consent of faculty
Students intended for: B. Tech M.Tech Integrated Dual Degree Bioengineering students
Elective or Core: Core for IDD BE, Elective for other B.Tech students
Approval: 44th BoA

Course contents
ˆ Introduction to Biomaterials
Introduction to biomaterials and its history, Properties of Biomaterials- physico-
chemical, mechanical, biocompatibility and biodegradability, Surface properties of
biomaterials, Biological responses and Cell-Biomaterial interaction. [8 Lectures]

ˆ Classes of Biomaterials
Polymeric materials and blends, Biopolymers and hydrogels, Metal based biomate-
rials, Ceramics and bioglasses; Adhesive and sealants, Elastomers. [8 Lectures]

74
 ˆ Biomaterials Applications
Applications of biomaterials in cardiology, nephrology, ophthalmology, dentistry
and orthopaedics; Wound healing and dressing materials, skin substitutes and su-
tures, Applications of Biomaterials in Functional Tissue Engineering and drug de-
livery systems. [20 Lectures]

ˆ Device development, Standards and regulatory compliance

Biomaterial device development and Regulation, Voluntary consensus standards,
Commercialization, corporate considerations, Ethical issues, Clinical trials, En-
trepreneurship and post market considerations in biomaterials. [6 Lectures]

Laboratory
Lab component of the course will include synthesis/fabrication, characterisation, biocom-
patibility testing and application of biomaterials. The experiments include.

ˆ Preparation of polymeric nanosphere and characterization

ˆ Drug/Protein loading and release study with polymeric nanospheres

ˆ Preparation and characterization of hydrogels/nanosponges

ˆ Preparation and characterization of electrospun nanofibrous mats

ˆ Biocompatibility Testing

ˆ Preparation of Bioceramics and its characterization

Text Books:
1. Editor(s): Buddy D. Ratner et al, Principles of Biomedical Instrumentation
in Biomaterials Science, 3rd edition, Academic Press.

2. Bikramjit Basu, Biomaterials Science and Tissue Engineering: Principles

and Methods, Cambridge University Press, 2017.

References:
1. Bikramjit Basu, Biomaterials for Musculoskeletal regeneration: Concepts,
Springer Nature, 2017.

2. Advanced Biomaterials: Fundamentals, Processing and Applications,

John Wiley & Sons, 2009.

3. Fredrick H. Silver and David L. Christiansen, Biomaterials Science and Bio-

compatability, Springer.

4. Related journal articles.

75
2.19 BE 505: Computational Biology
Course Code: BE 505
Course Name: Computational Biology
L-T-P-C: 2-0-2-3
Prerequisite: IC136, BE304, or consent of faculty
Students intended for: B. Tech M.Tech Integrated Dual Degree Bioengineering students
Elective or Core: Core for IDD BE, Elective for other B.Tech students
Approval: 44th BoA

Course contents
ˆ Pattern matching
inding regulatory seqeuences in DNA, Motif discovery, Exhaustive search, Greedy
motif clustering, wordlets and motifs refinements, Probabilistic solutions (expecta-
tion maximisation, Gibbs sampling). [2 Lectures]

ˆ Genomic Analysis

a. Genome assembly with Graphs and Networks,

b. Gene prediction, Hidden Markov models, Viterbi, expectation maximisation)
c. Next Generation Sequencing analysis (short read mapping, ChIP-seq and RNA-
seq analysis)
d. Comparative genomics and genome rearragements
e. Population genomics, Medical genomics, Personal genomics, disease epige-
nomics, Systems approaches to disease. [14 Lectures]

ˆ Phylogenetic Inferences
Introduction to phylogenetic inferences, Alignments to Distances, probabilistic mod-
els of divergence (Jukes Cantor, Kimura, hierarchy), Distances to trees, types of
trees, algorithms for tree building (UPGMA, neighbor joining), optimality (least
squared error, minimum evolution), Alignements to trees, alignment scoring given
a tree, parsimony, greedy vs dynamic programming, maximum likelihood, Max-a-
Posteriori, bootstrapping, Tree visualisation. [3 Lectures]

ˆ Structure prediction and Molecular modelling

RNA and protein structure prediction methods, homology modelling and ab – initio
structure prediction methods, models of proteins, discrete conformational search,
binding and docking, molecular dynamics simulations. [5 Lectures]

ˆ Biological network analysis and modelling Gene regulatory networks, Protein

interaction networks, Logic modelling of Cell signalling networks, network mod-
elling, formulating models, nonlinear dynamics and stability, steady-state problems,
parameter fitting and estimation, basic overview of the modeling of metabolic net-
works in genome scale by Flux Balance or modeling of reaction kinetic for smaller
networks/pathways [4 Lectures]

76
Laboratory
The below mentioned 10 topics will be covered over the 14 weeks:

ˆ Pattern matching

ˆ Genome assembly

ˆ Gene prediction (prokaryotic and eukaryotic)

ˆ Read mapping and NGS data-analysis

ˆ Comparative genomics methods

ˆ Population genomics methods

ˆ Phylogenetic and analysis molecular evolution

ˆ Protein structural analysis (Secondary structure prediction and homology mod-

elling)

ˆ Protein structural analysis (Ab-initio molecular modelling and simulation, docking)

ˆ Biological networks analysis

Text Books:
1. Peter Clote, Computational Molecular Biology: An Introduction in Bioma-
terials Science, 2000.

2. Neil C. Jones and Pavel A Pevzner, An Introduction to Bioinformatics Algo-

rithms (Computational Molecular Biology), 2004.

References:
1. Ion Mandoiu (Author), Alexander Zelikovsky, Bioinformatics Algorithms: Tech-
niques and Applications: 03, Wiley Series in Bioinformatics, 2008.

2. Arthur M. Lesk, Introduction to Bioinformatics, 3rd edition, Oxford University

Press.

3. Richard Durbin, Sean R. Eddy, Anders Krogh, Graeme Mitchison, Biological

Sequence Analysis-Probabilistic Models of Proteins and Nucleic Acids,
Cambridge University Press.

4. Jonathan Pevsner, Bioinformatics and Functional Genomics, 3rd edition,

Wiley-Blackwell.

77
2.20 BE 506 : Biological Modelling and Simulation
Course Code: BE 506
Course Name : Biological Modelling and Simulation
L-T-P-C : 2-0-2-3
Intended for : Core for Integrated Dual Degree Bioengineering students with Special-
isation in Computational Bioengineering, elective for other B.Tech and Mtech students,
Elective for other UG, PG
Prerequisite : Understanding Biotechnology and its applications (IC136), and Bioin-
formatics (BE304), Computational Biology (BE505), or with permission of the instructor.
Mutual Exclusion : None
Approval: 43rd BoA, 45th BoA

Course Contents:
ˆ A. Modelling biomolecular structure, interactions and dynamics using
atomistic simulations: (Dr. D. Mohanty, NII) Introduction to Molecular Mod-
elling, Molecular Mechanics (MM) Forcefields & empirical energy functions, Poten-
tial energy surface & Energy minimization algorithms, Molecular dynamics (MD),
Explicit solvent simulations & Water models, Calculation of energy (E), temper-
ature (T), Pressure (P) and Volume (V). Temperature control by velocity scaling
and coupling to heat bath, Equilibration vs Production Dynamics, MD at higher
temperatures for enhanced sampling & Simulated Annealing, Analysis of MD tra-
jectories by Principal Component Analysis (PCA) and essential dynamics, MD
Simulations in membrane environment, Calculation of Free Energy changes from
explicit solvent MD by Free Energy Perturbation (FEP) approach, Monte Carlo
(MC) Simulations, Atomistic vs coarse-grained dynamics. (13 hours)

ˆ B. Systems Biology & Biological Networks: (Prof James Gomes, IIT Delhi)
(2 hours)

ˆ C. Simulation of cellular subsystems: Simulation & Analysis of Biochemical

Network Models (3 Hours) (Prof James Gomes, IIT Delhi) Simulation of Genome-
Scale Metabolic (GSM) Networks, Flux-Balance Analysis (FBA) & Constraint
based models (5 Hours) (Dr. Karthik Raman, IIT Chennai) Introduction to Boolean
Network Modeling of Gene Regulation (2 hours) (Dr D. Mohanty, NII). (11 hours)

ˆ D. Population models: (Dr. Tulika P Srivastava, IIT Mandi) (3 hours)

Lab Course content: (28 hours)

The below mentioned 10 topics will be covered over the 14 weeks:

ˆ A. Atomistic Simulations (12 hours) (Dr. D. Mohanty & Tulika P. Srivastava)

– Visualization and analysis of 3D structures of bomolecules and Model building.

– Energy minimization.
– Molecular Dynamics Simulation of a Protein using GROMACS.

78
 – Analysis of MD trajectory & Principal Component Analysis (PCA) of MD
trajectory.
– Calculation of Free Energy (solvation of methane or amino acids in water)
using explicit water simulations.
– MD simulations of a Protein-Ligand complex.
– MD simulation of a model transmembrane peptides in lipid bilayers.

ˆ B. Analysis of biological networks (3 hours)

– Visualization of biological networks and calculation of network parameters

using Cytoscape.

ˆ C. Simulation of cellular subsystems (8 hours)

– Simulation & Analysis of biochemical network models using differential equa-

tions (COPASI).
– Flux Balance Analysis using COBRA Tool for simulation of genome scale
metabolic networks: Applications to central metabolism of E. coli.

ˆ D. Population models (5 hours)

– Predator-Prey Simulation
– Modeling spread of infectious disease: COVID19.

Text books:
1. Andrew R. Leach, Molecular Modelling: Principles and Applications, 2nd
Edition.

2. Karthik Raman, An Introduction to Computational Systems Biology Systems-

Level Modelling of Cellular Networks, Chapman and Hall/CRC, 2021.

References:
1. JA McCammon & SC Harvey, Dynamics of Proteins & Nucleic Acids, Cam-
bridge University Press.

2.21 BE 507: Environmental Impact Assessment

Course number : BE 507
Course Name : Tissue Engineering
Credit Distribution : 3-0-0-3
Intended for : B.Tech.-M.Tech. Integrated Dual Degree in Bio-Engineering, M. Tech
Biotechnology and PhD candidates
Prerequisite : IC 136 Understanding Biotechnology and its Applications or IC 241
Materials Science for Engineers or Consent of Faculty Member
Mutual Exclusion : NA
Approval: 50th BoA

79
Course Contents:
ˆ Introduction to Tissue Engineering:The history and scope of tissue engineer-
ing, Challenge in imitating nature, Cells as building blocks, Clinical translation (4
Hours)

ˆ Cellular differentiation and Tissue Development: Molecular organization in

cells, Cell-matrix interactions, Tissue development (4 Hours)

ˆ Functional Tissue Engineering: Matrix as growth factor reservoir, Mechanobi-

ology of matrix, Biosimilar materials as scaffolds (6 Hours)

ˆ 3D Tissue Culture Techniques: Animal cell culture, Biomaterials in tissue

engineering, Cell interactions with polymers, conventional 3D scaffolds, 3D printing,
3D bioprinting (8 Hours)

ˆ Transplantation of Engineered Tissues & Disease Models: Host Immune

Response, Immunomodulation, Disease models, applications of disease models (6
Hours)

ˆ Orthopaedic Tissue Engineering: Mesenchymal stem cells, Bone ultrastruc-

ture and anatomy, Bone tissue engineering, Articular cartilage tissue engineering,
Intervertebral disc tissue engineering, Orthopaedic disease models (8 Hours)

ˆ Ophthalmic Tissue Engineering: Stem cells in the eye, Corneal replacements,

Ophthalmic disease models (6 Hours)

Text books:
1. Robert Lanza, Robert Langer and Joseph Vacanti, Principles of Tissue Engi-
neering, Academic press, 2020

2. Bikramjit Basu, Biomaterials Science and Tissue Engineering: Principles

and Methods, Cambridge University Press, 2017.

References:
1. Bikramjit Basu, Biomaterials for Musculoskeletal regeneration: Concepts,
Springer Nature, 2017.

2. Ravi Birla, Introduction to tissue engineering: applications and challenges,

John Wiley & Sons, 2014.

2.22 BE 598: Thesis Project Part I

Course Code: BE 598
Course Name : Thesis Project Part I
L-T-P-C :
Credits: 16
Intended for : M.Tech Biostudents.
Prerequisite :

80
 Mutual Exclusion : None
Approval: 9th Senate

Evaluation Pattern:
1 seminar presentation at the mid semester. 40% by PI, 20% for report and 40% for final
presentation/viva. Evaluation is done by a committee consisting of internal experts.
1 seminar presentation at the semester end. 40% by PI, 20% for report and 40% for
final presentation/viva. Evaluation is done by a committee consisting of internal and/or
external experts.

2.23 BE 599: Thesis Project Part II

Course Code: BE 599
Course Name : Thesis Project Part II
L-T-P-C :
Credits: 17
Intended for : M.Tech Biostudents.
Prerequisite :
Mutual Exclusion : None
Approval: 9th Senate

Evaluation Pattern:
1 seminar presentation at the mid semester. 40% by PI, 20% for report and 40% for final
presentation/viva. Evaluation is done by a committee consisting of internal experts.
1 seminar presentation at the semester end. 40% by PI, 20% for report and 40% for
final presentation/viva. Evaluation is done by a committee consisting of internal and/or
external experts.

2.24 BE 698P: Thesis Project Part I

Course Code: BE 698P
Course Name : Thesis Project Part I
L-T-P-C : 0-0-32-16
Intended for : M.Tech Biostudents.
Prerequisite :
Mutual Exclusion : None
Approval: 9th Senate

Evaluation Pattern:
1 seminar presentation at the mid semester. 40% by PI, 20% for report and 40% for final
presentation/viva. Evaluation is done by a committee consisting of internal experts.
1 seminar presentation at the semester end. 40% by PI, 20% for report and 40% for
final presentation/viva. Evaluation is done by a committee consisting of internal and/or
external experts.

81
2.25 BE 699P: Thesis Project Part II
Course Code: BE 699
Course Name : Thesis Project Part II
L-T-P-C : 0-0-34-17
Intended for : M.Tech Biostudents.
Prerequisite :
Mutual Exclusion : None
Approval: 9th Senate

Evaluation Pattern:
1 seminar presentation at the mid semester. 40% by PI, 20% for report and 40% for final
presentation/viva. Evaluation is done by a committee consisting of internal experts.
1 seminar presentation at the semester end. 40% by PI, 20% for report and 40% for
final presentation/viva. Evaluation is done by a committee consisting of internal and/or
external experts.

2.26 BY 501: DNA Nanotechnology

Course Code: BY 501
Course Name: DNA Nanotechnology
L-T-P-C: 3-0-0-3
Prerequisite: IC 136 and faculty consent
Students intended for: B. Tech M.Tech Integrated Dual Degree Bioengineering students
Elective or Core: Core for IDD BE, Elective for other B.Tech students
Approval: 8th Senate

Course contents
ˆ DNA:
Brief history about the discovery of the structure of DNA, Concept of DNA helix,
Structural features of DNA and its distinction with RNA, Basic concept of gel
electrophoresis, DNA amplification and ligation. [6 Lectures]

ˆ tructural DNA nanotechnology

Four arm junction, double crossovers, DNA arrays and Lattices, 3D structure- cube,
tetrahedron, dodecahedron octahedron, pyramid, DNA origami. [6 Lectures]

ˆ Dynamic DNA nanotechnology

Reconfigurable DNA based structures, DNA nanomechanical devices, DNA nanomo-
tors, DNA aptamers, DNA walker, DNA Tweezer, DNAzyme – structure function
and applications, DNA nanotransport device, molecular cages [10 Lectures]

ˆ DNA based logic gates

AND, OR, NOT, XOR, NAND gates, Single and multiple input DNA logic gates,
Circular logic gates, DNA Circuits, DNA computing. [10 Lectures]

82
 ˆ Module-5
DNA directed Assembly of metal, semiconductor nanoparticles and nanoclusters.
DNA Scaffolding, DNA nanorobot, Application of DNA assembled structure in
chemical, biological and molecular sensing, DNA-based drug and gene delivery,
Future Applications. [10 Lectures]

References:
A nascent textbook mentioned below will be used as appropriate and several recent
articles from peer reviewed journals like Nature, Science, Nature Nanotechnology, ACS
Nano, Nanoletters etc. in the field of DNA nanotechnology will be discussed. The course
material will be provided.

1. Edited by Chunhai Fan, DNA Nanotechnology – From Structure to Func-

tion, Springer-Verlag, 2013.

2. Edited by Giampaolo Zuccheri and Bruno Samorı̀, DNA Nanotechnology: Meth-

ods and Protocols, Humana Press, Springer Science+Business Media, 2011.

2.27 BY 502: Biophysics and Protein Engineering

Course Code: BY 502
Course Name: Biophysics and Protein Engineering
L-T-P-C: 3-0-0-3
Prerequisite: IC136 and faculty consent
Students intended for: B. Tech M.Tech Integrated Dual Degree Bioengineering students
Elective or Core: Core for IDD BE, Elective for other B.Tech students
Approval:

Course contents
ˆ Introduction
Course Introduction, what is biophysics? What will you learn? – A general out-
line of the course. Outlook: what is the use of what you will learn here? The
hierarchy and order of protein structure: amino acids and peptide bonds; the sec-
ondary structure: α-helices, β-sheets, turns and loops; super secondary structure
– domains and motifs the tertiary and the quaternary structure. Hemoglobin and
myoglobin as paradigm proteins, protein characteristics and structure-function re-
lationships. Software and online/freeware tools for analyzing proteins e.g. Rasmol
and PyMol. Homology modeling as exercise for structural elucidation of biological
macromolecules. [6 Lectures]

ˆ Intrinsically Disordered Proteins

Sequence composition of IDPs, distribution of IDPs in nature and their physiological
roles, intrinsically disordered regions, fuzzy complexes, designed linkers, folding and
binding mechanisms of IDPs. Protein disorder in signaling and disease in human
and plants.

83
 Applications of IDPs or linkers in fusion proteins of clinical importance:. Chimeric
Antigen Receptors as an example of multidomain fusion protein involving folded
and unfolded polypeptide chains.[6 Lectures]

ˆ Thermodynamics
a brief introduction and thermodynamic principles. Gibbs free energy, thermo-
chemistry and calorimetry. Protein folding theories and structural transitions in
polypeptides. [8 Lectures]

ˆ Biophysical Methods
Absorption spectroscopy, UV/VIS spectroscopic analysis of biopolymers. Linear
dichroism: transition dipole moments and the orientation of biomolecules. Circular
Dichroism: the molecular origins of the rotational strength of molecules. Applica-
tions of polarized light interactions with chromophores in protein and DNA with
case studies from literature.
Florescence spectroscopy: basic principles and instrumentation. Florescence of pro-
tein and DNA, florescence resonance energy transfer (FRET). Working principle and
major application of other spectroscopic methods (FTIR, NMR, mass spectrometry
and Ultrafast etc) for proteins. [15 Lectures]

ˆ Protein Engineering – Basic Principles and Rationale

Identification of putative enzymes in sequence databases, bioinformatic analysis.
Enzymes, enzyme catalysis and kinetics, factors influencing the speed of enzymatic
reaction. Enzyme applications, targets of protein engineering, protein engineer-
ing approaches, advantages and limitations. Rational design, comparative design,
random methods; prediction of the structure of enzyme variant, evaluation of the
effect of mutations on enzyme structure and function. Successful stories of applica-
tion of protein engineering to improve enzyme catalytic efficiency, enzyme stability
and folding. Therapeutic potentials of proteins with specific examples including
insulin, anticoagulants, blood substitutes and vaccines. Sequence composition and
heteromorphic pairs of proteins. [16 Lectures]

References:
A nascent textbook mentioned below will be used as appropriate and several recent
papers from peer reviewed journals like Nature, Science, Molecular Therapy, PNAS,
Biochemistry, JBC etc.

1. Donald Voet, Charlotte W. Pratt, Judith G. Voet. Principles of Biochemistry,

4th edition, Wiley, 2012.

2. David L Nelson, Michael M Cox, Albert L Lehninger. Lehninger Principles of

Biochemistry, 6th edition, W.H. Freeman, 2013.

3. Irwin H. Segel, Biochemical calculations: how to solve mathematical prob-

lems in general biochemistry, 2nd edition, Wiley, 1976.

4. T Palmer, P L Bonner, Enzymes, Biochemistry, Biotechnology, Clinical

Chemistry, 2nd Edition, Woodhead Publishing, 2007.

84
 5. Peter Tompa, Alan Fersht. Structure and Function of Intrinsically Disor-
dered Proteins, CRC Press, 2009.

6. David Sheehan, Physical Biochemistry: Principles and Applications, 2nd

edition, Wiley, 2009.

2.28 BY 503: Cellular Fuel and Cellular Communication

Course Code: BY 503
Course Name: Cellular Fuel and Cellular Communication
L-T-P-C: 3-0-0-3
Prerequisite: IC136 or faculty consent
Students intended for: 3rd and 4th UG, PG
Elective or Core: Elective
Approval: 8th Senate

Course contents
ˆ Module 1
Cellular fate of nutrients metabolism:Glucose metabolism; Glucose transporters,
Glycolysis, TCA cycle, glycogen synthesis, gluconeogenesis, and glycogenolysis.
Metabolism of amino acids and proteins, Metabolism of lipids;oxidation of fatty
acids, ketone bodies and ketosis, de novo synthesis of fatty acids, Metabolism of
nucleic acids; Biosynthesis and breakdown of purine and pyrimidine nucleotides,
Salvage pathways. [15 Lectures]

ˆ The cellular internet

The essential elements of cellular transduction mechanisms that allow signaling
from the cell surface to the nucleus; reception, transduction and response. Types of
signals: Endocrine, Paracrine,Neural,and Juxtacrine.Receptors and receptor traf-
ficking, Types of Cell surface receptors: G-protein coupled receptors, Receptor ty-
rosine kinase receptors, Cytokine receptors and Non-tyrosine kinase receptors, Inte-
grin receptors, Toll-like receptors, Ligand gated ion-channels receptors, Receptors
with other enzymatic activities.Secondmessengers; Type of secondary molecules;
diacylglycerol, phosphatidylinositols, cAMP, cGMP, IP3, and Ca2+. [15 Lectures]

ˆ Hormone and Endocrine system

Body’s long distance regulator; Hormones, Local regulators, Neurotransmitters,
Neurohormones, and Pheromones. Type of hormones, Major endocrine gland, and
Hormone transport, Hormone receptors - cell surfaceand intracellular, Mechanisms
of hormone action, Neuroendocrine interactions. [12 Lectures]

Textbooks:
1. Bruce Alberts, Alexander Johnson, Julian Lewis, Martin Raff , Keith Roberts ,
Peter Walter, Molecular Biology of the Cell, 5th edition.

2. David L. Nelson, Michael M. Cox, Lehninger Principles of Biochemistry, 6th

edition.

85
 3. Mac Hadley, Jon E. Levine , Endocrinology 6th Edition, Pearson Prentice Hall
Publication (for the endocrinology portion).

References:
1. Jane B. Reece, Lisa A. Urry, Michael L. Cain, Steven A. Wasserman, Peter V.
Minorsky, Robert B. Jackson, Campbell Biology, 10th edition, Benjamin Cum-
mings, 2013.

2.29 BY 504: Metabolic Systems Biology

Course Code: BY 504
Course Name: Metabolic Systems Biology
L-T-P-C: 3-0-2-4
Prerequisite: IC136, or consent of faculty
Students intended for: 3rd and 4th year UG and PG
Elective or Core: Elective
Approval: 8th Senate

Course contents
ˆ Introduction to systems biology and metabolism
Components of Biological systems (DNA, RNA, Protein, Metabolites), their proper-
ties and function. Overview of cellular metabolism, enzyme kinetics and metabolic
pathways. Online resources and Tools to study metabolism – KEGG, ECOCYC
etc. [6 Lectures]

ˆ Introduction to -omics with focus on metabolomics

Biological networks and their significance – at the level of genome, transcriptome,
proteome, metabolome and fluxome. Metabolomics - applications and its role in sys-
tems biology. Analytical methods for detecting and quantifying metabolites. Gen-
eral work flow and Statistical methods in metabolomics. Pathway and metabolome
databases. Case study on metabolomics from literature. [8 Lectures]

ˆ Metabolic pathways, network reconstruction and constraint based flux

analysis
Pathways of central and secondary metabolism in selected model systems (microbes,
plant and animal), Reconstruction of metabolic networks, Stoichiometric matrix.
Topological analysis of metabolic network with Elementary flux modes and/or Ex-
treme pathways, Introduction to Constraint based metabolic modelling and Flux
Balance analysis. Related software tools and online resources. Case study/studies
on Constraint based flux analysis from literature with applications in metabolic
engineering and/or drug target identification. [14 Lectures]

ˆ Introductory 13C based fluxomics

Metabolic Phenotypes, Fundamentals of Metabolic Flux analysis. Current prac-
tices of 13C Metabolic Flux Analysis – Stable isotope labelling, steady state vs
Non-stationary, Isotopomer analysis, Carbon transition networks, mathematical

86
 modelling for quantifying fluxes (in-vivo reaction rates), Flux maps. Software tools
and online resources. Case study/studies on 13C metabolic flux analysis from liter-
ature with applications in metabolic engineering and/or understanding metabolic
features in diseases such as cancer. [14 Lectures]

References:
1. Editor: Bernhard O. Palsson, Systems Biology: Properties of Reconstructed
Networks, Cambridge University Press, 2006.

2. Choi, Sangdun (Editor) Introduction to Systems Biology, Springer Publishers,

2007.

3. J.Nielsen and M.C. Jewett (Editors), Metabolomics – A powerful Tool in

Systems Biology, Springer Publishers, 2007.

4. Jens O. Krömer, Lars K. Nielsen, Lars M. Blank (Editors), Metabolic Flux

Analysis-Methods and protocols, Springer Publishers, 2014.

5. Additional reference material and scientific papers will be provided.

2.30 BY 505: Nanobiotechnology

Course Code: BY 505
Course Name: Nanobiotechnology
L-T-P-C: 3-0-0-3
Prerequisite: IC136, or consent of faculty
Students intended for: 3rd and 4th year UG and PG
Elective or Core: Elective
Approval: 8th Senate

Course contents
ˆ Introduction
Definition of nanotechnology, small-strange and useful, why go nano – unique prop-
erties of nanomaterials, history of nanotechnology, present and future of nanotech-
nology, Nano + Light, Engineering optical properties, Band gaps, exciton, quantum
confinement, Different kinds of nanomaterials- Metal and semiconductor nanopar-
ticles; Polymeric nanoparticles; Molecular nanoparticles, Forces at the nanoscale,
The Nano-Bio interface. [15 Lectures]

ˆ Nanobiosensing Definition of sensors, different elements of sensor, introduction

to nanobiosensing, Different types of biosensors, surface plasmon resonance based
biosensor, electrochemical and potentiometric based biosensor, motion, tempera-
ture, chemical, light and pressure sensitive biosensors, Applications of biosensors
in molecule analysis; food safety, environmental and biomedical monitoring and
detection of biological weapons, Lab on chip devices for sensing and detection. [15
Lectures]

87
 ˆ Nanomedicine
Nanoparticle within a biological environment, Nanoparticle dynamics in biologi-
cal media, nanoparticles for therapy- drug delivery, gene delivery, protein delivery,
photothermal and photodynamic therapy, uptake and toxicology of nanomaterials,
Nanomaterials for tissue engineering and prosthetics. Nanoparticles based bioimag-
ing. [12 Lectures]

Text and Reference Books:

1. Jeremy Ramsden, Nanotechnology: An Introduction, Elsevier Publishers, 2011.

2. C.M. Niemeyer and C. A. Mirkin (Editors), Nanobiotechnology: Concepts,

Applications and Perspectives,Wiley-VCH Verlag GmbH & Co, 2012.

3. Huw Summers (Editor), Nanomedicine, Elsevier Publishers, 2013.

4. Sandro Carrara (Editor), Nano-Bio-Sensing, Springer Publishers, 2011.

5. Additionally, other latest research articles related to the topic will be discussed.

2.31 BY 506: Advanced Immunology

Course Code: BY 506
Course Name: Advanced Immunology
L-T-P-C: 3-0-0-3
Prerequisite: IC136, or consent of faculty
Students intended for: 3rd and 4th year UG and PG (MS/MTech, PhD)
Elective or Core: Elective
Approval: 10th Senate

Course contents
ˆ Introduction
Cells of immune system; innate and acquired immunity; primary and secondary
lymphoid organs; antigens: chemical and molecular nature; haptens; adjuvants;
types of immune responses; theory of clonal selection [8 Lectures]

ˆ IMMUNE RESPONSES Development, maturation, activation and differentia-

tion of T-cells and B-cells; TCR; antibodies: structure and functions; antibodies:
genes and generation of diversity; antigen-antibody reactions; monoclonal antibod-
ies: principles and applications; antigen presenting cells; major histocompatibility
complex; antigen processing and presentation; regulation of T-cell and B-cell re-
sponses. [16 Lectures]

ˆ INFECTION AND IMMUNITY

Injury and inflammation; immune responses to infections: immunity to viruses,
bacteria, fungi and parasites; cytokines; complement; immunosuppression, toler-
ance; allergy and hypersensitivity; Immunodeficiencies; resistance and immuniza-
tion; Vaccines. [15 Lectures]

88
 ˆ Immuno-technology
Autoimmunity, Autoimmune disorders and diagnosis [4 Lectures]

Text Books:
1. Kuby J, Immunology, 7th edition, MacMillan press

2. Janeway, Charles A., et al., Immunobiology: The Immune System in Health

and Disease, Garland Science.

3. Peter Delves, Seamus Martin, Dennis Burton, Ivan Roitt, Roitt’s Essential Im-
munology (Essentials), Wiley-Blackwell, 2006.

Reference Books
1. William E Paul, Fundamental Immunology, Lippincott Williams & Wilkins,
2008 .

2. Gerald B. Pier,Jeffrey B. Lyczak, Lee M. Wetzler, Immunology, Infection, and

Immunity, ASM Press, 2004.

3. Ian Todd, Gavin Spickett, Lecture Notes: Immunology, 5th Edition, Wiley
-Blackwell, 2005.

4. Richard Coico, Geoffrey Sunshine, Immunology: A Short Course, Wiley-Blackwell,

2009

Articles
Relevant articles and scientific papers will be provided during class room teaching.

2.32 BY 507: Genetic Engineering

Course Code: BY 507
Course Name: Genetic Engineering
L-T-P-C: 3-0-2-4
Prerequisite: IC136, or consent of faculty
Students intended for: UG/PG
Elective or Core: Elective
Approval: 9th Senate

Course contents
ˆ Introduction
What is Genetic Engineering? What will you learn? – A general outline of the
course. Scope of the genetic manipulation methods in basic and applied Sciences
Outlook: what is the use of what you will learn here?
Gene and importance of gene cloning and analysis of the cloned DNA. History of
genetic manipulations and its milestone discoveries [4 Lectures]

89
ˆ Principles of gene cloning and DNA analysis
The early development of genetics. Invention of the DNA modifying tools and
techniques for the gene cloning. Polymerase chain Reaction. Screening positive
clones and confirmation of the cloned DNA with sequencing . [4 Lectures]

ˆ DNA Manipulative Enzymes

Nucleases, ligases, polymerases, other DNA modifying enzymes. Enzymes for cut-
ting DNA: restriction endonucleases. The discovery and function of the restriction
endonucleases. Type II restriction endonucleases cut DNA at specific nucleotide
sequences. Production Blunt and sticky ends of the DNA.
Restriction digestion of DNA. Analysis of the result of the restriction endonuclease
reaction. Separation of the DNA and other molecules by gel electrophoresis. Vi-
sualizing DNA molecules in agarose gel. Estimation of the sizes of the DNA and
restriction site mapping.
Ligation: Joining DNA molecules together. The mode of action of DNA ligase
sticky ends, blunt ends, linkers and adaptors. [6 Lectures]
Practical Classes will follow on this module

ˆ Vectors for the gene cloning

Bacteriophages: The phage infection cycle, Lysogenic phages. Gene organization in
the λ DNA molecule, the linear and circular forms of λ DNA. M13—a filamentous
phage. Viruses as cloning vectors for other organisms.
Introduction of phage DNA into the bacterial cells: In vitro packaging of λ cloning
vectors. Introduction of DNA into non-bacterial cells: Transformation of individual
cells.
Cloning Vectors for E. coli: Cloning vectors based on E. coli plasmids.
More sophisticated/commercialized E. coli plasmid cloning vectors: pUC8—a lac
selection plasmid, pGEM3Z—in vitro transcription of cloned DNA, cloning vec-
tors based on M13 bacteriophage, how to construct a phage cloning vector, hybrid
plasmid–M13 vectors. Insertion and replacement vectors Cloning of long DNA
fragments using a cosmid and other high-capacity vectors.
Cloning vectors for animals and insects. Viruses as cloning vectors for mammals,
marker rescue extends the scope of direct selection. The scope and limitations of
marker rescue.
Identification methods based on detection of the translation product of the cloned
gene. A tutorial will follow this module on Software and online/freeware tools
for analyzing restriction sites in DNA sequence. Vector NTI software for vector
mapping. [16 Lectures]

ˆ Module-5
Functional Genomics: Introduction to Gene knock-down and knock-out methods
for bacteria, plant, Drosophila and Mouse organism. [4 Lectures]

ˆ Applications of Genetic Engineering in Biotechnology

90
 The applications of Gene cloning and DNA analysis in Biotechnology. Production
of protein from the the transgenic organism. Special vectors for expression of for-
eign genes in the E. coli. The promoter and its importance for an expression vector.
Examples of promoters used in E.coli expression vectors. Expression cassettes and
gene fusions. General problems with the production of recombinant protein in E.
coli. Problems resulting from the sequence of the foreign gene. Problems caused
by the host (E. coli). Production of recombinant protein by eukaryotic cells. Re-
combinant protein from yeast and filamentous fungi. Saccharomyces cerevisiae as
the host for production of recombinant protein and advantages of this expression
system.
Protein production in mammalian and insect cells. Molecular Pharming—recombinant
protein from live animals and Plants.
Gene cloning and DNA analysis in Agriculture: The gene addition/transfer ap-
proaches for plant genetic engineering. The δ-endotoxins of Bacillus thuringiensis
as an example (bt otton).
Gene cloning and DNA Analysis in Medicine. Production of the recombinant phar-
maceuticals. Recombinant insulin: Synthesis and expression of artificial insulin
genes. Synthesis of other recombinant human proteins and vaccines.

Text Books:
1. A nascent textbook mentioned below will be used as appropriate and several recent
papers from peer reviewed journals like Nature, Science, Molecular Therapy, PNAS,
Biochemistry, JBC etc.

Reference Books
1. T. A. Brown, Gene Cloning and DNA Analysis: An Introduction, 6th
edition, Wiley, 2010.

2. Sandy Primrose And Richard Twyman, Principles of Gene Manipulation and

Genomics, 7th edition, Wiley-Blackwell, 2006.

3. Desmond S. T. Nicholl, An Introduction to Genetic Engineering, 3rd Edition,

Cambridge University Press, 2008.

2.33 BY 508: Practical Metabolomics

Course Code: BY 508
Course Name: Practical Metabolomics
L-T-P-C: 1-0-2-3
Prerequisite: IC136, or consent of faculty; MS, MSc, PhD from Basic Sciences
Students intended for UG/PG
Elective or Core: Elective
Approval: 9th Senate

91
Course contents
ˆ Module 1
Theory and Tutorials: Metabolites and metabolite profiling, Metabolomics -
applications and its role in systems biology with case studies, Targeted and untar-
geted metabolomics, General work flow including quenching and sample prepara-
tion, Detection and quantification of metabolites by advanced analytical techniques
(NMR/Mass spectroscopy, HPLC). Statistical methods (PCA, PLS, PLS-DA) in
metabolomics. Pathway and metabolome databases. Software tools available for
metabolomics analysis [10 Lectures]

ˆ Module 2
Practicals – mini-project involving metabolite profiling and metabolomics experi-
ments based on Module 1 contents. Review and development of Protocols/workflow,
Design and conduct of experiments, analytical techniques (NMR, MS, HPLC), Data
handling using relevant software, Statistical analysis. Scientific report writing in
metabolomics for evaluation. [32 Lectures]

Reference Books
1. J.Nielsen and M.C. Jewett (Editors), Metabolomics – A powerful Tool in
Systems Biology, Springer.

2. Dr. Silas G. Villas et al., Metabolome Analyses: an Introduction, John Wiley

& Sons.

3. Additional reference material and scientific papers will be provided.

2.34 BY 509: Practical OMICs

Course Number: BY 509
Course Name: Practical OMICs
Credit Distribution: 0.5-0.5-2-3
Prerequisites: Any MS/MSc/PhD students/BTech students with IC 136 course (Un-
derstanding Biotechnology & its Applications) or Consent of Faculty member.
Students intended for: B. Tech. 3rd and 4th year, MS/M.Sc/M.Tech., Ph.D.
Elective or Compulsory: Elective
Approval: 50th BoA

Course Contents:
ˆ Theory and Tutorials: The theoretical aspects of different OMICs methods will
be covered. This will include introduction to best experimental practices of exper-
iment designing, sample selection, metadata selection, sample and library prepara-
tion for respective OMICs analysis. This will be followed by downstream analysis
of OMICs data obtained including read preprocessing, and the respective analysis
of OMICs data. (10 hours)

92
 ˆ Practicals: Mini projects will be assigned to the student involving one or more
OMICs experiments. Experimental protocols will be taught and performed utilising
the knowledge gained in Module 1 above on assigned case studies. This will be
followed by analysis of the data obtained including hands-on exposure of the state-
of-the-art software for respective OMICs data analysis, various available resources,
and statistical data analysis for the same.(32 hours)

2.35 BY 510: Advanced Cell Biology

Course Code: BY 510
Course Name: Advanced Cell Biology
L-T-P-C: 3-0-0-3
Prerequisite: IC136, or consent of faculty
Students intended for: UG/PG
Elective or Core: Elective
Approval: 9th Senate

Course contents
ˆ A tour to Cell
Exploring Eukaryotic and plant cell; cell components, their structure and function;
cytoskeleton network: components and structural functions; Cell-Cell and cellma-
trix adhesion; Extracellular Matrix, Plant cell wall, Animal cell membrane; Cell
junctions, plasmodesmata, gap junctions, desmosomes and tight junction [8 Lec-
tures]

ˆ Membrane structure and function

Membrane models; evolution of different membrane lipids, Membrane proteins and
their functions, Membrane carbohydrates and their roles in cell-cell recognition; The
permeability of the bi-layers: transport proteins; Passive, active and co transport
by antiporters and symporters, transporter proteins in plant vacuoles exocytosis
and endocytosis. [8 Lectures]

ˆ Cell signalling and transport across cell membranes

Signalling molecules and cell surface receptors; intracellular signal transduction; G
protein coupled receptors; plant growth factors and hormones-auxins, gibberlines,
cytokines and others passive and active transport; transport into prokaryotic cells;
endocytosis, exocytosis; entry of viruses and toxins into cells [8 Lectures]

ˆ Membrane trafficking
Translocation of secretory proteins across the ER membrane; protein modifications,
folding and quality control in the ER; export and sorting of proteins to mitochon-
dria, chloroplast and peroxisomes. [8 Lectures]

ˆ Eukaryotic cell cycle

93
 Biochemical and genetics studies on cell cycle; mechanisms regulating mitotic events;
meiosis - a special type of cell division; Cell Birth, lineage and 2 death: Asymmet-
rical cell division, patterns of stem cell division; Biological description of apoptosis;
Molecular basis of cancer, oncogenes and tumor suppressor genes [10 Lectures]

Text Books and Reference Books

1. Lodish et al., Molecular Cell Biology,5 6th edition or later, W.H. Freeman and
Company.

2. Alberts et al., Molecular Biology of the Cell, 4th edition or later, Garland
Sciences.

3. by David L. Nelson, Michael M. Cox, Lehninger Principles of Biochemistry,

6th Edition.

4. L. Stryer, Biochemistry, 4th edition, W. H. Freeman & Company.

5. Additional material from recent scientific papers/reviews will be provided

2.36 BY 511: Cell Physiology in Health and Diseases

Course Code: BY 511
Course Name: Cell Physiology in Health and Diseases
L-T-P-C: 3-0-0-3
Prerequisite: IC136, or consent of faculty
Students intended for: B. Tech. 3rd and 4th year, MS/M. Tech., Ph.D.
Elective or Core: Core for M. Tech. Biotechnology, elective for others
Approval: 9th Senate

Course contents
ˆ Introduction to Cell Physiology
Introduction to cell physiology, Cells of Eukaryotic system (animal), Cells of Eu-
karyotic system (Plant)[3 Lectures]

ˆ Cell membrane physiology I

Structure and organization of cell membrane and function, Membrane voltage-gated
ion channels: molecular structure and regulation of physiological process, Epilepsy
and its biology, Alzheimer and its biology, Sickle cell anemia, Transport across
biological membranes, Active/passive, diffusion, ion channels, aqua porins, Cystic
fibrosis, polycystic kidney disease, Deafness, Liddle’s syndrome. [12 Lectures]

ˆ Cell membrane physiology II

Intra cellular compartments and cell Trafficking, vesicular trafficking, endocytosis
and exocytosis, Protein Trafficking, Cell migration and homing, T cell homing. [7
Lectures]

94
 ˆ Cell Adhesion
Cell-to-cell signaling: hormones, receptors and intracellular messengers, Adhesion
junctions, integrins, Cell adhesion and its role in immune cell maturation and ac-
tivation, Adhesion and its role in bacterial/viral disease, Cancer initiation and
progression, Extracellular matrix and cell-cell interactions. [14 Lectures]

ˆ Cell Respiration and Free radicals

Cellular respiration, Generation of free radicals and their role in disease progression
[6 Lectures]

Text Books and Reference Books

1. Nicholas Sperelaki, Cell Physiology Source Book: A Molecular Approach,
4th edition.

2. Mordecai P. Blaustein, Mordecai P. Blaustein, Kao Joseph P. Y., Donald R. Mat-

teson, Cellular Physiology, 6th edition.

3. Bruce Alberts, Julian Lewis, Alexander Johnson, Molecular Biology of the Cell,
6th Edition.

2.37 BY 512: Quantitative and Computational Biology

Course Code: BY 512
Course Name: Quantitative and Computational Biology
L-T-P-C:3-0-0-3
Prerequisite: IC136, or consent of faculty
Students intended for: B. Tech. 3rd and 4th year, MS/M. Tech., Ph.D.
Elective or Core: Core for M. Tech. Biotechnology, elective for others
Approval: 9th Senate

Course contents
ˆ Quantitative Biology
Probability Theory, Probability Distributions - Binomial, Gaussian and Poisson
Distributions.
Descriptive statistics: mean, variance and sum of squares; mean and variance of a
distribution, random numbers, random sampling.
Regression analysis: linear, multiple and nonlinear.
Test of hypotheses: t-test, z-test; Chi-square test of independence.
Multivariate Analysis: various types of classification, ANOVA, PCA Examples of
Statistics in biological data analysis.[21 Lectures]

ˆ Computational biology: Bioinformatics, bio-algorithms and Tools

Introduction to Basic Programming: Introduction to basic scripting and program-
ming routinely used in computational biology.

95
 Biological Databases and Sequence File Formats: Introduction to different biological
databases, their classification schemes, and biological database retrieval systems.
Sequence Alignments: Introduction to concept of alignment, Scoring matrices,
Alignment algorithms for pairs of sequences, Multiple sequence alignment.
Gene Prediction Methods: What is gene prediction? Computational methods of
gene prediction-prokaryotic & eukaryotic.
Molecular Phylogeny: Introduction to phenotypic and molecular phylogeny. Rep-
resentation of phylogeny, Molecular clocks, Methods of phylogenetic construction,
statistical evaluation of the obtained phylogenetic trees.
Introduction to systems biology: Different Omics, Metabolic pathways and net-
works. [21 Lectures]

Text Books and Reference Books

1. Dekking, F.M., Kraaikamp, C., Lopuhaä, H.P., Meester, L.E., A Modern Intro-
duction to Probability and Statistics - Understanding Why and How,
Springer.

2. Norman Bailey, Statistical methods in Biology, Latest edition.

3. S.C. Rastogi, N. Mendiratta, P. Rastogi, Methods and Applications Genomics,

Proteomics, and Drug Discovery, 3rd Edition, PHI Learning Private Limited.

4. Z. Ghosh and B. Mallick, Bioinformatics Principles and Applications, Oxford

University Press.

5. Arthur M. Lesk, Introduction to Bioinformatics, 3rd edition, Oxford University

Press.

6. Latest research articles will be advised related to the topic being taught.

2.38 BY 513: Cellular Bioprocess Technology

Course Code: BY 513
Course Name: Cellular Bioprocess Technology
L-T-P-C: 3-0-0-3
Prerequisite: IC136, or consent of faculty
Students intended for: B. Tech. 3rd and 4th year, MS/M. Tech., Ph.D.
Elective or Core: Core for M. Tech. Biotechnology, elective for others
Approval: 9th Senate

Course contents
ˆ Introduction to Cell culture technology for Bioprocessing
Cell culture engineering, cell culture products (metabolites, enzymes etc), Cellular
systems as molecular factories – plants and microbial systems relevant to industries.
Introduction to Bioprocessing.[3 Lectures]

96
 ˆ Medium Design and kinetics of cell cultivation
Optimization of cell growth environment. A guide for medium design. Types
of media and classes of medium components. Components of different cell culture
medium. Medium for the Industrial production culture, Stoichiometry and Kinetics
of Cell Cultivation – composition, cell mass and size, Quantitative Description of
Cell Growth & Product Formation, Kinetic Model of Cell Growth. Monod Model
and its Derivatives. [14 Lectures]

ˆ Fermentation technology, Bioreactor design principles and operating mode

Fermentation technology, Bioreactor types and design principles -Simple Stirred
Tank Bioreactor, Airlift Bioreactor, Fluidized Bed Bioreactor, Membrane Bioreac-
tor. Operating Mode of Bioreactors - Batch, fedbatch and Continuous Processes.
Control strategies of physiological parameters - Oxygen transfer, redox, pH etc.
Growth rates. Product recovery and quality analysis. Introduction to Analytical
techniques, Scaling Up and Scaling Down for Cell Culture Bioreactors. [16 Lectures]

ˆ Metabolic engineering, CBP technology and modeling of cellular facto-

ries
Developing optimal host cells by rational metabolic engineering – an overview.
Modelling of metabolic pathways of cellular Systems. Consolidated Bioprocessing
(CBP) technology in the context of biofuels and sustainable chemicals. [9 Lectures]

Text Books and Reference Books

1. Wei-Shou Hu, Cell Culture Bioprocess Engineering.

2. Encyclopedia of Bioprocess Technology, John Wiley and Sons.

3. Willem H. van Zyl, Riaan den Haan and Daniel C. la Grange, Developing organ-
isms for consolidated bioprocessing of Biomass to ethanol, 2011.

4. Other relevant tutorial material and scientific publications will be provided.

2.39 BY 514: Analytical Biotechniques

Course Code: BY 514
Course Name: Analytical Biotechniques
L-T-P-C: 3-0-0-3
Prerequisite: IC136, or consent of faculty
Students intended for: B. Tech. 3rd and 4th year, MS/M. Tech., Ph.D.
Elective or Core: Core for M. Tech. Biotechnology, elective for others
Approval: 9th Senate

Course contents
ˆ Spectroscopy
Principles and applications of UV-Visible spectroscopy, circular dichroism, fluo-
rescence spectroscopy, mass, and infrared spectroscopy, MALDI-TOF, NMR.[12
Lectures]

97
 ˆ Chromatographic and other separation techniques
Principles and applications of different chromatographic techniques, ultrafiltration,
phase-partitioning, Gel electrophoresis, two dimensional gel electrophoresis, blot-
ting techniques. [10 Lectures]

ˆ Imaging Techniques
Principles and applications of bright-field, dark-field and phase contrast microscopy,
fluorescence microscopy, confocal microscopy, electron microscopy and atomic force
microscopy. [12 Lectures]

ˆ Module IV
Principles and applications of Surface plasmon resonance, Flow cytometry, Real
Time PCR, ELISA. [8 Lectures]

Text Books and Reference Books

1. Charles R. Cantor and Paul Schimmel, Biophysical Chemistry, Part 2: Tech-
niques for the Study of Biological Structure and Function (Pt. 2).

2. Lakowicz, Joseph R. Principles of Fluorescence Spectroscopy, 3rd Edition.

3. Michael Hoppert, Microscopic Techniques in Biotechnology, 2006.

4. K. Wilson and J. Walker, Principles and Techniques of Biochemistry and

Molecular Biology

2.40 BY 515: Molecular Biotechnology

Course Code: BY 515
Course Name: Molecular Biotechnology
L-T-P-C: 3-0-0-3
Prerequisite: IC136, or consent of faculty
Students intended for: B. Tech. 3rd and 4th year, MS/M. Tech., Ph.D.
Elective or Core: Core for M. Tech. Biotechnology, elective for others
Approval: 9th Senate

Course contents
ˆ Molecular Structure of Genes and Chromosomes:
Chromosomal organization genes and non-coding DNA; Mobile DNA; Structural
organization of eukaryotic chromosomes; DNA Replication. [6 Lectures]

ˆ Transcriptional Control of Gene Expression

Eukaryotic gene control and RNA polymerase; regulatory sequences in protein cod-
ing genes; activators and repressors of transcription; mechanism of transcription
activation and repression. Processing of eukaryotic pre-mRNA; transport across
nuclear envelope; cytoplasmic mechanism of post-transcriptional control; process-
ing of rRNA and tRNA. [9 Lectures]

98
 ˆ Principles of gene cloning and DNA analysis
The early development of genetics leading the invention of tools and techniques for
gene cloning. Polymerase chain Reaction. DNA Manipulative Enzymes: Nucleases,
ligases, polymerases, DNA modifying enzymes. Enzymes for cutting DNA: restric-
tion endonucleases. The discovery and function of restriction endonucleases. Type
II restriction endonucleases. Blunt ends and sticky ends. Ligation: Joining DNA
molecules together. The mode of action of DNA ligase sticky ends, blunt ends,
linkers and adaptors. [10 Lectures]
ˆ Vectors for gene cloning: Bacteriophages
The phage infection cycle, Lysogenic phages. Gene organization in the λ DNA
molecule, the linear and circular forms of λ DNA. M13—a filamentous phage.
Viruses as cloning vectors for other organisms. Introduction of phage DNA into
bacterial cells: Transfection, In vitro packaging of λ cloning vectors. Introduction
of DNA into non-bacterial cells: Transformation of individual cells. Cloning Vec-
tors for E. coli: Cloning vectors based on E. coli plasmids. More sophisticated E.
coli plasmid cloning vectors: pUC8—a Lac selection plasmid, pGEM3Z—in vitro
transcription of cloned DNA, cloning vectors based on M13 bacteriophage, how
to construct a phage cloning vector, hybrid plasmid–M13 vectors. Insertion and
replacement vectors. Cloning of long DNA fragments using a cosmid and other
high-capacity vectors. Cloning vectors for animals and insects. Viruses as cloning
vectors for mammals. Identification methods based on detection of the translation
product of the cloned gene. A tutorial will follow this module on Software and
online/freeware tools for analyzing restriction sites in DNA sequence. [10 Lectures]
ˆ Applications of Genetic Engineering in Biotechnology
The Applications of Gene Cloning and DNA Analysis in Biotechnology. Production
of Protein from Cloned Genes. General problems with the production of recombi-
nant protein in E. coli. Problems resulting from the sequence of the foreign gene.
Problems caused by E. coli. Production of recombinant protein by eukaryotic cells.
Recombinant protein from Saccharomyces cerevisiae. Using animal cells for re-
combinant protein production. Protein production in mammalian and insect cells.
Gene Cloning and DNA Analysis in Agriculture: The gene addition approach to
plant genetic engineering. The δ-endotoxins of Bacillus thuringiensis as an example.
Gene Cloning and DNA Analysis in Medicine. Production of recombinant pharma-
ceuticals. Recombinant insulin: Synthesis and expression of artificial insulin genes.
Synthesis of other recombinant human proteins and vaccines. [7 Lectures]

Text Books and Reference Books

1. Lodish et al., Molecular Cell Biology, 5th Edition or later, W.H. Freeman and
Company.
2. Alberts et al., Molecular Biology of the Cell, 4th Edition or later, Garland
Sciences.
3. Benjamin Lewin, Genes XIII, 8th Edition, Pearson Prentice Hall, 2004.
4. Sandy Primrose And Richard Twyman, Principles of Gene Manipulation and
Genomics, 7th Edition, Wiley-Blackwell, 2006.

99
2.41 BY 516: Introduction to “OMICS” and Systems Analysis
Course Code: BY 516
Course Name: Introduction to “OMICS” and Systems Analysis
L-T-P-C: 3-0-0-3
Prerequisite: IC136, or consent of faculty
Students intended for: B. Tech. 3rd and 4th year, MS/M. Tech., Ph.D.
Elective or Core: Core for M. Tech. Biotechnology, elective for others
Approval: 9th Senate

Course contents
ˆ Introduction to OMICS

i. Genomics
a. High throughput Next-generation sequencing methods
b. Quality filtering and reads assembly
ii. Epigenomics
a. Bisulfite sequencing
b. ChIP assays
iii. Transcriptomics
a. RNA-seq
iv. Metagenomics and metatranscriptomics
a. Phylo-typing
b. Binning [12 Lectures]

ˆ Methods in Systems Analysis

Basic concepts in systems biology, introduction to Gene Ontology, KEGG and Eco-
Cyc database; Reconstruction of biochemical networks including metabolic net-
works, transcriptional regulatory networks, and signaling networks; Genome scale
modelling, from networks to constraint based models, mathematical representation
of reconstructed networks, basic features of Stoichiometric matrix and topological
properties analysis; Application of systems analysis to Microbial organisms, analysis
of Pathways, Metabolic network properties, Metabolic control analysis, Simulation
of cellular activities, Gene dispensability in metabolism. [30 Lectures]

Text Books and Reference Books

1. Bernhard O. Palsson, Systems Biology: Properties of Reconstructed Net-
works, Cambridge University Press, 2006.

2. Victor Kunin et al., A Bioinformatician’s Guide to Metagenomics, MICRO-

BIOLOGY AND MOLECULAR BIOLOGY REVIEWS, Dec. 2008, p. 557–578.

3. Next-generation sequencing data interpretation: enhancing reproducibility and ac-

cessibility, Anton Nekrutenko & James Taylor Nature Reviews Genetics,
September 2012 Volume 13, No 9, 667.

100
 4. SOberhardt MA et al., Applications of genome-scale metabolic reconstructions,
Mol Syst Biol, 5:320, 2009.
5. Francke C et. al., Reconstructing the metabolic network of a bacterium from its
genome, Trends Microbiol, 13:550-8, 2005.

2.42 BY 517: Proteomics

Course Code: BY 517
Course Name: Proteomics

L-T-P-C : 3 − 0 − 0 − 3
Prerequisite : IC136, or consent of faculty
Students intended for : B. Tech. 3rd and 4th year, MS/M. Tech., Ph.D.
Elective or Core : Core for M. Tech. Biotechnology, elective for others
Approval: 10th Senate

Course contents
ˆ An introduction to proteomics
Basics of protein structure and function, An overview of systems biology, Evolution
from protein chemistry to proteomics; [6 Lectures]
ˆ Abundance-based proteomics
Sample preparation and prefractionation steps, Gel-based proteomics - two-dimensional
gel electrophoresis (2-DE), two-dimensional fluorescence difference in-gel electrophore-
sis (DIGE), Staining techniques. [6 Lectures]
ˆ Central role of mass spectrometry
ionization sources, mass analyzers, different types of mass spectrometers [6 Lectures]
ˆ Module-IV
Quantitative proteomics - stable isotope labeling by amino acids in cell culture
(SILAC), isotope-coded affinity tag (ICAT), isobaric tagging for relative and abso-
lute quantitation (iTRAQ); [6 Lectures]
ˆ Functional proteomics
Recombinational cloning, Interactomics - techniques to study protein-protein inter-
actions, yeast two-hybrid, immunoprecipitation, protein microarrays, Nucleic Acid
Programmable Protein Array (NAPPA), Label-free nanotechnologies in proteomics,
Surface Plasmon Resonance (SPR); Modificomics: understanding post-translational
modifications; [6 Lectures]
ˆ Module VI
Structural proteomics; [6 Lectures]
ˆ Module VII
Bioinformatics in proteomics; Challenges and future prospects of proteomics re-
search. [6 Lectures]

101
Text Books and Reference Books
1. D.C. Liebler, Introduction to Proteomics: Tools for the New Biology, Hu-
mana Press, 2002.

2. R.M. Twyman, Principles of Proteomics, Bios Scientific Pub., 2004.

3. T.D. Veenstra, J.R. Yates III, Proteomics for Biological Discovery, John-Wiley
& Sons, 2006.

4. R. Hubert, Protein Biochemistry and Proteomics (The Experimenter Se-

ries), Academic Press, 2006.

5. R. Westermeier, T. Naven, H-R. Hapker, Proteomics: A Cold Spring Harbor

Laboratory Course Manual, Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press, 2009.

6. Latest research articles will be advised related to the topic being taught.

2.43 BY 517 : Introduction to Proteomics

Course Code: BY 517
Course Name : Introduction to Proteomics
L-T-P-C : 3-0-0-3
Intended for : Core for Dual Degree Bio Engg. students; Elective for other B.Tech
and M.Tech students.
Prerequisite : IC 136 - Understanding Biotechnology & its Applications
Students intended for: B. Tech. 3rd and 4th year, MS/MSc. /M.Tech., Ph.D.
Mutual Exclusion : None
Approval: 24th Senate

Course Contents:
ˆ An introduction to proteomics: Basics of protein structure and function, An
overview of systems biology, Evolution from protein chemistry to proteomics. (6
hours)

ˆ Abundance-based proteomics: Sample preparation and prefractionation steps,

Gel- based proteomics - two-dimensional gel electrophoresis (2-DE), Two-dimensional
fluorescence difference in-gel electrophoresis (DIGE), Principles of Blue Native-
PAGE, Staining techniques, Fundamentals of liquid-chromatography (LC) based
protein and peptide separation methods. (6 hours)

ˆ Central role of mass spectrometry: Different types of mass spectrometers

with respect to source ionization and design, Different kinds of mass analyzers,
Different mode of data acquisition; Concepts of top-down vs bottom-up approaches
and targeted vs untargeted approaches in proteomics. (6 hours)

ˆ Quantitative proteomics: stable isotope labeling by amino acids in cell culture

(SILAC), Isotope-coded affinity tag (ICAT), Isobaric tagging based methods for
quantitative proteome analyses (iTRAQ/TMT), Label free quantitation (LFQ) (MS

102
 based, data-independent acquisition-DIA etc.), Targeted approaches (SRM,MRM).
Challenges in performing proteomics in biofluids such as plasma, serum etc. (clinical
proteomics). (6 hours)

ˆ Functional proteomics: Recombinational cloning, Protein-protein interaction

techniques by yeast two-hybrid, immunoprecipitation, protein microarrays, Nu-
cleic Acid Programmable Protein Array (NAPPA), Surface Plasmon Resonance
(SPR); Understanding post-translational modifications (PTMs) mainly phosphory-
lation and glycosylation. (6 hours)

ˆ Module VI: Structural proteomics; Protein cross-link detection methods using

mass spectrometry. (6 hours)

ˆ Module VII: Bioinformatics in proteomics; Manual interpretation of typical mass

spectra, Mass spectrometry big data analyses using open-source software suits;
Challenges and future prospects of proteomics research. (6 hours)

Textbook
1. J. Lovric, Introducing Proteomics: From Concepts to Sample Separation,
Mass Spectrometry and Data Analysis, John-Wiley & Sons, 2011.

2. David L. Nelson, Michael M. Cox., Lehninger Principles of Biochemistry, 7th

Edition, Macmillan learning, 2017.

Reference Books:
1. D.C. Liebler, Introduction to Proteomics: Tools for the New Biology, Hu-
mana Press, 2002.

2. T.D. Veenstra, J.R. Yates III, Proteomics for Biological Discovery, John-Wiley
& Sons, 2006.

3. A.J. Link and J. LaBaer, Proteomics: A Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory

Course Manual, Cold Spring.

4. Harbor Laboratory Press, 2009.

5. N.C. Mishra, Introduction to Proteomics: Principles and Applications,

John-Wiley & Sons, 2010.

6. R. Matthiesen, Mass Spectrometry Data Analysis in Proteomics, Humana

Press, 2020.

7. Recent research articles will be advised accordingly.

2.44 BY 518: Disease Biology

Course Code: BY 518
Course Name: Disease Biology
L-T-P-C: 3-0-0-3
Prerequisite: IC136, or consent of faculty

103
Students intended for: B. Tech. 3rd and 4th year, MS/M. Tech., Ph.D.
Elective or Core: Core for M. Tech. Biotechnology, elective for others
Approval: 9th Senate

Course contents
ˆ Infectious diseases
Bacterial: Tuberculosis, Urinary tract infection (E. coli), Pneumonia (S. aureus),
Typhoid, Gut infection (H. Pylori); Viral diseases: Cough and cold (influenza),
Hepatitis, Measles, Mumps, Japanese encephalitis, Polio, HIV; Parasitic diseases:
E. histolytica, Leishmaniasis, Malaria, Ascaris, Giardiasis, Filariasis, Cysticercosis
[10 Lectures]

ˆ Autoimmune diseases
Arthritis, Lupus, Atherosclerosis, Alzheimer [8 Lectures]

ˆ Metabolic diseases
Diabetes, Obesity, Cancer [12 Lectures]

ˆ Genetic diseases
Haemophilia, Down syndrome, Angelman syndrome, Colour blindness [12 Lectures]

Text Books and Reference Books

1. Nicholas Sperelaki, Cell Physiology Source Book: A Molecular Approach,
4th Edition.

2. Jonathan Phillips, Paul G. Murray, Paul Kirk (Editors), The Biology of Disease,
3rd edition. Wily Publications.

3. Strachan, Tom, and Andrew P. Read, Human Molecular Genetics, 2nd Edition,
John-Wiley & Sons.

4. Dennis J. Selkoe, Eckhard Mandelkow, David M. Holtzman, he Biology of Alzheimer

Disease, ISBN 978-1-936113-44-6.

5. Additional handouts and references from peer reviewed publications will be pro-
vided.

2.45 BY 519: Protein Sciences in Therapeutics

Course Code: BY 519
Course Name: Protein Sciences in Therapeutics
L-T-P-C: 3-0-0-3
Prerequisite: IC136, or consent of faculty
Students intended for: B. Tech. 3rd and 4th year, MS/M. Tech., Ph.D.
Elective or Core: Core for M. Tech. Biotechnology, elective for others
Approval: 9th Senate

104
Course contents
ˆ Introduction
Introduction and basic concepts of proteins. Protein structure and function. [2
Lectures]

ˆ Intrinsically Disordered Proteins

Sequence composition of IDPs, distribution of IDPs in nature and their physiological
roles, intrinsically disordered regions, fuzzy complexes, designed linkers, folding and
binding mechanisms of IDPs. Protein disorder in signaling and disease in human
and plants. [6 Lectures]

ˆ Thermodynamics for therapeutics

A brief introduction and thermodynamic principles. Gibbs free energy, thermo-
chemistry and calorimetry. Protein folding theories and structural transitions in
polypeptides. Thermodynamic characterization of therapeutic proteins for high-
est stability and activities. Thermodynamic basis of protein-protein interaction
inhibition. [12 Lectures]

ˆ Protein Engineering – Basic Principles and Rationale

Identification of putative enzymes in sequence databases. Enzymes, catalysis and
kinetics, factors influencing the speed of enzymatic reaction. Enzyme applications,
targets of protein engineering, protein engineering approaches, advantages and lim-
itations. Successful stories of application of protein engineering to improve enzyme
catalytic efficiency, enzyme stability and folding. [8 Lectures]

ˆ Module V
Therapeutic potentials of proteins with specific examples including insulin, antico-
agulants, blood substitutes and vaccines. Sequence composition and heteromorphic
pairs of proteins. [6 Lectures]

ˆ Module VI
Protein misfolding and amyloid diseases: Alzheimer’s disease, Parkinson’s disease.
Signalling involved in misfolding diseases. Transthyretin as amyloid diseases. [8
Lectures]

Text Books and Reference Books

1. Donald Voet, Charlotte W. Pratt, Judith G. Voet, Principles of Biochemistry,
4th Edition, Wiley, 2012.

2. David L Nelson, Michael M Cox, Albert L Lehninger, Lehninger Principles of

Biochemistry, 6th edition, W.H. Freeman, 2013.

3. Strachan, Tom, and Andrew P. ReadIrwin H. Segel, Biochemical calculations:

how to solve mathematical problems in general biochemistry, 2nd Edition,
Wiley, 1976.

4. T Palmer, P L Bonner, Enzymes, Biochemistry, Biotechnology, Clinical

Chemistry, 2nd edition, Woodhead Publishing, 2007.

105
 5. Peter Tompa, Alan Fersht, Structure and Function of Intrinsically Disor-
dered Proteins, CRC Press, 2009.

6. David Sheehan, Physical Biochemistry: Principles and Applications, 2nd

Edition, Wiley, 2009.

7. Several recent papers from peer reviewed journals like Nature, Science, Molecular
Therapy, PNAS, Biochemistry, JBC etc.

Specialisation Laboratory courses

The experiments proposed are listed against each theme of specialization electives. Each
student will perform experiments from either “Systems Biology (ML1)” theme or “Med-
ical and Nano-biotechnology (ML2)” theme. The proposed practicals will be finalized
based on standardization and infrastructure development. Efforts are made to match the
laboratory exercises with the special elective course components.

2.46 BY 520P: : Cell Biology and Physiology Lab

Course Code: BY 520P
Course Name: Cell Biology and Physiology Lab
L-T-P-C: 0-0-2-1
Prerequisite: None
Students intended for: M. Tech. Biotechnology
Elective or Core: Core Lab for M. Tech. Biotechnology
Approval: 9th Senate

Course contents
ˆ Subcellular fractionation and isolation of organelles

ˆ Sub cellular localization of proteins

ˆ Techniques for the propagation of eukaryotic and prokaryotic cells

ˆ Cells lines-generation, characterization and maintenance

ˆ Immunohistochemistry

ˆ Cell proliferation and apoptosis monitoring

ˆ Experiments to study active and passive transports across cell membranes

ˆ Experiments to study cell migration, directionality and speed under shear pressure
or across chemotactic gradient

ˆ Experiments to study role of adhesion molecules in cell movements and cell-pathogens

interaction

106
2.47 BY 521P: Computational Biology and Cellular Bioprocess
Technology Lab
Course Code: BY 521P
Course Name: Computational Biology and Cellular Bioprocess Technology
Lab
L-T-P-C: 0-0-2-1
Prerequisite: None
Students intended for: M. Tech. Biotechnology
Elective or Core: Core Lab for M. Tech. Biotechnology
Approval: 9th Senate

Course contents
ˆ Statistical analysis using biological data using statistical software (R or excel)

ˆ Basic scripting – Perl

ˆ Biological databases and sequence file formats

ˆ Local alignment + global alignment exercise

ˆ Prokaryotic gene prediction methods

ˆ Eukaryotic gene prediction methods

ˆ phylogenetic analysis

ˆ Computational Proteomics: Protein visualization tools

ˆ Growth kinetics of industrial strains-includes media design and parameter controls

ˆ Fermentation experiments including product analysis and downstream processing

ˆ Batch and/or chemostat experimental design and implementation

ˆ Bioprocessing of microbial and/or plant (including algal) systems in the context of

Biofuels, bioplastics, enzymes and/or other chemicals.

ˆ Field visit and/or miniproject -local bioprocessing unit, Bioreactor design (lab scale
vs hungate tube)

2.48 BY 522P: Analytical and Molecular Biotechnology Lab

Course Code: BY 522P
Course Name: Analytical and Molecular Biotechnology Lab
L-T-P-C: 0-0-2-1
Prerequisite: None
Students intended for: M. Tech. Biotechnology
Elective or Core: Core Lab for M. Tech. Biotechnology
Approval: 9th Senate

107
Course contents
ˆ Experiments on the application of different spectroscopic techniques

ˆ Experiments on the application of chromatographic and blotting techniques

ˆ Experiments on the application of different microscopic techniques

ˆ Experiments on the application of Flow Cytometry, ELISA based techniques and/or

Real Time PCR

ˆ DNA extraction – genomic and plasmid

ˆ Restriction digestion and mapping of DNA

ˆ Gene cloning

ˆ PCR

ˆ Protein expression optimization using IPTG and auto-induction methods

ˆ Protein purification using affinity column chromatography

2.49 BY 523P: Systems Biology Lab

Course Code: BY 523P
Course Name: Systems Biology Lab
L-T-P-C: 0-0-2-1
Prerequisite: None
Students intended for: M. Tech. Biotechnology
Elective or Core: Core Lab for M. Tech. Biotechnology
Approval: 9th Senate

Course contents
Lab sessions for Introduction to “OMICS” and Systems Analysis course:

ˆ Basic Insilico analysis of NGS data of genomes/Metagenomes

ˆ Differential gene expression analysis of transciptome data

ˆ 16S rRNA based phylogenetic profiling

ˆ Introduction to Gene Ontology, KEGG, EcoCyc databases

ˆ Automated pathway mapping and annotation of proteins

ˆ Extraction of reaction and metabolite information

ˆ Metabolic network reconstruction

ˆ Genome scale model analysis

ˆ Insilico Gene dispensability analysis

108
 Lab sessions for Metagenomics, and Next Generation Sequencing Technolo-
gies course:

ˆ Next Generation Sequencing application for Amplicon sequencing

ˆ Next Generation Sequencing application for Transcriptome sequencing

ˆ Next Generation Sequencing application for Metagenomic sequencing

ˆ Basic Insilico analysis of NGS data of genomes/Metagenomes

ˆ Differential gene expression analysis of transciptome data

ˆ 16S rRNA based phylogenetic profiling

Lab sessions for Metabolic Systems Biology course:

ˆ Metabolite profiling experiment – NMR/MS based

ˆ Metabolomics experiment untargeted/targeted

ˆ Statistical analysis of the metabolomics data generated

ˆ Measuring major biomass components (for constraints) of a typical cell – I

ˆ Measuring major biomass components (for constraints) of a typical cell – II

ˆ Isotopomer measurements using Mass spectroscopy and their analysis

ˆ 13C based/constraint based flux analysis of central metabolic network-I

ˆ 13C based/constraint based flux analysis of central metabolic network-II

ˆ Making sense of the generated flux map.

Lab sessions for Proteomics course:

ˆ Proteomics experiments

2.50 BY 524P: Medical and NanoBiotechnology Lab

Course Code: BY 524P
Course Name: Medical and NanoBiotechnology Lab
L-T-P-C: 0-0-2-1
Prerequisite: M.Tech. Biotechnology Students who enrolled for Medical and NanoBiotech-
nology specialization
Students intended for: M. Tech. Biotechnology
Elective or Core: Core Lab for M. Tech. Biotechnology
Approval: 9th Senate

109
Course contents
Cellular Fuel and Cellular Communication

ˆ Glucose production assay from hepatocytes cells

ˆ Determine the effect of fasting and feeding in glucose output from hepatocytes cells

ˆ Hormonal regulation of gluconeogenic key regulators at their transcripts (real time

PCR) and protein (Western blotting) levels

ˆ Determine the effect of Insulin and Glucagon in regulating various second messen-
gers (cAMP, Ca2+) level and their downstream effector molecules from hepatocytes
cells

Disease Biology:

ˆ Culture and Gram’s staining of Gram positive and negative bacteria,

ˆ Isolation and characterization of some common pathogenic bacteria from human

samples.

ˆ ELISA for viral diseases (hepatitis and measles) and/or smRNP

ˆ EITB for parasitic disease (cysticercosis) diagnosis.

ˆ Immunofluorescence for lupus diagnosis

ˆ Enzyme assay for insulin activity from hepatocyte cell line.

NanoBiotechnology:

ˆ Synthesis and characterisation of gold nanoparticles.

ˆ Synthesis and characterization of silver nanoparticle.

ˆ Synthesis and characterization of quantum dots.

ˆ Understanding the analyte specific aggregation of nanoparticle for biosensing ap-

plication.

ˆ Studying the antibacterial property of silver nanoparticles.

ˆ Synthesis and characterization of polymeric nanoparticles as a drug delivery vehicle.

ˆ Fabrication of nanoparticle impregnated antibacterial polymeric films.

Protein Sciences in Therapeutics:

ˆ Site-directed mutagenesis

ˆ Protein structure modification

ˆ Visualization of proteins for engineering purpose

ˆ Obtaining highest purity of Proteins using gel filtration

110
 ˆ Ion Exchange methods to purify proteins

ˆ Biophysical characterization of proteins.

ˆ Protein folding in-vitro

ˆ pH and salt dependent studies of proteins.

ˆ Protein aggregation

2.51 BY 527: Gene silencing and genome editing: principles

and applications
Course Code: BY 527
Course Name: Gene silencing and genome editing: principles and applications
L-T-P-C: 3-0-0-3
Prerequisite: IC136, or consent of faculty
Students intended for: B. Tech. IDD 4th year, MS/M. Tech., Ph.D.
Elective or Core: Core for M. Tech. Biotechnology, elective for others
Approval: 36th BoA

Course contents
ˆ Introduction to gene structure and regulation
Basic principles of genome organizations, gene structure, chromatin structure, gene
silencing by histone modifications, gene silencing by DNA methylation (epigenet-
ics and genome imprinting). Eukaryotic gene structure, eukaryotic transcription,
transcriptional gene silencing. [6 Lectures]

ˆ RNA biology
Post-transcriptional gene silencing. Introduction to RNAi (brief history and en-
dogenous roles). Discovery of siRNAs and microRNAs. Molecular mechanisms
RNAi. Genetic manipulations and RNAi in C. elegans, Drosophila, mammalian
systems and plants. [6 Lectures]

ˆ Small silencing RNAs

Classification, biogenesis and gene-regulatory mechanisms of small RNAs. Cellu-
lar functions of small RNAs. Functions of small RNAs in developmental biology,
diseases and agriculture. RNAi screens (reverse genetic screens) in cell culture and
model organisms. [6 Lectures]

ˆ Applications of RNAi
RNAi-induced innate immunity and antiviral siRNAs. RNA-based therapeutics,
vaccines and delivery of siRNAs. Examples of candidate RNAi drugs (Givosiran,
Patisiran etc) [3 Lectures]

ˆ Genome editing methods-1

Transgenesis, site-specific chromosomal integration by Cre-LoxP, phiC31-integrase,
and Mos1-transposon. [6 Lectures]

111
 ˆ Genome editing methods-2
Genome engineering with TALENs and ZFNs. Discovery and mechanisms of CRISPR-
Cas9 meditated genome editing. Different CRISPR systems and their uses in
genome editing. [6 Lectures]
ˆ Module VII
Designing of sgRNAs and repair templates. Next generation cloning technologies.
Genome engineering methods for model organism. Construction of transgenics and
knockouts using C. elegans model organism. [3 Lectures]
ˆ Applications of CRISPR mediated genome editing
Cas9 for gene regulation: CRISPR interference (CRISPRi), CRISPR activation
(CRISPRa) and CRISPRon. Genome-wide CRISPR knockout screens. Applica-
tions in agriculture, food and fuel industry. Ethical concerns of genome editing by
CRISPR. [6 Lectures]

Text Books
1. Vijai Singh, Pawan K. Dhar, (Editors), Genome Engineering via CRISPR-
Cas9 System, Academic Press, 2020.
2. Gregory J. Hannon (Editor), RNAi: A Guide to Gene Silencing, Cold Spring
Harbor Laboratory Press, 2003.

Reference Books
1. Ute Schepers (Editor), RNA Interference in Practice: Principles, Basics,
and Methods for Gene Silencing in C. elegans, Drosophila, and Mam-
mals, Wiley-VCH Verlag GmbH, 2005.
2. Krishnarao Appasani, MicroRNAs: From Basic Science to Disease Biology,
Cambridge University Press, 2008.
3. Rajesh K. Gaur, John J. Rossi, (Editors) Regulation of Gene Expression by
Small RNAs, CRC Press, 2009.
4. Krishnarao Appasani (Editor), Genome Editing and Engineering: From TAL-
ENs, ZFNs and CRISPRs to Molecular Surgery, Cambridge University
Press, 2008.
5. Jennifer Doudna (Editor), CRISPR-Cas: A Laboratory Manual, Cold Spring
Harbor Laboratory Press, 2016.
6. Relevant research articles/reviews will be advised related to the topic being taught.

2.52 BY 528 : Sensory Biology

Course Code : BY 528
Course Name : Sensory Biology
L-T-P-C : 3-0-0-3

112
 Intended for : Elective for B.Tech, M.Tech and Ph.D.
Prerequisite : IC136 - Understanding Biotechnology & its Applications or Consent of
faculty member
Mutual Exclusion:
Approval: 54th BoA

Course Contents
ˆ Introduction to the Sensory System: Overview of sensory systems in living
organisms. Types of sensory stimuli (e.g., light, sound, touch, taste, smell) in
humans amd non-human organisms (eg. plants, insects, fishes, bacteria, fungi etc.).
(xx hrs)
ˆ Anatomy of the Sensory System: Human brain anatomy with focus on sensory
lobes. Structure and function of the major sensory organs (e.g. eyes, ears, skin,
tongue, nose). Cells and tissues involved in sensory system and their properties.
Neural pathways for transmitting sensory information to the brain. (xx hrs)
ˆ Neuron and Action potential: Basic cell biology of neuron. The process of
converting sensory stimuli into electrical signals. Sensory receptor cells and their
properties. Molecular mechanisms of sensory transduction. Sensory adaptation and
plasticity. (xx hrs)
ˆ Functional Significance of the Sensory System: Evolutionary origins and
adaptive significance of sensory systems, sensory ecology and behavior, sensory
system disorders and diseases. (xx hrs)
ˆ Research and Applications of Sensory Biology: Tools for studying and mod-
ulation of sensory systems. (xx hrs)
ˆ Electronic equivalent of human senses: Bioinspired electronics for artificial
sensory systems. (xx hrs)

Textbooks:
1. Liqun Luo, Principles of Neurobiology, Garland Science. https://web.math.princeton.edu/∼ss
of-Neurobiology.pdf

References:
1. Eric Kandel, James Schwartz, and Thomas Jessell, Principles of Neural Science.
2. https://openstax.org/books/biology/pages/36-introduction
3. Related journal articles.

2.53 BY 529 : Mechanobiology of the Cell (MBoC)

Course Code : BY 529
Course Name : Mechanobiology of the Cell (MBoC)
L-T-P-C : 3-0-0-3

113
 Intended for : B.Tech.-M.Tech. Integrated Dual Degree in Bio-Engineering, M. Tech
Biotechnology and PhD candidates
Prerequisite : BE201 Cell Biology or Consent of Faculty Member
Mutual Exclusion : NA
Approval: 23rd BoA

Course Contents
ˆ Introduction to Mechanobiology: Why study mechanobiology, pioneering ex-
periments in mechanobiology.(2 Lectures)

ˆ Molecular Mechanisms of Mechanotransduction: Mechanosensory molecules

in focal adhesions, cell-cell junctions, cytoskeleton, and nucleus. (6 Lectures)

ˆ Mechanobiology of cell behavior: Rigidity sensing and mechanotransduction

in adhesion, migration, gene expression, and tissue development. (8 Lectures)

ˆ Mechanobiology of organ systems: Cardiovascular, Bone, Cartilage, Liver,

Nervous system. (8 Lectures)

ˆ Mechanobiology of disease: Muscular dystrophy, cancer, laminopathy. (6 Lec-

tures)

ˆ Technology innovation for mechanobiology: Optical microscopy, nanofabri-

cation, microfluidics, organoids, organ-on-chip. (6 Lectures)

ˆ Mechanobiology in medical diagnostics and therapeutics: Cell therapy,

Cancer diagnostics, Immune profiling. (6 Lectures)

Textbooks:
1. Christopher R. Jacobs, Hayden Huang, and Ronal Y. Kwon, Introduction to Cell
Mechanics and Mechanobiology, Taylor & Francis Group, 2012.

2. Michael Sheetz and Hanry Yu, The Cell as a Machine, Cambridge University
Press, 2018

References:
1. Ronen Zaidel-Bar, Mechanobiology: Methods and Protocols, Humana Press,
Springer Protocols, Methods in Molecular Biology 2023

2. Stefaan W. Verbruggen, Mechanobiology in Health and Disease, Academic

Press, 2018.

3. MBInfo (https://www.mbi.nus.edu.sg/mbinfo/) This is a wiki-style repository of

mechanobiology with the aim to inform and educate the wider scientific community
about mechanobiology and how physics and mechanics impact biological processes.

114
2.54 BY 530 : Advanced Cell and Molecular Biology
Course Code : BY 530
Course Name : Advanced Cell and Molecular Biology
L-T-P-C : 3-0-0-3
Intended for : Core for M.Tech Biotechnology and elective for B.Tech, M.Sc/M.Tech
and PhD candidates
Prerequisite : IC136 - Understanding Biotechnology & its Applications or Consent of
faculty member
Mutual Exclusion:
Approval: 54th BoA

Course Contents
ˆ INTRODUCTION: A tour to Cell: Exploring Eukaryotic, animal and plant cells;
cell compartments, their structure and function. Introduction to DNA, RNA and
Proteins. Replication and hereditary. Epigenetics, transcription, and translation
and their regulatory mechanisms. (6 hours)

ˆ CELL CYCLE: Eukaryotic cell cycle: Biochemical and genetics studies on cell
cycle; mechanisms regulating mitotic events; meiosis - a special type of cell division;
cell birth, lineage and death: Asymmetrical cell division, patterns of stem cell
division; Biological description of apoptosis; Molecular basis of cancer, oncogenes
and tumor suppressor genes. (4 hours)

ˆ CELL SIGNALLING, MEMBRANE TRANSPORT and TRAFFICK-

ING: Membrane structure, function and models; evolution of different membrane
lipids, Membrane proteins and their functions, Membrane carbohydrates and their
roles in cell-cell recognition; The permeability of the bi-layers: transport proteins;
Passive, active and co transport by antiporters and symporters, transporter pro-
teins in plant vacuoles exocytosis and endocytosis Cell signalling and transport
across cell membranes: Signalling molecules and cell surface receptors; intracel-
lular signal transduction; G protein coupled receptors; plant growth factors and
hormones-auxins, gibberlines, cytokines and others passive and active transport;
transport into prokaryotic cells; endocytosis, exocytosis; entry of viruses and toxins
into cells. Membrane trafficking: Translocation of secretory proteins across the ER
membrane; protein modifications, folding and quality control in the ER; export and
sorting of proteins to mitochondria, chloroplast and peroxisomes. (12 hours)

ˆ GENE MANIPULATION AND ITS APPLICATIONS: A tutorial on Soft-

ware and online/freeware tools for analyzing DNA sequence and virtual cloning.
PCR and variations of PCR. DNA manipulative enzymes (polymerases, DNA mod-
ifying enzymes, nucleases, ligases, etc.) and their molecular biology applications.
Different kinds of cloning vectors, cloning and expression vectors, (bacterial, plant
and animal vectors, viral vectors etc.). Cloning techniques: Traditional (restric-
tion digestion/ligation) cloning and its variations with use of linkers and adaptors.
PCR cloning, multi fragment cloning techniques (Golden gate assembly, infusion
cloning, Gibson assembly, etc.). Techniques for selection and screening of clones.
Methods for gene and genome manipulation (eg. RNAi, CRISPR etc) Applications

115
 of Genetic Engineering in Biotechnology (Therapeutic hormones/proteins, protein
and RNA vaccines, Synthetic food, GM plants etc.). (12 hours)

ˆ MOLECULAR TECHNIQUES FOR GENE EXPRESSION ANALYSIS:

Introduction to chromatin organization and regulation. Techniques to study repli-
cation and transcription (eg. replication labeling, NGS, ChIP, ATACseq, 3D chro-
matin techniques, etc.), and translation (eg. reporter assays, Gel shift/EMSA,
ribosome profiling etc.). (8 hours)

Textbooks:
1. Lodish et al., Molecular Cell Biology, 5th Edition or Recent, W.H. Freeman and
Company.

2. Alberts et al., Molecular Biology of the Cell, 4th Edition or Later, Garland
Sciences.

References:
1. NA

2.55 BY 531 : Quantitative Biology and Data Analytics

Course Code : BY 531
Course Name : Quantitative Biology and Data Analytics
L-T-P-C : 3-0-0-3
Intended for : Core for M.Tech Biotechnology and elective for B.Tech, M.Sc/M.Tech
and PhD candidates
Prerequisite : IC136 - Understanding Biotechnology & its Applications or Consent of
faculty member
Mutual Exclusion:
Approval: 54th BoA

Course Contents
ˆ Module 1: Introduction to statistics and probability theory (distributions, mean,
standard deviations, variance, etc.), basic principles of statistical inference, statis-
tical models, linear models, basic bayesian methods, confidence interval estimation
and hypothesis testing, including P-values, significance level, power, sample size,
and two types of errors. (4 hours)

ˆ Module 2: Linear algebra and matrices, inference for high dimensional data, dis-
tance and dimension reduction, PCA, t-SNE, etc., machine learning, and batch
effects. (8 hours)

ˆ Module 3: Data visualization, exploratory data analysis, and robust summaries.

(4 hours)

116
 ˆ Module 4: Mathematical models for biological processes, basic calculus, logis-
tic regression, bifurcation and steady state analysis in population growth models,
epidemic models, and predator-prey models. (6 hours)

ˆ Module 5: Image processing in MATLAB: types of image - binary, grayscale, &

color; image thresholding and segmentation; particle tracking, and z-stack projec-
tions. (8 hours)

Textbooks:
1. Brian Munsky et. al., Quantitative Biology: Theory, Computational Meth-
ods, and Models.

2. Whitlock, Michael C.; Schluter, Dolph., The Analysis of Biological Data, 2nd
Edition, Freeman, W. H. & Company, 2014

References:
1. Data Science for Biology, Emily Ren et. al., Online materials, etc.

2.56 BY 532 : Immunotechnology

Course Code : BY 532
Course Name : Immunotechnology
L-T-P-C : 3-0-0-3
Intended for : Elective for B.Tech, M.Tech and Ph.D.
Prerequisite : IC136 - Understanding Biotechnology & its Applications or Consent of
faculty member
Mutual Exclusion:
Approval: 54th BoA

Course Contents
ˆ Module 1: Introduction to immunology Cells of Immune system, Organs of im-
mune system, Organization of immune system, Innate and adaptive components,
Clonal selection hypothesis, B and T-cell maturation, Antibody, structure, diver-
sity and function, Complement system, Cytokines, chemokines and biological func-
tions.). (8 hours)

ˆ Module 2: Immunology of the diseases Tuberculosis, Malaria, HIV, Arthritis,

Diabetes, Lupus, Cancer. (6 hours)

ˆ Module 3: Immune diagnosis Agglutination assays, ELISA: principles and proce-

dures, In-house ELISA development and procedure (uses, type), Enzyme Electro
immune transfer bot (EITB): principles and procedures, Lateral flow devices, Im-
muno fluorescence diagnostic tools: Principles and uses, ELISPOT, Flow cytometer:
Principles and uses. (14 hours)

ˆ Module 4: Immunoinformatics Principles, tools and uses of AI and informatics in

immunology. (3 hours)

117
 ˆ Module 5: Vaccines and therapeutics Introduction to Vaccinology, Peptide Vac-
cine designing, Chimeric, Multi-epitope, RNA based Vaccine designing, Immune
therapeutics, Mabs in therapeutics, Therapeutic peptides. (11 hours)

Textbooks:
1. Punt, Stranford, Jones, Owen, Kuby Immunology.

References:
1. Roitt, Essential Immunology, 12th Edition.

2. Nicholas Sperelaki, Cell Physiology Source Book: A Molecular Approach.

3. Bruce Alberts, Julian Lewis, Alexander Johnson, Molecular Biology of the Cell.

4. Editor: Samuel Baron, Medical Microbiology, 4th Edition.

5. Strachan, Tom, and Andrew P. Read, Human Molecular Genetics, 2nd Edition,
John Wiley & Sons Inc., 1999.

2.57 BY 533P : Advanced Cell and Molecular Biology Lab

Course Code : BY 533P
Course Name : Advanced Cell and Molecular Biology Lab
L-T-P-C : 0-0-2-1
Intended for : M. Tech Biotechnology
Prerequisite :
Mutual Exclusion:
Approval: 54th BoA

Course Contents
ˆ NA

List of experiments (28 total hours)

ˆ Handling cell culture

ˆ Isolation and analysis of cell organelles

ˆ Nucleic acids isolation, estimation, visualization.

ˆ PCR ˆGene cloning

ˆ Protein expression and purification

ˆ SDS-PAGE and Westernblot

Textbooks:
1. Relevant references will be provided by the instructor

118
References:
1. NA

2.58 BY 534P : Cellular Bioprocess Technology Lab

Course Code : BY 534P
Course Name : Cellular Bioprocess Technology Lab
L-T-P-C : 0-0-2-1
Intended for : M. Tech Biotechnology
Prerequisite :
Mutual Exclusion:
Approval: 54th BoA

Course Contents
ˆ NA

List of experiments (28 total hours)

ˆ Manual and automatic controls of bioprocessing parameters in different bioreactors

ˆ Media design and Growth analysis of selected industrial microbes under

– Different media components: Rich and Minimal media

– Different reactors: Tube and Stirred tank bioreactor as batch cultivation
– Different physiological parameters: pH/Temp/O2 levels

ˆ Analysis and yield estimation of downstream products using various analytical plat-
forms

Textbooks:
1. Relevant references will be provided by the instructor

References:
1. NA

2.59 BY 535P : Analytical Biotechniques Lab

Course Code : BY 535P
Course Name : Analytical Biotechniques Lab
L-T-P-C : 0-0-2-1
Intended for : M. Tech Biotechnology
Prerequisite :
Mutual Exclusion:
Approval: 54th BoA

119
Course Contents
ˆ NA

List of experiments (28 total hours)

ˆ Experiments on the application of different spectroscopic techniques (UV Visible
Spectroscopy/ Fluorescence spectroscopy/ IR spectroscopy/ CD spectroscopy)

ˆ Experiments on the application of chromatographic techniques (Gel Filtration/Ion

exchange)

ˆ Experiments on the application of microscopic techniques (Fluorescence microscopy/

Confocal Microscopy/ Electron microscopy)

ˆ Experiments on the application of Flow Cytometry/ELISA based techniques/Real

Time PCR

Textbooks:
1. Joseph R. Lakowicz, Principles of Fluorescence Spectroscopy, Springer, 2006

2. David Plummer, An Introduction to Practical Biochemistry, Third Edition,

1998

3. Articles from the Journal of Chemical Education, ACS

References:
1. NA

2.60 BY 536P : Immunotechnology Lab

Course Code : BY 536P
Course Name : Immunotechnology Lab
L-T-P-C : 0-0-2-1
Intended for : M. Tech Biotechnology
Prerequisite :
Mutual Exclusion:
Approval: 54th BoA

Course Contents
ˆ NA

120
List of experiments (28 total hours)
ˆ Isolation of primary cells from blood

ˆ Immunohistochemistry principle and uses

ˆ Isolation and characterization of some common bacteria from human samples.

ˆ In house ELISA for bacterial diseases

ˆ EITB/WB for diagnosis

ˆ qPCR for quantification of viral load

ˆ Immunofluorescence staining technique

Textbooks:
1. NA

References:
1. NA

2.61 BY 537 : Computational Biology-1

Course Code : BY 537
Course Name : Computational Biology-1
L-T-P-C : 3-0-2-4
Intended for : Core for M.Tech Biotechnology and elective for B.Tech, M.Sc/M.Tech
and PhD candidates
Prerequisite : IC136 - Understanding Biotechnology & its Applications or Consent of
faculty member
Mutual Exclusion:
Approval: 54th BoA

Course Contents
ˆ Module-1: Introduction to Basic Programming Introduction to basic scripting and
programming routinely used in computational biology. (xx hours)

ˆ Module-2: Biological Databases and Sequence File Formats Introduction to dif-

ferent biological databases, their classification schemes, and biological database
retrieval systems. (xx hours)

ˆ Module-3: Sequence Alignments Introduction to concept of alignment, Scoring

matrices, Alignment algorithms for pairs of sequences, Multiple sequence alignment.
(xx hours)

ˆ Module-4: Gene Prediction Methods What is gene prediction? Computational

methods of gene prediction-prokaryotic & eukaryotic. (xx hours)

121
 ˆ Module-5: Molecular Phylogeny Introduction to phenotypic and molecular phy-
logeny. Representation of phylogeny, Molecular clocks, Methods of phylogenetic
construction, statistical evaluation of the obtained phylogenetic trees. (xx hours)

ˆ Module-6: Introduction to systems biology Different Omics, Metabolic pathways

and networks. (xx hours)

Textbooks:
1. Dekking, F.M., Kraaikamp, C., Lopuhaa, H.P., Meester, L.E., A Modern Intro-
duction to Probability and Statistics - Understanding Why and How,
Springer.

2. S.C. Rastogi, N. Mendiratta, P. Rastogi, Bioinformatics: Methods and Ap-

plications Genomics, Proteomics, and Drug Discovery, 3rd Edition, PHI
Learning Private Limited, 2011.

3. Z. Ghosh and B. Mallick, Bioinformatics Principles and Applications, Oxford

University Press.

4. Arthur M. Lesk, Introduction to Bioinformatics, 3rd Edition, Oxford University

Press.

5. Latest research articles will be advised related to the topic being taught.

6. Norman Bailey, Statistical methods in Biology, latest edition.

References:
1. NA

2.62 BY 600 : Research Methodology

Course Code : BY 600
Course Name : Research Methodology
L-T-P-C : 1-0-0-1
Intended for : Masters and PhD candidates
Prerequisite : NA
Mutual Exclusion : NA
Approval: 53rd BoA

Course Contents
ˆ What is research The concept and objectives of research, types of research, research
hypothesis.

ˆ Research planning or experimental design Necessity to define research problem,

research gap, working hypothesis, planning process, research design.

122
 ˆ Lab and biosafety Safe laboratory practices, biosafety levels, biological hazard in-
formation, labels, signs and storage of chemical and biological reagents, Classes and
types of biosafety cabinets, inactivation and disposal of biological products, waste
management, and incident response, report and risk management.
ˆ Data collection and analysis Basics of statistics, data processing and analysis strate-
gies and tools, hypothesis testing, interpretation of data.
ˆ Literature search, collection, storage and citation Importance of literature review
in defining a problem, literature review, online tools.
ˆ Writing research reports Types of reports (articles, reviews, progress reports and
thesis), formats, planning of report writing. Figure preparation and manipulation.
Effective use of English language in scientific papers.
ˆ Science journals and the peer-review process Types of journals, publication process,
peer-review process, meaning of impact factor, Hindex, etc.
ˆ Presentation skills Preparation of slides for talks, preparation of posters. Presenta-
tion types and skills.
ˆ Research ethics Ethical issues, citation and acknowledgement, plagiarism, repro-
ducibility and accountability.
ˆ IPR Intellectual property rights and patent law, commercialization, copy right,
trademarks, royalty, trade related aspects of intellectual property rights and a few
case studies.
ˆ Science popularization and outreach Media coverage, lectures in public forums,
circulation of scientific ideas and provoking thoughts, and the pros abs cons of
these activities.

References:
1. Wyne C. Booth, Colomb, William, The Craft of Research, 4th Edition, Univer-
sity of Chicago Press.
2. Judith Bell, Stephen Waters, Doing Your Research Project: A Guide for
First-time Researchers, McGraw-Hill Education, 2014.
3. Ranjit Kumar, Research Methodology: A Step-By-Step Guide For Begin-
ners, Sage South Asia, 2011.
4. C. R Kothari, Research Methodology: Methods and Techniques, New Age
International, 2004.
5. Laura Hyatt, Carol Roberts, The Dissertation Journey, Corwin, 2023.
6. Jari Saramaki, How to Write a Scientific Paper: An Academic Self-Help
Guide for PhD Students, 2018.
7. WIPO Intellectual Property Handbook (Web resources).
8. The WHO Laboratory Biosafety Manual (LBM), 4th edition (online).

123
2.63 BY 606 and BY 606P: Bioinformatics Applications for Sys-
tems Analysis
Course Code: BY 606 and BY 606P
Course Name: Bioinformatics Applications for Systems Analysis
L-T-P-C: 2-0-2-3
Prerequisite: Knowledge of pattern recognition and artificial intelligence
Students intended for: 3rd and 4th year UG and PG (MS/MTech, PhD)
Elective or Core: Elective
Approval: 6th Senate

Course contents
ˆ Part I: Basic Bioinformatics
Introduction to Bioinformatics: What is Bioinformatics? What are the applications
of Bioinformatics?
Introduction to Basic Biology: Introduction to basic biological processes to which
bioinformatics methods will be mainly applied in this course.
Introduction to Basic Programming: Introduction to basic scripting in Linux/Unix
environment and programming (Perl Language) routinely used for bioinformatics
analysis.
Sequence and Molecular File formats: Introduction to different file formats used
for biological data including GenBank, FASTA, EMBL, Clustal, Phylip, SwissProt.
Sequence and molecular file conversion tools (ReadSeq, SeqVerter, etc.).
Databases in Bioinformatics: Introduction to different biological databases (NCBI,
EMBL, DDBJ, PIR, SwissProt, etc.), their classification schemes, and biological
database retrieval systems.[5 Lectures]

ˆ Part II: Bio-algorithms and Tools Sequence Alignments: Introduction to con-

cept of alignment, Scoring matrices (BLOSUM, PAM), Alignment algorithms for
pairs of sequences (Dot Matrix method, Global vs. Local alignment, Dynamic Pro-
gramming algorithm, Needleman-Wunsch algorithm, Smith Waterman algorithm),
Heuristic methods (FASTA, BLAST) Multiple sequence alignment (DPA, Heuristic
methods, Genetic Algorithm, Simulated annealing, Profile HMMs). Gene Predic-
tion Methods: What is gene prediction? Computational methods of gene predic-
tion. Extrinsic vs. Intrinsic methods, Prokaryotic and Eukaryotic gene predic-
tion methods and tools. Molecular Phylogeny: Introduction to phenotypic and
molecular phylogeny. Representation of phylogeny, Molecular clocks, Methods
of phylogenetic construction, Evolutionary models (Jukes-Cantor one-parameter
model, Kimura two-parameter model), Maximum Parsimony method, Maximum
Likelihood method, Distance methods, UPGMA, Neighbor-Joining Method, Fitch-
Margoliash method, Minimum Evolution, statistical evaluation of the obtained
phylogenetic trees (bootstrapping, Jackknifing), software for phylogenetic analyses
(PHYLIP, PAML, PAUP), Tree viewing. Pathways and Systems Biology: Intro-
duction to pathways and systems biology, Analysis of Pathways, Metabolic network
properties, Metabolic control analysis, Simulation of cellular activities. [23 Lectures]

124
 The lab BY606P will expose the students to basic tools and methods used to perform
the above bioinformatics analysis on real biological data. The studetns will learn the
effect of parameters and thresholds used for some of the analysis on the results obtained.

Text Books:
1. S.C. Rastogi, N. Mendiratta, P. Rastogi , Bioinformatics: Methods and Ap-
plications Genomics, Proteomics, and Drug Discovery, 3rd edition, PHI
Learning Private Limited.
2. Z. Ghosh and B. Mallick, Bioinformatics Principles and Applications, Oxford
University Press.

Reference Books
1. Arthur M. Lesk, Introduction to Bioinformatics, 3rd Edition, Oxford University
Press.
2. Benjamin Lewin, Genes IX, 9th Edition.

Articles
Latest research articles will be advised related to the topic being taught.

2.64 BY 613: Metagenomics, and Next Generation Sequencing

Technologies
Course Code: BY 613
Course Name: Metagenomics, and Next Generation Sequencing Technologies
L-T-P-C: 3-0-0-3
Prerequisite: BY 606 or consent from the faculty
Students intended for: B. Tech. M. Tech., Ph.D.
Elective or Core: Core for M. Tech. Biotechnology, elective for others
Approval: 11th Senate

Course contents
ˆ Next-generation sequencing technologies
Introduction to different sequencing technologies including Capillary based (Sanger),
pyrosequencing (454), Illumina, Solid, and others. Differences in data generated by
these methods such as read length, throughput, read qualities, etc. Tools and re-
sources that are available to analyze the generated data from different sequencing
methods. Types of sequencing data that can be produced from different sequencing
methods, such as genomic, metagenomic, amplicon, exome, transcriptome, targeted
sequencing, CHIP-seq, 16S, etc.[22 Lectures]
ˆ Metagenomics
Topics are Metagenomics-specific issues like calling taxa, functional annotation,
metagenome assembly and comparative metagenomics. This course will help par-
ticipants answering questions like:[20 Lectures]

125
 – What are possible approaches of metagenomics?
– How to monitor and predict environmental conditions and change?
– Biological insights, phylogenetic diversity.
– Examining genes/operons for enzyme and natural products.

Many hurdles arise in the analysis and assembly of environmental genomics records,
among which short sequence reads, high species complexity in samples and the
availability of specialized software for microbial genomics analysis.
Among the many topics in metagenomics addressed in this course are: experi-
mental approaches; sequencing technologies; platforms and platform specific issues;
methodologies; Sample preparation; QC-reports & quality controls; mapping se-
quence reads; taxonomic annotation; functional annotation & function determina-
tion; unknown gene prediction; comparative metagenomics; amplicon sequencing;
shotgun metatranscriptomics; calling taxa; metagenome assembly; evaluation; vi-
sualization and reporting of results; tools & algorithms; 16S profiling; databases;
mapability; k-mer profiling; cross assembly; QIIME; MG-RAST; iPath.

Reference Books
1. Victor Kunin et al, A Bioinformatician’s Guide to Metagenomics, MICROBIOL-
OGY AND MOLECULAR BIOLOGY REVIEWS, Dec. 2008, p. 557–578.

2. Next-generation sequencing data interpretation: enhancing reproducibility and ac-

cessibility, Anton Nekrutenko & James Taylor Nature Reviews Genetics,
Volume 13, No 9, 667, September 2012 .

Articles
Other Latest research articles will be advised related to the topic being taught from time
to time.

126
3 Civil Engineering Courses
3.1 CE 101 Engineering Graphics
Course Code: CE-101
Course Name: Engineering Graphics
L-T-P-C: 2-0-4-4
Pre-requisite: NIL
Approval: Roorkee Course
Equivalent Course: IC 140

Course Contents:
ˆ Types of Projection, Reference Planes and Quadrants. Projection of point keeping
it in different quadrants; Auxiliary planes, projection of points on auxiliary planes;
Projection of lines; Oblique planes – determination of VTH when inclination are
given and vice versa, conversion; Projection of plane figures; Plane figure in OP
and one edge inclined to HP or VP; Types of solids and their projections in their
initial positions; Section of solid and development;

ˆ General: Sheet Layout, Line Symbols, Line Groups, Preferred Scales, Theory of
Orthographic Projection, Technical Sketching;

ˆ Shape Description (External): Multiplaner Representation Systems of Projec-

tion, Sketching of Orthographic Views from Pictorial Views, Conventional Prac-
tices, Precedence of Views, Precedence of Lines;

ˆ Uniplaner Representation: Sketching of Pictorial Views(Isometric and Oblique)

from Multiplaner Orthographic Views;

ˆ Shape Description (Internal): Sectioning as an Aid to understand internal

features, Principles of Sectioning, Types of Sections, Section Lines, Cutting Plane
Lines and Conventional Practices;

ˆ Size Description: Dimensioning, Tools of Dimensioning, Size and position Di-

mensions, Unidirectional and Aligned Systems, Principle and Practices, of Dimen-
sioning, Tolerance Dimensioning;

ˆ Conventional Representation: Representation and Identification of Common

Machine Elements and Features

ˆ Practicals: Projection of Points; Projection of lines; Oblique planes; Projection of

Plane Figures; Projection of Solids; Section and Development; Sketching of Ortho-
graphic; Views from Pictorial Views; Sketching of Pictorial Views (isometric and
Oblique) from Multiplaner Orthographic Views; Missing Lines Exercise; Missing
View Exercise; Sectioning Exercise; Dimensioning Exercise; Identification Exercise.

127
References:
1. Giesecke, Mitchell, Spencer, Hill, Dygdon and Novak, Technical Drawing, Macmil-
lan Publishing Company

2. French T. E., Vierck C. J. and Foster R. J., Engineering Drawing and Graphics
Technology, McGraw-Hill Inc

3. Luzadder W. J., Warren J. and Duff J. M., Fundamentals of Engineering Draw-

ing, Prentice Hall international Editions

4. Sp 46:1988 Engineering Drawing Practice for Schools and Colleges, Bureau

of Indian Standards

5. Chandra A. M. and Chandra S., Engineering Graphics, Narosa Publishing House.

3.2 CE 102 Environmental Studies

Course Code: CE 102
Course Name: Environmental Studies
L-T-P-C: 2-0-0-2
Pre-requisite: NIL
Sem. Both
Approval: Roorkee Course
Equivalent Course: IC 230

Course Contents:
Introduction and scope; Earth’s natural environment, human population and Ecosys-
tems; Environmental Pollution Air pollution- sources, effects and control, Distribution
of pollutants in atmosphere, Air quality standards Water pollution-sources, effects and
control, Distribution of pollutants in water, Water quality standards; Land pollution –
sources, effects and control; Thermal and noise pollution; Basic principles of waste man-
agement, including industrial wastes; Hazardous wastes and risk management; Environ-
mental impact assessment; Life cycle assessment; Sustainable development; Conservation
of natural resources; Trade, environment and development; Environmental management
systems and ISO certification; Control policies, legislations and acts

References:
1. Davis M. L. and Cornwell D. A., Introduction to Environmental Engineering,
3rd Edition, McGraw Hill.

2. Masters G. M., Introduction to Environmental Engineering and Science,

2nd Edition, Prentice Hall of India.

3. Peavy H. S., Rowe D. R. and Tchobanoglous G., Environmental Engineering,

McGraw Hill

128
3.3 CE 201: Surveying: Traditional and Digital
Course Code: CE 201
Course Name: Surveying: Traditional and Digital
L-T-P-C: 2-0-2-3
Prerequisite: None
Students intended for: UG
Elective or Core: Discipline Core
Approval: 9th Senate

Course Contents
ˆ Introduction to surveying:
Understanding and need, Reconnaissance survey, compass survey, linear measure-
ments. [2 Lectures]

ˆ Module II
Type of maps, scales and uses, coordinate and map projection, plotting accuracy,
toposheet numbering. [4 Lectures]

ˆ Module III
Surveying equipment, levels, compass, theodolites, tachometer, EDM, total Stations
and other instruments. [16 Lectures]

– Levelling and contouring: types of instruments and their classifications, types

and application of different methods, cross sections and gradient calculations.
– Theodolites: Types and classification of different theodolites, applications
– Total Station: Types, classification & applications
– GPS & DGPS

ˆ Module IV
Measurement of Distance, Direction and Elevation. [3 Lectures]

ˆ Module V
Theory of error, adjustment of triangulation nets and level nets. Tachometry, Tri-
angulation. [3 Lectures]

Laboratory
1. Chain & tape Surveying: Distance measurements

2. Measurements of area using chain and tape.

3. Leveling: Profiling using Theodolite.

4. Leveling: Trigonometric using Theodolite.

5. Measurement of Area using Theodolite

129
 6. Error estimation and calculations.

7. Total Station: Basic and Settings

8. Measurement of Area using Total Station

9. Profiling using Total Station.

10. GPS and DGPS survey and its basics and settings

11. Measurement of area and profiling using DGPS

Survey Camp: Reconnaissance and establishing the stations; Base line measure-
ments, Triangulation readings on various stations; computation and preparation of tri-
angulation map; contouring; preparation of map; preparation of report.
Geology Camp: Reconnaissance of the area; Elementary geological field mapping
of rock formations and structural details; Geomorphic processes Preparation of report.

Text Books
1. B. C. Punmia, A.K. Jain and A.K. Jain, Surveying, Vol-I and Vol-II, Laxmi
Publication Pvt., 1996.

2. G. W. Schofield, Engineering Surveying, Butterworth, Heinemann, New Delhi,

6th Ed., 2007.

3. Arora, K.R., Surveying, Vol. I, II and III, Standard Book House, 1995.

4. T. P. Kanetkar and S. V. Kulkarni, Surveying and Levelling, Vol-I and Vol-II,

Pune Vidyarthi Griha Prakshan, 1972.

5. Leick, A., GPS Satellite Surveying, John Wiley, 2004.

Reference Books
1. R.N. Colwell (Editor-in-Chief), Manual of Remote Sensing, Vol. I & II,
American Society of Photogrammetry, Falls Church, Virginia, 1983.

2. Anderson, J.M. and Mikhail, E.M., Surveying: Theory and Practice, McGraw
Hill, 1998.

3. Kaplan, E.D. and Hegarty, C.J., Understanding GPS: Principles and Appli-
cations, Artech House, 2006.

4. Ahmed El-Rabbany, Introduction to GPS: The Global Positioning System,

Artec House, London, 2002.

5. Jay Farrell, Aided Navigation: GPS with High Rate Sensors: GPS with
High Rate Sensors, McGraw Hill, New York, 2008.

130
3.4 CE 202 : Introduction to Civil Engineering
Course Code: CE 202
Course Name: Introduction to Civil Engineering
L-T-P-C: 1-0-0-1
Intended for: UG Core
Prerequisite: None
Mutual Exclusion: None
Approval: 52nd BoA

Course Contents
ˆ Module 1: A brief history of civil engineering, a brief introduction to different
subbranches of civil engineering, mega structure documentary show, a brief overview
of the role and responsibilities of a civil engineer and the types of projects they work
on. A brief discussion on civil engineering ethics. [2 Lectures]
ˆ Module 2: In this module, one faculty (based on the internal discussion) from each
of the following domain will come and talk on past, present, and future of research,
industry and technological innovations in their domain (one hour each): (i) Struc-
tural Engineering, (ii) Geotechnical Engineering, (iii) Transportation Engineering,
(iv) Geoinformatics and Survey, (v) Earth Sciences, (vi) Water and Hydrology En-
gineering, (vii) Environmental. Engineering. [7 hrs]
ˆ Module 3: A visit to all the existing civil engineering laboratories of liT Mandi
including the construction activities going on in liT Mandi. A discussion on recent
advancement in Civil Engineering and role of AI/ ML and lOT etc. in Modem Civil
Engineering. [3 hrs]
ˆ Module 4: A field visit or an external expert talk as per the availability. A panel
discussion on various career opportunities for Civil Engineering graduates. [2 hrs]

Text book:
NA

References:
NA

3.5 CE 203: Civil Engineering Materials

Course Code: CE 203
Course Name: Civil Engineering Materials
L-T-P-C: 3-0-0-3
Intended for: B.Tech. (CE)
Prerequisite:None
Mutual Exclusion:None
Approval: 53nd BoA

131
Course Contents
ˆ Fundamentals: Atomic bonding and molecular structure of materials; Organic.
inorganic and metallic construction materials; Alloys and Phase diagrams; Mechan-
icaL physical and thermal properties of materials; Preliminarics of viscoelasticity
and rheology; Environmental impact indices for construction materials. (6 Lec-
tures)

ˆ Ferrous and Non-ferrous metals: Classification of ferrous alloys; Production

process, microstructure and properties of steel: Effects of alloy clements. work
hardening and heat treatment on mechanical properties and we:ldability of steel;
Corrosion of steel and its prevention: Structural steel products: Aluminum. Cop-
per and their alloys. production process. properties and uses: Quality and test
standards; Sustainability of metals. (6 Lectures)

ˆ Cement Concrete and Asphalt: Ingredients of cement concrete and their prop-
erties; Concrete mix design and production; Major types of concrete and their
characteristics in fresh and hardened states; Durability issues; Cement mortar and
its applications; Asphalt binders and their properties: Asphalt mixture formula-
tions: Effects of moisture. temperature and aging on asphalt: Quality and test
standards; Sustainability of cement concrete and asphalt. (6 Lectures)

ˆ Stones, Bricks, Blocks and Tiles: Composition of good brick earth: Brick
manufacturing; Classification of bricks; Classification of rocks: Rock forming min-
erals: Stone quarrying, seasoning and dressing: Qualities of good building stone and
brick: Deterioration and preservation of masonry; Fly ash and concrete masonry
units: Sustainability of bricks and blocks: Commonly used tiles for 1loor, wall and
roof; Choosing a floor tile; Quality and test standards. (6 Lectures)

ˆ Glass Composition of glass: Production and treatment processes; Physical and

mechanical properties: Types and uses: Quality and test standards. (4 Lectures)

ˆ Wood and Wood products: Structure of wood. defects and non-uniformities;

Physical and mechanical properties; Durability and preservation; Wood-based com-
posites; Quality and test standards; Sustainability of wood. (4 Lectures)

ˆ Polymers and Plastics: Classification and properties of polymers; Fabrication

methods, additives and fillers used for plastics: Common plastics and their uses;
Environmental etiects of plastics. (4 Lectures)

ˆ Paints: Composition and classification of paints; Production process; Choosing a

paint; Defects in painting; FfTcct of paints on indoor air quality. (3 Lectures)

ˆ Special topics: Soil as a construction material; Geosynthetics; Materials for sound

and thermal insulation. waterproofing and fire protection: Bamboo; Smart materi-
als; Preliminaries of 3D printing. (3 Lectures)

Textbooks:
1. Duggal, S.K ., Building Materials, 4th Edition, New Age International, 2012.

2. Varghese, P.C., Building Materials, 2nd Edition, PHI Learning, 2015 .

132
References:
1. Young, J.F., Mindess, S., Gray, R., and Bentur, A ., The science and technology
of civil engineering materials, Prentice Hall, 1998.

2. Goncalves. M. C. and Margarido, F., Materials for Construction and Civil

Engineering -- Science: Processing and Design, Springer Cham, 2015.

3. Subramanian. N., Building Materials --Testing and Sustainability, Oxford

University Press, India, 2019.

3.6 CE 203P: Building Materials Lab

Course Code: CE 203P
Course Name: Building Materials Lab
L-T-P-C: 0-0-2-1
Intended for: B.Tech. (CE)
Prerequisite:None
Mutual Exclusion:None
Approval: 52nd BoA

Course Contents:
1. Static tension test of mild steel, cast iron and aluminum.

2. Static compression test of fired clay brick, concrete blocks, cubes, cores and cylin-
ders.

3. Measurement of the flexural strength of tiles and concrete.

4. Measurement of the wear/abrasion resistance of tiles and concrete.

5. Water absorption tests for fired clay brick and concrete.

6. Measurement of thermal properties of concrete using hot wire method.

7. Measurement of thermal conductivity of common insulation materials and ghiss

using Lees’ Disc apparatus.

8. Particle shape and size analyses of aggregates.

9. Specific gravity and water absorption tests for aggregates.

10. Crushing and Impact value tests for coarse aggregates.

11. Fineness and specific gravity tests for cement.

12. Standard consistency and setting time tests for cement.

13. Le Chatelier’s and autoclave soundness tests for cement.

14. Use of moisture meter, ultrasonic pulse velocity and rebound hammer tests for the
non-destructive assessment of concrete quality .

133
Text books:
1. Relevant BIS and ASTM standards

References:
1. Bahurudeen A., and Moorthi, P.V.P., Testing of Construction Materials, CRC
Press, 2021.

3.7 CE 251: Hydraulics Engineering

Course Code: CE 251
Course Name: Hydraulics Engineering
L-T-P-C: 3-0-0-3
prerequisite: None
Students intended for: UG
Elective or Core: Discipline Core
Approval: 9th Senate

Course contents
ˆ Introduction
definition of fluid, liquids and gases, continuum hypothesis, Newtonian and non-
Newtonian fluids [6 Lectures]

ˆ Fluid Statics
Pascal’s law, Manometry, Buoyancy, metacentric height, rigid body motion. [6
Lectures]

ˆ Fluid Kinematics
Lagrangian and Eulerian fluid motion, vorticity and circulation, rotational and
irrotational flows. [6 Lectures]

ˆ Fluid Dynamics:
Reynolds transport theorem, Equation of mass momentum and inertia, Integral
formulation of governing equations, Euler’s equation, Bernoulli’s equation, Navier-
Stokes equation. [8 Lectures]

ˆ Internal Flows
Couette Flow, Hagen-Poiseuille flow, flow through pipe, channels, Venturi, Orifice,
head loss calculations, Moody’s chart. [8 Lectures]

ˆ Dimensional Analysis
scaling and similarity, Buckingham π – theorem, model testing. [4 Lectures]

ˆ External Flows
Boundary layer flows, laminar and turbulent flows, flow separation, lift and drag,
Stokes Law, displacement and momentum thickness. [4 Lectures]

134
 ˆ Flow in open channel
Discharge measurements in open channel, Concept of Specific Energy, Critical flow
and depth computation, application of specific energy. [2 Lectures]

ˆ Introduction to hydrology
Meteorological cycle, rainfall and runoff calculation. [1 Lecture]

Text Books
1. Hunter Rouse, Elementary Mechanics of Fluids, John Wiley & Sons, 2011.

2. V.L. Streeter and E.B. Wylie, Fluid Mechanics, McGraw Hill Book Co., 1962.

3. P.N. Modi and S.M. Seth, Hydraulics & Mechanics, Standard Book House, 2002.

4. B. S. Massey, Mechanics of Fluids, Van Nostrand Reinhold Co., 1979.

5. J. Frabzini, Fluid Mechanics with Engineering Applications, McGraw Hill,

1997.

6. J.H. Spurk, Fluid Mechanics – Problems and Solutions, Springer, 2003.

7. Wilson, E. M., Engineering hydrology (Vol. 4), Macmillan, 1990.

8. Subramanya, K., Engineering hydrology, Tata McGraw-Hill Education, 1994.

Reference Books
1. Lewitt, Ernest H., Hydraulics and Fluid Mechanics: A Text-book Covering
the Syllabuses of the B. Sc.(Eng.), ICE and I. Mech. E. Examinations
in this Subject, Pitman, 1958.

2. Dixon, S. L., and Hall, C., Fluid mechanics and thermodynamics of turbo-
machinery, Butterworth-Heinemann, 2013.

3.8 CE 252: Geology and Geomorphology

Course Code: CE 252
Course Name: Geology and Geomorphology
L-T-P-C: 2-0-2-3
Prerequisite: None
Students intended for: UG
Elective or Core: Elective
Approval: 16th Senate

135
Course content
ˆ Module I
Introduction, importance and significance of Earth Science, General characteristics
and origin of the Universe, Solar System and its planets. [4 Lectures]

ˆ Module II
Rock cycle, types and characteristics: Igneous, Sedimentary and Metamorphic rocks
and their origin, texture, mineral composition, structure and classification. Rock
properties. [5 Lectures]

ˆ Module III
Plate tectonic theories, Physiographic sub divisions of India with focus on Hi-
malayas. [4 Lectures]

ˆ Structural Geology
Dip, strike, faults, folds, joints, emphasizing on Himalayan terrain. [6 Lectures]

ˆ Module V
Basic concepts of Geomorphology, Cycle of erosion, Mountains and relief, river
basin, drainage network, drainage types. [5 Lectures]

ˆ Module VI
Geomorphic landforms, erosional & depositional: Fluvial, Glacial landforms. [4
Lectures]

Laboratory
1. Identifying physical properties of rocks using visual interpretations. (4 hours)

2. Estimation of Hardness of rock using Mohr’s Scale test. (2 hours)

3. Mineral identification using several properties. (2 hours)

4. Dip/ Strike measurements using brunton compass in and around campus. (4 hours)

5. Geological map reading and interpretations. (4 hours)

6. Geomorphological mapping and interpretation of maps. (4 hours)

7. Geological field mapping around the campus. (8 hours)

Text Books
1. Lutgens & Tarbuck, Essentials of Geology (with CD) Pearson Education, 2012.

2. P. Singh, Engineering and General Geology, S. K. Kataria and Sons, 2009.

136
Reference Books
1. A L. Bloom, Geomorphology: A systematic Analysis of Late Cenozoic
Landforms, 3rd Ed.’, Pearson Education, Inc., USA, 2004.

2. Peter MacLaren Donald Duff, Donald Duff, Holme’s Principles of physical

geology, Chapman & Hall, 1992.

3. F. G. Bell, Engineering Geology, Elsevier, 2007.

4. V S. Kale, and A. Gupta, Introduction to Geomorphology, Orient Longman

Ltd., 2001.

3.9 CE 301: Strength of Materials and Structures

Course Code: CE 301
Course Name: Strength of Materials and Structures
L-T-P-C: 3-0-2-4
Prerequisite: IC 240 - Mechanics of Rigid Bodies
Students intended for: UG
Elective or Core: Discipline Core
Approval: 9th Senate

Course contents
ˆ Types of structures
Free body diagram, conditions of equilibrium, statically determinate and indeter-
minate trusses, beams and frames. [2 Lectures]

ˆ Mechanics of small deformation

Concepts of stress and strain, stress-strain characteristics of ductile and brittle
materials, elastic constants and their relationships, thermal stresses. [12 Lectures]

ˆ Members subjected to flexural loads

Shear force and bending moment in determinate beams. Calculation of deflection
by double integration, moment-area and unit load methods. [12 Lectures]

ˆ Columns
Euler’s theory, Critical load for different end conditions, eccentric loading, columns
with small initial curvature. [4 Lectures]

ˆ Influence lines for statically determinate structures

Moving loads on beams and trusses; Maximum shear force and bending moment
due to moving loads. [3 Lectures]

ˆ Analysis of indeterminate structures by slope-deflection method

Statically indeterminate beams subjected to loads and uneven settlement of sup-
ports, Analysis of rigid frames with and without side sway. [9 Lectures]

137
Laboratory Experiments
1. Study of reactions in beams with different support conditions.

2. Study of variation of bending moment and shearing force in a beam subjected to

various loading conditions.

3. Study of load-deflection characteristics of determinate and indeterminate trusses.

4. Study of load-deflection characteristics of rectangular portal frames with uniform

and non-uniform sections.

5. Study of stress and strains in the members of pin jointed frames.

6. Study of plastic bending of portal frames.

7. Load-deflection study of pinned and fixed arches.

8. Study of buckling characteristics of struts.

9. Study of horizontal and vertical deflections of asymmetric sections at various angles

and loads.

10. Study of behavior of circular section under torsion.

Text Books
1. C. T. F. Ross, J. Case and L. Chivler, Strength of Materials and Structures,
4th edition, Butterworth Heinemann, 1999.

2. C.S.Reddy, Basic Structural Analysis, Tata McGraw Hill, 2001.

3. C.K. Wang, Intermediate Structural Analysis, Tata McGraw Hill, 2010.

4. R.C. Hibbeler, Structural Analysis, Pearson Education, 6th edition, New Delhi,
2008.

5. C.H. Norris, J.B. Wilbur, S.Utku, Elementary Structural Analysis, Tata Mc-
Graw Hill, 1991.

6. L. S. Negi and R. S. Jangjid, Structural Analysis, Tata Mc Graw Hill, 1997.

Reference Books
1. B. Onouye and K. Kane, Statics and strength of materials for architecture
and building construction, 4th edition, Prentice Hall, USA, 2013.

2. G. Ranzi and I.B. Raymond, Structural analysis: principles, methods and

modelling, CRC press, 2014.

3. A. Williams, Structural analysis: in theory and practice, Butterworth-Heinemann,

UK and USA, 2009.

4. T.H.G. Megson, Structural and stress analysis, Butterworth-Heinemann, UK

and USA, 2014.

138
3.10 CE 302: Geotechnical Engineering
Course Code: CE 302
Course Name: Geotechnical Engineering
L-T-P-C: 3-0-2-4
Prerequisite: None
Students intended for: UG
Elective or Core: Discipline Core
Approval: 9th Senate

Course contents
ˆ Stress Distribution in Soils
Effective stress concept, water table, seepage and capillarity effects and failure of
structures by piping. Boussinesq theory-pressure distribution diagram on a hori-
zontal and vertical plane, pressure bulb. [5 Lectures]

ˆ Shear Strength of Soil

Stress strain curve, stress at a point-Mohr circle of stress, Mohr-coulomb failure
criteria, pore pressure, total and effective stress. Peak and residual shear strength.
Factors affecting shear strength, Laboratory measurement of shear strength by box
shear, unconfined, Vane shear test and triaxial tests under different drainage con-
ditions. Shear strength characteristics of sands and clays. [7 Lectures]

ˆ Subsoil Exploration
Methods of subsoil exploration Direct, semi direct and indirect methods, Soundings
by Standard, Dynamic cone and static cone penetration tests, Types of Boring,
Types of samples, Criteria for undisturbed samples, Transport and preservation of
samples, Borelogs, planning of exploration programmes, report writing. [6 Lectures]

ˆ Earth Pressure
Types of Earth pressure. Rankines and Coulomb’s Active and passive earth pressure
in soils. [4 Lectures]

ˆ Module V
Bearing Capacity Safe bearing capacity and allowable bearing pressure, General
and local shear failure conditions, Terzaghi’s bearing capacity equations its modi-
fications for square, rectangular and circular foundation, Factors affecting bearing
capacity of Soil.
Shallow Foundations: Factors effecting locations of foundation and design con-
siderations of shallow foundations, choice of type of foundations, Foundations on
expansive soils. [9 Lectures]

ˆ ettlement analysis
Causes of settlement, Computation of settlement, allowable settlement. Measures
to reduce settlement. [3 Lectures]

139
 ˆ Pile Foundations
Types, Construction, load carrying capacity of single pile – Dynamic Formula,
Static formula, Pile load tests, Load carrying capacity of pile groups, settlement of
pile groups, Negative skin friction. [8 Lectures]

Laboratory Experiments
1. Determination of Specific Gravity

2. Grain Size Analysis

A. Sieve Analysis
B. Hydrometer Analysis

3. Determination of Consistency Limits

4. Permeability Test
A. Constant Head Method
B. Falling Head Method

5. Proctor Light And Heavy Compaction Test

6. Direct Shear Test

7. Unconfined Compression Test

8. Unconsolidated and Undrained Triaxial Test

9. Vane Shear Test

10. CBR Test

11. Field Density Test

12. Free swell and consolidation test

Text Books
1. Shamsher Prakash, Gopal Ranjan and Swami Saran, Analysis, Design of foun-
dations and Earth retaining structures, IBH Publishers, 1979.

2. Braja M. Das, Principles of Foundation Engineering, Cengage Learning, 2015.

3. V.N.S. Murty, Geotechnical Engineering, Book World Enterprises, 2002.

Reference Books
1. W.C Teng, Foundation Design, Prentice Hall Publishers, 1962.

2. J. E. Bowles, Foundation Analysis and Design, TataMc-Graw Hill Publishers,

1997.

140
3.11 CE 303: Water Resources Engineering
Course Code: CE 303
Course Name: Water Resources Engineering
L-T-P-C: 3-0-0-3
Prerequisite: CE 251 - Hydraulics Engineering
Students intended for: UG & PG
Elective or Core: Discipline Core
Approval: 9th Senate

Course contents
ˆ Introduction
Hydrology, Open channel flow, Groundwater flow. [6 Lectures]

ˆ Descriptive Hydrology
Hydrology, Meteorology, Rainfall measurements, Runoff, Stream flow, Hydrographs,
Factors affecting runoff and its calculation pertaining to Himalayan terrain, Infil-
tration. [8 Lectures]

ˆ Storm Hydrology
Hydrographs, unit hydrograph theory, S-curve, Mass and flow duration curve, depth
area duration curve, runoff estimation. [8 Lectures]

ˆ Floods
Flood estimation, Forecasting systems, Flash flood studies, Hydrologic and reservoir
routing, Return period and Probability analysis. [8 Lectures]

ˆ Watershed Management in Hilly region introduction and management [4 Lec-

tures]

ˆ Introduction to ground water systems

Types of Aquifer and characteristics, Application of Darcy Law, Groundwater flow
equations, well hydraulics. [6 Lectures]

Text Books
1. K. Subramaniya, Engineering Hydrology, Tata MacGraw Hill, 2013.

2. H.M. Raghunath, Hydrology – Principles, Analysis and Design, Wiley East-

ern Ltd., 2006.

3. D.K. Todd, Groundwater Hydrology, John Wiley & Sons, 2006.

4. V.T. Chow, D.R. Maidment, and L.W. Mays, Applied Hydrology, McGraw Hill,
1988.

141
Reference Books
1. R.K. Linsley, J. B. Franzini, D. L. Freyberg and G. Tchobanoglous, Water Re-
source Engineering, 4th Edition, McGraw Hill Book Co., 1992.

2. V.P. Singh, Elementary Hydrology, Prentice Hall, 1993.

3. S.K. Garg, Irrigation Engineering and Hydraulic Structures, Khanna Pub-

lishers, 1992.

3.12 CE 303 53: Water Resources Engineering

Course Code: CE 303 53
Course Name: Water Resources Engineering
L-T-P-C: 3-0-0-3
Intended for: B.Tech. (Civil Engineering)
Prerequisite: CE 251 - Hydraulic Engineering
Mutual Exclusion :None
Approval: 53rd BoA

Course Conents
ˆ Introduction: Hydrological Cycle, Water budget equation, Reynold Transport
Theory, Principle of mass, momentum, and energy balance in Hydrology. (6 Lec-
tures)

ˆ Precipitation: Atmospheric Circulation, Water vapor, Precipitation measure-

ment, rain gauge network, Mean Precipitation, Maximum Intensity/Depth Dura-
tion Curve, Rainfall patterns in India and Himachal Pradesh. (8 Lectures)

ˆ Abstractions from Precipitation: Evaporation and its estimation, Evapotran-

spiration, Estimation of Evapotranspiration, Potential Evapotranspiration, Inter-
ception, Infiltration. (6 Lectures)

ˆ Hydrometry: Measurement of Stage, Velocity, Area Velocity Method, Dilution

Technique, Electromagnetic method, Ultrasonic Method, Indirect method, Rating
Curve. (6 Lectures)

ˆ Storm Hydrology: Hydrographs, unit hydrograph theory, S-curve, Mass and flow
duration curve, depth area duration curve, runoff estimation. (8 Lectures)

ˆ Floods and Droughts: Flood estimation, Frequency analysis, Risk and Reliabil-
ity, Hydrologic and Hydraulic routing,Clark’s and Nash’s model. (6 Lectures)

ˆ Groundwater Hydrology: Types of Aquifer and charac::tedstics, Application of

Darcy Law, Groundwater flow equations; well hydraulics. (2 Lectures)

142
Textbooks:
1. Subramanya, K., Engineering Hydrology, Tata Mcgraw Hill, 2013.

2. V. T. Chow, D. R. Maidment,and L. W. Mays, Applied Hydrology, Mcgraw Hill,

1988.

Reference Books:
1. H. M. Raghunath, Hydrology - Principles, Analysis and Design, Wiley East-
ern, 2006.

2. V. P. Singh, Elementary Hydrology, Printice Hall, 1993.

3. R. K. Linsley, J. B. Franzini, D. L. Freyberg, and G. Tchobanoglous, Water Re-

source Engineering, 4th Edition, Mcgraw Hill, 1992.

3.13 CE 304P: Hydraulics Engineering Lab

Course Code: CE 304P
Course Name: Hydraulics Engineering Lab
L-T-P-C: 0-0-2-1
Prerequisite: CE 251 - Hydraulics Engineering
Students intended for: UG & PG
Elective or Core: Discipline Core
Approval: 9th Senate

List of Experiments
ˆ Bernoulli’s Theory

ˆ Impacts of jets

ˆ Energy losses in pipes

ˆ Guleph Permeameter

ˆ Hydraulics Jump

ˆ Pipe Surges and water hammer

ˆ Centrifugal pump characteristics

ˆ Flow over weirs

ˆ Flow measurements in open channel

143
3.14 CE 305P: Environment and Earth Science Lab
Course Code: CE 305P
Course Name: Environment and Earth Science Lab
L-T-P-C:0-0-2-1
Prerequisite: None
Students intended for: UG
Elective or Core: Discipline Core
Approval: 9th Senate

Modules
Environment
ˆ Determination of B.O.D. & C.O.D. of Wastewater Sample

ˆ Analysis of major cations and anions

ˆ Jar Test for Determining Optimum Coagulant Dosage

ˆ Tests for Coliforms, Fecal, Total Coliforms

ˆ Analysis of Metal and heavy metal in water and waste water

ˆ Soil contamination studies

ˆ Air Quality: Ambient Air quality (High Volume Sampler), PM10, PM2.5

Earth Science
ˆ Rock and mineral identification,

ˆ Dip/ Strike, fold, fault, fracture measurements in rocks

ˆ Strength characterization of rocks

ˆ Chemical analysis of rocks and soils

ˆ Field visit

Text Books
1. Sawyer, N.C. and McCarty, P.L.,, Chemistry for Environmental Engineering,
5th Edition, McGraw Hill, 2003.

2. APHA, Standard Methods Examination of Water and Wastewater, Amer-

ican Public Health Association, 1998.

144
3.15 CE 306P: Environmental Engineering Lab
Course Code: CE 306P
Course Name: Environmental Engineering Lab
L-T-P-C: 0-0-2-1
Intended for: UG
Prerequisite: None
Mutual Exclusion: None
Approval: 52nd BoA

Course Contents
Experiments:
ˆ Determination of solids

ˆ Jar Test for determining optimum coagulant dosage

ˆ Determination of acidity

ˆ Determination of alkalinity

ˆ Determination ofhardness

ˆ Determination of Dissolved Oxygen

ˆ Determination of B.O.D. of wastewater sample

ˆ Determination of C.O.D. of wastewater sample

ˆ Tests for Colifonns, Fecal, Total Coliforms

ˆ Soil contamination (adsorption) studies

ˆ Introduction to advanced analytical instruments

ˆ Determination of bulk and size-segregated PM2.5

ˆ Determination ofionic species in PM2.5

ˆ Determination ofheavy metals in PM2.5

Laboratory/practical/tutorial Modules:
The course is entirely laboratory-based.

Textbooks:
1. Sawyer, N.C. and McCarty, P.L., Chemistry for Environmental Engineering,
5th Edition, McGraw- Hill Book Co., 2003.

2. APHA, Standard Methods Examination of Water and Wastewater, Amer-

ican Public Health Association, 1998.

145
References:
None.

3.16 CE 310: Strength of Materials and Structures

Course Code: CE 310
Course Name: Strength of Materials and Structures
L-T-P-C: 3-0-0-3
Intended for: UG
Prerequisite : IC240: Mechanics of Rigid Bodies
Mutual Exclusion: None
Approval: 52nd BoA

Course Contents
ˆ Module 1: Introduction to loads, structural materials, and support conditions,
Overview of internal and external stability, Definition of determinate structures. (3
Lectures)

ˆ Module 2: Mechanics of small deformation: Free Body Diagram, Concepts of

stress and strain - types and definition, stress-strain characteristics of ductile and
brittle materials, elastic constants and their relationships, Axially loaded members,
Concept of Torsion and Torsional behaviour of circular shafts. (8 Lectures)

ˆ Module 3: Transformation of stresses and strains, principal stresses and strains,

Mohr’s circle, and Failure theories. (5 Lectures)

ˆ Module 4: Detennination of external and internal forces in Trusses, Cables,

Arches, and Beams, Concept of shear force, and bending moment diagrams of de-
terminate beams and frames. (10 Lectures)

ˆ Module 5: Flexural and shear stresses in beams, deflections of beams using double
integration, introduction to moment area, unit load, and conjugate beam methods.
(8 Lectures)

ˆ Module 6: Influence lines for statically determinate structures; Moving loads on-
beams and trusses; Maximum shear force and bending moment due to moving loads.
(4 Lectures)

ˆ Module 7: Columns: Euler’s theory, Critical load for different end conditions,
eccentric loading, columns with small initial curvatures. (4 Lectures)

Textbooks:
1. Hibbeler, RC, Structural Analysis, 9th Edition, Pearson Education, 2017.

2. Hibbeler. RC, Mechanics of Materials, Pearson Education, l0th Edition, 2016.

146
References:
1. Timoshenko, S.P., and Young, D.H., Elements of Strength of Materials, 5th
Edition, 2003.

2. Beer, F.P., Johnston, E.R., DeWalt, J., and Mazurek, D.F.,

3. Egor P. Popov, Engineering Mechanics of Solids, 2nd Edition Pearson Educa-

tion Inc, 2009

4. Gere and Timoshenko, Mechanics of Materials, 2nd Edition, CBS Publishers,

2004.

5. Reddy, CS, Basic Structural Analysis, Tata McGraw Hill, 2001.

6. Menon, D., Structural Analysis, Narosa Publishing House, 2008.

7. Ross, C.T.F, Case, J, and Chivler, L, Strength of Materials and Structures,

4th edition, Butterworth Heinemann, 1999.

8. Megson, THG, Structural and Stress Analysis, Butterworth-Heinemann, 2014.

3.17 CE 310P: Strength of Materials and Structures Lab

Course Code: CE 310P
Course Name: Strength of Materials and Structures Lab
L-T-P-C: 3-0-0-3
Intended for: UG
Prerequisite : CE310: Strength of Materials and Structures / Equivalent
Mutual Exclusion: None
Approval: 52nd BoA

Course Contents
The curriculum is split into eleven experiments encompassing different structural engi-
neering analysis and strength testing problems typically encountered in the field practices.
Validation of the concept through computer programming will also be made as part of
this course. The duration of each lab session shall be 3 Lectures

1. Study of stress-strain characteristics of civil engineering materials.

2. Study of reactions in beams with different support conditions.

3. Study ofvariation of bending moment and shearing force in a beam subjected to

various loading conditions.

4. Study ofload-deflection characteristics of trusses.

5. Study ofload-deflection characteristics of rectangular portal frames with uniform

and nonunifonn sections.

6. Study of stress and strains in the members ofpinjointed frames.

147
 7. Study of plastic bending of portal frames.

8. Load-deflection study of pinned arches.

9. Study of buckling characteristics of struts.

10. Study ofhorizontal and vertical deflections of asymmetric sections at various angles
and loads.

11. Study of behaviour of circular section under torsion.

Textbooks:
1. Hibbeler, RC, Structural Analysis, 9th Edition, Pearson Education, 2017.

2. Hibbeler. RC, Mechanics of Materials, Pearson Education, l0th Edition, 2016.

References:
1. Timoshenko, S.P., and Young, D.H., Elements of Strength of Materials, 5th
Edition, 2003.

2. Beer, F.P., Johnston, E.R., DeWalt, J., and Mazurek, D.F.,

3. Egor P. Popov, Engineering Mechanics of Solids, 2nd Edition Pearson Educa-

tion Inc, 2009

4. Gere and Timoshenko, Mechanics of Materials, 2nd Edition, CBS Publishers,

2004.

5. Reddy, CS, Basic Structural Analysis, Tata McGraw Hill, 2001.

6. Menon, D., Structural Analysis, Narosa Publishing House, 2008.

7. Ross, C.T.F, Case, J, and Chivler, L, Strength of Materials and Structures,

4th edition, Butterworth Heinemann, 1999.

8. Megson, THG, Structural and Stress Analysis, Butterworth-Heinemann, 2014.

3.18 CE 311: Geotechnical Engineering I

Course Code: CE 311
Course Name: Geotechnical Engineering I
L-T-P-C: 3-0-0-3
Intended for: UG students (B.Tech. 3rd Year)
Prerequisite : None
Mutual Exclusion: None
Approval: 52nd BoA

148
Course Contents
ˆ Introduction: Origin, Formation, Importance of geotechnical engineering, Ide-
alization of soil matrix, three phase diagram, Mass-weight-volume relationships,
applications (8 Lectures)

ˆ Properties of soil: Pru1icle size distribution, Index properties, Atterberg Limits,

plasticity chart, Soil Classification (4 Lectures)

ˆ Soil Compaction: Soil density-water relationship, Proctor tests, field tests and
applicability (3 Lectures)

ˆ Permeability in soils: One-dimensional flow, Darcy’s Law, Laboratory and field

method of determination of permeability. concept of seepage (6 Lectures)

ˆ Stresses in soils: Stresses in soil mass, capillarity phenomena, concept of effective

stress, Stresses from elastic theory, Boussinesq and WesterGaard’s theory, pressure
distribution diagram, pressure bulb, shapes of loading area (7 Lectures)

ˆ Consolidation: ID laboratory test, preconsolidation pressure, concept of normally

consolidated and over consolidated soil, One-dimensional equation and solution,
determination of consolidation settlement (5 Lectures)

ˆ Shear Strength of Soil: Mohr circle, Mohr-coulomb failure criteria, shear strength
of sand and clays, pore pressure, factors affecting shear strength, laboratory mea-
surement of shear strength. (8 Lectures)

Text Books:
1. Robert D Holtz, William D. Kovacs and Thomas C. Sheahan, Introduction to
Geotechnical Engineering, 2nd Edition, Pearson, 2021.

2. V. N. S. Murty, Geotechnical Engineering, Book World Enterprises, 2005.

Reference Books:
1. R.F. Craig, Soil Mechanics, ELBS and Van Nostrand Reinhold Co. Ltd., 2004.

2. Braja M. Das, Principles of Geotechnical Engineering, 7th Edition and above,

Cengage Learning.

3. G. Ranjan and A.S.R. Rao, Basic and Applied Soil Mechanics, New Age In-
ternational Publishers, 2007.

3.19 CE 311P: Geotechnical Engineering Laboratory

Course Code: CE 311P
Course Name: Geotechnical Engineering Laboratory
L-T-P-C: 0-0-2-1
Intended for: UG students (B.Tech. 3rd Year)
Prerequisite : None

149
 Mutual Exclusion: None
Approval: 52nd BoA

Course Contents
Laboratory Modules:
1. Determination of Specific Gravity

2. Grain Size Analysis (a) Sieve analysis (b) Hydrometer Analysis

3. Determination of Consistency Limits

4. Permeability Test (a) Constant Head Testing (b) Falling Head testing

5. Proctor Test

6. Direct Shear Test

7. Unconfined Compression Test

8. Vane Shear Test

9. Field Density Test

10. Free swell and consolidation test

11. Triaxial Testing

Text Books:
1. V. N. S. Murty, Geotechnical Engineering, Book World Enterprises, 2005.

2. Braja M. Das, Principles of Geotechnical Engineering, 7th edition and above,

Cengage Learning

Reference books:
1. Indian standards using Geotechnical Testing

3.20 CE 351: Design of Reinforced Concrete Structures

Course Code: CE 351
Course Name: Design of Reinforced Concrete Structures
L-T-P-C: 2-1-0-3
Prerequisite: CE 301 - Strength of Materials and Structures
Students intended for: UG
Elective or Core: Discipline Core
Approval: 9th Senate

150
Course content
ˆ Design of beams
Singly and doubly reinforced. [6 Lectures]

ˆ Design of columns
Short and slender columns. [6 Lectures]

ˆ Design of slabs
One way, two way and flat slabs. [6 Lectures]

ˆ Module IV
Design for bond and anchorage of reinforcement. [6 Lectures]

ˆ Module V Reinforcement detailing at beam-column and column-foundation junc-

tions. [6 Lectures]

ˆ Module VI
Design of Staircase, Isolated and combined footings. [6 Lectures]

ˆ Introduction to pre-stressed concrete design

Basics of seismic analysis and detailing. [6 Lectures]

Text Books
1. Pillai, S.U. and Menon, D,, Reinforced concrete design, Tata MacGraw Hill,
2009.

2. Subramanian, N, Design of reinforced concrete structures, xford University

Press, 2014.

3. Sinha, S.N., Reinforced concrete design, Tata McGraw-Hill, 2002.

4. Raju, N.K. and Pranesh, R.N., Reinforced concrete design: principles and
practice, New Age International, 2007.

5. Raju, N.K., Prestressed concrete, Tata MacGraw Hill, 2006.

Reference Books
1. Nawy, E.G., Reinforced concrete: a fundamental approach, Prentice Hall,
2009.

2. Wright, J.K. and MacGregor, J.G., Reinforced concrete: mechanics and de-
sign, Prentice Hall, 2015.

3. Hewson, N.R., Prestressed concrete bridges: design and construction, Thomas

Telford, 2003.

4. Varghese, P.C., Advanced reinforced concrete design, Prentice Hall of India,

2009.

151
3.21 CE 352: Transportation Engineering
Course Code: CE 352
Course Name: Transportation Engineering
L-T-P-C: 3-0-0-3
Prerequisite: None
Students intended for: UG
Elective or Core: Discipline Core
Approval: 9th Senate, 52nd BoA

Course contents
ˆ Introduction to transportation engineering
various methods of transportation and their importance, PMGSY, Golden quadri-
lateral and other road development plans of GOI. [6 Lectures]

ˆ Module II
SGeometrical design, camber, super elevation cross-sectional elements, sight dis-
tances, horizontal and vertical alignments, transition curves. [12 Lectures]

ˆ Highway Engineering
Pavement material and characterization, aspects of analysis and design of flexible
and rigid pavements. [7 Lectures]

ˆ Highway Planning & Maintenance

types of failure, evaluation and remedial measures. [7 Lectures]

ˆ Traffic Engineering Vehicle and driver characteristics, Traffic design studies. [5

Lectures]

ˆ Module VI
Introduction to rail and air transport system, intelligent transport system. [5 Lec-
tures]

Text Books
1. S.K. Khanna and C.E.G. Justo, Highway Engineering, Nem Chand Bros., 2002.

2. Kadiyali L.R., Principles and Practice of highway Engineering, Khanna Pub-

lishers, 1992.

3. Khistry, C.J. and B. K. Lall, Transportation Engineering – An Introduction,

Prentice Hall of India Ltd., 2003.

152
Reference Books
1. Garber, N.J., Hoel, L.A., Traffic and Highway Engineering, West Publishing
Company, 2014.

2. P. Chakroborty and A. Das, Principles of Transportation Engineering, Pren-

tice Hall India, 2003.

3. S.C. Saxena and S.P. Arora, A text book of Railway engineering, Dhanpat
Rai, 2001.

3.22 CE 352 44 : Transportation Engineering

Course Code: CE 352
Course Name : Transportation Engineering
L-T-P-C : 3-0-0-3
Intended for : UG
Prerequisite : None
Mutual Exclusion : None
Approval: 44th BoA

Course Contents:
ˆ Introduction to transportation engineering: various methods of transporta-
tion and their importance, PMGSY, Golden quadrilateral and other road devel-
opment plans of GOI. Planning of universal accessibility for public transport. (6
hours)

ˆ Module II: Geometrical design, camber, super elevation cross-sectional elements,

sight distances, horizontal and vertical alignments, transition curves. (12 hours)

ˆ Highway Engineering: Pavement material and characterization, aspects of anal-

ysis and design of flexible and rigid pavements. (7 hours)

ˆ Module IV: Highway Planning &maintenance, types of failure, evaluation and

remedial measures. (7 hours)

ˆ Traffic Engineering: Vehicle and driver characteristics, Traffic design studies. (5

hours)

ˆ Module VI: Introduction to rail and air transport system, intelligent transport
system. (5 hours)

Text Books:
1. S.K. Khanna and C.E.G. Justo, Highway Engineering, Nem Chand Bros., 2002.

2. Kadiyali L.R., Principles and Practice of highway Engineering, Khanna Pub-

lishers, 1992.

153
Reference Books:
1. Khistry, C.J. and B. K. Lall, Transportation Engineering – An Introduction,
Prentice Hall of India Ltd., 2003

2. Garber, N.J., Hoel, L.A., Traffic and Highway Engineering, West Publishing
Company, 2014.

3. P. Chakroborty and A. Das, Principles of Transportation Engineering, Pren-

tice Hall India, 2003.

4. S.C. Saxena and S.P. Arora, A text book of Railway engineering, Dhanpat
Rai, 2001.

3.23 CE 352P: Transportation Engineering Laboratory

Course Code: CE 352P
Course Name: Transportation Engineering Laboratory
L-T-P-C: 0-0-2-1
Intended for: UG Civil Engineeering
Prerequisite : None
Mutual Exclusion: None
Approval: 52nd BoA

Course Contents
Laboratory Modules:
1. Los Angles Abrasion Test of Bitumen

2. Devel’s abrasion Test of Bitumen

3. CBR Test

4. Marshall Stability of Bitumen

5. Penetration Test of Bitumen

6. Softening Point of Bitumen

7. Flash and Fire point of Bitumen

8. Ductility of Bitumen

9. Viscosity of Bitumen

10. Banklmen’s Beam Test

11. Road Survey- Cross section, Super-Elevation Camber, Gradient

12. Measuring Spot Speed/Flow/Density/Vehicle Count

154
Text Books:
1. S.K. Khanna, C.E.G. Justo and A. Veeraraghavan, Highway Engineering, 10th
Edition, Nem Chand Bros., 2018.

2. Kadiyali L.R., Principles and Practice of highway Engineering, Khanna Pub-

lishers, 1992.

References:
1. IS Standards for each test

2. Paul H. Wright and Norman J. Ashford, Transportation Engineering: Plan-

ning and Design

3. Nicholas J. Garber and Lester A. Hoel, Traffic and Highway Engineering

3.24 CE 352P 57 : Transportation Engineering Laboratory

Course Code : CE 352P 57
Course Name : Transportation Engineering Laboratory
L-P-T-C: 0-0-2-1
Intended for: UG Civil Engineering
Prerequisites: None
Mutual Exclusion:
Approval : 52nd BoA, 57th BoA

Course Contents
1. Experiments Abrasion Test (Los Angeles, Devel abrasion, etc.)

2. California Bearing Ratio Test for Subgrade (including proctor density)

3. Tests on Bitumen: Penetration

4. Tests on Bitumen: Softening Point

5. Tests on Bitumen: Ductility

6. Tests on Bitumen: Viscosity

7. Tests on Bitumen: Flash and Fire point

8. Tests on Bitumen: Specific Gravity and Water Content

9. Marshal Stability Tests (including rotary evaporator)

10. Banklmen’s Beam Test and MERLIN Test

11. Road Survey- Cross section, Super elevation camber, gradient

12. Measuring spot speed/ Flow/ Density/ vehicle count

155
Text books:
1. S.K. Khanna, C.E.G. Justo and A. Veeraraghavan, Highway Engineering, 10th
Edition, Nem Chand Bros., 2018.
2. Kadiyali L.R., Principles and Practice of highway Engineering, Khanna Pub-
lishers, Delhi, 1992.

References:
1. IS Standards for each test
2. Paul H. Wright and Norman J. Ashford, Transportation Engineering: Plan-
ning and Design.
3. Nicholas J. Garber and Lester A. Hoel, Traffic and Highway Engineering

3.25 CE 353P: Civil Engineering Drawing

Course Code: CE 353P
Course Name: Civil Engineering Drawing
L-T-P-C: 0-0-2-1
Prerequisite: IC 140 - Graphics for Design
Students intended for: UG
Elective or Core: Discipline Core
Approval: 9th Senate

Modules
Environment
ˆ Course policies, signs and symbols, planning residential building. (2 contact hours)

ˆ Site planning. (4 contact hours)

ˆ Building components: foundations, brick, RC, stone, windows, doors, arches, stair-
case. (10 contact hours)
ˆ Residential building: announcement of project. (2 contact hours)

ˆ Detailing of RC elements: sections of beams, columns, footings and portal frames.

(6 contact hours)
ˆ Detailing of steel connection: rivets, welding, nuts and bolts. (4 contact hours)

Text Books
1.
2. Building Drawing and Detailing,Spades publishers, Calicut, 1987.
3. M.G.Shah, C.M. Kale, and S.Y. Patki, Building drawing with an integrated
approach to built environment, 4th Edition, Tata McGraw Hill, 2002.

156
3.26 CE 353P 44 : Civil Engineering Drawing
Course Code: CE 353P
Course Name : Civil Engineering Drawing
L-T-P-C : 0-0-2-1
Intended for : UG
Prerequisite : None
Mutual Exclusion : None
Approval: 44th BoA

Course Contents:
ˆ Course policies, signs and symbols, planning residential building. Consideration of
universal accessibility for buildings. (3 Hours)

ˆ Site planning. (3 Hours)

ˆ Building components: foundations, brick, RC, stone, windows, doors, arches, stair-
case. (10 Hours)

ˆ Residential building: announcement of project. (2 Hours)

ˆ Detailing of RC elements: sections of beams, columns, footings and portal frames.

(6 Hours)

ˆ Detailing of steel connection: rivets, welding, nuts and bolts. (4 Hours)

Text Books:
1. Balagopal T.S. Prabhu, K. Vincent Paul, and C. Vijayan, Building Drawing and
Detailing, Spades publishers, Calicut, 1987.

2. M.G.Shah, C.M. Kale, and S.Y. Patki, Building drawing with an integrated
approach to built environment, 4th Edition, Tata McGraw Hill, 2002.

3.27 CE 354P: Building and Pavement Materials Laboratory

Course Code: CE 354P
Course Name: Building and Pavement Materials Laboratory
L-T-P-C:0-0-2-1
Prerequisite: IC 140 - Graphics for Design
Students intended for: UG
Elective or Core: Discipline Core
Approval: 9th Senate

157
List of Experiments
Environment
ˆ Determination of specific gravity, fineness and soundness of different cements.

ˆ The study of setting and hardening characteristics of different cements.

ˆ Determination of specific gravity, moisture content, bulking and water absorption

of aggregates.

ˆ The study of abrasion, attrition, hardness, shape, grading and packing characteris-
tics of aggregates.

ˆ The study of water absorption, sorptivity and permeability characteristics of con-

crete and brick samples.

ˆ Assessing the presence of organic impurities and fines in aggregates.

ˆ Assessment of surface hardness, flexural strength, compressive strength and stress-

stain characteristics of cement paste, mortar, concrete and clay & fly-ash bricks.

ˆ Testing of filling ability and passing ability of self compacting concrete.

ˆ The study of stress-strain characteristics of reinforcement bars, other metals and

alloys.

ˆ The study of consistency and ductility of bitumen samples.

ˆ Determination of flash and fire points of bitumen samples.

ˆ Determination of softening point of bitumen samples.

ˆ Determination of viscosity of bitumen samples.

ˆ To determine the optimum binder content for a bituminous mix by Marshall’s

method.

3.28 CE 355: Hydrology

Course Code: CE 355
Course Name: Hydrology
L-T-P-C: 3-0-0-3
Prerequisite: CE 251 - Hydraulics Engineering
Students intended for: UG
Elective or Core: Discipline Core
Approval: 9th Senate

158
Course content
ˆ Introduction
Water management, essence of water, hydrologic cycle, climate data, rain fall oc-
currence. [2 Lectures]

ˆ Precipitation
Measurement of rainfall, rain gauge, layout of rain gauge, correction of rainfall data,
Analysis of rainfall data. [6 Lectures]

ˆ Runoff calculation
infiltration, evaporation and evapotranspiration estimation, base flow separation,
stream gauging, stage and discharge, method of runoff estimation, empirical relation
for determination of runoff. [10 Lectures]

ˆ Frequency Analysis
Frequency analysis, frequency distribution model, rainfall intensity. [8 Lectures]

ˆ Hydrograph Base flow separation, reservoir routing, unit hydrograph, distribution

hydrograph, synthetic unit hydrographs. [10 Lectures]

ˆ Advance hydrology
Flood routing, time series analysis, models of hydrographs [6 Lectures]

Text Books
1. Not Available

Reference Books
1. Not Available

3.29 CE 356: Reverse Engineering

Course Code : CE 356
Course Name : Reverse Engineering
L-T-P-C :1-0-0-1
Intended for : MS/MTech(R)/ PhD
Prerequisite :
Mutual Exclusion:
Approval: 54th BoA

Course Contents (14 Hours)

ˆ This course curriculum encompasses a diverse range of topics, including the overview
of civil engineering case studies; reading and decoding construction drawings; study
of site investigation reports, material testing reports; examination of civil infras-
tructure failures and the implementation of remediation measures; study of environ-
mental impact assessment reports for existing large infrastructural projects; study

159
 of performance assessment of existing road facilities; and study of topographical
and survey maps.

ˆ Some of the examples that students will be learning through this course include:

– Case studies on structural design aspects of infrastructural facilities or geotech-

nical challenges and solutions or case studies on water resources management
and infrastructure or environmental engineering case studies such as pollution
remediation and sustainability or case studies on surveying, remote sensing,
and GIS or case studies on transportation infrastructure.

Textbooks:
1. Raja and Fernandes, Reverse Engineering: An Industrial Perspective, Springer-
Verlag, 2008.

2. W.F. Chen, J.Y. Richard Liew, The Civil Engineering Handbook, CRC Press,
2003.

References:
1. NA

3.30 CE 401: Design of Steel Structures

Course Code: CE 401
Course Name: Design of Steel Structures
L-T-P-C: 2-1-0-3
Prerequisite: CE 301- Strength of Materials and Structures
Students intended for: UG
Elective or Core: Discipline Core
Approval: 9th Senate

Course contents
ˆ Design of connections
Rivet, bolt and welding [5 Lectures]

ˆ Tension and Compression member

load calculation and design [5 Lectures]

ˆ Module III
Design of members subjected to Unsymmetrical Bending [5 Lectures]

ˆ Module IV
Design of Plate Girder. [5 Lectures]

ˆ Module V Design of Base-plate and Anchor [5 Lectures]

160
 ˆ Module VI
Design of Composite beams and Slabs [5 Lectures]

ˆ Module VII
Plastic analysis and design of continuous beam and simple frame . [5 Lectures]

ˆ Module VIII
Design of a multi-storey building and industrial shed. [5 Lectures]

ˆ Module IX
An overview of design for fatigue. [5 Lectures]

Text Books
1. N. Subramanian Design of steel structures, Oxford University Press, 2008.

2. S. K. Duggal, Limit state design of steel structures, McGraw Hill Education,

2014.

Reference Books
1. C.G. Salmon, J.E. Johnson, and F.A. Malhas, Steel structures: design and be-
havior: emphasizing load and resistance factor design, 5th Edition, Pearson,
2008.

2. Trahair, N.S., M. A. Bradford, D. Nethercot and L. Gardner., The behavior and

design of steel structures to EC3, Taylor and Francis, 2008.

3. A. Nussbaumer, L. , Borges and L. Davaine, Fatigue Design of Steel and Com-

posite Structures, John Wiley & Sons, 2011.

3.31 CE 402: Geotechnical Engineering II

Course Code: CE 402
Course Name: Geotechnical Engineering II
L-T-P-C: 2-1-0-3
Prerequisite: CE302: Geotechnical Engineering – I or equivalent
Students intended for: B. Tech 3rd or 4th Year
Elective or Core: Discipline Elective
Approval: 15th Senate

Course content
ˆ Subsoil Exploration
Methods of subsoil exploration Direct, semi direct and indirect methods, Soundings
by Standard, Dynamic cone and static cone penetration tests, Types of boring,
Types of sample; Criteria for undistributed samples, Transport and preservation of
sample, planning of exploration programmes, report writing. [8 Lectures]

161
 ˆ Earth Pressure
Types of Earth pressure, Rankines and Coulumb’s Active and Passive earth pressure
in soils, concedpts for slope stability and soil retaining wall design. [6 Lectures]

ˆ Bearing Capacity
Safe bearing capacity and allowable bearing pressure, General and local shear fail-
ure conditions, Terzaghi’s bearing capacity equations its modifications for square,
rectrangular and circular foundation, Factors affecting bearing capacity of soil. [6
Lectures]

ˆ Design of Shallow Foundations

Factors effecting locationxs of foundation and design considerations of shallow foun-
dations, choice of type of foundations, Foundations of expansive soils. [6 Lectures]

ˆ Settlement Analysis
Causes of settlement, computation of settlement, immediate and consolidation set-
tlement,m allowable settlements, Measures to reduce settlement. [4 Lectures]

ˆ Pile Foundations
Types, Construction, load carrying capacity of single pile – Dynamic formu,a, Static
formula, Pile load tests, Load carrying capacity of pile groups, settlement of pile
groups, Native skin friction. [12 Lectures]

Text Books
1. Braja M. Das, Principles of Foundation Engineering, Cengage Learning, 2015.

2. V. N. S. Murty, Geotechnical Engineering, Book World Enterprises, 2008.

Reference Books
1. W. C. Teng, Foundation Design, Printice Hall Publishers, 1962.

2. J. E. Bowles, Foundation Analysis and Design, Tata McGrawhill Publishers,

1997.

3. Shamsher Prakash, Gopal Ranjan and Swami Saran, Analysis, Design of Foun-
dations and Earth retaining structures, IBH Publishers, 1979.

3.32 CE 403: Wastewater Engineering

Course Code: CE 403
Course Name: Wastewater Engineering
L-T-P-C: 3-0-0-3
Prerequisite: IC 230

Approval: 36th BoA

162
Course contents
ˆ Planning and hydraulic design of sewerage system
Population forecasting of town, equivalent sewage flow estimation, onsite, decentral-
ized and centralized systems, Sewer pipelines and the materials, sewers hydraulics,
Storm drainage, Storm runoff estimation, sewer appurtenances, corrosion in sewers
its prevention and control, sewage pumping, drainage in buildings, plumbing sys-
tems for drainage, wastewater Collection System, Instrumentation and automation
techniques. [8 Lectures]

ˆ Primary treatment Processes

Unit Operations and Processes, Selection of treatment processes, Onsite sanitation,
Septic tank, Grey water harvesting ,Primary treatment ,Principles, functions and
design of sewage treatment units ,screens ,grit chamber, primary sedimentation
tanks ,Construction, Operation and Maintenance aspects. [8 Lectures]

ˆ Secondary treatment Processes

Selection of Treatment Methods, Hydraulic Principles, Functions Activated Sludge
Process and Extended aeration systems, Trickling filters and their design, Sequenc-
ing Batch Reactor(SBR), Membrane Bioreactor (MBR), Waste Stabilization Ponds,
Reclamation and Reuse of sewage, Recent Advances in Sewage Treatment ,Con-
struction, Operation and Maintenance aspects. [10 Lectures]

ˆ Sewage Disposal, Recycle and Reuse

Standards for Disposal Methods, dilution, Mass balance principle, Selfpurification
of river, Oxygen sag curve, deoxygenation and reaeration, Dissolved oxygen Mod-
elling, Land disposal, Agriculture uses of treated Sewage, Cycle of emerging organic
contaminant and their effects on human health, sodium hazards, Soil dispersion sys-
tem. [10 Lectures]

ˆ Sludge and Solid Waste Management

Sludge characterization, Thickening, Design of gravity thickener, Sludge digestion,
Standard rate and High rate digester design, Biogas recovery, Sludge Conditioning
and Dewatering, Sludge drying beds, ultimate residue disposal. [6 Lectures]

Text Books
1. Metcalf, L., Eddy, H. P., and Tchobanoglous, G., Wastewater engineering:
treatment, disposal, and reuse (Vol. 4), McGraw-Hill, 1979.

2. Karia, G. L., and Christian, R. A., Wastewater treatment: Concepts and

design approach, PHI Learning Pvt. Ltd., 2013.

3. Duggal K.N., Elements of Environmental Engineering, S. Chand and Co.

Ltd., 2014.

4. Mackenzie L. Davis, Water and Wastewater Engineering: Design Principles

and Practice, McGraw-Hill Education, 2010.

163
Reference Books
1. Metcalf, Leonard, Harrison P. Eddy, and Georg Tchobanoglous, Waste water
engineering: treatment, disposal, and reuse, McGraw-Hill, 1979.

2. Garg, S.K, Environmental Engineering Vol. II, Publishers, 2015.

3. Journal of Water Processing Engineering-Elsevier

4. Journal of Environmental Engineering-ASCE

3.33 CE 404: Analysis of Structures

Course Code: CE 404
Course Name: Analysis of Structures
L-T-P-C: 3-0-0-3
Intended for: UG Civil Engineeering
Prerequisite : CE 301: Strength of Materials and Structures/Equivalent
Mutual Exclusion: None
Approval: 52nd BoA

Course Contents
ˆ Introduction: Statically determinate vs statically indeterminate structures, De-
grees of static and kinematic indeterminacy, Review on the methods of analysis of
determinate structures. (3 Lectures)

ˆ Energy methods of structural analysis: Basic concept, Energy relations with

structural theory, Virtual work and its application, Energy principles based on
displacement and force fields. (5 Lectures)

ˆ Analysis using force method: Analysis of indeterminate beams and frames,

Law of reciprocal deflections, Theorem of least work, Reactions due to yielding of
supports, Analysis of indeterminate trusses using force method. (6 Lectures)

ˆ Analysis using the displacement method: Slope-deflection method: Analysis

of continuous beams, analysis of rigid frames with and without side sway; Moment
distribution method: Analysis of indeterminate beams subjected to loads and un-
even settlement of supports, analysis of rigid frames with and without side sway.
(8 Lectures)

ˆ Three-moment theorem: Derivation and application for analysis of continuous

beams subjected to loads and supports settlement. (4 Lectures)

ˆ Arches: Introduction, Basic mechanics, Three hinged arch, Two hinged arch, Tied
arch and bowstring girder, Analysis of cables and suspension bridges. (5 Lectures)

ˆ Approximate analysis of statically indeterminate structures: Analysis of

trusses, Gravity loaded building frames, Portal and cantilever methods for laterally
loaded building frames. (4 Lectures)

164
 ˆ Moving load and Influence lines: Introduction to the methodology and appli-
cation to indeterminate structures. (2 Lectures)

ˆ Advanced concepts: Brief introduction to matrix stifTness method of structural

analysis and exposure to relevant software’s, Basic introduction to plastic analysis:
plastic hinge, shape factor, collapse mechanism, Methods of analysis: static and
kinematic. (5 Lectures)

Text books:
1. Hibbeler, RC, Structural Analysis, 9th edition, Pearson Education, 2017.

2. Reddy, C.S., Basic Structural Analysis, Tata McGraw Hill, 2001.

References:
1. Wang, C.K., Intermediate Stmctural Analysis, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi,
20 l 0.

2. Ghali, A., and Neville, A.M., Structural Analysis: A Unitied Classical and
Matrix Approach, 7th Edition, CRC Press, 2017.

3. Negi, LS,and Jangid, R.S., Structural Analysis, Tata Mc Graw Hill, 1997.

4. Gupta, S. P., Gupta, R, and Pandit, GS, Theory of Structures, Tata McGraw-
Hill, 1999.

5. Menon, D, Advanced Structural Analysis, Narosa Publishing House, 2015.

6. Kassimali, A., Structural Analysis, 6th Edition, Cengage Learning, 2018.

3.34 CE 405: Water and Wastewater Engineering

Course Code: CE 405
Course Name: Water and Wastewater Engineering
L-T-P-C: 3-0-0-3
Intended for: UG / M. Tech. /MS
Prerequisite : Environmental Science (IC 230) or equivalent
Mutual Exclusion: None
Approval: 52nd BoA

Course Contents
ˆ Planning and hydraulic design of water and sewerage system: Population
forecasting, equivalent sewage flow estimation, sewer pipelines and materials, sewer
hydraulics, stormwater drainage, storm runoff estimation, sewer appurtenances,
sewage ptm1ping. (12 Lectures)

ˆ Water treatment processes: Theory and application of water treatment process

- aeration, coagulation, flocculation, sedimentation, filtratiori, and disinfection. (6
Lectures)

165
 ˆ Wastewater treatment processes: Unit operations and processes, selection of
treatment processes, onsite sanitation, septic tank, grey water harvesting, primary
treatment, screens, grit chamber, primary sedimentation tanks, construction, oper-
ation andmaintenance aspects. (8 Lectures)

ˆ Secondary treatment processes: Selection of treatment methods, hydraulic

principles, activated sludge process and extended aeration systems, trickling filters
and their design, sequencing batch reactor (SBR), membrane bioreactor (MBR),
waste stabilization ponds, construction, operation and maintenance aspects. (10
Lectures)

ˆ Sewage Disposal and sludge management: Standards for disposal methods,

dilution, mass balance principle, self-purification of river, oxygen sag curve, de-
oxygenation and reaeration, dissolved oxygen modelling, reclamation and reuse of
sewage, land disposal. agricultural uses of treated sewage, sludge characterization
and sludge disposal methods. (6 Lectures)

Text Books:
1. Mackenzie L. Davis, Water and Wastewater Engineering: Design Principles
and Practice, McGraw-Hill Education, 2010.

2. Peavy, H.S., Rowe, D.R., Tchobanoglous, G., Environmental Engineering, McGraw-

Hill Education, 2013

References:
1. Metcalf, L., Eddy, H. P., & Tchobanoglous, G., Wastewater engineering: treat-
ment, disposal, and reuse (Vol. 4 ), McGraw-Hill, 1979.

2. Karia. G. L., Christian, R. A., Wastewater treatment: Concepts and design

approach, PHI Learning Pvt. Ltd., 2013.

3.35 CE 451 : Irrigation Engineering and Hydraulic Structures

Course Code : CE 451
Course Name : Irrigation Engineering and Hydraulic Structures
L-T-P-C : 3-0-0-3
Intended for : B.Tech. (Civil Engineering)
Prerequisite : CE 303
Mutual Exclusion: None
Approval: 52nd BoA

Course Contents
1. Crop water requirement: Scope of irrigation engineering, Irrigation require-
ments in India, Soil moisture and plant growth, Crop water requirement, Evapo-
transpiration, Duty, Delta, irrigation scheduling, methods and efficiency, irrigation
water quality. (6 Lectures)

166
 2. Design of Irrigation: Channel Alignment; canal capacity; losses; FSL of the
canal; design of canal in alluvial soil and nonalluvial soils; Kennedy’s silt the-
ory; Lacey’s regime theory; balancing depth; use of Garrets diagrams and Lacey’s
Regime diagrams; the lining of irrigation channels; design of lined canal drainage
behind lining; Water logging: Causes, Measures: surface and sub-surface drains,
land reclamation. (8 Lectures)

3. Diversion head works: Introduction; the layout of diversion headwork and its
component; Selection of site, Khosla’s theory and concept of flow net; safe exit
gradient; hydraulic design of weir on Bligh’s theory; and design of modern barrage
on Khosla’s theory; Necessity & ftmctioning of silt excluder & silt extractor. (8
Lectures)

4. Cross drainage structures: Types; selection of the suitable type of Cross drainage
works; aqueduct and Syphon aqueduct; determination of maximum flood discharge
and waterway for drain, fluming of the canal; uplift pressure on the underside of
barrel roof and at the floor of the culvert; design of bank connections. (6 Lectures)

5. Reservoir and planning of dam reservoirs: Types of dams; selection of the

type of dam; capacity elevation and area elevation curves; design of reservoir ca-
pacity; Rule curves and operating tables; sedimentation of the reservoir; Grav-
ity dams: modes of failure, stability analysis, construction, joints; Earthen dams:
types, modes of failure, design criteria, seepage analysis, and control. (8 Lectures)

6. Spillway energy dissipators and Spillway gates: Location of a Spillway; de-

sign criteria; controlled and uncontrolled Spillways; Ogee, Chute, Side Channel,
Shaft, Syphon Spillways; Energy dissipation; Stilling + basins; Crest gates. (6
Lectures)

Text Books:
1. S.K. Garg, Irrigation Engineering and Hydraulic Structures, Khanna Pub-
lications.

2. B.C. Punmia, Irrigation and Water Power Engineering, Laxmi Publication.

References:
1. Viessmen, Jr. & Lewis, Introduction to Hydrology, PHI Learning Private Ltd.

2. Larry W. Mays, Water Resources Engineering, Wiley Publications.

3.36 CE 501: Remote Sensing

Course Code: CE 501
Course Name: Remote Sensing
L-T-P-C: 2-0-2-3
Prerequisite: –
Students intended for: UG 4th year/PG
Elective or Core: Elective

167
 Approval: 8th Senate

Course content
ˆ Module I
Introduction, principles and types of remote sensing Energy source and radiation
principle.
Interaction of EMR (electromagnetic radiation) with atmosphere- absorption, scat-
tering, Atmospheric windows, Interaction of EMR with Earth Surface-Spectral re-
flectance curves[5 Lectures]

ˆ Module II
Platforms and Sensors: Geostationary and sun-synchronous orbits, Active and pas-
sive sensors, Spectral, spatial, temporal and radiometric resolutions.
Salient features of LANDSAT, SPOT, IRS satellites. [5 Lectures]

ˆ Module III
Elements of Image interpretation, Visual analysis of data in VNIR (Visible and
Infra-red).
Image formats, data histogram and image info. [4 Lectures]

ˆ Module IV
Digital Image processing: atmospheric, radiometric & geometric corrections.
Image enhancement, contrast stretching-linear and non-linear, filtering, image ratios
or indices, image transformations- PCA (principal component analysis) [6 Lectures]

ˆ Module V
Classification: Supervised and Unsupervised Classification
Accuracy assessment and Kappa statistics [5 Lectures]

ˆ Module VI
Application of digital image processing to various problems. [3 Lectures]

Text/Reference Books
1. J. R. Jensen, Remote Sensing of the Environment an Earth Resource Per-
spective, Pearson Education, 2003.

2. T.M. Lillesand and R.W. Kiefer, Remote Sensing and Image Interpretation,
6th Edition, John Wiley & Sons, 1994.

3. J.B. Campbell, Introduction to Remote Sensing, Taylor & Francis, London,

1996.

4. F.F. Sabins, Remote Sensing: Principles and Interpretation, W.H. Freeman

and Company, 1997.

168
 5. J. R. Jensen, Introductory Digital Image Processing, 3rd Edition, Prentice
Hall, 2006.

6. G. Joseph, Fundamentals of Remote Sensing, Universities Press, 2003.

7. A.K. Keshari, Satellite Remote Sensing, Wiley, 2015.

3.37 CE 502: Groundwater Flow and Contaminant Transport

Course Code: CE 502
Course Name: Groundwater Flow and Contaminant Transport
L-T-P-C: 3-0-0-3
Prerequisite: Water Resources Engineering, Programming knowledge, Faculty Approval
Students intended for: UG/PG
Elective or Core: Elective
Approval: 9th Senate

Course content
ˆ Introduction
Hydrologic cycle, Subsurface flow and basics, Darcy’s law, emphasizing the role of
groundwater in the hydrologic cycle, different types of aquifer and flow properties,
types and sources of contamination. [2 Lectures]

ˆ Flow through Porous Medium

Flow through filters and soil columns, fractured rock and stratified porous medium,
Well Hydraulics. [2 Lectures]

ˆ Groundwater Flow
Hydraulic Potential, the Steady-state Groundwater flow equation, derivations of
flow equations for homogeneous and heterogeneous porous medium, application of
Darcy’s law, Flow Modelling. [4 Lectures]

ˆ Contaminant Transport
Groundwater Pollution, Advection and Dispersion, Sorption and Diffusive Mass
Transfer, Aquifer Remediation, contaminant transport model in homogeneous and
heterogeneous porous medium, Flow parameters identification and estimation. [6
Lectures]

ˆ Groundwater Flow and Transport modeling

Analytical and Numerical methods, solution of flow equation and ADE, MIM,
MPNE. [6 Lectures]

ˆ Field application of Transport equations

Use of numerical model for simulation experimental data and prediction spreading
of contaminant at field scale. [6 Lectures]

169
Groundwater Lab
1. Experiments for reactive and nonreactive solute transport through porous media

2. Estimation of equilibrium sorption coefficients of various reactive solutes using lin-

ear and nonlinear isotherms

3. Inverse problem for source identification

4. Rainfall runoff simulation for surface and groundwater interaction

Text Books
1. Zheng, Chunmiao, and Gordon D. Bennett, Applied contaminant transport
modeling, Vol. 2, Wiley-Interscience, 2002.

2. Yong, Raymond Nen, Abdel-Mohsen Onsy Mohamed, and Benno P. Warkentin,

Principles of contaminant transport in soils, Elsevier Science Publishers,
1992.

3. odd, David K., and Larry W. Mays, Groundwater hydrology edition, Wiley,
New Jersey, 2005.

4. Freeze, R. Allan, John ARA Cherry, and Cherry JA, Groundwater, No. 556.3
FRE. 1979.

Reference Books:
1. Bear, Jacob, Chin-Fu Tsang, and Ghislain De Marsily, Flow and contaminant
transport in fractured rock, Academic Press, 2012.

2. Grathwohl, Peter, Diffusion in natural porous media, Academic Press, 2012Kluwer,

2002.

3. Dagan, Gedeon, Flow and transport in porous formations, Springer-Verlag

GmbH & Co. KG., 1989.

3.38 CE 503: Fundamentals of Project Management

Course Code: CE 503
Course Name: Fundamentals of Project Management
L-T-P-C: 3-0-0-3
Prerequisite: None
Students intended for: UG/PG
Elective or Core: Elective
Approval: 9th Senate

170
Course content
ˆ Introduction
Project definition, Constraints and Scope triangle, Project environment, Classifi-
cation of projects, Conception, Selection, Life cycle, Project management – ne-
cessity and processes, Systems approach, Project manager – knowledge areas and
role, Project team, Planning – principles, objectives, steps and advantages, Work
breakdown structure, Scheduling - Bar charts, Milestone charts, Networks. Project
control and evaluation. [8 Lectures]

ˆ Scheduling by network analysis

(i) Programme Evaluation and Review Technique (PERT): Time estimates for ac-
tivities, Computation of event times, Network analysis – Slack and critical path. (ii)
Critical Path Method (CPM): Computation of event and activity times, Network
analysis – Float and critical path. [6 Lectures]

ˆ Time-Cost optimization
Crashing a network. Updating a project: Data required and implementation. Re-
source allocation: Resource usage profiles, Smoothing and Levelling of resources.
[4 Lectures]

ˆ Quality management
Policy, Assurance, Management systems, Control, Plan, Audit, Reviews, Statistical
methods for quality control – Shewhart, Cusum and EWMA control charts, Process
capability analysis, Factorial experiments and Acceptance sampling. [10 Lectures]

ˆ Management science techniques

Linear and integer programming, Distribution and network models – transportation,
assignment, transshipment and shortest route problems. Non-linear optimization,
Time series analysis and forecasting. [14 Lectures]

Text Books
1. B.C.Punmia and K.K.Khandelwal, Project planning and control with PERT
and CPM, Laxmi Publications, 2006.

2. E. L. Grant and R. S. Leavenworth, Statistical quality control, 7th Edition,

TMH, 2000.

3. D. R. Anderson, D. J. Sweeney, T. A. Williams, J. D. Camm and Kipp Martin, An

introduction to management science, 13th Edition, South-Western, 2012.

4. Hamdy A. Taha, Operations Research – an introduction, Pearson. 2014.

5. J. M. Nicholas and Herman Steyn, Project management for engineering, buis-

ness and technology, 4th Edition, Routledge, 2012.

171
Reference Books:
1. James P. Lewis, Fundamentals of project management, 3rd Edition, AMA-
COM, 2007.

2. Albert Lester, Project management, planning and control, Elsevier, 2014.

3. D. C. Montgomery, Introduction to statistical quality control, 6th Edition,

Wiley, 2009.

4. J. A. Lawrence, Jr. and B. A. Pasternack, Applied management science, Wiley,

2002.

5. J. D. West and F. K. Levy, A management guide to PERT/CPM with

GERT/PDM/DCPM, 1979.

3.39 CE 504: Slope Stability and Retaining Structures

Course Code: CE 504
Course Name: Slope Stability and Retaining Structures
L-T-P-C: 2-1-0-3
Prerequisite: CE 302 - Geotechnical Engineering
Students intended for: UG/PG
Elective or Core: Elective
Approval: 9th Senate

Course content
ˆ Module I
Earth pressure, Rankine and Coloumb Earth Pressure theory, stresses and pressures
for different conditions, [7 Lectures]

ˆ Module II
Slope stability, types of slopes, theories of slope stability, seepage effects, theory of
infinite slope stability, stabilisation methods. [12 Lectures]

ˆ Module III
Design of retaining structures: gravity, cantilever, semi-gravity. [8 Lectures]

ˆ Module IV
Soil reinforcement, earth retaining structures, design and analysis. [8 Lectures]

ˆ Module V
Lateral earth pressure in braced cuts, Design of various components, Stability of
braced cuts, base heave and stability, yielding and settlement of ground surrounding
excavation. Diaphragm walls, slurry support; Soil Nailing. [7 Lectures]

172
Text Books
1. B. M. Das, Principles of Foundation Engineering, Cengage learning, 2011.

2. J. E. Bowles, Foundation Analysis & Design, 7McGraw-Hill Higher Education,

2001.

3. V. N. S. Murty, Geotechnical Engineering, CRC press, 2002.

Reference Books:
1. S Hansbo, Geotechnical Engineering, Elsevier, 1994.

2. Hsai-Yang Fang, Foundation engineering handbook, Springer Science, 1991.

3.40 CE 505: Engineering of Ground Modification

Course Code: CE 505
Course Name: Engineering of Ground Modification
L-T-P-C: 3-0-0-3
Prerequisite: CE 302 - Geotechnical Engineering
Students intended for: UG/PG
Elective or Core: Discipline Core
Approval: 9th Senate

Course contents
ˆ Introduction to Engineering Ground Modification
Need and objectives, Identification of soil types, In-situ and laboratory tests to
characterize problematic soils; Mechanical, Hydraulic, Physico-chemical, Electrical,
Thermal methods and their applications. [8 Lectures]

ˆ Module II
Mechanical Modification – Principles of soil densification – Properties of Compacted
soil, Compaction control tests, Specification of compaction requirements, Blasting
Vibrocompaction, Dynamic Tamping and Compaction piles. [8 Lectures]
Hydraulic Modification – Objectives and techniques, traditional dewatering meth-
ods and their choice, Design of dewatering system, Electro-osmosis, Filtration,
Drainage and seepage control with Geosynthetics, Preloading and vertical drains,
Electro-kinetic dewatering. [8 Lectures]

ˆ Module III
Physical and Chemical Modification – Modification by admixtures, Shotcreting and
GunitingTechnology, Modification at depth by grouting, Crack Grouting and com-
paction grouting, Jet grouting, Thermal Modification, Ground freezing. [9 Lectures]

173
 ˆ Module IV
Modification by Inclusions and Confinement - Soil reinforcement, underpinning, In-
situ ground reinforcement, ground anchors, rock bolting and soil nailing, sand bags,
crib walls, bin walls, gabion walls. [7 Lectures]

ˆ Module V
Introduction to geosynthetics – Applications. [3 Lectures]

Text Books
1. Peter G. Nicholson, Soil Imprvement and ground modifications methods,
Elsevier, 2015.

2. P. Purushothama Raj, Ground improvement Techniques, Laxmi Publications,

2005.

3. Hausmann, M. R., Engineering Principles of Ground Modifications, McGraw

Hill publications, 1990.

Reference Books:
1. John A. Hudson, Ground Improvement Case Histories, Elsevier, 2005.

2. C. A. Raison, Ground and Soil Improvement,ICE publications, 2004.

3.41 CE 506: Analysis of Indeterminate Structures

Course Code: CE 506
Course Name: Analysis of Indeterminate Structures
L-T-P-C: 3-0-0-3
Prerequisite: CE 301 - Strength of Materials and Structures
Students intended for: UG
Elective or Core: Elective
Approval: 9th Senate

Course contents
ˆ Introduction
Statically determinate vs. statically indeterminate structures, Determining degrees
of static and kinematic indeterminacy, Methods of analysis. [3 Lectures]

ˆ Moment distribution method

Analysis of indeterminate beams subjected to loads and uneven settlement of sup-
ports, analysis of rigid frames with and without side sway. [6 Lectures]

ˆ Three-moment theorem
Derivation and application for analysis of continuous beams subjected to loads and
uneven settlement of supports. [6 Lectures]

174
 ˆ Module IV
Kani’s method and column analogy method for frames with and without sway. [6
Lectures]

ˆ Analysis using Force methods

Analysis of indeterminate beams and frames, law of reciprocal deflections, theo-
rem of least work, Analysis of indeterminate trusses considering reactions and/or
member forces as redundant, reactions due to yielding of supports. [6 Lectures]

ˆ Approximate analysis of statically indeterminate structures

Analysis of trusses, vertically loaded building frames, Portal and Cantilever methods
for laterally loaded building frames. [6 Lectures]

ˆ Introduction to matrix methods for structural analysis

Flexibility and stiffness matrices, analysis of continuous beams, rigid and pin jointed
frames. [9 Lectures]

Text Books
1. C.S.Reddy, Basic Structural Analysis, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 2001.

2. C.K. Wang, Intermediate Structural Analysis, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi,
2010.

3. DR.C. Hibbeler, Structural Analysis, 6th Edition, Pearson Education, 2009.

4. Ghali, A., Neville, A.M. and Brown, T.G., Structural analysis: a unified clas-
sical and matrix approach, Spon press, USA and Canada, 2003.

5. C.H. Norris, J.B. Wilbur, S.Utku, Elementary Structural Analysis, Tata Mc-
Graw Hill, 2003.

6. L. S. Negi and R. S. Jangjid, Structural Analysis, Tata Mc. Graw, New Delhi,
1997.

7. Pandit G S and Gupta S P, Structural Analysis: a matrix approach, Tata

McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 2001.

8. Natrajan, C. and Revathi, P, Matrix methods of Structural Analysis: Theory

and Problems, PHI, New Delhi, 2014.

Reference Books:
1. Mau, S.T., Introduction to structural analysis: Displacement and force
methods, CRC press, FL, 2012.

2. AWeaver, W. Jr. and Gere, J.M., Matrix analysis of framed structures,

Springer, 2012.

3. Ranzi, G. and Raymond, I.B., Structural analysis: principles, methods and

modelling, CRC press, FL, 2014.

175
3.42 CE 507: Advanced Concrete Science
Course Code: CE 507
Course Name: Advanced Concrete Science
L-T-P-C: 3-0-0-3
Prerequisite: CE 552 - Concrete Technology
Students intended for: UG/PG
Elective or Core: Elective
Approval: 9th Senate

Course contents
ˆ Module I
Mix design methods for ordinary and high performance concretes [6 Lectures]

ˆ Module II
Performance in fresh and hardened states – Rheology, Stress-Strain characteristics,
Creep and Shrinkage. [6 Lectures]

ˆ Pore structure of cement based materials

Types and genesis of pores, Methods of measurement. [4 Lectures]

ˆ Transport processes in concrete

Mechanisms of Water, Gas and Salt transport; Transport models; Tests for the
assessment of transport characteristics. [6 Lectures]

ˆ Degradation mechanisms
Carbonation, Sulphate attack, Freeze-Thaw, Alkali-Silica reaction. [6 Lectures]

ˆ Reinforcement corrosion
Mechanisms of initiation and propagation, Electrochemical aspects, Monitoring,
controlling and prevention, service-life prediction. [6 Lectures]

ˆ Design for Durability

Service-life, Prescriptive, Performance and Model-based approaches. [6 Lectures]

Text Books
1. Aligizaki, K. K., Pore structure of cement-based materials: testing, inter-
pretation and requirements, Taylor & Francis, New York, 2005.

2. Richardson, M., Fundamentals of durable reinforced concrete, Spon Press,

London and New York, 2003.

3. Hall, C. and Hoff, W.D., Water transport in brick, stone and concrete, CRC
Press, Florida, 2011.

176
Reference Books:
1. Sarja, A. and Vesikari, E., Durability design of concrete structures-Report
of RILEM technical committee 130-CSL, E&FN Spon, London, 2004.

2. Cerny, R. and Rovnanikova, P., Transport processes in concrete, Spon Press,

USA and Canada, 2002.

3. Claisse, P.A., Transport properties of concrete: measurement and appli-

cations, Woodhead Publishing, UK, 2014.

4. Bertolini, L., Elsener, B., Pedeferri, P., Redaelli, E. and Polder, R.B., Corrosion
of steel in concrete: prevention, diagnosis, repair, Wiley-VCH Verlag GmbH
& Co. KGaA, Germany, 2013.

5. J. D. West and F. K. Levy, A management guide to PERT/CPM with

GERT/PDM/DCPM, 1979.

3.43 CE 508: Photogeology and Photogrammetry

Course Code: CE 508
Course Name: Photogeology and Photogrammetry
L-T-P-C: 2-0-2-3
Prerequisite: None
Students intended for: B.Tech. 3rd year/M.S./M.Tech./Ph.D.
Elective or Core: Elective
Approval: 9th Senate

Course content
ˆ Module I
Basic concepts of Geomorphology, Overview of landscape evolution models, Cycle
of erosion, Mountains and relief, river basin, drainage network & types [4 Lectures]

ˆ Geomorphic landforms, erosional & depositional

Fluvial, Glacial, Aeolian, Coastal and Karst landforms. [6 Lectures]

ˆ Module III Overview of Indian geomorphology. [2 Lectures]

ˆ Module IV
Photogrammetry introduction, types of aerial photograph, Geometry, Scale and
resolution its applications. [5 Lectures]

ˆ Module V
Principles of stereoscopy, lens and mirror stereoscopes, image parallax, relief dis-
placement, vertical exaggeration, distortion. Measurement of relief displacement
and estimation of height of an object. [10 Lectures]

177
 ˆ Airphoto interpretation & mapping
Identification of various rock types and landforms. Delineation and mapping of var-
ious geomorphic features (Fluvial, Glacial, Aeolian, Coastal), rock types (Igneous,
Sedimentary and Unconsolidated sediments) and structural features (Fold, Faults,
Joints, Lineaments, Synclines & Anticlines). [12 Lectures]

ˆ Module VII
Introduction to satellite image processing, geoinformatics, DEM. [3 Lectures]

Text Books
1. A L. Bloom, Geomorphology: A, systematic Analysis of Late Cenozoic
Landforms, 3rd Edition, Pearson Education, Inc., USA, 2004.

2. V S. Kale, and A. Gupta, Introduction to Geomorphology, Orient Longman

Ltd., India, 2001.

3. Victor, C. Miller, Photogeology, McGraw Hill Book Co., New York, 1961.

4. P R. Wolf and B A. Dewitt, Elements of Photogrammetry: With Applica-

tions in GIS, McGraw Hill Science, New York, 2014.

5. T.M. Lillesand and R.W. Kiefer, Remote Sensing and Image Interpretation,
6th Edition, John Wiley & Sons, New York, 2007.

Reference Books:
1. J R. Jensen, Remote Sensing of the Environment an Earth Resource Per-
spective, Pearson Education. Delhi, 2003.

2. Julien, P.Y., River Mechanics, Cambridge University Press, USA, 2002.

3. G R Davis, SR Reynolds, CF Kluth, Structural Geology of Rocks and Region,

3rd Edition, John Wiley, USA, 2012.

4. M P. Billings, Structural Geology, 4th Edition, Prentice-Hall, New York, 1987.

3.44 CE 509: Bridge Engineering

Course Code: CE 509
Course Name: Bridge Engineering
L-T-P-C: 3-0-0-3
Prerequisite: CE 301 and CE 351
Students intended for: B.Tech. 3rd/4th year/PG
Elective or Core: Elective
Approval: 15th Senate

178
Course contents
ˆ Introduction
Imponan ce of bridges; Historical development and classification of bridge types;
Various structural fonns; Materials in bridge construction; Consideration for site
selection; Detennination of design discharge; binear waterways and economical span;
High flood level (HFL) and vertical clearance; Traffic projection. [4 Lectures]

ˆ Design Loads
Consideration of various forces and their application as per IRC specifications for
loadings on road bridges. [3 Lectures]

ˆ Structural Behavior and Concepts for Analysis

Moving load anal ysis; Grillage analogy; Structural behavior of box-girder bridges,
arch bridges, suspension bridges, and cable stayed bridges. [8 Lectures]

ˆ Design of Bridge Superstmcture

Analysis and design of reinforced concrete slab bridge deck; Design considerations
for skewed slab decks; Pretensioning and post-tensioning; Analysis and design of
pre-stressed concrete slab deck ; Introduction to T-beam bridges; Approximate
methods for analysis of T-beam bridges: Courbon’s method; Illustrative examples.
[17 Lectures]

ˆ Bridge Bearings and Joints

Importance and types of bearin gs; Design of elastomeric bearings: Seismic consid-
erations for bearing design; Provisions for expansion joints. [5 Lectures]

ˆ Bridge Substructure
Components of substructure; Computation of different forces acting on substruc-
ture; Introduction to various bridge foundation types. [3 Lectures]

ˆ Construction and Maintenance

Common bridge construction techniques; overview of segmental construction for
long span bridges; Primary [2 Lectures]

Text Books
1. D.J. Victor, Essentials of Bridge Engineering, 6th Edition, Oxford and ffiH
Publ ishing, New Delhi, India, 2007

2. N.K. Raju, Design of Bridges, 4th Edition, Oxford and TBH Publi shing, New
Delhi, 2009.

Reference Books:
1. E.C. Hambly, Bridge Deck Behaviour, 2nd Edition, CRC Press, Taylor and
Francis Group, New York, USA, 1991.

2. IRC-112 (20 II), Code of Practice for Concrete Road Bridges , Indian Roads Congress,
New Delhi, India.

179
 3. IRC-6 (20 I 4), Standard Specifications and Code of Practice for Road Bridges,
Section: II - Loads and Stresses , Indian Roads Congress, NeĎelhi , India.

4. N. Rajagopalan, Bridge Superstructure, Narosa Publi shing House, New Delhi,

India, 2013.

5. S. Ponnuswamy, Bridge Engineering, 2nd Edition, Tata McGraw-Hill Education,

New Delhi, India, 2007.

6. V.K. Raina, Rainas Concrete Bridge Practice Analysis, Design & Eco-
nomics, 4th Edition, Shroff Publishers and Distributors Pvt. Ltd., Mumbai, India,
2014.

3.45 CE 510: Modelling and Simulation in Water Resources

Engineering
Course Code: CE 510
Course Name: Modelling and Simulation in Water Resources Engineering
L-T-P-C: 2-0-2-3
Prerequisite: CE 303, Water Resources Engineering
Students intended for: B.Tech. 3rd/4th year/PG
Elective or Core: Elective
Approval: 15th Senate

Course content
ˆ Introduction
Principles of simulation, nature and role of simulation in water resources engineer-
ing. Systems, models and simulation, Classification of simulation models: discrete
and continuous simu lation models, black box models, conceptual models, lump
ed and distributed models Steps involved in developing simulation models demon-
strated through simple water balance model - model identification, parameter esti-
mation - least square method for hydrologic models, brute force method, calibration
and validation. [6 Lectures]

ˆ Water shed simulation

Watershed and delineation; watershed characteristics; Lumped hydrologic model:
HyMOD- Model conceptualization, calibration and validation Distributed hydro-
logic model: Simulation by physically based models - St. Venant equations; HySIM
- Model conceptualization, calibration and validation [4 Lectures]

ˆ Urban run-off models

Introduction to urban hydrology; Developing models for deriving IDF curve, runoff
calculation and drainage network design; Strom water drainage system simulation
using SWMM model including conceptualization, calibration and validation [4 Lec-
tures]

180
 ˆ Data driven models
Black box models in hydrology; Developing artificial neural network based rainfall’
runoff models, model calibration and validation [4 Lectures]
ˆ Reservoir simulation models
Reservoir operation policy; Developing models for determination of reservoir storage
capacity, reservoir operation- deriving operational rule curves [6 Lectures]
ˆ Uncertainty analysis
Monte Carlo simulation, Perturbation method, bootstrap method, first order un-
certainty analysis (FOUA). [4 Lectures]

Lab Sessions
ˆ Developing simple water balance model (Calibration- Validation) (4 Hours)
ˆ Calibration of Hymod model parameters (3 Hours)
ˆ Developing models for storm water drainage network (4 Hours)
ˆ Developing ANN models, calibration and validation (4 Hours)
ˆ Developing simulation models to fix reservoir capacity (3 Hours)
ˆ Developing simulation models for deriving rule c urves of rese rvoir (4 Hours)
ˆ Bootstrap methods (3 Hours)
ˆ FOAU and Perturbation methods (3Hours)

Text Books
1. Loucks, D.P. and Eelco van Beek , Water Resources Systems Planning and
Management- an introduction to methods, models and applications, Stud-
ies and Reports in Hydrology, UNESCO Pub., 2005.
2. Rajasekaran Pai S, G. A Vijayalakshmi, Neural Networks, Fuzzy Logic, and
Genetic Algorithms: Synthesis and Applications, PHI Learning, 2004.

Reference Books:
1. Yeou-Koung Tung, Ben-Chie Yen, Reliability and Uncertainty Analyses in
Hydraulic Design, ASCE Publication, 1993.
2. Averill Law, Simulation modelling and analysis, 4th Edition, McGraw Hill
Education, 2017.
3. The manuals for hydrologic models HySIM, HyMOD and SWMM can be referred
and the same will be provided during the tutorial session.
4. Rudra Pradap, etting Started with Matlab: A Quick Introduction for Sci-
entists and Engineers, Oxford University Press, 2010.
5. Chow, V.T., Maidment, D.R. and Mays, L.W. Applied Hydrology, McGraw Hill
International Editions, 1998.

181
3.46 CE 511: Structural Dynamics with Application to Earth-
quake Engineering
Course Number : CE 511
Course Name: Structural Dynamics with Application to Earthquake Engi-
neering
L-T-P-C: 3-0-0-3
Prerequisites: Strength of Materials and Structures (CE301) or Equivalent
Intended for: U G (3rd year and 4th year), PG
Distribution: Discipline El ecti ve (UG); Core/Elective (PG)
Approval: 15th Senate

Course Contents
ˆ Introduction: Overview and importance of structural dynamics; Various types
of dynamic loading; Mass excited and base excited systems; Degrees of freedom
(DOF); Typical force displacement behavior of stmctural -elements/-systems. [3
Lectures]

ˆ Single Degree of Freedom (SDOF) Systems: Dynamic equilibrium equation

for SDOF system ; Analysis for undamped free vibration; Damping in structural
system; Equation of moti on and analysis for damped SDOF system ; Critically-
damped, over-damped and under-damped systems; Estimation of damping by loga-
rithmic decrement method; Classical and non -classical damping; Equivalent viscous
damping; Response of undamped and damped SDOF system to harmonic excita-
tion, Half-power band width method for damping evaluation; Response to support
motion and force transmission to foundation; Response of SDOF system to periodic,
im pulsive, and general dynamic loading; Duhamel’s integral. [13 Lectures]

ˆ Multi Degrees of freedom (MDOF) Systems: Idea lization of multi-story

shear building as MDOF system; Equations of motion for two-story shear building;
Natural frequencies of vibration , modes and mode shapes of MDOF system; Or-
thogonality of modes; Normalization of modes; Classically damped system; Static
condensation of DOF for a multi-story building; Dynamic analysis of linear two-
DOF system; Dynamic response control of structures, tuned mass damper. [10
Lectures]

ˆ Systems with Distributed Properties: Vibration of uniform beam w ith vari

ous support conditions; Free vibration analyses; Natural frequencies of vibration
and modes; Dynamic response to applied force and support excitation. [4 Lectures]

ˆ Application to Earthquake Engineering: Equation of motion wit h ea11hquake

excitation; Response quantities of interest and response hi stories; Response spec-
trum concept; Characteristics of acceleration, velocity and displacement response
spectra ; Elastic design spectra; Modal analysis of MDOF systems; Modal superpo-
sition method and mode combination rules; Response spectrum analysis of multi-
story building; Introduction to response history analysis; Indian Standard code
provisions for com putation of and analysis for earthquake loading; Introduction to
seismic control of structures; Dynamics ofbase-isolated structures. [12 Lectures]

182
Textbooks:
1. A.K. Chopra, Dynamics of Structures - Theory and Application to Earth-
quake Engineering, 5th Edition, Pearson, 2017.

2. J.L. Humar, Dynamics of Structures, 3rd Edition, CRC Press, Taylor and Fran-
cis, 2012.

Reference Books:
1. E.L. Wilson, Three-Dimensional Static and Dynamic Analysis of Struc-
tures, 3rd Edition, Computers and Structures, 2002.

2. M. Paz, Leigh W., Structural Dynamics - Theory and Computation, 5th

Edition, Springer Science+Business Media LLC, 2006.

3. R.W. Clough , J. Penzien, Dynamics of Structures, 3rd Edition, Computers and

Stmctures, 1995.

4. T.K. Datta, Seismic Analysis of Structures, John Wiley & Sons (Asia) Pte Ltd,
2010.

5. IS 1 893 (Part I), Criteria for Earthquake Resistant Design of Structures:

Part I General Provisions and Buildings, Bureau of Indian Standard, New
Delhi , 2016.

3.47 CE 512: Advanced Soil Mechanics

Course Code: CE 512
Course Name: Advanced Soil Mechanics
L-T-P-C: 3-0-0-3
Pre-requisite: CE302 or Equivalent
Intended for: UG and PG
Distribution: Discipline Elective
Approval: 36th BoA

Course Contents
ˆ Steady State Flow through Soil
Laplace’s Equation of Continuity; Permeability; Flow net, use and method of ob-
taining flow net; Numerical solution for 2D steady state flow in soil; Examples of
2D and 3D seepage in soil, seepage in anisotropic soil. [8 Hours]

ˆ Transient Flow in Soil

Compressibility and rate of consolidation; Primary, secondary and tertiary consoli-
dation; Consolidation theories: Terzaghi and Biot’s formulation, numerical solution
of governing consolidation equation; Laboratory consolidation test and its interpre-
tation. [8 Lectures]

183
 ˆ Strength and Deformation Behavior of Soil
Introduction to stress-strain behavior of soils, principal stresses, Mohr diagrams;
Shear strength of cohesive and cohesionless soils, various failure criteria, drained
and undrained shear strength of soils; Determination of shear strength from various
laboratory tests, e.g. direct shear, triaxial, simple shear, true triaxial, hollow cylin-
der test, interpretation of various triaxial test results, significance of pore pressure
parameters; Concept of critical void ratio; Dilation in sands. [11 Lectures]

ˆ Stress Path Pertaining to Various Loading Conditions

Stress path, drained and undrained stress path; Stress path with respect to different
initial state of the soil; Stress path for different practical situations. [4 Lectures]

ˆ Critical State Concept

Critical state soil mechanics, concept of soil yielding, critical state parameters; Criti-
cal state for normally consolidated and over consolidated soil; Significance of Roscoe
and Hvorslev state boundary surface, drained and undrained plane, complete state
boundary surface. [11 Lectures]

Text Books
1. Muni Budhu, Soil Mechanics and Foundations, John Wiley & Sons, 2010.

2. T.W. Lambe and R.V. Whitman, Soil Mechanics, John Wiley & Sons, 1991

Reference Books
1. Jonathan Knappett and R.F. Craig, Craig’s Soil Mechanics, CRC Press, 2012.

2. B.M. Das, Advanced Soil Mechanics, CRC Press, 2013.

3. James K. Mitchell, Kenichi Soga, Fundamentals of Soil Behavior, John Wiley

& Sons, 2005.

4. J.H. Atkinson, The Mechanics of Soils and Foundations, CRC Press, 2007.

5. Holtz, R. D., and Kovacs, W. D., An Introduction of Geotechnical Engineer-

ing, Prentice Hall, 1981.

6. Parry, R. H. G., Mohr Circles, Stress Paths and Geotechnics, CRC Press,
2004.

7. David Muir Wood, Soil Behaviour and Critical State Soil Mechanics, Cam-
bridge University Press, 1991.

8. Andrew Schofield and Peter Wroth, Critical State Soil Mechanics, McGraw
Hill, 1968.

9. Potts, D.M. and Zdravkovic, L., Finite Element Analysis in Geotechnical

Engineering: Theory, Thomas Telford, USA, 1999.

184
3.48 CE 513: Advanced Foundation Engineering
Course Code: CE 513
Course Name: Advanced Foundation Engineering
L-T-P-C: 3-0-0-3
Pre-requisite: CE402 or Equivalent
Intended for: UG and PG
Distribution: Discipline Elective
Approval: 36th BoA

Course Contents
ˆ Bearing Capacity Theories for Shallow Foundation
Foundation classification, choice of foundations; Field investigations, soil data and
design parameters; Bearing capacity theories, influence of water table, soil compress-
ibility, inclined loading, one-way and two-way eccentricity on the bearing capacity
of soil. [4 Hours]
ˆ Bearing Capacity for Special Cases
Bearing capacity for special cases of shallow foundations: foundations resting on
layered soil, foundations supported by a soil with rigid base, foundations on sloping
ground, closely placed foundations. [4 Lectures]
ˆ Allowable Bearing Capacity and Settlement of Foundations
Vertical stress increase in a soil mass caused by different types of foundation load;
Elastic settlement of foundations, settlement of sandy soil: use of strain influence
factor and field test data; Consolidation settlement; Allowable bearing capacity
from field load test; Rigid and flexible foundations, contact pressure and settlement
distribution beneath footings; Construction issues such as dewatering methods and
underpinning of shallow foundations; Foundations on difficult soil: collapsible soils,
expansive soils, and sanitary landfills. [5 Lectures]
ˆ Mat Foundations
Combined footings, mat/raft foundation; Bearing capacity and settlement of mat
foundation; Design of mat foundation: rigid and flexible methods; Buoyancy raft
or floating foundation; Skirted foundation. [7 Lectures]
ˆ Pile Foundations
Deep foundations; Load transfer mechanism for pile foundation, estimation of pile
capacity, settlement of pile; Small strain and large strain dynamic tests in piles;
Pile foundation design subjected to compressive load, uplift, lateral load; Design of
pile groups; Pile raft; Concept of negative skin friction; Construction issues related
to pile foundation, effect of adjacent constructions on existing pile foundation. [18
Lectures]
ˆ Other Types of Deep Foundations
Well foundations, classification, physical characteristics: shape, size, scour depth,
components of well foundations, allowable bearing pressure, forces acting on well

185
 foundation and its lateral stability; An introduction to caisson foundation: mecha-
nism, type and construction. [4 Lectures]

Text Books
1. B.M. Das, Principles of Foundation Engineering, Cengage Learning, 2013.

2. N.N. Som and S.C. Das, Theory and Practice of Foundation Design, Prentice-
Hall of India Pvt.Ltd, 2004.

Reference Books
1. Joseph Bowles, Foundation Analysis and Design, McGraw Hill Education,
2017.

2. J.H. Atkinson, The Mechanics of Soils and Foundations, CRC Press, 2007.

3. Muni Budhu, Soil Mechanics and Foundations, John Wiley & Sons, Inc., 2010.

4. B.M. Das, Shallow Foundations: Bearing Capacity and Settlement, CRC

Press, 2019.

5. Michael Tomlinson and John Woodward, Pile Design and Construction Prac-
tice, CRC Press, 2014.

3.49 CE 514 : Rock Mechanics

Course Code: CE 514
Course Name : Rock Mechanics
L-T-P-C : 3-0-0-3
Intended for : UG elective and PG elective
Prerequisite : Geotechnical Engineering (CE 302) or Equivalent
Mutual Exclusion : None
Approval: 45th BoA

Course Contents:
ˆ Module 1: Introduction to rock engineering, basics of geology for rock engineers,
engineering and index properties of intact rocks, demonstration of laboratory tech-
niques, design implication of different properties of intact rocks. [5 hours]

ˆ Module 2: Discontinuities in rocks, engineering behaviour and characterization

of discontinuities, types and description of discontinuities, orientation and spacing,
discontinuity modelling, roughness, aperture, joint stiffness, RQD estimation. [5
hours]

ˆ Module 3: Various geological features of rock-mass and their application in rock-

mass classification (RMR, RMi, Q, GSI), correlation between different rock-mass
classifications, weathering of rock-mass and its classification. [5 hours]

186
 ˆ Module 4: Deformability characteristics of jointed rock-mass, different types of
moduli, challenges/issues with in-situ deformability measurement, design implica-
tions, anisotropy in rock-mass deformability, scale-effect, empirical methods, and
equivalent continuum approach. [8 hours]

ˆ Module 5: Shear strength characteristics of jointed rock-mass, different rock failure

criteria and strength models, anisotropy in strength, scale-effect, empirical methods,
equivalent continuum approach. [8 hours]

ˆ Module 6: In-situ stresses in rock-mass and their importance in design of under-

ground caverns and tunnels, permeability of rock-mass. [3 hours]

ˆ Module 7: Application of rock mechanics to key rock engineering problems such

as rock slope failure and stability analysis, foundations on rocks, and application
of rock-mass classification in preliminary tunnel support system design. [8 hours]

Text books:
1. Aydan, Omer., Rock Mechanics and Rock Engineering: Volume 1: Funda-
mentals of Rock Mechanics, CRC Press, 2019.

2. Bieniawski, Zdzislaw T,. Design methodology in rock engineering, CRC

Press, 2020.

References:

1. Jaeger, John Conrad, Neville GW Cook, and Robert Zimmerman, Fundamentals

of rock mechanics, John Wiley & Sons, 2009.

2. Sivakugan, Nagaratnam, Sanjay Kumar Shukla, and Braja M. Das., Rock me-
chanics: an introduction, CRC Press, 2013.

3. Goodman, Richard E., Introduction to rock mechanics, Vol. 2., Wiley, 1989.

4. Hudson, John A., and John P. Harrison., Engineering rock mechanics: an

introduction to the principles, Elsevier, 2000.

5. Ramamurthy, T., ed., Engineering in rocks for slopes, foundations, and

tunnels, PHI Learning Pvt. Ltd., 2010.

6. Pariseau, William G., Design analysis in rock mechanics, CRC Press, 2006.

7. Zhang, Lianyang., Engineering properties of rocks, Butterworth-Heinemann,

2016

3.50 CE 515: Environmental Impact Assessment

Course Code : CE 515
Course Name : Environmental Impact Assessment
L-T-P-C : 3-0-0-3
Intended for : UG elective (3rd and 4th Year)/PG elective (M-Tech/PhD)

187
 Prerequisite : NA
Mutual Exclusion : None
Approval: 50th BoA

Course Contents:
ˆ EIA Introduction: Introduction, definitions and concepts, rationale and historical
development of EIA, Evolution of EIA; EIA at project; Regional and policy levels;
EIA process in India and other countries (4 hours)

ˆ EIA Procedure: Initial environmental examination, environmental impact state-

ment, environmental appraisal, environmental impact factors and areas of con-
sideration, Screening and scoping criteria; Rapid and Comprehensive EIA; Envi-
ronmental health impact assessment; Baseline collection of data; EIA pertinent
environmental factors (8 hours)

ˆ EIA Methodologies: Generic steps, descriptive checklists, simple interaction ma-

trix, stepped matrix, Networks, Overlays, uniqueness ratio, habitat evaluation sys-
tem, EIA models (12 hours)

ˆ Impact Identification, Management and Reporting: Impact Identification,

Analysis & Prediction, Development of environment management plan; Post project
monitoring ; Stakeholders consultation / Public Involvement in EIA, Mitigation,
elements of mitigation, structure and element of EIA report, EIA documentation,
Review process, EIA Regulations in India, Environmental Management: Preventive
policy of environment, waste minimisation, conservation of water and energy, use
of renewable, sources, pollution audit, pollution control strategy (10 hours)

ˆ Case studies: Principles, problems and strategies and remedial actions, Applica-
tions for industrial; Water resources and irrigation projects; ports and harbours,
Mining, Transportation and other projects sectors, Prediction & Assessment of Im-
pacts on the Water Environment, Air Environment and Soil Environment (8 hours)

Text books:
1. Canter, L. W., Environmental Impact Assessment, 2nd Edition, McGraw-Hill,
1997.

2. Glasson J., Therivel Riki, Chadwick Andrew, Introduction to Environmental

Impact Assessment, 4th Eedition, Oxford Brookes University, 2012.

References:
1. Judith, P. and Eduljee,G., Environmental Impact Assessment for Waste
Treatment and Disposal Facilities, John Wiley & Sons, 1994.

2. Burke,G., Singh, B.R., and Theodore, L., Handbook of Environmental Man-

agement and Technology, 2nd Edition, John Wiley & Sons, 2000.

3. Eccleston, C.H., Environment Impact Statements: A Comprehensive Guide

to Project and Strategic Planning, John Wiley & Sons, 2000.

188
 4. Shrivastava A.K., Baxter Nicola, Grimm Jacob, Environmental Impact Assess-
ment, APH Publishers, 2003
5. Anjaneyulu Y., Manickam Valli, Environmental Impact Assessment Method-
ologies, CRC Press 2011
6. Welford,R., Corporate Environmental Management - Systems and Strate-
gies, Universities Press, 1996.
7. Whitelaw, K. and Butterworth, ISO 14001: Environmental System Hand-
book, 1997

3.51 CE 516: Uncertainty Analysis in Civil Engineering

Course Code : CE 516
Course Name : Uncertainty Analysis in Civil Engineering
L-T-P-C : 3-0-0-3
Intended for : B.Tech. 4th year/ M.S./ M.Tech./ Ph.D.
Prerequisite: Students are suggested to have a background on basicEngineering Math-
ematics related course at the UG level and the design and testing aspects in Civil En-
gineering (CE351: Design of Reinforced Concrete Structures or, CE402: Geotechnical
Engineering II, or CE401: Design of Steel Structures or, CE354P: Building and Pave-
ment Materials Laboratory, or equivalent)
Mutual Exclusion : ‘None’
Approval: 50th BoA

Course Contents:
ˆ The concept of ‘Risk and uncertainty’ in Civil Engineering: Difference
between deterministic and uncertain parameters, sources of uncertainties in civil
engineering, classification and nomenclature of uncertainties (epistemic, aleatory,
parametric, etc.), the concept of hazard, vulnerability and risk, Factor of Safety,
lower and upper bounds. (3 Hours)
ˆ Uncertainty Quantification in Civil Engineering: Understanding the exam-
ples of discrete and continuous random variables in civil engineering such as soil
data, concrete strength data, other strength and design data, uncertainty quantifi-
cation of such variables in form of mean, variance, COV, histograms, percentiles,
box plots, correlation, skewness, scatter, probability distributions (PDF and PMF),
expectations, moments, joint probability distributions, and extreme value theories.
(10 Hours)
ˆ Introduction to Random Process: Introduction to earthquake ground motions
as random processes, and their basic statistical, temporal, and Spatial characteriza-
tion including variograms, autocorrelation functions, probability density, Interpola-
tion methods (e.g., kriging), stationarity, ergodicity, and return period. (7 Hours)
ˆ Uncertainty Simulation & Propagation: Simulating the random variables us-
ing the Monte-Carlo approach, Bootstrap method, example case-studies to under-
stand the implications of these random input variables on the desired outcomes

189
 (e.g., structural response to random loads, case-studies from construction planning
and management), derivation of the probability distributions of output variables,
testing their goodness-fit, sensitivity analysis, first order second moment (FOSM)
methods, and event tree analysis. (12 Hours)
ˆ Data interpretation and modelling: Introduction to typical data from civil
engineering experiments that needs to be modeled, identification of dependent and
independent variables through example problems, Correlation analysis between
the parameters in the model, identifying outliers, Functional form identification
(Parametric, non-parametric), Performance evaluation, confidence interval, a brief
overview on approaches to handling of missing information, Mixed-effects regression
its significance and application. (6 Hours)
ˆ Advanced and Miscellaneous Topics: The basics concepts of load, resistance,
failure probability, factor of safety, and reliability, point estimate method, error
propagation, Hasofer-Lind approach, Conditional probability, Bayes’ law, Posterior
distribution. (4 Hours)

Text books:
1. H-S.Ang & W.H. Tang, Probability Concepts in Engineering: Emphasis on
Applications to Civil and Environmental Engineering, Wiley, 2006.
2. Benjamin, Jack R., and C. Allin Cornell, Probability, statistics, and decision
for civil engineers, Courier Corporation, 2014.

References:
1. Papoulis, A., Probability, Random Variables and Stochastic Processes, 3rd
Edition, McGraw-Hill, 1991.
2. Jay L. Devore, Probability and Statistics for Engineering and the Sciences,
Brooke & Cole, 2009.
3. Montgomery, Douglas C., and George C. Runger, Applied statistics and prob-
ability for engineers, John Wiley & Sons, 2007.
4. Fellin, W., Lessmann, H., Oberguggenberger, M., & Vieider, R. (Eds.), Analyzing
uncertainty in civil engineering, Springer, 2005.
5. Ross, S. M., Introduction to probability and statistics for engineers and
scientists, Elsevier, 2004.
6. Soong, T. T., Fundamentals of probability and statistics for engineers, John
Wiley & Sons, 2004.

3.52 CE 517: Hydroinformatics

Course Code : CE 517
Course Name : Hydroinformatics
L-T-P-C : 3-1-0-4

190
 Intended for : B.Tech. (4th year), PG and Ph.D. students
Prerequisite : None; however, familiarity with any computer programming language
(e.g., Python, R, MATLAB, etc.) will be helpful during the course.
Mutual Exclusion : None
Approval: 50th BoA

Course Contents:
1. Introduction: Introduction to Hydroinformatics, hydrology, water resources, Smart
water management; Forecasting and Early warning system; Major sources of mete-
orological, climatic, and hydrologic data. (6 Hours)

2. Databases and Data Models Data life cycle, Data structures, Database manage-
ment, Data Storage and retrieval, and use data from data models; CSV; NetCDF;
Big Data; query aggregate and pivot data using Structured Query language (SQL),
Entity Relationship Model; Introduction to Programming and computational tools
Python, R, excel, etc. (8 Hours)

3. Data Analysis and Visualization Exploratory data analysis techniques; Introduction

to data visualization tools; Basic and Specialized Visualization Tools; Visualization
tools for geospatial data; interactive data visualization; Creating data dashboards.
(8 Hours)

4. Geospatial Analysis Analysis of vector and raster datasets; Map Scale and projec-
tions; Introduction to GDAL; raster and vector conversions; Analysis and visual-
ization of DEM; Watershed analysis and characterization; Watershed assessment
and susceptibility/ vulnerability mapping; Raster querying; Stack Mosaic; Intro-
duction to WebGIS, Introduction to Google Earth Engine and Microsoft Planetary
Computer. (8 Hours)

5. Modelling and Simulations Time series analysis, Rainfall-runoff modeling; statis-

tical analysis: Regression, probability distributions, interpolation, autocorrelation,
hypothesis testing, frequency analysis, and return period estimation; Missing data;
Hydrological modeling: Uncertainty and sensitivity analysis; Calibration and vali-
dation using Monte Carlo (MC), Markov Chain Monte-Carlo (MCMC), Maximum
likelihood estimation (MLE), Shuffled Complex Evolution Algorithm (SCE-UA),
Dynamically Dimensioned Search algorithm (DDS); Machine learning techniques
in Hydrology. (12 Hours)

Text books:
1. Kumar, P., Folk, M., Markus, M., & Alameda, J. C., Hydroinformatics: data in-
tegrative approaches in computation, analysis, and modeling, CRC Press,
2005.

2. Remesan R., Mathew J., Hydrological Data Driven Modelling: A Case

Study Approach, Springer, 2015.

191
References:
1. Tomer, S. K., Python in Hydrology, Green Tea Press, 2011.

2. Beven, K. J., Rainfall-runoff modelling: the primer, John Wiley & Sons, 2011.

3. Lee, T., Singh, V. P., & Cho, K. H., Deep Learning for Hydrometeorology
and Environmental Science, Springer, 2021.

Note: Some research papers, reports and handouts will also be provided as study material
during the class.

3.53 CE 518: Structural Reliability and Risk Assessment

Course number : CE 518
Course Name : Structural Reliability and Risk Assessment
L-T-P-C : 3-0-0-3
Intended for : UG/PG elective
Prerequisite : CE 351 – Design of Reinforced Concrete Structures
Mutual Exclusion : None
Approval: 50th BoA

Course Contents:
ˆ Review of Probability and Statistics: Basic definition of probability, Concept
of random variables; Concepts of probability functions - PDF, CDF, and PMF;
Types of probability distributions; Correlations, Conditional probability, Bayes the-
orem [8 hours]

ˆ Structural Reliability Analysis 1: Basic concepts, Exact solution, Mean value

first-order second-moment (MVFOSM), First-order second-moment (FOSM), First-
order reliability method (FORM), Sensitivity analysis. [8 hours]

ˆ Probabilistic Simulations: Monte Carlo simulations, Stratified sampling, Im-

portance sampling. [5 hours]

ˆ Structural Reliability Analysis 2: Component and System reliability, Second-

Order Reliability Method (SORM), Time-varying reliability, Response surface method,
Introduction to machine learning tools. [8 hours]

ˆ Reliability-based design codes: Introduction, LRFD, Calibration of safety fac-

tors. [6 hours]

ˆ Advanced Topics and Applications: Risk assessment of civil structure and

infrastructure systems under service loads and natural hazards; Reliability-based
Optimization Problems; Bayesian Inference Techniques; Application in structural
health monitoring - Concept of Value of Information. [7 hours]

192
Text book:
1. Nowak, A.S. & Collins K.R., Reliability of Structures, 2nd Edition, CRC Press,
2012.

2. Ranganathan R, Structural Reliability: Analysis and Design, Jaico Publish-

ing, 2006.

References:
1. Melchers RE, Structural Reliability Analysis and Prediction, 2nd ed., Wiley,
1999.

2. Haldar, A & Mahadevan, S, Probability, Reliability, and Statistical Methods

in Engineering Design, Wiley, 1999.

3. Wang, C., Structural Reliability and Time-dependent Reliability, Cham,

Switzerland: Springer, 2021.

4. Ditlevsen, O., & Madsen, H. O., Structural Reliability Methods (Vol. 178),
Wiley, 1996.

5. Chandrasekaran, S, Reliability and Risk Assessment, CRC Press, 2016

6. Thoft-Christensen, P., and Murotsu, Y., Application of Structural Systems

Reliability Theory, Springer Verlag, 1986.

3.54 CE 519: Chemistry of Natural Waters

Course Code : CE 519
Course Name : Chemistry of Natural Waters
Pre-requisites : Environmental Science, Chemistry
Intended for : UG/M.Tech./MS/PhD
Disciplines : Civil and Environmental Engineering, Basic Sciences (Chemistry)
Approval: 50th BoA

Course Contents:
ˆ Hydrologic Cycle: This chapter will focus on various components of hydrologic
cycle. The chapter discusses composition of rainwater, fundamentals of hydrology,
non-meteoric types of water, and chemical terminologies used in hydrology. (4
hours)

ˆ Chemical Thermodynamics: (4 hours). This chapter introduces chemical con-

cepts applied to hydrology, and includes topics like units and terminologies, equilib-
rium thermodynamics, activity-concentration relationships and diffusion. (4 hours)

ˆ Chemical kinetics: This topic discusses one of the important controls on wa-
ter chemistry. The topics of discussion include mineral nucleation, dissolution and
growth, and uses quantitative examples like dissolution of calcite in seawater, dis-
solution of silicates etc. (4 hours)

193
ˆ Carbonate System and pH Control: This chapter discusses one of the most im-
portant systems relevant to water quality. The topics of discussion include carbonic
acid system, alkalinity and titration curves, calcium carbonate solubility, dolomite
solubility, high-magnesium calcite solubility, ground and surface water in carbonate
terrains, carbonate chemistry in oceans, and acid water chemistry. (4 hours)

ˆ Organic Compounds in Natural Waters: This chapter focuses on structure of

natural organic solutes, functional groups, humic substances, and dissolved organic
carbon in natural environments. (4 hours)

ˆ Redox Conditions in Natural Waters: This chapter will introduce fundamen-

tal ideas such as standard hydrogen electrode and thermodynamic conversions,
measurement of Eh, pe-pH and Eh-pH diagrams construction and interpretation,
partial pressure or fugacity diagrams and interpretation. This chapter will also
discuss processes controlling redox equilibrium in natural water such as photosyn-
thesis, respiration and decay, redox buffering, and use specific case studies of lakes,
oceans, and groundwater chemistry to illustrate the concepts. (4 hours)

ˆ Ion exchange and Sorption: This topic focuses on an important phenomenon of

ion exchange that occurs naturally especially with clay minerals and widely used in
environmental engineering applications for water and wastewater treatment. The
topics of discussion include mineralogy and composition of ion exchange material,
colloid properties, and retardation of pollutant cations in groundwater. Concepts of
adsorption – desorption, adsorption isotherms etc. will be discussed in the context
of natural and engineered water chemistry. (4 hours)

ˆ Weathering and Water Chemistry: First part of this chapter will focus on
fundamental principles such as soil formation, mass balance, thermodynamic, and
statistical approaches to study weathering and water chemistry. The second part
of this chapter will focus on specific case studies including river and groundwater
systems and their evolution in terms of water chemistry due to weathering. (5
hours)

ˆ Surface and Groundwater Chemistry: This chapter will overview chemistry of

surface waters including rivers, lakes, oceans, role of environmental factors affecting
their chemistry, effects of climate change, and combining the ideas learnt earlier to
understand and model surface water chemistry. This chapter will also overview
chemistry of groundwater in variety of aquifers worldwide and controlling factors.
Ideas about the sediment-water interactions will be introduced in this chapter. Var-
ious data visualization techniques will be used to interpret groundwater chemistry.
(5 hours)

ˆ Contaminants in Natural Waters: Many of the trace elements are of human

health concern. This chapter will focus on understanding sources of trace elements
(metals or metalloids), their speciation (pH and redox dependent), controls on solu-
bility, adsorption and coprecipitation controls important for remediation, and their
uptake by organisms important for bioremediation. Other topics such as organic
contaminants, emerging contaminants, acid rain and drainage, eutrophication etc.
and more will also be discussed in this chapter. (4 hours)

194
Textbooks / Reference Books:
1. Drever, J.I., The geochemistry of natural waters, Prentice hall, 1998.

2. Baird, C. and Cann, M., Environmental Chemistry, W. H. Freeman and Com-

pany, 2012.

3. Masters, G.M., Introduction to Environmental Engineering and Science,

Prentice-Hall Inc., 1996.

4. Faure, G., Principles and Applications of Geochemistry, Prentice-Hall Inc.,

1991

5. D. Langmuir, Aqueous Environmental Geochemistry.

6. Appelo and Postma, Geochemistry, Groundwater, and Pollution.

7. Stummn and Morgan, Aquatic Chemistry.

3.55 CE 520 : Environmental Reaction Modeling

Course Code : CE 520
Course Name : Environmental Reaction Modeling
L-P-T-C: 3-0-0-3
Intended for: PG, PhD
Prerequisites: IC230, CE519 or similar
Mutual Exclusion:
Approval : 57th BoA

Course Contents
ˆ Modeling basics: This chapter introduces fundamentals of environmental mod-
eling. First and the most critical step in developing environmental models is con-
ceptualizing the system or process of interest in a useful manner; introduction to
various environmental systems and the processes therein that can be quantitatively
modeled; concepts of mass and energy transfer, thermodynamics. Environmen-
tal engineers and scientists now use quantitative models to understand sediment
determine which contaminants will migrate from mine tailings and toxic waste
sites, predict scaling in geothermal wells and the outcome of steam-flooding oil
reservoirs, solve kinetic rate equations, manage injection wells, evaluate laboratory
experiments, and study acid rain. (8 hours).

ˆ Equilibrium of natural waters: Chemistry of natural waters is of extreme im-

portance for environmental scientists and engineers in terms of determining the
quality of natural waters as well as for the treatment of contaminated water sys-
tems. This section provides insights on several steps in environmental modeling.
(14 hours).

– Equilibrium State. This chapter discusses how can we express the equilibrium
state of such a system; a direct approach to write each reaction that could

195
 occur among the system’s species, minerals, and gases; numerical solution for
equilibrium state by determining a set of concentrations that simultaneously
satisfy the mass action equation corresponding to each possible reaction.‘
– Solving for equilibrium state. The principal unknowns equations governing the
equilibrium state of aqueous and solid environmental systems are the mass of
water and concentrations of basic species, and moles of minerals in equilibrium.
Many of these equations are often non-linear and hence cannot be solved using
linear algebra. This chapter will focus on the special difficulties posed by
the nonlinear forms of the governing equations and discuss how the Newton–
Raphson method can be used in geochemical modeling to solve the equations
rapidly and reliably.
– Setting up a model. The basis in reaction modeling includes water, each
mineral in the equilibrium system, and each gas of known fugacity, and certain
aqueous species. The basis servers two main purposes, each chemical reaction
in the model is written in terms of members of the basis set. This chapter
discusses how an environmental system can be expressed in terms of chemical
reactions and quantitative parameters in the model.
– Equilibrium model of natural waters. This chapter will focus on constructing
models of natural waters to predict processes like mineral dissolution, aqueous
speciation of chemicals, minerals precipitation, gas dissolution and degassing,
and pH of natural waters.
– Redox disequilibrium. Many chemical reactions in the environment are redox
(oxidation-reduction) reactions and are extremely important for contaminant
mobilization. In this chapter, modeling of redox sensitive elements in the en-
vironment (C, N, S, O, Fe, and other toxic metals) will be discussed. Inclusion
of redox disequilibrium in chemical reaction modeling advances our abilities to
predict behavior of contaminants in the environment.
– Sorption and ion exchange. An important consideration in constructing en-
vironmental chemical models, especially those applied to environmental prob-
lems, is to account for the sorption of aqueous species onto sediment surfaces.
Because of their large surface areas and high reactivities, many components
of a sediment – especially clay minerals, zeolites, metal oxides and oxyhy-
droxides, and organic matter – can sorb considerable masses. This chapter
will focus on several simple models of ion sorption and exchange that can be
applied within the context of a environmental reaction model. These models
include distribution coefficients, Freundlich and Langmuir isotherms, and ion
exchange theory.
– Surface complexation. The sorption models presented in the previous chap-
ter are, however, too simplistic to be incorporated into a geochemical model
intended for use under general conditions, such as across a range in pH. This
chapter discusses a theory of surface complexation to describe hydrolysis and
the mineral surface, account for electrical charge there, and provide for mass
balance on the sorbing sites. Several surface complexations models will be con-
structed to predict the chemistry of natural water in equilibrium with minerals
with specific reactive surface area.
ˆ Reaction Processes: This section overviews specific reaction processes such as

196
 mass transfer, polythermal reactions, geochemical buffering, kinetics of mineral
dissolution and precipitation, redox kinetics, microbial kinetics, stable isotopes,
transport in flowing groundwater, and reactive transport. (12 hours).
– Mass transfer. In this chapter we consider how to construct reactions paths
that account for the effects of simple reactants, a name given to reactants that
are added to or removed from a system at constant rates.
– Polythermal reactions. This chapter will focus on constructing reaction models
that varies over temperature. A temperature varies as a function of reaction
progress, is numerically modeled, and activity of solutes, stability of minerals,
fugacity of gases involved in the system is calculated as a function of temper-
ature.
– Geochemical buffers. Buffers are reactions that at least temporarily resist
change to some aspect of fluid chemistry (e.g., pH buffers). This chapter
focuses on constructing models of buffering reactions, both homogenous and
heterogenous.
– Kinetics of dissolution and precipitation. This chapter focuses on modeling
environmental reactions to predict how much time it’d take to reach a cer-
tain point along the reaction path, calculating relative rates of minerals in
rocks, predicting chemistry of waters in equilibrium with certain rocks for a
known amount of time, predicting future groundwater quality under known
geochemical conditions, by incorporating reaction rate laws from the field of
geochemical kinetics.
– Redox kinetics. The subject of this chapter is modeling the rates at which
redox reactions proceed within the aqueous solution, or when catalyzed on a
mineral surface or by the action of an enzyme.
– Microbial kinetics. This chapter focuses on how the microbial community cat-
alyzes redox reactions, perhaps changing in size and composition as it does.
The kinetics of such reactions are of special interest, because of the close rela-
tionship between geochemical conditions and microbial ecology. The microbes
promote reactions that change geochemical conditions, many times signifi-
cantly, and the geochemistry controls the nature of the microbial community
that can exist in a given environment.
ˆ Applied Reaction Modeling: This section overviews specific examples of model-
ing environmental systems such as geothermal fluids, geothermometry, evaporation,
sediment diagenesis, kinetics of water rock interaction, weathering, oxidation and
reduction, waste injection wells, petroleum reservoirs, acid mine drainage, con-
tamination and remediation, and microbial communities. These models of these
(and other) environmental systems will be constructed throughout the duration
of course using modeling programs like PHREEQC, Visual MINTEQ and Geo-
chemist’s Workbench. The concepts learnt in previous chapters will be utilized in
construction of these models. (8 hours).

Text books:
1. Bethke, C.M., Geochemical and biogeochemical reaction modeling, Cam-
bridge university press, 2022.

197
 2. Parkhurst, D.L., and Appelo, C.A.J., 2013, Description of input and examples
for PHREEQC version 3—A computer program for speciation, batch-
reaction, one-dimensional transport, and inverse geochemical calcula-
tions: U.S. Geological Survey Techniques and Methods, book 6, chap. A43, 497
p., https://doi.org/10.3133/tm6A43

References:
1. Gustafsson, J.P., Visual MINTEQ 3.0 user guide, KTH, Department of Land
and Water Resources, Stockholm, 2011.
2. Appelo and Postma, Geochemistry, Groundwater, and Pollution.
3. Merkel and Planer-Friedrich, Groundwater Geochemistry.
4. Microsoft Excel
5. USGS PHREEQC, open source (https://www.usgs.gov/software/phreeqc-version-
3)
6. Visual MINTEQ, open source (https://vminteq.lwr.kth.se/)
7. Geochemist’s Workbench, commercial (https://www.gwb.com/)
8. GWB Academy: https://academy.gwb.com/academy.php.

3.56 CE 521: Ecology and Environment Microbiology

Course Code : CE 521
Course Name : Ecology and Environment Microbiology
L-T-P-C : 3-0-2-4
Intended for : PG, PhD
Prerequisite : IC230 (completed a similar Course)
Mutual Exclusion :
Approval: 52nd BoA

Course Contents
ˆ Fundamentals of Ecology: Basic concepts of ecology and ecosystems, level of
organization, ecosystem structure, processess, stability, biogeography and life line
zone, population, population characterisic and regulation, species interactions, com-
munity and keystone species, succession and concept of climax, fundamental of pri-
mary and secondary productivity, energy transfer and nutrient cycling, biodiversity
and ecological restoration
ˆ Introduction of Microbiology: Science of microbiology, microbial cell and prop-
erties, impact of microorganism on humans, historical route of discovery of micro-
biology, Hooke, van Leeuwenhoek, and Cohn concepts of discovery, cell structure
and history; prokaryotic, eukaryotic and viruses, DNA arrangement in microbial
cell, metabolic diversity of microbes, Types of bacteria; proteobacteria gram posi-
tive and gram negative, archaea, cell morphology and size, cytoplasmic membrane;

198
 structure and function, cell wall ofprokaryotes; gram positive and gram negative,
cell walls of archaea, flagella and motility. (8 Lectures)
ˆ Environment Microbiology: Microorganism in the environment, bacterial nu-
trition and growth, specific growth rate and doubling time, type of culture media;
batch and continuous culture, enzyme and catalyst, energy-rich compounds and
storage, microbial metabolism- glycolysis, TCA, and ETC, fermentation, nitrogen
fixation, nitrogenase, methanogensis, acetogensis, biodegradation, bioremediation,
bioleaching or biomining, biodegradative organism, environmental factors affecting
biodegradation, biodegradation of organic pollutants, biofuel, waste water treat-
ment, water borne microbial diseases, maJor industrial products, flavouring agents
and food supplement, vitamins and beverages, organic acids, aeromicrobiology. (12
Lectures)
ˆ Himalayan Environmental Microbiology: Geography and uniqueness of Hi-
malayan region, life in extreme environment, biogeochemical cycle of elements, high
altitude lake microbiology, cryospheric microbiology, extremophile (halophile, ther-
mophile, psychrophile) adaptation metabolic processes under extreme conditions,
application of cryospheric microbes. (8 Lectures)
ˆ Advanced Microbiology Tools and Techniques: Light microbiology and its
principles, compound light microscope, increasing constrast in light microscopy,
phase contrast and microfield microscopy, fluorosence microscopy, differential inter-
face contrast microscopy (DIC), atomic force microscopy (AFM), confocal scanning
Laser microscopy (CSLM), Electron microscopy, OMIC techniques in microbial re-
mediation processes, genomics, protoemics, and metabolomics in microbial reme-
diation, recent advanes in in silico approaches for the removal of environmental
pollution.

Laboratory / practical / tutorial Modules:

1. Method of vegetation sampling, quadrat method; shape, size and number, density,
relative density, frequency, relative frequency ofvegetation (6 Lectures)
2. Basic instrumentation, safety and disinfection and in microbiology laboratory (2
Lectures)
3. Preparation and sterilization of various growth media for microbial isolation (2
Lectures)
4. Microbial isolation and maintenance through serial dilution, plating, streaking, slant
and storage of microbial culture (4 Lectures)
5. Morphological and biochemical characterization: Gram staining, catalase, urease,
oxidase, indole, methyl red etc. (6 Lectures)
6. Growth curve, effect of physical parameter such as temperature, pH, carbon and
nitr˜gen sources on microbial growth (4 Lectures)
7. Isolation of environmental and industrially important microbes (2 Lectures)
8. Isolation ofhalophile, thermophile, psychrophile from Himalayan sources. (2 Lec-
tures)

199
Text Books:
1. Madigan, M. T., Clark, D.P., Stahl, D., & Martinko, J. M., Brock biology of
microorganisms, 13th Edition, Benjamin Cummings, 2010.

2. Singh, J. S., Singh, S. P., & Gupta, S. R., Ecology, environmental science &
conservation, S. Chand Publishing, 2014.

References:
1. Dhakar, K and Pandey, A., Microbial ecology from the Himalayan cryosphere
perspective, microorganisms, 8(2) 257, 2020

2. Liu, Y., Yao, T., Jiao, N., Tian, L., Hu, A., Yu, W., and Li, S., Microbial di-
versity in the snow, a moraine lake and a stream in Himalayn Glacia,
Extremophiles, 15, 411-421, 2011.

3. Sati, S. C. and Belwal, M., Microbes: Dieversity and Biotechnology, Daya

Publishing House.

4. Maier, R. M., Pepper, I., and Gerba, C. P., Environmental Microbiology A

laboratory Manua, Academic Press.

5. Odum, E. ., and Barett, G. W., Fundamentals of Ecology, 5th Edition, Cengage

Learning India, 1971.

6. Pepper, I. L., Gerba, C. P., Gentry, T. J., and Maier, R. M. (editors), Environ-
mental microbiology, Academic Press, 2011.

7. Giri, A., and Pant, D., CO2 management using carbonic anhydrase pro-
ducing microbes from western Indian Himalaya, Bioresource Technology
Reports, 3, 100320.

3.57 CE 522: Matrix Methods for Structural Analysis

Course Code : CE 522
Course Name : Matrix Methods for Structural Analysis
L-T-P-C : 3-0-0-3
Intended for : UG Program (B. Tech 3rd;4th Year Students) and PG Program
Prerequisite : CE 404: Analysis of Structures/Equivalent
Mutual Exclusion :
Approval: 52nd BoA

Course Contents
ˆ Module 1: Introduction to matrix analysis of structures, elements and structures,
degrees of freedom, the principle of superposition, concepts ofmatrix algebra. (3
Lectures)

200
 ˆ Matrix analysis of structures with axial elements: plane trusses and space
trusses Flexibility method: Introduction to the approach, Deriving the flexibility
matrix of truss. Analysis of determinate and indeterminate structures employing
the flexibility matrix approach. (5 Lectures)

ˆ Matrix analysis of beams and grids: Flexibility method-Deriving the flexibility

matrix beams and grids: Analysis of determinate and indeterminate structures
employing the flexibility matrix approach. (5 Lectures)

ˆ Matrix analysis of plane and space frames: Flexibility method: Deriving

the flexibility matrix of plane and space. frames: Analysis of determinate and
indeterminate structures employing the flexibility matrix approach. Analysis of
prismatic and non-prismatic frames. (5 Lectures)

ˆ Matrix analysis of structures with axial elements: plane trusses and space
trusses. Stiffness Method: Introduction to the approach, Deriving the stiffness
matrix truss. Analysis of determinate and indeterminate structures employing the
stiffness matrix approach. (5 Lectures)

ˆ Matrix analysis of beams and grids: Stiffness method: Derivation of stiffness

matrix beams and grids: Analysis of determinate and indeterminate structures
employing the stiffness matrix approach.(5 Lectures)

ˆ Matrix analysis of plane and space frames: Stiffness method: Derivation

of the stiffness matrix plane and space frames: Analysis of determinate and inde-
tem1inate structures employing the stiffness matrix approach. Analysis of prismatic
and nonprismatic frames. (5 Lectures)

ˆ Module 8: Comparison between stiffness and flexibility methods, Analysis of truss,

beams, and frame structures using direct stiffness approach; Computer application
of direct stiffness method. (5 Lectures)

ˆ Beyond matrix methods: Introduction to finite element method, element types,

basic formulation, and application to 1 D problems. (4 Lectures)

Text Books:
1. Weaver, W., and Gere, J. M ., Matrix analysis framed structures, Springer
science & business media, 2012.

2. Hibbeler, RC, Structural Analysis, 9th edition, Pearson Education, 2017.

References:
1. G. S. Pandit and S. P. Gupta, Structural Analysis: A Matrix Approach, Tata
McGrawHill, 2008.

2. Martin, H. C., Introduction to Matrix Methods of Structural Analysis,

McGraw-Hill, New York, 1996

3. Menon, D, Advanced Structural Analysis, Narosa Publishing House, 2015.

201
3.58 CE 523: Building Science
Course Code : CE 523
Course Name : Building Science
L-T-P-C : 3-0-0-3
Intended for : UG/PG
Prerequisite : Engineering Thermodynamics and Engineering Mathematics
Mutual Exclusion:
Approval: 54th BoA

Course Contents
ˆ Building system (6 Hours)

– Introduction: Life phases of a building; Resources utilized by buildings and

the need for sustainability; Design goals and approach
– Outdoor environment: Air temperature and humidity, solar radiation, wind,
precipitation and driving rain; Climatic zones, urban climate, site climate
– Indoor environment: Thermal comfort; Indoor air quality; Visual comfort;
Effect of noise on wellness; Dangers associated with a building fire
– Building envelope: Walls, roofs, openings; Thermal mass, air and water tight-
ness.

ˆ Moisture (6 Hours )

– Psychrometrics: Moist air properties; Psychrometric chart

– Moisture transport mechanisms: Capillary action, permeation, vapor diffusion
– Moisture transport in building elements: Glaser method; Overview of transient
models and their numerical solution Prevention of moisture uptake: Damp
proofing, vapor barrier, role of thermal insulation and ventilation; Moisture
meters .

ˆ Ventilation and Infiltration (6 Hours)

– Natural ventilation: Aerodynamics around a building, ventilation due to wind

and stack effects, cross-ventilation; Design guidelines for openings
– Infiltration: Crack flow equation; Calculation of leakages; Energy implications

ˆ Heat (6 Hours)

– Mechanisms and laws of heat transfer: Conduction, Convection and Radiation

– Heat transfer in building elements: Steady state transfer in solid wall, wall with
airspace, window, slab-on-grade, basement wall and floor, thermal bridges;
Introduction to the continuous and distributed methods for analyzing transient
heat flow
– Calculation of heating and cooling loads: Instantaneous, cooling load temper-
ature difference/cooling load factor methods; Overview of transfer function,
heat balance and radiant time series methods

202
 – Thermal control: Overview of mechanical and structural controls

ˆ Acoustics (6 Hours)

– Fundamentals: Wave nature of sound; Frequency, pressure, power and in-

tensity of sound; Human perception of loudness; Environmental noise; Noise
abatement; Sound meters
– Room acoustics: Direct and diffuse sound fields; Echo, standing wave; Types
of sound absorbers; Sound absorption coefficient and Reverberation time
– Sound transmission and insulation: Resonance and Coincidence frequencies;
Calculation of sound reduction index

ˆ Illumination (6 Hours)

– Fundamentals: Human perception of light; Photometric quantities; Optical

properties of matter; Light meters
– Daylight: Components of daylight; Solar altitude and azimuth, sun path di-
agram; Sky conditions and luminance; Illumination of horizontal and vertical
surfaces; Daylight factor
– Artificial light: Electric light sources; Properties of light sources

ˆ Fire (6 Hours)

– Fundamentals: Combustion process, development phases, fire classes, fire zones,

smoke layer thickness, smoke temperature-time curve
– Fire safety: Response of building materials to fire and related performance
classes; Fire resistance classification; Smoke control; General safety require-
ments

Textbooks:
1. Pinteric, M., Building Physics: From physical principles to international
standards, 2nd edition, Springer, Switzerland, 2022.

2. Medved, S., Building Physics: Heat, Ventilation, Moisture, Light, Sound,

Fire, and Urban Microclimate, Springer, 2022.

References:
1. Zhai, Z., Energy Efficient Buildings: Fundamentals of Building Science
and Thermal Systems, Wiley, 2023.

2. Koenigsberger O.H., Ingersoll, T.G., Mayhew, A., and Szololay, S.V., Manual of
tropical housing and building, Springer, 2022.

3. Moss, K.J., Heat and Mass transfer in Buildings, 2nd Edition, Taylor & Fran-
cis, 2007.

4. ASHRAE, Handbook of Fundamentals, American Society of Heating, Refrig-

erating and Air conditioning Engineers, 2021.

203
 5. BIS, National Building Code of India, Bureau of Indian Standards, 2016.

6. ECBC Code, Energy Conservation Building Code 2017, Bureau of Energy

Efficiency, 2017.

3.59 CE 524 : Applied Hydroclimatology

Course Code : CE 524
Course Name : Applied Hydroclimatology
L-T-P-C : 3-0-0-3
Intended for : PG and Ph.D. students
Prerequisite : None; however, familiarity with any computer programming language
(e.g., Python, R, MATLAB, etc.) will be helpful during the course.
Mutual Exclusion: None
Approval: 56th BoA

Course Contents
ˆ Introduction to hydroclimatology Climate change: causes and impacts, Im-
pact on global hydrologic cycle; Climate feedback, Tipping points, Water manage-
ment in changing climate; Concept and scope of hydroclimatology. (4 Lectures)

ˆ Module II: Observation Types of research data; Qualitative and quantitative data;
Measurement of precipitation, temperature, snow, streamflow, snow water equiva-
lent; Missing data handling techniques; Hydroclimatic measurement network in the
Himalayan regions. (4 Lectures)

ˆ Module III: Modeling Fundamental principles in hydroclimatic modeling; Types

of climate models; Simple climate models, Simple energy balance climate mod-
els (e.g., zero- dimensional, single-layer, and one-dimensional); General circulation
model (GCM); Hydrologic modeling; types of hydrological models; Components of
hydrologic models; SWAT model; VIC model; HEC-HMS.

ˆ Module IV: Hydroclimatic data processing and analysis Gridding observed data;
Reanalysis data: Satellite-derived data; Radar data; Climate data; Paleoclimatol-
ogy data; Climate indices, Overview of CMIP6; Downscaling and bias correction of
climate data; Impact assessment studies. (8 Lectures)

ˆ Module V: Impact on hydrology, agriculture, and ecosystem Climate change im-

pact on Dams; Weather and climate metrics for agriculture, Heat stress indices;
Impact of climate change on food security in India; Energy limitation versus mois-
ture limitation; Ecosystem services; Himalayan ecosystem and impact of climate
change. (6 Lectures)

ˆ Module VI: Hydroclimatic extremes: Droughts and Floods Drought definition:

meteorological droughts, hydrological droughts, agricultural drought, socioeconomic
drought; Drought indicators: Theory of run; Severity; Duration; Intensity; Fre-
quency analysis; Impact of climate change on droughts; (6 Lectures)

204
 ˆ Module VII:Flood types; Extreme precipitation indices; Flood analysis; Flood
Frequency analysis; Design Flood; Flood hazard and damage; Glacial lake outburst
flood (GLOF); Impact of climate change on floods; Flood risk management and
floodplain management. (6 Lectures)

Text Books:
1. Shelton, M. L. , Hydroclimatology: perspectives and applications. Cambridge Uni-
versity Press, 2009.

2. VenTe, C., Maidment, D. R., & Mays, L. W., Applied hydrology, 1988.

Reference Books:
1. Beven, K. J., Rainfall-runoff modelling: the primer, John Wiley & Sons, 2011.

2. McGuffie, K., & Henderson-Sellers, A., The climate modelling primer, John
Wiley & Sons, 2014.

3.60 CE 524P : Computational Hydroclimatology Lab

Course Code : CE 524P
Course Name : Computational Hydroclimatology Lab
L-T-P-C : 0-0-2-1
Intended for : PG and Ph.D. students
Prerequisite : None
Mutual Exclusion:
Approval: 56th BoA

List of Experiments
1. Acquiring the hydroclimatic data: Acquisition and preprocessing of hydrocli-
matic data from various sources (2 Hours)

2. Analysis of Climate Change Trends: Analyze long-term temperature and pre-

cipitation data to identify and quantify climate change trends. (2 hours)

3. Handling Missing Hydroclimatic Data: Apply various techniques to handle

missing data in hydroclimatic time series and evaluate their effectiveness. (2 hours)

4. Simple Energy Balance Climate Model: Implement a zero-dimensional en-

ergy balance climate model to simulate global temperature changes under different
forcing scenarios. (2 hours)

5. Hydrologic Modelling with Lumped Models: Set up and calibrate multiple

lumped models to characterize the hydrologic behavior of the watershed.(2 Hours)

6. Hydrologic Modeling with SWAT: Set up and run a SWAT model for a small
watershed to simulate hydrological processes and assess impacts of land use changes.
(2 hours)

205
 7. Downscaling and Bias Correction of Climate Data: Apply statistical down-
scaling and bias correction techniques to GCM outputs for use in local impact
studies. (2 hours)

8. Analysis of Climate Indices: Calculate and analyze various climate indices to

understand large-scale climate patterns and their local impacts. (2 hours)

9. Drought Analysis using Standardized Precipitation Index (SPI): Compute

SPI at multiple timescales to analyze historical drought patterns and assess future
drought risk. (2 hours)

10. Flood Frequency Analysis: Perform flood frequency analysis using annual max-
imum streamflow data and assess non-stationarity due to climate change. (2 hours)

11. Climate Change Impact on Crop Yield: Assess the impact of climate change
on crop yield using a simple crop model and climate projections. (2 hours)

12. Glacier Mass Balance Modeling: Implement a simple glacier mass balance
model to assess climate change impacts on glacier evolution. (2 hours)

Text Books:
1. None. Experiment notebooks will be provided during the lab

Reference Books:
1. None. Experiment reference material will be provided during the lab

3.61 CE 525 : Advance Transportation Engineering

Course Code : CE 525
Course Name : Advance Transportation Engineering
L-P-T-C: 3-0-1-4
Intended for: B. Tech ( final year); MS (Research); PhD
Prerequisites: NA
Mutual Exclusion: NA
Approval : 57th BoA

Course Contents
ˆ Section 1: Pavement Materials and Design

– Pavement Materials: Mechanical characteristics for the pavement materi-

als for design sections. Deformation characteristics of unbound layers (CBR,
resilient modulus, modulus of subgrade reaction), functional properties (per-
meability) etc. 14 hrs)
– Design of bituminous & Concrete mixes: Requirement of bitumen mixes,
design of bituminous mixes as per Marshall Stability & flow method, paramet-
ric evaluation of bituminous mixes, IRC & MoRTH recommendations for the
design mix of various layers of flexible pavements. [IRC 44] [6 hrs)

206
 – Design of Flexible Pavements: Stresses in flexible pavements, theories of
stress distribution, Boussinesq’s Elastic theory, Burmister’s theory, considera-
tions for flexible pavement design, IRC method & other countries method for
the design of flexible pavements, AASHTO method of Pavement design [IRC:
37 2018] [8 hrs]
– Design of Rigid Pavements: Stresses in rigid pavements, Westergaard
method of rigid pavement design, IRC method of rigid pavement design for
plain dowel jointed slabs, design of joints and load transfer devices; design oftie
bars, joint fillers and sealers, design of continuously reinforced concrete pave-
ments, design of thin & ultra-thin white toppings as overlay. [IRC 58:2015] [8
hrs)

ˆ Section 2: Highway Planning and Design

– Traffic Planning& control: Fundamental principles of Traffic Flow, Traf-

fic flow Elements, Flow Density Relationships, Traffic signs, Road markings,
traffic signals, type’s i.e. simultaneous system, alternate system, simple pro-
gressive system and flexible progressive system, general principles of signal
design, Roadway delineations, object markers, guard rails, Barriers. [6 hrs]
– Highway capacity& Intersection design: PCU, Level of service concepts,
factors affecting capacity, capacity of urban highways, capacity of rotary inter-
section, Design of intersection, grade separated intersection, Need for rotary
intersection, principles of design, design of rotary intersection. [6 hrs]

Lab Sessions: (8 Hours)

1. Testing and Characterization of Pavement Materials o Laboratory Work: I. Plate
bearing test.

2. Stability and Flow value test of bituminous mix as per Marshall Criteria.

3. Evaluation of pavement by Benkelman beam.

4. Evaluation of pavement roughness by Bump Integrator.

5. Introduction to highway engineering softwares( HEADS, MX Road and HDM4) 6.

To conduct Pavement Deterioration tests. o Design and Analysis of Pavement

Text books:
1. Khanna S.K. and C.E.G. Justo, Highway Engineering, Nemchand Bros, 2002.

2. Kadyali L. R., Highway Engineering, Nem Chand & Brothers, 2002.

References:
1. Sharma & Sharma, Principle and Practice of Highway Engineering, Asia
Publishing House, New Delhi (1980).

2. Road Development plan for India (1981-2001), IRC, New Delhi, (1984).

207
 3. Rao G. V., Transportation Engineering, Tata McGraw Hill Publisher, New
Delhi

4. Highway Materials, H.M.S.O. (London).

5. Yoder E. J., Principles of Pavement Design, John Wiley & Sons, 1975.

6. Haas R.C.G., Hudson W. Ronald., Zaniewski John P., Modem Pavement Man-
agement, Krieger Publishing Company, 1994.

7. Susan Brown, Pavement Managaement Systems, Transportation Research Board,

1993.

3.62 CE 526 : Critical Zone Science

Course Code : CE 526
Course Name : Critical Zone Science
L-P-T-C: 2-1-0-3
Intended for: PG and Ph.D. students
Prerequisites: NA
Mutual Exclusion: NA
Approval : 57th BoA

Course Contents
ˆ Introduction to critical zone science: Definition of critical zone and its compo-
nents, critical zone observatory; Role of soil in critical zone; Introduction to system
modelling; Critical zone architecture and evolution 6 Hours

ˆ Methods in critical zone science: Design of a critical zone observatory; Tool

and techniques for critical zone datasets: Land-atmosphere data, vegetation and
associated microbiota, soil (vadose zone), saprolite and bedrock (saturated zone),
surface water; Analysis of event-based and continuous fluxes across critical zone
interfaces; Pre-processing and analysis of various fluxes using data analysis and
statistical computing. 6 Hours

ˆ Land-atmosphere exchange in critical zone: Energy budget, earth-atmosphere

energy, types of energy transfers, energy balance at earth’s surface, effective energy
and mass transfer; Carbon budget, carbon cycle and components, global carbon
cycle; carbon allocations, controls of Net Primary Production (NPP), carbon rela-
tionships 4 hours

ˆ Water transfer through the critical zone: Introduction to various runoff gen-
eration mechanisms, Dunne diagram; Quantify or track the hydrological cycle in
the field; Water balance closure analysis across various temporal and spatial scales;
Simulation of runoff generation in hydrologic models; 6 Hours Water balance of a
Tree; Water balance impacts, analyze the impact of forest fire and drought on water
cycle and nutrient fluxes; Humans in the critical zone; Simulation of water, carbon,
energy, and nutrient fluxes 6 Hours

208
Text books:
1. Giardino, J. R., & Houser, C., Principles and dynamics of the critical zone, Elsevier,
2015.

2. Beven, K. J., Rainfall-runoff modelling: the primer, John Wiley & Sons, 2011.

3. Dingman, S. L., Physical hydrology, Waveland press, 2015.

References:
1. Tarboton, D. G., Rainfall-runoff processes, 2003.

2. Banwart, S. A., Nikolaidis, N. P., Zhu, Y. G., Peacock, C. L., & Sparks, D. L.,
Soil functions: connecting earth’s critical zone, Annual Review of Earth and
Planetary Sciences, 47(1), 333-359, 2019.

3. Relevant research papers will be provided during class.

3.63 CE 527 : Advanced Pavement Engineering

Course Code : CE 527
Course Name : Advanced Pavement Engineering
L-P-T-C: 3-0-2-4
Intended for: UG and PG
Prerequisites: On approval of the course instructor.
Mutual Exclusion: NA
Approval : 57th BoA

Course Contents
ˆ Cement and Concrete Pavement Technology (18 hours)

– Cement and Concrete Pavement Technology: Cement Production and

Cement Chemistry, Effect of mineral and chemical admixtures (including grind-
ing aids). Supplementary cementitious materials and its effect on hydration
Properties of hydrated Portland cement Fresh paste structure and properties;
Concrete Pavement Fundamentals: Concrete pavement types, Elements (typi-
cal) of concrete pavement types, evolution of concrete pavement design, types
of loads on concrete pavements, typical response of concrete pavements to load,
typical distresses in concrete pavements. (12 hours)
– Pavement Design Methods: Empirical approaches to the design of concrete
pavement, Mechanistic - Empirical approaches to design of concrete pave-
ments, Portland Cement Association, IRC:58-2015, Function of joints, Types
of joints, Dowel bars vs tie bars. (6 hours)

ˆ Bituminous Technology and Analysis & Design of Flexible Pavement (11

hours)

209
 – Bituminous Technology: Physical and chemical characterization of bitu-
men. Aging of bitumen, Binder properties and their relationship to pavement
performance. Modification of bitumen, modified binders such as polymers and
rubbers. (6 hours)
– Analysis & Design of Flexible Pavement: Stresses and Deflections in
Homogeneous Masses Elastic Layer Theories - Wheel Load Stresses – VDF.
IRC 37: 2018 (5 hours)

ˆ Pavements Maintenance and Evaluation (8 hours)

– Pavement Surface Condition & Its Evaluation: Various Aspects of Sur-

face and their Importance; Skid resistance, Pavement Condition Index (PCI),
International Roughness Index (IRI), Causes, Factors Affecting, Measurement
of skid resistance, Pavement functional and structural evaluation and its im-
portance. (4 hours)
– Pavement Overlays & Design: Pavement Overlays, Design of Flexible
Overlay over Flexible Pavement by Benkelman Beam Deflection and other
Methods, Flexible Overlays and Rigid Overlays over Rigid Pavements, Use of
Geosynthetics in Pavement Overlays. (4 hours)

ˆ Recent trends in Pavement Technology (5 Hours)

– Guidelines and practices: Cold mix technologies and warm mix tech-
nologies: materials, additives, guidelines and practices. Perpetual Pavement,
White topping, roller compacted concrete pavements, interlocking paving blocks,
pervious concrete pavements, precast concrete pavements for highways and
airfield; industrial pavements; concrete pavements for low volume road. (5
Hours)

Laboratory Experiments: (Total no of tests: 10)

1. Pavement Materials Testing,

2. Bitumen Content of RAP,

3. Rotational Viscometer Test,

4. Evaluates the viscoelastic properties of bitumen binder under different stress and
temperature conditions,

5. Aging Tests on bitumen,

6. Rapid Chloride Penetration Test (RCPT),

7. Benkelman Beam Deflection test,

8. Heat of Hydration test,

9. Compressive strength test for cube test specimens

10. Flexural strength tests for beam samples

210
Text books:
1. H.F.W. Taylor, Cement Chemistry, 2nd Edition, Thomas Telford, 1997
2. Yang H. Huang, Pavement Analysis and Design, 2nd Edition, Pearson, 2004

References:
1. Shaw, D. J., Introduction to Colloid and Surface Chemistry, 4th Edition,
Butterworth, 1992.
2. Hewlett, P. C., Chemistry of Cement and Concrete, 4th Edition, Elsevier
Science & Technology Books, 2004.
3. Delatte, N., Concrete Pavement: Design, Construction and Performance,
Taylor & Francis, 2008.
4. Riveiro, B., and M. Solla, Non-Destructive Techniques for the Evaluation of
Structures and Infrastructure, CRC Press, 2016.
5. Odler, I., Special Inorganic Cements, E&FN Spon (Taylor & Francis Group),
2000.
6. Relevant AASHTO Guidelines.
7. Relevant ASTM Testing and Methodologies.

3.64 CE 528 : Design of Masonry Structures

Course Code : CE 528
Course Name : Design of Masonry Structures
L-P-T-C: 3-0-0-3
Intended for: UG and PG
Prerequisites: CE 351 – Design of Reinforced Concrete Structures
Mutual Exclusion: NA
Approval : 57th BoA

Course Contents
ˆ Historical Perspective of Masonry Structures: Different types of masonry
structures (Domes, Buildings, Bridges, Arches, etc.); Traditional/Heritage masonry
structures; Foundations and site selection; Behavior of masonry structures during
past earthquakes: Common modes of failure, effect of unit shapes and mortar type,
effect of roof and floor systems, Common deficiencies. [6 hours]
ˆ Masonry Properties: Masonry units- stones, brick and concrete blocks, hollow
and solid units; Manufacturing process; Mortar, grout and reinforcement; Various
tests and standards, Stress-Strain Characteristics [6 hours]
ˆ Masonry Under Compression: Prism strength, Failure mechanism, types of
construction and bonds; Eccentric loading; Slenderness – effective length and effec-
tive height, effect of openings; Code provisions. [8 hours]

211
 ˆ Masonry Under Lateral Loads: In-plane and out-of-plane loads, bending par-
allel and perpendicular to bed joints; Shear and flexure behavior of piers; Test and
standards; Analysis of perforated shear walls, lateral force distribution for flexi-
ble and rigid diaphragms; Arching action; Combined axial and bending actions;
Masonry infills: Effect of masonry infills on seismic behavior of framed buildings,
Failure modes, Code provisions. [10 hours]

ˆ Earthquake Resistant Measures: Analysis for earthquake forces, role of floor

and roof diaphragm; Concept and design of bands, bandages, splints, and ties; Rein-
forced masonry; Vertical reinforcement at corners and jambs; Measures in random-
rubble masonry; Introduction to confined masonry [8 hours]

ˆ Retrofitting of Masonry Building: Techniques of repair and retrofitting of

masonry buildings; IS: 13935-1993 provision for retrofitting. [4 hours]

Text books:
1. MJN Priestley and T Paulay, Seismic design and assessment of reinforced
concrete and masonry buildings, John Wiley and Sons, 1997.

2. RG Drysdale, AA Hamid, LR Baker, Masonry Structures: Behaviour and

Design, Prentice Hall, 1994.

References:
1. AW Hendry, Structural Brickwork, The Macmillan Press Ltd., 1981.

2. R E Klingner, Masonry structural design, McGrawHill Companies, Inc., 2010.

3. M Tomazevic, Earthquake-resistant design of masonry buildings, Series on

Innovation in Structures and Construction, Vol. 1, Imperial College Press, 1999.

4. National Building Code of India 2016 Vol.1, Part 6 Section 4 Structural Design -
Masonry

5. IS 1905: 1987, Handbook on Masonry Design and Construction.

6. IS 17848 : 2022: Confined Masonry For Earthquake Resistance Code of Practice

3.65 CE 551: Geosynthetics and their applications

Course Number: CE 551
Course Name: Geosynthetics and their applications
L-T-P-C: 3-0-0-3
Prerequisites: CE 302 - Geotechnical Engineering
Intended for: UG/PG
Distribution: Discipline Core Semester: Odd/Even
Approval: 9th Senate

212
Course Contents
ˆ An Overview of Geosynthetics: Description of Geosynthetics, Properties, Func-
tions. [4 Lectures]

ˆ Properties and tests: Properties of geosyntthetics, standard testing procedures

based on applications. [8 Lectures]

ˆ Soil Reinforcement: Mechanism, Reinforced slopes, Embankments on soft ground,

Reinforced Embankments, Reinforced soil walls and Slope stabilization. [9 Lectures]

ˆ Geosynthetics for Highways: Roadway Reinforcement, Separation, Filtration,

Drainage, Reinforcement, Moisture Barrier, Membrane encapsulation. [6 Lectures]

ˆ Ground Improvement applications: Drainage, PVDs, French Drains, encapsu-

lated sand tubes, on-shore applications. [7 Lectures]

ˆ Geoenvironmental Applications: Geomembranes for landfills and ponds, Geosyn-

thetic clay liners, designing with GCL’s, Filtration, Erosion control, Slope protec-
tion. [8 Lectures]

Text books:
1. R. M. Koerner, Designing with Geosynthetics, 6th edition, Xlibris Corporation,
2012.

2. G L Sivakumar Babu, An Introduction to Soil Reinforcement and Geosyn-

thetics, Universities Press, 2006.

Reference Books:
1. G. V. Rao and G. V. S. S. Raju, Engineering with Geosynthetics, McGraw
Hill Education India Pvt Ltd., 1998.

2. Sanjay Kumar Shukla, Geosynthetics and their applications, Thomas Telford

Publications, 2002.

3.66 CE 552: Concrete Technology

Course Number: CE 552
Course Name: Concrete Technology
L-T-P-C: 3-0-0-3
Prerequisites: None
Intended for: UG/PG
Distribution: Discipline Elective
Approval: 9th Senate

213
Course Contents
ˆ History of Concrete construction [1 Lecture]
ˆ Introduction to Special concretes:
– High strength/performance concrete: Principle, Ingredient properties, Mate-
rial selection, Design principles, Production, Curing, Properties in fresh state
and hardened states, Durability.
– Self-consolidating concrete: Benefits and Limitations, Properties in fresh and
hardened states, design principles and Quality Control.
– Fibre reinforced concrete: Types of fibres, Structure of matrix, Fibre-Cement
interactions, Cracking mechanics.
– Light weight concrete: Production and properties of No-fines concrete, Aerated
and foamed concrete, Lightweight aggregate concrete.
– Recycled aggregate concrete: Use of industrial, construction and demolition
wastes and their effect on concrete properties. [6 Lectures]
ˆ Cement: Manufacture, Types, Aspects of hydration. [5 Lectures]
ˆ Supplementary cementing materials: Fly ash, Silica fume, Ground granulated
blast furnace slag, Metakaolin, Rice Husk Ash ’ Characteristics, Properties of mor-
tar and concrete in fresh and hardened states, Durability of concrete. [5 Lectures]
ˆ Chemical admixtures: Water reducing agents, Super-plasticizers, Air entertain-
ers, Accelerators, Damp proofers and Corrosion inhibitors. [4 Lectures]
ˆ Aggregates -Types and Properties. [4 Lectures]
ˆ Principles of mix design. [3 Lectures]
ˆ Concrete production, Placement and Curing: Equipment and practices;
Formwork for concrete structures: Economy, Pressures on formwork, Forms for
beams, columns, slabs and footings, Slipforms and Failures of formwork. [5 Lec-
tures]
ˆ Module IX: Introduction to the testing of fresh, mechanical and durability char-
acteristics of concrete. [5 Lectures]
ˆ Module X: Introduction to Prescriptive and Performance specifications. [2 Lec-
tures]
ˆ Quality control: Nature of variability, Control charts. [2 Lectures]

Text Books:
1. A. M. Neville, Properties of concrete, 4th Edition, Pearson Education, 1963.
2. Neville and Brooks, Concrete technology, Prentice Hall, 2006.
3. Mehta, P.K. and Monteiro, P.J.M., Concrete: structure, properties and ma-
terials, Prentice Hall, NJ, 2006.
4. Mindess, S., Young, J.F. and Darwin, D., Concrete, Prentice Hall, NJ, 2003.

214
Reference Books:
1. Siddique, P. and Khan, M.I., Supplementary cementitious materials, Springer,
2011.

2. Rixom, R. and Mailvaganam, N., Chemical admixtures for concrete, E & FN

SPON, 2002.

3. Aitcin, P.C., High performance concrete, E & FN SPON,2011.

4. Bentur, A. and Mindess, S., Fibre reinforced cementitious composites, E &

FN SPON, 2006.

5. Brito, J.de and Saikia, N., Recycled aggregate in concrete: use of industrial,
construction and demolition waste, Springer, 2012.

6. Day, K.W., Concrete mix design, quality control and specification, E & FN
SPON, 2006.

7. Peurifoy, R. L. and Oberlender, G. D., Formwork for concrete structures,

McGraw Hill, 1996.

8. Dackzo, J.A., Self-consolidating concrete, Spon press, 2012.

3.67 CE 554: Prestressed Concrete Structures

Course Number: CE 554
Course Name: Prestressed Concrete Structures
L-T-P-C: 3-0-0-3
Prerequisites: (i) Strength of Materials and Structures (CE301 or equivalent), (ii) Design
of Reinforced Concrete Structures (CE351 or equivalent)
Intended for: UG (4th year), PG
Distribution: Discipline Elective (UG) / Elective (PG)
Approval: 15th Senate

Course Contents
ˆ Introduction: History of development, material and basic concept of prestressing,
System of prestressing, Need and types of prestressing, Codes and Standards. [3
Lectures]

ˆ Analysis of prestressed members: Basic assumptions, Analysis procedure, Pre-

stress line and internal resisting couple, Concept of load balancing, Stresses in
tendons, De-bonding and draping of prestressing tendons, Camber of prestressed
member, Indeterminate prestressed concrete structures, Circular prestressing. [6
Lectures]

ˆ Losses of prestress: Nature of losses of prestress, Consideration of allowable losses

in design. [3 Lectures]

215
 ˆ Deflection of prestressed concrete members: Importance of deflection con-
trol, Influencing factors, Short term and long term deflection, Deflection of cracked
members. [6 Lectures]

ˆ Prestressed concrete members under flexure, shear and torsion: Flexural

failure and strength analysis, Strain compatibility, Shear and torsion in prestressed
mem bers. [7 Lectures]

ˆ Module VI: Stress transfer in pretensioned members, Anchorage zone stress in

post-tension members, Bursting/ end-block stresses, Transmission and transfer
lengths. [3 Lectures]

ˆ Design of prestressed concrete section: Limit state design criteria for pre-
stressed concrete members, Design of section for flexure, Design of section for axial
tension, Design of section for compression, Design of section for shear and torsion,
Design for bond and bearing. [8 Lectures]

ˆ Design of members: Design of pretensioned and post-tensioned flexural member,

Design of prestressed beam and slab, Partially prestressed member. [6 Lectures]

Text books:
1. N.K. Raju, restressed Concrete, 5th Edition, McGraw Hill Education, 2012.

2. P. Dayaratnam, Prestressed Concrete Structures, 5th Edition, Oxford & IBH Pub-
lishing Co. Pvt. Ltd., 2016.

References:
1. Michael P. Collins and Denis Mitchell, Prestressed Concrete Structures, Prentice
Hall, 1994.

2. N. Rajagopalan, Prestressed Concrete, 2nd Edition, Narosa Publishing House, 1994.

3. T. Y. Lin, N. H. Bums, Design of Prestressed Concrete Structures, 3rd Edition,

Wiley India Prvate Limited, 2010.

4. A. E. Naaman, Prestressed Concrete Analysis and Design - Fundamentals, McGraw

Hill Education, 2013.

5. E. G. Nawy, Prestressed Concrete - A Fundamental Approach, 5th Edition, Prentice

Hall International, 2005.

6. IS 1343, Prestressed Concrete - Code of Practice, Bureau of Indian Standards, 2012.

3.68 CE 555: Advanced Design of Structures

Course Number : CE 555
Course Name : Advanced Design of Structures
L-T-P-C: 3-0-0-3
Prerequisites : (i) Design of Reinforced Concrete Structures (CE351) or Equivalent; (ii)

216
Design of Steel Structures (CE401) or Equivalent
Intended for : UG, PG (MS, MTech), PhD
Distribution : Specialization Core (MTech in Structural Engineering), Elective (UG, MS,
PhD)
Approval: 16th Senate

Course Contents
ˆ Module 1: Design philosophies; Probability distributions and modeling for loading
and material strength; Advanced materials and their characteristics. Numerical
examples on sampling and acceptance criteria; Reliability of structures. [8 Lectures]

ˆ Reinforced Concrete Structures: P-M, M-Φ relationships; P-M-V-T interac-

tion; Strut-and-tie model; Design of deep beam and corbel; Design considerations
for slab; Yield line theory; Strip theory; Design of shear walls; Compression field
theory for shear design; Design against torsion; Durability design concept; Provi-
sions form Indian Standards and international design guidelines. Development of
computer code for interaction curves; Numerical examples on analyses and design
of RC structural components using the advanced theories covered in the lecture;
Computer simulation of behavior of RC structural components. [12 Lectures]

ˆ Steel Structures: Stability design; Torsional buckling (pure, flexural and lateral);
Design of beam- columns; Provisions form Indian Standards and international de-
sign guidelines. Numerical examples on analyses of steel structures and design of
components using the advanced theories covered in the lecture. [8 Lectures]

Text Books:
1. N. Subramaniam, Design of Steel Structures, Oxford University Press, 2008.

2. N. Subramanian, Design of Reinforced Concrete Structures, Oxford Univer-

sity Press, 2013.

References:
1. J.K. Wight, J.G. MacGregor, Reinforced Concrete: Mechanics and Design,
6th Edition, Pearson Education, 2016.

2. C.G. Salmon, J.E. Johnson and F.A. Malhas, Steel Structures: Design and
Behavior Emphasizing Load and Resistance Factor Design, 5th edition,
Pearson Education, 2009.

3. T. Pauley, M.J.N. Priestley, Seismic Design of Reinforced Concrete and Ma-

sonry Buildings, John-Wiley & Sons, 1992.

4. A.H. Nilson, D. Darwin, C.W. Dolan, Design of Concrete Structures, 15th

edition, McGraw-Hill Education, 2015.

5. D. Menon, S. Pillai, Reinforced Concrete Design, 3rd Edition, McGraw Hill

Education, 2009.

217
3.69 CE 556P: Structural Engineering Laboratory
Course Number : CE 556P
Course Name : Structural Engineering Laboratory
L-T-P-C: 0-0-4-2
Prerequisites : NIL
Intended for : PG (MS, MTech, PhD)
Distribution : Specialization Core (MTech in Structural Engineering), Elective (MS,
PhD)
Approval: 16th Senate

Course Contents
ˆ Self-Compacting and High-Strength Concrete: [12 Hours]

– Mix-design for self-compacting and high-strength concrete

– ) Stress-strain characterization of self-compacting and high-strength concrete
ˆ Behavior of Structural Elements: [16 Hours]

– Behavior of Reinforced Concrete (RC) beam under flexure and shear

– Un-symmetrical bending of steel beam
– Behavior of slab
ˆ Non-Destructive Testing and Damage Detection [8 Hours]

ˆ Model Testing for Dynamic Characterization: [20 Hours]

– Free and forced vibrations of structure and evaluation of dynamic character-

istics
– Dynamic Young’s modulus, shear modulus, and Poisson’s ratio of materials
– Behavior of frame and shear wall building models under horizontal excitation
– Time and frequency-domain study for dynamic response analysis

Textbook:
1. H.G. Harris, G. Sabnis, Structural Modeling and Experimental Techniques,
2nd Edition, CRC Press, 1999.

References:
1. W.F. Sharpe, Springer Handbook of Experimental Solid Mechanics, Springer,
2008.
2. V.M. Malhotra, N.J. Carino, Handbook of Nondestructive Testing of Con-
crete, 2nd Edition, CRC Press, 2003.
3. R.E. Coleman, Experimental Structural Dynamics: An Introduction to
Experimental Methods of Characterizing Vibrating Structures, Author-
House, 2004.

218
3.70 CE 557: Solid Mechanics in structural engineering
Course Number: CE 557
Course Name : Solid Mechanics in structural engineering
L-T-P-C: 3-0-0-3
Prerequisites: Strength of Material and Structures (CE 301) or Mechanics of Solids
(ME206) or Equivalent
Intended for: UG (Civil)/ M.S./ M.Tech./ Ph.D.
Distribution: Specialization Core (M.Tech. in Structural Engineering)/Elective (UG,
MS, PhD, M.Tech)
Semester: Odd/Even
Approval: 16th Senate

Course Contents
ˆ Theories of Stress and Strain: Stress at a point, Equilibrium equations, De-
formation of a Deformable Body, Strain tensor, Transformation of Stress/Strain,
Principal Stress/Strains, Strain Compatibility, Strain ’ Displacement relations in
Cylindrical coordinates, Equilibrium equations in Cylindrical Coordinates, Strain
measurement and Strain Rosettes, Hooke?s Law: Isotropic Elasticity, Elastic con-
stants and their relations, Displacement Equations of Equilibrium. [8 Lectures]

ˆ Plane Strain and Plane Stress: Plane Stress, Plane Strain, Airy?s Stress func-
tion, Differential equation for the stress function, Polar coordinates in the plane,
Bending of Cantilever beam, Thick ’ walled Cylinder subjected to Internal and
External Pressures - Lame?s Problem. [5 Lectures]

ˆ Bending of Beams: Nonsymmetrical bending, deflections of beams subjected to

Nonsymmetrical bending, Shear flow in thin Wall beam cross section, Bending of
Curved Beams (Winkler ’ Bach Formula). [7 Lectures]

ˆ Torsion: Torsion of Prismatic Bars, Torsion of Circular, Elliptical, Equilateral

Triangular and Rectangular bars, Membrane Analogy, Torsion of Thin ’ walled
tubes. [6 Lectures]

ˆ Beams on Elastic Foundations: Infinite beam subjected to a Concentrated/

Distributed Load, Semi - infinite Beam subjected to end loads, short beams. [5
Lectures]

ˆ Failure Theories and Introduction to Ideally Plastic solid: (6 hours) The-

ories of failure, Factor of Safety in Design, Mohr?s Theory of failure, Ideally Plas-
tic solid, Yield Surfaces of Tresca and Von Mises, Stress-Strain Relations (Plastic
Flow), Prandtl- Reuss Equation. [6 Lectures]

ˆ Three-Dimensional elastic half-space: Elastic half-space subjected to surface

point, and distributed loads (Boussinesq problem), Propagation of waves in elastic
half-space (dilatation, distortion and surface waves), Introduction to earthquake
induced ground vibration. [5 Lectures]

219
Text books:
1. Srinath L.S, Advanced Mechanics of Solids, 3rd Edition, Tata McGraw-Hill,
2008.

2. Timoshenko, S.P. and Goodier, J.N, Theory of Elasticity, 3rd Edition, McGraw-
Hill, 2010.

References:
1. K. F. Graff, Wave Motion in Elastic Solids, Dover Publications, 1991.

2. M. H. Sadd, Elasticity: Theory, application and numerics, 3rd Edition, El-

sevier India, 2014.

3.71 CE 558: Air pollution and its mitigation

Course Number : CE 558
Course Name : Air pollution and its mitigation
L-T-P-C: 3-0-0-3
Prerequisites : IC 230 (Environmental Science) for B.Tech.
Intended for : 3rd and 4th year B.Tech., Post-graduate
Distribution : Elective
Approval: 28th Senate

Course Contents
ˆ The atmospheric system: Vertical profiles of pressure and temperature; at-
mospheric structure; hydrostatic equilibrium and scale height; stability and lapse
rates; temperature inversions; atmospheric dispersion; general circulation and sur-
face winds; timescales of atmospheric transport. [5 Lectures]

ˆ Basics of atmospheric chemistry: Photochemical and radical-assisted reactions;

daytime vs nighttime and tropical vs polar chemistry; species lifetimes; atmospheric
measurement units. [2 Lectures]

ˆ Stratospheric processes: Dynamics of stratospheric transport; formation and

distribution (latitudinal, seasonal and vertical) of stratospheric O3; UV shielding
and effect on climate; role of HOX, NOX and chlorofluorocarbons in catalyzing O3
depletion ’ observational evidence, mitigation measures, recovery and challenges. [5
Lectures]

ˆ Tropospheric gas-phase species: Local, regional and global pollutants; the ox-
idizing capacity of the troposphere; constraints on CO and CH4; the CO-HOX-
NOX-VOC-O3 cycle; photochemical smog ’ case study of Los Angeles, USA; dry
and wet removal of pollutants; acidic deposition ’ case study of the Northeastern
USA; current scenario in Asia and the Indian perspective; mitigation, challenges
and opportunities. [8 Lectures]

220
 ˆ Aerosols: Historical perspectives on air pollution; physical properties of aerosols ’
formation, growth, aging and size distribution; primary vs secondary and externally-
vs internally-mixed aerosol; core-shell theory; major aerosol chemical components
and their sources; tracers. [7 Lectures]

ˆ Effects on climate: Greenhouse effect and interaction of potential greenhouse

gases; solar and terrestrial emission spectra; radiative transfer; planetary energy
balance; aerosol-light interaction; radiative forcing and global warming potential.
[4 Lectures]

ˆ Air pollution control technologies: Mitigation technologies in stationary sys-

tems ’ fluidized bed combustion, integrated gasification combined cycle, flue gas
desulfurization, baghouses, scrubbers, cyclone collectors, and electrostatic precipi-
tators; mitigation technologies in mobile systems ’ catalytic converters, diesel par-
ticulate filters, fuel modification and blending. [6 Lectures]

ˆ Risk assessment and policy intervention on air pollution: Link between

air pollution and mortality/morbidity; risk assessment for carcinogenic and non-
carcinogenic pollutants; air quality indices ’ case study of India; air pollution as an
externality; ambient, emission and technology standards; policies for air pollution
control. [5 Lectures]

Textbooks:
1. John H. Seinfeld and Spyros N. Pandis, Atmospheric Chemistry and Physics:
From Air Pollution to Climate Change, 3rd Edition, Wiley, 2016.

2. Daniel J. Jacob, Introduction to Atmospheric Chemistry, Princeton Univer-

sity Press, 2000.

References:
1. Barbara J. Finlayson-Pitts and James N. Pitts Jr, Chemistry of the Upper and
Lower Atmosphere, 2nd Edition, Academic Press, 2000.

2. Noel De Nevers, Air Pollution Control Engineering, 2nd Edition, McGraw-Hill,

2000.

3. C. Bard and M. Cann, Environmental Chemistry, 5th Edition,W.H. Freeman

and Company, 2012.

4. Research articles will be advised as required.

3.72 CE 558 52B: Air pollution and its mitigation

Course Code : CE 558
Course Name : Air pollution and its mitigation
L-T-P-C : 3-0-0-3
Intended for : 3rd and 4th year B.Tech, Post-graduate
Prerequisite : IC 230 (Environmental Science) for B..Tech.

221
 Mutual Exclusion :
Approval: 52nd BoA

Course Contents
ˆ The atmospheric system:Vertical profiles of pressure and temperature; atmo-
spheric structure; hydrostatic equilibrium and scale height; stability and lapse
rates; temperature inversions; atmospheric dispersion; general circulation and sur-
face winds; timescales of atmospheric transport. [5 Lectures]

ˆ Basics of atmospheric chemistry: Photochemical and radical-assisted reactions;

daytime vs nighttime and tropical vs polar chemistry; species lifetimes; atmospheric
measurement units. [2 Lectures]

ˆ Stratospheric processes: Dynamics of stratosphenc transport; formation and

distribution (latitudinal, seasonal and vertical) of stratospheric Ol; UV shielding
and effect on climate; role of HOx, NOx and chlorofluorocarbons in catalyzing 0 3
depletion- observational evidence, mitigation measures, recovery and challenges. [5
Lectures)

ˆ Tropospheric gas-phase species: Local, regional and global pollutants; the oxi-
dizing capacity of the troposphere; constraints on CO and CH4; the CO-HOx.NOx.VOC-
03 cycle; photochemical smog- case study of Los Angeles, USA; dry and wet removal
of pollutants; acidic deposition - case study of the Northeastern USA; current sce-
nario in As ia and the Indian perspective; mitigation, challenges and opportunities.
[8 Lectures]

ˆ Aerosols: Historical perspectives on air pollution; physical properties of aerosols -

form ation, growth, aging and size distribution; primary vs secondary and externally-
vs internally-mixed aerosol; core-sh ell theory; major aerosol chemical components
and their sources; tracers. [6 Lectures]

ˆ Air pollution control technologies: Basics of air pollution control system de-
sign - velocities, flow rate, pressure drop, nature of combustion, acid dew point,
particle settling and drag forces, diffusion; mitigation technologies in stationary
systems - fluidized bed combustion, integrated gasification combined cycle, flue
gas desulfurization, baghouses, scrubbers, cyclone collectors, and electrostatic pre-
cipitators; mitigation technologies in mobile systems - crankcase, evaporative and
tailpipe emissions from automobiles, catalytic converters, diesel particulate filters,
fuel modification and blending. [11 Lectures]

ˆ Risk assessment and policy intervention on air pollution: Link between

air pollution and mortality/morbidity; risk assessment for carcinogenic and non-
carcinogenic pollutants; air quality indices- case study of India; air pollution as an
externality; ambient, emission and technology standards; policies for air pollution
control. [5 Lectures]

Textbooks:
1. John H. Seinfeld and Spyros N. Pandis, Atmospheric Chemistry and Physics:
From Air Pollution to Climate Change, 3rd Edition, Wiley, 2016.

222
 2. Daniel J. Jacob, Introduction to Atmospheric Chemistry, Princeton Univer-
sity Press.

3. Noel De Nevers, Air Pollution Control Engineering, 2nd Edition, McGraw-Hill,

2000.

3.73 CE 559: Biological Wastewater Treatment

Course Number: CE 559
Course Title: Biological Wastewater Treatment
L-T-P-C: 3-0-0-3
Prerequisites: None
Intended for: UG/M.Tech./MS/PhD
Distribution: Elective

Approval: 28th Senate

Course Contents
ˆ Introduction: Need for wastewater treatment, Need for sludge treatment, Benefits
of biological wastewater treatment, Overview of wastewater treatment processes. [2
Lectures]

ˆ Water and wastewater quality parameter: pH and DO, Solids: total, dis-
solved, volatile and fixed solids, Organic carbon: BOD, COD and TOC, Nitro-
gen: Total Kjeldahl Nitrogen (TKN), Ammonia-nitrogen (NH3N), Nitrite-nitrogen
(NO2N) and Nitrate- nitrogen (NO3N), Phosphorous, Microbial analysis: Most
probable number (MPN). [6 Lectures]

ˆ Process Analysis: Rate of reaction, Order of reaction, Effect of temperature on

reaction rate, Enzyme Reaction and kinetics, Types of reactors: CSTR and plug
flow reactor, Reactor analysis, Residence time. [6 Lectures]

ˆ Biological Systems: Overview and application in wastewater treatment, Biolog-

ical growth and kinetics, Half-life and doubling time, Yield and decay, Monod’s
kinetics, Estimation of kinetic parameters. [6 Lectures]

ˆ Aerobic Process: Suspended growth processes: Ponds and lagoons, Activated

sludge process: Process description and its modifications, Substrate utilization and
biomass growth, Process design, Hydraulic and Solids residence time, Activated
sludge process with and without biomass recirculation, Efficiency and loading cri-
teria, Effect of temperature on process performance, Trouble shooting, Attached
growth processes: Rotating biological contactor (RBC), Trickling filter. [10 Lec-
tures]

ˆ Anaerobic Processes: Process description, Process design, Startup and opera-

tion, High-rate anaerobic processes, Biofilm and biofloc processes, Loading criteria
and biogas generation rate, Biogas yield and composition, Biogas cleanup and use,
Trouble shooting and maintenance, Sludge digestion. [6 Lectures]

223
 ˆ Downstream Treatment: Need for nutrient removal, Nitrogen removal processes,
Biological nitrification and denitrification, Phosphorus removal, Disinfection. [6
Lectures]

Textbooks:
1. George Tchobanoglous, Franklin Burton, H. David Stensel, Wastewater Engi-
neering: Treatment and Reuse, 4th Edition, McGraw-Hill International Edi-
tion, 2003.

2. Henze, M., Mark C. M. Van Loosdrecht, George A. Ekema, Damir Brdjanovic, Bi-
ological Wastewater Treatment: Principles, Modelling and Design, IWA
Publishing, 1997.

Reference Books:
1. Sawyer, C. N., Parkin, G. F. and McCarty, P. L., Chemistry for Environmental
Engineering, McGraw-Hill, 2008.

2. Bailey, J. E. and Ollis, D. F., Biochemical Engineering Fundamentals, 2nd

Edition, McGraw-Hill International, 1987.

3.74 CE 560: Soil Dynamics

Course Number: CE 560
Course Name: Soil Dynamics
L-T-P-C: 3-0-0-3
Prerequisites: Geotechnical Engineering I (CE 302), Geotechnical Engineering II (CE
402) or Equivalent course.
Intended for: UG and PG students
Distribution: Discipline Elective
Approval: 28th Senate

Course Contents
ˆ Introduction to soil dynamics: Importance of soil dynamics, nature and types
of dynamic loading, concept of dynamic loading, Simple harmonic motion, degrees
of freedom, types of vibration, free and forced vibration, decay of motion, vibration
measuring instruments. [8 Lectures]

ˆ Wave propagation in elastic half space: Elastic response of continua, Wave

propagation in soil media, Earthquake waves, Seismic travel time curve, Three-circle
method of estimation of Earthquake epicentre. [6 Lectures]

ˆ Dynamic soil properties: Stresses in soil element, concept of soil stiffness, damp-
ing ratio and plasticity properties of soil, techniques for estimation of dynamic soil
properties from field (intrusive and non-intrusive testing) and laboratory testing.
Correlation for obtaining various geotechnical parameters. [6 Lectures]

224
 ˆ Site response analysis: Transfer function, homogeneous and layered un-damped
and damped soil resting on rigid block, equivalent and non-linear approach of
ground response analysis, convolution and deconvolution of the earthquake wave,
site classification. [6 Lectures]

ˆ Liquefaction and lateral spreading: Concept of liquefaction (static and cyclic),

cyclic mobility, estimation of liquefaction potential of soil from field and labora-
tory testing data, cyclic stress ratio of soil and its importance, post liquefaction
lateral spreading of soil, effect of liquefaction on various geotechnical structures. [6
Lectures]

ˆ Design of machine foundations: Types of machine foundation, Mass-spring

dashpot model, concept of vibration isolation, Tschebotarioff’s reduced natural
frequency method; Elastic half space method; Vertical, sliding, torsional (yawing)
and rocking (and pitching) modes of oscillations; Design guidelines as per codes;
Typical design problems. [10 Lectures]

Textbooks:
1. Shamsher Prakash, Soil Dynamics, McGraw Hill Book Company, 1981.

2. Steven L. Kramer, Geotechnical Earthquake Engineering, Prentice Hall, 2003.

References:
1. Robert W. Day, Geotechnical Earthquake Engineering Handbook, McGraw
Hill, 2002.

2. Kenji Ishihara, Soil Behaviour in Earthquake Geotechnics, Oxford University

Press, 1996.

3. G.V. Ramanna and B.M. Das, Principles of Soil Dynamics, CENGAGE Learn-
ing, 2011.

4. Richart, F.E., Woods, R.D. and Hall, J.R., Vibrations of soils and foundations,
Prentice-Hall, 1970.

Additional Readings
1. Journal papers in the area of Soil Dynamics.

3.75 CE 561: The science of climate change

Course Number : CE 561
Course Name : The science of climate change
L-T-P-C: 3-0-0-3
Prerequisites: IC 230 (Environmental Science) or equivalent
Intended for: 3rd and 4th year B.Tech., PG
Distribution :Elective
Approval: 38th BoA

225
Course Contents
ˆ Earth system concepts and early climate: State of a system and couplings;
negative and positive feedback loops; system response to feedbacks; stable and
unstable equilibrium states; application of these concepts to the Daisyworld climate
system; formation and composition of the early atmosphere, and the effect of early
life; the Great Oxidation Event and the ozone shield; early climate and its evolution
over time. [5 Lectures]

ˆ Basics of global climate: Components of the climate system, timescales and the
parameterization problem; basics of energy balance and radiative forcing; atmo-
spheric and oceanic circulation and their role in energy redistribution; conservation
of momentum, equations of state, temperature and continuity equations, moist pro-
cesses, wave processes; natural climate variability - El Nino Southern Oscillation
(ENSO) dynamics, ENSO teleconnection and prediction.[7 Lectures]

ˆ Long-term climate regulation and proxies: The Faint Young Sun paradox - a
C02 and CH4-rich early atmosphere; geological indicators of paleoclimate; isotopic
proxies and temperature reconstruction; long-term glacial record and evidence of
past glaciations; low-latitude glaciation and the Snowball Earth; banded-iron for-
mations and cap carbonates; Pleistocene glaciations and the Milankovitch Cycles;
climate record from the Dome C and Vostok ice cores - evidence of anthropogenic
influence. [6 Lectures]

ˆ The greenhouse effect and climate feedbacks: Global energy balance model
with a 1-layer atmosphere - IR emissions and temperature; magnitude of the green-
house effect; global warming potential; climate feedbacks and climate sensitivity -
water vapour, snow/ice, cloud, lapse rate and stratospheric cooling feedbacks; cli-
mate response time and sensitivity in transient climate change - doubling of C02,
ocean warmmg. [5 Lectures]

ˆ Modern climate and human influence: Climate change during the Holocene
and the industrial era; the carbon, nitrogen and water cycles and their perturba-
tions, carbon emission intensity, estimating emissions from the Kaya Identity, C02-
equivalents; radiative forcing of other greenhouse gases (CH4 , N20, halocarbons)
and aerosols since industrialization. [7 Lectures]

ˆ Effects of climate change in the polar regions and the Himalayas: Effects of
climate change on the cryosphere; temperature and precipitation trends in the poles
and the Himalayas under a changing climate; aerosol deposition, snow cover change
and glacier melting; effects on stream flow and water resources; the National Action
Plan on Climate Change and the National Mission for Sustaining the Himalayan
Ecosystem; resilience and adaptation of Himalayan communities to climate change.
[5 Lectures]

ˆ Climate projections for the future and adaptation/mitigation strategies:

Emission paths and scenarios; globally-averaged response to warming scenarios;
coupled climate models, projections and multi-model ensemble averages; mitigation
strategies - climate-smart agriculture, energy efficiency, GHG accounting, renewable
energy, sustainable urban systems. [7 Lectures]

226
Textbooks:
1. J. David Neelin, Climate Change and Climate Modeling, 4th Edition, Cam-
bridge University Press, 2015.
2. Lee R. Kump, James F. Kasting, Robert G. Crane, The Earth System, 3rd
Edition, Prentice Hall., 2010

References:
1. Eckhart Ehlers, Thomas Krafft, Earth System Science in the Anthropocene,
Springer, 2005.
2. Barbara J. Finlayson’ Pitts and James N. Pitts Jr, Chemistry of the Upper and
Lower Atmosphere, 2nd Edition, Academic Press, 2000.
3. John Marshall and R. Alan Plumb, Atmosphere, Ocean and C limate Dy-
namics, Academic Press, 2007.
4. Relevant IPCC reports: AR5 Climate Change 2013 - The Physical Science Basis;
Global Warming of 1.5 C; The Ocean and Cryosphere in a Changing Climate.
5. Research articles will be advised as required.

3.76 CE 586P: Mini Project

Course Code: CE 586P
Course Name: Mini Project
L-T-P-C: 0-0-6-3
Intended for: PG (M. Tech in Structural Engineering)
Distribution: Discipline Core
Approval: 19th Senate

Course Contents
There is no regular lecture hours or practical classes for this course as it will be carried out
during winter vacations. The students will have to work on their specific projects on their
own in a self-learning mode. The supervisor will given necessary inputs or suggestions
throughout the work.

3.77 CE 587P: Industrial / Academic Internship

Course Code: CE 587P
Course Name: Industrial / Academic Internship
L-T-P-C: 0-0-2-1
Prerequisites: Mini project (CE 586P)
Intended for: PG (M. Tech in related specilization)
Distribution: Discipline Core

Approval: 18th Senate

227
Course Contents
There are no regular lecture hours or practical classes for this course as it will be carried
out during winter/summer vacations. The students will have to work on their specific
projects relevant to their M. Tech Specialization on their work in a self-learning mode.
The supervisor will give necessary inputs or suggestions throughout the work.
Proposal for a New Course

3.78 CE 591: Special Topics in Civil and Mechanical Engineer-

ing
Course Number : CE 591
Course Name : Special Topics in Civil and Mechanical Engineering
L-T-P-C: 3-0-0-3
Prerequisites : Solid Mechanics, Higher Engineering Mathematics
Intended for : UG (4th year Civil and Mechanical Engineering), PG (School of Engineer-
ing)
Distribution : Elective

Course Contents
ˆ Module I: Physical problems. Mathematical models. Ordinary and partial dif-
ferential equations. Elliptic, parabolic and hyperbolic equations. Boundary, initial
and boundary-initial value problems. [5 Lectures]
ˆ Module II: Some analytical solutions for simple idealized problems. Difficulties in
obtaining analytical solutions. Numerical solutions. Finite difference methods for
partial differential equations. [13 Lectures]
ˆ Module III: History of finite element method for structural problems. Finite
element method for non structural problems. Finite element method for partial
differential equations. [20 Lectures]
ˆ Module IV: Finite element software development for solution of some practical
problems. [4 Lectures]

Textbooks:
1. O.C. Zienkiewicz and K. Morgan, Finite Elements and Approximation, Dover
Publications, 1983.
2. S.C. Chapra and R.P. Canale, Numerical Methods for Engineers: With Pro-
gramming and Software Application, WCB/McGraw-Hill, 1998.

References:
1. D.V. Hutton, Fundamentals of Finite Element Analysis, McGraw Hill Edu-
cation, 2017.
2. S.S. Rao, The Finite Element Method in Engineering, 5th edition, Elsevier,
2011.

228
3.79 CE 600: Research Methodology for Civil Engineering
Course Code : CE 600
Course Name : Research Methodology for Civil Engineering
L-T-P-C :1-0-0-1
Intended for : MS/MTech(R)/ PhD
Prerequisite :
Mutual Exclusion:
Approval: 54th BoA

Course Contents (14 Hours)

ˆ Introduction to research methodology

ˆ Literature search and review

ˆ Technical and scientific writing

ˆ Data analysis and visualization

ˆ Technical and scientific presentation

ˆ Best practices in experimental research

ˆ Best practices in numerical research

ˆ Ethics in research

ˆ Open sourcing, software, data sources

ˆ IPR and outreach

ˆ Time and stress management

ˆ Writing proposals and grants

Textbooks:
1. Creswell, J. W., & Creswell, J.D., Research design: Qualitative, quantitative,
and mixed methods approach, 2017.

2. Sekaran, U., & Bougie, R., Research methods for business: A skill-building
approach, 2016.

References:
1. Notes and other material shared by the concerned faculty

229
3.80 CE 601: Geo-Informatics
Course Number: CE 601
Course Name: Geo-Informatics
L-T-P-C: 2-0-2-3
Pre-requisite: CE 508 - Photogeology and Photogrammetry; CE 501 - Remote Sensing
Intended for: B.Tech. 4th year/M.S./M.Tech./Ph.D.
Distribution: Elective
Approval: 9th Senate

Course Contents
Module I: Introduction, concepts and terminology, GIS packages & components of GIS,
difference between image processing system and GIS. [5 Lectures]
Module II: Elements of Image interpretation, Image formats, Raster and vector data,
Data acquisition through scanners and digitizers, methods of digitization. [5 Lectures]
Digital Data: spatial & non-spatial; preprocessing, spatial referencing and position-
ing, rectification and registration, interpolation. [10 Lectures]
Database structure: Hierarchical data, network systems, relational database, and
data management in GIS. [3 Lectures]
Module V: Data visualization, data manipulation, overlay, buffering, interpolation,
query analysis, mathematical operations on data. [9 Lectures]
Module VI: Project based application of GIS for various natural resources mapping
& monitoring and for engineering applications. [10 Lectures]

Text Books:
1. Kang-Tsung Chang, Introduction to geographic information systems, 8th
Edition, McGraw-Hill Education, 2015.
2. JR Jensen, and RR Jensen, Geographic information systems : Exercise
workbook, Pearson College Division, 2013.
3. M A. Gomarasca, Basics of Geomatics, Springer, 2009.
4. P A. Longley, M Goodchild, D J. Maguire, D W. Rhind, Geographic Information
Systems and Science, 3rd Edition, John Wiley, 2010.

Reference Books:
1. P.A. Burrough, and R.A., McDonnell, Principles of Geographic Information
for Land Resources Assessment, Oxford University Press, USA, 1998.
2. M.N., DeMers, Fundamentals of Geographic Information System, 3rd Edi-
tion, John Wiley, 2008.
3. M. Neteler, and H. Mitasova, Open source GIS : GRASS GIS approach,
Springer, 2008.
4. R S. Lunetta, J G. Lyon, Remote Sensing and GIS Accuracy Assessment,
CRC Press, 2005.

230
3.81 CE 602 : Blast Engineering
Course Code: CE 602
Course Name : Blast Engineering
L-T-P-C : 3-0-0-3
Intended for : UG/PG elective
Prerequisite : Structural Dynamics (CE511) or Soil Dynamics (CE 560) or equivalent
Mutual Exclusion : None
Approval: 45th BoA

Course Contents:
ˆ Module 1: Risks, Threat, and vulnerability Assessment, different scenarios: acci-
dental or terrorism, chemical, or nuclear, sources of explosion and explosive devices,
introduction to different types of problems through case-studies. [5 hours]

ˆ Module 2: Basic physics of shock/explosion phenomena, internal and external

explosions, nuclear and chemical explosions, characteristics of blast loads, ideal and
non-ideal blast waves, penetration (in concrete, rock, soil), fragmentation, ground
shocks, shock wave propagation, cratering and ejecta phenomena. [10 hours]

ˆ Module 3: Blast load on buried structures, above ground structures, surface-flush

and mounded structures, nuclear loads, soil arching, computing pressure-time curves
for different structural components, dynamic behavior of materials (concrete, steel,
rock, soil), dynamic response of idealized systems to blast loads (SDOF, MDOF,
continuous systems, practices in design codes, equivalent SDOF approach, dynamic
flexure and shear behavior), brief introduction to advanced computational tools
(such as hydrocodes, LS-DYNA, AUTODYN, DYNA-2D) and methods. [12hours]

ˆ Module 4: Shock spectra, Pressure-impulse diagrams, their application in design,

closed-form solution, energy balance approach, dynamic models (flexure, shear,
resistance function, failure modes) and design/construction aspects for protective
structures (connections, openings, site-selection, shock isolation, equipment protec-
tion, etc.), progressive collapse under blast load. [10 hours]

ˆ Module 5: Current design practices, design and safety considerations as per na-
tional and international standards challenges, issues & prospects, industrial needs,
interaction with industry/field experts. [5 hours]

Textbooks:
1. Prasad, BK Raghu, Structural Dynamics in Earthquake and Blast Resistant
Design, CRC Press, 2020.

2. Hetherington, John, and Peter Smith, Blast and ballistic loading of structures,
CRC Press, 2014.

231
References:
1. Ramamurthi, K., Explosions and Explosion-Safety, Tata McGraw-Hill Educa-
tion, 2010.

2. Dusenberry, Donald O., ed. Handbook for blast resistant design of buildings,
John Wiley & Sons, 2010.

3. Mays, Geoffrey, Peter Desmond Smith, and Peter David Smith, eds., Blast effects
on buildings: Design of buildings to optimize resistance to blast loading.
Thomas Telford, 1995.

4. Baker, Wilfred Edmund, P. A. Cox, J. J. Kulesz, R. A. Strehlow, and P. S. Westine,

Explosion hazards and evaluation, Elsevier, 2012.

5. Krauthammer, T., Modern protective structures, CRC Press, 2008.

6. Bangash, Mohammad Yusaf Hassan., Shock, impact and explosion: Struc-

tural Analysis and Design, Springer Berlin Heidelberg, 2009.

7. UFC (Unified Facilities Criteria). 2008. Structures to resist the effects of accidental
explosions. Rep. No. UFC 3-340-02. Washington, DC: US Army Corps of Engi-
neers, Naval Facilities Engineering Command, Air Force Civil Engineer Support
Agency.

8. ASCE. 1985. Design of structures to resist nuclear weapons effects. Manual of

Practice 42. Reston, VA: ASCE

9. IS 4991: 1968 (reaffirmed 2003): Criteria for Blast Resistant Design of Structures
for Explosions Above Ground.

3.82 CE 604 : Theory of Plasticity

Course Code : CE 604
Course Name : Theory of Plasticity
L-T-P-C : 2-1-0-3
Intended for : P.G. (M.Tech Structure, Design, etc., M.Tech by Research, and Ph.D.)
Prerequisite : Strength of Materials and Structures, Structural Analysis, Theory of
elasticity, advanced solid mechanics
Mutual Exclusion :
Approval: 52nd BoA

Course Contents
ˆ Introduction: Fundamental principles ofplasticity, Basic laws of plasticity, Index
notations. (4 Lectures)

ˆ Criteria of yielding: Maximum stress theory, Maximum strain theory, maximum

shear theory, maximum strain energy theory, Distortion energy theory, Mohr’s the-
ory of yielding, Yielding surfaces. (6 Lectures)

232
 ˆ Plastic stress strain relations: Strain relations, Distinction between Elastic and
Plastic Stress- Strain Relations, Plastic work, Derivation ofPlastic Stress- strain
relations. (6 Lectures)

ˆ Elastoplastic Problems of Spheres and Cylinders: General relations, thick

hollow sphere with internal pressure and thermal loading, Hollow sphere- Spread of
Plastic Zone, Residual Stresses and Strain hardening material. (8 Lectures)

ˆ Plane problems in plasticity: Beltrami- Michell equation, Plastic Bending of

Plates, Deflection of Circular Plates, Plane Strain Analogy for Plate Bending,
Yield Line theory for Plates, Axis symmetric case, General theorems of plastic-
ity, Drucker’s postulates, Integration of Plasticity Equation. (8 Lectures)

ˆ The Torsion problem: Torsion of Prismatic Bar, General relations, elasticity

solutions, perfect plasticity, elastoplastic torsion with strain hardening, bar with
rectangular cross-section, bar with circular cross-section. (6 Lectures)

ˆ Module VII: Slip-Line Field and limit analysis. (4 Lectures)

Textbooks:
1. J. Chakrabarty, Applied Plasticity, 2nd Edition, Springe.

2. Alexander Mendelson, PLASTICITY: Theory and Application, The Macmil-

lan Company, New York.

3. Jacob Lubliner, Plasticity Theory, Courier Corporation, 2008.

Reference Books:
1. R. M. Jones, Deformation theory of plasticity, Bull Ridge Publishing.

2. Akhatar S khan Sujain Huang, Continuum Theory of Plasticty, John Wiley

and sons.

3. L.M. Kachanov, Fundamentals Theory of Plasticty, Dover Publication.

4. Jacob Lubliner, Plasticity theory, Dover Publications.

3.83 CE 605: Engineering Seismology and Seismic Hazard As-

sessment
Course Number: CE 605
Course Name: Engineering Seismology and Seismic Hazard Assessment
L-T-P-C: 3-0-0-3
Credits Prerequisites: Structural Dynamics with Application to Earthquake Engineering
(CE 511) or equivalent course
Intended for B.Tech. 4th year / M.S./ M.Tech./ Ph.D.
Distribution: Discipline Elective (UG, 4th year); Discipline Elective (PG)
Approval: 15th Senate

233
Course Contents
ˆ Introduction: Internal Structure of the Earth; Plate tectonics and boundaries;
Faults; Focal mechanisms; Location of Earthquakes; Size of Earthquakes; Major
Earthquakes in the world; Important Indian Earthquakes. [5 Lectures]

ˆ Wave Propagation in Elastic Medium: Waves in Infin ite Medium; longitudinal

and Shear waves; Waves in Semi - infinite medium; Reflection and refraction of
waves; Rayleigh waves and Love waves; Response of an elastic Half - Space due to
surface and buried forces. Seismic moment tensor. Time dependence. [11 Lectures]

ˆ Strong Ground Motion and Parameters: Strong - Motion measurement; Inter-

national and Local strong motion networks; Synthetic strong ground motions; Stoch
asticseis mological models; Empirical Green’s Function method; One - Dimensional
Ground response analysis; Ground motion parameters. [12 Lectures]

ˆ Seismic Hazard Analysis: Definitions - seismic hazard, disaster and risk; Deter-
ministic seismic hazard analysis; Probability; Earthquake occurrence models; Esti-
mation of maximum magnitude, maximum credible earthquake, design basis earth-
quake; Ground motion prediction equations; Return periods and strong motion
exceedance rates; seismic Hazard curves; Deaggregation. Seismic microzonation,
Case studies/Project on estimating the seismic haza rd of important Himalayan
Cities. [14 Lectures]

Text books:
1. S. L. Kramer, Geotechnical Earthquake Engineering, 2nd Edition, Person Educa-
tion, 2004.

2. K. F. Graff, Wave Motion in Elastic Solids, Dover Publications, 1991.

References
1. D. M. Boore, Simulation of Ground Motion Using the Stochastic Method, Pure and
Applied Geophysics, 160, 635 - 676, 2003.

2. Keiiti AKI and Paul G Rich ards, Quantitative Seism ology, 2nd Edition, University
Science Books, 2002.

3. A. Udias, Principles of Seismology, Cambridge University Press, 1999.

4. NOMA, Development of probabilistic seismic hazard map of India, Technical Re-

port, Working Committee of Experts (WCE), National Disaster Managem ent Au-
thority (NOMA), 2011

5. NPTEL course on Geotechnical Earthquake Engineering (online resources).

234
3.84 CE 606: Constitutive Modeling of Fri ctional Material
Course Number: CE 606
Course Name: Constitutive Modeling of Frictional Material
L-T-P-C: 3-0-0-3
Prerequisites: Geotechnical Engineering I (CE302) or Equi valent/ Mechanics of Solids
(ME206) or Equi valent
Intended for: B.Tech. 4th year/ M.S./ M.Tech./ Ph.D.
Distribution: Open Elective
Approval: 15th Senate

Course Contents
ˆ Mathematical Background: Overview and importance of constitutive modeling;
Preliminaries on tensor; Stress, strai n and invariants; Principal stress space: triaxia
land octahedral plane; Stiffness tensor; Voigt notation. [6 Lectures]

ˆ Constitutive Behavior of Gcomaterials: Different laboratory tests and various

modeling aspects pertinent to the stress-strain behaviour of geomaterials subjected
to shearing and volumetric compression, e.g., void ratio, pressure and stress path
dependency, an isotropy and rate/time effects etc. [3 Lectures]

ˆ Elasticity: Linear, nonlinear and anisotropic elastic models; Calibration of model

parameters. [6 Lectures]

ˆ Plasticity: Internal variable, yield criteria, flow rule, plastic potential, Drucker’s
stabilit y postulate, convexity and normality rules, hardening/ softening, isotropic
and kinematic hardening; Different failure criteria for yielding: Tresca, von Mises,
Mohr-Coulomb, Drucker-Prager, Hoek and Brown etc. [7 Lectures]

ˆ Critical State Models: Critical state concept; Stress-dilatancy theory; Strain

hardening and/or work hardening plasticity models for sand: formulation, cali-
bration and implementation to simulate drained and undrained triaxial test. [6
Lectures]

ˆ Cam-Clay Models: Cam-Clay models: formulation and calibration ; Implemen-

tati on of Cam-Clay model to simulate single element tests: consolidation, drain ed
and undrain ed triaxial test, Application of elasto-plastic models. [10 Lectures]

ˆ Special topics: Other advanced constitutive models for frictional materials (e.g.,
damage plasticity/ v isco plasticity/ unsaturated soil model / disturbed state model
etc.) [4 Lectures]

Text Books:
1. David Muir Wood, Soil Behaviour and Critical State Soil Mechanics, Cam-
bridge University Press, 1991.

2. Alexander Puzrin, Constirutive Modelling in Gcomcchanics, Springer, 2012.

235
References:
1. David Muir Wood, Geotechnical Modelling, CRC Press Taylor and Francis
Group, 2004.

2. W.F. Chen and E. Mizuno, Nonlinear analysis in soil mechanics: theory and
implementation, Elsevier Science Ltd, 1990.

3. Hai-Sui Yu, Plasticity and Geotechnics, Springer, 2006.

4. W.F. Chen and G.Y. Baladi, Soil Plasticity: Theory and Implementation, El
sevier Science Ltd, 1985.

5. C.S. Desai, Mechanics of Materials and Interfaces: The Disturbed State

Concept, CRC Press, 2000.

6. N.S. Ottosen and M. Ristinmaa, The Mechanics of Constitutive Modeling,

Elsevier Science, 2005.

7. J.C. Simo and T.J.R. Hughes, Computational Inelasticity, Springer, 2000.

8. E.A. de Souza Neto, D. Peric and D.R.J. Owen , Computational Methods for
Plasticity: Theory and Applications, Wiley, 2008.

9. Allan F. Bower, Applied Mechanics of Solids, CRC Press, 2009.

3.85 CE 610: Analysis and Design for Earthquake Resistant

Structures
Course Number: CE 610
Course Name : Analysis and Design for Earthquake Resistant Structures
L-T-P-C: 3-0-0-3
Prerequisites : Structural Dynamics with Application to Earthquake Engineering (CE
511) or Equivalent
Intended for: M.Tcch. (Structural Engineering); UG (4th year), PG (M.S., Ph.D.)
Distribution : Elective (UG/PG)/ Specialization Elective (M.Tech. - Structural Engi-
neering)
Approval: 19th Senate

Course Contents
ˆ Basic Concepts: Behavior of structurs and struc.rural components under earth-
quake loading; Introduc tion to cisrnology; Seismic inputs to structures; Exampl es
or earthquake resistant structures and their behavior during actual earthquakes. [4
Lectures]

ˆ Seismic Design Philosophy: Ilistorical development of earthquake resistant de-

sign philosophy; Concept of strength) overstrength und ductility; Concept of equal
displacement and equal energy principles, c.apacity design. [4 Lectures]

236
 ˆ Modeling and Analysis of Buildings: Equivalent static analysis; Response
spectrum analysis; Mode superposition method; Time history analysis; Non-linear
analysis consideration; Pushover analysis; Modeling concept of reinforce-d concrete
building; Consideration of irregularities in seismic design of buildings; Introduction
to modeling and analysis of reinforced masonry buildings; Simulation of structures
using soflware for seismic analysis. [12 Lectures]

ˆ Seismic Design of Building Components: Earthquake resistant properties of

reinforced concrete; Seismic behavior and design of linear reinforced c.oncrete ele-
ments; Seismic behavior of planar reinforced concrete elements; Codal provisions;
Detailing for ductility; Design guidelines specific for reinrorced masonry building;
Earthquake resistant design considerations for steel structmes. Consideration for
computer aide.d sei smic design using software simulation. [14 Lectures]

ˆ Advanced Topics in Earthquake Resistant Design: Performance based earth-

quake engineering; Introduct ion to eanhquake resistam design for special structures;
Retrofitting and trengthening of structures; Concept of base isolat ion technique
and other seismic vibration control. [8 Lectures]

Textbooks:
1. Pauley T. and Priestley M.J.N., Seismic Design or Reinlorced Concrete and
Masonry Buildings, John-Wiley & Sons, 1992.

2. Datta T.K., Seismic Anal ysis of Structures, John Wiley & Sons (Asia) Pte
Ltd, 2010.

References:
1. Chopra A.K., Dynamics of Structures- Theory and Application to Earth-
quake engineering, 5th Edilion, Pearson Education I ndia, 2017.

2. Shrikhande M., Agrawal P., Earthquake Resistant Design of Structures, Pren-

tice Hall India Learning Private Limited, 2006.

3. Taly N., Design of Reinforced Masonry Structures, 2nd Edition, McGraw-Hill

Education, 2010.

4. Rai D.C. (2005), IITK-GSDMA Guidelines for Structural use of Reinforced

Masonry - Provisions with Commentary and Explanatory Examples, IIT
Kanpur, Gujrat State Disaster Mitigation Authority.

5. ATC-40, Seismic Evaluation and Retrofit of Concrete Building - Vol. I &II,

Applied Technology Council, 1996.

6. AISC 341-10, Seismic Provisions for Structural Steel Buildings, American

Institute ofSteel Construction, 2010.

7. Naeim F., Kelly J.M., Design of Seismic Isolated Structures: From Theory
to Practice, John Wiley & Sons, 1999.

237
 8. IS 189J (Part I ), Criteria for Earthquake Resistant Design of Stntctures:
Part I General Provisions and Buildings, Bureau of lndian Standard, 2016.

9. IS 13920, Ductile Dcsign and Detailing of Reinforced Concrete Structures

Subjected to Seismic Forces-Code of Practice, Bureau oflndian Standard,
2016.

3.86 CE 611: Structural Health Monitoring

Course Code: CE 611
Course Name: Structural Health Monitoring
L-T-P-C: 3-0-0-3
Prerequisites: Strength of Materials and Structures – CE 301 and Structural Dynamics
with Application to Earthquake Engineering – CE 511 or equivalent
Intended for: UG and PG
Distribution: Discipline Elective (UG and PG)
Approval: 19th Senate

Course Contents
ˆ Module I: Introduction to SHM, brief history structural rehabilitation, Condition
monitoring, Infrastructure management, Components of SHM, Sensors and Instru-
mentation, Measurement noise and precision. [4 Lectures]

ˆ Module II: Non-destructive evaluation based methods: Acoustic emission based,

Ultrasonic testing, Eddy current based method, Radiographic imaging based. [4
Lectures]

ˆ Module III: Vibration based methods, basic procedures (Operational evaluation,

data acquisition fusion and cleansing), feature extraction, feature discrimination,
Modal information based approaches: Model independent methods, frequency based
(forward and inverse), Mode shape and modal curvature based methods, Modal
information based approaches: Model dependent methods, Direct matrix update,
Parameter optimization, soil computing based methods. [15 Lectures]

ˆ Module IV: [4 Lectures]

3.87 CE 612: Theory of Plates and Shells

Course Number: CE 612
Course Name: Theory of Plates and Shells
L-T-P-C: 3-0-0-3
Prerequisites: Theory of Elasticity, Advance Solid Mechanics (CE 557, ME 606)
Intended for: M.Tech./M.S./Ph.D./ B. Tech (3rd and 4th Year)
Distribution: Elective
Approval: 24th Senate

238
Course Contents
ˆ Introduction to classical plate theory and governing equations, stress resultants,
boundary conditions. [6 Lectures]
ˆ Solution of bending of rectangular plates using Navier and Levy methods. [6 Lec-
tures]
ˆ Bending of circular plates. [6 Lectures]
ˆ Vibration and buckling of rectangular and circular plates. [6 Lectures]
ˆ Introduction to surfaces, Strain displacement relations in curvilinear coordinates,
Classification of shells. [6 Lectures]
ˆ Membrane theory of shells and governing equations, stress resultants, boundary
conditions. [6 Lectures]
ˆ Analysis of axisymmetric shells. [6 Lectures]
ˆ Bending, buckling and vibration of circular cylindrical shells. [6 Lectures]

Textbooks:
1. S.P. Timoshenko and S. Woinwosky-Kriegger, Theory of Plates and Shells, 2nd
Edition, McGraw Hill, 2010.
2. W. Soedel, Vibrations of Shells and Plates, Marcel Dekker, 2004.
3. D.O. Brush and B.O. Almorth, Buckling of Bars, Plates and Shells, McGraw Hill,
1975.

References:
1. H. Kraus, Thin Elastic Shells, John Wiley and Son, 1967.
2. E. Ventsel and T. Krauthammer, Thin Plates and Shells Theory, Analysis,
and Applications, Marcel Dekker, 2001.
3. K. Chandrashekhara, Theory of Plates, Universities Press, 2001.
4. J.N. Reddy, Theory and Analysis of Elastic Plates and Shells, CRC Press,
2006.

3.88 CE 613: Mechanics of Unsaturated Soils

Course Code : CE 613
Course Name : Mechanics of Unsaturated Soils
L-T-P-C: 3-0-0-3
Intended for : UG and PG students
Prerequisite : Geotechnical Engineering I (CE302), Geotechnical Engineering II (CE
402) or equivalent course.
Mutual Exclusion : None
Approval: 50th BoA

239
Course Contents:
ˆ Introduction to Unsaturated Soil Mechanics: Role of climatic conditions,
Need and application areas of unsaturated soil mechanics, Typical profile of unsat-
urated soils (2 Hours)
ˆ Phase Properties and Stress state variables: Properties of individual phases,
Interaction of air and water, Volume-mass relations, Effective stress for unsatu-
rated soils, Stress state variables, Limiting stress state conditions and experimental
testing of stress state variables (8 Hours)
ˆ Measurement of soil suction: Theory of soil suction, Capillarity, Measurement
of Total suction, Matric suction, and Osmatic suction (8 Hours)
ˆ Flow behaviour in unsaturated soils: Flow of water, Driving potential for
water phase, Darcy’s law, coefficient of permeability with respect to water phase,
steady state flow (8 Hours)
ˆ Shear strength of unsaturated soils: Failure envelope for unsaturated soils,
Triaxial and direct shear tests on unsaturated soils (8 Hours)
ˆ Stress-deformation analysis for unsaturated soils: Swelling pressure deter-
mination, 1-D Heave estimation, Foundation design in expansive soil (6 Hours)

Textbooks:
1. Fredlund, D.G., Rahardjo, H., and Fredlund, M.D., Unsaturated Soil Mechanics
in Engineering Practice, 2nd Edition, John Wiley & Sons, Inc., 2012.
2. Lu, N., and Likos, W.J., Unsaturated Soil Mechanics, 1st Edition, John Wiley
& Sons, Inc., 2004.

References:
1. Ng, Charles, W.W., and Menzies, B., Advanced Unsaturated Soil Mechanics
and Engineering, Taylor and Francis, 2007.
2. Blight, G.E., Unsaturated Soil Mechanics in Geotechnical Practice, Taylor
and Francis, 2013
3. Refereed publications in the field of unsaturated soil mechanics

3.89 CE 688P: Post Graduate Project - 1

Course Code: CE 688P
Course Name: Post Graduate Project - 1
L-T-P-C: 0-0-28-14
Intended for: M. Tech in Structural Engineering Specialization
Distribution: Discipline Core
Approval: 55th BoA
Revision: Original Credit Structure was: 0-0-24-12, approved in 28th Senate. Re-
vised to 0-0-28-14 in 55th BoA.

240
Course Contents
A the beginning of the semester the students have to present their project topics and
planned to work to be carried in next few months. At the end of the semester they may
have to submit a report and must give presentation based on their complete work and
future plans.

Reference Books:
1. As suggested by Supervisor

2. As the students find necessary during working on their research project.

3.90 CE 689P: Post Graduate Project - II

Course Code: CE 689P
Course Name: Post Graduate Project - II
L-T-P-C: 0-0-30-15
Intended for: M. Tech in Structural Engineering Specialization
Prerequisites: Post Graduate Project - I
Distribution: Discipline Core
Approval: 55th BoA
Revision: Original Credit Structure was: 0-0-34-17, approved in 28th Senate. Re-
vised to 0-0-30-15 in 55th BoA.

Course Contents
At the end of the semester the students have to submit a detailed technical report and
must give a presentation based on their completed work. A committee shall be formed
to evaluate the students’ performance during the entire period through their report and
seminars. Reference Books: As suggested by Supervisor As the students find necessary
during working on their research project.

Reference Books:
1. As suggested by Supervisor

2. As the students find necessary durin

241
4 Computer Science and Engineering Coureses
4.1 CS 201: Computer Organization
Course Code: CS 201
Course Name: Computer Organization
L-T-P-C: 3-0-0-3
Prerequisites: None
Intended for: UG
Distribution: Institute Core
Semester: V
Approval: 9th Senate

Course Contents
ˆ Digital Logic and Data Representation Introduction to digital logic (logic
gates, flip-flops, circuits); Logic expressions and Boolean functions; adder, subtrac-
tor, Design of arithmetic and logic unit (ALU)., Representation of numeric data,
signed and unsigned arithmetic; Range, precision and errors in floating-point arith-
metic; Representation of text, audio and images.

ˆ Computer Architecture and Organization History of the digital computer;

Introduction to instruction set architecture, micro architecture and system archi-
tecture; Instruction sequencing, flow-of-control , subroutine call and return mech-
anisms; Structure of machine-level programs; Low-level architectural support for
high- level languages.

ˆ Interfacing and I/O strategies I/O fundamentals: handshaking and buffering;

Interrupt mechanisms; vector and prioritized, interrupt acknowledgement; Buses:
protocols, arbitration, direct memory access(DMA); Examples of modern buses:
e.g. PCIe, USB, Hyper transport.

ˆ Memory Architecture Storage systems and their technology, Storage standards

(CD-ROM,DVD); Memory hierarchy, latency and throughput; Cache memories-
operating principles, replacement policies, multilevel cache, virtual memory system:
page table and TLB, cache coherency

ˆ Functional Organization Review of register transfer language to describe in-

ternal operations in a computer; CISC vs RISC Designs simple implementation
schemes datapath design, control unit Micro architectures- hardwired and micro
programmed realizations; Instruction pipelining and instruction-level parallelism
(ILP); Overview of superscalar architectures; Processor and system performance;
Performance their measures and their limitations.

CO Lab:
1. The assignment will be designed to assist the theory covered in the class:

2. Some examples are given as follows:

242
 3. Design adder, subtractor in breadboard

4. Designing ALU (Arithmetic and Logical Unit) in breadboard

5. Programming in assembly language and perform some basic operations addition,

subtraction, sorting

Text books:
1. C.Hamacher, Z.Vranesic and S.Zaky, Computer Organization, 5th Edition, McGraw-
Hill, 2002.

2. J.P.Hayes, Computer Architecture and Organization, 3rd Edition.

3. D. A. Patterson and J.L.Hennessy, Computer Organization and Design - The

Hardware/Software Interface

4. William Stallings, Computer Organization & Architecture designing for

performance, 7th Edition.

4.2 CS 201P: Computer Organization Laboratory

Course Code: CS 201P
Course Name: Computer Organization Laboratory
L-T-P-C: 0-0-2-1
Prerequisites: None
Intended for: UG
Distribution: Discipline Core
Semester: V
Approval: 9th Senate

Course Contents
Lab assignments (listed below) require 3 hours in the lab, preceded by at least 3 hours at
home. The weekly assignments would be targeted at understanding the concepts covered
in the theory course. Some examples of the structure of assignment is as follows:

ˆ Week 1 Getting familiarity in the Verilog/VHDL programming.

ˆ Week 2-3 Design and simulation of simple combinational and sequential circuits
(flip flops) using Verilog/VHDL programming.

ˆ Week 4 Design and similation of 16-bit signed and unsigned integer adder-subtractor
circuit.

ˆ Week 5 Design and similation of 16-bit signed and unsigned integer multiplication
circuit using carry save addition.

ˆ Week 6 Design and similation of 16-bit signed and unsigned integer combinational
division circuit using non-restoring procedure.

243
 ˆ Week 7 Design and similation of 16-bit signed and unsigned arithmatiac and logic
unit (ALU) as a single unit by combining all the circuits simulated from week 2-7.
ˆ Week 8-13 Programming in assembly language, e.g., assembly language in IA32
architecture

Text books
1. Sivarama P. Dandamudi, Guide to Assembly Languag Programming in Linux,
Springer, 2005.

4.3 CS 202 (4) Advanced Data Structure and Algorithms

Senate: 8th
Approval: 9th Senate
Equivalent Course / Modified to: CS 202 Data Structure and Algorithms

Course Outline:
After the students have gone through a course on discrete structures, where they learn
the formal and abstract representations of data and its manipulation, a course on data
structures and algorithms should teach the students concrete implementations and ma-
nipulation of such discrete structures and their use in design and analysis of non-trivial
algorithms for a given computational task. On completion of such a course, students
should be able to ‘ analyse the asymptotic performance of algorithms - demonstrate their
familiarity with major data structures, rule to manipulate those, and their canonical ap-
plications - construct efficient algorithms for some common computer engineering design
problems Further, as programming is an integral part of the CS education, in this course
students should implement the data structures and algorithms they learn, compute the
corresponding achievable performance (computation time, memory requirement, etc), and
if possible compare the achievable performance with alternative designs.

4.4 CS 202: Data Structures and Algorithms

Course Code: CS 202
Course Name: Data Structures and Algorithms
L-T-P-C: 3-1-0-4
Prerequisites: IC-250 Programming and Data Structure Practicum
Intended for: UG
Distribution: Compulsory for CSE; CS elective for EE and ME
Semester: 4th
Approval: 5th, 9th, 12th Senates

Coruse Contents
ˆ Complexity Analysis Time and Space complexity of algorithms, asymptotic anal-
ysis, average and worst case analysis, asymptotic notation, importance of efficient
algorithms, program performance measurement, data structures and algorithms. [2
Lectures]

244
 ˆ Stacks and Queues Abstract data types, sequential and linked implementations,
representative applications such as towers of Hanoi, parenthesis matching, finding
path in a maze. [4 Lectures]

ˆ Lists Abstract data type, sequential and linked representations, comparison of

insertion, deletion and search operations for sequential and linked lists, list and
chain classes, doubly linked lists, circular lists, skip lists, applications of lists in bin
sort, radix sort, sparse tables. [6 Lectures]

ˆ Dictionary Abstract data type, array and tree based implementations. [1 Lecture]

ˆ Hashing Search efficiency in lists and skip lists, hashing as a search structure, hash
table, collision resolution, universal hashing, linear open addressing, chains, hash
tables in data- compression, LZW algorithm. [4 Lectures]

ˆ Trees Abstract data type, sequential and linked implementations, tree traversal
methods and algorithms, Binary trees and their properties, threaded binary trees -
differentiation, leftist trees, tournament trees, use of winner trees in mergesort as
an external sorting algorithm, bin packing. [8 Lectures]

ˆ Search Trees Binary search trees, search efficiency, insertion and deletion oper-
ations, importance of balancing, AVL trees, searching, insertion and deletions in
AVL trees, Tries, 2-3 tree, B-tree. [4 Lectures]

ˆ Heaps Heaps as priority queues, heap implementation, insertion and deletion op-
erations, binary heaps, binomial and Fibonacci heaps, heapsort, heaps in Huffman
coding. [3 Lectures]

ˆ Graphs Definition, terminology, directed and undirected graphs, properties, imple-

mentation adjacency matrix and linked adjacency chains, connectivity in graphs,
graph traversal breadth first and depth first, spanning trees. [4 Lectures]

ˆ Basic algorithmic techniques Greedy algorithms, divide & conquer, dynamic

programming. Search techniques - backtracking, Sorting algorithms with analysis,
integer sorting, selection sort. Graph algorithms: DFS and BFS with applications,
MST and shortest paths. [6 Lectures]

Reference Books:
1. S. Sahni, Data Structures, Algorithms, and Applications in C++, 2nd
Edition, Silicon Press, 2005.

2. T. H. Cormen, C. E. Leiserson, R. L. Rivest, and C. Stein, Introduction to

Algorithms, 3rd Edition, MIT Press, 2009.

3. A. M. Tenenbaum, Y. Langsam, and M. J. Augenstein, Data Structures Using

C and C++, 2nd Edition, Prentice Hall, 1995.

245
4.5 CS 203: Discrete Structures
Course Code: CS 203
Course Name: Discrete Structures
L-T-P-C: 3-0-0-3
Students intended for 2nd year B. Tech. CSE
Elective or Compulsory: Compulsory
Prerequisites: None

Approval: 3rd Senate

Course Contents
ˆ Logics and Proofs: Propositional Logic, Applications of Propositional Logic, Propo-
sitional Equivalences, Predicates and Quantifiers, Nested Quantifiers, Rules of In-
ference, Introduction to Proofs, Proof Methods and Strategies.

ˆ Sets, Functions, Sequences, Sum, and Matrices: Sets, Set operators, Functions,
Sequences and Summations, Cardinality of Sets, Matrices

ˆ Counting and Discrete Probability: Basics of Counting, Pigeonhole Principle, Per-

mutations and Combinations, Introduction to Discrete Probability, Probability
Theory, Bayes Theorem, Expected Value and Variance

ˆ Relations: Relations and Their Properties, n-ary Relations and Their Applications,
Representing Relations, Closures of Relations, Equivalence Relations, Partial Or-
derings

ˆ Graphs: Graphs and Graph Models, Representing Graphs and Graph Isomorphism,
Connectivity, Euler and Hamilton Paths, Shortest-Path Problems, Planar Graphs,
Graph Coloring

ˆ Trees: Introduction to Trees, Application of Trees, Tree Traversal, Spanning Trees,

Minimum Spanning Trees

ˆ Boolean Algebra and Modeling Computation: Boolean Algebra, Representing Boolean

Functions, Logic Gates, Minimization of Circuits, Language and Grammars, Finite-
State Machines, Language Recognition, Turing Machines

Readings (including but not restricted to the following):

1. Kenneth Rosen [KR], Discrete mathematics and its applications, 6th Edition,
McGraw-Hill Science/Engineering/Math, 2006.

Reference Books:
1. C. Liu, D. Mohapatra[CM], Elements of Discrete Mathematics, Tata McGraw-
Hill, 2008.

2. T.Koshy [TK], Discrete mathematics with applications, Academic Press, 2003

246
 3. J. Hein [JH], Discrete structures, logic and computability, Jones & Bartlett
Publishers, 2009.

4.6 CS 204: Introduction to Database

Course Code: CS 204
Course Name: Introduction to Database
L-T-P-C: 3-0-0-3
Category:
Prerequisites: None
Approval: 5th Senate

Course Contents
ˆ Introduction, ER model, Relational model & algebra, Relational calculus, SQL, File
organisation&indexing, Dependencies & normalization, Database tuning, Transac-
tions, concurrencyand recovery, Case studies and Advanced topics

Text books:
1. R. Elmasri & S.B. Navathe, Fundamentals of Database Systems, 5th Edition,
Pearson, 2008.

2. P. Sreenivasa Kumar, NPTEL lecture notes on databases.

3. Baron Schwartz et al., High Performance MySQL: Optimization, Backups,

Replication, and More, 2nd Edition, O’Reilly Associates, 2008.

4.7 CS 205: Paradigms of Programming

Course Code: CS 205
Course Name: Paradigms of Programming
L-T-P-C: 3-0-0-3
Category:
Prerequisites: None
Approval: 5th Senate

Course Contents
ˆ Introduction (talking about different paradigms), First order logic and logic pro-
gramming (with Prolog). Lambda calculus and functional programming (with
Haskell) A couple of lectures on Object Oriented Programming.

Text books:
1. Ehud Shapiro, Leon Sterling, The Art of PROLOG: Advanced Programming
Techniques.

247
 2. William F. Clocksin, Christopher S. Mellish, Programming in Prolog.

3. Bryan O’Sullivan, Don Stewart, and John Goerzen, Real World Haskell.

4.8 CS 206: Computer Networks

Course Code: CS 206
Course Name: Computer Networks
L-T-P-C: 3-0-0-3
Prerequisites: None
Approval: 5th Senate

Course Contents
ˆ Part 1: Building a network; Goals; Requirements; layered network architecture;
Physical media - electrical, optical, wireless; Encoding; Framing; Network adapter;
Error Detection; Reliable transmission

ˆ Part 2: Topology: Ethernet, Rings; Packet Switching; Forwarding; Bridges and

LAN switches; Wifi

ˆ Part 3: Routing; Algorithms (Distance Vector; Link State); Addressing; IPv4 and
IPv6; Internet; Multicast; [8 Lectures]

ˆ Part 4: Transport protocols UDP, TCP; Network resource allocation Flow and
Congestion Control; Quality of Service [8 Lectures]

ˆ Part 5: Application layer - Web, Email, DNS; Network security; Network manage-
ment; Advanced topics: Wireless networks; Optical communications [8 Lectures]

Note: Architectures, protocols, implementation and performance to be covered in all

parts.

Textbooks:
1. Peterson & Davie, Computer Networks: A Systems Approach

2. A.S. Tanenbaum, Computer Networks.

4.9 CS 207: Applied Databases Practicum

Course Code: CS 207
Course Name: Applied Databases Practicum
L-T-P-C: 0-0-3-2
Prerequisites: IC 150 Computation for Engineers
Intended for: UG
Distribution: Compulsory for CSE; CS elective for EE and ME
Semester: 3rd
Approval: 6th, 9th, 11th Senates

248
Course Contents
A few lab lectures (8 hours spread over the semester):
ˆ Architectures of DB applications: Client-server; UI-Business logic-DBMS; Browser
UI-Web server-Business logic-DBMS.
ˆ Introduction to SQL
ˆ Introduction to E-R modelling and MVC
ˆ Transactions what, how and when?
ˆ Introduction to a scripting language, eg PHP, Python
ˆ Introduction to HTML and especially HTML5
ˆ Introduction to Javascript and Ajax/Comet
ˆ Introduction to NoSQL
Lab assignments (listed below) require 3 hours in the lab, preceded by at least 3 hours
at home. The weekly assignments are stage-wise demonstrations of the evolution of a
mini-project stages are as follows:
ˆ Week 1-2 Choice of mini-project a useful web-based tool.
ˆ Week 3-4 Designing the data model and table schemas, testing the tables manually.
ˆ Week 5-6 Design the UI flow the user view.
ˆ Week 7 Creating the GUI forms and reports.
ˆ Week 8-9 Putting together the Web UI flow with the appropriate data access.
ˆ Week 10 Basic tool ready with full functionality
ˆ Week 11 Improving UI using javascript and HTML5 features.
ˆ Week 12 Using AJAX for better user-interaction.
ˆ Week 13 Substituting portions of the data model using NoSQL databases

Textbooks:
ˆ This course will use web-resources to cover course topics.

4.10 CS 208: Mathematical Foundations of Computer Science

Course Code: CS 208
Course Name: Mathematical Foundations of Computer Science
L-T-P-C: 3-1-0-4
Prerequisites: IC 150 Computation for Engineers
Intended for: UG
Distribution: Compulsory for CSE; CS elective for EE and ME
Semester: 3rd
Approval: 9th Senate

249
Course Contents
ˆ Fundamental structures:

– Functions - surjections, injections, inverses, composition. (2 contact hours)

Relations - reflexivity, symmetry, transitivity, equivalence relations. [2 Lec-
tures]
– Sets - Venn diagrams, complements, Cartesian products, power sets, finite and
infinite sets, introduction to lattices. [4 Lectures]
– Abstract orders: quasi-order, partial order, well-order, (Advanced, optional
topics: Zorn’s lemma, Koenig’s theorem.) [2 Lectures]

ˆ Combinatorics

– Counting arguments/techniques; pigeonhole principle; cardinality and count-

ability, the inclusion-exclusion principle, recurrence relations, generating func-
tions. [5 Lectures]
– Basics of graph theory: graph as a discrete structure, graph coloring and
connectivity, traversal problems, and spanning trees. [5 Lectures]
– Advanced, optional topic: Probabilistic method in combinatorics.

ˆ Logic

– Propositional and predicate logic: syntax, semantics, soundeness, complete-

ness, unification, inferencing, resolution principle, proof system. [6 Lectures]
– Proof techniques (negation, contradiction, contraposition, mathematical in-
duction) and the structure of formal proofs; efficiency of proof-systems. [4
Lectures]

ˆ State machines

– Introduction, minimization, grammars, languages. [4 Lectures]

ˆ Algebra

– Motivation for algebraic structures, the theory of some algebras such as monoids,
groups (finite, cyclic, permutation, matrix), cosets, subgroups, Lagrange’s the-
orem, discrete logarithm. [8 Lectures]

ˆ Optional topic

ˆ Number Theory

– Elementary number theory, fundamental theorem of arithmetic, gcd, unique

factorization, Euler’s function, modular arithmetic, Fermat’s little theorem,
Chinese remainder theorem, modular exponentiation, RSA public key encryp-
tion.

250
Suggested Reference Books:
1. E. Lehman, F. T. Leighton, and A. R. Meyer, Mathematics for Computer Sci-
ence, 2013. Available online at: http://courses.csail.mit.edu/6.042/spring13/mcs.pdf

2. R. L. Graham, D. E. Knuth, and O. Patashnik, Concrete Mathematics, Pearson,

1994. Also, available online at: www.maths.ed.ac.uk/∼aar/papers/knuthore.pdf?

3. A. Aho and J. Ullman, Foundations of Computer Science, W. H. Freeman,

1992. Available online at: http://infolab.stanford.edu/∼ullman/focs.html

4. I. N. Herstein, Topics in Algebra, 2nd Edition, Wiley, 1975.

5. A. Tucker, Applied Combinatorics, 6th Edition, Wiley, 2012.

6. C. Liu and D. P. Mohapatra, Elements of Discrete Mathematics, 3rd Edition,

Tata-McGraw Hill, 2008.

7. T. Koshy, Discrete Mathematics with Applications, Academic Press, 2003.

8. J. Hein, Discrete Structures, Logic, and Computability, 3rd Edition, Jones

and Barlett, 2009.

4.11 CS 211P: Network and Database Practicum

Course Code: CS 211P
Course Name: Network and Database Practicum
L-T-P-C: 0-0-3-2
Category:
Prerequisites: None

Approval: 5th Senate

Course Contents
ˆ Basic C Programming + Unix; notion of safety and importance of return values
infunction calls in C. Exposure to Unix command line and file system organization.

ˆ Basic Unix System Calls.

ˆ Unix sockets, ports, TCP/UDP end-to-end argument in networks; transport model

inTCP and

ˆ UDP; basic flow of server/client; TCP/UDP servers and clients.

ˆ Basic Echo Server + File Server Design and implementation of a simple echo
serverusing TCP and UDP; Chat program.

ˆ Configuring a LAN, gateway sub netting; configuring multiple logical networks inthe
same physical network; basic commands like ping, ifconfig etc.

251
 ˆ Basics of Routing, IP Address Configuration, Subnetting - separation of logicalnet-
works using gateways; commands for configuring routing tables.

ˆ Tcp dump, Wire shark; Observing network activity, tracing a connection; group-
ingconnections by types/protocols/source/destination; writing filters; introduction
to libpcap.

ˆ Configuring and maintaining web server/DNS server.

ˆ IPTables, Configuration, Setup notion of firewall; rule management; setting up

andtesting a simple firewall.

ˆ Basics of Wireless Networks, setting up a real network, performance measurement.

4.12 CS 212 : Design and Analysis of Algorithms

Course Code : CS 212
Course Name : Design and Analysis of Algorithms
L-T-P-C : 3-0-2-4
Intended for : BTech (Semester 3 or 4)
Prerequisite : IC253: Programming and Data Structures, or equivalent for UG stu-
dents
Mutual Exclusion:
Approval: 54th BoA

Course Contents
ˆ Review of Data Structures from IC course: Asymptotic Notations and recurrence
relations, Insertion Sort, Merge Sort, QuickSort and Randomization (5 H)

ˆ Sorting Lower Bounds and Non-Comparison Sorting algorithms like Counting Sort
and Radix Sort (2 H)

ˆ Order Statistics: Minima and Maxima, Quickselect, Median of Medians (3 H)

ˆ Applying sorting techniques to Computational Geometry : Closest pair problem,

Convex Hull of points in a plane (3 H)

ˆ Advanced topics in Sorting and Searching:- Binary Search Trees, Red-Black Trees,
Augmentation of Binary Search Trees (8 H)

ˆ Graph Algorithms: Basics of Graphs, BFS and DFS, Topological Sorting, MST(using
Kruskal and Prim’s), Union-Find Data structure, Single-Source Shortest Path Di-
jkstra’s Algorithm and Bellman-Ford /Maximum Flow (Ford Fulkerson) (8 H)

ˆ Dynamic Programming: Longest Common Subsequence, Matrix Multiplication (2

H)

ˆ Amortized analysis: aggregate analysis, accounting, potential method (3 H)

ˆ Advanced Data Structures: B-Trees, Binomial and Fibonacci/Quake Heaps (3 H)

252
 ˆ Computational complexity: Problem classes: P, NP, NP-complete, NP-hard. Re-
ductions and Examples of NP-complete problems. (3 H)

ˆ Dealing with NP-hard problems:- Approx/Randomized Algorithms, Parameterized

Complexity (2 H)

ˆ Coding Lab which covers topics discussed in this course (28 H)

Textbooks:
1. T. H. Cormen, C. E. Leiserson, R. L. Rivest, and C. Stein, Introduction to Algo-
rithms, MIT Press, 3/e, 2009.

2. J. Kleinberg and E. Tardos, Algorithm Design, Pearson, 2006.

References:
1. S. Dasgupta, C. H. Papadimitriou, U. V. Vazirani, Algorithms, McGraw-Hill, 2006.

2. S. S. Skiena, The Algorithm Design Manual, Springer, 2/e, 2008

4.13 CS 241: Introduction to Cryptography

Course Code: CS 241
Course Name: Introduction to Cryptography
L-T-P-C: 3-0-0-3
Category:
Prerequisites: None
Approval: 5th Senate

Course Contents
ˆ Overview of Cryptography

ˆ Introduction, Information Security and Cryptography, Background on Functions,

Basic Terminology and Concepts, Symmetric Key Encryption, Digital Signatures,
Authentication and Identification, Public Key Cryptography, Hash Functions, Pro-
tocols and Mechanisms, Classes of Attacks and Security Models

ˆ Classical Cryptography

– Introduction to Some Simple Cryptosystems, The Shift Cipher, The Substitu-

tion Cipher, The Affine Cipher ,The Vigenere Cipher, The Hill Cipher, The
Permutation Cipher, Stream Ciphers
– Cryptanalysis, Cryptanalysis of the Affine Cipher, Cryptanalysis of the Sub-
stitution Cipher, Cryptanalysis of the Vigenere Cipher, A Known Plaintext
Attack on the Hill Cipher

253
 – Public Key Cryptography, Introduction to public key cryptography, Number
theory, Algebra, RSA, DHP and Discrete Log assumptions, Diffie Hellman key
exchange, RSA public key system, ElGamal encryption, Pseudo-random bit
generators
– Digital Signatures, Digital signatures: definitions and applications, How to
sign using RSA, Overview of signatures based on discrete-log

ˆ Basic Symmetric Key Encryption

– One time pad and stream ciphers, Shannons Theory, Block Ciphers, Case
studies: Feistel networks, DES, 3DES, and AES, Basic modes of operation:
CBC and counter mode
– Attacks on Block Ciphers, exhaustive search, time-space tradeoffs, differential
& linear cryptanalysis, meet in the middle, side channels
– Message Integrity, Message integrity: definition and applications, Collision
resistant hashing, Merkle-Damgard and Davies-Meyer. MACs from collision
resistance, Case studies: SHA and HMAC

Text Books:
1. Abhijit Das and C. E. VeniMadhavan, Public-Key Cryptography: Theory and
Practice, Pearson Education

2. Ivan Niven, Herbert S. Zuckerman and Hugh L. Montgomery, An Introduction

to the Theory of Numbers,Wiley-India

3. I. N. Herstein, Topics in Algebra, 2nd Edition, Wiley India.

4.14 CS 302: Paradigms of Programming

Course Code: CS 302
Course Name: Paradigms of Programming
L-T-P-C: 3-0-2-4
Prerequisites: IC 150 Computation for Engineers
Intended for: UG
Distribution: Compulsory for CSE; CS elective for EE and ME
Semester: 5th
Approval: 12th Senate (Wrong Credits: 0-0-3-2 were approved in 9th Senate)
L-T-P-C: 3-0-2-4
Approval: 12th Senate

Course Contents
ˆ Module I Lambda Calculus - Syntax, Conversion, Reduction and Normal Order,
Church-Rosser Theorem, Order of Evaluation, Currying, Integers, Booleans and
Recursion.

254
 ˆ Module II Functional Programming - Scheme/Lisp syntax - expressions and func-
tions/procedures, evaluation - naming, environment and the substitution model of
function application, Higher-order functions and higher-order programming, Data
abstraction.

ˆ Module III Object-oriented Programming - Mutable data, modularity and state,

Objects, Closures - data structures encapsulated into functions.

ˆ Module IV Delayed Evaluation, Laziness and Infinite Data-structures - Stream

Programming, Infinite streams, Streams as lazy Lists.

ˆ Module V Logic Programming - Deductive Information retrieval, declarative pro-

gramming - facts and rules, Search trees and Backtracking, Non-deterministic pro-
gramming, Continuations and back-tracking, Prolog - arithmetic, recursion, cuts
and negation, Real-life applications of Prolog. Prolog implementation in Scheme/Lisp
- use of continuations and macros.

4.15 CS 303: Software Engineering

Course Code : CS 303
Course Name: Software Engineering
L-T-P-C: 2-0-2-3
Prerequisites : None
Intended for : 3rd, 4th year B. Tech.
Distribution : Discipline-elective for CSE B.Tech; Free elective for other B. Tech. students
Approval: 4th Senate

Course Contents
ˆ Software Qualities and Cooperation in Global Software Development:
How different qualities impact the development approach and process: usability,
performance, and safety and reliability. The basis for the project establishment,
the choice of communication channels, tools for sharing documents, and the collab-
oration protocol. Lab: Project begins; Project groups are formed and case studies
are assigned. [6 Lectures]

ˆ Software Development Models: Organize software engineering work in a sys-

tematic manner. A number of development models are discussed: waterfall, V,
RAD, Spiral, Incremental, and Agile (Scrum and XP). Lab: The project teams are
expected to produce an overview of the development models and select one for their
case study. [6 Lectures]

ˆ Project Management: Estimation, reporting and re-planning, stakeholders, or-

ganisation of the software development team, and different roles. Lab:The project
teams are expected to produce a project plan involving different software engineer-
ing activities corresponding to their development model. Also, they need to assign
roles to different activities in their plan. [6 Lectures]

255
 ˆ Requirements Engineering and Risk Management: Understand a complex
use situation through rich pictures and UML class diagrams as means to analyze
the problem domain. Discuss the documentation of requirements, their handling
throughout the development, and their analysis with an emphasis on legal aspects
of software.Managing software project risks, software risk management, elements
of risk management, risk program strategy.Lab:The project teams are expected to
make rich pictures, UML class diagrams, and gather and write their requirement
specifications. Also, they need to identify the product and process risks and discuss
mitigation strategy. [6 Lectures]

ˆ Software Quality-in-Use and Configuration Management: Participatory de-

sign, future workshops, scenarios and mock-up based design and show how they feed
into and expand object-oriented analysis and design methods. Also, discuss docu-
ment conventions and draft a configuration management plan.Lab: Project teams
make scenarios and mock-up based design. Also, they figure out how these methods
help in object-oriented analysis and design methods. As part of this weeks lab, the
teams also create a configuration management plan and a document convention. [6
Lectures]

ˆ Static and Dynamic Test: Introduces quality assurance and static test tech-
niques, especially peer reviews. Also, introduces into planning, processes, and
techniques for dynamic testing. Lab: Project teams write test cases, send their
documents for peer-review, and also create a quality assurance plan. [6 Lectures]

ˆ Software Architecture, Design, and Process Qualities: Use architectural

design as a start for the software design and implementation. Software process
quality and why it is important. Discuss the Capability - Maturity - Model and
software process improvement. Lab: Project teams write software architecture on
their projects and prepare portfolio for final submission. [6 Lectures]

Textbooks:
1. Pankaj Jalote, An Integrated Approach to Software Engineering, 2nd Edi-
tion or Higher, Narosa Publishing House. [JAL]

2. Ian Sommerville, Software Engineering, 9th Edition, Pearson. [SOM]

Articles:
1. Articles from IEEE. Instructor will either hand out photocopies or send them via
email during the semester.

4.16 CS 304: Formal Languages and Automata Theory

Course Code: CS 304
Course Name: Formal Languages and Automata Theory
L-T-P-C: 3-0-0-3
Prerequisites: CS 202, CS 208 or instructors consent
Intended for: B.Tech.

256
Distribution: Discipline elective for CS; CS elective for EE, ME, and Civil
Semester: 5th
Approval: 5th, 6th, 10th Senates

Course Contents
ˆ Regular languages DFA, NFA, Subset construction, Regular, Pumping Lemma,
DFA state minimization, Myhill-Nerode relations and theorem. [12 Lectures]

ˆ Grammars Production systems, Right linear grammar and Finite state automata,
Context free grammars, Normal forms, Pumping Lemma for CFLs, Subfamilies of
CFL, Derivation trees and ambiguity. [10 Lectures]

ˆ Pushdown automata Acceptance by final state and empty stack, Equivalence

between push- down automata and context-free grammars, Closure properties of
CFL, Deterministic push- down automata, the CKY algorithm. [10 Lectures]

ˆ Advanced topics: the Chomsky-Schtzenberger theorem, Parikhs theorem.

ˆ Turing machines Techniques for Turing machine construction, Generalized and

restricted versions equivalent to the basic model, Universal Turing machine, Recur-
sively enumerable sets and recursive sets. [10 Lectures]

ˆ Decidability Decidable and undecidable problems, Reduction, Post’s correspon-

dence problem, Rice’s theorem, decidability of membership, emptiness and equiva-
lence problems of languages. [10 Lectures]

ˆ Advanced topics Gdels incompleteness theorem, Gdels proof.

Reference Books:
1. D. C. Kozen, Automata and Computability, Springer, 1997.

2. J. E. Hopcroft, R. Motwani and J. D. Ullman, Introduction to automata theory,

languages and computation, 3rd Edition, Pearson, 2006.

3. E. A. Rich, Automata, Computability and Complexity: Theory and Appli-

cations, Pearson, 2007.

4. M. Sipser, Introduction to the Theory of Computation, 3rd Edition, Cengage

Learning, 2012.

5. Peter Linz, An introduction to formal language and automata, 3rd Edition,

Narosa publishing house, 2002.

4.17 CS 305: Artificial Intelligence

Course Code: CS 305
Course Name: Artificial Intelligence
L-T-P-C: 3-0-0-3
Students intended for: 3rd year B. Tech. CSE/EE/ME students

257
Elective or Core: Elective
Prerequisite: Consent of the faculty member
Approval: 3rd Senate

Course Contents
ˆ Introduction Overview and Historical Perspective; Turing test, Physical Symbol
Systems and the scope of Symbolic AI; Agents.

ˆ Weak Methods Search Methods, Heuristic Search, Goal Trees; Optimization,

Probabilistic Methods; Game Trees; Planning and Constraint Satisfaction Problems
- Waltz Algorithm.

ˆ Knowledge representation Logic, Conceptual Dependency Theory, and Frames;

Theorem Proving, Forward Reasoning and Rete Networks; Backward Reasoning,
Resolution Method and Logic Programming; Semantic Networks, Inheritance and
Aggregation Hierarchies; Case Based Reasoning and Learning; Truth maintenance
systems, Default and Probabilistic Reasoning, Dempster-Shafer Theory.

Text Books:
1. Russell, S., and Norvig, P., Artificial Intelligence: A Modern Approach,
Prentice Hall, 1995.

2. Winston, P. H., Artificial Intelligence, Addison-Wesley, 1992.

3. Patterson, D.H., Introduction to Artificial Intelligence and Expert Systems,

Prentice Hall of India, 2001.

4. Charniak, E., and McDermott, D., Introduction to Artificial Intelligence,

Addison-Wesley, Re 1984.

5. Rich, E., and Knight, K., Artificial Intelligence, Tata McGraw Hill, 1991.

4.18 CS 305 : Artificial Intelligence

Course Code : CS 305
Course Name : Artificial Intelligence
L-T-P-C : 3-0-0-3
Intended for : 3rd and 4th year B. Tech. students
Prerequisite : CS 212 Design of Algorithms or an equivalent course
Mutual Exclusion:
Approval: 54th BoA

Course Contents
ˆ Introduction to AI: Overview, historical perspective, Turing test, agents. (3
Hours)

258
 ˆ Search Methods and Optimization: Problem representation, State Space Search,
A* Algorithm, AO* search, Minimax and alpha-beta pruning, AI in games. (8
Hours)

ˆ Logic and Automated Reasoning: Propositional Logic, Predicate Calculus,

Resolution Refutation, Formal Systems, Soundness, Consistency, Completeness. (7
Hours)

ˆ Planning and Constraint Satisfaction: Blocks World, STRIPS, Constraint Sat-

isfaction Problems, Basics of Probabilistic Planning, Waltz Algorithm. (6 Hours)

ˆ Knowledge Representation and Reasoning: Semantic Net, Frames, Scripts,

Conceptual Dependency, Ontologies, Basics of Semantic Web, Intelligent Question
Answering. (7 Hours)

ˆ Learning and Uncertainty: Learning from Examples, Decision Trees, Neural

Nets, Bayesian Theory, Fuzzy Logic, Non-monotonic Logic, Default Reasoning,
Case-based Reasoning. (6 Hours)

ˆ Advanced Topics in AI: Introduction to Computer Vision, Expert Systems, Nat-

ural Language Processing, Robotics, Hidden Markov Models, Reinforcement Learn-
ing. (5 Hours)

Textbooks:
1. Russell, S., & Norvig, P., Artificial Intelligence: A Modern Approach, 4th
Edition, Pearson Education, 2020.

2. Poole, D., & Mackworth, A., Artificial Intelligence: Foundations of Compu-

tational Agents, 2nd Edition, Cambridge University Press, 2017.

References:
1. Murphy, K. P., Machine Learning: A Probabilistic Perspective, MIT Press,
2012.

2. Luger, G. F., Artificial Intelligence: Structures and Strategies for Complex

Problem Solving, 6th Edition, Pearson Education, 2008.

4.19 CS 306: Operating Systems

Course Code: CS 306
Course Name: Operating Systems
L-T-P-C: 3-0-0-3
Category:
Prerequisites:
Approval: 5th Senate

259
Course Contents
ˆ Introduction: Review of Computer Organization and Architecture, OS Concepts,
Structure and Operations - Process Mgmt, Memory Mgmt. and Storage Mgmt.

ˆ Process Management: Processes - Concept, Scheduling - different scheduling

algorithms, Need for synchronization, Process Synchronization - Critical Section,
Mutexes, Semaphores, Mailboxes, Monitors, Inter-process Communication, Dead-
lock and its prevention.

ˆ Memory Management: Physical memory vs Virtual memory, Swapping, Paging

and Page tables, Segmentation, Address translation and MMU, Caches, Page misses
and TLB, Handling page miss and Page replacement.

ˆ File Systems and I/O Management: Concept of File and File System, Struc-
ture of FS, Allocation and management of Free space, brief review of mass storage
structure and its relation to FS implementation. Generic I/O interface presented
by OS for FS, Network - Device handling.

ˆ Module V: Protection and Security as applicable to Process, Memory and File

Management. Virtualization. Case study of an OS (including details of data struc-
tures and algorithms at the kernel level).

4.20 CS 307: Systems Practicum

Course Code: CS 307
Course Name: Systems Practicum
L-T-P-C: 0-0-3-2
Prerequisites: IC150 Computation for Engineers , CS207 Applied Databases Practicum
Intended for: UG
Distribution: Compulsory for CSE; CS elective for EE and ME
Semester: 5th
Approval: 9th Senate

Course Contents
A few introductory lab lectures (6-8 hours spread over the semester):
ˆ Architecture and functions of an OS, layered network architecture

ˆ Processes and threads

ˆ Concept of name, address, location IP addresses and DNS; well-known services

ˆ Inter-process communication: files, shared memory, pipes, sockets Synchronisation:

lock files, semaphores

ˆ Packet-switching: packet formats, hop-by-hop routing, routing tables

ˆ Files, devices, filesystems

ˆ Installation and boot procedures of an OS; virtualisation

260
Lab assignments (9-10 weekly assignments 3 hours in the lab, preceded by at least 3 hours
at home plus a mini-project for 4 weeks). Assignment problems are designed to expose
the students to the following sequence of concepts, skills and tools:
ˆ Create and synchronise processes and threads. Utilities: ps, vmstat, /proc

ˆ Bulk data transfer using various forms of IPC.

ˆ Use of networking utilities: ping, traceroute, netstat, tcpdump, /proc

ˆ Socket programming in C: applications such as file transfer, simple chat, ping, etc
using UDP or TCP. Use of socket options.

ˆ Socket programming in C (continued)

ˆ Program access to i-nodes and directory nodes; Use of rsync.

ˆ Virtualisation using eg. VirtualBox; installation of at least 2 different OS’es on

virtual machines. Network connections between these OS’es.

ˆ Configuration of DNS, NAT, NFS, syslogd.

ˆ I/O to serial or parallel port. Use of ioctl().

Measurement of performance integral to most of the lab exercises: design of experiments,

measurement techniques, confidence intervals, analysis of results, presentation in graphs
and tables.
Mini-projects involving one or more of the following (4 weeks): Email, RMI, PKI,
DNS, LDAP/single-sign on, configuring IP routing, Iptables, backup/restore of filesys-
tems, Apache, Squid, Linux user administration, system logging using syslog, NFS, au-
tomounting, etc.

Textbooks:
ˆ Wikipedia, man pages and online documentation on assorted utilities, tools, com-
ponents and platforms

ˆ Bautts, Dawson & Purdy, Linux Network Administrator’s Guide, 3rd Edition,
O’ Reilly, 2005

ˆ Adelstein & Lubanovic, Linux System Administration, O’ Reilly, 2007

References:
1. A.S. Tanenbaum, Modern Operating Systems, 3rd Edition, Pearson Ed. Inc.,
2008

2. B. Davie & L. Peterson, Computer networks, 4th Edition, Morgan and Kauff-
man, 2011.

3. R. Jain, The Art of Computer Systems Performance Evaluation, Wiley,

2008.

4. R.L. Schwartz, T. Phoenix & b.d. foy, Learning Perl, 5th Edition, O’ Reilly, 2008.

261
 5. L. Wall, T. Christiansen & J. Orwant, Programming Perl, 3rd Edition, O’ Reilly,
2000

4.21 CS 307: Systems Practicum

Course Name: Systems Practicum
Course Number: 307
Credits: 0-0-3-2 ,
Prerequisites. IC150, CS 207
Intended for: B. Tech
Distribution: Compulsoryfor CSE; CS elective for EE and ME
Senate: 8th
Approval: 9th Senate

Obiective:
This course calls for a sequence of 3 Practicum co’urses for CSE viz. CS 207 Ap-
plied Databases Practicum CS 307 Systems Practicum and CS 308 Large Applications
Practicum. The erstwhile CS 211 Networks and Database Practicum included both net-
works and databases tools and programming. Now, the networks material is shifted to
CS 307 andCS 207 focuses only on database applications.

Course Outline:
Understanding of architecture and working of networks and 08 through use of system cails
monitoring tools (ps, vmstat, netstat, tcpdump. ping, traceroute..), ‘simple socket pro-
gramming in C. Building multi-process, distributed applications using scripting or other
languages. Setting up’ and configuring various network and OS services such as web,
DNS, email, LDAP, etc. Installing Linux—master boot record, boot loader, disk parti-
tioning,virtualisation (Virtual Box). 08 and network security, Techniques for performance
measurement.‘ data analysis and presentation.

Syllabus:
ˆ Architecture and functions of an OS. layered network architecture.

ˆ Processes and threads.

ˆ Concept of name, address, location —IP addresses and DNS; well-known services

ˆ Inter-process communication: files, shared memory, pipes, sockets Synchronisation:

lock files, semaphores.

ˆ Packet-switching: packet formats, hop-by-h’op routing, routing tables.

ˆ Files, devices file systems.

ˆ Installation and boot procedures Ofan OS; virtualisation

262
Lab assignments(9-10 weekly assignments—3 hours in the lab, preceded by
at least 3 hours at home— plus a mini-p-roject for 4 Weeks).
Assignment problems are ‘ designed to expose the students to the following sequence of
concepts, skillsand tools:
ˆ Create and synchronize processes and threads. Utilities: ps, vmstat, /proc. Bulk
data transfer using various forms of IPC. ‘ Use of networking utilities. ping, tracer-
oute, netstat, tcpdump, /proc

ˆ Socket programming in C: applications such as file transfer, simple chat ping, etc
using UDP or TCP. Use of socket options.

ˆ Socket programming in C (continued).

ˆ Program accessto i-nodesand directory nodes; Use of sync.

ˆ VirtualiSation using eg. VirtuaIBox; installation of at least 2 different OS‘es on

virtual machines. Network connections between these 03’es.

ˆ Configuration of DNS NAT NFS, syslogd l/O to serial or parallel port. Use of
Ioctlo -Measurement of performance integral to most of the lab exercises: design
of experiments measurement techniques Confidence intervats analysis of results,
presentation in graphs and tables.

ˆ Mini-projects involving one or more of the following (4 weeks): Email, RMI, PKI,
DNS, LDAP/single-sign on, configuringIP routing, —ptables backup/restore of file.
systems, Apache, Squid Linux user administration, system logging using syslog,
NFS automounting, etc.

Suggested Reference Books:

1. Wikipedia, man pages and online documentation on assorted utilities, tools, com-
ponents and platforms

2. Ba’utt’s, Dawson & Purdy, Linux Network Administrator’s Guide, 3 rd Edi-

tion, O’Reilly, 2005.

3. Adelstein & Lubanovic, Linux System Administration, O’Reilly, 2007, Kauf-

mann, Elsevier 2011. (Reference)

4. A.S. Tanenbaum, Modern Operating Systems, 3 rd Edition, Pearson Ed. Inc.,

2008

5. B. Davie & L. Peterson, Computer networks, 4th Edition, Morgan and Kauff-
man, 2011.

6. R. Jain, The Art of Computer Systems Performance Evaluation, Wiley,

2008.

7. R.L. Schwartz, T. Phoenix & b.d. foy, Learning Perl, 5th Edition O’Reilly, 2008.

8. L. Wall, T. Christiansen & J. Orwant, Programming Perl, 3 rd Edition, O’Reilly,

2000.

263
4.22 CS 308 (2) Large Application Practicum
Senate: 8th

Course Outline:
The students will learn the mechanics of building large sofiware applications using object—
orient languages. Topics covered 1n this course include: Writing Makefiles and use of
Make to compile large programs; source code revision control; documentation generation
from code; systematic and organized approaches to software testing; and. introduction
to software testing tools. Also, this course covers certain software utilities that help write
very fast parsers for almost arbitrary file formats. Flex and Bison. Furthennore, this
course exposes students to use of UML notation for object-oriented design. The course
concludes with an assignment on reverse ‘ engineering of a large open-source software
application.

4.23 CS 308: Large Applications Practicum

Course Code: CS 308
Course Name: Large Applications Practicum
L-T-P-C: 0-0-3-2
Prerequisites: IC 150
Intended for: UG
Distribution: Compulsory for CSE; CS elective for EE and ME
Semester: 6th
Approval: 9th Senate

Course Contents
A few lab lectures (8 hours spread over the semester):
ˆ Overview of the Make utility (Makefiles, writing rules, use of variables, Conditionals,
Functions, running make)

ˆ Source code revision control (version control basics, introduction to some basic
version control systems like CVS, SVN, and Git)

ˆ Introduction to document generation from annotated source code (with specific

focus on Doxygen, TwinText, and Natural Docs)

ˆ Software testing (introduction, need for software testing, types of tests, test case
design)

ˆ Software testing tools (introduction to some basic testing tools for object-oriented
languages e.g., Jester for JUnit)

ˆ Introduction to conventions of fast parsers for context-free grammars: Flex and

Bison

ˆ Overview of diagrams in the UML notation (also, how UML translates to program-
ming structures in certain object-oriented languages like C++/Java)

264
 ˆ Introduction to software reverse engineering
Lab assignments (listed below) require 3 hours in the lab, preceded by at least 3 hours
at home. The weekly assignments would be targeted at mastering the concepts covered
weekly in the course:
ˆ Week 1-2 Use of Make and Makefiles for object-oriented programming languages.
ˆ Week 3-4 Use of a versioning system (e.g., Git, SVN).
ˆ Week 5-6 Document generation from annotated source code using one of the open-
source software (e.g., Doxygen, Natural Docs).
ˆ Week 7 8 Software testing and test-case design; use of open-source software testing
tools to test object-oriented code (e.g., Jester).
ˆ Week 9-10 Use of parsers for parsing context-free grammars (using Flex/Bison)
ˆ Week 11-12 Application of UML notation and diagrams for object-oriented design.
ˆ Week 13 Reverse engineering of an existing open-source application (using certain
reverse engineering tools)

References:
1. GNU ‘make’ pages (http://www.gnu.org/software/make/manual/make.html)
2. Boston University’s Make Tutorial (http://www.cs.bu.edu/teaching/cpp/writing-
makefiles/)
3. Emory University’s Make Tutorial (http://www.mathcs.emory.edu/∼cheung/Courses/255/Syllabu
C-intro/make.html)
4. Introduction to CVS, SVN, and Git (http://www.linuxdevcenter.com/pub/a/linux/2002/01/03/cv
http://subversion.apache.org/; http://git-scm.com/)
5. Manual pages for Doxygen and Natural Docs (http://www.stack.nl/∼dimitri/doxygen/;
http://www.naturaldocs.org/)
6. Paul Ammann and Jeff Offutt, Course code: CS 546, Cambridge University Press,
2008.
7. Carnegie Mellon University resources on Software Testing Tools (https://www.ece.cmu.edu/$sim$k
http://mcahelpline.com/tutorials/testing/testing.pdf)
8. Andreas Spillner, Tilo Linz, Hans Schaefer, Software Testing Foundations: A
Study Guide for the Certified Tester Exam (Rockynook Computing), Rocky
Nook, 2011.
9. Flex & Bison, Text Processing Tools, John Levine, O’Reilly Media, 2009.
10. GNU resources on Flex and Bison (http://www.gnu.org/software/bison/; http://flex.sourceforge.n
11. UML and object-oriented design (http://www.agiledata.org/essays/objectOrientation101.html)
12. Jesse Liberty, Vishwajit Aklecha, C++ Unleashed, 1998.
13. Eldad Eilam, Reversing: Secrets of Reverse Engineering, Wiley, 2005.

265
4.24 CS 309: Information and Database Systems
Course Code: CS 309
Course Name: Information and Database Systems
L-T-P-C: 3-0-2-4
Prerequisites: CS 207 Applied Databases Practicum
Intended for: UG
Distribution: Compulsory for CSE; CS elective for EE and ME
Semester: 6th
Approval: 9th Senate

Course Contents
ˆ Introduction [6 Lectures]

– Information Modeling: background, approaches, information system lifecycle.

– Four information levels: conceptual, logical, physical, external
– Conceptual Schema Design Procedure : facts, constraints, roles, value, set
comparison, final checks

ˆ Relational Database Design [6 Lectures]

– Overview of ER, Barker notation, mapping from ORM to ER

– Overview of UML, mapping from ORM to UML
– Relational schemas, functional dependencies, Normal forms

ˆ Data Manipulation with SQL [9 Lectures]

– Relational Algebra
– SQL : Basic operations, Joins, Nested and correlated queries, views, Triggers
– Embedded SQL and database application development

ˆ Transactions [9 Lectures]

– ACID properties
– Concurrency Control Techniques
– Recovery Techniques

ˆ Principles of query processing [3 Lectures]

– Indexes
– Query plans and operators
– Cost-based query optimization

ˆ Data storage [3 Lectures]

– Databases Vs. FileSystems (Google FileSystem, Hadoop Distributed FileSys-

tem)

266
 ˆ Scalable data processing [6 Lectures]

– MapReduce and introduction to systems based on MapReduce (Hadoop)

– Introduction to Scalable key-value stores (Amazon Dynamo, Google BigTable,
HBase)

Textbooks:
1. Terry Halpin and Tony Morgan, Information Modeling and Relational Databases,
2nd Edition ((The Morgan Kaufmann Series in Data Management Systems) by

References:
1. Elmasri, Ramez and Navathe, Fundamentals of Database Systems, 6th Edi-
tion, Shamkant

2. Raghu Ramakrishnan and Johannes Gehrke, Database Management Systems,

3rd Edition, McGraw- Hill

3. Assorted Readings from web resources like Yahoos Hadoop Tutorial, Googles Big
Table etc.

4.25 CS 310: Introduction to Communicating Distributed Pro-

cesses
Course Code: CS 310
Course Name: Introduction to Communicating Distributed Processes
L-T-P-C: 3-0-0-3
Prerequisites: CS 307 Systems Practicum
Intended for: UG
Distribution: Discipline core for CSE Semester: 6th semester

Course Contents
ˆ Introduction: Operating systems, Network Architecture

ˆ Process management Scheduling, Inter-process communication

ˆ Network architecture: Socket address, layering, encapsulation

ˆ Packet Switching: Routing, switching, addressing

ˆ Process coordination: Scheduling, Synchronization, deadlocks

ˆ Network reliability: Protocols, TCP/UDP, Flow Control, Congestion Control

ˆ Network and distributed operating systems: Synchronization, mutual exclu-

sion, concurrency

267
Textbooks:
1. A. Silberschatz et al, Operating System Concepts

2. A.S. Tanenbaum, Computer Networks

References:
1. A.S. Tanenbaum, Modern Operating Systems, 3rd Edition, Pearson Ed., 2008

2. B. Davie & L. Peterson, Computer networks, 4th Edition, Morgan and Kauff-
man, 2011.

3. B. Forouzan, Introduction to Data Communications and Networking

4.26 CS 310 Introduction to Communicating Distributed Pro-

cesses
Course Number: CS310
Course Name: Introduction to Communicating Distributed Processes (CDP)
Credits: 3-1-0-4
Prerequisites: CS 307 (Systems Practicum)
Intended for: B. Tech.
Distribution: Core for CS

Preamble:
Objective of the course. is to give students an ‘understanding of theoretical and practical
aspects of processess that are communicating in distributed environment. The discussion
about both operating system and computer networking based communicating system will
be carried on.
On completion of the course students should be able to understand various challenges
that are required to be addressed for processess that are communicating in distributed
environment via available computer networks. They should understand what are the
issues what are the solutions and what are the their pros and cons. So . that later they
must understand how to device solutions that can fulfill the system requirement.

Course Outline
ˆ Introduction: Operating systems, Network Architecture [3 Hours] Computer sys-
tem organisation and its architecture, Basic responsibilities of operating system,
Data Communication components, Hierarchical/layer protocol, Various layers and
their responsibilities, Multiplexing and Demultiplexing, Encapsulation and Decap-
sulation, Various inter-networking devices.

ˆ Process and Thread Management [5 Hours] Process model. states and its struc-
ture, Process creation and termination, Thread models and issues, User/Kernel level
threads. Inter process communication, Race Condition, Critical section, Mutual ex-
clusion, Semaphore, Mutex.

268
 ˆ Network architecture: IP layer protocol [10 Hours] Packet switching, Cir-
cuit switching, Virtual circuit and Datagram approach, MAC and IP addressing,
lP packet header and structure, Shortest path algorithms (Warshal, Dikstra and
Bellman-Ford algo), Routing Algorithms (Flooding and selective, Distance vector,
Link state, Hierarchical, Broadcast, Multicast).
ˆ Process coordination [9 Hours] Process synchronization, Critical section via Pe-
terson and Dekker algorithms, Classical problems: Bounded buffer, Readers-writers
and Dining philosophers problem, Atomic transactions. Deadlock introduction and
characterization, Resource modelling, Deadlock prevention, Avoidance (Bankers al-
gorithm), Detection and Recovery
ˆ Network reliability: Transport Layer Protocol [10 Hours] Connection oriented
and Connection less services, Three way handshake based connection establishment,
Flow control (Simplest, Stop and Wait, Stop and Wait ARQ, Go Back N ARQ, Se-
lective Repeat ARQ), Congestion control via open loop, Closed loop (back pressure,
choke packet) and Traffic shaping (Leaky bucket and token bucket).
ˆ Memory Management [5 Hours] Physical and logical memory organisation Mem-
ory partitioning (fixed and dynamic) Paging, Segmentation, Virtual memory man-
agement, Locality of reference, Page table and Inverted page table, Translation
look aside buffer (TLB), Page replacement (FIFO NRU, LFU, LRU, Clock page
replacement)

Suggested Reference Books:

1. William Stallings, Operating System, 8th Edition, Pearson 2010. (Textbook)
2. Silberschatz, Glavin, Gagne, Operating System Concepts, 8th Edition, Pearson
2008. (Reference)
3. Andrew S. Tanenbaum, Modern Operating System, 5th Edition, Pearson 2010
,(Reference)
4. Andrews. Tanenbaum and David J. Wetherall., Computer Networks, 5th Edi-
tion. Prentice Hall 2010/11 (Reference)
5. Behrouz A. Forouzan, Data Communications and Networking, 5th Edition,
McGraw Hill 2013. (Textbook)
6. William Stallings, Data and Computer Communications, 9th Edition, Pearson
2010. (Reference)
7. Larry L. Peterson & Bruce S. Davie, Computer Networks A Systems Ap-
proach, 5th Edition, Morgan Kaufmann Elsevier 2011. (Reference)

4.27 CS 312 : Operating System

Course Code : CS 312
Course Name : Operating System
L-T-P-C : 3-0-2-4

269
 Intended for : B.tech (CSE) 3rd Year, Electives for others
Prerequisite :
Mutual Exclusion:
Approval: 54th BoA

Course Contents
ˆ Introduction to Operating Systems (OS): What OS do, OS Structure, OS
Operations, OS Services, User and OS Interface, System Calls, Types of System
Calls, System Programs, OS Design and Implementation, OS Debugging and OS
Generations. (5 Hours)

ˆ Process Management: Process Concept, Scheduling, Interprocess Communi-

cation, Multi-core and Multithreading Programming Models, Thread Libraries,
Threading Issues, The Critical-Section Problem, Mutex Locks, Semaphores, CPU
Scheduling, Scheduling Algorithms, Thread Scheduling, Deadlocks Characteriza-
tion, Detection, Prevention and A voidance. (9 Hours)

ˆ Memory Management: Main Memory Background, Swapping, Contiguous Mem-

ory Allocation, Segmentation, Virtual Memory Concept, Demand Paging, Page
Table Structure, Page Replacement, Copy-on-Write, Thrashing. (8 Hours)

ˆ Storage Management: Storage Structure Overview, Disk Management and Schedul-

ing, RAID Structure, File System Interface, Directory and Disk Structure, File
Sharing, File-System Structure and Allocation Methods, Directory Implementa-
tion, I/0 Hardware, I/0 Interface, Kernel 110 Subsystem. (8 Hours)

ˆ Protection and Security: Goals, Principle and Domain of Protection, Access

Matrix. Access Control, Access Rights Revocation, Security Problem, Program
Threats, User Authentication, Implementing Security Defenses, Firewalls. (7 Hours)

ˆ Advance Topics: Virtual Machines, Virtualization and OS Component, Dis-

tributed System, Network-based OS, Communication Protocols, Case Studies re-
lated to different OS like XV6, Linux, Windows, etc. (5 Hours)

Textbooks:
1. Abraham Silberschatz, Peter B. Galvin, Greg Gagne, Operating System Con-
cepts, 8th Edition, John Wiley, 2008.

2. AS Tanenbaum, Modem Operating Systems, 3rd Edition, Pearson, 2009

References:
1. William Stallings, Operating Systems: Internals and Design Principles,
Prentice-Hall, 6th Edition, 2008.

2. AS Tanenbaum, AS Woodhull, Operating Systems Design and Implementa-

tion, 3rd Edition, Prentice Hall, 2006.

3. M. J. Bach, Design of the Unix Operating System, Prentice Hall of India,

1986.

270
 4. Remzi Arpaci-Dusseau, Andrea Arpaci-Dusseau, Operating Systems: Three
Easy Pieces, Version 1.1.0.

4.28 CS 313 : Computer Networks

Course Code : CS 313
Course Name : Computer Networks
L-T-P-C : 3-0-2-4
Intended for : BTech CSE (Third year)
Prerequisite :
Mutual Exclusion:
Approval: 54th BoA

Course Contents
ˆ Introduction (4 Hours):

– What is the Internet? Services and protocols.

– Core and Edge Network, Packet-switched and circuit-switched networks
– Layered architecture, Data Encapsulation, the end-to-end argument, history
of the Internet.
– [Lab] Networking tools in Linux: ping, traceroute, etc. Introduction packet
analyzers such as tcpdump, Wireshark.

ˆ Application Layer (4 Hours):

– Services of the application layer, network applications, where is the application

layer?
– Application layer protocols, Hypertext Transfer Protocol, Email and Simple
Mail Transfer Protocol (SMTP), Secure Shell (SSH), Domain Name System
(DNS), File Transfer Protocol (FTP).
– [Lab] Socket programming.

ˆ Transport Layer (7 Hours):

– Transport layer services and overview, Principles of reliable data transfer, UDP
and TCP, Flow control and congestion control.
– TCP congestion control, TCP implementation: Slow start, congestion avoid-
ance, fast retransmit and fast recovery, Evolution ofTCP, legacy TCP and
latest variants.
– [Lab] Introduction to network simulators: ns2/ns3. Simulation-based study of
TCP and UDP.

ˆ Network Layer (9 Hours):

– Network layer services and overview, architecture of a router, Switching and

Forwarding, Datagram Approach (connectionless Service), Virtual Circuit Ap-
proach (connection- oriented Service).

271
 – The Internet Protocol, Addressing and NAT, 1Pv4, IPv6 and Dynamic Host
Configuration Protocol (DHCP).
– Unicast and multicast routing, Routing algorithms: Link-state routing and
Distance-vector routing.
– Interaction of transport and network layer. Role of network layer in congestion
control.
– Software-Defined Networking (SDN) and its evolution, Network management
and associated protocols. [Lab] Study of routing algorithms using ns2/ns3 or
network emulation using Mininet.

ˆ Link Layer (8 Hours):

– Link layer services, overview, link layer addressing, Address Resolution Pro-
tocol (ARP).
– Error detection and correction, Cyclic Redundancy Check (CRC) and Check-
sum.
– Multiple access protocols: channel partitioning, random access (ALOHA, CSMA
and its variants), taking turns. Link-layer addressing, Ethernet and its evolu-
tion, Switches and VLANS.
– [Lab] Virtual networking in Linux.

ˆ Wireless and next-gen networks (4 Hours):

– WiFi and 802.11 standard.

– Cellular Internet Access, Routing and handoffs in mobile networks.
– Edge computing, architecture for cloud networking and loT. [Lab] Simulation-
/measurement-based study ofwireless networks.

ˆ Advanced topics (6 Hours):

– Firewalls, Proxy, VoiP, protocols for video streaming, network economics, Con-
tent Delivery Networks.

Textbooks:
1. JF. Kurose and KW. Ross, Computer Networking: A top-down approach,
8th Edition, Pearson, 2022.

References:
1. L. Peterson and B. Davie, Computer Networks: A Systems Approach, 6th
Edition, Morgan Kaufmann Publishers.

2. BA. Forouzan, Data Communications and Networking, 5th Edition, McGraw

Hill.

3. MJ. Donahoo and KL. Calvert, TCP/IP Sockets inC: Practical Guide for
Programmers, Morgan Kaufmann Publishers.

272
4.29 CS 347 : Software Engineering
Course Code : CS 347
Course Name : Software Engineering
L-T-P-C : 3-0-2-4
Intended for : B.Tech. Electrical Engineering, allied B.Tech programmes
Prerequisite : IC161 – Applied Electronics, EE261 - Electrical Systems around us,
EE260 – Signals and Systems.
Mutual Exclusion:
Approval: 56th BoA

Course Contents
ˆ Introduction: software engineering principles, software life-cycle models, software
requirements specification, formal requirements specification and verification - ax-
iomatic and algebraic specifications (9 Lectures)

ˆ Software Architecture and Design: Function-Oriented Software design, Object

Oriented Design, UML, design patterns, user interface design, computer-aided soft-
ware engineering (CASE), software reuse, component-based software development,
extreme programming. (12 Lectures)

ˆ Software Testing and Verification: Coding and Unit testing, Integration and
System testing, debugging techniques, Software Quality: SEI CMM and ISO-
9001,Software Reliability and fault tolerance. (8 Lectures)

ˆ Software Management: Evolution, Project Management and Risk Analysis,

Software Quality Management, Configuration Mangement, Software Metrics, Cost
Analysis and Estimation, Manpower Management and Organization and Manage-
ment of large software projects. (11 Lectures)

Laboratory/practical/tutorial Modules:
Lab(s)/Assignment(s) related to different aspect of software development, testing and
verification using CASE tool and workbenches.

Text Books:
1. Pressman, Software Engineering: A Practitioner’s Approach, 7th edition,
McGraw Hill Education.

Reference Books:
1. 1. I. Sommerville, Software Engineering, 5th Edition, Addison-Wesley, 2000.

2. T. C. Lethbridge and Robert Laganire, Object Oriented Software Engineering,

Tata McGraw Hill, 2004.

3. Bennett, S. McRobb, R. Farmer, Object Oriented Systems Analysis and De-

sign using UML, McGraw-Hill, 4th edition, 2010.

273
4.30 CS 350: Computer Graphics
Course Code: CS 350
Course Name: Computer Graphics
L-T-P-C: 3-0-0-3
Category:
Prerequisites:
Approval: 5th Senate

Course Contents
Raster Graphics; line and circle drawing algorithms; Windowing and 2D/3D clipping.
Cohen and Sutherland line clipping, Cyrus Beck clipping method; 2D and 3D Geometri-
cal Transformations: scaling, translation, rotation, reflection; Viewing Transformations:
parallel and perspective projection; Curves and Surfaces: cubic splines, Bezier curves,
B-splines, Parametric surfaces. Surface of revolution Sweep surfaces, Fractal curves and
surfaces; Hidden line/surface removal methods; illuminations model; shading, Introduc-
tion to Ray-tracing; Animation; Programming practices with standard graphics libraries
like openGL.

Text and Reference Books

1. Edward Angel, Interactive Computer Graphics: A top-down approach us-
ing OpenGL, 5th Edition, Pearson Education.

2. Hearn and Baker, Computer Graphics using OpenGL, 3rd Editoin, Pearson
Education.

3. Foley, Dam, Feiner and Hughes, Computer Graphics: Principles and Practice
in C, Pearson Education.

4. Hill, Computer Graphics using OpenGL, PHI.

4.31 CS 362 : Artificial Intelligence

Course Code : CS 362
Course Name : Artificial Intelligence
L-T-P-C : 3-0-0-3
Intended for : 3rd and 4th year B.Tech. students
Prerequisite : CS 212 or an equivalent course
Mutual Exclusion:
Approval: 54th BoA

Course Contents
ˆ Introduction to AI: (3 Hours) Overview, historical perspective, Turing test,
agents.

274
 ˆ Search Methods and Optimization: Problem representation, State Space Search,
A* Algorithm, AO* search, Minimax and alphabeta pruning, AI in games. (8
Hours)

ˆ Logic and Automated Reasoning: Propositional Logic, Predicate Calculus,

Resolution Refutation, Formal Systems, Soundness, Consistency, Completeness. (7
Hours)

ˆ Planning and Constraint Satisfaction: Blocks World, STRIPS, Constraint Sat-

isfaction Problems, Basics of Probabilistic Planning, Waltz Algorithm. (6 Hours)

ˆ Knowledge Representation and Reasoning: Semantic Net, Frames, Scripts,

Conceptual Dependency, Ontologies, Basics of Semantic Web, Intelligent Question
Answering. (7 Hours)

ˆ Learning and Uncertainty: Learning from Examples, Decision Trees, Neural

Nets, Bayesian Theory, Fuzzy Logic, Nonmonotonic Logic, Default Reasoning,
Case-based Reasoning. (6 Hours)

ˆ Advanced Topics in AI: Introduction to Computer Vision, Expert Systems, Nat-

ural Language Processing, Robotics, Hidden Markov Models, Reinforcement Learn-
ing. (5 Hours)

Textbooks:
1. Russell, S., & Norvig, P., Artificial Intelligence: A Modern Approach, 4th
Edition, Pearson Education, 2020.

2. Poole, D., & Mackworth, A., Artificial Intelligence: Foundations of Compu-

tational Agents, 2nd Edition, Cambridge University Press, 2017.

References:
1. Murphy, K. P., Machine Learning: A Probabilistic Perspective, MIT Press,
2012.

2. Luger, G. F., Artificial Intelligence: Structures and Strategies for Complex

Problem Solving, 6th Edition, Pearson Education, 2008.

4.32 CS 401: Architecture of High Performance Computers

Course No. : CS 401
Course Name : Architecture of High Performance Computers
L-T-P-Cs :3-0-2-4
Prerequisites :Computer Architecture; Operating Systems.
Approval: Not Approved; OTA Course

275
Course Contents
ˆ Classification of parallel computing structures, instruction level parallelism - static
and dynamic pipelining, improving branch performance, superscalar and VLIW
processors; High performance memory system; Shared memory multiprocessors and
cache coherence; Multiprocessor interconnection networks; Performance modeling;
issues in programming multiprocessors; Data parallel architectures.

4.33 CS 402 (3) Compilers

Senate: 8th
Approval: OTA Course; 5th Senate

Course Outline:
This course aims to provide the students with a thorough understanding of compila-
tion technology. Assignments/Mini-project will provide the students with a practical
knewledge of building compiler components using the open source LLVM fi’amework.
Towa’r‘dsthe end, an overview of compiling functional languages will provide glimpses
and illustrations of advanced programming language and compilation technology.

4.34 CS 402: Compiler Technology

Course Code : CS 402
Course Name : Compiler Technology
L-T-P-C : 0-0-3-2
Prerequisites : None
Intended for : B.Tech.
Distribution : Compulsory for CSE; CS elective for EE and ME
Pre-requisites: Algorithms and Data Structures; Formal Languages and Automata The-
ory; Paradigms of Programming
Approval: 4th Senate

Course Contents
ˆ Moduel I Introduction to compilers, Lexical Analysis, Syntax Analysis, Parsing
Top down, Bottom up and advanced, Syntax directed translation, Intermediate
Code Generation type checking and control flow.

ˆ Moduel II Run time environments Stack allocation, Heap management, Garbage

Collection, Code generation and Optimization machine independent, machine de-
pendent, parallelism, data flow analysis and locality.

ˆ Moduel III LLVM - Introduction, Illustration with examples, Mini-project.

ˆ Moduel IV Compiling Functional Languages Review of Lambda Calculus, Trans-

lating functional programs into lambda calculus, Program representation and Graph
reduction of lambda expressions, Supercombinators and lambda lifting, Advanced
Graph Reduction the G-Machine and Optimizations.

276
 ˆ Moduel V (Optional time permitting) Compiling with Continuations Review of
Continuations and CPS, Conversion to CPS, Optimization of CPS, Closure Con-
version and Machine code generation.

Textbooks:
1. A. Appel, Modern Compiler Implementation in C (Java, ML), Cambridge
Univ. Press.

2. Simon Peyton-Jones, Implementation of Functional Languages, Prenctice-

Hall.

3. A. Appel, Compiling with Continuations, Cambridge University Press.

References:
1. Aho, Lam, Sethi and Ullman, Compilers Principles, Techniques, Tools, 2nd
Edition, Pearson/Addison-Wesley.

4.35 CS 403: Algorithm Design and Analysis I

Course Number: CS 403
Course Name: Algorithm Design and Analysis I
Credits: 3-0-1-4 .
Prerequisites: CS 492 (ADSA) or equivalent, and the instructors consent
Intended for: B.Tech.
Distribution: Elective for CS and EE
Approval:

Objective:
After the students have gone through a course on discrete structUres, where they learn-
formal and abstract representations of data and its manipulation and another course on
data ; A structures, where they learn concrete implementations and usage of such discrete
structures, a first course on algorithm design and analysis shOuld teach the students how
to design an efficient algorithm for a given computational task using one or more of such
data ’ structures, analyze performance of a given algorithm, and provide performance
guarantees:
On completion of such a course, students should be able to

ˆ analyze the asymptotic performance of algorithms and write formal correctness

proof for algorithms

ˆ demonstrate their familiarity with major algorithm design paradigms and methods
of analysis

ˆ demonstrate their knowledge of major algorithms and data-structures correspond-

ing to each algorithm

277
 ˆ design paradigm construct efficient algorithms for common computer engineering
design problems

ˆ classify a problem as computationally tractable or intractable, and discuss strategies

to address in-tractability.

Further, as programming is an integral part of the CS education, ’in this course students
v should implement the algorithms they learn and compare the corresponding achievable
performance (computation time. memory requirement. etc.) with the corresponding
asymptotic performance bounds they learn to compute in this course.

Syllabus:
ˆ Review of Data Structures (3 hours)

ˆ Program Performance: Time and space complekity, average and worst case
analysis, asymptotic,,notation, recurrence equations and their solution (3 hours)

ˆ Algorithmic Techniques: Search techniques. Sorting algorithms - lower bound,

sorting in linear time, Greedy algorithms (Huffman coding, knapsack). Divide
and conquer - Master theorem, Dynamic programming (0/1 knapsack, Traveling
salesman problem. matrix multiplication, all-pairs shortest paths), Randomization,
Randomized data structures: Skip Lists, Universal and perfect Hash functions,
Back-tracking, Branch and bound (15 hours)

ˆ For each algorithm technique the following is expected: Description of a technique,

explanation when an algorithm design situation requires it examples of algorithms
based on this technique, analysis of performance these algorithms. .

ˆ Graph Algorithms: DFS and BFS, biconnectivity, spanning trees; Minimum cost
spanning trees: Kruskals, Prime. and Sollins algorithms; Path finding and shortest
path algorithms; Topological sort-ing; Matching, Network Flows; Bipartite graphs
(6 hours)

ˆ Computational complexity: Problem classes. P, NP, NP—complete NP-hard

Reduction Cooks theorem. Examples of NP—complete problems (6 hours)

ˆ Competitive analysis (3 hours)

ˆ Amortized analysis: aggregate analysis, accounting, potential method. (3 hours)

ˆ Other topics: Number theoretic algorithms (GCD. modulo arithmetic, Chinese

remainder theorem). string matching algorithms (Rabin Karp algorithm, string
matching with Finite State ‘ Automata, KMP (Knuth-Morris—Pratt) algorithm,
Boyer-Moore algorithm), Strassens matrix multiplication, FFT, integer and poly-
nomial arithmetic (3 hours)

ˆ Advanced topics: Lower-bound techniques: adversary arguments, information-

theoretic bounds

278
Reference Books:
1. T. H. Cormen, C. E. Leiserson R. L. Rivest. and C. Stein, Introduction to
Algorithms, 3rd Edition, MIT Press, 2009.

2. J. Kleinberg and E Tardos, Algorithm Design, Pearson, 2006.

3. S: Dasgupta, C H. Papadimitriou, U. V. Vazirani, Algorithms, McGraw-Hill, 2006.

4. S. S. Skiena, The Algorithm Design Manual, 2nd Edition, Springer, 2008.

5. G. Brassad, P. Bratley, Fundamentals Of Algorithmics, Prentice-Hall India.

4.36 CS 403: Algorithm Design and Analysis

Course Code : CS 403
Course Name : Algorithm Design and Analysis
L-T-P-C : 3-0-2-4
Prerequisites : CS-3xx (ADSA) or equivalent, or the instructors consent
Intended for : UG
Distribution : Discipline elective for CS and EE
Semester : 5th or 6th
Approval: 6th Senate

Course Contents
ˆ Review of Data Structures. [3 Lectures]

ˆ Program Performance: Time and space complexity, average and worst case
analysis, asymptotic notation, recurrence equations and their solution. [3 Lectures]

ˆ Algorithmic Techniques: Search techniques (backtracking and bounding), Sort-

ing algorithms - lower bound, sorting in linear time, Greedy algorithms (Huffman
coding, knapsack), Divide and conquer - Master theorem, Dynamic programming
(0/1 knapsack, Traveling salesman problem, matrix multiplication, all-pairs short-
est paths), Randomization, Randomized data structures: Skip Lists, Universal and
perfect Hash functions, Backtracking, Branch and bound. [15 Lectures]

– For each algorithm technique the following is expected: Description of the tech-
nique, explanation when an algorithm design situation requires it, examples of
algorithms based on this technique, analysis of performance these algorithms.

ˆ Graph Algorithms: DFS and BFS, biconnectivity, spanning trees; Minimum cost
spanning trees: Kruskals, Prims, and Sollins algorithms; Path finding and shortest
path algorithms; Topological sorting; Matching, Network Flows; Bipartite graphs.
[6 Lectures]

ˆ Computational complexity: Problem classes: P, NP, NP-complete, NP-hard.

Reduction. Cooks theorem. Examples of NP-complete problems. [6 Lectures]

ˆ Competitive analysis [3 Lectures]

279
 ˆ Amortized analysis: aggregate analysis, accounting, potential method. [3 Lec-
tures]

ˆ Other topics: Number theoretic algorithms (GCD, modulo arithmetic, Chinese

remainder theorem), string matching algorithms (Rabin Karp algorithm, string
matching with Finite State Automata, KMP (Knuth-Morris-Pratt) algorithm, Boyer-
Moore algorithm), Strassens matrix multiplication, FFT, integer and polynomial
arithmetic. [3 Lectures]

ˆ Adanced topics: Lower-bound techniques: adversary arguments, information-

theoretic bounds.

Reference Books:
1. T. H. Cormen, C. E. Leiserson, R. L. Rivest, and C. Stein, Introduction to
Algorithms, 3rd Edition, MIT Press, 2009.

2. J. Kleinberg and E. Tardos, Algorithm Design, Pearson, 2006.

3. S. Dasgupta, C. H. Papadimitriou, U. V. Vazirani, Algorithms, McGraw-Hill,

2006.

4. S. S. Skiena, The Algorithm Design Manual, 2nd Edition, Springer, 2008.

4.37 CS 405: Verification of Reactive Systems

Course Code: CS 405
Course Name: Verification of Reactive Systems
L-T-P-C: 3-0-0-3
Prerequisites: MFCS, FLAT (recommended)
Intended for: BTech, MTech, MSc, MS/PhD in the area.
Elective/Core: Discipline elective for BTech CSE and EE, free elective for others
Approval: OTA Course; 11th Senate

Course Contents
ˆ Introduction (1 week)

– o Introduction and overview of the course

– o Revision of predicate logic, undecidable problems, proof systems.
– o Basic approaches to verification: property and equivalence verification, cor-
rectness by design

ˆ Modelling of Systems (2 weeks)

– Formal models for non-terminating reactive systems (hardware/software) :

Buechi Automata, Transition Systems, Process Algebras, Petri Nets
– Dimensions of behavior descriptions :
* interleaving vs truly concurrent

280
 * linear vs branching time
* quantitative vs qualitative descriptions
– Property classification: regularity, safety, liveness, fairness
– Equivalence notions:
* trace equivalence
* testing equivalence
* observation equivalence
– Case studies - equivalence checking

ˆ Property Verification of Reactive Systems (4 weeks)

– Verification of regular properties

– Temporal and modal logics for property specification: LTL, CTL, CTL*, HML
– Verifying properties: principles of model checking, complexity and limits
– Case studies with model checker SPIN

ˆ Property Verification of Time-Critical and Hybrid Systems (3 weeks)

– Timed automata (theory, reachability analysis)

– Case study with model checker UPPAAL

ˆ Correctness by Design (2 week)

– Stepwise refinement
– Case study with proof assistant RODIN

ˆ (Remaining week will be used as buffer and for doubt clearing.)

Textbooks:
1. Christel Baier and Joost-Pieter Katoen, Principles of Model Checking, MIT
Press, 2008.

References:
1. Luca Aceto, Anna Ingolfsdottir, Kim G. Larsen and Jiri Srba, Reactive Systems
- Modelling, Specification and Verification, Cambridge textbooks, 2007

2. M. Ben-Ari, Principles of the SPIN Model Checker, MIT Press, 2008

3. Wan Fokking, Modelling Distributed Systems, Springer Verlag, 2007

4. Michael Huth and Mark Ryan, Logic in Computer Science Modelling and
Reasoning about Systems, Cambridge University Press, 2004

5. Gerald Holzmann, The SPIN Model Checker - Primer and Reference Man-
ual, Addison Wesley, 2003

6. Doron Peled, Software Reliability Methods, Springer Verlag, 2001

281
4.38 CS 406: Computer Networks
Course Code: CS 406
Course Name: Computer Networks
L-T-P-C: 3-1-0-4
Prerequisites: CS-304 - Communicating Distributed Processes or the instructor’s consent
Intended for: UG
Distribution: Elective for CS and EE
Semester: 7th or 8th
Approval: 9th Senate

Course Contents
ˆ Introduction to Networking and Physical layer [4 Lectures]

– Signals and Data Basic Properties, Fourier Transform, Transmission (noise,

attenuation, distortion), Effective Bandwidth.
– Digital to Digital Transmission Line coding, Block coding and Scrambling.
– Multiplexing - Frequency-Division Multiplexing (FDM), Wavelength-Division
Multiplexing (WDM), Time-division Multiplexing (TDM).
– Types of Switching Circuit Switching, Packet Switching, Message Switching,
QoS for Circuit Switching.

ˆ 2. Data Link Layer [7 Lectures]

– Link-Layer Addressing Types of addresses, Address Resolution Protocol (ARP).

– Error Detection and Correction Block Coding, Cyclic Codes (Cyclic Redun-
dancy Check, Polynomials, GF2) and Checksum.
– Logical Link Control (LLC) Sublayer: LLC Services Framing, Flow and Er-
ror Control. Protocols Stop-and-Wait, Piggybacking, High-Level Data Link
Control (HDLC), Point-to-Point Protocol (PPP).
– Media Access Control (MAC) Sublayer: Random Access ALOHA, Carrier
Sense Multiple Access (CSMA), Collision Detection (CSMA/CD), Collision
Avoidance (CSMA/CA).

ˆ Network Layer [10 Lectures]

– Network Layer Services Packeting, Routing, and Forwarding.

– Packet Switching Datagram Approach (connectionless Service), Virtual Circuit
Approach (connection- oriented Service).
– QoS of Packet Switching Delay, Throughput, Packet Loss, and Congestion
Control.
– IP Addressing IPv4 and IPv6, Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP),
Network Address Translation (NAT).
– Routing Algorithms:

282
 * UNICAST Routing: Max Flow-Min Cut theorem and Ford Fulkerson Al-
gorithm, Bellman Ford and Dijkstra’s Algorithms, Shortest Path Routing,
Distance-Vector Routing, Link -State Routing and Path Vector Routing,
Hierarchical Routing, Routing Information Protocol (RIP), Open Shortest
Path First (OSPF).
* MULTICAST Routing: Flooding, Multicast Distance Vector (DVMRP),
Protocol Independent Multicast (PIM) and Multicast Link State (MO-
SPF).
ˆ Transport Layer [10 Lectures]

– Protocols Stop-and-Wait, Go-Back-N, Selective-Repeat, User Datagram Pro-

tocol (UDP): services and applications, Transmission Control Protocol (TCP):
services, flow, and congestion control.
– TCP implementation techniques Slow start, congestion avoidance, fast retrans-
mit and fast recovery.
– Optional Topics: TCP Variants: TCP Tahoe, TCP Reno, TCP Vegas, TCP
SACK and TCP Westwood, STCP.
ˆ Application Layer [6 Lectures]

– Services and Protocols Application protocols, such as Hypertext Transfer Pro-

tocol (HTTP), Simple Mail Transfer Protocol (SMTP), File Transfer Protocol
(FTP), Internet Mail Access Protocol (IMAP), Post Office Protocol (POP),
Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP).
– Optional Topics: Secure Shell (SSH), Domain Name System (DNS), Lightweight
Directory Access Protocol (LDAP), Network Time Protocol (NTP), Remote
Procedure Call (RPC) and Secure Socket Layer (SSL).
ˆ Advanced Topics [5 Lectures]

– Service Models Resource Reservation Protocol (RSVP), Integrated and Differ-

entiated.
– Flow Control Scheduling, Traffic Modellers, Multi Protocol Label Switching
(MPLS).
– Peer to Peer Paradigm Distributed Hash Table (DHT), CHORD, PASTRY,
KADEMILA.

Textbooks:
1. 1. B. A. Forouzan, Data Communications and Networking, 5th Edition,
McGraw Hill, 2013.

Suggested Reference Books:

1. A. S. Tanenbaum and D. J. Wetherall, Computer Networks, 5th Edition, Pren-
tice Hall, 2011.
2. D. P. Bertsekas and R. G. Gallager, Data Networks, 2nd Edition, Prentice Hall,
1992.

283
 3. S. Keshav, An Engineering Approach to Computer Networking: ATM
Networks, the Internet, and the telephone network, Addison Wesley Long-
man, 1997.

4. R. Perlman, Interconnections: Bridges, Routers, Switches and Internet-

working Protocols, 2nd Edition, Addison Wesley, 1999.

5. L. L. Peterson and B. S. Davie, Computer Networks: A Systems Approach,

5th Edition, Morgan Kaufmann, Elsevier, 2011.

6. W. Stallings, Data and Computer Communications, 10th Edition Pearson,

2013.

7. G. B. White, E. A. Fisch, and U. W. Pooch, Computer System and Network

Security, CRC Press, 1995.

4.39 CS 451: Computer Graphics and Game Design

Course Code: CS 451
Course Name: Computer Graphics and Game Design
L-T-P-C: 2-0-2-3
Prerequisites: Experience in writing computer-code.
Intended for: B.Tech. (all branches) II/III/IV year
Distribution: Elective for B.Tech. II/III/IV year
Approval: 28th Senate

Course Contents
ˆ Introduction: Motivation; Types of games, Different aspects of game design;
Different components in a game; Game engines; Geometric primitives, 2D and 3D
linear transforms, Homogeneous matrices; Examples of games. [5 Lectures]

ˆ Sprites and animation: Different image formats; Polygon file formats; Creat-
ing sprites; Rigging; Animations using sprite-sheets; Animations using keyframes;
Animation controllers. [6 Lectures]

ˆ Level design: Scenes; Tiles, visual continuity in tiles; Adding objects to scene;
Prefabs; Lighting, RGB space, transparency, texture mapping; Collectibles; Navi-
gation and pathfinding. [6 Lectures]

ˆ World interaction: Physics engines; Gravity simulation; Rigid body interaction;

Collisions. [6 Lectures]

ˆ User interface: Layout; Menu system; Visual components; Event system; Skins.
[3 Lectures]

ˆ Audio: Audio assets; Different audio formats; Audio mixing. [2 Lectures]

284
Lab Exercises
Lab to be conducted on a 2-hour slot, in tandem with the theory course so the topics for
problems given in the lab are already initiated in the theory class. The topics taught in the
theory course shall be appropriately sequenced for synchronization with the laboratory.
The students will progressively design and write a 2D video game as part of the lab.

ˆ Lab1-2: Installation of a game engine, e.g., Unity, familiarization of the GUI. Con-
ceptualize the theme for a 2D game.

ˆ Lab3-4: Character design, sprites, movement and character control.

ˆ Lab5-7: Level design: design of the world in form of tiles along with interactive and
collectible objects.

ˆ Lab8-9: Design of interaction between the player and the world, optionally using
the physics engine.

ˆ Lab9-11: Design of menus and user interaction in mobile platform.

ˆ Lab12: Insert audio.

Textbooks:
1. Nystrom Robert, Game Programming Patterns, 3rd Edition, Genever Benning,
2014

Reference Books:
1. Paris Buttfield-Addison et al., Unity Game Development Cookbook: Essentials
for Every Game, O’Reilly Media, 2019.

4.40 CS 456: Distributed Databases

Course Code : CS 456
Course Name : Distributed Databases
L-T-P-C : 3-0-0-3
Students intended for: Third Year and Fourth Year CS students
Elective or Compulsory: Elective
Semester : Odd or Even
Prerequisites :CS204 and CS206
Approval: 4th Senate

Course Contents
(if possible, separated in to approximate units each corresponding to 10 Lectures):

ˆ Introduction

– a. Distributed Data Processing

– b. Concepts of Distributed Database Systems

285
 ˆ Distributed DBMS Architecture

– Transparency Issues
– Architectural Models
– Distributed Database Design

ˆ Distributed Database Design Issues

– a. A Fragmentation b. Allocation
– c. Integrity Constraints

ˆ Query Processing

– Objectives of Query Processing

– Layers of Query Processing
– Query Decomposition and Data Localization

ˆ Optimization of Distributed Queries

– Centralized Query Optimization

– Join Ordering
– Distributed Query Optimization Algorithms

ˆ Advanced Topics

– Distributed Transaction Management and Concurrency Control , Distributed

DBMS
– Reliability and Replication Techniques, Multidatabase Systems

Suggested Reading:
1. M.TamerOzsu, Patrick Valduriez, Principles of Distributed database systems,
2nd Edition, Pearson Education.

2. Stefano Ceri, Giuseppe Pelagatti, Distributed Databases: Principles & Sys-

tems, McGraw- Hill.

4.41 CS 501: Access Networks

Course Code: CS 501
Course Name: Access Networks
L-T-P-C: 3-0-0-3
Prerequisites:5th Senate
Approval:

286
Course Contents
ˆ Overview of Analog and Digital communications

ˆ PDH/SDH/SONET

ˆ XDSL (ADSL, HDSL and VDSL)

ˆ Overview of Fiber Optics/Optical Sources and detectors

ˆ PON basics and GPON in detail

ˆ Multiple access schemes: FDMA, TDMA, CDMA

ˆ Wireless systems and standards (1G/2G/3G systems)

4.42 CS 502: Compiler Design

Course Code : CS 502
Course Name : Compiler Design
L-T-P-C : 3-0-2-4
Prerequisites : CS 202: Data Structures and Algorithms; CS304: Formal Languages and
Automata Theory
Intended for : BTech third and final year CSE and MS/PhD
Distribution : Elective for third and final year BTech CSE/EE, MS, PhD
Approval: 24th Senate

Course Contents
ˆ Introduction and lexical analysis Introduction to language translators. Stages
of compilation. Lexical analyzers: token specification and recognition. [4 Lectures]

ˆ Parsing Overview of context-free grammars. Parse trees and derivations. Left

recursion and left factoring. Top-down and bottom-up parsing. [8 Lectures]

ˆ Semantic analysis Syntax-directed translation. Various intermediate representa-

tions. Intermediate code generation. Type checking. [9 Lectures]

ˆ Runtime environments: Activation records. Heap management. Garbage col-

lection. [4 Lectures]

ˆ Code generation and optimization: Register allocation. Instruction selection

and scheduling. Control-flow graphs. Data-flow analysis. Peephole optimizations.
[9 Lectures]

ˆ Advanced topics: Loop optimizations. Call-graph construction. Machine learn-

ing in compiler design. Just-in- time compilers. [8 Lectures]

287
Labs
Learning the art of compiler design involves a nice mix of theory and practice. The course
consists of at least four programming assignments from the following set (assignments
will be rotated in every offering to contain plagiarism):

ˆ Learning to use a lexer/parser generator such as Flex/Bison/JavaCC

ˆ Intermediate code generation

ˆ Type checking

ˆ One forward/backward dataflow analysis

ˆ Register allocation

ˆ Assembly code generation

Textbooks:
1. Alfred V. Aho, Monica Lam, Ravi Sethi and Jeffrey D. Ullman, Compilers: Prin-
ciples, Techniques, and Tools, 2nd Edition, Pearson Education, 2007.

2. Andrew W. Appel, Jens Palsberg, Modern Compiler Implementation in Java,

2nd Edition, Cambridge University Press, 2002.

Reference books:
1. Keith D. Cooper and Linda Torczon, Engineering a Compiler, 2nd Edition,
Morgan Kaufmann, 2011.

2. Y. N. Srikant and Priti Shankar, The Compiler Design Handbook,2nd Edition,

CRC Press, 2007.

4.43 CS 502P: Basic Data Science Practicum

Course Code: CS 502P
Course Title: Basic Data Science Practicum
L-T-P-C: 1-0-3-3
Prerequisites: Consent of Teacher
Intended for: MSc/PhD in Chemistry, Biology, Physics, MA in HSS. Not open to B.Tech.
Elective or Core: Free elective
Approval: 22nd Senate

Course Contents
ˆ Introduction to Data Science; model of computation; program = data structures +
algorithms

ˆ Expressions: scalar variables, operators, precedence, data types

ˆ Decisions: if-else; nested decisions; flow-charts

288
 ˆ Top-down and bottom-up program design; iterations – definite and indefinite; arrays

ˆ Functions and modules; stats, rand, matplotlib modules; Review of statistics; Vi-
sualisation of data

ˆ Collections: list, set, dict, Numpy array; File I/O; exceptions

ˆ CSV file format; Pandas dataframe; Regression and interpolation; measures of good-
ness of fit; visual inspection – boxplots

ˆ Data collection; cleansing; formats; units

ˆ Case studies from experimental chemistry, biology and allied areas

Lab
ˆ The Python programming environment (OS and IDE); “Hello world” in Python

ˆ Python as a calculator; input/output of numbers; type conversion

ˆ Classification using if-else; debugging using print, breakpoints, execution of selected

statements

ˆ Trying it out using the console; flow-charts to code; initiallising an array; filling an
array with input numbers; printing an array

ˆ Filling an array with random numbers; distributions; Computing statistics of an

array of numbers; Plotting line, scatter, bar, histograms using matplotlib

ˆ Use of list, set and dict; Reading data from a file into a Numpy array

ˆ Reading .csv into a Pandas dataframe; Fitting curves to given datasets

ˆ Gridding of datasets; conversion of file from one format to another

Text books
1. Michael Dawson, Python Programming for the Absolute Beginner, 3rd Edi-
tion, Premier Press, 2003 (Chapter 1-7)

2. Jake Vanderplas, Python Data Science Handbook, O’ Reilly, 2016 (Chapters

1-4)

References
1. Montgomery & Runger, Applied Statistics and Probability for Engineers,
3rd Edition, Wiley, 2003

2. Jose Unpingco, Python for probability, statistics and machine learning,

Springer.

3. Ben Stephenson, The Python Workbook: A Brief Introduction with Exer-

cises and Solutions, Springer, 2014

289
The course is a subset of IC152. IC152 is intended for BTech students and assumes a
strong background in mathematics and familiarity with computers. CS502P is not open
to BTechs, it assumes no knowledge of computers and only 10th standard mathematics.

4.44 CS 506: Cognitive Modeling

Course Code: CS 506
Course Name: Cognitive Modeling
L-T-P-C: 2-0-2-3
Students intended for: 3rd, 4th year B. Tech. CSE/M.S. SCEE/Ph.D. SCEE, HSS
Elective or Compulsory: Elective
Semester: Odd or Even
Prerequisites: None
Approval: 3rd Senate

Course Contents
ˆ Introduction to Cognitive Modeling: What are cognitive models? Advan-
tages of cognitive models, Practical uses of cognitive models, The steps involved in
cognitive modeling

ˆ Lab: Install and becoming familiar with cognitive modeling software tools (Excel
and/or Matlab) on your computer

ˆ Qualitative Model Comparisons: Category learning experiment, Two models

of category learning, Qualitative comparisons of Models

ˆ Lab: Simulate qualitative model comparison using the Exemplar model in Matlab
or Excel

ˆ Basic Parameter Estimation Techniques: Linear and Nonlinear parameter es-

timation, Retention Experiment and Model, Aggregate modeling versus individual
modeling, Objective function and searching for optimal parameters

ˆ Application to Choice and Response Time Measures (Signal detection task; Dy-
namic signal detection model; parameter estimation; goodness of fit; lack of fit
tests)

ˆ Lab: Simulate parameter estimation using the Retention model in Matlab or Excel.
Also, simulate parameter estimation using the Wiener Diffusion Model in Matlab
or Excel

ˆ Quantitative model comparisons: Maximum likelihood estimation, Becharas

Simulated Gambling Task (BSGT), Three Cognitive Models on BSGT, Parameter
estimation, Quantitative model comparisons using AIC and BIC, Cross-validation
and Generalization

ˆ Lab: Create models on BSGT in Matlab or Excel; Simulate parameter estimation

on BSGT in Matlab or Excel

290
 ˆ Connectionist versus Rational Approaches: (Rational) Instance-based Learning
(Instances; K- nearest neighbor learning; Case-based reasoning; Similarity; Acti-
vation), (Connectionist) Neural Networks(neural networks, Rescorla-wagner/delta
rule, Multi-layer feed forward networks, Discuss the relative theoretical merits of
either approach

ˆ Lab: Create and simulate a cognitive model for each ofthe connectionist and the
rational approaches.

Textbooks:
1. J. Busemeyer & A. Diederich, Cognitive Modeling, Sage Publications, 2009.
[BD]

2. S. Farrel & S. Stephan Lewandowsky, Computational Modeling in Cognition:

Principles and Practice, Sage Publications, 2010. [FL]

Reference Books:
1. R. Sun, Cognition and Multi-Agent Interaction, Cambridge University Press,
2006. [RS]

2. Konar, Artificial Intelligence and Soft Computing: Behavioral and Cog-

nitive Modeling of the Human Brain, CRC Press, 1999. [AK]

3. T. Mitchell, Machine Learning, McGraw-Hill Science, 1997.[TM]

4. B. Hahn, Essential Matlab for Engineers and Scientists, 4th Edition, Aca-
demic Press, 2009. [BH]

Articles
1. Certain articles from JSTOR: I will hand out photocopies during the semester.

Software
ˆ Matlab and Palisade Decisions Tools (the instructor will provide the CD for these
software tools)

4.45 CS 507: Computer Architecture

Course Code : CS 507
Course Name : Computer Architecture
L-T-P-C : 3-0-2-4
Pre-requisite : CS201 Computer Organization or Equivalent
Intended for :BTech Computer Science Engineering (CSE) and Electrical Engineering(EE),
MS, M. Tech. & PhD.
Distribution : Elective for Third and Final year B. Tech (CSE/EE), MS, M. Tech. in
VLSI/Signal Processing and Communication & PhD
Approval: 14th Senate

291
Course Contents
ˆ Introduction: Defining Computer Architecture, Flynns Classification of Comput-
ers, Metrics for Performance Measurement [4 Lectures]

ˆ Memory Hierarchy: Introduction, Advanced Optimizations of Cache Perfor-

mance, Memory Technology and Optimizations, Virtual Memory and Virtual Ma-
chines, The Design of Memory Hierarchy, Introduction to Pin Instrumentation and
Cachegrind, Case Study: Memory Hierarchies in Intel Core i7 and ARM Cortex-A8.
[8 Lectures]

ˆ Instruction Level Parallelism: Instruction-level Parallelism: Concepts and Chal-

lenges, Basic Compiler Techniques for Exposing ILP, Reducing Branch Costs with
Advanced Branch Prediction, Dynamic Scheduling, Advanced Techniques for In-
struction Delivery and Speculation, Limitations of ILP, Multithreading: Exploiting
Thread-Level Parallelism to Improve Uniprocessor Throughput, Modeling Branch
Predictors using Pin Tool, Case Study: Dynamic Scheduling in Intel Core i7 and
ARM Cortex-A8. [10 Lectures]

ˆ Thread Level Parallelism: Introduction, Shared-Memory Multicore Systems,

Performance Metrics for Shared-Memory Multicore Systems, Cache Coherence Pro-
tocols, Synchronization, Memory Consistency, Multithreaded Programming using
OpenMP, Case Study: Intel Skylake and IBM Power. [10 Lectures]

ˆ Data Level Parallelism: Introduction, Vector Architecture, SIMD Instruction

Set Extensions for Multimedia, Graphics Processing Units, GPU Memory Hierar-
chy, Detecting and Enhancing Loop-Level Parallelism, CUDA Programming, Case
Study: Nvidia Maxwell. [10 Lectures]

Computer Architecture Lab:

ˆ The lab experiments (assignments) will be designed to assist the theory covered in
the class.

Text Books:
1. J.L. Hennessy and D.A. Patterson. Computer Architecture: A Quantitative
Approach, 5 th Edition, Morgan Kauffmann Publishers, 2012.

References:
1. J.P. Shen and M.H. Lipasti, Modern Processor Design: Fundamentals of
Superscalar Processors, McGraw-Hill Publishers, 2005.

2. D.B. Kirk and W.W. Hwu, Programming Massively Parallel Processors, 2nd
Edition, Morgan Kauffmann Publishers, 2012.

3. Pin - A Dynamic Binary Instrumentation Tool. https://software.intel.com/en-

us/articles/pin-a-dynamic-binary-instrumentation-tool

4. Cachegrind: A Cache and Branch-Prediction Profiler. http://valgrind.org/docs/manual/cg-

manual.html

292
 5. OpenMP. www.openmp.org
6. CUDA. https://developer.nvidia.com/cuda-zone

Course Code: CS 507 (Old)

Course Name: Advanced Data Structure and Algorithms
L-T-P-C: 3-0-0-3
Prerequisites:

Course Contents
ˆ Introduction to runtime analysis of algorithms, recap of sorting etc from course
Basic Datastructures. RAM model, abstract runtime of algorithms. Growth of
functions, upper, lower, exact bounds, working with asymptotic runtime behaviour.
ˆ Recap of linear data structures. Dictionnaries as an interface, comparing linked
lists with arrays. Dynamic arrays a first example in amortized analysis. Skip lists.
ˆ Search trees. Balanced search trees: AVL trees, Splay trees, 2-3 trees, Red-black-
trees. Search trees for block devices (disk et al.): B-trees, B+-trees.
ˆ Intro to multidimensional search trees: k-d-trees, R-Trees, [depending on time:
reducing dimension space filling curve (Hilbert curve)]
ˆ Hashing: basic algorithms, specific applications: consistent hashing, Distributed
hash tables, Bloom filters, [Merkle trees]
ˆ [Tries: data structures for information retrieval ]
ˆ Graphs: DFS/BFS, Shortest path, minmal spanning tree.

Literature:
1. Cormen et al, Introduction to Algorithms, MIT press,
2. Skiena, Algorithm Design handbook, Springer Verlag
3. Weiss, Data Structures and Problem Solving (Java or C++), Pearcon /
Addison Wesley

Project:
You are supposed to implement dictionnaries( insert(), find() delete() ) in six different
ways: Binary search tree, AVL tree, Splay tree, 2-4 (also: 2-3-4)trees, Redblack trees,
Hashing.
Furthermore a test bed which allows to compare them, is needed. You should devise
a comparison methodology and write a report on that.

4.46 CS 507 (3) Advanced Computer Architecture

Senate: 8th
Approval: OTA 5th and 11th Senate

293
Course Outline:
Advanced processor desi91: CPU pipelining, Datapath and Control Design, Data and
Control Hazards. Instruction level parallelism, Dynamic scheduling of instructions, Branch
Prediction and Speculation —From reference book and papers- VLIW, Multithreading,
and Network processor architectures —Front papers- Basic multiprocessor design: Shared
memory and message passing; Network topologies.

4.47 CS 508: Introduction to Network Security

Course Code : CS 508
Course Name : Introduction to Network Security
L-T-P-C : 3-0-0-3
Prerequisites : CIntroduction to Computer Networks
Intended for : M.S./Ph.D. or senior UG
Distribution : Elective in CS and EE
Semester : 5th or 6th
Approval: 6th Senate

Preamble
Individual course as of now. Meant to serve as pre-requisite to future courses

Course Outline:
This course focuses on basic concepts in network security. It aims to introduce students
to the fundamental techniques used in implementing secure network communications,
and to give them an understanding of common threats and attacks, as well as some
practical experience in attacking and defending networked systems. This is not a course
in cryptography, nor a comprehensive course in systems security.

Course Contents:
ˆ Introduction: Motivating examples; Basic concepts: confidentiality, integrity,
availability, security policies, security mechanisms, assurance

ˆ Basic Cryptography: Historical background; Transposition/Substitution, Caesar

Cipher; Introduction to Symmetric crypto primitives, Asymmetric cryptography
primitives

ˆ Secret Key Cryptography: Applications; Data Encryption Standard (DES);

Encrypting large messages (ECB, CBC, OFB, CFB, CTR); Multiple Encryption
DES (EDE); Advanced Encryption Standard (AES)

ˆ Message Digests: Applications; Strong and weak collision resistance; Hash func-
tions; The Birthday Paradox; MD5, SHA-1 ˆ Public Key Cryptography: Appli-
cations; Theory: Euclidean algorithm, Euler Theorem, Fermat Theorem, Totent
functions, multiplicative and additive inverse; RSA, Selection of public and private
keys

294
 ˆ Authentication: Security Handshake pitfalls; Online vs. offline password guess-
ing; Reflection attacks; Per-session keys and authentication tickets; Key distribution
centers and certificate authorities

ˆ Trusted Intermediaries: Public Key infrastructures; Certification authorities

and key distribution centers; Kerberos

ˆ Real-time Communication Security: Introduction to TCP/IP protocol stack;

Implementation layers for security protocols and implications; IPsec: AH and ESP;
IPsec: IKE; SSL/TLS

ˆ Electronic Mail Security: Distribution lists; Establishing keys; Privacy, source

authentication, message integrity, non-repudiation, proof of submission, proof of
delivery, message flow confidentiality, anonymity; Pretty Good Privacy (PGP)

ˆ Firewalls and Web Security: DoS and Phishing attacks; Packet filters; Applica-
tion level gateways; Encrypted tunnels; Cookies; Web security problems; Intrusion
Detection systems; DNS Security

Textbooks:
1. Charlie Kaufman, Radia Perlman, and Mike Speciner, Network Security: PRI-
VATE Communication in a PUBLIC World, Prentice Hall.

2. William Stallings, Network Security Essentials: Applications and Stan-

dards, Prentice Hall.

References:
1. Behrouz Forouzan, Debdeep Mukhopadhyay, Cryptography and Network Se-
curity, Tata McGraw-Hill.

4.48 CS 508: Introduction to Heterogeneous Computing

Course Code: CS 508
Course Name: Introduction to Heterogeneous Computing
L-T-P-C: 2-0-0-2
Prerequisites: Introductory Programming skill
Students intended for: MS/MTech/PhD/I-PhD/4th year BTech
Elective or Compulsory: Elective

Approval: 10th Senate

Course Contents
ˆ Review of programming concepts: C/C++: Algorithm design, Expressions,
Decisive statements, Iteration loops, Functional calls, Recursion, Arrays, Pointers,
Addresses, I/O file handling, Error handling [6 Lectures]

295
 ˆ Introduction to HPC: Introduction to uni-processor and multiprocessor archi-
tecture, types of parallelism, Data parallelism, Loop unrolling, communication and
synchronization needs,Parallel programs using openMP/ MPI, Introduction to clus-
ter hardware, software, and network [8 Lectures]

ˆ Understanding parallelism with GPUs: CUDA C: GPU architectures, Grids,

Blocks and Threads in CUDA, Memory Handling with CUDA, Concepts of tiling
and warps for CUDA[12 Lectures]

ˆ Application case studies: Problem statements, designing an algorithm, writ-

ing program, verifying the output profiling the performance, optimization of the
program [8 Lectures]

Text Books:
1. Cook S., CUDA Programming,

2. Morgan Kaufmann, nVIDIA GPU Teaching Kit.

3. Kirk D.B. and Hwu W-M.W,. Programming Massively Parallel Processors.

4.49 CS 511: Applied Probability

Course Code : CS 511
Course Name : Applied Probability
L-T-P-C 2-0-0-2
Intended for : MTech (CSE), MS, PhD
Distribution :
Prerequisite : None
Mutual Exclusion : EE534, MA524
Approval: 44th BoA

Course Contents
ˆ Module I: Sigma field. Review of axiomatic probability, conditional probability,
and independence, Bayes rule and applications. [3 Lectures]

ˆ Module II: Recap of random variables, discrete and continuous random variables,
and functions of random variables. [2 Lectures]

ˆ Module III: Joint, marginal, and conditional distribution, Covariance and corre-
lation, Multinomial, Multivariate Normal, Conditional Expectations. [2 Lectures]

ˆ Module IV: Probability generating function, moment generating function and

characteristic functions properties and applications. [3 Lectures]

ˆ Module V: Markov chains, classification of states and chains, stationary distri-

bution and limit theorem, Poisson process. Application of Markov Chain in Page
Rank, text summarization etc. [4 Lectures]

296
 ˆ Module VI: The convergence of random variables basic results, inequalities (Markov
and Chebyshev), the law of large numbers (weak and strong), central limit theorem,
hypothesis testing. [5 Lectures]

ˆ Module VII: Concentration inequalities Chernoffs bound, Hoeffdings inequality

and their applications in parameter estimation and confidence interval of parame-
ters. [3 Lectures]

ˆ Module VIII: Random vectors and covariance matrix. Random processes. Auto-
correlation, cross correlation, power spectral density. Basic notion of ergodicity. [6
Lectures]

Text books:
1. Grimmett and Stirzaker, Probability and Random Processes, 4th Edition, Oxford
University Press, 2020.
2. Papoulis and Pillai, Probability, Random variables and Stochastic processes, 4th
Edition, McGrawHill Europe, 2002.

References:
1. Erhan Cinlar, Introduction to Stochastic Processes, Dover Books on Mathe-
matics, 2013.

2. R. G. Gallager, Stochastic Processes: Theory for applications, Cambridge

University Press, 2014.

3. S. M. Ross, Stochastic processes, 2nd Edition, John Wiley, New York, 1996.

4. J. R. Norris, Markov chains, Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, 1999.

5. Joseph K. Blitzstein and Jessica Hwang, Introduction to Probability, CRC

Press.com

6. Kishor S Trivedi, Probability & Statistics with Reliability, Queuing, and

Computer Science Applications, Prentice Hall.

It is a subset of the existing course EE534 with topics relevant for MTech CSE. The
2 credit structure for this course is already approved in the senate document for CSE
MTech.

4.50 CS 512: Matrix Theory

Course Code : CS 512
Course Name : Matrix Theory
L-T-P-C : 2-0-0-2
Intended for : MTech (CSE), MS, PhD
Prerequisite : None
Mutual Exclusion : MA512, EE522

Approval: 44th BoA

297
Course Contents
ˆ Background and review: Linear system of equations, and their solutions, Linear
transformation, Matrices, Determinant, Rank, Linear Vector spaces, Basis, Dimen-
sions, Subspaces, Inner product, and orthogonality, Range space and null space,
Eigenvalues and eigenvectors. Application: Examples of linear transformation such
as rotation, translation, scaling, and eigen analysis. [5 Lectures]

ˆ Norms for vectors and matrices: Vector norms and their properties, Matrix
norms, Error analysis in linear systems, Application: Examples of neural network
optimization/regularizations. [4 Lectures]

ˆ Eigenvalue Problems: Condition numbers, and their application, Generalized

Eigenvalue problems, Rayleigh Quotient. Application: Physical significance of
eigenvalues and vectors and its relationship with PCA and Face recognition. [4
Lectures]

ˆ Matrix factorization and Least square problems: Singular value decompo-

sition, generalized pseudoinverses, QR factorization, PCA, Least square problems.
Application: Examples from dimensionality reduction and Clustering. [5 Lectures]

ˆ Sparse matrices, their analysis, and algorithms: Graphs and matrices, Sparse
Gaussian elimination, Sparse eigenvalue, and singular value problems. Applica-
tion: Relationship of sparse matrices with graph-based spectral clustering OR graph
CNNs. [4 Lectures]

ˆ Different types and matrices, their properties, and analysis: Symmetric,

stochastic, Random Matrices, Properties of positive definite matrices, Toeplitz,
and Circulant matrices. Application: Toeplitz’s relationship with convolution and
deconvolution networks OR DSM based graph clustering. [6 Lectures]

Text books:
1. Roger A. Horn and Charles R. Johnson, Matrix Analysis, Cambridge university
press, 2012.

2. Gene H. Golub and Charles F. Van Loan, Matrix computations, 3ed Edition,
John Hopkins University Press, 2012.

References:
1. T. A. Davis, Direct Methods for Sparse Linear Systems, SIAM, 2006

2. Joel Tropp, An Introduction to Matrix Concentration Inequalities, 2015

3. Terence Tao, Topics in Random Matrix Theory, AMS, 2012

4. Lloyd N. Trefethen and David Bau III, Numerical linear algebra, Siam, 1997.

5. Alan J. Laub, Matrix analysis for scientists and engineers, Siam, 2005.

6. Harry Dym, Linear algebra in action, American Mathematical Soc., 2013.

298
 7. Gilbert Strang, Linear Algebra and its application, 4th Edition, Cengage
Learning

8. Rajendra Bhatia, Matrix Analysis, Springer 1997.

9. David Lewis, Matrix Theory, 3rd Edition, Allied Publishers, 2014.

It is a subset of the existing course EE522 with topics relevant for MTech CSE. The
2 credit structure for this course is already approved in the senate document for CSE
MTech.

4.51 CS 513: Discrete Mathematics

Course Code : CS 513
Course Name : Discrete Mathematics
L-T-P-C: 3-1-0-4
Intended for : MTech CSE
Prerequisite : none
Mutual Exclusion: CS208 and CS511.
Approval: 44th BoA

Course Contents
ˆ Logic: Propositional logic syntax and semantics (revision); proof system and de-
duction; soundness and completeness; principle of resolution; (ordered) binary de-
cision diagrams; first order logic syntax and semantics; structures, models, satisfac-
tion and validity; resolution; unification; proof systems; axiomatization, soundness,
completeness and incompleteness theorems; undecidability of validity problem. [8
Lectures]

ˆ Infinite and Structured Sets: [12 Lectures]

– Countable and uncountable sets, Cantor’s diagonalization. Turing machines,

Church- Turing Thesis. undecidability of the halting problem. consequences
to the program verification problem.
– Abstract Algebra: Homomorphism, Fundamental Theorem of homomor-
phisms, posets and lattices, formal contexts, monoids, semigroups, groupoids
and groups, subgroups, cosets, Lagrange’ theorem, rings, fields.

ˆ Combinatorics & Graph Theory: [12 Lectures]

– Counting arguments, recurrence relations, generating functions (Mnage prob-

lem), formal power series (ring).
– Basics of graph theory (revision), planar graphs (Kuratowski’s theorem), minor
graphs (Wagners theorem, Robertson-Seymour theorem) matching and cover-
ing (Hall’s theorem, Tuttle’s theorem, Gallai/Milgram’s theorem, connectivity
and network flows, coloring (Brooks’ theorem, Vizing’s theorem), intersection
and perfect graphs, sparse and dense graphs.

299
 ˆ Probability Theory: Recap of basic probability theory: axiomatic definition,
discrete and continuous random variables, functions of random variables; joint,
marginal, conditional distributions, Expectation and variance, Moment generating
function and characteristic functions. Moments and deviations (Stable marriage
problem, the coupon collectors problem), Concentration inequalities (Chernoff and
Hoeffding bounds), Markov Chains and random walks (Expanders). Monte Carlo
method. [10 Lectures]

Laboratory/practical/tutorial Modules:
Tutorials on each of the above course modules (14 hours)

Text books:
1. K. H. Rosen, Discrete Mathematics and Its Applications, 8th Edition, Mc-
Graw Hill, 2019.
2. D. S. Dummit and R. M. Foote, Abstract Algebra, 3rd Edition, Wiley, 2004.
3. M. Mitzenmacher and E. Upfal, Probability and Computing, 2nd Edition, Cam-
bridge Univ. Press, 2017.

References:
ˆ Dirk van Daalen, Logic & Structure, Springer, 2008.
ˆ Uwe Schoening, Logic for Computer Scientists, Springer, 2008
ˆ Michael Huth, Mark Ryan, Logic in Computer Science: Modelling and Rea-
soning about Systems, Cambridge University Press 2004.
ˆ B. Ganter, R. Wille, Formal Concept Analysis, Springer, 1996.
ˆ P. M. Cohn, Universal Algebra, Springer, 1981.
ˆ W. Wechler, Universal Algebra for Computer Scientists, Springer, 1992.
ˆ Reinhard Diestel, Graph Theory, 5th Edition, Springer, 2017.
ˆ Bela Bollobas, Modern Graph Theory, Springer, 1998.

4.52 CS 514: Data Structures and Algorithms-II

Course Code : CS 514
Course name : Data Structures and Algorithms-II
L-T-P-C : 3-0-2-4
Prerequisites : CS-202 (DSA) or equivalent for UG students, None for PG students
Intended for : BTech (Semester 5 or 6) who have not taken CS403, MTech (CSE), MS,
PhD
Distribution : Discipline Core for MTech CSE, Elective for UG CSE/DS, MS/PhD

Approval: 40th BoA

300
Course Contents
ˆ Review of Data Structures from CS 202: Asymptotic Notations, Solving
recurrences, Insertion Sort, Merge Sort, QuickSort. [3 Lectures]

ˆ Advanced topics in Sorting and Searching: Randomized Data Structures

Treaps, Hashing, AVL Trees, Bucket Sort. [6 Lectures]

ˆ Dynamic Programming. [3 Lectures]

ˆ Amortized analysis: aggregate analysis, accounting, potential method. [3 Lec-

tures]

ˆ Graph Algorithms: Single-Source Shortest Paths Bellman Ford, All-Pairs Short-

est Paths using Floyd Warshall, Maximum Flow (Ford Fulkerson). [6 Lectures]

ˆ Advanced Data Structures: Quake heaps, van Emde BoasTrees, Union Find
Data structures. [6 Lectures]

ˆ Computational complexity: Problem classes: P, NP, NP-complete, NP-hard.

Reduction. Cooks theorem. Examples of NP-complete problems. [6 Lectures]

ˆ Approximation Algorithms: Greedy and Local Search algorithms, DP Algo-

rithms. [3 Lectures]

ˆ Parameterized Complexity: Introduction to FPT, Bounded Search Trees, Ker-

nels

ˆ Additional Topics: Streaming Algorithms:- Misra Gries, Countmin sketch, LSH,

lossy count algorithm. [3 Lectures]

ˆ Comp. Geometry: Convex Hull, Line segment intersection, Voronoi Diagrams.

[3 Lectures]

ˆ Coding Lab which covers topics discussed in this course [28 Hours]

Textbooks
1. T. H. Cormen, C. E. Leiserson, R. L. Rivest, and C. Stein, Introduction to
Algorithms, 3rd Edition, MIT Press, 2009.

2. J. Kleinberg and E. Tardos, Algorithm Design, Pearson, 2006.

Reference books
1. S. Dasgupta, C. H. Papadimitriou, U. V. Vazirani, Algorithms, McGraw Hill,
2006.

2. S. S. Skiena, The Algorithm Design Manual, 2nd Edition, Springer, 2008.

This course is proposed as a core course for MTech (CSE) and BTech students shall
also be allowed to credit the same. The overwhelming overlap of contents (with CS403)
is deliberate because we intend to discontinue offering CS403 starting from the winter
session of 2021. Some parts of CS403 have either been covered in CS202 or are not

301
relevant to the currently trending research areas. We compensate for these topics by
adding new topics which we feel are best suited for the students and this upgrade in
coursework also makes this course suitable for M.S., M.Tech and Ph.D. candidates.

4.53 CS 515: Advanced Computer Science Practicum

Course Code: CS 515
Course name : Advanced Computer Science Practicum
L-T-P-C : 2-0-2-3
Prerequisites : UG level courses on Computer Networks, Operating Systems, Databases,
Computer Organization and Compilers
Intended for : MTech (CSE), MS, PhD
Distribution : Discipline Core for MTech CSE, Elective for others
Approval: 40th BoA

Course Contents
ˆ Databases: Assignment on implementing an end-to-end system involving database
backend, front-end web-based visualization and using database queries, joins, pro-
cedures, triggers, views, cursors, and transactions. Possible problems include: [8
Lectures]

– Create a backend database application with a front-end web-based visualiza-

tion that plots dependent variables of interest.
– Create a front-end website with the ability to register and authenticate users
with respect to usernames and passwords; write a trigger on a table in a
database that allows us to back-up the deleted entries in the table; write other
complex queries involving joins on multiple tables.

ˆ Operating Systems: Assignments on understanding practical aspects of synchro-

nization and implementing kernel modules in Linux. Modules allow extending the
function of the kernel without rebooting the system. This assignment will introduce
the students to implementing simple modules, their compilation and also tools for
debugging kernels. [8 Lectures]

ˆ Computer Networks: Assignments that involve socket programming, and proto-

col analysis by using network simulators. [8 Lectures]

ˆ Compilers and Architecture: Assignments that involve understanding the map-

ping of a high-level program down to a machine. The idea would be to familiarize
students with the nuances of the connection between translating a high-level pro-
gram and the machine on which it is executed. The assignments could be a subset
of: [16 Lectures]

– Writing a translator for converting programs written in a small programming

language to an intermediate representation.
– Writing an interpreter for evaluating expressions/statements in a (small) pro-
gramming language.

302
 – Writing a register allocator for a given reference architecture.
– Writing an assembler that translates programs in an intermediate representa-
tion to the assembly for a given architecture.

ˆ Mini-project on designing scalable systems for different applications. This project

will follow software engineering principles of project management, will emphasize
scalable design principles, and involve performance analysis. [16 hours]

Reference books
1. Jonathan Corbet, Alessandro Rubini, and Greg Kroah-Hartman, Linux Device
Drivers, 3rd Edition, OReilly Media, 2005.

2. Remzi H. Arpaci-Dusseau and Andrea C. Arpaci-Dusseau, Operating Systems:

Three Easy Pieces by Arpaci-Dusseau Books,2018.

3. Kurose and Ross, Computer Networking: A Top-Down Approach, 6th Edi-

tion, Pearson 2013.

4. Andrew W. Appel and Jens Palsberg, Modern Compiler Implementation in

Java, 2nd Edition, Cambridge University Press, 2002.

5. Elmasri, R., & Navathe, S. B., Fundamentals of Database Systems, 7th Edi-
tion, Pearson Education, UK, 2015.

This course is proposed as a core course for MTech (CSE) and BTech stuclems will not be
allowed to credit the same. The overlapping contents are essentially with vorious BTech
core courses, and thus the intended audience is completely different.

4.54 CS 516P: Exploratory Project

Course Name : CS 516P
Course number : Exploratory Project
Credit Distribution : 0-0-6-3 (L-T-P-C)
Intended for : M.Tech.Computer Science and Engineering (CSE)
Distribution : Core for M.Tech in CSE
Semester : Winter Session of Year I
Prerequisite : None
Mutual Exclusion : None
Approval: 50th BoA

Course Contents:
It is advisable that the projects should be related to the courses M.Tech.(CSE) students
may credit or the specializations that this program offers. Therefore, students can opt for
any project in Theoretical Computer Science or Computer Systems or Artificial Intelli-
gence/Machine Learning (AI/ML). Additionally, they are allowed to select a project from
other areas, e.g., Human Computer Interaction, Signal Processing and Communications,
or Applied Mathematics, as long as the project has 30% or more overlap with any of the
three specializations of M.Tech. (CSE) curriculum.

303
 Deliverables: A student must declare the deliverables of her/his project in the initial
project proposal after consulting with the respective mentor(s). While the initial project
proposal and the final report carry some marks, a significant portion of the marks, 70%
or more, is allotted to the deliverables to emphasize their importance.
Contact hours: On average, a student should work 40 hours per week on her/his
project. The students are supposed to meet their respective mentors at least once a week
to report their progress.
Evaluation: There will be two evaluations, one in the beginning of the winter vaca-
tion and the other one in the beginning of the forthcoming semester. In the first eval-
uation, the students will be evaluated based on the initial project proposals they have
submitted. During the second evaluation, they will be evaluated based on their progress
with respect to the promised deliverables, their project reports, and the understanding
they have gained from their respective projects.

Text books:
1. Related literature.

References:
1. N/A

4.55 CS 510 : Randomized Algorithms

Course Code : CS 510
Course Name : Randomized Algorithms
L-P-T-C: 4-0-0-4
Intended for: M.Tech/Ph.D./B.Tech 3rd/4th year
Prerequisites: Data Structures and Algorithms, Basic Discrete Probability
Mutual Exclusion:
Approval : 57th BoA

Course Contents
ˆ Introduction: review of discrete probability, Introduction to randomized algo-
rithms, basic examples: Polynomial Identity Testing, matrix product verification
(Frievald’s algorithm), Karger’s randomized min-cut algorithm, randomized quick-
sort. [8 hours]

ˆ Concentration inequalities: Markov’s and Chebychev’s inequalities, randomized

selection, two-point sampling, stable marriage problem, coupon collector’s problem,
birthday paradox, balls and bins, Chernoff bound, application to error reduction
and network routing. [8 hours]

ˆ Markov chains and random walks: randomized algorithm for 2SAT, Markov
chains, random walks on graphs, graph connectivity, expander graphs and randomly
mixing random walks, probability amplification using random walks on expander
graphs. [9 hours]

304
 ˆ Randomized data structures: random treaps, skip lists, hash tables, universal
family of hash functions, perfect hashing. [8 hours]
ˆ Randomized computational geometry: randomized incremental construction,
convex hull construction, geometric duality, half space intersections, Delaunay tri-
angulation, trapezoidal decomposition, random sampling, linear programming. [8
hours]
ˆ Randomized graph algorithms: all pairs shortest paths, minimum-cut, mini-
mum spanning trees. [7 hours]
ˆ Online algorithms: adversary models, paging against oblivious and adaptive ad-
versaries, the k-server problem. [6 hours]
ˆ Randomized Complexity classes: RP, co-RP, ZPP, BPP. [2 hours]

Text books:
1. R. Motwani and P. Raghavan, Randomized Algorithms, Cambridge University
Press, 1995.
2. M. Mitzenmacher and E. Upfal, Probability and Computing: Randomization
and probabilistic techniques in algorithms and data analysis, 2nd Edition,
Cambridge University Press, 2017.
3. S. P. Vadhan, Pseudorandomness, Now Publishers, 2012.

References:
1. D. P. Dubhashi and A. Panconesi, Concentration of Measure for the Analysis
of Randomized Algorithms, Cambridge University Press, 2009.

4.56 CS 520 : Introduction to Quantum Computing

Course Code : CS 520
Course Name : Introduction to Quantum Computing
L-P-T-C: 2-0-1-3
Intended for: M.Tech/Ph.D./B.Tech 3rd/4th year.
Prerequisites: Basic Linear Algebra and Probability
Mutual Exclusion: Other Research Methodology Courses
Approval : 57th BoA

Course Contents
ˆ Introduction : Review of Linear Algebra, Probability, Qubits, Interference, Su-
perposition, Entanglement, Young double slit, Mach-Zehnder Experiment, Dirac
Notation, Postulates of Quantum Mechanics. [8 hours]
ˆ Quantum Computation : Universal Quantum gates, CNOT gate, Tofoli gate,
Fredkin gate, No-cloning theorem, Basic Deutsch’s algorithm, Quantum Teleporta-
tion, BB84, Bell States, Quantum Circuits [8 hours]

305
 ˆ Quantum Algorithms : Quantum parallelism, Deutsch’s algorithm, Deutsch-
Jozsa algorithm, Quantum Search algorithms, Grover’s search, Shor’s algorithm,
Speeding up the solutions of NP-complete problems, Quantum Supremacy [8 hours]

ˆ Quantum Cryptography : Quantum key distribution, Simon’s algorithm, and

Cryptanalysis.[4 hours]

Text books:
1. M A Nielsen and I L Chuang, Quantum Computation and Quantum Infor-
mation.

2. P Ka , R Laflamme and M Mosca, An Introduction to Quantum Computing.

References:
1. https://www.cse.iitk.ac.in/users/rmittal/course s24.php

2. http://books.google.ca/books?id=qYHTvHPvmG8C

4.57 CS 522: Distributed Algorithms

Course Code : CS 522
Course Name : Distributed Algorithms
L-T-P-C : 3-0-0-3
Prerequisites : CS 202 Data Structures & Algorithms, CS 208 Mathematical Foundations
of Computer Science or Equivalent or COT
Intended for : UG/PG
Distribution : Discipline Elective for BTech CSE, Free Electives for others
Approval: 12th Senate

Course Contents
ˆ Module I: Introduction (algorithmic challenges of distributed algorithms). [1 Lec-
ture]

ˆ Module II: Basic definitions (System models, distributed computation, local/global

states, consistency, complexity measures). [6 Lectures]

ˆ Module III: Time in distributed computing (logical clocks, vector clocks, virtual
time). [3 Lectures]

ˆ Module IV: Distributed graph algorithms (Spanning trees, broadcast & converge
cast, shortest path). [6 Lectures]

ˆ Module V: Distributed mutual exclusion algorithms. [4 Lectures]

ˆ Module VI: Global state and snapshot recording algorithms (Chandy/Lamport ,

Lai/Yang, Mattern, Venkatesan Algorithm). [4 Lectures]

306
 ˆ Module VII: Monitoring global states (Necessary & sufficient conditions for con-
sistent global states, zig-zag paths). [3 Lectures]

ˆ Module VIII: Termination Detection (Based on snapshots computations, weight

throwing, spanning trees). [3 Lectures]

ˆ Module IX: Deadlock detection. [2 Lectures]

ˆ Module X: Global predicate detection. [2 Lectures]

ˆ Module XI: Checkpointing and rollback recovery (Coordinated, communication

induced, . . . ). [4 Lectures]

ˆ Module XII: Consensus and agreement algorithms. [4 Lectures]

Text books:
1. A. Kshenkalyani, M.Singhal, Distributed Computing, Cambridge University
Press, 2008

References:
1. Wan Fokkink, Distributed Algorithms: an Intuitive Approach, MIT Press,
2013

2. David Peled, Distributed Computing: a Locality Sensitive Approach, SIAM

Monograph, 2000

3. Nancy Lynch, Distributed Algorithms, Morgan Kaufmann, 1996

4. M. Raynals, Distributed Algorithms for Message-Passing Systems, Springer,

2013

Course Code: CS 523

Course Name: Verification of Reactive Systems
L-T-P-C: 3-0-0-3
Prerequisites: CS 208 or equivalent
Intended for: BTech, MTech, MSc, MS/PhD in the area.
Elective/Core: Discipline elective for BTech CSE and EE, free elective for others

Course Contents
ˆ Introduction [3 Lectures]

– Introduction and overview of the course

– Revision of predicate logic, undecidable problems, proof systems.
– Basic approaches to verification: property and equivalence verification, cor-
rectness by design

ˆ Verifying Sequential Terminating Systems [3 Lectures]

307
 – Hoare Logic, small case studies

ˆ Modelling of Reactive Nonterminating Systems [6 Lectures]

– Formal models for non-terminating reactive systems (hardware/software) :

Buechi Automata, Transition Systems, Process Algebras, Petri Nets
– Dimensions of behavior descriptions :
* interleaving vs truly concurrent
* linear vs branching time
* quantitative vs qualitative descriptions
– Property classification: regularity, safety, liveness, fairness
– Equivalence notions:
* trace equivalence
* testing equivalence
* observation equivalence
– Case studies - equivalence checking

ˆ Property Verification of Reactive Systems [12 Lectures]

– Verification of regular properties

– Temporal and modal logics for property specification: LTL, CTL, CTL*, HML
– Verifying properties: principles of model checking, complexity and limits
– Case studies with model checker SPIN

ˆ Property Verification of Time-Critical and Hybrid Systems [9 Lectures]

– Timed automata (theory, reachability analysis)

– Case study with model checker UPPAAL

ˆ Correctness by Design [9 Lectures]

– Stepwise refinement
– Case study with proof assistant RODIN
– Student Projects

Textbooks:
1. Christel Baier and Joost-Pieter Katoen, Principles of Model Checking, MIT
Press, 2008.

References:
1. Luca Aceto, Anna Ingolfsdottir, Kim G. Larsen and Jiri Srba, Reactive Systems
- Modelling, Specification and Verification, Cambridge textbooks, 2007

2. M. Ben-Ari, Principles of the SPIN Model Checker, MIT Press, 2008

3. Wan Fokking, Modelling Distributed Systems, Springer Verlag, 2007

308
 4. Michael Huth and Mark Ryan, Logic in Computer Science Modelling and
Reasoning about Systems, Cambridge University Press, 2004

5. Gerald Holzmann, The SPIN Model Checker - Primer and Reference Man-
ual, Addison Wesley, 2003

6. Doron Peled, Software Reliability Methods, Springer Verlag, 2001

4.58 CS 541P: IoT systems and the Cloud

Course Code : CS 541P
Course Name : IoT systems and the Cloud
L-T-P-C: 1-0-3-3
Prerequisites: IC161- Applied Electronics or equivalent, IC250 - Programming and Data
Structure Practicum or equivalent with Consent of Instructor
Intended for : B.Tech. (EE. & CSE) /MS/MTech/PhD
Distribution Semester:Elective for B.Tech. TII/IV year, MS, M.Tech., Ph.D.
Approval: 15th Senate

Course Contents
ˆ Module 1: Hardware components of loT systems: Introduction to microcon-
trollers including PIC, Arduino, Raspberry Pi; imerfacing sensors and actuators
with microcontrollers, building breadboa rd circuits, using loT C AD tools; perfor-
mance cha racteristics, drift, measurement techn iques, packaging. [4 Lectures +
12 lab hours]

ˆ Module 2: Networking of devices: Device-to-device comm unication; networking

protocols and architectures; scheduling a nd routing; wired and wireless (Bluetooth,
Zigbee, NFC) sensor networks; communication technologies like LoRA, SigFox, Cel-
lular loT; edge a nalytics and sensor control in networks. [3 Lectures + 9 lab hours]

ˆ Module 3: Getting Data Ready for Analytics in the Cloud: Introdu ction to
cloud service models, pre processing input strea ms of loT data , storage in the cloud
- m essage queues, distributed file systems and distributed databases. [3 Lectures
+ 9 lab hours]

ˆ Module 4: Data Analytics in the Cloud: Com puting paradigms - map-reduce

and its extensions to resilient distributed datasets, concepts in complex event pro-
cessing (CEP), algori thms for mining data strea ms, Lambda Architecture. [4
Lectures + 12 lab hours]

Text books:
1. Donald Norris, The Internet of Things, McGraw Hill Ed u calion, 2015.

2. Na than Marz and James Warren, Big Data: Principles and best praccices of
scala ble realtime data systems, Manning Publications, 2015.

309
Reference Books:
1. Upton and Halfacree, Raspberry Pi User Guide, Wil ey, 2014.

2. Robert Faludi, Building Wireless Sensor Networks, O’Reilly Media, 20ll.

3. Jure Leskovec, Anand Rajaraman and Jeffrey D. Ullman, Mining of Massive

Datasets, v2.1 online edition, 2015.

4. Research papers on Resilient Distributed Datasets, Kafka, HBase, etc.

4.59 CS 542 : Design Patterns for Scalable Systems

Course Code: CS 542
Course Name : Design Patterns for Scalable Systems
L-T-P-C : 3-0-0-3
Intended for : B. Tech./Masters/Ph.D.
Prerequisite : CS 310 and CS 309 or equivalent courses covering basics of computer
networks, databases and operating system
Mutual Exclusion : None
Approval: 45th BoA

Course Contents:
ˆ Introduction to design patterns and reactive systems: Software design:
functional and non-functional requirements, design patterns, changing landscape:
web-scale responsive applications, design approach: monolithic vs microservices,
horizontal vs vertical scaling, walk-through of the reactive manifesto. (5 hours)

ˆ Review of concurrency in practice: Threads in OS, notions of parallelism:

tasks, functions, and loops, synchronization and data flow concepts, consistency
protocols, transition from parallel to distributed systems: distributed memory ar-
chitectures, CAP theorem, distributed state: sharding and conflict free replicated
data types. (6 hours)

ˆ Review of functional programming concepts: Immutability, pattern match-

ing, partial functions, collections, futures (5 hours)

ˆ Actor model: Asynchronous programming, Actor model, message processing se-

mantics, designing and testing Actor models (7 hours)

ˆ Design patterns for high availability: Fault-tolerance and recovery patterns,

replication patterns, resource management patterns, state management and persis-
tence patterns (14 hours)

ˆ Design patterns for effective communication: Message flow patterns, flow

control patterns (5 hours)

Laboratory/practical/tutorial Modules:
None

310
Text books:
1. Roland Kuhn, Brian Hanafee and Jamie Allen, Reactive Design Patterns, Man-
ning Publications Co., 2017.

2. Erich Gamma, Richard Helm, Ralph Johnson and John Vlissides, Design Pat-
terns: Elements of Reusable Object-Oriented Software, Addison-Wesley,
1995.

References:
1. Clement Escoffier and Ken Finnigan, Reactive Systems in Java, 1st Edition,
O’Reilly, 2021.

2. Martin Kleppmann, Designing Data-Intensive Applications, 17th Release,

O’Reilly, 2021.

3. Chris Richardson, Microservices Patterns with examples in Java, Manning

Publications Co., 2018.

4. onas Boner, Reactive Microsystems: The Evolution of Microservices at

Scale, 1st Edition, O’Reilly, 2017.

5. Thomas Anderson and Dahlin, Operating Systems: Principles and Practice,

2nd Edition, Recursive books, 2011.

4.60 CS 544: Formal Concept Analysis: Theory and Practice

Course Code : CS 544
Course Name : Formal Concept Analysis: Theory and Practice
L-T-P-C : 3-0-0-3
Prerequisites : CS208 Mathematical Foundations of Computer Science or equivalent;
IC250 Programming and Data Structure Practicum or equivalent
Intended for : B.Tech. (EE. & CSE) /MS/MTech/PhD
Distribution : Elective for B.Tech. III/IV year, MS, M.Tech., Ph.D.
Approval: 16th Senate

Course Contents
ˆ Formal contexts, formal concepts and concept lattice: Formal context; con-
ceptual scaling of many valued contexts; concept forming operators; basic mathe-
matical structures behind FCA: Galois connections and closure operators; algebra
of concepts - partial order and lattices; basic theorem; concept lattice diagrams. [8
Lectures]

ˆ Centralized and distributed algorithms for concept lattice construction:

Clarification and reduction of formal concepts; basic algorithms for computing con-
cept lattice next closure algorithm, linear time closed item-set miner; distributed
implementation of the algorithms for concept lattice construction naive approach,

311
 map-reduce based close-by-one, distributed closed item-set miner, trade-offs be-
tween breadth-first search and depth-first search based approaches; concept inter-
estingness measures support, cue-validity, stability, lift and separation; incremental
algorithms for constructing concept lattice. [12 Lectures]

ˆ The canonical basis: Attribute implications, computing closure under impli-

cations, learning implications with membership and equivalence queries; pseudo-
closed sets and canonical basis of implications, finding pseudo-closed sets; attribute
exploration algorithm and its variations; concept exploration with partial lattice.
[10 Lectures]

ˆ Applications of FCA: Case-studies of concept exploration exploring faulty data,

exploration in a fuzzy setting, triadic data; analysis of social networks social net-
works as formal contexts, individuality of social networks, knowledge communi-
ties; FCA in databases: learning functional dependencies, extensions to knowledge
graphs; neural network architecture based on concept lattice. [12 Lectures]

Text books:
1. Bernhard-Ganter and Sergei Obeidkov, Conceptual Exploration, Springer 2016.

2. Rokia Missaoui, Sergei O. Kuznetsov and Sergei Obiedkov, Formal Concept

Analysis of Social Networks, Lecture Notes in Social Networks, Springer 2017.

Reference Books:

1. Research papers on FCA

2. Open source softwares:

(a) https://github.com/fcatools/
(b) http://www.upriss.org.uk/fca/fcasoftware.html

3. Radim Belhohlavek, Introduction to Formal Concept Analysis, Olomouc

2008.

4. Bernhard Ganter and Rudolf Wille, Formal Concept Analysis: Mathematical

Foundations, Springer 1999.

4.61 CS 545: Software Design Patterns

Course Code : CS 545
Course Name : Software Design Patterns
L-T-P-C : 3-0-0-3
Prerequisites: UML and OO Programming
Intended for : UG & PG
Distribution:Elective for B.Tech. Electrical Engg.& Computer Sc. &Engg., MS/M.Tech.,
Ph.D.
Approval: 11th Senate

312
Course Contents
ˆ Review of UML and concepts of OO programming languages. [3 Lectures]

ˆ Use Case and System Sequence Diagram. [2 Lectures]

ˆ Design Methodology : Responsibility assignment. [3 Lectures]

ˆ Design patterns classification and template. [3 Lectures]

ˆ Creational Patterns. [6 Lectures]

ˆ Structural Patterns. [6 Lectures]

ˆ Behavioral Patterns. [6 Lectures]

ˆ Architectural Patterns. [3 Lectures]

ˆ Evaluative Patterns. [2 Lectures]

ˆ Advance Topics such as Concurrency Patterns, Pattern Lang. [6 Lectures]

Reference Books:
List is suggestive only, not mandatory

1. Craig Larman, Applying UMLand Patterns An Introduction to Object-

Oriented Analysis and Deisgn, 3rd Edition.

2. Erich Gamma, Richard Helm, Ralph Johnson, John Vlissides, Design Patterns
Elements of Reusable Object-Oriented Software, 2015(Paper back)

3. John Vlissides, Pattern Hatching: Design Patterns Applied

4. Martin Fowler, Patterns of Enterprise Application Architecture

5. The Architecture of Open Source Applications, Vol. 1 & 2

4.62 CS 546: Design of Concurrent Software

Course code: CS 546
Course Name: Design of Concurrent Software
L-T-P-C: 3-0-0-3
Prerequisites: programming & data structures; basics of operating systems, basics of
networks.
Intended for: BTech, MTech, MSc, MS/PhD in the area.
Elective/Core: Discipline elective for BTech CSE and EE, free elective for others
Approval: 10th Senate

313
Course Contents
ˆ Introduction: Need for concurrent programs; the critical section problem; parallel
and distributed architectures.

ˆ Programming models: levels of parallelism; data distribution for arrays; shared

variables and message-passing; processes and threads.

ˆ Performance evaluation: metrics for parallel programs; design of experiments,

measurement techniques, confidence levels.

ˆ Parallel programming: the MPI message-passing model; point-to-point and col-

lective communication modes; process groups; MPI and Pthreads; testing for cor-
rectness and for performance; debugging. Optionally: CUDA/OpenCL for GPU
programming.

ˆ Concurrency in Java: Java memory model; threads; RMI; locking; scalability;

selected concurrency design patterns.

ˆ Big Data Processing: the Map Reduce programming model; Map Reduce ar-
chitecture and implementations; Map Reduce algorithm design; limitations of the
Map Reduce model, extensions to solve these.

Textbooks:
1. T. Rauber & G. Rnger, Parallel Programming for Multicore and Cluster
Systems, Springer, 2007.

2. B. Goetz et al., Java Concurrency in Practice, Pearson, 2006.

3. J. Lin & C. Dyer, Data-Intensive Text Processing with Map Reduce, Morgan
& Claypool, 2010

References:
1. E.D. Lazowska et al., Quantitative System Performance, Prentice-Hall, 1984.

2. K.S. Trivedi, Probability and Statistics with Reliability, Queueing and

Computer Science Applications, Prentice-Hall, 1982.

3. Doug Lea, Concurrent Programming in Java: Design Principles and Pat-

terns, 2nd Edition, Pearson, 2000.

4. M. Subramanian, Network Management: Principles and Practice, 2nd Edi-

tion, Pearson, 2009. (Chap 9.4)

5. D. Kirk and W. Hwu, Programming Massively Parallel Processors: A Hands-

on Approach, 2nd Edition, Morgan Kaufmann, 2012.

314
4.63 CS 547: Network Management Systems
Course Code: CS 547
Course Name: Network Management Systems
L-T-P-C: 3-0-0-3
Prerequisites: Basic knowledge of computer networks, statistics and probability. CS211P;
or CS206 or EE304 concurrently; or COT

Approval: 5th Senate

Course Contents
ˆ Introduction: Review of computer networks; models of network management

ˆ SNMP: the SNMP model; MIBs; SNMP protocol; security

ˆ Other management protocols: TMN, Web-based management, desktop man-

agement

ˆ Case studies: management of wireless networks, broadband networks, clusters,

clouds, etc.

ˆ Advanced topics: Proxy agents; distributed NMS; design of NMS software

References:
1. Mani Subramaniam, Network Management: Principles and Practice, 2nd
Edition, Pearson, 2009

2. W. Stallings, SNMP, SNMPv2, SNMPv3, and RMON 1 and 2: Practical

Network Management, 3rd Edition, Addison-Wesley, 1999.

3. L.G. Raman, Fundamentals of Telecommunications Network Management,

IEEE Press Series on Network Management, Prentice-Hall India, 1999

4.64 CS 548: Cloud Networking

Course Code: CS 548
Course Name: Cloud Networking
L-T-P-C: 3-0-0-3
Prerequisites: CS 406 Computer Networks, CS 310 Introduction to Computing Dis-
tributed Processes, CS5 47 Network Management Systems, or the instructor’s consent
Intended for: UG/PG
Elective/Core: Elective
Approval: 9th Senate

315
Course Contents
ˆ Module 1: Cloud Networking Introduction. [3 Lectures]

ˆ Module 2: [7 Lectures]

– Application and traffic patterns - how web search works, data center traffic ,
implication on networking
– Physical network structure - Big Switch Approach, FAT tree network etc
ˆ Module 3: [12 Lectures]

– Routing and traffic engineering - STP( spanning tree), link stat protocol,
Transparent Interconnection of Lots of Links, OSPF over IP, Border Gate-
way Protocol in the Data Center, distributed congestion aware load balancing
for data centers.
– Host virtualization - Server Virtualization, networking VMs, Improving net-
working performance, packet processing on CPUs, Open vSwitch.
– Congestion control - Feedback control loop, Basic Congestion control Loop,
Problems with TCP, Data Center TCP, Explicit Congestion Notification.
ˆ Module 4: [8 Lectures]

– Introduction to SDN architecture - Software-defined Networks, evaluation of

SDN, flexible data planes, logically centralized control.
– Network virtualization - Network virtualization in VL2, Network virtualization
in VMware NSX (VL2 Physical topology, Routing in VL2, Routing Implemen-
tation, end-end example).
ˆ Module 5: [10 Lectures]

– Inter-data center networking- Large online services work, Traditional WAN

approach and problems.
– Content Distributed Networks
– Application layer techniques
ˆ Module 6: Green Cloud Networking. Energy efficient Optimization Technology,
Nano Data Center. [3 Lectures]

Textbooks:
1. G Varghese, Network Algorithmics, 1st Edition An Interdisciplinary Approach
to Designing Fast Networked Devices, 2014
2. Lee Chao, Cloud Computing Networking: Theory, Practice, and Devel-
opment, CRC Press, August 2015.
3. William Stallings, Foundations of Modern Networking: SDN, NFV, QoE,
IoT, and Cloud, Addison Wesley, Oct 2015.
4. Ken Gray, Thomas Nadeau, SDN - Software Defined Networks, O’Reilly Me-
dia, August, 2013.

316
References:
There will be a selection of readings and resources available to you for this course. Some
of these will be required, while others will be optional for you to explore further.

1. Use of BGP for Routing in Large-Scale Data Centers, online https://www.ietf.org/id/draft-

ietf-rtgwg-bgp-routing-large-dc-07.txt

2. RFC, TCP Congestion Control (This is an RFC, i.e., Request for Comments.). (on-
line) https://www.ietf.org/id/draft-ietf-rtgwg-bgp-routing-large-dc-07.txt, https://tools.ietf.org/h

3. Mohammad Alizadeh et. al., CONGA: Distributed Congestion-Aware Load

Balancing for Datacenters, SIGCOMM14, August 17-22, 2014, Chicago, IL,
USA.

4. Ben Pfaff et. al., The Design and Implementation of Open vSwitch, 12th
USENIX Symposium on Networked Systems Design and Implementation (NSDI
15).May 4-6, 2015, Oakland, CA, USA

5. Ankit Singla et.al, Towards a Speed of Light Internet, ACM Hotnets, Oct.
2014, LA, USA 2014

6. Ilya Grigorik, Latency: The New Web Performance Bottleneck, 2012.

4.65 CS 549: Performance Analysis of Computer Networks

Course Code : CS 549
Course name : Performance Analysis of Computer Networks
L-T-P-C : 3-0-0-3
Prerequisites : IC 210 Probability, statistics and random variables or equivalent, CS 310
Introduction to Communicating and Distributed Processes or consent of the instructor.
Intended for : BTech CSE & EE, MTech/MS/PhD in the area.
Elective/Core : Discipline elective for BTech CSE and EE, free elective for others
Approval: 24th Senate

Course Contents
ˆ Introduction to computer networks: A brief history and introduction to the
Internet, Review of networking and layering. [3 Lectures]

ˆ Multiaccess communication and its analysis: Slotted multi-access and the

ALOHA system, Carrier sensing multiple access slotted ALOHA, Local Area Net-
works: Carrier Sense Multiple Access with Collision Detection (CSMA/CD) and
Ethernet: Slotted CSMA/CD, unslotted CSMA/CD and IEEE 802 standards, Link
scheduling and Network capacity. [9 Lectures]

ˆ Routing algorithms and their analysis: Algorithms for shortest path routing
- Dijkstra’s Algorithm, Bellman-Ford Algorithm and Generalized Dijkstras Algo-
rithm, Optimal routing. [8 Lectures]

317
 ˆ Queueing theory: Brief review of Random processes, Introduction to Markov
chains and queueing theory, traffic models, deterministic and stochastic analysis;
Delay modeling using queueing theory Littles law, M/M/1, M/M/m, M/M/m/m,
M/G/1 queueing systems, priority queueing. [10 Lectures]

ˆ Measurement techniques and experiment design: Workloads, Monitors, Ex-

periment design - 2k, 2kr factorial designs. [6 Lectures]

ˆ Advanced topics: Network economics, Mobile IP, Multimedia streaming, VoIP,

Content Distribution Networks, Software-defined networking and network function
virtualization. [4 Lectures]

Textbooks:
1. D. Bertsekas and R.G. Gallager, Data networks, Prentice-hall, 1992.

2. Anurag Kumar, D. Manjunath and Joy Kuri, Communication networking: an

analytical approach, Elsevier 2004.

3. J.F. Kurose and K.F. Ross, Computer networking: a top-down approach,

Pearson, 2010.

Additional References:
1. R. Jain, The art of computer systems performance analysis, Wiley India,
2013.

2. K.S. Trivedi, Probability and Statistics with Reliability, Queueing, and

Computer Science Applications, John Wiley and Sons Ltd, 2016.

3. G. Varghese, Network algorithms: an interdisciplinary approach to design-

ing fast networked devices, Morgan Kaufmann, 2004.

4. B. Hajek, Notes for ECE 567 Communication network analysis, University

of Illinois, 2006. http://www.ifp.illinois.edu/∼hajek/Papers/networkanalysis.html

4.66 CS 549: Computer Networks Analysis

Course Code: CS 549
Course Name : Computer Networks Analysis
L-T-P-C : 3-0-0-3
Intended for : BTech CSE & EE, MTech/MS/PhD in the area.
Prerequisite : IC 210 Probability, statistics and random variables or equivalent, CS
310 Introduction to Communicating and Dist1ibuted Processes, MA 651 Optimization
Techniques or the consent of the instructor.
Mutual Exclusion : None
Approval: 12th Senate

318
Course Contents:
1. Introduction to computer networks: A brief history and introduction to Internet,
Review of networking and layering. (2 Lectures)
2. Delay models in computer network: Brief review of Random processes, Introduction
to Markov chains and Queueing theory, Traffic models, deterministic and stochastic
analysis; Delay modeling using Queuing theory: Little’s Jaw, M/M/l M/M/m,
M/M/m/m, M/G/1 queuing systems, priority queuing. (10 Lectures)
3. Routing algorithms aud their analysis: Algorithms for shortest path routingDijk-
stra’s Algorithm, Bellman-Ford Algorithm and Generalized Dijkstra’s Algorithm,
Optimal routing. (10 Lectures)
4. Multiaccess communication and its Analysis: Slotted multi-access and the ALOHA
system, Canier sensing multiple access slotted ALOHA, Local Area Networks: Cur-
rier Sense Multiple access with Collision Detection (CSMA/CD) and Ethemet: Slot-
ted CSMA/CD, unslotted CSMA/CD and IEEE 802 standards, Link scheduling and
Network capacity. (10 Lectures)
5. Nctwork economics: Economic models for ISPs, price for QoS, Usage-based prices,
Congestion prices, Market Dynamics, revenue Maximization. (6 Lcctures)
6. Advanced topics:Mobile IP, Multimedia streaming, VoIP, Content Distribution Net-
works, Software-defined networking and network function virtualization. (4 Lec-
tures)

Textbooks:
1. D. Bertsekas, and, R. G. Gallager, Data networks, Prentice-hall, 1992.
2. Anurag Kumar, D. lvlanjunath, and Joy Kuri, Communication networking: an
analytical approach, Elsevier, 2004.

Additional References:
1. Walrand, and P. P. Varaiya, High performance Communication network, 2nd
Revised Edition, Morgan Kaufinann Publishers, 1999.
2. F. Kelly, and E. Yudovina, Stochastic Networks, Cambridge University press,
2014.
3. G. Varghese, Network algorirhmics: an interdisciplinary approach to de-
signing fast networked devices, Morgan Kaufmann, 2004.
4. B. Hajek, Notes for ECE 567 Conununication network analysis, University
of Illinois, 2006, www.ifp.illinois.edu/∼hajek/Papers/networkanalysis.html
5. J. F. Kurose, and K. F. Ross, Computer networking: a top-down approach,
Pearson, 2010.
6. P. Whittle, Networks, Cambridge University press, 2004.
7. S. Meyn, Control techniques for complex networks, Cambridge University
press, 2010.

319
4.67 CS 550: Computer Graphics and Geometric Design
Course Code: CS 550
Course Name: Computer Graphics and Geometric Design
L-T-P-C: 2-0-2-3
Prerequisites: IC 111 Linear Algebra or similar course, IC250 Data Structure and Algo-
rithms or similar course.
Intended for: B.Tech. (CSE, EE and ME) II/III/IV year/ MS/M.Tech /PhD (any
branch)
Distribution:Elective for B.Tech. II/III/IV year/ MS/M.Tech/PhD
Approval: 37th BoA

Course Contents
ˆ Introduction: Motivation; Use of computer graphics in different domains; Digital
display technologies; Color; Graphics processing pipeline; OpenGL. [2 Lectures]

ˆ Geometry representation: Lines, triangles, polygons, meshes, point-clouds, poly-

nomials, B-splines; Parametric v/s. implicit representation, boundary representa-
tion, volumetric representation. [2 Lectures]

ˆ Rasterization: World and camera transformations; Orthogonal and perspective

projections; Hidden-surface removal, Z-buffering; Bresenham’s line drawing algo-
rithm; Triangle drawing primitive; Flood-fill algorithm. [6 Lectures]

ˆ Lighting, shaders and texture mapping: Radiometric concepts such as BRDF,

BTDF, BSSRDF; Types of light sources such as point, spot, parallel; Texture map-
ping; Shading schemes such as Flat, Gouraud, Phong; Flattening of 3D surfaces;
Bump maps, Normal maps, Displacement maps. [6 Lectures]

ˆ Ray tracing and ray casting: Mechanism of tracing the path of light in order
to generate realistic images from 3D scenes. [3 Lectures]

ˆ Modeling with curves: Differential geometry of planar and space curves; Defini-
tion and basic properties of Bezier and B-spline curves; Weierstrass approximation
theorem. [5 Lectures]

ˆ Modeling with surfaces: Differential geometry of surfaces; Definition and basic

properties of tensor-product Bezier surfaces. [4 Lectures]

Lab exercises:
Lab to be conducted on a 2-hour slot. It will be conducted in tandem with the theory
course so the topics for problems given in the lab are already initiated in the theory class.
The topics taught in the theory course shall be appropriately sequenced for synchroniza-
tion with the laboratory.

ˆ Lab l: Installation of Blender, familiarization of the GUI, simple exercises involv-

ing creation of primitive shapes. Installation ofOpenGL, writing a ’Hello World’
application. Draw a few parametric as well as implicitly defined curves.

320
 ˆ Lab 2-4: Implementation of Bresenham’s line drawing algorithm. Implementation
of flood fill algorithm.

ˆ Lab5-7: Create a 3D scene in Blender and apply various models of light-interaction

such as BRDF, BTDF, BSSRDF. Insert different types of light sources into the
scene. Apply textures to 3D objects. Lighting and shading in OpenGL, Raytracing

ˆ Lab8-10: Implementation of ray-tracing.

ˆ Lab11-12: Installation of Open Cascade. Construct and plot Bezier curves. Plot
the tangents and osculating circles at a few points. Plot the Frenet frame at a few
sampled points. Construct and plot B-spline curves.

ˆ Lab13-14: Construct and plot tensor-product Bezier surfaces. Plot tangent-plane

and curvature at sampled points. Extract iso-curves.

Textbooks:
1. Donald D. Hearn et al., Computer Graphics with OpenGL, 3rd Edition, Pear-
son, 2013

Reference Books:
1. Steve Marschner et al., Fundamentals of Computer Graphics, 4th Edition, A
K Peters/CRC Press, 2015

2. Gerald Farin, Curves and Surfaces for CAGD, 5th Edition, 2001

3. Dave Shreiner, OpenGL Programming Guide: The Official Guide to Learn-

ing OpenGL, Versions 3.0 and 3.1 (7th Edition)

4.68 CS 551: Human Computer Interaction

Course Code : CS 551
Course Name : Human Computer Interaction
L-T-P-C : 3-0-0-3
Intended for : B. Tech./Masters/Ph.D.
Prerequisite : A programming course at the undergraduate level involving the use of
Python, C#, HTML, or JavaScript for interface design.
Mutual Exclusion : None
Approval: 44th BoA

Course Contents
ˆ Introduction to HCI: Course overview; goals in HCI; importance of design for
usability; usability goals and metrics; historical perspective: machinery, comput-
ers, PCs and GUIs, and the Internet; different types of users; usability guidelines,
principles, and theories of attention, perception, memory, and decision making. [8
Lectures]

321
 ˆ User experience and design: Different methods and frameworks of design; tools,
practices, and patterns of design; social impact analysis; task decomposition; cog-
nitive walkthroughs; expert reviews and heuristics; heuristic evaluation; guidelines
of usability; active use evaluation; motion and time studies; GOMS keystroke-level
models; human-study methodologies and techniques; survey and interview instru-
ments; metaphors; storyboards; acceptance tests; ethical issues; design cases. [12
Lectures]

ˆ Interaction Design: Direct manipulation; 2D devices and 3D interfaces; teleop-

eration and presence; augmented and virtual augmented reality; certain design
patterns; fluid navigation; speech recognition and production; human language
technology; traditional command languages; models of collaboration and contexts;
deciding the appropriate interaction design. [10 Lectures]

ˆ Design choices: Choices for user experience (animation, color, error handling,
etc.); timing of user experience (system response time influence); help menus; in-
formation search; data types and data visualizations; grand challenges and future
interfaces. [12 Lectures]

Text books:
1. Ben Shneiderman, Catherine Plaisant, Maxine Cohen, Steven Jacobs, Niklas Elmqvist,
and Nicholas Diakopoulos, Designing the User Interface: Strategies for Ef-
fective Human- Computer Interaction, 6th Edition, Pearson, 2016

2. Dan R. Olsen Jr., Building Interactive Systems: Principles for Human-

Computer Interaction, Cengage, 2010.

References:
1. Jeff Johnson, Designing with the Mind in Mind: Simple Guide to Under-
standing User Interface Design Guidelines, 3rd edition, Morgan Kaufmann,
2020.

2. Jenifer Tidwell, Charles Brewer, Aynne Valencia, Designing Interfaces: Pat-

terns for Effective Interaction Design, 3rd Edition, O’Reilly Media, 2020

3. Materials from other online sources [http://www.cs.utep.edu/nigel/hci/videos.html],

[https://www.inf.ed.ac.uk/teaching/courses/hci/1718/], and [http://pages.cpsc.ucalgary.ca/∼sau

4.69 CS 560: Text Retrieval and Mining

Course Code: CS 560
Course Name: Text Retrieval and Mining
L-T-P-C: 3-0-0-3
Prerequisites: CS309 Information and Database Systems
Intended for: B Tech, MS and PhD
Distribution: Elective for CS
Approval: 7th Senate

322
Course Contents
ˆ Introduction to IR: What IR means, what its goals are, what entities it attempts
to retrieve, the criteria by which IR systems are evaluated. Web search engine as a
case study. [3 Lectures]

ˆ Introduction to TM: Structured vs Unstructured Data, Document Classi?cation

and Information Retrieval, Clustering and Organizing Documents, Textual Infor-
mation to Numerical Vectors, Tokenization, Lemmatization, Stemming, Vector gen-
eration, Sentence boundary determination, Part of speech tagging, Parsing, Feature
generation [8 Lectures]

ˆ Text Mining Techniques: Similarity and nearest neighbor methods, Decision

rules, Decision Trees, Linear Scoring methods, Key word search, Document match-
ing, Inverted list, Clustering- K-means, Centroid clustering, Hierarchical clustering
[8 Lectures]

ˆ Looking for Information in Documents: Finding Patterns and entities, Coref-

erence resolution, Relationship Extraction, Template filling and database construc-
tion [6 Lectures]

ˆ Case Studies: Assigning topics to News Articles, Filtering email (Enron example)
[3 Lectures]

ˆ Hands on experience and mini projects

Software R with text mining package will be used for text mining the following datasets:

ˆ Twitter dataset

ˆ Titanic survivor dataset

ˆ Blogging dataset

ˆ Spam training dataset

Projects will be based on the real world applications like (not an exhaustive list)

ˆ Spam filtering

ˆ Fraud detection by investigating notification of claims

ˆ Automatic labeling of documents in business libraries

ˆ Creating suggestion and recommendations (like amazon)

ˆ Monitoring public opinions (for example in blogs or review sites)

ˆ Measuring customer preferences by analyzing qualitative interviews

ˆ Fighting cyberbullying or cybercrime in IM and IRC chat

323
Reference Books/Material:
1. C. Manning, P. Raghavan, and H. Schtze, Introduction to Information Re-
trieval, Cambridge University Press, 2008.
2. Sholom M. Weiss, Nitin Indurkhya, Tong Zhang, Editors David Gries Fred B.
Schneider, Fundamentals of Predictive Text Mining, Springer
3. W. Fan, L. Wallace, S. Rich, Z. Zhang, Tapping the power of text mining,
Communications of ACM, 49(9), 76-82, 2006.
4. The Journal of Statistical Software article Text Mining Infrastructure in R
5. Ingo Feinerer, Introduction to the tm Package: Text Mining in R, 2014.
(http://cran.r-project.org/web/packages/tm/vignettes/tm.pdf)

4.70 CS 561: Map Reduce and Big Data

Course Code: CS 561
Course Name: Map Reduce and Big Data
L-T-P-C: 3-0-0-3
Prerequisites:
Intended for:UG/PG
Distribution:Elective
Approval: 9th Senate, 11th Senate

Course Contents
Modules:
ˆ Unit 1: Introduction to Big Data, the MapReduce paradigm and programming
model. The MapReduce framework and its benefits. Cloud computing and MapRe-
duce. Open source MapReduce frameworks Hadoop, Shark, Mrjob etc. - compari-
son and benefits of each such framework. [3 Lectures]
ˆ Unit 2: Thinking in the MapReduce way via simple problems that serve as a build-
ing block for larger problems Matrix-Vector multiplication, Matrix multiplication,
Relational algebra selections, projections, union, intersection, difference, natural
join, grouping and aggregation. Complexity analysis of MapReduce algorithms. [3
Lectures]
ˆ Applying MapReduce to different Big Data contemporary problem areas:
[36 Lectures]
– Similarity computations
– Clustering algorithms K-means, CURE, ...
– Web crawling and indexing
– Web-scale graph algorithms PageRank, HITS, ...
– Recommendation Systems content-based filtering, collaborative filtering, di-
mensionality reduction.

324
 – Text advertising on the web AdWords.
– Social networks and their analysis.
– Large-scale Machine Learning Perceptrons and Support Vector machines.
– Statistical Machine Translation.
– Market Basket analysis.
– ? Mining Data Streams.

Textbooks:
1. Jimmy Lin and Chris Dyer, Data-Intensive Text Processing with Map Re-
duce, Morgan and Claypool.

2. Rajaraman and Ullman, Mining of massive Datasets, Cambridge University

Press

4.71 CS 562: Artificial Intelligence

Course Code : CS 562
Course Name : Artificial Intelligence
L-T-P-C : 3-0-0-3
Pre-requisite : IC250 - Programming and Data Structure Practicum or Equivalent, CS202
Data Structure and Algorithm or Equivalent, CS403 - Algorithm Design and Analysis or
Equivalent, COT
Intended for :B. Tech, MS, M. Tech. & PhD.
Distribution : Elective for Third and Final year B. Tech (All branches), MS, M. Tech. &
PhD
Approval: 14th Senate

Course Contents
ˆ Introduction: Overview and Historical Perspective, Turing Test, Physical Symbol
Systems and the scope of Symbolic AI, Agents. [3 Lectures]

ˆ State Space Search: Depth First Search, Breadth First Search, DFID. [3 Lec-
tures]

ˆ Heuristic Search: Best First Search, Hill Climbing, Beam Search. [3 Lectures]

ˆ Traveling Salesman Problem, Tabu Search, Simulated Annealing. [3 Lectures]

ˆ Population Based Search: Genetic Algorithms, Ant Colony Optimization. [3

Lectures]

ˆ Branch & Bound, Algorithm A*, Admissibility of A*. [3 Lectures]

ˆ Monotone Condition, IDA*, RBFS, Pruning OPEN and CLOSED in A* [3 Lectures]

ˆ Problem Decomposition, Algorithm AO*, Game Playing. [3 Lectures]

325
 ˆ Game Playing: Algorithms Minimax, AlphaBeta, SSS*. [3 Lectures]

ˆ Rule Based Expert Systems, Inference Engine, Rete Algorithm. [3 Lectures]

ˆ Planning: Forward/Backward Search, Goal Stack Planning, Sussmans Anomaly.

[3 Lectures]

ˆ Plan Space Planning, Algorithm Graph plan. [3 Lectures]

ˆ Constraint Satisfaction Problems, Algorithm AC-1, Knowledge Based Systems. [3

Lectures]

ˆ Propositional Logic, Resolution Refutation Method. [3 Lectures]

Text Books:
1. Deepak Khemani, A First Course in Artificial Intelligence, McGraw Hill Ed-
ucation, 2013.

References:
1. John Haugeland, Artificial Intelligence: The Very Idea, A Bradford Book,
The MIT Press, 1985.

2. Pamela McCorduck, Machines Who Think: A Personal Inquiry into the

History and Prospects of Artificial Intelligence, 2nd Edition, A K Peters/CRC
Press;2004.

3. Eugene Charniak and Drew McDermott, Introduction to Artificial Intelli-

gence, Addison Wesley, 1985.

4. ZbigniewMichalewicz and David B. Fogel, How to Solve It: Modern Heuristics,

2nd Edition, Springer, 2004.

5. Judea Pearl, Heuristics: Intelligent Search Strategies for Computer Prob-

lem Solving, Addison-Wesley, 1984.

6. Elaine Rich and Kevin Knight, Artificial Intelligence, Tata McGraw Hill, 1991.

7. Stuart Russell and Peter Norvig, Artificial Intelligence: A Modern Approach,

3rd Edition, Prentice Hall, 2009.

8. Patrick Henry Winston, Artificial Intelligence, Addison-Wesley, 1992.

9. Stefan Edelkamp and Stefan Schroedl, Heuristic Search: Theory and Appli-
cations, Morgan Kaufmann, 2011.

326
4.72 CS 563: Scalable Data Science
Course Code : CS 563
Course Name: Scalable Data Science
L-T-P-C: 3-1-0-4
Prerequisite: Data Structures and Algorithms (CS202), Probability, Statistics and
Random Processes (IC210), Algorithm Design and Analysis (CS403).
Students intended for: B.Tech.(3rd/4th year)/M.S./Ph.D.
Approval: 32nd Senate, 41st BoA

Course Contents:
ˆ Dimensionality reduction algorithms: Johnson-Lindenstrauss Lemma; Ran-
dom Projections; Spectral Projection, and their applications [5]. (4 Lectures)
ˆ Sketching algorithms for large data stream: Reservoir sampling; Frequent
element detection – Misra Gries algorithm; probabilistic counting – Flajolet and
Martin Sketch; Set membership problem – Bloom filters and Cuckoo filters; Fre-
quency estimation– Count Min- Sketching [8, 5]. (7 Lectures)
ˆ Algorithm for large scale search: Introduction to Locality Sensitive Hashing
(LSH) and its variants: LSH for Jaccard Similarity – Minwise Independent Per-
mutations (MinHash) [6] and its recent advancements (b-bit MinHash [14], One
Permutation Hashing [15]); LSH for Cosine Similarity – Signed Random Projec-
tions (SimHash) [7]; LSH for Euclidean Distance [12]; LSH for Hamming distance
[10]. (8 Lectures)
ˆ Application of LSH: Faster duplicate detection, clustering the web, large scale
itemset mining, model compression. (3 hours)
ˆ Mining massive graphs and applications: Algorithms for page rank; commu-
nity detection; finding overlapping communities and connected components; parti-
tioning of graphs; counting triangles. Learning embedding of nodes with applica-
tions in link prediction, node classification. (7 Lectures)
ˆ Clustering algorithms for large data: Sampling algorithms for k- means clus-
tering – kmeans++ [1], scalable k-means++ [2]; spherical k-means clustering [9];
k-mode clustering [11]; spectral clustering [5]. (6 Lectures)
ˆ Miscellaneous Topics: Learning representation of text – word2vec [16, 13] and
images – spectral hashing [17, 5] and its connection with Matrix Factorization;
Topic modelling and Topic labelling [4, 3]; Building Recommendation System – a)
Collaborative Filtering, b) Content based recommendation. (7 Lectures)

Text Books
1. Anand Rajaraman, Jure Leskovec, and Jeffrey D. Ullman, Mining Massive Datasets,
2014.
2. A. Blum, J. Hopcroft and R. Kannan, Foundations of Data Science, Cambridge
University Press, 2020.

327
References
1. David Arthur and Sergei Vassilvitskii. k-means++: the advantages of careful seed-
ing. In Proceedings of the Eighteenth Annual ACM- SIAM Symposium on Discrete
Algorithms, SODA 2007, New Orleans, Louisiana, USA, January 7-9, 2007, pages
1027–1035, 2007.

2. Bahman Bahmani, Benjamin Moseley, Andrea Vattani, Ravi Kumar, and Sergei
Vassilvitskii. Scalable k-means++. PVLDB, 5(7):622–633, 2012.

3. Shraey Bhatia, Jey Han Lau, and Timothy Baldwin. Automatic labeling of topics
with neural embeddings. In COLING 2016, 26th International Conference on Com-
putational Linguistics, Proceedings of the Conference: Technical Papers, December
11-16, 2016, Osaka, Japan, pages 953–963, 2016.

4. D.M. Blei, A.Y. Ng, and M.I. Jordan. Latent Dirichlet allocation. the Journal of
Machine Learning research, 3:993–1022, 2003.

5. Avrim Blum, John Hopcroft, and Ravindran Kannan, Foundations of data sci-
ence, 2015.

6. Andrei Z. Broder, Moses Charikar, Alan M. Frieze, and Michael Mitzenmacher.

Min-wise independent permutations (extended abstract). In Proceedings of the
Thirtieth Annual ACM Symposium on the Theory of Computing, Dallas, Texas,
USA, May 23-26, 1998, pages 327– 336, 1998.

7. Moses Charikar. Similarity estimation techniques from rounding algorithms. In

Proceedings on 34th Annual ACM Symposium on Theory of Computing, May 19-
21, 2002, Montréal, Québec, Canada, pages 380– 388, 2002.

8. Graham Cormode. Sketch techniques for approximate query processing. In Syn-

opses for Approximate Query Processing: Samples, Histograms, Wavelets and
Sketches, Foundations and Trends in Databases. NOW publishers, 2011.

9. Inderjit S. Dhillon and Dharmendra S. Modha. Concept decompositions for large

sparse text data using clustering. Machine Learning, 42(1/2):143–175, 2001.

10. Aristides Gionis, Piotr Indyk, and Rajeev Motwani. Similarity search in high di-
mensions via hashing. In VLDB’99, Proceedings of 25th International Conference
on Very Large Data Bases, September 7-10, 1999, Edinburgh, Scotland, UK, pages
518–529, 1999.

11. Zhexue Huang. Extensions to the k-means algorithm for clustering large data sets
with categorical values. Data Mining and Knowledge Discovery, 2(3):283–304, Sep
1998.

12. Piotr Indyk and Rajeev Motwani. Approximate nearest neighbors: Towards re-
moving the curse of dimensionality. In Proceedings of the Thirtieth Annual ACM
Symposium on the Theory of Computing, Dallas, Texas, USA, May 23-26, 1998,
pages 604–613, 1998.

328
 13. Omer Levy and Yoav Goldberg. Neural word embedding as implicit matrix fac-
torization. In Advances in Neural Information Processing Systems 27: Annual
Conference on Neural Information Processing Systems 2014, December 8-13 2014,
Montreal, Quebec, Canada, pages 2177–2185, 2014.

14. Ping Li and Arnd Christian König. b-bit minwise hashing. In Proceedings of the
19th International Conference on World Wide Web, WWW 2010, Raleigh, North
Carolina, USA, April 26-30, 2010, pages 671–680, 2010.

15. Ping Li, Art B. Owen, and Cun-Hui Zhang. One permutation hashing. In Advances
in Neural Information Processing Systems 25: 26th Annual Conference on Neural
Information Processing Systems 2012. Proceedings of a meeting held December
3-6, 2012, Lake Tahoe, Nevada, United States, pages 3122–3130, 2012.

16. Tomas Mikolov, Ilya Sutskever, Kai Chen, Gregory S. Corrado, and Jeffrey Dean.
Distributed representations of words and phrases and their compositionality. In
Advances in Neural Information Processing Systems 26: 27th Annual Conference
on Neural Information Processing Systems 2013. Proceedings of a meeting held
December 5-8, 2013, Lake Tahoe, Nevada, United States, pages 3111–3119, 2013.

17. Yair Weiss, Antonio Torralba, and Rob Fergus. Spectral hashing. In D. Koller, D.
Schuurmans, Y. Bengio, and L. Bottou, editors, Advances in Neural Information
Processing Systems 21, pages 1753–1760. Curran Associates, Inc., 2009.

4.73 CS 571: Programming Practicum

Course Code: CS 571
Course Name: Programming Practicum
L-T-P-C: 1-0-3-3
Prerequisites: Programming experience in any language (C/C++/Matlab/Python etc.)
Students intended for: MTech./M.S./Ph.D.
Elective or Core: Core for M.Tech. CSP, Elective for M.S./Ph.D.
Approval: 22nd Senate

Course Contents
1 lecture per week, followed by 3 hours of lab.

ˆ Review of general programming constructs: Loops, conditionals, recursion,

file i/o, data structures: strings, tuples, lists, dictionaries. [4 Lectures]

ˆ Introduction to scientific computing: Numerical precision in programs, IEEE

754 floating point representation, introduction to NumPy and Scipy. [1 Lecture]

ˆ Data manipulation: Pandas, handling large data files. [1 Lecture]

ˆ Data visualization: Various types of plots: histograms, scatter plots, box plots
etc. Datasets can be provided and plots can be created from them. [1 Lecture]

ˆ Object oriented programming: Classes and objects, inheritance. [1 Lecture]

329
 ˆ Implementing well known programs: Matrix factorizations, solving large or-
der linear systems of equations, least squares approximations, simulating binary
channels, signal denoising, K-means clustering, classification using Bayes rule etc.
[4 Lectures]

ˆ Introduction to parallelization: Cuda programming (conceptual level only). [1

Lecture]

ˆ Program analysis: Performance tuning, profiling of programs, identifying perfor-

mance bottlenecks. [1 Lecture]

Text Books:
1. Jake Vanderplas, Python Data Science Handbook, O Reilly, 2017

Reference Books:
1. Michael Dawson, Python Programming for the Absolute Beginner, Third
Edition

2. Allen Downey, Jeffrey Elkner, Chris Meyers, How to Think Like a Computer
Scientist: Learning with Python, Green Tea Press, 2016

3. Muller and Guido, Introduction to machine learning with Python, O Reilly,

2017

4.74 CS 580 Advanced Data Structures and Algorithms

Course Number: CS 580
Course Name: Advanced Data Structures and Algorithms
Credits: 3-0-1-4
Prerequisites: IC 250, CS 208
Intended for: B.Tech.
Distribution: Compulsory for CS; CS elective for EE and ME
Approval: OTA; 8th Senate (3rd Convocation)

Preamble:
The proposed new curriculum for CS includes six discipline core courses.

1. Mathematical Foundations of Computer Science

2. Advanced Data Structures and Algorithms

3. Paradigms of Programming

4. Computer Organization

5. Information Systems

6. Communicating Distributed Processes

330
The proposed course follows the new CS curriculum design approach that strives to
.cover in the above-mentioned six core courses all the fundamental concepts that a CS
undergraduate student must know of.
The course proposal attempts to include the fundamental topics in data structures
and algorithms. The topics from the essential core of this course that must be . covered
comprehensively, with lots of examples. practice exercises. and weekly programming
labs. In the proposed contents. there are some topics that are marked advanced. These
topics can be introduced depending on background and interests of the class and if the
time permits. These and some other advanced topics should be covered in greater detail
in advanced discipline electives.

Obiective:
After the students have gone throdgh a Course on discieté structureshwhe‘re they -
learn the formal and abstract representations of data and its manipulation, a course on
data structures and algorithms should teach the students concrete implementations and
manipulations of such discrete structures and their use in design and analysis of non-
trivial algorithms for a given computational task. On completion of such a course the
students should be able to

ˆ analyze the asymptotic performance of algorithm

ˆ demonstrate their familiarity with major data structures rules to manipulate those,
and their canonical applications

ˆ construct efficient algorithms for some common computer engineering design prob-
lems Further, as programming is an integral part of the CS education, in this
course the students should implement the data structures and algorithms they
learn, compute the corresponding achievable performance (computation time, mem-
ory requirement, etc), and if possible compare the achievable performance among
alternative designs and implementations.

Syllabus:
ˆ Complexity Analysis: (2 hours) Time and Space complexity of algorithms asymp-
totic analysis, average and worst , case analysis asymptotic notation, importance
of efficient algorithms program performance measurement. data structures and
algorithms.

ˆ Stacks and Queues: (4 hours) ADT, sequential and linked implementations,

representative applications. towers of Hanoi parenthesis matching, finding path In
a maze.

ˆ Lists: (6 hours) ADT, sequential and linked representations, comparison of inser-

tion, deletion and search operations for sequential and linked lists, list and chain
classes, doubly Iinked lists, circular lists applications of lists In bin sort radix sort
sparse tables. Advanced topic(s): Skip lists

ˆ Dictionary: (1 hour) ADT. array and tree based implementations.

331
 ˆ Hashing: (4 hours) Search efficiencyency in lists and skip lists, hashing as a search
structure, hash table, collision resolution, linear open addressing, chains hash tables
In data-compression, LZW algorithm Advanced topic(s): Universal hashing

ˆ Heaps: (3 hours) Heaps as priority queues, heap implementation, insertion and

deletion operations binary heaps, heapsort, heaps m Huffman coding. Advanced
topic(s) Binomial, Fibonacci and Leftist heaps

ˆ Trees: (8 hours) ADT, sequential and linked implementations tree traversal meth-
ods and algorithms: Binary trees and their properties, tournament trees use of win-
ner trees In mergesort bin packing. Advanced topic(s): Threaded binary trees—
differentiation

ˆ Search Trees: (3 hours) Binary search trees search efficiency, insertion and deletion
operations importance of- balancing, Tries, 2-3tree, B-tree Advanced topic(s): AVL
trees, searching, insertion and deletionsI’n AVL trees

ˆ Graphs: Definition, terminology, directed and undirected graphs, prOperties, im-

plementation — adjacency matrix and linked adjacency chains, connectivity in?
graphs, graph traversal — breadth first and depth first. spanning trees.

ˆ Basic algorithmic techniques: (7 hours) Greedy algorithms, divide & conquer,

dynamic programming. Search techniques - backtracking, Sorting algorithms with
analysis, integer sorting, selection sort. Graph algorithms: DFS and BFS with
applications, MST and shortest paths.

Reference Books:
1. A. Am and J. Ullman, Foundations of Computer Science, W. H. Freeman,
1992. Available online at: http://infolab stanford. edu/∼ul—man/focs.html

2. A. V Aho, J. D. Ullman, and J. E. Hopcroft, Data Structures and Algorithms,

Addison-Wesley, 1983

3. A. M Tenenbaum, Y Langsam, and M. J. Augenstein, Data Structures Using C

and C++, 2nd Edition, Prentice Hall, 1995.

4. S. Sahni, Data Structures Algorithms, and Applications m C++, 2nd Edi-

tion, Silicon Press, 2005

5. E. Horowitz S. Sahni, and D. Mehta, Fundamentals of Data Structures in

C++, 2nd Edition, Silicon Press, 2006.

6. M. A. Weiss, Data Structures and Algorithm Analysis in C++, 4th Edition,

Prentice Hall, 2013

7. T. H. Cormen, C. E. Leiserson. R. L. Rivest, and C. Stein, Introduction to

Algorithms, 3rd Edition, MIT Press, 2009.

332
4.75 CS 580 Advanced Data Structure and Algorithm
Course Code: CS 580
Course Name: Advanced Data Structure and Algorithm
L-T-P-C: 3-0-2-4
Prerequisites:
Students Intended for:
Core or Elective:

Course Contents:
ˆ Review of Basic Concepts: Abstract data types, Data structures, Algorithms,
Big Oh, Small Oh, Omega and Theta notations, Solving recurrence equations, Mas-
ter theorems, Generating function techniques, Constructive induction
ˆ Advanced Search Structures for Dictionary ADT: Splay trees, Amortized
analysis, 2-3 trees, 2-3-4 trees, Red-black trees, Randomized structures, Skip lists,
Treaps, Universal hash functions
ˆ Advanced Structures for Priority Review of Basic Concepts: Abstract data
types, Data structures, Algorithms, Big Oh, Small Oh, Omega and Theta notations,
Solving recurrence equations, Master theorems, Generating function techniques,
Constructive induction
ˆ Advanced Search Structures for Dictionary ADT: Splay trees, Amortized
analysis, 2-3 trees, 2-3-4 trees, Red-black trees, Randomized structures, Skip lists,
Treaps, Universal hash functions
ˆ Advanced Structures for Priority Queues and Their Extensions: Binomial
heaps, Leftist heaps, Skewed heaps, Fibonacci heaps and its amortized analysis,
Applications to minimum spanning tree algorithms
ˆ Data Structures for Partition ADT: Weighted union and path compression,
Applications to linite state automata minimization, Code optimization
ˆ Graph Algorithms: DFS, BFS, Blconnected components, Cut vertices, Matching,
Network flow
ˆ Computational Geometry: Geometric data structures, Plane sweep paradigm

ˆ Lower Bound Theory: Adversary arguments, information theory bounds Queues

and Their Extensions: Binomial heaps, Leftist heaps, Skewed heaps, Fibonacci
heaps and its amortized analysis, Applications to minimum spanning tree algo-
rithms
ˆ Data Structures for Partition ADT: Weighted union and path compression,
Applications to linite state automata minimization, Code optimization
ˆ Graph Algorithms: DFS, BFS, Blconnected components, Cut vertices, Matching,
Network flow
ˆ Computational Geometry: Geometric data structures, Plane sweep paradigm

333
 ˆ Lower Bound Theory: Adversary arguments, information theory bounds

4.76 CS 591 series: Special topics in Knowledge Discovery and

Data Mining
Course Code: CS 591 series
Course Name: Special topics in Knowledge Discovery and Data Mining
L-T-P-C: 1-0-0-1
Prerequisites: Data mining for decision making [CS660] or Pattern recognition [CS669]
Intended for: B.Tech and M.Tech
Distribution:

Course Contents
ˆ Entity Analytics and Integration Tools and Techniques. [3 Lectures]

ˆ Social Data Analytics and Text Mining. [2 Lectures]

ˆ Knowledge Graph Platforms. [2 Lectures]

ˆ Knowledge Graph Applications. [2 Lectures]

ˆ Image Analytics, Visual Search Applications & Deep Learning. [1 Lecture]

ˆ Project Assignment and Discussions. [2 Lectures]

ˆ Student Research Paper presentation and discussion. [2 Lectures]

Suggested Reference Books:

ˆ Mostly recent VLDB/SIGMOD Papers

ˆ Documentations available on web

4.77 CS 591 Series: Selected topics in machine learning for

computer vision
Course Code: CS 591 Series
Course Title: Selected topics in machine learning for computer vision
L-T-P-C: 1-0-0-1
Prerequisites:
Students intended for: UG/PG

334
Course Contents
ˆ Machine Learning Basics: [1 Lecture]

ˆ Clustering: KMeans, Agglomerative, Normalized Cuts. [2 Lectures]

ˆ Bag of Words. [1 Lecture]

ˆ Haar Cascade. [1 Lecture]

ˆ Graphical Models: Modelling, Inference. [4 Lectures]

ˆ Neural Networks: Shallow, Deep, CNN, Auto-encoders. [5 Lectures]

4.78 CS 591 Series: Data Visualization

Course Code: CS 591 Series
Course Title: Data Visualization
Pre-requisites: Some exposure to programming.

References:
ˆ Edward Tufte, The Visual Display of Quantitative Information

ˆ Edward Tufte, Envisioning Information

ˆ Ben Fry, Visualizing Data

Session Details

ˆ Session 1: The Value of Visualization

ˆ Sessions 2 & 3: Effective Use of Form and Space Fundamentals of Graphs

– Readings:
* Graph Selection Matrix
* Seven Common quantitative relationships in Graphs and how to display
them
* Save the Pies for Dessert
* Constructing Correlation Bar And Paired Bar Graphs With Microsoft
Excel
* Ref: perceptualedge.com

ˆ Session 4: Integrity in Visualization

– Reading : Chapter 2 of The Visual Display of Quantitative Information by

Edward Tufte

ˆ Session 5: Visual Perception and Quantitative Communication

– Reading : Chapter 5 of Envisioning Information by Edward Tufte

335
 ˆ Sessions 6 & 7: Effective Use of Form and Space Detailed Design of Tables and
Graphs
– Readings: Summary at a Glance: Table Design
– Summary at a Glance: Graph Design
ˆ Session 8: Additional Constructs and Multivariate Analysis

– Readings : Chapters 4 and 5 of The Visual Display of Quantitative Information

by Edward Tufte
– Reference: http://tech.fortune.cnn.com/2011/08/15/put-on-your-5-d-glasses/
ˆ Session 9 : Escaping 2 Dimensions: Animated Scatter-Plots

– Readings: Instructions for creating Motion Charts in Excel

– References: GapMinder and Google Motion Charts (www.gapminder.org)
ˆ Sessions 10 & 11: Introduction to Information Design

– Reading: http://adaptivepath.com/ideas/ben-frys-computational-information-
design
– Reference: Processing Software - tutorial (http://processing.org/learning)
ˆ Session 12 & 13 : Interactive Data Visualization

– Reference: http://www.tableausoftware.com/public
ˆ Session 14 : Recap of course and Wrap-up

4.79 CS 591 1: Selected Topics in Computer Graphics: Curves

in Computer Geometric Modelling
Course Code: CS 591 1
Course Name: Selected Topics in Computer Graphics: Curves in Computer
Geometric Modelling
Pre-requisite: linear algebra, basic calculus, data structures.
Audience: It should be accessible to UG students of 2nd year onwards and all PG students.
ˆ Module 1: Motivation: Design of machines, automobiles, aircrafts, ships, buildings
and structures. Basics of polynomials, Different bases serve different purposes.
Interpolation vs approximation, Bernstein-Weierstrass theorem. [3 lectures]
ˆ Module 2: Bernstein base and its properties, Bezier curves and their properties.
DeCasteljau algorithm, Algorithms for degree elevation, subdivision etc. [4 lectures]
ˆ Module 3: Curve operations: closet point computations, intersection computa-
tions: curves vs lines, curves vs planes, curves vs curves. A multi-dimensional
Newton-Raphson framework, Curve-to-curve contact conditions etc. [4 lectures]
ˆ Module 4: Curve constructions: projection of curves, curvature basics, offset
curves, self-intersection issues. [3 lectures]

336
4.80 CS 592: Selected Topics in Artificial Intelligence
Course code : CS 592
Course Name: Selected Topics in Artificial Intelligence
L-T-P-C :0-0-4-2
Pre-requisites: Some exposure to various programming paradigms. Permission of the
instructor is required before allotment
Intended for: B. Tech
Elective/Core: Discipline elective for B. Tech CSE, free electives for others Course Outline
Students can work individually or in small groups. Assignment of project topics will be
based on interests and discussion and interview with the instructor.

Course Outline
Themes for each project will be one of the following: Algorithms in Linear Programming,
Graph Theory, Linear Algebra etc. Parallelization based on OpenMP, MPI e-content
creation for Algorithms Source to source language translation
As a by-product, students can learn python or Fortran or Latex .

4.81 CS 592: Reactive Design Patterns

Course Code: CS 592
Course Name: Reactive Design Patterns
L-T-P-C : 2-0-0-2
Prerequisites : Instructor’s permission
Intended for : UG and PG
Distribution : Elective for BTech CSE, MS, PhD

Course Contents
ˆ Review of Multicore processor, cache & memory hierarchy and cache coherency. [2
Lectures]

ˆ Review of Process & thread. [1 Lecture]

ˆ hread Pool & their scheduling & User Mode scheduling. [3 Lectures]

ˆ Event and message communication & their context & handling. [1 Lecture]

ˆ Asynchronous Communication, Promise & Future. [2 Lectures]

ˆ Method execution as an independent thread & Green Threads. [2 Lectures]

ˆ Message Flow Patterns: Request-Response & Ask. [4 Lectures]

ˆ Flow Control Patterns: Pull, Managed Queue, Drop. [3 Lectures]

ˆ Replication Patterns: Active-Reactive, Active-Active. [4 Lectures]

337
 ˆ Resource Management Patterns: Resource Pool & Complex Command Pattern. [3
Lectures]

ˆ Mutability & Synchronization primitives. [2 Lectures]

ˆ Software Transactional Memory. [4 Lectures]

4.82 CS 601: Probability and Random Processes

Course Code: CS 601
Course Name: Probability and Random Processes
L-T-P-C: 3-1-0-4
Students intended for: High-level B.Tech / MS / Ph.D.
Prerequisites: N/A
Elective or Compulsory: Elective
Approval: 10th Senate

Course Contents
ˆ Set theory and Basic probability: Set operations, Axioms, Properties, Finite
sample space, Combinatorics, Union of events, Conditional Probability, Indepen-
dence of events, Bayes formula. [6 Lectures]

ˆ Introduction to measure theory (Definitions, examples, some theorems):

Set sequences and their limits, Borel fields, Sigma fields, Measure space, Additive set
functions, Measure, Probability space and probability measure, Random variable.
[5 Lectures]

ˆ Random Variables: Basic definitions and examples, PDF, CDF, Examples and
properties of some standard continuous and discrete random variables. [7 Lectures]

ˆ Functions of Random variables: Functions of one random variable, Transforma-

tion of Random Variables, Expectations, Moments, Moment generating functions,
Some inequalities (Chebyshevs, Schwarz, Markov, etc.), Functions of two random
variables, Joint distributions, Marginal distributions, Joint moments, Covariance,
Correlation, Independence, Central limit theorem, Example applications. [9 Lec-
tures]

ˆ Random vectors and random processes: Joint pdf, Multivariate distribu-

tions, Expectation vector, Covariance matrix, Diagonalization, Principal compo-
nents Analysis, Generalization of random vectors to random process, Examples of
Random Processes, Auto-and Cross Correlation, Auto- and Cross Covariance, Sta-
tionarity, WSS, Random process through a LTI system, Power spectral density,
White noise, Example applications. [10 Lectures]

ˆ Overview of some applications (with examples): ML and MAP estimation,

Bayesian belief networks. [5 Lectures]

338
Text Books:
1. H. Stark, J Woods, Probability and Random Processes with Applications
to Signal Processing, 3rd Edition, Prentice Hall, 2002

2. A. Papoulis, U. Pillai, Probability Random Variables and Stochastic Pro-

cesses, 4th Edition, McGraw-Hill, 2002.

3. Sheldon M. Ross, Introduction to Probability Models, Academic Press, 2009.

4.83 CS 603: Managerial Decision Making

Course Code : CS 603
Course Name : Managerial Decision Making
L-T-P-C: 3-0-0-3
Prerequisites : IC 210 Probability, Statistics and Random Processes; or, with instructors
permission
Intended for: 3rd, 4th year B. Tech./M.S./Ph.D.
Distribution : Discipline-elective for CSE B. Tech. students; Free elective for other B.
Tech./M.S./Ph.D. students
Approval: 4th Senate

Course Contents
ˆ Introduction to decision making: Orientation, introduction to decision mak-
ing, Introduction to decision analysis, framing decisions, applications of decisions
framing to marketing and management. [6 Lectures]

ˆ Valuation and choice in certain and uncertain decision situations: Valu-

ing and choosing among certain outcomes, valuing and choosing among uncertain
outcomes, applications of decision trees to decision making. [6 Lectures]

ˆ Use of heuristics and biases: Introduction to different heuristics and biases, en-
dowment effect, loss aversion, status quo bias, inter- temporal biases, other common
biases in decision making under risk and uncertainty. [10 Lectures]

ˆ Real-world managerial decision making: Decisions under uncertainty in the

real world, managerial perspectives on risk and risk taking, regression analysis,
improper linear models in decision making, when to trust your gut instincts, theory
of thin slices. [8 Lectures]

ˆ More biases and heuristics under risk and uncertainty: Availability, repre-
sentativeness, anchoring-and-adjustment, illusion of control, confirmation bias. [6
Lectures]

ˆ Decision making in groups: Decision making in groups and organizations, cog-

nitive repairs, nudges, conclusions. [6 Lectures]

339
Textbooks:
1. J. Edward Russo & Paul Schoemaker, Winning Decisions: Getting it Right
the First Time, Doubleday, 2002. [RS]

2. John S. Hammond, Ralph L. Keeney, & Howard Raiffa, Smart Choices: A Prac-
tical Guide to Making Better Decisions, Harvard Business School Press, 1999.
[HKR]

Articles:
1. JSTOR: Articles are available from www.jstor.org (accessible through any IIT com-
puter).

2. HBS-online: Cases, articles, and teaching notes from Harvard Business School Press
are available from http://harvardbusinessonline.hbsp.harvard.edu.

4.84 CS 606 Old - Cognitive Modeling

Course Name and contents are different in the website. New Course Name:Computational
Modeling of Social Systems1

4.85 CS 606: Computational Modeling of Social Systems

Course Code : CS 606
Course Name : Computational Modeling of Social Systems
L-T-P-C : 3-0-0-3
Prerequisites : IC 110 Engineering Mathematics and IC 150 Computation for Engineers;
or, after instructors permission
Intended for : 3rd, 4th year B. Tech./M.S./Ph.D.
Distribution : Discipline-elective for CSE B. Tech. students; Free elective for other B.
Tech. students
Approval: 4th Senate

Course Contents
ˆ Learning in Complex Systems: Policy Resistance, Counterintuitive Behavior
of Social Systems; Learning and feedback process; Barriers in Learning; Require-
ments for Learning in Complex Systems; Virtues and Pitfalls of Virtual Worlds;
Importance of simulation. [4 Lectures]

ˆ The Modeling Process: Purpose of Modeling; Steps in the Modeling Process;

Problem Articulation; Formulating a Dynamic Hypothesis; Formulating a Simula-
tion Model; Testing; Policy Design and Evaluation; Causal Loop Diagrams; Fun-
damental Modes of Dynamic Behavior; Dynamics of Stocks and Flows: First-order
Systems, Positive Feedback and Exponential Growth, Multiple-Loop Systems, Non-
linear First-Order Systems. [8 Lectures]
1
Approved in 3rd Senate

340
 ˆ Applications of Modeling Process: Modeling S-Shaped Growth; Modeling Epi-
demics (e.g., Modeling the HIV/AIDS Epidemic); Modeling Innovation Diffusion:
Modeling New Ideas and New Products (The Bass Diffusion Model). [6 Lectures]
ˆ Feedback Delays: Duration and Dynamics of Delays; Defining Delays; Mate-
rial Delays: Structure and Behavior; Information Delays: Structure and Behavior;
Response to Variable Delay Times; Estimating the Duration and Distribution of
Delays; Examples: Forecasting Semiconductor Demand. [8 Lectures]
ˆ Modeling Decision Making: Principles for Modeling Decision Making; For-
mulating Rate Equations; Common Pitfalls; Human Decision Making: Bounded
Rationality or Rational Expectations; Cognitive Limitations; Individual and Orga-
nizational Responses to Bounded Rationality; Intended Rationality; Case Study:
Modeling High-Tech Growth Firms. [8 Lectures]
ˆ Validation and Model Testing: Difficulties in Validation and Verification; Ques-
tions Model Users Should Ask: Types of Data, Documentation, Replicability, Pro-
tective versus Reflective Modeling; Model Testing in Practice (Boundary Adequacy
Tests, Structure Assessment Tests, Dimensional Consistency, Parameter Assess-
ment, Extreme Condition Tests). [8 Lectures]

Text Books:
1. John D Sterman, Business Dynamics: Systems Thinking and Modeling for
a Complex World, McGraw-Hill, 2000

Reference Books:
1. Donella H. Meadows, Thinking in Systems: A Primer (Paperback), Chelsea
Green Publishing.2008.
2. John Morecroft, Strategic Modelling and Business Dynamics: A Feedback
Systems Approach, John Wiley & Sons, 2007.

4.86 CS 609 Old : Speech processing

Course Code: CS 609 Old
Course Name: Speech processing
L-T-P-C: 3-0-0-3
Prerequisites: Signal Processing.
Students intended for : Masters/PhD
Elective or Compulsory: Elective
Approval: 2nd Senate

Course Outline:
Fundamental of speech recognition, The speech signal: Production,Perception and acoustic-
phonetic characterization, Signal processing methods for speech recognition, Pattern-
comparison techniques, Speech recognition system design and implementation issues,
Speech recognition using? vocabulary continuous speech recognition

341
Text & Reference Books:
1. L. R. Rabiner, B. H. Juang, and B. Yegnenarayana, Fundametntals of Speech
Recognition, Pearson, 2009.

4.87 CS 609: Speech Processing

Course Code: CS 609
Course Name: Speech Processing
L-T-P-C: 3-0-2-4
Prerequisites: Signals and Systems (IC260), or Digital Signal Processing (EE305) or COT
Students intended for: BTech./MTech./M.S./Ph.D.
Elective or Core: Elective
Approval: 10th Senate

Course Contents
ˆ Introduction [1 Lecture]

ˆ Review of digital signal processing: Discrete-time signals and systems, trans-

form representation of signals and systems, fundamentals of digital filters, sampling.
[3 Lectures]

ˆ Fundamentals of human speech production, acoustic theory of speech

production: Speech production, short-time Fourier transform, acoustic phonetics.
[3 Lectures]

ˆ Hearing and speech perception, auditory models: Anatomy and functions of

the ear, the perception of sound, auditory models, lossless tube models. [3 Lectures]

ˆ Time-domain methods: Short-time analysis (energy, magnitude, zero-crossing

rate, autocorrelation). [5 Lectures]

ˆ Frequency-domain methods: Discrete-time Fourier analysis, short-time Fourier

analysis, spectrograms, Overlap-add method of synthesis, filter-bank summation
method of synthesis. [7 Lectures]

ˆ Cepstrum and homomorphic speech processing: Homomorphic analysis,

computing the short-time cepstrum and the complex cepstrum, cepstrum analy-
sis of all-pole models, cepstrum distance measures. [5 Lectures]

ˆ Linear predictive analysis of speech: Basic ideas, gain computation, frequency-

domain interpretation, solving LPC equations, the prediction error signal, repre-
sentations of LP parameters. [6 Lectures]

ˆ Algorithms for estimating speech parameters: Median smoothing, speech-

background discrimination, pitch period estimation, formant estimation. [5 Lec-
tures]

342
 ˆ Digital coding of speech signals: Sampling speech signals, statistical models
for speech signals, quantization (instantaneous, adaptive), quantising speech model
parameters, delta modulation, DPCM, ADPCM. [3 Lectures]
ˆ Applications: speech recognition, speech enhancement, speaker recogni-
tion: Hidden Markov models for speech recognition, statistical methods for speech
enhancement, factor analysis for speaker recognition. [4 Lectures]

Text Books:
1. L.R. Rabiner, R. W. Schafer, Theory and applications of digital speech pro-
cessing, Prentice Hall
2. L.R. Rabiner, R. W. Schafer, Digital Processing of Speech Signals, Pearson
3. Douglas O’Shaughnessy, Speech Communications: Human and Machine,
Wiley India
4. Ben Gold and Nelson Morgan, Speech and Audio Signal Processing: Pro-
cessing and Perception of Speech and Music, Wiley

Reference Books:
1. J. R. Deller, J. H. L. Hansen, J. G Proakis, Discrete-time processing of speech
signals, Wiley.
2. A. V. Oppenheim, R. W. Schafer, R. Buck, Discrete-time signal processing,
Pearson

4.88 CS 611: Program Analysis

Course Code: CS 611
Course name: Program Analysis
L-T-P-C: 3-1-0-4
Prerequisites: CS202: Data Structures and Algorithms or equivalent; CS208: Mathe-
matical Foundations of Computer Science or equivalent; CS304: Formal Languages and
Automata Theory or equivalent
Intended for: B.Tech., M.Tech., MS, PhD
Distribution: Discipline Elective for BTech CSE, Elective for others
Approval: 32nd Senate, 37th BoA

Course Contents
ˆ Introduction to static analysis: Concrete versus abstract semantics. Abstract
interpretation. Galois connection. Symbolic execution. Control-flow graphs. It-
erative da taflow analysis. Lattices and monotonicity. Analysis dimensions. [10
Lectures]
ˆ Heap analysis. Heap modeling: Points-to information. Andersen’s and Steens-
gard’s pointer analyses. Variations: alias analysis, null-check analysis, escape anal-
ysis. [9 Lectures]

343
 ˆ Interprocedural analysis: Call-graph construction. Context sensitivity: func-
tional and call-string approaches. Various context abstractions: value and lsrv
contexts, object and type sensitivity. Heap cloning. [10 Lectures]

ˆ Strategies for efficiency: Demand-driven anal ysis. Program slicing. Analy-

sis staging. Partial analysis. Efficient data structures. Heuristics and machine
learning. [9 Lectures]

ˆ Language features and challenges: Lexical and dynamic scoping. Eager and
lazy evaluation. Call-backs and reflection. Concurrency and synchronization: may-
happen-in-parallel analysis. Speculative optimizati ons and deoptimization. Dy-
namic analysis. [10 Lectures]

ˆ Sneak peek into applications: Type checking. Bug detection. Program correct-
ness. Program synthesis and repair. Software refactoring. [8 Lectures]

Tutorials and assignments

This course involves hands-on practice with writing different program analyses, imple-
menting the techniques for efficiency, and learning various associated tools and language
features. The classes wi ll teach the theory, and tutorials would train the students on the
various skill-sets required to finish take home programming assignments.
lt may be noted that as the coure covers several recent topics related to designing
analyses that are precise-yet-efficient, the classes will use one or two important analyses as
running examples (examples being alias analysis and pointer analysis for resolving virtual
calls). Hence, another aim of the tutorial hours would be to help students imbibe the
concepts learnt by making them write specifications of different analyses and optimization
strategies.
The take-home assignments will be based on implementing and understanding (a)
intra- and inter procedural analyses; (b) strategies for imparting efficiency; (c) examples of
handli ng tricky language features; and (d) non-trivial applications such as parallelization,
refactorinp and security.

References:
1. Flemming Nielson, Hanne Riis Nielson and Chris Hankin, Principles of Program
Analysis, Corrected Edition, Springer, 1999.

2. Uday P. Khedker, Amitabha Sanyal and Bageshri Karkare, Data Flow Anal ysis:
Theory and Practice, CRC Press, 2009.

3. Y. N. Srikant and Priti Shankar, The Compiler Design Handbook, 2nd Edition,
CRC Press, 2007.

4. Various research papers related to the course content.

344
4.89 CS 630: Speech Technology
Course Code: CS 630
Course Name: Speech Technology
L-T-P-C: 3-0-2-4
Students intended for: B.Tech
Elective or Core: Elective
Approval: 3rd Senate

Course Contents
ˆ Overview of Speech Technology: What is Speech Technology? Why is it im-
portant? Its applications and issues.

ˆ Speech Production: Mechanism of speech production; Categories of sounds;

Sound units in indian languages.

ˆ Nature of Speech Signal: Source-system characteristics; Segmental and supraseg-

mental features; Temporal and spectral parameters for sound units in indian lan-
guages.

ˆ Basics of Digital Signal Processing: Signals and systems; Discrete fourier trans-
form; Digital filtering; Stochastic processes.

ˆ Speech Signal Processing Methods: Short-time spectrum analysis; Spectro-

grams; Linear prediction analysis; Cepstrum analysis.

ˆ Speech Recognition: Isolated word recognition; Connected word recognition

Continuous

ˆ Speech Recognition: Speech recognition problem; Hidden markov models.

ˆ Other Applications: Word spotting; Speaker recognition; Speech enhancement;

Speech synthesis; Practical issues in speech technology.

Text Books:
1. L R Rabiner and R W Schafer, Theory and Application of Digital Speech
Processing, Pearson, 2011.

2. L R Rabiner, B-H Juang and B Yegnanarayana, Fundamentals of Speech Recog-

nition, Pearson, 2009.

3. Xuedong Huang, Alex Acero, Hsiao-wuen Hon, Spoken Language Processing:

A guide to Theory, Algorithm, and System Development, Prentice Hall,
2001.

345
References:
1. Oppenheim and Schafer, Discrete-Time Signal Processing, PHI, 2001.

2. T W Parsons, Voice and Speech Processing, McGraw Hill, 1986.

3. Thomas Quatieri, Discrete-time Speech Processing: Principles and Prac-

tice, PH, 2001.

4. Rabiner and Schafer, Digital Processing of Speech Signals, Pearson Education,

1993.

5. Douglas O Shaughnessy, Speech Communications, University Press, 2001.

4.90 CS 660: Data Mining for Decision Making

Course Code: CS 660
Course Name: Data Mining for Decision Making
L-T-P-C: 3-0-1-4
Prerequisites: IC 210: Probability, Statistics and Random Processes; IC 250: Data Struc-
ture and Algorithms
Intended for: UG/PG
Distribution: Discipline elective for CSE; CS elective for EE and ME
Approval: 8th Senate

Course Contents
The course is divided into weekly modules, where a new topic is covered in each week.
The details of the topics covered in each week are provided below:

ˆ Week 1: Introduction to Data mining: What is Data Mining? What is the

Data Mining Process? Basic Data Mining Tasks, Problem Identification, Data
Mining Metrics, Data Cleaning (pre-processing, feature selection, data reduction,
feature encoding, noise and missing values, etc.), Key Issues, Opportunities for
Data Mining. [3 Lectures]

ˆ Week 2: Nave Bayes classifier: Two-class classifiers, Training and Test sets,
Maximum-Likelihood estimation, Bayesian estimation, Classification of Test sets.
[3 Lectures]

ˆ Week 3: Decision Trees: Classification and Regression Trees, Building and Se-
lecting Decision Trees (concept of Information Gain), Obtaining Production Rules
from Decision Trees, Handling missing values in Decision Trees. [3 Lectures]

ˆ Week 4: Neural Networks: Introduction to Artificial Neural Networks, Single-

layer Networks, Multi-layer Networks, Backward Propagation Algorithm, Annealing
the learning rate (Step decay, Adagrad, and RMSprop), Over-fitting and choice of
Epochs. [3 Lectures]

ˆ Week 5: Instance-Based Learning: Instances, Activations, Recency, Frequency,

Retrieval from Memory, Blending of instances. [3 Lectures]

346
 ˆ Week 6: Clustering: Introduction to Cluster Analysis, Clustering Algorithms,
Hierarchical Methods (Nearest neighbor, Farthest neighbor, Group average), Simi-
larity Measures. [3 Lectures]

ˆ Week 7: Logistic Regression: Introduction to Logistic Regression, Logistic func-

tion, odds ratio, logit, Logistic Regression with more than two classes. [3 Lectures]

ˆ Week 8: Multiple-Linear Regression: Introduction to Multiple-Linear Regres-

sion, Assumption made in a linear regression model, regression process, dropping
irrelevant variables. [3 Lectures]

ˆ Week 9: Principal Components Analysis: Introduction to principal compo-

nents analysis, dimensionality reduction, principal components and orthogonal least
squares. [3 Lectures]

ˆ Week 10: Discriminant Analysis: Introduction to discriminant analysis, appli-

cations to two-classes, extension to more than 2- classes, canonical variate loadings,
extension to unequal covariance structures. [3 Lectures]

ˆ Week 11: Association Rules: Introduction to association rules, support, confi-

dence, Apriori Algorithm. [3 Lectures]

ˆ Week 13: Implementation Issues: Metrics for Model selection - MDL, BIC, AIC,
Ethics, Legality, and Privacy; Staffing and Implementation [3 Lectures]

ˆ Week 14: The Future of Data Mining, Unstructured Data Mining, and
conclusions: [3 Lectures]

ˆ If time permits: Topics in graph mining: Definition of Graphs, Subgraphs, Fre-

quent Subgraphs and subgraphs, Detection Algorithms: Apriori-Based Approach,
Pattern Growth Approach (gSpan), Graph Classification, and Graph Compression.

Textbooks:
1. Hand David, Mannila Heikki, and Smyth Padhraic, Principles of Data Mining,
MIT, 2004.,

References:
1. Han, J., Kamber, M. & Pei, J., Data mining concepts and techniques, 3rd
Edition Morgan Kaufmann Publishers, 2012.

2. Berry and Linoff, Mastering Data Mining, Wiley, 2000.

3. Delmater and Hancock, Data Mining Explained, Digital Press, 2001.

4. T. Mitchell, Machine Learning, McGraw-Hill, 1997.

5. M. H. Dunham, Data Mining: Introductory and Advanced Topics, Pearson

Education, 2001.

6. Samatova, N. F., Hendrix, W., Jenkins, J., Padmanabhan, K., & Chakraborty, A.
(Eds.), Practical Graph Mining with R, CRC Press, 2013.

347
 7. Wang, H., Managing and mining graph data (Vol. 40), C. C. Aggarwal (Ed.).,
Springer, 2010.

4.91 CS 661: Knowledge Representation and Reasoning

Course code : CS 661
Course Name : Knowledge Representation and Reasoning
L-T-P-C : 3-0-0-3
Prerequisites : CS202-Data Structures & Algorithms, CS208-Mathematical Foundations
of Computer Science or Equivalent or COT
Intended for : UG/PG
Elective/Core : Discipline Elective for BTech CSE, Free Elective for others
Approval: 12th Senate

Course Contents
ˆ Module I: Introduction, Propositional Logic, Proof Systems. [2 Lectures]

ˆ Module II: Tableau Method, Resolution Method, First Order Logic (FOL). [3
Lectures]

ˆ Module III: FOL Semantics, Unification, Forward Chaining with the Rete Algo-
rithm. [4 Lectures]

ˆ Module IV: Rete example, Reification, Event Calculus, Conceptual Dependency

(CD) Theory. [4 Lectures]

ˆ Module V: Conceptual Dependency Theory, Mapping from Natural Language,

Goal Trees. [4 Lectures]

ˆ Module VI: Logic Programming with Prolog, Resolution Refutation in FOL. [4

Lectures]

ˆ Module VII: SLD Resolution, Frames, Scripts. [4 Lectures]

ˆ Module VIII: Goals and Plans, Description Logic (DL), Structure Matching. [4
Lectures]

ˆ Module IX: Classification in DL, A-Box Reasoning, Extensions of DL, ALC. [4

Lectures]

ˆ Module X: Inheritance Networks, Default Reasoning, Circumscription. [4 Lec-

tures]

ˆ Module XI: Event Calculus, Default Logic, Auto-epistemic Logic. [3 Lectures]

ˆ Module XII: Epistemic Reasoning. [2 Lectures]

348
Textbooks:
1. Ronald J. Brachman, Hector J. Levesque, Knowledge Representation and Rea-
soning, Morgan Kaufmann, 2004.

2. Deepak Khemani, A First Course in Artificial Intelligence, McGraw Hill Ed-

ucation (India), 2013.

References:
1. Schank, Roger C., Robert P. Abelson, Scripts, Plans, Goals, and Understand-
ing: An Inquiry into Human Knowledge Structures, Lawrence Erlbaum,
1977.

2. R. C. Schank and C. K. Riesbeck, Inside Computer Understanding: Five

Programs Plus Miniatures, Lawrence Erlbaum, 1981.

3. Murray Shanahan, A Circumscriptive Calculus of Events, Artif. Intell. 77(2),

pp. 249-284, 1995.

4. John F. Sowa, Conceptual Structures: Information Processing in Mind

and Machine, Addison Wesley Publishing Company, 1984.

5. John F. Sowa, Knowledge Representation: Logical, Philosophical, and

Computational Foundations, Thomson Learning, 2000.

6. Ronald Fagin, Joseph Y. Halpern, Yoram Moses, Moshe Y. Vardi, Reasoning

About Knowledge, MIT Press, 1995.

4.92 CS 662: Mobile Virtual Reality and Artificial Intelligence

Course Code : CS 662
Course Name: Mobile Virtual Reality and Artificial Intelligence
L-T-P-C: 3-0-0-3
Prerequisites: CS 660, CS 669, or an equivalent course in AI/ML area
Intended for: B. Tech./M. Tech ./M.S./Ph.D. students
Approval: 37th BoA

Course Contents
ˆ Introduction to VR an VR programming [12 Lectures]

ˆ Building the first AI simulation :Developing a Pathfinding Game, How to

Set Up a Project, Node, String Map, A* A lgor.ithm Setup, A* Algorithm Loop,
Auxi liary Methods, Finishing the A lgorithm, Importing 2D Assets, Building a
Level, From Console to Visual, Adding Tanks, Identifying Nodes, Moving the Tank,
Visually Moving Tank, Smooth Movement, Smooth Rotation, Ordering Tank to
Move, Speeding up Player, Spawning Logic, Crate Visuals, Adding Crates to Valid
Positions, Collecting Crates, Score Counting, Game Interface, Starting the Game,
Game Over Screen, Scoring, Sounds. [6 Lectures]

349
 ˆ Introduction to Virtual Reality and Blending: VR Introduction, Camera
Changing Position, Triggering Events Interface, Blending and Introduction & Cus-
tomizing Settings, Controlling Blender Camera, Emulate Numpad Camera, Manip-
ulating Objects, Common Tools, Mirroring l Side of Object. Case Study: Flappy
bird game in VR, First person shooter VR game, Kart VR game. [8 Lectures]

ˆ Introduction to ML in VR: Introduction to Machine Learning, the need for

ML in VR, different kinds of learn ings, Neural Networks (NNs), Training a NN,
Optimizer, Convolutional layers, Transfer learning, Imitation learning. Case study:
Training the karin kart game via IL and testing the kart drive.

ˆ Reinforcement Learning: Introduction to Reinforcement Learning, Initial state,

Training a policy, The PPO algorithm, Evoluti onal Strategies, Reward. Case study:
Training a kart in the kart game with RL, Tensorboard analysis, Testing results.
[10 Lectures]

Textbooks:
1. Butttield-Addison, P., Manning, J., Nugent, T., Unity Game Development
Cookbook: Essentials for Every Game, O’Reilly Media, 2019.

Reference books:
1. Linowes, J., & Schoen, M, Cardboard VR Projects for Android, Packt Pub-
lishing, 2016.

2. Lanham, M., Hands-On Deep Learning for Games: Leverage the power
of neural networks and reinforcement to build intellegent games, Packt
Publishing Ltd, 2019.

4.93 CS 669: Pattern Recognition

Course Code: CS 669
Course Name: Pattern Recognition
L-T-P-C: 3-1-0-4
Prerequisites: IC
Students intended for: MS/Mtech/PhD/3rd and 4th year B Tech
Elective or Compulsory: Elective
Approval: 10th Senate
Note: Credits changed from 3-0-0-3 to 3-1-0-4 in 10th Senate

Course Contents
ˆ Basics of Probability, Random Processes and Linear Algebra (recap) [8
Lectures]

– Probability: independence of events, conditional and joint probability, Bayes

theorem

350
 – Random Processes: Stationary and nonstationary processes, Expectation, Au-
tocorrelation, Cross-Correlation, spectra.
– Linear Algebra: Inner product, outer product, inverses, eigen values, eigen
vectors, singular values, singular vectors.
– Programming Assignment 1

ˆ 2. Bayes Decision Theory [8 Lectures]

– Minimum-error-rate classification
– Classifiers, Discriminant functions, Decision surfaces
– Normal density and discriminant functions
– Discrete features

ˆ 3. Parameter Estimation Methods [12 Lectures]

– Maximum-Likelihood estimation: Gaussian case

– Maximum a Posteriori estimation
– Bayesian estimation: Gaussian case
– Unsupervised learning and clustering
* Criterion functions for clustering
* Algorithms for clustering: K-Means, Hierarchical and other methods
* Cluster validation
– Gaussian mixture models
– Expectation-Maximization method for parameter estimation
– Maximum entropy estimation
– Programming Assignment 2

ˆ Sequential Pattern Recognition [4 Lectures]

– Discreat Time Warping (DTW)

– Hidden Markov Models (HMMs)
– Discrete HMMs
– Continuous HMMs
– Programming Assignment 3

ˆ Nonparametric techniques for density estimation [4 Lectures]

– Parzen-window method
– K-Nearest Neighbour method

ˆ Dimensionality reduction [4 Lectures]

– Principal component analysis it relationship to eigen analysis

– Fisher discriminant analysis Generalised eigen analysis
– Eigen vectors/Singular vectors as dictionaries.

351
 ˆ Linear discriminant functions [8 Lectures]

– Gradient descent procedures

– Perceptron
– Support vector machines

ˆ Non-metric methods for pattern classification [4 Lectures]

– Non-numeric data or nominal data

– Decision trees: Classification and Regression Trees (CART).
– Programming Assignment 4/Project

Text Books:
1. R.O.Duda, P.E.Hart and D.G.Stork, Pattern Classification, John Wiley, 2001

2. S.Theodoridis and K.Koutroumbas, Pattern Recognition, 4th Edition, Academic

Press, 2009.

3. C.M.Bishop, Pattern Recognition and Machine Learning, Springer, 2006.

References:
1. Some relevant papers/notes will be put up on the website from time-to-time.

2. Simon Haykin, Neural Networks: A Comprehensive foundation to Neural

Networks or Neural Net-works and Learning Machines, any edition will do.

4.94 CS 670: Kernal Methods for Pattern Recognition

Course Code: CS 670
Course Name: Kernal Methods for Pattern Recognition
L-T-P-C: 4-0-0-4
Intended for: B. Tech students who have completed CS 669, Masters Students
Approval: 11th and 17th Senates; OTA Course

Course Outline:
The course kernel methods for pattern analysis (KMPA) deals with the advanced topics
in the area of pattern analysis. Pattern analysis mainly involves pattern classification,
regression and pattern clustering. The course C8669: Pattern Recognition introduces
various techniques’in pattern classification and clustering. The KMPA course is a con-
tinuation of pattern recognition course and introduces advanced pattern classification,
clustering and regression techniques. In this course vie˜mainly focus on an advanced
concept in pattern analysis called kernel methods. This course aims at expertizing the
students in the theory as well as in the practical usage of various pattern analysis tech-
niques.
The course Kernel methods for pattern analysis is currently offered through NKN.
This course is taught by Professor C. Chandra sekhar, Department of Computer Science

352
and Engineering, IIT Madras. This is an approved course in the Department of CSE, IIT
Madras offered as CSéOll: Kernel Methods for Pattern Analysis.
This course is targeted to II and IV year BTech students who have successfully com-
pleted the course CS 669: Pattern Recognition and MS & PhD Scholars who have success-
fully completed the course CS 669: Pattern Recognition or have exposure to the pattern
analysis techniques.

4.95 CS 671: Deep Learning and Applications

Course Code: CS 671
Course Name: Deep Learning and Applications
L-T-P-C: 3-1-0-4
Prerequisites: Probability and Random Processes, Linear Algebra
Intended for: B.Tech, MS/PhD in the area.
Elective/Core: Discipline elective for B.Tech CSE and EE, free elective for others
Approval: 12th Senate

Course Contents
ˆ Basics of artificial neural networks (ANN): Artificial neurons, Computational
models of neurons, Structure of neural networks, Functional units of ANN for pat-
tern recognition tasks. [4 Lectures]

ˆ Feedforward neural networks: Pattern classification using perceprton, Multi-

layer feedforward neural networks (MLFFNNs), Backpropagation learning, Empir-
ical risk minimization, Regularization, Autoencoders. [6 Lectures]

ˆ Deep neural networks (DNNs): Difficulty of training DNNs, Greedy layerwise

training, Optimization for training DNNs, Newer optimization methods for neural
networks (AdaGrad, RMSProp, Adam), Second order methods for training, Regu-
larization methods (dropout, drop connect, batch normalization). [12 Lectures]

ˆ Convolution neural networks (CNNs): Introduction to CNNs convolution,

pooling, Deep CNNs, Different deep CNN architectures LeNet, AlexNet, VGG,
PlacesNet, Training a CNNs: weights initialization, batch normalization, hyperpa-
rameter optimization, Understanding and visualizing CNNs. [12 Lectures]

ˆ Recurrent neural networks (RNNs): Sequence modeling using RNNs, Back

propagation through time, Long Short Term Memory (LSTM), Bidirectional LSTMs,
Bidirectional RNNs, Gated RNN Architecture. [8 Lectures]

ˆ Generative models: Restrictive Boltzmann Machines (RBMs), Stacking RBMs,

Belief nets, Learning sigmoid belief nets, Deep belief nets. [8 Lectures]

ˆ Applications: Applications in vision, speech and natural language processing. [6

Lectures]

353
Textbooks:
1. Ian Goodfellow, Yoshua Bengio and Aaron Courville, Deep learning, In prepara-
tion for MIT Press, Available online: http://www.deeplearningbook.org, 2016

References:
1. S. Haykin, Neural Networks and Learning Machines, Prentice Hall of India,
2010

2. Satish Kumar, Neural Networks - A Class Room Approach, 2nd Edition,

Tata McGraw-Hill, 2013

3. B. Yegnanarayana, Artificial Neural Networks, Prentice- Hall of India, 1999

4. C.M. Bishop, Pattern Recognition and Machine Learning, Springer, 2006

4.96 CS 672: Advanced Topics in Deep Learning

Course Code: CS 672
Course Name: Advanced Topics in Deep Learning
L-T-P-C: 3-0-2-4
Prerequisites: CS 671: Deep Learning and its Applications.
Distribution: Discipline Elective for fmal year BTech CSE, DSE and EE, Elective for
other final year B.Tech disciplines, MS, M.Tech, and Ph.D. students.
Approval: 38th BoA

Course Contents
ˆ GAN series: Deep Convolutional GAN (DCGAN), Conditional GAN (eGAN),
Wasserstein GAN (WGAN), Stacked GAN (StackGAN), Attention GAN, Picture
to Picture GAN (Pi x2Pix), Cyclic GAN (Cycle GAN), Discover Cross-Domain
R-elations (DiscoGAN), Super Resolution GAN (SRGAN), Texture GAN, Self At-
tention GAN (SAGAN). [8 Lectures]

ˆ Transformer Networks: Drawbacks of Recurrent Neural Networks, Self Atten-

tion, Transformers, Bidirectional Encoder Representation from Transformer (BERT),
Generative pre-trained Transformer (GPT). [6 Lectures]

ˆ Deep Reinforcement Learning: Basic of reinforcement learning, Markov deci-

sion process, Value and Q-val ue functions, Deep Q-learning, Deep Policy Gradient
iteration (Reinforce Algo). [10 Lectures]

ˆ Graph-based Deep Learning: Basics of Graph Convolutional Neural Network

(GCN), Graph Embeddings, Spectral and Spatial GCNs, Graph Autoencoders. [5
Lectures]

ˆ Some latest miscellaneous deep learning paradigms and concepts: [10

Lectures]

– Capsule Network

354
 – Teacher-student network
– Attention and Self-attention mechanism
– Multi-task learning
– Novel loss functions
– Model compression/Network Pruning: redundant filter removal, filter ranking,
and filter attention.
– Explainable AI

ˆ Advance deep learning application (optional/cover in above topics/related to

projects): [3 Lectures]

– CV related: Object detection, Tracking with Re-id, Flow networks,

– NLP related: Summarization, text generation,
– Mise: Domain Adaptation etc.

Reference Material:
1. Most of the material will be covered from the recently published research papers at
prestigious venues like NIPS, CVPR, ECCV, ICCV, ICLR, etc. [Lecture Material]

2. Aston Zhang et.al., Dive into Deep Learning, (Book website: ms://d21.aiL)
(Book PDF: https://d2l.ai/d2l-en.ruti)

3. Ian Goodfellow and Yoshua Bengio and Aaron Courville, Deep Learning, (Book
website: htms://www.deeglearningbook.org/) [Reference Books]

4. [Few Reference Courses]

(a) [CS23l n, DL Stanford course]

(b) [CS224n, NLP Stanford course]
(c) [DeepMind RL course by David Silver]

4.97 CS 673 : Advanced Computer Vision

Course Code : CS 673
Course Name : Advanced Computer Vision
L-T-P-C : 3-0-2-4
Intended for : B.tech (Yd and 4111 Year), CSE, DSE and EE Students
Prerequisite : EE511 Computer Vision or CS671 Deep Learning or EE608 Digital
Image Processing or CS669 Pattern Recognition, or similar
Mutual Exclusion:
Approval: 54th BoA

355
Course Contents
ˆ Introduction to Computer Vision: Get a conceptual overview of image classifi-
cation, object localization, object detection, and image segmentation. Also be able
to describe multi-label classification and distinguish between semantic segmenta-
tion and instance segmentation. In the rest of this course, you will apply PyTorch
to build object detection and image segmentation models. (6 Hours)

ˆ Vision Models Classification: Convolutional Neural Networks: Architectures,

Convolution I Pooling Layers, spatial arrangement, layer patterns, layer sizing pat-
terns, AlexNet/ZFNet/VGGNet/EfficentNet case studies, computational consider-
ations, Transfer learning for Representation, domain adaptation, domain General-
ization, open set, open world, cuTTiculum learning (6 Hours)

ˆ Vision Models Object Detection and Tracking: Overview of some popular

object detection models, such as regional-CNN and ResNet-50. Use of object de-
tection models in PyTorch, Transfer Learning for object detection: download your
own models and configure them for training and build your own models for object
detection. Using transfer learning, you will train a model to detect and localize.
Model compression and real-time inference on Edge-devices. (9 Hours)

ˆ Vision Models Segmentation: Types of semantic segmentation, instance-based

models, Disadvantages of search window methods, RCNN-family models, Unet,
DeepLab, Transformer based segmentation. (6 Hours)

ˆ Graphs and XAI for Vision: Graph Representation/formulation for visual tasks,
Deep Learning Models for Graphs, GradCam, GradCam++, Graph Model Expla-
nation, LIME, GraphLIME (6 Hours)

ˆ Vision & Language Models: Visual to Text: Recent methods for Text em-
beddings, Scene/Video Captioning, OCR, VQA, Video Description using RNNs,
LSTMs. Transformers. Text to Visual: Text to image/video generation using V
AEs, GANs, Transformers. (9 Hours)

Textbooks:
1. Richard Szeliski, Computer Vision: Algorithms and Applications.

2. David Forsyth and Jean Ponce, Computer Vision: A Modern Approach, 2nd
Edition.

References:
1. Ian Goodfellow, Deep Learning.

2. Trevor Hastie, Robert Tibshirani, and Jerome Friedman, Elements of Statistical

Learning.

3. Richard Hartley and Andrew Zisserman, Multiple View Geometry in Com-

puter Vision, 2nd Edition.

356
4.98 CS 677: Soft Computing
Course Code : CS 677
Course Name : Soft Computing
L-T-P-C : 2-0.5-0.5-3
Students intended for: M.S./Ph.D
Prerequisites : Knowledge of Probability, Statistics and Optimization, C/C++/MATLAB.
Elective or Compulsory: Elective
Approval: 4th Senate

Course Description
Introduction to soft computing and its applications. Biological neural network, arti-
ficial neural networks and applications, mathematical foundations and learning mech-
anisms, perceptron learning, radial basis function networks, feed forward neural net-
work,competitive learning,self organizing neural network, support vector machine, Ap-
plication of to Financial Markets, weather prediction. Fuzzy systems and applications:
Introduction to fuzzy sets and fuzzy logic systems, fuzzy sets, fuzzy reasoning, fuzzy
inference systems, fuzzy clustering, applications of fuzzy systems, neuro-fuzzy modeling
and control.

Text Books:
1. Simon Haykin, Neural Networks, Prentice Hall, 1998.

2. Timothy J Ross, Fuzzy Logic with Engineering Applications, Wiley, 2009.

3. J.S.R. Jang, C.T. Sun, E. Mizutani, Neuro-Fuzzy and Soft Computing: A

Computational Approach to Learning and Machine Intelligence, Prentice
Hall, 1996

Reference Books:
1. Mohamad H. Hassoun, Fundamentals of Artificial Neural Networks, MIT
Press, 1995.

2. Bart Kosko, Neural Networks and Fuzzy Systems, Prentice Hall of India
Learning, 2009.

3. M. Friedman and Abraham Kandal, Introduction to Pattern Recognition-

Statistical, Structural, Neural and Fuzzy Logic Approaches, World Scien-
tific, 2005.

4.99 CS 683 : Generative AI

Course Code : CS 683
Course Name : Generative AI
L-T-P-C : 3-0-1-4

357
 Intended for : Elective for B. Tech. Data Science and Engineering, Discipline elective
for B. Tech. Computer Science and Engineering, Electrical Engineering, Free elective for
other B. Tech. disciplines, Elective for M.Tech (CSP/Intelligent Systems/CSE) and PhD
Prerequisite : CS 671 - Deep Learning and It’s Applications
Mutual Exclusion:
Approval: 54th BoA

Course Contents
ˆ Introduction: Introduction to Generative Models- GenAl, Basics of Deep Learn-
ing ,Convolutional Neural Networks, Convolutional Neural Networks -II, Recurrent
Neural Networks & LSTM. (4 Hours)

ˆ Variational Autoencoders: Deep Dive Into Variational AutoEncoder, Variants

of Variational AutoEncoders. (3 Hours)

ˆ Generative Adversarial Networks: Theory ofGAN, Variants ofGAN, GAN

architectures, Various GAN losses and Convergence analysis ofGAN, Conditional
GANS:pix2pix, cycleGAN, Domain adaptation frameworks. (7 Hours)

ˆ Flow Based Generative Models: Normalizing Flow Basics, Variational Normal-

izing Flow and Sampling Basics. (2 Hours)

ˆ Diffusion Models: Introduction to Diffusion Models, Deepdive into Diffusion

Models -1, Score Based Diffusion Models, Discrete Latent Variable Models, Diffu-
sion Models for Discrete Data. (7 Hours)

ˆ Hybrid Generative Models: V AE-GAN, Diffusion guided Style GAN. (2 Hours)

ˆ Evaluation of Generative Models: Discussion ofthe scores like FID, Inception

Score. (1 Hour)

ˆ Transformer Based Generative Models: Introduction to Transformers, Vari-

ants of Transformers, BERT Models, GPT Models, Chat GPT, Video and Image
generation via. Transformers: VIT, VVIT, CLIP, GLIDE, DALE, Text Generation,
Text to Text and Text to Image, Text to Video. (8 Hours)

ˆ Deep Graph Generative Models: Graph Neural Networks- Model, Design, Deep
Generative Models for Graph Generation and Graph Transformers. (8 Hours)

Laboratory/practical/tutorial Modules:
ˆ Lab to be conducted on a 2-hour slot every week. It will be conducted in tandem
with the theory course so the topics for problems given in the lab are already
initiated in the theory class.

ˆ Programming Assignments to Implementing state of art Diffusion Models, GANs,Transformers

and Graph Neural Networks.

ˆ Tools- Pytorch or Tensorflow

358
Textbooks:
1. Alger fraley, The Artificial Intelligence and Generative AI Bible: [5 in 1] The
Most Updated and Complete Guide I From Understanding the Basics to Delving
into GANs, NLP, Prompts, Deep Learning, and Ethics of AI, 2024

2. David Foster, Generative Deep Learning, 2nd Edition, O’Reilly Media, Inc.

References:
1. Jakub M. Tomczak, Deep Generative Modeling.

2. Keita Broadwater and Namid Stillman, Graph Neural Networks in Action.

4.100 CS 685 : Natural Language Processing

Course Code : CS 685
Course Name : Natural Language Processing
L-T-P-C : 3-0-0-3
Intended for : BTech 3rd/4th year; MTech; MSc; Ph.D.
Prerequisite : Introductory course in machine-learning/ AI; Programming in Python
Mutual Exclusion:
Approval: 54th BoA

Course Contents
ˆ Introduction to NLP and FSTs: (6 Hours)

– History ofNLP and its Evolution

– Challenges and Applications of NLP
– Text Preprocessing: Tokenization, Stop words removal, Stemming, Lemmati-
zation, and Normalization
– Parsing Algorithms
– Regular Languages and Finite State Transducers

ˆ Language Modeling: (6 Hours)

– Language modeling with Markov chains

– Introduction to probability and information theory in NLP
– Concept of Perplexity
– Supervised learning: Feature extraction, Naive Bayes and Support Vector Ma-
chines for text classification

ˆ Word Embeddings and HMM: (6 Hours)

– Word2Vec, CBOW and Skip-gram

– FastText
– GloVe: Global Vectors for Word Representation

359
 – HMM and Viterbi

ˆ Named Entity Recognition (NER) and Part-of-Speech Tagging (POS):

(9 Hours)

– Introduction to NER
– Sequence labeling for NER
– CRF-based NER models
– Deep learning approaches to NER
– Introduction to POS tagging
– Rule-based POS tagging
– Hidden Markov Models for POS tagging
– Neural network-based POS tagging

ˆ Text Post Processing and Sentiment Analysis: (8 Hours)

– Adaptive Text Post Processing using plugin classifiers

– Understanding sentiment analysis and Lexicon-based approaches
– Machine learning-based sentiment analysis

ˆ Text Generation: (10 Hours)

– Using pre-trained word embeddings for specific applications

– Sentence Embeddings
– Introduction to text generation
– Sequence-to-Sequence Models, Attention Mechanism and Transformers
– Recurrent Neural Networks (RNNs) for text generation
– Large Language Models ˆ BERT for NER
– Language generation with GPT-3 and similar models
– Ethical considerations, future trends and research directions in NLP

Laboratory/practical/tutorial Modules:
ˆ In addition to the lecture modules, this course will include a take home assignment
where students will apply their knowledge to develop and fine-tune LLM applica-
tions using Python and platforms such as Hugging Face Transformers.

Textbooks:
1. Yoav Goldberg, Neural Network Methods for Natural Language Process-
ing, Morgan and Claypool, 2017.

2. Dan Jurafsky and James Martin, Speech and Language Processing, 3rd Edi-
tion.

360
References:
1. Allen, James, Natural Language Understanding, 2nd Edition, Benjamin/Cumming,
1995.

2. Charniack, Eugene, Statistical Language Learning, MIT Press, 1993.

3. Jurafsky, Dan and Martin, James, Speech and Language Processing, 2nd Edi-
tion, Prentice Hall, 2008.

4. Manning, Christopher and Heinrich, Schutze, Foundations of Statistical Natu-

ral Language Processing, MIT Press, 1999.

4.101 CS 685 56 : Natural Language Processing

Course Code : CS 685
Course Name : Natural Language Processing
L-T-P-C : 3-0-0-3
Intended for : BTech 3rd/4th year; MTech; MSc; Ph.D.
Prerequisite : Introductory course in machine-learning/AI; Programming in Python;
Mutual Exclusion:
Approval: 56th BoA

Course Contents
ˆ Introduction to NLP and FSTs (6 Hours)

– History of NLP and its Evolution

– Challenges and Applications of NLP
– Text Preprocessing: Tokenization, Stop words removal, Stemming, Lemmati-
zation, and Normalization
– Parsing Algorithms
– Regular Languages and Finite State Transducers

ˆ Language Modeling, Word Embeddings and HMM (12 Hours)

– Language modeling with Markov chains

– Introduction to probability and information theory in NLP
– Concept of Perplexity
– Text Classification: Classification Layers, Low-Rank Adaptation (LoRA)
– Word2Vec, CBOW, Skip-gram, and FastText
– GloVe: Global Vectors for Word Representation
– HMM and Viterbi

ˆ Text Generation (10 Hours)

– Using pre-trained word embeddings for specific applications

361
 – Sentence Embeddings
– Introduction to text generation
– Sequence-to-Sequence Models, Attention Mechanism and Transformers
– Recurrent Neural Networks (RNNs) for text generation Large Language Mod-
els
– Language generation with GPT-3 and similar models
– Ethical considerations, future trends and research directions in NLP

ˆ Named Entity Recognition (NER) and Part-of-Speech Tagging (POS) (9 Hours)

– Introduction to NER
– Sequence labeling for NER
– CRF-based NER models
– Deep learning approaches to NER
– Introduction to POS tagging
– Rule-based POS tagging
– Hidden Markov Models for POS tagging
– Neural network-based POS tagging

ˆ Text Post Processing and Sentiment Analysis (8 Hours)

– Coreference resolution and coherence

– Adaptive Text Post Processing using plugin classifiers
– Understanding sentiment analysis and Lexicon-based approaches
– Machine learning-based sentiment analysis

Laboratory/practical/tutorial Modules:
In addition to the lecture modules, this course will include a take home assignment
where students will apply their knowledge to develop and fine-tune LLM applications
using Python and platforms such as Hugging Face Transformers.

Text Books:
1. Yoav Goldberg, Neural Network Methods for Natural Language Process-
ing, Morgan and Claypool, 2017.

2. Dan Jurafsky and James, Martin Speech and Language Processing, 3nd Edi-
tion.

362
Reference Books:
1. Allen, James, Natural Language Understanding, 2nd Edition, Benjamin/Cumming,
1995.

2. Charniack, Eugene, Statistical Language Learning, MIT Press, 1993.

3. Jurafsky, Dan and Martin, James, Speech and Language Processing, 2nd Edi-
tion, Prentice Hall, 2008.

4. Manning, Christopher and Heinrich, Schutze, Foundations of Statistical Natu-

ral Language Processing, MIT Press, 1999.

4.102 CS 686 56 : Large Language Models: Core Concepts to

Custom Applications
Course Code : CS 686
Course Name : Large Language Models: Core Concepts to Custom Applica-
tions
L-T-P-C : 3-0-2-4
Intended for : BTech 3rd/4th year; MTech; MSc; Ph.D
Prerequisite : Introductory course in machine-learning/AI; Programming in Python;
Mutual Exclusion:
Approval: 56th BoA

Course Contents
ˆ Introduction to NLP and LLMs (9 Hours)

– Fundamentals of NLP and its Evolution

– Language Model Basics: n-grams to Neural Networks
– Word embeddings
– Introduction to Transformer Architectures and Attention Mechanisms
– Introduction to Generative AI
– Overview of Prominent LLMs (GPT, BERT, Llama, Mistral, etc.) and their
Impact

ˆ Deep Dive into LLM Architectures (12 Hours)

– Selecting the right model and Generative AI responsibility

– Comprehensive Study of Transformer Mechanism
– Scaling Laws: Understanding computational demands and data efficiency
– Hallucinations and Citations
– Architectural Variants and Innovations in LLMs, including parameter-efficient
fine-tuning models like LoRA, QLoRA

ˆ Practical Applications and Customization of LLMs (15 Hours)

363
 – Text data cleaning, normalization, and tokenization
– LLMs in Text Generation, Translation, and Summarization
– Best Prompt Engineering Techniques
– Fine-Tuning Strategies for Task-Specific Applications
– Overview of Instruction Fine Tuning and Reinforcement Learning from Human
Feedback (RLHF)
– Model alignment techniques including Decision Process Optimization (DPO),
Knowledge Transfer Optimization (KTO)
– Retrieval-Augmented Generation (RAG)
– Practical Session: Building LLM-based Applications
– Building Chat Applications
– Embeddings based Search Applications
– Speech based LLMs

ˆ Ethical Considerations and Societal Impacts (4.5 Hours)

– Addressing Bias and Fairness in LLM Outputs

– Ethical Use and Misuse of Generative AI
– Future Societal Challenges and Opportunities

ˆ Advanced Topics and Research Directions in LLMs (4.5 Hours)

– Emerging Trends in LLM Research

– Novel Applications and Future Technologies
– Open Problems and Discussion

Laboratory/practical/tutorial Modules:
In addition to the lecture modules, this course will include take home assignment where
students will apply their knowledge to develop and fine-tune LLM applications using
Python and platforms such as Hugging Face Transformers.

Text Books:
1. Yoav Goldberg, Neural Network Methods for Natural Language Process-
ing, Morgan and Claypool, 2017.

2. Dan Jurafsky and James Martin, Speech and Language Processing, 3nd Edi-
tion.

Reference Books:
1. Ian Goodfellow, Yoshua Bengio, Aaron Courville, Deep Learning, MIT Press,
USA, 2016.

364
 2. A collection of the latest research papers, technical blogs, and articles from top
journals and conferences to stay updated with the advancements and debates in
the domain of LLMs.

3. Large Language Models in Practice - This is a placeholder for a current and

comprehensive resource focused on the practical and theoretical aspects of LLMs.
Due to the rapidly evolving nature of this field, the latest resource available at the
time of course launch should be selected.

4. Generative AI for beginners by, Microsoft, https://learn.microsoft.com/en-gb/collections/zpy7c8zm

105485-koreyst

4.103 CS 686 : Large Language Models: Core Concepts to Cus-

tom Applications
Course Code : CS 686
Course Name : Large Language Models: Core Concepts to Custom Applica-
tions
L-T-P-C : 3-0-2-4
Intended for : BTech 3rd;4th year; MTech; MSc; Ph.D.
Prerequisite : Introductory course in machine-learning/AI; Programming in Python
Mutual Exclusion:
Approval: 54th BoA

Course Contents
ˆ Introduction to NLP and LLMs (9 Hours)

– Fundamentals ofNLP and its Evolution

– Language Model Basics: n-grams to Neural Networks
– Word embeddings
– Introduction to Transformer Architectures and Attention Mechanisms
– Introduction to Generative AI
– Overview of Prominent LLMs (GPT, BERT, Llama, Mistral, etc.) and their
Impact

ˆ Deep Dive into LLM Architectures (12 Hours)

– Selecting the right model and Generative AI responsibility

– Comprehensive Study of Transformer Mechanism
– Scaling Challenges: Computational Demands, Data Efficiency
– Hallucinations and Citations
– Architectural Variants and Innovations in LLMs

ˆ Practical Applications and Customization of LLMs (15 Hours)

– Text data cleaning, normalization, and tokenization

365
 – LLMs in Text Generation, Translation, and Summarization
– Best Prompt Engineering Techniques
– Fine-Tuning Strategies for Task-Specific Applications
– Overview oflnstruction Fine Tuning and Reinforcement Learning from Human
Feedback (RLHF)
– Retrieval-Augmented Generation (RAG)
– Practical Session: Building LLM-based Applications Building Chat Applica-
tions
– Embeddings based Search Applications
– Speech based LLMs

ˆ Ethical Considerations and Societal Impacts (4.5 Hours)

– Addressing Bias and Fairness in LLM Outputs

– Ethical Use and Misuse of Generative AI
– Future Societal Challenges and Opportunities

ˆ Advanced Topics and Research Directions in LLMs (4.5 Hours)

– Emerging Trends in LLM Research

– Novel Applications and Future Technologies
– Open Problems and Discussion

Laboratory/practical/tutorial Modules:
ˆ In addition to the lecture modules, this course will include take home assignment
where students will apply their knowledge to develop and fine-tune LLM applica-
tions using Python and platforms such as Hugging Face Transformers.

Textbooks:
1. Auffarth, B, Generative AI with LangChain: Build large language model
(LLM) apps with Python, ChatGPT and other LLMs, Packt Publishing,
2023.

2. Jacob Eisenstein, Introduction to Natural Language Processing, MIT Press,

2019.

References:
1. Ian Goodfellow, Yoshua Bengio, Aaron Courville, Deep Learning, MIT Press,
2016.

2. A collection of the latest research papers, technical blogs, and articles from top
journals and conferences to stay updated with the advancements and debates in
the domain ofLLMs.

366
 3. Title: Large Language Models in Practice- This is a placeholder for a current and
comprehensive resource focused on the practical and theoretical aspects ofLLMs.
Due to the rapidly evolving nature of this field, the latest resource available at the
time of course launch should be selected.

4. Generative AI for beginners by Microsoft http://learn.microsoft.com/en-gb/collections/zpy7c8zmq

id=academic-105485-koreyst

4.104 CS 693: Compressed Sensing and its applications

Course Code: CS 693
Course Name: Compressed Sensing and its applications
L-T-P-C: 3-0-0-3
Prerequisites: Signal Processing
Students intended for: Masters/PhD
Elective or Core: Elective Semester: Odd/Even: Even
Approval: 2nd Senate

Course Outline
Sparse and Redundant Representations Theoretical and Numerical Foundations , Unique-
ness and Uncertainty, Pursuit Algorithms Practice , From Exact to Approximate Solu-
tions, Iterative-Shrinkage Algorithms, The Dantzig-Selector Algorithm, Sparsity-Seeking
Methods in Signal Processing, The Quest for a Dictionary, MAP versus MMSE Estima-
tion, Case study: Image Deblurring, Image Denoising and face recognition.

Text & Reference Books:

1. Michael Elad, Sparse and Redundant Representations : From Theory to
Applications in Signal and Image Processing, Springer, 2010.

2. Research articles from IEEE

367
5 Chemistry Courses
5.1 CY 001 Preparatory Chemistry - 1
Course Code: CY 001
Course Name: Preparatory Chemistry - 1
L-T-P-C: 3-1-0-4
Students Intended for: Preparatory Students
Core or Elective: Core
Approval: 52nd BoA

Course Contents:
Physical Chemistry:
ˆ Kinetic Theory: Idea of distribution function, properties of gamma functions;
transformation properties for Cartesian to polar coordinates. Maxwell’s speed and
energy Distributions (derivations for 1, 2 and 3 dimensions); distribution curves;
different types of speeds and their significance, frequency of collisions against a
surface; frequency of collisions against a surface; frequency of binary collisions;
mean free path

ˆ Thermodynamics: System and Surroundings, walls; reversible and irreversible

processes; isothermal, adiabatic and other processes; work, partial and total deriva-
tives; exact differntials and state functions, definitions of thermodynamic functions:
Zeroth Law (T), First law (U) and second law (S); other functions like H, A, and G.
Carnot’s cycle and theorems; changes of thermodynamic functions in irreversibility
and entropy, importance of H in thermo-chemistry, Maxwell’s relations.

ˆ Chemical Kinetics: Order and molecularity of reactions, first and second order
reactions, average life period, concept of Arrhenius activation energy

Inorganic Chemistry:
ˆ Inorganic Chemistry: Periodicity, general trends, blocks of periodic table, s-
block, p-block, and introduction to f-block, VSEPR, valence band theory, electron
deficient bonding, thermodynamics of reduction processes.

Organic Chemistry:
ˆ Organic Chemistry: Classification and nomenclature of organic compounds, hy-
bridization, dipole moment and bond energy, factors influencing electron availabil-
ity: inductive effect, electromeric effect, resonance, mesomeric effect or conjugative
effect, hyperconjugative effect, steric effect, H-bonding foirce etc, concept of organic
acid and base, substitution and elimination reactions.

Text Books:
1. J. D. Lee, Concise Inorganic Chemistry, 5th Edition, ELBS, 1996.

368
 2. R. T. Morrison and R.N. Boyd, Organic Chemistry, 5th Edition, Printice Hall
of India Pvt. Ltd. 1990.

3. G. Solomons and C. Fryhle, Organic Chemistry, John Wiley and Sons (Asia)
Pte Ltd.

4. D. A. McQuarrie, and J. D. Simons, Physical Chemistry, Viva Books, 1998.

5. Irving M. Klotz and Robert M. Rosenberg, Chemical Thermodynamics: Basic

Concepts and Methods, Wiley, 2008.

5.2 CY 002 Preparatory Chemistry - 2

Course Code: CY 002
Course Name: Preparatory Chemistry - 2
L-T-P-C: 3-1-0-4
Students Intended for: Preparatory Students
Core or Elective: Core
Approval: 52nd BoA

Course Contents:
Physical Chemistry:
ˆ Quantum Mechanics: Construction of Hamiltonian operator; solution of HΨ=EΨ
for particle in a 1-d box; normalization and orthogonolity of Ψ, nodes in excited
states, and calculation of average values like ¡x¿, ¡x2¿, ¡p¿ and ¡p2¿, demonstration
of the uncertainty product inequality, ∆x∆p ≥ h/4Π, discussion on uncertainty
principle.

ˆ The H atom problem: Hamiltonian in Cartesian and Polar Coordinates; sepa-

ration of radial and angular parts; emergence of magnetic quantum number; math-
ematical forms of orbital functions (ns and np) and degeneracy, shapes of orbitals
(s,p).

ˆ Spectroscopy and Photochemistry: Einstein’s Law, primary photophysical

processes; potential energy diagram; Frank-Condon Principle; fluorescence and
phosphorescence; photochemical reactions, quantum yield; photosensitisation; pho-
tochemical equilibrium; dimerization of anthracene.

ˆ Alkali-Metal Spectra (S, P, D, F series): its origin, multiplicity of spectral

lines, idea of spin quantum number; physical idea of spin-orbit coupling, rota-
tional (rigid rotator model) and vibrational (harmonic oscillator model) spectra of
diatomics; frequency expressions, applications to estimate molecular parameters,
idea of n → Π∗ and Π → Π∗ electronic spectra; conjugated polyenes and 1-d box
model.

ˆ Dipole moment and Intermolecular Forces: Induced and orientation polar-

isation; Debye and Clausius Mossotti equations (with derivations), dipole-dipole,
dipole-induced dipole and van der Walls ibnteractions in molecules, realistic inter-
molecular potential energy diagrams.

369
Inorganic Chemistry:
ˆ Inorganic Chemistry: Chemistry of d-block elements, crystal field theory, mag-
netism in transition metal compounds, valence bond theory for prediction of molec-
ular geometry, magnetic properties, metal-carbonyl chemistry, important elements
of catalysis by transition mnetal compounds, chemistry of f-block elements.

Organic Chemistry:
ˆ Organic Chemistry: Functional group inter-conversions, concept of stereochem-
istry concept of aromaticity, aromatic electrophilic and nucleophilic substitution
reactions.

Text Books:
1. J. D. Lee, Concise Inorganic Chemistry, 5th Edition, ELBS, 1996.

2. R. T. Morrison and R.N. Boyd, Organic Chemistry, 5th Edition, Printice Hall
of India Pvt. Ltd. 1990.

3. G. Solomons and C. Fryhle, Organic Chemistry, John Wiley and Sons (Asia)
Pte Ltd.

4. P. W. Atkins, Molecular Quantum Mechanics, Oxford University Press, 1999.

5.3 CY 101: Chemistry

Course Code: CY 101
Course Name: Chemistry
L-T-P-C: 3-1-2-5
Category: Core
Prerequisites: Nil

Approval: 5th Senate

Course contents
ˆ Quantum Mechanics
Postulates, Schrödinger wave equation, Interpretation of wave function, particle in
a box, implication of the concepts, H atom, radial and angular wave functions, and
shapes of orbital.

ˆ Thermodynamics
Statistical concept of entropy, free energy, and chemical equilibria, chemical poten-
tial.

ˆ Kinetics and Catalysis

Theories of chemical reactions, homogeneous and heterogeneous catalysis.

370
 ˆ Electrochemcial Cells
Electrochemical corrosion and fuel cells.

ˆ Stereoisomerism
Overview of concepts, configuration, Fischer and Newman projections. Optical
isomerism of simple cyclic systems and of compounds without asymmetric carbon
atom (allenes, spirocompounds, etc.); chirality involving atoms other than carbon.

ˆ Reaction Mechanism and Stereochemistry in Organic Synthesis

Synthesis:(a)Addition of KMnO4, OsO4, and peracidoncis-, and trans alkenes(b)Diels-
Alder reaction: (4+2) cyclo addition MO treatment(c)Aromatic Nucleophilic sub-
stitution mechanism (SNAr, SN1, Arynes) reactivity and reactions;

ˆ Novel Polymers Stereo chemical control of synthesis, Ziegler- Natta catalyst,

Polyurethanes, conducting polymers

ˆ Spectroscopic Techniques
Introductory ideas of molecular spectroscopy and applications of UV visible and IR
to simple compounds/coordination complexes.

ˆ Coordination Compounds
Crystal field theory of octahedral and tetrahedral complexes, colour and magnetic
properties, Jahn-Teller distortion with specific reference to d9 case.

ˆ Organometallics
(i)Metal carbonyls: synthesis, structure and bonding(ii)Metal alkene complexes:
bonding in metal alkene complexes, role of metal alkene complexes in hydrogenation
and hydroformylation.

ˆ Metal ions in Biological Systems

Role of trace metals in biological systems with special reference to transition met-
als(Cu,Fe,Zn), toxic effects of Cd and Hg.

Experiments:
1. Determination of iron in iron ore using potassium dichromate (Internal indicator
method);

2. Determination of sodium carbonate in baking/washing soda;

3. Determination of hardness of water by EDTA- complexometry titrations;

4. Heat of neutralization of a strong base by a strong acid;

5. Equivalent weight of an acid;

6. Viscosity of mixtures of liquids;

7. Surfaceexcessof1-butanolinaqueous solution;

8. Order of reaction;

371
 9. Percentage of ammonia in an ammonium salt;

10. Identification of functional groups in organic compounds;

11. Blue Printing

12. pH metry / potentiometry titrations; a)Strong acid – strong base; b) Strong acid –
weak base; c) Weak acid – strong base; d) Redox titration: Fe2+ or Mn2+;

13. Spectro photometry: Determination of Fe(III) by colorimetry;

14. Determination of water of crystallization by microwave irradiation;

15. Preparation of acetanilide or aspirin and determination of melting point, and match-
ing with known sample;

16. Determination of chloride of As or Cr in Water.

References:
1. LeeJ.D., Concise Inorganic Chemistry, 5th Edition, Chapman &Hall.

2. Malik T. and Madan, Selected Topics in InorganicChemistry, 5th Edition,

S.Chand & Company.

3. PeterS., A guide book to Mechanism in Organic Chemistry, 6th Edition,

Orient Longman.

4. Morrison R.T.and Boyd R.N., Organic Chemistry, 6th Edition, Printice Hall of
India.

5. Mahan B.H., University Chemistry, 3rd Edition, Narosa Publishing House.

6. Atkins P.W., Physical Chemistry, 5th Edition, ELBS, Oxford University Press.

5.4 CY 201P : Physical Chemistry Laboratory

Course Code : CY 201P
Course Name : Physical Chemistry Laboratory
L-T-P-C : 0-0-4-2
Intended for : BS Chemical Sciences
Prerequisite : None
Mutual Exclusion: None
Approval: 42nd Senate

372
Course Contents
ˆ Module I: Data Analysis and Programming

1. Determination of distribution, mean, variance, standard deviation, confidence

interval from sample data obtained for the space variables of diffusive particles
at a finite-time.
2. Determination of correlations, auto-correlations and spectral density of sample
data obtained for the space and momentum variables of diffusive particle at a
given time.
3. Linear and non-linear curve fitting (regression analysis) of given spectroscopic
data (Abs. coefficient. vs. T/Fl. Decay) and determination of physical
properties from fitting.
4. Writing a Fortran/C++ program for matrix multiplication, diagonalization,
and calculation of roots of a Secular determinant.

ˆ Module II: Physical Properties

1. Determining a given solution’s viscosity coefficient with Ostwald’s viscometer

considering aqueous solutions of glycerol, ethanol, etc.
2. Determination of surface tension of a given solution by drop weight method
using a stalagmometer, considering aqueous solutions of NaCl, acetic acid,
ethanol, etc., as systems.

ˆ Module III: Chemical Kinetics

1. Study of kinetics of saponification of ester by using the conductometric method.

2. Study of the kinetics of the reaction I– + S2O82– by colorimetric method.
3. Acid hydrolysis of methyl acetate at different temperatures at a given concen-
tration of [H+] ions.

ˆ Module IV: Spectroscopy

1. Verification of Beer-Lambert law using colorimetry.

2. Absorption spectrum of a conjugated dye, polymethine, interpretation of the
spectra using the “free-electron” model.
3. Determination of quantum yield.

ˆ Module V: Electrochemistry

1. Determination of emf of an electrochemical cell and measurement of thermo-

dynamic parameters from the temperature dependence of emf.
2. Determination of E0 of Fe3+/Fe2+ couple in the hydrogen scale by poten-
tiometric titration of ferrous ammonium sulfate solution using KMnO4, or
K2Cr2O7 as standard.

373
Textbooks:
1. D. P. Shoemaker, C. W. Garland, and J. W. Nibler, Experimental Physical
Chemistry, 8th Edition, McGraw Hill, 2009.

2. G. Peter Matthews, Experimental Physical Chemistry, Oxford University Press,

1986.

References:
1. Frederick A. Bettelheim, Experimental physical chemistry, Saunders, 1971.

2. A. Ghosal, B. Mahapartra, A. K. Nad, An Advanced Course in Practical

Chemistry, New Central Book Agency Pvt Ltd, 2000.

5.5 CY 202P : Physical Chemistry Laboratory

Course Code : CY 202P
Course Name : Physical Chemistry Laboratory
L-T-P-C : 0-0-4-2
Intended for : BS Chemical Sciences
Prerequisite : None
Mutual Exclusion: None
Approval: 42nd Senate

Course Contents
ˆ Module I: Basic Lab Techniques

1. To determine type and detection of extra elements (N, S, Cl, Br, I) in organic
compounds
2. Thin layer chromatography (TLC) and calculation of Rf values
3. Separation of 2 organic compounds by paper chromatography
4. Purification of organic compounds by crystallization.

ˆ Module II: Organic Qualitative Analysis

1. Separation of two components from the binary mixture of organic compounds

(Solid-Solid, Solid-Liquid).

ˆ Module III: Organic Preparations (any 6)

1. Preparation of paracetamol
2. Preparation of aspirin
3. Preparation of phthalimide form phthalic anhydride
4. Preparation of 2:4-DNP derivative of aldehyde or ketone
5. Preparation 4-chloro benzyl alcohol from 4-chloro benzaldehyde
6. Base catalyzed Aldol condensation

374
 7. Preparation 4-iodonitrobenzene from 4-nitroaniline by Sandmeyer Reaction
8. Preparation of Glucosazone derivative of Glucose
9. Preparation of quinone from hydroquinone
10. Preparation of Oxime derivative of Ketones.

Textbooks:
1. Vogel’s book of Practical Organic Chemistry, 5th Edition, Longman Scientific
& Technical, 2006.

2. Pavia, Lampman, Kriz & Engel, Organic Chemistry A Lab Manual, Cengage
Learning, 2009.

References:
1. Frederick A. Bettelheim, Experimental physical chemistry, Saunders, 1971.

2. A. Ghosal, B. Mahapartra, A. K. Nad, An Advanced Course in Practical

Chemistry, New Central Book Agency Pvt Ltd, 2000.

5.6 CY 203P : Physical Chemistry Laboratory

Course Code : CY 203P
Course Name : Physical Chemistry Laboratory
L-T-P-C : 0-0-4-2
Intended for : BS Chemical Sciences
Prerequisite : None
Mutual Exclusion: None
Approval: 42nd Senate

Course Contents
1. General introduction to inorganic laboratory

2. Basic concepts of quantitative analysis

3. Errors in chemical analysis data

4. Qualitative analysis: Inorganic semi micro qualitative analysis with four radicals

5. Quantitative analysis:

(a) Volumetric Analysis:

i. Acid-base titrations relevant to the neutralizing power of antacids
ii. Complexometric and spectroscopic estimation of metal ions b) Gravimet-
ric Analysis: ˆ Estimation of barium/sulphate as barium sulphate
iii. Estimation of iron as ferric oxide etc.

6. Synthesis:

375
 (a) Preparation of potash alum from scrap aluminum
(b) Preparation of hexamine Ni(II) chloride
(c) Preparation of tetramine Cu(II) sulphate

Textbooks:
1. A.J. Elias, A Collection of Interesting General Chemistry Experiments,
Revised edition, Universities Press Pvt. Ltd., 2007.

References:
1. Vogel’s Textbook of Quantitative Chemical Analysis, 5th Edition, Orient
Longman, 1989.
2. Vogel’s Textbook of Macro and Semimicro Qualitative Inorganic Analy-
sis, 5th Edition, Orient Longman, 1982.
3. Robert J. Angelici, Synthesis and Technique in Inorganic Chemistry, 2nd
Edition, University Science Books, 1991.
4. Lab Manual and Instrument Manuals

5.7 CY 241: Nano-scale Science and Technology

Course Code: CY 241
Course Name: Nano-scale Science and Technology
L-T-P-C: 3-0-0-3
Students intended for: B. Tech. 2nd Year onward
Elective or Core: Elective
Approval: 1st Senate

Course contents
ˆ Properties
Properties of materials with nanoscale dimensions. [4 Lectures]
ˆ Nanostructures
Zero, one, two and three–dimensional nanomaterials. [2 Lectures]
ˆ General methods of synthesis
General methods of synthesis of nanomaterials and nanostructures [5 Lectures].
ˆ Characterisation techniques
Optical spectroscopy and microscopy, scanning probe microscopy, scanning electron
microscopy, transmission electron microscopy and X-ray diffraction. [8 Lectures]
ˆ Inorganic nanomaterials
Metallic nanocrystals with special emphasis on coinage metals, semiconductor nanocrys-
tals, quantum dots, magnetic materials. [6 Lectures]

376
 ˆ Carbon nanostructures
Carbon nantubes, graphene and fullerenes. [4 Lectures]

ˆ Organic and biological nanostructures [4 Lectures]

ˆ Applications
Catalysts, sensors, actuators, display systems, molecular devices and nanobiote-
chology. [7 Lectures]

ˆ Quizzes [2 hours]

Text Books
1. C. P. Poole (Jr.) and F. J. Owens, Introduction to Nanotechnology, Wiley
Interscience, John Wiley and Sons, Hoboken, New Jersey.

2. G. A. Ozin and A. C. Arsenault, Nanochemistry: A Chemical Approach to

Nanomaterials, RSC Publishing, Royal Society of Chemistry, U.K.

3. M.D. Ventra, S. Evoy, J.R. Heflin Jr. (Eds.), Introduction to Nanoscale Science
and Technology, Kluwer Academic Publishers, Boston.

4. G. Cao, Nanostructures & Nanomaterials: Synthesis, Properties & Ap-

plications, Imperial College Press, 2004.

Reference Books:
1. L. M. Liz-Marsan and P. V. Kamat, Nanoscale Materials, Kluwer Academic
Publishers, Boston, USA.

2. D. A. Bonnel, Scanning Probe Microscopy and Spectroscopy: Theory,

Techniques and Applications, 2nd Edition. New York, Wiley-VCH.

3. S. Amelinckx , Electron Microscopy: Principles and Fundamentals, Wein-

heim, VCH.

5.8 CY 242: Introduction to Molecular Spectroscopy

Course Code: CY 242
Course Name: Introduction to Molecular Spectroscopy
L-T-P-C: 3-0-0-3
Prerequisite: Chemistry or Physics common course
Students intended for: B. Tech. 3rd Year
Elective or Core: Elective
Approval: 2nd Senate

377
Course contents
ˆ Quantum Mechanics
Wave-particle duality, Schrdinger wave equation, Operators, Probability density,
Matrix elements of operators and expectation values, One-dimensional problems
in quantum mechanics - particle in a box, potential well, potential barrier and
tunnelling. [12 Lectures]

ˆ Structure and bonding

Hydrogen atom, Helium atom, Hydrogen molecule, Structure and Bonding, Nature
of the chemical bond, Donor-Acceptor complexes, Charge transfer, Energy transfer,
Conductance through DNA, Molecular electronic circuits, Single molecule transis-
tors, Single molecule logic gates. [16 Lectures]

ˆ Spectroscopic Techniques
Born-Oppenheimer Approximation, Molecular spectroscopy, Selection Rules, Vibra-
tional and Rotational motion, Electronic Absorption and Emission Spectroscopy,
Raman Spectroscopy. [14 Lectures].

Text and Reference Books

1. Jeanne L. McHale, Molecular Spectroscopy, Prentice Hall, 1998.

2. R. L. Liboff, Introductory Quantum Mechanics, Addison-Wesley, 2002.

3. Attila Szabo, Modern Quantum Chemistry, Dover, 2000.

5.9 CY 243: Engineering Chemistry

Course Code: CY 243
Course Name: Engineering Chemistry
L-T-P-C: 3-0-0-3
Prerequisite: Consent of the faculty member
Students intended for: B. Tech.
Elective or Core: Elective
Approval: 1st Senate

Course contents
Fats, oils, soaps and detergents, explosives and propellants, lubricants, synthetic dyes,
cements, insulators, paints, composite materials, natural and synthetic rubbers, liquid
crystals, ionic liquid, polymers, petroleum and petrochemicals, plastics, corrosion and
its control, water treatment, fuel and combustion, environmental chemistry, adhesives,
ceramics, organic electronics.

378
TextBooks
1. P.C. Jain & Monika Jain, Engineering Chemistry

2. Shashi Chawla, A Text Book of Engineering Chemistry

3. P.Y. Bruice, Organic Chemistry

Reference Books:
1. J.C. Kuriacose & J.Rajaram, Chemistry in Engineering and Technology

2. O.G. Palanna, Engineering Chemistry

5.10 CY 247: Introduction to Molecular Thermodynamics

Course Code: CY 247
Course Name: Introduction to Molecular Thermodynamics
L-T-P-C: 3-0-0-3
Prerequisite: Consent of the faculty member
Students intended for: B. Tech. 2nd year
Approval: 2nd Senate

Course contents
ˆ Probability, Distributions, and Equilibrium
Distributions, Relative Probability and Fluctuations, Equilibrium, Most Probable
Distribution, Le Chateliers Principle, Equilibrium Amounts and Equilibrium Con-
stants. [6 Lectures]

ˆ Energy Levels in Real Chemical Systems

Real Chemical Reactions, The Quantized Nature of Energy, Distributions of Energy
Quanta in Small Systems, Probability of a Particular Distribution of Energy, Most
Probable Distribution, Energy Level Separation, Fraction of reactive Particles. [6
Lectures]

ˆ First Law of thermodynamics, - bonding and internal energy

Internal Energy, Chemical Bond, Mean Bond Dissociation Energies and Internal
Energy, Using Bond Dissociation Energies to Understand Chemical Reactions, The
High-Energy Phosphate Bond and Other Anomalies, Beyond Covalent bond, Mod-
ern View of Bonding. [8 Lectures]

ˆ Entropy and the second law

Energy Does Not Rule, Entropy Comparisons Are Informative, Standard Change
in Entropy for a Chemical. [4 Lectures]

ˆ Enthalpy and the surroundings

Enthalpy vs. Internal Energy, High Temperature Breaks Bonds. [2 Lectures]

379
 ˆ Gibbs Energy and Equilibrium Constant The Second Law - Again, Con-
cept of equilibrium, The Low Enthalpy/High Entropy Rule, Quantitative Look at
Melting Points,Vapor Pressure, Barometric Pressure, and Boiling, Isomerization
Reactions, Experimental Data Can Reveal Energy Level Information, Application
to Real Chemical Reactions. [8 Lectures]

ˆ Applications of Gibbs Energy - Phase Changes Evaporation, Boiling, Subli-

mation, Vapor Deposition, Solubility, Impure Liquids. [2 Lectures]

ˆ Applications of Gibbs Energy – Electrochemistry Electrical Work Is Limited

by the Gibbs Energy, Gibbs Energy and Cell Potential, Actual Cell Voltages and
the Nernst Equation. [6 Lectures]

Text & Reference Books

1. R. M. Hanson and S. Green, Introduction to Molecular Thermodynamics,
University Science Books, 2008.

2. D. A. Mcquarrie and J. D. Simon, Molecular Thermodynamics, University

Science Books, 1999.

3. Richard E. Dickerson, Molecular Thermodynamics, W. A. Benjamin, 1969.

4. , James W. Whalen, Molecular Thermodynamics: A Statistical Approach,

1991.

5.11 CY 248: Molecular Physical Chemistry for Engineers

Course Code : CY 248
Course Name : Molecular Physical Chemistry for Engineers
L-T-P-C : 3-0-0-3
Prerequisites : None.
Students intended for : B. Tech. 2nd year
Elective or Compulsory : Elective
Approval: 6th Senate

Course Contents
ˆ Brief Review of Elementary Thermodynamics
Introduction, Application of Gibbs free energy, Calculation of an Equilibrium Con-
stant that cannot be Measured Conveniently. [4 Lectures]

ˆ Introduction to Quantum Theory & Applications

Introduction, one dimensional problems, Observing Vibrations and Rotations of
Molecules by Spectroscopy, Infrared Spectroscopy, Electronic Excitations in Molecules.
[10 Lectures]

380
 ˆ Statistical Mechanics Fundamental Ideas and Applications
Introduction, Statistical Occupation of Energy Levels, Boltzmann Distribution Func-
tion, Ensembles, Molecular Partition Function, Connecting the Molecular Partition
Function to the Internal Energy and Entropy, Boltzmann Law on entropy, Ap-
plications of the Partition Function to Chemical Thermodynamics Problems. [12
Lectures]

ˆ Chemical Reactions
Introduction, Collision Theory, Reactive Hard-Sphere Molecules, Transition State
Theory of Chemical Reaction Rates, Connection of Transition State Theory to
Collision Theory, unimolecular reactions, RRKM theory. [16 Lectures]

Text Books:
1. John T. Yates and J. Karl Johnson, Molecular Physical Chemistry for Engi-
neers.

References:
1. K. A. McLauchlan, Molecular Physical Chemistry - A Concise Introduction

2. D. Mcquarrie and J. Simon, Physical Chemistry: A Molecular Approach.

3. P. M. S. Monk, Physical Chemistry: Understanding our Chemical World.

4. S. Warren, The Physical Basis of Chemistry.

5. R. J. Silbey, R. A. Alberty, M. G. Bawendi, Physical Chemistry

6. P. Atkins and J. de Paula, Physical Chemistry.

5.12 CY 301 : Principles and Theories of Physical Chemistry

Course Code : CY 301
Course Name : Principles and Theories of Physical Chemistry
L-T-P-C : 3-0-0-3
Intended for : BS Chemical Sciences
Prerequisite : None
Mutual Exclusion: None
Approval: 42nd Senate

Course Contents
ˆ Gaseous State and Fluids: Gas laws, distribution of molecular speeds, kinetic
energy distribution, molar heat capacity of gases, virial expressions, collision of gas
molecules and mean free path. Viscosity of fluids, viscosity coefficient, temperature
dependence of viscosity, surface tension of liquids, capillary rise, measurement of
surface tension, temperature dependence of surface tension. (12 Hours)

381
 ˆ Concepts of Thermodynamics: Equilibrium and concept of temperature, the
zeroth-law of thermodynamics, first law of thermodynamics, state and path func-
tions, extensive and intensive properties, equation of state, work, heat, internal
energy, heat capacity and concept of enthalpy, second law of thermodynamics, re-
versible and irreversible process, heat engines, Carnot cycle, concept of entropy, free
energy, criteria for equilibrium and stability, third law of thermodynamics, concept
of the absolute zero temperature and Nernst heat theorem. (12 Hours)

ˆ Chemical Kinetics and Photochemistry: Rate laws and rate constants, or-
der and molecularity of reactions, determination of order, kinetics of zero-, first-
and second-order reactions, parallel, reversible and consecutive reactions, rate-
determining and steady-state approximation, temperature dependence of rate con-
stant, potential energy surface, Frank-Condon principle, decay of excited states, flu-
orescence and phosphorescence, Jablonsky diagram, laws of photochemistry, quan-
tum yield. (12 Hours)

ˆ Conductance and Electrochemistry: Mechanism of electrolysis and Faraday’s

law, strong and weak electrolytes, conductance, electrolytic conductance, ionic con-
ductance, conductometric titration, estimation of solubility product. Types of
electrochemical cells, cell reactions, EMF and change thermodynamics properties,
Nernst equation, standard cells, half-cells/electrodes. (6 Hours)

Textbooks:
1. Peter Atkins, Julio de Paula, James Keeler, Physical Chemistry, Oxford Univer-
sity Press, 2018.

2. Donald A. McQuarrie & John D. Simons, Physical Chemistry: A molecular

approach, Indian Reprint, Viva books, 2019.

References:
1. Ira N. Levine, Physical Chemistry, McGraw Hill Book Co., 2008.

2. G. W. Castellan, Physical Chemistry, Narosa Publications, 2004.

5.13 CY 302 : Principles of Organic Chemistry

Course Code : CY 302
Course Name : Principles of Organic Chemistry
L-T-P-C : 3-0-0-3
Intended for : BS Chemical Sciences
Prerequisite : None
Mutual Exclusion: None
Approval: 42nd Senate

382
Course Contents
ˆ Bonding & Aromaticity: Atomic orbitals and their overlaps, bonding of differ-
ent types – s-bond, p-bond, Bond dissociation energy, Bond order and multiplicity,
Hybridization, VSEPR theory, Bent’s rule, Dipole moment, Molecular orbital (MO)
theory, Electronic effects: inductive & field effects, Mesomeric effects, Hypercon-
jugation, Resonance. Aromaticity, antiaromaticity, and homoaromaticity; Hückel’s
rule, aromatic ring currents; examples of nonbenzenoid aromatic and antiaromatic
compounds. (10 Hours)
ˆ Reaction Kinetics and Reactive Intermediates: Energetics of a chemical reac-
tion, Transition state, Hammond’s postulate, Hammett equation, Arrhenius equa-
tion, Effect of a catalyst, Kinetic Isotope Effect (primary and secondary), Isotope
scrambling, Structure, stability and reactivity of carbocations, carbanions, free rad-
icals, carbenes, and nitrenes. (8 Hours)
ˆ Acid-Base Theory: Acidity, basicity, and pKa, Brønsted & Lowry concept, Lewis
concept, The definition of pKa, Basicity, Factors that influence the acidity and
basicity, HSAB Principle, Keto-enol tautomerism. (4 Hours)
ˆ Principles of Stereochemistry: Baeyer’s strain theory, Pitzer strain (torsional
strain) and conformational analysis (up to cyclohexane), geometrical isomerism
(E/Z), optical isomerism, projections, CIP rules (R/S nomenclature of acyclic and
cyclic molecules); nomenclature – threo and erythro, syn and anti, endo and exo,
and meso and d/l; Introduction to chirality and its origin. (10 Hours)
ˆ Organic Reactions: Carbon-carbon bond forming reactions, Olefination reac-
tions, Reduction & oxidation reactions, aromatic substitution reactions (electrophilic,
nucleophilic, etc.), chemistry of carbonyl compounds, alkenes and alkynes. (10
Hours)

Textbooks:
1. Clayden, J., Greeves, N., Warren, S., Wothers, S., Organic Chemistry, Oxford
University Press, 2001.
2. Eliel, E. L., Wilen, S. H., Doyle, M. P., Basic Organic Stereochemistry, John
Wiley and Sons, 2001.
3. Smith, M. B. and March, J., Advanced Organic Chemistry, Wiley Interscience,
2007.
4. D. Nasipuri, Stereochemistry of Organic Compounds-Principle and Appli-
cations, 4 Revised Edition, New Academic Science, 2012.
5. P. Sykes, A Guidebook to Mechanism in Organic Chemistry, 7th Edition,
Addison- Wesley, 2003.

References:
1. H. O. House, Modern Synthetic Reactions, W.A. Benjamin Inc., 1972.
2. A. Jacobs, Understanding Organic Reaction Mechanism, Cambridge 1998.

383
5.14 CY 303 : Fundamentals of Inorganic Chemistry
Course Code : CY 303
Course Name : Fundamentals of Inorganic Chemistry
L-T-P-C : 3-0-0-3
Intended for : BS Chemical Sciences
Prerequisite : None
Mutual Exclusion: None
Approval: 42nd Senate

Course Contents
ˆ Periodic properties: Atomic Structure, electronic configuration, Chemical peri-
odicity and periodic anomalies, Size of atoms and ions, Effective nuclear charge,
Screening effect, Ionization energy, Electronegativity, Electron affinity, Lanthanide
contraction, Fajan’s rules. (8 Hours)

ˆ Concepts of acids and bases: Theories of acids and bases, Bronsted and Lewis
acids and bases, Gas phase versus solution acidity, leveling effects of solvents, Con-
cepts of pH, pKa, pKb, Hardness and softness, surface acidity. (8 Hours)

ˆ Principles of electrochemistry: Oxidation and reduction, Redox potential and

stability, Electrode potentials, Nernst equation, Frost, Latimer and Pourbaix dia-
grams. (6 Hours)

ˆ s & p block elements: Structure and properties of s and p block elements, and
their compounds like hydrides, oxides, and halides, biological functions of inorganic
elements in organisms. (8 Hours)

ˆ Transition elements: Coordination complexes, Isomerism, Theories of metal-

ligand bonding and their limitations, Valence bond theory, Spectrochemical series
of ligands, Crystal field theory, Splitting of d orbitals in octahedral, tetrahedral and
square planar complexes, Low-spin and high-spin complexes, Brief introduction to
color and magnetism. (8 Hours)

ˆ Introduction to nuclear chemistry: Nuclear reactions, fission and fusion, radio

analytical techniques. (4 Hours)

Textbooks:
1. Ajai Kumar, Basic Inorganic Chemistry, 2nd Edition, Aaryush Education, 2019.

2. J. E. Huheey, E. A. Keiter and R. L. Keiter, Inorganic Chemistry: Principles

of Structure and Reactivity, 4th edition, Pearson Education Inc., 2000.

References:
1. . F. A. Cotton, G. Wilkinson, C. A. Murillo and M. Bochmann, Advanced Inor-
ganic Chemistry, 6th edition, Wiley, 2007.

384
 2. B. Douglas, D. McDaniel and J. Alexander, Concepts and Models of Inorganic
Chemistry, 3rd edition, Wiley, 2006.

3. J. D. Lee, Concise Inorganic Chemistry, 5th edition, Wiley, 2010.

4. P. Atkins et al, Shriver & Atkins’ Inorganic Chemistry, 5th edition, W. H.

Freeman and Company, 2010.

5.15 CY 304 : Fundamental Analytical Chemistry

Course Code : CY 304
Course Name : Fundamental Analytical Chemistry
L-T-P-C : 3-0-0-3
Intended for : BS Chemical Sciences
Prerequisite : None
Mutual Exclusion: None
Approval: 42nd Senate

Course Contents
ˆ Basic Tools of Analytical Chemistry: Measurements in Analytical Chemistry,
Units of Measurement, Uncertainty in Measurements, Concentration, Molarity and
Formality, Normality, Molality, Weight, Volume, and Weight-to-Volume Percent,
Parts Per Million and Parts Per Billion, Converting Between Concentration Units,
Stoichiometric Calculations, Types of errors in Chemical Analyses, Accuracy, Pre-
cision, Sensitivity, Specificity and Selectivity, Sampling, Standardization and Cal-
ibration, Least square fit, Limit of detection and quantification, Statistical Data
Treatment and Evaluation, Basic Equipment, Signal and noise in instrumental
measurement, Equipment for Measuring Mass and Volume, Equipment for Dry-
ing Samples, Spreadsheets and Computational Software . (10 Hours)

ˆ Classical Methods of Analysis: Preparing Solutions, Preparing Stock Solutions,

Preparing Solutions by Dilution, Gravimetric Methods of Analysis, Titrations in
Analytical Chemistry, Principles of Neutralization Titrations, Complex Acid/Base
Systems, Applications of Neutralization Titrations, Complexation and Precipitation
Reactions and Titrations, Titration Curves, Calculation of the pH of Solutions. (10
Hours)

ˆ Chemical Equilibria: Reversible Reactions and Chemical Equilibria, Thermo-

dynamics and Equilibrium Chemistry, Equilibrium Constants for Chemical Re-
actions, Precipitation Reactions, Acid– Base Reactions, Complexation Reactions,
Oxidation–Reduction (Redox) Reactions, Le Châtelier’s Principle, Buffer Solutions.
(8 Hours)

ˆ Analytical Electrochemistry: Potentiometry-General principles, Calomel Elec-

trodes, Ag-AgCl electrodes, Membrane electrodes-ion selective electrodes, glass elec-
trodes, biosensors. Coulometry: Basic principles, constant current and constant
potential coulometry. Voltammetry: different waveforms – linear scan, square scan
and triangular scan, cyclic voltammetry. (8 Hours)

385
 ˆ Separation Techniques: Principles and applications of TLC, General Theory
of Column Chromatography, Gas chromatography (GC), High Performance Liquid
Chromatography (HPLC), FPLC, Ion chromatography (IC), Supercritical Fluid
Chromatography, Capillary Electrophoresis. (6 Hours)

Textbooks:
1. D. A. Skoog, D. M. West, F. J. Holler, S. R. Crouch, Fundamentals of Analytical
Chemistry, 9th Edition, Thomson, 2013.
2. D. Harvey, Analytical chemistry 2.1, McGraw-Hill, 2016.
3. G.D. Christian, P.K. Dasgupta and K.A. Schug, Analytical Chemistry, 7th edi-
tion, Wiley
4. H. H. Willard, L. L. Merritt Jr.,J. A. Dean, f. A. Settle Jr., Instrumental Meth-
ods of Analysis, CBS Publishers, 1986.
5. J. C. Miller, J. N. Miller, Statistics for Analytical Chemistry, 2nd Edition,
Wiley, 1998.
6. D. C. Harris, Quantitative Chemical Analysis, 7th Edition, W. H. Freeman,
2006.

References:
1. NA

5.16 CY 342: Understanding Small Systems

Course Code: CY 342
Course Name: Understanding Small Systems
L-T-P-C: 3-0-0-3
Elective or Core: Elective
Prerequisite: Consent of the faculty member
Students intended for: B. Tech. 3rd Year
Semester: Odd/Even: Even
Approval: 2nd Senate

Course contents
ˆ Big picture and principles of the small world. [6 Lectures]

ˆ Why the smaller, the better? [3 Lectures]

ˆ Introduction to Nanoscale physics, Nanomaterials. [12 Lectures]

ˆ Nanomechanics, Nanoelectronics, Nanophotonics. [9 Lectures]

ˆ Nanoscale Fluid Mechanics, Nanoscale Heat transfer. [6 Lectures]

ˆ Nanobiology, Molecular motors, future Nanoscience. [6 Lectures]

386
Text & Reference Books:
1. Masaru Kuno, Introductory Nanoscience, Garland Science, 2011.

2. A. N. Clealand, Foundations of Nanomechanics, Springer, 2003.

3. Vladimir V. Mitin, Dimitry I. Sementsov & Nizami Z. Vagidov, Quantum Me-

chanics for Nanostructures, Cambridge, 2010.

4. Edward L. Wolf, Nanophysics and Nanotechnology: An introduction to

the modern concepts in Nanoscience, Wiley-VCH, 2011.

5.17 CY 344: Food Chemistry: Processing, Preservation and

Storage
Course Code: CY 344
Course Name: Food Chemistry: Processing, Preservation and Storage
L-T-P-C: 3-0-0-3
Prerequisite: Consent of the faculty member
Students intended for: B. Tech.
Elective or Core: Elective
Approval: 2nd Senate

Course contents
ˆ Water Water microstructure, Availability in Foods, Water activity, Food Stability,
Moisture sorption, State diagrams and freezing, Molecular mobility and the glass
transition, Example: Candy manufacturing, Emulsions and foams.

ˆ Proteins Amino Acids / Basic Building Blocks, Peptides and Proteins, Protein
denaturation, Protein functionality, Emulsification, Nutritional Properties, Protein
Modification, Processing and Storage, Browning reactions in foods.

ˆ Carbohydrates Monosaccharides, Disaccharides and Oligosaccharides, Polysac-

charides, related reactions, dietary carbohydrates and their sources, functional prop-
erties of dietry carbohydrates.

ˆ Lipids Fatty acids, Glycerides, fat and oil processing, fatty acids in foods, rancidity
and reversion of oils, enrobing fats.

ˆ Enzymes Specificity, Catalysis and Regulation, Temperature and pH, Water Ac-
tivity, Electrolytes, endogenous enzymes in food, enzymes as food processing aids.

ˆ Vitamins and Minerals Fat and water soluble vitamins, vitamins as food ingre-
dients, major and trace minerals, minerals and canned food.

ˆ Flavor Taste, odor, description of food flavors.

ˆ Texture Its importance in food industries.

ˆ Color, additives and contaminants A brief introduction

387
 ˆ Food spoilage Causes and remedies

ˆ Various techniques for food processing and preservations

A brief introduction on food laws.

Text & Reference Books:

1. John M. Deman, Principles of Food Chemistry.

2. Srinivasan Damodaran, Kirk Parkin, Owen R. Fennema, Fennistrema’S Food

Chemistry, 4th Edition

3. David E. Newton, Food Chemistry

4. Tom P. Coultate, Foy bod: The Chemistry Of Its Components

5. Meenakshi Paul, Experimental Food Chemistry.

6. Shalini Saxena, Food Chemistry.

7. Meenakshi Paul, Effects Of Food Processing On Bioactive Compounds

8. B. Sivasankar, Food processing and preservation.

9. R. Chaudhary, Basics Of Food Chemistry.

10. Frank A. Lee, Basic Food Chemistry

11. D. W.S.Wang, Mechanism and theory in food chemistry

12. J. Kaur, Fundamentals of food chemistry

5.18 CY 401 : Introduction to Quantum Chemistry & Molecu-

lar Spectroscopy
Course Code : CY 401
Course Name : Introduction to Quantum Chemistry & Molecular Spec-
troscopy
L-T-P-C : 3-0-0-3
Intended for : BS Chemical Sciences
Prerequisite : None
Mutual Exclusion: None
Approval: 42nd Senate

388
Course Contents
ˆ Module I: Introduction to Schrödinger equation, Bohr’s atom, De Broglie’s Wave,
wave-particle duality, Light-atom/molecule interaction, Introduction to optical spec-
troscopy, time- independent Schrodinger equation, Particle in a box, Quantum Me-
chanics of Hydrogen Atom. (20 Hours)

ˆ Module II: Heisenberg’s Uncertainty Relation, Operators, Commutators, Eigen-

values and Eigenvectors, absorption and emission spectra, Boltzmann Energy dis-
tribution, Principle of equipartition of energy Einstein’s Semiclassical model, Born
Oppenheimer Approximation, Beer-Lambert Law. (14 Hours)

ˆ Module III: Diatomic Vibrational Spectra: Harmonic Model, Morse Oscillator

Model, Molecular Vibrations in Polyatomic Molecules, Diatomic rotational spectra,
rotation of polyatomic molecules, electronic absorption, and emission spectra. (8
Hours)

Textbooks:
1. Peter Atkins, Julio de Paula, James Keeler, Physical Chemistry, Oxford Univer-
sity Press, 2018.

References:
1. Thomas Engel, Quantum Chemistry & Spectroscopy, 3rd Edition, Pearson,
2015.

2. Donald A. McQuarrie & John D. Simons, Physical Chemistry: A molecular

approach, Indian Reprint, Viva books, 2019.

5.19 CY 402 : Applied Materials Chemistry

Course Code : CY 402
Course Name : Applied Materials Chemistry
L-T-P-C : 3-0-0-3
Intended for : BS Chemical Sciences
Prerequisite : None
Mutual Exclusion: None
Approval: 42nd Senate

Course Contents
ˆ Introduction to Materials chemistry: Concepts of materials chemistry, Dif-
ferent types of materials, Sources and characteristics of traditional materials, Uses
of materials, Approaches to producing new materials with new properties, Atomic
level growth of solid material (crystalline and amorphous), Types of bonding in
solids, Crystal structures. (6 Hours)

389
 ˆ Polymers and Polymer based Materials: Introduction to polymers, History
and recent developments, Classification and nomenclature of polymers, Thermo-
plastics, Thermosets, Elastomers, Molecular weight, Polymer synthesis, Techniques
of polymerization Conducting polymers. (9 Hours)

ˆ Nanomaterials: Fundamentals of nanotechnology, Classification of nanomaterials,

Synthesis of nanomaterials, Top down and bottom-up approach, Discovery and
synthesis of quantum dots, Particle surface functionalization: electrostatic, steric
and electrosteric stabilization, Toxicity. (9 Hours)

ˆ Biomaterials: Introduction to biomaterials and its history, Classification, Proper-

ties of Biomaterials, biocompatibility and biodegradability, biopolymers, hydrogels,
sealants and adhesives, Chemistry of dental materials . (9 Hours)

ˆ Functional materials, properties, and their applications: Smart materials,

Carbon materials, Energy materials, Optoelectronic materials, Catalysis, Environ-
ment, Agriculture, Biomedicine, Emerging materials, Thin films, Chemical vapour
deposition (CVD), Atomic Layer deposition (ALD). (9 Hours)

Textbooks:
1. Harry R. Allcock, Introduction to Materials Chemistry, 2nd Edition, Wiley,
2019.

2. V. R. Gowarikar, N. V. Viswanathan, J. Sreedhar, Polymer Science, 3rd Edition,

New Age International,. Wiley, 2019.

3. Bikramjit Basu, Biomaterials Science and Tissue Engineering: Principles

and Methods, Cambridge University Press, 2017.

4. M.D. Ventra, S. Evoy, J.R. Heflin Jr. (Eds.), Introduction to Nanoscale Science
and Technology, Kluwer Academic Publishers.

5. Charles Stanley Gibson, The Chemistry of Dental Materials, Classic Reprint,

2018.

References:
1. R. J. Young and P. A. Lovell, Introduction to Polymers, CRC Press.

2. C. E. Carraher, Polymer Chemistry, CRC Press.

3. L. M. Liz-Marsan and P. V. Kamat, Nanoscale Materials, Kluwer Academic

Publishers.

4. Advanced Biomaterials: Fundamentals, Processing and Applications,

John Wiley & Sons, Inc. 2009.

5. Related journal articles

6. Alan J. Heeger, Semiconducting and Metallic Polymers: The Fourth Gen-

eration of Polymeric Materials, J. Phys. Chem. B, Vol. 105, No. 36, 2001

390
 7. T. A. Skotheim (Editor), Handbook of Conducting Polymers, Dekker, 1986,
vol. 1–2.

8. Bing Zhou, Scott Han, Robert Raja, and Gabor A. Somorjai, (Editors), Nanotech-
nology in catalysis, vol.3, Springer 2007

9. Charles P. Poole Jr and Frank J. Owens, Introduction to Nanotechnology,

Wiley India student Edition, 2008

10. K.J. Klabunde and Ryan M. Richard, Nanoscale Materials in chemistry.

11. Guozhong Cao, Nanostructured Materials, Imperial College Press, 2004

5.20 CY 403 : Numerical methods and Data Analysis in Chem-

istry
Course Code : CY 403
Course Name : Numerical methods and Data Analysis in Chemistry
L-T-P-C : 3-0-0-3
Intended for : BS Chemical Sciences
Prerequisite : Computing and Data Science IC 152
Mutual Exclusion: None
Approval: 42nd Senate

Course Contents
ˆ Theories of Numerical Methods: (12 Hours)

– Methods of solution of sets of linear equations: Gauss elimination, Gauss-

Jordan elimination, Gauss-Seidel method, QR decomposition method
– Solution of nonlinear algebraic equations: Bisection method, Newton-Raphson
method, Secant method
– Interpolation and extrapolation: Polynomial interpolation and extrapolation,
Rational function interpolation and extrapolation, Cubic spline interpolation
– Numerical differentiation: Finite-difference method, Higher-order methods
– Numerical integration: Newton-Cotes quadrature – Rectangle rule, Trape-
zoidal rule, Simpson’s 1/3rd and 3/8th rule, Romberg’s method; Gaussian
quadrature
– Solution of differential equations: Euler method, Predictor-corrector method -
Improved and Modified Euler method, Runge-Kutta method; Finite-difference
method
– Fourier analysis: Fourier transform of discretely sampled data, Fast Fourier
transform

ˆ Significance and application of the numerical methods in Chemistry: Ap-

plication of the solution of the sets of linear equations in Quantum Mechanics,
Application of the solution of the nonlinear algebraic equations to get the optimum

391
 of the energy landscapes and minimum of the error function, Application of in-
terpolation and extrapolation techniques in Chemistry; to predict data related to
chemical experiments at a given condition, Application of the numerical differen-
tiation techniques to solve diffusion equation, Brief introduction to the Molecular
Dynamics; Störmer-Verlet, Verlet, Velocity – Verlet methods, Importance of Fourier
analysis in spectroscopy. (8 Hours)

ˆ Data Analysis: Determining the distribution of a set of data, Moments of a distri-

bution – its mean, variance, skewness etc., Correlation of data – linear correlation,
auto-correlation, least square fit method, Importance of data analysis in Chemistry.
(4 Hours)

ˆ Introduction to the Langevin Dynamics Simulations and Monte Carlo

Techniques: Idea of the random numbers, Langevin Dynamics Simulations, Monte
Carlo algorithm, Metropolis algorithm, Gillespie algorithm; their significance in
Chemistry. (6 Hours)

– Introduction to time-series analysis and machine learning and their connection

to chemistry (12 Hours)Time-series analysis: Trend, stationarity, seasonality
and correlations; Moving average (MA), Autoregressive (AR), Autoregressive
moving average (ARMA), Autoregressive integrated moving average (ARIMA)
models; Forecasting with ARIMA model; Spectral density function and Spec-
tral analysis.
– Machine learning: Supervised learning and linear regression, Logistic regres-
sion, Decision tree and Random forest, Unsupervised learning, Time-series
modelling, Deep learning
– Significance in Chemistry: Illustration of the applicability of time-series anal-
ysis and machine learning in important problems related to chemistry; such as
calculating bond orders and determining normal modes, forecasting reaction
pathways, proposing the designing techniques of new molecules and materials
etc.

Textbooks:
1. H. W. Press, S. A. Teukolsky, W. T. Vettering, and B. P. Flannery, Numerical
Recipes - The Art of Scientific Computing, Cambridge Univ. Press, 1992.

2. F. Jensen, Introduction to Computational Chemistry, Second Edition, Wiley,

2006.

3. T. Hastie, R. Tibshirani and J. Friedman, The Elements of Statistical Learn-

ing, Springer, 2009.

4. R. H. Shumway and D. S. Stoffer, Time series analysis and its application,

Springer, 2011.

References:
1. H. W. Press, S. A. Teukolsky, W. T. Vettering, and B. P. Flannery, Numerical
Recipes in Fortran, Cambridge Univ. Press, 1992.

392
 2. W.H. Press, B.P. Flannery, S.A. Teukolsky, and W.T. Vetterling, Numerical
Recipes in C, Cambridge Univ. Press, 1990.

3. J. M. Zelle, Python Programming: An Introduction to Computer Science,

Beedle & Associates, Inc., 2004.

4. Carleo et al., Machine learning and the physical sciences, Reviews of Modern
Physics, 91, 045002, 2019.

5.21 CY 404 : Fundamentals of Soft Matter Science and Ap-

plications
Course Code : CY 404
Course Name : Fundamentals of Soft Matter Science and Applications
L-T-P-C : 3-0-0-3
Intended for : BS
Prerequisite :
Mutual Exclusion:
Approval: 54th BoA

Course Contents
ˆ Introduction to Soft Matter: Definition and examples of soft matter, Self-
assembly, and structures in soft matter, Intermolecular forces, and properties. (7
hours)

ˆ Liquid Crystals: Chemical and Physical Aspects: Introduction and histori-

cal development of liquid crystals, Physical and structural properties, Anisotropy,
Order parameter, Birefringence, Defect textures (demonstration of textures using
polarizing microscopy), Alignment in liquid crystals, Classification of liquid crystals,
Chirality in liquid crystals, Photoswitchable liquid crystals, Brief introduction to
liquid crystal gels, colloids, nanoparticles, polymers and elastomers, Liquid crystals
in biology. (15 hours)

ˆ Surfactants and Amphiphiles: Micelles (cationic, anionic, and neutral, CMC de-
termination and applications), Vesicles, Bilayers, Cylinders, Micro-emulsions, Ionic
liquids, Lyotropic liquid crystals, Membranes, Self-assembly and their phase behav-
ior. (7 hours)

ˆ Instrumentation and Characterization Techniques: Polarized optical mi-

croscopy, X-ray scattering (XS): Small-angle (SAXS), Wide-angle (WAXS), Grazing
incidence (GI-SAXS/WAXS), Differential Scanning Calorimetry (DSC), Rheology,
Dynamic light scattering (DLS), Langmuir-Blodgett technique, Microfluidics. (6
hours)

ˆ Applications in Technology and Beyond: Liquid crystals in displays, photon-

ics, drug delivery, biological and chemical sensors, discotic LCs in organic opto-
electronics. (7 hours)

393
Textbooks:
1. L. S. Hirst, Fundamentals of soft matter science, CRC press (2019).
2. J. W. Goodby, P. J. Collings, T. Kato, C. Tschierske, H. Gleeson, P. Raynes and
V. Vill, Handbook of liquid crystals, (Vol. 1), John Wiley & Sons (2014).
3. P. J. Collings and J. W. Goodby, Introduction to liquid crystals: chemistry
and physics, CRC Press (2019).
4. B. Bahadur, Liquid crystal-applications and uses (Volume 1), World scientific
(1990).
5. R. Borsali and R. Pecora, Soft-matter characterization, Springer Science &
Business Media (2008).

References:
1. I. W. Hamley, Introduction to soft matter: synthetic and biological self-
assembling materials, John Wiley & Sons (2007).
2. S. Kumar, Chemistry of discotic liquid crystals: from monomers to poly-
mers, CRC press (2014).
3. A. A. Collyer, Liquid crystal polymers: from structures to applications
(Vol. 1), Springer Science & Business Media (2012).
4. H. K. Bisoyi, and Q. Li, Liquid crystals: versatile self-organized smart soft
materials, Chemical reviews, 2021, 122, 4887-4926.
5. S. W. Ula, N. A. Traugutt, R. H. Volpe, R. R. Patel, K. Yu, and C. M. Yakacki,
Liquid crystal elastomers: an introduction and review of emerging tech-
nologies, Liquid Crystals Reviews, 2018, 6, 78-107.
6. A. M. Lowe, N. L. Abbott, Liquid crystalline materials for biological appli-
cations, Chemistry of Materials, 2012, 24, 746-58.
7. B. R. Kaafarani, Discotic liquid crystals for opto-electronic applications,
Chemistry of Materials, 2011, 23, 378–396.
8. S. Setia, S. Sidiq, J. De, I. Pani and S. K. Pal, Applications of liquid crystals
in biosensing and organic light-emitting devices: future aspects, Liquid
Crystals, 2016, 43, 2009-2050.

5.22 CY 501:Organic Reactions & Mechanism

Course Code: CY 501
Course Name: Organic Reactions & Mechanism
L-T-P-C: 3-1-0-4
Prerequisites: B.Sc. (with Chemistry) or Teachers consent
Intended for: UG/PG
Distribution: Core Semester: Odd/Even
Approval: 8th Senate

394
Course Contents
ˆ Nucleophilic Substitution Reaction
Aliphatic Nucleophilic Substitution Reaction: The SN2, SN1, borderline of SN1
and SN2 mechanisms involving ion pairs and single electron transfer (SET) mecha-
nisms. Relationship between stereochemistry and reaction mechanism. Neighbour-
ing Group Participation, anchimeric assistance. Classical and nonclassical carbo-
cations, phenonium ions, norbornyl system, common carbocation rearrangements.
The SNi mechanism. Nucleophilic substitution at an allylic, aliphatic trigonal and
a vinyl carbon. Reactivity effects of substrate structure, attaching nucleophile,
leaving group and reaction medium. [14 Lectures]

ˆ Aromatic Nucleophile Substitution

The SNAr, SN1, benzyne and SRN1 mechanisms. Reactivity; effect of substrate
structure, leaving group and attacking nucleophile.

ˆ Electrophilic Substitution Reaction

Aliphatic electrophilic substitution reaction: SE1, SE2 and SEi. The SE1 mecha-
nism, electrophilic substitution accompanied by double bond shifts. Effect of sub-
strates, leaving group and the solvent polarity on the reactivity.

ˆ Aromatic electrophilic substitution reaction

The arenium ion mechanism, orientation and reactivity, energy profile diagrams.
The ortho/para ratio, ipso attack, orientation in other ring systems. Quantitative
treatment of reactivity in substrates and electrophiles. [10 Lectures]

ˆ Elimination Reactions
The E2, E1 and E1cB mechanisms and their spectrum. Regiochemistry of eleimina-
tion reactions and stereochemistry of E2 elimination reactions. Reactivity; effects of
substrate structures, attaching base, the leaving group and the medium. Concerted
pyrolytic eliminations. [5 Lectures]

ˆ Free Radical Reactions

Types of free radical reactions, free radical substitution mechanism, mechanism at
an aromatic substrate, neighbouring group assistance. Reactivity for aliphatic and
aromatic substrates at a bridgehead. Reactivity in the attaching radicals. The
effect of solvents on reactivity. Addition to Carbon-Carbon Multiple Bonds: Free
radical mediated cyclization reactions Baldwin rules. [6 Lectures]

ˆ Mechanistic and stereochemical aspects of other reactions

Addition reactions involving electrophiles, nucleophiles and free radicals, regio- and
chemo- selectivity, orientation and reactivity. Addition to cyclopropane ring. Hy-
droboration. Addition to Carbon-Hetero Multiple Bonds: Mechanism of metal
hydride reduction of saturated and unsaturated carbonyl compounds, acids, esters
and nitriles. Addition of Grignard reagents, organozinc and organolithium reagents
to carbonyl and unsaturated carbonyl compounds. [7 Lectures]

395
Text Books:
1. F. A. Carey and R. A. Sundberg, Advanced Organic Chemistry, Part A:
Structure and Mechanisms, 5th edition, Springer, New York, 2007

2. Reinhard Bruckner, Advanced Organic Chemsitry Reaction mechanism,

Academic Press, 2002.

3. Jonathan Clayden, Nick Geeves, Stuart Warren, Organic Chemistry, Oxford

University Press, 2001

4. J. March, Advanced Organic Chemistry, John Wiley & Sons, 1992

5. S. H. Pine, Organic Chemistry, McGraw Hill, 1987.

References:
1. H. O. House, Modern Synthetic Reactions, W.A. Benjamin, 1972.

2. A. Jacobs, Understanding Organic Reaction Mechanism, Cambridge 1998.

3. J. M. Hornback, Organic Chemistry, Books Coley, 1998.

4. P.Y. Bruice, Organic Chemistry, Prentice Hall, 1998.

5. P.S. Kalsi, Organic Reaction and their Mechanism, New Age, 1996.

6. Goutam Brahmachari, Organic Chemistry Through Solved problems, Narosa

Publishing House, 2014.

5.23 CY 501P: Organic Chemistry Laboratory

Course Code: CY 501P
Course Name: Organic Chemistry Laboratory
L-T-P-C: 4-0-0-4
Prerequisites: Core course
Intended for: M.Sc in Chemistry
Distribution: Core course
Approval: 9th Senate

Course Contents
ˆ Techniques [3 Lectures]

ˆ Learning structure elucidation of organic molecules & determination of following

functional groups using IR and NMR spectroscopy-: (a) Amines (b) Imines (c)
Esters (d) Amides (e) Carboxylic acid (f) Alcohol (g) Ethers (h) Aldehydes/Ketones
[3 Lectures]

ˆ Extraction of Organic compounds & their characterization using IR, NMR and
Mass spectroscopy-: (a) Extraction of caffeine from tea leaves. (i) Extraction of
piperene from black pepper powder. [6 Lectures]

396
 ˆ Quantitative Estimations-: Estimation of carbonyl group-: (i) Standardization of
glucose solution by Fehlings Method. (ii) Determination of percentage purity of
given sample of glucose. [3 Lectures]
ˆ Organic Synthesis-: Synthesis of organic molecules & their characterization using
IR, NMR and Mass spectroscopy. (a) One step synthesis-: Synthesis of Bezpinacol
(b) Multistep Synthesis-: Synthesis of Benzilic Acid; Benzaldehyde Benzoin Benzil
Benzilic acid [6 Lectures]
ˆ Synthesis of a fluorogenic molecule and evaluation of its quantum yield. [4 Lectures]
(a) Introduction to c-c couplings. (b) Significance of c-c couplings in pharmaceutical
industry. (c) Performing Sonogashira coupling at laboratory scale. [8 Lectures]
ˆ Synthesis of organic reagent, use of reagent in organic reaction & determination of
its optical activity. (a) Synthesis of N-Bromosuccinamide (organic reagent, involves
highly toxic and fuming Br2 for synthesis). (b) Use of NBS in synthesis of halo-
hydrin (Electrophilic Addition Reaction). (c) Determination of optical activity of
generated product using polarimeter. [7 Lectures]
ˆ Use of Computer - Chem Draw, Draw the structure of simple aliphatic, aromatic,
heterocyclic compounds with different subsistent. Get the correct IUPAC name
and predict the 1HNMR signals. [1 Lectures]
ˆ Practical demonstration of instruments (a) HPLC (b) NMR [1 Lectures]
NOTE- Alternate practical may be offered subject to conditions and availability of
chemicals.

Books Recommended
1. Vogels textbook of practical organic chemistry, John Wiley and Sons.
2. Vogels elementary quantitative organic analysis, John Wiley and Sons.
3. Robert, Gilbert & Rodewald, An Introduction to Modern Experimental Or-
ganic Chemistry, Saunderss Publication.
4. Skoog, West and Holler, Fundamentals of Analytical Chemistry, Saunderss
College publishing.
5. Field, Sternhell & Kalman, Organic structures from Spectra, John Wiley and
Sons.

5.24 CY 502: Photochemistry and pericyclic reactions

Course Code: CY 502
Course Name: Photochemistry and pericyclic reactions
L-T-P-C: 3-1-0-4
Prerequisites: Organic Chemistry I
Intended for: M.Sc
Distribution: Core
Approval: 10th Senate

397
Course Contents
ˆ Pericyclic Reactions Molecular orbitals and their symmetry Molecular orbitals
and their symmetry properties, Frontier orbitals of ethylene, 1,3-butadiene, 1,3,5-
hexatriene and allyl systems. [5 Lectures].
ˆ Woodward-Hoffmann
Frontier Molecular Orbital method and Orbital symmetry correlation method. [5
Lectures].
ˆ Various type of pericyclic reactions
Electrocyclic reaction; conrotatory and disrotatory motions 4n, 4n+2 and allyl
systems. Cycloaddition; antrafacial and suprafacial addition, 4n and 4n+2 systems,
2+2 addition of ketenes, Diels-Alder reaction, stereochemical aspects and synthetic
applications. 1,3 dipolar cycloadditions and cheleotropic reactions. Sigmatropic
Rearrangements; suprafacial and antrafacial shifts of H, sigmatropic shifts involving
carbon moieties, 3,3- and 5,5- sigmatropic rearrangements, Claisen, Cope and Aza-
Cope rearrangements. Ene reaction. [15 Lectures].
ˆ Photochemistry
Quantum yields, intersystem crossing, photosensitization and energy transfer re-
actions. Photochemistry of olefins and carbonyl compounds, photo oxygenation
and photo fragmentation, Photochemistry of aromatic compounds: isomerisation,
additions and substitutions. Singlet molecular oxygen reactions. Patterno-Buchi re-
action, Di-pi-methane rearrangement, Bartons reaction and Photo-Fries rearrange-
ment. [17 Lectures].

Text Books:
1. Charles H. DePuy, Molecular Reactions and Photochemistry, Orville Lamar
Chapman
2. I. Fleming, Frontier Orbital and Organic Chemical Reactions, John Wiley,
1976.
3. W. Carruthers, Some modern Methods of Organic Synthesis, Cambridge
University Press, 1990.
4. T.W. Greene, Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis, Wiley-VCH, 1999.

References:
1. T. L. GilcLecturesist and R. C. Storr, Organic Reactions and Orbital Symmetry,
2nd Edition, CUP.
2. L. A. Paquette, Modern Heterocyclic Chemistry, W.A. Benjamin, Inc.,1968.
3. Ian Fleming, Pericylic reactions, Oxford University Press, 1999.
4. S. Sankararaman, Pericyclic Reactions: A Textbook, Wiley-VCH, 2005
5. N. J. Turro, V. Ramamurthy, J. C. Scaiano, Modern Molecular photochemistry of
organic molecules, University Science books, 2010

398
5.25 CY 504: Heterocyclic Chemistry
Course Code: CY 504
Course Name: Heterocyclic Chemistry
L-T-P-C: 2-0-0-2
Prerequisites: CY501
Intended for: UG/PG
Distribution: Core course for M.Sc Chemistry
Approval: 9th Senate

Course Contents
ˆ Module I
Nomenclature, Classification of heterocycles; Common synthesis strategies for aro-
matic heterocycles; Furan, Pyrrole and Thiophene (five membered heterocycles with
one heteroatom) general methods and strategies for their synthesis; their proper-
ties, structure and reactivity; their electrophilic substitution and metalation. [7
Lectures].

ˆ Module II
Five membered heterocycles with two heteroatoms- Pyrazole, Imidazoles, Thiazole,
Isothaizole; Isoxazole and Oxazole - Brief introduction, synthetic approaches and
chemical reactions. [5 Lectures.

ˆ Module III
Six membered heterocycles with one heteroatom. Pyridines general properties,
structure, synthesis strategies, electrophilic and nucleophilic substitution reactions
in pyridines, metalation of pyridines; Pyridine derivatives such as oxy-pyridines,
alkyl pyridines, pyridinium salts, and pyridine N- oxides [5 Lectures]

ˆ Module IV
Fused heterocyclic systems. Indole - electronic structure and reactivity of indoles,
Fisher and Bischler indole syntheses, reaction of indole with electrophiles, Man-
nich reaction of Indoles; Quinoline and Isoquinoline - General properties and reac-
tivity, synthesis strategies, electrophilic and nucleophilic substitution reactions in
quinolones and Isoquinolines. [7 Lectures].
Brief on the modern methods and applications.

ˆ Module 5
Six membered heterocycles with two heteroatoms. Pyridazine, Pyrimidine, Pryazine,
and Oxazines brief introduction, synthesis strategies and reactions. [4 Lectures]

Text Books:
1. J. A. Joule, K. Mills and G. F. Smith, Heterocyclic Chemistry, 3rd Edition.

2. T. L. Gilchrist, Heterocyclic Chemistry, 2nd Edition.

399
Reference Books:
1. D. T. Davies, Aromatic Heterocyclic Chemistry

2. T. Eicher and S. Hauptmann, The Chemistry of Heterocyles.

3. Lee A. Paquette, Principles of Modern Heterocyclic Chemistry

4. P-de-Mayo, Molecular Rearrangement.

5.26 CY 506: Chemistry of Transition Elements

Course Code: CY 506
Course Name: Chemistry of Transition Elements
L-T-P-C: 3-1-0-4
Prerequisites: B.Sc. (with Chemistry) or Teachers consent
Intended for: UG/PG
Distribution: Core Semester: Odd/Even
Approval: 8th Senate

Course Contents
ˆ Structure, bonding and properties of transition metal complexes
Theories of metal-ligand bonding and their limitations; CFT, d-orbital splitting;
CFSE; low-spin and high-spin complexes and magnetic properties; LFT and Molec-
ular Orbital (MO) theory of selected octahedral and tetrahedral complexes. [12
Lectures]

ˆ Spectral and magnetic properties of coordination compounds

Term symbols and splitting of free ion terms in cubic and square planar fields -
crystal field configurations and term diagrams - Orgel and Tanabe-Sugano dia-
grams - selection rules for electronic transitions electronic spectra of simple ions
and calculation of B and β – magnetic properties of metal complexes. [8 Lectures]

ˆ Reaction mechanisms
Substitution reactions in octahedral and square planar complexes, trans effect and
its influence, water exchange, anation, acid and base hydrolysis, stereochemistry,
inner and outer sphere electron-transfer mechanisms. [8 Lectures]

ˆ Principles of electrochemistry
Oxidation and reduction, use of redox potential data. Analysis of redox cycles,redox
stability in water, disproportionation, Frost, Latimer and Pourbaix diagrams. [7
Lectures]

ˆ Inner transition elements

Spectral and magnetic properties, complex formation, important oxides and com-
plex oxides, analytical applications. [10 Lectures]

400
 ˆ Nuclear chemistry
Nuclear reactions, fission and fusion, radio analytical techniques and activation
analysis. [11 Lectures]

Reference Books:
1. F. A. Cotton, G. Wilkinson, C. A. Murillo and M. Bochmann, Advanced Inor-
ganic Chemistry, 6th Edition, Wiley, 2007.
2. J. E. Huheey, E. A. Keiter and R. L. Keiter, Inorganic Chemistry: Principles
of Structure and Reactivity, 4th edition, Pearson Education Inc., 2000.
3. B. Douglas, D. McDaniel and J. Alexander, Concepts and Models of Inorganic
Chemistry, 3rd Edition, Wiley, 2006.
4. J. D. Lee, Concise Inorganic Chemistry, 5th Edition, Wiley, 2010.
5. P. Atkins et al, Shriver & Atkins Inorganic Chemistry, 5th Edition, W. H.
Freeman and Company, New York, 2010.
6. B.C. Harvey, Introduction to Nuclear Chemistry, Prentice-Hall, 1969.
7. G. Friedlander, J.W. Kennedy, E.S. Marcus & J.M. Miller Nuclear & Radio-
chemistry, John-Wiley & Sons, 1981.
8. H. J. Arnikar, Essentials of Nuclear Chemistry, 4th Edition, New Age Inter-
national Publishers, 2010.

5.27 CY 506P: Inorganic Chemistry Lab

Course Code: CY 506P
Course Name: Inorganic Chemistry Lab
L-T-P-C: 4 Credits
Prerequisites: B.Sc. (with Chemistry) or Teachers Consent
Intended for: UG/PG
Distribution: Core for M.Sc. and Elective for UG
Approval:

Course Contents
ˆ Quantitative Analysis: Acid-base, Redox and complexometric titrations and their
practical applications - Spectrophotometric analysis of metal ions.
ˆ Quantitative separation of metal ions from binary mixtures.
ˆ Qualitative Analysis: Reactions of some less common metal ions in a mixture of
two.
ˆ Synthesis of inorganic complexes/organometallic compounds such as transition metal
and main group acetylacetonate complexes, ferrocene derivatives etc. Their char-
acterization using various analytical and spectroscopic techniques like IR, UV-vis,
LECTURES-MS, NMR, Magnetic susceptibility, and X-ray diffraction.

401
Reference Books:
1. Vogel’s Textbook of Quantitative Chemical Analysis, 5th Edition, Orient
Longman, 1989.

2. Vogel’s Textbook of Macro and Semimicro Qualitative Inorganic Analy-

sis, 5th Edition, Orient Longman, 1982.

3. Robert J. Angelici, Synthesis and Technique in Inorganic Chemistry, 2nd

Edition, University Science Books, 1991.

4. Lab Manual and Instrument Manuals

5.28 CY 507: Chemistry of Main Group Elements

Course Code: CY 507
Course Name: Chemistry of Main Group Elements
L-T-P-C: 3-1-0-4
Prerequisites: B.Sc. (with Chemistry) or Teachers consent
Intended for: UG/PG
Distribution: Core
Approval: 8th Senate

Course Contents
ˆ Module I
Chemical periodicity and periodic anomalies. [5 Lectures]

ˆ Module II
Structure and bonding in homo- and heteronuclear molecules, shapes of small
molecules. [10 Lectures]

ˆ Module III
Concepts of acids and bases: Bronsted and Lewis acids and bases -Gas phase versus
solution acidity - leveling effects of solvents - hardness and softness - surface acidity.
[10 Lectures]

ˆ Module IV
Pre-transition (alkali and alkaline earth) metals, their solutions in liquid ammonia.
Noble gas compounds, structure and reactivity. Hydrogen and its compounds, H-
bond and its influence on the structure and properties of crystals. [10 Lectures]

ˆ Module V
Chemistry of main group elements and their compounds: Borides, borates, boron
halides, boranes, carboranes and metallocarboranes. BN compounds - a brief survey
of Al, Ga and In chemistry. Allotropes of carbon - intercalation compounds carbides
- C-oxides - pure silicon – silica and silicates - silicones low coordinated silicon
compounds a brief survey of Ge, Sn chemistry. P(III) and P(V) compounds, P-
N, P-O and P-S compounds including cyclophosphazenes a brief survey of heavier

402
 elements - nitrogen and phosphorus ligands - Sulfur-nitrogen compounds. Charge-
transfer complexes of halogens Inter-halogen compounds - halogen oxides and xygen
fluorides - pseudohalogens. [20 Lectures]

Text and Reference Books:

1. F. A. Cotton, G. Wilkinson, C. A. Murillo and M. Bochmann,Advanced Inor-
ganic Chemistry, 6th Edition, Wiley2007.

2. J. E. Huheey, E. A. Keiter and R. L. Keiter, Inorganic Chemistry: Principles

of Structure and Reactivity, 4th Edition, Pearson Education Inc., 2000.

3. B. Douglas, D. McDaniel and J. Alexander, Concepts and Models of Inorganic

Chemistry, 3rd Edition, Wiley, 2006.

4. K. F. Purcell and J. C. Kotz, Inorganic Chemistry, Cengage Learning, 2010.

5. A. G. Sharpe, Inorganic Chemistry, 3rd Edition, Pearson, 2011.

6. P. Atkins et al, Shriver & Atkins Inorganic Chemistry, 5th Edition, W. H.

Freeman and Company, 2010.

5.29 CY 508: Organometallic Chemistry

Course Code: CY 508
Course Name: Organometallic Chemistry
L-T-P-C: 2-0-0-2
Prerequisites: CY 506 and CY 507
Intended for: M.Sc Chemistry (2nd year)
Distribution: core
Approval: 9th Senate

Course Contents
ˆ Module-I [6 Lectures] Introduction to organometallics: Brief history of organometal-
lic chemistry,Werner Complexes, Types of Ligand, Soft Versus Hard Ligands, The
Crystal Field, The Ligand Field, Back Bonding, Electroneutrality, Oxidation State,
Coordination Number and Geometry, Effects of Complexation, Differences between
Metals, Outer-Sphere Coordination, Kepert Model, VBT, MOT,The Trans Effect
and its theory
General Properties of Organometallic Complexes: The 18-Electron Rule, Limita-
tions of the 18- Electron Rule, Electron Counting in Reactions
Metal Alkyls, Aryls, and Hydrides and Related ?-Bonded Ligands Transition Metal
Alkyls and Aryls, Related σ-Bonded Ligands, Metal Hydride Complexes, σ Com-
plexes, Bond Strengths for Classical σ-Bonding Ligands
Carbonyls, Phosphine Complexes, and Ligand Substitution ReactionsMetal Com-
plexes of CO, RNC,CS and NO, phosphines and related ligands

403
 ˆ Module-II [10 Lectures]
Oxidative Addition and Reductive Elimination Concerted Additions, SN2 Reac-
tions, Reductive Elimination, Oxidative Coupling and Reductive Cleavage, Disso-
ciative Substitution, Associative Mechanism, Redox Effects, the I Mechanism, and
Rearrangements in Substitution, Photochemical Substitution, Steric and Solvent
Effects in Substitution, Insertion and Elimination Reactions Involving CO, Inser-
tions Involving Alkenes
Nucleophilic and Electrophilic Addition and Abstraction Nucleophilic Addition
to CO, Electrophilic Addition, Electrophilic Abstraction of Alkyl Groups, Single-
Electron Transfer Pathways

ˆ Module-III [6 Lectures]
Homogeneous Catalysis Alkene Isomerization, Alkene Hydrogenation, Alkene Hy-
droformylation, Hydrocyanation of Butadiene, Alkene Hydrosilation and Hydrobo-
ration, Coupling Reactions, Surface and Supported Organometallic Catalysis, Grubbs
and ScLecturesock catalysts
Clusters and the MetalMetal Bond Structures, The Isolobal Analogy, Synthesis, Re-
actions, Giant Clusters and Nanoparticles, Giant Molecules, Borane,carborane,metalocarborane,
bimetallic and clusters complexes structure and application in catalysis
Applications of Organometallic Chemistry Alkene Metathesis, Dimerization, Oligomer-
ization, and Polymerization of Alkenes, Activation of CO and CO2, CH Activation,
Organometallic Materials and Polymers, σ-Bond Metathesis

ˆ Module-IV [6 Lectures]
Introduction to Bio-organometallic Chemistry : Organometallic enzymes and coen-
zymes, Vitamin B12 coenzyme, B12 model compounds, Organometallic compounds
as drugs, Organometallic compounds as radiopharmaceuticals, tracers, ionophores
and sensors
Introduction to metallocenes
Important Reactions :Beta hydride elimination, Olefin Metathesis and Cross Cou-
pling Reactions, reaction with metals and transmetallation, hydrometallation, Heck
reaction, Suzuki-Miyaura coupling, Sonogashira coupling, Stille coupling and Negishi
coupling, industrial applications of cross coupling reactions.

Text books:
1. Robert H. Crabtree, The Organometallic Chemistry of the Transition Met-
als, 5th Edition, Wiley-Blackwell; 2009.

2. B D Gupta & A J Elias, Basic Organometallic Chemistry Univ. Press.

3. Christoph Elschenbroich, Organometallics

4. Dirk Steinborn, Fundamentals of Organometallic

404
Reference Books:
1. R. C. Mehrota, Organometallic Chemistry: A Unified Approach, 2nd Edition
New Age International Publishers, 2009

2. Whyman Robin, Applied Organometallic Chemistry And Catalysis, Oxford

University Press, 2012.

5.30 CY 511: Group Theory and Spectroscopy

Course Code: CY 511
Course Name: Group Theory and Spectroscopy
L-T-P-C: 3-0-0-3
Prerequisites: B.Sc. (with Chemistry) or Teachers Consent
Intended for: UG/PG
Distribution: Core
Approval: 8th Senate

Course Contents
ˆ Molecular symmetry and group theory
Definition of a group and basic theorems, Group multiplication table, elements of a
symmetry group, symmetry group classification. The Great Orthogonality theorem
Direct products, similarity transformation, Characters of representation, Character
table, irreducible representation, symmetry adopted linear combination, bonding in
diatomics, group theory and molecular electronic states. [16 Lectures]

ˆ Interaction of light with matter

Transition moments and transition probabilities, Einsteins coefficients, oscillator
strength, Beer- Lambert law, polarizabilities, oscillator strength, relationship be-
tween Einsteins coefficients and total absorbance. orr- Oppenheimer approximation,
Frank Condon Principles, [4 Lectures]

ˆ Rotational and Vibrational Spectroscopy

Moment of inertia, The Rotational energy levels, Rotational spectra of diatomic
molecules, Rotational Raman spectra, Rotational spectra of polyatomic molecules,
Molecular vibrations, Selection rules, vibrational spectra of diatomic molecules, sim-
ple harmonic oscillator and rigid rotor model, anharmonic corrections, Vibrational-
Rotational Spectra, vibrational Raman spectra of diatomic molecules. Infrared ab-
sorption spectra of polyatomic molecules, symmetric and asymmetric top molecules,
normal modes of vibration and their classification by group theory, coupling between
rotational and vibrational degrees of freedom. Symmetry and normal modes of vi-
brations. Symmetry and selection rules for allowed transitions among rotational,
vibrational level. Determining the symmetry of molecular motions. Group theory
and molecular electronic transitions. Symmetry and selection rules, spin and parity
forbidden transitions, vibronic interaction. [16 Lectures]

405
 ˆ Electronic spectroscopy
Electronic angular momentum and magnetic moment, atomic spectroscopy, spectra
of hydrogen atom, many electron atoms, spectra and structure of diatomic molecule,
electronic spectra of polyatomic molecules. [6 Lectures]

Text Books:
1. Donald A. McQuarrie and John D. Simon, Physical Chemistry: A Molecular
Approach, Viva Books, 1998.

2. Peter Atkins and Julio de Paula, Physical Chemistry, 7th Edition, Oxford Uni-
versity Press, 2002.

3. J. M. Hollas, Modern Spectroscopy, 4th Edition, John Wiley, 2004.

4. F. A. Cotton, Chemical Applications of Group Theory, 3rd Edition, John

Wiley, 2003.

Reference Books:
1. Ira N. Levine, Quantum Chemistry, Prentice-Hall: Englewood Cliffs, NJ, USA
(1991).

2. Alan Vincent, Molecular Symmetry and Group Theory, 2nd Edition, Wiley,
2000.

3. Robert L. Carter, Molecular Symmetry and Group Theory, John Wiley &
Sons, 1997.

4. K. Verra Reddy, Symmetry and Spectroscopy of Molecules, 2nd Edition, New

Age International Limited Publishers, 2009.

5.31 CY 511 P: Physical Chemistry Laboratory

Course Code: CY 511 P
Course Name: Physical Chemistry Laboratory
L-T-P-C: 0-0-8-4
Prerequisites: Undergraduate level Physical Chemistry Laboratory
Intended for: M.Sc
Distribution: Core
Approval: 10th Senate

Course Contents
ˆ Module –I
Calibration of volumetric apparatus.
Spectroscopy
Analysis of the vibrational spectra of HCl, CCl4, small organic molecules.

406
 Simultaneous Determination of cLecturesomium and manganese in a mixture by
visible light spectroscopy
Physical Property and Surface chemistry
Determination of critical miceller concentration.
Determination of pKa of an amino acid by pHmeter
Distribution Law
Distribution coefficient of I2 between two immiscible solvents.
Determination of the equilibrium constant of the reaction KI+I2=KI3 using the
result from the previous experiment.

ˆ Module –II
Electro-analytical Method
8. The potentiometric titration of an acid mixture
9. Conductometric titrations of strong acid HCl using strong base NaOH
10. Conductometric titrations of weak acid CH3COOH using strong base NaOH
11. Conductometric titration of a triple mixture of HCl, NH4Cl and KCl by NaOH
and AgNO3.

ˆ Module -III Phase Equilibria

12. Determination of phase diagram of a simple eutectic system (Naphthalene
Biphenyl, Naphthalene-Diphenyl amine)
13. Determination of phase diagram of a binary solid system forming a compound
(e.g., Naphthalene m-dinitrobenzene)
Photochemistry
14. Interaction of Interaction of protein- fluorescence of protein complex, Kinetic
study of protein activity of p-nitro phenol acetate to p-nitrophenol conversion, Flu-
orescence spectrum and stern-volmer quenching constant.
Nanomaterials
15. Synthesis of gold nanoparticles and characterization by UV-VIS, DLS tech-
niques etc
16. Size Effect of Gold Nanoparticles in Catalytic Reduction of p-Nitrophenol with
NaBH4

Reference Books:
1. F. A. Bettelheim, Experimental physical chemistry

2. G. P. Matthews, Experimental physical chemistry

3. Alex Findlay, Practical physical chemistry.

4. D. P. Shoemaker, C. W. Garland, and J. W. Nibler, Experimental Physical

Chemistry.

407
 5. B. Viswanathan & R.S. Raghavan, Practical Physical Chemistry, Viva Books,
2009.
6. A. Ghosal, B. Mahapartra, A. K. Nad, An Advanced Course in Practical
Chemistry, New Central Book Agency Pvt Ltd., 2000.

5.32 CY 512: Advanced Quantum Chemistry

Course Code: CY 512
Course Name: Advanced Quantum Chemistry
L-T-P-C: 3-0-0-3
Prerequisites: B.Sc. (with Chemistry) or Teachers Consent
Intended for: UG/PG
Distribution: Core
Approval: 8th Senate

Course Contents
ˆ Module I
Review, Basic concepts and postulates of quantum mechanics of quantum mechan-
ics: ScLecturesdinger wave equation, Eigenfunction, eigenvalues and operators, In-
terpretation of wavefunctions. [6 Lectures]
ˆ Module II
Free particle, Particle-in-a-box, Rigid rotor, Harmonic oscillator, Hydrogen atom.
[6 Lectures]
ˆ Module III
Introduction to Self Consistent Field Theories; Valence Bond and Molecular Or-
bital theories; Introduction to Molecular spectroscopy: absorption, emission and
resonance. [10 Lectures]
ˆ Module IV
Approximate methods of quantum chemistry: variational principle; LCAO approx-
imation; Huckel Theory; Time-independent perturbation theory. Many electron
atoms: Orbital approximation, Slater determinant; Hartree-Fockselfconsistent field
theory; Slater type orbitals. [6 Lectures]
ˆ Module V
Angular momentum of many-particle systems. Spin orbital interaction; LS and JJ
coupling. Spectroscopic term symbols for atoms. Molecules and Chemical bond-
ing: Born-Oppenheimer approximation, MO and VB theories illustrated with H2-
molecule[8 Lectures]
ˆ Module VI
Spectroscopic term symbols for diatomics; Directed valence & hybridization in sim-
ple polyatomic molecules. Elementary treatments of scattering and density func-
tional theories [6 Lectures]

408
Text Books:
1. Donald A. McQuarrie and John D. Simon, Physical Chemistry: A Molecular
Approach, Viva Books, 1998.

2. Peter Atkins and Julio de Paula, Physical Chemistry, Oxford University Press,
7th Edition, 2002.

Reference Books:
1. Ira N. Levine, Quantum Chemistry, Prentice-Hall, 1991.

2. Alberty and Silbey, Physical Chemistry, 4th Edition, Wiley, 2005.

3. Thomas Engel and Philip Reid, Quantum Chemistry and Spectroscopy, Pear-
son Education 2005.

5.33 CY 513: Reaction Dynamics, Kinetics and Catalysis

Course Code: CY 513
Course Name: Reaction Dynamics, Kinetics and Catalysis
L-T-P-C: 3-0-0-3
Prerequisites: B.Sc. (with Chemistry) or Teachers Consent
Intended for: UG/PG
Distribution: Core
Approval: 8th Senate

Course Contents
ˆ Module I
Introduction Review of kinetic theory of gases, the kinetic model of gases, collisions
with walls and surfaces, the rate of effusions, transport properties of a perfect gas,
atomic and molecular collisions, collisional theory, diffusion controlled reactions,
thermodynamics properties of diffusion, potential energy surface, generation, in-
terpretation and correlation with reaction energetics; elementary ideas on conical
intersection. [12 Lectures]

ˆ Module II
The rates of a chemical reactions Rate theories Transition state theory and RRKM
theory, scattering - classical and quantum. Reactive Collisions Potential energy
surfaces, atom-diatom reactions, polyatomic reactions, state-selective, molecular
beams, reaction rates and cross sections. [12 Lectures]

ˆ Module III
Catalytic Reactions, homogeneous catalysis, energetics, homogeneous active sites,
activation and deactivation, auto catalysis and its mechanism. [6 Lectures]

409
 ˆ Module IV
Synthesis and reaction of polymers; thermodynamics and kinetics of polymerization;
Chemical structure andmorphology, Kinetics and mechanism of chain growth and
step growthpolymerisation. Fibre forming polymers, ring-opening polymerization;
water-soluble polymers, gels and hydrogels; chemical aspects to polymer processing,
polymer surface and its modification; introduction to industrial polymers; applica-
tion of polymers in medicine, nanotechnology, electronics; eco-friendly polymers:
biodegradable, bio-sourced polymers, polymers from renewable resources. [10 Lec-
ture]

Text Books:
1. R. D. Levine, Molecular Reaction Dynamics, Cambridge University Press,
2005.

2. Henriksen & Hansen, Theories of Molecular Reaction Dynamics, Oxford Uni-

versity Press, 2008.

Reference Books:
1. Donald A. McQuarrie and John D. Simon, Physical Chemistry: A Molecular
Approach, Viva Books, 1998.

2. Peter Atkins and Julio de Paula, Physical Chemistry, 7th Edition, Oxford Uni-
versity Press, 2002.

3. R. Schinke, Photo dissociation Dynamics, Cambridge University Press, 1993.

4. G. Odian, Principles of Polymerization, 4th Edition, John Wiley and Sons,

2004.

5. L. H. Sperling, Introduction to Physical Polymer Science, 4th Edition, Wiley,

2006.

5.34 CY 514: Chemical Thermodynamics and Electrochemistry

Course Code: CY 514
Course Name: Chemical Thermodynamics and Electrochemistry
L-T-P-C: 3-0-0-3
Prerequisites: B.Sc. (with Chemistry) or Teachers Consent
Intended for: UG/PG
Distribution: Core
Approval: 8th Senate

Course Contents
ˆ Unit I

410
ˆ The Laws of Thermodynamics
Zeroth law of Thermodynamics, Equilibrium, State Functions, Probability and dis-
tribution, Chemical Systems and Surroundings, temperature, equations of state
First Law of thermodynamics : Internal energy, heat capacity, enthalpy, Isothermal,
Adiabatic and Isobaric Processes , Energy, Enthalpy and Exact Differentials, Heat
Capacities, Joule Thompson Effect, Heat Engines and Heat Pumps Second Law of
thermodynamics: Entropy, Carnot cycles, heat engines, spontaneous changes, en-
thalpy and surrounding, Gibbs energy and application of Gibbs Energy Third Law
of Thermodynamics: Concept of the absolute zero temperature. [10 Lectures]

ˆ Statistical Thermodynamics
Kinetic theory of gases, Probability and Maxwell Boltzmann distribution, Molec-
ular Partition Functions, Thermodynamics from partition Functions, Equilibrium
Constants, canonical ensemble ;ideal monoatomic, diatomic and polyatomic gases,
quantum statistics Electronic, Vibrational, Rotational Partition Functions, Trans-
lational Partition Function, Heat Capacities, Heat Capacities of Solids, Debye and
Einstein Models. [8 Lectures]

ˆ Unit II

ˆ Equilibrium and Nonequilibrium Thermodynamics [10 Lectures]

Equilibrium: Free Energy and Equilibria, Application of Gibbs energy for Phase
change, Helmoltz Free Energies, Gibbs Helmoltz Equation, Free Energies of Forma-
tion, phase rule, Clapeyron equation, phase diagram, Ideal and non-ideal solutions,
gases, liquids and solutions, equation of states, Fugacities and their determina-
tion,Entropy and Free Energy of Mixing, Partial Molal Quantities and the Chemical
Potential, Activities and Activity Coefficients, Debye Huckel Theory and Exten-
sions, the Nernst equation, colligative properties, multicomponent phase diagram,
Determination of Activity Coefficients [2 Lectures]
Nonequilibrium Thermodynamics: Postulates and significance of nonequilibrium
thermodynamics, Entropy Production for heat transfer, chemical reactions and dif-
fusion, Onsagers formulation and limitations, Onsagers reciprocity relation verifica-
tion using chemical reactions, electrokinetic and thermoelectric effects-I, Onsagers
reciprocity relation verification using chemical reactions, electrokinetic and thermo-
electric effects-II, Conductance of electrolytes using Onsagers approach.

ˆ Unit-III

ˆ Electrochemistry and Kinetics of Electrode reactions [6 Lectures]

ˆ Electrochemistry: Introduction and over view of electrochemical pro-

cesses [4 Lectures]
Electrochemical cell and reactions, Faradic and nonfaradiac processes, electrochem-
ical Experiments and variables in electrochemical cells, Basic electrochemical ther-
modynamics, free energy and cell EMF, half reaction and reduction potentials,
formal potentials , reference electrodes , measurements of potential differences,
Electrochemical potentials, liquid junction potential.

411
 ˆ Kinetics of Electrode reactions [8 Lectures]
Essentials of electrode reactions, Butler Volmmer Model for electrode kinetics, One
step, one electron process tLecturesough potential energy diagram, standard rate
constants and transfer coefficients, equilibrium condition and exchange current,

Text Books:
1. Donald A Mcquarrie and Simon, Molecular Thermodynamics, Viva Books Pri-
vate Limited, 2010.
2. J.O.M Bokris and A.K.N, Reddy, Modern Electrochemistry, Volume 1 and 2,
Plenum Press, 1970.
3. A.J. Bard and L.R. Faulkner, Electrochemical Methods, 2nd Edition, John
Wiley and Sons, 2001.

Reference Books:
1. Glasstone, Chemical Thermodynamics, Lightning Source, 2007.
2. Thomas Engel and Philips Reid, Physical Chemistry, 3rd Edition, Pearson Educa-
tion, 2013.
3. Berry Rice and Ross, Physical Chemistry books, 2nd Edition, OUP, 2000.

5.35 CY 515 : Advanced Inorganic Spectroscopy

Course Code: CY 515
Course Name : Advanced Inorganic Spectroscopy
L-T-P-C : 3-0-0-3
Intended for : PG and PhD level
Prerequisite : Basic understanding of physical chemistry and preliminary knowledge
of quantum mechanics, or with instructor’s approval.
Mutual Exclusion : None
Approval: 45th BoA

Course Contents:
ˆ Electron Paramagnetic Resonance Spectroscopy: Origin of EPR signals, g-
factor, Presentation of the EPR spectrum, Hyperfine splitting: from protons and
from Nuclei I ¿ 1/2, Origin of hyperfine interaction, Contributions to the hyperfine
interactions in isotropic systems, Anisotropic Effects: Anisotropy in the g value,
EPR of triplet states, nuclear quadrupole interaction, line widths, Experimental
considerations and application of EPR. (10 hours)
ˆ Magnetic Circular Dichroism Spectroscopy: Differences with CD, Theoretical
Framework: Definition of MCD Terms, Measurement of MCD Spectra, The Inter-
pretation of MCD Spectra, Case Studies; Diamagnetic Systems (A and B terms)
and Paramagnetic Systems (C Terms) Magnetic Vibrational Circular Dichroism
(MVCD) and X-Ray magnetic Circular Dichroism (XMCD), Application. (6 hours)

412
 ˆ Nuclear Quadrupole Resonance Spectroscopy: Nuclear quadrupole moment,
Energies of nuclear quadrupole transitions, Effect of magnetic field on the spectra,
Relationship between electric field gradient and molecular structure, Applications,
Interpretations of structural information from NQR spectra. (6 hours)

ˆ Mossbauer Spectroscopy: The Mossbauer effect, Line width, Recoil energy,

Mössbauer active nuclei, Isomer shift, Quadrupole splitting, Magnetic hyperfine
interactions, Mossbauer spectroscopy vs. Chemical bond, Structure determination
and Analytical applications. (7 hours)

ˆ Photoelectron Spectroscopy: Auger electron spectroscopy, Photoionization pro-

cess, Spin-orbit Coupling, X-ray Photoelectron spectroscopy, Electron Energy Loss
Spectroscopy (EELS). (6 hours)

ˆ X-ray Absorption and Emission Spectroscopy: Introduction of X-ray ab-

sorption spectroscopy (XAS), X-ray emission spectrum (XES), X-ray Absorption
spectrum, Theory of X-Ray Absorption Near Edge Structure (XANES) and Ex-
tended X-ray Absorption Fine Structure (EXAFS), Application. (7 hours)

Laboratory/practical/tutorial Modules:
None

Text books:
1. D. N. Sathyanarayana., Handbook of Molecular Spectroscopy: From Radio
waves to gamma rays, I. K. International Publishing House Pvt. Ltd. 2019.

2. Russell S. Drago, Physical Methods in Inorganic Chemistry,Van Nostrand

Reinhold, 2016.

References:
1. Jack D. Graybeal, Molecular Spectroscopy, McGraw Hill Education Private
Limited, 1988.

2. G. Aruldhas, Molecular Structure and Spectroscopy, PHI Learning Private

Limited, Delhi, 2019.

3. ditor(s): Jeroen A. Van Bokhoven, Carlo Lamberti, X-Ray Absorption and X-

Ray Emission Spectroscopy: Theory and Applications, John Wiley & Sons,
Ltd, 2016.

4. Editors: Edward I. Solomon, A. B. P. Lever, Inorganic Electronic Structure

and Spectroscopy, Volume I: Methodology and Volume II: Application
and Case Studies, John Wiley & Sons, Inc., 2006.

5. Skoog, West and Holler, Fundamentals of Analytical Chemistry, Saunders’s

College publishing, 2013.

6. W. Roy Mason, A Practical Guide to Magnetic Circular Dichroism Spec-

troscopy, Wiley-Interscience, 2007.

413
5.36 CY 521: Mathematics for Chemist
Course Code: CY 521
Course Name: Mathematics for Chemist
L-T-P-C: 3-0-0-3
Prerequisites: None
Intended for: UG/PG
Distribution: Elective
Approval: 8th Senate

Course Contents
ˆ Linear Algebra [14 Lectures]
Scalars and Vectors: vector, a summary of vectors and representation of 3-D co-
ordinates, Vector Products, Vector Spaces, orthonormal basis set, vector functions,
differentiation and integration of vector functions, gradient, divergence and Curl,
line integral, Surface integral, volume integrals, Linear independence, basis, curvi-
linear coordinates, Laplacian, Greens theorem, Stokes theorem, Tensors
Matrix Algebra: Matrix and determinants, Rank, Matrix Algebra, diagonalization,
Matrix property, Matrix functions, Eigen values, Eigen vectors,
Applications: Visualization in quantum chemistry, Symmetry and group theory,
Spectroscopy

ˆ Calculus [14 Lectures]

Functions, Variables, Bessel functions, basic rules of differentiation, maxima and
minima, exact and inexact differential, partial differentiation (limits), rules of in-
tegration, definite and indefinite integrals, first and second order differential equa-
tions, linear homogeneous/inhomogeneous equations, general solution and partic-
ular solution, polynomials, Taylor and McLaurin series, Fourier series and Fourier
transforms, power series method
Calculus of Several Variables: Functions of More Than One Variable, An Intro-
duction to Partial Derivatives, Differentiability and the Gradient, The Chain Rule,
Derivatives of Integrals, The Total Differential, the method of Lagrange Multipliers,
multiple integrals
Applications: Kinetics, Quantum Chemistry, thermodynamics
Special Functions: integral functions, interpolation, delta function

ˆ Analytical geometry and Data Analysis [14 Lectures]

Analytical geometry: Properties of different graphs and plotting of them, under-
standing of any kind of scientific equation- plotting of them and interpreting the
physical significance of the plot. Relevant especially for thermodynamic, kinetic
and radioactive study, general application in all fields of chemistry
Data Analysis: Data Plotting, least square fitting, concept of floating points, inter-
polation, asymptotic analysis, error analysis, random numbers, correlations.

414
Text books:
1. R.G.Mortimer, Mathematics for Physical Chemists, Academic Press, 2005.

2. Charles L. Perrin, Mathematics for Chemists, Wiley-Inter science, 1970.

3. Donald A. McQuarrie, Mathematical Methods for Scientists and Engineers,

University Science Books, 2003.

References Books:
1. E. Steiner, The Chemical Maths Book, 2nd Edition, Oxford University Press,
2008.

2. Martin C. R. Cockett and Graham Doggett, Maths for Chemists, Volumes 1 and
2, Royal Society of Chemistry, Cambridge Press, 2003.

5.37 CY 522: Computational Chemistry

Course Code: CY 522
Course Name: Computational Chemistry
L-T-P-C: 3-0-0-3
Prerequisites: CY 521 Mathematics for Chemistry & CY 512 Advanced Quantum Chem-
istry
Intended for: UG/PG
Distribution: Core
Approval: 9th Senate
Note: Course ran with CY 502; Course Code changed from CY 502 to CY 522 in 9th
Senate

Course Contents
ˆ Introduction to Computational Chemistry
Scope of computational chemistry, Numerical Methods (algorithms), Molecular Me-
chanics / Force Field Methods, molecular dynamics, Born-Oppenheimer approxi-
mation, potential energy surfaces, local and global minima, transition states. [16
Lectures]

ˆ Basics of Approximate methods

Variational method, Hartree-Fock method. Molecular orbital theory, Slater de-
terminants, anti- symmetry principle, restricted and unrestricted references, self-
consistent-field (SCF) procedure. [6 Lectures]

ˆ Use of Approximate methods

Basis sets, Hartree-Fock algorithm, Electronic spin degeneracy, evaluating the spin
of Slater determinants, computational simplification using Group Theory, Semi-
empirical methods, Geometry optimization. [6 Lectures]

415
 ˆ Thermodynamic Properties
Intrinsic reaction coordinate (IRC) analysis, Introduction to analytic gradient the-
ory, Transition state theory, statistical mechanics, and thermodynamic properties.
[8 Lectures]
ˆ Advanced Methods
Electron correlation, Configuration interaction, Many-body perturbation theory.
Comparing the performance of electronic structure theories. [6 Lectures]
Unit 6:
ˆ Hands on experience
Hands on experience on the use of computational chemistry packages & understand-
ing of experiments done in Laboratory courses. [0 Lecture]

Textbooks:
1. F. Jensen, Introduction to Computational Chemistry, 2nd Edition, John
Wiley & Sons, 2007.
2. A. Szabo and N. S. Ostlund, Modern Quantum Chemistry, 2nd Edition, McGraw-
Hill, 1989.

Reference Books:
1. D. A. McQuarrie, Quantum Chemistry, Viva Books, 2011.
2. Ira N. Levine, Quantum Chemistry, Prentice-Hall, 1991.
3. F. A. Cotton, Chemical Applications of Group Theory, 3rd Edition, Wiley-
Interscience, 1990.
4. C. J. Cramer, Essentials of Computational Chemistry, 2nd Edition, John
Wiley & Sons, 2004.
5. A. R. Leach, Molecular Modelling: Principle and Applications, Prentice-
Hall, 2001.
6. D. Young, Computational Chemistry, John Wiley & Sons, New York, 2001.
7. E. G. Lewar, Computational Chemistry: Introduction to the Theory and
Applications of Molecular and Quantum Mechanics, Springer, 2003.

5.38 CY 523 : Colloids and Interface Science and Technology

Course Code: CY 523
Course Name : Colloids and Interface Science and Technology
L-T-P-C : 3-0-0-3
Intended for : PG
Prerequisite : B.Sc./B.Tech. with Chemistry as a subject or consent of the instructor
Mutual Exclusion : None
Approval: 46th BoA

416
Course Contents:
ˆ Introduction to Colloids: Introduction: applications and importance of colloid
chemistry, definition, classification and physical properties of colloids, colloids in
nature, stability of colloids, electrostatic, steric and electrosteric stabilization, syn-
thesis of colloids, self-assembly, micelles, reverse micelles, critical micellar concen-
tration and its determination, interfaces, commonly observed interfacial phenom-
ena, applications, phase diagram, structure and rheology of surfactant solutions. (8
Hours)

ˆ Interactions in Colloids: Origin of van der Waals interactions, van der Waals
interactions between particles, Hamaker constant, effect of medium on van der
Waals interactions, van der Waals forces in nature. (6 Hours)

ˆ Colloid Polymer Interactions: Colloid-polymer mixtures, phase diagram, polymer-

solvent interaction, effect of polymer addition on colloidal dispersion, factors affect-
ing phase behavior, depletion interactions, steric interactions. (4 Hours)

ˆ Electrical Double Layer : Surface charge origin, electrical double layer, Helmholtz
model, Gouy Chapman model, Debye Huckel approximation, structure of double
layer, DLVO theory. (6 Hours)

ˆ Electrokinetics and Particles at Interfaces: Electrokinetic phenomenon, elec-

trophoretic mobility, zeta potential, Schultz-Hardy rule, colloidal particles at inter-
face, contact angle, HLB. (4 Hours)

ˆ Characterization of Colloids: Dynamic and static light scattering – Light scat-

tering by objects, Scattering by small and large particles, experimental aspects of
light scattering, dynamic light scattering, particle size, particle shape, particle sur-
face functionalization, response to stimuli, particle density, surface area, surface
charge, viscosity. (6 Hours)

ˆ Advanced Functional Colloids and Interfaces: Applications of colloids and

interface science in superhydrophobic surface, functional coatings, nanocompos-
ites, detergents, personal-care products, pharmaceuticals, food, textile, paint and
petroleum industries, Particle adsorption to interfaces, energy of attachment, wet-
ting, interaction forces, microstructure and rheology of particle laden interfaces,
emulsions and foams. (8 Hours)

Laboratory/practical/tutorial Modules:
NA

Textbooks:
1. P. C. Hiemenz and R. Rajagopalan, Principles of Colloid and Surface Chem-
istry, 3rd Edition Revised and Expanded, CRC Press, 1997.

2. J. C. Berg, An Introduction to Interfaces and Colloids: The Bridge to

Nanoscience, World Scientific, 2010.

417
References:
1. J. Israelachvili, Intermolecular and Surface Forces, 3rd Edition, Academic
Press (Elsevier), 2011.

2. Paul C. Hiemenz, Principles of Colloid and Surface Chemistry, Marcel Dekker,

any edition starting with the 2nd edition, 1986.

3. Carel J. van Oss, Interfacial Forces in Aqueous Media, Marcel dekker or Taylor
& Francis, 1994.

4. R. J. Hunter, Foundations of Colloid Science, Oxford University Press, 2005.

5. Related journal articles

5.39 CY 524: Basic and Applied Electrochemistry

Course number : CY 524
Course Name : Basic and Applied Electrochemistry
Credit : 3-0-0-3 Distribution : L-T-P-C
Intended for : M.Sc Chemistry, MTech, PhD
Prerequisite : Undergraduate level Physical Chemistry courses
Mutual Exclusion :
Approval: 50th BoA

Course Contents:
ˆ Interfacial Electrochemistry: Introduction and over view of electrochemical pro-
cesses, Basic electrochemical thermodynamics, free energy, Nernst Equation, half
reaction and electrochemical potentials, formal potentials, liquid junction poten-
tial, Faradic and non-Faradaic processes, electrode-electrolyte interface, electrical
double layer, polarizable and non-polarizable interfaces, Pourbaix diagram, ther-
modynamics of batteries. (8 Hours)

ˆ Kinetics of Electrode reactions and Measurements: Essentials of electrode

reactions, Butler Volmmer Model for electrode kinetics, one step-one electron pro-
cess through potential energy diagram, standard rate constants, symmetry factor
and transfer coefficients, Tafel slops, equilibrium condition and exchange current,
mechanistic criteria; diffusion, activation phenomena, electron transfer theories,
Marcus Theory, electrochemical transport process. (8 Hours)

ˆ Techniques for electrochemical methods: Current-potential relationship; meth-

ods of measurement of kinetic parameters; over potential, electrochemical Exper-
iments and variables in electrochemical cells, reference electrode, three electrode
cell, supporting electrolyte, steady state and potential step techniques; polarog-
raphy; cyclic voltammetry; chronomethods; convective diffusion systems: rotating
disc and ring disc electrodes; microelectrodes; impedance techniques - concepts and
applications, Equivalent Circuit Dynamics, differential pulse voltammetry, square
wave voltammetry, linear sweep voltammetry. (14 Hours)

418
 ˆ Application of Electrochemistry: Pourbaix Diagram and relation to electro-
chemistry Fundamentals of batteries: primary, secondary, reserve batteries; solid
state and molten solvent- batteries; heterogeneous catalysis, sensor, fuel cells, photo-
electrochemical solar cells and conversion of solar energy, Corrosion – fundamentals
and applications. (10 Hours)

ˆ Laboratory/practical/tutorial Modules: 0

Text books:
1. J.O.M Bokris and A.K.N, Reddy, Modern Electrochemistry, Volume 1 and 2,
Plenum Press, 1998.

2. A.J. Bard and L.R. Faulkner, Electrochemical Methods, 2nd Edition, John
Wiley and Son, 2001.

References:
1. Scientists A. E.Gileadi, Electrode Kinetics for Chemists, Chemical Engineers
and Material, VCH 1993.

2. Berry Rice and Ross, Physical Chemistry published, 2nd Edition, OUP, 2000.

5.40 CY 541: Fundamentals of Organic Chemistry

Course Code: CY 541
Course Name: Fundamentals of Organic Chemistry
L-T-P-C: 3-0-0-3
Prerequisites: B.Sc. (with Chemistry) or Teachers consent
Intended for: UG/PG
Distribution: Elective

Approval: 8th Senate

Course Contents
ˆ Structure and Bonding
Review of basic principles of structure and bonding, application of acid base con-
cepts, HSAB theory, aromaticity and antiaromaticity, Hckels rule, anti-aromaticity,
y-aromaticity, homo- aromaticity n-annulenes, heteroannulene, fullerenes, C-60,
cryptates, Bonds weaker than covalent; addition compounds, inclusion compounds,
crown ethers, cyclodextrins, catenanes and rotaxanes. [10 Lectures]

ˆ Stereochemistry
Conformational analysis of alkanes and cycloalkanes, effect of conformation on re-
activity. Elements of symmetry, chirality, molecules with more than one chiral cen-
ter, projection formulae (i) Fischer (ii) Sawhorse (iii) Newman (iv) Flying Wedge;

419
 tLectureseo and erytLectureso isomers, methods of resolution, optical purity, enan-
tiotopic and diastereotopic atoms, groups and faces, stereospecific and stereose-
lective synthesis, Asymmetric synthesis. Optical activity in the absence of chiral
carbon. Axis and planar chirality. Absolute configuration of chiral centers. [12
Lectures]
ˆ Reaction mechanism
Structure and Reactivity: Types of mechanisms, types of reactions, thermody-
namic and kinetic requirements, Hammond postulate, Curtin-Hammett principle,
transition states and intermediates, methods of determining mechanisms, isotopic
effects. Generation, structure, stability and reactivity of carbocations, carbanions,
free radicals, carbenes and nitrenes. Effect of structure on reactivity.The Hammett
equation and linear free energy relationship (sigma-rho) relationship, Taftequation.
[12 Lectures]
ˆ Oxidation, Reduction and Rearrangements [8 Lectures]
Oxidation: Different oxidative processes. Hydrocarbons, carbonyl compounds,
amines, hydrazines and sulphides.
Reduction: Different reductive processes. Hydrocarbons, carbonyl compounds, ni-
tro, nitroso, azo and oxime groups. Hydrogenolysis.
Rearrangements: General mechanistic considerations, nature of migration, migra-
tory aptitude, nucleophilic, electrophilic and free radical rearragnement. A detailed
study of various arrangements reactions.

Text Books:
1. F. A. Carey and R. A. Sundberg, Advanced Organic Chemistry, Part A:
Structure and Mechanisms, 5th edition, Springer, 2007.
2. D. Nasipuri, Stereochemistry of Organic Compounds, Wiley, 1994.
3. E. J. Eliel, Stereochemistry of Carbon Compounds, McGraw Hill

References:
1. D. G. Morris, Stereochemistry, RSC Tutorial Chemistry Text 1, 2001.
2. S. H. Pine, Organic Chemistry, McGraw Hill, 1987.
3. J. March, Advanced Organic Chemistry, John Wiley & Sons, 1992.

5.41 CY 547: Chemical Crystallography

Course Code : CY 547
Course Name : Chemical Crystallography
L-T-P-C : 2-0-2-3
Prerequisites : Consent of Teacher
Students intended for : M.Sc., Ph.D.
Elective or Compulsory : Elective

420
 Approval: 5th Senate

Course Contents
ˆ Unit 1 Crystallography overview, X-ray generation, properties of X-rays, crys-
tal lattices, the unit cell and crystal systems, Bravais lattices, lattice planes and
hkl indices, Braggs law, reciprocal lattice, structure factors and phase problem.
[3Lectures]

ˆ Unit 2
Crystal symmetry, symmetry elements, space groups, asymmetric unit, Laue groups,
systematic absences. [4Lectures]

ˆ Unit 3
Experimental methods, crystal growth, crystal mounting, four circle diffractometer,
area detectors, data reduction, absorption correction. [4Lectures]

ˆ Unit 4
Structure solution and refinement, Patterson methods and Direct methods, least
squares refinement, crystallographic R-values, refinement techniques. [6 Lectures]

ˆ Unit 5
Anomalous dispersion and Absolute Structure, chiral and polar space groups, dis-
orders, twinning, space group errors. [5 Lectures]

ˆ Unit 6
Interpretation and presentation of results, crystallographic information file, checkcif,
bond lengths and angles, torsion angles, Ortep plots, crystallographic literature and
data bases. [6 Lectures]

ˆ Topics to be covered in practical sessions [28 Lectures]

Using appropriate sample crystals, practical training will be given on the follow-
ing topics: crystal selection and mounting, unit cell determination and setting up
data collection strategy, data reduction and absorption correction using the soft-
ware package provided, structure solution and refinement using SHELX/ provided
package, preparation of cif file, checkcif and preparation of ortep diagram and other
publication data of the structure. Brief training will be given in structure refinement
of special cases like those with twinning, disorders etc. using standard structural
data available on internet resources. Data base search.

Text Books:
1. Werner Massa, Crystal Structure Determination, 4th Edition, Springer, 2010.

References:
1. J. P. Glusker, M. Lewis M. Rossi, Crystal Structure Analysis for Chemists
and Biologist, VCH, 1994.

421
 2. M. M. Woolfson, An Introduction to X-ray Crystallography, 2nd Edition,Cambridge
University Press, 1997.

3. M. F. C. Ladd, R. A. Palmer, Structure Determination by X-ray Crystallog-

raphy: Analysis by X-rays and Neutrons, 5th Edition, Springer, 2012.

4. The SHELX-97 Software Manual.

5.42 CY 550: Bioinspired Materials

Course Code : CY 550
Course Name : Bioinspired Materials
L-T-P-C : 3-0-0-3
Prerequisites : IC 130 and IC 241 /or permission from instructor

Students intended for: B.Tech. (all branches), M.Sc., M.Tech., M.S. and Ph.D.

Elective or Compulsory: Elective

Approval: Not Approved; Approved one time 8th Senate

Course Contents
ˆ Fundamental Principles
Biomimicry introduction; design concepts; typical examples; intelligent life; mul-
tiscale hierarchical structures; heterogeneous interfaces; high strength materials;
biomimetic strategies and materials processing [8 Lectures]

ˆ Concepts and Processes

Bioinspired synthesis of nanostructures; supramolecular chemistry; self-assembly;
controlled assembly; biomineralization; stimuli-responsive behavior; self-replication;
self-healing; self-cleaning; anti-reflection; anti-fouling; wettability; adhesion; scaf-
folds; multi-functionality; sensing; transduction; camouflage; swam intelligence;
fabrication and replication of biological systems [12 Lectures]

ˆ Technological Applications
Artificial photosynthesis; renewable energy; biofuels; photovoltaics; catalysis; ion
channels; medical diagnostics; drug delivery; tissue engineering; prosthetics; elec-
tronics; photonics; optics; fog harvesting; water filtration; defense; robotics; aero-
nautics; other new technological applications; review of current research. [12 Lec-
tures]

ˆ Investigation Tools [10 Lectures]

High resolution optical microscopy; scanning electron microscopy; transmission elec-
tron microscopy; scanning probe microscopies; x-ray absorption spectroscopy; x-ray
tomography; x-ray scattering; x-ray photoelectron spectroscopy; time-of flight sec-
ondary ion mass spectrometry; neutron scattering; single molecule probes; theoret-
ical modeling and computer simulations

422
Text books:
1. L. Jiang, L. Feng, Bioinspired Intelligent Nanostructured Interfacial Ma-
terials, World Scientific Publishing Company, 2010.

2. S. Mann (Ed.), Biomimetic Materials Chemistry, Wiley-VCH, 1995.

Further readings:
1. Y. Zhou, Bio-Inspired Nanomaterials and Nanotechnology, Nova Science
Publishers, 2009.

2. C. S. S. R. Kumar (Ed.), Biomimetic and Bioinspired Nanomaterials, Wiley-

VCH, 2010.

3. Y. Bar-Cohen, Biomimetics: Biologically Inspired Technologies, CRC Press,

2005.

4. Youtube Channel: http://www.youtube.com/functionalsurfaces

5.43 CY 552: Hydrogen Generation and Storage

Course Code: CY 552
Course Name: Hydrogen Generation and Storage
L-T-P-C:3-0-0-3
Prerequisites:None
Intended for:UG/PG.
Distribution: Elective for B. Tech (3rd year), M. Tech. (Energy Materials), M.Sc Chem-
istry and Ph. D. students
Approval: 9th Senate

Course Contents
ˆ Production of Hydrogen
Different methods of hydrogen production, Renewable electrolysis, Steam Methane
Reforming, Gasification of coal and other hydrocarbon, partial oxidation of hy-
drocarbon, Hydrogen from biomass, hydrogen generation from wind energy, water
electrolysis, Thermonuclear/other methods and solar energy for hydrogen genera-
tion. The course will include at least few Lectures of elaborate study and description
about each of the method of hydrogen production. [12 Lectures]

ˆ Hydrogen Handling and transport

Major issues regarding the handling of hydrogen and safety requirement .Materi-
als issues : hydrogen embrittlement, Hydrogen leakage and monitoring, hydrogen
sensors, Liquid hydrogen: liquefaction costs and low temperature, Pipelines for hy-
drogen transport-main issue. Few Lectures will be given on these above issues with
detailed discussion. Emphasis will be given on the role of materials science in the
improvement of the handling of hydrogen. [12 Lectures]

423
 ˆ Hydrogen Storage
Hydrogen storage requirements: what is crucial? Metal Hydride requirements for
hydrogen storage for mobile application, Onboard hydrogen storage system for light-
duty vehicles,Hydrogen storage: materials point of view, Storage tLecturesough
surface adsorption: nanocarbon, metal organic framework, Conventional metal hy-
drides, Light metal hydrides, ClatLecturesates for hydrogen storage. Material Sci-
entists point of view: scope of research on the materials for hydrogen storage, their
stability under loading and unloading of hydrogen. [12 Lectures]

ˆ Hydrogen R & D Opportunities

Safe handling and safe storage of hydrogen for long term usage, Evaluation of
the technique for hydrogen generation, Codes and safety: hydrogen technology
standards

Text books:
1. Ram B Gupta (Editor), Hydrogen Fuel Production, Transport and Storage,
CRC, 2008.

Reference Books:
1. A.J. Bard and L.R. Faulkner, Electrochemical Methods, 2nd Edition, John
Wiley and Son, 2001.

2. Marc Koper, Andrzej Wieckowski, (Editors), Fuel Cell Catalysis: A Surface

Science Approach, Wiley-Interscience, 2009.

3. Marie-Ccile Pera (Editor), Daniel Hissel (Editor), Hamid Gualous (Editor), Christophe
Turpin (Editor), Electrochemical Components (Electrical Engineering), Wiley-
ISTE, 2013

5.44 CY 553: Organic Inorganic Spectroscopy

Course Code: CY 553
Course Name: Organic Inorganic Spectroscopy
L-T-P-C: 3-0-0-3
Prerequisites: B.Sc in Sciences with Chemistry as main subject
Intended for: PG
Distribution: Elective for Masters in Chemistry
Approval: 9th Senate

Course Contents
ˆ Recapitulation of UV, IR, NMR and Mass spectroscopy (In this module the
elaborated syllabus has been included for a better idea of the topics to be covered)
UV includes: Color and light absorption, the cLecturesomophore concept. The-
ory of electronic spectroscopy, orbitals involved and electronic transitions, effect of
solvent and conjugation on max. Woodward Fieser rules e.t.c.

424
 IR includes: Molecular vibrations and modes of vibrations. Factors influencing vi-
brational frequencies vibrational coupling, hydrogen bonding, conjugation, induc-
tive, mesomeric (resonance), field effects and bond angles, application to identify
functional groups.
NMR includes: Nuclear spins resonance, chemical shift and its measurement. Re-
laxation processes, factors influencing chemical shift. Shielding, deshielding and
anisotropic effects. Effect of restricted rotation, concentration temperature and
hydrogen bonding. Spin coupling (simple and complex), mechanism of coupling.
Mass includes: Introduction, Mass spectrum and Metastable ion peak, Determi-
nation of molecular formula and recognition of molecular ion peak and the Nitro-
gen rule, Molecular formula and index of Hydrogen deficiency, General rules of
fragmentation and the McLafferty rearrangement, Fragmentations associated with
functional groups.
Structure elucidation of organic compounds by joint applications of IR, NMR and
Mass spectroscopy. [12 Lectures]

ˆ Circular DicLecturesoism (This is a new module introduced on the suggestions

of reviewers)
Theory of polarized light, optical activity and optically active molecules, Cotton
effects, CD, Octet Rule, Experimental Techniques, Applications. [6 Lectures]

ˆ Nuclear Quadrupole Resonance Spectroscopy

Introduction, energies of quardrupole transitions, effect of magnetic field on the
spectra, relationship between electric field gradient and molecular structure, appli-
cations, interpretations of structural information from NQR spectra. [7 Lectures]

ˆ Mossbauer Spectroscopy
The Mossbauer effect, the Mossbauer active nuclei.. The chemical isomer shift.
The quadrupole splitting, magnetic hyperfine interactions. Mossbauer spectroscopy
applied to study nature of chemical bond, structural determination and analytical
applications. [8 Lectures]

ˆ Electron Paramagnetic Resonance Spectroscopy

Introduction, Principles, Presentation of the spectrum, hyperfine splitting in isotropic
systems involving more than one nucleus, Contributions to the hyperfine coupling
constant in isotropic systems. Anisotropic Effects: Anisotropy in the g value, EPR
of triplet states, nuclear quadrupole interaction, line widths, EPR applications. [9
Lectures]

Text and Reference Books:

1. R. V. Parish, NMR, NQR, EPR and Mossbauer Spectroscopy In Inorganic
Chemistry, Elis Horwood Limited.

2. Robert M. Silverstein, Francis X. Webster, David J. Kiemle, David L. Bryce, Spec-

trometric Identification of Organic Compound, John Wiley and Sons.

3. William Kemp, Organic Spectroscopy, Macmillan.

425
 4. Russell S. Drago, Physical Methods in Inorganic Chemistry, Van Nostrand
Reinhold.

5. Skoog, West and Holler, Fundamentals of Analytical Chemistry, Saunderss

College publishing.

6. Field, Sternhell & Kalman, Organic structures from Spectra, John Wiley and
Sons.

5.45 CY 554: Science and Technology of Nanomaterials

Course Code: CY 554
Course Name: Science and Technology of Nanomaterials
L-T-P-C: 3-0-0-3
Prerequisites: None
Intended for: UG/PG
Distribution: Elective for B.Tech (all Branches), M.Sc. (Chemistry) & Ph.D.
Approval: 9th Senate

Course Contents
ˆ Module I
Fundamentals of nanoscience, surface and volume, surface energy, classification of
Nanostructures [10 Lectures]

ˆ Module II
Synthesis of nanomaterials, Top down, bottom up, particle stabilization in colloids,
thin film deposition technologies; CVD, PVD, PLD, ALD [7 Lectures]

ˆ Module III
Advanced Characterisation techniques: scanning probe microscopy, scanning elec-
tron microscopy, transmission electron microscopy [7 Lectures]

ˆ Module IV
Interesting nanomaterials: metals, semiconductors, metal oxides, Fullerenes, Car-
bon nantubes, graphene6Applications: Energy materials, Catalysts, sensors, display
systems, nanobiotechology, Biomimetics.[8 Lectures]

ˆ Module V
Societal implications of nanotechnology: Ethical aspects, Nanotoxicology [2 Lec-
trues]

ˆ Quiz I & Quiz II [2 Lectures]

426
Text Books:
1. C. P. Poole (Jr.) and F. J. Owens, Introduction to Nanotechnology, Wiley
Interscience.

2. M.D. Ventra, S. Evoy, J.R. Heflin Jr. (Eds.), Introduction to Nanoscale Science
and Technology, Kluwer Academic Publishers.

Reference Books:
1. L. M. Liz-Marsan and P. V. Kamat, Nanoscale Materials, Kluwer Academic
Publishers.

2. G. L. Hornyak , H.F. Tibbals, J. Dutta and J. J. Moore, Introduction to Nanoscience

and Nanotechnology, CRC Press.

3. G. Cao, Nanostructures & Nanomaterials: Synthesis, Properties & Ap-

plications, Imperial College Press, 2004.

4. D. A. Bonnel, Scanning Probe Microscopy and Spectroscopy: Theory,

Techniques and Applications, 2nd Edition, Wiley-VCH.

5. D. B. Williams & C. B. Carter, Transmission Electron Microscopy: A Text-

book for Materials Science, 2nd Edition, Springer 2009.

5.46 CY 555: Introduction to Polymer Science & Technology

Course Code: CY 555
Course Name: Introduction to Polymer Science & Technology
L-T-P-C: 3-0-0-3
Prerequisites: IC 130 for B.Tech students
Intended for: UG/PG
Distribution: Elective for B.Tech. (all Branches), M.Tech./M.Sc. (Chemistry & all
branches), & Ph.D. students
Approval: 24th Senate

Course Contents
ˆ Introduction to polymers
History and recent developments, monomers, oligomers, polymers and their char-
acteristics, classification and nomenclature of polymers, physical state of polymers,
Tg, Tc, molecular weight and MWD, natural polymers [6 Lectures]

ˆ Radical polymerization Mechanism, kinetics, chain transfer, autoacceleration,

gel effect, copolymerization, reactivity ratios, composition of copolymers, living
radical polymerization: ATRP and RAFT. [6 Lectures]

ˆ Ionic polymerization Mechanism and kinetics of cationic and anionic polymer-

ization[5 Lectures]

427
 ˆ Stereospecific polymerization Stereoisomerism, complex catalyst polymeriza-
tion [2 Lectures]

ˆ Step growth polymerization

Kinetics, step copolymerization, detailed methods for the preparation of polyesters,
polyamides, polycarbonates etc., high performance polymers [6 Lectures]

ˆ Techniques of polymerization Bulk, solution, emulsion, suspension, melt poly-

condensation, solution polycondensation, interfacial and gas phase. [3 Lectures]

ˆ Polymer characterization Molecular weight by GPC, light scattering, osmotic

pressure etc., IR, UV, NMR, TGA, DSC, radiation scattering: SAXS, WAXS, DLS.
[8 Lectures]

ˆ Processing, testing and applications of polymer materials

Extrusion, molding, tensile, impact, flexural testing, adhesives, foam, polymer
fibers, catalysis, environment care, medicine etc. [6 Lectures]

Text Books:
1. V. R. Gowarikar, N. V. Viswanathan, J. Sreedhar, Polymer Science, 3rd Edition,
New Age International. Wiley, 2019.

2. F. W. Billmeyer, Textbook of Polymer Science, 3rd Edition, Wiley, 2007.

Reference Books:
1. G. Odian, Principles of polymerization, 4th Edition, Wiley, 2004.

2. P. C. Heimenz, T. P. Lodge, Polymer Chemistry, 2nd Edition, CRC press, 2007.

3. C. E. Carraher, Seymour/Carraher’s Polymer Chemistry, 6th Edition, Marcel

Dekker, 2003.

4. J. M. G. Cowie, Polymers: Chemistry and Physics of Modern Materials,

3rd Edition, CRC Press, 2007.

5. H. F. Mark, Encyclopedia of Polymer Science and Technology, 3rd Edition,

Wiley, 2004.

5.47 CY 556: Organic Spectroscopy

Course Code: CY 556
Course Title : Organic Spectroscopy
L-T-P-C : 3-0-0-3
Prerequisites : Intended for : MSc Chemistry and PhD (any discipline)
Distribution : Elective Course
Approval: 43rd BoA

428
Course Contents
ˆ UV Spectroscopy
Introduction, Principle of UV spectroscopy, Concept of cLecturesomophore, Solvent
effect, Fluorescence and phosphorescence, Characteristic absorption of organic com-
pounds, Woodward-Fieser rules for dienes and enones, Substituent effects, Model
compound studies. [4 Lectures]

ˆ Infra-red (IR) Spectroscopy Introduction, Molecular vibrations, factors influ-

encing molecular frequencies, Infrared spectrometer, application of IR spectroscopy
for identification of functional groups. [4 Lectures]

ˆ Mass Spectroscopy
Basic principle, Ionization methods, Determination of molecular weight and molecu-
lar formula, Molecular ion and its recognition, Fragmentation and rearrangements,
Examples of organic compounds from different classes such as hydrocarbon, hy-
droxyl compounds, ketones, aldehydes, carboxylic acids and esters, lactones, amines
and amides, nitro compounds, nitriles and heteroaromatic compounds. [4 Lectures]

ˆ 1H NMR Spectroscopy
The NMR Phenomenon, Theory of nuclear magnetic resonance, Chemical shift and
factors affecting chemical shift, integral and integration in proton NMR, Chemi-
cal equivalence and magnetic equivalence, First order and second order spectra,
Spin-spin coupling, Pascals triangle, Coupling constant, Factors influencing cou-
pling constant, A2, AB, and AX spin systems, AMX, ABX and ABC spin system
with tLecturesee coupling constants, D2O exchange, Shift reagents, Effect of chiral
center, 19F and 31P NMR, Structure elucidation of organic compound using 1H
NMR. [12 Lectures]

ˆ 13C NMR Spectroscopy and 2-D NMR spectroscopy

Introduction, Correlation chart for 13C chemical shift, Proton-coupled 13C spec-
tra, Proton-decoupled 13C spectra, carbon-deuterium coupling, NOE effects, Struc-
tural applications of 13C NMR, Fundamentals and applications of DEPT technique
in NMR spectroscopy, Application of 2-D NMR spectroscopic techniques such as
1H-1H COSY, 1H-13C COSY, HMBC and HSQC for structure determination of
complex organic compounds. [10 Lectures]

ˆ Structural Elucidation of Organic Compounds

Interpretation of spectroscopic data of unknown compounds, Application of UV-
Vis, MS, IR and NMR spectroscopic techniques for solving structure of organic
molecules [8 Lectures]

Textbooks:
1. Harald Gunther, NMR Spectroscopy, 2nd Edition, Wiley Publishers.

2. Jeremy K.M. Sanders, Edwin C. Constable, Brian K. Hunter and Clive M. Pearce,
Modern NMR Spectroscopy: A workbook of Chemical Problems, 2nd
Edition, Oxford University Press.

429
 3. Jeffrey H. Simpson, Organic Structure Determination, using 2-D NMR
Spectroscopy, a problem- based approac.

References:
1. Erno Pretsch, Philippe Buhlmann, Martin Badertscher, Structure Determina-
tion of Organic Compounds, Tables of Spectral Data, Springer.
2. Robert M. Silverstein, Francis X. Webster, David Kiemle, Spectrometric Iden-
tification of Organic Compounds, 7th Edition, John Wiley & Sons.
3. William Kemp, Organic Spectroscopy, 3rd Edition, Palgrave Publishers Ltd.

Course Code: CY641

Course Name: Polymer Synthesis
L-T-P-C: 3-0-0-3 Prerequisite: Consent of the faculty member
Students Intended for: B.Tech/MS/PhD
Elective or Core: Elective

Course Contents
ˆ Introduction
Definition, types of polymers, polymer mechanisms, polymer properties. [3 Lec-
tures]
ˆ Step Growth Polymerization
General Theory. Types of step growth polymerization reactions. Gelation [3 Lec-
tures]
ˆ Carbonyl Addition-Elimination Reactions
Polyesters, polyamides, polyimides etc. [6 Lectures]
ˆ Nucleophilic Substitution Reactions Epoxy Resins Multiple Bond Addi-
tion Reactions
Polyurethanes, Diels Alder reactions. [3 Lectures]
ˆ Free Radical Polymerization
Chemistry of free radicals. Initiation, propagation, termination mechanisms and
kinetics, MWD, Free radical coupling reactions, Living free radical polymerizations
[3 Lectures]
ˆ Ionic Polymerization
Cationicandanionic. Ionic polymerization contd. Addition polymerization by radi-
ation. Group transfer polymerization. [6 Lectures]
ˆ Copolymers Free radical copolymerization, Block copolymers, Telechelic poly-
mers, IPN/SIPN, Ring Opening Polymerization [3 Lectures]
ˆ Coordination Polymerization Ziegler-Natta catalysts; stereo regular polymers;
olefin metathesis; metallocene catalysts. Polyacetylenes. [3 Lectures]

430
Text and Reference Books:
1. George Odian, Principles of Polymerization, 4th Edition, Wiley, 2004

2. Malcolm P. Stevens, Polymer Chemistry: An Introduction, 3rd Edition, Ox-

ford, 2011.

Journals

ˆ Macromolecules

ˆ Biomacromolecules

ˆ J.Am. Chem. Soc.

ˆ MacroLetters

ˆ NanoLetters

ˆ Chemistryof Materials

5.48 CY 558 : Inorganic Chemistry for Sustainability

Course Code : CY 558
Course Name : Inorganic Chemistry for Sustainability
L-P-T-C: 3-0-0-3
Intended for: PG and PhD Level
Prerequisites: None
Mutual Exclusion: None
Approval : 57th BoA

Course Contents
ˆ Introduction: Introduction to sustainability, life cycle sustainability assessments,
social dimensions of sustainability, life cycle costing in sustainability assessment-a
case study of remanufactured alternators, valorization, greenhouse gases and green-
house effect, greenhouse gas emission associated with primary metal production,
recycling, downcycling and upcycling of metals, modern trends in inorganic analy-
sis. (5 hours)

ˆ Solvent systems for sustainability: Bio-derived solvents, water as a solvent, liquid

N2, supercritical CO2, CO2 expanded liquids, CO2 switchable solvents. (5 hours)

ˆ Inorganic waste treatment: Recovery of gold from sewage sludge, recovery of gold
carbon-based materials, carbon in pulp method: a case study from Japan, earth re-
cycling from neodymium-iron-boron permanent magnets, development of recycling
technology for rare earth metals by Hitachi: case study, adsorption methods for
metal removal. (6 hours)

431
 ˆ Sustainable water remediation: Reasons and problems related to wastewater, biore-
mediation, zeolites as treatment agents for wastewater, modified silica gels as chelat-
ing sorbents, ionic liquids for water remediation, inorganic hybrid materials for
water remediation, adsorption methods for water treatment, water treatment by
electrocoagulation. (9 hours)
ˆ Sustainable inorganic catalysts for organic transformations: Inorganic catalyst (Re,
Ti, Mn, W) for epoxidation, catalytic epoxidation of oils, fatty derivatives and ter-
penes, (Al, K and Fe) based catalysts for carbonate synthesis, fluorous catalysts
for hydrocarbon oxidation. Metal oxide (CuO, RuO2, WO3, CeO2) supported cat-
alytic transformation involving amination, electrophilic cyclization, C-C coupling
and hydrogenation. (7 hours)
ˆ Sustainable synthesis with microwave irradiation: Microwave assisted controlled
organic synthesis, microwave assisted polymerization, synthesis of inorganic solids
using microwaves, microwave assisted nanoparticle synthesis. (5 hours)

Text books:
1. David A. Atwood (Editor), Sustainable Inorganic Chemistry, Wiley, 2016.
2. F. Cavani, G. Centi, S. Perathoner, and F. Trifiro, Sustainable Industrial Chem-
istry, Wiley-VCH Verlag, 2009.

References:
1. Introduction: Sustainable Chemistry, Chemical Reviews, 118, 369=371, 2018.
2. J. J. M Nelson; E. J. Schelter, Sustainable Inorganic Chemistry: Metal Separations
for Recycling, Inorganic Chemistry, 58, 979=990, 2019.
3. The Materials Science behind Sustainable Metals and Alloys, Chem. Rev., 123,
2436=2608, 2023.
4. New Technology for Gold Recovery, JOGMEC report, Japan Oil, Gas and Metal
National Corporation (JOG-MEC), Tokyo, 1995.
5. Insight; http://www.51report.com/research/3051099.html
6. E. M. Schau, M. Traverso, A. Lehmann and M. Finkbeiner, Sustainability, 3,
2268, 2011.

5.49 CY 600 : Research Methodology for Chemistry

Course Code : CY 600
Course Name : Research Methodology for Chemistry
L-T-P-C : 1-0-0-1
Intended for : PhD
Prerequisite :
Mutual Exclusion:
Approval: 54th BoA

432
Course Contents
ˆ Literature Survey: Literature search via journals and using various search en-
gines. Knowledge of journal abbreviations and parameters, and different publishing
platforms. Citation matrices. (3 Hours)

ˆ Scientific Writing, Communication, and Ethics: Structure of research pa-

per/article/literature review. Scientific writing and presentation techniques. Eth-
ical conduct in scientific research and knowledge of plagiarism detecting tools.
Bioethics in experiments with living organisms. (3 Hours)

ˆ Chemical Safety: Safety protocols in the laboratory, first aid, and emergency
response procedures. Proper disposal methods for waste chemicals. (2 Hours)

ˆ Data Analysis and Chemistry Software: Quantitative and Qualitative data

analysis. Knowledge of data analysis software, data reliability, and validity. Expo-
sure to various chemistry software. (5 Hours)

ˆ Intellectual Property: Briefing about intellectual property, patents, copyrights,

and trademarks. (1 Hour)

Textbooks:
1. NA

References:
1. Fraenkel F. J. & Warren N. E., How to Design and Evaluate Research in
Education, 4th Edition, McGraw-Hill, 2002.

2. Dean, J. R., Jones, A. M., Holmes, D., Reed, R., Weyers, J. & Jones, A., Practical
skills in chemistry, 2nd Edition, Prentice-Hall, 2011.

3. Hibbert, D. B. & Gooding, J. J., Data analysis for chemistry, Oxford University
Press, 2006.

4. Levie, R. de., How to use Excel in analytical chemistry and in general

scientific data analysis, Cambridge University Press, 2001.

5. Chemical safety matters – IUPAC – IPCS, Cambridge University Press, 1992.

6. Internet resources.

5.50 CY 641: Polymer Synthesis

Course Code: CY 641
Course Name: Polymer Synthesis
L-T-P-C: 3-0-0-3
Prerequisites: Consent of the faculty member
Students intended for: B.Tech/MS/PhD
Elective or Core: Elective
Approval: 2nd Senate

433
Course Contents
ˆ Introduction
Definition, types of polymers, polymer mechanisms, polymer properties [3 Lectures]

ˆ STEP GROWTH POLYMERIZATION

General Theory. Types of step growth polymerization reactions.Gelation [3 Lec-
tures]

ˆ CARBONYL ADDITION-ELIMINATION REACTIONS

Polyesters, polyamides, polyimides etc. [6 Lectures]

ˆ NUCLEOPHILIC SUBSTITUTION REACTIONS

Epoxy resins. MULTIPLE BOND ADDITION REACTIONS: Polyurethanes, Diels
Alder reactions. [3 Lectures]

ˆ FREE RADICAL POLYMERIZATION

Chemistry of free radicals. Initiation, propagation, termination mechanisms and
kinetics, MWD, Free radical coupling reactions, Living free radical polymerizations
[3 Lectures]

ˆ IONIC POLYMERIZATION
Cationicandanionic, Addition polymerization by radiation. Group transfer poly-
merization. [6 Lectures]

ˆ COPOLYMERS
Free radical copolymerization, Block copolymers, Telechelic polymers, IPN/SIPN,
Ring Opening Polymerization. [3 Lectures]

ˆ COORDINATION POLYMERIZATION
Ziegler-Natta catalysts; stereo regular polymers; olefin metathesis; metallo cene
catalysts. Polyacetylenes. [3 Lectures]

ˆ Additional Module
biomaterials, nanomaterials etc.

Text Books:
1. George Odian, Principles of Polymerization, 4th Edition, , Wiley, 2004.

2. Malcolm P. Stevens, Polymer Chemistry An Introduction, 3rd Edition, Oxford

University Press, 2011.

434
Journals:
1. Macromolecules

2. Biomacromolecules

3. J.Am. Chem. Soc.

4. MacroLetters

5. NanoLetters

6. Chemistryof Materials

5.51 CY 642: Molecular- and Bio-electronics

Course Code: CY 642
Course Name: Molecular- and Bio-electronics
L-T-P-C : 3-0-0-3
Prerequisites : IC 130 and IC 241 /or permission from instructor
Students intended for : B.Tech. (All branches), M.S. and Ph.D.
Elective or Compulsory : Elective
Approval: 5th Senate

Course Contents
ˆ Molecular electronics
Moores laws and beyond; metallic atom-size contacts; transport tLecturesough
molecular junctions, plastic electronics; liquid crystal devices; single electron de-
vices; logic gates; device fabrication strategies (in detail); tools for molecular elec-
tronics. [8 Lectures]

ˆ Organic electronics
Pi-conjugated molecules; electroactive organic compounds; organic semiconduc-
tors; structure- electronic property relationships; organic electronic devices (OLED,
OPV, OPD, OTFT, OFET); gate dielectrics; flexible polymeric substrates; printed
organic electronics; novel processing techniques; device performance and character-
ization. [8 Lectures]

ˆ Nanoelectronics
Nanowires, nanotubes and nanostructures synthesis, characterization and uses (in
brief); nanowire integrated circuitry; nanostructure enabled chemical sensing; supra
molecular bioelectronics nanostructures; quantum dot devices; electromechanical
actuators. [8 Lectures]

ˆ Bioelectronics
Introduction; electron transfer tLecturesough proteins; biosensors and biofuel cells;
enzyme electrodes; electrochemical DNA sensors; biomolecules-semiconductor in-
terfaces for sensing and detection; bio- nano hybrid systems for electronic devices;

435
 DNA- templated electronics; S-layer proteins in bioelectronics; computing with nu-
cleic acids. [10 Lectures]
ˆ Current research Review of recent literature tLecturesough high-impact journal
articles on relevant topics; guest Lecturers (2-3) by eminent scientists/professors
from abroad tLecturesough video conference (using NKN facilities); few simple
hands-on experiments will be demonstrated/performed. [8 Lectures]

Reference Books:
1. M. C. Petty, Molecular Electronics: From Principles to Practice, John Wiley
& Sons, 2008.
2. J. C. Cuevas, E. Scheer, Molecular Electronics: An Introduction to Theory
and Experiment, World Scientific Publishing Company, 2010.
3. H. Klauk, Organic Electronics: Materials, Manufacturing, and Applica-
tions, Wiley-VCH, 2006.
4. H. Klauk, Organic Electronics II, Wiley-VCH, 2006.
5. K. Iniewski, Nanoelectronics: Nanowires, Molecular Electronics, and Nanode-
vices, McGraw-Hill, 2010.
6. I. Willner, E. Katz, Bioelectronics: From theory to applications, Wiley-VCH,
2005.

5.52 CY 643: Advanced Analytical Techniques

Course Code: CY 643
Course Name: Advanced Analytical Techniques
L-T-P-C : 3-0-0-3
Students intended for: B.Tech/MSc/PhD
Prerequisites:
Elective or Compulsory: Compulsory
Approval: 1st Senate

Course Contents
ˆ Introduction
Role of Analytical Chemistry in Science, Classification of quantitative methods in
the science, steps in typical quantitative analysis. [2 Lectures]
ˆ Surface Analysis by Microscopy
Scanning Electron Microscopy (SEM), Atomic Force Microscopy (AFM)-Principle,
Instrumentation, Analysis, and Applications. [10 Lectures]
ˆ Atomic Spectroscopy for Analysis
Atomic Absorption and Atomic Emission Spectroscopy - Principle, Instrumenta-
tion, Analysis, and Applications and Advances. [8 Lectures]

436
 ˆ Purification and Isolation techniques
An introduction to chromatographic techniques, Gas Liquid chromatography and
Liquid chromatography (particularly High Performance Liquid Chromatography) -
Principles, Instrumentation, Applications and Advances. [8 Lectures]

ˆ Miscellaneous Methods of Analysis

Thermal Methods- Differential Thermal Analysis, Differential Scanning Calorime-
try. Particle Size Determination Dynamic Light Scattering. [14 Lectures]

Text & Reference Books

:

1. Skoog, Holler, Crouch, Instrumental Analysis.

2. Skoog, West, Holler, Fundamentals of Analytical Chemistry

5.53 CY 644: Bioinorganic chemistry

Course Code: CY 644
Course Name : Bioinorganic chemistry
L-T-P-C : 3-0-0-3
Prerequisites : CY 101 or equivalent and basic knowledge in coordination chemistry
Students intended for : B. Tech. & Ph.d.
Elective or Compulsory : Elective
Approval: 4th Senate

Course Contents
ˆ Introduction Fundamentals of coordination chemistry; Introduction to bioinor-
ganic chemistry; Role of alkali and alkaline earth metal ions; Essential and trace
metals; fundamentals of Na-K Pump; Ionophores and crown ethers. [7 Lectures]

ˆ Module II
The role of metal ions in biological functions Their active structure/site and function
in: (a) Metal ion transport and storage - Ferritin, Transferrin, metallothioneinetc;
(b) Electron Transfer - cytochromes, Fe-S Proteins, copper protein etc. (c) Oxygen
activation - cytochrome P450, cytochrome c oxidase. (d) Oxygen transport and
storage - hemoglobin, myoglobin, hemerytLecturesin, hemocyanin, their coordina-
tion geometry and electronic structure, co-operativity effect, Hill coefficient and
BoLectures Effect; characterization of O2 bound species by spectroscopic methods.
[12 Lectures]

ˆ Module III
Other enzymes - Peroxidase, alcohol dehydrogenase, carbonic anhydrase, nitroge-
nase, vitamin B12 coenzyme. [2 Lectures]

437
 ˆ Module IV
The use of metals in medicinal chemistry- The significance of metal-based com-
pounds for medicinal use (cis-platin, radiopharmaceuticals etc); recent develop-
ments in the medical field based on inorganic or bioinorganic principles; Metals
used in diagnosis; Gd-based MRI and X-ray contrast agents. [8 Lectures]

ˆ Module V
Some related basic tools and techniques - Bioassay, EPR spectroscopy, Single crystal
X-ray diffraction, Electrochemistry with cyclic voltammetry, UV-Vis Absorption
Spectroscopy, Fluorescence emission spectroscopy and Fluorescence excited state
life time measurements. [5 Lectures]

ˆ Module VI
Toxicity of metalsToxic effects of Pb, Cd, Hg and Cr with specific examples. [7
Lectures]

ˆ Module VII
Metal Ions in Plant-Based Systems: The essential role of metal ions in photosyn-
thesis and other processes in plant and fungal systems. Identify the bioinorganic
molecules responsible for energy harvesting and electron transfer in biological sys-
tems. [4 Lectures]

Text Books:
1. Stephen J. Lippard and Jeremy M. Berg, Principles of Bioinorganic Chem-
istry.

Reference books:
1. Wolfgang Kaimand, Brigitte Schwederski, Bioinorganic Chemistry: Inorganic
Elements in the Chemistry of Life.

2. Ivano Bertini, Harry B. Gray, Edward I. Stiefel, Joan Selverstone Valentine, (Edi-
tors), Biological Inorganic Chemistry.

3. Wolfgang Kaimand, Brigitte Schwederski, Bioinorganic Chemistry.

4. Asim K. Das, Bioinorganic Chemistry

5. D. F. Shiver, P. W. Atkins, C. H. Langford, Inorganic Chemistry, Oxford Uni-

versity Press, 1990.

6. J. E. Huheey, E. A. Keiter, R. L. Keiter, Inorganic Chemistry, Principles of

Structure and Reactivity, Pearson Education, 2004.

438
5.54 CY 645: Reagents in organic synthesis
Course Code : CY 645
Course Name : Reagents in organic synthesis
L-T-P-C : 3-0-0-3
Prerequisites : Basic knowledge in organic reaction and mechanism
Students intended for : PhD
Elective or Compulsory : Elective
Approval: 4th Senate

Course Contents
ˆ Introduction
Classification of reagents; about air and moisture sensitive reagents; handling, stor-
age and precaution; (3 h) Oxidising and reducing agents Synthesis of various oxi-
dizing and reducing reagents; application in the synthesis of natural products, in
organic transformation and in asymmetric synthesis [7 Lectures]

ˆ Solid supported reagents

Advantages and disadvantages; various inorganic supports and their application in
organic reaction; effect of support materials on reactivity; organic supports includ-
ing polymeric resins, their functionalization and application. [7 Lectures]

ˆ Hypervalent iodine reagents

Various types of hypervalent iodine reagents and their preparation; application in
organic transformation, selectivity, sensitivity and reactivity [4 Lectrues] Peptide
couplingreagents Phosphonium, immonium, imidazolium, carbodiimide, uronium,
organophosphorous, chloroformate and acid halogenating reagents; their applica-
tions. [5 Lectrues]

ˆ Functional group protecting agents

Different types of protecting/masking agents; protection of chemical functionalities
and their deprotection after completion of reaction; their application in chemo-
and regioselective reaction (5 h) Copper, palladium, platinum and ruthenium based
coupling reagents Preparation of Copper, palladium, platinum and ruthenium based
coupling reagents; application in C-C, C-N, C-O and C-S bond forming reactions;
their applications in asymmetric synthesis. [5 Lectrues]

ˆ Lanthanide reagents in organic synthesis

Applications in oxidation, reduction, C-C bond forming, cyclopropanation and cy-
cloaddition reactions. [2Lectrues]

ˆ P, S, Se and Si-based reagents

Synthesis and application in organic synthesis. [3 Lectrues]

439
Text Books:
1. Bradford P. Mundy, Michael G., Reactions and Reagents in Organic Synthe-
sis.

2. Richard F HeckFavaloro, Palladium reagents in organic syntheses.

Reference Books:
1. Encyclopedia of Reagents for Organic Synthesis

2. Fieser and Fieser’s Reagents for Organic Synthesis

3. Anthony J. Pearson, William R. Roush, Handbook of Reagents for Organic

Synthesis, Activating Agents and Protecting Groups.

4. David Crich, Handbook of Reagents for Organic Synthesis: Reagents for

glycoside, nucleotide, and peptide synthesis.

5. Philip L. Fuchs, Handbook of Reagents for Organic Synthesis: Reagents

for direct functionalization of C-H bonds.

6. Leo A. Paquette, Fluorine-Containing Reagents

7. Peter Wipf, Handbook of Reagents for Organic Synthesis: Reagents for

high-throughput solid-phase and solution-phase organic synthesis.

8. Theodora W. Greene, Peter G. M. Wuts, Protective groups in organic synthe-

sis

9. Review articles on reagents from leading journals ofvx n1/4 organic

chemistry.

5.55 CY 646: Advanced NMR Spectroscopy- A problem based

approach
Course Code: CY 646
Course Title: Advanced NMR Spectroscopy- A problem based approach
L-T-P-C: 3-0-0-3
Prerequisites: BSc (with Chemistry as one of the subject)
Intended for: PG
Distribution: Elective Course
Approval: 8th Senate

Course Contents
ˆ Nuclear Magnetic Resonance Spectroscopy
The NMR Phenomenon, The spinning nucleus, the effect of an external magnetic
field, Precessional motion, Precessional frequency, Energy transitions. [2 Lectures]

440
ˆ Theory of Nuclear Magnetic Resonance
Chemical Shift and its Measurement, internal standards, the NMR spectrometer,
units used in NMR spectroscopy, Factors Influencing Chemical Shift, Electroneg-
ativityshielding and deshielding, anisotropic effects, Correlation Data for Proton
NMR Spectra, Use of correlation tables, Influence of restricted rotation. Choice
of solvent for proton NMR spectra, Solvent shifts concentration and temperature
effectshydrogen bonding, Integrals in Proton NMR Spectra. [3 Lectures]

ˆ Symmetry and Topicity

Homotopicity, Enantiotopicity, Diastereotopicity, Chemical Equivalence, Magnetic
Equivalence. [1 Lectures]

ˆ Through-Bond Effects
Spin-Spin (J) Coupling & Origin of J-Coupling Skewing of the Intensity of Mul-
tiplets, Prediction of First-Order Multiplets, The Karplus Relationship for Spins
Separated by TLecturesee Bonds, The Karplus Relationship for Spins Separated by
Two Bonds, Long Range J-Coupling, Decoupling Methods, One-Dimensional Ex-
periments Utilizing J-Couplings, Two-Dimensional Experiments Utilizing J-Couplings,
Homonudear. [2 Lectures]

ˆ Two-Dimensional Experiments utilizing J-Couplings

COSY, HMQC, HSQC, HMBC, TOCSY, INADEQUATE, Heteronuclear Two-
Dimensional Experiments Utilizing J-Couplings. [4 Lectures]

ˆ TLecturesough-Space Effects
The Nuclear Overhauser Effect (NOE)
The Dipolar Relaxation Pathway, The Energetics of an Isolated Heteronuclear
Two-Spin System, Decoupling One of the Spins in a Heteronudear Two-Spin Sys-
tem, Rapid Relaxation via the Double Quantum Pathway, A One-Dimensional Ex-
periment Utilizing the NOE, Two-Dimensional Experiments Utilizing the NOE,
NOESY and ROESY. [4Lectures]

ˆ Strategies for Assigning Resonance to Atoms within a Molecule

Prediction of Chemical Shifts, Prediction of Integrals and Intensities, Prediction of
1H Multiplets, good Bookkeeping Practices, Assigning 1H Resonances on the Basis
of Chemical Shifts, Assigning Resonances on the Basis of Multiplicities, Assigning
1H Resonances on the Basis of the gCOSY Spectrum, The Best Way to Read
a gCOSY Spectrum, Assigning 13C Resonances on the Basis of Chemical Shifts,
Pairing 1H and 13C Shifts by Using the HSQC/HMQC Spectrum, Assignment of
Nonprotonated 13C’s on the Basis of the HMBC Spectrum, Variable Temperature
NMR techniques. 19F and 31P NMR. [4 Lectures]

ˆ Strategies for Elucidating Unknown Molecular Structures

Initial Inspection of the One -Dimensional Spectra Good Accounting Practices,
Identification of Entry Points, Completion of Assignments. [1 Lectures]

441
 ˆ Simple Problems
2-Acetylbutyrolacton, a,-Terpinene, (1R)-endo-(+)-Fenchyl Alcohol in CDC13, ()-
Bornyl Acetate, N-Acetylhomocysteine Thiolactone, Guaiazulene, 2-Hydroxy-3-Pinanone,
(R)-(+)- Perilly1 Alcohol, 7-Methoxy-4-Methylcoumarin, Sucrose and some more
interesting molecules from literature if time permits. [8 Lectures]

ˆ Complex Problems
Longifolene, (+) Limonene, l-Cinchodine, (3aR)-(+) Sclareolide, (-)-Epicatechin,
(-)- Eburnamonine, trans-Myrtanol, cis-Myrtaol, Naringenin, (-) Ambroxide and
some more complex molecules from literature if time permits. [10 Lectures]

Text Books:
1. Harald Gunther, NMR Spectroscopy, 2nd Edition, Wiley Publishers, 1995.

2. Jeremy K.M. Sanders, Edwin C. Constable, Brian K. Hunter and Clive M. Pearce,
Modern NMR Spectroscopy: A workbook of Chemical Problems, 2nd
Edition, Oxford University Press, 1993.

3. Jeffrey H. Simpson, Organic Structure Determination, using 2-D NMR

Spectroscopy, a problem based approach, Academic Press, 2012.

References:
1. Erno Pretsch, Philippe Buhlmann, Martin Badertscher, Structure Determina-
tion of Organic Compounds, Tables of Spectral Data, Springer, 2009.

2. Robert M. Silverstein, Francis X. Webster, David Kiemle, Spectrometric Iden-

tification of Organic Compounds, 7th Edition, John Wiley & Sons, 2005.

3. William Kemp, Organic Spectroscopy, 3rd Edition, Palgrave Publishers Ltd.

5.56 CY 660: Photocatalysis: Fundamentals and Applications

Course Code : CY 660
Course Name : Photocatalysis: Fundamentals and Applications
L-T-P-C : 3-0-0-3
Prerequisites : CY 506 and CY 507 or equivalent/ Consent of instructor
Intended for : M.Sc. (Chemistry)and Ph.D.
Distribution : Elective PG and Ph.D
Approval: 14th Senate

Course Contents
ˆ Fundamental Concepts
Photocatalyst introduction; light-matter interactions; semiconductor physics; quan-
tum size effects; photoelectrochemistry and redox potentials; type I & II Semicon-
ductors; Z-scheme photocatalytic systems. [8 Lectures]

442
 ˆ Photochemical Processes
Primary processes (homogeneous and heterogeneous) and time scales; natural pho-
tosynthesis (PSI & PSII); kinetics and reaction mechanisms; quantum yield and
quantum efficiency; photonic yield and photonic efficiency; solar energy conversion
efficiency; reactor design; reaction engineering. [8 Lectures]

ˆ Advanced Photocatalysts
Selection of materials; band energy diagrams, band gap and band bending; pure
and doped photocatalysts; composite and heterojunctionphotocatalysts; organic
photocatalysts; dye- sensitized photocatalysts; strategies for development of effi-
cient photocatalysts; review of current research. [10 Lectures]

ˆ Investigation Techniques
X-ray diffraction; x-ray photoelectron spectroscopy; x-ray absorption spectroscopy;
surface area measurements (BET analysis); photophysical measurements (UV-visspectroscopy,
KubekkaMunk function for band gap determination, diffuse reflectance spectroscopy,
fluorescence spectroscopy); Raman spectroscopy. [6 Lectures]

ˆ Technological Applications
Degradation of organic contaminants in water; removal of metallic and inorganic
pollutants; inactivation of microorganisms; artificial photosynthesis (water splitting
and carbondioxide reduction); organic transformations; biomass conversion; review
of current research. [10 Lectures]

Text books:
1. Y. Nosaka, A. Nosaka, Introduction to Photocatalysis: From Basic Science
to Applications, RSC, 2016.

2. R. Ameta, S. C. Ameta, Photocatalysis: Principles and Applications, CRC

Press, 2016.

References:
1. J. Schneider, D. Bahnemann, J. Ye, G. L. Puma, D. D. Dionysiou (Eds.), Pho-
tocatalysis: Fundamentals and Perspectives, RSC Energy and Environment
Series, 2016.

2. D. Dionysiou, G. L. Puma, J. Ye, J. Schneider, D. Bahnemann (Eds.), Photo-

catalysis: Applications, RSC Energy and Environment Series, 2016.

5.57 CY 670: Fluorescence spectroscopy, microscopy and ap-

plications
Course Code: CY 670
Course Name: Fluorescence spectroscopy, microscopy and applications
L-T-P-C: 3-0-0-3
Prerequisites:NA

443
Intended for : MSc / M. Tech / PhD in Chemistry, Physics, nanotechnology and other
discipline relevant to the course content
Distribution :Elective
Approval: 15th Senate

Course Contents
ˆ Introduction to fluorescence spectroscopy
Light matter interaction, different processes when light absorbed by matter, light
scattering, Fluorescence, Phosphorescence, absorption , Transition moments and t
rans ition probabilit i es, Einstein’s coefficients, oscillator strength, Beer-Lambert
law, polarizabilities, Frank Condon Principles. Steady state fluorescence, Jablon-
ski diagram describing the excited processes, characteristics of fluorescence spec-
tra, Kasha and Vavilov’s rule, stokes shift, radiative and nonradiative processes,
overview of time and frequency domain measurement, fluorescence lifetime or decay,
quantum yield and calculation , time correlated single photon counting (TCSPC),
light source and electronics for TCSPC, Instrumentation of steady state and time
resolved spectro photometer such as light source, detectors etc. [12 Lectures]
ˆ Solvent and environment effects
Effect of solvent polarity on spectral shift, genera l solvent effect, The Lippart
Mataga equation, specific sol vent effect, temperature effect, additional factors af-
fecting the spectra l shift localy excited and internal charge transfer states, excited
slate intramolecular proton transfer, dynamics of sol vent effect, time resolved emis-
sion spectra (TRES), picosecond spectral relaxation i n solvent, theory for time
dependent so l vent relaxation, red edge excitation shift. [4 Lectures]
ˆ Quenching of fluorescence
Reasons of fluorescence quenching, type of quenching, static and dynamic quench-
ing, stem volmer equation , theory of static quenching, mechanism of dynamic
quenching, theory of combined quenching, photo- induced electron transfer based
quenching, application fo quenching in proteins, DNA dynamics, sensors, molecu-
lar beacons based quenching, effect of temperature, viscosity on the quenching. [6
Lectures]
ˆ Fluorescence resonance Energy Transfer (FRET)
Basics of energy transfer, donor acceptor pair, factors affecting the energy transfer,
surface energy transfer (SET), difference between FR ET and SET, comparison
of quenching and FRET, distance dependent FRET, SET and quenching, metal
enhanced fluorescence (M EF), mechanism of MEF, radiative decay engineering in
MEF, surface plasmon coupled emission, energy transfer to multiple acceptors in
one, two tLecturesee dimentions. [9 Lectures]
ˆ Fluorescence anisotropy
Definition and theory of fluorescence anisotropy, relation of polarization to anisotropy,
L and T format for anisotropy, effect of resonance energy transfer on anisotropy,
effect of rotational diffusion on fluorescence anisotropy, time dependent anisotropy
decay, rotational correlation time, applications of anisotropy on molecular interac-
tions. [4 Lectures]

444
 ˆ Fluorescence microscopy and single molecule detection
Basic principles and applications of wide filed fluorescence microscopy, fluorescence
lifetime imaging microscopy (FLIM), confocal microscopy, laser scanning TCSPC
FUM, single molecule detection (SMD), optical configuration of SMD, SMD detec-
tors, single molecule based FRET, total internal reflection (TIRF), Fluorescence
correlation spectroscopy (FCS), effect of concentration, diffusion coefficient, duel
col or fluorescence cross correlation (FCCS), applications of FCS and FCCS. [10
Lectures]

Text books:
1. joseph R Lakowicz, Principles of fluorescence spectroscopy, 3rd Edition, springer,
2010.

2. Peter Hinterdorfer, Antoine VanOijen, Handbook of single molecule biophysics,

Springer, 2009.

References:
1. R. Riglet, M. Orrit, T Basche, Single Molecule Spectroscopy: Nobel Confer-
ence Lectures, Springer Series in Chemical Physics, 2012.

2. Yves Engelborghs, Antonie Visser, Fluorescence Spectroscopy and Microscopy,

springer, 2014.

3. M Valeur and J . C. Brachon, New Trends in Fluorescence Spectroscopy:

Applications to Chemical and Life Sciences, springer, 2001.

4. Ewa M. Goldys, Fluorescence Applications in Biotechnology and Life Sci-

ences, Wiley Blackwell, 2010.

5.58 CY 701: Advances Physical Methods in Chemistry Theory

and Applications
Course Code: CY 701
Course Name: Advances Physical Methods in Chemistry Theory and Appli-
cations
L-T-P-C: 3-0-0-3
Elective or core: Elective
Students intended for: Ph.D.
Prerequisite: Consent of the faculty member
Approval: 1st Senate

Course Contents
ˆ Quantum Chemistry and molecular symmetry
ScLecturesdinger wave equation, Born Oppenheimer Approximation and electronic
wave function, particle in a box, potential well, potential barrier and tunneling.

445
 Definition of a group and basic theorems, molecular symmetry groups and classes,
symmetry and normal modes of vibrations, determining the symmetry of molecular
motions, symmetry and selection rules for allowed transitions among rotational,
vibrational level, group theory and molecular electronic transitions. [8 Lectures]

ˆ Interaction of light with matter

Transition moments and transition probabilities, Einsteins coefficients, oscillator
strength, Beer-Lambert law, polarizabilities, Frank Condon Principles, Fluores-
cence and absorption spectroscopy, Quantum yield and its measurements. Donor
acceptorcomplexes. Fluorescence quenching (static and dynamic). Stern Volmer
analysis. Timescale of molecular processes in solution. Steady state and time-
resolved fluorescence. Fluorescence anisotropy. Biochemical fluorophores. New
fluorescence technologies: Multiphoton Excitation, Fluorescence correlation Spec-
troscopy, Single molecule detection. [10 Lectures]

ˆ Rotational and Vibrational Spectroscopy

Moment of inertia, The Rotational energy levels, Rotational spectra of diatomic
molecules, Rotational Raman spectra, Molecular vibrations, Selection rules, vibra-
tional spectra of diatomic molecules, simple harmonic oscillator and rigid rotor
model,anharmonic corrections, Vibrational-Rotational Spectra, vibrational Raman
spectra of diatomic molecules. Infrared absorption spectra of polyatomic molecules,
symmetric and asymmetric top molecules, normal modes of vibration and their clas-
sification by group theory, coupling between rotational and vibrational degrees of
freedom. [7 Lectures]

ˆ Nuclear Magnetic Resonance Spectroscopy

Basic Principles, Chemical shifts, Spinspin interactions. Application of 1H and
13CNMR spectroscopy including COSY, NOESY in the structure determination
of bioorganic compounds. Application in conformational analysis. Solid state
NMR.Instrumental aspects. Multinuclear NMR of various inorganic and organometal-
liccompounds. Instrumental aspects. [10 Lectures]

ˆ Mass spectrometry
Basic concepts. Fragmentation and rearrangements (including McLaffertyre ar-
rangement) of different classes of organic molecules. Isotope effect. ESIMS, MALDITOF
techniques. [5 Lectures]

Text Books:
1. Donald A. McQuarrie and John D. Simon, Physical Chemistry: A Molecular
Approach, University science books.

2. Peter Atkins and Julio de Paula, Physical Chemistry, OUP.

3. K Veera Reddy, Symmetry and Spectroscopy of molecules New Age Interna-

tional publishers

4. Joseph R. Lackowicz, Principles of fluorescence spectroscopy, Springer.

5. J. M. Hollas, Modern Spectroscopy, 4th Edition, John Wiley, 2004.

446
 6. Edmond de Hoffmann and Vincent Stroobant, Mass Spectrometry: Principles
and applications, 3rd edition John Wiley.

5.59 CY 702: Advanced Inorganic Chemistry: Theory and Ap-

plications
Course Code: CY 702
Course Name: Advanced Inorganic Chemistry: Theory and Applications
L-T-P-C: 3-0-0-3
Elective or core: Elective
Students intended for: Ph.D.
Prerequisite: Consent of the faculty member
Approval: 1st Senate

Course Contents
ˆ Structure and Properties of Solids
Bonding in metals, Band theory, Density of States, k space and Brillouin Zones;
Ionic,covalent and hydrogen bonded solids; electronic properties of solids, conduc-
tors, semiconductors, insulators, ferroelectricity, anti-ferroelectricity, piezoelectric-
ity. [10 Lectures]
ˆ Chemistry of Transition elements and Coordination Chemistry
Limitations of VB theory, crystal field theory, crystal field diagrams, ligand field
theory,molecular orbital theory; spectrochemical series, nephelauxetic series; struc-
tural distortion and lowering of symmetry, electronic, Jahn-Teller effects on energy
levels. [10 Lectures]
ˆ Spectral and Magnetic Properties of Complexes
Spectroscopic ground states; Orgel energy level and Tanabe-Sugano diagrams for
transition metal complexes; Charge transfer spectra; electronic spectra of octahe-
dral and tetrahedral complexes and calculation of ligand-field parameters. Types of
magnetic behaviors- magnetic susceptibility measurements- Gouy method, diamag-
netic corrections- spin only value- orbital contribution- spin orbit coupling- ferro
and antiferromagnetic coupling- Application of magnetic measurements to structure
determinations of transition metal complexes. [8 Lectures]
ˆ Instrumental Methods for Studying Inorganic Compounds
Optical activity in coordination complexes- ORD and CD- cotton effect- applica-
tions. Infrared spectroscopy: Nuclear Magnetic Resonance- Mossbauer and Elec-
tron Spin Resonance Spectroscopy for structural studies of complexes- Importance
of molar conductance studies in coordination chemistry. [6 Lectures]
ˆ Synthetic Methodologies and Supramolecular Chemistry
Ligand design and ligand synthesis: polypyridine, Schiff base, oxime, macrocycle
etc.ligands, molecular forces, self-assembly, host / guest chemistry, molecular recog-
nition molecular receptors, supramolecular devices, supramolecular frameworks,
molecular machines, molecular/crystal engineering. [6 Lectures]

447
Text Books:
1. A.R. West, Solid State Chemistry and its Applications, Wiley India Pvt Ltd
(2007)

2. L.V. Azaroff, Introduction to Solids, Tata Mgraw Hill (1984)

3. F. A. Cotton, G. Wilkinson, C. M. Murillo and M. Bochmann, Advanced Inor-

ganic Chemistry, 6th Edition, Wiley India Pvt Ltd, 2007.

4. J. E. Huheey, E. A. Keiter and R. L. Keiter, Inorganic Chemistry: Principles

of Structure and Reactivity, 4th Edition, Pearson, 2006.

5. J. D. Lee, Concise Inorganic Chemistry, Wiley India Pvt Ltd, 2008.

6. J. W. Steed and J. L. Atwood, Supramolecular Chemistry, 2nd Edition, John

Wiley and Sons, 2009.

5.60 CY 703: Advanced Organic Chemistry

Course Code: CY 703
Course Name: Advanced Organic Chemistry
L-T-P-C: 3-0-0 - 3
Elective or core: Core
Students intended for: Ph.D.
Prerequisite: M.Sc. Semester: Even/Odd
Approval: 1st Senate

Course contents
ˆ Stereochemistry and Conformational Analysis
Enantiomeric relationships, diastereomeric relationships, stereochemistry of reac-
tions, acyclic sp3- sp2 systems, cyclohexane and substituted cyclohexanes, A values,
cyclohexene, decalins, anomeric effect, strain. [5 Lectures]

ˆ Kinetics and thermodynamics of Organic Reactions

Free energy relationships, Transition state theory, Intramolecular versus Intermolec-
ular reactions, Kinetic and thermodynamic control, Hammond postulate, principle
of microscopic reversibility, isotope effects, isotopes in labeling experiments, charac-
terization of reaction intermediates, catalysis by bronsted acids and bases, catalysis
by Lewis acids and bases. [7 Lectures]

ˆ Reactive Intermediates: Carbanion, carbocation, radical & carbine

Carbanions, stability of carbanions, generation of carbanions, SN1 and SN2 mecha-
nisms, carbocations, nucleophilicity and solvent effects, leaving groupe ffects, neigh-
boring group participation, the norbornylcation and other nonclassical carboca-
tions. E1 and E2 mechanisms, regiochemistry of elimination reactions, stereochem-
istry of E2 elimination reaction, acidity of hydrocarbons, electrophillic aromatic sub-
stitution reactions, Structure reactivity relationships, nucleophillic aromatic substi-

448
 tution, generation and characterization of free radicals, characteristics of free rad-
icals, characteristics of reaction mechanisms involving radical intermediates, free
radical substitution reactions and free radical addition reactions, generation of car-
benes, addition to double bonds, insertion reactions.[12 Lectures]

ˆ Pericyclic reactions, Photochemistry and Aromaticity

Rules governing electrocyclic reactions, sigmatropic rearrangements, cycloaddition
reactions, the concept of aromaticity, the annulenes, aromaticity incharged rings,
homo aromaticity, fused ring systems, heterocyclic rings, Norrish type I and II
reactions and Paterno Buchi reaction, Di-pi-methane rearrangement. [5 Lectures]

ˆ Strategic applications of named reactions in organic synthesis

Alder (ene) reaction, aldol reaction, olefin metathesis, aza Cope rearrangement,
Bayer villiger oxidation, Baylis Hillman reaction, Birch reduction, Buchwald-Hartwig
reaction, Claisen rearrangement, Cope rearrangement, Dess Martin oxidation, Diels
Alder cycloaddition, enyne metathesis, Friedel-Crafts acylation and alkylation, Grig-
nard reaction, Heck reaction, Johnson Claisen rearrangement, Mannich reaction,
Mc Murry coupling, Mitsnobu reaction, Nazrov cyclisation, Sharpless asymmetric
epoxidation, Shi asymmetric epoxidation,Puasand Khand reaction, Wittig reaction.
[6 Lectures]

ˆ Synthetic Analysis and Design

Retrosynthetic analysis, strategic bond analysis, total synthesis of natural products.
Assignment on a synthetic target and defend tLecturesough seminar. [5 Lectures]

Text Books:
1. F. A. Carey and R. I. Sundberg, Advanced Organic Chemistry, Part A, 5th
Edition, Springer, 2007.

2. F. A. Carey and R. I. Sundberg, Advanced Organic Chemistry, Part B, 5th

Edition, Springer, 2007.

3. Michael B. Smith and Jerry March, Marchs Advanced Organic Chemistry,

5th Edition, Wiley Interscience, 2001.

4. Jonathan Clayden, Nick Greeves, Stuart Warren and Peter Wrothers, Organic
Chemistry, Oxford University Press, 2001.

5. Ian Fleming, Molecular Orbitals and Organic Chemical Reactions: Refer-

ence Edition, John Wiley & Sons, 2010.

6. E. L. Eliel and S. H. Wilen, Stereochemistry of Organic Compounds, John

Wiley and Sons, 1994.

7. W. Carruthers and Iain Coldham, Modern Methods of Organic Synthesis, 4th

Edition, Cambridge University Press, 2004.

8. Peter Sykes, Guidebook to Mechanism in Organic Chemistry, 6th Edition,

Pearson Prentice hall, 1986.

449
 9. Laszlo Kurti and Barbara Czako, Strategic Applications of Named Reactions
in Organic Synthesis, Academic Press, 2005.

References:
1. Goverdhan Mehta, A. Narayana Murthy and D. Siva Kumar Reddy, A photo-
thermal metathesis approach to perhydro-as-indacenes: rapid construc-
tion of the carbocyclic segment of ikarugamycin, Tetrahedron Letters, 1987,
28, 467-1468.

2. Matthew W. B. Pfeiffer and Andrew J. Phillips, Total Synthesis of (+) Cyan-

thiwigin U, J. Am. Chem. Soc., 2005, 127 (15), pp 5334533.

3. Timothy New house and Phil S.Baran, Total Synthesis of Psycotrimine, J. Am.
Chem. Soc., 2008, 130 (33), 088610887

5.61 CY 704: Introduction to Theoretical Chemistry

Course Code: CY 704
Course Name: Introduction to Theoretical Chemistry
L-T-P-C: 3-0-0-3
Elective or core: Elective
Students intended for: Ph.D.
Prerequisite: M.Sc. Semester: Odd
Approval: 2nd Senate

Course contents
ˆ The Basics of Quantum Mechanics, Model Problems, Exact Solution. [6 Lectures]

ˆ Understanding Energy surfaces, beyond model problems, normal modes, local modes,
transition states, symmetry. [6 Lectures]

ˆ An overview of spectroscopy, theoretical chemistry: Structure, bonding, rateof

changes, Molecular [6 Lectures]

ˆ Electronic structure: Structure atomic and molecular orbitals, Experimental Probes

of Electronic Structure [6 Lectures]

ˆ Statistical Mechanics: Collections of Molecules at or Near Equilibrium,Monte Carlo

Evaluation of Properties, Molecular Dynamics Simulations, applications. [10 Lec-
tures]

ˆ Chemical Dynamics: Theoretical Treatment of Chemical Change and Dynamics,

Experimental Probes of Reaction Dynamics. [8 Lectures]

450
Text & Reference Books:
1. Jack Simons, An Introduction to Theoretical Chemistry, Cambridge Univer-
sity Press, 2003.

2. C. J. Cramer, Essentials of Computational Chemistry, Wiley, 2002.

3. R. D. Levine and R. B. Bernstein, Molecular Reaction Dynamics and Chem-

ical Reactivity, Oxford University Press, 1997.

4. A. R. Leach, Molecular Modeling, 2nd edition, Prentice Hall, 2001.

5.62 CY 705: Modern Methods in Organic Synthesis

Course Code: CY 705
Course Name: Modern Methods in Organic Synthesis
L-T-P-C: 3-0-0-3
Elective or core: Elective
Students intended for: MSc and PhD Students
Prerequisite: Bachelors degree with Chemistry as one of the Subjects
Approval: 2nd Senate

Course Contents
ˆ Asymmetric Synthesis
Stereoselective-Directed Aldol Reaction, Diastereofacial selectivity in the Aldol Re-
action, Zimmermann-Traxler chair Transition States, Z and E Boron Enolates.
Sharpless Asymmetric Dihydroxyltion, AD mix Reagents, Jacobsen catalytic asym-
metric epoxide-opening reaction, kinetic resolution of epoxides, Shi Asymmetric
epoxidation reaction, Asymmetric Diels Alder Reaction, Nayoris Asymmetric Hy-
drogenation, Enantioselective addition to C=O bonds, Enantioselective synthesis
of Cyclopropanes. [13 Lectures]

ˆ Reactions involving Organometallics

Lithium-Halogen exchange reactions, Magnesium Halogen exchange reactions, Organo
Lithiums: production, stability, storage, titrations, additives, and general reactions.
Directed orthomettalation reactions, Allyl and Substituted-Allyl Metal Chemistry,
Cyclic Closed Transition State, Open Transition State, Cyclic Transition State, Al-
lyl Zincs and Allyl Boron Reagents. Browns Reagent Preparation and uses, Roushs
Chiral Borolane Reagent preparation and uses, Allylsilanes, Allylstannanes, Allyl
Titanium Reagents. Yamamotos Chiral Silver (I) Complex: Trimethoxy Silanes.
[14 Lectures]

ˆ General Organic Reactions Suzuki Coupling: Reactions and mechanisms, con-

ditions, catalysts and ligands, synthesis of boronates, sp3- sp3 Suzuki Coupling,
strategic application of Suzuki coupling in the synthesis of Discodermolide, Ru-
tamycin B and Epothilone A. Heck Reaction: Reactions and mechanisms, cat-
alyst, regiochemistry, Tandem Heck reactions, enantioselective Heck Reactions.
Stille Reaction: Reactions and mechanisms, conditions, synthesis of aryl and vinyl

451
 stannanes. Horner-Wadsworth-Emmons Olefination, Petersons Olefination, Oxida-
tions: Oppenaur Oxidation, CLecturesomium (VI) oxidants, IBX, DMP oxidations,
N-Oxoammonium mediated oxidation, Oxidation reactions using o-Iodoxybenzoic
acid (IBX), Dess-Martin Periodinane (DMP), Rubottom Oxidation. Reductions:
Lithium Aluminium Hydride (LAH), Lithium Borohydride, Borane Complexes Luche
reduction, Ionic Hydrogenation, Barton Decarboxylation, Radical Dehydrogena-
tion, Diazene-Mediated Deoxygenation. Wolf Kishner Reduction, Clemmensen Re-
duction. [15 Lectures]

Text & Reference Books:

1. Francis Carey and Richard J. Sundberg, Advanced Organic Chemistry, Part
B: Reactions and Synthesis, V edition, Springer 2007

2. Michael B. Smith and Jerry March. Marchs, Advanced Organic Chemistry,

6th Edition, Wiley 2007.

3. J. Clayden, N. Greeves, S. Warren, P. Wothers, Organic Chemistry, Oxford,

2006.

4. Laszlo Kurti and Barbara Czako, Strategic Applications of Named Reactions

in Organic Synthesis, Elsevier Academic Press, 2005.

5. Reinhard Bruckner, Advanced Organic Chemistry: Reaction Mechanisms,

Elsevier, 2002.

5.63 CY 746: Self assembly of surfactants and Polymers in So-

lution
Course Code: CY 746
Course Name: Self assembly of surfactants and Polymers in Solution
L-T-P-C: 3-0-0-3
Prerequisites: Consent of the faculty member
Students intended for: Ph.D.
Elective or Core: Elective
Approval: 2nd Senate

Course Contents
Classification of surfactants, Basic and applied theories, surface active polymers, prop-
erties of surfactants, micelle formation, microemulsions, phase behaviour of surfactant
systems, applications in nanomaterial synthesis, emulsion formation and stabilisation,
foams, wetting, spreading and adhesion, personal care and cosmetics, pharmaceutical
formulations, food industry

Text & Reference Books:

1. Milton J. Rosen, Surfactants and Interfacial Phenomena, Wiley Interscience.

452
 2. K. Holmberg, B. Jonsson, B. Kronberg, B. Lindman, Surfactants and Polymers
in Aqueous Solution, John Wiley & Sons Limited.

3. Richard J. Farn, Chemistry and Technology of Surfactants, Blackwell Pub-

lishing.

4. Tharwat F. Tadors, Applied Surfactants: Principles and Applications, Wiley-

VCH.

5. John Texter, Reactions and Synthesis in Surfactant Systems, Marcel Dekker.

5.64 DP 501P: Design Practicum I

Course Code: DP 501P
Course Name : Design Practicum I
L-T-P-C : 0-0-4-2
Prerequisites : None
Intended for : M.Sc. (Chemistry)
Distribution : Core
Approval: 10th Senate

Course Description
This course is offered to the first semester M.Sc. (Chemistry) students in order to give
them an exposure to design and research problems right from the start of the program.
In this course, each student is assigned to a faculty mentor and performs a detailed study
of a particular research problem. The students do extensive literature survey on the
assigned research problem and present their works in open seminars.

Course Evaluation
Two seminars (mid-term and fmal presentations) of 50% each evaluated by an internal
committee.

5.65 DP 502P: Design Practicum II

Course Code: DP 502P
Course Name : Design Practicum II
L-T-P-C : 0-0-4-2
Prerequisites : DP 503P
Intended for : M.Sc. (Chemistry)
Distribution : Core
Approval: 10th Senate

453
Course Description
This course is offered to the second semester M.Sc. (Chemistry) students, wherein each
student is assigned to a faculty mentor and performs a short research project under their
guidance. The students do literature survey and short research works on the assigned
research problem and present their works in open seminars.

Course Evaluation
Two seminars (mid-tenn and fmal presentations) of 50% each evaluated by an internal
committee.

5.66 DP 503P: Basic Mechanical and Electrical Workshop

Course Code: DP 503P
Course Name : Basic Mechanical and Electrical Workshop
L-T-P-C : 0-0-4-2
Prerequisites : None
Intended for : M.Sc. & Ph.D.
Distribution : Core
Approval: 10th Senate

Course Contents:
ˆ Module 1. Engineering Drawing and Solid Works:

– Uses of Engineering Drawing and its importance, Introduction to lines, Scales

and surfaces and their uses. Representation of solids using different lines.
Dimensioning, unidirectional method and aligned method of dimensioning,
symbolic representations of different mechanical and electrical components.
Projections: Point, lines, surfaces, solids, and angle projections. Introduction
to isometric views and projections.
– Introduction to CAD modeling techniques and Solid works. Sketching of dif-
ferent two dimensional objects using lines, curves, circle, polygons, arc, etc.
Use of extrusion, revolve, extrude cut, revolve cup, linear patterns and others,
in order to get three dimensional objects.

ˆ Module 2. Electronics workshop:

– Introduction to CRO (Cathode ray oscilloscope)

– DSO (Digital storage oscilloscope)
– Voltage measurement and amplification using Wheat Stone Bridge
– Temperature measurement (temperature sensor)
– Binary addition and logic gates (AND, NOR, OR, XOR)
– Half and full added circuit
– Introduction to MA TLAB

454
Textbooks:
Not Avaialble

Reference Books:
Not Avaialble

5.67 DP 504P: Mini Project

Course Code: DP 504P
Course Name : Mini Project
L-T-P-C : 0-0-8-4
Prerequisites : DP501P & DP502P
Intended for : M.Sc. (Chemistry)
Distribution : Core
Approval: 10th Senate

Course Description
This course is offered to the third semester M.Sc. (Chemistry) students, wherein each
student is assigned to a faculty mentor and performs a short research project under their
guidance. The students, along with the literature survey, start their lab work to get some
new results and fmally to present a report at the end of the semester.

Course Evaluation
One final presentation of the work done by the student in the current semester. The final
presentation has the marks weightage of 60 %. PI contribute 30 % marks seeing on the
progress. 1 0 % of the marks for the progress report. All the faculty members will be
present in the fmal presentation

5.68 DP 505P: Main Project

Course Code: DP 505P
Course Name : Main Project
L-T-P-C : 0-0-18-9
Prerequisites : DP 503P
Intended for : M.Sc. (Chemistry)
Distribution : Core
Approval: 10th Senate

Course Description
This course is offered to the final semester M.Sc. (Chemistry) students, wherein each
student is assigned to a faculty mentor and performs a research project under their
guidance. The students do extensive research work on a specific research problem and
present their fmdings in a fmal seminar.

455
Course Evaluation
IIT Mandi ordinance for M.Sc. Chemistry will be strictly followed with regard to evalu-
ation of the main project. In brief, the thesis advisor will have 40% contribution and the
evaluation c01mnittee, which may include an extemal examiner, will have 60% contribu-
tion to the final marks.

456
6 Data Science and Engineering Courses
6.1 DS 201 Old : Data handling and visualization
Course Number : DS 201
Course Name : Data handling and visualization
L-T-P-C : 2-0-2-3
Prerequisites : None
Intended for : UG Distribution : Discipline core for B. Tech. Data Science and En-
gineering, Discipline elective for B. Tech. Computer Science and Engineering, Electrical
Engineering, Free elective for other B. Tech. disciplines

Course Contents
ˆ Data sources and collection: This module walks you through the process of data
collection. Starting with a review of existing structured and unstructured data
sources, we cover data collection techniques using sensors, surveys, and different
instruments. This includes data collection and storing for different domains such
as IoT, Audio and Video, Web and Social Networks etc. Concepts of Population,
Sampling and Experiment Design. [6 Lectures]

ˆ Data Pre-processing: Highlight the importance of data correction and discuss

some basic features that can affect your data analysis when dealing with sample
data. Issues of data access and resources for access are introduced in this module.
Issues related to data distribution, outlier detection, data skewing. Descriptive data
summarization, data cleaning, normalization, data integration and transformation,
data reduction. [7 Lectures]

ˆ Data representation: Importance of data representations, Extracting salient fea-

tures from data, Examples include MFCC from audio signals, histogram represen-
tation for text, feature representations for images, encoded representations, Spatial
data representation: cartography, GIS paper maps to ArcGIS ArcMap symbolizing,
Time-series data representations and curve fitting. Importance of representation in
latency of retrieval, storage efficiency, computation, classification / regression per-
formance etc. [9 Lectures]

ˆ Basic charting and data visualization: Basic charting, examples with real world
weather data, extract and manipulate the data to display the maximum informa-
tion, various types of graphs like pie chart, bar graphs, 3-D plots using Matlab and
R. Examples with Mapbox and GoogleMap APIs. Procedure of composite charts
by overlaying a scatter plot of record breaking data for a given year, Visualization
of high dimensional data e.g. TSNE plot, histogram etc. Also, data representations
and visualization of data using tools such as D3.j, PowerBI, Tableau. [6 Lectures]

Lab Exercises
Lab to be conducted on a 2-hour slot. It will be conducted in tandem with the theory
course so the topics for problems given in the lab are already initiated in the theory

457
class. The topics taught in the theory course should be appropriately be sequenced for
synchronization with the laboratory.

Textbooks:
1. Yau, Nathan, Visualize this: the Flowing Data guide to design, visualiza-
tion, and statistics, John Wiley & Sons, 2011.
2. 2. Tufte, Edward R., The visual display of quantitative information, Vol. 2,
CT: Graphics press, 2001.

Reference books:
1. Janert, Philipp K., Data analysis with open source tools: a hands-on guide
for programmers and data scientists, O’Reilly Media, 2010.
2. Zhu, Xuan., GIS for environmental applications: a practical approach,
Routledge, 2016.

6.2 DS 201 : Data Handling and Visualization

Course Code : DS 201
Course Name : Data Handling and Visualization
L-T-P-C : 2-0-2-3
Intended for : Discipline core for B. Tech. Data Science and Engineering, Discipline
elective for B. Tech. Computer Science and Engineering, Electrical Engineering, Free
elective for other B. Tech. disciplines
Prerequisite :
Mutual Exclusion:
Approval: 55th BoA

Course Contents
ˆ Data sources and collection: This module walks you through the process of data
collection. Starting with a review of existing structured and unstructured data
sources, we cover data collection techniques using sensors, surveys, and different
instruments. This includes data collection and storing for different domains such
as IoT, Audio and Video, Web and Social Networks etc. (6 Lectures)
ˆ Data Pre-processing: Highlight the importance of data correction and discuss
some basic features that can affect your data analysis when dealing with sample
data. Issues of data access and resources for access are introduced in this module.
Descriptive data summarization, data cleaning, normalization, data integration and
transformation, data reduction. (7 Lectures)
ˆ Data representation: Importance of data representations, Extracting salient fea-
tures from data, Examples include MFCC from audio signals, histogram represen-
tation for text, feature representations for images, encoded representations, Spatial
data representation: cartography, GIS paper maps to ArcGIS ArcMap symbolizing,
Time-series data representations and curve fitting. (9 Lctures)

458
 ˆ Basic charting and data visualization: Basic charting, examples with real
world weather data, extract and manipulate the data to display the maximum
information, various types of graphs like pie chart, bar graphs, 3-D plots using
Matlab and R. Procedure of composite charts by overlaying a scatter plot of record
breaking data for a given year, Visualization of high dimensional data e.g. TSNE
plot, histogram etc. Also, dynamic data representations and visualization of data
using D3. (6 Lectures)

Lab Exercises:
Lab to be conducted on a 2-hour slot. It will be conducted in tandem with the theory
course so the topics for problems given in the lab are already initiated in the theory
class. The topics taught in the theory course should be appropriately be sequenced for
synchronization with the laboratory.

Textbooks:
1. Yau, Nathan., Visualize this: the Flowing Data guide to design, visualiza-
tion, and statistics, John Wiley & Sons, 2011.

2. Tufte, Edward R., The visual display of quantitative information, Vol. 2,

Cheshire, CT: Graphics press, 2001.

References:
1. Janert, Philipp K., Data analysis with open source tools: a hands-on guide
for programmers and data scientists, O’Reilly Media, Inc., 2010.

2. Zhu, Xuan., GIS for environmental applications: a practical approach,

Routledge, 2016.

6.3 DS 301 : Mathematical Foundations of Data Science

Course Code : DS 301
Course Name : Mathematical Foundations of Data Science
L-T-P-C : 3-1-0-4
Intended for : Discipline core for B. Tech. Data Science and Engineering, Discipline
elective for B. Tech. Computer Science and Engineering, Electrical Engineering, Free
elective for other B. Tech. disciplines
Prerequisite : IC110-Engineering Mathematics, IC111-Linear Algebra
Mutual Exclusion:
Approval: 55th BoA

Course Contents
ˆ Module 1: Definition of metric spaces, Examples, Open sets, Closed sets, Dense
sets, Compact sets, Connectedness, Closure and interior of the sets, Metric sub-
space. (10 Lectures)

459
 ˆ Module 2: Cauchy sequences, Convergent sequences, Complete metric space, ,
Continuous functions, Continuity of composite functions, Continuity and inverse
image of open and closed sets. (10 Lectures)

ˆ Module 3: Normed linear spaces, Linear subspaces of normed linear spaces, Ba-
nach spaces, Riesz lemma, Continuity of linear maps, Bounded linear maps, Norm
equivalence. (10 Lectures)

ˆ Module 4: Hilbert spaces, Cauchy -Schwarz inequality, Parallelogram law, Orthog-

onality, Pythagorean Theorem, Orthogonal projection, orthogonal complement and
projection theorem, Orthonormal sets, Orthonormal basis, Gram-Schmidt process,
Examples of orthonormal basis. (12 Lectures)

Textbooks:
1. Apostol, T., Mathematical Analysis, 2nd Edition, Narosa Publishers, 2002.

2. Limaye, B. V., Functional Analysis, 2nd Edition, New age international Publish-
ers, 2009.

3. Dan Simovici, Mathematical Analysis for Machine Learning and Data Min-
ing, World Scientific, 2018

4. Rudin, W., Principles of Mathematical Analysis, 3rd Edition, McGraw-Hill,

2013.

References:
1. Stein, E. M. and Shakarchi, M., Real Analysis, Princeton Lectures.

2. Tao, T, Analysis I and II, Trim, Hindustan book agency.

3. Kreyszig, E., Introductory Functional Analysis with Applications, Reprint,

2017

4. Naylor, A. C. and Sell, G. R., Linear Operator Theory in Engineering and

Science.

6.4 DS 301 Old : Mathematical Foundation of Data Science

Course Number : DS 301
Course Name : Mathematical Foundation of Data Science
Credit s : 3-0-1-4
Prerequisites : IC110, IC111
Students intended for : UG

460
Course Contents
ˆ Module I: Definition of metric spaces, Examples, Open sets, Closed sets, Dense
sets, Compact sets, Connectedness, Closure and interior of the sets, Metric sub-
space. [10 Lectures]

ˆ Module II: Cauchy sequences, Convergent sequences, Complete metric space, Con-
tinuous functions, Continuity of composite functions, Continuity and inverse image
of open and closed sets, Banach Contraction mapping theorem, Implicit and Inverse
function theorem (statements only). [10 Lectures]

ˆ Module III: Normed linear spaces, Linear subspaces of normed linear spaces,
Banach spaces, Riesz representation theorem, Continuity of linear maps, Bounded
linear maps, Norm equivalence. [10 Lectures]

ˆ Module IV: Hilbert spaces, Cauchy -Schwarz inequality, Parallelogram law, Or-
thogonality, Pythagorean Theorem, Orthogonal projection, orthogonal complement
and projection theorem, Orthonormal sets, Orthonormal basis, Gram-Schmidt pro-
cess, Examples of orthonormal basis. [12 Lectures]

Text Books:
1. Apostol, T., Mathematical Analysis, 2nd Edition, Narosa Publishers, 2002.

2. Limaye, B. V., Functional Analysis, 2nd Edition, New age international Publish-
ers, 2009.

3. Dan Simovici, Mathematical Analysis for Machine Learning and Data Min-
ing, World Scientific, 2018

4. Rudin, W., Principles of Mathematical Analysis, 3rd Edition, McGraw-Hill,

2013.

Reference Books:
1. Stein, E. M. and Shakarchi, M., Real Analysis, Princeton Lectures.

2. Tao, T, Analysis I and II, Trim, Hindustan book agency.

3. Kreyszig, E., Introductory Functional Analysis with Applications, Reprint

2017

4. Naylor, A. C. and Sell, G. R., Linear Operator Theory in Engineering and

Science.

6.5 DS 302 Old : Computing Systems for Data Processing

Course Number : DS 302
Course Name : Computing Systems for Data Processing
L-T-P-C : 2-0-2-3
Prerequisites : None Intended for : UG

461
 Distribution : Discipline core for B. Tech. Data Science and Engineering, Not allowed
to B.Tech. CSE, Discipline elective for B. Tech. Electrical Engineering, Free elective for
other B. Tech. disciplines.

Course Contents
ˆ Basics of Computer Organization: Data representation, machine code, com-
puter arithmetic, code compilation, memory organization and management, mem-
ory and run time performance optimization. [8 Lectures]

ˆ Introduction to Operating Systems: Responsibilities of OS; process & thread

management: process model, states and its structure, process creation and termi-
nation, thread models and issues, User/Kernel level threads; inter-process commu-
nication, process synchronization, and process scheduling; file systems. [8 Lectures]

ˆ Introduction to Databases: Information modeling, ACID properties and Trans-

actions, Trade-offs between Relational Databases and NoSQL, Data Manipulation
Language SQL. [8 Lectures]

ˆ Scalable data processing using MapReduce: Hadoop Distributed File System,

MapReduce programming model. [4 Lectures]

Text books:
1. Stallings, William., Computer Organization and Architecture, Pearson Edu-
cation Limited, 2015.

2. Silberschatz, Abraham, Greg Gagne, and Peter B. Galvin., Operating system

concepts, Wiley, 2018.

3. Elmasri, Ramez, and Sham Navathe, Fundamentals of database systems, Pear-

son, 2017.

Reference Books:
1. Forouzan, Behrouz, Catherine Coombs, and Sophia Chung Fegan, Introduction
to data communications and networking, McGraw-Hill, Inc., 1997.

2. Ramakrishnan, Raghu, and Johannes Gehrke, Database management systems,

McGraw Hill, 2000.

3. Carl Hamacher, V., Zvonko G. Vranesic, and Safwat G. Zaky, Computer organi-
zation, 2004.

6.6 DS 302 : Computing Systems for Data Processing

Course Code : DS 302
Course Name : Computing Systems for Data Processing
L-T-P-C : 2-0-2-3

462
 Intended for : Discipline core for B. Tech. Data Science and Engineering, Not allowed
to B.Tech. CSE, Discipline elective for B. Tech. Electrical Engineering, Free elective for
other B. Tech. disciplines.
Prerequisite : None
Mutual Exclusion:
Approval: 55th BoA

Course Contents
ˆ Basics of Computer Organization: Data representation, machine code, com-
puter arithmetic, code compilation, memory organization and management, mem-
ory and run time performance optimization. (8 Lectures)

ˆ Introduction to Operating Systems: Responsibilities of OS; process & thread

management: process model, states and its structure, process creation and termina-
tion, thread models and issues, User/Kernel level threads; inter-process communi-
cation, process synchronization, and process scheduling; file systems. (8 Lectures)

ˆ Introduction to Databases: Information modeling, ACID properties and Trans-

actions, Trade-offs between Relational Databases and NoSQL, Data Manipulation
Language SQL. (8 Lectures)

ˆ Scalable data processing using MapReduce: Hadoop Distributed File System,

MapReduce programming model. (4 Lectures)

Textbooks:
1. Stallings, William., Computer Organization and Architecture, Global Edi-
tion, Pearson Education Limited, 2015.

2. Silberschatz, Abraham, Greg Gagne, and Peter B. Galvin., Operating system

concepts, Wiley, 2018.

3. Elmasri, Ramez, and Sham Navathe, Fundamentals of database systems, Pear-

son, 2017.

References:
1. Forouzan, Behrouz, Catherine Coombs, and Sophia Chung Fegan., Introduction
to data communications and networking, McGraw-Hill, 1997.

2. Ramakrishnan, Raghu, and Johannes Gehrke, Database management systems,

McGraw Hill, 2000.

3. Carl Hamacher, V., Zvonko G. Vranesic, and Safwat G. Zaky., Computer orga-
nization, 2004.

463
6.7 DS 303 : Statistical Foundations of Data Science
Course Code : DS 303
Course Name : Statistical Foundations of Data Science
L-T-P-C : 3-0-0-3
Intended for : Discipline core for B. Tech. Data Science and Engineering, Discipline
elective for B. Tech. Computer Science and Engineering, Electrical Engineering, Free
elective for other B. Tech. disciplines
Prerequisite : IC110-Engineering Mathematics, IC252-Data Science 2
Mutual Exclusion:
Approval: 55th BoA

Course Contents
ˆ Module I: Sample space, Sigma field, axiomatic definition of probability, condi-
tional probability and independence, Bayes Rule. (2 lectures)

ˆ Review: Random variables – discrete and continuous, probability mass function,

probability density function, some standard (important) pdfs, independence, expec-
tation, variance, conditional distribution, conditional expectation, covariance and
correlation, Functions of random variables. (7 lectures)

ˆ Module III: Probability generating function, moment generating function and

characteristic functions – properties and applications. (3 lectures)

ˆ Module IV: Convergence of random variables – basic results, inequalities (Markov

and Chebyshev), law of large numbers (weak and strong), central limit theorem. (5
lectures)

ˆ Module V: Random vectors and covariance and correlation matrix, Random pro-
cesses – stationarity, WSS, Autocorrelation, cross correlation, power spectral den-
sity, Ergodicity. Wiener processes, Markov processes, Poisson Process. (8 lectures)

ˆ Sampling methods: Inverse transforms sampling, Rejection sampling, adaptive

rejection sampling, importance sampling, Markov chains and MCMC (8 lectures)

ˆ Graphical models: ML and MAP estimation, directed and undirected models,

Bayesian networks, CRF, Learning and Inference method (ML, MAP, Sampling) (9
lectures)

Textbooks:
1. Grimmett, Geoffrey, and David Stirzaker, Probability and random processes,
Oxford university press, 2001.

2. Bishop, Christopher M., Pattern recognition and machine learning, Springer,

2006.

464
References:
1. Ross, Sheldon., A first course in probability, Pearson, 2014.

2. Stark, Henry, and John William Woods, Probability, statistics, and random
processes for engineers, Pearson, 2012.

3. Papoulis, Athanasios, and S. Unnikrishna Pillai, Probability, random variables,

and stochastic processes, Tata McGraw-Hill Education, 2002.

6.8 DS 303 Old : Statistical Foundations of Data Science

Course Number : DS 303
Course Name : Statistical Foundations of Data Science
L-T-P-C : 3-0-0-3
Prerequisites : IC110-Engineering Mathematics, IC252-Data Science 2
Intended for : UG Distribution : Discipline core for B. Tech. Data Science and En-
gineering, Discipline elective for B. Tech. Computer Science and Engineering, Electrical
Engineering, Free elective for other B. Tech. disciplines

Course Contents
ˆ Module I: Sample space, Sigma field, axiomatic definition of probability, condi-
tional probability and independence, Bayes Rule. [2 Lectures]

ˆ Module II: Review: Random variables – discrete and continuous, probability mass
function, probability density function, some standard (important) pdfs, indepen-
dence, expectation, variance, conditional distribution, conditional expectation, co-
variance and correlation, Functions of random variables. [7 Lectures]

ˆ Module III: Probability generating function, moment generating function and

characteristic functions – properties and applications. [3 Lectures]

ˆ Module VI: Convergence of random variables – basic results, inequalities (Markov

and Chebyshev), law of large numbers (weak and strong), central limit theorem. [5
Lectures]

ˆ Module V: Random vectors and covariance and correlation matrix, Random pro-
cesses – stationarity, WSS, Autocorrelation, cross correlation, power spectral den-
sity, Ergodicity. Wiener processes, Markov processes, Poisson Process. (8 lectures)

ˆ Sampling methods: Inverse transforms sampling, Rejection sampling, adaptive

rejection sampling, importance sampling, Markov chains and MCMC. [8 Lectures]

ˆ Graphical models: ML and MAP estimation, directed and undirected models,

Bayesian networks, CRF, Learning and Inference method (ML, MAP, Sampling).
[9 Lectures]

465
Textbooks:
1. Grimmett, Geoffrey, and David Stirzaker, Probability and random processes,
Oxford university press, 2001.

2. Bishop, Christopher M, Pattern recognition and machine learning, Springer,

2006.

References:
1. Ross, Sheldon, A first course in probability, Pearson, 2014.

2. Stark, Henry, and John William Woods, Probability, statistics, and random
processes for engineers, Pearson, 2012.

3. Papoulis, Athanasios, and S. Unnikrishna Pillai, Probability, random variables,

and stochastic processes, Tata McGraw-Hill Education, 2002.

6.9 DS 313 Old : Statistical Foundations of Data Science

Course Code : DS 313
Course Name : Statistical Foundations of Data Science
L-T-P-C : 3-1-0-4
Intended for : Discipline core for B. Tech. Data Science and Engineering, Discipline
elective for B. Tech. Computer Science and Engineering, Electrical Engineering, Free
elective for other B. Tech. disciplines
Prerequisite : IC 110 - Engineering Mathematics, IC252 - Data Science 2
Mutual Exclusion: Applied Probability (CS511), Probability and Random Processes
(EE532/EE534), Probability & statistics (MA524), Probability and Statistics for Data
Science and AI (MB-510)
Approval: 54th BoA

Course Contents
ˆ Module 1: Sample space, Sigma field, axiomatic definition of probability, condi-
tional probability and independence, Bayes Rule. (2 Hours)

ˆ Module 2: Review: Random variables – discrete and continuous, probability mass

function, probability density function, some standard (important) pdfs, indepen-
dence, expectation, variance, conditional distribution, conditional expectation, co-
variance and correlation, Functions of random variables. (7 Hours)

ˆ Module 3: Probability generating function, moment generating function and char-

acteristic functions – properties and applications. (3 Hours)

ˆ Module 4: Convergence of random variables – basic results, inequalities (Markov

and Chebyshev), law of large numbers (weak and strong), central limit theorem. (5
Hours)

466
 ˆ Module 5: Random vectors and covariance and correlation matrix, Random pro-
cesses – stationarity, WSS, Autocorrelation, cross correlation, power spectral den-
sity, Ergodicity. Wiener processes, Markov processes, Poisson Process. (8 Hours)

ˆ Module 6: Sampling methods: Inverse transforms sampling, Rejection sampling,

adaptive rejection sampling, importance sampling, Markov chains and MCMC. (8
Hours)

ˆ Module 7: Graphical models: ML and MAP estimation, directed and undirected

models, Bayesian networks, CRF, Learning and Inference method (ML, MAP, Sam-
pling) (9 Hours)

Tutorial Modules:
ˆ Same as the course modules. Selected practice problems will be discussed in tutorial
sessions.

Textbooks:
1. Papoulis, Athanasios, and S. Unnikrishna Pillai, Probability, random variables,
and stochastic processes, Tata McGraw-Hill Education, 2002.

2. Grimmett, Geoffrey, and David Stirzaker, Probability and random processes,

Oxford university press, 2001.

References:
1. Bishop, Christopher M, Pattern recognition and machine learning, Springer,
2006.

2. Ross, Sheldon, A first course in probability, Pearson, 2014.

3. Hajek, B., Random Processes for Engineers, Cambridge University Press, 2015.

6.10 DS 313 : Statistical Foundations of Data Science

Course Code : DS 313
Course Name : Statistical Foundations of Data Science
L-T-P-C : 3-1-0-4
Intended for : Discipline core for B. Tech. Data Science and Engineering, Discipline
elective for B. Tech. Computer Science and Engineering, Electrical Engineering, Free
elective for other B. Tech. disciplines; From 2022 UG Batches
Prerequisite : IC110-Engineering Mathematics, IC252-Data Science 2
Mutual Exclusion:
Approval: 55th BoA

467
Course Contents
ˆ Moeule I: Sample space, Sigma field, axiomatic definition of probability, condi-
tional probability and independence, Bayes Rule. (2 lectures)

ˆ Review: Random variables – discrete and continuous, probability mass function,

probability density function, some standard (important) pdfs, independence, expec-
tation, variance, conditional distribution, conditional expectation, covariance and
correlation, Functions of random variables. (7 lectures)

ˆ Module III: Probability generating function, moment generating function and

characteristic functions – properties and applications. (3 lectures)

ˆ Module IV: Convergence of random variables – basic results, inequalities (Markov

and Chebyshev), law of large numbers (weak and strong), central limit theorem. (5
lectures)

ˆ Module V: Random vectors and covariance and correlation matrix, Random pro-
cesses – stationarity, WSS, Autocorrelation, cross correlation, power spectral den-
sity, Ergodicity. Wiener processes, Markov processes, Poisson Process. (8 lectures)

ˆ Sampling methods: Inverse transforms sampling, Rejection sampling, adaptive

rejection sampling, importance sampling, Markov chains and MCMC (8 lectures)

ˆ Graphical models: ML and MAP estimation, directed and undirected models,

Bayesian networks, CRF, Learning and Inference method (ML, MAP, Sampling) (9
lectures)

Textbooks:
1. Grimmett, Geoffrey, and David Stirzaker, Probability and random processes,
Oxford university press, 2001.

2. Bishop, Christopher M., Pattern recognition and machine learning, Springer,

2006.

References:
1. Ross, Sheldon., A first course in probability, Pearson, 2014.

2. Stark, Henry, and John William Woods, Probability, statistics, and random
processes for engineers, Pearson, 2012.

3. Papoulis, Athanasios, and S. Unnikrishna Pillai, Probability, random variables,

and stochastic processes, Tata McGraw-Hill Education, 2002.

6.11 DS 401 Old : Optimization for data science

Course Number : DS 401
Course Name : Optimization for data science
L-T-P-C : 3-0-0-3

468
 Prerequisites : Linear algebra (IC 111), Engineering Mathematics (IC110), Mathe-
matical Foundations of Data Science – I (DSE-301)
Intended for : UG
Distribution : Discipline core for B. Tech. Data Science and Engineering, Discipline
elective for B. Tech. Computer Science and Engineering, Electrical Engineering, Free
elective for other B. Tech. disciplines

Course Contents
ˆ Module I: Affine sets, convex sets, cone, examples – hyperplanes, halfspaces, poly-
hedra, simplexes, positive semidefinite cones. Operations that preserve convexity.
Separating and supporting hyperplanes. Dual cones. [6 Lectures]

ˆ Module II: Convex function, first and second order conditions, epigraph, opera-
tions that preserve convexity, conjugate function. [5 Lectures]

ˆ Module III: Convex optimization – Linear, quadratic, geometric, conic. Formu-

lation of - unconstrained, equality constrained, inequality constrained and both –
problems. [5 Lectures]

ˆ Module IV: Duality – Lagrange dual function, bounds on the optimal value. La-
grange dual problem, weak and strong duality, optimality conditions. [8 Lectures]

ˆ Module V: Gradient methods – Gradient descent, conjugate gradient, accelerated

gradient descent, Newton methods, proximal and projected gradient descent, con-
ditional gradient and Frank-Wolfe algorithm, barrier and interior point methods,
Dual gradient ascent, ADMM, Stochastic gradient method. [18 Lectures]

Textbooks:
1. Boyd, Stephen, and Lieven Vandenberghe, Convex optimization, Cambridge uni-
versity press, 2004.

Reference books:
1. Yurii, Nesterov, Introductory lectures on convex optimization: a basic
course, Kluwer Academic Publishers, 2004.

2. Bertsekas, Dimitri P., Nonlinear programming, Journal of the Operational Re-

search Society 48.3 (1997): 334-334.

3. Luenberger, D. G., and Y. Ye, Linear and nonlinear programming, Springer,

2008.

4. Nocedal, Jorge, and Stephen Wright, Numerical optimization, Springer Science

& Business Media, 2006.

469
6.12 DS 401 : Optimization for Data Science
Course Code : DS 401
Course Name : Optimization for Data Science
L-T-P-C : 3-0-0-3
Intended for : Discipline core for B. Tech. Data Science and Engineering, Discipline
elective for B. Tech. Computer Science and Engineering, Electrical Engineering, Free
elective for other B. Tech. disciplines
Prerequisite : IC111-Linear Algebra, IC110-Engineering Mathematics, DS301- Math-
ematical Foundations of Data Science I
Mutual Exclusion:
Approval: 55th BoA

Course Contents
ˆ Module I: Affine sets, convex sets, cone, examples – hyperplanes, halfspaces, poly-
hedra, simplexes, positive semidefinite cones. Operations that preserve convexity.
Separating and supporting hyperplanes. Dual cones. (6 lectures)
ˆ Module II: Convex function, first and second order conditions, epigraph, opera-
tions that preserve convexity, conjugate function. (6 lectures)
ˆ Module III:Convex optimization – linear, quadratic, geometric, conic, semidefinite
programming. Formulation of - unconstrained, equality constrained, inequality
constrained and both – problems. (7 lectures)
ˆ Module VI:Duality – Lagrange dual function, bounds on the optimal value. La-
grange dual problem, weak and strong duality, optimality conditions. (8 lectures)
ˆ Module V: Gradient methods – gradient descent, Lipschitz functions, smooth
functions, projected gradient descent, Frank-Wolfe algorithm, Chebyhsev iterations,
conjugate gradient, Nesterov’s accelerated gradient descent. Dual gradient ascent,
ADAM. (10 lectures)
ˆ Module VI:Nonconvex optimization – alternating minimization and expectation
maximization algorithms, convex relaxations. (5 lectures)

Textbooks:
1. Boyd, Stephen, and Lieven Vandenberghe, Convex optimization, Cambridge uni-
versity press, 2004.

References:
1. Yurii, Nesterov, Introductory lectures on convex optimization: a basic
course, Kluwer Academic Publishers, 2004.
2. Luenberger, D. G., and Y. Ye, Linear and nonlinear programming, Springer,
2008.
3. Nocedal, Jorge, and Stephen Wright, Numerical optimization, Springer Science
& Business Media, 2006.

470
6.13 DS 402 : Matrix Computations for Data Science
Course Code : DS 402
Course Name : Matrix Computations for Data Science
L-T-P-C : 2-0-2-3
Intended for : Discipline core for B. Tech. Data Science and Engineering, Discipline
elective for B. Tech. Computer Science and Engineering, Electrical Engineering, Free
elective for other B. Tech. disciplines
Prerequisite : IC110-Engineering Mathematics, IC111-Linear Algebra
Mutual Exclusion:
Approval: 55th BoA

Course Contents
ˆ Basics: Errors in numerical computations. Review matrices and transformations,
Matrix and Vector Norms. (2 lectures)
ˆ Matrix factorizations: Cholesky factorization, QR factorization, Householder
reflectors and Givens rotations. LU factorization and Gaussian elimination. Nu-
merical stability Pivoting strategies and solution of triangular and full systems by
factorization. (5 lectures)
ˆ Eigenvalue problem: Basic theory, Power method, bisection method, QR algo-
rithm. Similarity reduction. (4 lectures)
ˆ Linear least squares problem: Singular value decomposition, Moore-Penrose
Pseudoinverse. Perturbation theory. Least square and normal equations. SVD and
rank deficiency, Principal Component Analysis, Linear Discriminant Analysis. (6
lectures)
ˆ Iterative methods for linear systems: Iterative methods for linear systems
Iterative methods: Jacobi, Gauss-Seidel and SOR iterations. Kronecker product.
Krylov subspace methods, conjugate gradient method, preconditioning. (5 lectures)
ˆ Sparse and banded linear systems: Storage schemes for banded and sparse
matrices, Sparse matrices and sparse solutions: approximate inverses, eigenvalues,
incomplete factorization. Matrix regularization: matrix completion. (6 lectures)

Lab Exercises:
Lab would be conducted on a 2-hour weekly slot. Lab sessions would be conducted in
tandem with the theory course so the topics for problems given in the lab are already
initiated in the theory class.

Textbooks:
1. Trefethen, Lloyd N., and David Bau III, Numerical linear algebra, Vol. 50,
SIAM, 1997.
2. Eldén, Lars., Matrix methods in data mining and pattern recognition, Vol.
4, SIAM, 2007.

471
References:
1. Watkins, David S., Fundamentals of matrix computations, Vol. 64. John
Wiley & Sons, 2004.

2. Demmel, James W., Applied numerical linear algebra, Vol. 56. SIAM, 1997.

3. Golub, Gene H., and Charles F. Van Loan., Matrix computations, Vol. 3. JHU
press, 2012.

4. Cullen, Charles G., An introduction to numerical linear algebra, PWS Pub-

lishing Company, 1994.

6.14 DS 402 Old : Matrix Computations for Data Science

Course Number : DS 402
Course Name : Matrix Computations for Data Science
Credits : 2-0-2-3
Prerequisites : IC110-Engineering Mathematics, IC111-Linear Algebra
Intended for : UG
Distribution : Discipline core for B. Tech. Data Science and Engineering, Discipline
elective for B. Tech. Computer Science and Engineering, Electrical Engineering, Free
elective for other B. Tech. disciplines Semester : odd/even

Course Contents
ˆ Basics: Errors in numerical computations. Review matrices and transformations,
Vector and Matrix Norms. [2 Lectures]

ˆ Matrix factorizations: Gaussian elimination and LU factorization , Cholesky

factorization, QR factorization, Givens rotations and Householder reflectors. Nu-
merical stability, Pivoting strategies and solution of triangular and full systems by
factorization. [5 Lectures]

ˆ Eigenvalue problem: Basic theory, Power method, LR and QR algorithms,

Given’s and Householder’s methods for symmetric matrices. [5 Lectures]

ˆ Linear least squares problem: Singular value decomposition, SVD and rank
deficiency, Moore-Penrose Pseudo inverse. Perturbation theory. Least square and
normal equations., Principal Component Analysis, Linear Discriminant Analysis.
[6 Lectures]

ˆ Iterative methods for linear systems: Iterative methods for linear systems, It-
erative methods: Jacobi, Gauss-Seidel and SOR iterations. Krylov subspace meth-
ods, conjugate gradient method, preconditioning. [5 Lectures]

ˆ Sparse and banded linear systems: Storage schemes for banded and sparse
matrices, solutions of Sparse Linear Systems: approximate inverses, eigenvalues,
incomplete factorization. Matrix regularization: matrix completion. [5 Lectures]

472
Textbooks:
1. Trefethen, Lloyd N., and David Bau III, Numerical linear algebra, Vol. 50.
SIAM, 1997.

2. Elden, Lars., Matrix methods in data mining and pattern recognition, Vol.
4, SIAM, 2007.

References
1. Watkins, David S., Fundamentals of matrix computations, Vol. 64, John
Wiley & Sons, 2004.

2. Demmel, James W., Applied numerical linear algebra, Vol. 56, SIAM, 1997.

3. Golub, Gene H., and Charles F. Van Loan, Matrix computations, Vol. 3, JHU
press, 2012.

6.15 DS 403 Old : Introduction to Statistical Learning

Course Number : DS 403
Course Name : Introduction to Statistical Learning
L-T-P-C : 2-0-2-3
Prerequisites : IC272 – Data Science-3, DS201 - Data Handling and visualization
or equivalent, DS303 – Statistical Foundations of Data Science or equivalent, DS402 –
Matrix Computations for Data Science
Intended for : UG
Distribution : Discipline core for B. Tech. Data Science and Engineering, Discipline
elective for B. Tech. Computer Science and Engineering, Electrical Engineering, Free
elective for other B. Tech. disciplines

Course Contents
ˆ Introduction to learning from data: Introduction to supervised learning and
unsupervised learning. [2 Lectures]

ˆ Supervised learning: Regression: Linear regression models and least squares,

Shrinkage methods: ridge regression and the LASSO. [6 Lectures]

ˆ Supervised learning: Classification: Logistic regression, nearest neighbour’s

method, Bayes classifier with unimodal and multimodal density - maximum likeli-
hood estimation, expectation-maximization (EM) algorithm; decision trees, support
vector machines (SVMs), basics of neural networks. [8 Lectures]

ˆ Model Assessment and Selection: Bias, variance and model complexity, The
Bayesian approach, AIC and BIC, cross-validation, bootstrap methods, hypothesis
testing, confidence intervals, significance testing. [6 Lectures]

ˆ Unsupervised learning: Introduction to association rules, clustering, and dimen-

sion reduction. [6 Lectures]

473
Lab Exercises:
Lab to be conducted on a 2-hour slot. It will be conducted in tandem with the theory
course so the topics for problems given in the lab are already initiated in the theory
class. The topics taught in the theory course should be appropriately be sequenced for
synchronization with the laboratory.

Textbooks:
1. Hastie, T., Tibshirani, R. and Friedman, J., The Elements of Statistical Learning:
Data Mining, Inference, and Prediction, 2nd Edition, Springer, 2017.

Reference books:
1. Duda, R. O., Hart, P. E. and Stork, D. G., Pattern Classification, John Wiley,
2001.

2. Bishop, C. M., Pattern Recognition and Machine Learning, Springer, 2006.

3. Theodoridis, S. and Koutroumbas, K., Pattern Recognition, Academic Press,

2009.

6.16 DS 403 : Introduction to Statistical Learning

Course Code : DS 403
Course Name : Introduction to Statistical Learning
L-T-P-C : 2-0-2-3
Intended for : Discipline core for B. Tech. Data Science and Engineering, Discipline
elective for B. Tech. Computer Science and Engineering, Electrical Engineering, Free
elective for other B. Tech. disciplines
Prerequisite :DS201 - Data Handling and visualization or equivalent, DS303 – Statis-
tical Foundations of Data Science or equivalent, DS402 – Matrix Computations for Data
Science
Mutual Exclusion:
Approval: 55th BoA

Course Contents
ˆ Introduction to learning from data: Introduction to supervised learning and unsu-
pervised learning. (2 Lecture)

ˆ Supervised learning: Regression: Linear regression models and least squares, Shrink-
age methods: ridge regression and the LASSO. (6 Lectures)

ˆ Supervised learning: Classification: Logistic regression, nearest neighbour’s method,

Bayes classifier with unimodal and multimodal density - maximum likelihood esti-
mation, expectation-maximization (EM) algorithm; decision trees, support vector
machines (SVMs), basics of neural networks(8 Lectures)

474
 ˆ Model Assessment and Selection: Bias, variance and model complexity, The Bayesian
approach, AIC and BIC, cross-validation, bootstrap methods, hypothesis testing,
confidence intervals, significance testing. (6 Lectures)
ˆ Unsupervised learning: Introduction to association rules, clustering, and dimension
reduction. (6 Lectures)

Lab Exercises:
Lab to be conducted on a 2-hour slot. It will be conducted in tandem with the theory
course so the topics for problems given in the lab are already initiated in the theory
class. The topics taught in the theory course should be appropriately be sequenced for
synchronization with the laboratory.

Textbooks:
1. Hastie, T., Tibshirani, R. and Friedman, J., The Elements of Statistical Learn-
ing: Data Mining, Inference, and Prediction, 2nd Edition, 12th Reprint,
Springer, 2017.

References:
1. Duda, R. O., Hart, P. E. and Stork, D. G., Pattern Classification, John Wiley,
2001.
2. Bishop, C. M., Pattern Recognition and Machine Learning, Springer, 2006.
3. Theodoridis, S. and Koutroumbas, K., Pattern Recognition, Academic Press,
2009.

6.17 DS 404 : Information Security and Privacy

Course Code : DS 404
Course Name : Information Security and Privacy
L-T-P-C : 3-0-0-3
Intended for : Discipline core for B. Tech. Data Science and Engineering, Discipline
elective for B. Tech. Computer Science and Engineering, Electrical Engineering, Free
elective for other B. Tech. disciplines
Prerequisite : DS203-Mathematical Foundations of Data Science I
Mutual Exclusion:
Approval: 55th BoA

Course Contents
ˆ Introduction to information security: Information security models; attacks,
threats, vulnerabilities, and risks. Operations security: Haas’ Laws. Identification
and authentication: identity verification, falsifying identification, multifactor and
mutual authentication, passwords, biometrics, hardware tokens, performance eval-
uation. Authorization and access control: principle of least privilege, access con-
trol lists, and access control methodologies, physical security and access controls.

475
 Auditing and accountability: non-repudiation, deterrence, intrusion detection and
prevention, logging, monitoring, assessments. (8 Lectures)

ˆ Cryptography: Protocols (key exchange, public key cryptography, secret sharing),

techniques (key length, key management, etc), cryptographic algorithms (mathe-
matical background, data encryption standard, block and stream ciphers, public-
key, digital signatures). (8 Lectures)

ˆ Network security: Protecting networks and network traffic, mobile device secu-
rity, network security tools. (6 Lectures)

ˆ Operating system security: OS hardening, protecting against malware, firewalls

and host intrusion detection, OS security tools. (4 Lectures)

ˆ Application security: Software development vulnerabilities, web security, database

security, and application security tools. (6 Lectures)

ˆ Information privacy: Static and dynamic data anonymization and threats to

anonymization, privacy in synthetic and test data, privacy regulations. (6 Lectures)

ˆ Information Ethics: Ownership, privacy, anonymity, validity, algorithmic fair-

ness, societal consequences, code of ethics, attributions. (4 Lectures)

Textbooks:
1. Andress, J. and Winterfeld, S., The Basics of Information Security, 2nd Edi-
tion, Syngress, 2014.

2. Venkataraman, N. and Shriram, A., Data Privacy: Principles and Practice,

Chapman and Hall/CRC, 2016.

References:
1. Guise, P. D., Data Protection, Routledge, 2017.

2. Katz, J. and Lindell, Y., Introduction to Modern Cryptography, Chapman

and Hall/CRC, 2015.

3. Torra, V., Data Privacy: Foundations and the Big data Challenge, Springer,
2017.

4. Weigand, A., Data for the People, Basic Books, 2017.

6.18 DS 404 Old : Information Security and Privacy

Course Number : DS 404
Course Name : Information Security and Privacy
Credits : 3-0-0-3
Prerequisites : IC152 or any other programming course
Intended for : B.Tech.

476
 Distribution : Discipline core for B. Tech. Data Science and Engineering, Discipline
elective for B. Tech. Computer Science and Engineering, Electrical Engineering, Free
elective for other B. Tech. disciplines

Course Contents
ˆ Introduction to information security:

– Information security models; attacks, threats, vulnerabilities, and risks. Op-

erations security: Haas’ Laws. Identification and authentication: identity
verification, falsifying identification, multifactor and mutual authentication,
passwords, biometrics, hardware tokens, performance evaluation.
– Authorization and access control: principle of least privilege, access control
lists, and access control methodologies, physical security and access controls.
Auditing and accountability: non-repudiation, deterrence, intrusion detection
and prevention, logging, monitoring, assessments. [8 Lectures]

ˆ Cryptography: Protocols (key exchange, public key cryptography, secret sharing),

techniques (key length, key management, etc), cryptographic algorithms (mathe-
matical background, data encryption standard, block and stream ciphers, public-
key, digital signatures). [8 Lectures]

ˆ Network security: Protecting networks and network traffic, mobile device secu-
rity, network security tools. [6 Lectures]

ˆ Operating system security: OS hardening, protecting against malware, firewalls

and host intrusion detection, OS security tools. [4 Lectures]

ˆ Application security: Software development vulnerabilities, web security, database

security, and application security tools. [6 Lectures]

ˆ Information privacy: Static and dynamic data anonymization and threats to

anonymization, privacy in synthetic and test data, privacy regulations. [6 Lectures]

ˆ Information Ethics: Ownership, privacy, anonymity, validity, algorithmic fair-

ness, societal consequences, code of ethics, attributions. [4 Lectures]

Text Books:
1. Andress, J. and Winterfeld, S., The Basics of Information Security, 2nd Edi-
tion, Syngress, 2014.

2. Venkataraman, N. and Shriram, A., Data Privacy: Principles and Practice,

Chapman and Hall/CRC, 2016.

Reference Books:
1. Guise, P. D., Data Protection, Routledge, 2017.

2. Katz, J. and Lindell, Y., Introduction to Modern Cryptography, Chapman

and Hall/CRC, 2015.

477
 3. Torra, V., Data Privacy: Foundations and the Big data Challenge, Springer,
2017.

4. Weigand, A., Data for the People, Basic Books, 2017.

5. William Stallings and Lawrie Brown, Computer Security -- Principles and

Practice, 3rd Edition. Pearson.

6.19 DS 411 Old : Optimization for Data Science

Course Code : DS 411
Course Name : Optimization for Data Science
L-T-P-C : 3-1-0-4
Intended for : UG
Prerequisite : IC111-Linear Algebra, IC110-Engineering Mathematics, DS301- Math-
ematical Foundations for Data Science
Mutual Exclusion:
Approval: 54th BoA

Course Contents
ˆ Module 1: Affine sets, convex sets, cone, examples – hyperplanes, half-spaces,
polyhedra, simplexes, positive semidefinite cones. Operations that preserve con-
vexity. Separating and supporting hyperplanes. Dual cones. (6 Hours)

ˆ Module 2: Convex function, first and second order conditions, epigraph, opera-
tions that preserve convexity, conjugate function. (6 Hours)

ˆ Module 3: Convex optimization – linear, quadratic, geometric, conic, semidefinite

programming. Formulation of - unconstrained, equality constrained, inequality
constrained and both – problems. (7 Hours)

ˆ Module 4: Duality – Lagrange dual function, bounds on the optimal value. La-
grange dual problem, weak and strong duality, optimality conditions. (8 Hours)

ˆ Module 5: Gradient methods – gradient descent, Lipschitz functions, smooth

functions, projected gradient descent, Frank-Wolfe algorithm, Chebyhsev iterations,
conjugate gradient, Nesterov’s accelerated gradient descent. Dual gradient ascent,
ADAM. (10 Hours)

ˆ Module 6: Nonconvex optimization – alternating minimization and expectation

maximization algorithms, convex relaxations. (5 Hours)

Textbooks:
1. Boyd, Stephen, and Lieven Vandenberghe, Convex optimization, Cambridge uni-
versity press, 2004.

478
References:
1. Yurii, Nesterov, Introductory lectures on convex optimization: a basic
course, Kluwer Academic Publishers, 2004.

2. Luenberger, D. G., and Y. Ye, Linear and nonlinear programming, Springer,

2008.

3. Nocedal, Jorge, and Stephen Wright, Numerical optimization, Springer Science

& Business Media, 2006.

6.20 DS 411 : Optimization for Data Science

Course Code : DS 411
Course Name : Optimization for Data Science
L-T-P-C : 3-1-0-4
Intended for : Discipline core for B. Tech. Data Science and Engineering, Discipline
elective for B. Tech. Computer Science and Engineering, Electrical Engineering, Free
elective for other B. Tech. disciplines
Prerequisite : IC111-Linear Algebra, IC110-Engineering Mathematics, DS301- Math-
ematical Foundations of Data Science I
Mutual Exclusion:
Approval: 55th BoA

Course Contents
ˆ Module I: Affine sets, convex sets, cone, examples – hyperplanes, halfspaces, poly-
hedra, simplexes, positive semidefinite cones. Operations that preserve convexity.
Separating and supporting hyperplanes. Dual cones. (6 lectures)

ˆ Module II: Convex function, first and second order conditions, epigraph, opera-
tions that preserve convexity, conjugate function. (6 lectures)

ˆ Module III: Convex optimization – linear, quadratic, geometric, conic, semidefi-

nite programming. Formulation of - unconstrained, equality constrained, inequality
constrained and both – problems. (7 lectures)

ˆ Module VI: Duality – Lagrange dual function, bounds on the optimal value.
Lagrange dual problem, weak and strong duality, optimality conditions. (8 lectures)

ˆ Module V: Gradient methods – gradient descent, Lipschitz functions, smooth

functions, projected gradient descent, Frank-Wolfe algorithm, Chebyhsev iterations,
conjugate gradient, Nesterov’s accelerated gradient descent. Dual gradient ascent,
ADAM. (10 lectures)

ˆ Module VI: Nonconvex optimization – alternating minimization and expectation

maximization algorithms, convex relaxations. (5 lectures)

479
Textbooks:
1. Boyd, Stephen, and Lieven Vandenberghe, Convex optimization, Cambridge uni-
versity press, 2004.

References:
1. Yurii, Nesterov, Introductory lectures on convex optimization: a basic
course, Kluwer Academic Publishers, 2004.

2. Luenberger, D. G., and Y. Ye, Linear and nonlinear programming, Springer,

2008.

3. Nocedal, Jorge, and Stephen Wright, Numerical optimization, Springer Science

& Business Media, 2006.

6.21 DS 412 : Matrix Computations for Data Science

Course Code : DS 412
Course Name : Matrix Computations for Data Science
L-T-P-C : 3-0-2-4
Intended for : Discipline core for B. Tech. Data Science and Engineering, Discipline
elective for B. Tech. Computer Science and Engineering, Electrical Engineering, Free
elective for other B. Tech. disciplines
Prerequisite : IC 110-Engineering Mathematics, IC 111-Linear Algebra; From 2022
UG Batches
Mutual Exclusion:
Approval: 55th BoA

Course Contents
ˆ Basics: Errors in numerical computations. Review matrices and transformations,
Matrix and Vector Norms. (2 lectures)

ˆ Matrix factorizations: Cholesky factorization, QR factorization, Householder

reflectors and Givens rotations. LU factorization and Gaussian elimination. Nu-
merical stability Pivoting strategies and solution of triangular and full systems by
factorization. (5 lectures)

ˆ Eigenvalue problem: Basic theory, Power method, bisection method, QR algo-

rithm. Similarity reduction. (4 lectures)

ˆ Linear least squares problem: Singular value decomposition, Moore-Penrose

Pseudoinverse. Perturbation theory. Least square and normal equations. SVD and
rank deficiency, Principal Component Analysis, Linear Discriminant Analysis. (6
lectures)

ˆ Iterative methods for linear systems : Iterative methods for linear systems
Iterative methods: Jacobi, Gauss-Seidel and SOR iterations. Kronecker product.
Krylov subspace methods, conjugate gradient method, preconditioning. (5 lectures)

480
 ˆ Sparse and banded linear systems: Storage schemes for banded and sparse
matrices, Sparse matrices and sparse solutions: approximate inverses, eigenvalues,
incomplete factorization. Matrix regularization: matrix completion. (6 lectures)

Lab Exercises:
Lab would be conducted on a 2-hour weekly slot. Lab sessions would be conducted in
tandem with the theory course so the topics for problems given in the lab are already
initiated in the theory class.

Textbooks:
1. Trefethen, Lloyd N., and David Bau III, Numerical linear algebra, Vol. 50,
SIAM, 1997.

2. Eldén, Lars., Matrix methods in data mining and pattern recognition, Vol.
4. SIAM, 2007.

References:
1. Watkins, David S., Fundamentals of matrix computations, Vol. 64, John
Wiley & Sons, 2004.

2. Demmel, James W., Applied numerical linear algebra, Vol. 56, SIAM, 1997.

3. Golub, Gene H., and Charles F. Van Loan., Matrix computations, Vol. 3, JHU
press, 2012.

4. Cullen, Charles G., An introduction to numerical linear algebra, PWS Pub-

lishing Company, 1994.

6.22 DS 412 Old : Matrix Computations for Data Science

Course Code : DS 412
Course Name : Matrix Computations for Data Science
L-T-P-C : 3-0-2-4
Intended for : UG
Prerequisite : IC111-Linear Algebra, IC110-Engineering Mathematics
Mutual Exclusion:
Approval: 54th BoA

Course Contents
ˆ Basics: Errors in numerical computations. Review matrices and Block matrix,
Linear Transformations: matrices, Projection Transformations, Reflection Transfor-
mations, and Rotational Transformations, compositions of Linear Transformations,
Matrix and Vector Norms. (10 Hours)

481
 ˆ Matrix factorizations: Cholesky factorization, QR factorization, Householder
reflectors and Givens rotations. LU factorization and Gaussian elimination. Nu-
merical stability Pivoting strategies and solution of triangular and full systems by
factorization. (6 Hours)

ˆ Eigenvalue problem: Basic theory, Power method, bisection method, QR algo-

rithm. Similarity reduction. (5 Hours)

ˆ Linear least squares problem: Jordan decomposition: Uniqueness and similar-

ities, Existence and computation, Matrix functions, Singular value decomposition,
Moore-Penrose Pseudoinverse. Perturbation theory. Least square and normal equa-
tions. SVD and rank deficiency, Principal Component Analysis, Linear Discrimi-
nant Analysis. (8 Hours)

ˆ Iterative methods for linear systems: Iterative methods for linear systems
Iterative methods: Jacobi, Gauss-Seidel and SOR iterations. Kronecker product.
Krylov subspace methods, conjugate gradient method, preconditioning. (7 Hours)

ˆ Sparse and banded linear systems: Storage schemes for banded and sparse
matrices, Sparse matrices and sparse solutions: approximate inverses, eigenvalues,
incomplete factorization. Matrix regularization: matrix completion. (6 Hours)

Laboratory/practical/tutorial Modules:
Lab would be conducted on a 2-hour weekly slot. Lab sessions would be conducted in
tandem with the theory course so the topics for problems given in the lab are already
initiated in the theory class.

Textbooks:
1. Trefethen, Lloyd N., and David Bau III, Numerical linear algebra, Vol. 50.
SIAM, 1997.

2. Elden, Lars, Matrix methods in data mining and pattern recognition, Vol.
4. SIAM, 2007.

References:
1. Watkins, David S., Fundamentals of matrix computations, Vol. 64. John
Wiley & Sons, 2004.

2. Demmel, James W, Applied numerical linear algebra, Vol. 56. SIAM, 1997.

3. Golub, Gene H., and Charles F. Van Loan, Matrix computations, Vol. 3. JHU
press, 2012.

4. Cullen, Charles G., An introduction to numerical linear algebra, PWS Pub-

lishing Company, 1994.

482
6.23 DS 413 Old : Introduction to Statistical Learning
Course Code : DS 413
Course Name : Introduction to Statistical Learning
L-T-P-C : 3-1-0-4
Intended for : UG
Prerequisite :IC 272 – Data Science-3, IC111 – Linear Algebra, IC152 – Computing
and Data Science, IC252 - Probability and Statistics (Data Science 2)
Mutual Exclusion:
Approval: 54th BoA

Course Contents
ˆ Introduction to learning from data: (4 Hours)

– Introduction to supervised learning and unsupervised learning.

– Introduction to statistical learning
– Statistical Models, Supervised Learning and Function Approximation

ˆ Supervised learning: Regression (7 Hours)

– Linear regression models and least squares

– Shrinkage methods: ridge regression
– The LASSO
– Logistic regression.

ˆ Supervised learning: Classification (12 Hours)

– Bayes Decision Theory (Taken from PR)

* Minimum-error-rate classification
* Classifiers, Discriminant functions, Decision surfaces
* Normal density and discriminant functions
* Discrete features
– Bayes classifier with unimodal and multimodal density - maximum likelihood
estimation and MAP (class density estimation), Expectation-Maximization
(EM) algorithm
– Decision trees: Classification and Regression Trees (CART) (Random Forest)
– K - nearest neighbour
– Perceptron
– Support vector machine (SVM)

ˆ Model Assessment and Selection: (9 Hours)

– Bias, variance and model complexity

– The Bayesian approach, AIC and BIC,cross-validation

483
 – Bootstrap methods, hypothesis testing, confidence intervals, significance test-
ing,Ensemble learning

ˆ Unsupervised learning: (10 Hours)

– Introduction to association rules, clustering, and dimension reduction.

– Principal component analysis (PCA) – Optimization formulation and kernel
PCA
– Linear discriminant analysis (LDA)

Laboratory/practical/tutorial Modules:
Lab would be conducted on a 2-hour weekly slot. Lab sessions would be conducted in
tandem with the theory course so the topics for problems given in the lab are already
initiated in the theory class.

Textbooks:
1. Hastie, T., Tibshirani, R. and Friedman, J., The Elements of Statistical Learn-
ing: Data Mining, Inference, and Prediction, 2nd Edition, 12th Reprint,
Springer, 2017

References:
1. Duda, R. O., Hart, P. E. and Stork, D. G., Pattern Classification, John Wiley,
2001.

2. Bishop, C. M., Pattern Recognition and Machine Learning, Springer, 2006.

3. Theodoridis, S. and Koutroumbas, K., Pattern Recognition, Academic Press,

2009.

6.24 DS 413 : Introduction to Statistical Learning

Course Code : DS 413
Course Name : Introduction to Statistical Learning
L-T-P-C : 3-1-0-4
Intended for : Discipline core for B. Tech. Data Science and Engineering, Discipline
elective for B. Tech. Computer Science and Engineering, Electrical Engineering, Free
elective for other B. Tech. disciplines
Prerequisite : DS201 - Data Handling and visualization or equivalent, DS303 – Statis-
tical Foundations of Data Science or equivalent, DS402 – Matrix Computations for Data
Science; From 2022 UG Batches
Mutual Exclusion:
Approval: 55th BoA

484
Course Contents
ˆ Introduction to learning from data: Introduction to supervised learning and
unsupervised learning. (2 Lectures)

ˆ Supervised learning: Regression: Linear regression models and least squares,

Shrinkage methods: ridge regression and the LASSO. (6 Lectures)

ˆ Supervised learning: Classification: Logistic regression, nearest neighbour’s

method, Bayes classifier with unimodal and multimodal density - maximum likeli-
hood estimation, expectation-maximization (EM) algorithm; decision trees, support
vector machines (SVMs), basics of neural networks. (8 Lectures)

ˆ Model Assessment and Selection: Bias, variance and model complexity, The
Bayesian approach, AIC and BIC, cross-validation, bootstrap methods, hypothesis
testing, confidence intervals, significance testing. (6 Lectures)

ˆ Unsupervised learning: Introduction to association rules, clustering, and dimen-

sion reduction. (6 Lectures)

Lab Exercises:
Lab to be conducted on a 2-hour slot. It will be conducted in tandem with the theory
course so the topics for problems given in the lab are already initiated in the theory
class. The topics taught in the theory course should be appropriately be sequenced for
synchronization with the laboratory.

Textbooks:
1. Hastie, T., Tibshirani, R. and Friedman, J., The Elements of Statistical Learn-
ing: Data Mining, Inference, and Prediction, 2nd Edition, 12th Reprint,
Springer, 2017.

References:
1. Duda, R. O., Hart, P. E. and Stork, D. G., Pattern Classification, John Wiley,
2001.

2. Bishop, C. M., Pattern Recognition and Machine Learning, Springer, 2006.

3. Theodoridis, S. and Koutroumbas, K., Pattern Recognition, Academic Press,

2009.

485
7 Electrical Engineering Courses
7.1 EE 101 Electrical Science
Course Code: EE-101
Course Name: Electrical Science
L-T-P-C:3-1-2-4
Pre-requisite: NIL Sem. Both
Approval: 5th Senate
Equivalent Course: IC 160

Course Contents:
ˆ Network Fundamentals: Types of Sources and Elements, Kirchoff’s Laws, Mesh
and Node Analysis of D.C. Networks.

ˆ Transient Analysis: RL & RC circuits.

ˆ Network Theorems: Thevenin’s Theorem, Norton’s Theorem, Superposition

Theorem, Maxi- mum Power Theorem, Star-Delta Transformation.

ˆ A.C. Fundamentals: Concept of Phasor, Impedance and Admittance, Mesh and

Node analysis of Single Phase AC Networks, Network Theorems in AC Networks,
Active and Reactive Power in AC Circuits, Resonance in Series AC Circuits.

ˆ Introduction to 3-phase A.C. Circuits: Analysis of 3-phase balanced start-

delta circuits, Power in 3-phase Circuits.

ˆ Magnetic Circuit Concepts: Analogy with Electrical Circuits, Calculation for

series, parallel and series parallel magnetic circuits, Eddy current and Hysteresis
losses.

ˆ Single Phase Transformer: Basic constructional features, Operating principle,

Phasor diagram, Equivalent Circuit, Voltage regulation, Efficiency, Open circuit
and Short Circuit tests.

ˆ D.C. Machines : Principle of operation, Basic constructional features, Emf and

torques equation, Armature reaction, Types of Excitation and Generator charac-
teristics, Types of D.C. motors, Starting and speed control of D.C. motors.

ˆ Machines: Three phase Induction Motor: Operating principle, Constructional fea-

tures, Equivalent circuits, Torque-speed characteristics, Starting and speed control.
Synchronous Generator: Basic principle of operation, Emf equation, Constructional
features.

ˆ Measurement of Electrical Quantities: Measurement of Voltage, Current,

Power and Energy, Moving Iron Instruments, Measurement of 3 phase power, Ac-
curacy class of meters.

486
References:
1. Mukhopadhyaya P., Pant A. K., Kumar V. and Chittore D. S., Elements of Elec-
trical Science, M/s Nem Chand & Brothers.

2. Vincent Del Toro, Electrical Engineering Fundamentals, Prentice Hall of India.

3. Kothari D. P., Nagrath I. J., Theory and Problems of Basic Electrical Engi-
neering, Prentice Hall of India.

4. Hayt W. H., Kemmerly J. E. and Durbin S. M., Engineering Circuit Analysis,

Tata McGraw–Hill Publishing Company Limited.

5. Chapman S. J., Electric Machinery Fundamentals, McGraw Hill Book Com-

pany.

6. Hughes E., Electrical & Electronic Technology, 8th Edition, Pearson Publish-
ing

7.2 EE 201: Electromechanics

Course Code : EE 201
Course Name : Electromechanics
L-T-P-C : 2.5-0.5-0-3
Prerequisites : IC 160 Electrical System around Us
Students intended for : UG
Elective or Core : Core for EE, Elective for CSE/ME
Approval: 6th Senate

Course Contents
ˆ Circuits: AC circuits - 1-phase & 3- phase (review); magnetic circuits. [2 Lectures]

ˆ Transformers:1-phase and 3-phase, auto-transformers, harmonics, special multi-

phase transformers and their applications. [8 Lectures]

ˆ Basic principles of electro mechanical energy conversion and rotating

machines [3 Lectures]

ˆ Synchronous Machines: Construction, characteristics, regulation, V-curves, par-

allel operation and power system interfacing. [10 Lectures]

ˆ Induction machines: 3-phase and 1- phase machine construction, characteristics,

starting, braking and speed control, induction generators and applications. [10
Lectures]

ˆ Special machines: Construction, characteristics and applications of a few special

machines, such as, BLDC machine, PM machine, SRM, hysteresis motor, stepper
motor, linear induction motor and their applications. [9 Lectures]

487
Text Books:
1. Kosow, I. L., Electric Machinery & Transformers, PHI, India

2. Nagrath I. J. and Kothari D. P., Electrical Machines, 3rd Edition, Tata McGraw-
Hill Publishing Company Limited.

3. Venkatratnam K., Special Electrical Machines, University Press, India

Reference Books:
1. Fitzgerald A. E., Kingsley C. and Kusko A., Electric Machinery, 6th Edition,
McGraw-Hill International Book Company.

2. Say M. G., The Performance and Design of Alternating Current Machines,

CBS Publishers and Distributors.

7.3 EE 201 P: Electromechanics Lab.

Course Code: EE 201 P
Course Title: Electromechanics Lab.
L-T-P-C: 0-0-2-1
Syllabus: Experiments & simulations to supplement the EE 201 Electromechanics
Lab.
Approval: 6th Senate

7.4 EE 202: Analog Electronics

Course Code : EE 202
Course Title : Analog Electronics
L-T-P-C : 3-0-0-3
Students intended for : B.Tech.
Approval: 5th Senate

Course Contents
Unit 1: Review of Transistor Characteristics, DC Biasing, Small Signal Models: Review
of working of BJT, MOSFET and their small signal equivalent Circuit; Biasing of BJT
and MOSFET circuits, Small Signal Models
Unit 2: Basic Amplifier stages: Common Emitter, Common Base and Common
Collector BJT amplifier stages; Common Source, Common
Gate and Common Drain MOSFET stages. Differential Amplifiers
Unit 3: Differential Amplifiers: Cascode stage and Current mirrors; BJT Differ-
ential pair , The MOSFET differential pair, Large and Small signal Analysis of BJT
Differential pair and MOSFET differential pair, Common mode rejection, Differential
pair with active load

488
 Unit 4: Frequency response of Amplifiers: Relationship between Transfer func-
tion and frequency response. General expressions for the low- frequency and high fre-
quency responses. Millers theorem. Frequency response of BJT amplifiers and MOSFET
amplifiers.
Unit 5: Operational Amplifier: General configuration and basic stages of an opera-
tional amplifier (Opamp). Analysis of simple BJT and CMOS opamps.Opamp parameters
ideal and practical.Examples of commercial BJT and CMOS opamps.Compensated and
un-compensated opamps.
Unit 6: Feedback in analog circuits: Advantages of negative feedback, Loop gain,
feedback factor, Closed-loop gain. Basic feedback topologies: Series- Shunt, Series-Series,
Shunt-Shunt and Shunt-Series configurations. Derivation of input resistance, output re-
sistance and closed-loop gain of the above for both the ideal and practical amplifiers.
Stability of feedback amplifiers, Gain and Phase-margins. Frequency compensation.
Unit 7: Amplifier Applications: Signal generators and waveform shaping circuits;
Tuned amplifiers

Textbooks:
1. Adel S. Sedra, Kenneth Carless Smith, Microelectronic Circuits, Oxford Uni-
versity Press
2. Behzad Razavi, Fundamentals of Microelectronics, Wiley

Other Text Books:

1. Donald Neamen, Electronic Circuit Analysis and Design, McGraw-Hill
2. Roger T. Howe, Charles G. Sodini, Microelectronics: An Integrated Ap-
proach, Prentice Hall
3. Paul R. Gray, Paul J. Hurst, Robert G. Meyer, Stephen H. Lewis, Analysis And
Design Of Analog Integrated Circuits, Wiley-India, 2008

7.5 EE 202P: Analog Electronics Lab

Course Code: EE 202P
Course Title: Analog Electronics Lab
L-T-P-C : 0-0-2-1
Prerequisites:
Students intended for : B.Tech.
Elective or Compulsory
Approval: 5th Senate

Course Contents
ˆ Lab 1: Introduction to Spice and Winspice

ˆ Lab 2: Construct a spice netlist to study the characteristics of a BJT. Do a dc anal-

ysis and sweep the base current and illustrate the dependence of beta on collector
current.

489
 ˆ Lab3: Construct spice netlist to analyse the sensitivity of Quiscent current for

– a) Simple resistor biasing,

– b) Voltage divider biasing,
– c) Emitter degeneration biasing
– d) Self biasing Prepare a report and discuss the biasing schemes based on your
sensitivity analysis results.
ˆ Lab 4: The common-emitter shown in the figure must amplify signals in the range
of 1 MHz to 100 Mhz.
– (a) Using the .op command, determine the bias conditions of Q1 and verify
that it operates in the active region.
– (b) Running an ac analysis, choose the value of C1 such that —VP/Vin—˜
0.99 at 1 MHz. This ensures that C1 acts as a short circuit at all frequencies
of interest.
– (c) Plot —Vout/Vin— as a function of frequency for several values of C2 ,
e.g., 1 uF, 1 nF, and 1 pF. Determine the value of C2 such that the gain of
the circuit at 10 MHz is only 2% below its maximum (i.e., for C2 = 1uF).
– (d) With the proper value of C2 found in (c), determine the input impedance
of the circuit at 10 MHz. (One approach is to insert a resistor in series with
Vin and adjust its value until VP/Vin or Vout/Vin drops by a factor of two.)

7.6 EE 203: Network Theory

Course Name: EE 203
Course Code: Network Theory
L-T-P-C: 3-0-0-3
Prerequisites: IC 160 Electrical System Around us
Students intended for: UG
Elective or Compulsory: Core for EE, Elective for other UG branches
Approval: 5th Senate, 8th Senate

Course Contents
ˆ Transient Network Analysis: Transient and steady state sinusoidal response.
Response of RL, RC and RLC networks using Laplace Transforms for unit step,
impulse and ramp inputs. [6 Lectures]
ˆ Two Port Networks and their Characterization: Open circuit, short circuit,
hybrid and transmission parameters; Series, parallel and tandem connections of
two-port networks, multi-port networks, multi-terminal networks; Resonant and
band pass circuits, magnetically coupled circuits, analysis of coupled circuits. Net-
work transmission criteria; delay and rise time, Elmores and other definitions. [10
lectures]
ˆ Network Functions: Concept of complex frequency, Driving point impedances;
Transfer functions of networks, Poles and zeros, Stability analysis. [4 Lectures]

490
 ˆ Network Synthesis: Positive real functions and their properties, tests for positive
real functions, Hurwitz polynomials; Driving-point synthesis of LC, RC and RL
networks, Foster forms and Cauer forms. [8 lectures]

ˆ Network graphs and their applications in network analysis: [3 lectures]

ˆ Three-Phase A.C. Circuit Analysis:Analysis of balanced and unbalanced three-

phase networks; Symmetrical components and their application in analysis of un-
balanced networks. [3 Lectures]

ˆ Analysis of A.C. circuits with non-sinusoidal inputs:Filters: Introduction to

filters, various types of filters - LP, HP, BP and BS. Transformation of LP to other
types. Butterworth, Chebyshev and Elliptic approximations to LPF. [2 Lectures]

ˆ Frequency response: Polar plots, magnitude and phase plots, Bode plot. [6
lectures]

Text & Reference Books:

1. Franklin Fa-Kun Kuo, Network Analysis and Synthesis, John Wiley & Sons,
1996.

2. Van Valkenburg, Network Analysis, PHI Learning, 2014.

7.7 EE 205 : Electromagnetics and Wave propagation

Course Code :EE 205
Course Name : Electromagnetics and Wave propagation
L-T-P-C : 2.5-0.5-0-0
Intended for : Discipline core for 2nd year B. Tech Electrical Engineering, VLSI
students
Prerequisite : None
Mutual Exclusion : None/PH 521
Approval: 52nd BoA

Course Contents
ˆ Vector Analysis: Basic Mathematical operations using vectors, coordinate sys-
tems, integrals (line, surface, volume) using vector functions, vector theorems, ba-
sics of partial derivatives, Laplacian, Greens functions. (9 Lectures)

ˆ Electrostatics: Electrostatic in free space, Coulomb’s law, Gauss Law and its
applications, Potential and work done, Conductors, Dielectric, capacitance, static
fields in matter, static boundary conditions. method of images. (9 Lectures)

ˆ Magnetostatics: Magnetostatics in free-space, Magnetostatics force, Vector Mag-

netic potential, Biot-Savart law, Ampere’s law, Inductance and Magnetic materials,
Boundary conditions for Magnetostatics. (9 Lectures)

491
 ˆ Time Varying fields: Introduction to time varying fields, limitation of Ampere’s
law, Continuity relations, MaxweJJ’s Equations and its applications, Boundary con-
ditions for dynamic fields, use of vector potential for dynamic fields, wave equations
and propagation (in isotropic and anisotropic medium). (9 Lectures)

ˆ Radiation and propagation principle: Relation between guided wave and free
space wave, Concept of dipoles and monopoles, radiated fields from dipoles, Far-fi
elds and near fie lds, Concept or group and phase velocity. Introduction to high
frequency transmission line. (9 Lectures)

Laboratory/practical/tutorial Modules:
ˆ There shall be practical demonstration for certain fundamental laws of physics and
its Interpretations shall be derived In mathematical form. This shall be conducted
in the form of tutorial sessions to aid thporctical concepts.

Text Books
1. Mathcw N.O. Sadiku, Principles of Elcctromagnetics, 4th Edition, Oxford
Press, 2007.

2. David. K Cheng, Fields and Wave Elcctromagnetics, 5th Imprission, Pearson

Education, 2007.

References:
1. R. K. Shcvgaonkar, Electromagnetic waves, McGraw-Hill Education (India) Pvt
Limited, 2005.

2. David. J Griffith, Introduction to Electrodynamics, Cambridge Unlvenity

Press, Republished year: 2017.

3. G. S. N Raju, Electromagnetic Field Theory and Transmission Lines, Pear-

son Education India, 2006.

4. Walter Lewin, Lectures on Physics, MIT.

5. J.D. Jackson, Classical Electrodynamics, Wiley, 1999.

7.8 EE 208: Digital Electronic Circuits

Course Code: EE 208
Course Name: Digital Electronic Circuits
L-T-P-C : 3-0-0-3
Prerequisites
Students intended for: B.Tech.
Elective or Compulsory
Approval: OTA in 5th and 8th Senates

492
Course Contents
ˆ Number system: Binary Numbers, Octal Numbers, Hexadecimal Numbers, Com-
plement, Signed Binary Numbers Addition and Subtraction

ˆ Logic Gates and Boolean Algebra: Digital Logic Gates, Basic Theorems and
Properties of Boolean algebra, Boolean Functions, Minterms and Maxterms, Sum
of Products and Product of Sums

ˆ Minimization of Logic functions:

ˆ Karnaugh map method, Simplification of logic expressions, two variable, three vari-
able, four variable etc., Implementation of logic functions

ˆ Combinational Circuits : Design of Adders, Subtractor, Multiplier, Encoder &

Decoder, Multiplexer & Demultiplexer, and their use in logic synthesis, Arithmetic
circuits, Seven-segment and alphanumeric display design.

ˆ Sequential Circuits: Latch, RS, JK, Master Slave, D, and T flip flops Finite state
machines, State reduction

ˆ Registers and Counters: Registers, shift registers, Counters, Asynchronous

Counters, Synchronous Counters, Design of counters, design of other sequential
circuits.

ˆ Memory and Programmable Logic devices

ˆ Digital Integrated Circuits

Textbooks
1. Mano, M.M. and Ciletti, M.D., Digital Design, 4th Edition, Prentice-Hall.

2. Floyd, T.L., Digital Fundamentals, 8th Edition, Pearson Education.

Other Textbooks
1. Balabanian, N. and Carlson, B., Digital Logic Design Principles, John Wiley
& Sons.

2. Jain, R.P., Modern Digital Electronics, 3rd Ed., Tata McGraw-Hill.

3. John F. Wakerly, Digital Design Principles and Practices, Prentice Hall.

7.9 EE 208P: Digital Systems Design Practicum

Course Code: EE 208P
Course Name: Digital Systems Design Practicum
L-T-P-C:1-0-2-2
Prerequisites : Applied Electronics (IC161) or Equivalent
Intended for :UG

493
 Elective / Core :Discipline Core for B. Tech EE (2nd year and above); Elective for
B.Tecll in CE, CSE and ME (2nd year and above)
Approval: OTA 5th Senate 8th Senate

Course Contents
ˆ Introduction to digital systems: Review of logic design, combinaliat1al and
sequential digltal system design

ˆ lntroduction to Microcontrollers: Introduction to microcontrollcrs, overview

of architecture of a typical microcontroller such as AVR microcontroller, address-
ing, assembly language programming, interfacing with T/0 devices, timer/counter
programming, interrupt pocessing, etc.

ˆ Real world interfacing of microcontrollers: Interfacing with simple devices

such as LCD, keyboard, motor control, sensors, LED 7 segment display, DTMF
decoder, etc.

ˆ Hardware Description Language: Introduction to hardware description lan-

guage, overview of structural, behavioral and dataflow modeling of digital systems
using hardware description language, notion of f i nite state machines, delay mod-
eling, memory modeling, synthesizable & non-synthcsizable HDL codes for digital
system design.

ˆ Introduction to FPGA: Jmroduction to complex digital systems design, notion

of programmable logic devices, overview of FPGA architectural realization of data
path and controller, liming analysis of data-path and controller, synthesis, place-
ment, routing, perfom1ance optimization,

ˆ FPGA based systems design: Implementation of simple systems using PPGA

exercising the timing closure paths.

ˆ Physical design automation: Partitioning, f1onr-p1anning, placement, rout-

ing; clock design considerations, timing margins, dock ske\v’, clock distribution
net,vorks.

Course lectures:
The course lectures will comprise of 1 hour of lecture per week covering the fundamentals
of the topics.

Mini project:
The students will be required to carry out a small project on topics such as but not
limited to Electronic locic, Voting machine, Traffic Light controller, Automatic Room
Light Controller, etc. The projects are aimed at exposing the studems !oreal Hfe design
issues.

494
Text books:
1. Dhananjay Gadre, Programming and Customizing the AVR microconr-
roller, Tata McGraw Hill, 2014.

2. Wayne Wolf, FPGA based Systems Design, Pearson Education, 2003.

3. Stephen Brown and Zvonko Vrancsic, Fundamentals of Digital with VHDL

Design, McGraw Hill, 2008.

4. Volnei A. Pedroni, Circuit Design with VHDL, The MIT Press, 2004.

Reference Books:
1. St vKilts, Advanced FPGA Design: Architecture, Implementation and
Optimization, J. Wiley and Sons, 2007.

2. Seetharaman Ramachandran, Digital VLST Systems Design, Springer Verlag,

2012.

3. Peter Ashenden, The designer’s guide top VHDL, Morgan Kaufmann, 2008.

4. Charles H. Roth Jr., Digilal Systems Design using VHDL, Cengage Learning,
2014.

7.10 EE 210 : Digital System Design

Course Number: EE 210
Course Name: Digital System Design
L-T-P-C: 3-0-0-3.
Students Intended: B. Tech (EE)
Elective or Core: Core for B. Tech (EE) & Elective for other UG programs.
Pre-requisite: Applied Electronics (IC161) and Applied Electronics Lab (IC161P).
Approval: 24th Senate

Course Contents:
ˆ Combinational Logic Design with MSI Components and Programmable
Logic Devices: 1.1 Binary Adders and Subtractors {Cascading FullAdders, Carry
Look-ahead Adder, High-speed Adders using Carry Look-ahead Principles, using
MSI Adders as Subtractors, BCD Adder, using MSI adder as code converter}; 1.2
Arithmetic Logic Unit; 1.3 Binary Multipliers; 1.4 Array Multipliers; 1.5 Tristate
Buffers; 1.6 Combinational Logic Hazards {Static and Dynamic Hazards}. [4 Lec-
tures]

ˆ Flip-Flops and Simple Flip-Flop Applications: 2.1 Basic Bi-stable Element;

2.2 Application of the SR Latch as Switch De-bouncer; 2.3 Gated SR and D Latch;
2.4 Timing Considerations {Propagation Delays, Contamination Delays, Minimum
Pulse Width, Setup and Hold Times}; 2.5 Pulse Triggered Master-Slave Flip -Flops
{SR & JK Master-Slave Flip-Flops, O’s and 1 ’s Catching}; 2.6 Edge Triggered

495
 Flip-Flops {Positive & Negative Edge Triggered Flip-Flops, Master Slave Flip-flops
with Data Lockout}; 2.7 Characteristics Equations; 2.8 Registers; 2.9 Counters;
2.10 Design of Synchronous Counters; 2.11 Self-Correcting Counters. [5 Lectures]

ˆ Synchronous Sequential Networks and Algorithmic State Machine (ASM):

3.1 Introductions to State Equivalence; 3.2 State Reductions {Equivalence Classes
and Implication Charts}; 3.3 State Reduction of Incompletely Specified State Table
using Merger Graphs; 3.4 State Assignment Techniques {State Assignment Permu-
tations, State Assignment Algorithm, Implication Graph}; 3.5 Algorithm State
Machine {ASM Symbols, Elapse Time Measurement as an ASM Design Example};
3.6 Linked Sequential Machines. [3 Lectures]

ˆ Asynchronous Sequential Networks: 4.1 Fundamental and Pulse Mode Asyn-

chronous Sequential Machines; 4.2 Analysis of Asynchronous Sequential Machines;
4.3 Deriving Flow Table; 4.4 State Assignment; 4.5 Asynchronous Design Prob-
lems; 4.6 Data Synchronizers; 4.7 Mixed Operating Mode Asynchronous Circuits.
[7 Lectures]

ˆ Programmable Logic and Memory: 5.1 Introductions to Memory {ROM,

PROM and EPROM}; 5.2 Using and EPROM to Realize a Sequential Circuit;
5.3 Programmable Logic Devices {PLA, PAL, GAL}; 5.4 Erasable Programmable
Logic Devices; 5.5 PLD Computer-Aided Design {PLD Realization of Combina-
tional Logic, Realization of truth table, flip-flops and state machine using PLD
language}. [5 Lectures]

ˆ Hardware Description Language and Field-Programmable Gate-Array

(FPGA): 6.1 Introductions to Hardware Description Language (HDL); 6.2 Overview
of Structural, Behavioral and Dataflow Modeling of Digital Systems using HDL; 6.3
HDL Realizations of Finite State Machines, Delay Modeling, Memory Modeling;
6.4 Synthesizable & Non-Synthesizable HDL Codes for Digital System Design; 6.5
Overview of FPGA architecture; 6.6 Realization of Data-Path and Controller; 6.7
Timing Analysis of Data-Path and Controller; 6.8 Synthesis, Placement, Routing
and Performance Optimization; 6.9 Implementation of Simple Digital Systems using
FPGA Exercising the Timing Closure Paths. [7 Lectures]

ˆ Microcontroller and Real-World Applications: 7.1 Introduction to micro-

controllers; 7.2 Architectural Overview of a Typical Microcontroller such as AVR
Microcontroller; 7.3 Addressing; 7.4 Assembly Language Programming; 7.5 Inter-
facing with 1/0 devices, timer/counter programming, interrupt processing etc; 7.6
Interfacing with Simple Devices such as LCD, Keyboard, Motor Control, Sensors,
LED 7 Segment Display, DTMF decoder etc; 7.7 SPI, 12C, Programmable Interrupt
Controller, USART etc. [9 Lectures]

Text books:
1. Donald D. Givone, Digital Principles and Design, Tata McGraw-Hill Edition,
2012.

2. John M. Yarbrough, Digital Logic (Applications and Design), Cengage Learn-

ing, 2011.

496
Reference books:
1. Dhananjay Gadre, Programming and Customizing the A VR microcon-
troller, Tata McGraw Hill, 2014.

2. Wayne Wolf, FPGA based Systems Design, Pearson Education, 2003.

3. Stephen Brown and Zvonko Vranesic, Fundamentals of Digital with VHDL

Design, McGraw Hill, 2008.

4. Volnei A. Pedroni, Circuit Design with VHDL, The MIT Press, 2004.

5. Steve Kilts, Advanced FPGA Design: Architecture, Implementation and

Optimization, J. Wiley and Sons, 2007.

6. Seetharaman Ramachandran, Digital VLSI Systems Design, Springer Verlag,

2012.

7. Peter J. Ashenden, The designer’s guide top VHDL, Morgan Kaufmann, 2008.

8. Charles H. Roth Jr., Digital Systems Design using VHDL, Cengage Learning,
2014.

7.11 EE 210P : Digital System Design

Course Number: EE 210
Course Name: Digital System Design
L-T-P-C: 0-0-2-1.
Students Intended: B. Tech (EE)
Elective or Core: Core for B. Tech (EE) & Elective for other UG programs.
Pre-requisite: Applied Electronics (IC161) and Applied Electronics Lab (IC161P).
Approval: 24th Senate

Experimental Modules for EE-210P:

ˆ Basics understanding of hardware descriptive language (Verilog / VHDL / System
Verilog). Netlist synthesis, functional (Behavioral) & post-route simulations, and
hardware prototyping on FPGA using latest design suites (like Xilinx ISE or Vivado
or Model Sim etc.). [2 hours]

ˆ Design and implementation of basic gates, multiplexers, de-multiplexers, various

adders and multipliers in FPGA platform. [1 hours]

ˆ FPGA implementations of flip-flops, registers, counters and circuitry verifying the

register delays. [1 hours]

ˆ Design and implementation of Processor ALU on FPGA. [2 hours]

ˆ Design and implementations of random-access memory (RAM) and read only mem-
ory (ROM). These experiments must include the reading and writing operations of
RAM for various applications. [1 hours]

497
 ˆ Understanding the static timing analysis of simple sequential circuits. It must
demonstrate the two major states of any sequential circuits: timing violated and
timing met states. [2 hours]

ˆ Embedded experiments on LED and 7 -segment displays. [I hours]

ˆ Embedded experiment on Interfacing the LCD and LDR. [2 hours]

ˆ Embedded experiments on interfacing servo motor with ultrasonic. [2 hours]

Text books:
1. Donald D. Givone, Digital Principles and Design, Tata McGraw-Hill Edition,
2012.

2. John M. Yarbrough, Digital Logic (Applications and Design), Cengage Learn-

ing, 2011.

Reference books:
1. Dhananjay Gadre, Programming and Customizing the A VR microcon-
troller, Tata McGraw Hill, 2014.

2. Wayne Wolf, FPGA based Systems Design, Pearson Education, 2003.

3. Stephen Brown and Zvonko Vranesic, Fundamentals of Digital with VHDL

Design, McGraw Hill, 2008.

4. Volnei A. Pedroni, Circuit Design with VHDL, The MIT Press, 2004.

5. Steve Kilts, Advanced FPGA Design: Architecture, Implementation and

Optimization, J. Wiley and Sons, 2007.

6. Seetharaman Ramachandran, Digital VLSI Systems Design, Springer Verlag,

2012.

7. Peter J. Ashenden, The designer’s guide top VHDL, Morgan Kaufmann, 2008.

8. Charles H. Roth Jr., Digital Systems Design using VHDL, Cengage Learning,
2014.

7.12 EE 211 : Analog Circuit Design

Course Number: EE 211
Course Name: Analog Circuit Design
L-T-P-C: 2-0-2-3
Students Intended: B. Tech (EE)
Elective or Core: Core for B. Tech (EE) & Elective for other UG programs.
Pre-requisite: Network theory (EE203 ), Applied Electronics (IC 161)
Approval: 24th Senate

498
Course Contents:
ˆ BJT/MOS single stage amplifiers, cascade and cascodes [6 hrs]

– Large signal and small-signal model, biasing, input and output impedance,
operating point calculations and design, single ended BIT/CMOS amplifiers,
cascade and cascade amplifiers

ˆ BJT/MOS Current mirrors [3 hrs]

– PVT independent normal current mirror, cascade current mirror, regulated

current mirror and Wilson current mirror

ˆ Differential Amplifiers [3 hrs]

– MOS/BJT Differential Pair, qualitative large/small signal analyses, differential

pairs with active loads and common-mode rejection

ˆ BJT/MOS Frequency Response

– High frequency model of single ended and differential amplifiers, Frequency

response: magnitude and phase plot calculations [3 hrs]

ˆ Feedback theory [3 hrs]

– Properties of negative and positive feedback, loop gain calculations, types of

amplifiers, voltage controlled current source (VCCS), current controlled cur-
rent source (CCCS), current controlled voltage source (CCVS), voltage current
voltage source (VCVS), stability analyses under negative feedback topology.

ˆ Output stages and power amplifiers [3 hrs]

– Emitter follower as power amplifier, push-pull amplifier, cross-over distortions,

large signal considerations, heat dissipation, efficiency, Classes of amplifiers

ˆ Oscillators and phase locked loop [4 hrs]

– Barkhausen criteria of oscillation, bistable, monostable and astable multi vi-

brators, LC, relaxation, phase shift and Colpit oscillators, phase locked loop
concept and its understanding, signal generation and wave shaping circuits.

ˆ Data converters [3 hrs]

– Digital-to-analog converters (DAC): R-2R, current scaling and voltage scaling

– Analog-to-digital converter (ADC): flash, SAR, single slope, dual slope, pipeline
and sigma-delta modulator

499
Experiment modules:
1. Introduction to laboratory: DSO and its advance features, XY-mode (Lissajous
pattern), LTspice and required software.

2. Understanding ofl-V characteristics ofBJT/MOS transistor using net-listing in SPICE

simulations.

3. Common emitter amplifier design.

4. Understanding ofMOS class-AB pull-pull amplifier using CD4007 IC.

5. Oscillator: design of ring, LC and phase shift oscillators.

6. Operation ofPLL understanding using 565 IC.

7. Operation of SAR understanding using 0808/0809 I C.

8. Project on analog circuit application.

Textbook:
1. Behzad Razavi, Fundamentals of microelectronics, Wiley, 2013.

Reference book:
1. A.S. Sedra and K.C. Smith, Microelectronic Circuits-Theory & Applications,
7th Edition, Oxford University Press, 2017.

7.13 EE 223P : Reverse Engineering

Course Code : EE 223P
Course Name : Reverse Engineering
L-T-P-C : 1-0-0-1
Intended for : BTech EE/BTech VLSI
Prerequisite : Faculty approval
Mutual Exclusion : NA
Approval: 53rd BoA

Course Contents
ˆ Topic 1: Introduction to Reverse Engineering, need of Reverse Engineering, un-
derstanding of Reverse Engineering through examples, methodologies for Reverse
Engineering, Reverse Engineering vs Forward Engineering, steps for Reverse Engi-
neering (1 hour).

ˆ Topic 2: Mechanical components used in joining (screw fasteners, bolts, nut and
washers, compression fittings, pop rivets and rivets), and power transmission (belt
drives, chain drives, gear drives and couplings), mechanical tools used in mechani-
cal workshop: measuring tool, fastening-wrenches, fasting screwdrivers, fastening-
pliers, cutting tools and striking/driving tools, standards of measurement: primary,

500
 secondary, tertiary and working standards, measurement devices: caliper and bevel
protector (1 hour).
ˆ Topic 3: Top down approach, product information through examples, important
electrical/electronics devices: resistor, capacitor, inductor, diode, transistor, oper-
ational amplifiers and integrated circuit or microchip, various analysis and quan-
tities, measuring instruments: multi-meter, function generator, oscilloscope, probe
and connectors (1 hour).
ˆ Topic 4: Introduction to engineering drawing, importance of engineering draw-
ing, engineering drawing projections, detailed drawing, assembly drawing and its
classification, exploded assembly drawing, advantages of exploded views (1 hour).
ˆ Topic 5: Importance of engineering drawing in Reverse Engineering, engineering
drawing of bench wise, engineering drawing standards in dimensioning, sectional
view, tolerance, surface finish and welding, standard codes, engineering drawing
format, production drawing of bench wise, Bill Of Material (BOM) (1 hour).
ˆ Topic 6: Introduction to engineering materials, evolution of engineering materials,
classification of engineering materials into metals, non-metals, ceramics and com-
posites, features, identification, examples and applications of different materials,
understanding through case studies, introduction to manufacturing processes, clas-
sifications of machining and joining process, introduction to casting process, various
allowances and types of casting process (1 hour).
ˆ Topic 7: Demonstration exercise: Reverse Engineering of Electric Kettle (1 hour).

Laboratory/practical/tutorial Modules:
ˆ 4 lab activities will follow the 7 hours indicated above. In the labs, the students will
be disassembling and reassembling some day-to-day devices based on the lectured
principles, and provide a report that will typically include
ˆ Explanation of the working mechanism,
ˆ Exploded drawing of the product,
ˆ Assembly and disassembly procedure,
ˆ Bill of Materials (BOM),
ˆ Manufacturing processes and scope of materials,
ˆ Discussion and Scope for Improvement.
ˆ The devices used will be (but not limited to) torch, calculator, mouse and DC
motor.

Textbooks:
1. K. Otto and K. Wood, Product Design: Techniques in Reverse Engineering
and New Product Development, Prentice Hall, 2001.
2. Raja and Fernandes, Reverse Engineering: An Industrial Perspective, Springer-
Verlag, 2008.

501
References:
1. Eldad Eilam, Reversing: Secrets of Reverse Engineering, Wiley, 2005.

2. Chris Eagle, The IDA Pro Book: The Unofficial Guide to the World’s
Most Popular Disassembler.

7.14 EE 231 : Measurement and Instrumentation

Course Code : EE 231
Course Name : Measurement and Instrumentation
L-T-P-C : 2-0-2-3
Intended for : B.Tech. Electrical Engineering, allied B.Tech programmes
Prerequisite : IC161 – Applied Electronics, EE261 - Electrical Systems around us,
EE260 – Signals and Systems.
Mutual Exclusion:
Approval: 56th BoA

Course Contents
ˆ Fundamentals of measurement: Physical quantities, dimensional analysis, sig-
nificant figure calculations, errors in measurement, Taguchi method. (2 Lectures)

ˆ Measurement foundations: Measurement of resistances – wire and bridge meth-

ods; Measurement of impedances – bridge methods; analog and digital meters; the
digital storage oscilloscope. (4 Lectures)

ˆ Sensors and Actuators: Sensors – Definitions, classification, static and dynamic

characteristics, sensor examples, e.g. temperature, pressure, piezoresistive, piezo-
electric, capacitative, etc.; Actuators – e.g. piezoelectric actuator, DC motors ,
servo motor, stepper motor. (8 Lectures)

ˆ Instrumentation: Signal conditioning – amplification, filtering, isolation and han-

dling noise; Power supply and regulation essentials; Data acquisition approaches –
principles of ADC-based acquisition, use of DAQ cards; Calibration principles and
reference to standards; Standard computer interfaces and communication protocols.
(8 Lectures)

ˆ System-level design: Elements of system-level thinking; introduction to micro-

controllers and FPGAs; Integration of sensors, signal conditioning and data acquisi-
tion systems; Problem-based learning based on real-world examples – e.g. distance
sensors, PID controllers, real-time data acquisition systems, etc.; Troubleshooting
strategies. (6 Lectures)

Laboratory/practical/tutorial Modules:
1. Instrumentation fundamentals: soldering; using power sources, signal genera-
tors, oscilloscopes; SCPI programming (2 hours).

2. The Wheatstone Bridge: First principles calibration (1 hour).

502
 3. The Instrumentation amplifier: Verification of working, amplification of Wheat-
stone bridge output (1 hour).

4. The ADC: use of off-the-shelf ADCs (ADS1115s, or MCP3008) with standard

microcontrollers (e.g. Arduino) for data acquisition (1 hour).

5. System design: an end-to-end temperature logger using a thermistor. (2 hours)

6. Real-time temperature stabilization of a Peltier element using PID control and the
temperature logger (2 hours).

7. Elements of digital signal processing (2 hours).

8. PID control of speed of a DC motor (3 hours).

Text Books:
1. A. K. Sawhney, A course in Electrical and Electronic Measurements and
Instrumentation, Dhanpat Rai and Co.

Reference Books:
1. Doeblin, E. O., Manik, D. N., Measurement Systems, 6th Edition, Tata McGraw
Hill India, 2011.

2. Fraden, Jacob., Handbook of modern sensors, Springer Science+Business Me-

dia, 2010.

7.15 EE 301: Control Systems

Course code : EE 301
Course Name : Control Systems
L-T-P-C : 2.5-0.5-0-3
Prerequisites :IC 260-Signals and Systems
Intended for :UG
Elctive/Core: Discipline core for BTech in EE, Elective for BTech in CE, CSE and
ME
Approval: 5th Senate, 12th Senate

Course Contents
ˆ Basic concepts: Introduction, basic terminology, objective of subject, some basic
examples, Notion of feedback; open- and closed-loop systems.

ˆ Mathematical Models: Representation of physical systems and analogous sys-

tems, Lapalce transforms, block diagrams, transfer functions for different type of
systems, block diagrams reduction techniques; Signal flow graphs and Mason’s gain
formula.

503
 ˆ Control hardware and their models: Potentiometers, synchros, LVDT, DC
and AC servo motors, tachogenerators, electro-hydraulic valves, and pneumatic
actuators.

ˆ Time-domain analysis: Time domain performance criterion, transient response

of first order, second order and higher order systems;

ˆ Steady state errors: Static and dynamic error constants, system types, steady
state errors for unity and non unity feedback systems, performance analysis for P,
PI and PID controllers.

ˆ Frequency-domain analysis: Bode and polar plots, frequency-domain specifica-

tions, correlation between transient response and frequency response.

ˆ Stability analysis: Concept of stability by Routh stability criterion, Nyquist sta-

bility criterion, gain and phase margins, relative stability, constant M and N circles,
Nichol’s chart and its application.

ˆ Root-locus technique: Nature of root-locus, rules of construction, root-locus

analysis of control systems.

ˆ Compensation: Types of compensation, Proportional, PI and PID controllers;

Lead-lag compensators.

ˆ State-space concepts: Eigen values and eigen vectors; Solution of state equations;
Controllability; Observability; pole placement result, Minimal representations(if
time permits).

ˆ Non-Linear systems: Characteristics of non-linear systems, types of non-linearities,

phase-plane analysis, limit cycles and describing functions (if time permits).

References:
1. Nagrath I. J. and Gopal M., Control System Engineering.

2. Kuo B. C., Automatic Control Systems.

3. Ogata K., Modern Control Engineering.

4. Gopal M., Control Systems: Principle and Design.

5. Prof. S. D Agashe, NPTEL Video Lectures on Control Engg.

6. Prof. M. Gopal, NPTEL Lecture Notes on Control Systems.

7. Dorf R. C. and Bishop R. H., Modern Control Systems.

8. Norman S. N., Control Systems Engineering.

9. IEEE Transactions on Automatic Control.

10. IEEE Transactions on Control Systems Technology.

504
7.16 EE 301: Control Systems old
Course Code: EE 301
Course Name: Control Systems old
L-T-P-C: 2.5-0.5-0-3
Prerequisites: IC 260- Signals and Systems
Elective / Core: Discipline Core for B. Tech in EE, Elective for B. Tech in CE, CSE
and ME
Approval: 5th Senate; Revised in 12th Senate

Course Contents
ˆ Feedback Principles: Feedback control; Practical examples and some history of
control theory [2 Lectures]

ˆ System Modeling and representation: Modeling of electrical and mechani-

cal systems; State-space representation and Transfer function representation, block
diagram, converting State space to Transfer function and Transferfm1ction to State-
space representations; Linearization technique; Methods to obtain Transfer-functions:
Block reduction and Signal flow graphs. [15 Lectures]

ˆ Time response & Error Analysis: Poles, Zeros, System response, damping of
systems, Laplace transform solution of state equation, Time domain solution of
state equation, Steady-state error and Static-error constants. [6 Lectures]

ˆ Stability: Routh-Hurwitz Criterion; lnternal stability and Input-output stability.

[5 Lectures]

ˆ Frequency Domain Analysis: Nyquist plots and Bode plots, stability margin;
Sensitivity and the Gang of Four; Introduction to fundamental limitations due to
RHP poles and Zeros. [7 Lectures]

ˆ Frequency Domain Design: Common compensator designs: PID, lead-lag, root

locus, Nyquist plot and Bode plots. [10 Lectures]

ˆ State Feedback: Introduction to Controllability and Observability, Controller

design via state feedback [7 lectures]

Textbooks:
1. Norman S. Nise, Control Systems Engineering, 4th edition, John Wiley, 2003.

References:
1. G. Franklin, J.D. Powell and A. Emami-Naeini, Feedback Control of Dynamic
Systems, Addison Wesley, 1986.

2. Karl J. A and Richard M. Murray, Feedback Systems: An Introduction for

Scientists and Engineers, Princeton University Press, 2014.

505
 3. I.J. Nagrath and M. Gopal, Control System Engineering, 2nd Edition, Wiley
Eastern, 1982.

4. J.C. Doyle; B.A. Francis and A.R. Tannenbaum, Feedback Control Theory,
Maxwell Macmilan lntemational Edn. 1992.

5. C.L. Phillips and R.D. Harbour, Feedback Control Systems, Prentice Hall, 1985.

7.17 EE 301P: Control Systems Laboratory

Course Code: EE 301P
Course Name: Control Systems Laboratory
L-T-P-C: 0-0-2-1
Prerequisites: IC 260 Signal and Systems and, EE 301 taken concurrently
Intended for: UG
Elective /Core: Discipline Core for B. Tech in EE, Elective for B. Tech in CE, CSE,
and ME
Approval: 12th Senate

Laboratory Experiments and Design Project:

ˆ DC Motor Control

ˆ Vertical take-off Landing Trainer

ˆ Heating Ventilation and Air conditioning Trainer

ˆ Ball and Beam System

ˆ Multi-Tank System

This laboratory course has a five weeks design project component. For Example: Self-
balancing of robotic kit: Balanduino
Tasks: Modelling, compensator design, implementation and documentation of a
project on stabilizing the Balanduinio robot.

7.18 EE 301P Old: Control Systems Lab

Course Code: EE 301P
Course Name: Control Systems Lab
L-T-P-C: 0-0-4-2
Prerequisites
Students intended for: B.Tech. Elective or Compulsory
Approval: 5th Senate; OTA Course; Revised in 12th Senate

Course Contents
Experiments to supplement the Control Systems Theory course EE 301.

506
7.19 EE 303: Power Systems
Course Code : EE 303
Course Name : Power Systems
L-T-P-C : 3-1-0-4
Prerequisites : EE 201 Electromechanics or Instructors consent
Students intended for : UG
Elective or Compulsory: Compulsory for EE, Elective for CSE/ME
Approval: 6th Senate

Course Contents
ˆ Module I: Basic Concept of Three-phase circuit and Three-Phase power, Introduc-
tion to power systems and its structure: Generation, transmission and distribution,
substation arrangements. Energy resources and power generation: An overview of
conventional and non-conventional energy sources. [5 lectures]
ˆ Representation of power system components: Generator, Transformers, Trans-
mission lines, line parameters, transmission line design, corona, interference of
power lines with communication circuits, line insulators, power cables, per unit
system. [15 lectures]
ˆ Load Flow Analysis: Concepts of PV, PQ and Slack Bus - NR Method [5 Lec-
tures]
ˆ Fault Analysis: Symmetrical components, symmetrical and unsymmetrical fault
calculations. [8 lectures]
ˆ Moduel V: Integrated operation of power systems, economic operation (ELD),
stability, swing equation, equal area criterion, reactive power control, HVDC trans-
mission and FACTS devices, load management. [10 lectures]
ˆ Module VI: Introduction to protection and switchgear. [6 lectures]
ˆ Module VII: Introduction to restructuring of power systems, power market fun-
damentals and price discovery, and smart grid. [4 lectures]
ˆ Module VIII: Introduction to modelling and simulation to perform of power sys-
tem studies/analysis through graphical user interface as well as programming based
tools. Like, load flow studies, performance analysis of transmission lines, ELD, fault
analysis, etc. [3 lectures]

Text Books:
1. J. J. Grainger and W. D. Stevenson, Power System Analysis, Tata McGraw Hill.
2. Hadi Saadat, Power System Analysis, Tata McGraw Hill.
3. D. P. Kothari and I. J. Nagrath, Modern Power System Analysis, Tata McGraw
Hill.
4. Ravindranath B. and Chander M., Power System Protection and Switchgear,
New Age International Private Limited.

507
References:
1. S. N. Singh, Electric Power System Generation, Transmission and Distribu-
tion, PHI.

2. NPTEL Courses

3. Paithankar Y. G. and Bhide S. R., Fundamentals of Power System Protection,

Prentice Hall of India Private Limited.

4. O. L. Elgerd, Electric Energy Systems Theory: An Introduction, Tata Mc-

Graw Hill.

7.20 EE 303P: Power System Lab

Course No.: EE 303P
Course Name: Power System Lab
L-T-P-C: 0-0-2-1
Prerequisites
Students intended for: B.Tech.
Elective or Compulsory
Approval:

Course Contents
Experiments/modeling & simulations to supplement the EE 303 Power Systems course.

7.21 EE 303 (3-0-0-3) Power Systems and EE 303P Power Sys-

tems Lab. (0-0-2-1).
Approval: 8th Senate; OTA Course

Course Outline:
The objective of the course is to provide the first detailed treatment of fiindamental
understanding and operation of the power systems. Beginning with the basic terms,
concepts and power system components representations, the course will present power
generation technologies and power delivery systems. Students will be introduced about
fault analysis, integrated economic operation of power systems with reliability and sta-
bility. Introduction to new developments 1n power system operation and control by
restructuring of power systems and smart grid will be discussed.
Introduction to modelling and simulation to perform of power system studies/analysis
through graphical user interface as well as programming based tools. Like, load flow
studies, performance analysis of transmission lines, ELD, fault analysis, etc.

508
Course No.: EE 303P
Course Name: Power System Lab
L-T-P-C: 0-0-2-1
Prerequisites
Students intended for: B.Tech.
Elective or Compulsory

Course Contents
Experiments/modeling & simulations to supplement the EE 303 Power Systems course.

7.22 EE 304: Communication Theory

Course Code : EE 304
Course Name : Communication Theory
L-T-P-C : 3-0-1-4
Prerequisites : IC210, IC260
Intended for : B.Tech.
Distribution : Compulsory for EE; EE elective for CSE Semester: 5th
Approval: 4th Senate

Course Contents
ˆ The communication process: motivation, building blocks of a canonical. [2
Lectures]

ˆ Representation of Signals and Systems: Fourier transform, Linear systems,

etc [3 Lectures]

ˆ Brief review of Probability and Random Processes, and Linear Algebra [3 Lectures]

ˆ Analog Communication: Analog modulation (Amplitude and Angle Modula-

tion), Noise in analog communication (Receiver model, Noise in DSB-SC, SSB,
VSB, AM, and FM/PM receivers) [10 Lectures]

ˆ From Analog to Digital Communication: sampling, quantization. [6 Lectures]

ˆ Digital modulation (PAM, PPM, PCM and Delta Modulation), Baseband and Pass-
band digital communication (Phase modulation, FSK), Noise in digital communica-
tion (optimal detection/optimum receiver design, performance and error-probability
analysis of various digital modulation schemes). [12 Lectures]

ˆ Limits on Communication and achievability: Introduction to Information

Theory and Coding Theory (Interoduction to convolutional and block codes) [6
Lectures]

509
Reference Books:
1. J. G. Proakis and M. Salehi, Fundamentals of Communication Systems, Pren-
tice Hall, December 2004.

2. S. Haykin and M. Moher, An Introduction to Analog and Digital Commu-

nications, 2nd Edition, Wiley,2006.

3. R. G. Gallager, Principles of Digital Communication, Cambridge Univ. Press,

2008.

4. B. P. Lathi and Z. Ding, Modern Digital and Analog Communication Sys-

tems, 4th Edition, Oxford University Press, 2009.

5. A. Lapidoth, A Foundation in Digital Communication, Cambridge University

Press, August 2009.

7.23 EE 304 52B : Communication Systems

Course Code :EE 304
Course Name : Communication Systems
L-T-P-C : 3-0-2-4
Intended for : BTech EE (core), BTech CSE (elective)
Prerequisite : IC260, IC252
Mutual Exclusion :
Approval: 52nd BoA

Course Contents
ˆ Signals in communication systems and their representation: Time and fre-
quency domain representations of signals, vector representation of s ignals, Constel-
lation diagram, Baseband and bandpass signals, Amplitude and angle modulated
signals (AM, FM, PM, ASK, FSK, PSK, PAM etc.), random processes and their
analysis, Energy and Power spectral densities. (15 Lectures)

ˆ Systems in communication system and their analysis: Modulators and de-

modulators (coherent and noncoherent; envelope detectors, PLLs, balanced dis-
criminators etc.), Pre-emphasis and de-emphasis, Sampler, Quantizer, Equaliz-
ers, Encoders (PCM), Line coders (On-off, Polar, Bipolar, NRZ, RZ etc.), Pulse
shapers, Bandlim ited and distortion-less channels, LTI systems and random pro-
cesses, Matched fi lter, Correlation receiver. (15 Lectures)

ˆ Performance analysis of analog and digital communication systems: Signal-

to-Noise Ratio (SNR) calculation for different analog communication systems, SNR
analysis for PCM, Bit Error Rate (BER) calculations for different digital commu-
nication systems. (8 Lectures)

ˆ Case studies: A brief overview of modem communication/broadcast technolo-

gies, e .g. Digital Radio Mondiale (DRM), Wifi, Cellular communication etc. (4
Lectures)

510
Text Books:
1. B. P. Lathi and Z. Ding, Modem Digital and Analog Communication Sys-
tems, 4th Edition, Oxford Univ. Press, January 2009.

2. J. G. Proakis and M. Salehi, Fundamentals of Communication Systems, Pren-

tice Hall, December 2004

References:
1. S. Haykin and M. Moher, An Introduction to Analog and Digital Commu-
nications, 2nd Edition,Wiley, January 2006.

2. R. G. Gallager, Principles of Digital Communication, Cambridge University

Press, March 2008.

3. A. Lapidoth, A Foundation in Digital Communication, Cambridge University

Press, August 2009.

7.24 EE 305(3) Digital Signal Processing

Approval: 8th Senate; OTA

Course Outline:
ˆ Introduction to discrete time signals and systems, their properties and representa-
tions

ˆ Discretetime signal transfonns:Fourier transform and Z-transform,and their prop-

erties

ˆ Sampling, Nyquist theorem, processing continuous and discrete signals, multi—

ratesampling

ˆ Introduction to filtering of signals, filter structures, and types of filters

ˆ Discrete Fourier transform (DFT), its analysis and properties, its efficient compu-
tation, and analysisof signals using DPT

7.25 EE 305: Digital Signal Processing

Course code : EE 305
Course Name : Digital Signal Processing
L-T-P-C : 3-1-0-4
Prerequisites : IC-260 - Signals and Systems
Elective/Core : Elective
Approval: 6th Senate

511
Course Contents
ˆ Discrete time signals and systems: Types of systems, LTI systems and their
properties, impulse response and convolution, Difference equations, Eigen-functions
of LTI systems [4 Lectures]

ˆ Discrete time signal transform: Discrete time Fourier Transform (DTFT) and
examples, Properties, Convergence of signals, Z-transform and examples, Proper-
ties, Difference equation representation, Inverse Z-transform. [4 Lectures]

ˆ Sampling: Time domain and frequency domain representation, Nyquist theo-

rem, Signal reconstruction, Discrete-time processing of continuous-time signals,
Continuous-time processing of discrete-time signals, Changing the sampling rate,
Multi-rate signal processing, Sub-Nyquist sampling and its applications. [10 Lec-
tures]

ˆ Filtering and Frequency response of LTI systems: Discrete-time frequency

selective filtering, Phase distortion and delay, Characterization with difference equa-
tions, Stability and Causality, Frequency response of rational system functions, All
pass and minimum- phase systems, Basics of filter design, Z-transform characteri-
zation of IIR filters, Window functions for FIR filters, Filter structures for IIR and
FIR filters. [10 Lectures]

ˆ Discrete Fourier transform (DFT): Discrete Fourier series and its properties,
Fourier transform of periodic signals, Sampling the Fourier transform, DFT and
its properties, Linear and circular convolution, Efficient computation of DFT using
the Fast Fourier transform (FFT). [10 Lectures]

ˆ Fourier analysis of signals using the DFT: Pipeline for analyzing continuous
time signals, Effect of windowing, Effect of spectral sampling. [4 Lectures]

Text books:
1. Text for Unit 1 to Unit 6: Alan V. Oppenheim, Ronald W. Schafer, John R. Buck.,
Discrete-Time Signal Processing, 2nd Edition, Pearson, 1999.

Additional reference:
1. John G. Proakis, Dimitris G. Manolakis., Digital Signal Processing Principles,
Algorithms, and Applications, 4th Edition, Pearson 2007.

7.26 EE 306 Computer Organization & Microprocessor

Course Code: EE 306
Course Name: Computer Organization & Microprocessor
L-T-P-C: 3-0-0-3
Prerequisites:
Students Intended for:
Core or Elective:
Approval: OTA Course; 5th Senate

512
Course Contents:
ˆ Digital Logic and Digital Systems: Overview and history of computer architec-
ture, combinational vs sequential logic, hardware description languages (VHDL),
physical constraints (gate delay, fan-in, fan-out, energy/power).

ˆ Instruction Set Architecture: Introduction to instruction set architecture, Ba-

sic organization of computing machine: fetch, decode, and execute; Instruction
set types, instruction format, addressing modes, subroutine call and return mech-
anisms; Structure of machine-level programs; Low-level architectural support for
high level languages. Performance assessment.

ˆ Computer Arithmetic: Representation of numeric data, signed and unsigned

arithmetic; Range, precision and errors in floating-point arithmetic; Design of arith-
metic and logic unit (ALU).

ˆ Processor Architecture: CISC vs RISC Designs, simple implementation schemes,

datapath design, control unit: hardwired realization vs micro-programmed realiza-
tion, multi-cycle implementation. Instruction level parallelism, instruction pipelin-
ing, pipeline hazards.

ˆ Memory Architecture: Storage systems, introduction to memory hierarchy: im-

portance of temporal and spatial locality; main memory organization, cache mem-
ory: address mapping, block size, replacement, and store policies; virtual memory
system: page table and TLB.

ˆ Interfacing and I/O Organization: External storage; IO fundamentals: hand-

shaking, buffering, programmed IO, interrupt driven IO; Interrupt handling mech-
anism, Buses: protocols, arbitration, direct memory access (DMA).

Text Books:
1. DA Patterson and JL Hennessy, Computer Organization and Design, 4th Edi-
tion, Morgan Kaufmann Publisher, 2010.

References:
1. J.P. Hayes, Computer Architecture and Organization, Mc Graw Hill.

2. A.S. Tanenbaum, Structured Computer Organization, PHI Publication.

3. W. Stalling, Computer Organization and Architecture, PHI Publication.

7.27 EE 307: Theory of Measurement

Course Code: EE 307
Course Name: Theory of Measurement
L-T-P-C: 3-0-0-3
Prerequisites: Basic electrical circuits, Understanding of basic probability and statis-
tics.

513
 Students intended for: B.Tech.
Elective or Compulsory:
Approval: 5th Senate

Course Contents
ˆ Module 1: Characterization of Measurement Systems: Significance of Mea-
surements, Units and Standards, Instruments and Measurements, Examples of Mea-
surement System, Instrument Characteristics (Accuracy, Range, Linearity, Sensitiv-
ity, Calibration), Dynamic Characteristics (Zero, First and Second Order Systems).

ˆ Module 2: Error and Noise Analysis: Errors, Classification of Errors, Review

of Probability and Statistics, Statistical Treatment of Data, Regression Analysis
(Least Squares), Uncertainty Analysis.

ˆ Module 3:Primary Sensing Elements: Strain Gauges, Load Cells, Linear Vari-
able Displacement Transformers (LVDT), Potentiometers, Capacitive Transducers,
Thermistors, Thermocouple, Pressure Sensors, Flow Sensors, Piezoelectric trans-
ducers.

ˆ Module 4:Signal Conditioning Circuits: Analog Signal Conditioning: Ampli-

fiers, Voltage Comparator and Filters. Sampling, Quantization, A/D Converter,
D/A Converter, Digital Voltmeter, Data Acquisition, Smart Sensors.

Text Books:
1. Ernest Doebelin, Measurement System: Application and Design, 5th Edi-
tion, McGraw.

2. Richard S. Figliola and Donald E. Beasley, Theory and Design for Mechanical
Measurements, Wiley&Sons.

3. D. Patranabis, Principal of Industrial Instrumentation, 3rd Edition, McGraw-

Hill.

7.28 EE 308 Solid State Devices

Course Code: EE 308
Course Name: Solid State Devices
L-T-P-C: 3-0-0-3
Prerequisites:
Students Intended for:
Core or Elective:
Approval: OTA Course; 5th Senate

514
Course Contents:
Valence band and Energy band models of intrinsic and extrinsic semiconductors. Thermal
equilibrium carrier concentration. Carrier transport by drift, resistivity. Excess carriers,
lifetime, carrier transport by diffusion, Continuity equation. Quantitative theory of PN
junctions : Steady state I-V characteristics under forward bias, reverse bias and illumina-
tion. Dynamic behavior under small and large signals. Qualitative theory of breakdown
mechanisms. Quantitative theory of bipolar junction transistors having uniformly doped
regions. Static characteristics in active andsaturation regions. Emitter efficiency, trans-
port factor, transit time, (and their calculation as functions of frequency. Charge control
description. Theory of Field Effect Transistors : Static characteristics of JFETs. Anal-
ysis of MOS structure. Calculation of threshold voltage. Static I-V characteristics of
MOSFETs.

Text Books:
1. Ben G. Streetman and Sanjay Banerjee, Solid State Electronic Devices, Pren-
tice Hall International.

2. S.M.Sze, Semiconductor Devices Physics and Technology, John Wiley &

Sons.

3. Nandita Das Gupta and Amitava Das Gupta, Semiconductor Devices Mod-
elling and Technology, Prentice Hall of India Pvt. Ltd.

References:
1. S.M. Sze, Physics of Semiconductor Devices, John Wiley and Sons.

2. M.S. Tyagi, Introduction to Semiconductor Materials and Devices, John

Wiley and Sons.

7.29 EE 309: Power Electronics

Course Code : EE 309
Course Name : Power Electronics
L-T-P-C : EE309: 2.5-0.5-0-3
Pre-requisites : IC-160 & IC-160P
Distribution : Elective
Approval: 5th Senate

Course Contents
ˆ Introduction: About power electronics; power control through switching; overview
of power devices, converters and applications. [2 Lectures]

ˆ DC to DC power converters: Buck, boost and buck-boost converters; con-

tinuous and discontinuous modes of operation; operation as single-quadrant, two-
quadrant and four-quadrant choppers; basics of transformer isolated half-bridge and
full-bridge converters. [8 Lectures]

515
 ˆ Power semiconductor switches: Desirable switch characteristics; overview of
available switches; power diodes / thyristors including GTOs; power MOSFETs /
IGBTs; emerging power devices. [8 Lectures]
ˆ DC to AC inverters: Background; single phase voltage source inverter; square
wave and single pulse PWM (Pulse Width Modulation) operation; selective har-
monic elimination; three-phase six-step inverter; simple sine-PWM technique; wave-
form distortion and harmonics; output filter. [8 Lectures]
ˆ Engineering aspects: Drive circuits for power devices; conduction and switch-
ing loss calculations; heat sink for power devices; elementary design of magnetic
components; basic snubber circuits. [6 Lectures]
ˆ AC to DC Converters Uncontrolled rectifiers: Single phase bridge rectifier;
centre-tapped rectifier; three phase bridge rectifier. Input side and output side per-
formance; concept of AC input power factor under distorted waveforms. Controlled
rectifiers: Some basic concepts regarding AC-DC phase controlled thyristor convert-
ers. AC to DC PWM rectifiers: Operation of a PWM bridge DC-AC inverter as an
AC to DC PWM rectifier; application in renewable energy systems. [8 Lectures]

Textbooks:
1. Mohan, Undeland and Robbins, Power Electronics: Converters, Applications
and Design, Wiley India, 2007.
2. L. Umanand, Power Electronics: Essentials & Applications, Wiley India,
2009.

7.30 EE 309P: Power Electronics Lab

Course Code : EE 309P
Course Name : Power Electronics Lab
L-T-P-C : 0-0-2-1
Pre-requisites : IC-160 & IC-160P
Distribution : Elective; This course runs concurrently with EE 309
Approval: 5th Senate

Laboratory Work:
The laboratory will involve a few experiments related to power converters and control of
the same.

7.31 EE 310: Electromagnetic Fields

Course Code : EE 310
Course Name : Electromagnetic Fields
L-T-P-C :3-0-0-3
Prerequisites :
Approval: OTA Course; 5th Senate

516
Course Contents
Review: Electrostatics, Magnetostatics, Amperes Law, Faradays Law, Electromagnetic
Energy. (Topics covered in PH 102) - Solution Techniques Laplace/Poissons equation
with Dirchlet/ Neumann boundary conditions. Method of images, separation of vari-
ables, finite difference schemes Time varying fields Maxwells equations, wave equation,
Poynting theorem, phasor notation - Plane Waves: Solution of the wave equation in
vacuum. Wave velocity and impedence. Normal and Oblique incidence at interfaces.
Penetration into conducting surfaces - skin effect. Reflection off dielectric layers - In-
troduction to waveguides: Guided waves. Interpretation as superposition of obliquely
travelling plane waves. Modes and their cutoffs. The TEM wave and the transmission
line limit - Transmission Lines: The high-frequency circuit. Time domain reflectometry.
LCR ladder model for transmission lines. The transmission line equation. Analogy with
wave equation. Solution for lossless lines. Wave velocity and wave impedence. Reflec-
tion and Transmission coeffcients at junctions. VSWR. Introduction to Smith Chart -
Antennas: The free space antenna. The half-wave dipole antenna. Radiation patterns.
Antenna gain and directivity - Case studies: Semiconductors, bio-electromagnetics, data
storage, RF circuits, optics, telecommunications.

Textbooks:
1. Nannapaneni Narayana Rao, Elements of Engineering Electromagnetics, Pren-
tice Hall of India.

2. Hayt, Engineering Electro-magnetics, McGraw-Hill.

References:
1. Kraus and Fleisch, Electromagnetics with applications, McGraw-Hill.

2. Ramo, Whinnery and Van Duzer, Fields and Waves in Communication Elec-
tronics, John Wiley and Sons

7.32 EE 311: Device Electronics for Integrated Circuits

Course Code: EE 311
Course Name: Device Electronics for Integrated Circuits
L-T-P-C: 3-0-0-3
Semester: Odd
Prerequisites: IC121 (Mechanics of Particles and Waves)
Intended for: 2nd and 3rd year UG
Elective or Core: Core for 2nd Yr. and 3rd Yr. Electrical Engineering
Approval: 10th Senate

Course Contents
ˆ SEMICONDUCTOR ELECTRONICS [6 Lectures]

– i. Physics of Semiconductor Materials

517
 – ii. Band Model of Solids
– iii. Carrier distribution functions
– iv. Free Carriers in Semiconductors, Concept of electrons and holes,
– v. Concept of equilibrium and non-equilibrium in semiconductor device vi.
Current Conduction mechanisms in semiconductors

ˆ P-N JUNCTIONS [12 Lectures]

– i. Fundamentals of p-n junction

– ii. p-n junction under thermal equilibrium
– iii. Operation of p-n junction under forward and reverse bias
– iv. Different type of junctions including step junction, linearly graded junction
and heterojunctions,
– v. Junction Breakdown: Physics of avalanche and Zener breakdown mecha-
nisms vi. Generation and Recombination in a p-n junction
– vii. Current-Voltage Characteristics of p-n junctions
– viii. Devices based on p-n junction, Solar cells, LED and photodetectors

ˆ METAL-SEMICONDUCTOR CONTACTS [3 Lectures]

– i. Idealized Metal-Semiconductor junctions

– ii. Physics of Schottky and Ohmic contacts
– iii. Effect of surface states on Metal-Semiconductor Contacts, iv. Devices
based on metal-semiconductor contacts

ˆ BIPOLAR TRANSISTORS [9 Lectures]

– i. Physics and operation of bipolar junction transistors

– ii. Current conduction mechanism in bipolar junction transistor
– iii. Ebers-Moll Model
– iv. Effects of Collector Bias Variation (Early Effect)
– v. Small-Signal Transistor Model
– vi. Operation of bipolar junction transistor under high frequency vii. Devices
based on bipolar junction transistor

ˆ FIELD-EFFECT TRANSISTORS (MOSFETs) [9 Lectures]

– i. The ideal MOS Structure

– ii. Capacitance of the MOS System
– iii. CV Behavior of a MOS System; Ideal condition, effect of oxide and interface
charge
– iv. Structure and operation of MOSFET devices
– v. Improved Models for Short-Channel MOSFETs vi. Devices based on MOS-
FET

518
 ˆ ELECTRONIC DEVICES AND NANOELECTRONICS [3 Lectures]

– i. Electronic Device Materials: Silicon, Germanium, and Gallium Arsenide.

– ii. Introduction to advanced device technology: Purification and growth, wafer
production, epitaxy and deposition, oxidation and metallisation; lithography
and implantation
– iii. Emerging Device Technologies

TEXT BOOKS:
1. S. M. Sze and M.K. Lee, Semiconductor devices - Physics and Technology,
3nd Edition, John Wiley & Sons, 2012.

REFERENCES:
1. S. M. Sze and Kwok K.Ng, Physics of Semiconductor Devices, 3rd Edition,
John Wiley & Sons, 2002.

2. Ben G. Steetman and Sanjay Banerjee, Solid State Electronic Devices, 6th
Edition, Prentice Hall, 2005

3. Robert F. Pierret, Semiconductor Device Fundamentals, Addison-Wesley Pub-

lishing, 1996

4. Donald A. Neamen, Semiconductor Physics and Devices, 3rd Eddition, Mc-

GrawHill, 2003

5. Jasprit Singh, Semiconductor Devices - Basic Principles, John Wiley and

Sons, 2001.

7.33 EE 312 P: Microelectronics Circuits Design Practicum

(MCDP)
Course Code: EE 312 P
Course Name: Microelectronics Circuits Design Practicum (MCDP)
L-T-P-C: 0-0-3-2
Prerequisites: IC 161 , EE 311 or Instructors consent
Students intended for: UG
Elective or Core: Core for 3rd yr. Electrical Engineering
Approval: 10th Senate

Course Contents
ˆ Diode characteristics and diode circuits [12 Lectures]:

– p-n junction, ideal diode, terminal characteristics of junction diodes, operation

in the reverse breakdown region, Zener diodes, Diode rectifier circuits, Limiting
and clamping circuits, Special diode types.

519
 – After exposure of this practicum, students should be able to compare the
experimental data to the theoretical curve of the diodes. The students will use
appropriate laboratory equipment to plot the I-V characteristics of the diodes.
The students will also construct rectifier and filtering circuits using diodes and
capacitors.

ˆ BJT I-V characteristics and Amplifier [12 Lectures]

– Device structure and physical operation, I-V characteristics of BJT DC cir-

cuits, Application of the BJT in amplifier design, Small-signal operation and
models, Basic BJT amplifier configurations and biasing the BJT amplifier cir-
cuits
– As part of laboratory assignments, the students will obtain and analyse the
I-V characteristic of the BJTs. Students will also design and implement single-
stage BJT amplifiers and observe amplitude and frequency response.

ˆ MOSFET Characteristics and Amplifiers [12 Lectures]

– Device structure and physical operation, I-V characteristics of MOSFET, Small-

signal operation and models, Basic MOSFET amplifiers, Biasing in MOSFET
amplifiers
– At the end of this practicum, the students will construct the circuit to explore
the current-voltage characteristics of MOSFET. The students will also design
MOSFET amplifier

ˆ Non-ideal operational amplifier and op-amp circuits [6 Lectures]

– Operational amplifiers and amplifier circuits, op-amp inverting and non-inverting

configuration, Difference amplifiers, Integrator and differentiator circuits
– In this practicum, the students will evaluate characteristics of the non-ideal
operational amplifiers. Students will analyse two most popular configurations
of op-amp circuits (inverting and non-inverting amplifiers), predict the results,
and observe the gain and frequency response.

Course Lectures:
The laboratory practicum learning will be supplemented by total of 3 hours of lectures
on the different topics of the course spread over the semester.

Mini-project
The students will also carry out a mini-project after discussion with the instructor. The
aim of this project will be to understand, solve and implement solutions to real world
problems.

Text Book
1. Adel S. Sedra and Kenneth C. Smith, Microelectronics Circuits, 6th Edition

520
7.34 EE 313: Measurement and Instrumentation
Course Code: EE 313
Course Name: Measurement and Instrumentation
L-T-P-C: 2-1-0-3
Prerequisites: IC 160: Basic Electrical Engineering and IC 161 Basic Electronics
Engineering Intended for: UG
Distribution: Elective
Semester: 5th and 7th semester
Approval: 9th Senate

Course Contents
ˆ Fundamentals of measuring instruments: Terminology, Units and standards,
functional elements of an instrument, input-output configuration, static character-
istics and static calibration - least squares calibration curves -static sensitivity -
linearity, dynamic characteristics - dynamic response analysis - operational and si-
nusoidal transfer function - zero-, first-, and second-order instruments, Errors and
handling of errors in measurement. [10 lectures]

ˆ Motion and dimensional measurement: Relative displacement and velocity:

translational and rotational - resistive potentiometers - resistance strain gauge - dif-
ferential transformers - eddy current noncontacting transducers - ultrasonic trans-
ducers - mechanical flyball angular velocity sensor - mechanical revolution counters
and timers, relative acceleration, accelerometers - deflection type - null balance type,
gyroscopic angular-displacement and velocity sensors, laser rangefinders, ultrasonic
rangefinders, radars for automobiles. [12 lectures]

ˆ Force, torque, and shaft power measurement: Elastic force transducers -

bonded-strain-gauge transducers - differential-transformer transducers - piezoelec-
tric transducers - variable-reluctance, torque measurement on rotating shafts, dy-
namometers, vibrating-wire force transducers. [3 lectures]

ˆ Sound and Vibration measurement: Deadweight gauges and manometers, elas-

tic transducers, vibrating cylinder transducers, high- pressure measurement, low
pressure measurement - diaphragm gauges - McLeod gauge - Knudsen gauge - mo-
mentum transfer gauges - thermal conductivity gauges - ionisation gauges - dual
gauge technique, sound measurement - microphones - pressure response - acoustic
intensity - acoustic emission. [3 lectures]

ˆ Temperature and heat-flux measurement: Thermal expansion methods -

bimetallic thermometers - liquid-in-glass thermometers - pressure thermometers,
thermoelectric sensors, electrical resistance sensors - conductive - bulk semicon-
ductor, junction semiconductor sensors, digital thermometers, radiation methods
- detectors - automatic null balance - optical - two color - fluoroptic - infrared
imaging. [5 lectures]

ˆ Manipulation, transmission and recording of data: Bridge circuits, ampli-

fiers, filters, integration and differentiation, cable transmission, fiber- optic data,

521
 radio telemetry, Pneumatic transmission, instrument connectivity, potentiometers,
digital voltmeters and mutimeters, electromechanical servotype XT and XY recorders,
data acquisition systems. [4 lectures]

ˆ Electrical and Electronic Measurements: Signal generation, Principle of LCR

meter, Probe compensation, Spectrum analysis, Instrument Transformers, Measure-
ment of Power and Wattmeters, Measurement of Energy and Industrial Metering,
Digital Storage Oscilloscope, Issues of sampling, memory, ADC speed. [6 lectures]

Textbooks:
1. E. O. Doebelin, D. N. Manik, Measurement systems Application and Design,
5th Edition, McGraw Hill Book Company, 2007.

2. D. Patranabis, Principles of Industrial Instrumentation, 3rd Edition, Tata

McGraw Hill Publishing Ltd., 2010.

References:
1. A.K. Sawhney, A course in electrical and electronic measurements and
instrumentation, 19th Edition, Dhanpat Rai Publications, 2011.

2. A. S. Morris, Measurement and Instrumentation Principles, 3rd Edition,

Butterworth-Heinemann, 2001.

3. J. P. Holman, Experimental Methods for Engineers, McGraw Hill Book Com-

pany, 1971.

4. W. C. Dunn, Fundamentals of Industrial Instrumentation and Process

Control, McGraw Hill, 2005.

7.35 EE 314 : Digital Signal Processing

Course Code : EE 314
Course Name : Digital Signal Processing
L-T-P-C : 3-0-2-4
Intended for : B.Tech. 2nd, 3rd year students
Prerequisite : IC210: Probability, Statistics and Random Processes, EE 304: Com-
munication Theory or the instructor’s consent
Mutual Exclusion: EEXXX (Signals & Systems)
Revision:
Approval: 54th BoA

Course Contents
ˆ Review of discrete-time signals and systems: LTI systems and their prop-
erties, impulse response and convolution, Difference equations, Eigen-functions of
LTI systems. (4 hours)

522
 ˆ Fourier and Z-transforms: Discrete-time Fourier transform and its properties;
Z-transform and its properties; Discrete Fourier Transform and its properties; Fast
Fourier Transform. (10 hours)

ˆ Sampling: Time domain and frequency domain representation, Nyquist theo-

rem, Signal reconstruction, Discrete-time processing of continuous-time signals,
Continuous-time processing of discretetime signals, Changing the sampling rate,
Multi-rate signal processing, Sub-Nyquist sampling and its applications. (8 hours)

ˆ Filtering: Discrete-time frequency selective filtering, Phase distortion and delay,

Characterization with difference equations, Stability and Causality, Frequency re-
sponse of rational system functions, All pass and minimum phase systems, Basics
of filter design, Z-transform characterization of IIR filters, Window functions for
FIR filters, Filter structures for IIR and FIR filters. (10 hours)

ˆ Introduction to wavelets and their applications: Haar expansions, Wavelets

in continuous time, Discrete Wavelet Transform using Haar basis, Construction of
wavelets using Fourier techniques, Multiresolution analysis and construction of the
wavelet. (10 hours)

Laboratory/practical/tutorial Modules:
ˆ The exercises/projects should cover various real-world applications of DSP. A few
suggested topics: image processing and compression; Speech processing; Com-
pressed sensing; Signal processing in communication systems

Textbooks:
1. Alan V. Oppenheim, Ronald W. Schafer, John R. Buck., Discrete-Time Signal
Processing, 2nd edition, Pearson, 1999.

2. Martin Vetterli, Jelena Kovacevic and Vivek Goyal, Fourier and Wavelet Signal
Processing, Cambridge University Press, 2014

References:
1. John G. Proakis, Dimitris G. Manolakis., Digital Signal Processing – Princi-
ples, Algorithms, and Applications, 4th Edition, Pearson 2007.

2. Stephen Mallat, A Wavelet Tour of Signal Processing The Sparse Way,

Elsevier, 2009

7.36 EE 326 : Compmer Organization and Processor Architec-

ture Design
Course Code :EE 326
Course Name : Compmer Organization and Processor Architecture Design
L-T-P-C : 3-0-2-4
Intended for : B. Tech in Electrical Engineering

523
 Prerequisite : Digital System Design (EE 210) or equivalent
Mutual Exclusion :
Approval: 52nd BoA

Course Contents
ˆ Introduction to Computer Organization: Notion of organization and archi-
tecture. Von Neumann and Harvard architectures; Evolution of computers; Role of
VLSI Technology in miniaturization of computers. (1 Lecture)

ˆ Computer System Design: Introduction , design of computer system, register

transfer level (RTL) structure realizing behavior expressed in an algorithm, logic
circuit level structure of RTL components, HDL description of RTL structure at
architectural and logic levels. (2 Lectures)

ˆ Datapath Design: Block diagram description fo a processor, overview of basic

digital building blocks in the data-path, adder, subtractre, shifter, multiplier and
divider, comparator circuits, optimization of adders and multipliers, integration of
arithmetic logic unit, design of general purpose register files in RISC And CISC
processes, integration of data-path using ALU and general purpose register file,
integer versus floating point ALU, IEEE 754 single precision, double precision and
extended double precision floating point formats, algorithms and RTL realization
of floating point adders, subtractors, multipliers, dividers, design of floating point
ALU. (8 Lectures)

ˆ Controller Design: Motivation behind use of controller circuits, instruction in-

terpretation and execution, design of hardwired controller based on finite state
machine model, design of microprogrammed control circuits, horizontal and ver-
tical microprogramming, integration of controller and data-path into a processor,
design of RISC and CISC processors, examples of some well-known processors. (5
Lectures)

ˆ Instruction Set architecture and addressing modes: Concept of instruction

formats, types of instructions, different types of addressing modes, programming
considerations in register transfers and assembly languages. Example case study of
ARM processor including its instruction formats and addressing modes. Assembly
language programming of ARM processor. (5 Lectures)

ˆ Memory Organization and design: Introduction, processor-memory interac-

tion, storage technology, memory array organization and technology, semiconductor
memories, ROM, static and dynamic Ram, 1D vs 2D RAM, FPMDRAM, EDO-
DRAM, SDRAM, RDRAM, DDRRAM, DDR2RAM, DDR4RAM, content address-
able memory (CAM), memory hierarchy, cache organization, cache coherence pro-
tocols, cache mapping techniques – direct, associative, set-associative, and sector
mapping techniques, cache optimization techniques, virtual memory, multiple mod-
ule memory, gap filler memories – magnetic bubble memories, and charge coupled
devices, secondary storage device, disc recording methods, disk drives and con-
trollers, cyclic redundancy check logic. (8 Lectures)

524
 ˆ Input Output organization: Introduction, data transfer techniques, bus inter-
face, programmed I/O, interrupt driven I/O, conflict resultion of interrupts, pro-
grammable interrupt controller, direct memory access (DMA), DMA controller,
types of DMA. (5 Lectures)

ˆ Pipelining: Linear piplelined architectures, synchronous versus asynchronous pipelin-

ing, non-linear pipelining, reservation and latency analysis, collision free scheduling,
pipeline schedule optimization. (4 Lectures) Multiprocessor Architectures: Flynn’s
classification of computers, SISD, SIMD, MISD and MIMD architectures, shared
memory multiprocessors, distributed memory multicomputers, distributed coherent
caches. (4 Lectures)

Labotaroty / practical / tutorial Modules:

ˆ Hardware description language: Introduction to some HDL (Verilog, VHDL, BSV).
Digital Design using HDLs, Modeling and simulation of ALU, controller and pro-
cessors using HDL Timing analysis of processors with inertial and transport delays.

ˆ Assembly language programming: The assignments should cover the following

concepts: Registers, different types of instructions (load, store, arithmetic, logic,
branch); operand addressing modes: memory addressing modes: conditions (codes
/ flats and conditional branches) stack manipulation; procedure calls; procedure
call conventions (load / store of; arguments on stack, activation records)

ˆ Realization of Computer Circuits: Realization of arithmetic and logic circuits on

bread board, realization of memory and I/O interface circuits on bread board, study
of universal synchronous-asynchronous receiver transmitter on bread board.

Textbooks:
1. V. Carl Hamecher. Zvonko G. Vranesic, Safwat Zaky, Computer Organization,
5th Edition, Mc Graw Hill Education, 2017.

References:
1. John P. Hayes, Computer Organization and Architecture, 3rd Edition, Mc
Graw Hill Education, 2017.

2. William Stallings, Computer Organization and Architecture, 11th Edition,

Pearson, 2022.

3. Zainalabedin Navabi, VHDL: Modular Design and Synthesis of Cores and

Systems, 3rd Edition, Mc Graw Hill Education, 2022.

7.37 EE 500 : Network Control System

Course Code : EE 500
Course Name : Network Control System
L-T-P-C : 3-0-0-3
Intended for : B.Tech. EE (3rd and 4th year), M.Tech., M.Tech. (R), PhD

525
 Prerequisite : For B.Tech. – Control System or equivalent course
Mutual Exclusion:
Approval: 54th BoA

Course Contents
ˆ Introduction: Introduction to Network Control Systems, The Rendezvous Prob-
lem, Algebraic Graph Theory, Graph Connectivity and Robustness (Cheeger’s in-
equality, proximity graphs). (10 Hours)

ˆ Consensus: The Consensus Protocol, Discrete-Time Consensus, Directed Con-

sensus, Switching Consensus, Lyapunov Stability with Switching Networks, The
Synchronization Problem and Kuramoto Model. (10 Hours)

ˆ Multi-Agent Robotics: Formation, Graph rigidity and Persistence, Formation

Control and Design Choices, Leader-Follower Networks, Network controllability and
network feedback, Distributed optimal control. (10 Hours)

ˆ Mobile Sensor & Communication Networks: Sensor networks, Gabriel and

Voronoi graph, Coverage Control, Communication models, random graphs, random
consensus. (10 Hours)

Laboratory/practical/tutorial Modules:
ˆ None

Textbooks:
1. M. Mesbahi and M. Egerstedt, Graph Theoretic Methods in Multiagent Net-
works, Princeton University Press, 2010.

2. F. Bullo, J. Cortes, and S. Martinez, Distributed Control of Robotic Net-

works, Princeton University Press, 2009.

References:
1. T. Hatanaka, N. Chopra, M. Fujita, and M.W. Spong, Passivity-Based-Control
and Estimation in Networked Robotics, Springer, 2015.

2. C. Godsil and G. Royle, Algebraic Graph Theory, Springer, 2001.

3. P. J. Antsaklis and P. Tabuada, (Editors), Networked Embedded Sensing and

Control, Springer 2006.

7.38 EE 501: Power System Operation and Control

Course Code: EE 501
Course Name: Power System Operation and Control
L-T-P-C: 3
Prerequisite: Consent of the faculty member

526
 Students intended for: UG and PG
Elective or Core: Elective
Approval: 2nd Senate

Course Contents
An overview of power system operations and control, basic objectives of security and eco-
nomics in power system operation and control, security analysis, reactive power dispatch
and optimal power flows, automatic generation control, reactive power control, state es-
timation, brief introduction to power system restructuring and power market operations.

Text & Reference Books:

Textbooks:

1. A. J. Wood and B. F. Wollenberg, Power generation, Operation and Control,

2nd Edition, John Wiley and Sons, 1996.

2. Prabha Kundur, Power System Stability and Control, Tata Mcgraw Hill Ed-
ucation Private Limited, 2006.

3. Loi Lei Lai, Power System Restructuring and Deregulation: Trading, Per-
formance and Information Technology, John Wiley & Sons, 2001.

7.39 EE 502P: Analog System Design Laboratory

Course Code: EE 502P
Course Name: Analog System Design Laboratory
L-T-P-C: 0-0-3-2
Students intended for: EE 3rd year and CS 3rd Year
Elective or Core: Elective
Prerequisite: Knowledge of basic analog electronics, basic circuit analysis, Networks
and Systems
Approval: 2nd Senate
The course is based on the Analog System Lab modules prepared by Texas Instru-
ments. System Lab Kit ASLKv 2010 Starter Kit from Texas Instruments will be used for
performing the experiments and also simulation tools will be used for analysis exhaus-
tively.

Experiments:
ˆ Negative Feedback Amplifiers and Instrumentation Amplifier

ˆ Regenerative Feedback System, Astable and MonostableMultivibrator

ˆ Integrators and Diferentiators

ˆ AnalogFilters

ˆ Self Tuned Filters

527
 ˆ Function Generator and Voltage Controlled Oscillator

ˆ Phase Locked Loop

ˆ Automatic Gain Control/Automatic Volume Control

ˆ DC-DC Converter

ˆ Low Dropout (LDO)/Linear Regulator

Text & Reference Books:

ˆ Jerald G. Graeme, Applications of Operational Amplifiers, Third Generation
Techniques
ˆ James K. Roberge, Operational Amplifiers: Theory and Practice, Wiley.

ˆ B Razavi, Fundamentals of Microelectronics

ˆ A. Sedra and K. Smith, Microelectronic Circuits

7.40 EE 503: Advance Communication Theory

Course Code : EE 503
Course Name : Advance Communication Theory
L-T-P-C : 3-0-0-3
Prerequisites : IC-210: Probability, Statistics and Random Processes, EE-304:Communication
Theory and the instructors consent
Intended for :UG/MS/PhD
Distribution : Elective for EE
Approval: 5th Senate

7.40.1 Course Contents

ˆ Module I: Review of digital modulation schemes for baseband and bandlimited
channels and their corresponding optimal detectors and error probabilities [6 Lec-
tures]
ˆ Carrier and Symbol Synchronization: importance in signal demodulation, car-
rier frequency and phase estimation decision directed and power of N methods, tim-
ing estimation - spectral-line, MMSE, and ML methods, joint carrier and symbol
synchronization. [6 Lectures]
ˆ Equalization: Optimal zero-forcing equalization, Linear, Decision-feedback, Adap-
tive Linear, Adaptive Decision-feedback, and Blind equalization. [6 Lectures]
ˆ Multichannel and Multicarrier Systems: AWGN multichannels, Multicarrier
communications: OFDM modulation and demodulation, spectral characteristics,
bit and power allocation, channel coding. [6 Lectures]
ˆ Spread Spectrum Communications: model, Direct sequence SS, PN sequences,
Frequency- hopped SS, synchronization, jamming, CDMA. [5 Lectures]

528
 ˆ Introduction to Information and Coding Theories:

– Information Theory: information measures, Shannon entropy, differential en-

tropy, mutual information, capacity theorem for point-to-point channels with
discrete and continuous alphabets. [4 Lectures]
– Coding Theory: linear block codes definitions, properties, bounds on mini-
mum distance (singleton, Hamming, GV, MRRW), soft versus hard decision
decoding, some specific codes (Hamming, RS, Concatenated); Convolutional
codes structure, decoding (the Viterbi and BCJR algorithms); Turbo codes,
LDPC codes. [9 Lectures]

Reference Books:
1. T. Cover and J. Thomas, Elements of Information Theory, 2nd Edition, Wiley,
2006.

2. R. G. Gallager, Principles of Digital Communication, Cambridge Univ. Press,

2008.

3. A. Lapidoth, A Foundation in Digital Communication, Cambridge Univ.

Press, 2009.

4. S. Lin and D. Costello, Error Control Coding, 2nd Edition, Prentice Hall, 2004.

5. J. G. Proakis and M. Salehi, Digital Communications, 5th Edition, McGraw-

Hill, Prentice Hall, 2007.

6. B. Sklar, Digital Communications: Fundamentals and Applications, 2nd

Edition, Prentice Hall, 2001.

7.41 EE 504: Switch Mode Power Conversion

Course Code : EE 504
Course Name : Switch Mode Power Conversion
L-T-P-C : 2.5-0.5-0-3
Prerequisites : EE 309 Power Electronics and Teachers Consent
Students intended for : UG/MS/PhD
Elective or Compulsory: Elective
Approval: 5th Senate

Course Contents
ˆ Introduction: About Switch Mode Power Conversion; overview of the course;
industrial relevance of this topic; SMPC requirements. [2 Lectures]

ˆ Basic DC to DC power converters: Basic DC-DC converters - buck, boost,

buck-boost&Cuk converters - and their principles of operation; continuous and
discontinuous modes of operation; SEPIC converter. [6 Lectures]

529
 ˆ Power semiconductor switches: Review of power diodes, Schottky didoes,
power MOSFETs &IGBTs. Recent developments in power devices for switch mode
power supplies. Drive requirements, switching performance and snubberdesign .
Selection of devices & basic heat sink design. [6 Lectures]

ˆ Transformer-Isolated Converters: Single-switch and multi-switch transformer-

isolated DC-DC converters. Flyback and forward converters; transformer isolated
half-bridge, full-bridge converters. Push-pull converters. Voltage-fed and current-
fed converters. [6 Lectures]

ˆ Magnetic Component Design: Magnetic core materials and performance; basic

inductor and transformer design; practical magnetic design; design aspects to be
considered for designing transformers for specific applications flyback, push-pull,
bridge, forward converters. [4 Lectures]

ˆ Switching Regulator Control: Small-signal models for switching regulators.

Performance analysis and design of closed-loop system under different control meth-
ods, and operating modes. Measurement of small signal transfer functions. [6
Lectures]

ˆ Soft-Switched and Resonant DC-DC Power Converters: Motivation. Hard-

switching vs soft-switching. Introduction to resonant power converters and their
characteristics. Detailed study of a few soft-transition converters. [6 Lectures]

ˆ Single-Phase Power-Factor Correction: Problems due to harmonics in the

current drawn by equipment. Basic concept of active power-factor correction (PFC)
techniques. Performance analysis and comparison of different PFC techniques. [6
Lectures]

Reference Material:
1. N Mohan, T M Undel and and W P Robbins, Power Electronics: Converters,
Applications and Design, Wiley

2. A I Pressman, Switching Power Supply Design, McGraw-Hill

3. Selected Conference and Journal Articles

4. Texas Instruments Power Management Application Notes including articles

from the well known Unit rode Seminar Series.

5. Application Notes from International Rectifiers and other Power Devices and ICs
manufacturers.

7.42 EE 505 (3) Materials for Semiconductor Industry

Approval: 8th Senate; OTA

530
Course Outline:
Semiconductor fundamentals, band structure, indirect and direct band gap, optical prop-
erties, carrier statistics, semiconductor material purification and crystal growth, epitaxy,
CVD and MBE, P-N Junction, Schottky and Mas device structures, specific material
requirements, Doping by implantation and diffusion, dielectric and insulators, ohmic and
barrier contacts, band edge behaviour, empirical rule, alloy design.

7.43 EE 506: Solar Photovoltaic Energy Systems

Course Code : EE 506
Course Name : Solar Photovoltaic Energy Systems
L-T-P-C : 2.5-0.5-0-3
Prerequisites : EE309 Power Electronics (or Instructors permission)
Students intended for : B.Tech./M.S./Ph.D
Elective or Compulsory : Elective
Approval: 5th Senate

Course Contents
ˆ Introduction: Fossil fuel energy usage and global warming; role of renewable
energy in sustainable development; renewable energy sources; global potential for
solar electrical energy systems. [3 Lectures]

ˆ Solar radiation: Extra terrestrial and terrestrial solar spectrum; clear sky direct-
beam radiation; total clear sky insulation on a collecting surface; radiation on
the collector in tracking systems; calculation of average monthly insolation from
measured data. [9 Lectures]

ˆ PV cells and modules: Photovoltaic cell and its simple model; i-v and p-v
characteristics; PV modules and arrays; effect of shading, use of bypass and blocking
diodes; influence of temperature; types of solar cells and their performance; schemes
for maximum power point tracking; solar PV concentrators. [6 Lectures]

ˆ PV inverters: Grid-connected single phase PV inverter schemes and control;

power processing schemes based on single string, multi-string and ac module tech-
nologies; types of grid interface; power electronic converters used in single phase PV
systems and their operation; transformer less inverters, centralized grid-connected
three- phase inverters for large PV installations. [9 Lectures]

ˆ Schemes with battery energy storage: Power processing schemes and control
for stand-alone applications; batteries for energy storage types, charging, battery
sizing and turn-around efficiency; other types of energy storage for PV systems;
grid connected schemes with standby energy storage. [9 Lectures]

ˆ System level issues: Design related issues; grounding, dc arcing and other safety
related issues; islanding; harmonics; electro- magnetic interference; energy yield and
economics of a PV installation. [6 Lectures]

531
Text Book:
1. Gilbert M. Masters, Renewable and Efficient Electric Power Systems, John
Wiley & Sons, 2004

Reference Books:
1. Roger A. Messenger & Jerry Ventre, Photovoltaic Systems Engineering, 2nd
Edition, CRC Press, 2004.

2. Solanki, Solar Photovoltaics: Fundamentals, Technologies and Applica-

tions, PHI Learning Pvt Ltd, 2009.

7.44 EE 507: Transmission Lines and Basic Microwave Engi-

neering
Course Code : EE 507
Course Name : Transmission Lines and Basic Microwave Engineering
Course L-T-P-C : 3-1-0-4
Prerequisite : Consent of the faculty member
Intended for : UG/PG
Distribution : Discipline Elective for 3rd and 4th year BTech in EE, MTech in EE
and MS & PhD in the area
Approval: 12th Senate

Course Contents
ˆ Introduction to transmission lines : Basic Transmission line equations: Two
line theory, capacitance and inductance in transmission lines and impedance of
loaded and unloaded transmission line. Reflections and VSWR: Scattering matrix
and impedance transformation. Smith chart: Stub matching. [10 Lectures]

ˆ Guided EM waves: - Wave propagation in different types of transmission lines:

Co-axial, microstrip, strip-lines, co-planar lines and co-planar wave guides lines.
Loss and loss-less transmission lines. Metallic and dielectric wave guides: Propaga-
tion of modes. [11 Lectures]

ˆ Introduction to Left Handed medium: - Wave Propagation in Left-Handed

medium: metamaterial-transmission line approach. Introduction to Electromag-
netic Band-gap (EBG) structures. [8 Lectures]

ˆ Basic microwave devices: - H-Plane, E-Plane and Magic-T, Wave-Guide Cou-

plers. Ferrites & ferrite devices. Diodes: Schottky, PIN, Varactor. Bipolar Junction
Transistors (BJT). [10 Lectures]

ˆ Microwave Resonators: - Series and parallel resonators, Transmission line res-

onators, Dielectric resonators and its applications. Microwave cavity: Klystron,
Magnetron, TWT. Excitation techniques of resonators. [10 Lectures]

532
 ˆ Microwave propagation: - Effects of atmosphere and ground on microwave prop-
agation, plasma Effects, microwave heating. Introduction to wire-less power trans-
fer. Biological effects of microwave radiation and safety. [7 Lectures]

Note: All the Units will have tutorials and in the end of course there will be a presentation
assignment in which student (or a group) will present latest advancement in any-one of
the topics taught in class

Text Books:
1. R K Shevgaonkar, Electromagnetic Waves, McGraw Hill Education, India, 2006.

2. David M Pozar, Microwave Engineering, 4th Edition, John Wiley & Sons.

References:
1. C. Caloz and T. Itho, Electromagnetic Metamaterial: Transmission Line
Theory and Microwave Applications, Wileys Publications.

2. Research Papers as instructed by course Instructors.

7.45 EE 508: Fundamentals of Electric Drives

Course Code: EE 508
Course Name: Fundamentals of Electric Drives
L-T-P-C: 3-0-0-3
Prerequisites: EE 309 (Power Electronics), EE 201 (Eletromechanics)
Intended for: UG/PG
Distribution: Elective for EE
Approval: 8th Senate

Course Contents
ˆ Introduction to drives: [2 Lectures]

– Importance of drives, Factors governing the choice of drives, Basics of drive

dynamics, Types of load, Selection of motor power rating, Applications

ˆ DC motor drives: [17 Lectures]

– Types of dc motors, starting and braking, transient analysis of separately

excited motor with armature and field control [4 Lectures]
– Controlled rectifier fed drives, multi-quadrant operation of separately excited
dc motor fed from fully-controlled converter [4 Lectures]
– Control of electric drives, closed loop torque, speed and position control, cur-
rent and speed sensing [5 Lectures]
– Chopper controlled dc drives [2 Lectures]
– Supply harmonics, power factor and current ripple [2 Lectures]

533
 ˆ Induction motor drives: [18 Lectures]

– Induction motor operation with non-sinusoidal voltage supply, starting and

braking of induction machines [4 Lectures]
– Methods of speed control stator voltage control, variable frequency control,
field weakening [4 Lectures]
– Voltage Source Inverter (VSI) control of induction motors [3 Lectures]
– Current Source Inverter (CSI) control of induction motors [3 Lectures]
– Current regulated VSI control [2 Lectures]
– Introduction to Vector Control [2 Lectures]

ˆ Synchronous motor drives: [5 Lectures]

– Types of synchronous motors Cylindrical-rotor and Salient-pole motors, Oper-

ation from fixed frequency supply starting, braking, load disturbance transients
– Variable frequency control true-synchronous mode, Self-controlled mode, Self-
controlled
– Synchronous motor drive using Load Commutated Thyristor Inverter
– Introduction to special machines Permanent Magnet synchronous motor, Brush-
less dc motor etc.

Textbooks:
1. 1. G. K. Dubey, Fundamentals of Electric Drives, Alpha Science International
Ltd., 2001.

2. 2. Dubey G. K., Power Semiconductor Controlled Drives, Prentice Hall In-

ternational Edition. 1989.

Reference books:
1. Mohan N., Undeland T.M. and Robbins W.P., Power Electronics Converters,
Applications and Design, 3rd Edition, Wiley India. 2008

2. Bose B. K., Power Electronics and Variable Frequency Drives Technology

and Applications, IEEE Press, Standard Publisher Distributors, 2001

3. Rashid M., Power Electronics - Circuits, Devices and Applications, 3rd

Edition, Pearson Education, 2003.

4. Krause, P. C., Wasynczuk, O., Sudhoff, S. D., Analysis of Electric Machinery

and Drive Systems, Wiley-Interscience, 2002.

5. S. K. Pillai, A First Course on Electrical Drives, New Age International Pvt.

Ltd., 2004

6. R. Krishnan, Electric Motor Drives: Modeling, Analysis, and Control,

Prentice Hall, 2001.

7. N. K. De and P. K. Sen, Electric Drives, Prentice-Hall of India Pvt. Ltd., 1999

534
7.46 EE 508P: Practicum on Electric Drives
Course Code: EE 508P
Course Name: Practicum on Electric Drives
L-T-P-C: 0-0-3-2
Prerequisites: EE 201 and EE 20lP- Electromechanics or Equivalent, EE 309 and EE
309P- Power Electronics or Equivalent
Intended for : Final year BTech Electrical Engineering (EE), M.Tech in Power Elec-
tronics and Drives (PED)
Distribution :Core for 1 year M.Tech. (PED), Elective for other PG and BTech Final
year EE
Approval: 13th Senate
This is a laboratory course with 3-hour sessions per week. Following is the list of
course modules and experiments.

ˆ Introduction to Drives [6 hours]

– Calculation of moment of inertia of drive+ load system

– Verification of Fundamental Drive Equation
– . Study of types of loads and thei r torque-speed characteristics

ˆ DC Drives [12 hours]

– Characteristics of d ifferent types of DC motors (series, shunt, separately ex-

cited)
– Speed control (acceleration, braking) of DC motors (Rectifier fed, chopper fed)
– Dynamic control of DC drives (closed loop controller design, simulation and
validation)
– Regenerative brakin g in closed loop DC drives
– Closed loop controller desib111 and digital implementation of separately ex-
cited DC motor drive
– Introduction to tield weakening mode operation and effect on dynamic perfor-
mance

ˆ Induction Motor Drives [15 hours]

– No-load/blocked rotor test on induction motor

– Plotting speed-torque characterist ics of an induction motor
– Stator voltage control of induction motor (fed with VSl)
– V/f control of induction motor (fed with VS J)
– Slip speed control of ind uction motor (fed with VSI )
– Rotor resistance control of sl ip-ring i nduction motor
– Study of three-phase sel f-exited induction generator (SEIG)

ˆ Synchronous Motor Drives [6 hours]

535
 – Driving the motor from a variable voltage and frequency supply
– Study of V-curves

ˆ Speed control of Special machines [3 hours]

– BLDC, PMSMl elc.

Textbook:
Lab. experimental manuals will be provided.

References:
1. W. Leonhard, Control of Electrical Drives, Springer-Verlag, 200I .

2. Mohan N., Undcland T. M. and Robbins W. P., Power Electronics- Converters,

Applications and Design, 3rd Edition, Wiley India, 2008.

3. Bose B. K., Power Electronic;s and Variable Frequency Drives - Technol-

ogy and Applications, IEEE Press, Standard Publisher Distributors. 200 l .

4. Rashid M., Power Electronics - Circuits, Devices and Applications, 3rd

Edition, Pearson Education.

5. Krause, P. C., Wasynczuk, O., Sudhoff, S.D., Analysis of Electric Machinery

and Drive Systems, Wiley-lnterscicnce.

7.47 EE 509: Linear Dynamical Systems

Course code: EE 509
Course Name: Linear Dynamical Systems
L-T-P-C: 3-0-0-3
Prerequisites: EE 301 Control Systems
Intended for: UG/PG
Elective/Core: Elective
Approval: 8th Senate

Course Contents
ˆ Mathematical modelling and basics of linear spaces: Mathematical descrip-
tions: transfer function and state-space, state space representation of electrical and
mechanical systems, some basics of linear vector space: vector space, basis, linear
dependent, matrix representation. [4 Lectures]

ˆ Canonical realizations and similarity transformation: Controller canonical

realization, observer canonical realization, diagonal realization, analog computer
simulation, Non-uniqueness of state-space representation, transformation to diago-
nal form, Jordan form, controller canonical form and observer canonical form. [8
Lectures]

536
 ˆ Time response and stability:Time response of linear systems, modal analysis
(associated with eigenvalues and eigenvectors), stability analysis: external and in-
ternal stability. [6 Lectures]
ˆ Controllability and observability: Controllability and observability matrices,
rank test, controllable and uncontrollable modes, matrix decomposition correspond-
ing to controllable and uncontrollable modes. [7 Lectures]
ˆ State feedback and state estimation: State feedback, pole assignment, state
estimation, observer design, combined controller-observer design. [10 Lectures]

Textbooks:
1. T. Kailath, Linear Systems, Prentice-Hall, 980.

References Books:
1. P.J. Antsaklis and A.N. Michel, Linear Systems, McGraw-Hill, 1997,
2. K. Ogata, Modern Control Engineering, Prentice-Hall, 2010.

Course Code: EE 510

Course Name: Mathematical Methods for Signal Processing
L-T-P-C: 4-0-0-4
Prerequisites: IC111 Linear Algebra, IC 210 Probability, Statistics and Random Pro-
cesses
Students intended for: 3rd and 4th year UG/PG or teachers consent
Elective or Compulsory: Elective

Course Contents
ˆ Vector Spaces and Linear Algebra: Metric spaces, vector spaces, norm, in-
ner product, Hilbert and Banach spaces, linear transformations, projections. [10
Lectures]
ˆ Representation and approximation in vector spaces: Approximation in
Hilbert space, orthogonality, error minimization, least squares, polynomial approx-
imation, linear regression, MMSE, optimal filtering, IRLS, generalized Fourier rep-
resentation. [11 Lectures]
ˆ Linear operators: Linear operators, operator norms, adjoint, matrix inverse,
pseudo inverse, condition number, eigenvalues and eigenvectors. [9 Lectures]
ˆ Matrix factorizations: LU, Cholesky and QR factorization. Singular value de-
composition. [5 Lectures]
ˆ Selected topics in detection, estimation and optimization: Neyman-Pearson
theory, Bayes decision theory, ML detection, ML estimate, Cramer-Rao bound,
MAP estimate, Kalman filter, iterative methods -conjugate gradient, k-means and
EM algorithm, constrained non-linear programming Lagrange multipliers, duality,
KKT conditions. [21 Lectures]

537
Text Books:
1. Todd K. Moon and Wynn C. Stirling, Mathematical Methods and Algorithms
for Signal Processing, Prentice Hall, 2000.

Reference Books:
1. A.D. Lewis, A Mathematical Introduction to Signals and Systems, Vol. 1
and Vol. 2, 2013. (Available at Queen’s University Website).

2. Edward A. Lee, Pravin Varaiya, Structure and interpretation of Signals and

Systems, Addison Wesley, 2002.

3. Alexandre Megretski and John Wyatt, Linear Algebra and Functional Anal-
ysis for Signals and Systems, MIT 2009.

4. David G. Luenberger, Optimization by Vector Space Methods, John Wiley,

1969.

7.48 EE 511 9 : Computer Vision

Course Code: EE 511 9
Course Name : Computer Vision
L-T-P-C : 3-I -0-4
Intended for :
Prerequisite : IC210 Probability, Statistics and Random Processes
Mutual Exclusion : None
Approval: 9th Senate

Course Contents:
ˆ Mathematical foundations: Basics concepts in linear algebra, Variational calcu-
lus, singular value decomposition, principal component analysis, Bayesian theory,
MAP and ML estimation, inverse and ill-posed problems. (5 lectures)

ˆ Optics: Camera models and Image formation models. (3 lectures)

ˆ Feature detection and matching: Detecting point, edge and line features, Es-
tablishing feature Applications involving geometric features. (8lectures)

ˆ Shape from X: correspondences, Shape from shading, defocus. Stereo, Epipolar

geometry, Optical flow, Feature tracking. (13 lectures)

ˆ Recognition: Object/face detection and recognition, instance recognition, cate-

gory recognition, context and scene understanding. (13 lectures)

Textbooks:
1. David A. Forsyth and Jean Ponce, Computer Vision: A Modem Approach,
2nd Edition, Prentice Hall, 2011.

538
References
1. A. Zisserman and R. Hartley, Multiple View Geometry in Computer Vision,
2nd Edition, Cambridge University Press, 2004.

2. B.K.P. Hom, Robot Vision, MIT Press, 1986.

3. Richard Szeliski, Computer Vision: Algorithms and Applications, Springer,

2010.

4. Trucco and Verri, Introductory techniques for 3-D computer vision, Prentice
Hall

5. Current literature.

7.49 EE 511 22: Computer Vision

Course Code: EE 511 Revised
Course Name: Computer Vision
L-T-P-C: 3-0-2-4
Prerequisites: Linear algebra, Probability and Statistics
Intended for: UG /MS / M. Tech. / PhD
Distribution:Elective: B. Tech III/IV year / MS / M. Tech./ PhD
Approval: 22nd Senate

Course Contents:
ˆ Essential mathematical tools: Lea st squares, RANSAC, Eigen-analysis, PCA,
SVD, clustering,gradient-based optimization methods. (4 Lectures)

ˆ Geometry, Camera models, Epipolar geometry, Stratified reconstruction,

Applications: large scale reconstruction, single-view metrology (8 Lectures)

ˆ Probabilistic graphical models: MRF, CRF, Combinatorial optimization meth-

ods (5 Lectures)

ˆ Module IV: Stereo disparity estimation, Optical flow (Lucas Kanade and Horn
Schunk approaches, contemporary energy minimization methods) (5 Lectures)

ˆ Features detection and tracking: Harris corner detector, KL tracking,SIFT,

Overview of other contemporary descriptors. (5 Lectures)

ˆ Segmentation: Low-level segmentation,energy minimization and clustering based

methods, semantic segmentation (5 Lectures)

ˆ High level vision: CNN overview, single image depth estimation, Flow-net,3D
scene understanding and segmentation. (6 Lectures)

ˆ Synthesis: GAN overview, 3D shape synthesis, integrating viewpoint and texture,

semantic image synthesis (4 Lectures)

539
Textbooks:
1. D. Forsyth and J. Ponce, Computer vision- A modern approach, 2nd edition,
Pearson, 2012.

References:
1. R. Hartley and A. Zisserman, Multiple view geometry in computer vision,
2nd edition, Cambridge university press, 2003

2. S. Prince, Computer vision- Models, learning and inference, Cambridge

university press, 2012.

3. C. Bishop, Pattern Recognition and Machine learning, Springer, 2006.

7.50 EE 512: CMOS Analog IC Design

Course Code: EE 512
Course name: CMOS Analog IC Design
L-T-P-C: 3-0-2-4
Prerequisite: Network theory (EE203), Signals and System (IC260), Control Theory
(EE301) and the Instructors consent.
Intended for: 3rd and 4th Year UG/PG
Elective or Core: Elective
Approval: 8th Senate

Course Contents
ˆ MOS device models and short channel effects: [4 Lectures]

– MOSFET level 1 and level 2 models, threshold voltage model, capacitance

model, mobility model, MOSFET basics, small-signal model derivation for a
single transistor amplifier
– Process, voltage, temperature (PVT) dependency and analog layout design
essential onsiderations

ˆ Single stage amplifiers: [4 Lectures]

– Basic concept, Common source stage: with resistive load, with diode connected
load, with current- source load, with triode load, with source degeneration
– Source follower (common-drain) and common gate with various loads

ˆ CMOS Differential amplifiers: [4 Lectures]

– Single ended differential operation, basic differential pair (qualitative and

quantitative analysis), common mode response, differential pair with MOS
loads and Gilbert cell multiplier
– Concept of matching transistors for analog layout, analog layout techniques
for differential amplifier

540
 ˆ CMOS Current mirrors: [4 Lectures]

– Scheme and implementation: basic current mirrors, cascode current mirrors

and active current mirrors with large and small signal analysis
– Understanding of common-mode properties
– Analog layout making techniques for current mirrors

ˆ CMOS amplifier Frequency response: [4 Lectures]

– Miller effect, common source (CS), common gate (CG), common drain (CD)
stages and cascode stage
– Analog layout techniques for MIM, MOM and fringe capacitor

ˆ Noise analysis of the CMOS amplifier circuits: [4 Lectures]

– Types of noise, significance of flicker and thermal.

– Analysis and representation of noise in single stage amplifiers: CG, CS, CD
(source follower) and cascode stage and noise in differential pairs.

ˆ Feedback: [4 Lectures]

– Feedback topologies (voltage-voltage, current-voltage, voltage-current, current-

voltage) and the noise and the loading effect analysis.

ˆ Design of the CMOS operational amplifiers: [9 Lectures]

– One-stage opamps and two stage opamps,

– Gain boosting techniques, folded cascode, telescopic amplifier and common
mode feedback (CMFB) amplifier
– Three stage opamp architectures, opamp specifications analysis, Design of high
speed and high gain amplifiers

ˆ Stability and frequency compensation: [4 Lectures]

– Specification analysis, multi-pole system, three stage opamp, phase margin

– Frequency compensation, pole-zero doublet analysis

ˆ Analog layout techniques: [1 Lectures]

– Design rule check (DRC), layout versus schematic (LVS) and antenna effects
– Design of pad-ring and gds file generation

Text book:
1. Behzad Razavi, Design of Analog CMOS Integrated Circuits, McGraw Hill
Education, 2000.

541
Reference books:
1. Phillip Allen and Douglas R. Holberg, CMOS Analog Circuit Design, 3rd Edi-
tion, 2011.

2. Yannis Tsividis, Operation and Modeling of the MOS Transistor, 2nd Edi-
tion, Oxford University Press, 2003.

3. A.S. Sedra and K.C. Smith, Adapted by A.N. Chandorkar, Microelectronic Circuits-
Theory & Applications, 6th Edition, Oxford, 2013.

7.51 EE 513: Special Electrical Machines

Course Name: EE 513
Course Code: Special Electrical Machines
L-T-P-C: 3-0-0-3
Prerequisites: EE 201 Electromechanics
Students intended for: UG/PG
Elective or Compulsory: Elective
Approval: 8th Senate

Course Contents
Permanent Magnet Brushless D.C. Motors: Fundamental equations EMF and
Torque equations Torque speed characteristics Rotor position sensing Sensorless motors
Motion control. [9 Lectures]
Permanent Magnet Synchronous Motors: Construction - Principle of operation
EMF and torque equations Starting Rotor configurations Dynamic model. [9 Lectures]
Synchronous Reluctance Motors: Constructional features axial and radial flux
motors operating principle characteristics. [8 Lectures]
Switched Reluctance Motors: Constructional features principle of operation torque
production characteristics power controllers. [8 Lectures]
Stepping Motors: Features fundamental equations PM stepping motors Reluctance
stepping motors Hybrid stepping motors Torque and voltage equations characteristics. [8
Lectures]

Text Books:
1. Miller, T. J. E., Brushless Permanent Magnet and Reluctance Motor Drives,
Oxford Science Publications, 1989.

2. Kenjo, T., and Sugawara, A., Stepping Motors and their Microprocessor
Controls, Oxford Science Publications, 1984.

3. Venkataratnam K., Special Electrical Machines, CRC Press, 2009.

542
Reference Books:
1. Krishnan, R., Permanent Magnet and BLDC Motor Drives, CRC Press,
2009.

2. Chang-liang, X., Permanent Magnet Brushless DC Motor Drives and Con-

trols, 2012.

7.52 EE 514: Robust Control Systems

Course code: EE 514
Course Name: Robust Control Systems
L-T-P-C: 3-0-0-3
Prerequisites: UG Control theory
Intended for: UG/MS/PhD
Elective/Core: Elective Semester: Odd/Even
Approval: 11th Senate

Course Contents
ˆ Mathematical Preliminaries: Vector and matrix norms, Signal and system
norms, Singular value decomposition, LMis. [7 Lectures]

ˆ System Analysis: System representation, sensitivity and complementary sensi-

tivity function, concept of poles and zeros, pole and zero directions, perfonnance
limitations. [7 Lectures]

ˆ Feedback interconnection & Stability theory: Well-posedness, Internal sta-

bility of feedback system, Nyquist plot, Small gain theorem. [5 Lectures]

ˆ Uncertainty and robustness: Uncertainty representation (structured/parametric

and unstnlctured), robust stability and robust performance, Kharitonov’s theorem,
linear fractional transformation (LFT), applications of robust control in physical
systems. [12 Lectures]

ˆ Controller Synthesis: Stabilizing controllers, H∞ control, µ Synthesis. [7 Lec-

tures]

Textbooks
1. S. Skogestad and I. Postlethwaite, Multivariable Feedback Control: Analysis
and Design, 2nd Edition, John Wiley & Sons, 2001.

2. S.P. Bhattacharyya, H. Chapellat, L.H. Keel, Robust Control: The parametric

approach, Prentice Hall, 1995.

3. K. Zhou, J.C. Doyle, K. Glover, Robust and Optimal Control, Prentice Hall,
1996.

543
 4. O H. Bosgra, H. Kwakemaak, G. Meinsma, Design Methods for Control Sys-
tems, Notes for a course of the Dutch Institute of Systems and Control, Winter
term 2007- 2008.

5. S. Boyd, L. E. Ghaoui, Linear Matrix Inequalities in System and Control

Theory, SIAM, 1994.

7.53 EE 515: Nonlinear Stability and Control

Course Code: EE 515
Course Name: Nonlinear Stability and Control
L-T-P-C: 4-0-0-4
Prerequisites: EE 301 Control Systems, EE 509 Linear Dynamical Systems or teachers
consent
Intended for: U.G./P.G.
Distribution: Elective
Approval: 9th Senate

Course Contents
ˆ Linear and nonlinear system behaviours: Quick recapitulation of linear dif-
ferential equations, and their solutions. Qualitative properties of nonlinear systems.
Existence and uniqueness of solutions to Ordinary differential equations. Lineariza-
tions. Hartman-Grobman theorem. Volterras functional expansions. [10 Lectures]

ˆ Lyapunovs stability theory: Notions of stability. Lyapunovs stability theo-

rem. Lasalles invariance principle. Circle criterion, Popov criterion. Lyapunov-
Krasovskii functionals. [16 Lectures]

ˆ Limit cycles, Bifurcations, Chaos: Poincar-Bendixson theorem. Center mani-

fold theory. Simple examples of Bifurcations, and, Chaos. [7 Lectures]

ˆ Describing functions:The describing function method, Computing amplitude and

frequency of oscillations. [6 Lectures]

ˆ Nonlinear geometric control: Lie brackets and controllability. Examples. [3

Lectures]

ˆ Passivity and Backstepping control: From Absolute stability to Passivity. Pas-

sivity based design. Zero dynamics. Lg V control. Control Lyapunov functions.
Recursive designs. Examples. [8 Lectures]

ˆ Lab exercises: Experiments on Describing functions, Backstepping controllers etc.

for Pendulum and cart system, DC to DC converter, Four tank water level control
system etc. [10 Lectures]

Note: This is mainly a theoretical course. There is a small experimental component need-
ing about 10 hours of lab work. This is included to give some practical demonstration
of techniques taught, and also because some of our students (especially future M.Tech.
students) would be heading to industry after their studies.

544
Textbooks:
1. H. Khalil, Nonlinear Systems, 3rd edition, Pearson, 2014

2. W. J. Terrell, Stability and Stabilization, Princeton University press, 2009

3. R. Sepulchre et al., Constructive Nonlinear Control, Springer, 1996

4. M. Krstic et al., Nonlinear and Adaptive Control Design, Wiley-Blackwell,

1995

Additional References:
1. S. Sastry, Nonlinear Systems: Analysis, Stability, and Control, Springer,
1999

2. W. Hahn, Stability of Motion, Springer, 1968

3. A. Mees, Dynamics of feedback systems, Wiley-Blackwell, 1981

4. A. Isidori, Nonlinear Control Systems, volumes 1, 2, Springer, 1995 and 1999

5. A. Blaquiere, Nonlinear System Analysis, Academic press, 1966

6. W. Haddad, and V. Chellaboina, Nonlinear Dynamical Systems and Control,

Princeton University press, 2008

7. V. A. Yakubovich, G. A. Leonov, and, A. Kh. Gelig, Stability Of Station-

ary Sets In Control Systems With Discontinuous Nonlinearities, World-
scientific, 2004

7.54 EE 516: Biomedical Systems

Course Code: EE 516
Course Name: Biomedical Systems
L-T-P-C: 2.5-0.5-1-4
Prerequisites: IC 110 Engineering Mathematics (IC110), IC 161 Applied Electronics
Intended for: UG/PG
Approval: 9th Senate

Course Contents
ˆ Introduction to Biomedical Systems: Introduction to System Science - No-
tion of dynamic systems: modeling and simulation using MATLAB - Biomedical
systems as dynamic systems - Compartmental modeling of biological systems - Eye
movement model - Muscle model - Classical system identification. [4 Lectures]

ˆ Anatomy and Physiology: Introduction-Cellular organization Tissues - Major

organs and systems - Homeostasis. [6 Lectures]

ˆ Modelling of human body: Cardiovascular model, Lung model, Nervous System

model, Muscular system model. [5 Lectures]

545
 ˆ Biomedical sensing: Bioelectric phenomena - Origin of bio-potentials - Bio-
potential measurements ECG, EEG, EMG, ERG, ENG Notion of system identi-
fication - Chemical biosensors electrochemical sensors and chemical fibro- sensors -
Notion of ion selective field effect transistor (ISFET) and immunologically sensitive
field effect transistor (IMFET) - Fundamentals of light propagation in biological
tissue - Biophysical measurement techniques using light photoplethysmography -
Acoustic biosensors phonocardiography - Photo-acoustic bio-signals estimation of
blood glucose. [11 Lectures]

ˆ Bio-signal processing: Characterization of bio-signals morphological, statistical

and transform features - Frequency domain representation of bio-signals - Noise
characteristics - Noise reduction by Ensemble Averaging and Linear Time Invariant
A Posteriori - filtering techniques - Signal averaging - Wavelet transform - Com-
pression of bio-signals - lossless and lossy compression. [6 Lectures]

ˆ Biomedical embedded systems: Choice of embedded core - Notion of Internet

of Things as extended to biomedicine - Embedded processing for disease diagnosis
Wearable biomedical embedded systems - Point of care testing devices - Diagnostic
processing for detection and classification of diseases - Computational intelligence
techniques for disease diagnosis - Classification of cardiac, neuromuscular, neu-
rological and hematological diseases - Memory management issues for diagnostic
processing - Power reduction techniques in diagnostic systems. [8 Lectures]

ˆ Moral and ethical issues in developing Biomedical Systems: Morality and

ethics - Two moral norms: beneficence and nonmaleficence - Human experimenta-
tion - Regulation of medical device innovation - Ethical issues in feasibility studies
- Ethical issues in treatment use. [2 Lectures]

Course Project:
A 6 weeks project where the student will develop a practical biomedical system going
through the problem formulation, analysis, design and development phases.

Text books:
1. J. Enderle, S. Blanchard, J. Bronzino, Introduction to Biomedical Engineer-
ing, Elsevier Academic Press, 2009.

2. R. Begg, D.T.H. Lai, M. Palaniswami, Computational Intelligence in Biomed-

ical Engineering, CRC Press, 2008.

Reference books:
1. L. Sornmo, P. Laguna, Bioelectrical Signal Processing in Cardiac and Neu-
rological Applications, Elsevier Academic Press, 2005.

2. J.G. Webster, Medical Instrumentation: Application and Design, John Wi-

leyand Sons, 2003.

546
7.55 EE 517: Wireless Communications and Networking
Course Code: EE 517
Course Name: Wireless Communications and Networking
L-T-P-C: 3-0-0-3
Prerequisites: EE-304 Communication Theory, EE-503 Advance Communication The-
ory or their equivalents, or the instructors consent
Intended for: UG/PG
Distribution: Elective
Approval: 9th Senate

Course Contents
ˆ Review of Information Theory, and Detection and Estimation Theory:
channel coding theorems, capacity of various channel models; detection and esti-
mation in additive Gaussian noise. [3 Lectures]

ˆ Wireless Channel: Path loss, Physical modeling, I/O models, Channel models.
[4 Lectures]

ˆ Point to Point Communication: Detection in Rayleigh fading channels, Diver-

sity: time, frequency, antenna, receiver and transmitter; Impact of channel uncer-
tainty. [5 Lectures]

ˆ Capacity of Wireless Channels: AWGN channel capacity, LTI Gaussian chan-

nels, Capacity of fading channels. [4 Lectures]

ˆ Multiuser Channel Capacity: Up/down-link AWGN channel, Up/down-link

fading channel, frequency selective fading channels, multiuser diversity. [5 Lectures]

ˆ MIMO Channels: Physical modeling, Slow and fast fading channels, Capacity,
Multiplexing architectures: V-BLAST and D-BLAST, Diversity gain, Diversity-
multiplexing tradeoff and universal code design for optimal DM tradeoff, Multiuser
communication. [9 Lectures]

ˆ Cellular Systems: Channel reuse, Multiple access, Interference management, Dy-

namic resource allocation: Cognitive Radio, Narrowband systems: GSM, Wideband
systems: OFDM and CDMA, Cellular phone standards. [9 Lectures]

ˆ Other Topics: Wireless LANs: Aloha, CSMA/CA, Protocols, Mesh networks:

capacity, routing, and scheduling. [3 Lectures]

Reference Books:
1. D. Tse and P. Viswanath, Fundamentals of Wireless Communication, Cam-
bridge Univ. Press, 2005.

2. A. Goldsmith, Wireless Communications, Cambridge Univ. Press, 2005.

3. A. Kumar, D. Manjunath, and J. Kuri, Wireless Networking, Morgan Kauf-

mann, 2008.

547
 4. B. Clerckx and C. Oestges, MIMO Wireless Networks, Academic Press, 2/e,
2013.

5. Related research papers.

7.56 EE 518: Information Theory

Course Code: EE 518
Course Name: Information Theory
L-T-P-C: 3-0-0-3
Prerequisites: IC-210 Signal and Systems, EE-304 Communication Theory or equiv-
alent and the instructors consent
Intended for: UG/PG
Distribution: Elective
Approval: 9th Senate

Course Contents
ˆ Module I: Concept of information, Information measures: Hartley measure, Shan-
non Entropy. [3 Lectures]

ˆ Basic notions: Entropy, joint and conditional entropy, relative entropy, mutual
information, KL-distance, Jensen and Log-sum inequalities. [6 Lectures]

ˆ Source compression: Asymptotic Equipartition Property (AEP) and its conse-

quences for data-compression, types of codes, Kraft inequality, optimal codes and
bounds of their lengths, Huffman codes and their optimality, Shannon code, Arith-
metic coding. [6 Lectures]

ˆ Channel coding: the notion of channel capacity, discrete memoryless channels,

channel capacity computation for elementary DMC channels, symmetric channels,
jointly typical sequences, data-processing and Fanos inequalities, channel coding
theorem (achievability and converse), feedback capacity, source-channel separation
theorem and joint source- channel coding: multimedia communications. [9 Lectures]

ˆ Differential entropy: AEP for continuous variables, joint and conditional differ-
ential entropy, relative entropy and mutual information. [3 Lectures]

ˆ Gaussian channel: Coding theorem for Gaussian channels, Bandlimited channels,

parallel Gaussian channels, channels with colored Gaussian noise: water-filling ar-
gument. [9 Lectures]

ˆ Advanced topics: Rate-distortion theory, Network coding, Introduction to Net-

work Information Theory. [6 Lectures]

Reference Books:
1. I. Csiszr and J. Krner, Information Theory: Coding Theorems for Discrete
Memoryless Systems, Cambridge Univ. Press, August 2011.

548
 2. R. G. Gallager, Information Theory and Reliable Communication, Wiley,
1968.

3. T. M. Cover and J. A. Thomas, Elements of Information Theory, 2nd Edition,

Wiley, 2006.

4. D. J. C. MacKay, Information Theory, Inference and Learning Algorithms,

Cambridge Univ. Press, 2003.

7.57 EE 519 P: CMOS Digital IC design Practicum

Course Code: EE 519 P
Course name: CMOS Digital IC design Practicum
L-T-P-C: 1-0-2-2
Intended for: MTech
Elective or Core: Core
Prerequisites: None
Approval: 10th Senate

Course Contents
All the experiments will be performed using a standard 180 nm CMOS technology, pro-
vided by SCL Chandigarh or a smaller technology node.

ˆ Physics and modeling of MOS transistor: [2 lectures + 2 laboratory hours]

– MOS Device understanding, NGSPICE and PSPICE modeling

– Introduction to industry standard tools such as Cadence’s Virtuoso schematic,
Spectre/Eldo simulator,

ˆ Digital design and simulations: [2 lectures + 4 laboratory hours]

– MOSFET device characteristics using NGSPICE and Cadence’s Virtuoso schematic

and Spectre/Eldo simulators.
– Design of CMOS inverter for a given load and generation of I/O characteristics,
gain and bandwidth measurement.

ˆ Layout design techniques and methodologies: [2 lectures + 2 laboratory

hours]

– Design rule, antenna effects, multi-finger transistor, passive device layout and
inter connects
– Layout of CMOS inverter design rule check(DRC) and layout v/s schematic
(LVS). Post layout simulation (PLS) using Calibre of MentorGraphics of CMOS
inverter using understanding of parasitics R, L and C.

ˆ Design, layout and PLS of combinational logic circuits: [2 lectures + 6

laboratory hours]

549
 – Design, layout and PLS of CMOS digital functions using Complementary
CMOS, Pass transistor, Pseudo
– NMOS logic, Complementary Pass Transistor Logic.
* Design, layout and PLS of multiplexer and demultiplexer.

ˆ Design, layout and PLS of sequential logic circuits: [2 lectures + 6 laboratory

hours]

– Design, layout and PLS of sequential logic circuits.

– Finite state machine implementation (FSM)

ˆ Memory design: [2 lectures + 4 laboratory hours]

– Design, layout and PLS of memory unit cell, and the complete memory. Learn-
ing of GDS generation generation.
– The students will submit the project on memory using industry standard tools.
The students will follow all the steps from schematic entry to GDS file gener-
ation.

ˆ FPGA: [2 lectures + 4 laboratory hours]

– Introduction to FPGA. Hand-on sessions on XILINX FPGA kits.

Reference books:
1. Neil H. E. Weste and D. Harris, CMOS VLSI Design A Circuits and Systems
Perspective.

2. J. Rabaey, Digital Integrated Circuits.

7.58 EE 520: Microelectronics Devices and Modelling

Course Code: EE 520
Course Name: Microelectronics Devices and Modelling
L-T-P-C: 3-0-0-3
Prerequisites: Applied Electronics (IC 161 & IC 161 P) and Device Electronics for
Integrated (EE311 and EE312 P)
Intended for: M.Tech EE (VLSI) / UG
Elective or Core: Core for M.Tech EE (VLSI) and Elective for UG
Approval: 10th Senate

Course Contents
ˆ SEMICONDUCTOR ELECTRONICS:

– Physics of Semiconductor Materials, Band Model of Solids Thermal-Equilibrium

Statistics, Carriers in Semiconductors, Drift Velocity, Mobility and Scattering,
Drift & Diffusion Current, Device: Hall-Effect. [6 Lectures]

ˆ METAL-SEMICONDUCTOR CONTACTS and P-N JUNCTIONS:

550
 – Metal-Semiconductor junctions, Current-Voltage Characteristics, Surface Ef-
fects. The pn junction, Step Junction, Linearly Graded Junction, Heterojunc-
tions, Reverse-Biased p-n junctions and break down mechanism. Generation
and Recombination. [8 Lectures]

ˆ FIELD-EFFECT TRANSISTORS (MOSFETs): PHYSICAL EFFECTS

AND MODELS:

– MOS Capacitor, Oxide and Interface Charge: Origin and Experimental De-
termination Charge- Coupled Devices, non-volatile memory.
– Basic MOSFET behaviour, MOSFET scaling and short channel model. De-
vices: Complementary MOSFETs (CMOS), electric fields and velocity-saturation,
basic leakage currents, channel length modulation, body bias effect, threshold
adjustment, sub-threshold conduction. [9 Lectures]

ˆ Device Modeling:

– Limitation of long channel analysis, short-channel effects: velocity saturation,

device degradation, channel length modulation, body bias effect, threshold
adjustment, mobility degradation, hot carrier effects, MOSFET scaling goals,
gate coupling, velocity overshoot, high field effects in scaled MOSFETs, sub-
strate current and effects in scaled MOSFETS.
– Moore law, Technology nodes and ITRS, Physical & Technological Challenges
to scaling, Nonconventional MOSFET (FDSOI, SOI, Multi-gate MOSFETs).
[10 Lectures]

ˆ Numerical Simulation:

– Numerical simulation, basic concepts of simulations, grids, device simulation

and challenges. Importance of semiconductor device simulators - Key elements
of physical device simulation, historical development of the physical device
modeling.
– Introduction to the TCAD Simulation Tool, Examples of TCAD Simulations
MOSFETs and SOI. [8 Lectures]

Text Books:
1. S. M. Sze and M.K. Lee, Semiconductor devices- Physics and Technology,
3rd Edition, John Wiley & Sons, 2012.

2. Muller and Kkammins, Device Electronics for Integrated circuits.

3. VagicaVasileska and Stephen M. Goodnick, Computational Electronics: Semi-

classical and Quantum Device Modeling and Simulation.

4. Shundri Oda & David Ferry, Silicon Nanoelectronics, CRC Press.

551
References:
1. S. M. Sze and Kwok K. Ng, Physics of Semiconductor Devices, 3rd Eddition,
John Wiley & Sons, 2002.

2. Ben G. Steetman and Sanjay Banerjee, Solid State Electronic Devices, 6th
Edition, Prentice Hall, 2005

3. Robert F. Pierret, Semiconductor Device Fundamentals, Addison-Wesley Pub-

lishing, 1996

4. Donald A. Neamen, Semiconductor Physics and Devices, 3rd Eddition, Mc-

GrawHill, 2003

5. Jasprit Singh, Semiconductor Devices - Basic Principles, John Wiley and

Sons Inc., 2001

7.59 EE 522: Matrix Theory for Engineers

Course Code: EE 522
Course Name : Matrix Theory for Engineers
L-T-P-C : 3-0-0-3
Prerequisites: IC 111 Linear Algebra, or a similar course or permission from the
lnstructor.
Intended for: M.Tech./MS/PhD, The 3rd/4th year BTech.
Distribution: Core for M.Toch.in Communication and Signal Processing (CSP),
Elective for other postgraduates and T1hird and Final Year BTech.
Approval: 13th Senate

Course Contents
ˆ Background and review: Quick recapitulation of linear system of equations, and
their solutionsMatrices, Detenninant, Rank, Linear Vector spaces, B is, Dimensions,
Subspaces, Inner product and orthogonality. Range space and null space, Eigenval-
ues and eigenvectors. [4 Lectures]

ˆ Norms for vectors and matrices: Vector norms and their properties, Matrix
norms, Error analysis in linear systems. [4 Lectures]

ˆ Canonical forms, Symmetric and Hermitian matrices: Jordon Canonical

fonn, Definition, properties, and characterization of Hermitian matrices, Congru-
ence and simultaneous diagonalization of Hermitian and symmetric matrices. [5
Lectures]

ˆ Perturbation theory and Eigenvalue problems: The condition of Eigenvalues,

Condition numbers and Lheir application, location and perturbation of Eigenvec-
tors, Generalized Eigenvalue problems, Rayleigh Quotient. [5 Lectures]

ˆ Matrix factorization and Least square problems: Singular value decomposi-

tion, generalized pseudoinvcrscs.QR factorization, PCA, Least square problems. [4
Lectures]

552
 ˆ Sparse matrices, their annlysis and algorithms: Graphs and matrices, Lin-
ear sol vers and their complexity, Sparse Gaussian elimination, Krylov-subspace
iterations, Preconditioned methods: Incomplete factorization, Sparse approximate
inverses, Sparse eigenvalue and singular value problems. [5 Lectures]

ˆ Different types and matrices, tbeir properties and analysis: Irreducible,

primitive. stochastic and doubly stochastic matrices; Properties of posit ive definite
matrices; Sparse matrices and their analysis, Toeplitz and Circulant matrices. [5
Lectures]

ˆ Random matrices and their applications: Introduction to randomness: con-

centration of measure, Lemma of Johnson and Lindcnstrauss. Random matrices:
Matrix norms, Golden-Thompson ineq uality, Non commutative Bernstein inequal
ity, Lieb’s theorem, Applications: matrix multiplication and m trix completion. [5
Lectures]

ˆ Numerical analysis and iterative methods: Overview of iterative methods,

Arnoldi iteratil)OS, Generalized minimal residual method, Lanczos iterations, Con-
jugate gradients, Biorthogonalization method. [5 Lectures]

Textbooks:
1. Roger A. Horn and Charles R. Johnson, Matrix Analysis, Cambridge university
press, 2012.

2. Gene H. Golub and Charles F. Van Loan, Matrix computations, 3rd Edition,
John Hopkins University Press, 2012.

Additional Referenctos:
1. David Lcwis, Matrix Theory, 3rd edition, Allied Publishers, 2014

2. T. A. Davis, Direct Method for Sparse Linear Systems, SlAM, 2006

3. Joel Tropp, An Introduction to Matrix Concentration lnequalities, 2015

4. Terence Tao, Topics in Random Matrix Themy, AMS, 2012

5. Lloyd N. Trefethen and David Bau Ill, Numerical linear algebra, Siam, 1997.

6. Alan J. Laub, Matrix analysisfor scientists and engineers, Siam2005.

7. Harry Dym, Linear algebra in action, American Mathematical Society, 2013.

8. Gilbert Strang, Linear Algebra and its application, 3rd Edition, Harcourth
Brace Jovanovich Pubs.

553
7.60 EE 523: Digital VLSI Architecture Design
Course Code : EE 523
Course Name : Digital VLSI Architecture Design
L-T-P-C : 3-0-2-4.
Pre-requisite : IC161 - Applied Electronics, EE312P-Microelectronics Circuit Design
Practicum, EE208P-Digital System-Design Practicum or Equivalent
Intended for :Final year BTech Electrical Engineering (EE), MS, M. Tech. & PhD.
Distribution : Elective for Final year B. Tech (EE), MS, M. Tech. & PhD
Approval: 14th Senate

Course Contents
ˆ Introduction: Review of VLSI design flow, goals of VLSI design: optimization of
speed, power dissipation, cost and reliability. [2 Lectures]
ˆ System Design Flow & Fixed-point Arithmetic: Overview, system design
flow, representation of numbers, floating point format, Qn.m format for fixed point
arithmetic, floating-point to fixed-point conversion, block floating-point formats,
forms of digital filters. [2 Lectures]
ˆ Algorithm to Architecture Transformation: Architectural antipodes, trans-
form approach to VLSI architectures, graph based formalism for describing process-
ing algorithms, isomorphic architecture. [3 Lectures]
ˆ Equivalence Transforms for Combinational Computations: Common as-
sumptions, pipelining, replication, time sharing, associatively transform and other
algebraic transforms. [5 Lectures]
ˆ Clocking of Synchronous Circuits: Single-phase and two-phase clocking, wave
pipelining, collective clock-buffer design, distributed clock-buffer trees, hybrid-clock
distribution networks, impact of clock distribution delay on input/output (I/O)
timing. [6 Lectures]
ˆ Asynchronous Data Processing Architectures: Data consistency problem of
vectored acquisition-plain bit parallel synchronization, unit distance coding, sup-
pression of cross patterns, handshaking, partial handshaking, data consistency prob-
lem of scalar acquisition-synchronization at single place, synchronization at multi-
ple places, synchronization from a slow clock, meta-stable synchronizer behavior.
[5 Lectures]
ˆ Digital Signal Processing Using Array Architectures: Systolic and wave-
front arrays, mapping dependence and signal flow graphs to systolic and wave-front
arrays, asynchronous communication protocols for wave-front arrays. [5 Lectures]
ˆ Architectural Synthesis and Optimization: Circuit specifications for architec-
tural synthesis, fundamental architectural synthesis problems, temporal domain-
scheduling, spatial domain-binding, sequencing graphs, hierarchical models, syn-
chronization problem, area and performance estimation, data path and control unit
synthesis, constrained and unconstrained scheduling, scheduling of pipelined cir-
cuits. [8 Lectures]

554
 ˆ CORDIC Based Architectures: Introduction, CORDIC algorithm for hardware
implementation, hardware mapping, time-shared architecture, C-slow time shared
architecture, modified CORDIC algorithm, recording of binary representation as 1,
hardware optimization, optimal hardware design for CORDIC. [2 Lectures]

ˆ Digital Design of Communication Systems: Top-level design options: bus-

based design, point-to-point design, network-based design, hybrid connectivity,
point-point KPN-based top-level design, KPN with shared bus and DMA controller,
network-on-chip (NoC) top- level design, design of a router for NoC, run-time con-
figuration, NoC for software defined radio. Typical digital communication system:
source encoding, data compression, encryption, channel coding, framing, modula-
tion, digital up-conversion and mixing, front end of the receiver. [4 Lectures]

Text Books:
1. Hubert Kaeslin, Digital Integrated Circuit Design: From VLSI Architec-
tures to CMOS Fabrication, Cambridge University Press, 2009.

2. Giovanni De Micheli, Synthesis and Optimization of Digital Circuits, Mc-

Graw Hill, 2012.

References:
1. A.M. Fahim, Clock generators for SoC processors: Circuits and Architec-
tures, Kluwer Academic Publishers, 2005.

2. Magdy A. Bayoumi, VLSI Design Methodologies for Digital Signal Process-

ing Architectures, Springe, 2012.

3. Shoab Ahmed Khan, Digital Design of Signal Processing Systems: A Prac-

tical Approach, Wiley, 2011.

4. S.Y. Kung, VLSI Array Processors, Prentice Hall, 2012.

7.61 EE 524: Digital MOS LSI Circuits

Course Code : EE 524
Course Name : Digital MOS LSI Circuits
L-T-P-C : 3-0-0-3.
Pre-requisite : IC161 - Applied Electronics or Equivalent, EE311-Device Electronics
for Integrated Circuits or Equivalent
Intended for :BTech Electrical Engineering (EE), M. Tech., MS & PhD.
Distribution : Elective for Third and Final year B. Tech (EE), MS, M. Tech. & PhD
Approval: 14th Senate

Course Contents
ˆ Introduction: An overview of IC development and trends. A review of basic
properties of MOS transistors and device physics relevant for digital logic design.
CMOS process technology, layout and design rules. [5 Lectures]

555
 ˆ CMOS Inverter: Static CMOS inverter, static behavior switching threshold,
noise margin, robustness. Dynamic behavior capacitance computation, propaga-
tion delay- first order analysis, power, energy and energy delay. [3 Lectures]

ˆ Combination logic gates in CMOS: Static CMOS design complementary CMOS,

Ratioed Logic, Pass transistor logic- dynamic CMOS Design dynamic logic prin-
ciples, speed and power dissipation, issues in dynamic design, cascading dynamic
gates, designing logic for reduced supply voltage, simulation and layout techniques
for complex gates. [5 Lectures]

ˆ Sequential logic circuits in CMOS: Timing metrics for sequential circuits, mem-
ory element classifications, static latches and Registers, dynamic latches and Regis-
ters, Alternative register styles pulse and sense amplifier based registers, pipelining,
Non Bi stable sequential Circuits, Choosing clock strategy. [5 Lectures]

ˆ Design Criteria: Introduction Custom, semi custom and structured array de-
sign approaches, cell based Design methodology, Array based implementations pre-
diffused pre-wired arrays, characterizing logic and sequential cells. [5 Lectures]

ˆ Interconnect Gilbert Strang: Coping with interconnect , capactiveparasitics

cross talk, resistive parasitics Ohmic voltage drop- electromigration-RC delay, in-
ductive parasitics voltage drop transmission line effects, advanced interconnect tech-
niques reduced Swing Circuits Current mode transmission Techniques. [4 Lectures]

ˆ Timing issues: Timing classification of digital systems, synchronous interconnect,

Synchronous timing basics, source of skew and jitter, clock distribution techniques
and latch based clocking, self timed circuit design- clock synthesis and synchroniza-
tion using a phase Locked loop. [5 Lectures]

ˆ Design verification: Datapaths in digital Processor architectures, the adder, mul-

tiplier, shifter, power and speed tradeoffs in datapath structures -memory architec-
ture and buliding blocks, memory core, peripheral cicuit, reliability and yield, power
dissipation. [5 Lectures]

ˆ Design for Testability: issues in design for testability, ad hoc testing, scan based
testing, boundary scan design, Built in self Test, test pattern generation, fault
models. [5 Lectures]

Text Books:
1. Neil H.E. Weste and Harris D M, CMOS VLSI Design: A circuit and Systems
Perspective, Fourth Edition, Addison Wesley, 2011.

References:
1. Jan M. Rabaye, Digital Integrated Circuits: A Design Perspective, 2nd
Edition, Prentice-Hall, 2003.

2. Ken Martin, Digital Integrated Circuit Design, Oxford University Press, 2000.

3. Sung-Mo Kang,Yusuf Leblebici, Digital Integrated Circuits: Analysis and

Design, McGraw-Hill, 2002.

556
 4. A. Chandrakasan, W. Bowhill, F. Fox, Design of High Performance Micro-
processor Circuits, IEEE Press, 2000.

5. John P. Uyemura, Thomson, Chip Design for Submicron VLSI: CMOS Lay-
out and Simulation, 2005.

7.62 EE 526:Power Semiconductor Devices

Course Code : EE 526
Course Name :Power Semiconductor Devices
L-T-P-C : 3-0-0-3
Approval: 14th senate meeting
Prerequisite : IC160-Applied Electronics or equivalent, EE311-Device electronics for
integrated circuit or equivalent
Intended for :BTech Third and Final year/M.Tech./MS/PhD
Distribution :Elective for third and final year Electrical Engineering, M.Tech. Power
Electronics and Drives (PED), M.Tech VLSI, MS, PhD
Approval: 14th Senate

Course Contents
ˆ Introduction and Emergence of power semiconductor devices: Overview
of energy intensive civilization and its growth, impact on sustainable world, circuit
requirements from power devices, power devices requirements from materials. [2
Lectures]

ˆ Materials Properties and Transport Physics: Basics of semiconductor physics,

polarization, quantum structures, bandgap narrowing, impact ionization, resistiv-
ity, recombination, scattering. [6 Lectures]

ˆ Semiconductor Junctions: Review of p-n junction and metal-semiconductor

junction, heterojunction, insulator- semiconductor junction, Zener and avalanche
breakdown, design of breakdown voltage and edge terminations, parasitic circuit
elements in rectifiers. [4 Lectures]

ˆ Power Diodes and rectifiers: Power Schottky rectifiers, forward conduction and
reverse blocking, device capacitance and thermal analysis, P-i-N rectifiers, switching
performance. [4 Lectures]

ˆ 5 BJT for Power Application: Structure, operating principle, current gain,

emitter current crowding, output and on-state and switching characteristics, Dar-
lington configuration. [4 Lectures]

ˆ 6 Power MOSFETs and HEMTs: Ideal specific on-resistance, device structure

and operation, characteristics, blocking voltage, VD-MOSFET, U-MOSFET, high
frequency operation, switching characteristics, heterostructure, triangular potential
well, 2DEG, charge control model, small-signal characteristics, power- frequency
limit. [6 Lectures]

557
 ˆ Thyristors: Structure and operation, bloc king and on-state and switching char-
acteristics, Gate Turn-Off thyristor and triac structure and operations. [4 Lectures]

ˆ Insulated Gate Bipolar Transistor: Structures, operation and output charac-

teristics, equivalent circuit, blocking and on-state characteristics, current saturation
model, power loss optimization, superjunction. [4 Lectures]

ˆ Widebandgap semiconductors and Advanced Technologies: Properties and

advantages of SiC and GaN, shielded technology, lateral and vertical device, en-
hancement mode device, reliability aspects,fabrication, homo-epitaxy, hetero-epitaxy,
molecular beam epitaxy, metal organic chemical vapor deposition, packaging and
thermal management, power IC, integration of devices with CMOS, oxide electron-
ics. [8 Lectures]

Students will perform one project/practical work based on modeling, simulation with
Technology Computer Aided Design (Synopsys Sentaurus/ Silvaco ATLAS) or fabrication
for further improvement of devices performances as instructed.

Text books:
1. B. J. Baliga, Fundamentals of Power Semiconductor Devices, Springer, 2008.

2. Yung C Liang and Ganesg S Samudra, Power Microelectronics: Device and

Process Technologies, World Scientific.

References:
1. B. Streetman and S. Banerjee, Solid State Electronic Devices, 7th Edition,
2006.

2. S.M. Sze, Physics of Semiconductor Devices, 2nd Edition, Wiley, 2008

3. M. Meneghini, G. Meneghesso, E. Zanoni, Power GaN Devices: Materials,

Applications and Reliability, Springer, 2017.

4. Tore M. Undeland, Riobbins, Power electronics: converters, applications,

and design, Wiley, 2007.

5. R.S. Ramshaw, Power Electronics Semiconductor Switches, Champman &

Hall, 2013.

7.63 EE 527 : Analysis and De::;ign of Power Electronic Con-

verters
Course Code : EE 527
Course Name : Analysis and De::;ign of Power Electronic Converters
L-T-P-C:3-0-0-3
Prerequisites : EE 309 - Power Electronics or Equivalent or instuctor Consent
Intended for:BTcch Final year/M.Tech./MS/PhD

558
 Distribution: Core course Lor M.Tech. Power Electronics and Drives (PED), Elective
for final year Electrical Engineering, MS. PhD
Approval: 13th Senate

Course Contents
ˆ Introduction: [2 Lectures]

– Review of basic power electronics concepts, power control through switchin-

goverview of power devices, convef[ers and emerging applications

ˆ AC-DC Converters: [11 Lectures]

– Introduction types of AC-DC conve11ers such as line commutate.d type, Mul-

tipulse topologies, and PWM rectifiers
– Power quality issues related to AC-DC converters, Mitigation through AC-DC
power factor correction circuits in single phase and three phase application
and through multi-level AC-DC conversion
– Modelling, design and control of power factor correction circuits
– Bi-directional PWM rectifiers: Dynamic switching function models, control
and appl ications as fiont end converters

ˆ DC-AC converters: [12 Lectures]

– Introduction to DC-AC converters including multilevel, inverters for open

ended load configur lions and their switching strategies
– Voltge source and current source converters - topologies and PWM techniques
– Sing1e phase and three phase inverters: Dynamic models, control methods
and applications as grid connected converter
– Applications in low frequency AC synthesis and three-phase PWM techniques
– Calculation of switching and conduction losses in DC-AC converters

ˆ AC-AC Converters: [10 Lectures]

– lntroduction to AC-AC converters including matrix converters and multi-stage

converters
– Single phase and three phase matrix converters - topologies and PWM tech-
niques
– Modelling and control strategies of matrix converters
– Multi-stage converters: Voltage link & current link topologies, dynamic mod-
els, Control methods and applications

ˆ High frequency link Converters: [7 Lectures]

– Introduction to high frequency link converters including resonant inverters and

high frequency rectifiers
– Basic concepts on inverters with resonant DC link, high-frequency rectifiers,
and de-de resonant converters and their applications in enefgy storage system

559
Textbooks:
1. Mohan N., Undeland T.M. and Robbins W.P., Power Electronics -Converters,
Applications and Design, 3rd Edition, Wily India. 2008

2. L. Umanand, Power Electronics: Essentials & Applications, Wiley Jndia,

2009.

Reference books
1. R.W. Erickson, D. Maksimovic, Fundamentals of Power Electronics, 2nd Edi-
tion, Kluwer Academic Publishers.

2. Bin Wu, High-Power Converters and AC Drives, IEEE Press, John Wiley &
Sons, 2006.

3. Rashid M., Power Electronics- Circuits, Devices and Applications, 3rd Edi-
tion, Pearson Education.

4. A. LPressman, Switch Mode Power Supply Design, McGraw-Hill, 1999.

5. R.S. Ramshaw, Powcr Electronics Semiconductor Switches, Champman &

Hall, 1993.

6. D. Grahamc Holmes, Thomas A. Lipo, Pulse width modulation for power

converters: principles and practice, John Wiley & Sons, 2003.

7.64 EE 527P: Practicum on Analysis and Design of Power

Electronic Converters
Course Code : EE 527P
Course Name: Practicum on Analysis and Design of Power Electronic Con-
verters
L-T-P-C: 0-0-3-2
Prerequisites: EE309 and EE309P- Power Electronics or Equivalent
Intended for: BTech final year and M.Tech in Power Electronics and Drives (PED)
Distribution:Core for M.Tech. in PED, Elective tor final year Electrical Engineering
and other PG
Approval: 13th Senate

Course Contents
This is a laboratory course with 3-hour sessions per week. Following is the list of course
modules and experiments.

ˆ Part I Part-1 will involve experiments related to analysis, design, control and
applications’ of power clectronk converters

– Basic and few advanced AC-DC, DC-AC, DC- DC and AC-AC converters:
Analysis and design (11 hours)

560
 – Closed loop control of power electronics c.onverter (10 hours)

ˆ Demonstration of few power elect1:onics converter applications such as renewable

grid interactive converter, power tactor correction circuits etc. (6 boors)

ˆ Part-II (15 hours) Part-II will involve a design project related to analysis, design
and control of power electronic converters

Textbook:
1. Lab experimental manuals will be provided lor Part-1.

4. References:

1. Mohan N., Undeland T.M. and Robbins W.P., Power Electronics – Converters,
Applications and Design, 3rd Edition, Wiley India, 2008

2. L. Umammd, Power Electronics: Essentials & Applications, Wiley India,

2009.

3. R.W. Erickson, D. Maksirnovic, Fundamentals of Power Electronics, 2nd Edi-

tion, Kluwer Academic Publishers.

4. Bin Wu, High Power Converters and AC Drives, I EEE Press, John Wiley &
Sons, 2006.

5. Rashid M., Power Electronics - Circuits, Devices and Applications, 3rd

Edition, Pearson Education.

6. A. T.Pressman, Switch Mode Power Supply Design, McGraw-Hill, 1999.

7. R.S. Ramshaw, Power Electronics Semiconductor Switches, Champman &

Hall, 1993.

8. D. Grahame Holmes, Thomas A. Lipo, Pulse width modulation for power

converters: principles and practice, John Wiley & Sons, 2003.

7.65 EE 528: Modelling and Analysis of Electrical Machines

Course Code : EE 528
Course Name : Modelling and Analysis of Electrical Machines
L-T-P-C : 2-0-2-3
Prerequisites :EE 201 and EE201P - Electromechanics Theory and Laboratory/ In-
structor Consent
Intended for : BTech/M.Tech./MS/PhD
Distribution : Core course for M. Tech. in Power Electronics and Drives, Elective
forBTech, MTech, MS, PhD
Approval: 13th Senate

561
Course Contents
ˆ Basic Principles of Electric Machine Analysis [4 Lectures]

– Review on basic magnetic circuits and electromagnets including analysis of

magnetic circuits with airgap and permanent magnets.
– Principle of Electromagnetic Energy Conversion
– Basic Two pole DC Machine – primitive 2 axis machine -Voltage and Current
relationship – Torque equation

ˆ DC Machine Modeling: [5 Lectures]

– Mathematical modeling of D.C. Machine (Separately Excited, shunt and series

type)
– Linearization of machine equations and state space modeling of the machine

ˆ Induction Machine Modeling: [9 Lectures]

– Distributed Winding in AC Machinery, winding function, air gap mmf, rotat-

ing mmf. Calculation of self and mutual inductances
– Reference frame theory, stator and rotor voltage equations and torque equation
in different reference frames, Linearized machine equations and Eigenvalue
analysis, Derivation of model for steady-state analysis
– Derivation of induction motor model in rotor fluxand stator flux oriented ref-
erence frame

ˆ Synchronous Machine Modeling: [4 Lectures]

– Voltage and torque equations of salient pole synchronous machine including

damper winding in stator and rotor reference frames
– Derivation of steady state model

ˆ Permanent Magnet Machine Modeling: [6 Lectures]

– Modeling of sine-wave and square-wave machines

– Voltage and torque equations of surface-mounted permanent magnet machine
in stator and rotor reference frames
– Derivation of steady state model

Modeling and Simulation Lab. Sessions:

ˆ Introduction to softwares

ˆ Mathematical modeling of simple circuits & systems

ˆ Mathematical modeling of D.C. machines

ˆ Reference frame theory

ˆ Induction machine modelling in different reference frames including saturation ef-

fects

562
 ˆ Induction machine modelling for steady-state analysis

ˆ Synchronous machine modelling in different reference frames including saturation

effects
ˆ Synchronous machine modelling for steady-state analysis

ˆ Permanent magnet synchronous machine modelling

ˆ Brushless DC machine modelling

Textbooks:
1. Paul C. Krause, Oleg Wasynczuk, Scott D.Sudhoff, Analysis of Electric Ma-
chinery and Drive Systems, 2nd Edtion, John Wiley and Sons, 2006.
2. Chee MunOng, Dynamic Simulation of Electric Machinery, Prentice Hall,
1997. (https://in.mathworks.com/matlabcentral/fileexchange/9941-dynamic-simulations-
of-electric-machinery-using-matlab-simulink)
3. R Krishnan, Permanent Magnet Synchronous and Brushless DC Motor
Drives, CRC Press, 2009.

References
1. Prof. S P Das, NPTEL Videos: Advanced Electric Drives (https://nptel.ac.in/courses/108/1
2. Prof. K. Vasudevan, NPTEL Videos: Modelling and Analysis of Electric
Machines (https://nptel.ac.in/courses/108/106/108106023/)
3. Bimbhra P.S., Generalized Circuit Theory of Electrical Machines, 5th Edi-
tion, Khanna Publishers Limited, 2000.
4. B. K. Bose, Modern Power Electronics and AC Drives, PearsonEducation,
2015
5. R. Krishnan, Electric Motor Drives Modelling, Analysis and Control, Pear-
son Education, 2015.
6. P. Vas, Vector Control of A.C. Machines, Clarendon Press, Oxford 1990.

7.66 EE 528 : Modelling and Analysis of Electrical Machines

Course Code: EE 528
Course Name: Modelling and Analysis of Electrical Machines
L-T-P-C: 3-0-0-3
Prerequisites: EE 201 and EE201P Electromechanics Theory and Labor Instructor
Consent
Intended for: M. Tech Final year/M.Tech./MS/PhD
Distribution: Core course for M. Tech. in Power Electronics and Drives, Elective for
final year BTech Electrical Engineering, MS, PhD
Approval: 40th BoA; Updated version of 13th Senate

563
Course Contents:
ˆ Basic Principles of Electric Machine Analysis (3 hours)

– Review on basic magnetic circuits and e lectromagnets including analysis of

magnetic circuits with airgap and pemument magnets
– Principle of Electromagnetic Energy Conversion
– Basic Two pole DC Machine - primitive 2 axis machine -Voltage and Current
relationship - Torque equation

ˆ DC Machine Modeling (9 hours)

– Mathematical modeling of D.C. Machine (Separately Excited, shunt and series

type)
– Linearization of machine equations and state space modeling of the machine

ˆ Induction Machine Modeling (14 hours)

– Distributed Winding in AC Machinery, winding function, air gap mmf, rotat-

ing mmf. Calculation of self and mutual inductances
– Reference frame theory, stator and rotor voltage equations and torque equation
in diffeerent reference frames, Linearized machine equations and Eigenvalue
analysis, Derivation of model for steady-state analysis
– Derivation of induction motor model in rotor fluxand stator flux oriented ref-
erence frame

ˆ Synchronous machine Modeling (8 hours)

– Voltage and torque equations of salient pole synchronous machine including

damper winding in stator and rotor reference frames
– Derivation of steady state model

ˆ Permanent Magnet Machine Modeling (8 hours)

– Modeling of sine-wave and square-wave machines

– Voltage and torque equations of surface-mounted permanent magnet machine
in stator and rotor reference frames
– Derivation of steady state model

Textbooks
1. Paul C. Krause, Oleg Wasynczuk, Scott D.Sudhoff, Analysis of Electric Ma-
chinery and drive systems, 2nd Edition, John Wiley and Sons, 2006.

2. C.V. Jones, Unified Theory of Electrical Machines, Buttenvorths Publishers,

l967.

3. Bimbhra P.S., Generalized Circuit Theory of Electrical Machines, 5th Edi-

tion, Khanna Publishers Limited, 2000.

564
Reference Books:
1. J. Meisel, Principles of Electromechanical Energy Conversion, McGraw Hill,
1966.

2. John Salmon, Applications of General Theories to Electrical Machines

Contributions to their Design and Performance, Troubador Publishing Ltd,
2008.

3. P. Vas, Vector Control of A.C. Machines, Clarendon Press, Oxford, 1990.

4. R Krishnan, Electric Motor Drives - Modelling, Analysis and Control, PHI

Learning private Ltd.

5. K R Padiyar, Power System Dynamics - Stability and Control, B S publi-

cations.

7.67 EE 529 : Embedded Systems

Course Code : EE 529
Course Name : Embedded Systems
L-T-P-C : 3-0-2-4
Pre-requisite : IC161 - Applied Electronics, CS201 Computer Organization or any
course on microprocessors or Equivalent
Intended for : BTech Computer Science Engineering (CSE) and Electrical Engineering
(EE), MS, M. Tech. & PhD.
Distribution : Elective for Third and Final year B. Tech (CSE/EE), MS, M. Tech. in
VLSI/Signal Processing and Communication/Power Electronics and Drives & PhD
Approval: 14th Senate

Course Contents
ˆ Introduction to embedded systems: Understanding an embedded system, de-
sign metrics, design challenges, technologies for embedded systems. [2 Lectures]

ˆ Custom Single Purpose Processor for Embedded Systems: Design of data-

paths and controllers, finite state machines, custom single purpose processor design
at RT level, optimizing custom single purpose processors. [3 Lectures]

ˆ Hardware Description Language: Introduction to hardware description lan-

guage, overview of structural, behavioral and dataflow modeling of digital systems
using hardware description language, notion of finite state machines, delay mod-
eling, memory modeling, synthesizable & non-synthesizable HDL codes for digital
system design. [3 Lectures]

ˆ Introduction to FPGA: Introduction to complex digital systems design, no-

tion of programmable logic devices, overview of FPGA architecture, realization of
data-path and controller, timing analysis of data-path and controller, synthesis,
placement, routing, performance optimization. [3 Lectures]

565
 ˆ FPGA based systems design: Implementation of simple systems using FPGA
exercising the timing closure paths. [2 Lectures]
ˆ Physical design automation of embedded systems (from the perspective
of custom single purpose processors for embedded systems): Partitioning,
floor-planning, placement, routing; clock design considerations, timing margins,
clock skew, clock distribution networks. [3 Lectures]
ˆ Dynamically reconfigurable Embedded Systems: Static versus dynamic re-
configuration of embedded systems, full versus partial reconfiguration, voltage scal-
ing and power management issues in dynamic reconfiguration. [3 Lectures]
ˆ Introduction to Microcontrollers: Introduction to microcontrollers, overview
of architecture of a typical microcontroller such as AVR microcontroller, addressing,
assembly language programming. [4 Lectures]
ˆ Memory interfacing: Memory technologies SRAM, DRAM and ROM, differ-
ent types of DRAM architectures 2D RAM, FPMDRAM, EDODRAM, SDRAM,
RDRAM, DDRRAM, DDR2RAM, etc, different types of ROM- PROM, EPROM,
EEPROM, memory interfacing circuits, single cycle versus multiple cycle interfac-
ing, timing diagrams, etc. [3 Lectures]
ˆ Interfacing with I/O devices: Port and bus based I/O, Memory mapped and
I/O mapped I/O, register and tristate buffer based I/O interfacing, arbitration
methods priority, daisy chain and network oriented arbitration methods, serial pro-
tocols SPI and I2C. [4 Lectures]
ˆ Timers and Counters: Timer/counter programming, notion of watch dog timers
and real time clocks. [1 Lectures]
ˆ Interrupt processing: Introduction to interrupts, external versus internal in-
terrupts, software versus hardware interrupts, synchronous versus asynchronous
interrupts, single interrupt versus multiple interrupt systems, prioritization of in-
terrupts, inversion of interrupt priorities, inheritance of interrupt priorities and
associated protocols. [4 Lectures]
ˆ Real world interfacing of microcontrollers: Interfacing with simple devices
such as LCD, keyboard, motor control, sensors, LED 7 segment display, DTMF
decoder, etc. [2 Lectures]
ˆ Hardware Software Codesign: Notion of hardware software partitioning, graph
based and pareto optimal approaches to hardware software partitioning, resource
and timing constrained hardware software partitioning. [3 Lectures]
ˆ Internet of Things (IoT): Overview of Internet of Things, IoT architecture,
Communication protocols, Notion of internet of everything. [1 Lecture]

Laboratory Experiments:
Laboratory exercises based on timers and counters, interrupts, serial peripheral inter-
face, inter-integrated circuit, hardware description language based hardware modeling
of embedded cores, hybrid embedded processors, FPGA implementation of embedded
processor architectures.

566
Text Books:
1. F. Vahid and T. Givargis, Embedded Systems: A Unified Hardware Software
Introduction, John Wiley and Sons, 2011.

References:
1. G. Nicholescu and P.J. Mosterman, Model based design of Embedded Sys-
tems, CRC Press, 2009.

2. DhananjayGadre, Programming and Customizing the AVR microcontroller,

Tata McGraw Hill, 2014.

3. Wayne Wolf, FPGA based Systems Design, Pearson Education, 2003.

4. Volnei A. Pedroni, Circuit Design with VHDL, The MIT Press, 2004.

5. Steve Kilts, Advanced FPGA Design: Architecture, Implementation and

Optimization, J. Wiley and Sons, 2007.

6. Seetharaman Ramachandran, Digital VLSI Systems Design, Springer Verlag,

2012.

7. Peter J. Ashenden, The designers guide top VHDL, Morgan Kaufmann, 2008.

8. Charles H. Roth Jr., Digital Systems Design using VHDL, Cengage Learning,
2014.

7.68 EE 530: Optimization theory

Course Code: EE 530
Course Name : Optimization theory
L-T-P-C : 3-0-0-3
Intended for : UG /MS/MTech (CSP)/PhD/M.Sc(Maths)
Prerequisite : Linear algebra (MA512 or IC 111) or Matrix Theory (EE522), in-
structor consent
Distribution : Core for Mtech (CSP), Elective for B.Tech. (EE. & CSE) III/IV
year, MS, Ph.D, M.Sc(Maths).
Approval: 15th Senate; Revised in 24th Senate

Course Contents:
ˆ Math background: Vector spaces, sequences, limit and continuity. Matrix norms,
eigenvalues, eigenvectors, symmetric and positive definite matrices. Coercive func-
tions. Weierstrass theorem. (5 hours)

ˆ Convex analysis: convex sets, theorem of alternatives, convex cones, polyhedral

sets, extreme points and directions. Convex functions, conjugate function, quasi-
convex and pseudoconvex functions. (7 hours)

567
 ˆ Linear programming: fundamental theorem of LP, simplex method, transporta-
tion and network flow problems, Interior-Point methods. (7 hours)

ˆ Unconstrained optimization: Necessary and sufficient conditions. Descent meth-

ods, convergence and rate of convergence. (6 hours)

ˆ Constrained optimization: tangent plane, eigenvalues in tangent space, cone of

feasible directions and improving directions. Problems with equality and inequality
constraints - Lagrangian function and the Lagrange multipliers, KKT conditions
(necessary and sufficient). (7 hours)

ˆ Duality: Lagrangian dual problem, weak and strong duality theorems, proper-
ties of dual functions, getting the primal solution for convex, linear and quadratic
programs. (5 hours)

ˆ Module VII: Applications of convex programming, geometric programming, quadratic

programming, second-order cone programming,and semi-definite relaxation to prob-
lems from communication and signal processing and other areas. (5 hours)

Textbook:
1. M.S. Bazaraa, H.D. Sherali and C.M. Shetty, Nonlinear Programming, 3rd Edi-
tion, Wiley, 2006.

Reference books:
1. S. Boyd and L. Vandenberghe, Convex optimization, Cambridge University
Press, 2008.

2. D. P. Bertsekas, Nonlinear programming, Athena Scientific, 1999.

3. D. G. Luenberger and Y. Ye, Linear and nonlinear programming, 3rd Edition,

Springer, 2008.

7.69 EE 530: Applied Optimization

Course Code: EE 530
Course Name : Applied Optimization
L-T-P-C : 3-0-0-3
Prerequisites : Linear algebra (MA512 or IC 111) or Matrix Theory (EE522). In-
tended for : UG /MS/MTech (CSP)/PhD/M.Sc. (Applied Mathematics)
Distribution : Core for MTech (CSP), Elective for B.Tech. III/IV year, MS, Ph.D,
M.Sc (Applied Mathematics).
Semester : Even
Approval: 24th Senate; Old Course approved in 15th Senate

568
Course Contents
ˆ Convex analysis: convex sets, convex cones, polyhedral sets, extreme points and
directions. Convex functions, properties and tests for convexity, operations that
preserve convexity, conjugate function. [6 Lectures]

ˆ Convex optimization problems: standard form, equality and inequality con-

straints, slack variables, eliminating equality and inequality constraints. Local and
global optima. Optimality criterion for unconstrained, equality constrained and
inequality constrained problems. [7 Lectures]

ˆ Module III: Linear optimization problems with examples, linear and generalized
linear-fractional programming. Quadratic problems with examples. Second order
cone programming robust linear programming, linear programming with random
constraints. Geometric programming with examples. Generalized inequality con-
straints conics form problems, semidefinite programming, examples. [14 Lectures]

ˆ Handling non-convexity: Lagrangian duality theory Lagrangian dual function,

strong and weak duality, duality gap. Certificate of suboptimality and stopping
criteria, complementary slackness. KKT optimality conditions. Solving the primal
via dual. [9 Lectures]

ˆ Applications of convex programming in communication and signal pro-

cessing: The choice of applications is left to the faculty member handling the
course. Examples that could be used are: Optimal decentralized estimation (single
and multisensor case). Pulse shaping filter design. Quasi-ML detection via SDP
relaxation (or any other problems in CSP). [6 Lectures]

Textbook:
1. S. Boyd and L. Vandenberghe, Convex optimization, Cambridge University
Press, 2008.

Reference books:
1. M.S. Bazaraa, H.D. Sherali and C.M. Shetty, Nonlinear Programming, 3rd Edi-
tion, Wiley, 2006.

2. D. P. Bertsekas, Nonlinear programming, Athena Scientific, 1999.

3. D. G. Luenberger and Y. Ye, Linear and nonlinear programming, 3rd Edition,

Springer, 2008.

4. Relevant literature.

7.70 EE 531: Estimation and Detection Theory

Course Code: EE 531
Course Name: Estimation and Detection Theory
L-T-P-C: 3-0-0-3

569
 Prerequisites: EE304/ EE503/ EE305/ MA524 or equivalent, or instructor consent
Intended for: B.Tech./M.S./M.Tech./Ph.D.
Distribution: Core for M.Tech.(CSP), El ective for B.Tech. 3rd and 4th year, M.S.,
M.Tech(non CSP), Ph.D.
Approval: 15th Senate

Course Contents
ˆ Mathematical backgtound: [3 Lectures]

– Random variables and processes: vector spaces of random vari ables, CLT.
stochastic processes, stationa rit y, spectral representati on of stochastic pro-
cesses, Wi ener- Khinchin theorem , Gaussian process, w hite noise, stochastic
processes throu gh LTI systems.
– Modeling of signals a nd n oise: models, and selection of model and model
order.

ˆ Ideal estimation for deterministic parameters: [6 Lectures]

– Principle of estimation and its a ppli cat io ns, properties of estimators.

– Minimum Variance U nb iased Estimation: existence and search of MVU esti-
mators, sufficient statistics an d its role in finding MVU estimator, extension
to vector parameters. Neyman-Fi sher factori zation and R ae-Blackwell the-
orems.
– Cramer-Rae Lower Bound: signals in white Ga ussian noise. parameter trans-
fonnation, vector parameters, general Gaussian case, an d WSS Gaussian ran-
dom processes, efficiency.

ˆ Practical estimation for deterministic parameters: [5 Lectures]

– Linear Model s and Unbiased Estimators, sca lar and vector Best Linear
Unbiased Estimators (BLUE); Maximum Likelihood estimation, expectation-
maximization (EM) algorithm; Least Squares estimation: lin ear, order-recurs
i ve, sequential , constrained , a nd non-l i near.

ˆ Estimation for random parameters: [6 Lectures]

– Bayesian Estimation: Bayesian linear model, nuisance parameters. Bayesian

estimation for deterministic parameters, risk functions, MMSE and MAP es-
timators, scalar, vector, and sequential Linear MMSE estimators, Wiener fil-
tering.
– Advanced topics: Levinson-Durbin and Innovation algorithms, graphical mod-
els, hidden
– Markov models.

ˆ Estimation beyond stationarity: [4 Lectures]

– Kalman filtering: State-space modeling, scalar, vector, and extended Kalman

filters.

570
 ˆ Statistical Detection Theory: [5 Lectures]
– Binary and multiple hypothesis testing, Neyman-Pearson theorem, receiver
operating characteristics, minimum Bayes ri sk detectors, sequential detection,
Composite hypothesis testing: Bayesian and generalized likelih ood ratio test
(GLRT), local l y most powerful (LMP) detectors, asymptotically equivalent
tests.
ˆ Detection of deterministic signals: [4 Lectures]
– Signals with known parameters: matched filter, lin ear model , multiple si gn
al detection. Signals with unknown parameters: signal modelin g and detector
performance, sinusoidal detection, linear models, energy detectors.
ˆ Detection of random signals: [5 Lectures]
– Signals with known parameters: Estimator-correlator, lin ear model , general
Gaussian detection.
– Signals with unknown parameters: incompletely known signal cova n ance,
weak si gna l detection.
ˆ Detection with non-Gaussian and colored noise: [4 Lectures]
– Signals with known and unknown pa rameters, Karhunen-Loeve expansion a
nd wh iten i ng fiIters.
– Advanced topics: Complex and vector extensions of detectors: known deter-
ministic si gnal in
– CWGN , spatially/temporally uncorrelated noi se, random signal in CWGN.

Textbooks:
1. S. M. Kay, Fundamentals of Statistical Signal Processing, Vol I: Estimation
Theory, Prentice Hall , 1993.
2. S. M. Kay, Fundamentals of Statistical Signal Processing, Vol 2: Detection
Theory, Prentice Hall, 1998.

Reference books:
1. L. L. Scharf, Statistical Signal Processing: Detection, Estimation, and
Time Series Analysis, Addison-Wesley, 1991.
2. H. Y. Poor, An Introduction to Signal Detection and Estimation, Springer-
Verlag, 1994.
3. C. W. Helstrom, Elements of Signal Detection and Estimation, Prentice Hall,
1995.
4. G. Casella and R. L. Berger, Statistical Inference, Duxbury Press, 2002.
5. H. L. van Trees, K. L. Bell, and Z. Tian, Detection, Estimation, and Modula-
tion Theaty, Part I: Detection, Estimation, and Filtering Theory, Wiley,
2013.

571
7.71 EE 532P: Supervised Research Exposure
Course Code : EE 532P
Course Name : Supervised Research Exposure
L-T-P-C : 0-0-4-2
Prerequisites : Non e
Intended for : MTech (CSP)
Distribution : Core for Mtech (CSP)
Approval: 15th Senate

Course Contents
By the end of first semester th e students would have completed the following core courses:
probability and random processes, advanced signal processing, advanced commun cati on
t heory and m atrix theory. Also one either of the following electives - speech signal
processing/radiating systems/pattern recognition, is covered. So students can do a ny
project in signal processing/communication area which requires any of the above subjects
as a prerequisite.

Quantitative contact hours:

This is a project. The student is supposed to work around 40 hours a week for the project
out of whi ch th ere a re 4 contact hours mentioned durin g which the student has to
interact with the faculty.

Textbook:
1. NA

7.72 EE 534: Probability and Random Processes

Course Code : EE 534
Course Name : Probability and Random Processes
L-T-P-C : 3-0-0-3 (L-T-P-C)
Prerequisites : Linear algebra (MA512 or IC 111) and IC 252 or equivalent of both
(MA512 and IC252)
Intended for : UG /MS/MTech (CSP)/PhD/M.Sc(Maths)
Distribution : Core for Mtech (CSP), Elective for B.Tech. III/IV year, MS, Ph.D,
M.Sc(Maths). Semester : Odd
Approval: 22nd Senate

Course Contents
ˆ Module I: Sigma field. Review of - axiomatic probability, conditional probability
and independence. [2 Lectures]

ˆ Module II: Recap of random variables and functions of random variables. [3

Lectures]

572
 ˆ Module III: Probability generating function, moment generating function and
characteristic functions properties and applications. [3 Lectures]

ˆ Module VI: Markov chains, classification of states and chains, stationary distri-
bution and limit theorem, Poisson process. [5 Lectures]

ˆ Module V: Convergence of random variables basic results, inequalities (Markov

and Chebyshev), law of large numbers (weak and strong), central limit theorem. [5
Lectures]

ˆ Module VI: Concentration inequalities Chernoffs bound, Hoeffdings inequality,

Bennetts inequality, Bernstiens inequality and Efron-Stein inequality. [8 Lectures]

ˆ Module VII: Random vectors and covariance matrix. Random processes station-
arity, WSS. Autocorrelation, cross correlation, power spectral density. Filtering of
WSS processes. Basic notion of ergodicity. Wiener processes, Markov processes.
[10 Lectures]

ˆ Module VIII: Queueing models - Little’s law, M/M/1, M/M/m, M/M/m/m,

M/G/1 queuing systems, priority queuing. [6 Lectures]

Textbook:
1. Grimmett and Stirzaker, Probability and Random Processes, Oxford Univer-
sity Press, 2001.

Reference books:
1. Erhan Cinlar, Introduction to Stochastic Processes, Dover Books on Mathe-
matics, 2013

2. R. G. Gallager, Stochastic Processes: Theory for applications, Cambridge

University Press, 2014.

3. S. M. Ross, Stochastic processes, 2nd Edition, John Wiley, 1996.

4. J. R. Norris, Markov chains, Cambridge University Press, 1999.

5. Papoulis and Pillai, Probability, Random variables and Stochastic pro-

cesses, 4th Edition, McGraw- Hill, 2002.

7.73 EE 535P: Communication and Signal Processing Systems

Design
Course Code: EE 535P
Course Name: Communication and Signal Processing Systems Design
L-T-P-C: 0-0-4-2
Prerequisites: None
Intended for: M.Tech. Communications and Signal Processing (CSP)
Distribution: Core for M.Tech. (CSP)

573
 Semester: Winter Session of Year I
Approval: 24th Senate

ˆ Course modules: It is advisable that the projects should be related to the courses
M.Tech.(CSP) students may credit or the specializations that this program offers.
Therefore, students can opt for any project in Signal Processing, Communications
or Machine Learning. Additionally, they are allowed to select a project from other
areas, e.g., VLSI, Power electronics, Electrical drives or Control systems, as long as
the project has 30% or more overlap with any of the three specialization of M.Tech.
(CSP) curriculum.

ˆ Deliverables: A student must declare the deliverables of her/his project in the

initial project proposal after consulting with the respective mentor(s). While the
initial project proposal and the final report carry some marks, a significant por-
tion of the marks, 70% or more, is allotted to the deliverables to emphasize their
importance.

ˆ Contact hours: On average, a student should work 40 hours per week on her/his
project. The students are supposed to meet their respective mentors at least once
in a week to report their progress.

Textbooks:
1. Related literature.

7.74 EE 536: IoT Systems

Course Code: EE 536
Course Name: IoT Systems
L-T-P-C: 2-0-2-3
Prerequisites: Communication theory (EE304); Computer networks (CS406); Micro-
controller programming and Digital systems design (IC161)
Intended for: B.Tech. III/IV year/ MS/M.Tech./PhD
Distribution: Core for M.Tech. (CSP)
Approval: 24th Senate

Course Contents
ˆ An introduction to IoT systems: [1 Lectures]

– Introduction and motivation of IoT systems

ˆ Hardware components of IoT systems: (2 Lectures + 2 lab hours)

– A quick overview of different components---micro-controllers, SoCs, commu-

nication modules, power supply and sensing modules---of off-the-shelf proto-
typing boards, e.g., Arduino UNO, MSP430 LaunchPad; NodeMCU, STM32,
Raspberry Pi.

ˆ Software component of IoT systems: (6 Lectures + 6 lab hours)

574
 – Introduction to IDEs for off-the-shelf boards, e.g., Arduino IDE, Waspmote
IDE, Code composed studio; Contiki-OS and RIOT OS; 6LowPAN network
stack; Sensor interfacing; GPIO programming
ˆ Communication paradigm of IoT systems: (12 Lectures + 12 lab hours)
– Different wireless standards, e.g., IEEE802.15.4, ZigBee, BLE, IEEE802.11;
link layer technologies, Medium Access Control; Routing; Application layer
protocols; Network topologies.
ˆ Performance evaluation of IoT systems: (4 Lectures + 4 lab hours)
– Developing mathematical models for energy consumption, Optimal node place-
ment, resource allocation over wireless sensor networks to meet QoS require-
ments.
ˆ Case studies/mini projects: (3 Lectures + 4 lab hours)
– Home automation; Building energy management; Indoor positioning; Air qual-
ity monitoring; Precision agriculture; Smart parking

Textbooks:
1. David Hanes et al., IoT Fundamentals: Networking Technologies, Protocols
and Use Cases for the Internet of Things, Pearson, 2017

Reference Books:
1. Parry Lea, Internet of Things for Architects: Architecting IoT Solutions
by Implementing Sensors, Communication Infrastructure, Edge Comput-
ing, Analytics, and Security, Packt Publishing Limited, 2018
2. Shuang-Hua Yang, Wireless Sensor Networks: Principles, Design and Ap-
plications, Springer.
3. Kazem Sohraby, Daniel Minoli, Taieb F. Znati, Wireless Sensor Networks:
Technology, Protocols, and Applications, Wiley Interscience, 2009
4. White papers, RFCs, survey articles on Wireless communication standards and
technologies.
5. Antonio Linan Colina, Alvaro Vives, Antoine Bagula, Marco Zennaro and Ermanno
Pietrosemoli, IoT in five Days, https://github.com/marcozennaro/IPv6-WSN-
book/releases/

7.75 EE 537 Power Quality Problems and Mitigation Tech-

niques in Microgrids
Course Code : EE 537
Course Name : Power Quality Problems and Mitigation Techniques in Mi-
crogrids
Credit : 3

575
 Distribution : 3-0-0-3
Intended for : UG/PG
Prerequisite : Power System (EE303) & Power Electronics (EE 309)
Mutual Exclusion : NA
Approval: 44th BoA

Course Contents
ˆ Power Quality Issues: Harmonics, frequency deviations, voltage fluctuations,
voltage dips, swells, and interruptions. Power tetrahedron, power factor, and other
figures of merit under balanced, unbalanced and nonsinusoidal conditions, power
quality standards. [8 Lectures]

ˆ Power Quality Enhancement: Generation of reference currents/voltages- natu-

ral frame of reference (abc), stationary frame of reference (αβ0) and synchronously
reference frame (dq0) and symmetrical components frame reference (+-0). Ad-
vanced control architectures for hybrid ACDC Microgrid-decentralized and hierar-
chical control- droop, primary, secondary and tertiary controls. Cooperative con-
trol for power quality enhancement in microgrids-active power Injection, reactive
power-sharing, harmonic current sharing and voltage regulation via smart loads.
[10 Lectures]

ˆ Autonomous Control of Distributed Energy Resources in Microgrids:

power sharing schemes for voltage unbalance and harmonics compensation in an
Islanded microgrid- Power droop control, virtual impedance loop, local unbalance
and harmonics compensation schemes. Effect of faults, overloading and loss of
generation on power quality. [8 Lectures]

ˆ Power Quality Problems associated with Electric Vehicle Charging In-

frastructure: Various configurations of chargers-contact and contact-less chargers,
wired AC, DC charging-on-board slow, fast charging, off-board fast, rapid charg-
ing. Wireless chargers- inductive, capacitive and hybrid charging topologies. [10
Lectures]

ˆ Recent Trends and Case Studies: power quality enhancement in AC-DC hybrid
microgrids under grid interactive mode, autonomous control of distributed energy
resources, power quality problems and their mitigation techniques for various EV
charger topologies. [6 Lectures]

Text books:
1. Arindam Ghosh and Gerard Ledwich, Power quality enhancement using cus-
tom power devices, Springer Science & Business Media, 2012.

2. Hirofumi Akagi, Edson Hirokazu Watanabe and Mauricio Aredes, Instantaneous

power theory and applications to power conditioning, John Wiley & Sons,
2017.

576
References:
1. Narain G Hingorani and Laszlo Gyugyi, Understanding FACTS: concepts and
technology of flexible AC transmission systems, Wiley-IEEE press, 2000.

2. Selected papers, standards and reports

7.76 EE 540: Wide Band Gap Devices in Power Electronics

Applications
Course Code: EE 540
Course Name: Wide Band Gap Devices in Power Electronics Applications
L-T-P-C: 3-0-0-3
Prerequisite: Power Electronics (EE 309/EE527/ EE504) or Power Semiconductor
Devices (EE526) or equivalent
Intended for: UG/MS/MTech/PhD
Distribution: Elective: B. Tech III and IV year /M.S./ M.Tech / PhD
Approval: 28th Senate, 35th BoA

Course Contents
ˆ Wide band gap devices: [4 Lectures]

– Introduction of wide band-gap

– Vertical and lateral structures of wide band-gap devices
– Different types of the wide band gap devices
– Advantages of wide band-gap semiconductors
– Challenges in designing converters with wide band-gap devices

ˆ Switching characteristics: [4 Lectures]

– Turn-on and Turn-off characteristics of the device

– Hard switching loss analysis
– Double pulse test set-up

ˆ Drivers for wide band-gap devices: [8 Lectures]

– Gate driver
– Impact of gate resistance
– Gate drivers for wide bandgap power devices
– Transient immunity integrated gate drivers
– Overcurrent protection, UVLO protection

ˆ Thermal management of power converters: [6 Lectures]

– Thermal modelling
– Thermal management and reliability

577
 – Improving the performance with heatsink

ˆ High frequency design complexity: [4 Lectures]

– Effects of parasitic inductance

– Effects of parasitic capacitance
– EMI filter design for high frequency power converters

ˆ PCB designing: [4 Lectures]

– High frequency PCB design

– Conventional power loop design
– High frequency power loop optimization
– Single and multi-layer PCBs
– Separation of power from signal PCB

ˆ Power density advantages: [4 Lectures]

– Power density of wide bandgap devices

– High power density power electronics converters

ˆ Applications of wide bandgap devices: [8 Lectures]

– Consumer electronics applications

– Wireless power transfer applications
– Electric vehicle applications
– Renewable energy sources applications
– Students will carry out one project based on modeling, simulation of any of
the wide bandgap device in power electronics applications. This work can be
extended with the practical work.

Text books:
1. A. Lidow, J. Strydom, M. D. Rooij, D. Reusch, GaN Transistors for Efficient
Power Convertion, Wiley, 2014.

2. G. Meneghesso, M. Meneghini, E. Zanoni, Gallium Nitride-enabled High Fre-

quency and High Efficiency Power Conversion, Springer International Pub-
lishing, 2018.

References:
1. Ned Mohan, Tore M. Undeland, William P. Robbins, Power Electronics, John
Wiley & Sons, 2003.

2. F. Wang, Z. Zhang and E. A. Jones, Characterization of Wide Bandgap Power

Semiconductor Devices, IET, 2018.

578
 3. L. Umanand and S. R. Bhat, Design of Magnetic Components for Switched
Mode Power Converters, John Wiley & Sons, 1992.

4. B.J.Baliga, Gallium Nitride and Silicon Carbide Power Devices, World Sci-
entific Publishing Company, 2017.

5. E. L. Corradini, D. Maksimovic, P. Mattavelli, R. Zane, Digital Control of High-

Frequency Switched-Mode Power Converters, Wiley, 2015.

7.77 EE 541: Tensors: Techniques, Algorithms, Applications

for Signal Processing, and Machine Learning.
Course Code : EE 541
Course Name : Tensors: Techniques, Algorithms, Applications for Signal
Processing, and Machine Learning.
Credit Distribution : 3-0-2-4
Intended for : B.Tech. (3rd/4th year)/ MTech/ MS/ PhD of the SCEE.
Prerequisite : Linear algebra, basic probability, and statistics.
Mutual Exclusion : None (at present)
Approval: 50th BoA

Course Contents:
ˆ Linear algebra recap: Vector spaces, subspaces, linear in/dependence, bases,
dimensions, principle of orthogonality and projections, linear models least-squares
problems, Rank-decomposition for matrix, SVD and low-rank matrix approxima-
tion. (5 hours)

ˆ Working with Tensors: Useful products and their properties (Inner, Outer,
Hadamard, Kronecker, and Khatri-Rao, and mode-n). Tensor, its different views,
and reshaping. Operators on tensors, tensor contraction, their algebraic properties,
tensor rank, low rank tensor approximation, Tensor calculus and it’s fundamental
operations. (10 hours)

ˆ Tensor factorization and its computation: Rank decomposition for tensor,

CP decomposition (CANDECOMP/ PARAFAC), properties of CP decomposition,
Hardness of CP decomposition, algorithms for computing decompositions (ALS,
Jennrich’s algorithm, etc.); Other notions of tensor decomposition: Tucker decom-
position, HOSVD (higher order SVD), Tensor train decomposition (TT-SVD). (9
hours)

ˆ Techniques for compressing tensors: Dimensionality reduction (random pro-

jection) for vectors, Tensorized random projection, Compressing Tensors using
Count Sketch, Higher Order Count Sketch. (8 hours)

ˆ Applications: Blind Multiuser CDMA, Blind Source Separation, Harmonics, Gaus-

sian Mixture parameter estimation, learning latent variables, Topic modelling, Learn-
ing Hidden Markov Models, Community detection, Collaborative filtering-based
recommender systems, including recent ML/ SP based approaches. (10 hours)

579
Laboratory/ practical/ tutorial Modules: The two-hours of lab session will enhance
the understanding of the concepts taught in the class. The lab will cover the concepts
including, principle of orthogonality, least Squares, SVD, low-rank matrix decomposi-
tion, Inner, Outer, Hadamard, Kronecker, and Khatri-Rao products, mode-n Tensor,
PARAFAC, HOSVD, TT-SVD, ALS, low-rank tensor decomposition, etc.

Text books:
1. J. Landsberg, Tensors: Geometry and Applications, vol. 128. Providence, RI,
USA: Amer. Math. Soc., 2011.

2. Haiping Lu, Konstantinos N. Plataniotis, Anastasios Venetsanopoulos, Multilin-

ear Subspace Learning - Dimensionality Reduction of Multidimensional
Data, 1st Edition, CRC press, 2015.

References:
1. Ankur Moitra, Algorithmic aspects of machine learning, Cambridge Univer-
sity Press, 2018.

2. T. G. Kolda, B. W. Bader, Tensor Decomposition and Applications, SIAM

Review, 2009.

3. N. D. Sidiropoulos, L. De Lathauwer, X. Fu, K. Huang, E. E. Papalexakis, and C.

Faloutsos, Tensor decomposition for signal processing and machine learn-
ing, IEEE Trans. Signal Process., vol. 65, no. 13, pp. 3551–3582, Jul. 2017.

7.78 EE 542: Modelling, Simulation and Control of Hybrid

Electric Vehicle
Course number : EE 542
Course Name : Modelling, Simulation and Control of Hybrid Electric Vehicle
Credit Distribution : 3-0-0-3
Intended for : 3rd and 4th year UG, PG, PhD
Prerequisite : Linear Algebra
Mutual Exclusion :
Approval: 50th BoA

Course Contents:
ˆ Modelling in performance parameter: Modelling Vehicle Acceleration-Acceleration
performance parameters, modeling the acceleration of an electric scooter, modeling
the acceleration of a small car. (5 hours)

ˆ Modelling of Battery Electric Vehicles: Electric Vehicle Modelling Tractive

Effort, Rolling resistance force, Aerodynamic drag, Hill climbing force, Acceleration
force, Total tractive effort, Modelling Electric Vehicle Range-Driving cycles, Range
modeling of battery electric vehicles, Constant velocity range modelling, Range
modelling of fuel cell vehicles, Range modelling of hybrid electric vehicles. (8 hours)

580
 ˆ Drive Train Characteristics: Modelling and Characteristics of EV/HEV Power
trains Components-ICE Performance Characteristics, Electric Motor Performance
Characteristics- Battery Performance, Characteristics-Transmission and Drive train
Characteristics- Regenerative Braking Characteristics-Driving Cycles Modelling and
Analysis of Electric and Hybrid Electric Vehicles Propulsion and Braking- Longi-
tudinal Dynamics Equation of Motion-Vehicle Propulsion Modelling and Analysis-
Vehicle Braking Modelling and Analysis. (8 hours)

ˆ Energy Management: Handling Analysis of Electric and Hybrid Electric Vehicles-

Simplified Handling Models Energy/Power Allocation and Management-Power/Energy
Management Controllers-Rule-Based Control Strategies- Optimization-Based Con-
trol Strategies. (8 hours)

ˆ Vehicle Dynamic Control: Control of Electric and Hybrid Electric Vehicle

Dynamics-Fundamentals of Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) Systems, VDC Im-
plementation on Electric and Hybrid Vehicles Case Studies, Rechargeable Battery
vehicles, Hybrid Vehicles, Fuel Cell Powered Bus. (8 hours)

ˆ Estimation Techniques: Identification of important state variables and parame-

ters of HEV, Kalman filter-based methods, Least Square based methods. (5 hours)

Text books: (Relevant and Latest, only 2)

1. Wei Liu, Introduction to Hybrid Vehicle System Modeling and Control,
Wiley, 2015.

2. Y. Xu, J. Yan, H. Qian, and T. L. Lam, Hybrid Electric Vehicle Design and
Control, vol. 1, McGraw Hill, 2021.

References:
1. James Larminie, John Lowry, Electric Vehicle Technology Explained, John
Wiley & Sons Ltd, 2003.

2. Amir Khajepour, Saber Fallahand Avesta Goodarzi, Electric and Hybrid Vehicles-
Technologies, Modelling and Control: A Mechatronic Approach, John
Wiley & Sons Ltd, 2014.

3. Antoni Szumanowski, Hybrid Electric Power Train Engineering and Tech-

nology: Modelling, Control, and Simulation, IGI Global, 2013.

4. Mehrdad Ehsani, Yimin Gao, Ali Emadi, Modern Electric, Hybrid Electric,
and Fuel Cell Vehicles: Fundamentals, Theory, and Design, 2nd Edition,
CRC Press,2010.

7.79 EE 543: Vision and Learning Based Control

Course number : EE 543
Course Name : Vision and Learning Based Control
Credit Distribution : 3-0-0-3
Intended for : 3rd/4th year B.Tech. EE, CS, and M.Tech/Ph.D.

581
 Prerequisite : None
Mutual Exclusion : None
Approval: 50th BoA

Course Contents:
ˆ Introduction : Overview, motivation, and real-world practical applications. [1L]

ˆ Visual Sensor Model and Calibration: Camera model, Coordinate Frames and
Transforms, Intrinsic camera calibration, and extrinsic camera calibration. [10L]

ˆ Visual Servoing: Image Jacobian, Robot Jacobian, Image Based Visual Servo-
ing, Position Based Visual Servoing, Eye-in-hand and Eye-to-hand Configurations,
Comparison among different class of visual servoing. [14L]

ˆ Robot Learning: Basic concepts of reinforcement learning, reinforcement learning

algorithms. Robot learning by demonstration. [14L]

ˆ Hybrid Method Design: Comparative analysis for various methods. Explore,

understand and identify different ways to design a hybrid scheme to control the
given system of interest. Case study and course projects. [3L]

Text books:
1. Corke, Peter I., and Oussama Khatib, Robotics, vision and control: funda-
mental algorithms in MATLAB, Vol. 73. Berlin: Springer, 2011.

2. Vakanski, Aleksandar, and Farrokh Janabi-Sharifi, Robot learning by visual

observation, John Wiley & Sons, 2017.

References:
1. Ijspeert, Auke Jan, et al., Dynamical movement primitives: learning attrac-
tor models for motor behaviors, Neural computation 25.2 (2013): 328-373.

2. Chaumette, François, and Seth Hutchinson, Visual servo control I:Basic ap-
proaches, IEEE Robotics & Automation Magazine 13.4 (2006): 82-90.

3. Chaumette, François, and Seth Hutchinson, Visual servo control IIL Ad-
vanced approaches [Tutorial], IEEE Robotics & Automation Magazine 14.1
(2007): 109-118.

7.80 EE 551: Applied Photonics for Scientists and Engineers

Course Code : EE 551
Course Name : Applied Photonics for Scientists and Engineers
L-T-P-C: 2-1-0-3
Prerequisite : IC110, IC111, lC221
Intended for: UG, PG, M. Tech, M. Sc. Physics, 1-PhD, PhD
Approval: 38th BoA

582
Course Contents
ˆ Fundamentals of the Electromagnetic theory of light: complex represen
tation of electromagnetic field disturbances, Maxwell’s eq uations, Fresnel equa-
tions, limitations of th e electromagnetic description. [2 Lectures]

ˆ Optical systems: Fermat’s principle, basic optical elements, matrix methods for
optics, thick lens and their systems, determination of cardinal points, basic optical
systems. [3 Lectures]

ˆ Polarisation: fundamenta ls, special devices - crystals, compensators, spatia l li

gh t modulators, mathematical representations ofpolariscd light. [3 Lectures]

ˆ Gaussian Beam Optics: beam propagation equation, beam properties and their
characterization, matrix approach for Gaussian beam optics. [2 Lectures]

ˆ Interferometry: principles and applications - fundamental concepts - conditions

for interference, coherence theory elements, You ng’s double slit experiment, multiple-
beam interference. Systems - Michelson, Twyman Green, Fizeau and other select
configurations. Selected applications- e.g. metrology, sensors. [4 Lectures]

ˆ Fourier Transforms in Optics: Foundational concepts and theorems, Fourier

methods in diffract ion theory, Abbe Porter’s experiment, applications - e.g. optical
waveshapers. [3 Lectures]

ˆ Fibre optic systems: principles of guided wave propagation, basics of single mode
and multimode, passive components, active components, fibre-optics based system
design considerations, select applications - e.g. Dispersive Fourier Transformer,
fibre optic sensors, imaging configurations. [4 Lectures]

ˆ Nonlinear optics: Light-matter interaction a nd the nonlinear wave equation,

second order nonlinearity- second hannonic generation, three-wave mixing, third
order nonlinearity- third harmonic generation, four-wave mixing, Kerr nonlinearity
and its applications. [4 Lectures]

ˆ Detection of Optical Radiation: Time-domain methods: High speed detectors,

Photomultipliers, Time of flight detectors, Cameras, characterization of ultrashort
pulses. Spectral-domain methods -Essential components, resol ving power of disper-
sive devices, the optical spectrum anal yzer. Basics of quantum light -- singlephnton
generation and detection , applications - e.g. qubi1s. Full-field measurement tech-
niques. [4 Lectures]

Tutorial sessions - 10.

Resource required for tutorial sessions - Access to computer labs for numerical/computational
solving of problems.

Text books:
1. Hecht, E., Optics, 4th Edition, Pearson.

2. Ghatak, A. K., & Thyagarajan, K., Optical Electronics, Cambridge University

Press, 2018.

583
References:
1. Saleh, B. E. A, & Teich, M. C., Fundamentals of Photonics, 2nd Edition, Wiley
Interscience 2007.

7.81 EE 552 : Power and Energy Systems

Course Code : EE 552
Course Name : Power and Energy Systems
L-T-P-C : 3-1-0-4
Intended for : UG
Prerequisite : EE 201 Electromechanics or Instructors consent
Mutual Exclusion:
Approval: 54th BoA

Course Contents
ˆ Introduction to power systems and its structure: Generation, transmission
and distribution, substation arrangements. (2 Hours)

ˆ Representation of power system components: Generator, Transformers, Trans-

mission lines, line parameters, transmission line design, interference of power lines
with communication circuits, line insulators, power cables, per unit system. (10
Hours)

ˆ Network Analysis – Concepts of PV, PQ and Slack Bus, Load flow using NR
Method, DC load flow, Economic load dispatch, unit commitment (12 Hours)

ˆ Fault Analysis: Symmetrical components, symmetrical and unsymmetrical fault

calculations, transient analysis (7 Hours)

ˆ Network Protection: relaying strategies, circuit breakers, numerical relays (5

Hours)

ˆ Power System Dynamics: stability, swing equation, equal area criterion, voltage
and frequency control (10 Hours)

ˆ Energy systems: Solar photovoltaic, solar thermal, wind energy, energy storage
(8 Hours)

ˆ Smart grid components: SCADA, Smart sensors, communication (2 Hours)

Laboratory/practical/tutorial Modules:
ˆ NA

584
Textbooks:
1. J. J. Grainger and W. D. Stevenson, Power System Analysis, Tata McGraw Hill.

2. D. P. Kothari and I. J. Nagrath, Modern Power System Analysis, Tata McGraw

Hill.

3. A. J. Wood and B. F. Wollenberg, Power Generation, Operation and Control,

2nd Edition, Wiley-Blackwell.

4. S. Jha, S. Sen, R. Kumar and D. P. Kothari, Smart Grid- Fundamental and

Applications, New Age International.

References:
1. NA

7.82 EE 553 : Foundations of Intelligent Communication Systems-

I
Course Code : EE 553
Course Name : Foundations of Intelligent Communication Systems-I
L-T-P-C : 3-0-2-4
Intended for : MTech/MTech (R)/ PhD students of the SCEE
Prerequisite : IC 111 Linear Algebra, IC 260 or equivalent
Mutual Exclusion: EE522, CS512, MA512, MA525, MA551, or equivalent
Approval: 54th BoA

Course Contents
ˆ Signal Space Representation: Lowpass representation of bandpass signals, vec-
tor spaces, signal space concepts, subspaces, linear dependence/ independence, basis
and dimension, sampling and reconstruction, inner product, orthogonal expansion
of signals, orthogonal matrices, four fundamental subspaces. (9 Hours)

ˆ Linear Time-Invariant Systems: Response, properties, eigenfunctions of a con-

tinuoustime and discrete-time linear time-invariant systems. Systems described
by the differential equations and the difference equations. State-space analysis.
Applications: Principle of Orthogonality, least squares problem, state space repre-
sentation of continuous-time and discrete-time LTI systems. (9Hours)

ˆ Inner product spaces: Determinants, Eigenvalues and Eigenvectors, Positive

definite and semidefinite matrices, Inner product and Lp - norms; Singular Value
Decomposition/ QR/ Schur & Principal Component Analysis, Pseudo-inverse of a
full row/column-rank matrix, generalized inverse for a matrix which is non-singular
and not a full full row/ column-rank. Applications: Best k-Rank approximation
and matrix compression, fitting and linear regression problem; solving underdeter-
mined/ overdetermined systems of linear equations. (12 Hours)

585
 ˆ Optimization Methods: Optimization framework description, linear and quadratic
optimization problems, Lagrange dual function, geometric interpretation, and its
applications; solving underdetermined/ overdetermined systems of linear equations
with additional constraints like sparsity and regularization, etc. (12 Hours)

Laboratory/practical/tutorial Modules:
ˆ The two-hours of lab session per week will enhance the understanding of the con-
cepts taught in the class. The lab will cover the concepts including principle of
orthogonality, least Squares, SVD, low-rank matrix decompositions and its appli-
cations in the modern systems.

Textbooks:
1. Deisenroth, M. P., Faisal, A. A., Ong, C. S., Mathematics for Machine Learn-
ing, Cambridge University Press, 2020.

2. Strang, G., Linear Algebra and Learning from Data, Wellesley-Cambridge

Press, 2019.

3. J. G. Proakis and M. Salehi, Fundamentals of Communication Systems, Pren-

tice Hall, December 2004.

References:
1. Friedberg, S.H., A Insel, A.J.,A Spence, L.E., Linear Algebra, Pearson Education,
2014.

2. Boyd, S., & Vandenberghe, L., Convex optimization, Cambridge university press,
2004.

3. Alan V. Oppenheim, Ronald W. Schafer., Discrete-time signal processing,

Pearson Education, 2010.

7.83 EE 554 : Low Power VLSI Design

Course Code : EE 554
Course Name : Low Power VLSI Design
L-T-P-C : 3-0-0-3
Intended for : B. Tech in Engineering (EE), Microelectronics and VLSI, M. Tech in
Microelectronics and VLSI Design, MS, M. Tech. & PhD
Prerequisite : Digital System Design (EE210)
Mutual Exclusion:
Approval: 54th BoA

586
Course Contents
ˆ Introduction to low power design: Components of power dissipation of VLSI
circuits. (2 Hours)

ˆ Circuit techniques for Low Power Design: Standby leakage control using
transistor stacks, multi-threshold and dynamic threshold techniques, supply voltage
scaling technique. (4 Hours)

ˆ Low power low voltage arithmetic circuits: Low power adder architectures
– ripple carry adder, carry look-ahead adder, carry select adder, carry save adder,
carry skip adder, current mode adder using multi-valued logic, residue adders, low
power multiplier architectures- serial multiplier, parallel multiplier, serial-parallel
multiplier, Braun multiplier, Baugh Wooley multiplier, Booth multiplier, Wallace
tree multiplier. (10 Hours)

ˆ Low power low voltage memories: Read only and random access memories.
Power reduction of read only and random access memories at architectural, logic,
and transistor levels. (8 Hours)

ˆ Transforms for low power VLSI circuits: Behavioral level transform, algo-
rithm and architecture level transform, negative differences, sorted recursive differ-
ences, shared multiplier based voltage scaling operation, architecture driven voltage
scaling, power reduction using operation reduction and operation substitution. (9
Hours)

ˆ Multiple and Dynamic supply voltage design: Multiple supply voltage design,
dynamic supply voltage design, rate of change of supply voltages, power supply
network, variation of the clock speed. (6 Hours)

ˆ Low power multi-core architectures: Notion of multi-cores, hardware and soft-

ware techniques for power reduction in multi-core architectures. (3 Hours)

Laboratory/practical/tutorial Modules:
ˆ None

Textbooks:
1. K.S. Yeo, K. Roy, Low Voltage Low Power VLSI Systems, McGraw Hill, 2013.

2. A. Pal, Low power VLSI design, McGraw Hill, 2014.

References:
1. J. M. Rabaey and M. Pedram, Eds., Low Power Design Methodologies, Kluwer
Academic Publishers, 1996.

2. B. Parhami, Computer Arithmetic: Algorithms and Hardware Designs,

2nd Edition, Oxford University Press, 2010.

3. I. Koren, Computer Arithmetic Algorithms, CRC Press, 2001.

587
7.84 EE 555 : Intelligent Control System
Course Code : EE 555
Course Name : Intelligent Control System
L-T-P-C : 3-0-0-3
Intended for : B.Tech. EE (3rd and 4th year), M.Tech., M.Tech. (R), PhD
Prerequisite : For B.Tech. – Control System or equivalent course; For all – Linear
Algebra
Mutual Exclusion: None
Approval: 54th BoA

Course Contents
ˆ Nonlinear Control - Primer: Norms, Sign-definiteness, State-space model, Lya-
punov stability theory, Discrete-time systems, Nonlinear control strategies. (4
Hours)

ˆ Neural Network: Feed-forward networks, Multi-layered neural networks, Radial-

Basis function networks, Feedback networks, System identification using neural
network (6 Hours)

ˆ Fuzzy Logic: Classical sets, Fuzzy sets, Approximate reasoning, Fuzzy logic con-
trol, System identification using Fuzzy models (6 Hours)

ˆ Indirect Adaptive Control using Neural Networks: Continuous-time affine

systems, Discrete-time affine systems, Discrete-time non-affine systems (6 Hours)

ˆ Direct Adaptive Control using Neural Networks: Direct Adaptive control,

Single-input single-output affine systems, Multi-input multi-output systems, Back-
stepping control (6 Hours)

ˆ Reinforcement Learning (Approximate Dynamic Programming): Linear

quadratic regulator, HJB formulation, HJB for affine systems, Heuristic and Dual
heuristic dynamic programming, Single network adaptive critic, Continuous-time
adaptive critic (8 Hours)

ˆ Intelligent Control of Benchmark Systems: Pendulum on cart, Mobile robot,

Robot manipulator, HVAC system (6 Hours)

Laboratory/practical/tutorial Modules:
ˆ None

Textbooks:
1. Ali Zilouchian and Mo Jamshidi, Intelligent Control Systems using Soft Com-
puting Methodologies, CRC Press.

2. Dusko Katic and Miomir Vukobratovic, Intelligent Control of Robotic Sys-

tems, Springer.

588
 3. Laxmidhar Behera and Indrani Kar, Intelligent Systems and Control: Prin-
ciples and Applications, Oxford University Press.

References:
1. Thrisantha Nanayakkara, Ferat Sahin, and Mo Jamshidi, Intelligent Control
Systems with an Introduction to System of Systems Engineering, CRC
Press.

7.85 EE 556 : Nuclear Reactor Control

Course Code : EE 556
Course Name : Nuclear Reactor Control
L-T-P-C : 1-0-0-1
Intended for : UG (3rd year and final year) and PG students
Prerequisite : Differential Equations, Laplace Transform, Elementary Matrix Algebra
Mutual Exclusion: None
Approval: 54th BoA

Course Contents
ˆ Introduction: India’s nuclear energy scenario, Nuclear Power Plants (NPP) Schematic,
Components of a NPP, Nuclear Reactor types and applications. (1 Hour)
ˆ Selected Topics from Reactor Physics: Interactions of neutron with nuclei (matter),
Nuclear Reaction Cross—sections, Mechanism of nuclear fission, Nuclear fission re-
actions, Energy released in fission; Prompt and delayed neutrons, Multiplication
factor, Four factor formula, Non-leakage probability; The one – speed neutron dif-
fusion equation, General solution of one – speed neutron diffusion equation; Reactor
criticality condition for parallelopiped and cylindrical geometries, Effect of reflector.
(3 Hours)
ˆ Nuclear Reactor Kinetics: Derivation of point kinetics model from one speed neu-
tron diffusion equation; Solution of point kinetics model for step change in reactivity,
reactor period, In-hour equation, Interpretation of reactor shut-down and trip. (2
Hours)
ˆ Reactor as a Control Element: Linearization of point kinetics model and represen-
tation into standard state-space form, transfer function, Reactor stability, Control-
lability and Observability. (2 Hours)
ˆ Reactor Dynamics Studies: Modeling of Internal feedback effects due to changes in
fuel, coolant and Moderator temperatures; Modeling of Internal feedback effect due
to fission product xenon; xenon spatial instability; Modeling of Internal feedback
effect due to fission product samarium; Issues in modeling and control of large
reactors. (3 Hours)
ˆ Reactor Instrumentation: Methods of neutron flux measurement; n, log n, dn/dt
and d(logn)/dt signals for reactor control, Thermal power measurement; Power
correction; Flux mapping. (1 Hour)

589
 ˆ Miscellaneous Topics: Examples of typical reactor power control systems; Reactivity
estimation – Inverse point kinetics method, Kalman Filter method. (2 Hours)

Laboratory/practical/tutorial Modules:
ˆ Not envisaged

Textbooks:
1. James J. Duderstadt and Louis J. Hamilton, Nuclear Reactor Analysis, Wiley,
1976

2. L. E. Weaver, Reactor Dynamics and Control: State Space Techniques,

American Elsevier Publishing Company, 1968

References:
1. A. P. Tiwari, et. al., Modelling and Spatial Control of 540 MWe Pressurized
Heavy Water Reactor, Trans. INAE, Vol. 6, pp. 731–753, Sept. 2021.

2. P.V. Surjagade, et. al., Robust Optimal Integral Sliding Mode Controller
for Total Power Control of Large PHWRs, IEEE Trans. Nucl. Sci., Vol. 65,
Issue 7, pp. 1331-1344, 2018.

3. C. S. Subudhi, et. al., A mathematical model for total power control loop
of large PHWRs, IEEE Trans. Nucl. Sci., vol. 63, no. 3, pp. 1901–1911, June
2016.

4. Patel SB, Mukhopadhyay S, Tiwari A, Estimation of reactivity and delayed

neutron precursors’ concentrations using a multiscale extended kalman
filter, Ann Nucl Energy 111:666–675, 2018.

5. Bhatt TU, Patel SB, Tiwari AP, Reactivity and delayed neutron precursors’ con-
centration estimation based on recursive nonlin- ear dynamic data reconciliation
technique, IEEE Trans Nucl Sci 66(2):541–548, 2019.

6. Mishra AK, Shimjith SR, Bhatt TU, Tiwari AP, Kalman filter- based dynamic
compensator for vanadium self powered neutron detectors, IEEE Trans
Nucl Sci 61(3):1360–1368, 2014.

7. M. G. Na, I. J. Hwang, and Y. J. Lee, Design of a fuzzy model predic- tive

power controller for pressurized water reactors, IEEE Transactions on Nu-
clear Science, vol. 53, no. 3, pp. 1504–1514, June 2006.

8. R. N. Banavar and U. V. Deshpande, Robust controller design for a nuclear

power plant using h-infinity optimization, IEEE Transactions on Nuclear
Science, vol. 45, no. 2, pp. 129–140, Apr 1998.

9. H. Eliasi, M. Menhaj, and H. Davilu, Robust nonlinear model predictive con-

trol for a PWR nuclear power plant, Progress in Nuclear Energy, vol. 54, no.
1, pp. 177 – 185, 2012.

590
7.86 EE 557 : Adaptive Control
Course Code : EE 557
Course Name : Adaptive Control
L-T-P-C : 3-0-0-3
Intended for : Engineering graduates (pursuing M. Tech, PhD)
Prerequisite : Basic (Level 1) course in Automatic Control, e.g., EE301 – Control
Systems Engineering. Familiarity to some extent with Standard statespace description
of dynamical systems and Digital Control is desirable.
Mutual Exclusion:
Approval: 54th BoA

Course Contents
ˆ Introduction: Feedback control system design steps, effect of process variations,
adaptive schemes and applications. Models of dynamic systems (recapitulation
only): State space and Input-output models, plant parametric models. (3 Hours)

ˆ Stability: Norms, Quadratic forms, Positive definiteness of matrices; BIBO stabil-

ity, Stability in the sense of Lyapunov, Stability of linear systems. (4 Hours)

ˆ Parameter Estimation: Least squares and Regression models, Recursive estima-

tion. (6 Hours)

ˆ Deterministic and Stochastic Self-tuning Regulators: Pole placement de-

sign, Continuous-time self-tuners, Direct self-tuning regulators; Minimum-variance
and moving average controllers, stochastics self-tuning regulators, Linear quadratic
self-tuning regulator, Adaptative predictive control. (6 Hours)

ˆ Model Reference Adaptive Control: Simple direct model reference adaptive

control (MRAC) schemes, MRAC for SISO plants, Direct MRAC with unnormalized
and normalized adaptive laws, Indirect MRAC with unnormalized and normalized
adaptive laws, Adaptive laws with projection. (8 Hours)

ˆ Auto Tuning and Gain Scheduling: Auto tuning of PID controllers, Design of
gain scheduling controllers. (4 Hours)

ˆ Robust Adaptive Laws: Plant uncertainties and robust control, Instability phe-
nomena in Adaptive systems, Robust adaptive laws. (5 Hours)

ˆ Robust Adaptive Control Schemes: Robust identifiers and adaptive observers,

Robust MRAC, Robust adaptive pole placement control schemes. (4 Hours)

ˆ Perspectives on Adaptive Control: Expert control systems, Learning systems,

Future trends, Conclusion. (2 Hours)

Laboratory/practical/tutorial Modules:
ˆ Not envisaged

591
Textbooks:
1. K. J. Astrom and B. Wittenmark, Adaptive Control, 2nd Eidtion, Addison Wes-
ley, 1995 (2e), Dover Publications, 2008 (2e rev.)

2. Petros A. Ioannou and Jing Sun, Robust Adaptive Control, Dover Publications,
2012

3. S. Sastry and M. Bodson, Adaptive Control: Stability, Convergence and

Robustness, Dover Publications, 2011

4. R. Isermann and M. Munchhof, Identification of Dynamic Systems: An in-

troduction with applications, Springer 2011

References:
1. NA

7.87 EE 560: Reconfigurable Computing

Course Code: EE 560
Course Name: Reconfigurable Computing
L-T-P-C: 3-0-2-4
Prerequisites: EE 210/201P- Digital System Design & Practicum, CS 201/201P Com-
puter Organization & Practicum.
Intended for: PG/UG
Distribution: Elective forM. Tech (VLSI), UG and other PG courses
Approval: 39th BoA

Course Contents
This course has three hour lecture session accompanied by two hours of laboratory session
per week. List of course modules are provided below.

ˆ Introduction to reconfigurable computing: [3 Lectures]

– Reconfigurable computing, history and survey, fixed Vs reconfigurable com-

puting, applications of reconfigurable computing

ˆ FPGA Design: [6 Lectures]

– Introduction to FPGA, LUT devices and mapping, partitioning, placement

and routing algorithms. A case study on ALU design

ˆ Reconfigurable computing architectures: [5 Lectures]

– Performance evaluation, Coarse grained and fme grained reconfigurable com-

puting, a case study on coarse grained reconfigurable computing, Multi-FPGA
architectures, Dynamic reconfiguration, total versus partial reconfiguration

ˆ Reconfigurable computing: [2 Lectures]

592
 – Power Reduction techniques for FPGA

ˆ Reconfigurable computing applications [6 Lectures]

– Distributed Arithmetic, CORDIC algorithm on FPGA

ˆ Reconfigurable computing-Security to FPGA [4 Lectures]

– Physical Unclonable Functions-Introduction and implementation on FPGA,

on-chip authentication ofFPGA-based devices

ˆ Hardware-Software Co-design [4 Lectures]

– Introduction, Partitioning, Scheduling, Synthesis, Retiming, Pipelining. Un-

folding, analysis and Estimation

ˆ Finite State Machine with Datapath [3 Lectures]

– Introduction, finite state machines, finite state machine with datapath (FSMD),
a case study on FSMD

ˆ Hardware -Software Interfaces [3 Lectures]

ˆ Hardware software Communication, one way and two way handshake, blocking and
non-blocking data transfer, On-chip Bus, Bus transfer and topologies

ˆ Case study [6 Lectures]

– Decoders, Crypto processor, CORDIC processor.

Experiments:
The practicurn of this course implements the FPGA based implementation of the al-
gorithms and architectures discussed during the course. Experiments such as UART
interfacing with FPGA, CORDIC algorithm, interfacing camera with FPGA, image com-
pression and cryptographic algorithm on FPGA.

Textbooks:
1. Scott Hauck Andre DeHon, Reconfigurable Computing: The theory and
practice of FPGA based Computation, Morgan Kaufmann, 2008.

2. F. Vahid and T. Givargis, Embedded Systems: A Unified Hardware Software

Introduction, John Wiley and Sons, 2011.

References:
1. Patrick Schaumont, A Practical Introduction to Hardware/Software Co
design, Springer, 2010.

2. Bobda, Christophe, Introduction to Reconfigurable Computing: Architec-

tures, algorithms and applications, Springer, 2007.

3. I. Koren, Computer Arithmetic Algorithms, A.K. Peters Ltd., 2002.

593
 4. Behrooz Parhami, Computer Arithmetic - Algorithms and Hardware De-
signs, 2nd Edition, Oxford university press, 2010.
5. Peter J. Ashenden, The designer’s guide top VHDL, Morgan Kaufmann, 2008.
6. IEEE research papers on relevant topics.

7.88 EE 570 : Advanced Communication Theory

Course Code : EE 570
Course Name : Advanced Communication Theory
L-T-P-C : 3-0-2-4
Intended for : BTech/MTech/MTech (R)/ PhD students of the SCEE.
Prerequisite : IC210: Probability, Statistics and Random Processes, EE 304: Com-
munication Theory or the instructor’s consent
Mutual Exclusion: None so far
Approval: 54th BoA

Course Contents
ˆ Digital modulation schemes: Bandpass and lowpass signal representation, Dig-
ital modulation schemes (PAM, PM, QAM, Multidimensional Signals, CPFSK,
CPM) and their corresponding optimal receivers and error probabilities for AWGN
Channel. (12 Hours)
ˆ Carrier and Symbol Synchronization: Importance in signal demodulation,
carrier frequency and phase estimation – decision directed and power of N methods,
timing estimation - spectral-line, MMSE, and ML methods, joint carrier and symbol
synchronization. (8 Hours)
ˆ Equalization: Optimal zero-forcing equalization, Linear, Decision-feedback, Adap-
tive Linear, Adaptive Decision-feedback, and Blind equalization. (12 Hours)
ˆ Multichannel and Multicarrier Systems: Wireless & AWGN multi-channels,
Multicarrier communications: OFDM – modulation and demodulation, spectral
characteristics, bit and power allocation, channel. (8 Hours)
ˆ Case Studies: A brief overview of modern communication/broadcast technologies.
(3 Hours)

Laboratory/practical/tutorial Modules:
ˆ Not envisaged

Textbooks:
1. J. G. Proakis and M. Salehi, Digital Communications, 5th Edition, McGraw-
Hill, Prentice Hall, 2007.
2. R. G. Gallager, Principles of Digital Communication, Cambridge Univ. Press,
2008.

594
References:
1. B. Sklar, Digital Communications: Fundamentals and Applications, 2nd
Edition, Prentice Hall, 2001.

2. John R. Barry, David G. Messerschmitt, and Edward A. Lee, Digital Communi-

cation, 3rd Edition, Kluwer Academic Publishers, 2003.

3. A. Lapidoth, A Foundation in Digital Communication, Cambridge Univ.

Press, 2009.

4. Simon Haykin, Digital Communications, Wiley Publishing, 2006.

7.89 EE 574 : Biomedical Signal and Image Analysis

Course Code : EE 574
Course Name : Biomedical Signal and Image Analysis
L-T-P-C : 3-0-0-3
Intended for : Open Elective for All 3rd/4th year (odd-sem) BTech/MTech/MS/MSc/MA/Ph.D.
Prerequisite : None
Mutual Exclusion: EEXXX (Signals & Systems)
Approval: 54th BoA

Course Contents
ˆ Introduction to fundamental concepts: Signal processing overview; Funda-
mental signals (1-D and 2-D); Classification of systems; Characteristics of linear
and non-linear systems, Concepts of convolution and Autocorrelation. Frequency
analysis: Fourier Transform, DTFT, FFT, Welch’s method; Data Acquisition: Sam-
pling in time, aliasing, interpolation, and quantization. Introduction to random
variables and probability density functions (PDFs). Stationary and Nonstationary
Processes. (4 Hours)

ˆ Electrophysiology and Electrographic modalities: Electric properties of a

cell: Ion transport, transmembrane potential, membrane resistance and capac-
itance, action potential, Hodgkin-Huxley model. Electric data acquisition and
biomedical electrodes. ECG: Function and structure of heart, cardiac muscle and
excitation process, origin of ECG, ECG electrode placement, noise sources, Mod-
eling and representation of ECG, ECG and cardiovascular diseases. EEG: Neuron,
scalp potentials, EEG recording systems, EEG rhythms, Evoked potentials, EEG
attifacts, Disease of CNS and EEG. EMG: Muscle, motor unit, muscle contraction,
muscle force, noise in EMG, Neuromuscular disease and EMG. (6 Hours)

ˆ Biosignal processing: Feature extraction methods: Frequency domain (PSD,

dominant frequency, spectral entropy), Nonlinear features (Lyapunov exponents,
fractal dimensions, complexity and mobility measures), entropy-based measures,
cross-correlation and coherence, phase-based features (phase synchronization, phase
coherence, phase-amplitude coupling), time-frequency methods (short-time Fourier
Transform, Wigner-Ville distribution, Morlet Wavelets), connectivity analysis (graph
theoretic measures, synchronization measures, Granger causality). Noise Removal:

595
 Removal of linear and nonlinear trends, Filtering techniques active and passive
filters; Design of digital filters. Generalized Eigen Decomposition (GED) for de-
noising, Empirical mode decomposition (EMD), and blind source. (10 Hours)
ˆ Introduction to Medical Images: Imaging Modalities: introduction of major
modalities for medical imaging: ultrasound, X-ray, CT, MRI, PET, and SPECT.
Image formation and tissue energy interaction as a basis for different imaging modal-
ities, quantitative medicine, multi-scale and multi-resolution relations in medical
diagnostics, Cardiovascular and Neuro Imaging and Analysis. Automated Image
Quality Assessment in Medical Images. (8 Hours)
ˆ Statistical and Structural Analysis: Statistical and structural classification,
morphological and topological component analysis. Rigid and non-rigid transfor-
mations. Co-registration of images, and motion correction. Extension of filtering
and Fourier methods to 2-D signals and systems. Noise reduction methods, opti-
mal and adaptive filters, homomorphic filtering, edge detection, time-frequency, and
fractal analysis. Bayesian graphical modeling and inference for image restoration.
(8 Hours)
ˆ Pattern Analysis: Pattern classification and diagnostic decision-Measures of di-
agnostic accuracy. Abnonnality detection and pattern recognition in cardiac, brain,
and abdominal images, image categorization, and computer-aided diagnosis. Image
descriptors, Image similarity, rendering surfaces and volumes, 3D neurostructure
analysis, hypothesis testing, and prediction modeling. Deep learning for medical
images. (6 Hours)

Laboratory/practical/tutorial Modules:
ˆ There shall be practical demonstration of certain fundamental algorithms of data
processing and its analysis that shall be explained in computational modeling fash-
ion. This shall be conducted in the form of minor projects and analyzing real
problems in clinical practice to aid theoretical concepts.

Textbooks:
1. John L. Semmlow, Biosignal and Biomedical Image Processing: MATLAB
Based Applications, CRC press.

References:
1. Rangayyan R M, Biomedical Image Analysis, 5th Edition, CRC Press, 2005
2. Atam Dhawan, Medical Image Analysis, 2nd edition, by WILEY.
3. Reddy, D.C., Biomedical signal processing: principles and techniques,
McGraw-Hill, 2005.
4. Gonzalez, R., and R. E. Woods., Digital Image Processing, 2nd Edition, Prentice-
Hall, 2002.
5. E.N. Bruce, Biomedical Signal Processing and Signal Modelling, John Wiley
and Sons, 2001.

596
7.90 EE 575 : Applied Statistics for Data and Signals
Course Code : EE 575
Course Name : Applied Statistics for Data and Signals
L-T-P-C : 3-0-2-4
Intended for : B.Tech./M.S./M.Tech./Ph.D.
Prerequisite : EE304/ EE503/ EE305/ MA524 or equivalent
Mutual Exclusion: EEXXX (Signals & Systems)
Approval: 54th BoA

Course Contents
ˆ Mathematical background: Probability measure space, sample space, cr-algebra,
measure theory, random variables, CDF, PDF, joint, marginal and conditional
PDFs, transformation of random variable, statistical averages, vector space, in-
ner products, nom1s, metric, stochastic processes, stationarity, Gaussian process,
white noise, stochastic processes through LTI systems. (4 Hours)

ˆ Statistical Detection Theory: Binary testing, Decision criteria: Neyman-Pearson

Criterion, Bayes Criterion, Min-Max Criterion, receiver operating characteristics
(ROC), M-ary decision, erasure decision Bayes risk detectors, sequential detec-
tion, Composite hypothesis testing: Bayesian and generalized likelihood ratio test
(GLRT), locally most powerful (LMP) detectors, asymptotically equivalent tests.
(15 Hours)

ˆ Estimation for deterministic parameters: Principle of estimation and its ap-

plication, properties of estimators. - Minimum Variance Unbiased Estimation: exis-
tence and search of MVU estimators, extension to vector parameters. Cramer-Rao
Lower Bound: signals in white Gaussian noise, parameter transformation, vector pa-
rameters, general Gaussian case. - Linear Models and Unbiased Estimators, scalar
and vector Best Linear Unbiased Estimators (BLUE); Maximum Likelihood esti-
mation, Least Squares estimation: linear, order-recursive, sequential , constrained
, and nonlinear. (11 Hours)

ˆ Estimation for random parameters: Bayesian Estimation: Bayesian linear

model, nuisance parameters. Bayesian estimation for deterministic parameters,
risk functions, MMSE and MAP estimators, scalar, vector, anti sequential Linear
MMSE estimators, Wiener filtering. (6 Hours)

ˆ Regression analysis: Simple linear regression, multiple linear regression, estima-

tion and interpretation of regression coefficients, goodness of fit, confidence inter-
vals and hypothesis testing for regression coefficients, generalized linear models. (6
Hours)

Laboratory/practical/tutorial Modules:
ˆ Data preprocessing, Density Estimation methods, feature vector selection, numeri-
cal integration methods, ROC

597
Textbooks:
1. S. M. Kay, Fundamentals of Statistical Signal Processing, Vol I: Estimation
Theory, Prentice Hall, 1993.

2. H. L. van Trees, K. L. Bell, and Z. Tian, Detection, Estimation, and Modula-

tion Theory, Part 1: Detection, Estimation, and Filtering Theory, Wiley,
2013.

References:
1. L. L. Scharf, Statistical Signal Processing: Detection, Estimation, and
Time Series Analysis, Addison-Wesley, 1991.

2. . H. Y. Poor, An Introduction to Signal Detection and Estimation, Springer-

Verlag, 1994.

3. C. W. Helstrom, Elements of Signal Detection and Estimation, Prentice Hall,

1995.

4. G. Casella and R. L. Berger, Statistical Inference, Duxbury Press, 2002.

5. S. M. Kay, Fundamentals of Statistical Signal Processing, Vol 2: Detection

Theory, Prentice Hall, 1998.

7.91 EE 580: Network Systems: Modelling and Analysis

Course Code : EE 580
Course name : Network Systems: Modelling and Analysis
L-T-P-C : 3-0-0-3
Prerequisites : MA 512 Linear Algebra or EE 522 Matrix theory for engineers and
EE509 Linear Dynamical Systems or instructor’s consent
Intended for : 3rd/ 4th year B.Tech. (all branches), MSc., M.Tech, Ph.D.
Elective/Core : Discipline elective for B.Tech. (EE, CSE), free elective for others
Approval: 28th Senate, 35th BoA

Course Contents
ˆ Introduction: Examples of networks systems, engineered (sensor & robotic net-
works) and natural (social & compartmental networks). Need for tools to under-
stand and analyse these systems. [2 Lectures]

ˆ Review of Matrix theory & Graph theory: Jordan normal form, stochas-
tic matrices and spectral radius, Perron-Frobenius theory. Graphs and digraphs,
weighted digraphs. [4 Lectures]

ˆ Algebraic graph theory: Adjacency matrix, graph theoretical characterization

of primitive & irreducible matrices. Elements of spectral graph theory. [4 Lectures]

598
 ˆ Averaging systems: Discrete-time and continuous-time averaging systems. Con-
sensus in averaging systems. Convergence properties. Laplacian flow. Design of
weighted digraphs. Scalability, optimization. Time-varying and randomized averag-
ing algorithms. Examples: sensor networks, opinion dynamics over social networks.
[10 Lectures]
ˆ Compartmental systems: Positive systems and Metzler matrices. Compartmen-
tal matrices. Dynamic properties. Spectral properties. Algebraic and graphical
properties. Examples: epidemiology, drug kinetics. [8 Lectures]
ˆ Stability theory for networks: Dynamical systems and stability notions, Lya-
punov stability criteria, Krasovskii-LaSalle invariance principle. Linear, nonlinear
and linearized systems. Negative gradient systems. [7 Lectures]
ˆ Introduction to simulation: Motivation - role of simulation in understanding and
engineering network systems. Discussion on available tools MATLAB/Simulink,
NetSim, NS2. Design of simulation experiments for sensor networks, computations
on models for compartmental systems. [3 Lectures]
ˆ Advanced topics: Multi-agent systems, Wireless sensor and actuators networks,
robot swarms. Problems and trends. [3 Lectures]

Text Books:
1. Francesco Bullo, Lectures on Network Systems, CreateSpmace, 2018.
2. lbert-Laszlo Barabasi, Network Science, Cambridge University Press, 2016.

Additional References:
1. Mark Newman, Albert-Laszlo Barabasi and Duncan J. Watts, The structure and
dynamics of networks, Princeton university press, 2006.
2. Mark Newman, Networks An Introduction, Oxford University Press, 2018.
3. Guanrong Chen, Xiaofan Wang, and Xiang Li, Fundamentals of complex net-
works: models, structures and dynamics, John Wiley & sons, 2014.
4. Selected publications to be chosen by the instructor.

7.92 EE 581 : Applied Statistics for Data and Signals

Course Code : EE 581
Course Name : Applied Statistics for Data and Signals
L-T-P-C : 3-0-2-4
Intended for : MTech/MTech (R)/ PhD students of the SCEE
Prerequisite : IC 210/ IC252 Probability, statistics, and random variables or equiva-
lent.
Mutual Exclusion: EE534, CS511, MA 511, MA521, MA524, MA568, MA 601, or
equivalent.
Approval: 54th BoA

599
Course Contents
ˆ Analysis: The Real Number System, Euclidean Spaces, Metric Spaces, Closed and
open sets. (6 Hours)

ˆ Module II: Numerical sequences and series, convergence of sequences of numbers,

Limits, Continuity of functions, Derivatives of functions, Integration (Riemann in-
tegration, Lebesgue integration, Riemann-Stieltjes, Lebesgue-Stieltjes). (8 Hours)

ˆ Probability Theory: The axioms of probability theory, Independence and con-

ditional probability, Random variables and their distribution, Expectation, Condi-
tional distribution, Convergence of sequences of random variables, Laws of large
numbers and Central limit theorem. General concepts of stochastic processes. (11
Hours)

ˆ Data driven/ Statistical detection and Estimation: Hypothesis testing, Op-

timal detectors, minimum variance unbiased estimation, mean squared estimation;
filtering, and prediction, and Kalman filtering, parametric/ nonparametric distri-
bution estimation, data driven detection and estimation. (11 Hours)

ˆ Basics of Queueing theory: Introduction to Markov chains, Kendall’s nota-

tion for queueing systems, M/M/1, M/M/m, M/M/infinity, M/M/m/m, M/G/1,
G/G/1 queueing systems and applications. (6 Hours)

Laboratory/practical/tutorial Modules:
ˆ The two-hours of lab session per week will enhance the understanding of the con-
cepts taught in the class. The lab will cover the concepts including sets, sequence
convergence, random variables, central limit theorem, detection, and estimation
techniques for statistical and data driven scenarios.

Textbooks:
1. Hajek, B., Random Processes for Engineers, Cambridge University Press, 2015.

2. S. M. Kay, Fundamentals of Statistical Signal Processing, Vol - 1 & 2,

Pearson, 20210.

References:
1. Deisenroth, M. P., Faisal, A. A, Ong, C. S., Mathematics for Machine Learn-
ing, Cambridge University Press, 2020.

2. J. G. Proakis and M. Salehi, Fundamentals of Communication Systems, Pren-

tice Hall, 2004.

3. Harry L. Van Trees, Kristine L. Bell, Zhi Tian, Detection, Estimation, and
Modulation Theory: Detection, Estimation, and Linear Modulation The-
ory, Wiley, 2013.

4. Dimitri P. Bertsekas, and Robert G. Gallager, Data Networks, 2nd Edition, Pear-
son Publication

600
7.93 EE 582: Nonlinear Analysis and Control of Power Elec-
tronic Converters
Course Code: EE 582
Course Name: Nonlinear Analysis and Control of Power Electronic Convert-
ers
L-T-P-C: 3-0-0-3
Pre-requisite: EE301, EE309
Intended for: UG and PG
Distribution: Elective
Approval: 36th BoA, 32nd Senate

Course Contents
ˆ Introduction
Introduction to nonlinear models, nonlinear phenomena, common nonlinearities,
qualitative behavior of linear systems, phase portraits, limit cycle oscillation, Jacobi
linearization, direct method and indirect method of Lyapunov [6 Lectures]

ˆ Sources of Nonlinearities in Power Electronic Converters

Nonlinearity due to switch and reactive components, nonlinearity introduced by the
closed loop control, nonlinear phenomena observed in power electronic converters.
[3 Lectures]

ˆ Control techniques for power electronic converters

Voltage mode control, current mode control, PWM of type 1 and type 2, hysteresis
control, sliding mode control, digital control, time optimal control. [7 Lectures]

ˆ Dynamic Modeling Techniques

Average modelling of PWM converters, limitations of average model, Discrete-time
1-D and 2- D models. [4 Lectures]

ˆ Stability Analysis
Basics of bifurcation theory and chaos, bifurcation of smooth and piecewise-smooth
maps, nonstandard bifurcation in discontinuous maps, techniques of experimental
investigations. [7 Lectures]

ˆ Describing Function Analysis of Power Electronic Converters

Basics of describing function, describing function of different nonlinearities, stability
analysis of limit cycle using Nyquist criteria. [7 Lectures]

ˆ Simulation Study Matlab based project work on i) Analysis of instability in-

troduced by the different nonlinear components, ii) Nonlinear controller design to
improve transient performance and stability boundary. [7 Lectures]

601
Text Books
1. S. Banerjee and G. C. Verghese, (Editors), Nonlinear Phenomena in Power
Electronics: Attractors, Bifurcations, Chaos, and Nonlinear Control,
IEEE Press, 2001.

Reference Books
1. H. K. Khalil, Nonlinear Control, Pearson Education, 2015
2. C. K. Tse, Complex Behavior of Switching Power Converters, CRC, 2003.
3. N. Mohan, T. M. Undeland, and W. P. Robbins, Power Electronics Converters,
Applications, and Design, 3rd edition, Wiley India, 2008.
4. R. W. Erickson and D. Maksimovic, Fundamentals of Power Electronics, 2nd
edition, Dordrecht, Kluwer, 2001.
5. L. Corradini, R. Zane, D. Maksimovic, P. Mattavelli, Digital Control of High-
Frequency Switched-Mode Power Converters, John Wiley & Sons, 2015

7.94 EE 583: Smart Grids

Course Code: EE 583
Course Name: Smart Grids
L-T-P-C: 3-0-0-3
Prerequisites: EE-303 (Power systems)
Intended for: UG/PG
Distribution: Elective for B. Tech (EE), M.S., M. Tech. & Ph.D.
Approval: 37th BoA

Course Contents
ˆ Introduction: Smart Grid: Concept, architecture, standards and protocols, Smart
Grid in Indian Grid context. [3 Lectures]
ˆ Power System Operations: Load flow for smart grids, voltage stability assess-
ment, and state estimation. [6 Lectures]
ˆ Communication Infrastructure: [4 Lectures]

– Communication standards, requirements for data links, data quality, cyber

security: state of the art, risks and mitigation
ˆ Wide Area Measurement Systems (WAMS): - Phasor measurement units
(PMU), WAMS architecture, applications of WAMS for power system operation
improvement: advantages and disadvantages. [3 Lectures]
ˆ Integration of Renewable Energy Sources and Energy storage: Renewable
energy sources, penetration and variability issues, environmental implications, de-
mand response, electric vehicles, energy storage techniques: battery, pumped hydro,
modelling of storage devices. [8 Lectures]

602
 ˆ Smart Devices: FACTS, STATCOM, HVDC, fault current limiters. [5 Lectures]

ˆ Protection and Security: Intelligent protection, contingency analysis and classi-

fication, security, outage management, remedial action schemes, special protections
schemes. [5 Lectures]

ˆ Meters and Sensors: Hardware, demand side integration, communication stan-

dards and protocols, smart meters, automatic meter reading (AMR), advanced
metering infrastructure (AMI). [4 Lectures]

ˆ Microgrids: System operation, consumer energy management. [3 Lectures]

ˆ Hardware in Loop (HIL) testing: HIL requirements, advantages and disadvan-

tages. [1 Lecture]

Text books:
1. S. F. Bush, Smart Grid: Communication-enabled intelligence for the elec-
tric power grid, John Wiley and Sons, Ltd., 2014.

2. I. S. Jha, S. Sen, R. Kumar, D. P. Kothari, Smart Grid Fundamentals &

Applications, New Age International Publishers, 2019.

References:

1. J. Momoh, Smart Grid: Fundamentals of design and analysis, John Wiley

and Sons, Ltd., 2012.

2. B. M. Buchholz, Z. Styczynski, Smart Grids - Fundamentals and Technologies

in Electricity Networks, Springer, 2014.

3. C. W. Jennings, The Smart Grid: Enabling Energy Efficiency and Demand

Response, Fairmont Press Inc., 2009.

4. N. Hatziargyriou, Microgrids: Architectures and Control, John Wiley and

Sons, Ltd., 2014.

7.95 EE 584: Power System Protection

Course Code: EE 584
Course Name: Power System Protection
L-T-P-C: 3-0-0-3
Prerequisites: EE-303 (Power systems)
Intended for: UG/PG
Distribution: Elective for B. Tech (EE), M.S., M. Tech. & Ph.D.
Approval: 37th BoA

603
Course Contents
ˆ Introduction: Fundamentals of protection- Security, selectivity and reliability,
measurement principles unit and non-unit protection, legacy relays, solid state and
numerical relays, standards in power system protection. [3 Lectures]

ˆ Instrument Transformers: Working principle of current transformers (CT), volt-

age transformers (VT), dynamic response of CTs and capacitor coupled voltage
transformer (CCVT) during faults and its effect on relaying. [4 Lectures]

ˆ Fault Analysis using Symmetrical components : Sequence components, se-

quence modelling of power system components such as transformers, generators,
transmission lines, fault analysis. [4 Lectures]

ˆ Numerical Relaying: Sampling of analog values, analog to digital conversion,

least square method for estimation of phasors, Fourier analysis, discrete Fourier
transform: properties, phasor calculation, fast Fourier transform. [4 Lectures]

ˆ Directional Overcurrent Protection: Directional and overcurrent relay princi-

ples, directional relay coordination problem associated with multiple loop system.
[4 Lectures]

ˆ Transmission line Protection: Distance and non-distance-based protection con-

cepts. Zones of protection and back up protection, distance relay settings, pilot
protection with distance relays. [6 Lectures]

ˆ Power Swing: [2 hours] Power swing detection, stable and unstable swing, block-
ing and unblocking of distance relays during power swing, analysis of power swing in
multi machine system, operation of relays during out of step condition. [2 Lectures]

ˆ Transformer protection: Inrush phenomenon, Inrush detection methods; Differ-

ential and over-excitation protection. [3 Lectures]

ˆ Bus Protection: Bus configurations; High and low impedance protection con-
cepts. External Fault detection methods and remedial measures to account for CT
saturation detection. [3 Lectures]

ˆ Rotating Machinery Protection: Motor and generator protection, generator

construction and grounding methods, Detection of faults and abnormal operating
conditions. [4 Lectures]

ˆ Distribution system protection: Feeder protection philosophies, Coordination

examples, Power system restoration concepts - Reclosing, Automatic sectionalizing.
[2 Lectures]

ˆ Introduction to relay setups and Standards: Distance, overcurrent, over/under

frequency relay set up demonstration. Discussion on standards for protection
scheme in Indian power grid. [3 Lectures]

604
Text books:
1. S. Horowitz and A. G. Phadke, Power System Relaying, 4th Edition, Wiley,
2014.

2. A. G. Phadke and J. S. Thorpe, Computer Relaying for Power Systems, Wiley,

2009

3. Juan Gers, Protection of Electricity Distribution Networks, 3rd Edition, lET

press, 2011.

References:
1. P.M. Anderson, Power System Protection, Wiley-IEEE press, 1999.

2. J. L. Blackburn, T. J. Domin, Protection Relaying: Principles and Applica-

tions, 3rd Edition, Taylor and Francis, 2006

3. J.D. Glover, M. S. Saema, T. J. Overbye., Power System Analysis and Design,

5th Edition, Cengage Learning, 2010.

4. Bhavesh Bhalja, R. P. Maheshwari and N. Chothani, Protection and Switchgear,

2nd Edition, Oxford University Press, 2019.

7.96 EE 601 9th senate Solid State Devices

Course Code: EE 601 9th senate
Course Name: Solid State Devices
L-T-P-C: 3-0-0-3
Prerequisites:
Students Intended for:
Core or Elective:
Approval: Not Available

Course Contents:
ˆ Circuit Modeling Basic Concepts, Functional Modeling at Logic and Register
levels, Structural Models.

ˆ Logic Simulation Simulation based Design Verification, Delay Models, Gate-level

Event Driven Simulation.

ˆ Fault Modeling Logical Fault Models, Fault Detection, Equivalence and Domi-
nance, Single and Multiple Stuck-Fault Model.

ˆ Fault Simulation General Fault Simulation Techniques, Fault Simulation for

Combinational Circuits, Fault Sampling.

ˆ Testing Algorithms tor Testing Single Stuck Fault and Bridge Faults, Automatic
Test Generation Concepts, Functional Testing, Random Test Generators. Encoding
techniques.

605
 ˆ Design tor Testability Scan Based Design. Boundary Scan Techniques, Com-
pression Techniques, LFSFs, Built-in Self Test (BIST), BIST Architectures and
Advanced BIST Concepts.

ˆ Formal Verification Model Checking. Equivalence Checking and Theorem Prov-

ing, Design of tools for Formal Verification.

7.97 EE 601: Advanced Electric Drives

Course Code: EE 601
Course Name: Advanced Electric Drives
L-T-P-C: 2.5-0.5-0-3
Prerequisite: EE 201 Electromechanics and Power Electronics
Students intended for: B.Tech. and MS/Ph.D.
Elective or Core: Elective
Approval: 2nd Senate

Course Contents
ˆ Introduction: Definition of electric drive, type of drives; Speed torque character-
istic of driven unit/loads, motors, joint speed-torque characteristic; Classification
and components of load torque; Review of power converters used in drives, multi-
quadrant operation of electric drive, example of hoist operation in four quadrant.

ˆ Module II: Closed loop control of solid state DC drives, Scalar and vector control of
induction motor, Direct torque and flux control of induction motor, Self controlled
synchronous motor drive, Vector control of synchronous motor, Switched reluctance
motor drive, Brushless DC motor drive, Permanent magnet drives, Industrial drives.

ˆ Module III: Harmonic reduction techniques, PWM inverters, Space Vector Mod-
ulation

Text & Reference Books:

1. Mohan N., Underland T.M. and Robbins W.P., Power Electronics Converters,
Applications and Design, 3rd Edition, Wiley India. 2008

2. Bose B.K., Power Electronics and Variable Frequency Drives Technology

and Applications, IEEE Press, Standard Publisher Distributors. 2001

3. B.K.Bose, Power Electronics & A.C. Drives, Prentice Hall, 1986.

4. Rashid M., Power Electronics- Circuits, Devices and Applications, 3rd Edi-
tion, Pearson Education.

5. Dubey G. K., Power Semiconductor Controlled Drives, Prentice Hall, 1989

6. Murphy J. M. D. and Turnbull F. G., Power Electronics Control of AC Mo-

tors, Peragmon Press.

7. G.K.Dubey, Fundamentals of Electric Drives.

606
7.98 EE 602: Control System Applications
Course Code: EE 602
Course Name: Control System Applications
L-T-P-C: 2.5-0.5-0-3
Prerequisite: Consent of the faculty member
Students intended for: MS/PhD
Elective or Core: Elective
Approval: 2nd Senate

Course Contents
ˆ Basic concepts: Introduction, basic terminology, objective of subject, some basic
examples, Notion of feedback; open- and closed-loop systems.
ˆ Mathematical Models: Representation of physical systems and analogous sys-
tems, Lapalce transforms, block diagrams, transfer functions for different type of
systems, block diagrams reduction techniques; Signal flow graphs and Masons gain
formula.
ˆ Control hardware and their models: Potentiometers, synchros, LVDT, DC
and AC servo motors, tachogenerators, electro-hydraulic valves, and pneumatic
actuators.
ˆ Time-domain analysis: Time domain performance criterion, transient response
of first order, second order and higher order systems; Steady state errors: Static
and dynamic error constants, system types, steady state errors for unity and non
unity feedback systems, performance analysis for P, PI and PID controllers.
ˆ Frequency-domain analysis: Bode and polar plots, frequency-domain specifica-
tions, correlation between transient response and frequency response.
ˆ Stability analysis: Concept of stability by Routh stability criterion, Nyquist sta-
bility criterion, gain and phase margins, relative stability, constant M and N circles,
Nichols chart and its application.
ˆ Root-locus technique: Nature of root-locus, rules of construction, root-locus
analysis of control systems.
ˆ Compensation: Types of compensation, Proportional, PI and PID controllers;
Lead-lag compensators.
ˆ State-space concepts: Eigen values and eigen vectors; Solution of state equations;
Controllability; Observability; pole placement result, Minimal representations.

Text & Reference Books:

1. Nagrath I. J. and Gopal M., Control System Engineering.
2. Kuo B. C., Automatic Control Systems.
3. Ogata K., Modern Control Engineering.

607
 4. Gopal M., Control Systems: Principle and Design.

7.99 EE 603: Renewable Energy and Smart Grid

Course Code: EE 603
Course Name: Renewable Energy and Smart Grid
L-T-P-C: 3-0-0-3
Prerequisite: EE 203 Electromechanics, EE 303 Power Systems
Students intended for: UG/MS/PhD
Elective or Core: Elective
Approval: 2nd Senate

Course Contents
Basic concepts, definitions and classifications of energy resources; grid code and character-
istics; electrical output characteristics of various renewable energy sources; compatibility
issues and options.
Introduction to major RES, grid integration issues, challenges and methodologies,
power electronics converters for grid integration, hybrid systems and virtual power plants,
storage, Cost of interconnection and responsibilities, forecasting, scheduling of RES, reg-
ulatory issues and energy markets. Introduction to smart grid concept.

Text & Reference Books:

1. Ali Kehani, Mohammad N. Marwali, Min Dai, Integration of Green and Re-
newable Energy in Electric Power Systems, Wiley Interscience, 2009.

2. Gil Masters, Renewable and Efficient Electric Power Systems, Wiley-IEEE

Press, 2004.

3. Felix A. Farret, M. Godoy Simoes, Integration of Alternative Sources of En-

ergy, IEEE Press and Wiley Interscience Publication, 2006.

4. John Twidell and Tony Weir, Renewable Energy Resources, Talyor and Francis,
2006.

5. T. Ackermann, Wind Power in Power Systems, John Wiley

6. Other Sources: IEEE Transactions on Smart Grid

7.100 EE 604P: Practicum on Advanced Electric Drives

Course Code : EE 604P
Course Name : Practicum on Advanced Electric Drives
L-T-P-C : 0-0-3-2
Prerequisites : EE508 - Fundamentals of Electric Drives, EE508P - Practicum on
Electric Drives or Equivalent
Intended for : M.Tech in Power Electronics and Drives (PED)

608
 Distribution : Core for M.Tech in Power Electronics and Drives (PED)
Approval: 13th Senate

Course Contents
This is a laboratory course with 3-hour sessions per week. Following is the tentative
structure of the course.
ˆ Part 1: Predesigned experiments on the following topics
– 1. Induction Motor Drives (9 hours)
* Field oriented control of induction motor, Direct torque/flux control of
induction motor, Effect of parameter variation on the above control per-
formance, Power
* Failure Ride-through of induction motor drive, Sensorless control of in-
duction motor drive methods of speed estimation
– 2. Synchronous Motor Drives (9 hours)
* Vector control of synchronous motor drive, Controller design
– 3. Other Motor Drives (6 hours)
* Vector control of PMSM, Closed loop control of BLDC drive, Closed loop
control of SRM drive
ˆ Part 2: Design Project: Sizing and controller design for a closed loop drive for
a given application - This will be in form of a course project (9 hours)

References:
1. W. Leonhard, Control of Electrical Drives, Springer-Verlag, 2001.
2. Mohan N., Undeland T. M. and Robbins W. P., Power Electronics - Converters,
Applications and Design, 3rd Edition, Wiley India, 2008.
3. Bose B. K., Power Electronics and Variable Frequency Drives - Technology
and Applications, IEEE Press, Standard Publisher Distributors, 2001.
4. Rashid M., Power Electronics - Circuits, Devices and Applications, 3rd
Edition, Pearson Education.
5. Krause, P. C., Wasynczuk, O., Sudhoff, S. D., Analysis of Electric Machinery
and Drive Systems, Wiley-Interscience.

7.101 EE 605: Information Theory

Course Code : EE 605
Course Name : Information Theory
L-T-P-C : EE309: 3-0-0-3
Pre-requisites : IC 210, EE 304 or equivalent or Consent of Teacher
Distribution : Elective
Students intended for: B.Tech 4th year and Research Students
Approval: 5th Senate

609
Course Contents:
ˆ Concept of information, Information measures: Hartley measure, Shannon Entropy.
[3 hours]

ˆ Basic notions: Entropy, joint and conditional entropy, relative entropy, mutual
information, KL-distance, Jensen and Log-sum inequalities. [6 hours]

ˆ Source compression: Asymptotic Equipartition Property (AEP) and its conse-

quences for data- compression, types of codes, Kraft inequality, optimal codes and
bounds of their lengths, Huffman codes and theiroptimality, Shannoncode, Arith-
metic coding. [6 hours]

ˆ Channel coding: the notion of channel capacity, discrete memory less channels,
channel capacity computation for elementary DMC channels, symmetric channels,
jointly typical sequences, data-processing and Fanoas inequalities, channel coding
theorem (achievability and converse), feedback capacity, source-channel separation
theorem and joint source- channel coding: multimedia communications. [9 hours]

ˆ Differential entropy: AEP for continuous variables, joint and conditional differ-
ential entropy, relative entropy and mutual information. [3 hours]

ˆ Gaussian channel: Coding theorem for Gaussian channels, Band limited chan-
nels, parallel Gaussian channels, channels with colored Gaussian noise: water-filling
argument. [9 hours]

ˆ Advanced topics: Rate-distortion theory, Network coding, Introduction to Net-

work Information Theory. [6 hours]

Reference Books:
1. I.Csiszar and J.Korner, Information Theory:Coding Theorems for Discrete
Memory less Systems, Cambridge Univ. Press, August 2011.

2. R. G. Gallager, Information Theory and Reliable Communication, Wi-

ley,1968.

3. T. M. Cover and J. A. Thomas, Elements of Information Theory, 2nd Edition,

Wiley, 2006.

4. D.J.C.MacKay, Information Theory, Inference and Learning Algorithms,

Cambridge Univ. Press, 2003.

7.102 EE 606: Introduction to High Voltage Engineering and

Dielectric Breakdown
Course Code : EE 606
Course Name : Introduction to High Voltage Engineering and Dielectric
Breakdown
L-T-P-C : 3-0-0-3
Prerequisites : EE 303 Power Systems or teachers consent

610
 Students intended for : B.Tech./M.S./Ph.D.
Elective or Compulsory : Elective
Approval: 5th Senate

Course Contents
ˆ Electric Field Strength. [4 Lectures]

ˆ Gaseous Dielectrics. [9 Lectures]

ˆ Properties of Liquid and Solid Dielectrics. [6 Lectures]

ˆ Breakdown in Liquid and Solid Dielectrics. [4 Lectures]

ˆ Generation of High Test Voltages. [6 Lectures]

ˆ Measurement of High Test Voltages. [4 Lectures]

ˆ Non-destructive High Voltage Testing and Quality Control. [4 Lectures]

ˆ Insulation Coordination and Over Voltages in Power Systems. [2 Lectures]

ˆ Introduction National and International standards such as IEC-60060-1, 60-2, etc.

[1 Lecture]

ˆ Recent trends and developments. [2 Lectures]

Textbooks:
1. R. Arora, W. Mosch, High Voltage and Electrical Insulation Engineering,
IEEE Press, 2011.

2. M. S. Naidu, Kamaraju, High Voltage Engineering, TMH, 2009.

References:
1. Kuffel, E., High voltage engineering, Newnes, 2009.

2. Alston L. L., High Voltage Technology, Oxford University Press, 2011.

List of Experiments:
1. To Study the corona phenomena alongside thin copper wire by use of power fre-
quency HV test source.

2. To study electrical breakdown of a sample of in-service HV insulating oil for elec-

trical breakdown against contamination & moisture.

3. To carry out measurements of earthling resistance by three probe method.

4. To carry out measurement of earth resistance by four probe method.

5. To carry out air insulation breakdown studies by using uniform sphere gap spacing.

611
 6. To carry out air insulation breakdown studies by using non-uniuniform sphere gap
spacing.

7. To carry out electrical breakdown studies on solid insulations using test setup.

7.103 EE 607 Optical Communication Systems

Course Code: EE 607
Course Name: Optical Communication Systems
L-T-P-C: 3-0-0-3
Prerequisites: EE-304: Communication Theory and the instructor’s consent
Students Intended for:UG/MS/PhD
Core or Elective: Elective
Approval: 5th Senate

Course Contents:
ˆ INTRODUCTION TO OPTICAL COMMUNICATION AND FIBER
CHARACTERISTICS Evolution of Light wave systems, System components,
Optical fibers, Step Index & Graded index Mode theory, Fiber modes, Dispersion
in fibers, Limitations due to dispersion, Dispersion shifted and dispersion flattened
fibers, Fiber Losses and Non-linear effects [8 Lectures]

ˆ OPTICAL TRANSMITTERS Basic concepts, LED’s structures, Spectral Dis-

tribution, Semiconductor lasers, Structures, Threshold Conditions, Transmitter de-
sign. [4 Lectures]

ˆ OPTICAL DETECTORS AND AMPLIFIERS Basic Concepts, PIN and

APD diodes structures, Photo detector Noise, Signal impairments, Receiver design.
Amplifiers: Basic concepts, Semiconductor optical amplifiers, Raman, Brillouin
amplifiers, Erbium doped fiber amplifiers, pumping requirements, cascaded in-line
amplifiers. [8 Lectures]

ˆ COHERENT LIGHTWAVE SYSTEMS Basic coherent systems, Coherent de-

tection principles, Homodyne and heterodyne detection, Modulation formats, BER
in synchronous receivers, Equalization, carrier phase and frequency synchronization,
timing synchronization. [4 Lectures]

ˆ MULTICHANNEL SYSTEMS WDM Lightwave Systems, WDM Compo-

nents, WDM System Performance Issues, Time- Division Multiplexing, Subcar-
rier Multiplexing, Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing (OFDM) and Code-
Division Multiplexing. [6 Lectures]

ˆ OPTICAL TRANSMISSION LINK LIMITS Power budget and banwidth

limited point-to-point lightwave system, OSNR evaluation in high speed optical
transmission systems, Dispersion Management, Nonlinearity management. [6 Lec-
tures]

ˆ OPTICAL NETWORKS LANs, MANs, Long-Haul Networks, Design Guide-

lines. [6 Lectures]

612
Reference Books:
1. John M. Senior, Optical Fiber Communications: Principles and Practice,
2nd Edition, Prentice Hall of India

2. G. P. Agrawal, Fiber Optic Communication Systems, 3rd Edition, John Wiley

& Sons, 2002.

3. G. Keiser, Optical Fiber Communication Systems, McGraw Hill, 2000.

4. M. Cvijetic and Ivan Djordjevic, Advanced Optical Communication Systems

and Networks, Artech House, 2013

5. Ramaswami, Sivarajan, and Sasaki’s, Optical networks: A practical persepc-

tive, 3rd Edition , Morgan- Kauffman, 2009.

7.104 EE 608 Digital Image Processing

Course Name: Digital Image Processing
Course No.: EE 608
Credit: 3-0-2-4
Students Intended for: UG/MS/PhD
Prerequisite: Basics of signal processing and Probability theory
Elective or Compulsory: Elective
Approval: 5th Senate

Course contents:
ˆ Introduction to digital image processing: What is image processing, Different
types of images, Visual perception, Image sensing and Acquisition, Quantization,
Sampling, color image processing, Revision of Mathematical concepts for image
processing. [3 Lectures]

ˆ Intensity transformation, Filtering in spatial and Frequency domain: Im-

age negatives, Log transformations, Histogram processing, Spatial filter: smoothing
and Sharpening, Discrete Fourier transform, properties of 2-D DFT, Image smooth-
ing and Sharpening in Fourier domain. [8 Lectures]

ˆ Image transforms: Two-dimensional orthogonal and Unitary transforms, Opti-

mum transform, Properties of Unitary transforms, 2D DFT, Cosine transforms,
Hadamard transforms, KL transforms, Comparison of image transforms. [5 Lec-
tures]

ˆ Edge detection: Gradient and Laplacian based edge detection, Diffusion based
edge detection: Isotropic and anisotropic diffusion. [3 Lectures]

ˆ Wavelet transform for Image Processing: Multi resolution expansion, Wavelet

functions, Wavelet Series expansion, Continuous and Discrete Wavelet transforms,
Wavelet transforms for two-dimensional signals (images), Applications of wavelet
transforms for edge extraction, noise suppression. [5 Lectures]

613
 ˆ Image segmentation: Thresholding, region-based Morphological Watersheds,
Bayesian based image segmentation. [5 Lectures]

ˆ Image restoration and reconstruction: Models of image degradation, noise

models, Spatial and Frequency domain based approaches for image restoration,
Inverse filtering, Wiener Filtering, Bayesian denoising. [5 Lectures]

ˆ Image Compression: Spatial and Temporal redundancy, Basic image compression

models, compression standards, basic compression methods: Huffman coding, Run-
length coding, Block transform coding, Predictive coding. [4 Lectures]

ˆ Color Image Processing: Color Fundamentals, Color Models, Color transforma-

tion, smoothing, sharpening and edge detection in color images. [4 Lectures]

Textbooks:
1. R. C. Gonzalez and R. E. Woods, Digital Image Processing, 3rd Edition, Pearson
Education, 2009

2. Anil K Jain, Fundamental of Digital Image Processing, Prentice Hall, 1989

References:
1. A. C. Bovik, The essential guide to image processing, 2nd Edition, Academic
Press, 2009

2. A. M. Teckalp, Digital Video Processing, Prentice Hall, 1995.

7.105 EE 609: Network Information Theory

Course Code : EE 609
Course Name : Network Information Theory
L-T-P-C : 3-0-0-3
Prerequisites : IC210, EE-304, Advanced Communication Theory
Intended for : 4th year B.Tech. (CS+EE) and research students
Distribution : Elective for CS and EE
Approval: 4th Senate

Course Contents
ˆ Module I: Network information flow problem, Max-flow Min-cut Theorem, Point-
to-Point Information Theory versus Network Information Theory. Brief overview
of Point-to-Point Information Theory. [7 Lectures]

ˆ Multiple access channels: Definition, Bounds on and single letter characteriza-

tion of the capacity region, Time sharing, Gaussian MAC, extensions to more than
two senders. [5 Lectures]

614
 ˆ Broadcast channels (Degraded and General): Definitions, Bounds on the
capacity region, Superposition coding inner bound, Gaussian broadcast channel,
Martons inner bound (also with common message), Outer bounds, Inner bounds
for more than two receivers. [5 Lectures]

ˆ Channels with state: Definition, Compound channel, Arbitrarily varying chan-

nel, Channels with random state, ISI channels, Dirty paper writing. [5 Lectures]

ˆ Distributed source coding: Slepian-Wolf Theorem, Duality between Slepian-

Wolf Theorem and MAC, Achievability schemes, Various generalizations (DSC with
side-information, with helper, etc.). [5 Lectures]

ˆ Relay channels: Definition, Cutset upper bounds, Gaussian relay channel, Per-
formance of various achievability schemes (Decode-and-forward, Compress-and-
forward, Compute- and- forward, Quantize-map-and-forward, Amplify-and-Forward,
etc.). [5 Lectures]

ˆ Interference channels: Definition, Coding schemes, Gaussian IC, Han-Kobayashi

inner bound, Deterministic approximation of the Gaussian IC. [5 Lectures]

ˆ General multiterminal networks: Gaussian networks, Capacity scaling-laws,

Gupta-Kumar Network. [5 Lectures]

References:
1. R. G. Gallager, Information Theory and Reliable Communication, Wiley,
1968.

2. A. El Gamal and Y.-H. Kim, Network Information Theory, Cambridge Univ.

Press, 2012.

3. I. Csiszr and J. Krner, Information Theory: Coding Theorems for Discrete

Memoryless Systems, Cambridge Univ. Press, 2011.

4. Related research papers.

7.106 EE 611: VLSI Technology

Course Code : EE 611
Course Name : VLSI Technology
L-T-P-C : 3-0-0-3
Intended for 4th year B. Tech. (EE) and MS, Ph.D.
Prerequisites : EE 160 Applied Electronics, EE 208P Digital System Design Practicum,
Semiconductor devices or Instructors consent
Core or Elective : Elective
Approval: 5th Senate

615
Course Contents
ˆ Vacuum Technology:
ˆ Principles of vacuum pumps in range of 10-2torr to 10-11torr, principle of different
vacuum pumps, roots pump, rotary, diffusion, turbo molecular pump, cryogenic-
pump, ion pump, Ti-sub limitation pump, importance of measurement of vacuum,
Concept of different gauges, bayet- albert gauge, pirani, penning, pressure control.
[5 Lectures]
ˆ Conditions for the Formation of Thin Films:
ˆ Environment for thin film deposition, deposition parameters and their effects on
film growth, formation of thin films (sticking coefficient, formation of thermody-
namically stable cluster theory of nucleation), capillarity theory, microstructure
in thin films, adhesion, properties of thin films, Mechanical, electrical, and opti-
cal properties of thin films, few applications of thin films in various fields, Quartz
crystal thickness for measurement of film thickness. [5 Lectures]
ˆ Physical Vapor Deposition Electrical Discharges for Thin Film Deposi-
tion:
ˆ Thermal evaporation, resistive evaporation, Electron beam evaporation, Laser ab-
lation, Flash and Cathodic arc deposition, Sputtering, Glow discharge sputter-
ing, Magnetron sputtering, Ion beam sputtering, Ion plating, oxidizing and Nitrid-
ing, Atomic layer deposition (ALD), Importance of ALD technique, Atomic layer
growth, Physics and technology. [8 Lectures]
ˆ Chemical Vapor Deposition Techniques:
ˆ Advantages and disadvantages of Chemical Vapor deposition (CVD) techniques over
PVD techniques, reaction types, boundaries and flow, Different kinds of CVD tech-
niques: Metallorganic CVD (MOCVD), Thermally activated CVD, Spray pyrolysis,
etc. [8 Lectures]
ˆ Lithography and Pattern Transfer:
ˆ Overview of Lithography, Optics of Lithography: Metrics, Optics of Micro-Lithography,
Aligners, Photomasks, Photoresists, Components of Photoresist, Metrics, Photore-
sist processing, Multi-layer resist, positive, negative and image reversal, Advanced
Lithography: E-beam Lithography, Soft Lithography, Etch verses Lift Off.Basic
Concepts of Etching,Wet Etching, Specific Wet Etches : Silicon, Silicon Dioxide,
Aluminum, Dry (Plasma) Etch etc. [8 Lectures]
ˆ MEMS and CMOS Manufacturing Technologies:
ˆ Anisotropic Etching, Description of the Process and Testing, Bulk Micromachin-
ing :DRIE-Based, Wet Processes, Surface Micromachining, Wafer Bonding, Intro-
duction of Front end (Fusion Bonding), Back end (Anodic Bonding), Plastic Pro-
cesses,Molding,Embossing,LIGA , interconnects, CMOS process etc. [8 Lectures]
ˆ Mini-project: The students will also carry out a mini-project involving the expo-
sure of lab work. The aim of this project will be to understand, solve and implement
solutions to real world problems.

616
Reference Books:
1. S. Franssila, Introduction to Microfabrication, 2nd Edition, Wiley, 2010.

2. James D. Plummer, Michael D. Deal and Peter B. Griffin, Silicon VLSI Tech-
nology: Fundamentals, Practice and Modeling, Prentice Hall, 2000.

3. Richard C. Jaeger, Introduction to Microelectronic Fabrication, 2nd Edition,

Prentice Hall, 2002.

4. Gary S. May, Simon M. Sze, Fundamentals of Semiconductor Fabrication,

Wiley, 2004.

5. G.L.Weissler and R.W. Carlson, Methods of Experimental Physics (Vol 14),

Vacuum Physics and Technology.

6. T.A. Delchar, Vacuum Physics and Techniques, Chapman and Hall

7. J.P. Hirth and G.M.Pound, Evaporation: Nucleation and Growth Kinetics,

MEMS Manufacturing Technologies, Pergamon Press

7.107 EE 611P: VLSI Fabrication Practicum

Course Code: EE 611P
Course Name: VLSI Fabrication Practicum
L-T-P-C: 0-0-3-2 (L-T-P-C)
Prerequisite: Device modeling and microelectronics (EE 519)
Students intended for: M.Tech. in EE (VLSI)
Elective or Core: Core
Approval: 11th Senate

Course Contents
ˆ Basic clean room training and introduction to instruments [3 hours]

– Clean room: dos and donts

– Identification of wafers and its type
– Wafer dicing techniques
– Standard wafer cleaning procedures (RCA)
– Instruments: oxidation furnace, pulsed layer deposition, plasma enhance chem-
ical vapor deposition and RF sputtering, spin coater, thermal evaporator, mask
aligner, electron beam lithography (EBL), reactive ion itching (RIE), mask less
lithography, atomic force microscopy, parametric analyzer, probe station.
– Wet bench demonstration

ˆ Experiment 1:

– Draw a comprehensive wafer clean process flow/cleaning of wafer and validate

the hydrophobic and hydrophilic nature through contact angle measurements.

617
ˆ Metal-Semiconductor contact fabrications and characterizations [3 hours]

– Design and fabricate metal semiconductor junction

– Characterize it to determine its nature (Ohmic / Schottky)
– If Schottky, deduce the Schottky barrier height and built-in potential from
both I-V and C-V characteristics. Discuss the results.

ˆ Experiment 2:

– Ag/p-type Si based Schottky barriers fabrication and characterization

– Al/n-type Si based Schottky barriers fabrication and characterization.

ˆ MOS capacitor fabrications and characterizations [3+3+3 hours]

– Design and fabricate a MOS based diode using a standard deposition and
lithography techniques.
– Observe the current voltage (I-V) characteristics.
– Determine the On resistance, ideality factor, reverse saturation current, break-
down voltage and explain the result with respect to material quality.
– Observe capacitance voltage (C-V) characteristics at different frequency.

ˆ Experiment 3:

– Basic process flow for NMOS device fabrication having constant transistor
channel width W=10 micron and L=5 to 12 micron
– Photolithography process flow.
– Fabrication and characterization of Si/SiO2/Al based MOS device

ˆ Transistor fabrications and characterizations [3+3+3 hours]

– Design and fabricate a MOSFET/MESFET device using standard thin film

and lithography techniques.
– Characterize material compositions; observe topography, measure thickness of
films.
– Measure drains current, transfer and gate leakage current characteristics.
– Comment on linearity and gain of the transistor
– Determine threshold voltage, breakdown voltage and sub-threshold slope.
– Discuss the application areas of the fabricated FET depending on the obtained
results.

ˆ Experiment 4:

– Diffusion process flow with subsequent steps for dry diffusion, implantation
and wet diffusion.
– Fabrication and characterization of SiO2 and High-k based n/p-MOSFET and
characterization.

ˆ Sensor device fabrications and characterizations [3+3+3 hours]

618
 – Design and fabricate a sensor device for gas or pressure.
– Characterize physical properties.
– Characterize sensitivity (response magnitude), stability, reproducibility, base-
line recovery, selectivity.
– Determine response time, recovery time.

ˆ Experiment 5:

– Fabrication and characterization of thin film based acoustic/ gas/chemical/

biological sensors: e.g Palladium/ Si based hydrogen gas sensors.
– Fabrication and characterization of ID/comb/accelerometer structure based
gas/chemical/biological sensors.

ˆ Photo detector fabrications and characterizations [3+3+3 hours]

– Design and fabricate a photo-detector using metal-semiconductor-metal con-

figuration.
– Characterize photo-responsivity, time domain response, repeatability and sta-
bility.
– Determine quantum efficiency, sensitivity, linearity, time constant, and leakage
current.

ˆ Experiments 6:

– Synthesis and characterization of CuCl or CuBr deposition on Si for blue light

emission or electroluminescence or ultraviolet applications.

[Note: Different types of quantum structures (heterojunction, nanowire, quantum dots)

based on different types of materials such as oxides, compound semiconductor, polycrys-
talline or two dimensional may be further used to realize the above applications]

Text books:
1. S. M. Sze, VLSI Technology, 2nd Edition.

2. Sorab K. Ghandhi, VLSI Fabrication Principles: Silicon and Gallium Ar-

senide, 2nd Edition.

3. Dieter K. Schroder, Semiconductor Material and Device Characterization,

3rd Edition.

Reference books:
1. James D. Plummer, M. D. Deal and P. B. Griffin, Silicon VLSI Technology:
Fundamentals, Practice and Modeling

2. E. H. Nicollian, J. R. Brews, MOS (metal oxide semiconductor) physics and

technology.

619
7.108 EE 612 (3) OFDM For Optical Communications
Approval: 5th Senate; OTA Course

Course Outline:
ˆ Introduction : Mathematical Formulation -’ of , an : OFDM Signal, Discrete
FOurier Transform ImplementatiOn of OFDM, Cyclic Prefix for OFDM, Spectral
Efficiency for Optical OFDM, Cross—Channel OFDMi Multiplexing without Guard
Band, Complex and Real , Representations of an- OFDM Signal, Peak-to-Average
Power Ratio Of OFDM Signals, Frequency Offset and Phase Noise Sensitivity, Fre-
quency Offset Effect, Phase Noise Effect,

ˆ Module II: Coding for Optical OFDM Systems Linear Block Codes, Cyclic Codes,
Bose-Chaudhuri—Hocquenghem Codes, Reed— Solomon

ˆ Module III: Codes, Concatenated Codes, and Product Codes, Codes on Graphs,
Turbo Codes, Turbo v Product Codes, LDPC Codes, Generalized LDPC. Codes,
Symbol Error rate for QAM (16, 64, 256,.., M-QAM)

ˆ Various Types of Optical OFDM: Coherent Optical OFDM, Principle of CO-

OFDM, Optical Transmitter Design . for CO-OFDM, Up-IDown-Conversion Design
Options for CO-OFDM Systems, Optical I/Q Modulator for Linear RF-to-Optical
up Conversion, Receiver

ˆ Module V: Sensitivity for ,CO-OFDM, Direct Detection -Optical‘ OFDM

ˆ OFDM. Applications in Access Optical Network: OFDM in Radio-over—

Fiber Systems,OFDM in Passive Optical Networks,

ˆ Wideband Signals and Optical OFD

7.109 EE 613: Wireless Communication

Course Code: EE 613
Course Name: Wireless Communication
L-T-P-C: 3-0-0-3
Prerequisites:
Students intended for:
Elective or Compulsory:Elective
Approval: 5th Senate

Course Contents
ˆ Cellular Communications: Introduction to Cellular Communications, Frequency
reuse, Channel assignment strategies, Hand-off strategies, Interference and system
capacity, Trunking and Grade of services, Improving Coverage and capacity in
cellular systems (cell splitting, sectoring, microcell Zone, Tele-traffic Theory

620
 ˆ Large scale path loss, small scale fading and Diversity: Wireless Channel
Modeling, Path loss, Hata, Okumura Models, Shadowing, Diffraction Knife Edge
models, Fast Fading, Rayleigh/Ricean Fading Channels, BER Performance, Radio
Power budgeting, Diversity, BER Performance with diversity, Types of Diversity,
RMS Delay Spread, Doppler Fading, Jakes Model, Autocorrelation, Jakes Spec-
trum, Impact of Doppler Fading

ˆ Modems for Wireless Communications: Analog modulation, Digital Mod-

ulation, Pulse Trains and Pulse shaping, ASK, BPSK, M-ary Modulation, Con-
stant Envelope Modulation Techniques, M-ary phase modulation, M-ary QAM, O-
QPSK, Pi/4 QPSK, MSK, GMSK, Shannon theorem, Channel capacity in Rayleigh
fading

ˆ CDMA: Introduction to CDMA, PN Sequences, DS CDMA, FH CDMA, Multi-

path diversity, RAKE Receiver, CDMA Receiver Synchronization

ˆ WirelessStandards: AMPS, IS 54, GSM, CDMA 2000

7.110 EE 614: Optical Communication Systems

Course Code : EE 614
Course Name : Optical Communication Systems
L-T-P-C : 3-0-0-3
Prerequisites : EE-304: Communication Theory and the instructors consent
Intended for : UG/MS/PhD
Core or Elective : Elective
Approval: 5th Senate

Course Contents
ˆ INTRODUCTION TO OPTICAL COMMUNICATION AND FIBER
CHARACTERISTICS:

ˆ Evolution of Light wave systems, System components, Optical fibers, Step Index
&Graded index Mode theory, Fiber modes, Dispersion in fibers, Limitations due
to dispersion, Dispersion shifted and dispersion flattened fibers, Fiber Losses and
Non-linear effects. [8 Lectures]

ˆ OPTICAL TRANSMITTERS:

ˆ Basic concepts, LED’s structures, Spectral Distribution, Semiconductor lasers, Struc-

tures, Threshold Conditions, and Transmitter design. [4 Lectures]

ˆ OPTICAL DETECTORS AND AMPLIFIERS:

ˆ Basic Concepts, PIN and APD diodes structures, Photo detector Noise, Signal
impairments, Receiver design. Amplifiers: Basic concepts, Semiconductor optical
amplifiers, Raman, Brillion amplifiers, Erbium doped fiber amplifiers, pumping
requirements, cascaded in-line amplifiers. [8 Lectures]

621
 ˆ COHERENT LIGHTWAVE SYSTEMS:

ˆ Basic coherent systems, Coherent detection principles, Homodyne and heterodyne

detection, Modulation formats, BER in synchronous receivers, Equalization, carrier
phase and frequency synchronization, timing synchronization. [4 Lectures]

ˆ MULTICHANNEL SYSTEMS:

ˆ WDM Light wave Systems, WDM Components, WDM System Performance Is-
sues, Time- Division Multiplexing, Subcarrier Multiplexing, Orthogonal Frequency
Division Multiplexing (OFDM) and Code-Division Multiplexing. [6 Lectures]

ˆ OPTICAL TRANSMISSION LINK LIMITS:

ˆ Power budget and bandwidth limited point-to-point light wave system, OSNR eval-
uation in high speed optical transmission systems, Dispersion Management, Non-
linearity management. [6 Lectures]

ˆ OPTICAL NETWORKS:

ˆ LANs, MANs, Long-Haul Networks, Design Guidelines. [6 Lectures]

Reference Books:
1. John M. Senior, Optical Fiber Communications: Principles and Practice,
2nd Edition, Prentice Hall of India.

2. G. P. Agrawal, Fiber Optic Communication Systems, 3rd Edition, John Wiley

& Sons, 2002.

3. G. Keiser, Optical Fiber Communication Systems, McGraw Hill, 2000.

4. M. Cvijetic and Ivan Djordjevic, Advanced Optical Communication Systems

and Networks, Artech House, 2013.

5. Ramaswami, Sivarajan, and Sasaki, Optical networks: A practical perspec-

tive, 3rd Edition, Morgan- Kauffman, 2009.

7.111 EE 615: Nano Electronics and Nano Microfabrication

Course Code : EE 615
Course Name : Nano Electronics and Nano Microfabrication
L-T-P-C : 3-0-0-3
Prerequisites : IC 161-Applied Electronics, EE XX2 Microelectronics Circuits Design
Practicum (MCDP), EE XX1 Electronics Devices, PH 501 Solid State Physics
Intended for : UG/MS/PhD
Elective or Core : Elective Semester : Odd/Even
Approval: 6th Senate

622
Course Contents
ˆ Unit I: Tunnel junction and applications of tunneling, Tunneling Through a Po-
tential Barrier, Metal Insulator, Metal-Semiconductor, and Metal-Insulator-Metal
Junctions, Coulomb Blockade, Tunnel Junctions, Tunnel Junction Excited by a
Current Source. Spintronics and Foundations of nano-photonics. [6 Lectures]

ˆ Unit II: Field Emission, GateOxide Tunneling and Hot Electron Effects in nano
MOSFETs, Theory of Scanning Tunneling Microscope, Double Barrier Tunneling
and the Resonant Tunneling Diode. [6 Lectures]

ˆ Unit III: Introduction to lithography- Contact, proximity printing and Projec-

tion Printing, Resolution Enhancement techniques, overlay-accuracies, Mask-Error
enhancement factor (MEEF), Positive and negative photoresists, Electron Lithog-
raphy, Projection Printing, Direct writing, Electron resists. Lithography based on
Surface Instabilities: Wetting, De-wetting, Adhesion, Limitations, Resolution and
Achievable / line widths etc. Lift off process, Bulk Micro machining. [8 Lectures]

ˆ Unit IV: Introduction to MEMS and NEMS, working principles, as micro sensors
(acoustic wave sensor, biomedical and biosensor, chemical sensor, optical sensor,
capacitive sensor, pressure sensor and thermal sensor), micro actuation (thermal
actuation, piezoelectric actuation and electrostatic actuationmicro gripers, mo-
tors, valves, pumps, accelerometers, fluidics and capillary electrophoresis, active
and passive micro fluidic devices, Pizoresistivity,Pizoelectricity and thermoelectric-
ity, MEMS/NEMS design, processing, Oxidation, Sputter deposition, Evaporation,
Chemical vapor deposition etc. [10 Lectures]

ˆ Unit V: Introduction Scaling of physical systems Geometric scaling & Electrical

system scaling. The Single-Electron Transistor: The Single- Electron Transistor
Single-Electron Transistor Logic, Other SET and FET Structures, Carbon Nan-
otube Transistors (FETs and SETs), Semiconductor Nanowire FETs and SETs,Coulomb
Blockade in a Nanocapacitor, Molecular SETs and Molecular Electronics. [10 Lec-
tures]

Text Books:
1. Stephen D. Sentaria, Microsystem Design, Kluwer Academic Press

2. Marc Madou, Fundamentals of microfabrication & Nanofabrication.

3. T. Fukada & W.Mens, Micro Mechanical system Principle & Technology,

Elsevier, 1998.

4. Julian W.Gardnes, Vijay K. Varda, Micro sensors MEMS & Smart Devices,
2001.

Suggested Reference Books:

1. WR Fahrner, Nano Terchnology and Nano Electronics Materials, devices
and measurement Techniques, Springer.

623
 2. T.Pradeep, Nano: The Essentials Understanding Nano Scinece and Nan-
otechnology, Tata McGraw Hill.

3. M. Ziese and M.J. Thornton, Spin Electronics

4. Karl Goser, Peter Glosekotter, Jan Dienstuhl, Nanoelectronics and Nanosys-

tems: From Transistor to Molecular and Quantum Devices.

5. Shunri Odo and David Feny, Silicon Nanoelectronics, CRC Press.

6. C.N.R. Rao and A. Govindaraj, Nanotubes and nanowires, RSC Publishing.

7. M. Dutta and M.A. Stroscio, Quantum-Based Electronic Devices and Sys-

tems, World Scientific.

8. James R Sheats and Bruce w. Smith, Microlithography Science and Technol-

ogy, Marcel Dekker, 1998.

9. J.P. Hirth and G.M.Pound, Evaporation: Nucleation and Growth Kinetics,

Pergamon Press, 1963.

7.112 EE 616: Microwave engineering

Course Code : EE 616
Course Name : Microwave engineering
L-T-P-C : 2-0-0-2
Prerequisite : Basic Course in Electromagnetics / Engineering Electromagnetics
Students Intended for : Senior B.Tech, Mtech, PhD students of Electrical Engineering
Elective or Compulsory : Elective
Approval: 6th Senate

Course Contents
ˆ Transmission Line Theory and network analysis: Electromagnetic analysis
and transmission line theory of coaxial lines and waveguides, metamaterial lines,
Impedance matching in microwave circuits, Microwave network analysis, N-port
microwave network , Scattering matrix, Properties of the scattering matrix , S-
parameters at arbitrary planes, S parameter measurements. [5 Lectures]

ˆ Power Dividers and Directional Couplers: Basic Properties of power dividers

and couplers, T junction, Wilkinson type, quadrature hybrid power dividers, cou-
pled line directional coupler,180 deg. Hybrid coupler. [4 Lectures]

ˆ Microwave Filters: Basic Filter design techniques like image parameter and in-
sertion loss, Filter transformations and implementations, low pass filters, coupled
line filters, coupled resonator based filters, metamaterial filters. [4 Lectures]

ˆ Ferrite devices: Circulators, isolators, phase shifters. [04 hrs]

ˆ Active Microwave components: RF Diode, Microwave Transistors, Microwave

ICs. [4 Lectures]

624
 ˆ Microwave sources and Amplifiers: Tube type sources like magnetrons, klystrons,
Single stage Transistor amplifier, Stability circles, Broad band amplifier design,
Solid state Power amplifiers. [4 Lectures]

ˆ Oscillators and Mixers: Microwave oscillators using Transistors, dielectric res-

onators, diode and transistor based mixers. [3 Lectures]

Textbooks:
1. David. M. Pozar, Microwave Engineering, Wiley.

Reference book:
1. R.E. Collins, Foundations for Microwave Engineering, IEEE Press.

7.113 EE 618: Industrial Process Control

Course Code: EE 618
Course Name: Industrial Process Control
L-T-P-C: 2.5-0.5-0-3
Prerequisites: EE 514 Linear Dynamical Systems or teachers consent
Intended for: U.G. and P.G. Distribution: Elective Semester: Even
Approval: 9th Senate

Course Contents
ˆ Introductory concepts of Process control: The Chemical Process, An Indus-
trial Perspective of a Typical Process Control Problem, Variables of a Process, The
Concept of a Process Control System, Introduction to Control System Implemen-
tation, Instrumentation, Material and Energy Balances, Form of Dynamic Models,
Linear Models and Deviation Variables.[3 Lectures]

ˆ Process dynamics, modelling and identification:Models for dynamical sys-

tems, Similarity transformations and minimal representations, Analysing linear dy-
namical systems, Development of Theoretical Process Models, Parameter Estima-
tion, Validation of Theoretical Models, Principles of Empirical Modelling, Step-
Impulse-Frequency response Identification, Closed-loop stability, Control perfor-
mance in different frequency ranges, Unstable systems, Limitations due to uncer-
tainty in the plant model and input constraints. [6 Lectures]

ˆ Single-loop and multivariable process control: Control loop structures for

the regulatory control layer, Feedforward control, Ratio Control, Cascade control,
Auctioneering control, split range control, parallel control, Controller tuning us-
ing Fundamental process models, approximate process models, frequency response
models, tuning without a Model, Design of More Complex Control Structures, Con-
troller Design for Processes with Difficult Dynamics, Controller Design for Nonlin-
ear Systems, Nature of Multivariable Systems, Open-Loop and closed loop Dynamic
Analysis, Relative Gain Array, Loop Pairing and shaping, Decoupling, Steady- State

625
 Decoupling by Singular Value analysis, Model-Based Controllers for Multivariable
Processes, Tuning of decentralised controllers. [12 Lectures]
ˆ Control structure selection and plant-wide control: Top-down analysis,
bottom-up design, regulatory control, determining degrees of freedom, selection
of controlled variables based on local analysis, selection of manipulated variables,
mass balance control and throughput manipulation, economic considerations in
plantwide control. [5 Lectures]
ˆ ?? Model-based predictive control:
ˆ Formulation of a QP problem for MPC, step response models, updating the process
model, Kalman filters, disturbance handling and off-set free control, feasibility and
constraint handling, closed-loop stability with MPC controllers, target calculation,
robustness of MPC controllers. [6 Lectures]
ˆ Special topics in process control: Discrete time implementation - aliasing -
sampling interval, pure integrators in parallel, anti-windup control, Hanuss self
conditioned form, observer-based controllers, bumpless transfer, nonlinear systems
- methods of dynamical analysis and linearization, basics of process monitoring and
diagnosis, linear regression techniques applied in process control - principal compo-
nent analysis - partial least squares - Fourier-Motzkin elimination. [6 Lectures]
ˆ Lab Exercises: [4 lectures] Experiments on process control applications on water
tank system, robotic arm, etc.

Textbooks:
1. B. A. Ogunnaike, W. H. Ray, Process Dynamics, Modelling and Control,
Oxford University Press, 1994.
2. D. E. Seborg, T. E. Edgar, D. A. Mellichamp, Process Dynamics and Control,
John Wiley and Sons, 2004.

References:
1. B. W. Bequette, Process Control: Modeling, Design, and Simulation, Pren-
tice Hall International Series, 2002.
2. F. G. Shinskey, Process Systems: Application, Design and Adjustments,
McGraw Hill, 1967.

7.114 EE 619: Mixed Signal VLSI Design

Course Code: EE 619
Course Name: Mixed Signal VLSI Design
L-T-P-C: 3-0-2-4
Prerequisite: EE 512 CMOS Analog IC design
Students intended for: UG/PG
Elective or Core: Elective
Approval: 9th Senate

626
Course Contents
ˆ Sample and hold and trans-linear circuits [2 Lectures]

– Performance of sample-and-hold circuits testing sample and holds, MOS sample-

and-hold basics, examples of CMOS S/H Circuits, bipolar and BiCMOS Sample-
and-Holds, Trans-linear gain Cell, trans-linear multiplier
ˆ Switched Capacitor circuits [4 Lectures]

– Basic building blocks opamps, capacitors, switches, non-overlapping clocks,

Basic operation and analysis of switched capacitor circuits, resistor equivalence
of a switched capacitor, parasitic- sensitive integrator, parasitic-insensitive in-
tegrators, signal-flow-graph analysis, noise in switched-capacitor circuits
– First-Order Filters switch sharing, fully differential filters, biquad filters, low-
Q biquad filter, high-Q biquad filter, Charge injection, switched-capacitor gain
circuits, parallel resistor-capacitor circuit, resettable gain circuit, capacitive-
reset gain circuit, correlated double-sampling techniques, other switched-capacitor
circuits viz. amplitude modulator, full-wave rectifier, peak detectors, voltage-
controlled oscillator, sinusoidal oscillator
– Comparators [3 Lectures]
* Comparator specifications input offset and noise, hysteresis
* Opamp as a comparator input-offset voltage errors, charge-injection errors,
making charge- injection signal independent, minimizing errors due to
charge-injection, speed of multi-stage comparators
* Latched comparators, latch-mode time constant, latch offset, examples of
CMOS and BiCMOS comparators, input-transistor charge trapping
ˆ Data converters specifications [2 Lectures]

– Ideal D/A converter, ideal A/D converter, quantization noise, deterministic

approach, stochastic approach, signed codes, performance limitations, resolu-
tion, offset and gain error, accuracy and linearity
ˆ Nyquist rate digital-to-analog converters (DAC) [4 Lectures]

– Decoder-based converters resistor string converters, folded resistor-string con-

verters, multiple resistor-string converters, signed outputs,
– Binary-scaled converters binary-weighted resistor converters, reduced-resistance-
ratio ladders, R-2R-based converters, charge-redistribution switched-capacitor
converters, current-mode converters, glitches
– Thermometer-code converters thermometer-code current-mode D/A convert-
ers, single-supply positive-output converters, dynamically matched current
sources
– Hybrid converters resistor-capacitor hybrid converters, segmented converters
ˆ Nyquist rate analog-to-digital converters (ADC) [12 Lectures]

– Introduction to integrating converters, flash converters, issues in designing

flash ADC,

627
 – Successive-approximation converters DAC-based successive approximation, charge-
redistribution A/D, resistor-capacitor hybrid, speed estimate for charge redis-
tribution converters, error correction in successive-approximation converters,
multi-bit successive-approximation
– Algorithmic (or cyclic) A/D Converter ratio-independent algorithmic con-
verter,
– Pipelined A/D converters one-bit-per-stage pipelined converter, 1.5 bit per
stage pipelined converter, pipelined converter circuits, generalized k-bit-per-
stage pipelined converters
– Two-step A/D converters, two-step converter with digital error correction,
– Interpolating A/D converters, folding A/D converters, time-interleaved A/D
converters
ˆ Oversampling ADCs [8 Lectures]

– Oversampling without noise shaping, quantization noise modeling, white noise

assumption, oversampling advantage, the advantage of 1-bit D/A converters
– Oversampling with noise shaping, noise-shaped delta-sigma modulator, first-
order noise shaping, switched-capacitor realization of a first-order A/D con-
verter, second-order noise shaping, noise transfer-function curves, quantization
noise power of 1-bit modulators, error-feedback structure
– System architectures system architecture of delta-sigma A/D converters, sys-
tem architecture of delta-sigma D/A converters,
– Digital decimation filters multi-stage, single stage, higher-order modulators
interpolative architecture, multi-stage noise shaping (MASH) architecture,
bandpass oversampling converters, Practical considerations stability, linearity
of two-level converters, idle tones, dithering, opamp gain,
– Multi-bit oversampling converters dynamic element matching, dynamically
matched current source D/A converters, digital calibration A/D converter,
A/D With both multi-bit and single-bit feedback
ˆ Phase locked loop [6 Lectures]

– Basic phase-locked loop architecture, voltage controlled oscillator, divider,

phase detector, loop filer, the PLL in lock,
– Linearized small-signal analysis second-order PLL model, limitations of the
second-order small-signal model, PLL design example
– Jitter and phase noise period jitter, P-cycle jitter, adjacent period jitter, other
spectral representations of jitter, probability density function of jitter
– Electronic oscillators ring oscillators, LC oscillators, phase noise of oscillators,
jitter and phase noise in PLLS, input phase noise and divider phase noise,
VCO phase noise, loop filter noise

Text book:
1. David A. Johns, Kenneth W. Martin, Tony Chan Carusone, Analog Integrated
Circuit Design, 2nd Edition, Wiley, 2012.

628
Reference books:
1. Phillip Allen and Douglas R. Holberg., CMOS Analog Circuit Design, 2nd
Edition, Oxford university press, 2002.

2. Willy M. C. Sansen, Analog Design Essentials, Springer, 2006

3. Behzad Razavi, Design of Analog CMOS Integrated Circuits, McGraw Hill,

2001

7.115 EE 620 10 : Advanced Digital Signal Processing

Course Code: EE 620 10
Course Name : Advanced Digital Signal Processing
L-T-P-C : 3-0-0-3
Prerequisites : Digital Signal Processing, Probability and Random Process, Mathe-
matical Methods in Signal Processing
Intended for :
Distribution : Core subject for M.Tech. in Electrical Engineering with VLSI special-
ization)
Approval: 10th Senate; Reviesed in 24th Senate

Course Contents:
Module I: Review of signals and systems: Linear time-invariant filtering, Fourier anal-
ysis, sampling, discrete time-invariant filters, DFT. (4 lectures)
Module II: Sub Nyquist sampling, multirate systems. (6 lectures)
Module III: Time-frequency atoms, windowed Fourier transform, wavelet transform.
(9 lectures)
Module IV: Frames and Riesz basis. (9 lectures)
Module V: Linear and non-linear approximations in basis. (9 lectures)
Module VI: Compressive Sensing Textbook. (5 lectures)

Textbooks:
1. Stephen Mallat, A Wavelet Tour of Signal Processing The Sparse Way, Elsevier,
2009.

References:
1. Vetterli M., Kovacevic J., Goyal V.K., Foundations of Signal Processing, Cam-
bridge University Press, 2014.

2. Vetterli M., Kovacevic J., Goyal V.K., Fourier and Wavelet Signal Processing,
Cambridge University Press, 2013.

3. P.P. Vaidyanathan, Multirate Systems And Filter Banks, Prentice Hall, 1993.

4. Current literature.

629
7.116 EE 620 24 : Advanced Digital Signal Processing
Course Code : EE 620 24
Course Name: Advanced Digital Signal Processing
L-T-P-C : 3-0-0-3
Prerequisites: Digital Signal Processing (EE305), Linear algebra (MA512 or IC 111)/Ma-
trix Theory (EE522).
Intended for: UG /MS/MTech (CSP)/PhD/M.Sc (Applied Mathematics)
Distribution: Specialization course for MTech (CSP), Elective for B.Tech. III/IV
year, MS, Ph.D.
Approval: 24th Senate; Previous version: 10th Senate

Course Contents:
ˆ Review: Signal spaces: L1(R), L2 (R), l1 (Z), l2 (Z), finite dimensional vector
spaces. Filter design: FIR, IIR and all pass filter design. BJorth gtl!lal b.asis.
Bounded linear operators (on Hilbert spaces). Convergence and regulaitty of func-
tions. (9 hours)

ˆ Mutlirate systems: decimation, interpolation, fractional sampling rate, digital

filter bank, multi rate filters, Noble identities. Polyphase representation, efficient
stmctures for interpolation, decimation filters. (7 hours)

ˆ Module III: Haar and sine expansion of discrete-time signals. Two channel filter
banks - time, modulation and polyphase domain analysis and relation between
the three representations. Perfect reconstruction and approximate reconstmction -
alias-free reconstmction, QMF. Orthogonal FIR filter banks. Linear phase FIR filter
banks. IIR filter banks. Tree-structured and multichannel filter banks, modulated
filter banks - STFT and cosine modulated tilter banks. (10 hours)

ˆ Module IV: Series (Fomies and sine) expansion of signals and their time fre-
quency resolution. Haar expansion. Multiresolution analysis and constmction of
the wavelet. Construction of wavelets using Fourier techniques. Wavelets from
iterated filter banks and regularity. Wavelet series. (10 hours)

ˆ Applications: Choice of applications is left to the in tntctor. Example: signal

compression and subband coding. (6 hours)

Textbook:
1. Martin Vetterli and Jelena Kovacevic, Wavelets and Subband Coding, Prentice
Hall PTR, 2007.

Reference books:
1. Vetterli M., Kovacevic J., Goyal V.K., Fourier and Wavelet Signal Processing,
Cambridge University Press, 2013.

2. P.P. Vaidyanathan, Multirate Systems And Filter Banks, Prentice Hall, 1993.

630
 3. Stephen Mallat, A Wavelet Tour of Signal Processing The Sparse Way,
Elsevier 2009.

7.117 EE 621: Radiating systems

Course Code : EE 621
Course Name: Radiating systems
Course L-T-P-C : 3-1-0-4
Prerequisite : PH 521 - Electromagnetic Theory, EE 507 - Transmission lines and
microwave engineering.
Intended for : UG/PG Electrical Engineering: MS, M.Tech, PhD, B.Tech 3rd year,
4th Year
Distribution : Discipline Elective for BTech (3es and 4th year), MTech in EE, MS
and PhD in the area
Approval: 12th Senate

Course Contents
ˆ Basic antenna theory: Basic dipoles theory: Flared transmission lines, Field
equations, Dipoles, Monopoles, Antenna transmission and radiation parameters,
Antennas polarisation, Antenna miniaturization and ChuHarrington limit [10 Lec-
tures]
ˆ Standard antennas: Loops, Folded dipoles, Helical antennas, Yagi-Uda, Spiral
antennas, antenna-impedance matching and tuning techniques. Aperture theory
and equivalence principle, Slot antennas, Horn antennas, leaky wave antennas, Vi-
valdi antennas [10 Lectures]
ˆ Printed and planar antennas: Microstrip antennas and feeding techniques,
broad-band techniques for printed and planar antennas, fractal geometries, printed
monopoles and dipole structures, antennas for cellular communication, diversity/MIMO
techniques. [10 Lectures]
ˆ Reflector and Dielectric resonator antennas: Reflector theory, Parabolic re-
flector and feeding techniques. Dielectric resonators: Radiation mechanism from
DRA, Feeding techniques for DRA [7 Lectures]
ˆ Array theory: Array synthesis of linear elements, Linear and Planar arrays, Ac-
tive and passive beam scanning, Excitation techniques in Array, synthesis of an-
tenna arrays using Schelkunoff polynomial method, Fourier-transform method, and
Woodward-Lawson method. [11 Lectures]
ˆ Frequency Selective Surfaces and EBG Structures for antennas: Effects of
EBG and FSS structure on Planar and non-planar antennas. Metamaterial Inspired
antennas. Antenna design and parameter analysis using EM simulators [8 Lectures]

Note: All the Units will have tutorials. Every unit will include recent research paper
analysis. In the end of this course a presentation assignment will be conducted in which
student present recent development in the area of antennas. The presentation can be in
the form of literature survey or simulation results or matlab code program.

631
Text Books:
1. J.D Kraus, Antennas, 2nd edition, TMH Publications

2. C. A. Balanis, Antenna theory, analysis and design, 3rd Edition, Wiley-

publications

References:
1. Ramesh Garg, P. Bhartia, I Bhel, A. Ittipiboon, Microstrip antenna design
hand book, Artech House publications.

2. Girish Kumar, K. P. Ray, Broadband Microstrip antennas, Artech House pub-

lications

3. Ben. A. Munk, Frequency Selective surface theory and design, Wiley publi-
cations.

4. Fan Yang & Y. Rahmat, Samii, Electromagnetic Band-gap structures in An-

tenna Engineering, Cambridge University Press, 2009

7.118 EE 622: Microwave Integrated Circuits

Course Code : EE 622
Course Name : Microwave Integrated Circuits
L-T-P-C : 3-0-0-3
Prerequisite: EE507 - Transmission Lines and Basic Microwave Engineering or equ
iva lent, PH52 I - Electromagnetic Theory or equivalent,
Intended for : BTech Third and Final year/M.Tech./MS/PhD
Distribution: Elective for third and final year Electrical Engineering, MTech VLSI,
And Communication and Signal Processing (CSP), M.S., Ph.D.
Approval: 14th Senate

Course Contents
ˆ Introduction to Printed Transmission lines and Transitions: Concept of 2
Port Network and S Parameters, Matchi ng transmission line sections a nd theory
of mu ltiple reflections, Transitions in different transmission lines, Micro-Strip and
Strip lines, Left handed transmission lines. Smith chart: Double stu b Matching.
[8 Lectures]

ˆ Power Dividers and Directional Couplers: Basic Properties of power di v

iders and couplers, T junctions, Wilkinson type, quad rature hybrid power dividers,
coupled li ne di rectional coupler, 90 deg. and 180 deg, - H ybrid branch line
couplers. Circulators-Active and Passive. Broad-Band techniques. [6 Lectures]

ˆ Filters and Isolator: Basic Filter design techniques li ke image parameter and
insertion loss, Filter transformations and implementations, low pass fi lters, coupled
line filters, coupled resonator based filters, metamaterial filters. Ferrite isolator
circuits and design. [6 Lectures]

632
 ˆ Microwave Amplifiers: Single Stage Transistor amplifier, Power gain equations,
Stability circles, Broad-band amplifier design, Solid state Power amplifiers. [8 Lec-
tures]

ˆ Microwave diodes and transistors: BJT,GaAs FETs,and their applications,

IMPATT, TRAPATT, Gunn diodes. [4 Lectures]

ˆ Oscillators and Phase: Shifters - Microwave oscillators using Transistors, dielec-

tric resonators, Active and passive Phase-Shifters. [6 Lectures]

ˆ Technologies in MIC: Mono lithic and Hybride substrates, Metamaterial sub-

strates, Millimeter wave techniques, Simulations based study of printed microwave
device. [4 Lectures]

Note: All the Units will have tutorials and in the end of course there wi ll be a presentation
assignment in which student (or a group) will present latest advancement in any-one of
the topics taught in class
Text Books:

1. David M Pozar, Microwave Engineering, Fourth Edition, John Wiley & Sons
Publications.

2. G. Gonzalez, Microwave transistor amplifier: design and analysis Hand-

book, 2nd Edition, Prentice hall Publications.

Reference:
1. Leo Young and H. Sobol, Ed., Advances in Microwaves, vol.2, Academic press.Inc.

2. S. Y. liao, Microwave circuit and analysis and amplifiers design, Prentice

Hall.

3. C. Caloz and T. Itho, Electromagnetic Metamaterial: Transmission Line

Theory and Microwave Applications, Wileys Publications.

4. Research Papers as instructed by course Instructors.

7.119 EE 623P : Practicum on Digital Control of Electric

Drives
Course Code : EE 623P
Course Name: Practicum on Digital Control of Electric Drives
L-T-P-C : 1-0-3-3
Prerequisites: Fundamentals of Electric Drives (EE508) and Practicum on Electric
Drives (EE 508P)
Intended for: UG/PG
Distribution: Core for M.Tech. (PED), Elective for UG and other PG
Approval: 15th Senate; Update: 36th BoA

633
Course Contents:
1-hour of classroom session accompanied by 3-hour laboratory sessions per week.

ˆ Introduction to Microcontrollers and Digital Signal Processors (2+6 hours)

– Content: Review of microcontrollers and digital signal processors - numerical

capabilities and peripheral units, Fixed and Floating point architectures, Real-
time programming in assembly and C languages, Review of numerical methods
for solving of ODEs
– Laboratory: Numerical simulation of simple motor models (e.g. DC mo-
tors), use of look-up tables, study of numerical method errors and accuracy,
familiarity with floating and fixed point DSPs and rapid prototying

ˆ Digital simulation and implementation of machines and drives concepts

(3+9 hours)

– Content: Reference frame transformation, PLL implementation, PWM im-

plementation - including space vector PWM, machine models, harmonic and
reactive power compensation,
– Laboratory: A few hardware lab sessions will be designed to practice the
concepts taught above.

ˆ Digital control of drives - simulation and implementation (7+21 hours)

– Content: Discrete time control of current, torque, flux, speed and position,
cascade controllers, sensing and sampling of motor quantities, interfacing issues
with digital processor, estimation of flux, torque and speed, digital implemen-
tation of FOC and DTC of induction motor, digital implementation of drive
protection
– Laboratory: Implementation of closed loop AC drive control using the con-
cepts learned in this module. This session could be in the form of a course
project, which can continue over multiple sessions.

ˆ DSP based monitoring and diagnosis (2+6 hours)

– Content: Introduction to fault diagnosis, early detection of fault, introduc-

tion to online condition monitoring, real-time FFT spectrum computation,
introduction to parameter estimation algorithms
– Laboratory: A couple of demo/experiment hardware sessions focused on fault
detection and diagnosis

Textbook:
1. Krause, P. C., Wasynczuk, O., Sudhoff, S. D., Analysis of Electric Machinery
and Drive Systems, Wiley-Interscience, 2003.

2. Vas, P., Parameter estimation, condition monitoring, diagnosis of electri-

cal machines, Oxford Science Publications, 1993.

634
References:
1. W. Leonhard, Control of Electrical Drives, Springer-Verlag, 2001.

2. Vas, P., Sensorless vector and direct torque control, Oxford University Press,
1998.

7.120 EE 623P: Practicum on Digital Control of Power Elec-

tronics and Drives
Course Code: EE 623P
Course Name: Practicum on Digital Control of Power Electronics and Drives
L-T-P-C: 1-0-4-3
Pre-requisite: EE504, EE508, EE527
Intended for: UG and PG
Distribution: Core for M. Tech (PED), Elective for UG and other PG courses
Approval: 36th BoA; Old Version: 15th Senate

Course content
ˆ Introduction to digital control, microprocessor/FPGA
Lecture: Why digital control, challenges in digital platform, fixed-point and float-
ing point representations, sampling, mathematical modelling of sampling, quanti-
zation and its impact on stability, s-domain to z-domain mapping (tustin, forward
difference, backward difference), stability analysis in z-domain, discretization of
analog controllers. [5 Lectures]
Laboratory: Implementation of various building blocks (ADC sampling, PWM
block, controller block) required for closed-loop control of power electronic convert-
ers (using C/Verilog coding). [20 Hours]

ˆ Closed-loop control of DC-DC converters

Lectures: Controller design techniques, discretization of analog controllers, differ-
ent types of delays introduced by the digital controllers. [5 Lectures]
Laboratory: Implementation of digital voltage mode control, load transient per-
formance, soft start-up, anti-windup arrangement. [20 Hours]

ˆ Module III
Lecture: Digital Proportional-Resonant and Proportional Integral controller de-
sign for a single-phase and a three-phase voltage source inverter [2 Lectures]
Laboratory: Implementation of a single-phase voltage source inverter with differ-
ent loads (standalone case), digital controller design and implementation of different
modulation techniques in a three-phase voltage source converter [8 Hours]

ˆ Module IV
Lecture: Design of a digital controller in a buck fed DC motor [1 Lectures]
Laboratory: Digital implementation of closed-loop control [4 Hours]

635
 ˆ Module V
Lecture: Digital V/F controller design in an induction machine[1 Lectures]
Laboratory: Implementation of digital V/F control [4 Hours]

Text Books
1. B. C. Kuo, Digital Control Systems, Oxford University Press, 2012.

2. N. Mohan, T. M. Undeland, and W. P. Robbins, Power Electronics Converters,

Applications, and Design, 3rd edition, Wiley India, 2008.

References
1. S. N. Vukosavic, Digital Control of Electrical Drives, springer, 2017.

2. R. W. Erickson and D. Maksimovic, Fundamentals of Power Electronics, 2nd

edition, Dordrecht, The Netherlands: Kluwer, 2001.

Course Name: Post-Graduate Project

L-T-P-C: 0-0-36-18
Pre-requisite: EE626P
Intended for: Fourth semester M. Tech Communications and Signal Processing
Distribution: Core
Course Objectives:
This course is meant to provide comprehensive project work for M. Tech in Commu-
nications and Signal Processing 4th semester students. Project will be based on specific
research problems taken up by students under supervision of one or more faculty men-
tors and topics should be strongly related to Communications or Signal Processing or
both. The course allows the students to carry a part of their thesis in industry or other
academic institutes inside or outside India , provided they have a guide from IIT Mandi.
The course will assist the student to undertake R & D, report writing, presentation and
defense.
Contents: This is the continuation of the project done in third semester.

7.121 EE 630: HVDC Transmission and Flexible AC Trans-

mission Systems
Course Code: EE 630
Course Name: HVDC Transmission and Flexible AC Transmission Systems
L-T-P-C: 3-0-0-3
Prerequisites: EE-303 (Power systems) and EE-309 (Power electronics)
Intended for: PG
Distribution: Elective for M.S., M. Tech. & Ph.D.
Approval: 37th BoA

636
Course Contents
ˆ Introduction to HVDC: Introduction of DC power transmission technology, com-
parison of AC and DC transmission, limitation of HVDC transmission, reliability
of HVDC systems, application of DC transmission, description of DC transmis-
sion system, planning for HVDC transmission, modem trends in DC transmission,
advantages of HVDC. [5 Lectures]

ˆ Analysis of HVDC converters: Simple rectifier circuits, required features of

rectification circuits for HVDC transmission, choice of converter configuration, con-
verter bridge characteristics. [4 Lectures]

ˆ Control of HVDC converter and systems: Necessity of control of a DC link,

rectifier control, compounding of rectifiers, power reversal of DC link, voltage depen-
dent current order limit (VDCOL) characteristics of the converter, inverter extinc-
tion angle control, pulse phase control, starting and stopping of DC link, constant
power control, control scheme of HVDC converters. [5 Lectures]

ˆ Harmonics and filters: Generation of harmonics by converters, characteristics of

harmonics on DC side, characteristics of current harmonics, characteristic variation
of harmonic currents with variation of firing angle and overlap angle, effect of control
mode on harmonics, non characteristic harmonic. [5 Lectures]

ˆ FACTS devices: Introduction to FACTS; Compensation of transmission systems,

Series and Shunt FACTS controllers - variable impedance type and switched con-
verter type, Unified Power Flow Controller and other types ofFACTS devices. [5
Lectures]

ˆ Load flow and stability analysis: Component Models for the Analysis of AC
DC Systems, Power flow analysis of AC-DC systems, Transient stability analysis,
Dynamic stability analysis. Application of FACTS controllers in improvement of
power system operation and stability. [5 Lectures]

ˆ Reactive power control: Reactive power requirements in steady state, sources

of reactive power, static VAR systems, reactive power control during transients. [3
Lectures]

ˆ Fault and protection schemes in HVDC systems: Nature and types of faults,
faults on AC side of the converter stations, converter faults, fault on DC side of
the systems, protection against over currents and over voltages, protection of filter
units. [5 Lectures]

ˆ Multiterminal HVDC systems: Types of multiterminal (MTDC) systems, par-

allel operation aspect of MTDC. Control of power in MTDC. Power upgrading
and conversion of AC lines into DC lines, Parallel AC/DC systems, FACTS and
HVDC system application in wind power generation- VSC based applications for
wind power systems. [5 Lectures]

Text books:
1. K. R. Padiyar, HVDC Power Transmission Systems, Wiley, 1990

637
 2. J. Arrillaga, High Voltage Direct Current Transmission, The Institution of
Electrical Engineers, 1998.
3. N. G. Hingorani, Understanding FACTS, IEEE Press, 2001.

References:
1. K. R. Padiyar, FACTS Controllers in Power Transmission and Distribu-
tion, New age international, 2007.
2. 2. EW Kimbark, Direct Current Transmission, Wiley-Interscience, 1971.
3. S N Singh, Electric Power Generation, Transmission and Distribution, 2nd
Edition, PHI, 2008.
4. T J E Miller, Reactive Power Control in Electric Systems, Wiley, 1982.

7.122 EE 641: Advance Wireless Technologies

Course Code: EE 641
Course Name: Advance Wireless Technologies
L-T-P-C: 3-0-0-3
Pre-requisite: EE304, EE503
Intended for: UG and PG
Distribution: Discipline elective for 3rd/ 4th year B.Tech. (CSE and EE)/ MS/
M.Tech./ PhD and free elective for other branches.
Approval: 36th BoA

Course Modules
ˆ Introduction
Challenges of next generation wireless networks. Basics of wireless communications,
multipath propagation and fading nature of wireless channel, BER. Performance
of multi-antenna wireless systems, precoding and power allocation for multi-user
MIMO systems. [7 Hours]
ˆ Cognitive Radio Systems
Concepts, challenges of Software Defined Radio (SDR), spectrum-sensing tech-
niques, optimal power allocation, Interference suppression, and robust detection.
[5 Lectures]
ˆ Massive MIMO Systems
Introduction and challenges. Signal processing with perfect & imperfect channel
state information, rate scaling, performance of multi-cell massive MIMO systems
and spatial modulation. [7 Lectures]
ˆ mmWave/THz Wireless Systems
Introduction, properties and modeling of wireless channels, analog, digital and hy-
brid processing, sparse processing, channel estimation, optimal precoders and com-
biners. [6 Lectures]

638
 ˆ Cooperative Wireless Communication
Introduction to cooperative communication and cooperation protocols (AF, DF,
and SDF). Performance analysis of DF for MIMO and multi-relay wireless systems.
[6 Lectures]

ˆ Non-Orthogonal Multiple-Access (NOMA)

Introduction, system model and decoding for NOMA systems. Outage probability,
opt. performance, average rate, key aspects of uplink and downlink NOMA systems.
[6 Lectures]

ˆ Full-Duplex Wireless Technology Introduction, self-interference and resulting

performance. Optimal signal processing, power allocation and performance of FD
Systems. [5 Lectures]

ˆ Optional topics
Molecular Communication, Backscatter Communication, Energy Harvesting, Low
Power Wide-area Networks (LPWA), Long Range Wireless Transfer (LoRa), D2D,
Distributed MIMO, Physical layer caching and Physical layer security.

Text Books
1. Luo, Fa-Long and Zhang, Charlie (Jianzhong), Luo, Fa-Long, ignal processing
for 5G: algorithms and implementations, Wiley-IEEE Press, 2017.

2. Wei Xiang, Kan Zheng, Xuemin, 5G Mobile Communications, Springer, 2017

Reference Books
1. Wong V., Schober, R., Ng, D., and Wang, L. (Editors), Key Technologies for
5G Wireless Systems, Cambridge, 2017.

2. Dahlman, E., Parkvall, S., & Skold, J., 5G NR: The next generation wireless
access technology, Elsevier 2018.

3. A. Chockalingam, B. S. Rajan, Large MIMO Systems, Cambridge, 2014.

4. Liu, K., Sadek, A., Su, W., and Kwasinski, A, Cooperative Communications
and Networking, Cambridge University Press, 2008.

5. Tho Le-Ngoc, Ahmed Masmoudi, Full-Duplex Wireless Communications Sys-

tems, Springer, 2017.

6. Biglieri, Ezio, Andrea J. Goldsmith, Larry J. Greenstein, Narayan B. Mandayam

and Herve Vincent, Principles of Cognitive, Cambridge, 2012.

7. N. Farsad, H. B. Yilmaz, A. Eckford, C. Chae and W. Guo, A Comprehensive Survey

of Recent Advancements in Molecular Communication, in IEEE Communications
Surveys & Tutorials, vol. 18, no. 3, pp. 1887-1919, 2016.

639
7.123 EE 642 : Research Study
Course Code: EE 642
Course Name : Research Study
L-T-P-C : 0-0-6-3
Intended for : M.Tech (VLSI)
Prerequisite : None
Mutual Exclusion : None .
Approval: 44th BoA

Preamble:
Research study course is brought into the realms of M.Tech (VLSI) programme to enable
a student pursue a research topic of interest under the supervision of a faculty member
hereinafter referred to as advisor for the research study. Research Study is designed to
provide credit for field research, survey of literature leading to problem identification
and extended knowledge in a focused field of study. The topic can be from academic or
industrial research fields in the domain of VLSI.

Objectives:
(based action verbs at appropriate levels of Bloom’s Taxonomy):

1. Understand in details a particular area of research through contemporary publica-

tions in that area.

2. Analyze the flow of research in a particular direction.

3. Identify the gap in that area.

4. Formulate a problem to identify that gap.

5. Propose an initial solution for the problem formulated.

Methodology guidelines:
1. A student enrolled in M.Tech (VLSI) programme has to register for 3 credits of
research studies during winter break after 1st semester. The credits earned through
the research study will be added to the credits earned during the 2nd semester.

2. A student may be given the option to choose the broad area of Research Study
(academic or industrial research), viz. Device Physics, Fabrication Technology,
Circuit Design or Systems, based on which advisor(s) may be allotted to the student.

3. The topic chosen by student has to be approved by the faculty advisor.

4. The role of the advisor(s) is to assist the student during the research study.

5. It is expected that the student will meet the advisor at least once in a week.

6. The report of the research study has to be submitted in the form of a Term Paper
at the end of the winter break.

640
 7. The course will culminate with a seminar being presented at the end of winter
break.
8. The seminar will be evaluated by a committee of four members involving faculty
advisor (or nominee), advisor for the research study, two experts in that area from
the faculty members of IIT Mandi.
9. The seminar is supposed to test presentation skills, clarity of problem, quality of
slides being prepared and question-answer session at the end of seminar.
10. The seminar can be an open seminar, although the decision of the four member
committee will be final.
11. The student is expected to put in an effort of 30 hours per week for two and half
months from start of winter break to its end.
12. In events of a dispute between the student and advisor, the matter has to be settled
in consultation with faculty advisor which in exceptional cases may go to course
coordinator, Chairperson (SCEE) or Dean (Academics).
13. The advisor reserves the right to reject a student with sufficient reasons if a student
fails to deliver up to the expectations of the advisor. In such a case, a student will
have to find out his advisor on his own. However, the student will not be given any
extra time to work out the new research study.
14. Any intellectual property (IP) generated out of an independent study is subjected
to the IP regulations of IIT Mandi regarding sharing and ownership of IP rights.

7.124 EE 677 (3) Analog Circuit Design

Approval: 2nd Senate; OTA

Course Outline:
ˆ Review of integratedcircuit deviCecharacteristics& models
ˆ Review of elementary l transistoramplifiers 0 Twotransistoramplifiers
ˆ Current Mirrors, active loads
ˆ OutputStages
ˆ Operational Amplifiers
ˆ Frequency Response of IntegratedCircuits
ˆ Feedbacktechniques for IntegratedCircuits
ˆ Frequency Response & Stability of FeedbackAmplifiers
ˆ Differential Operational Amplifiers
ˆ Voltage and CurrentReferences (optional)
ˆ Review of the practical application of an OPAMP in e.g. filter
ˆ Other-Topics: Noise, non-linearity, mismatch, MOS vs Bipolar

641
7.125 EE 678 (3) Digital Circuit Design
Approval: 2nd Senate; OTA

Course Outline:
Review: Basic MOS structure and its static behaviour; Quality metrics of a digital design:
Cost, functionality, robustness, power,and delay. CMOS Inverter: Static CMOS inverter,
switching threshold and noise margin ‘ concepts and their evaluation, dynamic behaviour,
power consumption and effect of scaling on CMOS performance metrics. CMOS combi-
national Logic: Static CMOS design, ratioed logic, pass transistor logic, dynamic logic,
speed and power dissipation in dynamic logic, cascading dynamic gates, CMOS trans-
mission gate logic. CMOS Sequential Logic: Static latches and registers, bistability
principle, MUX based latches, static SR flip-flops, master-slave edge-triggered register,
dynamic latches and registers, concept of pipelining, pulse registers, nonbistable sequen-
tial circuit. Timing Issues: Synchronous timing basics, classification, s’kew and jitter,
and their sources, clock distribution techniques, self-timed circuit design, synchronisers
and arbiters, clock synthesis and synchronization using PLL. Design of Arithmetic Build-
ing Blocks: Adder, multiplier, shifter, and other operators; Power and speed trade-off 1n
datapath structures. 5 0 3 0 0 15 00 35 50 00 0 3 ‘17.Memory and. Array Structure.
Core, ROM, RAM, peripheral circuitry, memory reliability and yield, SRAM and DRAM
design, evaluation of RNM and WNM from butterfly curves, flash memory.

7.126 EE 691: Advanced Topics in Dielectric Breakdown

Course Code: EE 691
Course Title: Advanced Topics in Dielectric Breakdown
L-T-P-C: 1-0-0-1
Prerequisites: EE 606 Introduction to High Voltage Engineering and Dielectric Break-
down or teachers consent
Students intended for: UG/PG

Course Contents
ˆ Electric Field Strength. [2 Lectures]

ˆ Properties and Breakdown in Gaseous Dielectrics. [6 Lectures]

ˆ Properties and Breakdown of Liquid and Solid Dielectrics. [4 Lectures]

ˆ Recent trends and developments. [2 Lectures]

Textbooks:
1. R. Arora, W. Mosch, High Voltage and Electrical Insulation Engineering,
IEEE Press, 2011.

2. Arora and Mosch, High Voltage Insulation Engineering, New Age Interna-
tional, 1995.

642
References:
1. Kuffel, E., High voltage engineering, Newnes 2009.
2. Alston L. L., High Voltage Technology, Oxford University Press, 2011.

7.127 EC 101A Computer Systems & Programming

Course Code: EC-101A
Course Name: Computer Systems & Programming
L-T-P-C: 3-0-2-4
Pre-requisite: NIL Sem. Both
Approval: 5th Senate, OTA

Course Contents:
1. Basic Computer Fundamentals: Introduction to computer systems; number
system integer, m signed integer, fixed and floating point representations; IEEE
standards integer and floating point arithmetic; CPU organization ALU, registers,
memory, the idea of program execution at micro level: concept of flow chart and
algorithm, algorithms to programs Concept of strain, normal and shear strain,
two dimensional state of principal strains, Poisson’s ratio, volumetric strain, strain
circle.
2. Basic Programming elements in C++: Input/Output: Constants, variables
expressions and operations: Naming conventions and styles: Conditions and se-
lection statements; Looping and control structures; File I/O header files, string
processing; Pre-processor directives such as include, #define, #ifdef, #ifndef, Com-
piling and linking;
3. Programming through functional decomposition: Functions (void and value
returning) parameters, scope and lifetime of variables, passing by value, passing by
reference passing by constant reference : Design of functions and their interfaces
(concept of functional decomposition), recursive functions, function overloading and
default arguments; Library functions;
4. Aggregate data-types: Arrays and pointers: Structures : Dynamic data and
pointers, dynamics arrays ; Introduction to data structures, use of pointers in linked
structures;
5. Object Oriented Programming Concepts: Data hiding, abstract data types,
classes, access control : Class implementation – default constructor, constructors,
copy constructor, destructor, operator overloading, friend functions ; Object ori-
ented design, inheritance and composition : Dynamic binding and virtual functions
; Polymorphism ; Dynamic data in classes.

References:
1. Dietel H. M. and Dietel P. J., C ++ How to Program, Prentice Hall Publications.
2. Nell D., Chip W. and Mark H., Programming and Problem Solving with
C++, CBS Publishers and Distribution.

643
 3. Cohoon J. P. & Davidson J. W., C++ Program Design, Tata McGraw Hill.

7.128 EC 101B Fundamentals of Object Oriented Program-

ming
Course Code: EC-101B
Course Name: Fundamentals of Object Oriented Programming
L-T-P-C: 3-0-2-4
Pre-requisite: NIL Sem. Both
Approval: 5th Senate; OTA

Course Contents:
1. Basic Computer Fundamentals: Introduction to computer systems, computer
as a programmed machine: CPU organization, ALU, registers, memory: machine
language, assembly language, idea of program execution at micro level, high – level
languages: concept of flow chart and algorithm algorithms to programs, efficiency
of algorithms, big-O notation; object oriented programming concept difference in
approach from procedural programming;

2. Introduction to Linux and Java programming environment, Java com-

piler and virtual machine: structure of a Java program, stand-alone programs
and applets: concepts of portability;

3. Basic Programming elements in Java: data types, variables and array’s oper-
ators, assignment and selection statements iterative structures, nested loops;

4. Classes in Java: general form of a class, creating objects, access control in

classes. Constructors, methods, finalization, parameters, method overloading, re-
cursive methods, returning objects, static members final, qualifier, nested and inner
classes, string handling in Java, I/O mechanism, command line arguments.

5. Inheritance: basics super classes and subclasses, multilevel hierarchy, method

overriding: run time polymorphism, abstract classes, final in inheritance, and the
object class;

6. Packages and Interfaces: defining package, access protection, importing classes

and packages, defining and implementing interfaces, nested interfaces, use of inter-
faces, variables in interfaces, the keyword extends;

7. Exception handling : fundamentals , types of exceptions catching exceptions,

multiple catching nested try statements, uncaught exceptions, throw and throws,
finally mechanism, built-in exceptions, creating exception subclasses, using excep-
tions;

8. Applets : applet fundamentals, native methods, static import, the applet class,
applet display method, requesting repaining, a banner applet, passing parameters
to applets, uses of applets.

644
References:
1. Dietel and Associates, Java How to Program, 7th Edition, Prentice- Hall.

2. David F., Java in a Nutshell, 5th Edition, O’Reilly Media, Inc.,

3. David Gries, The Science of Programming

4. Dijkstra E. W., A Short Introduction to the Art of Programming

5. Dromey, How to solve it by Computer

6. Bruce E., Thinking in Java, Prentice Hall

7. Goslimg J., Joy B., Steele G. and Bracha G., The Java Language Specification,
2nd Edition.

7.129 EC 102 Fundamentals of Electronics

Course Code: EC-102
Course Name: Fundamentals of Electronics
L-T-P-C: 3-1-2-4
Pre-requisite: NIL Sem. Both
Approval: 5th Senate; OTA

Course Contents:
ˆ Review of conductors, semiconductors, and insulators; Drift and diffu-
sion currents; p-n junction; junction under forward and reverse bias; circuit mod-
els; diode applications: rectifier, clipper, clamper; Zener diode regulator; simple
power supply with capacitor filter and zener regulator.

ˆ Bipolar Junction Transistor: structure and operation, various configurations,

input and output characteristics, BJT as amplifier, DC analysis of various biasing
circuits, biasing stability.

ˆ Field Effect Transistors: JFET, depletion-mode and enhancement-mode MOS-

FETs, FET biasing, FET as an amplifier.

ˆ Small- signal analysis of BJTs and FETs: h-parameter model of BJT, small-
signal analysis of BJT amplifier circuits, frequency response of RC-coupled BJT
and FET amplifiers.

ˆ Amplifiers: cascade connection, current mirror, differential amplifier, operational

amplifier, op-amp applications, power amplifiers, feedback in amplifiers.

ˆ Oscillators: Barkhausen criterion, damped oscillations in LC circuits, audio and

rf oscillators.

ˆ Digital Electronics: Combinational Circuits – adder, de-coder, encoder, multi-

plexer, demultiplexer; Sequential Circuits – flip- flops, counters, and shift registers;
ADC and DAC.

645
References:
1. Boylestad R. L. and Nashelsky L., Electronic Devices and Circuit Theory,
9th Edition, Pearson Education.

2. Millman J. and Halkias C. C., Electronic Devices and Circuit, McGraw-Hill.

3. Millman J. and Halkias C. C., Integrated Electronics, Tata McGraw- Hill.

4. Nagrath I. J., Electronics – Analog and Digital, Prentice Hall of India.

5. Santiram K., Basic Electronics, Prentice Hall of India.

646
8 Energy Engineering Courses
8.1 EM 504: Materials for Energy Applications
Course Code: EM 504
Course Name: Materials for Energy Applications
L-T-P-C: 3-1-0-4
Prerequisites: None
Students intended for: 3rd and 4th Year UG/PG
Elective or Core:
Approval: 8th Senate

Course contents
ˆ Module I
Creep resistance materials: principles of creep deformation, mathematical modeling
and design application of creep resistance materials in power plants. Catalysis; Wear
resistance materials: types of wear, mechanism of erosion and cavitation wear, tribo-
corrosion, application of wear resistance materials in power plants, Fatigue types,
types and protection. Life prediction of turbine materials. [15 Lectures]

ˆ Module II
Phase diagram, Conductors, transformer materials, Semiconductor physics and de-
vices, Fundamentals and energy applications for Magnetic and Dielectric materials.
[20 Lectures]

ˆ Module III
Energy efficient structure/building materials. [7 Lectures]

Text Books:
1. Hans Berns , Werner Theisen, Gillian Scheibelein, Ferrous Materials, Springer,
2008.

2. A. J. Moulson and J. M. Herbert, Electroceramics: Materials, Properties and

Applications, 2nd Edition, Wiley, 2003.

3. M.Hall, Materials for Energy Efficiency and Thermal Comfort in Build-

ings, Elsevier Press, 2010.

Reference Books:
1. Oliver Gutfleisch , Matthew A. Willard , Ekkes Bruck , Christina H. Chen , S.
G. Sankar , and J. Ping Liu, Magnetic Materials and Devices for the 21st
Century: Stronger, Lighter, and More Energy Efficient, Adv. Mater., 23,
821-842 (2011)

647
 2. L.H.Lewis and F.J. Villacorta, Perspectives on Permanent Magnetic Materi-
als for Energy Conversion and Power Generation, Metallurgical and Mater.
Trans. A, 44A, S1-S20 (2013)

3. S.L. Swartz, Topics in Electronic Ceramics, IEEE Trans. Elect. Insulation, 25

[5] 935 (1990)

8.2 EM 505: Alternative Energy Sources for Transportation

Course Code: EM 505
Course Name: Alternative Energy Sources for Transportation
L-T-P-C: 3-0-0-3
Prerequisites: ME 355 IC Engines or teachers consent
Students intended for: UG/PG
Elective or Core: Elective for ME
Approval: 8th Senate

Course contents
ˆ Module I
Introduction: Description about primary energy use sector and energy requirement
for transportation sector, Requirement of transport fuels in India and share of
various sources, Transportation need and economic and environmental impact of
various transportation modes. Relationship between energy Efficiency with CO2
emission reduction Fuel properties and fuel specifications. [5 Lectures]

ˆ Module II
Overview of engine technology and effect of fuel properties on advanced engine tech-
nologies: Efficiency and emission challenges and prevailing emission norms, brief
pollutant formation mechanisms, Measures adopted for conforming these norms
such as advances in engine fuel injection technology, exhaust gas recirculation, in-
take pressure boosting, engine control system and interrelation between various
control parameters, after treatment technologies, advanced combustion concepts
like HCCI, GDI etc. Alternative fuel acceptability factors: Well to wheel emission
analysis, Modification requirements and migration route from conventional technol-
ogy, Liquid and gaseous fuels, Fuels and engine material compatibility, Lubricating
oil degradation, dual fuel, Multi fuel engines. [15 Lectures]

ˆ Module III
Alcohol fuels (ethanol, methanol, butanol), availability and production technology,
utilisation in SI and CI engines, material compatibility and lubricating oil effects;
Biodiesel: Production method of esters (biodiesel) and hydrotreated vegetable oil
(renewable diesel), application in diesel engines, blending with other fuels for perfor-
mance improvement, material compatibility, lubricating oil degradation etc; Other
liquid fuels: DME (di-methyl ether), Fischer-Tropsch liquids, GTL, BTL, CTL,
DMF, Fuel properties, availability, production technology, fuel injection, engine
performance, emissions, combustion and material compatibility considerations. [8
Lectures]

648
 ˆ Module IV
Gaseous Hydrocarbon Fuels: LPG, LNG, CNG, HCNG, Availability and production
technology, Utilisation in CI and SI engines, Fuel supply system, Performance and
emissions studies, Biogas, Safety features required while handling gaseous fuels. [8
Lectures]

ˆ Module V
Alternative Vehicles: Fuel cell technology, Electric vehicles and battery requirement,
Hybrid vehicle technology. [6 Lectures]

Text Books:
1. Richard L. Bechtold, Alternate Fuels – Transportation Fuels for Today and
Tomorrow, Society of Automotive Engineers (SAE), 2002.

2. AS Ramadhas (Eds.), Alternative Fuels for Transportation, CRC Press Taylor

& Francis Group, 2011.

3. M.K. Gajendra Babu, K.A. Subramanian, Alternative Transportation Fuels:

Utilisation in Combustion Engines, CRC Press, 2013.

8.3 EM 604: Energy: Environment Policy and Law

Course Code: EM 604
Course Name: Energy: Environment Policy and Law
L-T-P-C: 3-1-0-4
Prerequisites: None
Students intended for: B. Tech., M. Tech. (Energy Materials), M.S., and Ph. D.
Elective or Core: Energy core for M. Tech. (Energy Materials) and elective for B.
Tech., M.S., and Ph. D. students
Approval: 8th Senate, OTA

Course contents
ˆ Engineering Economics
Estimation, Supply, Demand, Cost, Elasticity, Pareto Efficiency, Welfare Economics,
Social Discounting, Hyperbolic Discounting, Pricing, Borrowing, Depreciation, Taxes,
Market Failure, Risk Modeling, Attitudes and Utility, Multi-Attribute Decisions
and Stochastic Dominance, Monte Carlo Simulation, and Cost Effectiveness Anal-
ysis/Value of Life. [14 Lectures]

ˆ Energy Economics
Unit cost calculation of power generation from different energy sources, Rules for in-
vestment in Energy sector, Payback period, NPV, IRR, ERR, and Benefit-cost anal-
ysis, Net Social Benefit (with Free riding concepts) and Rebound effects, Energy-
GDP elasticity, Financing of energy systems, Energy – economy interaction, renew-
able and non-renewable sources of energy with their advantages and disadvantages
on environment and climate change. [14 Lectures]

649
 ˆ Energy Policy and Environmental Law
Energy policy, Tariffs and subsidies, Taxes, National energy plan and five-year
plans, Energy Models, Trend analysis, Costs of exploration and alternate energy,
International energy supply, Energy Pricing, Environment interaction, Clean devel-
opment mechanism, Overview of renewable energy policy in India, India’s Plan for
a domestic energy cap & trade scheme, and renewable energy credits. Federalism,
Energy Regulation, Environmental law with a focus on Water (prevention & control
of pollution) act 1974, Environmental protection act 1986, and effluent standards
and ambient air quality standards. Legal Regimes Governing Primary Sources of
Energy – Non – Renewable and Renewable, and Regulatory Framework concerning
Electricity, Gas, Coal, and Renewable Energy. [14 Lectures]

Reference Books:
1. Tiwari, G. N., & Mishra, R. K., Advanced Renewable Energy Sources, Royal
Society of Chemistry, 2011.
2. Tung Au, Thomas P. Au., Engineering Economics for Capital Investment
Analysis, Prentice Hall, Fac Sub edition, 1991.
3. Robert T. Clemen, Terence Reilly, Making Hard Decisions with Decision
Tools Suite, Cengage Learning, 2004.
4. Laurance R. Geri, David E. McNabb, Energy Policy in the U.S.: Politics,
Challenges, and Prospects for Change, CRC Press, 2011.
5. Henry M. Levin, Patrick J. McEwan, Cost-Effectiveness Analysis: Methods
and Applications SAGE Publications, Inc. 2nd Edition. 2000.
6. Rubin, Edward, Introduction to Engineering and the Environment, McGraw-
Hill Science, 2000.
7. For Indian Energy and Environment policy program and Act, please refer
to the MNRE website: http://www.mnre.gov.in/
8. Mohammad Naseem, Energy Law in India, Wolters Kluwer, 2011.
9. Karen Makuch, Environmental and Energy law, Wiley, 2012.
10. SKL Chaterjee, Commentary on Electricity Laws in India, 1st Edition, Delhi
Law House, New Delhi, 2006.

8.4 EM 651: Photovoltaic materials and fabrication

Course Code: EM 651
Course Name: Photovoltaic materials and fabrication
L-T-P-C: 3-0-0-3
Prerequisites: Device electronics for integrated circuits (EE 31 I)/ Introductory course
on semiconductor devices/Instructor’s consent
Students intended for: 3rd year and 4th year UG, PG
Elective or Core: Elective for ME
Approval: 11th Senate

650
Course contents
ˆ Semiconductor Electronics [5 Lectures]

– Physics of Semiconductor Materials

– Band Model of Solids
– Concept of equilibrium and non-equilibrium in semiconductor device
– Current conduction mechanisms in semiconductors
– Fundamentals of p-n junction
– Operation of p-n junction under forward and reverse bias

ˆ Basics of Photovoltaics [7 Lectures]

– History of solar cells

– Principle of detailed balance
– Principles of carrier separation and generation-recombination
– Operation of solar cells
– Design of solar cells

ˆ Advanced concepts in solar cells[7 lectures]

– Theory of multi-junctions solar cells with an emphasis on tunnel junctions

between them
– Physics of heterojunctions and other junctions such as Schottky diodes and
ohmic contacts
– Induced junctions, MIS solar cell and carrier selective contact approaches

ˆ Solar resources and PV performance [4 Lectures]

– Solar radiation
– Calculation of direct and diffuse radiation
– Solar modules and arrays
– Performance evaluation of PV modules

ˆ Reliability of photovoltaic modules [6 Lectures]

– Familiarization with IEC certification testing

– Microclimate of PV module
– Influence of microclimate on reliability ofPV module

ˆ Components of photovoltaic systems [4 Lectures]

– Different PV System Topology

– Introduction to different power electronic components
– Grid integration of photovoltaics

651
 ˆ PV Technology[7 Lectures]

– Silicon solar cell fabrication

– III-V technology
– Thin film technology
– Other emerging technologies

Text Books:
1. Jenny Nelson, Physics of solar cells, Imperial College Press, 2003

2. Roger Messenger, Jerry Ventre, Photovoltaic systems engineering, CRC press

8.5 EN 501: Energy Sources and Power Plants

Course Code: EN 501
Course Name: Energy Sources and Power Plants
L-T-P-C: 3-0-0-3
Prerequisites: Instructor’s consent
Students intended for: UG/PG
Elective or Core: Compulsory foundation course for M.Tech. (Energy Engineering)
and elective for other students
Approval: 9th Senate

Course contents
ˆ Introduction
Fossil fuel resources: Coal, petroleum, shale gas and oil, natural gas, extra heavy
oil, Stationary combustion systems, Transportation energy technologies, Systems
perspective on transportation engineering. [6 Lectures]

ˆ Thermal power plant

Steam boilers, steam turbines, gasification of hydrocarbon feedstock (e. g. coal,
biomass, petroleum, waste) into ‘syngas’ combustion, fluidized bed combustion, in-
tegrated gasification combined cycle for high efficiency and low emissions electricity
production, hybrid system of coal combustion and gasification, Improving power
conversion, developing durable materials for handling hot brine, steam, cooling wa-
ter and binary fluids; designing new methods for rejecting waste heat and improving
the efficient handling of waste products associated with some operations, Advanced
Rankine cycles, advanced gas turbine cycles, Kalina cycle, organic Rankine cycles
and cogeneration may be incorporated. [14 Lectures]

ˆ Hydroelectric power
Technology of dam, hydro-turbines for power generation, environmental and soci-
etal effects, impact of reservoir on downstream rivers and lakes, impact on river
morphology and suspended solids, river and flood plain ecology, fish ecology. [8
Lectures]

652
 ˆ Nuclear Energy
Energy from fission of U-235, Nuclear chain reaction, uranium fuel cycles types
of reactors- boiling water reactors, pressurized water reactors, benefits of nuclear
energy, accidents and safety systems, radiation and radioactive wastes- storage of
radioactive wastes and used fuels. [10 Lectures]

ˆ Geothermal energy
Type and temperature of geothermal sources, three kinds of power plants-direct
steam, flash and binary plants, efficiency improvement and design challenges. [4
Lectures]

Text Books:
1. K. R. Rao, Energy and Power Generation Handbook: Established and
Emerging Technologies, American Society of Mechanical Engineers, U.S., 2011.

2. Steven W Blume, Electric Power Systems Basics, IEEE Press 2007

3. Francis Vanek, Louis Albright, Largus Angenent, Energy Systems Engineering:

Evaluation and Implementation, 2nd Edition, McGraw-Hill, 2012.

8.6 EN 502: Emerging Energy Sources

Course Code: EN 502
Course Name: Emerging Energy Sources
L-T-P-C: 3-0-0-3
Prerequisites: Instructor’s consent
Students intended for: UG/PG
Elective or Core: Compulsory foundation course for M.Tech. (Energy Engineering)
and elective for other students
Approval: 9th Senate

Course contents
ˆ Introduction
Different types of emerging energy sources, potential and installed capacities of
these new generation energy sources, Conversion technologies for different primary
energy sources, sustainability benefits, and challenges related with reliability, policy
dependence, socio-economic advantages and disadvantages. [6 Lectures]

ˆ Biomass Energy
Organic matters available on renewable basis like forests, agricultural, mill and
industrial wastes etc., direct fired plants, co fired power plants, gasification, fixed
bed gasifiers, small version of gasification or directly fired plants for modular bio
power. [8 Lectures]

ˆ Wind power

653
 Wind energy availability and basic working principle of wind turbines, wind turbine-
rotor blades, tower, nacelle house- electrical generator, power control and other me-
chanical equipment, resource assessment overview, modern wind turbines, installa-
tions and wind farms, advantages and limitations of wind farms . [8 Lectures]

ˆ Module IV
Solar power–potential of solar energy reaching earth surface, collecting sunlight,
solar photovoltaic and solar thermal techniques, solar cell efficiencies and theoretical
limits, solar power plants, future challenges. [8 Lectures]

ˆ Ocean Energy
Availability in Indian context, Ocean Thermal Energy Conversion, wave energy
conversion, Tidal power basic conversion principle, and challenges related with ma-
terial corrosion, intermittent primary energy supply, sustainability assessment and
improvement. [4 Lectures]

ˆ Module VI
Hybrid renewable syste [4 Lectures]

ˆ Fuel cell
Proton exchange membrane, PEM chemical reactions, alkaline fuel cells, molten
carbonate fuel cell their working reactions and advantages, solid oxide fuel cells-
their working reactions and advantages [6 Lectures]

Text Books:
1. K. R. Rao, Energy and Power Generation Handbook: Established and
Emerging Technologies, American Society of Mechanical Engineers, U.S., 2011.

2. Aldo V.da Rosa, Fundamental of Renewable Energy Processes, Elsevier

Press, 2009.

3. Jahangir Hossain, Mahmud Apel, Large Scale Renewable Power Generation:

Advances in Technologies for Generation, Transmission and Storage (Green
Energy and Technology), Springer, 2014.

4. Y. Goswami, Principles of Solar Engineering, CRC Press, 2013.

5. R. Ehrlich, Renewable Energy: A First Course, CRC Press, 2013.

6. D. Spera, Wind Turbine Technology, ASME, 2009.

7. S. Srinivasan, Fuel Cells: From Fundamentals to Applications, Springer,

2006.

8. D. A. J. Rand and R. M. Dell, Hydrogen Energy: Challenges and Prospects,

RSC Publishing, 2008.

654
8.7 EN 503: Energy Storage Technologies
Course Code: EN 503
Course Name: Energy Storage Technologies
L-T-P-C: 3-0-0-3
Prerequisites: None
Students intended for: UG/PG
Elective or Core: Elective
Mutual Exclusion: None
Approval: 44th BoA

Course contents
ˆ Energy storage systems overviw
Scope of energy storage, needs and opportunities in energy storage, Technology
overview and key disciplines, comparison of time scale of storages and applications,
Energy storage in the power and transportation sectors. Importance of energy
storage systems in electric vehicles, Current electric vehicle market. [5 Lectures]

ˆ Thermal storage system

heat pumps, hot water storage tank, solar thermal collector, application of phase
change materials for heat storage-organic and inorganic materials, efficiencies, and
economic evaluation of thermal energy storage systems. [6 Lectures]

ˆ Chemical storage system

Hydrogen, methane etc., concept of chemical storage of solar energy, application
of chemical energy storage system, advantages and limitations of chemical energy
storage, challenges, and future prospects of chemical storage systems. [5 Lectures]

ˆ Electromagnetic storage systems

double layer capacitors with electrostatically charge storage, superconducting mag-
netic energy storage (SMES), concepts, advantages and limitations of electromag-
netic energy storage systems, and future prospects of electrochemical storage sys-
tems. [5 Lectures]

ˆ Electrochemical storage system [11 Lectures]

a Batteries: Working principle of battery, primary and secondary (flow) batter-

ies, battery performance evaluation methods, major battery chemistries and
their voltages- Li-ion battery & Metal hydride battery vs lead-acid battery.
b Supercapacitors: Working principle of supercapacitor, types of supercapac-
itors, cycling and performance characteristics, difference between battery and
supercapacitors, Introduction to Hybrid electrochemical supercapacitors.
c Fuel cell: Operational principle of a fuel cell, types of fuel cells, hybrid fuel
cell-battery systems, hybrid fuel cell-supercapacitor systems.

ˆ Module VI

655
 Battery design for transportation, Mechanical Design and Packaging of Battery
Packs for Electric Vehicles, Advanced Battery-Assisted Quick Charger for Electric
Vehicles, Charging Optimization Methods for Lithium-Ion Batteries, Thermal run-
away for battery systems, Thermal management of battery systems, State of Charge
and State of Health Estimation Over the Battery Lifespan, Recycling of Batteries
from Electric Vehicles. [10 Lectures]

Text Books:
1. Frank S. Barnes and Jonah G. Levine, Large Energy Storage Systems Hand-
book (Mechanical and Aerospace Engineering Series), CRC press, 2011.

2. Robert A. Huggins, Energy storage, Springer Science & Business Media, 2010.

3. Ralph Zito, Energy storage: A new approach, Wiley, 2010.

Reference Books:
1. Pistoia, Gianfranco, and Boryann Liaw, Behaviour of Lithium-Ion Batteries
in Electric Vehicles: Battery Health, Performance, Safety, and Cost,
Springer International Publishing AG, 2018.

2. Robert A. Huggins, Energy storage, Springer Science & Business Media, 2010.

8.8 EN 503 Old: Energy Storage Technologies

Course Code: EN 503
Course Name: Energy Storage Technologies
L-T-P-C: 3-0-0-3
Prerequisites: None
Students intended for: UG/PG
Elective or Core: Foundation/core course for M.Tech. (Energy Engineering) students,
Elective for MS, PhD, Final year UG students
Approval: 9th Senate; Updated in 44th BoA

Course contents
ˆ Energy storage systems overview
Scope of energy storage, needs and opportunities in energy storage, Technology
overview and key disciplines, comparison of time scale of storages and applications.
[3 Lectures]

ˆ Mechanical and thermal storage system

Introduction to major forms of mechanical storages such as flywheels, pumped hydro
storage, compressed air, hydraulic accumulator, heat pumps, heat engine flywheel,
hot water storage tank, vacuum solar thermal collector, steam accumulator, ap-
plication of phase change materials for heat storage, characteristics of mechanical
systems, efficiencies and economic evaluation of mechanical energy storage systems.
[8 Lectures]

656
 ˆ Electrochemical storage system
Introduction to the fundamental aspects of electrochemistry, Battery working prin-
ciple, primary and secondary (flow) batteries, battery performance evaluation meth-
ods, major battery chemistries and their voltages; supercapacitors working prin-
ciple, types of supercapcitors, cycling and performance characteristics, difference
between battery and supercapacitors, Introduction to Hybrid electrochemical su-
percapacitors; Stand alone and grid tied energy storage systems. [11 Lectures]

ˆ Chemical storage system

Hydrogen, synthetic natural gas, biofuels and biomass, liquid nitrogen, concept of
chemical storage of solar energy, application of chemical energy storage system, ad-
vantages and limitations of chemical energy storage, challenges and future prospects
of chemical storage systems. [10 Lectures]

ˆ Electromagnetic storage systems

double layer capacitors with electrostatically charge storage, superconducting mag-
netic energy storage (SMES), concepts, advantages and limitations of electromag-
netic energy storage systems, and future prospects of electrochemical storage sys-
tems. [10 Lectures]

Text Books:
1. Frank S. Barnes and Jonah G. Levine, Large Energy Storage Systems Hand-
book (Mechanical and Aerospace Engineering Series), CRC press, 2011.

2. Robert A. Huggins, Energy storage, Springer Science & Business Media, 2010.

3. Ralph Zito, Energy storage: A new approach, Wiley, 2010.

8.9 EN 504: Energy: Environment Policy and Law

Course Code: EN 504
Course Name: Energy: Environment Policy and Law
L-T-P-C: 3-0-0-3
Prerequisites: None
Students intended for: UG/PG
Elective or Core: Energy core for M. Tech. (Energy Materials) and elective for B.
Tech., M.S., and Ph. D. students
Approval: 10th Senate

Course contents
ˆ Engineering Economics
Estimation, Supply, Demand, Cost, Elasticity, Pareto Efficiency, Welfare Economics,
Social Discounting, Hyperbolic Discounting, Pricing, Borrowing, Depreciation, Taxes,
Market Failure, Risk Modeling, Attitudes and Utility, Multi-Attribute Decisions
and Stochastic Dominance, Monte Carlo Simulation, and Cost Effectiveness Anal-
ysis/Value of Life. [14 Lectures]

657
 ˆ Energy Economics
Unit cost calculation of power generation from different energy sources, Rules for in-
vestment in Energy sector, Payback period, NPV, IRR, ERR, and Benefit-cost anal-
ysis, Net Social Benefit (with Free riding concepts) and Rebound effects, Energy-
GDP elasticity, Financing of energy systems, Energy – economy interaction, renew-
able and non-renewable sources of energy with their advantages and disadvantages
on environment and climate change. [14 Lectures]

ˆ Energy Policy and Environmental Law

Energy policy, Tariffs and subsidies, Taxes, National energy plan and five-year
plans, Energy Models, Trend analysis, Costs of exploration and alternate energy,
International energy supply, Energy Pricing, Environment interaction, Clean devel-
opment mechanism, Overview of renewable energy policy in India, India’s Plan for
a domestic energy cap & trade scheme, and renewable energy credits. Federalism,
Energy Regulation, Environmental law with a focus on Water (prevention & control
of pollution) act 1974, Environmental protection act 1986, and effluent standards
and ambient air quality standards. Legal Regimes Governing Primary Sources of
Energy – Non – Renewable and Renewable, and Regulatory Framework concerning
Electricity, Gas, Coal, and Renewable Energy. [14 Lectures]

Text Books:
1. Tiwari, G. N., & Mishra, R. K., Advanced Renewable Energy Sources, Royal
Society of Chemistry, 2011.

2. Tung Au, Thomas P. Au., Engineering Economics for Capital Investment

Analysis, Fac Sub edition, Prentice Hall, 1991.

3. Robert T. Clemen, Terence Reilly, Making Hard Decisions with Decision

Tools Suite, Cengage Learning. 2004.

4. Laurance R. Geri, David E. McNabb, Policy in the U.S.: Politics, Challenges,

and Prospects for Change, CRC Press, 2011.

5. Henry M. Levin, Patrick J. McEwan, Cost-Effectiveness Analysis: Methods

and Applications, 2nd Edition, SAGE Publications Inc., 2000.

6. Rubin, Edward, Introduction to Engineering and the Environment, McGraw-

Hill Science/Engineering/Math, 2000.

7. For Indian Energy and Environment policy program and Act, please refer
to the MNRE website: http://www.mnre.gov.in/

8. Mohammad Naseem, Energy Law in India, Wolters Kluwer, 2011.

9. Karen Makuch, Environmental and Energy law, Wiley, 2012.

10. SKL Chaterjee, Commentary on Electricity Laws in India, 1st Edition, Delhi
Law House, 2006.

658
8.10 EN 505P: Energy Systems Laboratory
Course Code: EN 505P
Course Name: Energy Systems Laboratory
L-T-P-C: 0-0-4-2
Prerequisites: None
Students intended for:
Elective or Core: Core for M.Tech. Energy Engineering
Approval: 10th Senate

List of Experiments
ˆ Study of properties of fuel oils & biomass, calorific value of Biomass samples

ˆ Testing of Gasifier: Effect of feedstock on heat output and pollutants

ˆ Energy conservation study of IC Engine

ˆ Fabrication of photovoltaic solar cell

ˆ Performance assessment of PV modules: I-V Characteristics and Efficiency of a

Solar PV cell

ˆ Measurement of Solar Radiation and study of efficiency of a Flat Plate Solar Col-
lector

ˆ Piezo-electric energy harvesting: comparison of conversion efficiency of different

materials and effect of vibration frequency on conversion efficiency

ˆ Electrical machines characteristics

ˆ Pollutant level measurement

ˆ Boiler, Pump & motor efficiency testing

ˆ Characterization of Refrigeration system

ˆ Study of fuel cells and measurement of their efficiency

ˆ Implementation of a solar powered pump

ˆ Design and implementation of a solar powered home with 24/7 availability of elec-
tricity

ˆ Visit of Hydro-electric power plant

ˆ Visit of Thermal power plant

659
8.11 EN 506 : Design of Energy Systems
Course Code: EN 506
Course Name : Design of Energy Systems
L-T-P-C : 3-0-0-3
Intended for : UG/PG
Prerequisite : Instructor Consent
Mutual Exclusion : None
Approval: 9th Senate

Course Contents:
ˆ Module I: Introduction to energy systems, Introduction to critical components for
design in energy system, thermal stresses, material selections (4 Lectures)

ˆ Module II: Design of pressure vessels, Stresses in pressure vessels, Autofrettage,

Thermal stresses, Design of pressure vessel components such as shell, heads, nozzles,
flanges as per ASME & IS codes, Buckling (6 Lectures)

ˆ Module III: Design of high pressure power plant piping systems, flow characteris-
tics, material selection, thermal analysis of pipe and joints, thermal insulations (4
Lectures)

ˆ Module IV: Design of material handling in power plants, coal conveyor belts,
ash handling system, slurry disposal system, handling of radioactive materials (8
Lectures)

ˆ Module V: Design of heat transfer equipments, Boilers: classification, selection,

Heat exchangers: classification, selection, flow friction and pressure drop analy-
sis, basic them1al design, eNTU, p-NTU, MTD methods. Shell and tube heat
exchanger, construction and thermal features, thermal design procedure, Kern
method, Bell Delaware method (8 Lectures)

ˆ Module VI: Thermal design of regenerators, classifications, design parameters.

Design of compact heat exchangers, plate and fin, fm-tube and plate and frame
heat exchangers, fouling and corrosion in heat exchangers (6 Lectures)

ˆ Module VII: Wind turbine blade design, overview of design criteria and certi-
fication guidelines , aerodynamic design, structural design, design and choice of
sub-systems and components (6 Lectures)

Reference Books:
1. J. F. Harvey, Theory and Design of Pressure Vessels, CBS Publishers and
Distributors, 1987.

2. S. Walas, Chemical Process Equipment, Selection and Design, Buterworths

Sr. in Chemical Engineering.

3. L. Brownell, E. Young, Process Equipment Design, John Wiley and Sons.

660
 4. D. Kern, Process Heat Transfer, Tata McGraw-Hill, 2000.

5. Fraas, Heat Exchanger Design, 2nd Edition, John Wiley & Sons, 1989.

6. J. Manwell, J. McGowan, A. Rogers, Wind Energy Explained, Theory, Design

and Application, Wiley, 2012.

7. R. Kulwiec, Materials Handling Handbook, ASME, John Wiley and Sons.

8. W. Stoecker, Design of thermal systems, 3rd Edition, Tata McGraw-Hill Edu-

cation.

8.12 EN 507 : Transport Phenomena for Energy Systems

Course Code: EN 507
Course Name : Transport Phenomena for Energy Systems
L-T-P-C : 3-0-0-3
Intended for : UG/PG
Prerequisite : Instructor Consent
Mutual Exclusion : None
Approval: 9th Senate

Course Contents:
Module I: Introduction to transport phenomena, Vectors and tensors, types/uses of
control volume, notion of conservation principles and constitutive relations (4 Lectures)
Module II: Mechanisms of momentum transport, shell-momentum balance, equa-
tions of change for isothermal systems, applications of shell-momentum balance and equa-
tions of change to solve lD problems in laminar flow, time dependent flow of Newtonian
fluids, stream function and velocity potential, time smoothed equations for turbulent
flows, boundary layer flow past different bodies (16 Lectures)
Module III: Thermal conductivity and energy transport, Fourier’s law of heat con-
duction, shell-energy balance and boundary conditions, equations of change for non-
isothermal systems, temperature distributions and unsteady heat conduction in solids,
steady and unsteady free convection, temperature distributions in turbulent flow and
turbulent heat flux, forced convection in tubes, submerged bodies and packed beds (14
Lectures)
Module IV: Mechanisms of mass transport, Fick’s law of diffusion, shell-mass bal-
ance, equations of change for multi-component systems, laminar flow concentration pro-
files, steady and unsteady convective mass transport, diffusion in gases and liquids, .multi-
component mass diffusion, reaction rates, mechanisms, time scales (8 Lectures)

References:
1. R. Byron Bird, Warren E. Stewart, Edwin N. Lightfoot, Transport phenomena,
2nd edition, Wiley, 2001.

2. J.C. Slattery, Advanced transport phenomena, Cambridge University Press,

New York, 1999.

661
 3. Welty J.R, Wicks J.E, Wilson R.E, Rorrer G, Fundamentals of momentum,
heat and mass transport, 4th Edition, Wiley, 2001.

8.13 EN 508: Solid Mechanics for Energy Systems

Course Code: EN 508
Course Name: Solid Mechanics for Energy Systems
L-T-P-C: 3-0-0-3
Prerequisites: Mechanics of Solid
Students intended for: UG/PG
Elective or Core: Compulsory for Energy Engineering (Mechanical) and Elective for
others
Approval: 9th Senate

Course contents
ˆ Introduction
Motivation for course; Review of elementary solid mechanics. [1 Lecture]

ˆ Kinematics
deformation, displacements, strain tensors, strain-displacement relations, compati-
bility equation. [3 Lectures]

ˆ Kinetics
Traction vector, stress tensors, principle stresses, equations of motion, equilibrium.
[3 Lectures]

ˆ Constitutive Equations
anisotropic/orthotropic/transversely isotropic/ isotropic materials, generalized Hooke’s
law, linearized elasticity. [3 Lectures]

ˆ Basic Principles
stress and displacement formulations for energy system, superposition, St. Venant’s
principle, boundary conditions. [3 Lectures]

ˆ Variational Methods
strain energy, uniqueness, complementary energy, potential energy, virtual work
principle, minimum total potential/complementary energy principle, approximate
solutions. [4 Lectures]

ˆ Two-Dimensional (2-D) Theory

plane stress and plane strain, anti-plane shear, Airy’s stress function, inverse method,
complex variable method, displacement solution. [3 Lectures]

ˆ 2-D Problems
Energy component (beam) bending, plate with a hole, curved beams, pressurized
cylinders, wedges, rotating disks [3 Lectures]

662
 ˆ Torsion
St. Venant torsion theory, Prandtl stress function, membrane analogy. [3 Lectures]
ˆ The finite element method for numerical analyses of energy system
Finite elements, Element, interpolation functions, Element strains, stresses and
strain energy density, Element Stiffness Matrix, Global Stiffness Matrix, Boundary
conditions. Demonstration of FEM based software (ANSYS) for analyzing stress,
deformation and failure in components, assemblies and structures. [8 Lectures]
ˆ Boundary value problems for energy system made of elastic-plastic ma-
terials
Tension-torsion of thin walled tubes, Plastic limit load, Approximate methods in
metal forming. [4 Lectures]
ˆ Failure modes in Energy components
Fracture, Fatigue, Buckling, Large deflections, Plastic collapse. [4 Lectures]

Text and Reference Books:

1. S. P. Timoshenko and J. N. Goodier, Theory of Elasticity, 3rd Edition, McGraw-
Hill, New York, 1970
2. W. S. Slaughter, The Linearized Theory of Elasticity, Birkhauser, 2002 .
3. R. W. Little, Elasticity, Prentice-Hall, 1973.
4. P. Boresi and K. P. Chong, Elasticity in Engineering Mechanics, 2nd Edition,
Wiley, 2000.
5. Hertzberg R.W., Vinci R.P., Hertzberg J., Deformation and Fracture Mechan-
ics of Engineering Materials, Wiley, 2012.

8.14 EN 509 TD:Thermodynamics for Energy Systems

Course Code: EN 509
Course Name: Thermodynamics for Energy Systems
L-T-P-C: 3-0-0-3
Prerequisites: Instructor Consent
Students intended for: UG/M. Tech/MS/PhD
Elective or Core: Core for M. Tech Energy Engineering (Mechanical), elective for
UG/MS/PhD
Approval: 9th Senate; Changed to ME 634 (11th Senate)

Course contents
ˆ Laws of Thermodynamics
The first law for open and closed system; steady and transient processes, work
and heat transfer; second law of thermodynamics for open and closed systems; Lo-
cal temperature equilibrium (LTE) Model, entropy maximum an energy minimum
principles [ Lectures]

663
 ˆ Module II
Entropy; Concept of reversibility and irreversibility; change in entropy in various
thermodynamic processes, entropy balance for closed and open systems, mechanism
of entropy generation, entropy generation minimization. [ Lectures]

ˆ Single and multiphase systems

Maxwell relatios; Clasius-Clapeyron equation; Gibbs-Duham relation, phase dia-
grams; phase transition; types of equilibrium and stability; multi-component and
multi-phase systems, equations of state. [ Lectures]

ˆ Combustion and Thermochemistry

Stoichiometry of reactions, enthalpy of formation and reaction, adiabatic flame
temperature, second law availability analysis of chemical reactions. [ Lectures]

ˆ Advanced Thermodynamic Cycles

Advanced vapour power cycles; advanced gas power cycles, combined cycle power
cycles, cogeneration. [ Lectures]

ˆ Module VI
Exergy Analysis of energy systems and case studies. [ Lectures]

Text and Reference Books:

1. A. Bejan, Advanced Engineering Thermodynamics, Wiley, 2006.

2. M. J. Moran and H. N. Shapiro, Fundamentals of Engineering Thermody-

namics, John Wiley and Sons

3. C. Borgnakke, G. Van Wylen and R. E. Sonntag, Fundamentals of Thermody-

namics, Wiley India

8.15 EN 509: Functional Materials for Energy Engineering

Course Code: EN 509
Course Name: Functional Materials for Energy Engineering
L-T-P-C: : 3-0-0-3
Prerequisites: None
Students intended for: UG/PG
Elective or Core: Compulsory for M. Tech. in Energy Engineering with specialization
in Materials, and Elective for others
Mutual Exclusion: ME 609
Approval: 33rd Senate; 44th BoA

664
Course contents
ˆ Introduction
Definition of functional materials, Different kind of functional materials; Inorganic
and organic functional materials, Metal organic framework based materials, Hybrid
organic-inorganic Perovskites, Use of functionalities of materials in fabricating de-
vices, Causes for observed functionality in a material; Functionality arising due to
(i) electronic, (ii) spin, and (iii) ionic degrees of freedom; Exploitation of combined
effects in designing new functional materials. [4 Lectures]

ˆ Functionality driven by electronic degrees of freedom

Atoms and crystalline solids; electronic states of atoms and crystalline solids; For-
mation of bands in crystalline solids; Band dispersions; Density of states; Metals,
semiconductors and insulators; Direct and indirect band gap semiconductors; For-
mation of impurity bands in the p-type and n-type semiconductors; Electrons effec-
tive mass in a semiconductor; Transport and optical properties of a semiconductor;
Opto-electronic materials. [12 Lectures]

ˆ Functionality driven by spin degrees of freedom

Formation of magnetic moment in an atom; Spin and orbital part of magnetic
moment in a solid; Magnetization of a solid; Diamagnetic, paramagnetic, ferromag-
netic, and antiferromagnetic materials; Different kind of antiferromagnetic struc-
tures; Exchange interaction; Determination of magnetic transition temperature us-
ing mean-field theory; Formation of domain wall in ferromagnetic material; Soft
and hard ferromagnets; CMR/GMR materials. [10 Lectures]

ˆ Functionality driven by ionic degrees of freedom

Covalent, ionic and metallic solids; Formation of dipole moment; Polarization of a
material; Paraelectric, ferroelectric, antiferroelectric, piezoelectric, and pyroelectric
materials; formation of domain wall in ferroelectric material; Multiferroic materials.
[6 Lectures]

ˆ Functionality driven Energy Devices

Energy efficient devices, Light emitting diodes, Power Electronic Devices, Quantum
computers and devices, Opto-electronic devices, Thermoelectric Devices, Electro
caloric and Magneto caloric devices, Photovoltaic Devices. [10 Lectures]

Text Books:
1. N.W.Ashcroft and N.D. Mermin, Solid State Physics, Harcourt College Publish-
ers, 1976.

2. Marius Grundmann, The Physics of Semiconductors: An Introduction In-

cluding Devices and Nanophysics, Springer, 2010.

Reference Books:
1. R.M.Martin, Electronic Structure: Basic Theory and Practical Methods,
Cambridge University Press, 2004.

665
 2. K.F. Wang, J. – M. Liu, and Z.F.Ren, Multiferroicity: the coupling between
magnetic and polarization orders, Advances in Physics, 58, 321, 2009.

8.16 EN 510 : Electrochemical Systems for Energy Engineering

Course Code: EN 510
Course Name : Electrochemical Systems for Energy Engineering
L-T-P-C : 3-0-2-4
Intended for : UG/PG (Compulsory for MTech. in Materials and Energy Engineering,
and Elective for others)
Prerequisite : None
Mutual Exclusion : None .
Approval: 44th BoA

Course Contents:
ˆ Electrochemical Engineering Fundamentals: Electrical Current/Voltage, Fara-
day’s Laws; Electric Efficiency, and Mass Balance; Electrode Potentials and Electrode–
Electrolyte Interfaces; Potential Difference; Electrochemical Cells- Galvanic, Elec-
trolytic and concentration. [5 Hours]

ˆ Thermodynamics and Kinetics of an Electrochemical Cell: Electrochem-

ical Cell Phases; The Nernst Equation; Mass Transfer Modes; Electrode Kinetics
(Charger Transfer (Butler–Volmer Equation) and Mass Transfer (Diffusion Laws));
Limitations of Butler–Volmer Equation; Limiting Current Density; Galvanostatic
Polarization; Polarization Methods- Linear Polarization, Tafel Extrapolation. [9
Hours]

ˆ Batteries: Introduction; Basic Li battery; Lead acid battery; Nickel-Metal Hydride

(Ni-MH) Rechargeable Batteries; Metal–Air batteries; Self-discharge of batteries;
Jump starting a car; Battery safety and toxicity. [6 Hours]

ˆ Fuel Cells: Introduction; Variety of fuel cells- proton exchange membrane fuel
cell, Solid oxide fuel cell, Direct methanol fuel cell, Alkaline fuel cells; Hybrid fuel
cell- battery system; Hydrogen Storage [6 Hours]

ˆ Supercapacitor: Introduction; Electric double-layer capacitors (EDLCs); Pseu-

docapacitor; Asymmetric hybrid capacitors; Concerns with cell assembly; Energy
density and power density. [5 Hours]

ˆ Electroanalytical methods: Cyclic voltammetry and linear sweep voltammetry;

The need for a reference electrode; Impedance Spectroscopy; Chronoamperometry;
The open circuit potential; Galvanometric charge-discharge; Ring disc electrode [8
Hours]

ˆ Electrochemical manufacturing: Electroplating; Electroless plating; Electro-

chemical machining and polishing. [3 Hours]

666
Laboratory/practical/tutorial Modules: [28 Hours]
ˆ Experiment 1: Sample preparation

ˆ Experiment 2: Cyclic voltammetry and linear sweep voltammetry

ˆ Experiment 3: Impedance Spectroscopy

ˆ Experiment 4: Chronoamperometry

ˆ Experiment 5: Galvanometric charge-discharge

ˆ Experiment 6: Ring disc electrode

Text books:
1. Zhang, J., Zhang, L., Liu, H., Sun, A., & Liu, R. S. (Eds.), Electrochemical
Technologies for Energy Storage and Conversion, 2 Volume Set (Vol. 1).
John Wiley & Sons, 2011.

2. Braun, A., Electrochemical Energy Systems, de Gruyter, 2018

References:
Dicks, A. L., & Rand, D. A. (2018). Fuel cell systems explained. John Wiley & Sons.

8.17 EN 511: Structure- Property Characterization

Course Code: EN 511
Course Name: Structure- Property Characterization
L-T-P-C: 3-0-0-3
Prerequisites: Instructor Consent
Students intended for: UG/PG
Elective or Core:
Approval: 9th Senate; Updated in 44th BoA

Course contents
ˆ Module I
Introduction to materials, their structural and functional applications, classification
of materials, structure of Materials: crystals structure, phase diagrams; binary
systems, micro structure of singles phase and two phase materials, Determination
of str. using X-ray diffraction and microscopy. [15 Lectures]

ˆ Module II
Properties of materials: mechanical properties of (1) single phase materials, role of
grain boundaries, (ii) two phase materials-precipitation and dispersion hardening
systems, morphology of second phase and its influence on mechanical properties
(iii) composites. [15 Lectures]

667
 ˆ Module III
Conductors and semiconductor devices, magnetic properties, dielectric properties
and their relation with structure. [12 Lectures]

Text and Reference Books:

1. A.J.Dekker, Electrical Engineering Materials

2. Hummel, Electronic Properties of Materials, Springer

3. Anthony R. West, Solid State Chemistry and Its Applications,John Wiley &
Sons.

8.18 EN 511 44 BoA : Computational Methods in Material Sci-

ence
Course Code: EN 511 44 BoA
Course Name : Computational Methods in Material Science
L-T-P-C : 1-0-6-4
Intended for : UG/PG (Compulsory for MTech. in Materials and Energy Engineering,
and Elective for others)
Prerequisite : Instructor’s consent
Mutual Exclusion : None .
Approval: 44th BoA; Old: 9th Senate

Course Contents:
Theory:
ˆ Density functional theory, Pseudo potentials, Plane wave and Projector augmented
wave methods, Exchange-correlation functionals, Self-consistent solutions, Density
of states, Band structures, Optical properties, Electrical & thermal conductivities,
Seebeck coefficient, Polarization, Piezoelectric tensor, Specific heat, Entropy, Free
energy, Elastic tensors, Moduli of elasticity, phonon dispersion, and Machine learn-
ing. [14 Hours]

Laboratory/practical/tutorial Modules: [84 Hours]

ˆ Part-1: Introduction to the various features of ABINIT code. Calculations of prop-
erties related to

– Photovoltaic materials: Density of states, Band structures, & Optical proper-

ties;
– Thermoelectric materials: Electrical conductivity, thermal conductivity, See-
beck coefficient, Specific heat, Entropy, Free energy; and
– Piezoelectric materials: Polarization, Piezoelectric tensor, Elastic tensors &
Moduli of elasticity. [48 Hours]

668
 ˆ Part-2: Introduction to the various features of AFLOW and JARVIS codes. Search
of new materials with better

– Electronic,
– Optical,
– Thermoelectric, and
– Piezoelectric properties. [20 Hours]

ˆ Project: Proposing and demonstrating various scenarios for improving the proper-
ties of the existing state-of-the-art Photovoltaic, Thermoelectric, and Piezoelectric
materials. [16 Hours]

Text books:
1. Richard M. Martin, Electronic Structure: Basic Theory and Practical Method,
Volume 2, Cambridge University Press, 2020.

2. Tim Mueller, Aaron Gilad Kusne and Rampi Ramprasad, Machine Learning
in Materials Science: Recent Progress and Emerging Applications, A
Chapter in Reviews in Computational Chemistry, Volume 29, Editors: Abby L.
Parrill and Kenny B. Lipkowitz, John Wiley & Sons, Inc., 2016

References:
1. Burke, Kieron, The abc of dft, Department of Chemistry, University of California
40 (2007).

8.19 EN 512 old : Creep-Fatigue Interaction

Course Code: EN 512 9th Senate
Course Name : Creep-Fatigue Interaction
L-T-P-C : 3-0-0-3
Intended for : UG/PG
Prerequisite : Mechanical Behaviour of Materials
Mutual Exclusion : None
Approval: 9th Senate; Updated in 44th BoA

Course Contents:
ˆ Module I: High temperature deformation and creep behavior, uniaxial and multi
axial creep model, High temp fracture, nucleation and growth of creep, cavities,
creep crack nucleation and growth, creep damage theory, and prediction of creep
life. (20 Lectures)

ˆ Module II: Creep-fatigue failure diagnosis, Creep-fatigue based design criteria,

modeling of creep fatigue interaction and case studies (24 Lectures)

669
References:
1. J-S. Zhang, High Temperature Deformation and Fracture of Materials,
ISBN: 978-0-85709- 079-9.

8.20 EN 512 : Structure-Property Correlations for Energy Ap-

plications
Course Code: EN 512
Course Name : Structure-Property Correlations for Energy Applications
L-T-P-C : 1-0-4-3
Intended for : UG/PG (Compulsory for MTech. in Materials and Energy Engineering,
and Elective for others)
Prerequisite : IC241 (Materials Science for Engineers)/ Instructor Consent
Mutual Exclusion : None .
Approval: 44th BoA

Course Contents:
ˆ Module - 1: Introduction to energy materials; photovoltaics, electrochemical sys-
tems, thermoelectrics, solar thermal systems. Importance of materials characteri-
zation (2 hours).

ˆ Module - 2: Structure of Materials – Crystal structure, micro-structure, and

macrostructure; Determination of crystal structure by diffraction, X ray diffraction
and electron and neutron diffraction; Vibrational spectroscopy (IR and Raman
spectroscopy) for structural characterization of materials. (4 Hours)

ˆ Module - 3: Microstructure determination by light, and electron microscopy (SEM

and TEM); binary alloys and distribution of phases in microstructure. (2 Hours)

ˆ Module - 4: Thermal analysis by TGA-DSC; Determination of enthalpy, melting,

decomposition and phase transition temperatures. (2 Hours)

ˆ Module - 5: Mechanical property determination by indentation and tensile test,

Stress-Strain diagram (2 Hours)

ˆ Module - 6: Basics of electronic band structure, Electrical and optical proper-

ties of energy materials, determination of bandgap, Absorption (UV-Vis), emission
(Photoluminescence) (2 Hours)

Laboratory/practical/tutorial Modules: [42 Hours]

ˆ Structural Characterization (Module-1):

– Preparation and processing of specimen and structural characterization using

XRD, Determination of crystal structure by X-ray diffraction in a diffractome-
ter
– Preparation and processing of specimen and structural characterization using
FT-IR, and Raman spectroscopy

670
 ˆ Microstructural Characterization (Module-2):

– Preparation and processing of specimen and observation of microstructure in

single phase alloy under optical microscope, scanning electron microscope
– Preparation and processing of specimen and observation of microstructure and
electron diffraction using transmission electron microscope

ˆ Thermal Characterization: (Module-3):

– Preparation and processing of specimen and thermal characterization using

TGA-DSC
– Thermal conductivity measurement

ˆ Mechanical Characterization (Module-4):

– Preparation and processing of specimen and characterization of mechanical

property using tensile test UTM
– reparation and processing of specimen and elastic modulus as well as hardness
measurements by indentation method.

ˆ Electrical and Optical Characterization (Module 5):

– Preparation and processing of specimen and characterization of Current volt-

age measurement, electrical conductivity, opto-electrical property.
– Preparation and processing of specimen for Absorption (UV-Vis), emission
(Photoluminescence/fluorescence) spectroscopy and determination of band gap.

Text books:
1. Robert E Reed-Hill and Reza Abbaschian, Physical Metallurgy Principles,
Thomson, 2003 reprint.

2. R. E. Hummel, Electronic Properties of Materials, Springer, 4th ed. 2011

References:
1. Mauro Sardela, Practical Materials Characterization, Springer New York,
2014

2. A.R. West, Solid-State Chemistry and Its Applications, Wiley, 2014

8.21 EN 513: Life Extension Engineering

Course Code: EN 513
Course Name: Life Extension Engineering
L-T-P-C: 3-0-0-3
Prerequisites:
Students intended for: UG/PG
Elective or Core:
Approval: 9th Senate

671
Course contents
ˆ Module I
Inspection, monitoring and materials degradation, Structural integrity assessment
(input parameters and assessment method) and life prediction, Risk assessment,
life extension and economics. [10 Lectures]

ˆ Module II
Life prediction for boiler components: Materials and damage mechanism, boiler
tube failure mechanism, Header-damage mechanism, Damage mechanism in steam
pipes, Damage and life assessment of boiler component, Extrapolation of statistics
of part failures, Methods based on temperature estimation, Integrated methodology
for life assessments.
Life assessment for steam-turbine components: Materials and damage mechanism,
Service failure experience, Remaining life assessment: methods for rotors, Remain-
ing life assessment of valves and steam chests, Remaining-life analysis of blades,
Remaining-life assessment of bolts. [12 Lectures]

ˆ Module III
Life assessment techniques for combustion-turbines: Life assessment techniques,
Crack initiation assessment, Crack-propagation analysis for vanes, Crack tolerance
of blades, Integrated methodology for life assessment. [8 Lectures]

ˆ Module IV
Service life, reliability and maintenance of structures: Structural reliability and
service life Time dependent reliability and service life. Probabilistic methods for
service life estimation of engineering structures. [6 Lectures]

ˆ Module V
Pipeline rehabilitation systems for service life extension: Extending service life,Trenchless
renewal methods (TRMs), Selection of renewal method , Current design concepts
for pipeline renewals, Emerging design concepts for pipeline renewal systems, Long-
term testing. [6 Lectures]

Text and Reference Books:

1. Viswanathan, Ramaswamy, Damage mechanisms and life assessment of high
temperature components, ASM international, 1989.

2. Proceedings of the Third International Conference on Engineering Struc-

tural Integrity Assessment organised by The Dynamic Testing Agency in con-
junction with AEA Technology, held at Churchill College, Cambridge, U.K., Septem-
ber 24-26, 1996 Editors: J.H.Edwards, P.E.J. Flewitt, B.C. Gasper, K.A. McLarty,
P. Stanley and B. Tomkins, 1996.

3. Karbhari, Vistasp M., and Luke S. Lee, Service life estimation and extension
of civil engineering structures, 1st edition, Woodhead Publishing Limited, El-
sevier, 2010.

672
8.22 EN 604: Energy: Environment Policy and Law
Course Code: EN 604
Course Name: Energy: Environment Policy and Law
L-T-P-C: 3-0-0-3
Prerequisites: None
Students intended for: UG/PG
Elective or Core: Energy core for M. Tech. (Energy Materials) and elective for B.
Tech., M.S., and Ph. D. students
Approval: 9th Senate

Course contents
ˆ Engineering Economics
Estimation, Supply, Demand, Cost, Elasticity, Pareto Efficiency, Welfare Economics,
Social Discounting, Hyperbolic Discounting, Pricing, Borrowing, Depreciation, Taxes,
Market Failure, Risk Modeling, Attitudes and Utility, Multi-Attribute Decisions
and Stochastic Dominance, Monte Carlo Simulation, and Cost Effectiveness Anal-
ysis/Value of Life. [14 Lectures]

ˆ Energy Economics
Unit cost calculation of power generation from different energy sources, Rules for in-
vestment in Energy sector, Payback period, NPV, IRR, ERR, and Benefit-cost anal-
ysis, Net Social Benefit (with Free riding concepts) and Rebound effects, Energy-
GDP elasticity, Financing of energy systems, Energy – economy interaction, renew-
able and non-renewable sources of energy with their advantages and disadvantages
on environment and climate change. [14 Lectures]

ˆ Energy Policy and Environmental Law

Energy policy, Tariffs and subsidies, Taxes, National energy plan and five-year
plans, Energy Models, Trend analysis, Costs of exploration and alternate energy,
International energy supply, Energy Pricing, Environment interaction, Clean devel-
opment mechanism, Overview of renewable energy policy in India, India’s Plan for
a domestic energy cap & trade scheme, and renewable energy credits. Federalism,
Energy Regulation, Environmental law with a focus on Water (prevention & control
of pollution) act 1974, Environmental protection act 1986, and effluent standards
and ambient air quality standards. Legal Regimes Governing Primary Sources of
Energy – Non – Renewable and Renewable, and Regulatory Framework concerning
Electricity, Gas, Coal, and Renewable Energy. [14 Lectures]

Text Books:
1. Tiwari, G. N., & Mishra, R. K., Advanced Renewable Energy Sources, Royal
Society of Chemistry, 2011.

2. Tung Au, Thomas P. Au., Engineering Economics for Capital Investment

Analysis, Fac Sub edition, Prentice Hall, 1991.

673
 3. Robert T. Clemen, Terence Reilly, Making Hard Decisions with Decision
Tools Suite, Cengage Learning. 2004.

4. Laurance R. Geri, David E. McNabb, Policy in the U.S.: Politics, Challenges,

and Prospects for Change, CRC Press, 2011.

5. Henry M. Levin, Patrick J. McEwan, Cost-Effectiveness Analysis: Methods

and Applications, 2nd Edition, SAGE Publications Inc., 2000.

6. Rubin, Edward, Introduction to Engineering and the Environment, McGraw-

Hill Science/Engineering/Math, 2000.

7. For Indian Energy and Environment policy program and Act, please refer
to the MNRE website: http://www.mnre.gov.in/

8. Mohammad Naseem, Energy Law in India, Wolters Kluwer, 2011.

9. Karen Makuch, Environmental and Energy law, Wiley, 2012.

10. SKL Chaterjee, Commentary on Electricity Laws in India, 1st Edition, Delhi
Law House, 2006.

8.23 EN 605: Modeling and Simulation of Energy Systems

Course Code: EN 605
Course Name: : Modeling and Simulation of Energy Systems
L-T-P-C: : 2-0-2-3
Prerequisites: None
Students intended for: UG/PG
Elective or Core: Compulsory for M. Tech in Energy Engineering and elective for
others
Approval: 9th Senate

Course contents
ˆ Physical Modelling
Dimensional analysis and dimensionless groups, Similarity criteria, development
of physical models based on similarity and dimensionless group. Application of
physical modelling to energy systems. [6 Lectures]

ˆ Mathematical modelling
Continuous time dynamic modelling through differential equation, lumped parame-
ter and distributed parameter models, Input-output models, transfer function, state
space models and their transfer functions, models for control, transient and steady
state response, stability; Simulation of models by MATLAB, applications of dy-
namic modelling and simulation to energy management in ships and PV systems.
[8 Lectures]

674
 ˆ Fuzzy logic Modelling
Fuzzy sets, membership function, operations with fuzzy sets, Fuzzy knowledge,
Fuzzy inference systems, fuzzy approach to identify power transformer criticality,
data clustering to evolve fuzzy models, design of fuzzy logic controller for optimal
control of boiler-turbine system. [5 Lectures]

ˆ Artificial neural network (ANN) modelling

Neuron, Neural network and its architecture, training, validation and test of the
back propagation network (BPN), modelling of solar distillation system, ANFIS
models. [6 Lectures]

ˆ Non-traditional techniques of optimization

simulated annealing and genetic algorithm. [3 Lectures]

Text Books:
1. Josef Kunes, Similarity and Modeliling in Science and Engineering, Cambridge
International Science Publishing, 2012.

2. Katsuhiko Ogata, Modern Control Engineering, Prentice Hall India,

3. Timothy J. Ross, Fuzzy logic with eEngineering Applications, John Wiley & Sons,
2010.

4. Simon Haykin, Neural Networks, Pearson Education Inc.,1999.

5. K. Deb, Optimization for Engineering Design, Prentice Hall India Pvt. Ltd.,1991.

8.24 EN 611: : Durability Behavior of Energy Materials

Course Code: EN 611
Course Name: : Durability Behavior of Energy Materials
L-T-P-C: : 3-0-0-3
Prerequisites: None
Students intended for: UG/M.Tech./ MS/ PhD
Elective or Core: Compulsory for M.Tech. in Energy Engineering with specialization
in Materials, and Elective for others
Approval: 10th Senate

Course contents
ˆ Static loading and Deformation behavior
Distinctive load – elongation behavior of different types of materials under uni-
axial loading, definition of stress and strain, stress-strain diagram, elastic behavior,
yielding and plastic behavior of ductile materials; necking instability, Important
design criteria based on stress and strain at ambient temperature; strain rate and
its influence of stress-strain diagram at elevated temperature. [4 Lectures]

675
 ˆ Durability under static loading
Defects in materials; linear defects or dislocations – types, burgers vector, slip, slip
planes and slip directions, cross slip and climb, movement of dislocations leading to
plastic deformation, stacking fault and partial dislocations, strain hardening, grain
boundaries, strengthening mechanisms; recovery, recrystallization and grain growth
during heating of deformed materials. [6 Lectures]
ˆ Durability under Creep Deformation
Deformation under static loading at elevated temperature - creep curve, mechanisms
of creep, temperature dependence of creep, deformation mechanism maps, cavita-
tions, stress rupture versus creep, extrapolation schemes; Development of materials
for ultra supercritical boilers for application in furnace panels, super-heaters, thick
section components and steam lines. [8 Lectures]
ˆ Durability under Cyclic Loading
Deformation under cyclic loading, high cycle fatigue – S-N curve, effect of mean
stress, Miner rule, cyclic stress-strain curve, low cycle fatigue, strain life equation,
effect of stress concentration and size of component, Design for fatigue, effect of
temperature on fatigue; development of turbine materials. [8 Lectures]
ˆ Durability under corrosion
Overview of corrosion, corrosion in water and steam, High temperature corrosion;
corrosion under boiler flue gases, hot corrosion in gas turbine components, materials
protection by coating. [6 Lectures]
ˆ Durability under Erosion and Cavitation
Overview of wear, erosion and cavitation wear, thermally sprayed coatings and
weldings for repair of hydro-turbines and pumps. [6 Lectures]

Text Books:
1. George E. Dieter, Mechanical Metallurgy, McGraw Hill Book Company 1986
2. J. Lecomte-beckers, M. Carton, F. Schubert and P.J. Ennis (Editors), Materials
for Advanced Power Engineering, Vol.53, Part-1, 2006.
3. Zaki Ahmed, Principles of Corrosion Engineering and Corrosion Control,
Elsevier Science & Technology Books, 2006.
4. Peter J. Blau, Friction and Wear transitions in Materials, Noyes Publications,
1989

8.25 EN 612: Structure - Property correlation in materials for

Energy Applications
Course Code: EN 612
Course Name: Structure - Property correlation in materials for Energy Ap-
plications
L-T-P-C: : 2-0-2-3

676
 Prerequisites: IC241 (Materials Science for Engineers)/ Instructor Contest
Students intended for: UG/M. Tech./ MS/ PhD
Elective or Core: Compulsory for M. Tech. in Energy Engineering with specialization
in Materials, and Elective for others
Approval: 10th Senate

Course contents
ˆ Module I
Structure of Materials – Crystal structure, micro structure and macrostructure; De-
termination of crystal structure by X-ray diffraction and microstructure by optical,
scanning and electron microscopy, selected area diffraction; Phase diagram of bi-
nary alloys and distribution of phases in microstructure of cast and wrought alloys
[10 Lectures]

ˆ Module II
Ni-based super-alloys – Austenitic Ni-Cr binary alloys, Ni-based superalloys based
on γ phase containing, nickel, cobalt, iron, chromium and molybdenum, Coherent
and incoherent precipitates, y (Ni3Al based L12 structure) precipitates, nickel –
iron superalloys (IN718 and IN706) hardened by γ” (Ni3Nb based D022 structure),
basal plane coherency, Grain growth and pinning of grain boundaries, Carbides
and borides in superalloys; refractory elements and hard intermetallic TCP phases,
Influence of microstructure on strength, ductility and creep life. Iron and cobalt
based superalloys. [10 Lectures]

ˆ Module III
Conductors and semiconductor devices, solar photovoltaic materials, organic pho-
tovoltaic materials. [8 Lectures]

Experiments:
1. Determination of crystal structure by X-ray diffraction in a diffractometer

2. Preparation of specimen and observation of microstructure in single phase alloy

under optical microscope

3. Microstructure of cast and wrought alloys under optical microscope

4. Microstructure of iron based alloys in hydroturbines under optical and electron

microscope

5. Microstructure of Ni-based superalloys in steam and gas turbines under optical and
electron microscope along with SAD of precipitates.

6. Microstructure of alloys after service – erosion and cavitation in hydroturbines;

creep cavitation in high temperature turbines

7. Microstructure of silicon wafers under optical and electron microscope

677
Reference Books:
1. Robert E Reed-Hill and Reza Abbaschian, Physical Metallurgy Principles,
Thomson, 2003 reprint.

2. Chester T Sims, William C Hagel, Superalloys II, Wiley-Interscience, 1987

3. R. E. Hummel, Electronic Properties of Materials, 4th Edition, Springer, 2011.

8.26 EN 613: Creep-Fatigue Interaction

Course Code: EN 613
Course Name: Creep-Fatigue Interaction
L-T-P-C: 3-0-0-3
Prerequisites: EN 611 (Durability Behavior of Energy Materials)/ Instructor Consent
Students intended for: UG/MS/PhD/M.Tech.
Elective or Core:
Approval: 10th Senate

Course contents
ˆ Module I
High temperature deformation and creep behavior, uniaxial and multi axial creep
model, High temp fracture, nucleation and growth of creep, cavities, creep crack
nucleation and growth, creep damage theory, and prediction of creep life. [20 Lec-
tures]

ˆ Module II
Creep-fatigue failure diagnosis, Creep-fatigue based design criteria, modeling of
creep fatigue interaction and case studies. [22 Lectures]

Reference Books:
1. J-S. Zhang, High Temperature Deformation and Fracture of Materials,
Woodhead Publishing Ltd., 2010.

8.27 EN 695P: Post Graduate Project-I

Course Code : ME 695P
Course Name : Post Graduate Project-I
L-T-P-C: 0-0-4-2
Intended for : MTech. in Materials and Energy Engineering
Prerequisite : None
Mutual Exclusion : None
Approval: 44th BoA; 34th Senate

678
Course Modules with quantitative lecture hours:
The students are expected to conduct their literature survey in the winter term based on
the research topic the students and their advisors decide upon. Their level of satisfactory
progress will be judged at the beginning of the 2nd semester based on the problem
identification and their requisite literature survey. Their involvement on the project will
be a key factor of their judgement and will contain various aspects like- discussion with
the advisor, completion of literature survey, report writing and presentation.

Textbooks:
As suggested by advisor.

References:
As suggested by supervisor or the material student finds necessary while working on
project

Other courses and equivalent courses

The following courses are offered with one time approval.
1. EM 500 Design Practicum 11th Senate
2. EM 601 This course is equivalent to EM 504 14th Senate
3. EM 602 Experiments in Materials Science 11th Senate
4. EM 604 Energy: Environment Policy and Law 11th and 18th Senate
5. EM 651 Solar Photovoltaic Materials and Fabrication 14th Senate
6. EM 658 Deformation Behavior of Energy Materials: Equivalent Course is: EN 611
Durability Behavior of Energy Materials 18th Senate
7. EN 509 Old Thermodynamics for Energy Systems; Equivalent course is ME 634
Thermodynamics for Energy Systems
8.

9 Electric Transport Courses

9.1 ET 501 : Power Electronic Applications in Electric Trans-
portation
Course Code: ET 501
Course Name : Power Electronic Applications in Electric Transportation
L-T-P-C : 3-0-0-3
Intended for : PG
Prerequisite : Power Electronics/Consent of the instructor
Mutual Exclusion : None
Approval: 44th BoA

679
Course Contents:
ˆ Introduction to hybrid and electric vehicles (3 hours)

– Electrification concepts
– HEV architectures and classifications
– Technological trends
– Electric drivetrains

ˆ Introduction to Power Electronics (7 hours)

– Basic power electronics concepts

– Overview of power semiconductor devices
– Various converters for EVs

ˆ Power electronics Converters (12 hours)

– DC-DC converters
– AC-DC converters
– DC-AC converters

ˆ Battery Connected Systems (6 hours)

– Battery pack
– Battery management system
– Thermal management system
– Body control unit

ˆ Charging Infrastructure for EVs (6 hours)

– On-board charging
– Fast charging
– Battery-swapping station
– DC-microgrid based charging station

ˆ Modelling and Simulation (8 hours)

– System design considerations

– Rating and sizing of electric drivetrain components
– Complete system modelling
– Simulation of the complete system

Laboratory/practical/tutorial Modules:
A laboratory course is proposed separately to support this course.

680
Text books:
1. A. Emadi, M. Ehsani and J. M. Miller, Vehicular Electric Power Systems:
Land Sea Air and Space Vehicles, New York:Marcel Dekker, 2003.

2. J. Larminie and J. Lowry, Electric Vehicle Technology Explained, New York:Wiley,

2003.

References:
1. Ned Mohan, Tore M. Undeland, William P. Robbins, Power Electronics, Appli-
cations and Design, John Wiley & Sons, 2003.

2. M.H. Rashid, Power Electronics: Circuits, Devices and Application, Fourth

edition, Pearson Education, 2017

3. Sheldon S. Williamson, Energy Management Strategies for Electric and

Plug-in Hybrid Electric Vehicles, 1st Edition, Springer, 2003.

4. B. K. Bose, Modern Power Electronics and AC Drives, Pearson Education

India, 2015

9.2 ET 502 : Embedded Systems and IoT for E-Transportation

Course Code: ET 502
Course Name : Embedded Systems and IoT for E-Transportation
L-T-P-C : 3-0-2-4
Intended for : PG
Prerequisite : Digital System Design (EE 210) or equivalent
Distribution : Core for M.Tech in Electric Transportation students, elective for other
advanced B.Tech /M.Tech students
Mutual Exclusion : None
Approval: 44th BoA

Course Contents:
ˆ Introduction to embedded systems: Understanding an embedded system, de-
sign metrics, design challenges, technologies for embedded systems. (2 hours)

ˆ Custom Single Purpose Processor for Embedded Systems: Design of data-

paths and controllers, finite state machines, custom single purpose processor design
at RT level, optimizing custom single purpose processors, introduction to hardware
description languages, modeling of custom single purpose processors using hardware
description languages. (3 hours)

ˆ Introduction to FPGA: Introduction to complex digital systems design, no-

tion of programmable logic devices, overview of FPGA architecture, realization of
data-path and controller, timing analysis of data-path and controller, synthesis,
placement, routing, performance optimization. (2 hours)

681
 ˆ Introduction to Microcontrollers: Introduction to microcontrollers, overview
of architecture of a typical microcontroller such as AVR microcontroller, addressing,
assembly language programming, Memory and I/O interfacing, device drivers for
I/O devices. (4 hours)

ˆ Sensors and Actuators: Basic principles of sensors and actuators, classification

of sensors and actuators, interface methodology and circuits, integration aspects
(3 hours) 6. Embedded Systems for Electric Transportation: Battery management
system (BMS), cell monitoring, battery safety and protection, state of charge esti-
mation, state of health estimation, cell balancing, thermal management, charging
control, BMS architectures. (8 hours)

ˆ Introduction to IoT: Overview of Internet of Things, IoT architecture, Commu-

nication protocols (4 hours)

ˆ Protocols for Wired communication: Device configuration and protocols, e.g.,

CAN, LIN, FlexRay, MOST, Ethernet, OBDII, (5 hours)

ˆ Protocols for Wireless communication: Wifi, ZigBee, Bluetooth Low Energy

(BLE) (5 hours)

ˆ IoT for Electric Transportation: Centralized charging scheme, decentralized

charging scheme, performance comparison and evaluation. (6 hours)

Experiments for lab: 28 hours

ˆ Hardware modeling using hardware description language

ˆ Modeling a custom single purpose processor for electric vehicle applications

ˆ Hardware realization using FPGA

ˆ Interrupt handling through microcontroller

ˆ Stepper Motor control using microcontroller

ˆ Battery management using microcontroller

ˆ FPGA based battery management architectures

ˆ Designing a multiprotocol system

ˆ Wired communication using CAN bus, LIN, FlexRay, MOST, Ethernet, OBDII 10.
TCP-UDP client server systems

ˆ IoT application layer protocols - MQTT-CoAP

ˆ Applications of IoT on centralized charging scheme

ˆ Applications of IoT in decentralized charging scheme

682
Textbooks:
1. Rui Xiaong, Weixiang Shen, Advanced Battery Management Technologies for Elec-
tric Vehicles, Wiley publishers, 2019.

2. James K. Peckol, Embedded Systems: A Contemporary Design Tool, Wiley pub-

lishers, 2009.

Reference books:
1. Peter Xiao, Designing Embedded Systems and the Internet of Things (IoT)
with the ARM mbed, Wiley publishers, 2018.

2. Edward Ashford Lee and Sanjit Arunkumar Seshia, Introduction to Embedded

Systems – A Cyber–Physical Systems Approach, MIT Press, 2017.

3. Charles H. Roth Jr., Lizy Kurian John, Digital Systems Design Using VHDL,
Cengage Learning, Third Edition, 2016.

9.3 ET 503 : Electrical Machine and Drives in Electric Trans-

portation
Course Code: ET 503
Course Name : Electrical Machine and Drives in Electric Transportation
L-T-P-C : 3-0-0-3
Intended for : UG/PG
Prerequisite : : Electromechanics (EE 201), Control System (EE301) and Power
Electronics (EE 309)
Mutual Exclusion : None
Approval: 44th BoA

Course Contents:
ˆ Introduction to Electric Transportation: Example of EVs; State of the art
in Electric Vehicle Technology, Overview of EV technologies, Fuel Cell Electric
Vehicles, Hybrid Electric Vehicles (HEVs), Vehicle Dynamics and Drive cycle, In-
troduction to Railway Systems. (5 Hours)

ˆ Fundamentals of Electric Drive control: Control Block diagram, Reference

frame Theory, dq-reference frame, PI- controllers Design, Hysteresis controller Con-
trol Methods: Field oriented control, Direct torque control, Sensor less control,
Model Reference Adaptive Control (MRAC) Approach, Sliding mode control DC
machine Drive: Closed loop Speed Control of DC Motor Through armature voltage
control and field control, Regenerative Braking Control of motors in the EV: Multi
Wheel Drive (MWD) or All Wheel Drive (AWD) systems, Torque vectoring etc.
(12 hours)

ˆ Induction Motor Drives: Induction Machines: Squirrel Cage Induction Machine

and Slip Ring Induction Machines αβ and dq- modeling of Induction Machines,
Inverters for Induction Motors, PWM Switching Inverters, Soft-Switching Inverters

683
 Induction Motor Control: Voltage by Frequency Control, Field-Oriented Control,
Direct Torque Control, Design Criteria of Induction Motor Drives for EVs, Design
Example of Induction Motor Drives for EVs, Application Examples of Induction
Motor Drives in EVs and Railways. (10 hours)

ˆ Permanent Magnet Brushless Motor Drives: PM Materials, PM Brushless

Machines: Structure of PM Brushless Machines, Principle of PM Brushless Ma-
chines, Modeling of PM Brushless Machines, Inverters for PM Brushless Motors,
Inverter Requirements, Switching Schemes for Brushless AC Operation, Switch-
ing Schemes for Brushless DC Operation PM Brushless Motor Control: PM Syn-
chronous Motor Control, PM Brushless DC Motor Control Design Criteria of PM
Brushless Motor Drives for EVs: Design Examples of PM Brushless Motor Drives
for EVs, Planetary-Geared PM Synchronous Motor Drive, Outer-Rotor PM Brush-
less DC Motor Drive, Application Examples of PM Brushless Motor Drives in EVs
and Railways. (11 hours)

ˆ Introduction to Special Machines: Switched Reluctance machine (SRM), Syn-

chronous Reluctance Machine (SyRM) etc. (4 hours)

Laboratory/practical/tutorial Modules:
Nil

Textbooks:
1. K. T. CHAU, Electric Vehicle Machines and Drives: Design, Analysis and
Application, Wiley-IEEE Press, 2015.

2. Morris Brenna, Federica Foiadelli, Dario Zaninelli, Electrical Railway Trans-

portation Systems, Wiley-IEEE Press, 2018.

References:
1. Ned Mohan, Siddharth Raju, Analysis and Control of Electric Drives: Sim-
ulations and Laboratory Implementation, Aug. 2020

2. John G. Hayes, G. Abas Goodarzi, Powertrain: Energy Systems, Power Elec-

tronics and Drives for Hybrid, Electric and Fuel Cell Vehicles

3. W. Leonhard, Control of Electric Drives, 2001.

4. P. Vas, Sensorless Vector and Direct Torque Control, Oxford Science Publi-
cations

5. Boldea, S. A. Nasar, Electric Drives, 2nd Edition, CRC Press, 2006.

6. Bose B.K., Power Electronics and Variable Frequency Drives – Technology

and Applications, IEEE Press, Standard Publisher Distributors. 2001

7. Rashid M., Power Electronics- Circuits, Devices and Applications, 3rd Edi-
tion, Pearson Education.

684
 8. Krause, P. C., Wasynczuk, O., Sudhoff, S. D., Analysis of Electric Machinery
and Drive Systems, Wiley-Interscience.

9. S. K. Pillai, A First Course on Electrical Drives, New Age International Pvt.

Ltd.

10. R. Krishnan, Electric Motor Drives: Modeling, Analysis, and Control,

Prentice Hall, 2001.

9.4 ET 504P: Systems Design for Electric Vehicles

Course number : ET 504 P
Course Name : Systems Design for Electric Vehicles
Credit : 0-0-3-2 (L-T-P-C)
Prerequisite : None
Intended for : M.Tech in Electric Transportation
Distribution : Core for M.Tech in Electric Transportation students,
Semester: Winter Session of Year I
Mutual Exclusion : NA
Approval: 50th BoA

Course Contents:
Course modules: It is advisable that the projects should be related to the courses
M.Tech.(ET) students may credit or the specializations that this program offers. There-
fore, students can opt for any project in various subcomponents of EVs. Additionally,
they are allowed to select a project from other areas, as long as the project has 30% or
more overlap with any of the three specialization of M.Tech. (ET) curriculum.
Deliverables: A student must declare the deliverables of her/his project in the initial
project proposal after consulting with the respective mentor(s). While the initial project
proposal and the final report carry some marks, a significant portion of the marks, 70%
or more, is allotted to the deliverables to emphasize their importance.
Contact hours: On average, a student should work 40 hours per week on her/his
project. The students are supposed to meet their respective mentors at least once in a
week to report their progress.
Evaluation: There will be two evaluations—one in the beginning of the winter va-
cation and the other one in the beginning of the forthcoming even semester. In the first
evaluation, the students will be graded based on the initial project proposals they have
submitted. During the second evaluation, they will be evaluated based on their progress
with respect to the promised deliverables, their project reports and the understanding
they have gained from their respective projects.

Textbooks:
1. Related literature.

685
10 General Engineering Courses
10.1 GE 501 : Creative Engineering Design
Course Code : GE 501
Course Name : Creative Engineering Design
L-T-P-C : 2-0-2-3
Intended for : Open to All
Prerequisite :
Mutual Exclusion:
Approval: 54th BoA

Course Contents
ˆ Understanding Design: Introduction to Design Principles and Histmy: Evolu-
tion of design, key milestones, and influential figures, Comparison of design across
cultures and eras, Terminologies and Definitions Product Lifecycle and Systematic
Design Process: Stages of the product lifecycle, Introduction to systematic design
processes and methodologies. (6 Hours)
ˆ Thinking Methods: Introduction to Design Thinking: Core principles and stages
of Design Thinking Empathize: User journey mapping, persona development, em-
pathy exercises, affinity diagram, mind map, DefLne, Ideate, Prototype, Test. (8
Hours)
ˆ Engineering Design: Characteristics of Successful Products: Analysis of market-
leading products and their design attributes, Good Design vs Bad Design. (2 Hours)
ˆ Problem Design: Opportunity Identification and Customer Needs: Identifying
target groups and stakeholders, Techniques for identifying market gaps and acquir-
ing customer feedback. Task Clarification and User Research: Conducting effective
user research and habitat studies, Translating customer feedback into user needs
Problem Identification and Analysis: Establish Cause-Effect Relationships in user
needs, Benchmark existing products - product and patent study, Creating a require-
ments list and assigning importance to it and SNPS. (8 Hours)
ˆ Conceptual Design: Introduction to Conceptual Design: Function structures and
the Sapphire Framework Imagination, Motivation, and Inspiration: Techniques for
fostering creativity, such as mood boards and bio-inspiration. Ideation Techniques:
Brainstmming, Synectics, Random words and other ideation methods Concept Gen-
eration and Visualization Tools: Concept generation by combining ideas. Concept
Evaluation and Selection: Analytical, simulation, and physical evaluation tech-
niques. (8 Hours)
ˆ Systematic Embodiment Design: System Thinking and System Design, Em-
bodiment Design, Detailed Design, Prototyping, Design for Manufacture, Assembly,
and Environment (DFMAE) Prototyping Technologies: Introduction to 3D print-
ing, clay, and foam modeling Teclmiques for rapid prototyping and testing Sketch-
ing and Sculpting: Traditional and digital sketching techniques using VR, Basics
of sculpting for concept modeling. (10 Hours)

686
Textbooks:
1. Chakrabarti, A., Engineering Design Synthesis, Springer, 2013.

2. Kaushik Kumar, Muralidhar Kurni, Design Thinking a Forefront Insight, CRC

Press, 2023.

References:
1. Pahl, G., Beitz, W., Engineering Design: A Systematic Approach, Vol. 3,
Springer, 2007.

2. Dieter, George E.; Schmidt, Linda C., Engineering Design, 5th Edition, McGraw-
Hill Education, 2012.

3. Pressman, Andrew, Design Thinking: A Guide to Creative Problem Solving

for Everyone, Routledge/Productivity Press, 2019.

4. Lewrick, Michael, Design Thinking and Innovation Metrics, Wiley Publica-

tions, 2023 .

5. Brown, Tim, Change by Design, Harper Collins Publisher, 2020.

6. Eriksson, Yvonne, Different Perspectives in Design Thinking, CRC Press,

2022.

7. Muller-Rotterberg, Christian, Design Thinking for Dummies, John Wiley &

Sons, 2020.

8. Cross, N., Engineering Design Methods, Vol. 4, John Wiley and Sons Ltd.,
2008.

9. Reid, K., Estell, J., Engineering Design and the Product Lifecycle, Momen-
tum Press Engineering, 2018.

10.2 GE 502 : Consciousness and Professional Ethics

Course Code : GE 502
Course Name : Consciousness and Professional Ethics
L-T-P-C : 2-1-0-3
Intended for : UG/PG/PhD
Prerequisite :
Mutual Exclusion:
Approval: 54th BoA

687
Course Contents
ˆ Introduction and Background: Evolution of the engineering profess ion; Basis
for universal human values and ethical human conduct; Engineering profession in
the light of comprehensive human goal; Responsibility in engineering; Social and
value dimensions of technology; Continuous happiness and prosperity as basic hu-
man goal?; connection of basic human goal with profess ional conduct; process of
exploring human goal; Summary of few cases of professional ethics code developed
by professional societies. (4 Hours)

ˆ Exploring Harmony in the Human Being and Consciousness: Understand-

ing human being as a co-exi stence of the sentient consciousness and the material
’Body’ , Understanding the needs of consciousness and body - happiness and physi-
cal facility, Appraisal of Physical needs, meaning of Prosperity in detail. ( 4 Hours)

ˆ Harmony in the Family (Human-Human Interaction): Understanding val-

ues in humanhuman relationship; meaning of Justice and program for its fulfilment
to ensure mutual happiness; Trust and Respect as the foundational values of re-
lationship, Understanding the meaning of Trust; Difference between intention and
competence, Understanding the meaning of Respect, Difference between respect
and differentiation; the other salient values in relationship, Notion of Justice as fu
lfi lling relationship. (4 Hours)

ˆ Harmony in the Society (Human-Human Interaction): Understanding the

harmony in the society (society being an extension of fam ily): Reso lution, Prosper-
ity, fearlessness (trust) and co-existence as comprehensive Human Goals, Visualizing
a universal harmonious order in societyUndivided Society. (4 Hours)

ˆ Understanding Harmony in the Nature and Existence: Whole existence

as Coexistence: Understanding the harmony in the Nature, Interconnectedness
and mutual fu lfilment among the various units of nature, recyclability and self-
regulation in nature. Understanding Existence as Co-existence of mutually inter-
acting units in all pervasive space, Holistic perception of harmony at all levels of
existence. ( 4 Hours)

ˆ Implications of the Holistic Understanding of Harmony on Professional

Ethics: Natural acceptance of human values, Definitiveness of Ethical Human Con-
duct, Basis for Humanistic Education, Humanistic Constitution and Humanistic
Universal Order, Competence in professional ethics: (i) Ability to utilize the pro-
fessional competence for augmenting universal human order (ii) Ability to identify
the scope and characteristics of people friendly and ecofriendly production systems,
(iii) Ability to identify and develop appropriate technologies and management pat-
terns for above production systems. Case studies of typical holistic technologies,
management models and production systems. (5 Hours)

ˆ Strategy for transition from the present state to Universal Human Order:

1. At the level of individual: as socially and ecologically responsible engineers,

technologists and managers
2. At the level of society: as mutually enriching institutions and organizations (3
Hours)

688
Laboratory/practical/tutorial Modules:
Lecture hours are to be used for interactive discussion, placing the proposals about the
topics at hand and motivating students to reflect, explore and verify them for devel-
oping a holistic view so that basis for professional ethics can be established. Tutorial
hours are to be used for practice sessions. While analyzing and discussing the topic,
the instructor’s role is in pointing to essential elements to help in sorting them out from
the surface elements. In other words, help the students explore the important or crit-
ical elements. In the discussions, particularly during practice sessions (tutorials), the
instructor encourages the student to connect with one’s own self and do self-observation,
self-reflection and self-exploration. Scenarios may be used to initiate discussion. Ob-
servations and their analyses are shared and discussed among all students, in a group
sitting. Indicative plan of fourteen tutorials is as follows: Differentiating the notions of
Preconditioning, Sensation and Natural Acceptance; Notions of Happiness; Case study
of cunent economic activities and associated expectations of humans through the short
video story of stuff’; Self-awareness through the list and analysis of individuals desires;
Self-awareness and individuals role in ensuring the healthy condition of the body; Self-
assessment of our status of prosperity; Appreciation of impact of individual behaviors on
others through short movie Right Here Right Now ; Observing the feeling of gratitude;
Discussion through short movie Economics of Happiness for understanding the role in lo-
calization and globalization; Discussion through short movie Swaraj in Hiware Bazar for
appreciating the possibility of transformation through relationship; Discussion through
short movie An inconvenient truth for understanding the role of humans for mitigation
of global warming; Discussion on the role of students for improving the status of justice
in the institute and asking them to make a framework; Discussion on role of students for
improving the economic sustainability of the institute; Discussion on role of students in
reducing the carbon emissions impact of the institute; Differentiating the internal and
external sources of happiness.

Textbooks:
1. R.R. Gaur, R. Asthana and G.P. Bagaria, A Foundation Course in Human
Values and Professional Ethics, 3rd Revised Edition, UHV Publications, 2023.

2. W. R. Bowe, Engineering Ethics: Outline of an Aspirational Approach,

Springer, 2009.

3. P. A.Vesilind, Engineering Peace and Justice: The Responsibility of Engi-

neers to Society, Springer, 2010.

References:
1. C.E. Harris,M. S. Pritchard and M. J. Rabins, Engineering Ethics: Concepts
and Cases, 4th Edition, Cengage Learning, 2009.

2. G. D. Baura, Engineering Ethics: An Industrial Perspective, Academic Press

(Elsevier), 2006.

3. J. Lucena, Engineering Education for Social Justice: Critical Explorations

and Opportunities, Springer, 2013.

689
10.3 GE 521 : Essentials of Entrepreneurship
Course Code : GE 521
Course Name : Essentials of Entrepreneurship
L-T-P-C : 3-0-0-3
Intended for : UG and PG students
Prerequisite :
Mutual Exclusion:
Approval: 54th BoA

Course Contents
ˆ Entrepreneurship Concepts: Understanding nuances of being an entrepreneur:
Difference between a startup venture and small business: Identifying entrepreneurial
styles. (4 Hours)
ˆ Idea/Problem and Customer: Identifying problems worth solving, identifying
business opportunities, methods for problem interviews: Design thinking process”
Generation of potential solutions: Identifying customer segment and early adopters,
the difference between a consumer and a customer, craft your value proposition,
outcome-driven innovation, testing out solutions for the problem: Unique value
proposition. (12 Hours)
ˆ Business Model Validation: Basic lean approach and canvas, types of business
models, documenting business plan with a lean canvas, documenting hypotheses:
Introduction to risks: Develop solution demos: The problem-solution test, solu-
tion interviews, sizing the opportunity, building a minimum viable product: The
product-market fit test: Revenue streams: How companies with different business
models earn money: Understanding income, costs, gross and net margins: Identi-
fying primary and secondary revenue stream: Costing and pricing: How to finance
your business idea: Financing your venture at different stages, what investors expect
from you: Various sources of funding and pros & cons of each. (12 Hours)
ˆ Building a resourceful team: Shared leadership model, the role of a good team in
a venture’s success, what to look for in a team, define clear roles and responsibilities;
How to pitch to candidates to attract to join your team, explore collaboration tools
and techniques – brainstorming, mind mapping; Kanban board. (4 Hours)
ˆ Marketing, Sales and Support: Understanding the difference between prod-
uct and brand and the link between them; Product/service positioning; Channels
and strategies, budgeting and planning; Sales planning, target setting; Unique sales
proposition (USP); follow-up and closing sale: Planning and racking, the impor-
tance of project management to launch and track progress; Understanding time
management, workflow, the delegation of tasks; Business regulations of starting
and operating a business; Documentation, how to find help to get started; Various
government scheme. (10 Hours)

Textbooks:
1. NA

690
References:
1. NA

10.4 GE 522 : Entrepreneurship and Technology Commercial-

ization
Course Code : GE 522
Course Name : Entrepreneurship and Technology Commercialization
L-T-P-C : 3-0-2-4
Intended for : UG and PG students
Prerequisite :
Mutual Exclusion:
Approval: 54th BoA

Course Contents
ˆ Module I:

– Introduction, 4Ps ofEntrepreneurship, S3: Entrepreneurship and Innovation

in Today’s Technological Environment, Technology 6 Disruption. (6 Hours)
– Societal Problems - oppmtunity recognition ((hands-on exercise), Value Proposition-
Business Models - & Business 6 Canvas, Failure- Friend or Foe, learning is a
habit T 2. (6 Hours)

ˆ Module II:

– Building Your Team (hands-on exercise), First steps towards commercializa-

tion, Building Your Minimum Viable Product 6 (self-reflection exercise) (Ma-
hesh leaves, Sanjay arrives). (6 Hours)
– Organizing The Business Entity (Finance and Management) Critical Career
Junctures for Founders and Early Employees 6 Recruiting and Managing The
Young Venture’s Workforce. (6 Hours)
– Raising Ventme Capital, Negotiating with Angels for Early Financing, Equity
as Compensation 6 3 (6 Hours)

ˆ Module III:

– Exit Strategy: Selling The Hi-Tech Venture, Introduction to Patents and Intel-
lectual Property, Conditions for Patentability ( New and Useful ), Comparison
of Patent Law of India and 6 other Countries. (6 Hours)
– Obtaining A Patent - The Process and The Challenges, Patent process - a
demonstration, Other Forms of Intellectual Property. (6 Hours)

691
Laboratory/practical/tutorial Modules:
Team presentation on their ideas, Working with IIT Mandi Incubation Center, Team
projects - Guidance for independent work by student team, Student teams work indepen-
dently - with touchpoints with faculty via office hours, Final presentation (longer session
-all teams -besides lead instructors others from liT mandi to be invited)

Textbooks:
1. Janet K.ilholm Smith, Richard L. Smith, and RichardT. Bliss, Entrepreneurial
Finance: Strategy, Valuation, and Deal Structure.

2. Brad Feld and Jason Mendelson, Venture Deals: Be Smarter Than Yom
Lawyer and Venture Capitalist.

3. Philip Adelman and Alan M. Marks, Financial Management for Entrepreneurs.

4. Mahendra Ramsinghani, The Business of Venture Capital: Insights from

Leading Practitioners on the Art of Raising a Fund, Deal Structuring,
Value Creation, and Exit Strategies.

References:
1. NA

10.5 GE 523 : Startup Framework: Finance, Valuation, and

Structure
Course Code : GE 523
Course Name : Startup Framework: Finance, Valuation, and Structure
L-T-P-C : 3-0-0-3
Intended for : UG and PG students
Prerequisite :
Mutual Exclusion:
Approval: 54th BoA

Course Contents
ˆ Structuring and Business: Introduction to company Structures, Overview of
various company structures, Explanation of legal and financial implications of each
type (2 Hours)

ˆ Shareholding and Equity Distribution: Understru1ding basics of equity, shares,

and stock options, Allocating equity between co-founders, employees, and investors,
Fair equity distribution and common pitfalls, Vesting Schedules and Cliff Periods,
Legal protections for different stakeholders, Implications of shareholding structw-e
on company control and decision-making (8 Hours)

692
 ˆ Company Valuation & Financial Forecasting: Introduction to Valuation Con-
cepts, Factors Influencing Valuation, Approaches to Valuation: Income, Market,
and Asset-based, Projecting Income Statements, Balance Sheets, and Cash Flows.
Cash flow estimation, assumptions of cash flow estimations, and financial models
specific to different industry types (12 Hours)

ˆ Startup Financing Strategies: Self-financing and Bootstrapping, External Fund-

ing: Grant funding, Government Schemes, Angel Investors, Venture Capital, Crowdft-
mding, IPO, Private Equity, Pros and cons ofteach type of funding, Understanding
Term Sheets and Negotiation, Discussion on various funding options and their suit-
ability (10 Hours)

ˆ Exit Strategies: Understanding and Designing Shareholder Agreements and Con-

tracts, Key Clauses in Shareholder Agreements and their Implications, Best Prac-
tices and Common Pitfalls, Role and Significance of Promoter Shares in a Company,
Exit Strategies and Liquidation Preferences, Overview of Vmious Exit strategies
(lPOs, Mergers, and Acquisitions), Impact of exit strategies on company valuation
and shareholder value (10 Hours)

Laboratory/practical/tutorial Modules:
Team presentation on their ideas, Working with IIT Mandi Incubation Center, Team
projects - Guidance for independent work by student team, Student teams work indepen-
dently - with touchpoints with faculty via office hours, Final presentation (longer session
-all teams -besides lead instructors others from liT mandi to be invited)

Textbooks:
1. Janet Kilholm Smith, Richard L. Smith, and Richard T. Bliss, Entrepreneurial
Finance: Strategy, Valuation, and Deal Structre.

2. Brad Feld and Jason Mendelson, Venture Deals: Be Smarter Than Your
Lawyer and Venture Capitalist.

3. Philip Adelman and Alan M. Marks, Financial Management for Entrepreneurs.

4. Mahendra Ramsinghani, The Business of Venture Capital: Insights from

Leading Practitioners on the Art of Raising a Fund, Deal Sbucturing,
Value Creation, and Exit Strategies.

References:
1. NA

693
11 HCI Courses
11.1 HC 600 : Research Methodology
Course Code : HC 600
Course Name : Research Methodology
L-P-T-C: 1-0-0-1
Intended for:
Prerequisites:Nil
Mutual Exclusion: Other Research Methodology Courses
Approval : 57th BoA

Course Contents
1. Introduction to research methodologies

2. Literature review

3. Experiment design

4. Statistical analysis

5. Surveys and interviews

6. Case studies

7. Ethnography

8. Usability testing

9. Analyzing qualitative data

10. Automated data collection methods

11. Measuring the human: Real time testing and need for ethical clearance

12. Ubiquitous HCI research

13. Research with human subjects with and without disabilities

14. Interdisciplinarity in research

Text books:
Not Available

References:
Not Available

694
12 Humanities and Social Sciences Courses
12.1 HS 101: Technical communication
Course Code:HS 101
Course Name: Technical communication
L-T-P-C: 1-0-2-2
Category: Core
Prerequisites: Nil
Approval: 5th Senate

Course Contents
ˆ Communication Basics Scope, process, barriers, Non-verbal Communication,
tools for Effective Communication

ˆ Writing Skills A. Technical Reports: Definition; Types; Planning and Prepra-

tion; Structure; Writing of Technical Reports Technical Style

ˆ Writing Skills: B. Writing Resume/ Job Application Letter /CVs

ˆ Oral Skills: Pre-placement Group Discussion; Interview Techniques: Effective

Strategies for Oral Presentations. Listening Variations of English Language in the
Global Scenario.

References:
1. Guffey,MaryE., Essentials of BusinessCommunication, 5th Edition, South-
Western College Publishing

2. Bovee, Courland L. and John T., Business Communication Today, 8th Edition,
Pearson Education.

3. Stevenson, Susan and Whitmore S., Strategies for Engineering Communica-

tion, John Willey and Sons.

4. Sharma R. C. and Mohan K., Business Correspondence and Report Writing,

3rd Edition, Tata McGraw Hill.

5. Raman, Minakshi and Sharma S., Technical Communication: Principles and

Practice, OUP

12.2 HS 102: Art and Architecture

Course Code: HS 102
Course Name: Art and Architecture
L-T-P-C: 0-0-2-1
Prerequisite: Consent of the faculty member
Students intended for: BTech

695
 Elective or Core: Elective
Semester: Even/Odd
Approval: 2nd Senate

Course Contents:
ˆ Module I Craft and Art: The Artists Craft

ˆ Module II Short Survey: Pictures as Optical Surrogates; The Dimension of Visual

Space (Brunellschis importance for art); Color Theory
ˆ Module III Short Survey of Indian Art and Architecture, Western Art and Archi-
tecture
ˆ Module IV City Spaces

ˆ Module V Field trips to temples around Mandi, to Chandigarh, to Kamand Campus

of the IIT Mandi

Recommended Reading:
1. Kit White, 101 Things to Learn in Art School, The MIT Press, 2011.
2. Ernst Billgren, What is Art and a 100 other questions, Bokforlaget Langen-
skiold, 2011.
3. E.H. Gombrich, The Story of Art, Phaidon, 1995.
4. Stephen Farthing, Art: The Whole Story, Thames & Hudson, 2010.
5. The Yorck Project, Software of the Digitale Bibliothek, (Resources of the
Central Library, IIT Mandi).
6. In addition: Relevant Publications of the Publications Division, Ministry of
Information & Broadcasting, Govt. of India.

12.3 HS 103: Dance and Drama

Course Code: HS 103
Course Name: Dance and Drama
L-T-P-C: 1-0-0-1
Prerequisite: Consent of the faculty member
Students intended for: BTech
Elective or Core: Elective
Semester: Even/Odd
Approval: 2nd Senate

Course Contents
ˆ Module I From Classical Drama to the Epic Theatre

ˆ Module II Street Play and Playback Theater for Theater Production

696
Prescribed Texts:
1. Introductory Lectures / Stage Production

2. In addition: Relevant Publications of Publications Division, Ministry of

Information & Broadcasting, Govt. of India.

12.4 HS 104: Music

Course Code: HS 104
Course Name: Music
L-T-P-C: 1-0-0-1
Prerequisite: Consent of the faculty member
Students intended for: BTech
Elective or Core: Elective
Semester: Even/Odd
Approval: 2nd Senate

Course Contents
Students are expected to become familiar at the end of the course with at least one
composer and some samplings of his/her oeuvre.

Prescribed Material:
1. Music Collection (CDs/DVDs) in the Central Library of the IIT Mandi

2. Relevant Publications from the Publications Division, Ministry of Informa-

tion & Broadcasting, Govt. of India.

12.5 HS 105: Basic Communication Skills

Course Code: HS 105
Course Name: Basic Communication Skills
L-T-P-C: 3-0-0-3
Prerequisite: Consent of the faculty member
Students intended for: BTech
Elective or Core: Elective
Semester: Even/Odd
Approval: 2nd Senate

Course Contents
ˆ Module I Communication Processes and Models; Forms of Communication; Com-
munication Levels, Routes and Boosters, Communication Factors; Types of Com-
munication; Language Registers (Formal/Informal/Literary/Media/Gender); Non-
verbal communication.

697
 ˆ Module II Meaning: Interpreter-Symbol-Referent Relationship, Positive and Di-
alectic Terms, Abstraction and Ambiguity; Functions of Language: The Report
Function, The Persuasive Function, The Attitude-Revealing Function, The Self-
Revelation Function, The Relationship Function.

ˆ Module III Ways of Establishing Credible Communication: Source-Message Re-

lationship, Source-Channel Relationship, Source-Receiver Relationship, Message-
Channel Relationship, Message-Receiver Relationship, Channel-Receiver Relation-
ship.

ˆ Module IV Abstracting and Outlining; Listening Skills; The Aware Communica-

tor.

ˆ Module V Writing about: Single Items/Single Completed Events/Abstract Con-

cepts/Collection of Items/ Group of Events Including Processes/Questions

Prescribed Reading
1. Select reading materials to be had of the instructor

Recommended Reading
1. John Berger, Ways of Seeing, Harmondsworth (Penguin), 1972.

2. William Strunk Jr. & E.B.White, The Elements of Style, Macmillan, 1979.

3. Graeme Burton, More Than Meets The Eye: An Introduction to Media

Studies, Edwin Arnold, 1997.

4. Owen Hargie, The Handbook of Communication Skills, Routledge, 1997.

5. Richard Dimbleby & Graeme Burton, More than Words: An Introduction to

Communication, Routledge, 1998.

6. Andrew Beck, Peter Bennett & Peter Wall, Communication Studies: The Es-
sential Introduction, Routledge, 2001.

7. Richard Ellis, Communication Skills: Stepladders to Success for the Pro-

fessional, Intellect Books, 2002.

12.6 HS 106: English I

Course Number: HS 106
Course Name: English I
L-T-P-C: 3-0-0-3
Prerequisites: Consent of Teacher
Students intended for: UG
Elective or Compulsory: Elective Semester: Odd
Approval: 9th Senate

698
Course Contents
ˆ Introduction to the course, interactive session with students [1 Lecture]

ˆ Articles and Nouns (countable and uncountable, singular and plural) [4 Lectures]

ˆ Present and Past Tense (simple and continuous) [2 Lectures]

ˆ Present Perfect and Past Tense [3 Lectures]

ˆ Future Tense [1 Lecture]

ˆ Modals [3 Lectures]

ˆ Pronouns and Determiners [4 Lectures]

ˆ Adjectives and Adverbs [6 Lectures]

ˆ Conjunctions and Prepositions [5 Lectures]

ˆ Voice (Passive and Active) [4 Lectures]

ˆ Reported Speech [1 Lecture]

ˆ Grammar in use: [8 Lectures]

– Spelling and punctuation

– Common errors in English
– Paragraph writing, report writing

Textbooks (with supplementary exercises):

1. Murphy, Raymond., English Grammar in Use, Cambridge University Press,
2012.

2. Naylor, Helen (with Raymond Murphy), Essential Grammar in Use Supple-

mentary Exercises, Cambridge University Press, 2007.

3. Raman, Meenakshi and Sangeeta Sharma, Technical Communication: Princi-

ples And Practice, 3rd Edition, Oxford University Press, 2015.

12.7 HS 107: Exploring Creative Art Forms

Course Code:HS 107
Course Name: Exploring Creative Art Forms
L-T-P-C: 1-0-0-1
Intended for :UG
Approval: 12th Senate

699
Course Contents
ˆ Module I Performing Arts [5 hours] In this module, students will be introduced
to various forms of performing arts including drama, music and dance.

ˆ Module II Visual Arts [4 hours] In this module, students will be introduced to

visual arts such as sketching, painting, photography, crafts and installations.

ˆ Module III Literary arts [3 hours] In this module, students will be introduced to
literary art forms such as poetry and f iction/non fiction writing.

ˆ Module IV Project work [2 Hours] In this module, students will explore and engage
themselves in one specific art form in greater depth.

12.8 HS 108: Basic English for Engineers

Course Code : HS 108
Course Name : Basic English for Engineers
L-T-P-C : 3-0-0-3
Intended for : B.Tech.
Prerequisite : None
Mutual Exclusion : None
Approval: 52nd BoA

Course Contents
ˆ Unit 1: Interactive speaking skills (8 Lectures)

– Effective formal introductions

– Formal short speeches
– Extempore speaking and oratory
– Formal presentations (non-technical)

ˆ Unit 2: Written correspondence (7 Lectures)

– Letters–enquiries, requests, invitation, complaints, orders

– Emails–formal and informal
– Memos and minutes of the meeting

ˆ Unit 3: Comprehension skills (12 Lectures)

– Active listening and reading

– Note-making
– Summarizing
– Paraphrasing

ˆ Unit 4 : Writing Skills (15 Lectures)

700
 – Descriptive writing (products and processes; with attention to time, place,
objects, people)
– Instruction writing (technical)
– Describing graphs/pie-charts/tables
– Paragraph writing
– Essay writing-expository and narrative

Suggested texts:
1. Lachance, Julie, Basic English, McGraw Hill, 2019.

2. Raman, Meenakshi and Sangeeta Sharma, Technical Communication: Princi-

ples and Practice, Oxford University Press, 2004.

12.9 HS 109: Advanced English for Engineers

Course Code : HS 109
Course Name : Advanced English for Engineers
L-T-P-C: 3-0-0-3
Intended for : B.Tech.
Prerequisite : None
Mutual Exclusion : None
Approval: 52nd BoA

Course Contents
ˆ Unit 1: Speaking skills (14 Lectures)

– Technical presentations
– Group discussions (planned and unplanned)
– Interview Skills
– Principles of rhetoric and argumentation
– Debating

ˆ Unit 2: Written skills (professional) (6 Lectures)

– CV/Resume
– Cover Letter
– Bio note and Statement of Purpose

ˆ Unit 3: Writing online (professional) (6 Lectures)

– Posting on social media

– Writing an academic blog/magazine article
– Writing a technical blog–product reviews, analysis, etc.

701
 ˆ Unit 4: Writing skills (academic) (16 Lectures)

– Essay writing–critical and argumentative

– Abstracts–video and written
– Effective posters (technical)
– Project and research proposals
– Technical report writing
– Ethics of academic writing

Suggested texts:
1. Anderson, Paul., Technical Writing: A Reader Centered Approach, Har-
court, 1991.

2. Markel, Mike and Stuart A. Selber., Technical Communication, Bedford St.

Martin’s, 2017.

12.10 HS 110 : Japanese Language for Beginners

Course Code : HS 110
Course Name : Japanese Language for Beginners
L-P-T-C: 3-0-0-3
Intended for: UG
Prerequisites: None
Mutual Exclusion: None
Approval : 57th BoA

Course Contents
Classes are conducted according to the textbook ’Marugoto’.
Marugoto focuses on communication using Japanese and consists of scene syllabus.
It systematically introduces the sentence patterns, grammar, vocabulary and kanji step
by step showing every situation where these things are actually used.
Each lesson provides opportunities to read sentences, understand grammar, practice
pronunciation, solve listening comprehension questions and sometimes write sentences in
Japanese.
About 50 kanji characters are introduced, and a worksheet is provided separately in
class to give students the opportunity to practice writing them.
The course also includes a number of questions that offer an opportunity to understand
Japanese culture and can be discussed with learners in class.
The textbook Minna no Nihongo and its supplementary materials are also used as
part of the main textbook as appropriate.

ˆ The first session is Introduction (1 hour).

ˆ Lessons 1 to 6 are scheduled for three hours each, with the lecture of two types of
characters. (18 hours)

702
 ˆ Lessons 7 to 16 are scheduled for two hours each. (20 hours)
ˆ Exams (or assignments) are given in the middle and at the end of the semester. (3
hours) (Total of 42 hours planned.)
1. Lesson 1 – Hello: Exchange greetings
2. Lesson 2 – Would you say that again?: Use basic classroom expressions
3. Lesson 3 – Nice to meet you: Give a simple self introduction
4. Lesson 4 – There are three people in my family: Talk briefly about your family
5. Lesson 5 – What kind of food do you like?: Talk about your favorite foods
6. Lesson 6 – Where are you going to have lunch today?: Say what your favorite dish
is
7. Lesson 7 – There are three rooms in my home: Say what kind of home you live in
8. Lesson 8 – It’s a nice room: Ask/Say where to put things in the room
9. Lesson 9 – What time do you get up?: Say the time you do something
10. Lesson 10 – When is convenient for you?: Talk about your schedule for this week
11. Lesson 11 – What’s your hobby?: Talk about your hobbies
12. Lesson 12 – Shall we go together?: Recognize information on posters and calendars
for events
13. Lesson 13 – How are you going to get there?: Recognize station and taxi signs
14. Lesson 14 – It’s a famous temple: Say how to get to a destination
15. Lesson 15 – Cute!: Talk about what you want to buy
16. Lesson 16 – I’ll take this: Make a brief comment on things in a shop

Text books:
1. The Japan Foundation, MARUGOTO: Japanese language and culture Starter
A1 Coursebook, SANSYUSYA, Japan, 2013
2. 3A corporation, Minna no Nihongo Elementary, 3A corporation, Japan, 2012

References:
1. Arc academy, Hajimete No Nihongo Nouryoku Shiken N5 Tango 1000
(English/ Vietnamese Edition), ASK Publishing, Japan, 2017
2. Kyoko Igarashi, The Best Complete Workbook for the Japanese-Language
Proficiency Test N5 – Language Knowledge (Vocabulary/Grammar), Reading
& Listening, The Japan Times Publishing, Japan, 2022
3. The Japan Foundation, IRODORI-Japanese for Life in Japan-, The Japan
Foundation, Japan, 2020

703
12.11 HS 111 : Japanese Language for Daily Life
Course Code : HS 111
Course Name : Japanese Language for Daily Life
L-P-T-C: 3-0-0-3
Intended for: UG
Prerequisites: None
Mutual Exclusion: None
Approval : 57th BoA

Course Contents
Hiragana-Katakana (20 min at the beginning of each lesson)
ˆ Introduction: (1 Hours) Unit 01: Self-introduction (5 Hours)

ˆ Unit 02: Daily conversation (3 Hours)

ˆ Unit 03: Interview Etiquette (1 Hours)

ˆ Unit 04: SocializingI- Making small talk (3 Hours)

ˆ Unit 05: Present and past tenses (6 Hours)

ˆ Unit 06: Talking about plans and activities (6 Hours)

ˆ Unit 07: SocializingII - Invitations (5 Hours)

ˆ Unit 08: Taste words & politely refuse foods you don’t like/don’t eat (3 Hours)

ˆ Unit 09: Talking about impressions (3 Hours)

ˆ Unit 10: Making request, get permission (6 Hours) Total of 42 hours planned.

Text books:
1. Yukiko Ogata, Nihongo Fun & Easy: Survival Japanese Conversation for
Beginners, ASK Publishing, Japan, 2009
2. Kiyomi Ogawa, Orrin Cummins, YASANICHI MANGA JAPAN GUIDE,
IBC Publishing, Japan, 2022
3. Yoji Yamakuse, Michael A. Coony, Heart & Soul of the Japanese, IBC Pub-
lishing, Japan, 2023
4. Atusko Tokui, Tabunka kyousei no Komyunike-shon: Nihongo kyouiku no
genba kara, ALC Publishing, Japan, 2020
5. Erin Meyer, THE CULTURE MAP, Public Affairs, 2016.
6. MARUGOTO Plus (Online) https://marugotoweb.jp/ja/index.php
7. TSUNAHIRO (Online) https://tsunagarujp.mext.go.jp/
8. 3A corporation, Minna no Nihongo Elementary, 3A corporation, Japan, 2012

704
References:
1. Kyoko Igarashi, The Best Complete Workbook for the Japanese-Language
Proficiency Test N5 – Language Knowledge (Vocabulary/Grammar), Read-
ing & Listening. The Japan Times Publishing, 2022.

2. ATSUKO TOKUI, Multicultural Communication, ALC PRESS, 2020.

12.12 HS 151: Introduction to English Literature

Course Code: HS 151
Course Name: Introduction to English Literature
L-T-P-C: 3-0-0-3
Prerequisites: Consent of the faculty member
Students intended for: B.Tech
Elective or Compulsory: Elective Semester: Even/Odd
Approval: 2nd Senate

Course Contents
ˆ Module I Browning (My Last Duchess), Tennyson (The Defence of Lucknow),
Arthur Conan Doyle (The Adventure of Speckled Band), Saki (The Open Win-
dow), OHencry (The Ransom of Red Chief), Kipling (Gunga Din), George Orwell
(Shooting an Elephant) [10 Lectures]

ˆ Module II Elizabeth Barrett Browning (How Do I Love Thee? Let Me Count the
Ways), Kate Chopin (A Respectable Woman), Sylvia Plath (Conversation Among
the Ruins), Alice Walker (Except Nothing), Charlotte Perkins(The Yellow Wallpa-
per), Angela Carter (The Courtship of Mr. Lyon) [10 Lectures]

ˆ Module III Leo Tolstoy (Three Questions), Maupassant (The Englishman of Etre-
tat), Stephen Crane (Bride Comes to Yellow Sky), Mark Twain (The Stolen White
Elephant), Jack London (The Law of Life), Edgar Allen Poe (Cask of Amontillado),
Washington Irving (Legend of the Sleepy Hollow)[10 Lectures]

ˆ Module IV Ruskin Bond (The Hidden Pool), IsmatChugtai (The Quilt), Sadat
HasonManto (TabaTek Singh), KekiN.Daruwalla (Love Across the Salt Desert), Nis-
sim Ezekiel (The Patriot), A.K Ramanujan (The River), Agha Shahid Ali (Postcard
From Kashmir/The Wolf,s Postscript to Little Red Riding Hood), Kamla Das (An
Introduction), JayantMahapatra (Dawn At Puri) [10 Lectures]

Self Study:
Novel:
1. Rushdie, Salman. Shame. Vintage: New York, 1983.

2. Narayan, R.K. Man-Eater of Malgudi. Indian Thought Publications, 2007.

705
Play:
1. Miller, Arthur., The Crucible, Penguin, 1995.

2. Wilde, Oscar., The Importance of Being Earnest, Penguin Books, 2010.

3. King, Bruce., Modern Indian Poetry in English, OUP, 2005.

4. Ali, Agha Shahid., The Veiled Suite: The Collected Poems.Penguin, 2010.

5. Manto, Sadat Hasan, Toba TekSingh, Penguin.

6. Chugtai, Ismat, Hameed, Syeda and Naqvi, Tahira. A Chugtai Collection, Women
Unlimited, 2003.

7. Daruwalla, Keki, Love Across the Salt Desert: Selected Short Stories, Penguin,
2011.

8. Bond, Ruskin., The Hidden Pool, Penguin, 2004.

9. Irving, Washington., The Legend of the Sleepy Hollow, Tor Classics, 1991.

10. Tolstoy, Leo., The Greatest Short Storiesvof Leo Tolstoy, Jaico Publishing House,
2009.

11. Poe, Edgar Allen., Complete Stories And Poems of Edgar Allen Poe, Knopf Dou-
bleday Publishing Group, 1984.

12. Carter, Angela., The Bloody Chamber: And Other Stories, Penguin Books, 1990.

13. Gilman, Charlotte Perkins., The Yellow Wallpaper, Dover Publications, 1997.

14. Chopin, Kate, Johnson, Cynthia Brentley, and HaradAlyssa., The Awakening and
Selected Stories of Kate Chopin, Pocket Book Classics, 2004.

15. The remaining stories and poems will be given as class handouts.

Essays:
1. Class handouts

12.13 HS 152: Introduction to Rhetoric

Course Code: HS 152
Course Name: Introduction to Rhetoric
L-T-P-C: 3-0-0-3
Prerequisite: Consent of the faculty member
Students intended for: B.Tech
Elective or Core: Elective
Approval: 2nd Senate

706
Course Contents
Module I Definition; Brief History of Rhetoric; Literacy in Historical Perspective [3
Lectures]
Module II Basic Logic Sorting, Grading and Classifying; Categorical and Hypothet-
ical Syllogisms, Enthymemes, Fallacies [5 Lectures]
Module III Discovery of Arguments Common and Special Topics; The Process of
Persuasion: the Rhetorical Appeals; Advertisements [10 Lectures]
Module IV Forms of Argument: Arguments pertaining to Issues of Fact/ of Defini-
tion/ of Value [10 Lectures]
Module V Ethics of Argument and Persuasion.
Module VI Arrangement of Materials; Rhetorical Genre as Organising Principle [6
Lectures]
Module VII The Problem of Style [10 Lectures]

Text & Reference Books:

Prescribed Text:
1. Edward P. J. Corbett, Classical Rhetoric for the Modern Student, OUP, 1965.
(With Robert J. Connors, 4/1998).

2. Additional Passages excerpted for practice from:

3. H.D. Sharma (Ed.), 100 Best Pre-Independence Speeches, 1870-1947, Harper Collins,
1998.

4. THE HANSARD, Edited verbatim report of the proceedings of both the House of
Commons and the House of Lords, http://www.parliament.uk/business/publications/hansard/

Recommended Reading:
1. G. Stuart Adam & Roy Peter Clark, Journalism: The Democratic Craft, OUP,
2005.

2. Mathew Allen, Smart Thinking: Skills for Critical Understanding & Writing, OUP,
2004.

3. Cleanth Brooks & Robert Penn Warren, Modern Rhetoric, Harcourt, 1958.

4. James C. McCroskey, An Introduction to Rhetorical Communication, Allyn & Ba-

con, 2001.

5. Stephen Lynn: Rhetoric and Composition, CUP, 2001.

6. R.M. Ritter, The Oxford Style Manual, OUP, 2003.

7. William Strunk Jr. & E.B. White, The Elements of Style, Allyn& Bacon, 2000.

707
12.14 HS 201: Indian Economic Development
Course Code: HS 201
Course Title: Indian Economic Development
L-T-P-C: 3-0-0-3
Course Offered to: B. Tech.
Course Distribution: Elective
Approval: 4th Senate

Course Contents
ˆ Module I Indian economy in the Pre-British Period; Economic Consequences of
the British Rule; State of the Economy at the Beginning of the Fifties - Policy of
Planned Development Growth and Structural Change till the Eighties Evolution of
Controls and Obstacles to Fast Growth New Economic Policy Performance of the
Economy since 1991 Major Aspects of Transformation. [10 Lectures]

ˆ Module II Trends in Agricultural and Rural Development Review of Agricultural

Growth Land Reforms Agricultural Research and Green Revolution Review Price
and Other Policies relating to Agriculture - Policy Initiatives needed in relation
to Agriculture and Rural Sector Non-Farm Activities, Diversification and Exports
Impact of Liberalization and WTO - Investment in agriculture and Other strategies.
[9 Lectures]

ˆ Module III Growth of Industrial and Infrastructure Sectors: The Growth and
Maturing of Indian Industry since Liberalization Productivity Growth and Rise in
Competitiveness Exports Rise of Service Industry India and I.T. Policy regarding
Public Enterprises Disinvestment and Partial Privatization Impact of WTO and
Trade Liberalization Public Private Partnership. [9 Lectures]

ˆ Module IV Social Development: Human Development Indicators: Review of

Change since early Fifties Wide Regional Variations Measurement of Poverty Extent
of Reduction in Poverty Demographic Transition Regional Differences Employment
and Unemployment Trends - Employment Guarantee Schemes Long-term Policy to
reduce Poverty and Unemployment. [8 Lectures]

ˆ Module V Macroeconomic Policy and External Environment: Growth Trends;

Monetary and Fiscal Policy Management - Savings and Capital Formation- Inflation
Stagflation and policies - External Sector Trade Policy, FDI, Exchange Rate Man-
agement - Investment Climate Competition Policy Human Development Strategies
for Sustainable Development. [8 Lectures]

Course Readings:
1. Kapila, Uma, Indian Economy since Independence, Academic Foundation, 2001.

2. A.N. Agarwal, Indian Economy: Problems of Development and Planning Vikas

Publishing Company, Delhi, 2012.

3. Jalan, Bimal, the Indian Economy: Problems and Prospects, Penguin Books, 1992.

708
 4. A. Virmani, Accelerating Growth and Poverty Reduction: A Policy Framework for
Indian Development. Academic Foundation, New Delhi, 2004.

5. Datt, R. and K.P.M. Sundharam, Indian Economy, S. Chand & Company Ltd.,
New Delhi, 2001.

Further Readings:
1. Dutt, R.C., the Economic History of India under Early British Rule, Low Price
Publications. Delhi, 1950.

2. Rangarajan, C., Select Essays on Indian Economy, Vol.1&2., Academic Foundation,

New Delhi, 2004.

3. Krueger Anne (ed.) Economic Policy Reforms and the Indian Economy, Oxford
University Press, 2003.

4. Mohan, Rakesh, Facets of the Indian Economy, Oxford University Press. 2003.

5. Chakravarty, Sukhamoy, Development Planning: The Indian Experience, Oxford

University Press. 1987.

6. Joshi, Vijay and I.M.D. Little., Indias Economic Reforms 1991-2001, Oxford Uni-
versity Press. 1998.

7. Planning Commission, National Human Development Report, Oxford University

Press, 2002 and 2012.

8. Planning Commission, Eleventh and Twelfth Five Year Plans, Government of India.

9. NCAER, India Infrastructure Report.

10. RBI Annual Report; Economic Survey; Ex-Im Policy; Important Committee Re-
ports. Latest National Human Development Report (http://www.undp.org.in/).

11. Indian Economy- (Special Issues of Pratiyogita Darpan).

12. Reports on Employment and unemployment by NSSO / Planning Commission

12.15 HS 202: Principles of Economics

Course Name: HS 202
Course Name: Principles of Economics
L-T-P-C: 3-0-0-3
Prerequisite: Consent of the faculty member
Students intended for: B.Tech
Elective or Core: Elective
Approval: 2nd Senate

709
Course Contents
ˆ Introduction and Overview Economics, the dismal science; Scope of Economics;
Diverse types of Economies; Economic Problems and attempted Solutions: Scarcity
and Choice; Demand and Supply; Consumers, Producers and the Efficiency of
Markets; Elasticity and Its Applications; Consumer Surplus.

ˆ Behind the Supply Curve The Producers Outlook; Operational Costs and Rev-
enues; Profit Maximization.

ˆ Behavior of firms in diverse market environments Monopoly and antitrust

policy; Government policies towards competition; Oligopoly; Monopolistic Compe-
tition.

ˆ Inputs Markets Markets for the Factors of Production; Discrimination and ex-
ploitation of inputs in the imperfect market.

ˆ Three Key Macro Variables Gross Domestic Product (Different Concepts of

national income, approaches to calculate national income); GDP and the parallel
economy; Unemployment; Inflation.

ˆ Macroeconomic Equilibrium Business Cycles; The Tradeoff between Inflation

and

ˆ Unemployment The Phillips Curve; Investment: determinants; Multiplier and its

working.

ˆ Monetary system and Policies Money in the Modern Economy; Banking and
credit creation; Credit Control: Open Market Operations and other measures;
Money Multiplier; Money Demand and Interest Rates; Money and Inflation in
the Long Run: The Quantity Theory of Money

ˆ Fiscal Policy Overview: Facts and Figures; The Role of Social Security; Govern-
ment Spending and Tax Multipliers.

ˆ Application The Costs of Taxation: Income Inequality and Poverty; Externalities:

Public Goods and Common Resources; Exploring the Macroeconomics of an Open
Economy and Basics of Trade; Balance of Payments-The current and capital ac-
count; Welfare Analysis of Trade and Tariffs; Interdependence and the Gains from
Trade.

ˆ Related International Issues Why are Poor Countries are Poor;Can India Over-
take China?

Course readings:
1. N. Gregory Mankiw, Principles of Economics, 6th Edition, South Western Cen-
gage Learning, 2011.

2. Glenn Hubbard and Anthony OBrien, Economics, 3th Edition, Prentice Hall,
2009.

710
 3. Karl E. Case and Ray C. Fair, Principles of Economics, 8th Edition, Prentice
Hall, 2007.

4. J.E. Stiglitz, and C.E. Walsh, Principles of Economics, 3rd Edition, W.W. Nor-
ton & Company, 2002.

5. Rest of the assigned reading will be drawn regularly from current newspaper and
magazine articles.

12.16 HS 203: Understanding Society

Course Code: HS 203
Course Name: Understanding Society
L-T-P-C : 3-0-0-3
Prerequisite: Consent of the faculty member
Students intended for: B.Tech
Elective or Core: Elective
Approval: 2nd Senate

Course Contents
Basic Sociological Concepts Society, Community, Social Structure, Function, Status
& Role, Power & Authority, Social Groups Primary and Secondary, Socialization and
Culture
Classical Sociological Thought and Perspectives Aguste Comte (Positivist)-
Emile Durkheim (Functionalist), Karl Marx (Conflict), Max Weber (Structural Func-
tionalist)
Historical Concepts and Perspectives Evolution of Indian Society, Historical
dimensions of Caste, Class, Religion and Gender, Changes and Continuities in Indian
Society
Psychological Concepts and Perspectives Introduction: Nature and scope of so-
cial psychology. Groups: Structure, functions and effects; social facilitation, social loafing
and social conformity, Communication: Verbal and nonverbal processes; language and so-
cial interaction; barriers to communication, Social perception: Impression formation, role
of non-verbal cues; attribution process; theories of Kelly and Weiner, Attitudes: Forma-
tion, measurement and change. Prejudice and discrimination: Sources and dynamics;
techniques of overcoming prejudice, Pro-social behavior: Cooperation and helping be-
havior; personal, situational and socio-cultural determinants of helping.

Recommended Reading List

1. Alex Inkeles., What is Sociology?: an Introduction to the Discipline and Profession,
Prentice-Hall Publishing, 1964.

2. Anthony Giddens., Sociology, 5th Edition, Polity Press, 2006.

3. Michael Haralambos, Sociology: Themes and Perspectives, 7th Edition, Collins

Publishing, 2008.

711
 4. Penguin Dictionary of Sociology, 5th Edition, Penguin publishing, 2006.
5. Shankar Rao, Sociology: Principles of Sociology, S. Chand & Company Ltd, 2011.
6. T.B. Bottomore., Sociology: A Guide to Problems and Literature, Routledge Pub-
lication, 1962
7. Alcock, J. E., Carment, D. N., Sadava, S. N., Collins, J. E. & Green J. M., A
textbook of social psychology, Prentice Hall, 1998.
8. Aronson, E., Wilson, T. D., &Akert, R. M., Social Psychology, 7th Edition, Prentice
Hall, 2010.
9. Baron, R. A., & Byrne, D., Social psychology, 8th Edition, Prentice Hall of India,
1998.
10. Taylor, S. E., Peplau, A. L., & Sears, D. O., Social Psychology, 12th Edition,
Prentice Hall, 2006.
11. Dumont, L., Homo Hierarchicus, University of Chicago Press, 1980.
12. Ghurye, G.S. 1932. Caste and Race in India. London: K. Paul, Trench, Trubner&
Co.

12.17 HS 204: Introduction to Political Science

Course Code: HS 204
Course Name: Introduction to Political Science
L-T-P-C: 3-0-0-3
Prerequisite: Consent of the faculty member
Students intended for: B.Tech
Elective or Core: Elective
Approval: 2nd Senate

Course Contents
ˆ Module I Rational Optimism; the scope of decision-making and social action;
types of social power; types of associations; forms of government; constitutions and
the legal framework; order and change; distributive justice.
ˆ Module II Current Issues: Tolerance and Pluralism; Race, Gender & Politics of
Identity, Challenges to the Liberal-Democratic Paradigm.

Prescribed Reading
1. Paul F. de Lepinasse, Basic Political Concepts, Global Text Project, Jacobs
Foundation, Zurich, 2008.
2. Roskin/Cord/Madeiros/Jones, Political Science: An Introduction, Pearson,
2011.
3. Kenneth Minogue, A Very Short Introduction to Politics, OUP, 1994.

712
Recommended Reading:
1. Gabriel Almond and Sidney Verba, The Civic Culture Revisited, Sage, 1989.

2. Aristotle, Politics. Ed. Stephen Everson, CUP, 1989.

3. Ernest Barker, Principles of Social & Political Theory, Oxford Paperbacks, 1961.

4. Bernard Crick, In Defence of Politics, Penguin,1993.

5. Christopher Hood, The Art of the State: Culture, Rhetoric, and Public Manage-
ment, OUP, 1998.

6. Dorothy M. Pickles, Introduction to Politics, Methuen, London, 1964.

7. George H. Sabine, A History of Political Theory, Holt, Reinhart, 1937.

8. Roger Scruton, A Dictionary of Political Thought, Macmillan, 1982.

9. Anthony D. Smith, Nationalism: Theory, Ideology & History, 2001.

Managerial competence
Manage your choice from the three courses here:

ˆ Principles of Organizational Management From the drawing board to the shop

floor, from the production lines to the market, every industrial concern is guided
by the concern to streamline processes, to speed up production, and to reach the
market on time, in order to maximize profits. What are the problems and unique
solutions that have made business gurus into legendary figures today?

ˆ Principles of Financial Accounting Nothing matters like facts and figures,

whether you are reporting to shareholders or to financial managers. How are stan-
dard accounting reports prepared? And for whom? How does Financial Accounting
help in decision-making processes in a business concern?

ˆ Organizational Behavior How do individuals and groups work within an orga-

nization? How does the organizational structure condition group dynamics? Can
psychological and sociological insights help to control and to predict the behavior
of the workforce?

12.18 HS 205: Financial Accounting

Course Code: HS 205
Course Name: Financial Accounting
L-T-P-C: 3-0-0-3
Prerequisite: Consent of the faculty member
Students intended for: B.Tech
Elective or Core: Elective
Approval: 2nd Senate

713
Course Contents
ˆ Module I Financial Accounting- concept, importance and scope, accounting prin-
ciples, journal, ledger, trial balance, depreciation (straight line and diminishing
balance methods), preparation of final accounts with adjustments. Analysis and
interpretation of financial statements meaning, importance and techniques, ratio
analysis; fund flow analysis; cash flow analysis (AS-3). Cost accounting-meaning,
importance, methods, techniques; classification of costs and cost sheet; inventory
valuation; an elementary knowledge of activity based costing. Cost concepts, Direct
& Indirect cost, Types of cost, full costing, overhead allocations, and preparation
of cost sheet; Concept, distinctive features of Activity-Based Costing, Cost Drivers,
Cost of Activities, and Cost object such as product, service, and customer; Product
mix decisions, cost and financial profit reconciliation

ˆ Module II Management accounting- concept, need, importance and scope; Bud-

getary control- meaning, need, objectives, essentials of budgeting, different types
of budgets; standard costing and variance analysis (materials, labour); marginal
costing and its application in managerial decision making. Cost, Volume, Profit
analysis, P/V ratio, analysis and implications, Concept and uses of contribution;
Differential costing and incremental costing; concept, uses and applications; Method
of calculation of these cost and its role in management decision making like sales,
replacement, buying etc. Meaning, definition & objectives of fund flow statement,
Meaning of funds & flow, Technique of preparation of fund flow statement-Sources
of funds & application of fund, provision for income tax, proposed dividend, digging
out hidden information, payment of dividend, purchase or sale of investments, uses
of funds flow statement, limitations of funds flow statement, difference between:
Schedule & Statement, Net profit & funds from operations, fund flow statement &
income statement, fund flow statement & balance sheet.

ˆ Module III Meaning & objective of cash flow statement, Procedure of preparing
cash flow statement-direct & indirect method, cash flows from operating activi-
ties, cash flow from investing activities, cash flows from financing activities, special
aspects- provision for income tax, proposed dividend, provision for depreciation,
depreciation on fixed assets, loss or profit on sale of fixed assets difference between
fund flow statement & cash flow statement. Concept of standard costs, establish-
ing various cost standards, calculation of Material Variance, Labour Variance, and
Overhead Variance, and its applications and implications. Concept and various
approached to responsibility accounting, concept of investment center, cost cen-
ter, profit center and responsibility center and its managerial implications, Transfer
Pricing Multinational transfer pricing, market based transfer pricing, cost-based
transfer pricing, Cost of Quality and Time.

Suggested Readings:
1. Khan, M.Y. and Jain, P.K., Management Accounting, TMH.

2. Singhal, A.K. and Ghosh Roy, H.J., Accounting for Managers, JBC Publishers
and Distributors.

3. Pandey, I.M., Management Accounting, Vikas Publishing House.

714
 4. Horngren, Sundem and Stratton, Introduction to Management Accounting,
Pearson Education.

5. Anthony R. N. and Reece J. S., Management Accounting Principles, Home-

wood, Illinois, Richard D. Irwin, 1995.

6. Hansen & Mowen, Cost Management, Thomson Learning

7. Mittal, S. N., Management Accounting and Financial Management, Shree

Mahavir Book Depot.

8. Jain, S. P. and Narang, K. L., Advanced Cost Accounting, Kalyani Publishers.

9. Bhattacharyya S K and Dearden J, Accounting for Management, Vikas.

10. Williamson Duncan, Cost & Management Accounting, Wheeler Publishing.

11. Narayanswami, Financial Accounting: A Managerial Perspective, 2nd Edi-

tion, PHI.

12. Mukherjee, Financial Accounting for Management, TMH.

13. Ramchandran & Kakani, Financial Accounting for Management, 2nd Edition,
TMH.

14. Ghosh T P, Accounting and Finance for Managers, Taxman.

15. Maheshwari S.N. & Maheshwari S K, An Introduction to Accountancy, 9th

Edition, Vikas.

16. Gupta Ambrish, Financial Accounting for Management, 2nd Edition, Pearson
Education.

17. Chowdhary Anil, Fundamentals of Accounting and Financial Analysis, Pear-

son Education.

12.19 HS 206: Public Speaking and Debating Skills

Course Code: HS 206
Course Name: Public Speaking and Debating Skills
L-T-P-C: 3-0-0-3
Prerequisite: Consent of the faculty member
Students intended for: B.Tech
Elective or Core: Elective
Approval: 2nd Senate

715
Course Contents
ˆ Organizing the Material: Stating the Problem; Collecting the Facts; Getting
and Evaluating Other Inputs; Ways of Proving; Planning the Message; Writing and
Reviewing; Revising and Editing.

ˆ Basic Concepts of Argument Familiar Notions of Argument; Assumptions:

The Substrata of Argument; The Anatomy of Dispute; Issues; Validity, Truth and
Ethics; Public Disputes and Audience Response; Applications.

ˆ Argument in Contemporary Society Advertising as Persuasive Process; Argu-

ment in Politics; Argument in Law; Media: Argument in News Reporting, Persuad-
ing the Informed Public; Argument in Science and Technology; Argument in Law
and Literature; Argument on Stage and in Film; Argument in Cartoons; Argument
in Song and in Lyric; Argument in Interpersonal Relations/ Intercultural Relations.

ˆ Module IV Acquisition of Domain Vocabularies in Contemporary Functional En-

glish, Standard Idioms and Phrases, Discourse Markers, Proverbs and Sayings.

Prescribed Reading Material:

Select Reading Material can be had of the Instructor.
In addition excerpts from:

1. Edward P. J. Corbett, Classical Rhetoric for the Modern Student, OUP, 1965.
(With Robert J. Connors, 4/1998)

2. THE HANSARD, Edited verbatim report of the proceedings of both the House of
Commons and the House of Lords. (www.parliament.uk/business/publications/hansard/)

Recommended Reading:
1. G. Stuart Adam & Roy Peter Clark, Journalism: The Democratic Craft, OUP,
2005.

2. Mathew Allen, Smart Thinking: Skills for Critical Understanding & Writ-
ing, OUP, 2004.

3. Cleanth Brooks & Robert Penn Warren, Modern Rhetoric, Harcourt, 1958.

4. Cleanth Brooks Robert Perm Warren, Fundamentals of Good Writing: A

Handbook of Modern Rhetoric, Harcourt 1949. (Fitts Press Repr.2008.)

5. Edward P.J. Corbett & Robert J.Connors, Style and Statement, OUP, 1999.

6. Eric Henderson, The Active Reader: Strategies for Academic Reading &
Writing, OUP, 2012.

7. J. Michael Sproule, Argument: Language and its Influence, McGraw-Hill,

1980.

716
12.20 HS 208: English II
Course Code: HS 208
Course Title: English II
L-T-P-C: 3-0-0-3
Prerequisites: HS 106 English I (or at the discretion of course instructor)
Students intended for: UG
Elective or Compulsory: Elective Sem
Approval: 9th Senate

Course Contents
ˆ Introduction to the course, interactive session with students (competency objec-
tive)[2 Lectures]

ˆ Grammar:

– Direct and Indirect speech [4 Lectures]

– Gerunds and Infinitives [4 Lectures]
– Conjunctions [5 Lectures]
– General gap filling (both, neither, either, this, that, such, like, etc.) [3 Lec-
tures]

ˆ Writing continued: [14 Lectures]

– Paragraph writing
– Report writing
– Forms of official communication
– Presentations

ˆ Speech: [10 Lectures]

– Interactive discussions on the topics (not necessarily limited to these): Personal

life, social life, religions, sports, the world around us, workplaces, etc.

Textbooks (with supplementary exercises):

1. Murphy, Raymond., English Grammar in Use, Cambridge University Press,
2012.

2. Naylor, Helen (with Raymond Murphy)., Essential Grammar in Use Supple-

mentary Exercises, Cambridge University Press, 2007.

3. Raman, Meenakshi and Sangeeta Sharma, Technical Communication: Princi-

ples And Practice, 3rd Edition, Oxford University Press, 2015.

717
12.21 HS 209: New Media Arts
Course Code: HS 209
Course Name: New Media Arts
L-T-P-C: 1-0-3-3
Prerequisites: 1C 150P
Intended for: B.Tech.
Distribution: Elective
Approval: 9th Senate

Course Courses
ˆ Module - I Introduction to Art, Fundamentals of Art, Introduction to Traditional
Media, Introduction to New Media Arts, Visual Communication. [14 Lectures]

ˆ Module - II Drawing and Composition, Creating Illustration. [12 Lab Hours]

ˆ Module - III Introduction to photography, Introduction to Animation. [15 Lab

Hours]

ˆ Module - IV The Face and the Public: Race, Secrecy, and Digital Art Practice,
Introduction to Audio Editing, Introduction to Video Editing, Multimedia portfolio,
Show casing. [15 Lab Hours]

Textbooks:
1. 1. Richard L. Lewis & James Luciana, Digital Media: An Introduction, Pren-
tice Hall, 2004.

2. 2. Christiane Paul, New Media, New Media in the White Cube and Beyond
- Curatorial Models for Digital Art, University of California Press, 2009.

3. 3. Mark Tribe, New Media Art (Taschen Basic Art Series), Taschen GmbH, 2006.

4. 4. Lisa Nakamura, Digitizing Race: Visual Cultures of the Internet, Univ

Of Minnesota, 2007.

References:
1. Andrew Graham-Dixon, The Definitive Visual Guide, DK Publication, 2008.

2. Gayatri Sinha, (2009), Art and Visual Culture in India (1857-2007), Marg.

3. Nancy Adajania, New-Context Media: A Passage from Indifference to

Adulation.

4. Michael Rush, New Media in Art, Thames and Hudson, 2005.

5. UGC Model Curriculum, Report of The Curriculum Development Commit-

tee, In Visual Arts, 2001.

718
 6. Vision Statement: School of Culture and Creative Expressions, Ambedkar Univer-
sity, Delhi.

7. Gayatri Sinha & Paul Sternberger, India: Pubic Places, Private Spaces Con-
temporary Photography and Video Art, Marg Publication, 2007.

8. P.N.Mago, Contemporary Art in India: A Perspective, National Book Trust

Publication, 2001.

12.22 HS 235: Introductory Econometrics

Course Code: HS 235
Course Name: Introductory Econometrics
L-T-P-C: 3-0-0-3
Prerequisites: None
Intended for: UG
Distribution: HS Course
Approval: 9th Senate

Course Contents
ˆ Introduction What is econometrics? [1 Lecture]

ˆ A Review of some useful statistical tools Random variables; populations and

sample, techniques of sampling and distribution; statistical estimation- estimators
and their properties; testing of hypothesis [10 Lectures]

ˆ Introduction to regression analysis Assumptions of Classical Linear Regres-

sion Models; Ordinary Linear Least Square regression; Gauss Markov theorem;
Multiple Regression Analysis- introduction to matrix formulation; interpreting re-
gression coefficients, concepts of residual, fitted value and goodness of fit; Beware
of the issues of model misspecifications! Understanding errors in measurement of
variables, model selection and non-linear functional forms; Use of Dummy variables
[10 Lectures]

ˆ Violation of assumptions in our model Multicollinearity, Autocorrelation, Het-

eroskedasticity: Who are they? How to identify them? What are the causes, effects,
and remedies? [12 Lectures]

ˆ Instrumental variables Instrumental Variables- their use in solving the problem

of omitted variables in regression analysis. [4 Lectures]

ˆ How econometrics is applied to a real world problem? Reading and un-

derstanding application of econometrics in 1-2 relevant research papers; some basic
problem solving- hands-on exercises (preferably in groups). [5 Lectures]

719
Reading Suggestions:
1. Casell, G and Berger, R.L., Statistical Inference, 2nd Edition, Duxbury Ad-
vanced Series, 2002. (Chapter 2 in particular for statistical distribution)

2. Johnston, J and Dinardo, J., Econometric Methods, 4th Edition, McGraw Hill:
International Editions, 1997.

3. Wooldridge, Jeffrey M., Introductory Econometrics, Thompson, 2003.

4. 1-2 relevant research papers.

12.23 HS 241: Introduction to Drama: Theory and Practice

Course Code: HS 241
Course Name: Introduction to Drama: Theory and Practice
L-T-P-C: 2-1-0-3
Prerequisites:
Students intended for:
Elective or Compulsory Elective 5th Senate
Approval: 5th Senate

Course Contents
ˆ Introduction The idea of Play and performance in life and on stage. History of
drama, types of drama

ˆ Elements of Drama important terms and concepts

ˆ Theories of drama Aristotle and Bharata

ˆ Tragedy, elements, important A play by Sophocles

ˆ Comedy, elements, types A play by Shakespeare

ˆ Sanskrit Drama, elements, types Bhasas play

ˆ Folk Theatres of India, types, different forms A play by H S Shiva Prakash

ˆ Module VIII Brief overview of Modern European and American Drama

ˆ Module IX Overview of Indian Drama after Independence

Tutorials
The weekly tutorial will be an interactive session, where the topics taught at the lecture
will be discussed in depth, with video aid if possible. Few tutorial sessions will be used
for theatre practice, where the students will be given interactive exercises which will help
clear the concept of space, body, movements and so forth. In the middle of the semester,
the class will be divided into two groups and two different productions will be staged.
The students are expected to read the assigned readings and participate actively in
the theatre practice sessions and class discussions.

720
12.24 HS 252: Introduction to Psychology
Course Code : HS 252
Course Name: Introduction to Psychology
L-T-P-C : 3-0-0-3
Students intended for : B.Tech
Core or Elective : Elective
Prerequisites : Teacher’ s Consent
Approval: 15th Senate

Course Contents
ˆ Nature of Psychology [2 Lectures]

– Adding to what we know: The process of psychological research.

ˆ A brief history of pychology [2 Lectures]

– Psychology’s family lbum

ˆ Biopsychology [2 Lectures]

– Concepts of biopsychology, reductionism,

– Neuron, synapses, neurotransmitters, nervous system, Hemisphere function

ˆ Learning [4 Lectures]

– Classical Conditioning: Learning Predictable Signals

– Operant Conditioning: Learning what does what.
– Observational Learning: Learning from the behaviour and outcomes of others.

ˆ Cognitive Processes [4 Lectures]

– Nature, emergence and stages, methods of study

ˆ Attention and Conciousness [6 Lectures]

– Types: Selective, Divided and sustained

– Theories: Early and late selection, Capacity and Mental efforts model
– Consciousness

ˆ Memory [5 Lectures]

– What is memory?
– Sensory Memory, Short term memory, and working Memory
– Long Term Memory: Where past lives live!

ˆ Perception [6 Lectures]

– Auention- What is attention? Methods of studying attention.

721
 – Perceptual Constancies and Perceptual Organi zation.
– Psychophysics, Theory of Signal Detection, Pattern/Object Perception and
recognition)

ˆ llldividual Differences [7 Lectures]

– Theories of Intelligence; The most(?/!) controversial concept in Psychology.

– The measurement of intelligence.
– Nature vs. Nmture Debate.
– The Psychodynamic Perspective: Excavating the iceberg, the Trait perspec-
tive, Learning Theory Perspective; Social-Cognitive Theory, the Humanistic
Existential Perspective; the Socio-Cultural Personality
– Assessing Personality.
– Genetic and Environmental Component in Various Psychological Processes.

ˆ Affective Processes: Emotions

– Emotions: Adding Colour to life.

– Theories of Emotions. [4 Hours]

Text Books:
1. Baron, Robert A (2002). Psychology (5th Edition). Allyn and Bacon

Recommended Reading:

1. Zimbardo and Gerrig, Psychology and Life, Prentice Hall

2. Coon, D., & Mitterer, J.O., Introduction to psychology: Gateways to mi11d

and behaviour, Wadsworth (Cengage Learning).

3. Atkinson and Hilgard’s Introduction to Psychology, Cengage Learning.

12.25 HS 253: Introduction to Sociology

Course Code :HS 253 and HS 344
Course Name: Introduction to Sociology
L-T-P-C :3-0-0-3
Students intended for :B.Tech
Elective or Compulsory :Elective
Prerequisites :Teachers Consent
Approval: 5th Senate

722
Course Contents
ˆ Module I What is Sociology? Study of Social Life Understanding Society Uses of
Sociology

ˆ Module II Basic Concepts in Sociology Society, Community, Social Structure,

Function, Status & Role, Power & Authority, Social Groups Primary and Secondary,
Socialization and Culture

ˆ Module III Social Institutions Marriage, Family, Kinship, Political System, Eco-
nomic System, Religion

ˆ Module IV Sociological Perspectives Evolutionist, Functionalist, Conflict Classical

Sociological Thought - Aguste Comte, Emile Durkheim, Karl Marx, Max Weber

References
1. Alex Inkeles,What is Sociology?: an Introduction to the Discipline and
Profession, Prentice-Hall Publishing, 1964.

2. Anthony Giddens, Sociology, 5th Edition, Polity Press , 2006.

3. Michael Haralambos, Sociology: Themes and Perspectives, 7th Edition, Collins

Publishing, 2008.

4. Penguin Dictionary of Sociolo, 5th Edition, Penguin publishing, 2006.

5. Shankar Rao, Sociology: Principles of Sociology, S. Chand & Company Ltd,

2011.

6. T.B. Bottomore, Sociology: A Guide to Problems and Literature, Routledge

Publication, 1962.

12.26 HS 254: Introduction to European Philosophy

Course Code: HS 254
Course Name: Introduction to European Philosophy
L-T-P-C: 3-0-0-3
Prerequisite: Consent of the faculty member
Students intended for: B.Tech.
Elective or Core: Elective
Approval: 2nd Senate

Course Contents
The Problem of Knowledge How do we come by knowledge? From Menos Paradox
to Polanyis Tacit Knowing [10 Lectures]
The Problem of Justice From Platonic Communism to Marxist Dialectics; from
the Polis to the Open Society; from isonomia to distributive justice [10 Lectures]
The Problem of Religion From the City of God to the City of Man; the Church and
the State; The Saint and the Statesman; Transcendence and Immanence [10 Lectures]

723
 The Problem of Technology From the Novum Organon to the Question Concern-
ing Technology; Technology and the Character of the Good Life [10 Lectures]
The Problem of Philosophy Today The Battle of the Ancients against the Mod-
erns [5 Lectures]

Text & Reference Books:

Prescribed Texts:
1. Eric Lund, MogensPihl and Johannes Slk, A History of European Ideas, Hurst,
London, 1971.

2. Select excerpts from the writings of leading European philosophers since Plato (can
be had of the teacher)

Recommended Readings:
1. Alistair J. Sinclair, What Is Philosophy? An Introduction, Dunedin Academic
Press, 2008.

2. Anthony Kenny, The Oxford Illustrated History of Western Philosophy,

Oxford, 1994.

3. Bertrand Russell, A History of Western Philosophy, Routledge,2004.

4. Jacob Needleman, The Heart of Philosophy, Jeremy P. Tarcher, 2003.

5. JosteinGaarder, Sophies Dream, 1995 (soft copy placed in the library).

6. James L.Christian, Philosophy, An introduction to the Art of Wonderin,

Wordsworth, 2009.

7. Richard David Precht, Who am I, Spiegel &Grau, 2011.

8. Richard Schacht, Hegel and After: Studies in Continental Philosophy Be-

tween Kant and Sartre, University of Pittsburgh Press, 1975.

9. Classical Modern Philosophers: Descartes to Kant, Routledge & Kegan

Paul, 1984.

10. Ted Honderich, The Oxford Companion to Philosophy, Oxford University

Press, 1995.

12.27 HS 255: India Since Independence

Course Code: HS 255
Course Name: India Since Independence
L-T-P-C: 3-0-0-3
Prerequisite: Consent of the faculty member
Students intended for: B.Tech.
Elective or Core: Elective
Approval: 2nd Senate

724
Course Contents
ˆ After independence [6 Lectures]

1. Independence and partition,

2. The unification of princely states,
3. The Constitution and the making of the Republic

ˆ Political history [6 Lectures]

– Nehruvian era,
– The Indira and Rajiv years,
– The era of globalization

ˆ The economy [6 Lectures]

– Five year plans,

– Industrialization,
– Green revolution,
– Nationalization,
– Liberalization

ˆ Movements and uprisings [6 Lectures]

– Agrarian unrest,
– Dalit movement,
– womens movement,
– Labour movements,
– Naxal uprising

ˆ Identity [6 Lectures]

– Hindu nationalism,
– Regionalism,
– The assertion of Islamic groups,
– Caste and community,
– Diaspora

ˆ Science and arts [6 Lectures]

– Science and technology,

– Literature,
– Cinema and other entertainments,
– Sports

725
Prescribed Texts:
1. Ramachandra Guna, India after Gandhi, Picador India, 2007

2. Bipan Chandra et al, India since Independence, Penguin, 2008.

Recommended Readings:
1. Shashi Tharoor, India Midnight to Millennium, Arcade, 1997.

2. Patrick French, India A Portrait, Penguin, 2007.

12.28 HS 261: The Indian Constitution

Course Code: HS 261
Course Name: The Indian Constitution
L-T-P-C: 3-0-0-3
Prerequisites : None
Offered to: B. Tech (Higher Semesters)
Approval: 4th Senate

Course Contents
ˆ Module 1 The History of the Making of Indian Constitution

ˆ Module 2 Preamble and the Basic Structures

ˆ Module 3 Fundamental Rights and Duties

ˆ Module 4 Directive Principles of State Policy

ˆ Module 5 Legislature, Executive and Judiciary

ˆ Module 6 Emergency Powers

ˆ Module 7 Special Provisions for Jammu and Kashmir, Nagaland and Other Re-
gions

ˆ Module 8 Amendments

Prescribed Texts:
1. D D Basu, Introduction to the Constitution of India, 20th Edn.,Lexisnexis Butter-
worths, 2012.

726
Recommended Readings:
1. Rajeev Bhargava (ed), Ethics and Politics of the Indian Constitution, Oxford
University Press, New Delhi, 2008.

2. Granville Austin, The Indian Constitution: Cornerstone of a Nation, Oxford

University Press, 1966.

3. Zoya Hassan, E. Sridharan and R. Sudarshan (eds), Indias Living Constitution:

Ideas, Practices, Controversies, Permanent Black, 2002.

4. Subhash C. Kashyap, Our Constitution, National Book Trust, 2011.

12.29 HS 263: Popular Culture in Modern India: A Historical

Perspective
Course Code: HS 263
Course Name: Popular Culture in Modern India: A Historical Perspective
L-T-P-C: 3-0-0-3
Prerequisites: Consent of the Instructor
Intended for: UG
Distribution: Semester:
Approval: 9th Senate

Course Contents
ˆ History of Cricket [8 Lectures]

– Unit 1: Race and Sport in Colonial India: Parsi cricket in India

– Unit 2: Caste and Cricket in Colonial India: A Case Study of Palwankar Baloo
– Unit 3: Class and Cricket: A Case Study of Maharaja Ranjitsinhji

ˆ 2. Popular Musical Traditions and Technology [4 Lectures]

– Unit 1: Oral Musical Traditions: A Survey (Bhands, Qawalls )

– Unit 2: The Guru and the Gramophone Technology and Changes in
– Consumption of Music

ˆ 3. Popular Visual Culture [10 Lectures]

– Unit 1: What is Visual Culture?

– Unit 2: Posters of National Leaders in the Colonial Period
– Unit 3: Maps of India in Calendar Art
– Unit 4: Cartoons and their impact: R.K. Laxmans Common Man

ˆ 4. Popular Films History [7 Lectures]

– Unit 1: Colonial Anxieties Regarding Film in India

727
 – Unit 2: Nation-?building Cinema of the 1950s
– Unit 3: The Idea of the Secular in Indian Films
– Unit 4: Changing Portrayals of the Villain in India

ˆ 5. Advertisements after Economic Liberalization [3 Lectures]

ˆ 6. Food History [10 Lectures]

– Unit 1: Food in Ancient and Medieval India

– Unit 2: Migration Patterns and Changes in Food Consumption
– Unit 3: What is Authentic Indian Cuisine?

Prescribed Texts:
1. A.R. Venkatachalapathy, In Those Days There was No Coffee: Writings in
Cultural History, Yoda Press, 2006.

2. Rohit Wanchoo and Mukesh Williams, Representing India: Literature, Poli-

tics, and Identities, Oxford University Press India, 2008.

3. Dilip M. Menon (ed.), Cultural History of Modern India, Social Science Press,
2011.

Suggested Readings:
1. Vasudha Dalmia and Rashmi Sadana (eds.), The Cambridge Companion to
Modern Indian Culture,Cambridge University Press, 2012.

2. Ashis Nandy, The Tao of Cricket: On Games of Destiny and the Destiny
of Games, Oxford University Press, 2001.

3. Ramachandra Guha, A Corner of a Foreign Field: The Indian History of a

British Sport, Picador, 2002.

4. Peter Manuel, Cassette Culture: Popular Music and Technology in North

India, University of Chicago Press, 1993.

5. Christopher Pinney, Photos of the Gods’: The Printed Image and Political
Struggle in India, Reaktion Books, 2004.

6. Sumathi Ramaswami, The Goddess and the Nation: Mapping Mother In-
dia, Duke University Press, 2010.

7. Ravi S. Vasudevan (ed.), Making Meaning in Indian Cinema, Oxford Univer-

sity Press, 2001.

8. William Mazzarella, Shoveling Smoke: Advertizing and Globalization in

Contemporary India, Duke University Press, 2003.

9. Rache Dwyer, Picture Abhi Baaki Hai: Bollywood as a Guide to Modern India,
Hachette, New Delhi, 2014.

728
 10. K.T. Achaya, A Historical Dictionary of Indian Food, Oxford University
Press, 2003.

11. Lizzie Collingham, Curry: A Tale of Cooks and Conquerors, Vintage, 2006.

12. John Thieme and Ira Raja (eds.), The Table is Laid: An Anthology of South
Asian Food Writing, Oxford University Press, 2007.

13. Utsa Ray, Culinary Culture in Colonial India: A Cosmopolitan Platter

and the Middle-Class, Cambridge University Press, 2015.

14. Arjun Appadorai, How to Make a National Cuisine: Cookbooks in Con-

temporary India, Comparative Studies in Society and History, vol.30, no.1, 1988.

15. Douglas Haynes et al (eds.), Toward a History of Consumption in South

Asia, Oxford University Press, 2010.

16. R.K. Laxman, Brushing up the Years: A Cartoonists History of India,

1947-2004, Penguin Viking, 2005.

17. R.K. Laxman, The Best of Laxman: The Common Man Casts his Vote,
Penguin, 2005.

18. Abu Abraham, Why does Kerala produce so many cartoonists? India
International Centre Quarterly, Vol. 22, No 2/3, Summer-Monsoon 1995, pp.
60-?64.

19. R.K. Laxman, Freedom to Cartoon, Freedom to Speak, Daedalus: Another

India, Vol. 118, No 4, Fall 1989, pp. 68-?91.

12.30 HS 301: Policy Analysis and Advocacy Skills

Course Code: HS 301
Course Name: Policy Analysis and Advocacy Skills
L-T-P-C: 3-0-0-3
Prerequisite: Consent of the faculty member
Students intended for: B.Tech
Elective or Core: Elective
Approval: 2nd Senate, 11th Senate

Course contents
ˆ Logical Thinking, the Enthymeme; standard fallacies

ˆ Common topoi

ˆ Features of the Forensic Debate: The Proposition, Affirmative and Negative Sides,
Presumption and Burden of Proof, Prima Facie Case, Justification for a Program of
Action, Disparity and Stock Issue Analysis, Techniques of Gathering Evidence from
various sources including newspapers, journals, periodicals, government documents,
of using citizens empowerment provisos to elicit information etc.

729
 ˆ Standard Speaker Formats, Parliamentary Debates and Resolutions, Techniques of
Cross- Examination, Academic Debate, Debate Flow Sheet and Debate Critique.

Prescribed Reading:
1. Select Excerpts from The Hansard, Edited verbatim report of the proceedings of
the House of Commons and the House of Lords.

2. Select Newspaper Articles besides select essays from journals like Resurgence, Down
to Earth, back numbers of the now defunct MANAS etc.

3. J. Michael Sproule, Argument: Language and its Influence, McGraw-Hill,

1980: Chapters ten & eleven only.

Recommended Reading:
1. Eugene Bardach, A Practical Guide for Policy Analysis: The Eight Fold
Guide to More Effective Problem Solving, CQ Press Washington 2005.

2. George M. Guess & Paul G. Farnham, Cases in Public Policy Analysis, George-
town University Press, 2000.

3. Gerald Miller, Handbook of Public Policy Analysis, Taylor & Francis, 2007.

Social Competence
Here again, you have a choice of three courses.

ˆ Principles of Economics: How do nations generate wealth? How does the state
regulate its distribution to ensure reasonable standards of living for all? What is
the impact of mans economic pursuit on environment and ecology? Is there a link
between the prosperity of the developed nations and the massive poverty elsewhere?
The course examines the economic principles that govern daily life; it traces the rise
of consumerism from the barter economy of early societies to the casino capitalism
of today. Field trips and surveys in the Himachal region shall complement your
understanding.

ˆ Understanding Society: The course invites students to examine the unfolding

forms and modes of human collective living from ancient to modern times. Stu-
dents will also study the institutional framework as well as living conditions of
humans across distinctive historical periods. Besides, they will investigate the im-
pact of modern life in its various forms on the mind, on marriage, on family and its
breakdown and of its significance for the future. They will attempt to comprehend
diverse levels of stress in modern life and the solutions attempted, also economic
factors and their psycho-social impact. Field trips to various tribal communities in
Himachal Pradesh complement students understanding.

ˆ Political Science: Why does Aristotle describe Politics as the Master Science?
Just think how difficult it is for us to maintain peace and harmony in our homes!
How much more difficult would it then be to keep a country of 1.2 billion to live in
peace with one another? How are we to understand Aristotles paradoxical assertion

730
 that the evil in man makes society necessary but it is the good in man that makes
society function. Field trips to local communities in the neighborhood make for
understanding firsthand key issues in politics, law and governance.

12.31 HS 302: Introduction to Drama in English

Course number : HS 302
Course Name : Introduction to Drama in English
Credit Distribution : 3-0-0-3
Intended for : Undergraduate
Prerequisite : None
Mutual Exclusion : None
Approval: 50th BoA

Course Contents:
ˆ Module 1: Introduction to drama (3 hours)

– Historical overview of the dramatic form

– The basic elements of a play (plot, character, setting, atmosphere, mood, etc.)

ˆ Module 2: Tragedies (6 hours)

– Historical overview of tragedies

– Components of tragedies (catharsis, hamartia, dramatic irony, etc.)
– Structure of tragedies
– Revenge tragedy
– Domestic tragedy

ˆ Suggested text: William Shakespeare, Macbeth (1623); Hamlet (c.1509)

ˆ Module 3: Comedies (6 hours)

– Historical overview of comedies

– Old comedy and New comedy
– Tragicomedy
– Satire
– Comedy of errors
– Sentimental comedy
– Domestic comedy

ˆ Suggested texts: Oscar Wilde, The Importance of Being Earnest (1895); Neil Simon,
The Odd Couple (1965); Northrop Frye, The Argument of Comedy (1949)

ˆ Module 4: Modern Theatre (11 hours)

– An overview of modern drama

– Expressionism

731
 – Naturalism
– Living newspapers
– Epic theatre
– Theatre of the absurd

ˆ Suggested texts: Eugene O’ Neill, The Emperor Jones (1920); Hallie Flanagan
Davis, E=mc2 (1947); Edward Albee, The Zoo Story (1958); Martin Esslin, The
Theatre of the Absurd (1960)

ˆ Module 5: Drama on the Global Stage (8 hours)

– Colonialism and its legacy in theatre

– Politics of language
– Global neo-imperialism

ˆ Suggested texts: Wole Soyinka, Death and the King’s Horseman (1975); Brian
Fiel, Translations (1980); Manjula Padmanabhan, Harvest (1997); Mahesh Dat-
tani, Dance like a Man (1989); Helen Gilbert and Joanne Tompkins, Post-Colonial
Drama: Theory, Practice, Politics (1996)

ˆ Module 5: Performing Plays (8 hours)

– This module will be devoted to performances based on plays from or relevant to

the syllabus. These performances will be conducted in class and all students
are expected to contribute to the performance. The tentative audience for
the performance will most likely be the registered participants for the course.
Students will be divided into groups after which they will perform portions of
a selected play from the syllabus or any play of their choice. Students will be
informed about this requirement in the beginning of the course itself so that
they can adequately prepare and decide upon possible texts. They are not
expected to spend excessive time beyond class hours in preparation for the
play—memorizing scripts is only optional, as is the preparation of costumes,
props, stage, etc. In lieu of a full-performance, students may also perform a
table reading/ read aloud portions of the play in a simulated theatre setting
for the class.

Textbooks:
1. Klaus, Carl H., Miriam Gilbert, and Bradford S. Field, Jr., eds. Stages of Drama:
Classical to Contemporary Theater, U.S. 2003.

2. Pickering, Kenneth, Key Concepts in Drama, Palgrave Macmillan, U.S. 2005.

References:
1. Albee, Edward. The Zoo Story, 1958. Aristotle, Poetics, Penguin Classics, (Revised
Edition), U.K. 1996.

2. Soynika, Wole, “Death and the King’s Horseman,” in Contemporary African Plays
by Martin Banham and Jane Plastow, Methuen Publishing, U.K., 1999.

732
 3. Dattani, Mahesh, Dance like a Man, Penguin Petit, (2006)

4. Esslin, Martin. “The Theatre of the Absurd,” The Tulane Drama Review, 4.4:3-15,
1960.

5. Frye, Northrop “The Argument of Comedy.” Shakespeare: An Anthology of Criti-

cism and Theory. Ed. Russ McDonald. Malden, MA: Blackwell Publishing, 2004.
94-95, 97.

6. Gilbert, Helen and Joanne Tompkins. Post-Colonial Drama: Theory, Practice,

Politics London: Routledge, 1996.

7. G.J. Watson, Drama: An Introduction, Macmillan Press, U.K. 1983.

8. Flanagan Davis, Hallie, E=mc2 in Routledge Drama Anthology and Sourcebook

from Modernism to Contemporary Performance by Maggie B. Gale and John F.
Deeney (Editors), U.S. and U.K. 2010.

9. O’Neill, Eugene. The Emperor Jones, Dover Publications, U.S. 2012.

10. Padmanabhan, Manjula. Harvest, Kali for Women, India 1997.

11. Shakespeare, William, Macbeth, Penguin Classics, U.K., 2015. Shakespeare, William,
Hamlet, Penguin, Dover Thrift Edition, U.S. 2000.

12. Simon, Neil. The Collected Plays of Neil Simon, Plume, U.S. 1986.

13. Wilde, Oscar. The Importance of Being Earnest and other Plays, Penguin Group,
Signet Classics, 1985.

12.32 HS 303: Partition of India: History and Legacy

Course number : HS 303
Course Name : Partition of India: History and Legacy
Credit Distribution : 3-0-0-3
Intended for : B.Tech. (7th and 8th Semesters)
Prerequisite : None
Mutual Exclusion : None
Approval: 50th Senate

Course Contents:
ˆ Unit 1: Why is Partition history important? (1 hour) [R3 suggestion incorporated
and this new unit has been added.]

– Interrogating popular understandings of Partition

– Partition as event and process

ˆ Unit 2: Trauma and Memory: Methodologies Old and New (4 hours)

– What is the relationship between history and memory?

– Interrogating the archive

733
 – Potentials and limitations of oral history [R3 suggestion has been incorporated
and ‘pitfalls’ has been replaced with ‘limitations’.]

ˆ Unit 3: The High Politics of Partition (10 hours)

– Majorities and minorities in a colonial context: Issues of representation and

power
– Elections of 1937 and 1946
– Negotiations: The Congress, the Muslim League, and the British

ˆ Unit 4: The Partition in Punjab and Bengal: Varying Trends and Trajectories (6
hours)

– Patterns of violence
– Refugee relief and rehabilitation

ˆ Unit 5: Impact on Cities (5 hours)

– Evacuee property: custodians and claims

– Delhi
– Calcutta

ˆ Unit 6: Neglected Histories of Partition (6 hours)

– Gender – the recovery of ‘abducted’ women

– Caste – challenging the idea of the monolithic refugee
– Region – the experience of Sindh

ˆ Unit 7: The ‘Long Partition’: The Impact of Partition on Indian Polity (4 hours)

– Minority rights in the Indian Constitution

– Citizenship: short-term and long-term trends
– Partition’s shadow on the India-Pakistan relationship [R3 suggestion has been
incorporated.]

ˆ Unit 7: Representing the Partition in Literature and Film (6 hours)

– Literature – short stories by Rajinder Singh Bedi, Saadat Hasan Manto, Intizar
Husain and Ismat Chughtai. Source book: Bhalla, Alok (ed.). Stories about
the Partition of India, Vols I-III. Publishers, 2011.
– Film Ghatak, Ritwik. Meghe Dhaka Tara [The Cloud-Capped Star], 1960.
Sumar, Sabiha. Khamosh Paani [Silent Waters], 2004.

Text books:

1. Khan Yasmin, The Great Partition: The Making of India and Pakistan. Yale
University Press, 2008. ˆ Roy, Haimanti. The Partition of India. Oxford University
Press, 2018.

734
References:
1. Butalia Urvashi. The Other Side of Silence: Voices from the Partition of India.
Penguin, 1998.

2. Chatterji Joya. Bengal Divided: Hindu Communalism and Partition, 1932- 1947.
Cambridge University Press, 1995.

3. Chatterji, Joya. Spoils of Partition: Bengal and India, 1947–1967. Cambridge

University Press, 2007. [R1 suggestion incorporated.]

4. Das, Veena. ‘National Honour and Practical Kinship: Of Unwanted Women and
Children’. In Critical Events: An Anthropological Perspective on Contemporary
India. Oxford University Press, 1995.

5. Gauba, Kanika. “Forgetting Partition: Constitutional Amnesia and Nationalism.”

Economic and Political Weekly, vol. 51, no. 39, 2016, pp. 41–47. [R1 suggestion
incorporated.]

6. Hasan Mushirul (ed.). India’s Partition: Process, Strategy and Mobilization. Ox-
ford University Press, 2001.

7. Jalal, Ayesha. The Sole Spokesman: Jinnah, the Muslim League and the Demand
for Pakistan. Cambridge University Press, 1994.

8. Kaul Suvir (ed.), The Partitions of Memory: The Afterlife of the Division of India.
Permanent Black, 2001.

9. Kaur, Ravinder. Since 1947: Partition Narratives among Punjabi Migrants of Delhi.
Oxford University Press, 2007.

10. Malhotra, Aanchal. Remnants of a Separation: 21 Objects from a Continent Di-

vided. Hurst & Co. 2019.

11. Menon Ritu and Kamala Bhasin. Borders and Boundaries: Women in India’s
Partition. Kali for Women, 2000.

12. Nair, Neeti. Changing Homelands: Hindu Politics and the Partition of India. Har-
vard University Press, 2011.

13. Pandey, Gyanendra. Remembering Partition: Violence, Nationalism and History

in India. Cambridge University Press, 2001.

14. Talbot, Ian and Gurharpal Singh. The Partition of India. Cambridge University
Press, 2009.

15. Tan Tai Yong and Gyanesh Kudaisya. The Aftermath of Partition. Routledge,
2000.

16. Zamindar, Vazira Fazila. The Long Partition and the Making of Modern South
Asia. Columbia University Press, 2007.

17. Primary source repository: 1947 Partition Archive (https://in.1947partitionarchive.org/)

735
12.33 HS 304: Organizational Management
Course Code: HS 304
Course Name: Organizational Management
L-T-P-C: 3-0-0-3
Prerequisite: Consent of the faculty member
Students intended for: B.Tech
Elective or Core: Elective
Approval: 2nd Senate

Course Contents
ˆ Scope of organizations Nature and function of organizations; Individual orga-
nization environment interface; Longitudinal thinking. Organization Management:
Theory, practice and major schools of thought, application potentials and possibil-
ity.

ˆ Organizational architecture Systems perspective on organizations and contin-

gency approach. The socio-technical systems approach. Theory of organizational
structures; Nature and consequences of structure; Organization process; IT & or-
ganizations.

ˆ Integrating the elements Organizational culture; Coping strategies- individual

& organizational; Impact of environmental and cultural variables on organizational
structure and style; Organization design; Mechanization, automation and comput-
erization; Organizational interdependence and organizational evaluation.

12.34 HS 306 : Introduction to German Literature

Course Code : HS 306
Course Name : Introduction to German Literature
L-T-P-C: 3-0-0-3
Intended for : Outside Discipline/ Free Elective for MA, UG (3rd and 4th year)
Prerequisite : None
Mutual Exclusion : None
Approval: 52nd BoA

Course Contents
ˆ Fairy Tales/ Folktales: In this module select fairy tales/ folktales (by Grimm
Brothers) will be discussed in order to introduce students to reading literary texts in
German language. The selected texts will further be analyzed from a literary and
linguistic perspective, enabling students to engage critically with these universal
texts. Literary tools, methods of interpretation and basic German grammar will
also be an intrinsic part of this module. (12 Lectures)

ˆ Fables: Similar to the first module, this module shall discuss fables and provide
students with a different genre to explore. One can also discuss characteristics of

736
 every genre in question and allow students to get an insight into studying different
types of literary texts. (8 Lectures)

ˆ Short Stories, Anecdotes, and Parables: This module shall be dedicated to

yet another type of prose, short stories, anecdotes and parables in order to enable
students to engage with as many types of texts as possible. Select anecdotes,
parables and prominent short stories, particularly from the Truemmer-literature
(Post War Germany 1945-1947) will also be a part of this module. Some well-
known authors of this time include Wolfgang Borchert and Heinrich Boell. (12
Lectures)

ˆ Poetry: This module shall deal primarily with different forms of poetry, includ-
ing ballads, poems. Select popular German authors and their poetry shall be the
object of analysis in this module. Students will be provided with basic literary
and linguistic tools to analyze the deep layers of poetry and encouraged to produce
individual interpretations. (10 Lectures)

Textbooks:
1. Daniel Chandler, An Introduction to Genre Theory, 1997

2. Thomas Beebee, German Literature as World Literature, Bloomsbury 2014

References:
1. Aesops Fables: The Wolf and the Lamb (Der Wolf und der Lamm)

2. Aesops Fables: The Fox and the Crow (Vom Fuchs und Raben)

3. Charles Perrault: Bluebeard (Blaubart)

4. Christa Reinig: Scorpion (Skorpion)

5. Grimm Brothers: Cinderella (Aschenputtel)

6. Grimm Brothers: Hansel und Gretel (Haensel und Gretel)

7. Grimm Brothers: Little Red Riding Hood (Rotkaeppchen)

8. Grimm Brothers: The Fisherman and his Wife (Vom Fischer und seiner Frau)

9. Heinrich Boell: Anecdote concerning the Lowering of Productivity (Anekdote zur

Senkung der Arbeitsmoral)

10. Johann Wolfgang von Goethe: Elf King (Erlkoenig)

11. Joseph von Eichendorff: Moon Night (Mondnacht), Longing (Sehnsucht)

12. Rainer Maria-Rilke: The Panther (Der Panther)

13. Wolfgang Borchert: The Kitchen Clock (Die Kuechenuhr)

14. Wolfdietrich Schnurre: On The Run (Auf der Flucht)

737
12.35 HS 307: Macroeconomics I
Course Code : HS 307
Course Name : Macroeconomics I
L-T-P-C : 3-0-0-3
Intended for : B. Tech./ Undergraduate students
Prerequisite :
Mutual Exclusion:
Approval: 54th BoA

Course Contents
ˆ Introduction: Nature and scope of Macroeconomics. (2 Hours)

ˆ National Income Accounting: National income: concepts and measurement

—— Circular flow of national income in two, three, and four-sector economy ——
National income and economic welfare. (5 Hours)

ˆ Money and Inflation: What is money? —— The quantity theory of money ——

Inflation and interest rates —— The nominal interest rate and the demand for
money —— Hyperinflation. (5 Hours)

ˆ Money supply and money demand: Money supply: 100-percent and fractional-
reserve banking —— A model of the money supply —— Monetary policy ap-
proaches and its frameworks —— Money demand: different theories of money
demand. (5 Hours)

ˆ Consumption and investment theories: Consumption function —— Keynes’s

psychological law of consumption and its implications —— Consumption function
puzzle: Kuznet’s findings —— Investment and its type —— Investment determi-
nation: Classical and Keynesian approach. (5 Hours)

ˆ Economy in the short run: Introduction to economic fluctuations —— Aggre-

gate demand: the goods market and the IS curve, the money market and the LM
curve —— The short-run equilibrium (10 Hours).

ˆ Introduction to the open economy: The international flows of capital and

goods —— Saving and investment in a small open economy —— Exchange rates:
nominal and real exchange rates —— Economic polies and exchange rate. (5 Hours)

ˆ Introduction to macroeconomics datasets: This session aims at exploring

macroeconomic databases and to empirically testify some of the economic theories
in India context. (5 Hours)

Textbooks:
1. Mankiw N. Gregory, Macroeconomics, Worth Publishers, 2023.

2. Froyen, R. T., Macroeconomics: theories and policies, Pearson Publication,

2023.

738
References:
1. Mishkin, F., Economics of money, banking and financial market, Pearson
Publication, 2023.

12.36 HS 308: Introduction to Modern European Literature

Course Code : HS 308
Course Name : Introduction to Modern European Literature
L-T-P-C : 2-0-0-2
Intended for : Undergraduate students
Prerequisite :
Mutual Exclusion:
Approval: 54th BoA

Course Contents
ˆ Introduction: (6 Hours)

– Europe in the late 19th and early 20th centuries.

– Overview of preceding literary movements.
– Introduction to Literary theory and criticism

ˆ From Realism to Modernism: (6 Hours)

– Knut Hamsun, Hunger

– August Strindberg The Dance of Death
– James Joyce, Dubliners

ˆ High Modernism: (6 Hours)

– Gertrude Stein, Tender Buttons

– Franz Kafka, The Metamorphosis
– Virginia Woolf, “The Mark on the Wall”

ˆ (Post)Modernism: (6 Hours)

– Albert Camus, The Stranger.

– Jorge Luis Borges, The Aleph
– Eugene Ionesco, The Bald Soprano

ˆ Conclusions: (4 Hours):

– Modernism VS Postmodernism: what’s at stake?

– The death of the Author
– The Postmodern Condition. 2

739
Textbooks:
1. NA

References:
1. Norton Anthology of Literary Criticism and Theory

2. Modernism, Blackwell Anthology

12.37 HS 331: Role of Aesthetics in Design

Course Code: HS 331
Course Name: Role of Aesthetics in Design
L-T-P-C:: 1-0-4-3
Prerequisites: Consent of the Instructor
Intended for:UG
Elective or Core: Elective for B. Tech 3rd and 4th year
Approval: 12th Senate

Course Contents
ˆ Theory [14 Lectures]

– Aesthetics and Product Design, Correlation in Design and Colour, Rich poten-
tial of the human senses: vision, hearing, touch, taste, and smell, Appearance
and emotions playing role in consumer choice and consumer evaluation, At-
traction, impression and communication characteristics.
– Attraction: colour, gloss, shininess, haze, and translucency and geometric at-
tributes of appearance: shape and texture, Defining Im pression/Personality
of a product, Communication - Culture,
– Gender, Market Trend and Age group.
– Case Studies: Identifying the dif ferent ways to effect the appearance of a
product e.g. Coca Cola product’s appearance, creation of scale and agility,
Nano and Apple’s products, etc. Determination of aesthetic values. Use the
semantic power of sign, symbols and shape trilogy.

ˆ The Practicals (Lab):

– Idea, Concept and Inspiration by designing: spoon, mobile, laptop etc.

– Image making, representation and storyboards.
– Problem solving through free hand drawings.
– Reading design and rendering visual language.
– Survey [40 Hours]

ˆ Final Project Submissaon 16 Hours

740
Text Books:
1. Clive Grinyer, Smart Design - The Products of lateral thinking.

2. Patrick W Jordan , Designing Pleasurable Products.

Reference Books:
1. Gail Gret Hannah, Elements of Design - the structure of visual relationships.

2. Edith Anderson Feisner, How to use Colour in Art and Design.

3. Design Secrets: Products 50 real-life projects uncovered, Industrial Designers Soci-

ety of America1564964760

Drawing/Sketching:
1. Koos Eisen, Roselien Steur, Sketching the Basics.

2. Betty Edwards, The New Drawing on the Right Side of the Brain.

3. Dick Powell, Presentation Techniques -a guide to drawing and presenting design

ideas.

4. Gregor Krisztian, Nesrin Schlernpp-Alker, Visualizing Ideas: From Scribbles to

Storyboards.

Creative Thinking:
1. Alan Fletcher, The Art of Looking Sideways.

2. Paul Smith, You can find inspiration in everything (and if you can’t look again).

12.38 HS 341: Communication and Discourse Strategies

Course Code : H5341
Course Name : Communication and Discourse Strategies
L-T-P-C : 3-0-0-3
Prerequisites:
Students intended for:
Approval: 2nd Senate

Course Description
This is an elementary coursedesignedto acquaint students with essential aspects of com-
munication processes common to all languages. It seeks to equip them to respond ade-
quately and appropriately in any particular communication situation. The course,structuredaround
four learning modules spread over a semester, is based wholly on practice, and,laterally,
to analysisof communication situations.

741
Course Contents:
Communication Models; the Medium and the Message; Basic Conceptsof Argument; Dis-
course Strategies; Communication Strategies in Contemporary Society; Building Special
Vocabularies

Recommended Reading:
1. John Berger, Ways of Seeing, Penguin, 1972.
2. WilliamStrunkJr.& E.B.White, The Elements of Style, Macmillan, 1979.
3. Michael Sproule Argunment, Language and Its Influence, McGraw-HIll, 1980.
4. Graeme Burton, More Than Meets The Eye, An Introduction to Media
Studies, Edwin Arnold, 1997.
5. Owen Hargie, The Handbook of Communication Skills, Routledge, 1997.
6. Richard Dimbleby & Graeme Burton, More than Words: An Introductionto
Communication, Routledge, 1998.
7. Andrew Beck, Peter Bennett & Peter Wall, Communication Studies: The Es-
sential Introduction, Routledge, 2001.
8. Richard Ellis, Communication Skills: Steppladers to Success for the Pro-
fessional, Intellect Books, 2002.

12.39 HS 342: German I

Course Code: HS 342
Course Name: German I
L-T-P-C: 3-0-0-3
Prerequisite: Consent of the faculty member
Students intended for: B.Tech
Elective or Core: Elective
Approval: 2nd Senate

Course Contents
Basic grammatical features: position of verbs in affirmative sentences and questions,
conjugation, the use of articles, imperative, the accusative case and the personal pronouns
in the dative case. Listening and speaking practice: understanding simple information at
railway stations, in telephone calls and being able to hold simple conversations where the
partner in conversation assists in the communication process. Writing and reading: short
messages and notes, filling up simple forms. Vocabulary: personal information, food and
drinks, shopping, numbers, orientation.

Prescribed Textbook
1. Rosa-Maria Dallapazza / Eduard von Jan / Til Schnherr: Tangram aktuell 1, Lek-
tion 1-4; Deutsch als Fremdsprache. New Delhi (Goyal Saab, rpt.) 2007.

742
Select References
1. Christine Eckhard-Black / Dr. Ruth Whittle, Cassell’s Contemporary Ger-
man: A Handbook of Grammar, Current Usage, and Word Power, MacMi-
lan, 1993.

2. Heinz Oehler, Grundwortschatz Deutsch, Klett Verlag, 1994.

3. Krishna Murari Sharma, German-Hindi Dictionary, Rachna publication, 1978.

4. Idiomatische Redewendungen von A Z. , Langenscheidt Verlag, 1993.

5. Langenscheidts German-English, English-German Dictionary, Goyal Saab,

2009.

12.40 HS 343: Introduction Into Political Philosophy

Course Code: HS 343
Course Name: Introduction Into Political Philosophy
L-T-P-C: 3-0-0-3
Prerequisite: Consent of the faculty member
Students intended for: B.Tech
Elective or Core: Elective
Approval: 2nd Senate

Course Description:
All political communities come into being not only for the sake of living, but for the sake of
a way of living. Characteristic, then, of any political association is the attendant discourse
on achieving the best and avoiding the worst for the community and its members. Political
philosophy addresses itself to the concepts underlying political beliefs and practices, such
that the clarification of concepts can yield a framework for the critical evaluation of these
beliefs and practices.

Text & Reference Books:

Required Reading:
Select excerpts from
Plato: The Republic
Aristotle: Politics
Machiavelli: The Prince

Recommended Reading
1. D.D. Raphael, Problems of Political Philosophy, Macmillan, 2007.

2. Dorothy Pickles, Introduction to Politics, ,Methuen, 2008.

3. Leo Strauss, What is Political Philosophy?, Greenwood, 1973.

743
Select References
1. Ernst Cassirer, The Myth of the State, Yale U.P., 1946
2. Machiavelli, The Prince, trs. P.Bondanella&M.Musa, O.U.P., 1984.
3. Karl Marx, On Historical Materialism, from: Marx and Engels, Collected
Works, New York International, 1976.
4. Michael Oakshott, Rationalism in Politics, LSE Inaugural Lecture, London 1962.
5. Henry David Thoreau, On Civil Disobedience (any edition).
6. Mohandas Karamchand Gandhi, Satyagtraha, ed. Anand Hingorani, BharatiyaVidya
Bhavan.
7. Eric Voegelin, The New Science of Politics, Chicago 1952

12.41 HS 344: Introduction to Sociology

Course Code: HS 344
Course Name: Introduction to Sociology
L-T-P-C :3-0-0-3
Students intended for :B.Tech
Elective or Compulsory :Elective
Prerequisites :Teachers Consent
Approval: 10th Senate

Course Contents
ˆ Module I [8 Lectures]

– What is Sociology?
– Study of Social Life
– Understanding Society
– Uses of Sociology
ˆ Module II [8 Lectures]

– Basic Concepts in Sociology Society, Community, Social Structure, Function,

Status & Role, Power & Authority, Social Groups Primary and Secondary,
Socialization and Culture
ˆ Module III [16 Lectures]

– Social Institutions Marriage, Family, Kinship, Political System, Economic Sys-

tem, Religion
ˆ Module IV [10 Lectures]

– Sociological Perspectives Evolutionist, Functionalist, Conflict Classical Socio-

logical Thought - Aguste Comte, Emile Durkheim, Karl Marx, Max Weber

744
References
1. Alex Inkeles, What is Sociology?: an Introduction to the Discipline and
Profession, Prentice-Hall Publishing, 1964.

2. Anthony Giddens, Sociology, 5th Edition, Polity Press, 2006.

3. Michael Haralambos, Sociology: Themes and Perspectives, 7th edition, Collins

Publishing (), 2008.

4. Penguin Dictionary of Sociology, 5th Edition, Penguin publishing, 2006.

5. Shankar Rao, Sociology: Principles of Sociology, S. Chand & Company Ltd,

2011.

6. T.B. Bottomore, Sociology: A Guide to Problems and Literature, Routledge

Publication, 1962.

12.42 HS 350: Traditional Media Arts

Course Code: HS 350
Course Name: Traditional Media Arts
L-T-P-C:: 1-0-4-3
Prerequisites: Instructor’s Consent
Intended for: B.Tech. 3rd and 4th year
Approval: 10th Senate

Course Contents:
ˆ Module - I Fundamentals of art, basic understanding of folk art, popular art,
classical art and general understanding of contemporary art with reference to global
art forms. [4 Lectures]

ˆ Module - II (8 Lab Hours) Still Life: Study of man-made and objects from na-
ture(flowers, vegetables, fruits etc.) , sketching. Medium - tempera, water, acrylic
/ oil colours.

ˆ Module - III (8 Lab Hours) Creative Painting: sketching, drawing and creative
composition. Medium- tempera, water and acrylic / oil colours.

ˆ Module - IV Landscape painting: outdoor practice rapid sketching and painting.

[8 Lectures]

ˆ Module - V (6 Lab Hours) Print Making: (lino cut/ wood cut printing techniques)

ˆ Module - VI (8 Lab Hours) Mural and Installation: Experimentation with differ-

ent material and medium.

ˆ Final Project group exhibition/installation This course is based on indoor

and outdoor practices, readings, discussions and field trips. It will provide demon-
strations, hands-on experience of traditional art media and tools. (Wood, clay and
paint.)

745
Textbooks:
1. Prosenjit Saha(Author), Arundhati Saha (Author), Drawing Still Life, Unicorn
Books, 2009.

2. E. Tomory, A History of Fine Arts in India and the West, Orient BlackSwan,
1989.

3. Hugh Honour (Author), John Fleming (Author), A World History of Art, 7th
Revised Edition, Laurence King Publishing, 2009.

References:
1. J. Comyns Carr, The ideals of painting, Macmillan.

2. E. B. Greenshields, Landscape painting and modern Dutch artists, Baker

and Taylor.

3. J. Comyns, The ideals of painting, Macmillan.

12.43 HS 351: Popular Fiction

Course Code: HS 351
Course Name: Popular Fiction
L-T-P-C: 3-0-0-3
Prerequisite: Consent of the faculty member
Students intended for: B.Tech
Elective or Compulsory: Elective
Approval: 2nd Senate

Course Contents
ˆ Flemming, Ian., From Russia With Love, Penguin Books India, 2004

ˆ Christie, Agatha., The Murder of Roger Ackroyd, Harper Collins India, 2002.

ˆ Herge, Tintin in Tibet, Egmont Publications, 2002.

ˆ Moore, Alan, Marx, Barry, and Gibbons, Dave., Watchmen, D C Comics, 2008.

For Self Study:

1. Rowling, J. K., Harry Potter, Bloomsbury, 2010.

2. Tolkien, J. R. R., Lord of the Rings, Harper Collins, 2005.

3. Kane, Bob., Batman.

4. Satrapi, Marjane., Persepolis, Vintage, 2008.

5. Essays, Class handouts.

746
12.44 HS 352: German II
Course Code: HS 352
Course Name: German II
L-T-P-C: 3-0-0-3
Prerequisite: Consent of the faculty member
Students intended for: B.Tech
Elective or Core: Elective
Approval: 2nd Senate

Course Contents
Basic Grammatical Features: Modal Verbs, Prepositions (Revision as well as Prepositions
with Dative), Perfect Tense, Separable Verbs, The Subjunctive Mood, Advanced Con-
versation skills (pertaining chiefly to simple dialogues in everyday situations), Writing
skills geared to communicative tasks such as writing e-mails, short messages and notes,
Listening and Reading Comprehension. Basic information on German speaking countries.

Prescribed Textbook
1. Rosa-Maria Dallapazza / Eduard von Jan / Til Schnherr, Tangram aktuell 1, Lek-
tion 5-8; Deutsch als Fremdsprache, Goyal Saab, 2007.

Select References
1. Christine Eckhard-Black / Dr. Ruth Whittle, Cassell’s Contemporary German: A
Handbook of Grammar, Current Usage, and Word Power, MacMilan, 1993.

2. Heinz Oehler, Grundwortschatz Deutsch, ,Klett Verlag, 1994.

3. Krishna Murari Sharma, German-Hindi Dictionary, Rachna publication, 1978.

4. Idiomatische Redewendungen von A Z., Langenscheidt Verlag, 1993.

5. Langenscheidts German-English, English-German Dictionary, Goyal Saab, 2009.

12.45 HS 353: Science, Technology and Society

Course Code: HS 353
Course Name: Science, Technology and Society
L-T-P-C: 3-0-0-3
Students intended for: B.Tech
Prerequisite: Consent of the faculty member
Approval: 2nd Senate

747
Course Contents
ˆ Module I Importance of science and technology; The nature and philosophy of
science; Structure of scientific revolution; Science and Scientific community; The
rights and wrongs of science Case studies [10 Lectures]

ˆ Module II The nature and philosophy of technology; Technology and the character
of everyday life; Humans versus computers; The technological life world; Technology
as a shadow constitution [10 Lectures]

ˆ Module III Controversies regarding science and technology; Science, technology

and the less-developed countries; technology and transformation of work; Science,
technology and economic theory; Science, democracy and stem cells [10 Lectures]

ˆ Module IV The Science wars: Debating scientific knowledge and technology; His-
tory of Indian science and technology; Science and Technology policy making in
India: An overview [8 Lectures]

Recommended Reading
1. Albert Borgmann, Technology and the Character of Contemporary Life,
University of Chicago Press, 1987.

2. Bruno Latour, Laboratory Life: The Construction of Scientific Facts, Prince-

ton University Press, 1986.

3. Chalmers A.F., What is this thing called Science, University of Queensland

Press, 1999.

4. Don Ihde., Existential Technics, State University of New York Press.

5. American Philosophy of Technology: The Empirical Turn, Indiana Univer-

sity Press;

6. Jacques Ellul., The Technological Society, Vintage Books, 1967.

7. Keith Parsons, The Science Wars: Debating Scientific Knowledge and

Technology, Prometheus Books, 2003.

8. Martin Bridgstock(Ed), Science, Technology and Society: An Introduction,

Cambridge University Press, 1998.

9. Rudi Volti, Society and Technological Change, 6th Edition, Worth Publishers,
2008.

10. Wenda K. Bauchspies, Science, Technology and Society: A Sociological Ap-

proach, Blackwell Publishers, 2005.

748
12.46 HS 354: Social Psychology
Course Code: HS 354
Course Name: Social Psychology
L-T-P-C: 3-0-0-3
Students intended for: B. Tech
Prerequisite: Consent of the faculty member
Elective/core: Elective
Approval: 2nd Senate

Course Contents
ˆ Theories and explanations of social behavior Social psychology-Past, present
& future; Evolution of social psychology in India; An introduction to the major
theoretical approaches in social psychology- field theory, role theory, learning theory,
cognitive theory, symbolic interaction approach.

ˆ Understanding and Evaluating the Social World Social cognition, Attitudes

and Attitudes change.

ˆ Aspects of Social Interaction and Influence Interpersonal attraction, Proso-

cial behavior, Aggression, Changing others behavior.

ˆ Group Dynamics and Intergroup Relations Nature of groups, Consequences

of belonging-performance, decisionmaking, cooperation and conflict, Nature of in-
tergroup relation-prejudice, Intergroup conflict, Intervention techniques

ˆ Social Identity and Intergroup Relations Identity and Social categorization

theories, Violence and Terrorism, Applications of theories for resolution of problems

Prescribed Text:
1. Baron.R.A., Byrne,D. & Bhardwaj.G, Social Psychology, 12th Edition, Pearson,
2010.

2. Taylor,S.E., Peplau,L.A. & Sears,D.O., Social Psychology, 12th Edition, Pearson,

2006.

3. Brehm, S. & Kassin, S.M., Social Psychology, Houston & Muffin Co., 1990.

4. Hogg, M.A. & Vaughan, G.M., Social Psychology, Pearson Education, 2005.

5. Myers, D.G., Social Psychology, Tata McGraw Hill, 2006.

6. Stephen, C.W. & Stephen, W.G., The two social psychologies, The Dorsey
Press, 1985.

749
12.47 HS 355: India Through its Epics
Course Code: HS 355
Course Name: India Through its Epics
L-T-P-C : 3-0-0-3
Students intended for: B. Tech.
Elective or Compulsory : Elective
Prerequisite: Consent of the faculty member
Approval: 2nd Senate

Course Contents
ˆ Module I A brief overview of Indian history, The Ramayana and its age [6 Lectures]
(6 hours)

ˆ Module II Kingship and statecraft, Territorial consciousness, the economy [7 Lec-

tures]

ˆ Module III The individual, Family, Community [7 Lectures]

ˆ Module IV The ideal man and the ideal woman, Devas and asuras, Good and evil
[6 Lectures]

ˆ Module V Love and hatred, Ethics and morality, Learning and teaching [6 Lec-
tures]

ˆ Module VI The city, the country and the forest, Humans and animals, Technology
[6 Lectures]

Prescribed Texts:
1. Ramesh Menon, The Ramayana, Harper Collins, 2010.

Additional Readings:
Ramayana:
1. C Rajagopalachari, The Ramayana, Bharatiya Vidya Bhawan, Mumbai, 2009

2. Robert Goldman et. Al. (eds. and tr.), The Ramayana of Valmiki An Epic
of Ancient India, Vols. 1-7, Motilal Banarsi dass, 2007.

3. William Buck, Mahabharata, Motilal Banarsi dass, Delhi, 2006

The Bhagavata
1. A Board of Scholars (eds), Bhagavata Purana, Vols. 7-11, Motilal Banarsi dass,
1997-2011.

2. Kamala Subramanian, Srimad Bhagavatam, BharatiyaVidyaBhavan, 2010.

750
Recommended Readings:
1. A.L. Basham, The Wonder that was India, with an introduction by Thomas
R Trautmann, Picador, 2004.

2. RomilaThapar, Early India, Penguin, 2002.

3. R. S. Sharma, Indias Ancient Past, Oxford University Press, 2005

12.48 HS 357: Creative Writing

Course Code: HS 357
Course Name: Creative Writing
L-T-P-C: 3-0-0-3
Prerequisites: None Intended for: UG
Distribution: Elective for all
Approval: 9th Senate

Course Contents
Module I Defining Creative Writing - An overview -Introduction. Voice Words, Images,
Story [4 Lectures]
Module II Modes of Writing- Story of self, Memory, Travel Personal [7 Lectures]
Module III Defining literary terms- Introducing important literary terms. [7 Lec-
tures]
Module IV Reading & Writing short story - Narrative voice/s; illustrates with ex-
amples. [6 Lectures]
Module V Short story- Defining Short Story Characteristics, Gogols The Overcoat-
Plot- Examples from English/French fiction(Useless Beauty) [8 Lectures]
Module VI Character - Discussion in relation to character development with exam-
ples The Overcoat& The Primeval [7 Lectures]
Module VII Descriptions-Examples from J.Krishnamurtis writings and Edgar Allan
Poes stories are discussed & writing practice. [7 Lectures]
Module VIII Workshop [2 Lectures]

References
1. Philip K.Jaron & Allan B.Lefcouitz, Creative writers Hand Book, 4th Edition,
Prentice Hall, 2004.

2. Colin Bulman, Creative Writing: A guide & glossary to fiction writing,

Polity Press, 2007.

3. How to write Short Stories, Thomson Series.

4. How to Interpret Poetry, Thomson Series.

751
12.49 HS 358: Science Writing
Course Code: HS 358
Course Name: Science Writing
L-T-P-C: 3-0-0-3
Prerequisites: None
Intended for: UG
Distribution: Elective for all
Approval: 9th Senate

Course Contents
ˆ Introductions Class overview- Writing for a general audience- Zinsser, William.
Sci- ence, Technology and Nature. Chapter 15 in On Writing Well: The Classic
Guide to Writing Nonfiction. 30th Anniversary ed. Harper Perennial, 2006, pp.
14764. ISBN: 9780060891541. [4 Lectures]

ˆ The pleasures and challenges of science writing The science essay- Introduce
Essay1 Lightman, Alan. The Accidental Universe. Harper’s, December 2011. [4
Lectures]

ˆ Description Accuracy + making it fresh- A writer’s voice From Devils to Mathe-

matics. Example student work. [2 Lectures]

ˆ WORKSHOP Essay 1 (full class and small groups) [EH] Chapter 1, and skim
chapter 2 ALSO, Select book for Book Review. [3 Lectures]

ˆ Return essays What do we mean by revision?-Discuss News and Profile article

assign- ments- Short News Articles on Science-Read several articles from different
disciplines on ScienceNews.org [5 Lectures]

ˆ The profile Writing about science by writing about scientists Brainstorm Pro-
file/Archive assignment ideas, incl. background reading-Issues re: News stories?
-Burgos, Ana. A Professor of Puzzles. Angels, 2012. [5 Lectures]

ˆ Complex issues Getting readers to think like scientists-The research process: Why
we cite. [4 Lectures]

ˆ aking a stand Writing to persuade-The research process: Note-taking-Discuss Re-

search proposals [4 Lectures]

ˆ The research process Citing, quoting, paraphrasing-Writing and Structure (Han-

cock and handouts)-Organizing a longer article. [4 Lectures]

ˆ Revision issues Discussion of favourite science writing -The Book Review: an

impor- tant genre. [4 Lectures]

ˆ WORKSHOP Book Reviews 1 full class, & small groups - Share best writing-
Sum- ming up & reflecting-Evaluations-All work due . [3 Lectures]

752
References
1. Elizabeth, Royte., Fracking Our Food Supply, The Nation, November 2012.

2. Hancock, Elise., Ideas into Words: Mastering the Craft of Science Writing,
The Johns Hopkins University Press, 2003. ISBN: 9780801873300.

3. Kanigel, Robert., The Science Essay, Chapter 22 in A Field Guide for Science
Writers: The Official Guide of the National Association of Science Writers. 2nd ed.
Edited by Deborah, Mary Knudson, and Robin Marantz Henig. Oxford University
Press, 2005, pp. 14550. ISBN: 9780195174991.

4. Pollan, Michael., Our Decrepit Food Factories, The New York Times Magazine,
December 16, 2007.

5. Quammen, David., Deadly Contact, National Geographic, October 2007.

6. Steingraber, Sandra., The Whole Fracking Enchilada, Orion, September/October

2010. Zinsser, William. On Writing Well: The Classic Guide to Writing Nonfiction.
30th An- niversary ed. Harper Perennial, 2006, pp. 14764. ISBN: 9780060891541.
http://www.ScienceNews.org

12.50 HS 362: German III

Course Code: HS 362
Course Name: German III
L-T-P-C: 3-0-0-3
Prerequisite: Consent of the faculty member
Students intended for: B.Tech
Elective or Core: Elective Semester: Even/Odd
Approval: 2nd Senate

Course Contents
ˆ Basic grammatical features Preterite form of auxiliary and modal verbs, perfect
tense, subjunctive form of important verbs, subordinate clauses, comparative and
superlative.

ˆ Listening and speaking practice Talking about past events, describing people,
writing about single items/objects.

ˆ Reading and writing practice Reading about a survey, reading and writing
postcards and e-mails.

ˆ Vocabulary where people live, vacations, health, colours, clothes, the human body.

Prescribed Textbook
1. Rosa-Maria Dallapazza / Eduard von Jan / Til Schnherr: Tangram aktuell 2, Lek-
tion 1-4; Deutsch als Fremdsprache. New Delhi (Goyal Saab, rpt.) 2007.

753
Select References
1. Christine Eckhard-Black / Dr. Ruth Whittle: Cassell’s Contemporary Ger-
man, A Handbook of Grammar, Current Usage, and Word Power, MacMi-
lan, 1993.
2. Heinz Oehler, Grundwortschatz Deutsch, Klett Verlag, 1994.
3. Krishna Murari Sharma, German-Hindi Dictionary, Rachna publication, 1978.
4. Idiomatische Redewendungen von A Z., Langenscheidt Verlag, 1993.
5. Langenscheidts German-English, English-German Dictionary, Goyal Saab,
2009.

Communicative Competence
Presents students three different choices:
ˆ Basic Communication Skills Every word we utter tells others what we really
are. The course makes you aware of the need to present yourself to others exactly
the way you would like them to perceive you.
ˆ Public Speaking and Debating Skills How can you win over the hearts and
minds of others in speech? How do you structure an argument to persuade others
to accept it? The course introduces you to the basic principles of the art of effective
speaking.
ˆ Policy Analysis and Advocacy Skills Our public life, be it economics or the
environment, is influenced by policies made by various advisory and regulatory
bodies to the government. In the business world, corporate concerns too have
their own policies. How does one examine the deep implications of these policies?
How does one go about framing policies, say science and technology policies, for
sustainable development?

12.51 HS 363: Post-war Germany: A Literary Perspective

Course Code: HS 363
Course Name: Post-war Germany: A Literary Perspective
L-T-P-C: 3-0-0-3
Students intended for: B.Tech.
Elective or Core: Elective
Approval: 3rd Senate

Course Contents
Select Reading Material on:
Vergangenheitsbewltigung or Coming to terms with the Nazi past; Cold War; the two
Germanys; the German Economic Miracle; the Workers Uprising of 1953; the Berlin Wall;
the Student Revolt of 1968, the RAF; Citizens Initiatives; Glasnost und Perestroika the
route map to German re-unification; European Union and German Identity.

754
Prescribed Texts
Excerpts from:
1. Heinz Ludwig Arnold: Deutschland! Deutschland? Texte aus 500 Jahren von
Martin Luther bis Gnter Grass. Frankfurt a.M.: Fischer, 2002. Pages 345-447.

Select Short Stories:

1. Wolfgang Borchert: An diesem Dienstag Wolfdietrich Schnurre: Auf der Flucht
Heiner Mller: Das Eiserne Kreuz Heinrich Bll: Der Wegwerfer

2. Max von der Grn: Wir sind eine demokratische Familie

Select Passages from:

1. Bernhard Schlink: Der Vorleser;

2. Ulrich Plenzdorf: Die neuen Leiden des jungen Werther.

Select References
1. Martin Kitchen: The Cambridge Illustrated History of Germany. Cambridge: CUP,
2000. Moderne Erzhler Series. Paderborn: Ferdinand Schningh. 1957ff.

2. Erlebnis Geschichte. Produced by the Foundation Haus der Geschichte der Bun-
desrepublik

3. Deutschland. Bonn 2003.

4. Spiegel Special. The Germans. Sixty Years after the War. Intl Edition 4/2005.

12.52 HS 364: Modern China: A Historical Survey

Course Code: HS 364
Course Name: Modern China: A Historical Survey
L-T-P-C: 3-0-0-3
Prerequisites:
Intended for: UG Distribution:
Approval: 9th Senate

Course Contents
ˆ China in the 19th Century: Wars [8 Lectures]

– Unit 1: The Confucian Value System

– Unit 2: Chinese Feudalism
– Unit 3: Opium Wars
– Unit 4: The Informal Colonization of China

ˆ China in the 19th Century: Popular Movements [8 Lectures]

755
 – Unit 1: Popular Uprisings: The Taiping and Boxer Movements
– Unit 2: Internal Reforms in China: The Self Strengthening Movement and the
100 Days Reform Movement

ˆ China in the 20th Century: Nationalism [8 Lectures]

– Unit 1: The Revolution of 1911; Role of Sun Yat-sen and Yuan Shi-kai
– Unit 2: Warlordism in China: 1916-1928
– Unit 3: The May Fourth Movement of 1919
– Unit 4: Nationalism: 1921-1937

ˆ China in the 20th Century: Communism [8 Lectures]

– Unit 1: The Rise and Growth of the Communist Movement

– Unit 2: China During the Second World War (1939-45)
– Unit 3: The Communist Revolution (1949)

ˆ The Mao Era [10 Lectures]

– Unit 1: The Great Leap Forward (1958-61)

– Unit 2: The Cultural Revolution (1966-76)
– Unit 3: Maos Legacy

Prescribed Texts
1. John K. Fairbank and Merle E. Goldman, China: A New History, Belknap Press
(Harvard University Press), 2006.

2. Rana Mitter, Modern China: A Brief Insight, Sterling, 2009.

Additional Readings
1. Immanuel C. Y. Hsu, The Rise of Modern China, 6th Edition, Oxford University
Press, 1999.

2. Jung Chang and Jon Halliday, Mao: The Unknown Story, Jonathan Cape, 2005

3. Jonathan Spence, The Search for Modern China, 3rd Edition, W.W. Norton
& Co., 2012.

4. Jonathan Fenby, The Penguin History of Modern China: The Fall and Rise
of a Great Power, 1850 to the Present, 2nd Edition, Penguin, 2013.

756
Additional Activities
1. Film Screening

(a) The Last Emperor (Bernardo Bertolucci, 1987).

2. Reading Group (optional)

(a) Non fiction: Pallavi Aiyer, Smoke and Mirrors, An Experience of China,
Harper Collins, New Delhi, 2008.
(b) Fiction: Dai Sijie, Balzac and the Little Chinese Seamstress, Vintage, London,
2002.

12.53 HS 372: German IV

Course Code: HS 372
Course Name: German IV
L-T-P-C : 3-0-0-3
Students intended for: B.Tech
Elective or Core: Elective
Prerequisite: Consent of the faculty member
Approval: 3rd Senate

Course Contents
ˆ Grammatical features Genitive prepositions; subordinating conjunctions; rela-
tive clauses; passive voice; present subjunctive; indirect speech; phrasal verbs and
common idioms.

ˆ Listening and speaking skills listening to radio news: responding to questions

thereon; preparing news summary, interviewing people to elicit complex informa-
tion.

ˆ Writing skills Express concrete as well as abstract ideas, write short biographies,
prepare resumes, write brief essays on topics of general import. Reading skills:

ˆ Read simple stories and recount, read newspaper reports and prepare outlines.

Prescribed Text
1. Dieter & Ingrid Sevin: Wie Gehts? Boston, Thomson & Heinle, 2007.

Select References
1. Christine Eckhard-Black / Dr. Ruth Whittle: Cassell’s Contemporary German, A
Handbook of Grammar, Current Usage, and Word Power, MacMillan, 1993.

2. Heinz Oehler, Grundwortschatz Deutsch, Klett Verlag, 1994.

3. Idiomatische Redewendungen von A Z., Langenscheidt Verlag, 1993.

757
 4. Langenscheidts German-English, English-German Dictionary, Goyal Saab, 2009.

5. Podcasts of the Deutsche Welle.

6. Excerpts from standard German newspapers, national and regional.

12.54 HS 373: Readings from German History

Course Code: HS 373
Course Name: Readings from German History
L-T-P-C : 3-0-0-3
Students intended for: B.Tech.
Elective or Core: Elective
Approval: 3rd Senate

Course Contents
Select Reading Material on:
The Birth of the German Nation (1806 1848); Prussia and Austria 1848 1871; the Nation
State; Empire and Colonial Ambitions (1890 1910); from World War I to the Weimar
Republic (1914 1933); Nazi Germany (1933 1942); Finis Germaniae to the Basic Law
(1942 1949); Divided Legacy (1949 1990); United Germany

Prescribed Texts:
Excerpts from:
1. Heinz Ludwig Arnold: Deutschland! Deutschland? Texte aus 500 Jahren von
Martin Luther bis Gnter Grass. Frankfurt a.M.: Fischer, 2002.

2. Hagen Schulze: Kleine deutsche Geschichte. Mit Bildern aus dem Deutschen His-
torischen Museum. Munich: Beck, 1996.

Select References
1. Karin Hermann: Reading German History. A German Reading Course for Begin-
ners. Munich: Max Hueber, 1992.

2. Eberhard Jckel: Das deutsche Jahrhundert. Eine historische Bilanz. Stuttgart:

Deutsche Verlags-Anstalt, 1996.

3. Martin Kitchen: The Cambridge Illustrated History of Germany. Cambridge: CUP,

2000.

4. Klaus Schulz: Aus deutscher Vergangenheit. Ein geschichtlicher berblick. Munich:

Max Hueber, 1971.

5. Peter Watson:The German Genius. Europe’s Third Renaissance, the Second Sci-
entific Revolution and the Twentieth Century. New York: Harper Collins, 2010.

758
12.55 HS 381: Indian Society: Structure and Change
Course Code: HS 381
Course Title: Indian Society: Structure and Change
L-T-P-C : 3-0-0-3
Course Offered to : B.Tech. 3rd year
Elective or Compulsory : Elective
Approval: 4th Senate

Course Contents
ˆ Classification of Societies based on Mode of Survival

– Hunting and Gathering Societies

– Herding or Pastoral Societies
– Horticultural Societies
– Agricultural or Agrarian Societies
– Industrial Societies

ˆ Indian Society and Structure

– Traditional Hindu Society

– Indian Caste System
– Changes under Pre-Industrial Period
– Change under post-colonial Period
– Indian Jajmani System

ˆ Social Change and Problems of India

– The idea of Nation and Nationalism

– Indian National movement
– Over-population
– Unemployment
– Poverty
– Juvenile Delinquency
– Dysfunctions of Urbanization
– Domestic Violence
– Corruption and Black Money

ˆ Social Change and Mobility

– Sanskritization
– Westernization
– Modernization

759
 – Indian Tradition and Resilience

ˆ Social Movements

– The concept of Social Movement

– Formation of Social Movements
– Theories of Social Movements

Recommended Readings:
1. Bipan, Chandra., India’s Struggle for Independence, Penguin Books, 1989

2. Deasi, A.R., Rural Sociology in India, South Asia Books, 1978.

3. Dumont, L., Homo Hierarchicus, University of Chicago Press, 1980

4. Ghurye, G.S., Caste and Race in India, K. Paul, Trench, Trubner& Co., 1932

5. Gupta Dipankar, Social Stratification, Oxford University Press, 1992.

6. Rama Ahuja., Social Problems in India, Rawat Publications, 1992

7. Shankar Rao., Sociology: Principles of Sociology, S. Chand & Company Ltd.

8. Srinivas, M.N., The Dominant Caste and Other Essays, Oxford University
Press, 1987.

9. Srinivas, M.N., Social Change in Modern India, Orient Longman, 1995.

12.56 HS 382: Social Movements in India

Course Code: HS 382
Course Name: Social Movements in India
L-T-P-C : 3-0-0-3
Approval: 11th Senate; OTA
Course Outline : At the outset, this course introduces various notions and meanings
of social change, which is inevitable and also dynamic in many ways, and how it had long
been entangled with issues of caste, class, religion, ethnicity, and language in modern
Indian context. The argument this course essentially tries to drive home is that social
change in Indian context is no single narrative; it has always been plural in character
and diverse in its scope and composition. Through concepts, theoretical frameworks,
perspectives, styles of protest and critical events of dissent, it predominantly aims to
offer students a comprehensive understanding on plural and diverse interpretations of the
Idea of India, both historically and today, with a special reference to social movements
in modern India. Along the way, this course also deals with inevitability and significance
of dissent in the making of modern and contemporary India.

760
12.57 HS 391: Introduction to World History
Course Number: HS 391
Course Name: Introduction to World History
L-T-P-C: 3-0-0-3
Prerequisites: None
Intended for: : 3rd/4th year B. Tech
Distribution: Elective
Approval: 4th Senate

Course Contents
ˆ Approaches to world history [3 Lectures]

ˆ Empire-building and the development of global webs (15th to late 18th

Century)

– The world in the 15th Century

– The movement of goods in the 17th Century
– Slave trade and piracy in the 18th Century Atlantic [15 Lectures]

ˆ Industrialization, interdependence, and divergence (late 18th to early 20th

Century)

– Industrial revolution
– Colonialism in India and Imperialism in China
– An ecological perspective: 19th Century El Nio famines [12 Lectures]

ˆ Crises, the emergence of three worlds, and contemporary globalization

(Early 20th Century to the present)

– Bolshevik revolution
– The World Wars and the Cold War c. Globalization since the 1970s [9 Lectures]

ˆ Connecting World History to issues today (lessons learnt) [3 Lectures]

Textbooks:
1. Marks, Robert B., The Origins of the Modern World: A Global and Ecological
Narrative from the Fifteenth to the Twenty-first Century, 2nd Edition, Rowman&
Littlefield, 2007.

References:
1. Brook, Timothy, Vermeers Hat, The Seventeenth Century and the Dawn of
the Global World, Bloomsbury Press. 2008

2. Davis, Mike, Late Victorian Holocausts, El Nio Famines and the Making of
the Third World, Verso, 2001

761
 3. Lindsay, Lisa A., Captives as Commodities: The Transatlantic Slave Trade,
Pearson Prentice Hall, 2008
4. Steger, Manfred B., Globalization: A Very Short Introduction, 2nd Edition,
Oxford University Press, 2009

12.58 HS 392: Modern China

Course Number: HS 392
Course Name: Modern China
L-T-P-C: 3-0-0-3
Prerequisites: None
Intended for: 3rd/ 4th year B.Tech,
Distribution: Elective (Free Elective)
Equivalent Course: HS 364

Course Contents
ˆ China in the 19th Century: Wars [8 Lectures]
– Unit 1: The Confucian Value System
– Unit 2: Chinese Feudalism
– Unit 3: Opium Wars
– Unit 4: The Informal Colonization of China
ˆ China in the 19th Century: Popular Movements [8 Lectures]
– Unit 1: Popular Uprisings: The Taiping and Boxer Movements
– Unit 2: Internal Reforms in China: The Self Strengthening Movement and the
100 Days Reform Movement
ˆ China in the 20th Century: Nationalism [8 Lectures]
– Unit 1: The Revolution of 1911; Role of Sun Yat-sen and Yuan Shi-kai
– Unit 2: Warlordism in China: 1916-1928
– Unit 3: The May Fourth Movement of 1919
– Unit 4: Nationalism: 1921-1937
ˆ China in the 20th Century: Communism [8 Lectures]
– Unit 1: The Rise and Growth of the Communist Movement
– Unit 2: China During the Second World War (1939-45)
– Unit 3: The Communist Revolution (1949)
ˆ The Mao Era [10 Lectures]
– Unit 1: The Great Leap Forward (1958-61)
– Unit 2: The Cultural Revolution (1966-76)
– Unit 3: Maos Legacy

762
Prescribed Texts:
1. John K. Fairbank and Merle E. Goldman, China: A New History, Belknap Press
(Harvard University Press), 2006.

2. Rana Mitter, Modern China: A Brief Insight, Sterling, 2009.

Additional Readings:
1. Immanuel C. Y. Hsu, The Rise of Modern China, 6th Edition, Oxford University
Press, 1999.

2. Jung Chang and Jon Halliday, Mao: The Unknown Story, Jonathan Cape, 2005

3. Jonathan Spence, The Search for Modern China, 3rd Edition, W.W. Norton
& Co., 2012.

4. Jonathan Fenby, The Penguin History of Modern China: The Fall and Rise
of a Great Power, 1850 to the Present, 2nd Edition, Penguin, 2013.

Additional Activities
1. 1. Film Screening

(a) The Last Emperor (Bernardo Bertolucci, 1987).

2. Reading Group (optional)

(a) Non fiction: Pallavi Aiyer, Smoke and Mirrors, An Experience of China,
Harper Collins, New Delhi, 2008.
(b) Fiction: Dai Sijie, Balzac and the Little Chinese Seamstress, Vintage, London,
2002.

12.59 HS 393: Technology and world History: 1400 to the

present
Course Number: HS 393
Course Name: Technology and world History: 1400 to the present
L-T-P-C: 3-0-0-3
Students intended for: B. Tech students all years
Elective or Compulsory: Elective
Approval: 12th Senate

Course Contents
ˆ Age of Discovery

– Ships, maps and knowledge of ocean currents

– Weapons and European Almed Trading
– Clocks at Sea: Longitudes and Navigation

763
 ˆ Conquest of the Americas

– Environment and diseases

– Horses and weapons

ˆ Technology for Trade

– Rise ofDutch and British trading enterprises

– Limits of the pre-industrial age

ˆ Industrialization and imperialism

– Steamboat Imperialism

ˆ Technology and Domination

– Medicines, weapons and the scramble for Africa

– Aviation and new teclmologies of war

ˆ Limits of Technological Domination

– Guenilla warfare
– Intemet and resistance

Textbook:
1. Daniel R. Headrick, Power over Peoples: Technology, Environments and
Western Imperialism, 1400 to the present, Princeton Univ Press, 2010

References:
1. Daniel R. Headrick, Technology: A World History, OUP, 2009

2. Thomas Misa, Leonardo to the Internet: Technology and Culture from the
Renaissance to the Present, Johns Hopkins Univ Press, 2011

12.60 HS 401: Tribal India, Indigenous Latin America

Course Number: HS 401
Course Name: Tribal India, Indigenous Latin America
L-T-P-C : 3-0-0-3
Prerequisites : None
Students intended for : 3rd/4th year B. Tech
Distribution : Elective
Approval: 4th Senate

764
Course Contents
ˆ INTRODUCTION

– Defining tribal and indigenous [4 Lectures]

ˆ HISTORICAL

– Issues in Pre Colonial Period

– Issues in Colonial Period
– Post-colonial nation-making and tribal/indigenous [18 Lectures]

ˆ CONTEMPORARY

– Globalization
– Resource wars and Bio-piracy
– Tourism and eco-tourism
– Representations (media and museums) [16 Lectures]

ˆ TRIBES IN THE HIMACHAL AREA

– Issues and challenges

– Comparisons with tribes in other parts of India (eg. the ’Central Indian tribes’)
[4 Lectures]

Textbooks:
There is no prescribed text-book for this course. Targeted readings including relevant
book chapters, journal articles etc. will be provided for each days lesson.

References:
1. Andrien, , Kenneth., Andean Worlds: Indigenous History, Culture, and
Consciousness under Spanish Rule, 1532-1825, 2001

2. Behera, Deepak Kumar (Ed.), Contemporary Society: Tribal Studies, 2005

3. Betteille, A., The Concept of Tribe with Special Reference to India, Euro-
pean Journal of Sociology, 1986.

4. Burkholder, Mark A, Colonial Latin America,2010

5. Chaudhuri, B.B. (Ed.),Tribes, Forest And Social Formation In Indian His-

tory, 2004

6. Dhagamwar, Vasudha (Ed.), Role And Image Of Law In India: Tribal Ex-
perience, 2006

7. Ghurye, S C., The Scheduled Tribe, 1963

8. Hardiman, D., The Coming of the Devi: Adivasi Assertion in Western

India, 1987

765
 9. Larson, Brooke., Trials of Nation Making: Liberalism, Race, And Ethnicity
In The Andes, 18101910, 2004

10. Meade, Teresa A., History Of Modern Latin America: 1800 To The Present,
2010

11. Verma, V, Ban-Gujars: Nomadic Tribe In Himachal Pradesh, 1999

12. Verma, V, Kanauras Of Kinnaur: Scheduled Tribe In Himachal Pradesh,

2002

13. Xaxa, Virginius, State, Society And Tribes: Issues In Post-Colonial India,
2008

14. Xaxa, Virginius, Tribes as Indigenous People of India, Economic and Political
Weekly, 1999

12.61 HS 402: Literature and Culture

Course Code: HS 402
Course Name: Literature and Culture
L-T-P-C: 3-0-0-3
Prerequisite: Consent of the faculty member
Students intended for: B.Tech.
Elective or Core: Elective
Approval: 5th Senate

Course Contents:
ˆ I. Readings:

– The Castle of Otranto Horace Walpole, 1764

– Frankenstein Mary Shelly, 1818
– Strange Case of Dr. Jekyll and Mr. Hyde R. L. Stevenson, 1886
– The Picture of Dorian Gray Oscar Wilde, 1890 Dracula Bram Stoker, 1897

ˆ II. Movies:

– Alien, 1979
– Edward Scissorhands, 1990
– Sleepy Hollow, 1999
– Pan’s Labyrinth, 2006
– Sweeny Todd: The Demon Barber of Fleet Street, 2007

766
Textbooks:
1. The Castle of Otranto Horace Walpole, 1764
2. Frankenstein Mary Shelly, 1818
3. Strange Case of Dr. Jekyll and Mr. Hyde R. L. Stevenson, 1886
4. The Picture of Dorian Gray Oscar Wilde, 1890
5. Dracula Bram Stoker, 1897

12.62 HS 403: Organizational Behavior

Course Code: HS 403
Course Name: Organizational Behavior
L-T-P-C: 3-0-0-3
Prerequisite: Consent of the faculty member
Students intended for: B.Tech
Elective or Core: Elective
Approval: 2nd Senate

Course Contents
ˆ Introduction Historical development; concept of organization; elements of orga-
nizational structure; scope of organizational behaviour.
ˆ Motivation and job satisfaction Major theories; content and process; (Adams,
Maslow, Vroom, Herzberg). Intrinsic and extrinsic motivation; incentive systems:
Job satisfaction; concept and determinants.
ˆ Leadership Functions and approaches; trait, behavioural and contingency models;
characteristics of successful leaders; role of power in leadership.
ˆ Communication Communication process: types of communication; communica-
tion channels and networks; barriers to communication.
ˆ Group behavior and conflict Defining and classifying groups; stages of group
development; concept, causes and consequences of conflicts; methods of conflict-
resolution.

Recommended Books
1. Aamodt, M. G., Industrial/organizational psychology, Cengage, 2001.
2. Luthans, F., Organizational behavior, 12th Edition, McGraw Hill, 2005.
3. Muchincky, Psychology applied to work, Cengage, 2009.
4. Robbins , S., Judge, T.A., & Sanghi, S., Organizational behavior, 13th Edition,
Pearson Education, 2009.
5. Riggio, R.E., Introduction to Industrial/Organizational Psychology, 4th
Edition, Prentice-Hall , 2003.

767
12.63 HS 404: Technology in Pre-modern India
Course Code: HS 404
Course Name: Technology in Pre-modern India
L-T-P-C: 3-0-0-3
Prerequisite:
Students intended for: B.Tech.
Elective or Core: Elective
Approval: 5th Senate

Course Description:
This course introduces students to technology in pre-modern India. It begins by exam-
ining the notions of science, which prevailed in India before the advent of the modern
period. It then offers an overview of different aspects of science like the mathematics,
astronomy, metallurgy, engineering, architecture, agriculture and irrigation. As part of
the course-work, students will be made to develop models for sustainable agriculture,
irrigation, housing and public utility structures like bridges.

Course Contents:
ˆ Introduction to science in pre-modern India: i) the nature of science ii) the
distinction between science and knowledge, iii) structures of cognition

ˆ Mathematics and astronomy: i) Indian systems of mathematics, ii) Advances

in astronomical sciences

ˆ Metallurgy: i) the advent of copper and bronze, ii) discovery of iron and its
implications on Indian history, iii) forms of metallurgy

ˆ Engineering and architecture: i) earliest forms of engineering, ii) town planning,

ii) housing patterns, iii) religious architecture

ˆ Agriculture and irrigation: i) the emergence of agriculture, ii) agrarian expan-

sion and changes in agrarian technology, iii) irrigation

Prescribed Texts:
1. D M Bose, S N Sen and B V Subbarayappa, A Concise History of Science in India,
Indian National Science Academy, New Delhi, 1998.

Recommended Readings:
1. Debiprasad Chattopadhyaya, History of Science and Technology in Ancient India,
Firma K.L. Mukhopadhyaya, Calcutta, 1977.

2. Vibha Tripathi, History of Iron Technology in India, Rupa and Infinity Foundation,
New Delhi, 2008.

3. Helaine Selin and RoddamNarasimha, Encyclopedia of Classical Indian Sciences,

Universities Press, Hyderabad, 2007.

768
 4. Ashok Jhunjhunwala, Indian Mathematics, Wiley Eastern, New Delhi, 1993.

12.64 HS 450 : Financial Management

Course Code: HS 450
Course Name: Financial Management
L-T-P-C: 3-0-0-3
Prerequisites: Preferably Financial Accounting
Intended for: UG/PG
Distribution: Elective
Approval: 9th Senate

Course Contents
ˆ Introduction to finance function Corporate form of business, Reading financial
statements, Financial decision making, Profit maximization versus wealth maxi-
mization debate, Time value of money, Interest rates, Term structure and yield
curve [8 Lectures]

ˆ Investment decisions Rules for investment decision making, Free Cash Flow
calculation, Investment in shares and bonds [10 Lectures]

ˆ Risk and return Introduction to capital market and risk pricing, Capital asset
pricing model, Estimation of cost of capital: Cost of equity and debt [6 Lectures]

ˆ Financing decisions Capital structure in perfect and imperfect markets, implica-

tion of debt and taxes on capital structure, Financial Distress, Managerial Incentives
[8 Lectures]

ˆ Dividend decisions Payout process and policies, Dividend versus share repur-
chase, Payout versus retention, Signaling with payout, Taxes and dividend [6 Lec-
tures]

ˆ Other strategic financial decisions Short term financial planning, working cap-
ital management, Initial public offers, Strategic alternatives in Mergers and acqui-
sitions, Corporate governance [4 Lectures]

Text Book:
1. Berk, DeMarzo and Thampy, Financial Management, Indian Subcontinent Edi-
tion, Pearson Education (India), 2010

Reference Books
1. Prasanna Chandra, Financial Management: Theory and Practice, 8th Edi-
tion, McGraw Hill Education (India), 2012

2. Kester, Ruback and Tufano, Case Problems in Finance, 12th eEdition, McGraw
Hill, 2008

769
 3. Robert F. Bruner, Case Studies in Finance: Managing for Corporate Value
Creation, McGraw Hill International Edition, 2006.

12.65 HS 451: Modern Literature

Course Code: HS 451
Course Name: Modern Literature
L-T-P-C: 3-0-0-3
Prerequisites: None
Intended for : B.Tech
Approval: 4th Senate

Course Contents
ˆ Poems

ˆ Drama

ˆ Novel

ˆ Short Story.

Textbooks:
1. J. Alfred Prufrock, T. S. Eliot, The Love Song of 1920.

2. W. B. Yeats, Sailing to Byzantium, 1928.

3. G. B. Shaw, Major Barbara, 1905.

4. T. S. Eliot, Murder in the Cathedral, 1935.

5. Joseph Conrad, Heart of Darkness, 1899.

6. Mrs. Dalloway, Virginia Woolf, 1935.

7. D. H. Lawrence, The Prussian Officer, 1914.

12.66 HS 461 Consumer Behavior

Course Code: HS 461
Course Name: Consumer Behavior
L-T-P-C: 3-0-0-3
Prerequisites:
Students Intended for: B.Tech
Core or Elective: Elective
Approval: 30th Senate; OTA

770
Course Contents:
ˆ Part One: Introduction
– Consumer Behaviour: Meeting Changes and Challenges
– Consumer Research Process
– Marketing Segmentation and Strategic Training
ˆ Part Two: The Consumer as an Individual
– Consumer Motivation
– Personality and Consumer Behaviour
– Consumer Perception
– Consumer Learning
– Consumer Attitude Formation and Change
– Communication and Consumer Behaviour
ˆ Part Three: Consumer in their Social and Cultural Settings
– The Family and Social Class
– Influence of Culture on Consumer Behaviour
– Cross Cultural Consumer Behaviour: An International Perspective
ˆ Part Four: The Consumer’s Decision Making Process and Ethical Dimensions
– Consumer and the Diffusion of Innovations
– Consumer Decision Making and Beyond
– Marketing Ethics and Social Responsibility

Suggested Books:
1. Schiffman, Leon G., Kanuk, L.L., & Kumar, S.Ramesh, Consumer Behavior,
10th Edition, Pearson Education, 2010.
2. Blackwell, R.D., Miniard, P.W., & Engel, J.F., Consumer Behaviour, Cengage
Learning, 2006.
3. Kumar, S. Ramesh, Case Studies in Consumer Behaviour, Pearson Education,
2013.

12.67 HS 471: Contemporary India

Course Code: HS 471
Course Name: Contemporary India
L-T-P-C: 3-0-0-3
Prerequisites: no
Intended for: 3rd and 4th Year B.Tech/PhD
Distribution: Elective for HSS
Approval: 10th Senate; Dropped in 23rd Senate

771
Course Contents
ˆ Critical Events

– The Year 1991: A decisive move towards economic liberalization

– Coalition politics and assertive presence of Regional Political Parties
– The Mandal Commission Report: Aftermath
– Debates on Indian secularism in the 1980s
– Hindutva movement, ethnic violence and minority politics f. Expansion and
Deepening role of Visual Media [6 Lectures]

ˆ State, Governance and Political Structure

– Economic Liberalization and Economic Growth (India and state level), Insti-
tutional Changes for Policy Delivery, and Emerging Nature of State in the
New Economy
– Nature of Party System, Federalism, new forms of political mobilization
– Political Decentralization and deepening democracy
– Newer forms of decentralization and variety of local formal institutions [8 Lec-
tures]

ˆ Religion and Culture

– secularism and secularization

– (re)casting and (re)construction of social history
– religious effervescence and identity: minority and majority debate d. religious
and ethnic violence
– religious market [8 Lectures]

ˆ Transnationalism and New Spaces for Socio-Economic Articulation

– transnationalism and cosmopolitanism

– spaces for consumption and spaces of consumption
– virtual spaces and digital technology
– spaces at margins
– new spaces inclusion and marginalization [10 Lectures]

ˆ Socio-Political Groups and Ideologies: Old and New

– Trade Unions, New Forms of Trade Unionism and Business Interest Groups
– Old and New Social Movements
– NRIs, Indian Middle Class and New Middle Class
– Youth in Contemporary India: Demographic Dividends, Aspirations and As-
pects of mobilities [10 Lectures]

772
References:
1. Das, Veena., 1995, Critical Events: an anthropological perspective on contemporary
India, OUP.

2. Inda, Jonathan Xavier and Renato Rosaldo., 2002, The anthropology of globaliza-
tion: a reader, Blackwell.

3. Sen, Amartya., 1983, Development: which way now? The Economic Journal. Vol.
93. pp 745-62.

4. Rajagopal, Arvind., 2002, Politics after television: Hindu nationalism and reshaping
of the public in India, Cambridge University Press.

5. Reddy, Ram Manohar., How is India Doing, Guhan Memorial Lecture.

6. Dreze, Jean and Amartya Sen,. 1995, India: economic development and social
oppurtunity, Oxford University Press.

7. Harriss-White, Barbara., 2003, India working: essays on society and economy, Cam-
bridge University Press.

8. Corbridge, Stuart and John Harriss., 2000, Reinventing India: liberalization, Hindu
nationalism and popular democracy, Polity Press.

9. Bhargava, Rajiv (ed.), 1998, Secularism and its critique, OUP.

10. Bhargava, Rajiv., 2013, Reimagining Secularism: respect, domination and princi-
pled distance, Economic and Political Weekly. Pp 79-92.

11. Venu, M.K., The India of 2013 is not the India of 1991, The Hindu, August 29,
2013.

12. Ahluwalia, Montek Singh., Economic Reforms in India since 1991: Has Gradualism
Worked?

13. Nagaraj, R., 1997, What has happened since 1991? assessment of India’s economic
reforms. Economic and Political Weekly. 2869-79.

14. Jaffrelot, Christophe., 2000, The rise of the other backward classes in the Hindi
belt, The Journal of Asian Studies, Vol. 59(1):86-108.

15. Ram, Nandu (ed.)., 2008, Dalits in contemporary India: discrimination and discon-
tent, Siddhant Publications. pp 37-64.

16. Robinson, Rowena, 2012, Minority Studies, Oxford University Press. Pp 1-48.

17. Donner, Henerik., 2011, Being middle-class in India: a way of life,Routledge.

18. Fernandes, Leela., The Politics of Forgetting: class politics, state power and the
restructuring of urban space., Urban Studies, Vol. 41, 12, pp 2415-30.

19. Kohli, Atul., 2012, Poverty amid Plenty in the New India: Politics, Economics and
Inequality, Cambridge University Press.

773
 20. Kohli, Atul., 2009, Democracy and Development in India: From Socialism to Pro-
Business, Oxford University Press.

21. Shatkin, Gavin and Sanjeev Vidhyarthi, 2013, Contesting the Indian city: global
visions and politics of the local, Pp 1-38. Oxford: Wiley Blackwell.

22. Guha-Banerjee, Swapna., 2010, Accummulation by dispossession: transformative

cities in the new global order, Sage.

23. Mathur, Nita,. 2013, Consumer culture, modernity and identity, Sage.

24. Kakar, Sudhir., 1996, Colours of violence: cultural identities, religion and violence,
OUP.

12.68 HS 472: Sociology of Development

Course Code: HS 472
Course Name: Sociology of Development
L-T-P-C: 3-0-0-3
Pre-requisite: None
Intended For: UG
Distribution: Elective
Approval: 10th Senate

Course Contents
ˆ Module I [10 Lectures]

– Notions of Social Change in the context of Classical Sociology: Idea of Evolu-

tion and Progress
– Historical Location of the Idea of Development.
– Liquidation of Colonialism.
– Rise of Nationalism in the Third World societies and the desire for Develop-
ment.

Essential Readings:
1. Alavi, H. and T. Shanin. 1982. Introduction to the Sociology of Developing Soci-
eties, Macmillan, pp. 1-29

2. Escobar, Arturo .1995. Encountering Development: The Making and Unmaking of

the Third World. Princeton University Press.

3. Esteva, Gustavo.1997. Development (pp.8-34), in Sachs, Wolfgang (ed.) The De-

velopment Dictionary Hyderabad: Orient Longman.

4. K C Alexander. 1994. The process of Development of Societies. New Delhi: Sage

Publication

5. Lauer, R.H. 1978. Perspectives on Social Change, pp. 50-70.

774
 6. Nisbet, R.A. 1969. Social Change and History, OUP, pp. 104-136; 159-188

7. Smith, A.D. 1973. The Concept of Social Change, pp. 1-95

ˆ Module II [8 Lectures]

– Development and Modernization Theories: Inkeles, Moore, Rostow, Lerner,

McLelland

Essential Readings:
1. Alex Inkeles, A Model of the Modern Man: Theoretical and Methodological Issues
in Black, C.E. 1976. (ed.), Comparative Modernisation, The Free Press, pp. 320-
348.

2. Moore, W. 1978. Social Change, pp.94-118.

3. Lerner, D.1964. The Passing of Traditional Society.

ˆ Module III [8 Lectures]

– Critiques of Modernization Theories.

– Dependency Theories and its critiques.

Essential Readings
1. Gusfield, J.R. Tradition and Modernity: Misplaced Polarities in the Study of Social
Change.

2. Blomstrons, M. and B. Hettne.1984. Development Theory in Transition, Zed, pp.

27-65; 79-97.

ˆ Module - IV [8 Lectures]

– Limits to growth thesis.

Essential Readings
1. Meadows, Donella H. et al. 1974. The Limits of Growth, Pan Books

2. Schumacher, E.F. 1977. Small is Beautiful, New Delhi: Radha Krishna

3. Illich, Ivan. 1977. Toward a History of Needs, Bantam.

ˆ Module V [8 Lectures]

– Post-Development.
– Globalization and Development
– Underdevelopment of Development
– World System Theory

775
Essential Readings
1. Escobar, Arturo (1995) Encountering Development: The Making and Unmaking of
the Third World. Princeton University Press.

2. Sachs, Wolfgang (ed.) (1997) The Development Dictionary Hyderabad: Orient

Longman.

3. Schuurman, Frans J. (2001) Globalization and Development Studies, New Delhi:

Vistaar Publications

4. Pieterse, Jan Nederveen (2001) Development Theory: Deconstructions/ Recon-

structions, New Delhi: Vistaar Publications.

5. Wallerstein, Immanuel. 1974. The modern World System I: Capitalist Agriculture

and the Origins of the European World-Economy in the Sixteenth Century. New
York: Academic Press.

6. Amin, Samir. (1976). Unequal Development: An Essay on the Social Formations

of Peripheral Capitalism. New York: Monthly Review Press.

7. Sing C Chew & Robert A Denemark (1996). The Underdevelopment of Develop-

ment: Essays in Honor of Andre Gunder Frank. Sage Publications.

12.69 HS 481: International Economics

Course Code: HS 481
Course Name: International Economics
L-T-P-C : 3-0-0-3
Course Offered to : B. Tech.
Elective or Compulsory : Elective
Approval: 5th Senate

Course Contents
ˆ Module I International Business Management and Trade Theories: Meaning and
features of international business management; modes and Risk analysis of interna-
tional business: political, economic, social and cultural; Globalization forces Mean-
ing, dimensions and stages in globalization; Globalization boon or bane; Introduc-
tion to the theories of international trade by Adam Smith, Ricardo, Mill, Haberler
and Heckscher - Ohlin. [10 lectures]

ˆ Module II Trade Barriers and Laws: Tariffs and quotas - impact in partial and
general equilibrium analysis; Free trade and policy of tariffs in relation to economic
growth with special reference to India; Concept of optimum tariff; non-tariff barri-
ers; effective rate of protection; General Agreements on Trade & Tariffs (GATT);
World Trade Organization (WTO) - different rounds; IPR, TRIPS, TRIMS, GATS
and Ministerial Conferences; SAARC; Rise of new economies like Brazil, Russia,
India and China (BRIC). [10 lectures]

776
 ˆ Module III Balance of Payment and International Finance : Balance of trade and
balance of payment; International Monetary Fund; Asian Development Bank; World
Bank Group; Introduction to export and import finance; Methods of payment in
international trade. [6 lectures]

ˆ Module IV International Marketing and Currency Crisis: Objectives and chal-

lenges in international marketing; Major players in international marketing; Market
selection and entry strategies; Euro phases - benefit and cost; Euro and implication
for India; Trade invoicing in Euro Vs Dollar; Partial and full convertibility of rupee;
Problems of Indias international debt. [7 lectures]

ˆ Module V Globalization and its Impact on India: Globalization and internal re-
form process; Trade policies in India during the last six decades; Rationale and im-
pact of trade reforms since 1991 on balance of payments, employment and growth;
Current Exim Policy; Indias competitive advantage in industries like. I.T., Textiles,
Gems & Jewelry etc. - potential and threats; Indian multinationals; SEZ Introduc-
tion Types of economic zones; Mechanism and opposition of setting of SEZ; Foreign
direct investment in India. [9 lectures]

Course Readings:
1. John D. Daniels, Prashant Salwan, Daniel P. Sullivan, Lee H. Radebaugh, Inter-
national Business : Environments And Operations, 12th Edition, Pearson,
2010

2. Dominick Salvatore, International Economics: Trade and Finance, Wiley

India, 2012.

3. Robert J. Carbaugh, International Economics, South Western Cengage learning,

2011.

Further Readings:
1. Sundaram and Black, International Business Environment, PHI Publication,
2010.

2. Wild, John J. and Kenneth L., International Business: The Challenges of

Globalization, Prentice Hall, 2008.

3. P.G. Apte, International Financial Management, Tata McGraw-Hill Educa-

tion, 2011.

12.70 HS 501 : Global Health and Demography

Course Code : HS 501
Course Name : Global Health and Demography
L-T-P-C: 3-0-2-4
Intended for : Discipline Elective for MA Development Studies and Outside Disci-
pline/Free Elective for Other Postgraduates and undergraduates (3rd and 4th year)

777
 Prerequisite : Elementary knowledge of probability and statistics; consent of the
instructor
Mutual Exclusion : None
Approval: 52nd BoA

Course Contents
ˆ Unit 1: Introduction to Global Health and Demography (5 lecture Lectures
+ 4 lab Lectures)

– Why should we study global health and demography?

– Evolution of these subjects and their scope
– Current population and health trends across the globe, South Asia, and India
– Globalization, Population and health transformations
– Sources of data for measuring population process and health

ˆ Laboratory Assignments

– Introduction to handling large scale health datasets such as the Demographic

and Health Surveys; Gateway to Global Ageing data (with focus on LASI);
National Sample Survey Organisation - Health consumption rounds; IHME-
Global Burden of Disease data; Census of India; Sample Registration System
Data

ˆ Demographic Measurement (5 lecture Lectures + 12 lab Lectures)

– Age-Sex structure- measurement and trends

– Population aging and dependency ratios
– Basic measures of fertility, mortality, nuptiality and migration
– Estimating life expectancy using life tables
– Stable population model

ˆ Laboratory Assignments

– Creating population pyramids

– Direct indirect adjustment of Crude death rates for different age sex structures
Adjusting health data for age-sex structure
– Construction of abridged life table
– Estimating under-five mortality rates using DHS data

ˆ Morbidity and Public Health (10 lecture Lectures + 8 lab Lectures)

– Measures of population health- prevalence and incidence

– Measuring burden of disease-DALYs, DFLE, HLE
– Basic concepts of epidemiology, study designs, risk of a disease,
– Exploring the issues of association, causation, interaction, inference, confound-
ing and generalisability

778
 – Survival analysis

ˆ Laboratory Assignments

– Calculation of disability rates

– Calculation of disease free life expectancy
– Calculation of prevalence rates for childhood diseases and undernutrition using
DHS
– Calculation of prevalence rates of major diseases using LASI, and the NSSO
data

ˆ Demographic determinants of health (7 lecture Lectures)

– Health issues during infancy and childhood- nutrition, infectious diseases and
breastfeeding etc
– Adolescent health- sexual and reproductive health, anemia, BMI etc
– Maternal health
– Later adulthood and onset of non communicable diseases
– Health of older adults- NCDs, disability, Pain and Cognition etc
– Lifestyle and health behavior
– Mental health across age groups
– Note: We will discuss gender differential in health issues at each age

ˆ Social Determinants of Health (7 lecture Lectures + 4 lab Lectures)

– Poverty, inequality and health

– Mortality selection and poverty
– Education and health- lifestyle choices, morbidity and health care utilization
– Social capital and health- variations by income, education and ethnicity
– Migration, urbanization and health;
– Multiple deprivations and health
– Social vulnerability and intergenerational impact of health

ˆ Laboratory Assignments

– Estimating the socio-economic gradient of any health issue (of choice) and
quantifying their association

ˆ Space, Place and Health (3 Lectures)

– Space, culture and health-why is it essential to study health at disaggregated

geographies
– Impact of natural and indoor environment on health
– Thinking about health at multiple level of geographies

ˆ Health Policy and Innovations ( 5 Lectures)

779
 – Health systems across developed and developing nations- special focus on India
and its states
– National and state policies on child health, sexual and reproductive health,
major diseases and family welfare
– Universal health coverage- components and measurement
– Health system strengthening and health care financing reforms
– Policy and social innovations for modifying health behaviors, health care uti-
lization and health care financing- with special focus on India

Textbooks:
1. Bhende, A., Principles of Population Studies, 7th Edition, Himalaya Publishing
House, 1996.
2. Skolnik, R., Global health 101, Burlington, 2011.

Note: Classroom notes will be provided that will include list of research articles for
reference

Reference books for laboratory sessions

1. Preston, S. H., Heuveline, P., & Guillot, M., Demography: Measuring and
modeling population processes, Oxford: Blackwell Publishers Ltd., 2001.
2. Moultrie TA, RE Dorrington, AG Hill, K Hill, IM Timaeus and B Zaba (eds), Tools
for Demographic Estimation, Paris: International Union for the Scientific Study
of Population, 2013.
3. demographicestimation.iussp.org
4. Croft, Trevor N., Aileen M. J. Marshall, Courtney K. Allen, et al., Guide to DHS
Statistics, Rockville, 2018.

References:
1. Rothman, K. J., Greenland, S., & Lash, T. L., Modern epidemiology (Vol. 3),
Wolters Kluwer Health/Lippincott Williams & Wilkins, 2008.
2. Jacob S. Siegel and David a. Swanson, The Methods and Materials of De-
mography, 2nd Edition, Elsevier Science, USA, 2004.
3. Lee E T, Statistical Methods for Survival Data Analysis, 2nd Edition, John
Wiley & Sons.
4. Ladusingh, L, Survey Sampling Methods, PHI Learning, 2018.
5. Hsiao, W.C., What is a health system? Why should we care?, Harvard
School of Public Health Working Paper, 2003.
6. Mosley, W. H. and L. C. Chen, Analytical framework for the study of child survival
in developing countries, Population and Development Review 10 (Supple-
mentary Copy), 1984.

780
 7. Murray, C. J. L., Quantifying the Burden of Disease: The Technical Basis
for Disability Adjusted Life Years, Bulletin of the WHO, Vol. 72(3), pp.429-
445, 1994.

8. Berkman, L. F., Kawachi, I., & Glymour, M. M. (Eds.), Social epidemiology,

Oxford University Press, 2014.

9. Deaton, A., The great escape, Princeton University Press, 2013.

10. Morland, P., The human tide: how population shaped the modern world,
Hachette UK, 2019.

12.71 HS 502: Philosophy of Technology

Course Code: HS 502
Course Name: Philosophy of Technology
L-T-P-C : 3-0-0-3
Students intended for: B.Tech /MS/PhD
Elective or Core: Elective
Prerequisite: Consent of the faculty member
Approval: 3rd Senate

Course Contents
techne and episteme, technology and human self-conception; philosophies of science and
technology, analytic and praxis traditions (pragmatism, phenomenology and the transfor-
mation of hermeneutics, critical theory), technoscience; cognitive issues and the human-
technology interfaces; focal practices and device paradigms; transcendentalizing technolo-
gies and dystopian technologies; instrumentalism, epistemologic engines, simulation and
modeling, gender issues; alternative technologies, appropriate technologies, sustainable
environmental practices; technology and social practice; technology transfer and cross-
cultural issues

Prescribed Text:
1. Scharff, Robert C. and Val Dusek (eds.), Philosophy of Technology: The Techno-
logical Condition, Blackwell Publishers, 2003.

References:
1. Achterhuis, Hans (ed.), American Philosophy of Technology: The Empirical
Turn, Translated by Robert Crease, Indiana University Press, 2001.
2. Borgmann, Albert, Technology and the Character of Contemporary Life:
A Philosophical Inquiry, University of Chicago Press,1984.
3. Feenberg, Andrew, Critical Theory of Technology, Oxford University Press,
1991. Reprinted as Transforming Technology, Oxford University Press, 2002
4. Feenberg, Andrew, Questioning Technology, Routledge, 1999.
5. Galison, Peter, Einsteins Clocks, Poincares Maps, W.W.Norton, 2003.
6. Hacking, Ian, The Social Construction of What?, Harvard University Press,
1983

781
 7. Heidegger, Martin, The Question Concerning Technology in Basic Writ-
ings, Harper /Collins, 311-341, [1954] 1993.
8. Hickman, Larry, John Deweys Pragmatic Technology, Indiana University
Press, 1990.
9. Higgs, Eric, Andrew Light, and David Strong (eds.), Technology and The Good
Life, University of Chicago Press, 2000.
10. Ihde, Don, Technics and Praxis: A Philosophy of Technology, Reidel
Publishers, 1979.
11. Ihde, Don, Technology and the Lifeworld: From Garden to Earth, Indiana
University Press, 1990.
12. Ihde, Don, Instrumental Realism: The Interface Between Philosophy of
Science and Philosophy of Technology, Indiana University Press, 1991.
13. Ihde, Don, and Evan Selinger (eds.), ChasingTechnoscience: Matrix for
Materiality, Indiana University Press, 2003.
14. Kuhn, Thomas., The Structure of Scientific Revolutions, University of
Chicago Press, 1962.
15. Latour, Bruno and Steve Woolgar, Laboratory of Life: The Social Con-
struction of Scientific Facts, Sage, 1979.
16. Latour, Bruno, Science in Action, Harvard University Press, 1987.
17. Pitt, Joseph, Thinking about Technology: Foundations of the Philosophy
of Technology, Seven Bridges Press, 2000.
18. Zimmermann, Michael, Heideggers Confrontation with Modernity: Tech-
nology, Politics, Art, Indiana University Press, 1990.

12.72 HS 503 : German Literature from World War II to Re-

unification
Course Code : HS 503
Course Name : German Literature from World War II to Reunification
L-T-P-C: 3-0-0-3
Intended for : Outside Discipline/ Free Elective for MA, UG (3rd and 4th year)
Prerequisite : None
Mutual Exclusion : None
Approval: 52nd BoA

Course Contents
ˆ Unit 1: Truemmer-literature – The Zero Hour (8 Lectures)

– Immediate consequences of World War II and Holocaust

– Stunde Null
– Trauma and memories of the War and Holocaust
– Wolfgang Borchert, Paul Celan, Guenter Eich et al.

ˆ Unit 2: Literature from a divided Germany (9 Lectures)

– Division of Germany

782
 – Vergangenheitsbewaeltigung – coming to terms with the past
– Inner Emigration
– Gruppe
– Heinrich Boell, Guenter Grass, Paul Celan et al.

ˆ Unit 3: Exile Literature (9 Lectures)

– Literary texts from authors of East Germany or GDR

– Division of Germany and socio-political consequences thereof
– Life in exile and under communist surveillance in GDR
– Question of Heimatlosigkeit (homelessness)
– Bertolt Brecht, Christa Wolf, Wolf Biermann et al

ˆ Unit 4: Jewish authors and survivors of the Holocaust (8 Lectures)

– Select Jewish authors who have lived and survived the Holocaust
– Victim’s perspective of the Third Reich
– Rose Auslaender, Nelly Sachs, Paul Celan et al

ˆ Unit 5: Re-unification of Germany (Wendeliteratur) (8 lecture Lectures)

– Fall of the Berlin Wall (die Wende)

– Immediate after-effects of the re-unification of Germany
– Identity crisis of the citizens

Textbooks:
1. Peter Demetz, Post War German Literature. A Critical Introduction, Pe-
gasus, 1970

2. Ingo R. Stoehr, German Literature of the Twentieth Century, Camden

House, 2001

References:
Suggested Reading:
1. Wolfgang Borchert: The Kitchen Clock (Die Kuechenuhr, 1947)

2. Paul Celan: Death Fugue (Todesfuge, 1948)

3. Heinrich Boell: The Train Was on Time (Der Zug war puenktlich, 1949)

4. Guenter Eich: Inventory (Inventur, 1947)

5. Wolfdietrich Schnurr: On The Run (Auf der Flucht, 1950)

6. Bertolt Brecht: On The Term Emigrants/ Ueber die Bezeichnung Emigranten,

1937/ To Those Who Follow in Our Wake (An die Nachgeborenen, 1939)

783
 7. Christa Wolf: Der geteilte Himmel, 1963 (Divided Heaven: Film 1964)

8. Anna Seghers: The Seventh Cross (Das siebte Kreuz, 1942)

9. Nelly Sachs: In the Houses of Death (In den Wohnungen des Todes, 1947)

10. Thomas Brussig: Heroes Like Us (Helden wie wir, 1995)

11. Christa Wolf: What Remains (Was bleibt, 1990)

12. Sven Regener: Berlin Blues (Text or Film: 2003) (Herr Lehmann, 2001)

13. Rose Auslaender: The Luck (Das Glueck, 1939)

14. Johannes Bobrowski: Shadowland/ The Latvian Autumn (1994)

15. Marcel Reich-Ranicki: Videos from Literarische Quartett (Youtube)

16. Hans Egon Holthusen: A Literature in Transition. Main Currents of Post War
German Writing, The Atlantic

17. Aaron Denis Horton: Catastrophe and Identity in Post War German Literature,
2005

Films:
1. Schindler’s List (1994)

2. The Boy in Striped Pyjamas (2008)

3. The Pianist (2002)

4. The Lives of Others (2006)

5. The Tin Drum (1979)

6. The Reader (2008)

7. Downfall (2004)

8. Enemy at the Gates (2001)

12.73 HS 504 : Personal Finance and Portfolio Management

Course Code : HS 504
Course Name : Personal Finance and Portfolio Management
L-T-P-C: 3-0-0-3
Intended for : UG final year, and PG students
Prerequisite : None
Mutual Exclusion : None
Approval: 52nd BoA

784
Course Contents
ˆ Introduction to Personal Finance: Introduction to personal finance and its im-
portance, Overview of the financial planning process, time value of money, Overview
of Indian Financial instruments, budgeting, Unique challenges and opportunities in
the Indian context, Role of culture and social norms in personal finance manage-
ment in India (6 Lectures)

ˆ Banking: The role of banks in the economy, The different types of banks (e.g.,
commercial, investment, central), Introduction to banking products and services
(e.g. deposit accounts, loans, credit cards, mortgages), The importance of banking
services to individuals. (4 Lectures)

ˆ Saving and Investing: Creating and managing a personal budget, the Importance
of saving and investing for personal finance, Financial Planning Tools, Types of
savings and investment instruments (e.g., mutual funds, stocks, bonds, real estate,
commodity, fixed income, Real Estate, Unit Linked Investment), Risk and return,
diversification, and asset allocation. (10 Lectures)

ˆ Debt Management: Understand debts (e.g. credit cards, loans, mortgages),

Types of debts and loans, Overview of credit scores and reports, and Strategies for
managing debts and improving credit scores. (4 Lectures)

ˆ Retirement Planning: Overview of retirement planning and its importance,

Types of retirement accounts (NPS, Private pension, Provident funds), Retirement
income sources (e.g., Pensions, rental incomes) (6 Lectures)

ˆ Tax Planning: Overview of tax planning and its importance, Tax planning strate-
gies for individuals (e.g. tax deductions, credits, and exemptions), Overview of tax
laws and regulations (6 Lectures)

ˆ Financial Tools and Resources: Overview of financial tools and resources for
personal finance management, Examples of financial tools, such as budgeting apps,
investment platforms, and retirement calculators, Evaluation of financial resources
and tools (6 Lectures)

Text books:
1. Ramit Sethi, I will teach you to be rich, Workman Publishing, 2019.

2. Basant Maheshwari, The thoughtful investor, The Equity Desk, 2021.

References:
1. George S. Clason, The Richest Man in Babylon.

2. Benjamin Graham, The Intelligent Investor.

3. Morgan Housel, The Psychology of Money.

4. Robert T. Kiyosaki, Rich Dad Poor Dad.

5. JL Collins, The Simple Path to Wealth.

785
 6. Thomas J. Stanley and William D. Danko, The Millionaire Next Door.

7. Vicki Robin and Joe Dominguez, Your Money or Your Life.

8. John C. Bogle, The Little Book of Common Sense Investing.

9. Burton Malkiel, A Random Walk Down Wall Street.

10. Tony Robbins, Money Master the Game.

12.74 HS 505: Circularity in Modern European Literature

Course Code : HS 505
Course Name : Circularity in Modern European Literature
L-T-P-C : 3-0-0-3
Intended for : Undergraduate students
Prerequisite :
Mutual Exclusion:
Approval: 54th BoA

Course Contents
ˆ Introduction: Modern European Literature (8 hours)

– Europe in the late 19th and early 20th centuries.

– Key concepts in literary theory.
– The genealogy of linearity

ˆ Ouroboros: On the concept of Circularity (8 hours)

– Introduction to the concept of circularity in Western Philosophy.

– Overview of the philosophy of Friedrich Nietzsche

ˆ Circular Drama (10 hours)

– August Strindberg’s The Dance of Death

– Eugene Ionesco’s The Bald Soprano
– Samuel Beckett’s Waiting for Godot
– Daniil Kharm’s Elizabeth Bam

ˆ Circular Prose (10 hours)

– Daniil Kharms’ The Knife

– Jorge Luis Borges’ The Circular Ruins
– Cortazar The Continuity of the Parks
– Maurice Blanchot The Madness of the Day.

786
Textbooks:
1. NA

References:
1. Juan Luis Toribio Vazquez, Circular Narratives in Modern European Liter-
ature.

2. Arthur Danto, Nietzsche and Philosophy.

12.75 HS 506: Population Studies: Theory and Basic Analysis

Course Code : HS 506
Course Name : Population Studies: Theory and Basic Analysis
L-T-P-C : 3-0-0-3
Intended for : M.A. (Development Studies) (Discipline Elective) and B.Tech. 3rd and
4th year
Prerequisite :
Mutual Exclusion:
Approval: 54th BoA

Course Contents
ˆ Unit 1: Population science/demography (4 Hours)

– Evolution of demography as a scientific discipline

– Multidisciplinary nature of demography
– Sources of demographic data
– Basic demographic concepts
– Components of population change and balancing equation
– Theory of Demographic Transition

ˆ Unit 2: Population Size, Growth and Characteristics (6 Hours)

– Overview of the size and growth of world population by regions

– Overview of the size and growth of India’s population
– Demographic profile of Indian states
– Age and sex structure of the population and population pyramids
– Determinants of age and sex structure of the population and their implications
– Sex ratios: total sex ratio, sex ratio at birth, child sex ratio, sex ratio
– Changing patterns of sex ratio in India, North-south divide, ‘Missing women’

ˆ Fertility and Nuptiality (10 Hours)

– Concepts and measurements of fertility: period and cohort measures

787
 – Age patterns of fertility
– Bongaart’s proximate determinants of fertility
– Socio-economic determinants of proximate variables
– Rele’s Method and Reverse Survival Method in fertility analysis
– Fertility levels and differentials in developed and developing countries and
India
– Nuptiality: Concept and analysis of marital status, proportion single, Singu-
late Mean Age at Marriage (SMAM) and trends in child marriages (marriage
¡18 years) in India 2

ˆ Morbidity and Mortality (12 Hours)

– Basic concepts and analysis of morbidity

– Concepts and measurements of mortality
– Standardization of mortality rates
– Life tables: Concepts, types, uses, and methods of construction
– Differentials and Determinants of Mortality
– Causes of death and epidemiological transition

ˆ Migration and urbanization (10 Hours)

– Concepts and measurement of migration

– Differentials in migration
– Causes and consequences of internal migration
– Trends and patterns of internal and internal migration
– Migration theories and models: Ravenstein’s, Lee’s, Wolpert’s and Todaro’s
model
– Spatial distribution and urbanization
– Growth and distribution of rural-urban population in developed and develop-
ing countries and India

Textbooks:
1. Asha Bhende and Tara Kanitkar, Principles of Population Studies, Himalaya
Publishing House

2. Henry, S. Shryock, The Methods and Materials of Demography, Vol. 1 and

2, U.S. Department of Commerce, Bureau of Census.

References:
1. NA

788
12.76 HS 508: Socio-technical Systems Engineering
Course Code: HS 508
Course Name: Socio-technical Systems Engineering
L-T-P-C : 2-1-0-3
Prerequisites : none
Intended for : B. Tech./M.S./Ph.D.
Distribution : Elective
Approval: 6th Senate

Course Contents
28 Lectures to cover the main topics (approx 2 Lectures per week) 4 Tutorials/workshops
TOTAL: 3 hrs per week, plus assessment time as required

ˆ Introduction to systems science and engineering

– Principles of systems science

– Overview of systems engineering
– Lifecycle, and other system views

ˆ Socio technical systems

– Background
– Evolution and key issues
– Overview of the state of the art

ˆ Knowledge Systems, the Web

– The role of knowledge in STS (Knowledge representation, modelling)

– Distributed /Intelligent systems design
– Collective Intelligence and Social networks

ˆ Task Analysis

– Traditional Task Decomposition

– Knowledge/cognitive modelling of tasks
– Cognitive walkthroughs

ˆ User centered design

– Purpose and approaches

– Tools and techniques

ˆ Human computer interaction

– History of HCI
– User Models

789
 – Interface Design

ˆ Interaction design

– Fundamentals of interaction design

– Types of interactions
– Handling dynamic complexity

ˆ STS Requirements

– Stakeholder analysis and management

– Understanding social behaviors

Textbooks:
1. William Pasmore and John Sherwood. (editors), Principles of Sociotechnical De-
sign, Sociotechnical Systems: A Sourcebook,

2. Somerville et al Whitworth, Brian with Ahmad, Adnan, Socio Technical Systems

Engineering Handbook: SocioTechnical (available online), 2013.

3. Soegaard, Mads with Dam, Rikke Friis (eds.)System Design. In: The Encyclopedia
of Human, Computer Interaction, 2nd Ed.. Aarhus, Denmark: The Interaction
Design Foundation. Available online at

4. http://www.interactiondesign.org/encyclopedia/sociotechnical system design.html

References:
1. Stevens Institute of Technology

2. The Knowledge Level Reinterpreted: Modeling Socio Technical Systems William J.

Clancey

12.77 HS 510: Essentials of Entrepreneurship

Course Code: HS 510
Course Name: Essentials of Entrepreneurship
L-T-P-C:: 3-0-0-3
Prerequisites: Nil
Intended for: PhD/Masters/B.Tech 3rd and 4th year
Distribution: Open Elective
Approval: 17th Senate

790
Course Contents
ˆ Entrepreneurship Concepts Understanding nuances of being an entrepreneur;
Difference between a startup venture and small business; Identifying entrepreneurial
styles. [4 Lectures]

ˆ Idea/Problem and Customer Identifying problems worth solving, identifying

business opportunities, methods for problem interviews; Design thinking process;
Generation of potential solutions; Identifying customer segment and early adopters,
difference between a consumer and a customer, craft your value proposition, out-
come driven innovation, testing out solutions for the problems; Unique value propo-
sition. [12 Lectures]

ˆ Business Model Validation Basic lean approach and canvas, types of business
models, documenting business plan with a lean canvas, documenting hypotheses;
Introduction to risks; Develop solution demos; The problem-solution test, solu-
tion interviews, sizing the opportunity, building a minimum viable product; The
product-market fit test; Revenue streams; How companies with different business
models earn money; Understanding income, costs, gross and net margins; Identify-
ing primary and secondary revenue streams; Costing and pricing; How to finance
your business idea; Financing your venture at different stages, what investors expect
from you; Various sources of funding and pros & cons of each [12 Lectures]

ˆ Building a Resourceful Team Shared leadership model, role of a good team in a

venture’s success, what to look for in a team, define clear roles and responsibilities;
How to pitch to candidates to attract to join your team, explore collaboration tools
and techniques - brainstonning, mind mapping; Kanban board [4 Lectures]

ˆ Marketing, Sales and Support Understanding the difference between prod-

uct and brand and link between them; Product/service positioning; Channels and
strategies, budgeting and planning; Sales planning, target setting; Unique sales
propositions (USP); Follow-up and closing sale; Planning and tracking, importance
of project management to launch and track progress; Understanding time manage-
ment, workflow, delegation of tasks; Business regulations of starting and operating
a business; Documentation, how to find help to get started; Various govem ent
scheme [10 Lectures]

Textbooks:
1. Blank, S. G., & Dorf, B., The startup owner’s manual: The step-by-step
guide for building a great company Pescadero, Calif: K & S Ranch, 2012.

Reference:
1. Maurya, A., Scaling Lean: Mastering the Key Metrics for Startup Growth,
Portfolio/Penguin, 2016.

2. Sethi, A., From Science to Startup, Springer, 2016.

791
12.78 HS 522: Research Methodology in Social Science
Course Code: HS 522
Course Name: Research Methodology in Social Science
L-T-P-C : 3-0-0-3
Prerequisites :
Students intended for : Ph.D.
Elective or Compulsory : Elective
Approval: 6th Senate, 50th BoA; Credits changed to 4 in 50th BoA

Course Contents
ˆ Philosophical Foundations of Social Science

– Positivism, Behavioral Sciences and later developments in Social Science Thought

(Sociological Thinkers and Psychologists)
– Idea of Social Sciences (Peter Winch/Charles Taylor)
– Idea of Human Sciences (Wilhelm Dilthey)
– Idea of Social Construction of Reality (Ian Hacking)
– Postcolonial Theory (Gayatri Spivak, Dipesh Chakrabarty, and Homi Bhabha)
[16 Lectures]

ˆ Module: 2

ˆ Approaches to Social Science Research

– Content analysis
– Survey and field research
– Quantitative and qualitative analysis
– Case studies
– Ethical considerations in research [12 Lectures]

ˆ Module: 3

ˆ Designing Research

– Formulating appropriate research questions

– Hypothesis construction
– The literature review
* Use of the literature
* Steps in conducting a literature review iii. Citations, formatting and style
– The use of theory
– Approaches to Data Analysis
* Induction
* Deduction

792
 * Verification
* Falsification
* Empiricism and Social Research
* Analytical dilemmas

Reference books:
1. Peter Winch, The Idea of a Social Science and Its Relation to Philosophy
(Routledge Classics), Routledge, 2007.

2. Wilhelm Dilthey, Rudolf A. Makkreel, and Frithjof Rodi, Selected Works Vol-
ume I: Introduction to the Human Sciences, Princeton University Press,
1991.

3. Ian Hacking, The Social Construction of What?, Harvard University Press,

2000.

4. Dipesh Chakrabarty, Provincializing Europe: Postcolonial Thought and

Historical Difference, Princeton University Press, 2007.

5. Wayne C. Booth et al., The Craft of Research, 3rd Edition, University Of

Chicago Press, 2008.

6. J. W. Creswell, Research Design: Qualitative, Quantitative and Mixed

Methods Approaches, 4th Edition, SAGE Publications, 2013.

7. Jacques Barzun, Henry F. Graff, The Modern Researcher, 6th Edition, Cengage
Learning, 2003.

8. William Strunk, E. B. White, and Roger Angell, Elements of Style, Longman,

1999.

9. David Henderson, Interpretation and Explanation in the Human Sciences,

SUNY Press, 1993.

10. Edward Corbett and Robert Connors, Classical Rhetoric for the Modern Stu-
dent, 4th Edition, Oxford University Press, 1998.

11. Diana Hacker, Rules for Writers, 7th Edition, Bedford/St. Martin’s, 2011.

12.79 HS 523: Decision-Making for Social Change

Course Number: HS 523
Course Name: Decision-Making for Social Change
L-T-P-C : 3-0-0-3
Prerequisites :None
Intended for : M.A. Development Studies/M.S./Ph.D./B. Tech. students
Distribution: Discipline Elective for M.A. Development Studies/ HSS Free Elective
for B. Tech. students/Free Elective for other students
Approval: 19th Senate

793
Course Contents
ˆ Mental Models, System Thinking, and Probability Judgments Introduc-
tion to system thinking, introduction to mental models, confirmation bias, iden-
tifying and improving mental.models, linear models of judgement, fast-and-frugal
heuristics, representativeness heuristic, availability heuristic, support theory, judg-
ment of condition probability, anchoring-and-adjustments in judgements. [6 Lec-
tures]

ˆ Decision-making under Risk and Cognitive Biases Expected-utility theory,

prospect theory, framing and framing effect, decisions under uncertainty, endow-
ment effect, status-quo bias, omission bias, sunk-cost effect, single-action bias, finite
pool of worry, fundamental computational bias, single action bias, intuitive versus
reflective judgements. [6 Lectures]

ˆ Judgments involving Time and Group Decision Making Theory of time pref-
erence, reasons for time preferences, inter-temporal choices, hyperbolic discow1ting,
information sharing in groups, group polarization, group think, techniques for im-
proving group decision-making: brainstorming, decision rules, systematic decision
procedures, leadership. [6 Lectures]

ˆ Dynamic and Naturalistic Decision Making Use of microworld games, feed-

back, feedback delays, instance-based learning, individual differences in DDM, na-
ture of naturalistic decision making, image theory, recognition-primed decision-
making. [6 Lectures]

ˆ Perception of Risk (6 hours) Revealed preference approach to risk, risk dimen-

sions, factors underlying risk dimensions, affective influence on risk, social amplifi-
cation of risk, influence of personality on risk, influence of gender on risk, influence
of race on risk, expert versus lay perception of risk, risk communication. [6 Lectures]

ˆ Optimism, Confidence, and Nudges Overconfidence, calibration curves, cross-

cultural differences, case study on investment behavior, introduction to nudges,
nudging over time, influence, nudging in the real world. [6 Lectures]

ˆ Social Dilemmas and Environmental Decision Making Introduction to social

dilemmas, prisoner’s dilemma, tragedy of commons, public goods, factors affecting
social dilemmas, environmental biases - reliance on correlation heuristics and vio-
lation of mass balance, factors affecting correlation heuristic and violation of mass
balance (backgrounds, type of feedback). [6 Lectures]

Textbooks:
1. Hardman, D., & Hardman, D. K. (2009). Judgment and decision making: Psycho-
logical perspectives (Vol. 11). John Wiley & Sons.

2. Kim, N . (2017). Judgment and Decision-making: In the Lab and the World.
Macmillan International Higher Education.

794
Reference:
1. Bazerman, M.H. and Moore, D.A, Judgment in Managerial Decision Making,
7th Edition, Wiley, 2008.

2. Fiscbhoff, B., Judgment and Decision Making, Routledge, 2012.

3. Hastie, R., & Dawes, R. M., Rational choice in an uncertain world: The
psychology of judgment and decision making, Sage, 2010.

4. Pious, S., The psychology ofjudgrnent and decision making, McGraw-Hill

Book Company, 1993.

5. Shome, D., Marx, S., Appelt, K., Arora, P., Balstad, R., Broad, K., et al., The
psychology of climate change communication: a guide for scientists, jour-
nalists, educators, political aides, and the interested public, Center for
Research on Environmental Decisions, 2009.

12.80 HS 524: India in the 1950s: Biography of a Foundational

Decade
Course Code: HS 524
Course Name: India in the 1950s: Biography of a Foundational Decade
L-T-P-C : 3-0-0-3
Prerequisites : None
Intended for : Ph.D./Masters/B.Tech. (3rd and 41h Sem)
Distribution : Free Elective
Approval: 18th Senate

Course Contents
ˆ Introduction to a Foundational Decade

– Why (and who should) study the 1950s? [2 Lectures]

ˆ Refugees an d Citizens in fnd epend ent India

– The Impact of Partition on I ndian Polity

– Resettlement: A Case Study of Delhi
– Rehabilitation: A Case Study of Ca lcutta [8 Lectures]

ˆ Forging India:States and the Nation

– Integration of Princel y States

– Linguistic Reorganization of States
– Making of the Indian Constitution [8 Lectures]

ˆ Experimenting with Democracy

– I st General Elections

795
 – Developmental Strategies: Debates [6 Lectures]

ˆ Legislating Gender Relations

– The Hindu Code BilJ Controversy [2 Lectures]

ˆ India’s International Rela tions in the 1950s

– The Cold War context (Relations with the USA and the USSR) The Non-
Aligned movement
– Relations with Pakistan (Kashmir, Indus Waters)
– Relations with China [8 Lectures]

ˆ The State and Media in the 1950s

– Debates over ’free speech ’ in Independent India

– 1st Amendment to the Constitution: Public Reaction
– Press Act of 1952
– Nation-Building Cinema of the 1 950s [8 Lectures]

Textbooks:
1. Gyanesh Kudaisya, A Republic in the Making: India in the 1950s (Oxford Un i
versity Press, 2017).

References :
1. Ravinder Kaur, Since 1947: Partition and Punjabi Migrants of Delhi, Ox-
ford University Press, 2007.

2. Joya Chatterji, The Spoils of Partition: Bengal and India, 1947-67, Cam-
bridge University Press, 2007.

3. Tai Yong Tan and Gya nesh Kudaisya, The Aftermath of Partition in South
Asia, Routl edge, 2000.

4. Ornit Shani, How Tndia Became Democratic: Citizenship and the Making
of the Universal Franchise, Cambridge University Press, 2017.

5. Ananya Vajpeyi, Righteous Republic: The Political Foundations ofModern

India, Harvard University Press, 2012.

6. Asha Sarangi, Language and Politics in India, Oxford University Press, 2009.

7. Sudha Pai and Avinash Kumar, Revisiting 1956: BR Ambedkar and States
Reorganization, Orient Blackswan 2014.

8. Paul Brass, Language, Religion and Politics in North India, Cambridge Uni-
versity Press, 1974.

9. Pulapre Bal akrishnan, Economic Growth in India: History and Prospect,

Oxford Universi ty Press, 20 l 0.

796
 10. B.R. Tomlinson, The Economy of Modern India, 1860-1970, Cambridge Uni-
versity Press, 1993.

11. Ch.itra Sinha, Debating Patriarchy: The Hindu Code Bill Controversy in
India, 1941-1956, Oxford University Press, 2012.

12. Paul M. McGarr, India, Pakistan and the Early Cold War, 1947-1956, Cam-
bridge University Press, 2013.

13. Srinath Raghavan, War and Peace in Modern India, Permanent Black, 2010.

12.81 HS 525: History of Development Thought

Course Number : HS 525
Course Name: History of Development Thought
L-T-P-C : 3-0-0-3
Prerequisites : None
Intended for : Postgraduate students, 3rd and 4th Year B.Tech students
Distribution : Core course for M.A. in Development Studies, Elective for others
Approval: 16th Senate

Course Contents
ˆ Early global relations and Colonialism [9 Lectures]

– Global economic relations between 16th and 18thCentury: Economic linkages

connecting the known world, growth of joint stock trading companies, mer-
cantilism, rise of transatlantic slave trade.
– Industrialization and urbanization in Western Europe
– Colonialism in India, Africa and Imperialism in China; Colonization as a basis
of globalization: Latin American export oriented economy [9 Lectures]

ˆ Development Theories: Varying role of market and state [15 Lectures]

– Classical approach (Liberalism, Classical Economic Approach)

– Keynesian approach: Post World War I
– Modernization
– Marxist theory of development
– Socialism

ˆ Structuralism and Dependency Theories [8 Lectures]

– Structuralism: Impediments of the economic growth of developing countries

– Dependency theory and Neo-Marxism
– Neo-liberalism: MNCs, Structural Adjustment

ˆ Discourses on Development [10 Lectures]

797
 – Post-development: Does development represent colonialism and Euro-centrism?
– Capabilities approach
– Grassroots approaches to development
– Gender and development
– Culture and development
– Limits to growth and sustainable development [10 Lectures]

Textbooks:
1. Marks, Robert B., The Origins of the Modern World: A Global and Ecological
Narrative from the Fifteenth to the Twenty-first Century. 2nd Edition, Rowman &
Littlefield, 2007.

2. Willis, K., Theories and Practices of Development, Routhledge, 2005.

Reference:

1. Brook, T., Vermeers Hat: The Seventeenth Century and the Dawn of the
Global World, Bloomsbury Press, 2008.

2. Davis, M., Late Victorian Holocausts: El i o Famines and the a ing of the
Third World,Verso, 2001.

3. Lindsay, Lisa A., Captives as Commodities: The Transatlantic Slave Trade,

Pearson Prentice Hall, 2008.

12.82 HS 526: Human Geography: A Western Himalayan Per-

spective
Course Code: HS 526
Course Name: Human Geography: A Western Himalayan Perspective
L-T-P-C : 3-0-0-3
Prerequisites : None
Intended for : Post graduate students, 3rd and 4th Year B.Tech. students
Distribution : Core course for M.A. in Development Studies, Elective for others
Approval: 16th Senate

Course Contents
ˆ Why does Human Geography Matter? [4 Lectures]

– Defining Human Geography: Themes and relevance

– Introduction to a spatial perspective: regional and global
– What are the basic geographic questions?
– Environmental Determinism: debates

ˆ Economic Geography [8 Lectures]

798
 – Geography of the world economy: Measurement and problems
– Trends in agriculture (India/Himachal Pradesh/Western Himalaya)
– Food production and food security (Himachal Pradesh/ Western Himalaya)
– Worlds of consumption: Global and local geographies of consumption

ˆ Population Geography [8 Lectures]

– Geography of health
– Population dynamics
– Migration: push and pull factors
– Indias demographic profile and National Population Policy

ˆ Geography across Global and Regional History: Urbanization [5 Lectures]

– Urbanization: A global survey of trends and patterns

– Case Study: Imperial and Post-Colonial Shimla

ˆ Humans and Nature [6 Lectures]

– Natural Disasters and Human Intervention (19th-20th century India)

– Human-Animal Conflict and Cooperation in India (Ancient to Contemporary
India)

ˆ Cultural Geography: Space and Society [5 Lectures]

– Language: Linguistic Nationalism in India

– Religion and the cultural landscape in Himachal Pradesh/ Western Himalaya

ˆ Case Study [6 Lectures]

– Change and Continuity in Himachal Pradesh/ Western Himalaya (19th-20th

centuries) from the perspective of Human Geography

Textbooks:
1. Fouberg, Erin H. et al. Human Geography: People, Place, and Culture,
11th Edition, Wiley, 2015.

2. Cloke, Paul et al. Introducing Human Geographies, 3rd Edition, Routledge, 2014.

References:
1. Alam, Aniket., Becoming India: Western Himalaya under British Rule,
Cambridge University Press. 2008.

2. Coe, Neil et al., Economic Geography: A Contemporary Introduction, Wi-

ley, 2013.

3. Diamond, Jared., Guns, Germs and Steel: The Fate of Human Societies,
WW Norton, 2017.

799
 4. Elmore, Mark., Becoming Religious in a Secular Age, University of California
Press, 2016.

5. Guha, Ramachandra, Environmentalism: A Global History, Penguin Random

House India, 2016.

6. Roy, Tirthankar., Natural Disasters and Indian History, Oxford University

Press, 2012.

7. Singh, Chetan., Natural Premises: Ecology and Peasant Life in the West-
ern Himalaya, 1800-1950, Oxford University Press, 1998.

12.83 HS 527: Indian Social Structure and Development

Course Code: HS 527
Course Name: Indian Social Structure and Development
L-T-P-C : 3-0-0-3
Prerequisites : None
Intended for : Post graduate students, 3rd and 4th Year B.Tech.
Distribution : Core course for M.A. in Development Studies, Elective for others
Approval: 16th Senate

Course Contents
ˆ Module I: Understanding Indian Society [6 Lectures]

– Perspectives to understand Indian society: Orientalist; Nationalist; Subaltern;

Postcolonial
– Indian society: Socio-spatial dimension
* Rural, Urban and Rural-urban Continuum.

ˆ Module II: Constituents of Indian Society

– Caste in India [6 Lectures]

* Understanding caste among Hindu and other religious communities
* Debates on Caste: Brahminical and Non-Brahminical
* Dynamics of Caste in Cities
* Politics and Caste: Vote bank politics; Political Parties; Politicization of
caste
* Changing dynamics of caste system: Caste as structure and Caste as
substance
– Tribes of India [4 Lectures]
* Popular and social scientific understandings of tribe and tribal community
* Tribes in colonial times: Criminal Tribes, De-notified and Nomadic tribe
* Developmental programs and transformations in tribal society
* Tribal movements: colonial and post-independence era

800
 – Class [4 Lectures]
* Issues of identification of class in India
* Structure of Agrarian Class
* Indian Middle Classes: Origins, Structure, Politics
* Poor as class
– * Gender [4 Lectures]
* Sex, Gender and Third Gender
* Gender socialization and gender inequality
* Patriarchy, production and women workforce in Indian economy
* Women Empowerment: idea, debate and politics

ˆ Module III: Village in India [6 Lectures]

– Villages in India: popular imaginations and social scientific understandings

– Village Studies and Community Development Program
– Rural Development in Post-Independent India: Plans, Programs and Policies
– Indian Villages: Change and Continuity

ˆ Module IV: City and Urban Space in India [6 Lectures]

– Understanding urbanization and urbanism

– The Urban Turn
– Urban stratification and Urban Public Space
– Slums in India: issues and problems
– Urban Development since Independence: Plans, Programs, Policies

ˆ Module V: Religion and Development [6 Lectures]

– Religion and Imaginations of Modern Society

– Religious Minorities: Issues of Representation and Development
– Secularism, communalism and fundamentalism

Textbooks:
1. Deshpande, Satish., Contemporary India: A Sociological View, Penguin
Books, 2003.

2. Gupta, Dipankar (ed)., Social Stratification in India, Oxford University Press,

1992.

801
References:
1. Cohn, B.S. 1987. ’Notes on the history of the study of Indian society and culture’
[Chapter-7] in An anthropologist among the historians and other essays. New Delhi:
OUP; pp: 136-171.

2. Danagare, D.N. 2007. Practising Sociology through History: The Indian Experience
I and Part II. Economic and Political Weekly. Vol. 42, No. 33, pp. 3414-3421; and
Vol. 42, No. 34, 3499-3508.

3. Embree, A.T. and M. Juergensmeyer. 1989. Imagining India: Essays in Indian

history. New Del- hi: OUP [Introduction; and Chapters-3, 11 & 12].

4. Gandhi, Leela. 1998. Postcolonial Theory: A Critical Introduction. Pp. 1-22 and
167-176. New Delhi: Oxford University Press.

5. Inden, Ronald. 2006. Text and Practice: Essays on South Asian History. [Chapter
1. Orientalist constructions of India. (pp 13-60)]. New Delhi: Oxford University
Press.

6. Mongia, Padmini. (ed.). 1997. Contemporary Postcolonial Theory: A Reader.

New Delhi: Oxford University Press. Pp. 1-9.

7. Oommen, T.K. 2005. ’Understanding Indian society: The relevance of the per-
spective from below’ in S.M. Dahiwale (ed) Understanding Indian society: The
non-Brahmanic perspective. Jaipur. Rawat; pp: 33-50.

8. Dahiwale, S.M. 20005. Understanding Indian society: The non-Brahmanic perspec-

tive. Jaipur. Rawat. (Chapter-1).

9. Ambedkar, B.R. Ambedkar, B.R. 2002 [1936]. ’Castes in India’ in Valerian Ro-
drigues (ed) The essential writings of B.R. Ambedkar. New Delhi: OUP; pp: 241-
262.

10. Desai, Sonalde and AmareshDubey. 2011. Caste in 21st Century India: Competing
Narratives. Economic and Political Weekly. 46(11): 40-49.

11. Ghurye, G.S. 1992. ’Features of the caste system’ in Dipankar Gupta (ed) Social
Stratification in India. New Delhi. OUP; pp: 35-48.

12. Fuller, C.J. 1992. Kerala Christians and the caste system. In Dipankar Gupta (ed.)
Social Stratifi- cation in India. Delhi: Oxford Uni Press, pp: 195-212.

13. Bokil, M. 2002. De-notified and Nomadic Tribes: A Perspective. Economic and
Political Weekly. Vol. 37(2): 148-154.

14. Guha, Ramachandra. 1996. Savaging the civilised: Verrier Elwin and the tribal
question in late colonial India. Economic and Political Weekly. Vol. 31, No. 35/37;
pp:2375-2380, 2382-2383, 2385-2389.

15. Xaxa, Virginius. 1999. Transformation of tribes in India. Terms of Discourse.

Economic and Po- litical Weekly. Vol. 34(24): 1519-1524.

802
12.84 HS 528: Information Technology and Development
Course Code: HS 528
Course Name: Information Technology and Development
L-T-P-C : 3-0-0-3
Prerequisites : None
Intended for : Post-graduate students; 3rd and 4th Year B. Tech. students
Distribution : Core course for M.A. in Development Studies, Elective for others
Approval: 16th Senate; Revised in 50th BoA

Course Contents
ˆ Introduction to technology and development Definitions of technology, Sys-
temic views of Technology-Society relationships, Development paradigms, Social
and commercial mechanisms for linking technology to developmental needs; (Cer-
tain example cases could include: a case study on same language subtitling (SLS)
for improving reading ability in India; a case study on hole- in-the-wall project
in India, Bhutan, Cambodia, and Africa and how it encourages children to learn
via entertainment; self-organized learning and mediated environments in India and
Oscar-winning movie Slumdog Millionaire; failure of little intelligent community
based ICT in Central America.) [8 Lectures]

ˆ Overview of ICT for development Development agenda and positioning of ICT

for development; information and knowledge society; technological interests and
social change; real-world applications of ICT in development; the role of technology
in reducing poverty (e.g., computer aided learning and Mille.org); the role of ICT
in overcoming healthcare challenges (e.g., telemedicine, information gathering, and
low-cost point of care testing medical devices- translating health care from bench to
bedside); the role of technology in causing agricultural innovation (e.g., telecentres
and digital Green like the green-wifi.organd and the e-sagu project); role of ICT
in surveillance and good governance, communications, infrastructure, and user-
interface design. [12 Lectures]

ˆ Participatory methods in technology and development Discussion on par-

ticipatory methods (e.g., documentary Water of Ayol (Sandra Nichols)); different
principles and modes of participation; contributors to ICT projects failures; role and
issues in community-based participatory research (e.g., case of the African Digital
Renaissance). [5 Lectures]

ˆ Networking, access, mobile technologies, and development Access to hard-

ware, software, information and services; LTE and Internet backbone; role of TCP/IP
and other protocols; (Certain example cases could include the case of the last 10km
in Rwanda; case of microwave in rural Alaska; role of cellular voice and data; case
of M-PESA in India and Kenya.) [5 Lectures]

ˆ Cyber-security and development Intrusion-detection systems; deception; block

chain technology; Cloud access security brokers (CASB); Endpoint detection and re-
sponse (EDR); Non-signature approaches for endpoint prevention; Remote browser.
[3 Lectures]

803
 ˆ User interface design, cloud computing, HCI and development Role of
cloud computing in promoting development; configuring Wikispaces and a website;
role of HCI in development since its emergence in 1980s; symbiotic relationship
between humans and computers (example, the case of spoken web: using voice
as an accessibility tool for disadvantaged people in developing countries); grand
challenges in HCI for development. [4 Lectures]

ˆ New devices, sensor networks in development Role of sensor and IoT rev-
olution and how its aids development (examples of IoT for farming and natural
disasters); notion of wearable computing devices and its impact on sustainable de-
velopment; wireless sensor networks and their role in development; influence of IoT
on different policy areas. [5 Lectures]

Textbooks:
1. Heeks, R. (2017). Information and Communication Technology for Development
(ICT4D). Routledge, London, UK.

2. Seth, K. (2016). Computers, Internet And New Technology Laws-A Comprehensive

Reference Work With Special Focus On Developments In India. Lexis Nexis

References:
1. Barrat, J., Our final invention: Artificial intelligence and the end of the human era.
Macmillan, 2013.

2. Cooper, C., Technology and development in the Third industrial revolution. Rout-
ledge, 2017.

3. Cornwall, A., &Jewkes, R., What is participatory research?.Social science & medicine,
41(12), 1667-1676, 1995.

4. Dodson, L. L., Sterling, S., & Bennett, J. K., Considering failure: eight years of
ITID research. In Proceedings of the fifth international conference on information
and communication technologies and development (pp. 56-64). ACM, 2012.

5. Garrity, J., Harnessing the Internet of Things for Global Development. SSRN
Electronic Journal. doi:10.2139/ssrn.2588129, 2015.

6. Ho, M. R., Smyth, T. N., Kam, M., & Dearden, A., Human-computer interac-
tion for development: The past, present, and future. Information Technologies &
International Development, 5(4), pp-1, 2009.

7. Kendall, J., &Voorhies, R., The mobile-finance revolution: How cell phones can
spur development. Foreign Affairs, 93(2), 9-13, 2014.

8. Kumar, A., & Agarwal, S. K., Spoken web: using voice as an accessibility tool for
disadvantaged people in developing regions. ACM SIGACCESS Accessibility and
Computing, (104), 3-11, 2012.

9. Mandal, G. C., Social Impact of Banking, Technology and Development In Village

India.Rajat Publications, 2012.

804
 10. Mas, I., & Radcliffe, D. (2010). Mobile payments go viral: M-PESA in Kenya. The
Capco Institute Journal of Financial Transformation, 169-182, 2010.

11. Rathakri & Thomas, M., Participatory Technology Development: A Technique for
Indigenous Technical Knowledge Refinement. Scientific Publisher, 2012.

12. Pannu, P., &Tomar, Y. A., Communication Technology for Development. I K

International Publishing House Pvt. Ltd, 2012.

13. Raina, R. S., Science, Technology and Development in India: Encountering Values.
Orient Longman, 2015.

14. Sankar, S., The rise of human-computer cooperation. In TED Talk Lesson, TED
Conferences, junho de, 2012.

15. Smith, M. L., Spence, R., & Rashid, A. T., Mobile phones and expanding human
capabilities. Information Technologies & International Development, 7(3), pp-77,
2011.

16. Toyama, K., On turbocharged, heat-seeking, robotic fishing poles. Communications

of the ACM, 54(12), 29-31, 2011.

17. Unwin, T., ICT4D: Information and Communication Technologies for Development.
Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, 2008.

12.85 HS 529: Natural Resource and Development

Course Code: HS 529
Course Name: Natural Resource and Development
L-T-P-C : 3-0-0-3
Prerequisites : None
Intended for : Post graduate students in SHSS
Distribution : Core course for M.A. in Development Studies
Approval: 16th Senate

Course Contents
ˆ Natural resources and their role in sustainable energy [14 Lectures]

– Introduction: Natural Resources renewable v/s non-renewable. What is re-

newable energy? Why do we need renewable energy? Different renewable
energy sources. (3 hours)
– Solar energy: potential of solar energy reaching earth surface, collecting sun-
light, solar photovoltaic and solar thermal techniques, solar power plants, solar
water desalination, solar dryers, future challenges (3 hours)
– Wind energy: Wind energy availability and basic working principle of wind
turbines, resource assessment overview, modern wind turbines, installations
and wind farms, advantages and limitations of wind farms (3 hours)

805
 – Biomass energy: Organic matters available on renewable basis like forests,
agricultural, mill and industrial wastes etc., direct fired plants, co fired power
plants, gasification (3 lectures)
– Limitations of renewable sources. (2 hours)

ˆ Sustainable Development and Pollution Prevention [14 Lectures]

– Natural Cycles: Water cycle, oxygen cycle, phosphorous cycle, Appreciation

of disturbance in these cycles as cause of pollution. (2 lectures)
– Water Pollution Control and Technologies: Indian potable water and treated
waste water standards , Health impact of potable drinking water, sources of
water pollutants for urban and rural habitats, Waste water treatment tech-
nologies (4 lectures)
– Air Pollution Control Technologies: Gaseous and particulate emissions, Health
impact, sources of gaseous pollutants for urban and rural habitats, Air pollu-
tion control technologies
– Solid Waste Management: Case Studies on Best Practices of Domestic Solid
Waste Management/ Case Studies on Electronic Waste Management Practices
(4 lectures)

ˆ Introduction to Biodiversity and Conservation [14 Lectures]

– The key concepts of biodiversity, its definition, meaning and functional signif-
icance (2 lectures)
– Conservation of natural resources - Water, Soil, Flora, Fauna, endangered
species etc.; In-situ and Ex-situ conservation (2 lectures)
– International and National conventions (2 lectures)
– Biodiversity and Conservation for Development - Poverty alleviation (2 lec-
tures)
– Critical approaches to Biodiversity conservation - policy and practice (1 lec-
ture)
– Biodiversity Technologies for Conservation (2 lectures)
– Selected Case studies (3 lectures)

Textbooks:
1. Ruth Weiner Robin Matthews, Environmental Engineering, 4th Edition, Else-
vier, 2003.

2. Aldo V.da Rosa, Fundamental of Renewable Energy Processes, Elsevier

Press, 2009.

3. Michael J Jeffriesby, Biodiversity and Conservation (Routledge Introductions

to Environment series), 2nd Edition, 2006.

806
4. References:
1. Gautam, A., De, S., Dhar, A., Gupta, J.G., Pandey, A. (Eds.), Sustainable En-
ergy and Transportation, Springer Singapore, 2018, ISBN 978-981-10-7508-7

2. http://worldhappiness.report/ed/2017/

3. http://www.epa.ohio.gov/ocapp/p2/sustainable.aspx#124473580-practices

4. Jahangir Hossain, Mahmud Apel, Large Scale Renewable Power Genera-

tion: Advances in Technologies for Generation, Transmission and Storage
(Green Energy and Technology), Springer, 2014.

12.86 HS 530: Planning, Welfare and Development

Course Number: HS 530
Course Name: Planning, Welfare and Development
L-T-P-C : 3-0-0-3
Prerequisites : None
Intended for : Postgraduate students, 3rd and 4th Year B.Tech students (with in-
structors permission)
Distribution : Core course for M.A. in Development Studies, Elective for others
Approval: 16th Senate

Course Contents
ˆ Theories and Concepts [7 Lectures]

– Concepts and Discourse: Planning; Welfare; Development

– History of development planning in Independent India
* Nehruvian Era
* Neoliberal India

ˆ Module 2: Planning: Strategies, Policy Formulation and Implementing

Bodies [10 Lectures]

– Institutions: State; Market; Civil Society

– Policy making, state and stake holders
* Legislative practices and law making
* New public management
– Multi-level Planning
* Local Bodies: PRIs and ULBs
* Planning Commission and NITI Aayog
* Global Regimes

ˆ Policy, Governance and Development [9 Lectures]

– Idea and Discourse of Development

807
 * Infrastructural development
* Social development
* Inclusive Development
* Multi-level Governance
* Local governance
* Global governance

ˆ Module 4: Politics of Development: Dispute and Resolution [9 Lectures]

– Property
* Property Laws
* Customary laws
* Public property v/s private property
* Common property and its privatization
– Dispute
* Contested development
* Judicial resolution
* The role of local bodies in dispute resolution

ˆ Module 5: International agencies and development [3 Lectures]

– Donor Agencies: World Bank; IMF; ADB

– Agencies that influence policies: GATT and WTO

ˆ Module 6: Measuring development [4 Lectures]

– Idea and discourse of index

– Popular indices
– Aspects of measurement
* Data generation and data mining
* Variables and classifications
* The politics behind measurement

Textbooks:
None; Textbooks for this course is not suggested. Select Journal articles and book chap-
ters will be used for the topics. Since the focus of the course is to look at various
intersections of politics, economy and social structures, the readings that provide such
insights will be highly useful.

References:
1. Darooka, Priti., Roads to Rights: Women, Social Security and Protection in India,
Sage, 2016.

2. Maheswari, S.R, Local Government in India, OrientLongman, 2004.

808
 3. Bhattacharya, Mohit., New Horizons of Public Administration, Jawahar Books,
2011.

4. Kohli, Atul., Democracy and development in India: from socialism to pro-business,

Oxford University Press. pp 140-252, 2013.

5. World Bank, Perspectives on poverty in India, World Bank, 2011

6. Dreze, Jean and Amartya Sen, India: development and participation, OUP, 2014.

7. Kohli, Atul., Poverty amid plenty in the new India, Cambridge Uni Press, 2012.

8. Guha, Ramachandra and Jonathan Parry (eds.)., Institutions and inequalities: es-
says in honour of Andre Beteille, Oxford University Press, 2012.

9. Sen, Amartya., Development as freedom, OUP, 2014

10. Dreze, Jean and Amartya Sen, An uncertain glory: India and its contradictions,
Penguin, 2013.

11. Ghertner, D. Asher., Rule by aesthetics: world-class city making in Delhi, OUP,
2015.

12. Mishra, Ramesh and John Berry, Ecology, Culture and Human Development, Sage,
2018.

13. Shanmugam, K.R. and K.S. Kavi Kumar, Environment and Development, Sage,
2016.

14. Chalam, K.S., Social Economy of Development in India, Sage, 2017.

12.87 HS 531: Gender and Development

Course Code: HS 531
Course Name: Gender and Development
L-T-P-C :3-0-0-3
Prerequisites :None
Intended for :Ph.D./Masters/B.Tech. (3rd and 4th Yrs)
Distribution : Discipline Elective for M.A.Development Studies, HSS Free Elective
for B.Tech. and Free Elective for others
Approval: 19th Senate

Course Contents
ˆ Introduction to Development:Situating Gender [2 Lectures]

– Gender, development, locating women in development, empowerment

ˆ Theoretical Approaches [15 Lectures]

– Sex and gender

– Feminist theories, feminism in India

809
 – lntersectionality
– Women In Development (WID): advancement ofwomen by means of develop-
ment
– Women and Development (WAD): women’s inclusion in development
– Gender and Development (GAD) : gender and development, relations between
and role of patriarchy and capitalism
– Empowerment

ˆ Gender, Labour, Education [6 Lectures]

– Causes and consequences of gender gaps

– Broadening the definitions of work, inclusion of domestic sphere and sexual
division of labour
– Globalisation and effects on women
– Role ofNGOs and self help groups
– Access to education

ˆ Gender, H ealth, Reproductive Rights [6 Lectures]

– Differences in health needs, access to health facilities

– Gendered nature of epidemic
– Decision making about fertility
– Abortion laws, discussions and legislation

ˆ Gender, Environment, Sustainable Development [5 Lectures]

– Ecosystems, environment and women: interdependencies

– Ecofeminism

ˆ Women and Security [5 Lectures]

– Violence against women: causes and consequences

ˆ Gender and State [3 Lectures]

– Decision making in public policy: women, state actors and global agencies

Textbooks:
1. Visvanathan, Nalini, Lynn Duggan, Nan Wiegersma and Laurie Nisonoff (eds.).,
The Women, Gender and Development Reader, Second Edition, Zed Books, 2011.

810
References:
1. Beneria, L. and S. Feldman (eds.), Unequal Burden, Economic Crisis, Persistent
Poverty, and Women’s Work, Westview Press, 1992.

2. Bouta, Tsjeard, Georg Frerks and Ian Bannon, Gender, Conflict, and Development,
World Bank, 2005.

3. Braidotti, R., E. Charkiewicz, S. Hausler and S. Wieringa, Women, Environment

and Sustainable Development: Towards a Theoretical Synthesis, Zed Books, 1994.

4. Cornwall, A. and A. Welboum, A (eds)., Realizing Rights: Transforming Ap-

proaches to Sexual and Reproductive Wellbeing. London: Zed Books, 2002.

5. Cornwall, A., E. Harrison, and A. Whitehead (eds.). Feminisms in Development:

Contradictions, Contestations and Challenges, Zed Books, 2007.

6. Elson, D. (ed.)., Male Bias in the Development Process, 2nd Edition, Manchester
University Press, 1995.

7. Harcourt, W. (ed.), Women Reclaiming Sustainable Livelihoods: Lost Spaces,

Spaces Gained, Palgrave Macmillan, 2012.

8. Henshall-Momsen, J., Gender and Development, Routledge, 2004.

9. Jain, Devaki., Women, Development, and the UN: A Sixty-year Quest for Equality
and Justice, Indiana Press, 2005.

10. Jeffery, R. and A.M. Basu (eds)., Girls’ Schooling, Women’s Autonomy and Fertility
Change in South Asia, Sage, 1996.

12.88 HS 532: Sustainable Development and Environmental

Protection
Course Code: HS 532
Course Name: Sustainable Development and Environmental Protection
L-T-P-C : 3-0-0-3
Prerequisites : None
Intended for : Post graduate students, 3rd and 4th Year B.Tech students (with in-
structors permission)
Distribution : Core course for M.A. in Development Studies, Elective for others
Approval: 16th Senate

Course Contents
ˆ Precursors of sustainable development [8 Lectures]

– Limits to Growth (1972); Stockholm Conference on Environment and Devel-

opment (1972); Earth Summit/ Rio Conference (1989); World Conservation
Strategy (1990)

811
 – World Commission on Environment and Development (1997): Our Common
Future
– Debates and intellectual underpinnings: Basic Needs Approach, Entitlement
Analyses, Human Development; Capabilities Approach

ˆ Measuring Sustainable Development [12 Lectures]

– Measuring well-being; Policy based indicators and Capital based indicators:

Financial capital, Produced Capital, Human Capital, Natural Capital and So-
cial Capital; Human Development Index, World Development Index, Inclusive
Wealth Index.
– From Millennium Development Goals to Sustainable Development Goals
– System of National Accounts (SNA) and System of Environmental and Eco-
nomic Accounts (SEEA)
– The role of discounting

ˆ Exploring the agenda for sustainable development [12 Lectures]

– Inclusive growth, poverty eradication and sustainable livelihoods

– Access to education and health
– Environment: Energy, Forest and Water resources
– Sustainable city and urban common
– Climate Change

ˆ Environmental Protection in Indian Himalayan Region [10 Lectures]

– National Mission on Sustainable Himalayan Ecosystem

– Vulnerability, exposure and risk assessment of Indian Himalayan Regions

Textbooks:
1. Sachs, D. Jeffrey, The Age of Sustainable Development, Columbia University Press,
2015.

References:
1. Rogers, P. P., Jalal, K. F., Boyd, J. A., An Introduction to Sustainable Develop-
ment, Earthscan, 2012.

2. Office of the Resident Coordinator of India, United Nations, 2016, Sustainable

Development Goals: A Handbook.

3. Original reports pertaining to the Stockholm Declaration on the Human Environ-

ment,World Conservation Strategy, The Brundtland Report and Agenda 21

4. https://sustainabledevelopment.un.org/memberstates/india

5. Selected journal articles

812
12.89 HS 533: Urban Development
Course Code: HS 533
Course Name: Urban Development
L-T-P-C : 3-0-0-3
Prerequisites : None
Intended for : Post graduate students, 3rd and 4th Year B.Tech students (with in-
structors permission
Distribution : Elective course for M.A. in Development Studies, Elective for others
Approval: 16th Senate

Course Contents
ˆ Making Sense of Urban [8 Lectures]

– Understanding Urbanisation and Urbanism

– Official Definition and Categorisation of Cities in India
– Trends, Debates, and Trajectories of Urbanisation in India
– Urban Migration and Patterns of Migration

ˆ The City as an Object of Study [12 Lectures]

– The Chicago School (Louis Wirth, Robert Park, Ernest Burgess)

– New Urban Sociology (Manuel Castells, David Harvey and debates with early
urban sociology)
– Cities in the World System: Global Cities (Saskia Sassen) and Spaces of Flows
(Manuel Castells)
– The Stranger and the City (George Simmel, Ash Amin)
– Thinking about the city (Davis, Henri Lefebvre, Michel de Certeau, Jane Ja-
cobs)
– Ideas on City: World-class City; Mega City; Global City; Ordinary City, Small
Cities

ˆ Urban Planning [10 Lectures]

– Origins and Paradigms of Urban Planning in India

– Colonial Capital Cities such as Delhi and Calcutta Colonial Port Cities: Bom-
bay and Madras
– Planned Cities such as Chandigarh and Bhubaneswar
– Company Industrial Towns such as Jamshedpur and Bhilai
– Emerging Megacities such as Bengaluru and Hyderabad
– Politics of Land and Infrastructure;
– Growth of Real Estate Failure and Paradox of Planning in India

ˆ Informal City [6 Lectures]

813
 – Informal Sector: Concept, Prevalence, Livelihoods and Settlements
– Public Spaces and Contestations
– Logics of Segregation, Resident Welfare Associations, Gated Communities
– Urban Poverty
– Slums

ˆ Governing the Indian City [6 Lectures]

– Political Economy of Basic Services Provision and Infrastructure

– Urban Decentralisation/Municipal Arrangement
– Urban Policy Paradigms
– Urban Commons
– Small Town Governance and Subaltern Urbanisation
– Smart City

Textbooks: None
1. UGC-INFLIBNET e-Pathshala course Sociology of Urban Transformations is rec-
ommended. Select Journal Articles and book chapters.

References:
1. Abu-Lughod, J. L. & R. Hay, eds. (1979). Third World Urbanization. New York;
London, Methuen.

2. Davis, M. (2006). Planet of slums. London; New York, Verso.

3. Bunnell, Tim, and Anant Maringanti. 2010. Practising Urban and Regional Re-
search beyond Metrocentricity. International Journal of Urban and Regional Re-
search 34 (2): 41520.

4. Castells, Manuel. The rise of the network society: The information age: Economy,
society, and culture. Vol. 1. New York: Wiley-Blackwell, 1996.

5. Amin, Ash, and Stephen Graham. The ordinary city. Transactions of the Institute
of British Geographers 22, no. 4 (1997): 411-429.

6. Maringanti, Anant. Ordinary entanglements in the world city.Environment and

Planning A 45, no. 10 (2013): 2314-2317.

7. Raymond Williams, Culture and Society: 1780-1950 (Garden City, New York: An-
chor Books, 1960)

8. Roy, Ananya. 2009. The 21st-Century Metropolis: New Geographies of Theory.

Regional Studies 43 (6): 81930.

9. Frank, Andre Gunder. The development of underdevelopment. Boston, MA: New

England Free Press, 1966.

814
 10. Friedmann, John. The world city hypothesis. Development and change 17, no. 1
(1986): 69-83.

11. Harvey, David. The condition of postmodernity: An enquiry into the conditions of
cultural change. New York: Wiley, 1992.

12. Sassen, Saskia. The Global City: New York, London, Tokyo. Princeton, NJ:
Princeton University Press, 1991.

13. Gooptu, N. (2001). The Politics of the Urban Poor in Early Twentieth-Century
India. Cambridge, Cambridge University Press.

14. Ramsamy, E. (2006). The World Bank and urban development: from projects to
policy. London, Routledge.

15. Beall, J. and Fox, S. (2009) Cities and Development. Abingdon, Routledge.

12.90 HS 534: Economics of Climate Change

Course Code: HS 534
Course Name: Economics of Climate Change
L-T-P-C : 3-0-0-3
Prerequisites : HS202 or equivalent course
Intended for : Postgraduate Students, Undergraduate (3rd and 4th year)
Elective or Compulsory : Discipline Elective for M.A. in Development Studies, elective
for the rest
Approval: 16th Senate

Course Contents
ˆ Economic foundation [10 Lectures]

– Externality and market failure;

– Public goods, private goods and common property resources;
– Social and private costs and benefits;
– Climate change as a case of transboundary negative externality?; 1.5 degree
climate goal.
– Brief introduction of game theory and its application in climate change.

ˆ Mitigation policies theory and practice [12 Lectures]

– Command and control, fiscal policy instruments, market based policy instru-
ments; carbon tax or carbon credit?
– Design of national policies National Action Plan on Climate Change (NAPCC)
in India,
– European Union Emission Trading Scheme (EU-ETS), Unites States Cap-and-
Trade programme;

815
 – Role of international cooperation: from Kyoto Protocol (Joint Implementation,
Clean Development Mechanism, and Emission Trading) to Paris Agreement
(Nationally Determined Contribution (NDC)).

ˆ Climate change adaptation [12 Lectures]

– Defining vulnerability to climate change; role of adaptation;

– Cost and benefit of adaptation;
– Barriers and limits to adaptation.
– Case studies on adaption in practice in developed and developing counties;

ˆ Climate change adaptation and mitigation in Himalayan region [8 Lec-

tures]

– Review of National Mission for Sustaining the Himalayan Ecosystem under

NAPCC.
– Selected case studies on the impact of climate change, mitigation opportunities
and adaptation strategies in the Himalayan region.

Textbooks:
1. Stern, N., The Economics of Climate Change: The Stern Review, Cam-
bridge University Press, 2006.

References:
1. Relevant section of Assessment Reports from Intergovernmental Panel on Climate
Change

2. Relevant documents of United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change

3. Contemporary articles published in relevant journals

12.91 HS 535: Financial Inclusion in India

Course Code: HS 535
Course Name: Financial Inclusion in India
L-T-P-C:: 3-0-0-3
Prerequisites : None
Intended for : Ph.D./Masters/B.Tech. (3rd and 4th year)
Distribution : Discipline Elective for M.A. Development Studies, HSS Free Elective
for B. Tech. and Free Elective for others
Approval: 23rd Senate

816
Course Contents
ˆ Introduction Financial Inclusion Introduction of Indian financial system, evo-
lution, growth and developments in the Indian financial system over the years.
Meaning and scope of financial inclusion, breadth and depth of financial inclusion
in India, Economic and social causes of financial exclusion, Financial inclusion In-
dices, Status of financial inclusion in India, Barriers to financial inclusion in India.
[6 Lectures]

ˆ Demand Side Issues Nature and characteristics of clientele, economic status of

rural folks, need for tailor made products and services: savings, investments, micro
credit, micro insurance, remittances, pension, etc. Client vulnerability and credit
risks, women empowerment, livelihood creation. [9 Lectures]

ˆ Supply Side Issues Informal and formal sources of finance, Transaction cost,
Institutional interventions: Microfinance institutions, Joint liability groups, Self
Help Groups, Branchless banking models, Collateral issues, Business correspondent
model of banking, Issues relating to interoperability, Convergence of digital identity
and financial services, Impact on poverty reduction and employment generation. [9
Lectures]

ˆ Emerging Trends and Innovations Recent Trends and Innovations: Mobile

banking, Digital Identity Aadhaar, Innovations in Fintech, International case stud-
ies: Kenya and M-Pesa, Philippines and smart money, Bangladesh and bKash,
and/or similar case studies. [10 Lectures]

ˆ Challenges for Future Inclusive growth: Scaling financial inclusion Role of banks,
Jan-dhan yojna trends & progress, non-banking finance companies, and technology,
Rural Banking Infrastructure, Institutional changes required for financial inclusion,
Client Trust, Financial Literacy, Financial Awareness, Privacy and Security con-
cerns. [8 Lectures]

Textbooks:
1. Mani, N. (2015). Financial Inclusion in India: policies and Programmes. New
Century Publications.

References:
1. Barua, A., Kathuria, R., & Malik, N. (2016). The Status of Financial Inclusion,
Regulation, and Education in India. ADBI Working Paper Series, (568), 124.
https://doi.org/10.1017/S0020818300006032

2. CRISIL. (2018). CRISIL Inclusix: Financial inclusion surges, driven by Jan-Dhan

Yojana (Vol. 4). Retrieved from https://www.crisil.com/content/dam/crisil/our-
analysis/reports/Research/documents/2018/march/crisil-inclusix-financial-inclusion-
surges-driven-by-Jan-Dhan-yojana.pdf

3. Deepak Mohanty. (2015). Report of the Committee on Medium-term Path on

Financial Inclusion.

817
 4. Garcia Arebehety, P., Chen, G., Cook, W., & McKay, C. (2016). Digital Finance
Interoperability & Financial Inclusion. Cgap, (December), 16. Retrieved from
http://www.cgap.org/publications/digital-finance-interoperability-financial-inclusion

5. Gardeva, A., & Rhyne, E. (2011). Opportunities and Obstacles to Financial Inclu-
sion.

6. Retrieved from https://centerforfinancialinclusionblog.files.wordpress.com/2011/07/opportunities

and-obstacles-to-financial-nclusion 110708 final.pdf

7. Gupta, S. K. (2011). Financial Inclusion - IT as enabler. Reserve Bank of India

Occasional Papers, 32(2).

8. Holloway, K., Naizi, Z., & Rouse, R. (2017). Women s Economic Empowerment
Through Financial Inclusion A Review of Existing Evidence and Remaining Knowl-
edge Gaps. (March).

9. Karmakar, K. G., Banerjee, G. D., Mohapatra, N. P. (2011). Towards Financial

Inclusion in India. Sage Publications

10. Ngweno, A., Oldja, L., Hassan, M. and, & Kapoor, P. (2018). Demand-side review
of Financial Inclusion for Women in entrepreneurship and smallholder agriculture.
International Development Research Centre. Retrieved from www.idrc.ca

11. Pradhan, N. C. (2013). Persistence of Informal Credit in Rural India: Evidence

from All-India Debt and Investment Survey and Beyond. RBI Working Paper, 123.

12. Realini, C., & Mehta, K. (2015). Financial Inclusion at the Bottom of the Pyramid.
Friesen Press.

13. Sriram, M.S. (2017). Talking Financial Inclusion in Liberalised India: Conversa-
tions with Governors of The Reserve Bank of India. Routledge.

14. Singh, A. S., Venkataramani, B., & Ambarkhane, D. (2014). Role of Mobile Banking
in Financial Inclusion. SSRN Electronic Journal, (February). https://doi.org/10.2139/ssrn.248577

15. Singh, C., & Naik, G. (2017). Financial Inclusion in India: A Case Study of Gubbi.
SSRN Electronic Journal, (May), 169. https://doi.org/10.2139/ssrn.2973741

16. Sethy, S.K. (2017). Financial Inclusion An Overview: A Road Map For Inclusive
Growth. Bharti Publications.

17. Ujjawal, A., Champatiray, A. K., Sadhu, S., & Mendiratta, T. (2012). Business
Correspondent Model: An Analysis of the Financial Viability of Customer Service
Providers and Client Satisfaction.

18. World Bank. 2014. Global Financial Development Report 2014 : Financial Inclu-
sion. Washington, DC. World Bank. https://openknowledge.worldbank.org/handle/10986/16238
License: CC BY 3.0 IGO

818
12.92 HS 536: Social Movements in India
Course Code: HS 536
Course Name: Social Movements in India
L-T-P-C: 3-0-0-3
Prerequisites: Nil
Intended for: UG/PG
Distribution: HS Course
Approval: 9th Senate

Course Contents
ˆ Concepts and Context [6 Lectures]

– Protest and Social Change

– Mobilization and Institutionalization
– Issues in the Analysis of Social Movements

ˆ Social Movements in Independent India [24 Lectures]

– Peasant movements
– Tribal Movements
– Feminist Movement
– Dalit Movement
– Backward Caste movements
– Maoist/Naxalite movement
– Separate Statehood movements
– Human rights and Environmental Movements
– Students movements

ˆ Theoretical Issues and Perspectives [6 Lectures]

– Nine Theses on Social Movements

– Social Movements and State Response
– Sources of Deprivation and Styles of Protest

Reading Material & References:

1. Dhanagare, D & John, J, Cyclical Movement towards the Eternal Nine The-
ses on Social Movements: A Critique, Economic and Political Weekly, Volume
23(21), Pp. 1089-1092, 1988.

2. Dhanagare, D., Peasant Movements in India, Oxford University Press, 1998.

3. Frank, Andre Gunder & Marta Fuentes, Nine Theses on Social Movements,
Economic and Political Weekly, 32(35), Pp. 1503-1510, 1987.

819
 4. Gurr, T. R., Why Men Rebel, Princeton University Press, 1970.

5. Jones, W. Kenneth., Socio-religious Reform Movements in British India,

Cambridge University Press, 2008.

6. Oommen, T K., Sociological Issues in the Analysis of Social Movements in

Independent India, Sociological Bulletin, 26(1), 1977.

7. Oommen, T K., Protest and Change: Studies in Social Movements, Sage

Publications, 1990.

8. Oommen, T K., (Ed.,), Social Movements: Issues of Identity, Oxford Univer-

sity Press, 2010.

9. Rao, MSA. (Ed.,), Social Movements in India, Volume I, Manohar Publishers,

1979.

10. Shah, Ghanshyam., Social Movements in India: A Review of Literature,

Sage Publications, 2004.

11. Shah, Ghanshyam (Ed.,), Social Movements and the State, Sage Publications,
2001. (Readings in Indian Government and Politics)

12.93 HS 537: Post-Reform India: Polity, Society and Economy

Course Code: HS 537
Course Name: Post-Reform India: Polity, Society and Economy
L-T-P-C: 3-0-0-3
Prerequisites: None
Intended for: Ph.D./Masters/ B. Tech. (3rd and 4th Year)
Distribution: Discipline Elective for M.A. Development Studies, HSS Free Elective
for B.Tech. and Free Elective for others
Approval: 23rd Senate

Course Contents
ˆ Before and After the 1990 [10 Lectures]

– Market: Structural Adjustment Program and economic liberalisation

– Mandir-Masjid: Hindutva movement and idea of secular? State
– Mandal: Other Backward Classes and politics of/over reservation
– Media: Expansion and deepening of media
– Mobilisation: Politics and assertions

ˆ State, Governance and Management of Development [10 Lectures]

– Paradox of Development: India vs. Bharat

– Policies and politics of governance
– Bureaucracy and Governmentality

820
 – International Conventions and new legal mechanisms

ˆ Nature of Conflicts [8 Lectures]

– Sectarian conflicts and Ethnic Violence

– Reconfiguration of histories
– Old and New contestant: NRIs and Indian Middle Class
– Conflict over Development: unions, projects, acquisition and beneficiaries

ˆ Legal Frameworks and Development Goals [8 Lectures]

– Environment and ecology: international conventions and national policies

– Right to Education: from NEP to RTE
– Employment: as guarantee; contractual jobs and entrepreneurship
– Women’s Health, Security and Development

ˆ Arenas of empowerment and enfeeblement (6 hours)

– Instruments, Institutions and National Commissions

– Vocabularies and Dimensions of: inequalities, discriminations, deprivations
– Assessing ideas of Democracy, Citizenship and Mobilities in post-reform period

Textbooks:
1. 1. John, Mary M, Praveen Kumar Jha and Surinder Singh Jodhka (eds.). 2006.
Contested Transformations: Changing Economies and Identities in Contemporary
India. New Delhi: Tulika Books.

2. 2. Ruparelia, Sanjay et. al. 2011. Understanding Indias New Political Economy:
A Great Transformation?. London: Routledge.

3. 3. Corbridge, Stuart, John Harris and Craig Jeffrey (2012). India Today: Economy,
Politics and Society. Cambridge: Polity Press.

References:
1. Thapar, Romila (ed.). 2000. India: Another Millennium. Delhi: Penguin

2. Deshpande, Satish. 2004. Contemporary India: A Sociological View. Delhi: Pen-

guin

3. Gupta, Akhil and K. Sivaramakrishnan (eds.). 2012. The State in India after
Liberalization. New York: Routledge

4. Reddy, Ram Manohar. How is India Doing. Guhan Memorial Lecture

5. Dreze, Jean and Amartya Sen. 1995. India: economic development and social
opportunity. New Delhi: Oxford University Press

6. Corbridge, Stuart and John Harriss. 2000. Reinventing India: liberalization, Hindu
nationalism and popular democracy. Cambridge: Polity Press

821
 7. Bhargava, Rajiv. 2013. Reimagining Secularism: respect, domination and princi-
pled distance. Economic and Political Weekly. Pp 79-92

8. Ram, Nandu (ed.). 2008. Dalits in contemporary India: discrimination and discon-
tent. New Delhi: Siddhant Publications. pp 37-64

9. Kohli, Atul. 2009. Democracy and Development in India: From Socialism to Pro-
Business. New Delhi: Oxford University Press

10. Jaffrelot, Christophe. 2000. ’The rise of the other backward classes in the Hindi
belt’. The Journal of Asian Studies, Vol. 59(1):86-108

11. Saeed, Saima (2013) Screening the Public Sphere: Media and Democracy in India,
New Delhi: Routledge.

12. Ganguly-Scrase, R and T.J. Scrase (2009) Globalization and the Middle Classes in
India: The Social and Cultural Impacts of Neo-liberal Reforms, London: Routledge

13. Aslany, M. (2019) The Indian Middle Class, its Size, and Urban-Rural Variations,
Contemporary South Asia, Vol. 27 (2), pp.196-213.

14. Sharma, Aradhana (2006) Crossbreeding Institutions, Breeding Struggle: Women's

Empowerment, Neoliberal Governmentality, and State (Re)Formation in India, Cul-
tural Anthropology, Vol.21 (1), pp.60-95.

15. Sharma, Aradhana (2008) Logics of Empowerment: Development, Gender and Gov-
ernance in Neoliberal India, Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press.

16. Levien, M. (2018) Dispossession without Development: Land Grabs in Neoliberal

India, New Delhi: Oxford University Press.

17. Nielsen, Kenneth and Alf G. Nilsen (2016) Social Movements and the State in India:
Deepening Democracy? London: Palgrave.

18. Gupta, Akhil (2012) Red Tape: Bureaucracy, Structural Violence and Poverty in
India, Hyderabad: orient Blackswan.

19. Sahu, Geetanjoy (2014) Environmental Jurisprudence and the Supreme Court: Lit-
igation, Interpretation, Implementation, Hyderabad: Orient Blackswan.

20. Muenster, Daniel and Christian Struempell (2013) The Anthropology of Neoliberal
India: An Introduction, Contributions to Indian Sociology (Special Issue), Vol.48
(1), December, pp.1-16

21. Dreze, Jean and Amartya Sen. 2013. An Uncertain Glory: India and its Contra-
dictions. New Jersey: Princeton University Press.

22. Kohli, Atul. 2012. Poverty amid Plenty in the New India: Politics, Economics and
Inequality. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.

822
12.94 HS 538: Development Economics
Course Code: HS 538
Course Name: Development Economics
L-T-P-C: 3-0-0-3
Prerequisites: None
Students intended for: Ph.D/Masters/B.Tech. (3rd and 4th year)
Elective or Compulsory: Discipline Elective for M.A. Development Studies, HSS Free
Elective for B. Tech. and Free Elective for others
Approval: 23rd Senate

Course Contents
ˆ Module I: Introduction Distinction between growth and development; Paradigms
of development; Development indicators to sustainable development indicators and
comparison of countries with respect to sustainable development indicators; a brief
journey from growth economics to sustainable development. [3 Lectures]

ˆ Module II: Theories of Economic Growth and Development Historical lega-

cies, economic growth and development: A brief overview of Adam Smiths The-
ory, Richardian Theory, Malthusian Theory, Mills Theory, Classical, Marxian and
Schumpeterian theories of economic development, Stages of Growth: Rostow and
Marx; The Big-push Theory; Critical Minimum Effort; Low Level Equilibrium Trap;
Lewis and Ranis Fei models of economic development, Harrod-Domar model; Kaldor
model of growth; Model of Capital Accumulation; Nurkses theory of disguised un-
employment as a saving potential; Neoclassical growth models: Solow-Swan Model
(problem of dynamic inefficiency), steady state equilibrium, transitional dynamics;
Ramsey-Cass-Koopsman (infinite horizon optimal growth framework); Samuelson-
Diamond model (overlapping generations framework); Technological progress and
total factor productivity growth; Introduction to sustainable development models,
approaches and operational principles of sustainable development. [18 Lectures]

ˆ Module III: Issues of Development Poverty and Inequality; Demography; Mi-

gration; Human Capital and Economic Development; Sectoral development; Trade
and development; Foreign investment, Aid, and Conflict. [15 Lectures]

ˆ Module IV: Concepts and Tools in use for Developmental Project Eval-
uation Project evaluation and cost benefit analysis; concepts of investment and
cost benefit analysis for environmental projects; Input-Output Table; Investment
criteria in economic development, concept of Capital-Output Ratio; Shadow prices;
Introduction to model estimation. [6 Lectures]

Textbooks:
1. Todaro, Michael P. and Stephen C. Smith, Economic Development, Pearson
Education, 2015.

2. Thirlwall, A.P., Growth and Development, Palgrave McMillan, 2011.

823
References:
1. Meier, Gerald M. and James E. Rauch, Leading issues in Economic Develop-
ment, Oxford University Press, 2005.

2. Ray, D., Development Economics, Oxford University Press, 1998.

3. Lipsey, R. G. and K. A. Chrystal, Economics, Oxford University Press, 2007.

4. Basu, K. Analytical Development Economics: The Less Developed Econ-

omy Revisited, Oxford University Press, 2003.

5. Sachs, J., The Age of Sustainable Development, Chapter 14: Sustainable

Development Goals. Columbia University Press, 2015.

6. Hanley, N., Shogren, F and White, B., Environmental Economics: In Theory

and Practice, Chapter 14: The Economics of Sustainable Development, Macmil-
lan, 2008.

12.95 HS 539: Post-War Germany: Politics, Society, and Cul-

ture
Course Code: HS 539
Course Name: Post-War Germany: Politics, Society, and Culture
L-T-P-C : 3-0-0-3
Prerequisites : None
Intended for : Ph.D./Masters/B.Tech. (3rd and 4th year)
Distribution : HSS Free Elective
Approval: 23rd Senate

Course Contents
ˆ Module I [2 Lectures]

– This module provides the students with a background on the events leading
up to the Second World War, briefly outlining topics like the First World War,
Weimar Republic, and National Socialism among others.

ˆ Module II: Allied Occupation of Germany [4 Lectures]

– Zero hour/Stunde Null

– Denazification
– Four occupation zones

ˆ Module III: Germany-US relations [2 Lectures]

– Bizone/Trizone
– Berlin Blockade
– European Recovery Program/Marshall Plan

824
ˆ Module IV: GDR and FRG [12 Lectures]

– Formation of GDR and FRG

– Comparison of political and economic systems. Basic Law
– Democratisation of education
– NATO and Warsaw Pact
– Adenauer era
– Brandts Ostpolitik

ˆ Module V: Anti Government Protests [2 Lectures]

– East German uprising

– Students movement
– Green movement (anti-nuclear movement, environmentalism)

ˆ Module VI: Migrants in Germany [4 Lectures]

– Gastarbeiter/Guest Worker
– Debate over Multiculturalism
– Current migrant crisis
– Emergence of far-right parties like AfD

ˆ Module VII: The reunification of Germany [2 Lectures]

– Fall of the Berlin Wall

– Reunification
– Problems in the process of internal integration

ˆ Module VIII: Post-War German Cinema/Literature [6 Lectures]

– The students will engage with selected works of German literature/cinema,

which will offer them a historical as well as a cultural perspective of the German
society as it existed during the postwar period. It will include dealing with
themes like Heimat (homeland), Vergangenheitsbewltigung (coming to terms
with the past), and Wende (turn).

ˆ Module IX: European Union as it exists today [8 Lectures]

– European Integration (ECSC, EEC)

– Expansion of the EU (1993 today)
– Germanys role within the EU
– Euroscepticism
– Brexit

825
Textbooks:
1. Judt, Tony, Postwar: A History of Europe since 1945, Penguin Press, 2005.

2. Staab, Andreas, The European Union Explained: Institutions, Actors,

Global Impact, Bloomington, Indiana University Press, 2008.

Reference:
1. Braunthal, G, Right-Wing Extremism in Contemporary Germany, Palgrave Macmil-
lan UK, 2009

2. Childs, David, The Fall of the GDR: Germany’s Road To Unity, Longman, 2001

3. Dennis, Mike, The Rise and Fall of the German Democratic Republic 1945-1990,
London: Routledge, 2000

4. Dinan, Desmond: Europe Recast: A History of European Union, Boulder, Lynne

Rienner Publishers, 2014

5. Fulbrook, Mary, A History of Germany 1918-2014: The Divided Nation, Wiley-

Blackwell 2014

6. Gilbert, Mark: European Integration: A concise History, Rowman & Littlefield,

2012

7. Gktrk, Deniz, David Gramling and Anton Kaes (eds.), Germany in Transit: Nation
and Migration, 1955-2005, California: University of California Press, 2007

8. Hofmann, Arne, The Emergence of Dtente in Europe: Brandt, Kennedy and the
Formation of Ostpolitik, London, New York: Routledge: 2007.

9. Jones, Erik, Anand Menon and Stephen Weatherill (eds.): The Oxford Handbook
of the European Union, Oxford, Oxford University Press, 2012

10. Kitchen, Martin: A History of Modern Germany 1800-2000, Malden, Blackwell,

2006

11. Maier, C.S. and G. Bischof (eds.) The Marshall Plan and Germany: West German
Development within the Framework of the European Recovery Programme, Oxford:
Berg, 1991.

12. McCormick, John: Understanding the European Union, New York, Palgrave, 2008

13. Mller, Jan-Werner (ed.): German ideologies since 1945; studies in the political
thought and culture of the Bonn republic, New York 2003

14. Pulzer, Peter: German Politics 1945-1995, New York, Oxford University Press, 1996

15. Smith, Helmut Walser (ed.): The Oxford Handbook of Modern German History,
Oxford, 2011

16. Vorlnder, Hans, Maik Herold, Steven Schller, PEGIDA and New Right-Wing Pop-
ulism in Germany, Palgrave Macmillan, 2018.

826
 17. Warleigh-Lack, Alex: European Union: The Basics, London, Routledge, 2008

18. Wilhelm, Cornelia (ed), Migration, Memory and Diversity: From 1945 to the
Present, New York: Berghahn Books, 2016.

12.96 HS 541: Technical Communication

Course Code: HS 541
Course Name: Technical Communication
L-T-P-C: 1-0-0-1
Prerequisites: None
Students intended for: M.S/M.Tech/Ph.D/M.Sc
Elective or Compulsory: Elective/Core
Approval: 12th Senate

Course Contents
ˆ Review of appropriate and correct use of articles, adjectives and adverbs, active
and passive voices, affirmative sentences, sentences with positive and negative con-
notations and presentation styles. Examples and class exercise [3 Lectures]

ˆ Poster preparation and presentation in conferences [2 Lectures]

ˆ Research article for conference and journal and slides for their presentations [4
Lectures]

ˆ Thesis and/or book [3 Lectures]

ˆ Job interviews [2 Lectures]

References
1. Perelman, Leslie C., and Edward Barrett., The Mayfield Handbook of Scien-
tific and Technical Writing, McGraw-Hill, 2003.

General Resources
1. Carson, Rachel., The Obligation to Endure, chapter 2 in Silent Spring. 104th
anniversary ed. New York, NY: Mariner Books, 2002.

2. Day, Robert A., and Barbara Gastel., How to Write and Publish a Scientific
Paper, 6th Edition, Greenwood Press, 2006.

3. Scientific English: A Guide for Scientists and Other Professionals, 2nd

Edition, Oryx Press, 1995.

4. Hacker, Diana., A Pocket Style Manual, 4th spiral Edition, Bedford/St. Mar-
tin’s, 1999.

5. Jackson, Ian C., Honor in Science: Sigma Xi, The Scientific Research Society,
1992.

827
 6. Klotz, Irving M., Diamond Dealers and Feather Merchants: Tales from the
Sciences, Birkhauser, 1986.

12.97 HS 542 : Ethnicity, State, and Nationalism in India

Course Code: HS 542
Course Name : Ethnicity, State, and Nationalism in India
L-T-P-C : 3-0-0-3
Intended for : UG/PG
Prerequisite : None
Mutual Exclusion : None
Approval: 45th BoA

Course Contents:
ˆ Module 1: Basic Concepts (4 hours)

– State
– Nation
– Nationalism
– Ethnicity

ˆ Module 2: Theories of ethnicity (12 hours)

– Ethnicity, State and Nation

– Civic and Ethnic nationalism
– Approaches to understand ethnicity-
– Structure-functional
– Weberian
– Marxist and Neo-Marxist,
– Primordialist/Instrumentalist,
– Postmodernist and Social Constructionist

ˆ Module 3: Theoretical Approaches to Nation and Nationalisms (10 hours)

– Growth of nation-state in Europe

– Nation, Modernity and Capitalism
– Nationalist awakening in Colonial India
– Ideas of Nationalism in post-colonial India
– Post-Nationalism

ˆ Module 4: Ethnicity and sub-nationalism (8 hours)

– Ethnic Minorities and the state in India

– Ethnicity and ethnic violence

828
 – Ethnic violence, Minorities and Women
– Ethnic conflict in North-east India: ethno-territoriality, conflicts, and move-
ments for self-determination

ˆ Module 5: Managing Diversity in India (8 hours)

– Integration and Assimilation

– Issues of pluralism, multiculturalism,
– Ethnic identity, Identity claims and Ethnic resurgence
– State’s effort in managing difference and its consequences

Laboratory/practical/tutorial Modules:
None

Textbooks:
1. Baruah, Sanjib., Beyond Counterinsurgency: Breaking the Impasse in
Northeast India, Oxford University Press, 2009.

2. Brubaker, Roger, Ethnicity without Groups, Harvard University Press, 2010.

References:
1. Chatterjee, Partha., Nationalist Thought and the Colonial World: A Deriva-
tive Discourse, Zed Books., 1986.

2. Chatterjee, Partha., Nation and its fragments: Colonial and Postcolonial

Histories, Princeton University Press, 1993.

3. Gellner, Ernest., Nations and Nationalism, Cornell University Press, 1983.

4. Hutchinson, John and Anthony D. Smith (eds)., Ethnicity, Oxford University

Press, 1996.

5. Hutchinson, John and Anthony D. Smith (eds)., Nationalism, Oxford University

Press, 1994.

6. Jayal, Niraja Gopal., Representing India: Ethnic Diversity and the Gover-
nance of Public Institutions, Palgrave Macmillan, 2006.

7. Mann, Michael., The dark side of Democracy: Explaining Ethnic Cleans-

ing, Cambridge University Press, 1995.

8. Phadnis, Urmila and Rajat Ganguly., Ethnicity and nation-building in South

Asia, Sage, 1991.

9. Shneiderman, Sara., Rituals of Ethnicity: Thangmi Identities between Nepal

and India, University of Pennsylvania Press, 2015.

10. Anderson, Benedict., Imagined Communities: Reflections on the Origin and

Spread of Nationalism, Verso, 1991.

829
*Note: Any other text/Article suggested by the subject teacher from the list of reference
listed below.
**The course will try to complement theoretical readings with some documentaries
and films on the subject.

12.98 HS 543: Epidemics in World History: From the Black

Death to COVID-19
Course Code: HS 543
Course Name: Epidemics in World History: From the Black Death to COVID-
19
L-T-P-C: : 3-0-0-3
Intended for : B.Tech/M.A./Ph.D.
Prerequisite : Nil
Mutual Exclusion : Nil
Approval: 44th BoA

Course Contents
ˆ Introduction: Medicine, Disease and World History [3 Lectures]

– Basic features of world history vs. area studies

– Benefits of placing medicine and disease within a world history framework
– Evolution of medicine and understanding of disease across time and space
– Emergence of modern scientific medicine
ˆ Medieval Pandemics: Leprosy and The Black Death [6 Lectures]

– Prevalence and treatment of leprosy in the middle ages

– The persecuted leper in medieval Europe: myth or reality?
– Global trading links in the 14th Century and the spread of the Black Death
– Medieval responses to the plague
ˆ Epidemics and Conquest: Smallpox and Syphilis in the Americas [4 Lec-
tures]
– The Columbian Exchange
– Role of smallpox in the Conquest of the Americas
– Syphilis: the Columbian Theory
– Spread of syphilis and impact on society
ˆ Epidemics and Literature: Shakespeare in Quarantine, Tuberculosis in
the Romantic Era [6 Lectures]
– Plague in 17th Century England and its effect on theaters
– Representation of plague in Shakespeares plays (Romeo and Juliet, Othello,
King Lear)

830
 – Industrialization and tuberculosis
– Consumption and Romantic Literature

ˆ Diseases and Colonialism: Cholera and Plague in India, Yellow Fever in

Africa and Haiti, Malaria in Africa [6 Lectures]

– Role of yellow fever in the Haitian revolution

– The disease barrier of Africa
– Malaria, quinine prophylaxis and the scramble for Africa
– The science of bacteriology in the 19th Century
– British colonial policies and the spread of cholera in India

ˆ Epidemics and War: the 1918 Influenza pandemic [3 Lectures]

– Medical understanding of influenza in the early 20th Century

– Conditions of WWI that enabled spread of the disease
– Global mortality of the epidemic

ˆ Epidemics and Sexuality: AIDS in the 1970s [3 Lectures]

– Cultural and social factors in the emergence of AIDS in Africa and the United
States.
– AIDS, stigmatization, and hysteria

ˆ Epidemics and Globalization: SARS, EBOLA, ZIKA, COVID-19 [9 Lec-

tures]

– Social and ecological factors behind emergence of zoonotic viruses.

– Mobility, migration and spread of viruses.
– The role of WHO
– Superstition and cultural resistance to treatments
– Politics, the State, and national security
– Pandemics and behavioral change

ˆ Hope and recovery [2 Lectures]

– smallpox vaccine
– eradication drive for polio
– what we can learn from past medical successes and challenges.

Text books:
1. There is no textbook for this course. Readings will be assigned from the reference
texts listed below.

831
References:
1. Arnold, David. Colonizing the Body: State Medicine and Epidemic Disease in
Nineteenth century India, Berkeley and London, University of California Press,
1993

2. Barry, John M. The Great Influenza: The Epic Story of The Deadliest Pandemic
in History. Penguin, 2005.

3. Crawford, Dorothy H. Deadly Companions: How Microbes Shaped Our History.

OUP Oxford, 2007.

4. Crosby, Alfred W. Ecological Imperialism, the Biological Expansion of Europe,

900-1900 Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1986.

5. Crosby, Alfred W. The Columbian Exchange: Biological and Cultural Consequences

of 1492. Vol. 2. Greenwood Publishing Group, 2003.

6. Honigsbaum, M. The Pandemic Century: A History of Global Contagion from The

Spanish Flu to Covid-19. Penguin Books, 2020.

7. Barroll, Leads, Politics, Plague and Shakespeare’s Theater: the Stuart years, lthaca
& London, Cornell University Press, 1991

8. Pati, Biswamoy and Mark Harrison (eds), The Social History of Health and Medicine
in Colonial India, Routledge Studies in Asian History, London: Routledge, 2009.

9. Price-Smith, Andrew T. Contagion and Chaos: Disease, Ecology, and National

Security In The Era of Globalization. MIT press, 2008.

10. Ranger, Terence, and Paul Slack, eds. Epidemics and ideas: essays on the historical
perception of pestilence. Cambridge University Press, 1995.)

11. Rawcliffe, Carole, Leprosy in Medieval England, Woodbridge: Boydell Press, 2006

12. Snowden, Frank M. Epidemics and Society: From the Black Death to the Present.
Yale University Press, 2019.

13. Tumbe, Chinmay, Age of Pandemics (1817-1920): How they shaped India and the
world. HarperCollins, 2020.

14. Watts, Sheldon J. Epidemics and History: Disease, Power, and Imperialism. Yale
University Press, 1999.

Additional resources:
ˆ Newspaper reports from NYTimes, The Guardian etc.

832
12.99 HS 544 : Disaster Risk Management
Course Code: HS 544
Course Name : Disaster Risk Management
L-T-P-C : 3-0-0-3
Intended for : UG/PG Elective
Prerequisite : None
Mutual Exclusion : None
Approval: 44th BoA

Course Contents:
ˆ Understanding Disaster (12 lecture hours)

– Basic Terms and concepts: Structural failures, Pollution, Accidents, Hazard,

Disaster, Catastrophes, Risk, Vulnerability, Resilience
– Types of disaster:
* Natural disasters: landslide, avalanche, volcanic activities, drought, flood,
cyclone, tsunami, earthquake
* Anthropogenic disasters: industrial pollution, biological and nuclear dis-
aster, forest fire, oil spills, gas leak, radiations, household waste
* Exposure to disaster and abilities to avert risks; and, Resilience Global
Conventions and National Frameworks
* Inventories: Maps, Zonation, Scale, Frequency, Return period risk frame-
work Environmental risks and Climate Change: Global Conventions; Na-
tional Frameworks

ˆ Unit II: Risk Assessment (8 lecture hours)

– Hazard analysis: Hazard, vulnerability, susceptibility determination Conse-

quence analysis: categories, elements of risk, vulnerability
– Risk: Analysis, estimation, assessment

ˆ Unit III: Risk Reduction Approach (5 lecture hours)

– Structural measures Non-structural measures Total risk Acceptable risk Cost-

Benefit Analysis

ˆ Unit IV: Response and Disaster Management (10 lecture hours)

– Social Response: household, community, administrative

– Technical Responses and Management of Disaster
– International Conventions and Institutional and Legal Responses:
* Disaster Management Act 2005/ Plan 2016/2019
* National Policy on Disaster Management
* National Guidelines and Plans on Disaster Management, UNDP, UNDRR,
UNSDR guidelines

833
 ˆ Unit V: Sendai Risk Framework (7 lecture hours)

– Precursors, Framework content, Actions and Schemes,

– Risk Governance,
– Recovery, Rehabilitate and Reconstruction (R-R-R)

ˆ Recent case studies from community level to national level disaster, mini projects
(out of class assignments and activities)

Textbook:
1. Ulrich Ranke, Natural Disaster Risk Management: Geosciences and Social
Responsibility, Springer International Publishing, 2016.

2. R Subramanian, Disaster Management, Vikas Publishing house pvt., ltd., 2018

References:
1. Pandey, Mrinalini, Disaster Management, Wiley India, 2014.

2. Ulrich Beck, Risk Society: Towards a New Modernity, Trans. by Mark Ritter,
Sage Publications, 1992.

3. Sendai Framework for Disaster Risk Reduction 2015-2030, UNDRR

4. Recently published reports - UNDRR

5. National Disaster Management Guidelines- 2019, NIDM, NDMA, India

6. National Disaster Management Policy, 2009, GoI (As the changes in disaster
management act are drastic, the above references need to be followed as recently
published material)

12.100 HS 545 : Applied Forensic Psychology

Course Code: HS 545
Course Name : Applied Forensic Psychology
L-T-P-C : 3-0-2-4
Intended for : B.Tech/Masters/PhD
Prerequisite : Basic Knowledge of Psychology and cognitive processes (Advised to en-
roll for Introduction to Psychology (HS252) course before joining this course), or Consent
of the Instructor.
Mutual Exclusion : None
Approval: 45th BoA

834
Course Contents:
ˆ Module 1: Overview of Forensic and Criminal Psychology (8 hours)

– Forensic Psychology: Major areas, Scope, State of art

– Role of Forensic psychologist: Educational and certification requirements
– Theories of crime:
– Lombroso approach to understand crime, its causes and remedies
– Moral reasoning Theory
– Social information-processing Theory
– Developmental and psychological theories of offendin
– Developmental propensity theory
– Propensity Theory
– Social learning Theory
– Lifestyle Theory
– Integrated Cognitive Antisocial Potential theory
– Recent Psychological research and police investigations: Does the research
meet the needs? Victims of crime

ˆ Module 2: Eyewitness testimony (6 hours)

– Eyewitness testimony as a central issue in criminal and forensic psychology

– Accuracy of the witness evidence: Role of System and Estimator variables
– Eyewitness evidence in courts
– Children as witnesses
– Factors that lead to criminal behaviour, criminal profiling
– Scope for psychological assessments of suspects for facilitating understanding
of the crime committed

ˆ Module 3: Witness memory: encoding, storage and retrieval factors (6 hours)

– Mistaken identity
– Perceiving event
– Retaining information in memory and retrieving the same Inattentional blind-
ness

ˆ Module 4: Visual Identification (6 hours)

– Perceiving events
– Recognizing people and facial recognition
– Individual differences in eyewitness testimony

ˆ Module 5: Profile Analysis: (6 hours)

– The origin of offender’s profile

835
 – The process of police investigation
– Type of profiling: Inductive and deductive
– Profiling and personality
– What research speaks about profiling: whether it works?

ˆ Module 6: Lies, Lie detecting and act of deception: Technological and non-technological
involvement (6 hours)

– Brain development and the parts of the brain underpinning social and antiso-
cial behaviours
– Ekman’s theory of lie detection
– Improving lie detection hit rates: Cognitive overload
– The strategic use of evidence technique
* The polygraph process and its validity, Alternatives to the polygraph
* Layered Voice Analysis (LVA)
* Suspect Detection System (SDS)
* Brain Electrical Oscillations Signature (BEOS)
* Gait analysis o Handwriting analysis
* Use of Eye tracker and electroencephalograph in investigations
* Non-technological forensic assessments/investigations: MMPI, PCL-R, TAT,
Expert testimony

ˆ Module 7: Interviewing/interrogating witnesses and suspects (8 hours)

– Methods of interviewing witnesses and suspects:

– Cognitive interview
– Interviewing assailable witnesses such as children, elderly people and people
with intellectual disability
– Working with the courts: Judicial processes
– Presentation of evidences in courts
– Judges as decision makers
– Advice for expert witnesses
– Case studies of criminals with concluding judgments and convictions

Laboratory/practical/tutorial Modules: (10 hours)

Laboratory and practical sessions will be distributed into different modules (module, 2,
3, 4, 5 and 6). Students will be introduced to some of the forensic assessment tools,
such as Rorschach Ink Blot, Personality Big-5, Psychopathic Checklist-Revised (PSL-R),
Minnesota Multiple Personality Inventory-3, Electroencephalography, Thematic Apper-
ception Test, Galvenic skin conductance etc. Additionally, expert testimony will also be
included in the syllabus.

ˆ Part 1: Personality test introduction and administration (paper-pencil based)

836
 ˆ Part 2: Electroencephalography and Galvanic skin conductance/lie detection tools
introduction and administration

ˆ Part 3: Field work, visiting police stations, courts interacting with police personnel
and people in judiciary system to know the nature of criminal investigation and
proceedings

Textbooks:
1. Graham. M. Davies and Anthony R. Beech, Forensic psychology: Crime, jus-
tice, law, interventions, 3rd Edition, John Wiley & Sons, 2018.

2. Curt R. Bartol and Anne M. Bartol, Introduction to Forensic Psychology, 5th

Edition, Sage Publication, Thousand Oaks, California, 2018.

References:

1. Mickes, L. (2015). Receiver operating characteristic analysis and confidence-accuracy

characteristic analysis in investigations of system variables and estimator variables
that affect eyewitness memory. Journal of Applied Research in Memory and Cog-
nition, 4, 93-102.

2. Sridhar Ramamurty, David E. Morrison III, Joseph W. Koletar and Kelly R. Pope,
A.B.C.’s of Behavioral Forensics: Applying Psychology to financial fraud
and detection, John Wiley & Sons, Hoboken, New Jersey, 2013.

3. Philip H. Melanson, The Murkin Conspiracy: An Investigation into the

Assassination of Dr. Martin Luther King Jr., Praeger Publication, 1989.

4. Dennis Howitt, Introduction to forensic and criminal psychology, 6th Edi-

tion, Pearson Education, 2006.

5. Lombroso, C., Crime, its causes and remedies (Vol. 3). The University Press,
1911.

6. Elizabeth F. Loftus, Eyewitness Testimony, Harvard University Press, 1979.

12.101 HS 546 : Readings in World Literature

Course number : HS 546
Course Name : Readings in World Literature
Credit Distribution : 3-0-0-3
Intended for : Undergraduate and Postgraduate
Prerequisite : None
Mutual Exclusion : None
Approval: 50th BoA

837
Course Contents:
ˆ Topic 1: Concepts of “World Literature” – an overview (6 hours)

– Weltliteratur
– Comparative / world literature
– Vishwa-sahitya
– Centres and peripheries
– Distant reading
– Untranslatability

ˆ Topic 2: Reading across time (9 hours)

– The classics
– The literary canon
– Prize-winning authors
– Forms and mutations
– Colonial / postcolonial writing

ˆ Topic 3: Reading across space (9 hours)

– The nationalist and the provincial

– The cosmopolitan writer
– Planetarity and universalism
– The literary marketplace
– Travel, migration, and diaspora
– Alternative communities

ˆ Topic 4: Reading in translation (9 hours)

– Role of the translator

– The bilingual / multilingual writer
– Hierarchies of languages
– Translation and gender
– Untranslatability

ˆ Topic 5: Reading across cultures (9 hours)

– World literature as a mode of reading

– Resistance and diffusion
– The multicultural text
– Globalization
– New media and the World Wide Web

838
Text books:
1. Damrosch, D. et al., The Princeton Sourcebook in Comparative Literature, Prince-
ton University Press, USA, 2009/2021.

2. Martin Puchner, The Norton Anthology of World Literature (Shorter 4th Edition),
Vol. 1 & 2, W. W. Norton & Company, USA, 2021.

References:
Suggested Reading:
1. For Topic 1

(a) Johann Wolfgang Goethe, ‘Conversations on Weltliteratur’

(b) Rabindranath Tagore, ‘Vishwa-Sahitya’
(c) Frederic Jameson, ‘Third-World Literature in the Era of Multinational Capi-
talism’
(d) Franco Moretti, ‘Conjectures on World Literature and More Conjectures’
(e) David Damrosch, ‘Conclusion’ from What is World Literature?
(f) Writing About World Literature by Karen Gocsik (first two chapters)

2. For Topic 2

(a) Homer, The Iliad, Book 1 (The Wrath of Achilles)

(b) Vyasa, The Mahabharata, Book 5 (The Temptation of Karna)
(c) Tales from The Thousand and One Nights
(d) Doris Lessing, ‘The Old Chief Mshlanga’
(e) T. S. Eliot, ‘What is a Classic?’ and ‘Tradition and the Individual Talent’
(f) Ankhi Mukherjee, ‘Introduction’ in What is a Classic?

3. For Topic 3

(a) W. B. Yeats, ‘The Lake Isle of Innisfree’

(b) Louis Aragon, ‘The Rose and the Reseda’
(c) Sadat Hasan Manto, ‘Toba Tek Singh’ ˆ Julio Cortázar, ‘House Taken Over’
(d) Sheldon Pollock, ‘Cosmopolitanisms’
(e) Judith Butler, ‘Universality in Culture’
(f) Pheng Cheah, ‘What is a World? On World Literature as World-making Ac-
tivity’

4. For Topic 4

(a) Rabindranath Tagore, ‘The Hungry Stones’

(b) Nikolai Gogol, ‘Diary of a Madman’
(c) Lu Xun, ‘Diary of a Madman’

839
 (d) Samuel Beckett, Not I
(e) Gayatri Spivak, ‘The Politics of Translation’
(f) Emily Apter, ‘A New Comparative Literature’
5. For Topic 5
(a) J. M. Coetzee, ‘The Dog’
(b) Yoko Tawada, ‘The Bridegroom was a Dog’
(c) Kow Shih Li, ‘Peach Blossom Luck’
(d) Marjane Satrapi, selections from Persepolis
(e) Jorge Luis Borges, ‘The Argentine Writer and Tradition’
(f) Salman Rushdie, ‘Imaginary Homelands’

Further references:
1. Apter, E. 2013. Against World Literature: On the Politics of Untranslatability.
London: Verso.
2. Bassnett, S. (Ed) 2019. Translation and World Literature. New York: Routledge.
3. Casanova, P. 2004. The World Republic of Letters. Trans. M. B. DeBevoise.
Cambridge: Harvard University Press.
4. Damrosch, D. 2003. What is World Literature? Princeton: Princeton University
Press.
5. Dev, A. and Das, S. K. 1988. Comparative Literature: Theory and Practice.
Shimla: IIAS.
6. Mufti, A. 2016. Forget English! Orientalisms and World Literatures. Cambridge:
Harvard University Press.
7. Mukherjee, A. 2014. What is a Classic? Postcolonial Rewriting and Inevention of
the Canon. Stanford: Stanford University Press.
8. Ramakrishnan, E. V. et al (Eds). 2013. Interdisciplinary Alter-Natives in Compar-
ative Literature. New Delhi: Sage.
9. Zepetnek, S., & Mukherjee, T. (Eds.). 2014. Companion to Comparative Liter-
ature, World Literatures, and Comparative Cultural Studies. Cambridge: Cam-
bridge University Press.

12.102 HS 547: Philosophy of Texts and Narratives

Course number : HS 547
Course Name : Philosophy of Texts and Narratives
Credit Distribution : 3-0-0-3
Intended for : Ph.D., Masters, Advanced B.Tech. students
Prerequisite : None
Mutual Exclusion : None
Approval: 50th BoA

840
Course Contents:
ˆ Unit 1: Philosophical Underpinnings and Key Concepts (12 hours)

– What is a Text?
– Text and Signs
– Text and Genre
– Intertextuality
– Intermediality
– Translation

ˆ Unit 2: Narrative Forms, Structures and Time (10 hours)

– Text and Narrative

– Narrative forms
– Order in Narrative
– Time and Narrative
– Historical Narration

ˆ Unit 3: Literary Narratives and the Question of Realism (10 hours)

– Fiction
– The Limits of Fictionality
– Epic and Novel
– Realism and Irrealism
– Is Literature a Universal?

ˆ Unit 4: Beyond Text? (10 hours)

– Literary System
– World Literature
– Planetary Textuality
– Science Fiction
– Beyond Text?

Text books:
1. Duff, D (Ed.). 2014. Modern Genre Theory. London: Routledge.

2. McQuillan, M (Ed.). 2000. The Narrative Reader. London: Routledge.

841
References:
1. Bakhtin, M. 1986. Speech Genres and Other Late Essays. Edited by Caryl Emerson
and Michael Holquist. Translated by Vern W. McGee. Austin, Texas: University
of Texas Press.

2. Barber, K. 2007. Anthropology of Texts, Persons and Publics: Oral and Written
Culture in Africa and Beyond. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.

3. Barthes, R. 1967. Elements of Semiology. New York: Hill and Wang.

4. Barthes, R. 1974. S/Z. Translated by Richard Miller. New York: Hill and Wang.

5. Benjamin, W. 2019. Illuminations: Essays and Reflections. Edited by Hannah

Arendt. Translated by Harry Zohn. Boston: Mariner Books.

6. Bohannan, L. 1966. ‘Shakespeare in the Bush’. Available at: https://www.naturalhistorymag.com

09 pick.html

7. Danto, AC. 1985. Narration and Knowledge. New York: Columbia University
Press.

8. Even-Zohar, I. 1990. ‘The Literary System’ Poetics Today, Vol. 11 (1): 27-44.

9. Genette, G. 1980. Narrative Discourse: An Essay in Method. Translated by Jane

E. Lewin. Ithaca, New York. Cornell University Press.

10. Ghosh, A. 2016. The Great Derangement: Climate Change and the Unthinkable.
Gurgaon: Penguin Random House India.

11. Goodman, N. 1977. Ways of Worldmaking. Indianapolis: Hacket Publishing.

12. Jameson, F. 2013. Antinomies of Realism. London: Verso.

13. Kristeva, J. 1980. Desire in Language: A Semiotic Approach to Literature and Art.
Edited by Leon S. Roudiez. Translated by Thomas Gore, Alice Jardine, and Leon
S. Roudiez.

14. Lamarque, P. 1990. ‘Narrative and Invention: The Limits of Fictionality’, in

Christopher Nash (ed.) Narrative in Culture: The Uses of Storytelling in the Sci-
ences, Philosophy, and Literature. London: Routledge, 133-156.

15. Le Guin, UK. 1980. The Left Hand of Darkness. New York: Harper and Row.

16. Lévi-Strauss, C. 1973. ‘Structure and Form: Reflections on a Work by Vladimir

Propp’, in Structural Anthropology 2. Translated by Monique Layton. Har-
mondsworth: Penguin Books, 115-145.

17. Lévi-Strauss, C. 1986. The Raw and the Cooked. Translated by John and Doreen
Weightman. New York: Harper and Row.

18. Moretti, F. 2005. Graphs Maps Trees: Abstract Models for a Literary Theory.
London: Verso.

19. Mbembe, A. 2001. On the Postcolony. Berkeley: University of California Press.

842
 20. Propp, V. 2009. Morphology of the Folktale. Translated by Laurence Scott. Edited
by Louis A. Wagner. Texas: University of Texas Press.

21. Ricoeur, P. 1984. Time and Narrative, Vol. 1. Chicago: The University of Chicago
Press.

22. Wolf, W. 2018. Selected Studies on Intermediality by Werner Wolf (1992-2014).

Edited by Walter Bernhart. Leiden: Brill Rodopi.

23. Ong, W. J. 2002. Orality and Literacy. London. Routledge.

12.103 HS 548: Science and Society

Course number : HS 548
Course Name : Science and Society
Credit Distribution : 3-0-0-3
Intended for : Ph.D., Masters, Advanced B.Tech. students
Prerequisite : None
Mutual Exclusion : None
Approval: 50th BoA

Course Contents:
ˆ Unit 1: Science, Values and the Social: (12 hours)

– What is Science?
– The ‘Epistemic’, the ‘Cognitive’, and the ‘Social’ in Science
– Is Science Value-Free?
– The Normative Structure of Science
– Normal Science and the Structure of Scientific Revolutions
– Scientific Objectivity

ˆ Unit 2: Construction of Facts (10 hours)

– Construction of Scientific Facts

– ‘Social’ in ‘Science’ and ‘Science’ in ‘Social’ or the Mutual Constitution of
Science and Society
– Scientific Objects
– Truth and Representation in the Sciences
– Circulating Reference: ‘Context’ and ‘Content’ of Science

ˆ Unit 3 Practices of Science (10 hours)

– Scientific Practices
– Epistemic Cultures
– Science as a Vocation, Technical Life, and the Scientist as an Individual
– Social Epistemology of Experiments

843
 – (En)gendered Science

ˆ Unit 4 Science, Democracy and Governance (10 hours)

– Expertise and Science

– Politics of Science: Science as Ideology
– Infrastructural Imaginaries
– Debating Science Policies
– Science and Citizens

Text books:
1. Machamer, P and Wolters, G (Eds.). 2004. Science, Values, and Objectivity.
Pittsburgh: University of Pittsburgh.

2. Sismondo, Sergio. 2004. An Introduction to Science and Technology Studies.

Malden, USA. Blackwell Publishing Ltd.

References:
1. Biagioli, M (Ed.). 1999. The Science Studies Reader. New York, NY: Routledge.

2. Daston, L (Ed.). 2000. Biographies of Scientific Objects. Chicago: University of

Chicago Press.

3. Daston L, Galison P. 1992. ‘The Image of Objectivity’. Representations 40 (special

issue): 81-128.

4. Douglas, H. 2009. Science, Policy, and the Value-free Ideal. Pittsburgh: University
of Pittsburgh.

5. Fleck, L. 1979. Genesis and Development of a Scientific Fact. Chicago: The Uni-
versity of Chicago Press.

6. Galison, P. 1987. How Experiments End. Chicago: The University of Chicago

Press.

7. Golinski, Jan. 1998. Making Natural Knowledge: Constructivism and the History
of Science. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press.

8. Hess, D. 1997. Science Studies: An Advanced Introduction. New York: New York
University Press.

9. Jasanoff, S (Ed.). 2004. States of Knowledge: The Co-Production of Science and

Social Order. London: Routledge.

10. Kuhn, T.S. 2012. The Structure of Scientific Revolution. Chicago: University of
Chicago Press.

11. Knorr Cetina, K. 1999. Epistemic Cultures: How the Sciences Make Knowledge.
Cambridge, Massachusetts: Harvard university Press.

844
 12. Latour, B. and Woolgar, S. 1986. Laboratory Life: The Construction of Scientific
Facts. Princeton, New Jersey. Princeton University Press.

13. Latour, B. 1999. Pandora’s Hope: Essays on the Reality of Science Studies. Cam-
bridge: Harvard University Press.

14. Leach, M, I. Scoones, and B. Wynne (Eds.). 2005. Science and Citizens: Global-
ization and the Challenge of Engagement. London: Zed Books.

15. Lewontin, R. 1992. Biology as Ideology: The Doctrine of DNA. New York: Harper
Perennial.

16. Merton, R, N. Storer. 1973. The Sociology of Science: Theoretical and Empirical
Investigations. Chicago: The University of Chicago Press.

17. Mitchell, T. 2002. Rule of Experts: Egypt, Techno-politics, Modernity. Berkeley:

University of California Press.

18. Porter, T.M. 2020. Trust in Numbers: The Pursuit of Objectivity in Science and
Public Life. Princeton, New Jersey: Princeton University Press.

19. Sarukkai, S. 2005. ‘Revisiting the ‘Unreasonable Effectiveness’ of Mathematics’.

Current Science, Vol. 88(3): 415-423.

20. Sarukkai, S. 2012. What is Science? New Delhi: National Book Trust, India.

21. Shapin, S and Schaffer, S. 1985. Leviathan and the Air-Pump: Hobbes, Boyle, and
the Experimental Life. Princeton: Princeton University Press.

22. Sukumar, AM. 2019. Midnight’s Machines: A Political History of Technology in

India. New York: Penguin Random House.

23. Weber, M. 1946. ‘Science as a Vocation’. In Gerth HH and C Wright Mills (Eds.).
From Max Weber: Essays in Sociology. New York: Oxford University Press, 129-
156.

12.104 HS 549 : Indian Literatures in English Translation

Course number : HS 549
Course Name : Indian Literatures in English Translation
Credit Distribution : 3-0-0-3
Intended for : B.Tech./M.Tech/M.A./Ph. D students
Prerequisite : None
Mutual Exclusion : None
Approval: 50th BoA

Course Contents:
ˆ Module 1: Introduction to Indian Literature 8 hours

– Defining Indian Literature

– Indian Language Literatures

845
 – The Postcolonial Nation State
– De-coloniality
– Translation from English into Indian languages and vice versa
ˆ Module 2: Drama 6 hours
– Dramaturgy
– Ancient Drama
– Modern Drama
ˆ Suggested Texts:
– Kalidasa’s Malavika and Agnimitra, Visakhadatta’s Rakshasa’s Ring.
– Wild Harvest by Manoranjan Das, Sahitya Akademy 1994,
– Bharatendu Harishchandra’s Andhernagari Chowpatraja. (The City of Dark-
ness).
ˆ Module 3: Novels 12 hours
– Novels published on the cusp of Independence
– Issues of nationalism and the impact of Gandhian ideals
– Colonial modernity/rationality Suggested Texts: Unnava Lakshmi Narayana’s
Malapalli, Kuvempu’s Bride in the Rainy Mountains, and Phaneeshwarnath
Renu’s Maila Anchal.
ˆ Module 4: Short Story 8 hours
– Narrative
– Oral and Written Literature
– Translation from source language to target language
ˆ Suggested Texts:
– Folktales from Andaman and Nicobar, Rahul Sankrityayan Volga to Ganga.
– Premchand’s short stories from The Complete Oxford Premchand,
– Vaikom Mohammed Basheer’s Poovan Banana and Other Stories,
– Damodar Majo’s These Are My Children,
– Tarashankar Bandopadhyaya’s “Boatman Tarini” and Collected short stories
from the North East.
ˆ Module 5: Poetry 8 hours
– Gender.
– Buddhist Literature.
– Proscription in the 19 C.
ˆ Suggested Texts:
– Selections from Therigatha, Ilango Atikal’s Silappadikkaram (1939)
– Muddupalani’s Radhika Santvanamu (Appeasing Radhika),
– Amrita Pritam’s – “An Ode to Waris Shah.”

846
Text Books
1. Bassnett, Susan. Comparative Literature. Oxford: Wiley-Blackwell, 1993.

2. Das, Sisir Kumar. History of Indian Literature 1800-1910 & 1911-1956. Vol. I&II.
New Delhi: Sahitya Akademi, 1991.

3. George, K.M. Comparative Indian Literature. Vol. I, II&III. New Delhi: Sahitya
Akademi,1994.

References
1. Basheer, Vaikom Mohammed. Poovan Banana and Other Stories. New Delhi:
Orient BlackSwan,1994.

2. Bhattacharya. Bhabani. (Ed) Contemporary Indian Short Stories. New Delhi:

Sahitya Akademi,1958.

3. Bharata. Manmohan Ghosh. (Transl) Natya Shastra.Vol. I&II Calcutta: Asiatic

Society of India, 1951.

4. Biguenet, John and Rainer Schulte (eds). Translation Theories: From Dryden to
Derrida. Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 2020.

5. Bodhi, Bikku. (Ed). Great Disciples of the Buddha. Boston: Wisdom Publications,
2003.

6. Das, Manoranjan. Prabhat Nalini Das (Transl). Wild Harvest. New Delhi: Sahitya
Akademy,1994.

7. Forster, E. M. Aspects of the Novel. New York: Harcourt Brace and World, 1954.

8. Harishchandra, Bharatendu. The City of Darkness. (Amarchitrakatha Series) And-

her Nagari Chowpatraja. (Hindi). Kalidasa. Daniel Balogh and Eszter Somogyi.
(Transl) Malavika and Agnimitra. New York: NYU Press, 2009.

9. Kothari, Rita. Translating India. New Delhi: Routledge, 2003.

10. Kuvempu.K.M. Srinivasa Murty and G.K.Srikanta Murthy (Transl). Bride in the
Rainy Mountains. Kuppali: Kuvempu Trust, 2020.

11. Lakshiminarayana, Unnava. V.V.B.Rama Rao. (Transl). Malapalli. New Delhi:

Sahitya Akademi, 2008.

12. Ilango Atikal. V.R. Ramachandra Dikshitar (Transl). Silappadikkaram. Oxford:

OUP,1939.

13. Lukacs, George. The Theory of the Novel. Massachusetts: MIT Press, 1974.

14. Mauzo, Damodar. These Are My Children. New Delhi: Katha Publishers, 2019.

15. Muddupalani. Narayana Rao and Shulman (Tansl) Radhika Santvanamu (Appeas-
ing Radhika). Hyderabad: Telugu University Publications,2008.

16. Mukherjee, Meenakshi. Realism and Reality. New Delhi: OUP,1999.

847
 17. Mukherjee, Sujit. Towards a Literary History of India. Simla: IIAS, 1975.

18. Munday, Jeremy. (ed.) The Routledge Companion to Translation Studies. London
& New York: Routledge, 2009.

19. Narayana Rao and Shulman. Classical Telugu Poetry. New Delhi: OUP, 2004.

20. Paz, Octavio. “Literature and Letters”. Translated by Irene del Corrall. Premc-
hand. The Oxford India Premchand. New Delhi: OUP, 2004.

21. Pritam, Amrita. Selected Poems of Amrita Pritam. Calcutta: Dialog Calcutta,
2019.

22. Raveendran, P. P. “Genealogies of Indian Literature” Economic and Political Weekly,

Vol. 41, No. 25 (Jun. 24-29, 2006), pp. 2558-2563.

23. Renu. Indira Junghare. (Transl). The Soiled Border. Chanakya Publications: New
Delhi, 1991.

24. Roychowdhury, Rabin. (ed.) Folktales from Andaman and Nicobar. New Delhi:
Sahitya Akademi, 2017.

25. Sai Deepak, J. India, that is Bharat: Coloniality, Civilization, Constitution. New
Delhi: Bloomsbury India, 2021. Sankrityayan, Rahul. Victor Kiernan (Transl).
Volga to Ganga. Mussoorie: Rahul Publication, 1953.

26. Tarashankar. “Boatman Tarini.” From Contemporary Indian Short Stories. New
Delhi: Sahitya Akademy,1958.

27. Tharu & Lalita. Women Writing in India Vol. I. New Delhi: OUP,1991.

28. Tharu & Lalita. Women Writing in India Vol. II. New Delhi: OUP,1993.

29. Visakhadatta. Michael Coulson (Transl) Rakshasa’s Ring. New York: New York
University Press, 2017.

30. Unknown. Mahendra, Angaraka.(Transl). Therigatha. Roslindale: Dhamma Pub-

lishers, 2017.

31. Collected short stories from the North East. Calcutta: Zubaan,

12.105 HS 550: Statistical Methods

Course Code: HS 550
Course Name: Statistical Methods
L-T-P-C:: 3-0-2-4
Prerequisites : A prior course in probability, statistics and random processes; or,
consent of the instructor
Intended For: Ph.D. and Masters
Distribution: Discipline Elective for M.A. Development Studies, Free elective for oth-
ers
Approval: 19th Senate

848
Course Contents
ˆ Representation of Data and Descriptive Statistics [4 Lectures + 2 lab hours]
Raw data and frequency data- tabular and diagrammatic representation; concept of
moments; measures of central tendency, dispersion, skewness, and Kurtosis; quartile
and percentile- their use in the measurement of inequality, Gini Coefficient and
Lorenz curve; Bivariate frequency distribution, correlation coefficients Pearson and
Spearman coefficients.

ˆ Lab: Exercise on various ways of representing quantitative data; Measuring Central

tendency, dispersion, skewness, and kurtosis of a given dataset; deriving quartile
and percentile; Deriving Gini coefficient and Lorenz curve to understand inequality
present in a dataset; ca lculation of correlation coefficients of various forms.

ˆ Probability and Random Variables [4 Lectures] Basic concepts in set theory as

applied in probability; concept of probability- classical, frequency based, axiomatic
approach, Bayesian probability; conditional probability, Bayes theorem, statistical
independence of events; random variables - discrete and continuous, probability dis-
tribution functions, cumulative distribution functions, Expectation and Variance of
a random variable, joint distribution of two random variables and their correlation,
l aw of large number.

ˆ Random Sampling and Parametric Statistical Inference [8 Lectures + 6 lab

hours] Concepts of population and sample, parameter and statistic, random sam-
pling and sampling distribution, Central Limit Theorem; Expectation and Standard
Error of sample mean and sample proportion; concepts of theoretical distribution:
Normal distributions and four fundamental distributions derived from Normal dis-
tribution - Standard Normal, Chi-square, t and F distribution; estimation and
testing of hypothesis - point estimation and interval estimation of parameters, Max-
imum Likelihood Estimator, hypothesis testing, and calculation of effect size.

ˆ Lab: Drawing random samples from the population simple random sampling (with
and without replacement); Fitting distribution curves to a given dataset; Statisti-
cal estimation . - parametric point estimation and interval estimation; Maximum
Likelihood Estimator, Hypothesis testing and calculation of effect size.

ˆ Non-parametric Statistical Inference [8 Lectures + 6 lab hours] Need for non-

parametric tests, estimation oflocation and dispersion, tolerance interval; one sam-
ple and two sample non-parametric tests for. location and dispersion (involving
independent and related samples); non parametric measures and tests of associa-
tion.

ˆ Lab: Carrying out non-parametric tests, estimation of location and dispersion,

tolerance interval and tests of association.

ˆ Designs of Experiment [8 Lectures + 6 lab hours] Experimental design strategies;

Blocking a nd Randomization; Factorial design of experiments.

ˆ Lab: Designing a suitable experiment to test a given hypothesis, testing the hy-
potheses by changing the variables within the experiment. Carrying out experi-
ments based on Blocking and Randomization; Factorial design of experiments.

849
 ˆ Module 6: Regression Analysis and Analysis of Variance [10 Lectures + 5
lab hours] Gauss Markov theorem and Ordinary Linear Least Squa re regression;
interpreting regression coefficients, concepts of residual, fitted value and goodness
of fit, test of significance; diagnostic tests; bina.ty expla natory va riables; multiple
regression ana lysis; two-way independent ANOVA and two-way Mixed ANOVA.

ˆ Lab: Estimate multiple linear regressions to carry out the diagnostic tests ; finding
out the key determinants; interpretation of estimates, testing the significance and
carrying out an Analysis of Variance (ANOVA).

Textbooks:
1. Field, A. P., Miles, J., and Field, Z., Discovering statistics using R, Sage, 2012.

2. Woold ridge, J. M., Introductory Econometrics: A Modern Approach, Cen-

gage Learning, 2013.

4. References:

1. STATA Manual: https://www.stata.com/manuals13/u.pdf

2. Heiman, G. W. (2011). Basic Statistics for the Behavioral Sciences. Sixth Edition.
Wadsworth.

3. Field, A. P. (2013). Discovering statistics using IBM SPSS Statistics. London:

Sage.

4. Agresti, A., and Finlay, B. Statistical Methods for the Social Sciences. (1997).
Dellen, San Francisco.

5. Arnold, J. C., and Milton, J. S. (2003). Introduction to Probability and Statistics.

McGraw-Hill.

6. Gibbons, J. D. and Chakraborti, S. (2003). Nonparametric Statistical Inference,

Fifth Edition. Marcel Dekker, Inc.

7. Johnston, J. and DiNardo, J. (2006). Econometric Methods, 4 1 Edition. McGraw-

Hill

8. Montgomery, D. C. nd Runger, G.C. (2011) Applied Statistics and Probability for

Engineers. 5th ed. New Delhi: Vf iley-India.

9. Montgomery, D. C. (2012). Design and Analysis of Experiments, gth Edition. John

Wiley & Sons, Inc.

10. Ross, S.M. (2014). Introduction to probability and statistics for engineers and
scientists. Academic Press.

11. Robatgi, V. K. and Saleh, A. K. E. (2015). An Introduction to Probability and

Statistics.

850
12.106 HS 550P: Statistical Methods Practical
Course Code: HS 550P
Course Name: Statistical Methods Practical
L-T-P-C: 0-0-2-l
Prerequisites: This course should be taken along with HS550: Statistical Methods
Intended for : Postgraduate and B.Tech.
Distribution : HSS Course - Elective
Approval: 15th Senate

Course Contents
Representation of Data and Descriptive Statistics (2 hrs) Representation of data;
Central tendency, dispersion, skewness, and kurtosis; Quartile and percentile; Gini coeffici
ent and Lorenz curve; Con-elation.
Random Sampling and Parametric Statistical Inference (6 hrs) Drawing ran-
dom samples from the population -si mple ra ndom sampl ing (with a nd without repl
acemen t); Sampling distribution ; Statistical estimation - parametric point estimati on
and interval estimation; Maximum Likelihood Est imator, Hypothesis testing and calcu-
lation of effect si ze.
Non-parametric Statistical Inference (6 hrs) Ca rryin g out non-parametric tests,
estimation of location and dispersion, tol erance interval ; non parametric measures and
tests of association.
Designs of Experiment (6 hrs) Experimental design strategi es; Blocking a nd
Randomization; Factorial design of experiments.
Regression Analysis and ANOVA (8 hrs) Multiple regression analysis, interpre-
tation of estimates, testing of significance; Analysis of
Variance (ANOVA) - one way ANOVA and two way ANOV A.

Textbooks:
1. Heiman, G. W., Basic Statistics for the Behavioral Sciences, 6th Edition,
Wadsworth, 2011.

References:
1. Field, A. (2013). Discovering Sta ti stics Using TBM SPSS Stati st i cs. Sage
Publishing.

2. Field, A., Miles, J. and Field, Z., Discovering Stat istics Using R, Sage Publishing,
2012.

3. STATA Manual: https://www.stata.com/man uals13/u.pdf

851
12.107 HS 551: Financial Management
Course Code: HS 551
Course Name: Financial Management
L-T-P-C : 3-0-0-3
Prerequisites : HS205 Financial Accounting or with instructors approval
Intended for : PhD/Masters/BTech 3rd and 4th years
Distribution : Discipline Elective for MA in Development Studies and free elective for
others
Approval: 17th Senate

Course Contents
ˆ Introduction to Finance Function Corporate form of business, Reading finan-
cial statements, Financial decision making, Profit maximization versus wealth max-
imization debate, Time value of money, Interest rates, Term structure and yield
curve [6 Lectures]

ˆ Investment Decisions Valuations of projects and firms, Rules for investment

decision making, Free Cash Flow calculation, Valuation of shares and bonds [8
Lectures]

ˆ Risk and Return Introduction to capital market and risk pricing, Capital asset
pricing model, Estimation of cost of capital: Cost of equity and debt [6 Lectures]

ˆ Financing Decisions Capital structure in perfect and imperfect markets, implica-

tion of debt and taxes on capital structure, Financial Distress, Managerial Incentives
[6 Lectures]

ˆ Dividend Decisions Payout process and policies, Dividend versus share repur-
chase, Payout versus retention, Signaling with payout, Taxes and dividend [6 Lec-
tures]

ˆ Short Term Financial Decisions Short term financial planning: Tools for work-
ing capital management, cash management and inventory management [4 Lectures]

ˆ Strategic Financial Decisions Initial public offers, Strategic alternatives in Merg-

ers and acquisitions, Debt Securitization, Corporate restructuring, Corporate gov-
ernance [6 Lectures]

Textbooks:
1. Berk, DeMarzo and Thampy, Financial Management, Indian Subcontinent Edi-
tion, Pearson Education (India), 2010

References:
1. Prasanna Chandra, Financial Management: Theory and Practice, 8th Edi-
tion, McGraw Hill Education (India), 2012

852
 2. Kester, Ruback and Tufano, Case Problems in Finance, 12th Edition, McGraw
Hill, 2008

3. Robert F. Bruner, Case Studies in Finance: Managing for Corporate Value

Creation, McGraw Hill International Edition, 2006

12.108 HS 551P: Development Studies Practicum I

12.109 HS 552P: Development Studies Practicum II
Course Number : HS 551P and HS 552P
Course Name: Development Studies Practicum I and Development Studies
Practicum II
L-T-P-C:: 0-0-8-4
Prereq uisites : None
Intended for : MA in Development Studies
Distribution : Discipline Core for M.A. in Development Studies
Approval: 19th Senate

Course Contents
Faculty members will float the topics related to development challenges. A student/group
of students interested in working on any particular topic may consult the faculty and the
faculty can float the topic accordingly.
The group of students will work on the topic. The work can be theoretical, archival
or empirical. Evaluation will be based on
1. A mid-term presentation on the progress of work

2. Open-house presentation at the end of the semester

3. Submission of a final report.

Textbook:
Will be suggested by the faculty mentor as per requirement of each group.

References:
Will be suggested by the faculty mentor as per requirement of each group.

12.110 HS 553P: Field Study

Course Code: HS 553P
Course Name: Field Study
L-T-P-C:: 0-0-8-4
Prerequisites:None
Intended for : MAin Development Studies
Distribution: Discipline Core for MA in Development Studies

853
 Semester: Summer session (between Semester II and Semester III)
Approval: 19th Senate

Course Contents
ˆ Module I In the first week, before leaving for field-work, students will be asked
to choose a place from a list of places. These places will be pre-identified after
discussion with faculty advisors. Students may propose places from their side;
however, in this situation, they need to justify the place of visit in discussion with
their faculty advisor (place profiling, as discussed below,may help this justification).
Furthermore, in the first week, before leaving f or field-work, the students will
be asked to do a soci’ ?/econornic/culturallgeographical profiling of the place of
visit. They need to discuss their profile with their faculty advisor before they are
permitted to leave for the place of visit.

ˆ Module II Students will stay at the field site during week 2-5/6. Around a 3-
week period, students will be asked to send a write-up to their faculty advisor
detailing their experience (based upon a diary entry) about their place of visit as
well as certain unique problems in the place (they need to provide details about the
problem as much as possible).

ˆ Module III Upon return from the field visit, during the final week, students will
be asked to submit a field report and diary. Also, students will be asked to make
a presentation on their experience and findings (they may also suggest possible
solutions to the problems).

A 4 credit lab course is equivalent to 8 lab hr/week during Feb-Jun or Aug-Dec semester
(14 weeks under each semester).This adds up to 112 hours. Since students have to take
up this Field Study Course during the Summer Term over a period of 4-6 weeks, weekly
hours will be adjusted accordingly keeping the total to be 112 hrs.

Textbooks:
Scheyvens, R., Development Fieldwork: A Practical Guide, Sage Publishing, 2014.

References:
Any relevant journal paper.

12.111 HS 554P: Post Graduate Project

Course Code: HS 554P
Course Name: Post Graduate Project
L-T-P-C : 0-0-46-23
Prerequisites : None
Intended for : MA in Development Studies
Distribution : Discipline Core for M.A. in Development Studies in the 4th Sem
Approval: 24th Senate

854
Course Contents
ˆ Mode 1: Each student is assigned to a faculty supervisor and carries out a short
research project under the his/her supervision at IIT Mandi. Faculty will float
the topics related to development challenges. A student interested in working on
any particular topic may consult the faculty and the faculty may float the topic
accordingly.

ˆ Mode 2: Each student has to be come up with a proposal for guided internship
with a suitable organization/institute. The internship will be performed at that
organization/institute itself. The proposal has to include the name of the organi-
zation/institute, nature of work to be carried out, area of work and the duration
of work. The duration of the internship has to be no less than 12 weeks and the
student has to report back to IIT Mandi at least 2 weeks before the end of the
semester. There has to be one faculty member from IIT Mandi who will supervise
the internship jointly with the supervisor at the organization/institute where the
internship is carried out.

Textbook
Will be suggested by the faculty mentor as per requirement of the student.

12.112 HS 555: Infrastructural Development in Highland South

Asia
Course Code : HS 555
Course Name : Infrastructural Development in Highland South Asia
L-T-P-C : 3-0-0-3
Intended for : M.A. (Development Studies) (Discipline Elective) and B.Tech. 3rd and
4th year
Prerequisite :
Mutual Exclusion:
Approval: 54th BoA

Course Contents
ˆ Introduction to Anthropology of infrastructure (6 Hours)

– The infrastructural turn

– The mobility paradigm in anthropology
– Promises and perils of infrastructural creation in highland South Asia
– Road Ethnographies

ˆ Connecting the remote: The poetics and politics (8 Hours)

– From mule tracks to imperial highways

– Remoteness and connectivity channels
– Roads as the harbinger of progress, development and connectivity

855
 – Roads as state conceived spaces
– Land acquisition and other issues.

ˆ The Dromocratic revolution (6 Hours)

– Speed and flows

– Connection and communication channels
– Corporeal and kinetic connection

ˆ Mobility and Mobile connections (8 Hours)

– Embodied travel experiences

– Temporal and material conditions of infrastructure
– Roadside contacts: stationary and the non-stationary
– People as infrastructures: Gender experiences of mobility

ˆ Tunneling and damming the hills (8 Hours)

– The destructive production of infrastructure: railway tunnels and aerial con-

nection
– Dams and the moral ecology of infrastructure
– Debri and debacle along infrastructure channels
– Extraction of Raw-materials

ˆ Infrastructure and Sustainability (6 Hours)

– Issues of sustainability in infrastructure development

– Loss of forested lands, natural habitats and other environmental concerns
– Environmental Impact Assessment and other issues
– Negotiating the loss.

Laboratory/practical/tutorial Modules:
Field visits, invited lectures, film screening and other activities including evaluation of
the Environmental and Social Impact assessment reports submitted before the commence-
ment of the project.

Textbooks:
1. Anand, Nikhil, Akhil Gupta, and Hannah Appel, The Promise of Infrastruc-
ture, Duke University Press 2018.

2. Harvey, Penny, Casper Bruun Jensen, and Atsuro Morita, Infrastructures and
Social Complexity: A Companion, Taylor & Francis, 2016.

3. Dalakoglou, D., Harvey, P. (Eds.)., Roads and Anthropology: Ethnography,

Infrastructures, (Im)mobility, Routledge, 2014.

856
References:
1. Appel, Hannah, Anand, Nikhil and Gupta, Akhil Introduction: The Infrastructure
Toolbox — Society for Cultural Anthropology (culanth.org), 2015.

2. Adey, P., Bissell, D., Hannam, K., Merriman, P., & Sheller, M. (Eds.), The Rout-
ledge Handbook of Mobilities, Routledge, 2013.

3. Bhatt, Jay P, Sudha Tiwari & Maharaj K. Pandit, Environmental impact assess-
ment of river valley projects in upper Teesta basin of Eastern Himalaya with special
reference to fish conservation: a review. Impact Assessment and Project Appraisal,
35:4, 340-350, DOI: 10.1080/14615517.2017.1354642, 2017.

4. Cresswell, Tim and Peter Merriman., Geographies of Mobilities: Practices, Spaces,

Subjects, Taylor & Francis, 2016.

5. Dalakoglou, D., The road: An ethnography of the Albanian-Greek cross-border

motorway, American Ethnologist, no. 37 (1):132-149, 2010.

6. Delmon, Jeffrey, Public Private Partnership projects in Infrastructure: An essential

guide for policy makers, Cambridge University Press, 2011.

7. Demenge, Jonathan P., The Road to Lingshed: Manufactured Isolation and Expe-
rienced Mobility in Ladakh. Himalaya, the Journal of the Association for Nepal
and Himalayan Studies, 32 (1): 51–60, 2013.

8. Ferguson, J., The Anti-Politics Machine: ‘Development,’ Depoliticization, and Bu-

reaucratic Power in Lesotho. 2003 ed. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press,
1994.

9. Gohain, Swargajyoti, Imagined Geographies in the Indo-Tibetan Borderlands: Cul-

ture, Politics, Place. Netherlands: Amsterdam University Press, 2020.

10. Gordillo, Gaston, Rubble: The afterlife of destruction. Durham: Duke University
Press, 2014.

11. Gupta, Akhil, The future in ruins: Thoughts on the temporality of infrastructure.
In N. Anand et al (eds.), The Promise of Infrastructure, Duke University Press,
2018.

12. Harvey, Penny., Knox, Hannah, The Enchantments of Infrastructure. Mobilities,

7:4, 521-536, DOI: 10.1080/17450101.2012.718935, 2012.

13. Harvey, Penny., Knox, Hannah, Roads: An Anthropology of Infrastructure and

Expertise, Cornell University Press, 2015.

14. Masquelier, A., Road Mythographies: Space, Mobility, and the Historical Imagina-
tion in Postcolonial Niger, American Ethnologist, 29 (4):829-856, 2002.

15. Murton, Galen and Luke Heslop, Highways and Hierarchies: Ethnographies of Mo-
bility from the Himalaya to the Indian Ocean, Amsterdam University Press, 2021.

857
 16. Murton, Galen and Austin Lord, Trans-Himalayan power corridors: Infrastructural
politics and China’s Belt and Road Initiative in Nepal, Political Geography, 77
(102100): 1- 13, 2020.

17. Negi, D. P., & Abdul Azeez EP., ‘No Means No’: People’s Protest Against Hydro-
electric Development in Kinnaur, Himachal Pradesh, India, Contemporary Voice of
Dalit, https://doi.org/10.1177/2455328X2110694, 2022.

18. Rest, Matthaus and Alessandro, Rippa, Road animism. HAU: Journal of Ethno-
graphic Theory, 9: 373 - 389, 2019.

19. Saxer, Martin, Places in Knots: Remoteness and Connectivity in the Himalayas
and Beyond, Cornell University Press, 2022.

20. Simpson, Edward, Highways to the End of the World: Roads, Roadmen and Power
in South Asia, Hurst Publishers, 2022.

21. Simone, Abdou, Maliq, People as Infrastructure: Intersecting Fragments in Johan-

nesburg, Public Culture, 16 (3): 407–429, 2004.

22. Star, Susan. Leigh, The Ethnography of Infrastructure. American Behavioral Sci-
entists, 43 (3): 377-391, 1999.

23. Wiejaczka, Lukasz; Danuta Pirog; Lakpa Tamang; and Pawel Prokop, Local Res-
idents’ Perceptions of a Dam and Reservoir Project in the Teesta Basin, Dar-
jeeling Himalayas, India. Mountain Research and Development, 38 (3): 203–210
http://dx.doi.org/10.1659/MRD-JOURNAL-D-16-00124.1, 2018

24. Ziipao, R. Raile, Infrastructure of Injustice: State and Politics in Manipur and
Northeast India, Routledge, 2020.

12.113 HS 556: Classical Social Theories

Course Code: HS 556
Course Name: Classical Social Theories
L-T-P-C: 3-0-0-3
Prerequisites: Consent of the Course Instructor
Intended for: UG/PG
Distribution: Elective
Approval: 9th Senate

Course Contents
ˆ INTRODUCTION

– What is social theory

– Historical and Intellectual Contexts
– Various traditions of social anthropology and sociology

858
Essential readings:
ˆ Appelrouth, Scott and Laura Desfor Edles. 2008. Classical and contemporary
sociological theory: Text and readings. California: Pine Forge Press. [It may be
used as a textbook for theories in Sociology for undergraduate students].

ˆ Calhoun, Craig et.al. 2007. Classical Social Theory. Blackwell Publishing. [Chap-
ter 2, What is Enlightenment. Pp 39-43].

ˆ Erickson, Paul A. and Liam D. Murphy. 2013. A history of Anthropological theory.

Ontario: University of Toronto Press. (Chapter-1).

ˆ Ian Craib. 1997. Introduction: Whats wrong with theory and why we still need it?
In Classical Social Theory. New York: Oxford University Press; pp: 3-14.

ˆ Randal Collins and Michael Makowsky. 2010. Introduction: Society and Illusion.
In Randal Collins (ed) The Discovery of Society. pp. 1-15.

ˆ Emile Durkheim (1858-1917)

– A Biographical Sketch; intellectual influences and core ideas

– Functionalism
– Social Fact, Social solidarity, collective conscience
– Theories of Religion: sacred and profane, Collective representation
– Anomie, Suicide

Essential Readings:
ˆ Calhoun, Craig et.al. 2007. Classical Social Theory. Blackwell Publishing. Pp
133-202.

ˆ Edles, Laura Desfor and Scott Appelrouth. 2010. Sociological Theory in the Clas-
sical Era: Text and Readings. California: Pine Forge Press.

ˆ Lewis A. Coser, 1996. Masters of Sociological Thought. Jaipur: Rawat Publica-

tions.

ˆ Karl Marx (1818-1883)

– A Biographical Sketch; intellectual influences and core ideas

– Capital, Mode of Production, Relations of Production
– Class Consciousness and Class struggle
– Alienation/Estrangement, Commodity fetishism
– Surplus value Theory, Asiatic Mode of Production

859
Essential readings:
ˆ Cohen, G.A. 2000. Karl Marx’s Theory of History. Oxford University Press; pp:
63-87, 364-388.
ˆ Calhoun, Craig et.al. 2007. Classical Social Theory. Blackwell Publishing; pp:
82-120.
ˆ Edles, Laura Desfor and Scott Appelrouth. 2010. Sociological Theory in the Clas-
sical Era: Text and Readings. California: Pine Forge Press.
ˆ Lewis A. Coser, 1996. Masters of Sociological Thought. Jaipur: Rawat Publica-
tions.
ˆ Max Weber (1864- 1920)

– A Biographical Sketch; intellectual influences and core ideas

– Social action and Sociology, Verstehen
– Ideal types, Types of Legitimate Domination, Bureaucracy
– Class, Status, and party; Protestantic Ethic & the Spirit of Capitalism
– ’Iron cage’ of rationality

Essential readings:
ˆ Calhoun, Craig et.al. 2007. Classical Social Theory. Blackwell Publishing. Pp
228-246.
ˆ Edles, Laura Desfor and Scott Appelrouth. 2010. Sociological Theory in the Clas-
sical Era: Text and Readings. California: Pine Forge Press.
ˆ Kalberg, Stephan. 2005. Max Weber: readings and commentary on modernity.
London: Blackwell Pub. (This book has some good selections from Weber’s writ-
ings)
ˆ Ritzer, George. 2008. Sociological Theory. Chapter 4, pp 119-121; pp 125-127; pp
136-142.
ˆ Lewis A. Coser, 1996. Masters of Sociological Thought. Jaipur: Rawat Publica-
tions.
ˆ Georg Simmel (1858-1918)

ˆ A Biographical Sketch; intellectual influences and core ideas

ˆ Duality, sociation, the surplus value of wealth

Essential readings:
ˆ Edles, Laura Desfor and Scott Appelrouth. 2010. Sociological Theory in the Clas-
sical Era: Text and Readings. California: Pine Forge Press.
ˆ Lewis A. Coser, 1996. Masters of Sociological Thought. Jaipur: Rawat Publica-
tions.

860
12.114 HS 563: Theory and Methods of Policy Analysis
Course Code: HS 563
Course Name: Theory and Methods of Policy Analysis
L-T-P-C 3-0-0-3
Prerequisites : IC 210: Probability, Statistics and Random Processes; or, after in-
structors approval.
Intended for : 3rd, 4th year B. Tech.; M.S., Ph.D.
Distribution : Elective for all B. Tech. students
Approval: 4th Senate

Course Contents
ˆ Introduction to Policy Analysis Policy research and analysis; policy analysis
versus natural science; goals versus analysis; philosophical frameworks for analysis;
motivations for taking policy analysis. [6 Lectures]

ˆ Discounting and CBA Discounting; real/nominal discount rates; social discount

rate; borrowing, leasing, depreciation, and taxes; cost-benefit analysis. [8 Lectures]

ˆ Decision Analysis and Uncertainty Elements of policy (decision) problems;

decisions, outcomes, and values; time value of money; nature and sources of uncer-
tainty; structuring decisions: decision trees; risk profile and using decision trees to
make choices; sensitivity analysis; multi-attribute decisions. [8 Lectures]

ˆ Modeling Uncertainty Probability basics; subjective probability and biases; prob-

ability models (binomial, poisson, exponential, normal, and beta distributions);
using data to construct distributions; Monte Carlo estimation. [8 Lectures]

ˆ Modeling Preferences Evaluating risk attitudes; cost-effectiveness; risk analysis;

and, value of life analysis. [6 Lectures]

ˆ Conflicting Objective, Utility Axioms, Paradoxes, and Policy Implica-

tions Axioms for expected utility; paradoxes; conflicting objectives analyses; im-
plications for policy analysis [6 Lectures]

Textbooks:
1. Clemen, Making Hard Decisions, Clemen and Reilly, Duxbury/Thomson.

2. Morgan, Henrion, and Small, Uncertainty: A Guide to Dealing with Un-

certainty in Quantitative Risk and Policy Analysis, Cambridge University
Press.

References:
1. Sepulveda et al., Schaum’s Outlines of Engineering Economics, McGraw-Hill,
Note this is a study guide type book on the subject of engineering economics.

2. Campbell, Benefit-Cost Analysis, Campbell and Brown, Cambridge University

Press.

861
 3. Boardman, Greenberg, and Vining, Cost Benefit Analysis: Concepts and
Practice, 3rd Edition, Prentice Hall.

12.115 HS 575: Mayan America

Course Code: HS 575
Course Name: Mayan America
L-T-P-C : 3-0-0-3
Students intended for : B. Tech. 3rd and 4th year students; and, M.A. and Ph.D.
students in HSS
Elective or Compulsory : Elective
Approval: 4th Senate

Course Contents
ˆ ANCIENT MAYAN CIVILIZATION [10 Lectures]

– The Classic Period

– Decline and Collapse
– Space, time and cosmos

ˆ MAYA UNDER COLONIAL RULE [10 Lectures]

– Conquest
– Colonialism
– Resistance in Yucatan, Chiapas and Guatemala

ˆ MAYA IN THE POSTCOLONIAL PERIOD [12 Lectures]

– Legacy of colonialism
– The Caste War of Yucatan
– Capitalism and commodities
– Revolution in Mexico and repression in Guatemala

ˆ TRANSNATIONAL MAYA [10 Lectures]

– Pan Maya Activism

– Neoliberalism and the Zapatista uprising
– Migration and DiasporaMayans in contemporary United States

Textbooks:
1. There is no prescribed text-book for this course. Targeted readings including rele-
vant book chapters, journal articles etc. will be provided for each days lesson.

862
Reference Books:
1. Bricker, Victoria., The Indian Christ, the Indian King: the Historical Substrate of
Maya Myth and Ritual, 1981

2. Clendinnen, Inga., Ambivalent Conquests: Maya and Spaniard in Yucatan, 1517-

1570, 1987

3. Coe, Michael, The Maya, 2005.

4. Farriss, Nancy., Maya Society Under Colonial Rule: The Collective Enterprise Of
Survival, 1984.

5. Fischer, Edward F. and Peter Benson, Broccoli and Desire: Global Connections
and Maya Struggles in Postwar Guatemala, 2006.

6. Loucky, James and Marilyn M. Moors eds., The Maya Diaspora: Guatemalan
Roots, New American Lives, 2000

7. Mench, RigobertaI, Rigoberta Mench: An Indian Woman in Guatemala, 1984

8. Patch, Robert Maya Revolt and Revolution in the Eighteenth Century, 2002

9. Rugeley, Terry Yucatns Maya Peasantry and the Origins of the Caste War, 1996

10. Schele, Linda and David Friedel, A Forest of Kings: Untold Stories of the Ancient
Maya, 1990

11. Stephens, John Lloyd Incidents of Travel in Central America, Chiapas and Yucatan,
1993.

12. Warren, Kay Indigenous Movements and Their Critics: Pan-Maya Activism in
Guatemala, 1998

12.116 HS 582: Energy Economics

Course Code: HS 582
Course Name: Energy Economics
L-T-P-C: 3-0-0-3
Students intended for: B. Tech./M.S./Ph.D.
Elective or Compulsory: Elective
Approval: 10th Senate

Course Contents
ˆ Orientation [3 Lectures]

– The rejuvenation of energy economics- with OPEC and the oil price shocks in
1970s and with climate change debates in 1990s
– Recapitulation of some basic concepts: behavior of consumer, producer, pro-
sumer (production by consumer), elasticity, growth rate, resource rent, rate of
discount, net and present value, internal rate of return, energy intensity

863
ˆ An introduction to energy resource [3 Lectures]

– Classification of energy resource- depletable and non-depletable, primary and

secondary, commercial and non-commercial
– Units, conversion factors and aggregations of energy flow
– Energy accounting framework-introduction to Energy Balance Statistics with
example from India;

ˆ Basics of energy demand [15 Lectures]

– Evolution of energy demand analysis;

– Economic foundations of energy demand consumer demand for energy, pro-
ducer demand (input demand) for energy;
– Introduction to analytical frameworks- accounting approach (decomposition
analysis), econometric approach and techno-economic approach;
– Energy demand management;
– Rebound effect

ˆ Basics of energy supply [15 Lectures]

– Depletable primary energy resource- economics of exploration, optimal ex-

traction rule, investment decision, resource production- coal, oil, natural gas;
relation between discovery and production, depletion dimension;
– Economics of secondary energy supply (electricity);
– Economics of renewable energy supply- growth curve and rate of exploitation;
drivers of renewable energy, cost features, support mechanism (feed-in-tariff,
competitive bidding process, renewable obligations)
– New economic principle when conventional consumer-producer divide is blurred

ˆ Energy access [3 Lectures]

– Energy use ladder;

– Indicators of energy poverty; Affordability
– Energy poverty and/or environmental protection A critical analysis

ˆ Energy Security [3 Lectures]

– Indicators of energy security- dependence, concentration and diversity of sup-

ply; optimal level of energy dependence; Geopolitics
– Policies to enhance energy security import restriction and diversification, di-
versification of fuel mix, energy efficiency improvement;
– Trade-off between energy security and climate change mitigation

864
Course reading:
1. Stevens, P., An Introduction to Energy Economics, In Stevens, P. (ed.) The
Economics of Energy, Vol. 1, Edward Elgar, 2000.

2. Bhattacharyya, Subhes. C., Energy Economics: Concepts, Issues, Markets

and Governance, Springer, 2011. (Selected chapters)

3. Hartwick, J. M, and Olewiler, N. D., The Economics of Natural Resource

Use, Harper and Row Publishers, 1986.

4. GEA, 2012: Global Energy Assessment - Toward a Sustainable Future, Cambridge

University Press.

12.117 HS 600: Research Methodology

Course Code : HS 600
Course Name : Research Methodology
L-T-P-C : 1-0-0-1
Intended for : Ph.D./ MA by Research students at SHSS
Prerequisite :
Mutual Exclusion:
Approval: 54th BoA

Course Contents
ˆ Thinking like a researcher (2 Hours)

– What constitutes research?

– Types of research
– What is the role of a researcher?
– Concepts and constructs
– How to write a research proposal

ˆ Selecting and defining a research problem (2 Hours)

– Propositions and hypothesis formulation

– Framing research objectives
– Framing research questions

ˆ Literature Review (2 Hours)

– Scoping and identification of a preliminary set of literature

– Annotated bibliography vis-a -vis literature review
– Methods of literature review
– Summarizing literature review

ˆ Managing Bibliography (2 Hours)

865
 – Types of citations
– Formats of bibliography
– Use of bibliography software

ˆ Research Communication (2 Hours)

– Oral communications
– Written communications
– Making effective presentations
– Use of multimedia

ˆ Interpersonal Skills: Building academic relationships (1 Hour)

– Interaction with co-researchers and supervisors

– Effective workplace communication 2

ˆ Research Ethics (1 Hours)

– Work-ethic (Time, quality, integrity of research input)

– Acquiring permission to use printed material/images from artists
– Vigilance against unintentional plagiarism

ˆ Field Work (1 Hour)

– Different types of field work

– Need for field work
– Field work protocols

ˆ Managing Resources ( 1 Hour)

– Key funding agencies in HSS

– How to manage and keep account of financial resources
– Library resources at IIT Mandi
– Other recourse at IIT Mandi

Textbooks:
1. NA

References:
1. NA

866
12.118 HS 601: Literary Methods: Theory and Interpretation
Course Code: HS 601
Course Name: Literary Methods: Theory and Interpretation
L-T-P-C : 3-0-0-3
Prerequisites : Consent of the Course Instructor
Students intended for : Ph.D.
Elective/Compulsory : Elective
Approval: 6th Senate

Course Contents
ˆ Introduction and Traditional Literary Criticism What is Literary Theory?
Theory and Philosophy, Empiricism, Positivism and other Early Approaches. [3
Lectures]
ˆ New Criticism and Formalism Including Russian Formalism. Viktor Shklovsky,
Jakobson, I. A. Richards, Cleanth Brooks and Wayne C. Booth. [4 Lectures]
ˆ Psychoanalytic Criticism Sigmund Freud, Carl Jung, Lacan. [3 Lectures]

ˆ Marxist Criticism Karl Marx, Terry Eagleton, Fredric Jameson, Raymond Williams,
Louis Althusser, Walter Benjamin, Antonio Gramsci, Georg Lukacs, Friedrich En-
gels, Theordor Adorno. [6 Lectures]
ˆ Structuralism and Semiotics Ferdinand de Saussure, Claude Lvi-Strauss, Noam
Chomsky, Roland Barthes, Umberto Eco. [6 Lectures]
ˆ Postmodern Criticism Immanuel Kant, Friedrich Nietzsche, Jean Paul Sartre,
Jacques Derrida, Jean-Franois Lyotard, Martin Heidegger, Gilles Deleuze and Felix
Guattari [6 Lectures]
ˆ New Historicism and Culture Materialism Michel Foucault, Hayden White,
Stephen Greenblatt, Pierre Bourdieu. [5 Lectures]
ˆ Postcolonial Criticism Edward Said, Gayatri Spivak, Homi Bhabha, Ngugi wa
Thiong’o, Albert Memmi, Frantz Fanon, Amie Cesaire, [5 Lectures]
ˆ Gender Studies and Queer Theory Simone de Beauvoir, Elaine Showalter, He-
lene Cixous, Julia Kristeva, Judith Butler, Eve Sedgwick, Robert Bly. [4 Lectures]

12.119 HS 602: Indian Writing in English

Course Code: HS 602
Course Name: Indian Writing in English
L-T-P-C : 3-0-0-3
Prerequisites : Consent of the Course Instructor
Students intended for : Ph.D.
Elective or Compulsory: Elective
Approval: 6th Senate

867
Course Contents
ˆ Module I: Fiction [15 Lectures]

– Raja Rao. Kanthapura. 1938

– Kamla Markandaya. Nectar in a Sieve. 1954
– Manohar Malgaonkar. A Bend in the Ganges.1964
– Salman Rushdie. Midnights Children. 1980
– Arundhati Roy. The God of Small Things. 1997

ˆ Module II: Drama [15 Lecture hours]

– Asif Currimbhoy. Goa. 1964

– Girish Karnad. Hayavadana.1971
– Vijay Tendulkar. Kamala. 1982
– Gurcharan Das. Larins Sahib.2003
– Mahesh Dattani. Brief Candle. 2010

ˆ Module III: Poetry [12 Lectures]

– Early poetry A selection of poem from the poetry of Derozio, Toru Dutt,
Tagore, Sarojini Naidu and Sri Aurubindo.
– Later Poetry A selection of poetry from the poems of from Nissim Ezekiel,
Kamla Das, Eunice De Souza, Arun Kolatkar, Jayant Mahapatra, A.K. Ra-
manujan, Agha Shahid Ali, Sujata Bhatt

Backgroung reading:
1. Aijaz Ahmad, In Theory: Classes, Nations, Literatures.

2. A.K. Mehrotra, An Illustrated History of Indian English Writing.

3. Aparna Bhargava Dharwadker, Theatres of Independence, Drama, Theory

and Urban Performance in India since 1947.

4. Gauri Vishwanathan, Masks of Conquest.

5. Meenakshi Mukherjee, The Twice Born Fiction; Themes and Techniques of

the Indian Novel in English.

6. M.K. Naik and S. Mokashi-Punekar, Perspectives on Indian Drama in English.

7. Rajeswari Sunder Rajan, ed., The Lie of the Land: English Literary Studies
in India.

8. Harish Trivedi, Colonial Transactions: English Literature and India.

9. Ranajit Guha, A Subaltern Studies Reader, 1986-1995.

10. Salman Rushdie, Imaginary Homelands.

868
 11. Susie Tharu and K Lalitha, Women Writing in India, Vol I and II

12. Svati Joshi, Rethinking English: Essays in Literature, Language, History.

13. Vasudha Dalmia, Poetics, Plays and Performances: The Politics of Modern
Indian Theatre.

12.120 HS 606: Political Philosophy

Course Code: HS 606
Course Name: Political Philosophy
L-T-P-C: 4-0-0-4
Pre-Requisites: For research scholars; familiarity with history of Western thought and
Teachers Consent
Intended for: PG
Elective/Core: Elective
Approval: 8th Senate

Course Contents
The course seeks to examine the following aspects: the human sense of justice; the quest
for and the pursuit of the Good Life; the theoretical study of political life constituting
political theory; political philosophy proceeding from the Classics to pose the problems
of the unexamined life and to investigate political life as it ought to be; the search for
the right order of public life, the constraints it encounters and the resources it seeks in
its bid to tame power and compound the ruler and the ruled into the true frame of a
commonweal.
Samplings from some of the following representative texts seek to familiarize the
scholar with the long tradition of politico-philosophic writing:
1. Plato: Republic, Book II 2. Aristotle: Nicomachean Ethics, Book III; Poli-
tics, Book II 3. Xenophon: Cyropaedia 4. St Augustine: City of God, Part II, Books
xi to xiv; 5. Machiavelli: Discorsi, Book I, Chs. 1-20 6. Shakespeare: The Tempest 7.
Montesquieu: The Spirit of the Laws, Book 17 8. Thomas Hobbes: Leviathan, Part
I; 9. Rousseau: mile, or On Education; 10. Immanuel Kant: Idea for a Universal
History from a Cosmopolitan Point of View; 11. Edmund Burke: Reflections on
the Revolution in France; 12. Karl Marx: Preface to the Critique of Political
Economy; 13. John Stuart Mill: Utilitarianism; 14. Thoreau: On Civil Disobedi-
ence; 15. Gandhi: Satyagraha; 16. Carl Mitcham:Technology and the Character
of the Good Life.

Prescribed Reading:
1. Cassirer, Ernst, The Myth of the State. New Haven/New York (Yale U.P.) 1946.

2. Germino, Dante, Machiavelli to Marx. Modern Western Political Thought. Chicago

1979.

3. White, Michael J., Political Philosophy. An Historical Introduction. Oxford 2003.

869
Select Bibliography:
1. Cohen, Martin, Political Philosophy. From Plato to Mao. London 2001.

2. Cushman, Robert E., Therapeia. Platos Conception of Philosophy. North Carolina

1958.

3. Goodin, Robert E./Pettit, Philip (Ed.), Contemporary Political Philosophy. An

Anthology. Oxford 1997.

4. Kailitz, Steffen, Schlsselwerke der Politikwissenschaft. Wiesbaden 2007.

5. Kymlicka, Will, Justice in Political Philosophy, 2 Volumes. Aldershot 1992.

6. Matravers, Derek/Pike, John, (Ed.), Debates in Contemporary Political Philosophy.

An Anthology. London 2003.

7. Meier, Heinrich, Warum Politische Philosophie? Stuttgart 2000.

8. Oakeshott, Michael, Rationalism in Politics. LSE Inaugural Lecture. London 1962.

(any edition).

9. Rawls, John, Lectures on the History of Political Philosophy. Harvard 2008.

10. Strauss, Leo, What is Political Philosophy? New York 1973.

11. Strauss, Leo/Cropsey, Joseph, History of Political Philosophy. Chicago 1987.

12. Voegelin, Eric, the New Science of Politics. Chicago 1952.

12.121 HS 607: Weimar Classicism

Course Code: HS 607
Course Name: Weimar Classicism
L-T-P-C: 3-0-0-3
Pre-Requisites: Proven Competence in German and Teachers Consent
Intended for: PhD
Elective/Core: Elective
Approval: 8th Senate

Course Contents
ˆ A. Excerpts from select texts as illustration of chosen themes:

– Aesthetic Autonomy and Self-Containment - Goethe: Wilhelm Meisters Lehr-

jahre;
– Aesthetic Education as Political Propedeutic - Schiller: Ober die asthetische
Erziehung des Menschen;
– Antiquity and History - Schiller: Was heifJt und zu welchem Ende studiert
man Universalgeschichte?
– Classical Drama- Schiller: Die Braut von Messina; Goethe: Iphigenie aufTauris

870
 – Classical Poetry - Later Poems of Goethe ( from HA, Vol. II); Holderlin:
Poems (Reclam Anthology, Ed. W.Braungart)
– Classical Restraint - Goethe: Ober Laokoon; Goethe: Hermann und Dorothea
(Bk. VIII); Classical Science- Goethe: Metamorphose der Pflanzen;
– Classicism as Typology - Goethe: Literarischer Sansculattismus; Goethe: Klas-
siker und Romantiker in Italien, sich heftig bekampfend; Herder: Fragmente
iiber die neuere deutsche Literatur;
– Erotica- Goethe: Romische Elegien
– Faustian Classicism- Goethe: Faust II (Helena Act and Classical Walpurgis
Night)
– The French Revolution- Goethe: Campagne in Frankreich

ˆ B. In addition, following aspects shall be examined in brief:

– Correspondence between Goethe and Schiller; their response to the French

Revolution; Journalistic Contributions: Die Horen and Jenaer Allgemeine Lit-
teraturzeitung
– Peripheral Figures of Weimar Classicism: Wieland, Bottiger, Bertuch, Herder,
Karl Phillip
– Moritz, Jean Paul, Heinrich von Kleist, Brothers Humboldt and Schlegel;
HOlderlin; Women of Weimar Classicism: Caroline von Wolzogen, Sophie
Mereau

Prescribed Reading:
1. Borchmeyer, Dieter, Weimarer Klassik. Eine Einftihrung. Hemsbach 1998.

2. Bruford, Walter, Kultur und Gesellschaft im klassischen Weimar 1775-1806. Got-

tingen 1966.

3. Doering, Sabine/Schulz, Gerhard, Klassik. Geschichte und Begriff. Mlinchen 2003.

4. Richter, Simon (Ed.), The Literature of Weimar Classicism. The History of German
Literature, Volume 7. Rochester 2005.

Select Bibliography:
1. Bockholdt, R. (Hg.), Uber das Klassische. f rankfurt am Main 1987.

2. Conrady, K. 0. (Hg.), Deutsche Literatur zur Zeit der Klassik. Stuttgart 1977.

3. Eliot, T. S., Was ist ein Klassiker?- Dante- Goethe der Weise. Frankfurt am Main
1963.

4. Grimm, R./Hermand, J. (Hg.), Die Klassik-Legende. Frankfurt am Main 1971.

5. Herzog, R./Koselleck, R. (Hg.), Epochenschwelle und Epochenbewusstsein. Mlinchen

1987.

871
 6. Manger, Klaus, Klassizismus und AufkHirung. Das Beispiel des spaten Wieland.
Frankfurt am Main 1991.

7. MUller-Seidel, W., Aufklarung und Weimarer Klassik. Wiederaufnahme einer Diskus-

sion [mit Beitragen von J. McCarthy, D. Borchmeyer, Chr. Jamme, A. Stephens].
In: Jb. d. Dt. Schillergesellschaft XXXVI (1992) S. 409-454.

8. Reed, T. J., Die klassische Mitte. Goethe und Weimar. 1775-1832. Stuttgart 1982.

9. Simm, H. - J. (Hg.), Literarische Klassik. Frankfurt am Main 1988.

10. Vosskamp, W. (Hg.), Klassik im Vergleich. Normativitat und Historizitat europais-

cher Klassiken. Stuttgart, Weimar 1993.

12.122 HS 608: Modern Western Social Thought

Course Code: HS 608
Course Name: Modern Western Social Thought
L-T-P-C: 3-0-0-3
Prerequisites: M.A. and Ph.D. students in HSS
Intended for: Ph.D.
Distribution: Core/Compulsory Course for SHSS Ph.D.
Approval: 10th Senate

Course Contents
ˆ Unit I: Emergence of Modern Society [10 Lectures]

ˆ The Intellectual Break with Tradition The philosophic underpinnings The Scien-
tific Revolution - The socio-political conditions: industrialization, urbanization; the
birth of ideology the idea of progress (6 contact hours)

ˆ Unit II: Some Approaches to the Study of Modern Society [10 Lectures]

– Individual & Community; Church & State; State as Actor in World History
(Hegel)
– Critique of Political Economy (Marx)
– The Protestant work ethic (Weber), Division of Labour (Durkheim)
– Urban society (Simmel, Lewis Mumford, Lewis Wirth)
– Civilization and its Discontents (Freud)

ˆ Unit III: Political Thought [12 Lectures]

– Principato civile (Machiavelli); Three Forms of the Modern European State

(Minogue)
– Primary Social Goods and the Problem of Distributive Justice (Rawls, Dworkin,
Nozick); Communitarianism and the Philosophy of the Common Good (Sandel,
Taylor)

872
 – Open Society (Popper, Bergson); Democracy and Citizenship (Habermas:
Civic Republicanism); Representation in Politics (Voegelin)
– The Quarrel between the Ancients and the Moderns (Strauss/Cropsey)

ˆ Unit IV: Modern Economic System [10 Lectures]

– Capitalism and the approaches to understand Modern Economic System

* Philosophical Foundations of Capitalism (Adam Smith)
* Critique of Capitalism and the origin of Modern Socialism (Marx and
Engels)
* Capitalism and its Discontents
– World System Theory (Immanuel Wallerstein)
– Neoliberal Capitalism and Globalisation (Stiglitz/Bhagavati/Friedmann)

Suggested General Reading:

1. Barzun, Jacques: From Dawn to Decadence, 500 Years of Western Cultural Life,
New York (Harper Collins) 2000.

2. Bell, Daniel: The End of Ideology. On the Exhaustion of Political Ideas in the
Fifties, With The Resumption of History in the New Century. Harvard University
Press, 2000.

3. Davies, Norman: Europe: A History, New York, OUP, 1996

4. Germino, Dante: Machiavelli to Marx, Modern Western Political Thought, Univer-

sity of Chicago Press, 1979

5. Hayek, Friedrich: New Studies in Philosophy, Politics, Economics and the History
of Ideas, London, Routledge and Kegan Paul, 1978.

6. Hughes, Stuart: Consciousness and Society, The Re-orientation of European Social

Thought 1890-1930, London, Paladin, 1973.

7. Morris, Ian: The Measure of Civilization, How Social Development Decides the
Fate of Nations, Princeton University Press, 2014.

8. Plamenatz, John: Man and Society: A Critical Examination of Some Important

Social and Political Theories from Machiavelli to Marx, London, Longmans, 1963.

9. Sedlacek, Tomas: Economics of Good and Evil, The Quest for Economic Meaning
from Gilgamesh to Wall Street, New York, OUP 2011

10. Smith, Preserved: The Origins of Modern Culture, vols. 1 & 2. (Revised Ed.)
Crane Brinton. (Collier) New York 1962.

11. Solomon, Robert C. History and Human Nature. A Philosophical Review of Euro-
pean Philosophy and Culture, 1750-1850. (Harvester) Brighton 1980.

12. Strauss, Leo: Liberalism Ancient and Modern, Chicago, UCP, 1989.

873
12.123 HS 610: Reading Cultural Studies
Course Code: HS 610
Course Name: Reading Cultural Studies
L-T-P-C : 3-0-0-3
Prerequisites : Consent of the Course Instructor
Students intended for: Ph.D.
Elective or Compulsory: Elective
Approval: 6th Senate

Course Contents
ˆ Defining Culture Studies What is culture, popular culture and culture studies?
Definitions in terms of intellectual and political traditions, academic disciplines,
theoretical concerns. (Raymond Williams, Richard Hoggart) [4 Lectures]

ˆ Production, Regulation, Ideology Field of Cultural production, ideology, State,

hegemony (Gramsci, Raymond Williams, Fiske, Bourdieu, Althusser) [11 Lectures]

ˆ Cultural Industry High Art, Low Art, Mass Culture (Theodore Adorno, Walter
Benjamin, Stuart Hall, Tony Bennet,) [11 Lectures]

ˆ Representation and Identity, Cultural Imperialism and Globalization,

Gender Frederic Jameson, Edward Said, Roland Barthes, Julia Kristeva, Judith
Butler, Foucault) [11 Lectures]

ˆ Consumption public vs private (Greenblatt, McLuhan) [5 Lectures]

Reading List:
1. Adorno, Theodor & Horkheimer, Max. The Culture Industry: Enlightenment as
Mass Deception. [Orig. German 1944, trans. Dialectic of Enlightenment 1972].

2. Althusser, Louis. Ideology and Ideological State Apparatuses. [Orig. French; trans.
1971].

3. Anderson, Benedict. Imagined Communities: Reflections on the Origin and Spread

of Nationalism. London: Verso, 1991.

4. Appaduri, Arjun. Disjuncture and Difference in the Global Cultural Economy.

[Orig. Public Culture, 1990].

5. Bakhtin, Mikhail. Carnival and Carnivalesque. [Orig. Russian 1963].

6. Barthes, Roland. Myth Today. Mythologies. Trans. Jonathan Cape. Paris: Farrar,
Straus and Giroux, 1972, 109-160.

7. Baudrillard, Jean. The Precession of Simulacra. Simulations. New York: Semio-

text(e), 1983, 1-80.

8. Benjamin, Walter. The Work of Art in the Age of Mechanical Reproduction. [Orig.
1936].

874
 9. Bordo, Susan. Material Girl: The Effacements of Postmodern Culture. Unbear-
able Weight: Feminism, Western Culture, and the Body. Berkeley: University of
California Press, 1993.

10. Bourdieu, Pierre. Pierre Bourdieu, Distinction, and The Aristocracy of Culture,
Distinctions. [Orig. French 1979].

11. Butler, Judith. Imitation and Gender Insubordination. In Fuss, Diana, ed., Inside
Out: Lesbian Theories, Gay Theories. Taylor & Francis. 1992.

12. Cawelti, John. The Study of Literary Formulas. Adventure, Mystery, and Ro-
mance: Formula Stories as Art and Popular Culture. Chicago: University of
Chicago Press, 1976.

13. De Certeau, Michel. Introduction. The Practice of Everyday Life. Trans. by Steven
Rendall. Berkeley: University of California, 1984.

14. Fiske, John. The Popular Economy. Television Culture. New York: Routledge,
1987. 253-67.

15. Foucault, Michel. The History of Sexuality, Vol. I. New York: Vintage, 1990.

16. Geertz, Clifford. Thick Description: Towards an Interpretative Theory of Culture.

The Interpretation of Cultures. New York: Basic Books, 1973.

17. Gramsci, Antonio. Hegemony, Intellectuals and the State [orig. Italian 1926-1937].

18. Habermas, Jurgen. The Structural Transformation of the Public Sphere: An In-
quiry into a Category of Bourgeois Society. Trans. Thomas Burger. Boston: The
MIT Press, 1991.

19. Hall, Stuart. Encoding, Decoding. [orig. 1980].

20. Hobsbawm, Eric. Introduction: Inventing Traditions. In Invention of Tradition.

Eds. Eric Hobsbawm and Terence Ranger. New York: Cambridge UP, 2003.

21. Jameson, Fredric. Postmodernism, or the Cultural Logic of Late Capitalism. [Orig.
New Left Review, 1984]

22. Jenkins, Henry. Textual Poachers: Television Fans & Participatory Culture. New
York: Routledge, 1992.

23. Lacan, Jacques. The Mirror Stage. [Orig. French 1949; trans. 1977]

24. Levi-Strauss, Claude. The Structural Study of Myth. Structural Anthropology.

Vol. 1. Trans. Clair Jacobson and Brooke Grundfest Shoepf. New York: Basic,
1963.

25. Marx, Karl. Base and Superstructure. [Orig. 1859].

26. Marx, Karl, and Engels, Frederick. The Ruling Class and the Ruling Ideas. [Orig.
1845].

875
 27. Radway, Janice. Reading the Romance. Reading the Romance: Women, Patri-
archy, and Popular Literature. Revised Edition. Chapel Hill, NC: University of
North Carolina Press, 1991.

28. Rubin, Gayle. Thinking Sex: Notes for a Radical Theory of the Politics of Sexuality.
Pleasure and Danger. Ed. Carole Vance. London: Pandora, 1992.

29. Said, Edward. Introduction. Orientalism. New York: Pantheon Books, 1978.

30. Sedgwick, Eve Kosofsky. Introduction: Axiomatic. Epistemology of the Closet.

Berkeley: University of California Press, 1990.

31. 30. Gayatri Spivak. Can the Subaltern Speak? Marxism and the Interpretation of
Culture. Eds. Cary Nelson and Larry Grossberg. Chicago: University of Illinois
Press, 1988.

32. Tomlinson, John. Cultural Imperialism: A Critical Introduction. Baltimore, MD:

The Johns Hopkins University Press, 1991.

33. Williams, Raymond. The Analysis of Culture. [Orig. 1961].

12.124 HS 611: Research Writing

Course Code: HS 611
Course Name: Research Writing
L-T-P-C: 3-0-0-3
Prerequisites:M.A. and Ph.D. students in HSS
Students intended for: Ph.D.
Elective or Compulsory: Elective
Approval: 10th Senate

Course Contents
ˆ Module I [4 Lectures]

– Prewriting - questions and strategies. o Identification of the problem.

ˆ Module II [6 Lectures]

– Literature review.
– Reading primary and secondary sources effectively. o Note-taking strategies..

ˆ Module III [3 Lectures]

– Types of writing: analytical, expository and argumentative.

ˆ Module IV [6 Lectures]

– Thesis statement/s and hypotheses. o Methodology.

ˆ Module V [6 Lectures]

876
 – Creating an outline and fom1ing an argument. o Writing the introduction and
conclusion.
– Abstract writing.

ˆ Module VI [6 Lectures]

– Managing sources: referencing and citations. o Plagiarism and research ethics.

ˆ Module VII [4 Lectures]

– Results, analysis and discussion.

ˆ Module VIII [4 Lectures]

– Editing and revision strategies.

ˆ Module IX [3 Lectures]

– Presenting research.

Reading list:
1. Becker, Howard S. Tricks of the Trade: How to Think About Your Research
While Doing It. Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 1998.

2. Booth, Wayne C., Gregory G. Colomb and Joseph M. Williams. The Craft of
Research. Chicago: Chicago University Press, 2008.

3. Machi, Lawrence A. and Brenda T. McEvoy. The Literature Review: Six Steps
to Success. Thousand Oaks: Corwin, 2009.

4. Pinker, Stephen. The Sense of Style: The Thinking Person’s Guide to

Writing in the 21th Century. New York: Penguin, 2014.

5. Strunk Jr., William and E.B. White. The Elements of Style. Fourth Edition.
Longman, 2000.

6. Swales, J. M. and C. B. Feak. Academic Writing for Graduate Students.

Third edition. Ann Arbor: University of Michigan Press, 2012.

7. Zinsser, William. On Writing Well: The Classic Guide to Writing Nonfic-

tion. New York: Harper Collins, 2016 (30th Anniversary edn.).

12.125 HS 616: Managerial Thinking and Decision Making

Course Code: HS 616
Course Name: Managerial Thinking and Decision Making
L-T-P-C: 3-0-0-3
Prerequisites: IC 210 Probability, Statistics and Random Processes; or, with instruc-
tors permission
Intended for: B. Tech./M.S./Ph.D. students

877
 Distribution: SHSS elective for B. Tech. students; A core or elective course for
M.S./Ph.D. students.
Approval: 8th Senate

Course Contents
ˆ Introduction to decision making: descriptive, normative, prescriptive
styles Introduction to decision making; Decision-making approaches: Descriptive
(psychological), Normative (rational), and Prescriptive (pragmatic); Bounded ra-
tionality and satisficing. [6 Lectures]

ˆ Introduction to decision analysis and problem framing Study of decision

analysis and technical tools for analyzing decisions; framing decisions, applications
of decisions framing to marketing and management. [6 Lectures]

ˆ Decision analyses for certain and uncertain (probabilistic) decision sit-

uations Methods of decision-making under certainty; Methods of decision-making
under risk and uncertainty; Sequential decisions and decision trees; Multi-Criteria
decision analysis and methods of resolving tradeoffs and conflicting objectives. [8
Lectures]

ˆ Prediction, forecasting, and judgments Analytical methods for predictions;

Anticipating and Forecasting using non-statistical methods; Role of Intuition ver-
sus Analysis in Judgments; Use of statistical (linear regression) models to capture
human intuition; Judgment of Association and Causation; Counterfactual thinking.
[8 Lectures]

ˆ Biases and heuristics in decision making Introduction to different heuristics

and biases, endowment effect, loss aversion, status-quo bias, inter-temporal biases,
availability, representativeness, anchoring-and-adjustment, illusion of control, over-
confidence, and confirmation bias. [8 Lectures]

ˆ Decision making in groups From individual decision making to group decision

processes; group polarization; groupthink; cognitive repairs; nudges; brainstorming;
decision rules. [6 Lectures]

Textbooks:
1. J. Edward Russo & Paul Schoemaker, Winning Decisions: Getting it Right the
First Time, Doubleday, 2002.

2. John S. Hammond, Ralph L. Keeney, & Howard Raiffa, Smart Choices: A Practical
Guide to Making Better Decisions,Harvard Business School Press, 1999.

Reference Books:
1. Allen, David (2009). Making it all Work: Winning at the Game of Work and the
Business of Life. New York: Penguin (ISBN-10: 0143116622).

2. Ayres, I. (2007). Super Crunchers: Why Thinking-by-Numbers is the New Way to

Be Smart. New York: Bantam Books (ISBN 0553384732).

878
 3. Bazerman, M.H., & Moore, D. (2005, 7th ed). Judgment in Managerial Decision
Making. New York: Wiley (ISBN-13: 978-0-470-04945-7).

4. Gigerenzer, G. (2000). Adaptive Thinking: Rationality in the Real World. New

York: Oxford Uni- versity Press.

5. Gigerenzer, G., Todd, P., & ABC Research Group. (1999). Simple heuristics that
make us smart. New York: Oxford University Press.

6. Gladwell, M. (2005). Blink: The Power Of Thinking Without Thinking. New York:
Back Bay Books (ISBN-10: 0316010669).

7. Hardman, D. (2009). Judgment and Decision Making: Psychological Perspectives.

New York: Wiley (ISBN: 978-1-4051-2398-3)

8. Heath, C. & Heath, D. (2007). Made To Stick: Why Some Ideas Survive And
Others Die. New York: Random House (ISBN: 10-1400064287).

9. Kahneman, D. (2011). Thinking, fast and slow. New York: Farrar, Straus and
Giroux.

10. Kahneman D., Slovic P., and Tversky, A. (Eds.) (1982) Judgment Under Uncer-
tainty: Heuristics and Biases. New York: Cambridge University Press

11. Slovic, P. (2000). The Perception of Risk. Earthscan Publications.

12. Surowiecki, J. (2004). The Wisdom of Crowds. New York: Doubleday (ISBN
0-34-911605-9)

Articles:
Some journal articles on JSTOR and cases, articles, and teaching notes from Harvard
Business School Press (http://harvardbusinessonline.hbsp.harvard.edu).

12.126 HS 620: Popular Narratives

Course Code: HS 620
Course Name: Popular Narratives
L-T-P-C : 3-0-0-3
Approval: 6th Senate Meeting
Prerequisites : Consent of the Course Instructor
Students intended for : Ph.D.
Elective or Compulsory : Elective
Approval: 6th Senate

879
Course Contents
ˆ Introduction [4 Lectures] (4 lecture hours)

– What is Popular? High art and low art. Paperbacks. Dime Novels. For-
mula and literature. Bestsellers lists and influences. Comics strips to graphic
narratives.

ˆ Bestsellers [24 Lectures]

– Gothic (Mary Shelly, Bram Stoker)

– Detective Fiction (Arthur Conan Doyle, Agatha Christie)
– Spy Fction (Le Carre, Ian Flemming)
– Romance (Margaret Mitchell, Daphne Du Maurier)
– Graphic Narratives (Art Spiegelman, Marjane Satrapi)

ˆ Young Adult Fiction [8 Lectures]

– Quest Novels (J. R. R. Tolkien, J. K. Rowling, Louis Sachar)

ˆ Fandom [6 Lectures]

– (E. L. James, Hugh Howey)

Reading List:
1. Behler, Anne. Getting Started with Graphic Novels: A Guide for the Beginner.
Reference & User Services Quarterly: 46: 2 (Winter 2006).

2. Brown, Jeffrey. Comic Book Fandom. Black Superheroes, Milestone Comics, and
Their Fans. Jackson, MI: University of Mississippi Press, 2001.

3. Chandler, Raymond. The Simple Art of Murder. Originally published in Atlantic

Monthly, December, 1945.

4. de Certeau, Michel. Reading as Poaching. In The Practice of Everyday Life.

Translated by Steven Rendall. Berkeley, CA: University of California Press, 2002.

5. Denning, Michael. Fiction Factories: The Production of Dime Novels. In Mechanic

Accents: Dime Novels and Working-Class Culture in America. Revised edition.
London, UK: Verso, 1998.

6. Eisner, Will. Comics and Sequential Art. Florida: Poorhouse Press, 1985. Print.

7. Fish, Stanley. Literature in the Reader: Affective Stylistics. New Literary History
2, no. 1, A Symposium on Literary History (Autumn 1970).

8. Iser, Wolfgang. Interaction Between Text and Reader. In Prospecting: From

Reader Response to Literary Anthropology. Baltimore, MD: Johns Hopkins Uni-
versity Press, 1993.

880
 9. Jenkins, Henry. Scribbling in the Margins: Fan Readers / Fan Writers. Textual
Poachers: Television Fans and Participatory Culture. New York, NY: Routledge,
1992.

10. Miller, Laura. The Best-Seller List as Marketing Tool and Historical Fiction. Book
History 3 (2000): 286-304.

11. Penley, Constance. Feminism, Psychoanalysis, and the Study of Popular Culture.
Cultural Studies. Edited by Lawrence Grossberg, Cary Nelson, and Paula A. Tre-
ichler. New York, NY: Routledge, 1991.

12. Radway, Janice. Introduction , The Readers and their Romances. In Reading the
Romance: Women, Patriarchy, and Popular Literature. 2nd ed. Durham, NC:
University of North Carolina Press, 1991.

13. Saxena, Vandan. And the story goes on....: Harry Potter and Online Fan Fiction.
Technoculture 2 (2012).

14. Twitchell, James B. Paperbacked Culture. Carnival Culture: The Trashing of Taste
in America. New York, NY: Columbia University Press, 1992.

15. Wilson, Edmund. Who Cares Who Killed Roger Ackroyd? Originally published in
New Yorker, January 20, 1945.

16. Zboray, Robert. Gender and Boundlessness in Reading Patterns. In A Fictive

People: Antebellum Economic Development and the American Reading Public.
New York, NY: Oxford University Press, 1992.

12.127 HS 621: Advance Qualitative Research Methods

Course Code: HS 621
Course Name: Advance Qualitative Research Methods
L-T-P-C: 4-0-0-4
Pre-requisites: Consent of the Course Instructor
Approval: 9th Senate

Course Contents
ˆ Unit -I: Foundations of Qualitative Research Nature-characteristics-ontology-
epistemology-methodology-objectivism-naturalism-positivism-steps-primacy of data-
contextualization-triangulation- History of Qualitative Research, Qualitative Re-
search Process: conceptualizing problem, conceptual mapping, Theoretical Sam-
pling, Theoretical Saturation; Negative Cases in data; Comparing & Contrasting
with quantitative research. [6 Lectures]

ˆ Unit -II: Major Paradigms and Approaches in Qualitative Research Empirico-

Analytical: Positivism-Natural Sciences; Interpretive: Phenomenology- Symbolic
Interactionism-Hermeneutics; Critical paradigm: Psychoanalytic- Marxist-Feminist-
Phenomenology-Ethnography-Ethno methodology-Grounded theory-case study-Participatory
action research-Historical research-Descriptive research. [9 Lectures]

881
 ˆ Unit -III: Qualitative Data Collection Methods Interview: Structured inter-
view, semi-structured interview, unstructured interview, individual interview, in
depth interview -Observation: direct observation, indirect observation, participant
observation, field observation-Focus groups-Content analysis-life histories-narrative
inquiry-projective tests-dairy method-role play- simulation-case study-document
studies-key informants. [12 Lectures]

ˆ Unit -IV: Analysing Qualitative Data Characteristics and applications- Coding

of qualitative data Axial coding- Selective coding-Content analysis-tape analysis-
conversation analysis-typology- taxonomy-constant comparison-grounded theory-
analytic induction-logical analysis/matrix analysis-event analysis/micro analysis-
metaphorical analysis- domain analysis-hermeneutical analysis-discourse analysis-
heuristic analysis- narrative analysis-semiotics-interaction analysis-dilemma analysis-
logical and inductive analysis-illustrative method-analogies- Meta-analysis. [12 Lec-
tures]

ˆ Unit -V: Ethics and Evaluation of Qualitative Research Ethics in qualita-

tive research: Protection from harm, respect for individual dignity, right to self-
determination, right to privacy, confidentiality, informed consent, right to withdraw,
researcher safety, deception-debriefing, use of incentives, honesty and integrity in
the research process-Methodological rigour: congruence, responsiveness to social
context, Appropriateness, Adequacy, Transparency- Interpretive rigour: Authen-
ticity, Coherence, Reciprocity, Typicality, and Permeability. [5 Lectures]

Suggested Reading:

1. Berg, B., Qualitative research methods, Pearson, 1989.

2. Denzin, N. K. & Y. Lincoln (eds.), Handbook of Qualitative Research, 3rd

Edition, Sage, 2005.

3. Flick, U., An Introduction to Qualitative Research, 3rd Edition, Sage Publi-

cations, 2006

4. Flick, U., The SAGE Qualitative Research Kit, Sage Publications, 2007.

5. Gubrium, J. F., & J.A. Holstein, Handbook of interview research: context

& method, Sage, 2002.

6. Hammersley, M., & Atkinson, P., Ethnography: Principles in Practice, Rout-

ledge, 1995.

7. Miles, M. & M. Huberman, Qualitative Data Analysis, 2nd Edition, Sage, 1994.

8. Silverman, D. (ed.), Qualitative Research, Sage Publications, 2004.

9. Silverman, D., Interpreting Qualitative Data, 3rd Edition, Sage Publications,

2006.

882
12.128 HS 623: Advance Social Psychology
Course Code: HS 623
Course Name: Advance Social Psychology
L-T-P-C: 4-0-0-4
Pre-requisites: Consent of the Course Instructor
Approval: 9th Senate

Course Contents
NOTE: In the articles that report empirical studies, you are not required to understand
details of statistical analysis. You need to understand only the major empirical findings,
simple statistical indicators such as averages and correlation coefficients, and the main
theoretical ideas discussed in these articles.

ˆ Topic 1: Social psychology as a branch of psychology [4 Lectures]

– Its historical background, major features of contemporary social psychology,

and methods adopted in social psychology.

ˆ Readings: Baron & Byrne (10th edition)

– Social psychology: A working definition (pp. 5-13)

– Answering questions about social behaviour and social thought: Research
methods in social psychology (pp. 18-26) (Omit section Interpreting Research
Results)

ˆ Topic 2: Social Influence. [5 Lectures]

– Social facilitation, social loafing, power, and authority.

ˆ Readings:

– Grant T. & Dajee, K. (2003). Types of tasks, types of audience, types of

actor: Interaction between mere presence and personality type in a simple
mathematical task. Personality & Individual Differences, 35, 633-639.
– North, A. C.; Linley, P. A. & Hargreaves, D. J. (2000). Social loafing in a
cooperative classroom task. Education Psychology, 20 (4), 389-392.

ˆ Topic 3: Distributive and Procedural Justice. [4 Lectures]

– Major concepts, theories. Determinants of justice perception and justice be-

haviour.

ˆ Readings:

– Blader, S. L. (2007). What determines peoples fairness judgements? Identifica-

tion and outcomes influence procedural justice evaluations under uncertainty.
Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 43, 986-994.

ˆ Topic 4: Attitudes. [5 Lectures]

883
 – Formation, measurement, and change. Theories and models of attitude change.
Dynamics and strategies of persuasion.
ˆ Readings: Baron & Byrne (10th edition).

– Attitude formation: How and Why Attitudes Develop, 121-125, 127-140 (Omit
Attitude functions).
– Social learning: Acquiring attitudes from others; Genetic factors: Some sur-
prising findings.
– The attitude behaviour link: When and How Attitudes Influence Behaviour;
The fine art of persuasion: Using Messages to Change Attitudes (Omit When
attitude change fails).
ˆ Topic 5: Social Cognition. [6 Lectures]

– Attribution theories and attribution biases. Counterfactual thinking.

ˆ Readings:

– Augoustinos & Walker (1995). Attributional biases. pp. 67-85 (Omit Self-
serving Biases).
– Connolly, T. & Zeelenberg, M. (2002). Regret in decision-making. Current
directions in Psychological Science, 11 (6), 212-216.
ˆ Topic 6: Self-esteem and its social context. [6 Lectures]

ˆ Readings: Baron & Byrne (10th edition).

– Self-esteem: Attitudes about oneself, pp. 171-175. b) Other aspects of Self-

functioning, pp. 175-183.
ˆ Topic 7: Social categorization and social identity intergroup relation-
ships. [6 Lectures]
ˆ Readings:

– a) Baron & Byrne (10th edition). Social categorization: The Us versus Them
effect and the Ultimate Attribution Error, pp. 222-230 (Include: cognitive
sources of prejudice; stereotypes: explicit and implicit; other cognitive mech-
anism in prejudice: illusory correlations and out-group homogeneity); (Omit
Beyond the Headlines).
– Majeed, A. & Ghosh, E. S. K. (1982). A study of social identity in three ethnic
groups in India. International Journal of Psychology, 17, 455-463.
ˆ Topic 8: Group dynamics: Group cohesiveness; Group decision-making
[8 Lectures]
ˆ Readings:

– Alcock, Carment & Sadava (4th edition). Groups, pp. 332-338. (Include:
groups, language and group identity, attraction to the group cohesiveness,
group beliefs and their functions, differentiation within the group, role and
status, regulation by the group: norms, group decision-making); (Omit Power).

884
Suggested Reading:
1. Alcock, Carment & Sadava (4th edition). Groups, pp. 332-338. (Include: groups,
language and group identity, attraction to the group cohesiveness, group beliefs and
their functions, differentiation within the group, role and status, regulation by the
group: norms, group decision-making) (Omit Power).

2. Attitude formation: How and Why Attitudes Develop, 121-125, 127-140 (Omit
Attitude functions).

3. Augoustinos & Walker (1995). Attributional biases. pp. 67-85 (Omit Self-serving
Biases).

4. Baron & Byrne, Social Psychology (10th edition).

5. Blader, S. L. (2007). What determines peoples fairness judgements? Identification

and outcomes influence procedural justice evaluations under uncertainty. Journal
of Experimental Social Psychology, 43, 986-994.

6. Connolly, T. & Zeelenberg, M. (2002). Regret in decision-making. Current direc-

tions in Psychological Science, 11 (6), 212-216.

7. Grant T. & Dajee, K. (2003). Types of tasks, types of audience, types of actor:
Interaction between mere presence and personality type in a simple mathematical
task. Personality & Individual Differences, 35, 633-639.

8. Majeed, A. & Ghosh, E. S. K. (1982). A study of social identity in three ethnic

groups in India. International Journal of Psychology, 17, 455-463.

9. North, A. C.; Linley, P. A. & Hargreaves, D. J. (2000). Social loafing in a cooper-

ative classroom task. Education Psychology, 20 (4), 389-392.

12.129 HS 624: Advanced Organizational Psychology

Course Code: HS 624
Course Name: Advanced Organizational Psychology
L-T-P-C: 4-0-0-4
Pre-requisites: Consent of the Course Instructor
Approval: 9th Senate

Course Contents
ˆ Unit I: Introduction to Organizational Behaviour [4 Lectures]

– Historical Overview, Major Themes, Challenges and Oppmiunities, implica-

tions.

ˆ Readings:

– Robbins, S. P.; Judge, T. A.; Volua, N. (201 2). Organizat ional Behaviour
(14th Edition).

885
 – Rousseau, D.M. (1997). Organizational behavior in the new organizational
era. Review of Psychology, 48, 515-546.
– O’Reilly, C. 1 991. O rganizational behavio r: Where we have been, where
we’re going. Annual Rev iew of Psychology, 42.

ˆ Unit II: Attitude and Job Satisfaction [6 Lectures]

– Components of attitude; Major Job attitudes, measurement, causes and im-

pact of job satisfaction; employees’ responses to job dissatisfaction

ˆ Readings:

– Robbins, S. P.; Judge, T. A.; Volua, N. (2012). Organizational Behaviour

(14th Edition).
– Baron, R. A. (1994). The Physical Environment of Work Settings: Effects on
Task Performance, Interpersonal Relations, and Job Satisfaction. Research in
Organizational Behavior: 46p.
– Heerwagen, J. (2000). Green buildings, organizational success and occupant
productivity. building Research & Information 28(Issue 5/6): 15p.
– Oldham, G. R. and N. L. Ratchford (1983). Relationships between Office
Characteristics and Employee Reactions: A Study of the Physical Environ-
ment. Administrative Science Quarterly 28(Issue 4): 15p.

ˆ Unit III: Theories of Motivation [8 Lectures]

– Major Theories and applications- Need Hierarchy, Two-Factor theory, Porter-

Lawler Expectancy theory, Equity theory and Organizational Justice, Goal set-
ting theory; Work Motivation; Indian perspective on Motivation: Karmayoga;
Role of culture and Environment

ˆ Readings:

– Lord, R. G., Diefendorff, J. M., Schmidt, A. M., & Hall, R. J. (2010). Self-
regulation at work. Annual Review of Psychology, 61, 543-568.
– Scholer, A. A., & Higgins, E. T. (2011). Regulatory focus in a demanding
world. In R. Hoyle (Ed.), Handbook of personality and self-regulation (pp.
291-314). Malden, MA: Blackwell Publishing.
– Robbins, S. P.; Judge, T. A.; Volu-a, N. (2012). Organizational Behaviour
(14th Edition)
– BhagwadGeeta - Chapter 3- Karmayoga - for Motivation

ˆ Unit IV: Personality [8 Lectures]

– Personality Assessment: MBTl; BIG-S; Personality traits; Person-Job fit; In-

dian perspectives on personality: Purusa, Prakriti & Guna; Satva, Rajas,
Tamas), Contemporary approaches; personality and values

ˆ Readings:

886
 – Bhagwadgita Hall, C. S.; Lindzey, G.; Campbell, I. B. (2004). Theories of
Personality (4th Edition). New York: John Wiley & Sons, Inc.
– Mishra, G. & Mohanty, A. K. (2002). Perspectives on Indigenous Psychology.
New Delhi: Concept Publishing Company.
ˆ Unit V: Leadership [6 Lectures]

– Historical Context: The Iowa studies, Ohio state studies, early Michigan stud-
ies; Major Approaches; Charismatic, Transformational, Authentic & Nurturant-
Task Leadership Styles; Altemative to leadership; Role of Followers; Chal-
lenges
ˆ Readings:

– Conger, J.A. & Kanungo, R.N. (1987). Toward a behavioral theory of charis-
matic leadership in organizational settings. AMR, 12, 637-647.
– Kark, R., Shamir, B. Chen, G. (2003). The two faces of transformationallead-
ership: Empowerment and dependency. JAP, 88(2), 246-255.
– Howell, J.M. & Shamir, B. (2005). The role of followers in the charismatic
leadership process: Relationships and their consequences. AMR, 30(1),96-112.
– Bass, B.M. (1990). An introduction to the theories and models of leadership.
Chapter 3 (pp. 37-55) of Bass & Stogdill ’s handbook of leadership. NY: Free
Press. (The ultimate historical reference.)
– Hogan, R., Curphy, G.J. & Hogan, I. (1994). What we know about leadership:
Effectiveness and personality. American Psychologist, 49, 493-504.
– Pfeffer, J. (1977). The ambiguity of leadership. AMR, 2, 104-112. (Another
critique of the leadership concept, though Pfeffer has since
– Culture and Organizational Behavior (Book) - J.B.P. Sinha
ˆ Unit VI: Group Processes [6 Lectures]

– Nature, Formation and Development of Groups; Decision Making in Groups;

Work Group and Work Teams; Creating Effective Teams; Group conflict and
Negotiation (Processes and Strategies)
ˆ Readings:

– Guzzo, R.A. & Dickson, M.W. (1996). Teams in organizations: Recent re-
search on performance and effectiveness. Annual Review of Psychology, 47,
307-338.
– Kerr, N.L. & Tindale, R.S. (2004). Group performance and decision making.
A nnual Review of I Psychology, 55, 623-655.
– Martins, L.L. & Gilson, L.L. (2004). Virtual teams: What do we know and
where do we go from here. JOM, 30, 805-835.
– Goodman, P.S., Ravlin, E. & Schrninke, M. (1987). Understanding groups in
organizations. ROB, 9, 121-175.
– Robbins, S. P.; Judge, T. A.; Vohra, N. (2012). Organizational Behaviour
(14th Edition)

887
 ˆ Unit VII: Power and Politics [6 Lectures]

– Bases and Keys to Power; Power tactics; Political Behavior (Causes and Con-
sequences); Sexual Harassment/Misuse of power; major ethical issues

ˆ Readings:

– Robbins, S. P.; Judge, T. A.; Vohra, N. (2012). Organizational Behaviour

(14th Edition)

ˆ Unit VIII: Organizational Design [6 Lectures]

– Learning organization (Single loop & Double loop learning); Modern organi-
zation Designs Horizontal designs, Contemporar y designs, Network designs,
vittual organization
– Reference- Luthans, F., (2011 ). Organizational Behav i o ur: an evidence
based approach. 12th edition. MacGra w Hill International

Suggested Reading:
1. Amstad, F. T., Meier, L. L., Fasel, U., Elferi ng, A., & Semmer, N. K. (2011).
A meta-analysis of work -family conflict and various outcomes with a special em-
phasis on cross-domain versus matching-domain relations. Journal of Occupational
HealtY. Psychology,16, 151-169.

2. Baron, R. A. (1994). 11The Physical Environment of Work Settings: Effects on

Task Performance, Interpersonal Relations, and Job Satisfaction.11 Research in
Organizational Behavior: 46p.

3. Robbins, S. P.; Judge, T. A.; Vohra, N. (2012). Organizational Behaviour (14th

Edition).

4. Rousseau, D.M. (1997). Organizational behavior in the new organizational era.

Annual Review of Psychology , 48, 515-546.

5. Scholer, A. A., & Higgins, E. T. (2011). Regulatory focus in a demanding worl

d. In R. Hoyle (Ed.), Handbook.of personality and self-regulation (pp. 291-314).
Malden, MA: Blackwell Publishing.

6. Sonnentag, S., Binnewies, C., & Mojza, E. J. (2008). Did you have a nice evening?
A day-level study of recovery experiences, sleep, and affect. Journal of Applied
Psychology, 93, 674-685.

7. Katz, D. & Kahn, R.L. (1966). The Social Psychology of Organizations. New York:
Wiley.

8. Luhans, F., (2011). Organizational Behavi o ur: an evidence based approach. 12th
edition. MacGraw Hill International.

888
12.130 HS 626: Eighteenth Century German Aesthetic and
Literary Criticism
Course Code: HS 626
Course Name: Eighteenth Century German Aesthetic and Literary Criticism
L-T-P-C: 3-0-0-3
Pre-requisites: Proven Competence in German and Teachers Consent
Intended for: PG
Elective/Core: Elective
Approval: 8th Senate

Course Contents
ˆ SpataufkHirung: Die Idee der Aufklarung, empirischer Pragmatismus, empirische
Psychologie, die philosophischen Grundlagen (Kant, Christian Wolff, Moses Mendel-
sohn, Herder, Karl Philipp Moritz)
ˆ Literarische Aufklarung: Das Gute und das Moralische (Lessing), Kosmopolitismus
(Wieland)
ˆ Sturm und Drang: Asthetische Su bjektivitat, Sentimentalismus/Empfindsamkeit
(Hamann, Goethe, Schiller)
ˆ Klassizismus: Die Entdeckung der Antike, das ganzheitiche Naturbild, Goethes
Urphanomen, das Asthetische als Vermittler zwischen Bildung und Harmonie, as-
thetischer Humanismus- Formtrieb, Stofftrieb und Spieltrieb (Schiller), Kunst als
Nachahmung (Winckelmann)
ˆ FrUhromantik: Kunstreligion, Naturals Heilstatte sowie Mysterium, die Entdeck-
ung des Unbewussten, Ironie als Weltbi ld, Transzendentalpoesie (Schlegel)

Suggested Reading:
Select Excerpts from standard editions:
Baumgarten: Aesthetica; Blanckenburg: Versuch Uber den Roman, BUrger: Herzen-
sausguUber die Volkspoesie; F.Schlegel: Ober das Studium der griechischen Poesie;
Goethe: Ober epische und dramati sche Dichtkunst, Zum Shakespeare-Tag; Gottsched :
Versuch einer Critischen Dichtkunst, II, x; Hamann: Aesthetica in nuce; Herder: Kritis-
che Walder, erstes Waldchen; Kant: Kritik der asthetischen Urteilskraft; Kleist: Uber das
Marionettentheater; Klopstock: Von der heiligen Poesie; Lenz: Uber Gotz von Berlichin-
gen; Lessing: Laokoon oder tiber die Grenzen der Malerei und Poesie; Moritz: Uber den
Begriff des in sich Vollendeten, Uber die bildende Nachahmung des Schonen; Schiller:
Uber naive und sentimentale Dichtung; Wieland: Briefe an einen jungen Dichter; Winck-
elmann: Gedanken tiber die Nachahmung der griechischen Werke.

Select Bibliography:
Books
1. Bohrer, Karl Heinz. Der romantische Brief Die Entstehung asthetischer Subjektiv-
itat. (Suhrkamp) Frankfurt am Main 1989.

889
 2. Eighteenth Century German Criticism. Ed. T. Chamberlain. (Continuum) New
York 1992.

3. De Boor/Newald. Geschichte der deutschen Literatur. Seven Volumes. (Beck)

Munich 1949 jJ.

4. Frank, Manfred. Einfiihrung in diefriihromantische Asthetik. (Suhrkamp) Frank-

furt am Main 1989.

5. Haerkottler, Heinrich. Deutsche Literaturgeschichte. (Winkler) Darmstadt 2004.

6. Mein, Georg. Die Asthetik des Schbnen. (Aisthesis) Bielefeld 2000.

7. German Aesthetic and Literary Criticism, Vol. I. Ed. H.B. Nisbet (CUP) Cam-
bridge 1 985.

8. The Cambridge History of German Literature. Ed. H. Watanabe-O’Kelly. (CUP)

Cambridge 1997.

9. Wellbery, David. A New History of German Literature. (HUP) Harvard 2005.

10. Zmegac, Viktor. Geschichte der deutschen Literatur vom 18. Jahrhundert bis zur
Gegenwart. Band 1 (1770-1848). (Athenaum) Bodenheim 1992.

Journals
1. Deutsche Viertelj’ahresschrift fiir Literaturwissenschaft und Geistesgeschichte

2. Goethe-Jahrbuch

3. Ze itschrift fur deutsche Philologie

4. Ze itschrift fiir Germanistik

5. Euphorion

12.131 HS 627: Readings in Eighteenth Century German Lit-

erature
Course Code: HS 627
Course Name: Readings in Eighteenth Century German Literature
L-T-P-C: 3-0-0-3
Pre-Requisites: Proven Competence in German and Teachers Consent
Intended for: PG
Elective/Core: Elective
Approval: 8th Senate

890
Course Contents
Appreciation of the principal genres such as secular poetry informed by lyrical subjectiv-
ity, the Bildungsroman, the blirgerliches Trauerspiel; their emergence against the back-
drop of persistent controversies and tensions like: alien models versus national models,
Greek art versus modern art, authentic versus inauthentic art; inwardness as distinctive
German quality in art; the Bible as inspirational source; Enlightenment philosophy versus
the claims of inspiration and intuition; folk poetry; imitation and imagination; bourgeois
tragedy and national theater; writing for an audience: the literary marketplace and the
journal as medium of the Englightenment.

Suggested Reading:
1. Goethe, Johann Wolfgang. Die Leiden des jungen Werthers. Hamburger Ausgabe,
Vol. VI.
2. Goethe, Johann Wolfgang. lphigenie aufTauris. In: Klassische Dramen. Ed. D.
Borchmeyer. (Dt. Klassiker Verlag) Frankfurt am Main 2008.
3. Goethe, Johann Wolfgang. Gedichte der,Sturm und Drang -Periode. In: Ham-
burger Ausgabe, Vol. I.
4. Goethe, Johann Wolfgang. Urfaust. In: Faust- Dichtungen, Vol. I. Ed. Ulrich
Gaier. (Reclam) Stuttgart 1999.
5. Goethe, Johann Wolfgang. Winckelmann und sein Jahrhunderl. Berliner Ausgabe,
Vol. XIX.
6. Holderlin, Friedrich.,Htilfte des Lebens . Stuttgarter Ausgabe, Vol. I, Ed. F.
BeiBner. Munich 2004.
7. Holderlin, Friedrich. Hyperion oder der Eremeit in Griechenland. (Reclam) Stuttgart
1993.
8. Klopstock, Friedrich Gottlieb. ,Ode an Gott . Ed. H. Gronemeyer & K. Hurlebusch.
Hamburger Klopstock-Ausgabe, Vol. I. (de Gruyter) Berlin/ New York 1974.
9. Lessing, Gotthold Ephraim. Nathan der Weise. Ed. V. Hantzsche & K. Bremer
(Reclam S tudienausgabe) Stuttgart 2013.
10. Moritz, Karl Philipp. Anton Reiser. Ein psychologischer Roman. Ed. H. Gunther.
(Insel) Frankfurt am Main 1980.
11. Schiller, Friedrich. Briefe iiber die tisthetische Erziehung des Menschen. Ed. W.
Bohm. (Niemeyer) Halle 1927.
12. Schiller, Friedrich. Don Carlos. Frankfurter Ausgabe, Vol. III, 1989.
13. Schlegel, Friedrich v. Lucinde. (Reelam) Stuttgart 1999.
14. Tieck, Ludwig & Wackenroder, Wilhelm Heinrich. HerzensergiejJungen eines kun-
stliebenden Klosterbruders. Ed. E. Rietzschel. (Reclam) Leipzig 1981.
15. Wieland, Christoph Martin. Geschichte des Agathon. Ed. K. Manger. (Deutscher
Klassiker Verlag) Frankfurt am Main 1986

891
Select Bibliography:
1. Alt, Peter-Andre. Aujklarung. (Metzler) Stuttgart 1996.

2. Eighteenth Century German Literature. Enlightenment and Sensibility. Ed. B.

Becker Cantarino. Camden House History of German Literature, Vol. V. (Camden)
Rochester/ New York 2005.

3. Blackall, Eric A. The Emergence ofGerman as a Literary Language 1700-1775.

(Cornell University Press) Ithaca/ London 1978.

4. Bruford, Walter. Germany in the Eighteenth Century. The Social Background of

the Literary Revival. (CUP) Cambridge 1965.

5. Deutsche Aujkldrung bis zur Franzosischen Revolution. Vol. 3.1 ofHansers Sozialgeschichte
der deutschen Literatur vom 16. Jahrhundert bis zur Gegenwart. Ed. R. Grim-
minger. (Hanser) Munich 1984.

6. Guthke, KarlS. Literarisches Leben im achtzehnten Jahrhundert in Deutschland

und in der Schweiz. (Francke) Bern 1975.

7. Habermas, Jiirgen. Strukturwandel der Offentlichkeit. Untersuchungen zu einer

Kategorie der bilrgerlichen Gesellschaft. (Luchterhand) Neuwied 1962.

8. Heinz, Jutta. Wissen vom Menschen und Erzdhlen vom Einzelfall. Untersuchungen
zum anthropologischen Roman der SpataufkHirung. (de. Gruyter) Berlin 1996.

9. Jager, Georg. Emp.findsamkeit und Roman. (Kohlhammer) Stuttgart 1969.

10. Kemper, Hans-Georg. Deutsche Lyrik der fruhen Neuzeit. Vol. 6/1: Empfind-
sarnkeit. (Niemeyer) Tilbingen 1997.

11. Willems, Gottfried. Geschichte der deutschen Literatur. Vol. II & III. (UTB)
Stuttgart 2012, 2013 resp.

12. McCarthy, John A. Crossing Boundaries. A Theory and History of Essay Writing
in German 1680-1815. (University of Pennsylvania Press) Philadelphia 1989.

12.132 HS 629: German Studies: An Intellectual and Cultural

Approach (1750- 2000)
Course Code: HS 629
Course Name: German Studies: An Intellectual and Cultural Approach
(1750- 2000)
L-T-P-C: 3-0-0-3
Pre-requisites: Proven Competence in German and Teachers Consent
Intended for: PhD Elective/Core: Elective
Approval: 8th Senate

892
Course Contents
ˆ Humanism:

– Lessing- Ideals of Enlightenment, Philosophy of Religion; Kant- Critique of

Knowledge, Idea of Free Will and Moral Autonomy, Autonomy of Art; Weimar
Classicism- Goethe’s Concept of Weltliteratur, Schiller’s Ideal of Aesthetic
Education.

ˆ Romanticist Ideals of Art and Life:

– Schlegel - Transzendentalpoesie, Irony as art critique; Noval is- The Idea of

Christianity and
– Europe; Holderlin - Dialectical Idealism, The Ideals of U ni ty and Freedom.

ˆ German Idealism:

– Hegel - Dialectics; Schelling - History of World as History of Consciousness;

Marx -Dialectical Materialism.

ˆ Jahrhundertwende:

– Nietzsche’s Cultural Criticism...=..Revisiting Romantici sm and Classicism;

Georg Simrnel, Max
– Weber - Lebensphilosophie, Protestant Ideals of Modernity.

ˆ Beginning of Modernism

– Freud, Psychoanal ysis; Oswald Spengler, Thomas Mann Civilisational Dis-

contents.

ˆ Weimar Republic

– Arendt, Benjamin, Ernst Cassirer - symbolic understanding of culture. Ver-

gangenheitsbewaltigung - Eric Voegelin; Adorno & Horkheimer - Dialectics of
Enlightenment.

ˆ Hans Blumenberg

– Knowledge Critique, Metaphorology.

Suggested Reading:
1. Blumenberg, Hans. Asthetische und metaphorologische Schriften. Selections with
an Afterword by A. Haverkamp. (Suhrkamp) Frankfurt am Main 2001.

2. Cassirer, Ernst. Was ist der Mensch? Versuch einer Philoso phie der menschl ichen
Ku ltur. Trs. W. K.rampf. (Kohlhammer) Stuttgart 1 960.

3. Dilthey, Wilhelm. Das Erlebnis und die Dichtung, Lessing, Goethe, Navalis, Holder/in.
(Reclam) Leipzig 1991 .

4. Dilthey, Wilhelm. Die Philosophie des Lebens. Ed. H. Nohl. (Klostermann)

Frankfurt am Main 1946.

893
 5. Freud, Sigmund. Das Unbehagen in der Kultur. (Fischer) 2007.

6. Fromm, Erich. Die Seele des Menschen. Ihre Fahigkeit zum Guten und Bosen.
(Ullstein) Frankfurt am Main 1981.

7. Hegel, Georg Wilhelm Friedrich. Philosophie der Kunst oder Asthetik. Ed. A.
Gethmann-Siefert & F. Kehler. (Fink) Munich 2004. .

8. Hegel, Georg Wilhelm Friedrich. Vorlesungen ii.ber die Philosophie der Welt-
geschichte. (Meiner) Leipzig 1968.

9. Holderlin, Friedrich. Hyperion oder Eremit in Griechenland. Ed. J. Schmidt.

(Insel) Frankfurt am Main 1984.

10. Kant, Immanuel. Anthropologie in pragmatischer Hinsicht. Ed. W. Becker.

(Reclam) Stuttgart 1983.

11. Lessing, Gotthold Ephraim. Die Erziehung des Menschengeschlechts. Ed. G. Mat-
tke. (Freies Geistesleben) Stuttgart 1958.

12. Mann, Thomas. Von Deutscher Republik, Politische Schriften und Reden in Deutsch-
land. (S. Fischer) Frankfurt am Main 1985.

13. Marx, Karl. Uber Kultur, Asthetik, Literatur. (Reclam) Leipzig 1971.

14. Nietzsche, Friedrich. Die Geburt der Tragodie aus dem Geist der Musik. (Insel)
Frankfurt am Main 2000.

15. Navalis. Werke in einem Band. Ed. H. D. Dahnke. (Aufbau) 1985.

16. Schelling, Friedrich Wilhelm Joseph. Das Wesen der menschlichen Freiheit. Ed. H.
Fuhrmans. (Schwann) Dusseldorf 1950.

17. Schlegel, Friedrich v. Athenaeum.Eine Zeitschrift von August Wilhelm Schlegel

und Friedrich Schlegel. Ed. F. Baader. (Pan) Berlin 1905.

18. Simmel, Georg. Kant und Goethe. Zur Geschichte der modernen Weltanschauung.
(Wolff) Leipzig 1916.

19. Spengler, Oswald. Nietzsche und sein Jahrhundert. In: Reden und Aufsatze.
(Beck) Munich 1938.

20. Voegelin, Eric. Die Krise. Zur Pathologie des modernen Geistes. Ed. P. Opitz.
(Fink) Munich 2008.

21. Voegelin, Eric. Die neue Wissenschaft der Politik. Eine Einfuhrung. (Pustet)
Munich 1 959.

22. Weber, Max. Die protestantische Ethik und der,Geist des Kapitalismus. (Fi-
nanzbuch) Munich 2006.

894
Select Bibliography:
1. Auerbach, Erich. Mimesis. Dargestellte Wirklichlichkeit in der abendlandischen
Literatur. (Francke) 2001.

2. Dahrendorf, Ralf. Gesellschaft und Demokratie in Deutschland. (Piper) Munich

1965.

3. Germany. A Companion to German Studies . Ed. M. Pasley. (Methuen) London

1972.

4. Jackel, Eberhard. Das deutsche Jahrhundert. Eine historische Bilanz. (DV-A)

Stuttgart 1996.

5. Kohn, Hans. The Mind of Germany. (Scribner) 1960.

6. Lowith, Karl. Von Hegel zu Nietzsche. Der Revolutionare Bruch im Denken des
neunzehnten Jahrhunderts. (Fischer) Frankfurt 1969.

7. Schiller, Friedrich. Der unterschtitzte Theoretiker. Ed. G. Bollenbeck & L. Ehrlich.

(Bohlau) Weimar 2007.

8. Schacht, Richard. Alienation. (Allen & Unwin) 1971.

12.133 HS 631: Historical Theory and Methodology

Course Code: HS 631
Course Name: Historical Theory and Methodology
L-T-P-C: 3-0-0-3
Prerequisites: Consent of the course instructor
Intended for: PG
Distribution: Elective for HSS
Approval: 8th Senate

Course Contents
ˆ The Emergence of Modern Historiography [2 Lectures]

– The disenchantment with the Enlightenment

– The rise of romanticism and idealism
– Nationalism, positivism and the rise of the modern practice of history writing

ˆ Positivism, Idealist History and Other Early Approaches [4 Lectures]

– Georg Wilhelm Friedrich Hegel

* dialectics
* world spirit
* consciOusness
* universal history

895
 – Leopold von Ranke
* objectivity
* the primacy of facts
– Thomas Babington Macaulay
* progress and linear history
– Thomas Carlyle
* the great man theor y
– R.G. Collingwood
* history as the stud y of the mind
* the autonomy of action
* reenactment
– Arnold Toynbee
* challenge and response
* the creative minority

ˆ Marxist History [10 Lectures)

– Karl Marx
* production and class relations
* historical materialism
* commodity fetishism
* the theory of surplus value
* alienation
* reification
– Frederic Engels
* evolutionary history
* the interface of anthropology and history
* d ialectical materialism
– Antonio Gramsci
* dominance and hegemony
* culture
* war of manoe uver and war of position
– ou is Althusser
* anti-humanism
* epistemological break
* anti-historicism
* overdetermination
* ideological state apparatus
– British Marxist historiography
* Maurice Dobb

896
 * Rodney Hilton
* Edward P. Thompson
* Christopher Hill
* Eric J. Hobsbawm
– Literature and Histor y
* Christopher Caudwell
* George Thomson
* Georg Lukacs
* Raymond Williams
* Terry Eagleton

ˆ Annales School [8 Lectures]

– Mark Bloch and Lucien Febvre

* the departure from political history
* economic structures and relationships iii) geography and history
– Fernand Braude!
* time and structure
* geography and longue duree processes
* capitalism and civilization
– History of Mentalities
* Georges Duby: the three orders
* Jacques Le Goff: merchants, churches and their time and imagination
* Emmanuel Le Roy Ladurie: rural life
– Quantitative history
* Ernest Labrousse
* Pierre Chaunu
– Cultural practices
* Roger Chartier

ˆ The Narrative

– Fredric Jameson
* the political unconscious
* narrative as a socially symbolic act
– Paul Ricoeur
* time and narrative
* m1mes1s
– Louis Mink
* representation and narrative
* narrative and cognition

897
 – Hayden White
* the critique of narrative history
* emplotment
* literary narrative and the historical narrative

ˆ he Linguistic Turn [6 Lectures]

– Jacques Denida
* deconstruction
* difference
* arch-writing
– Michael Foucault
* discourse analysis
* discursive formation
* archaeology and genealogy
– Jean-Franyois Lyotard
* the critique of the metanarrative
– Stephen Greenblatt
* new historicism

ˆ 7. Oral Tradition [3 Lectures]

– Formulaic composition
* Milman Parry
* Albet1Lord
– Oral tradition as history
* Jan Vansina
* David Henige
– Oral history
* Evidence and authenticity
* shared authority

ˆ Analysis [5 Lectures]

– Causality
* Mono-causal explanations
* Mu lti-causal explanations
* Internal and external causes
* Laws of causality
– The nature of generalization
* Difference between generalization and universalization
* Generalization and the laws of historical causation

898
 – Argument-building
– Facts and argument
– Conjecture
– Logic in argument-building
– Rhetoric

Bibliography:
(Selections from the following works)

1. Abrams, Lynn. 2010. Oral History Theory. Oxon and New York: Rout ledge.

2. Agamben, Giorgio. 1993. Infancy and History: Essays on the Destruction of Ex-
perience. London and New Yark: Verso.

3. Althusser, Louis. 1990 [1969]. For Marx. London & New York: Verso.

4. Althusser, Louis and Etienne Balibar. 1970. Reading Capital . London: New Left
Books.

5. Anderson, Perry. 1974. Passage from Antiquity to Feudalism. London: New Left
Books.

6. 6. . 1984. In the Tracks of Historical Materialism. Chicago: University of Chicago

Press.

7. Bloch, Marc. 1961. Feudal Society (2 Vols). Chicago: University of Chicago Press.

8. . 1992 [1954]. The Historian’s Craft. Manchester: Manchester University Press.

9. Boucher, David. 1989. The Social and Political Thought of R.G. Collingwood.
Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.

10. Bowra, C. M. 1 952. Heroic Poetry. London: Macmillan & Co. Ltd.

11. Braude!, Fernand. 1972-73. The Mediterranean and the Mediterranean World in
the Age of Philip 11(2 Vols). Translated by Sian Reynolds. New York: Harper &
Row.

12. . 1985 [1975-79]. Civilization and Capitalism, 15th-18th Century (3 Vols). Trans-
lated by Sian Reynolds. New York: Harper Collins.

13. Burguiere, Andre. 2009. The Annales School: An intellectual History. Cornell U
ni versi ty Press.

14. Carlyle, Thomas. 1841. On Heroes. Hero-Worship, and The Heroic in History.
London: J ames Fraser.

15. CaiT. E.H. 1 970. What is History?. Harmondsworth: Penguin.

16. Caudwell, Christopher. 1950 [1946] Illusion and Reality: A Study of the Sources of
Poetry (2nd ed). London: Lawrence & Wishart.

899
17. Chartier, Roger. 1988. Cultural History: Between Practices and Representations.
Ithaca, N.Y.: Cornell University Press.

18. . 1 997. On the Edge of the Cliff: HistUJy, Language, and Practices. Balti more:
The Johns Hopkins University Press.

19. Clark. Stua rt (ed). 1 999. The Annules School: Critical Assessments. London
and New Yor k: Routl ed ge.

20. Collingwood, R.G. 1978 [ 1 946J . The Idea ofHistory. Ox ford: Oxford Uni versity
Press.

21. Culler, Jonathan. 1982. On Deconstruction. Ithaca, NY: Cornell University Press.

22. Danto, Arthur C. 1965. Analyrical Philosophy of History. Cambridge: Cambridge

Uni versity Press.

23. Derrida, Jacques. 1976. Of Grammatology. Baltimore & London: The Johns
Hopkins University.

24. . [1 967] 1978. Writing and Difference. Chicago: University of Chicago Press.

25. Dobb, Maurice. 1963. Studies in the Development of Capitalism, revised edition.
London: Routledge & Kegan Paul.

26. Dray, William H (ed). 1966. Philosophical Analysis and History. New York: Harper
& Row.

27. Duby, Georges. 1 980. The Chivalrous Society, Un i versity of California Press,
Berkeley.

28. . 1 980. The Three Orders. Chicago: The University of Chicago Press.

29. Eagleton, Terry. 1983. Literary Theory: An Introduction. Minneapolis: University

of Minnesota Press.

30. Engels, Frederick. 1948. The Origin of the Family, Private Property and the State.
Moscow: Progress Pu blishers.

31. Febvre, Lucien. 1924. A Geographical introduction to History. (in colla boration
with Lionel Bataillon). London: Routledge and Kegan Paul.

32. 1973. A New Kind of History, and Other Essays. New York: Harper and Row.

33. Foucault, Michel. 1 972. The Archaeology of Knowledge and the Discourse on
Language. New York: Pantheon Books.

34. Frisch, Michael. 1990. A Shared Authority: Essays on the Craft and Meaning of
Oral and Public History. SUNY Series in Oral and Public History. Albany: State
University of New York Press.

35. Gramsci , Antonio. 1 971. Selections from the Prison Notebooks. New York:
International Publishers.

900
36. Greenblatt, Stephen. Marvelous Possessions: The Wonder of the New World.
Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 1991.

37. Hegel, Georg Wilhelm Friedrich 1956 [1837]. The Philosophy of History. New York:
Dover Publications.

38. Henige, David. 1982. Oral Historiography. London and New Yo r k: Longman.

39. Hill , Christopher. 1965. The Century of Revolution. 1603-171-1. London and New
York: W. W. Norton & Company.

40. . 1990 [1971]. Antichrist in Seventeenth Century England. London: Verso.

41. . 1997. The Intellectual Origins of the E.nglish Revolution Revisited. Oxford:
Oxford University Press.

42. Hobsbawm, Eric J. 1997. On History. London: Weikenfeld and Nicholson.

43. lggers, Georg C. 1968. The German Conception of History: Middletown, Conn:
Wesleyan University Press.

44. . 1997. Historiography in the Twentieth Century: From Scientific Objectivity

to the Postmodern Challenge. Hanover, N.H., and London: Wesleyan University
Press.

45. Jameson, Fredric. 1981. The Political Unconscious: Narrative as a Socially Sym-
bolic Act. Ithaca, New York: Cornell University Press.

46. Krieger, Leonard. 1977. Ranke: 17’ze Meaning qj’ History. Chicago: The Univer-
sity of Chicago Press.

47. Ladourie, Emmanuel Le Roy. 1978. Montaillou: The Promised Land of Error.
London: Sco lar Press.

48. Lord, Albert B. 1960. The Singer of Tales. Cambridge, Massachusetts: Harvard
University Press.

49. Lowith, Karl. 1949. 1\1eaning in History: The Theological Implications ( lthe
Philosophy of History. Chicago: University of Chicago Press.

50. Lukacs, Georg. 1971. History and Class Consciousness: Studies in Marxist Dialec-
tics. London: Merli,n Press.

51. Lummis, Trevor. 1987. Listening to History: The Authenticity of Oral Evidence.
London: Century Hutchinson and Co., Ltd.

52. Macaulay, Thomas Babington. 1848-1 859. The History of England from the
Accession of James II. (i n 5 vols). Philadelphia: Porter and Coates.

53. Marx, Karl. 1909-10. Capital: A Critique of Political Economy (3 Vols). Chicago:
Charles H. Kerr and Co. Co-operative.

54. Mink, Louis 0. 1987. Historical Understanding, ed., Brian Fay, Eugene Golob and
Robeti T. Vann. Ithaca, N.Y.: Cornell University Press.

901
55. Nietzsche, Frederic. 1957. The Use and Abuse of History. Indianapol is and New
York: Library of Liberal Arts, Bobbs-Merrill Co.

56. Parry, Milman. 1971. The lvfaking of Homeric Verse: The Collected Papers of
Milman Parry, ed. Adam Parry). Oxford: Clarendon Press.

57. Popper, Karl R. 1961. The Poverty of Historicism. London: Routledge & Kegal
Paul.

58. Ranke, Leopold von. 1884. Universal Histo;y: The Oldest Historical Group of
Nations and the Greeks. New York: Charles Scribner’s Sons.

59. . 1981. The Secret ofWorld History: Selected Writings on the Art and Science of
Hislory. Roger W ines (ed.). New York: Fordham U niversity Press.

60. . Ricoeur, Paul. 1984-88. Time and Narrative (3 Vols). Chicago & London: The
University of Chicago Press.

61. Ritch i e, Donald A. 2003 . Doing Oral History: A Pruclical Guide, second ed i
tion. New York: Oxford U niversity Press.

62. Stern, Fritz (ed). 1956. The Varieties of Hist01y: From Voltaire to the Present.
New York: Meridian Books.

63. Thompson, Edward P. 1968. The Making of the English Working Class. Har-
mondsworth: Pe ngui n.

64. Thomson, George. 1973. Aeschylus and Athens: A Study in the Social Origins of
Drama (4th ed). London: Lawrence & Wishart.

65. Toynbee, Arnold. 1934-1 961. A Study of 1-Jistoty. (in 1 2 vols). London, New
York and Toronto: Oxford University Press.

66. Veyne, Paul. 1984. Writing History: Essay on Epistemology. Middletown, Conn.:
Wesleyan U niversity Press.

67. Walsh, W.H. 1958. Introduction to the Philosophy of History. New York: Harper
Torchbooks.

68. White, Hayden. 1974. Metahistory: The Historical Imagination of Nineteenth-

Century Europe . Baltimore and London: The Johns Hopkins University Press.

69. . 1987. The Content of the Form: Narrative Discourse and Historical Representa-
tion. Baltimore and London: The Johns Hopkins University Press.

70. Williams, Raymond. 1977. Marxism and Literature. Oxford & New York: Oxford
Uni versity Press.

902
12.134 HS 632: South Indian Epigraphy
Course Code: HS 632
Course Name: South Indian Epigraphy
L-T-P-C: 3-0-0-3
Prerequisites: Consent of the course instructor
Intended for: PG
Distribution: Elective for HSS
Approval: 8th Senate

Course Contents
ˆ The Modern Study of Epigraphy [7 Lectures]

– Epigraphy and precolonial intellectuals

* The Mackenzie Project
* The Kavali brothers
* Narrain Row Brahmin and other Niyogi brahmal)as
– James Prinsep
* The Brahmf script deciphered
* The KharO$.fhf script deciphered
– European Epigraphists
* Hermann Gundert
* B. Lewis Rice
* A.C. Burnell
* John F. Fleet
* E. Hultzsch
* James Burgess
* F. Kielhorn
* Fred Fawcett
– South Indian Epigraphists
* R. Narasimhachar
* T.A. Gopinatha Rao
* Rao Bahadur V. Venkayya
* C.R. Krishnamacharlu
* R. Shamasastry
* K.V. Subrahmanya Iyer
* H. Krishna Shastri
* M.H.Krishna
– The state and epigraphy publication projects
* Epigraphia Indica
* Epigraphia Carnatica

903
 * Epigraphia Andhrica
* South Indian Inscriptions
* Corpus Inscriptionum Jndicarum
* Travancore Archaeological Series
* Bulletin of the Rama Varma Research Institute
* Annual Report of the Mysore Archaeological Department

ˆ The Brtihmf Script [7 Lectures]

ˆ Part- 1

– Debates on the origin of BrahmT

– Script and the Mauryan political praxis
– The weltanschauung of early BrahmT inscriptions

ˆ Part- 2

– Learning the BrahmT script

– Deciphering select edicts of Asoka

ˆ The Tamil Brtihmf Script [7 Lectures]

ˆ Part - 1

– Trade, religion and the introduction of script in the Tamil country

– Script and chieftain-polities
– Agglutinative language-structure and the adaptation of BrahmT

ˆ Part- 2

– Learning the Tamil Brahmf script

– Deciphering early Tamil cave labels

ˆ The KadaJ?’lba Script [7 Lectures]

ˆ Part- 1

– Statecraft and land-grants

– The context of agrarian expansion
– Script-monopoly and the authority of eleemosynary establishments

ˆ Part- 2

– Learning the Kadarrzba script

– Deciphering select inscriptions of the Kadarrzbas

ˆ The Vaffejuttii Script [7 Lectures]

ˆ Part- 1

904
 – The transition from Tamil Briihmlto Vatteluttu
– The division of labour between the Va.t.teluttu and the Grantha scripts

ˆ Part- 2

– Learning the Var.teluttu script

– Deciphering select Va.t.teluttu copperplates

ˆ The Grantha Script [7 LecturesJ

ˆ Part- 1

– Inflective language-use and the genesis ofthe Grantha script

– Prasastis and the Grantha evolution

ˆ Part - 2

– Learning the Grantha script

– Deciphering selecl Grunthu inscription

Bibliography
(Selections from the following)

1. Annual Report of the Mysore Archaeological Department, all volumes.

2. Asher, Frederick M., and G. S. Gai (eds). 1985. Indian Epigraphy: Its Bearing
on the History of Art. New Delhi: Oxford Uni versity Press and IBM/ American
Institute of Indian Studies.

3. Bulletin ofthe Rama Varma Research Institute, all volumes.

4. Burnell, A.C. 1870. A Few Suggestions as to the Best Way of Making and Utilizing
Copies of Indian Inscriptions. Madras: Higginbotham and Co.

5. . 1878. Elements of South Indian Palaeography. London: Tri.ibner & Co.

6. Chakraborti, Haripada. 1974. Early Brahmi Records in India (c. 300 B. C. -C.
300 A.D.). An Analytical Study: Social, Economic, Religious, and Administrative.
Calcutta: Sanskrit Pustak Bhandar.

7. Corpus Inscriptionum Indicarum, all volumes.

8. Dani, Ahmad Hasan. 1986. Indian Palaeography. Second edition. Delhi Munshi-
ram Manoharlal, 1986.

9. Das Gupta, Charu Chandra. 1958. The Development of the Kharosthi Script.
Calcutta: Firma K. L. Mukhopadhyay.

10. Dikshitar, V. R. Ramachandra. 1952. Selected South Indian Inscriptions (Tamil,

Telugu. Malayalam, and Kannada). Madras: University of Madras.

11. Epigraphia Andhrica, all volumes.

905
12. Epigraphia Carnatica, all volumes.

13. Epigraphia Indica, all volumes.

14. Gai, G. S. 1986. Introduction to Indian Epigraphy (with Special Reference to the
Development of the Scripts and Languages). Central Institute of Indian Languages
Occasional Monographs Series 32. Mysore: Central Institute of Indian Languages.

15. . 1996. Inscriptions of the Early Kadambas. New Delhi/Delhi: Indian Council of
Historical Research and Pratibha Prakashan.

16. Gupta, S.P., and K.S. Ramachandran (eds). 1979. The Origin of Brahmi Script. 2
Vols. (History and Historians oflndia Series). Delhi: D. K. Publications.

17. Gurukkal, Rajan. 1996. ’Writing and Its Uses in Early Tamil Country’. Studies in
History (new series) 12 (1), pp. 67-81.

18. Kalaikkovan, R. et al. (eds). 2008. Airavati: Felicitation Volume in Honour of

lravatham Mahadevan. Chennai: Varalaaru.com.

19. 19. Mahadevan, Iravatham. 2003. Early Tamil Epigraphy from the Earliest Times
to the Sixth Century A.D. (Harvard Oriental Series) Cambridge: Harvard Univer-
sity Press & C hennai : Cre-A.

20. Mahalingam, T. V. 1974. Early South Indian Palaeography. (Madras University

Archaeological Series, No. 1). Madras: University of Madras.

21. Ramachandra Rao, C.V. 2003. The Kavali Brothers, Col. Colin Mackenzie and the
Reconstruction of South Indian History and Cultural Resurgence in South India.
Nellore: Manasa Publications.

22. . 1988. Inscriptions of the Pallavas. New Delhi/Delhi: Indian Council of Historical
Research.

23. Ramesh, K.V. 1984. Indian Epigraphy. New Delhi: Sundeep Prakashan.

24. (ed). 2012. Dictionary of Social, Economic, and Administrative Terms in South
Indian Inscriptions. Volume I (A-D). General Editor R.S. Sharma. New Delhi:
Indian Counc il of Historical Research and Oxford University Press.

25. Salomon, Richard. 1998. Indian Epigraphy. New York and Oxford: Oxford Uni-
versity Press.

26. Sircar, D.C. 1965. Select Indian Epigraphy. New Delhi: Motilal Banarsidass.

27. . 1966. Indian Epigraphical Glossary. New Delhi: Motilal Banarsidass.

28. Sivaramamurti, C. 1966 [1948]. Indian Epigraphy and South Indian Scripts. (Bul-
letin of the Madras Government Museum, New Series, General Section, vol. 3, no.
4.) Madras: Government of Madras.

29. South Indian Inscriptions, all volumes.

30. Travancore Archaeological Series, all volumes.

906
12.135 HS 633: Manuscriptology
Course Code: HS 633
Course Name: Manuscriptology
L-T-P-C : 3-0-0-3
Prerequisites : Consent of the course instructor
Intended for :PhD
Distribution: Elective for HSS
Approval: 9th Senate

Course Contents
ˆ Introduction to Modern Manuscriptology [12 Lectures]

– Epigraphy and precolonial intellectuals

* The Mackenzie Project
* The Kavali brothers
* Narrain Row Brahmin and other Niyogi brahmanas
– James Prinsep
* The Brahmz script deciphered
* The Kharotshi script deciphered
– European Epigraphists
* Hermann Gundert
* A.C. Burnell
* E. Hultzsch
* James Burgess
* B. Lewis Rice
* John F. Fleet
* Fred Fawcett
– South Indian Epigraphists
* R. Narasimhachar
* T.A. Gopinatha Rao
* Rao Bahadur Venkayya
* C.R. Krishnamacharlu
* R. Shamasastry
* K.V. Subrahmanya Iyer
* H. Krishna Shastri
* M.H. Krishna
– The state and epigraphy publication projects
* Epigraphta Indica
* Epigraphia Carnatica
* Epigraphia Andhrica

907
 * South Indian Inscriptions
* Corpus Inscriptionum Indicarum
* Travancore Archaeological Series
* Bulletin of the Rama Varma Research Institute
* Annual Report of the Mysore Archaeological Department
ˆ Form and Content 4 hours
– Forms of manuscripts
– Writing material
– The codex
– Recto and verso
– Colophons
– The running text
– Text with commentaries
– Standalone commentaries
– Indian manuscript forms like tozi s, bahis, granthavaris, pafy’is and kadatas
– Calligraphy
ˆ Textual Criticism and the Production of Critical Editions [10 Lectures]
– Richard Bentley and the introduction of conjecture
– Immanual Bekker’s method of classification
– Karl Lachmann’s method of Stemmatics
– The construction of cladogram
– Identification of hyparchetypes
– Selection, examination and emendation
– The Tischendorf antiquity-based model
– Bruce Metzger’s method of internal and external evidences
– The twelve principles of Kurt Aland and Barbara Aland
– Recension
– Evidence from commentarial sources
– Copy-text identification and emendation
ˆ Models for Textual Criticism 16 hours
– Bruce Metzger: The Bible
– U. V. Swaminatha Iyer: The Sangarrz anthologies
– V.S. Sukthankar: The Mahabharata
– D.D. Kosambi: The Satakatraya ofBhartrhari
– The Clay Sanskrit Library Project
– L. Basavaraju: The AdipuriiJJ.a ofParp.pa
– Phillip B. Wagoner: The Riiyaviicakamu
– Velcheru Narayana Rao: The Basavapurana of Palkuriki Somanatha

908
Bibliography
(Selections from the following)

1. Annual Report of the Mysore Archaeological Department, all volumes.

2. Asher, Frederick M., and G. S. Gai (eds). 1985. Indian Epigraphy: Its Bearing
on the History of Art. New Delhi: Oxford University Press and IBM/ American
Institute of Indian Studies.

3. Bulletin of the Rama V rma Research Institute, all volumes.

4. Burnell, A.C. 1870. A Few Suggestions as to the Best Way of Making and Utilizing
Copies of Indian Inscriptions. Madras: Higginbotham and Co.

5. . 1878. Elements ofSouth Indian Palaeography. London: Triibner & Co. Chakraborti,
Haripada: 1974. Early Brahmi Records in India (c. 300 B.C.-C. 300 A.D.).

6. An Analytical Study: Social, Economic, Religious, and Administrative. Calcutta:

Sanskrit Pustak Bhandar.

7. Corpus Inscriptionum Indicarum, all volumes.

8. Dani, Ahmad Hasan. 1986. Indian Palaeography. Second edition. Delhi Munshi-
ram Manoharlal, 1986.

9. Das Gupta, Charu Chandra. 1958. The Development of the Kharosthi Script.
Calcutta: Firma K. L. Mukhopadhyay.

10. Dikshitar, V. R. Ramachandra. 1952. Selected South Indian Inscriptions (Tamil,.

Telugu, Malayalam, and Kannada). Madras: University of Madras.

11. Epigraphia Andhrica, all volumes.

12. Epigraphia Carnatica, all volumes.

13. Epigraphia Indica, all volumes.

14. Gai, G. S. 1986. Introduction to Indian Epigraphy (with Special Reference to the
Development of the Scripts and Languages). Central Institute of Indian Languages
Occasional Monographs Series 32. Mysore: Central Institute of Indian Languages.

15. . 1996. Inscriptions of the Early Kadambas. New Delhi/Delhi: Indian Council of
Historical Research and Pratibha Prakashan.

16. Gupta, S.P., and K.S. Ramachandran (eds). 1979. The Origin of Brahmi Script. 2
Vols. (History and Historians of India Series). Delhi: D. K. Publications.

17. Gurukkal, Rajan. 1996. ’Writing and Its Uses in Early Tamil Country’. Studies in
History (new series) 12 (1), pp. 67-81.

18. Kalaikkovan, R. et al. (eds). 2008. Airavati: Felicitation Volume in Honour of

Iravatham Mahadevan. Chennai: Varalaaru.com.

909
 19. Mahadevan, Iravatham. 2003. Early Tamil Epigraphyfrom the Earliest Times to
the Sixth Century A.D. (Harvard Oriental Series) Cambridge: Harvard University
Press & Chennai: Cre-A.

20. Mahalingam, T. V. 1974. Early South Indian Palaeography. (Madras University

Archaeological Series, No. 1). Madras: University ofMadras.

21. Ramachandra Rao, C.V. 2003. The Kavali Brothers, Col. Colin Mackenzie and the
Reconstruction of South Indian History and Cultural Resurgence in South India.
Nellore: Manasa Publications.

22. - - -- . 1988. Inscriptions of the Pallavas. New Delhi/Delhi: Indian Council of

Historical Research.

23. Ramesh, K.V. 1984. Indian Epigraphy. New Delhi: Sundeep Prakashan.

24. (ed). 2012. Dictionary of Social, Economic, and Administrative Terms in South
Indian Inscriptions. Volume I (A -D). General Editor R.S. Sharma. New Delhi:
Indian Council of Historical Research and Oxford University Press.

25. Salomon, Richard. 1998. Indian Epigraphy. New York and Oxford: Oxford Uni-
versity Press.

26. Sircar, D.C. 1965. Select Indian Epigraphy. New Delhi: Motilal Banarsidass.

27. . 1966. Indian Epigraphical Glossary. New Delhi: Motilal Banarsidass. Sivara-
mamurti, C. 1966 [1948]. Indian Epigraphy and South Indiayt Scripts. (Bulletin
of the Madras Government Museum, New Series, General Section, vol. 3, no. 4.)
Madras: Government of Madras.

28. South Indian Inscriptions, all volumes.

29. Travancore Archaeological Series, all volumes.

30. Wagoner, Phillip B. 2003. ’Precolonial Intelectuals and the Production of Colonial
Knowledge’. Comparative Studies in Society and History, 45 (4), pp. 783-814.

12.136 HS 634: British Factories in South India

Course Code: HS 634
Course Name: British Factories in South India
L-T-P-C:: 3-0-0-3
Prerequisites : Consent of the course instructor
Intended for:PhD
Distribution:Elective for HSS
Approval: 9th Senate

910
Course Contents
ˆ English Trade in South Western India since circa 1650 [8 Lectures]

– Embassy, Trade, and Intra-European Conflict in Greater Mughal World

– Mughaifarmans and the Ear ly English Trade
– The Head Settlement: Surat Factory,
– Portuguese Goa, Maratha Households and Surat Establishment
– Pattern of English trade India at the end of the seventeenth century: The
Company’s posted agents and brokers.

ˆ The Bombay Establishment [9 Lectures]

– Genesis ofBombay
– Settlement-Hierarchy in English Company Trade: Bombay and its ’Outlaying
Settlements’.
– Gambroon, Aden, Mokha: The Persian-Gulf Scenario
– Rajapur, Carwar, Tellicherry and Anjengo: Southern Coasting Trade
– Siddis, Angria and Nayakkas: Trade, Politics and Collaboration

ˆ Corporate and Private Trade, Interlopers and Pirates [8 Lectures]

– New and Old East India Companies

– Rival Concerns: Courtier Association and Separate Stock.
– The United Company.
– Private Trade: Robert Cowan, Henry Lawther, John Brddyll, Robert Adams,
John Willis and Alexander Orme.
– English Piracy: Captain Kidd and Country Pirates

ˆ Life in the time of a Factory. [8 Lectures]

– Chief and His Council

– Factors, Linguist and Coolies.
– Factory and Country Life: Sundry Purchases, Regular Provisions and Military
Stores.
– Company Constabulary in Bombay, Company Dependents in Tellicherry
– Rival Factories: Dutch in Surat and French in Tellicherry

ˆ English Factory and Native Population in Tellicherry [9 Lectures]

– Tellicherry Factory in Early eighteenth century: Tellicherry Consultations

– Truth ordeals and Hunting Games
– Country Princes and Rebels
– Tellicherry Syndicate of Merchants
– Political Loyalty and Company Raj: ’the end’ of eighteenth century.

911
Bibliography
(Selections from the following works)

ˆ Alexander, P C., The Dutch in Malabar, 1946.

ˆ Alterkar, A S., The village communities of Western India, 1963.

ˆ Anderson, P, The English in Western India, 1856.

ˆ Arasaratnam, S., Merchants, companies and commerce on the Coromandel

coast 1650-1740, 1986

ˆ Auber, P., Rise and progress of the British power in India, (2 volumes),1835.

ˆ Bartolomeo, Fra Paolino., A voyage to East Indies, 1800.

ˆ Bastin, J S., The changing balance of the early south-east Asia Pepper
trade, 1960.

ˆ Bayly, C A., The New Cambridge History of India, vol. II.1: Indian Society
and the Making of the British Empire, 1988.

12.137 HS 636: Sociology of Religion

Course Code: HS 636
Course Name: Sociology of Religion
L-T-P-C: 3-0-0-3
Pre-requisite: None
Intended For: PhD students, SHSS
Distribution: Elective
Approval: 10th Senate

Course Contents
ˆ Module- I: Introduction [6 Lectures]

– Berger, Peter. The Sacred Canopy chapters 1-4 (pp. 3-10 I).
– Swid ler, Ann. Culture in Action, ASR 1986.
– Weber, Max . The Social Psychology of the World Religions
– Weber, Max. The Protestant Ethic and the Spirit of Capitalism
– Geertz Cli fford, Religi on as a Cultural System in Inte1pretation of Cultures.

ˆ Module- II Rituals and Practices [8 Lectures]

– Durkheim, Elementary Forms of Religious Life, selections

– Douglas, Preface, A Rule of Method, The Two Bodies in Natural Symbols
– Ortner, Theory in Anthropology Since the Sixties. Comparative Studies in
Society and History. 26 (1988):1, 126-66.

912
 – McNally, Michael. The Uses of Ojibwa Hymn Singing at White Earth: Toward
a History of Practice in Lived Religion in America.
– Rosaldo, Renato. Grief and the Headhunter’s Rage Introduction to Culture
and Truth.
– Forbes, Cheryl. Coffee, Mrs. Cowman, and the Devotional Life of Women
Reading in the Desert pp. 116-132 in Lived Religion in America
– Radway, Janice. Interpretive Communities and Variable Literacies: The Func-
tions of Romance Reading pp. 465-486.in Rethinldng Popular Culture

ˆ Module- III: Authority and Legitimation [10 Lectures]

– Weber, Max The Sociology of Religion, chs.

– Berger, Peter The Sacred Canopy chs. 5-7
– Casanova, Jose, Public Religions in the Modem World, chs.l, 2, 6, 7.
– Stark, Rodney. Secularization RIP Sociology of Religion 1999.

ˆ Module- IV: Approaches to the study of religion [10 Lectures]

– Classical approach: Durkheim, Marx, and Weber

– Contemporary approach: Phenomenological, Neo Marxist, Freudian, New Func-
tional, Anthropological
– The insiders view: theologians and religious believers
– Religions of the World: organized and non-organized e) Religious, economic,
social, Cultural movements

ˆ Module - V: Religion and Contemporary Debates [8 Lectures]

– Religion and Modernity: Secularization Approaches to the Study of Religion

– Methods of Studying Religion
– Issues of Power and Control in Religious Organizations
– In Indian context: Communalism and Religious Mobilizations- Broadly Reli-
gion and Politics
– Globalization and Religion

Essential Readings
1. Peter van der Veer, Gods on Eatth: The management of Religious Experience and
Identity in a North Indian Pilgrimage Centre, Oxford, Delhi, 1989.

2. Mark Jurgensmeyer, Religion Nationalism confronts a Secular State, OUP, Delhi,

1993.

3. A. Nandy, Trivedy, Mayararn and Yagnik, Creating a Nationality: The Ramjanrn-

abhoomi

4. Movement and the Fear ofthe Self, OUP, Delhi, 1987

5. N. K. Bose. 1994. The Stmcture of Hindu Society. Delhi: Orient BlackSwan.

913
 6. T. N. Madan, Religion in India, OUP, New Delhi, 1991 .

7. Davie, Grace. (2007). The Sociology of Religion, London/New Delhi/LosAngeles/Singapore:

Sage Publications.

8. Fenn, Richard K. (2003). The Blackwell Companion to Sociology of Religion,

Malden/Oxford/Melbourne/Berlin: Blackwell Publishing Ltd.

9. Beckford, James A. and Demerath III, N.J. The SAGE Handbook of the Sociology
of Religion, London/New Delhi/Los Angeles/Singapore: Sage Publications.

10. Robert Bellah. 1991. Beyond Belief: Essays on Religion in a Post-Traditionalist

World. University of California Press.

11. Robert Bellah. 1992. The Broken Covenant. Chicago: University of Chicago Press.

12. Robert Bellah. 1986. Habits of the Heart: Individualism and Commitment in
American Life

13. Geertz Clifford. 1973. The Interpretation of Cultures: Selected Essays. Basic
Books

14. Jose Casanova.l994. Public Religion in the Modem World. Chicago: Chicago
University Press.

12.138 HS 637: The Historian’s Craft

Course Code: HS 637
Course Name: The Historian’s Craft
L-T-P-C:3-0-0-3
Students intended for: M.A. an. d Ph.D. students in HSS
Elective or Compulsory:Elective
Approval: 9th Senate

Course Contents
ˆ Foundations: [6 Lectures]

– History and Social Theory

ˆ Subjects of History: [9 Lectures]

– Working Class
– Implications of race and gender

ˆ Scales of History [6 Lectures]

– Grand narratives b. Micro-history

ˆ 4. Space and place: [9 Lectures]

– Nature and environmental history

914
 – Nations and nationalism
– Borderlands and frontiers

ˆ (Re) Constructing History: [6 Lectures]

– Power and Knowledge

– Memory and the Archives
– Subaltern Studies

ˆ Ethical dilemmas: [3 Lectures]

– Writing histories of war nd genocide

ˆ The Future of the Discipline [3 Lectures]

– Interdisciplinarity
– Digital Humanities

Readings:
1. Ana Maria Alonso, Thread of Blood: Colonialism, Revolution, and Gender on
Mexico’s Northern Frontier, (University of Arizona Press, 1995)

2. Benedict Anderson, Imagined Communities: Reflections on the Origin and Spread

of Nationalism (New York: Verso, 2006).

3. Peter Burke, History and Social Theory (Ithaca: Cornell University Press, 2005)

4. Dipesh Chakrabarty, Provincializing Europe: Postcolonial Thought and Historical

Difference (Princeton: Princeton University Press, 2008)

5. Mike Davis, Late Victorian Holocausts: El Nifw Famines and the J\1aking of the
Third World (New York: Verso, 2001).

6. John Lewis Gaddis, The Landscape of History: How Historians Map the Past
(Oxford: Oxford UP, 2004).

7. Carlo Ginzburg, The Cheese and the Worms: the Cosmos of a Sixteenth-Century
Miller (Baltimore: Johns Hopkins UP, 1980).

8. Ranajit Guha, Elementary Aspects of Peasant Insurgency in Colonial India (Durham:

Duke Univ Press, 1999)

9. Kenneth Pomeranz, The Great Divergence: China, Europe, and the Making of the
Afodern Wol-ld Economy (Princeton: Princeton UP, 2001)

10. Joanne Rapaport, Cumbe Reborn: An Andean Ethnography of History (Chicago:

Univ. Chicago Press, 1994) .

11. Joan Scotted., Feminism and History (New York: Oxford Univ Press, 1996)

12. William Sewell, Logics of History: Social Theory and Social Transformation, (Chicago:
Univ. Chicago Press, 2005)

915
 13. K. Sivaramakrishnan, Modern Forests: Statemaking and Environmental Change in
Colonial Eastern India, (Stanford: Stanford Univ Press, 1999)
14. E.P. Thompson, The Making of the English Working Class (New York: Vintage
Books, 1966)
15. Michel-Rolph Trouillot, Silencing the Past: Power and the Production of History
(New York: Beacon Press, 1997)

12.139 HS 650: Statistical Methods

Course Code: HS 650
Course Name: Statistical Methods
L-T-P-C : 3-0-0-3
Prerequisites : A prior course in probability, statistics and random processes; or,
discretion of the instructors
Intended for :Postgraduate and B.Tech.
Distribution : HSS Course Elective
Approval: 10th Senate

Course Contents
ˆ Representation of Data and Descriptive Statistics Raw data and frequency
data- tabular and diagrammatic representation; concept of moments; measures of
central tendency, dispersion, skewness, and Kurtosis; quartile and percentile their
use in the measurement of inequality, Gini Coefficient and Lorenz curve; Bivariate
frequency distribution, correlation coefficients- Pearson and Spearman coefficients.
[6 Lectures]
ˆ Probability and Random Variables Basic concepts in set theory as applied in
probability; concept of probability- classical, frequency based, axiomatic approach,
Bayesian probability; conditional probability, Bayes theorem, statistical indepen-
dence of events; random variables discrete and continuous, probability distribution
functions, cumulative distribution functions, Expectation and Variance of a ran-
dom variable, joint distribution of two random variables and their correlation, law
of large number. [11 Lectures]
ˆ Random Sampling and Parametric Statistical Inference Concepts of popu-
lation and sample, parameter and statistic, random sampling and sampling distri-
bution, Central Limit Theorem; Expectation and Standard Error of sample mean
and sample proportion; concepts of theoretical distribution: Normal distributions
and four fundamental distributions derived from Normal distribution Standard Nor-
mal, Chi-square, t and F distribution; estimation and testing of hypothesis point
estimation and interval estimation of parameters, Maximum Likelihood Estimator,
hypothesis testing, and calculation of effect size. [9 Lectures]
ˆ Non-parametric Statistical Inference Need for non-parametric tests, estima-
tion of location and dispersion, tolerance interval; one sample and two sample non-
parametric tests for location and dispersion (involving independent and related
samples); non-parametric measures and tests of association. [6 Lectures]

916
 ˆ Designs of Experiment Experimental design strategies; Blocking and Random-
ization; Factorial design of experiments. [6 Lectures]

ˆ Regression Analysis and Analysis of Variance Gauss Markov theorem and Or-
dinary Linear Least Square regression; interpreting regression coefficients, concepts
of residual, fitted value and goodness of fit, test of significance; multiple regression
analysis; two-way independent ANOVA and two-way Mixed ANOVA [8 Lectures]

Textbooks:
1. Field, A. P., Miles, J., & Field, Z., Discovering statistics using R, Sage, 2012.

2. Field, A. P., Discovering statistics using IBM SPSS Statistics, Sage, 2013.

References:
1. Agresti, A., & Finlay, B., Statistical Methods for the Social Sciences, 1997.

2. Arnold, J. C., & Milton, J. S., Introduction to probability and statistics,

2003.

3. Gibbons, J. D., Chakraborti, S., Nonparametric Statistical Inference, 5th Edi-

tion, Marcel Dekker, 2003.

4. Johnston, J., DiNardo, J., Econometric Methods, 4th Edition. McGraw-Hill,

1996

5. Montgomery, D. C., G.C. Runger, Applied Statistics and Probability for En-
gineers, 5th Edition, Wiley-India, 2011.

6. Montgomery, D. C., Design and Analysis of Experiments, 8th Edition. John

Wiley & Sons, 2012.

7. Ross, S. M., Introduction to probability and statistics for engineers and

scientists, Academic Press, 2014.

8. Rohatgi, V. K. &Saleh, A. K. E., An Introduction to Probability and Statis-

tics, 2015.

12.140 HS 651: Advanced Econometrics

Course Code: HS 651
Course Name: Advanced Econometrics
L-T-P-C: 3-0-0-3
Prerequisites: Basic Econometrics
Intended for: Ph. D.
Approval: 6th Senate

917
Course Contents
ˆ Regression analysis Historic origin and modern interpretation of regression, sim-
ple, two variable regression models, the method of ordinary least square, the Gauss-
Markov theorem, the coefficient of determination. [8 Lectures]

ˆ Multiple regression analysis three variable model, OLS and ML estimation of

the partial regression coefficients, the Cobb-Douglas production function, polyno-
mial regression models, dummy variable regression models; ANOVA and ANCOVA
models, the linear probability model, the logit and probit models, the Poisson and
negative binomial regression models, maximum likelihood estimation, the general-
ized method of moments. [12 Lectures]

ˆ Panel data regression model pooled OLS regression, the fixed effects least
squares dummy variable (LSDV) model, the fixed effect within group (WG) esti-
mator, the random effects model (REM), different-in-different approach, regression
discontinuity, propensity score matching. [10 Lectures]

ˆ Time series econometrics stochastic processes, spurious regression, test of sta-

tionarity, unit root test, transforming non stationary time series, economic forecast-
ing; AR, MR and ARIMA modeling of time series data, Box- Jenkins methodology,
vector auto regression (VAR), testing causality using VAR: the Granger causality
test, impulse response function, measuring volatility in financial time series; the
ARCH and GARCH models. [12 Lectures]

Course Readings:
1. Jeffrey M. Wooldridge, Introductory Econometrics: A Modern Approach,
4th Edition (Paperback), Cengage Learning India, 2012.

2. William H. Greene , Econometric Analysis, 5th Edition (Paperback), Pearson

Education, 2003.

3. Jeffrey M. Wooldridge, Econometric Analysis of Cross Section and Panel

Data, 2nd Edition, MIT Press, 2010.

4. Dougherty, Christopher, Introduction to Econometrics, 4th Edition, 2011.

5. James D. Hamilton, Time Series Analysis, Princeton University Press, 1994.

6. Maddala, G. S., Econometrics, Mc Graw Hill, 1997.

Further Readings:
1. Gujarati, D. N., Basic Econometrics, 5th Edition, Mc Graw Hill, 2012.

2. Intrilligator M. D., Econometric Methods, Techniques and Applications,

Prentice Hall, 1997.

3. Johnston, J., Econometric methods, Mcgraw Hill book Co., 1991.

4. Franses P. H., Time Series Models for Business and Economic forecasting,
Cambridge Press, 1998.

918
 5. Krishna, K. L., Econometric Applications in India, Oxford University Press,
1997.

6. Kennedy, P., A Guide to Econometrics, 4th Edition, MIT press, 1998.

7. Goldberger, A. S., Introductory Econometrics, Harvard University press, 1998.

12.141 HS 652: Advanced Microeconomic Theory

Course Code: HS 652
Course Name: Advanced Microeconomic Theory
L-T-P-C: 3-0-0-3
Prerequisites: Microeconomics
Intended for: Ph. D.
Approval: 6th Senate

Course Contents
ˆ Module I Behaviouristic approach to demand analysis, Hicks logic ordering theory
of demand, attribute theory of demand, Consumer theory - basic building blocks
of choices and preferences leading to utility, constrained maximization problems,
duality in consumer theory: expenditure and consumer preference, convexity and
monotonicity, indirect utility and consumer preferences, revealed preference theory;
weak and strong axiom, dynamic stability analysis; Marshallian and Walrasian
stability. [12 Lectures]

ˆ Module II

– Sub-module 1 Perfect competition and derivation of firms and industry sup-

ply curve; Alchian & Dermsetz (AER, 1972), Fama (JPE, 1980), Jensen &
Meckling (JFE, 1976), Coase (Economica, 1937), theory of limit pricing; Bains
model, Sylos model and generalization of Sylos model, role of sunk cost and
R&D as a strategic entry barrier, non-linear pricing strategy (two- part tariff).
Oligopoly and theory of game, strict and weak dominance Prisoners dilemma
and instability of cartels, Nash equilibrium, pure strategy and mixed strate-
gies, extensive games with perfect information, extensive games with imperfect
information, constant sum game with a special case of zero-sum games and
computation, auctions and mechanism design. [15 Lectures]
– Sub-module 2 Individual behavior under uncertainty, Information Economics
moral hazards, adverse selection and asymmetric information. Market perfect
and imperfect competition (Bilateral monopoly and duopsony). [6 Lectures]

ˆ Module III Walrasian equilibrium, competitive equilibrium, Ronald Jones (1965,

JPE), value judgment and welfare, social welfare and theory of social choice. Arrows
theorem, measurability, comparability, and some possibilities, the Rawlsian form,
the utilitarian form, flexible forms. [9 Lectures]

919
Textbooks:
1. Mas-colell, Whinston and Green, Microeconomic Theory, Oxford University
Press,1995.
2. Robert Gibbons , Game theory for applied economists, Princeton University
Press, 1992.
3. Hal R Varian, Microeconomic Analysis, W. W. Norton & Company, 1992.

Reference Books:
1. Bernheim, B. Douglas and Whinston, Michael, Microeconomics, McGraw-Hill,
2013.
2. Martin J. Osborne, An Introduction to Game Theory, University of Toronto,
Oxford University Press, 2003.
3. James Friedman, Oligopoly Theory, Cambridge University Press, 2008.
4. Geoffrey, A. Jehle Philip J. Reny, Advanced Microeconomic Theory, 3rd Edi-
tion, Prentice Hall, 2011.
5. Joel Watson, Strategy: An Introduction to Game Theory, W.W. Norton &
Co, 2013.
6. David M. Kreps, A Course in Microeconomic Theory, Princeton University
Press, 1990.

12.142 HS 653: Environmental Economics

Course Code: HS 653
Course Name: Environmental Economics
L-T-P-C : 3-0-0-3
Students intended for : B. Tech./M.S./Ph.D.
Elective or Compulsory : Elective
Approval: 4th Senate

Courese Contents
ˆ Module I Environmental Ecology and Economy; Pollution and Externalities - Mar-
ket Inefficiency, Public Goods, Externalities and Pareto efficiency; Measurement of
Environmental Values; the Theory of Environmental Policy- Pigouvian Taxes and
Subsidies, Marketable Pollution Permits and Mixed Instruments (the charges and
standards approach), Coases Bargaining Solution and Collective Action; Efficiency
and Cost-Benefit Analysis. [9 Lectures]
ˆ Module II Sustainable Development: Concepts and Stakeholders; Stakeholder
Boundaries and Sustainable Development; Natural Resource Management and Sus-
tainable Development; Global System for Sustainable Development- World Devel-
opment Reports, United Nations and Sustainable Development; UNDP Millennium
Development Goals; Concept of Green Economy Different Principles. [10 Lectures]

920
 ˆ Module III Theories of Optimal use of Exhaustible and Renewable Resources;
Environment and Development trade off; Environmental and Natural Resource
Problems in India; Framework for Sustainable Development in India; Renewable
Energy Programs under Five Year Plans - Energy Issues and Policy Options for
India; Population Growth - Poverty and Environment. [10 Lectures]

ˆ Module IV Role of different organizations in Environment Protection -Central,

State; Local Bodies and NGOs. The Institutions of Joint Forest Management;
Special Economic Zones and the Environment; Corporate Social Responsibility and
Sustainability; Environmental Problems of Agricultural Development; Industrial
Development and Environmental Ethics; Environment Friendly Size of Firm, Limits
to Growth Theory; Environmental Education and Awareness; Ramsar Convention
on Wetlands, Water Crisis-Conservation of Water; Case Studies of Narmada Dam,
Tehri Dam, Almetti Dam. [13 Lectures]

Course Readings:
1. David A. Anderson, Environmental Economics and Natural Resource Man-
agement, 2nd Edition, Pensive Press, 2010.

2. Bhattacharya, R.N., Environmental Economics; an Indian Perspective, Ox-

ford University Press, New Delhi, 2001.

Further Readings:
1. H. Wiesmeth, Environmental Economics: Theory and Policy in Equilib-
rium, Springer, 2012.

2. Charles Kolstad, Environmental Economics, 2nd Edition, Oxford University

Press, 2010.

3. Baumal, W. J. & W. E., The Theory of Environmental Policy, Prentice Hall,

1997.

4. Agarwal, S.K., Environment and Natural Resources Economics, Scott Fores-

man & Co., 1985.

5. Tietenberg, T., Environmental Economics and Policy, Harpar Collins, 1994.

6. Anil Markandya, Dictionary of Environmental Economics, Earthscan Publi-

cations Ltd., 2001.

7. Rest of the assigned reading will be drawn from recent newspaper, magazine articles
and reports.

12.143 HS 654: Health Economics

Course Code: HS 654
Course Name: Health Economics
L-T-P-C: 4-0-0-4

921
 Prerequisites: HS 202 Principles of Economics or teachers consent
Intended for: UG/PG
Approval: 8th Senate

Course Contents
ˆ Module I Overview [4 Lectures]

Readings:
ˆ Arrow, (1963). Uncertainty and the Welfare Economics of Medical Care.American
Economic Review, 53(5), 941-973.

ˆ Fuchs, (1996). Economics, Values and Health Care Reform.American Economic

Review, 86(1),1-24.

ˆ Weisbrod, (1991). The Health Care Quadrilemma: An Essay on Technological

Change, Insurance, Quality of Care and Cost Containment. Journal of Economic
Literature, 29(2), 523-552.

ˆ Mehrotra, A., Adams, D., &Harod, L. (2003). Whats Behind the Health Expendi-
ture Trend?Annual Review of Public Health.

Module II Micro Economic Tools for Health economics [10 Lectures]

Readings:
ˆ Gertler, P., Sebastian, M., Patrick, P., Laura, R., &Christel, V. (2011). Impact
Evaluation in Practice. The World Bank, Washington DC.

ˆ Martin, R. (2001). The Mystery of the Vanishing Benefits: An Introduction to

Impact Evaluation.The World Bank Economic Review,15(1), 115-140.

ˆ Kakwani, N C., Wagstaff, A., &Doorslaer, E. V. (1997). Socioeconomic Inequal-

ities in Health: Measurement, Computation and Statistical Inference.Journal of
Econometrics 77(1), 87-104.

ˆ Social Determinants of Health: How Social and Economic Factors Affect Health
(2003). County of Los AngelesPublic Health.

ˆ Torrance, G. (1986). Measurement of Health Status Utilities for Economic Ap-

praisal: A Review.Journal of Health Economics, 5(1), 1-30.

ˆ Wagstaff, A. (2002). Inequalities in Health in Developing Countries- Swimminga-

gainst the Tide? The World Bank, Policy Research Working Paper No. 2795.

ˆ Garcia, P. &Mccarthy, M. (2005). Measuring Health- A Step in the Development

of City Health Profiles, World Health Organisation.

ˆ Ontario Agency for Health Protection and Promotion (Public Health Ontario)
(2013). Summary measures of socioeconomic inequalities in health. Toronto, ON:
Queens Printer for Ontario.

922
 ˆ Evers, S. (1993). Health for all indicators in health interview surveys. Health
Policy, 23, 205-218.

Module III Demand for health [4 Lectures]

Readings:
ˆ Wagstaff, A. (1986). The Demand for Health: Theory and Applications. Journal
of Epidemiology and Community Health, 40(1), 1-11.

ˆ Manning, et al. (1987). Health Insurance and the Demand for Medical Care:
Evidence from a Randomized Experiment. American Economic Review, 77(3),
251-277.

ˆ Deaton, A. (2003) Health, Inequality and Economic Development. Journal of Eco-

nomic Literature,41(1), 113-158.

ˆ Sarma,S. (2009). Demand for Outpatient Health Care: Empirical Findings from
Rural India.Applied Health Economics and Health Policy.7(4), 265-77.

Module IV Technological Change and the price of health care [4 Lecture]

Readings:
ˆ Newhouse, (1992). Medical Care Costs: How Much Welfare Loss?Journal of Eco-
nomic Perspectives, 6(3), 3-21.

ˆ Cutler &McClean, (2001). Is Technological Change in Medicine Worth It?Health

Affairs, 20(5), 11-29.

ˆ Mokyr, (1993). Technological Progress and the Decline of European Mortality.

American Economic Review 83(2): 324-330.

ˆ Cutler et. Al. (1996). Are Medical Prices Declining? Evidence from Heart attack
Treatments. Quarterly Journal of Economics, 113, 991-1024.

Module V Health Insurance, moral hazard and adverse selection [6 Lectures]

Readings:
ˆ Cutler &Zeckhauser, (1999). The Anatomy of Health Insurance.NBER Working
Paper No.7176

ˆ Cochrane, (1995). Time-Consistent Health Insurance. Journal of Political Econ-

omy, 103(3),445:473

ˆ Pauly, M.V. (1974). Overinsurance and Public Provision of Insurance: The Roles of
Moral Hazard and Adverse Selection. The Quarterly Journal of Economics, 88(1):
44-62.

ˆ Cawley&Philipson, (1999). An Empirical Examination of Information Barriers to

Trade in Insurance. American Economic Review,89(4),827-846.

923
 ˆ Bhattacharya, J., Goldman, D., &Sood, N. (2004). Price Regulation in Secondary
Insurance Markets.Journal of Risk and Insurance, 71(4), 643-675.

ˆ Ahuja, R. (2005). Health Insurance for the Poor in India: An Analytical Study.
ICRIER, Working Paper No. 161.

ˆ Ahuja, R., & Jutting J. (2003). Design of Incentives in Community Based Health
Insurance Schemes. ICRIER Working Paper No. 95.

Module VI Health Policies and Reforms [6 Lectures]

Readings:
ˆ Medicare Trustees, (2013). Annual Report of the Board of Trustees of the Fed-
eral Hospital Insurance and Federal Supplementary Medical Insurance Trust Fund.
Washington DC.

ˆ Or, Z., Cases, C., Lisac, M., Vrangbaek, K., Winblad, U., & Bevan G. (2010).
Are health problems systematic? Politics of access and choice under Beveridge and
Bismarck systems. Health Economics, Policy and Law, 5(3), 269-93.

ˆ Peters D., Yazbeck, A.S., Sharma R., Ramana G.N.V., Pritchett L., Wagstaff, A.
(2002).

ˆ Better Health Systems for Indias Poor. Findings, Analysis and Options. Washing-
ton DC, World Bank.

ˆ Cutler M. D. (1996). Public Policy for Healthcare. NBER Working Paper No.
5591.

ˆ Watts J. J., & Segal, L. (2009). Market Failure, Policy Failure and other Distortions
in Chronic Disease Markets.BMC Health Services Research, 9:102.

ˆ GiZ (2012). Evaluation of Implementation Process of RashtriyaSwasthaBimaYo-

jana in select districts of Bihar, Uttrakhand and Karnatka.

ˆ Shariff, A. (1995). Health Transition in India. NCAER Working Paper No. 57.

Module VII Health and Development [16 Lectures]

I) Economic epidemiology

Readings:
ˆ Philipson, (1996). Private Vaccination and Public Health: An Empirical Examina-
tion for U.S. Measles. Journal of Human Resources, 31(3), 611-630.

ˆ Duraisamy, P. (1995). Morbidity, Utilisation of and Expenditure on Medical Ser-

vices in Tamil nadu. Project Report, Studies on Human Development in India,
CDS.

ˆ Gumber, A. & Berman, P. (1995). Measurement and Pattern of Morbidity and

Utilisation of Health Services: A Review of Health review Surveys in India. Gujarat
Institute of Development Research, Working Paper No. 65.

924
 ˆ Krishnan, T.N. (1993). Access to Health and Burden of Treatment in India: An
Inter State Comaprison. UNDP Research Project, CDS, Discussion paper No. 2.

ˆ Sen, A.K. (1998). Mortality as an Indicator of Economic Success and Failure. The
Economic Journal,1-25.

ˆ Duraisamy, P. (2001). Health Status and Curative Health care in India. NCAER,
Working Paper No.78.

ˆ Donnell, O, Q., Doorslaer, V., Ravi, P., Garg, C., &Somanathan, A. (2005). Ex-
plaining the the incidence of catastrophic expenditures on health care: Comparative
Evidence from Asia. EQUITAP Project, Working Paper No. 5.

ˆ Garg, C., & Karan, A. (2005). Health and Millennium Development Goal 1: Re-
ducing Out-of-pocket Expenditure to reduce income poverty- Evidence from India.
EQUITAP Project, Working Paper No. 15.

ˆ Dror, M. D., Putten, O.V., &Koren, R. (2008). Cost of Illness: Evidence from a
Study in Five Resource-Poor Locations in India.Indian Journal of Medical Research,
347-361.

ˆ Mahal, A., Karan, A., &Engelgau, M. (2010). The Economic implications of Non-
communicable Disease in India. Washington, DC: World Bank.

ˆ Mondal, S., Kanjilal, B., Peters, H., David, & Lucas, H. (2010). Catastrophic Out-
of- Pocket payment for Health care and its Impact on Households: Experience from
West Bengal India. Future Health Systems.

ˆ Kumar, R., & Sharma, S.K. (2013). Trends of Communicable and Non- Commu-
nicable Morbities in Uttarakhand State: A Systematic Review.Indian Journal of
Community and Health, 25(2), 178-187.

II) Health & Obesity

Readings:
ˆ Lakdawalla, and Philipson, (2002). The Growth of Obesity and Technological
Change: A Theoretical and Empirical Examination. NBER Working Paper No.
8946.

ˆ Bhattacharya, J.,&Bundorf, K. (2005). The Incidence of the Health Care Costs of

Obesity. NBER Working Paper NO. 11303.

ˆ Lakdawalla,Philipson& Bhattacharya (2005). Welfare-Enhancing Technological Change

and the Growth of Obesity. American Economic Review,95(2), 253-257.

III) Health & ageing

925
Readings:
ˆ Fries, J. (1980). Aging, natural death and the compression of morbidity. New
England Journal of Medicine, 303(3), 130-135.
ˆ Emanuel, E.J. (1994). The economics of dying: the illusion of cost savings at the
end of life.New England Journal of Medicine, 330(8).
ˆ Alam, M. (2007). Ageing, Socio- Economic Disparities and Health Outcomes: Some
Evidence from Rural India. Institute of Economic Growth, Working Paper No.
E/290/2008.

Module VIII Cost Benefit analysis of Health care [1 Lecture]

Readings:
ˆ Marthe, G., David, S.,& Dennis F. (2002). HALYs and QALYs and DALYs, Oh
My: Similarities and Differences in Summary Measures of Population and Health.
Annual Review of Public Health. 23, 115-34.

Module IX Health infrastructure and financing [6 Lectures]

Readings:
1. Selvaraju, V. (2001). Budgetary subsidies to the health sector among selected states
in India. Journal of Health management, 3(2), 261-281.
2. Selvaraju V.,&Annigeri V. B. (2001). Trends in public spending on health in India.
Commission on Macroeconomics and Health, ICRIER, 1-26.
3. Selvaraju V. (2003). Health care expenditure in rural India. NCAER, Working
Paper No. 90.
4. Beaglehole, R., &Poz, D. (2003). Public Health Workforce: Challenges and Policy
Issues.Human Resources for Health, 1-7.
5. Joe, W., & Mishra, U.S. (2009). Household Out -of -Pocket Health Expenditure
in India- Levels, Patterns and Policy Concerns. Centre for Development Studies,
Working Paper No. 418.
6. Anand, S., &Barnighausen, T. (2011). Health Workers at the Core of the Health
System.Health Policy, doi:10.1016/j.healthpol.2011.10.012.
7. Rao, M., Rao, K.D., Kumar, S.A.K., Chatterejee, M., &Sundaraman, T. (2011).
Human Resources for Health in India.Lancet, 377, 587-598.
8. Rao, G.M., &Choudhary, M. (2012). Health care Financing Reforms in India.
National Institute of Public Finance and Policy, Working paper No. 2012-100.
9. Hazrika, I. (2013). Health Workforce in India: Assessment of Availability, Produc-
tion and Distribution.WHO South-East Journal of Public Health,2(2), 106-112.
10. Behera, M. R. (2014). Human Resources of Health in India. International Journal
of Health sciences and Research, 4(11), 244-252.

926
Reference Books:
1. Jay Bhattacharya, Timothy Hyde & Peter TU (2014), Health Economics, Palgrave
Macmillan.
2. FollandGoodmand and Stano (2012), The Economics of Health and Health Care,
Pearson Prentice Hall Press.
3. McDowell I, and Newell C. (1987) Measuring Health:a guide to rating scales and
questionnaires, Oxford University Press.
4. Glied S. and Smith P.S. (2011),the Oxford Handbook of Health Economics, Oxford
University Press, Oxford.

Further Readings:
1. Garber, & Skinner, (2008). Is American Health Care Uniquely Inefficient?Journal
of Economic Perspectives 22(4),27-50.

2. Laura, R. (2005). A New Approach to Social assistance: Latin Americans Ex-

perience with Conditional Cash Transfer Payments. International Social Security
Review 58(2), 133-161.

3. Kingsley, D. (1956). The Amazing Decline of mortality in Underdeveloped Areas.

American Economic Review, 46(2), 305-318.

4. Gaynor, H.W., &Vogt,W. (2000). Are Invisible Hands Good Hands? Moral Hazard,
Competition and the Second-Best in Health Care Markets. Journal of Political
Economy108(5), 992-1005.

5. Crocker, & Moran (2002).Contracting with Limited Commitment: Evidence from

Employment Based Health Insurance Contracts. Mimeo, University of Michigan
Business School.

6. Manning, W. G. (1987).Health Insurance and the Demand for Medical Care: Evi-
dence from a Randomised Experiment.American Economic Review, 77(3), 251-277.

7. Gumber A. (2002). Structure of Indian Health Care Market: Implications for Health
Insurance Sector.Regional Health Forum, Vol.4.

8. Bhattacharya, J. & Vogt, W. (2008). Employment and Adverse Selection in Health

Insurance. NBER Working Paper No. 12430.

9. David, C. (2010). How Health Care Reform Must Bend the Cost Curve.Health
Affairs, 29(6),1131-35.

10. Douglas H.E., & Michael J. R. (2010). Health Care Reform is Likely to Widen
Federal Budgets Deficits, Not Reduce Them, Health affairs, 29(6), 1136-41.

11. Propper, C. (2010). The Disutility of Time Spent on the United Kingdoms National
Health Service Waiting Lists. Journal of Human Resources, 30(4), 677-700.

12. Quarterly NRHM-MIS Report, 2013.

13. NCMH (2005). Report of the National Commission on Macroeconomics and Health,
New Delhi, Ministry of Health and Family Welfare, Government of India.

927
 14. Bhattacharya, J. &Sood, N. (2011). Who Pays for Obesity?Journal of Economic
Perspectives,25(1), 139-158.

15. Philipson, & Posner, (1995). A Theoretical and Empirical Investigation of the Ef-
fects of Public Health Subsidies for STD Testing. Quarterly Journal of Economics,
110(2), 445-474.

16. Dow et al. (1995). Disease Complementarities and the Evaluation of Public Health
Interventions. NBER Working Paper No. 5216

17. Goldman, Lakdawalla, &Sood (2004). HIV Breakthroughs and Risky Sexual Be-
haviour.NBER Working Paper No. 10516.

18. Lakdawalla, D., Bhattacharya N., & Goldman, D.P. (2004). Are The Young Be-
coming More Disabled?Health Affairs, 23(1), 168-176.

19. Goldman, D., Cutler D., Shang B, & Joyce G.F. (2006). The Value of Elderly
Disease Prevention. Forum of Health Economics & Policy, 9(2).

20. Bhattacharya, J., Shang B., Su C.K. & Goldman, D.P. (2005). Technological Ad-
vances in Cancer and Future Spending By the Elderly. Health Affairs, 24(2), 53-66.

21. Garg, C., &Anup, A.K. (2009). Reducing Out of Pocket Expenditures to Reduce
Poverty: A Disaggregate Analysis at Rural Urban and State Level in India. Health
Policy and Planning, 24, 116-128.

22. Mahal, A. et al. (2001). Who Benefits From Public Health Spending in India?
NCAER, New Delhi.

12.144 HS 694: Readings in Himachal History and Culture

Course Code: HS 694
Course Name: Readings in Himachal History and Culture
Credits : 3
Students intended for: M.A. and Ph.D. students in HSS
Elective or Compulsory: Elective
Approval: 10th Senate

Course Contents
ˆ Concept and scope of regional studies

ˆ History

– Pre-British Himachal
– Himachal under the British
– The post-Independence period d. Protest and resistance

ˆ Geography

– Ecological issues

928
 ˆ Society and Culture

– Religion
– Gender
– Caste
– Tribes

Readings:
1. Ahluwalia, M.S. (1998) Social, Cultural and Economic History of Himachal Pradesh,
Indus Publishing Company.

2. Asboe, W. (1933). Social Functions in Lahul, K?ngra District, Panj?b. The Journal
of the Royal Anthropological Institute of Great Britain and Ireland , 189-205.

3. Berti, D. (2009). Kings, Gods, and Political Leaders in Kullu (Himachal Pardesh).
In M. Lacomte-Tiloune, Bards and Mediums in the Khas Kingdoms (pp. 107-136).
Delhi: Himalayan Book Depot.

4. Bhatnagar, S. (1981). Politics of Land Reforms in India: A Case Study of Land

Legislation in Himachal Pradesh. Asian Survey , 454-468.

5. Birta, Raghubir Singh (2007), Ecology and Human Well being: Nature and Society
in Himachal Pradesh, Shipra

6. Brentnall, Mark (2005), The Princely and Noble Families of the Former Indian
Empire: Himachal Pradesh v. 1, Indus.

7. Emerson, A., Howell, G., & Wright, H. (1920). Gazetteer of the Mandi State. Indus
Publishing Company.

8. Gazetteer of the Simla Hill States 1910: Punjab States Gazetteer Vol VIII. (1910).
B. R. Publishing Corporation.

9. Hutchison, J., & Vogel, J. P. (1933). History of Panjab Hill States Volume II.
Lahore: Govt. Printing.

10. J. Ph, V. (1908). The R???s of the Panj?b Hills. The Journal of the Royal Asiatic
Society of Great Britain and Ireland , 536-541

11. Jreat, Manoj (2006) Geography of Himachal Pradesh, Indus

12. Kenny, J. T. (1995). Climate, Race, and Imperial Authority: The Symbolic Land-
scape of the British Hill Station in India. Annals of the Association of American
Geographers , 694-714.

13. Nath, Pratibha (2009) Folktales of Himachal Pradesh, Children Book Trust.

14. Parry, J. (1979) Caste and Kinship in Kangra, Routledge and Kegan Paul.

15. Sharma, B. R. (2007) Gods of Himachal Pradesh, Indus

929
16. Singh, C. (1988). Centre and Periphery in the Mughal State: The Case of Seventeenth-
Century Panjab. Modern Asian Studies , 299-318.

17. Singh, C. (2006). Long-Term Dynamics of Geography, Religion, and Politics: A

Case Study of Kumharsain in the. Mountain Research and Development , 328-335.

18. Singh, Chetan (2011) Recognizing Diversity: Society and Culture in the Himalaya,
OUP

19. Singh, Mian Goverdhan (2010) Himachal Pradesh: History, Culture & Economy,
Minerva. Thakur, Laxman S. ed. (2002), Where Mortals and Mountain Gods Meet,
IIAS

20. Verma, V. (1999), Ban Gujars: Nomadic Tribe in Himachal Pradesh. R. Publish-
ing,.

21. Verma, V. (2002) Kanauras of Kinnaur: schedule tribe in Himachal Pradesh , B.

R. Publishing. Verma, V. (2012) Lahaul : a tribal habitat in Himachal Pradesh, B.
R. Publishing.

22. Verma, V. (2009). Sikhs and the Kangra Hill States (1469-1846 A.D.). B. R.
Publication Corporation.

930
13 Institute Core Courses
13.1 IC 101P: Reverse Engineering
Course Code: IC 101P
Course Name: Reverse Engineering
L-T-P-C: 0-0-3-2
Prerequisite: Consent of the faculty member
Students intended for: B.Tech
Elective or Core: Core
Approval: 2nd Senate

Course contents
The students focus on either software or hardware reverse engineering (RE). In the process
of RE students understand existing technologies, functions, features, objects, components
and systems. By carefully disassembling, observing, testing, analyzing and reporting,
students can understand how something works and suggest ways it might be improved.
This process requires careful observation, disassembly, documentation, analysis and
reporting. Many times, the reverse engineering process is non-destructive. This means
that the object or component can be reassembled and still function just as it did before
it was taken apart.
Throughout the reverse engineering project, the students are able to think of ways
these objects could be improved. Is there some way it could function better? or man-
ufactured less expensively? The students will use observations to make suggestions for
improvement of the product.

Learning Topics
Forward Engineering Design, Design Thought and Process, Design Steps, System RE,
RE Methodology, RE Steps, System level Design, and Examples, Product Development,
Product Functions, Engineering Specifications, Product Architecture, Mechanical RE,
Computer-Aided RE, Electronic RE, Identify electronic components, PCB RE, Schematic
Drawings and Analysis, S/W RE, Reverse Engineering in Computer Applications, Re-
engineering of PLC programs.

References
1. Product Design: Techniques in Reverse Engineering and New Product Development
by K. Otto and K. Wood Prentice Hall, 2001.

2. Reverse Engineering: An Industrial Perspective by Raja and Fernandes. Springer-

Verlag 2008

3. RE as necessary phase by rapid product development by Sokovic and Kopac. Jour-

nal of Materials Processing Technology 2005

4. Reversing: Secrets of Reverse Engineering by Eldad Eilam Publisher: Wiley (April

15, 2005)

931
 5. The IDA Pro Book: The Unofficial Guide to the World’s Most Popular Disassembler
by Chris Eagle

13.2 IC 102P: Foundation of Design Practicum

Course Number : IC 102P
Course Name : Foundation of Design Practicum
Credit Distribution : 3-0-2-4
Intended for : UG
Prerequisite : Consent of faculty advisor
Mutual Exclusion : None
Approval: 50th BoA

Course Contents:
ˆ Introduction: Engineering design - How to select an engineering problem, stages
of solving a problem, documentation in Engineering, Machine and a robot - Different
aspects of robotics, current problems in robotics. Drives and motion, pneumatic,
hydraulic systems, clutch and brake. (3 hours)

– Practical 1: Microelectronics, onboard computer, IoT, embedded electronic

and materials to be used in the lab Manufacturing techniques - additive and
subtractive manufacturing. (3 hours)

ˆ Design of Mechanical Systems: Introduction to CAD by 3D modeling software,

Drawing of parts and assemblies, Computer-Aided Manufacturing and prototyping,
Brief Introduction to robotic systems, Joints and transformations on ROS. (5 hours)

– Practical 2: Introduction to Mechanical assembly, bill of materials, 3D mod-

eling software and design of parts and assemblies and Static Stress Simulation.
(3 hours)
– Practical 3: Simulation in ROS environment (3 hours)

ˆ Integration of Intelligent Control: Sensor and Actuator selection and sizing,

Determination of Power Source, Design of Power distribution, microcontroller, and
motor driver circuits, Developing PCB boards and feasibility testing, Introduction
to standard electronic connectors and American Wire Gauge. (7 hours)

– Practical 4: Sizing of sensors motors and linear actuators and integration

into mechanical design. (3 hours)
– Practical 5: Circuit Design using CAD tool and making PCBs manually and
demonstration of CNC based PCB printing. (3 hours)

ˆ Programming and Signals: Introduction to Programming; procedural vs object-

oriented programming, Object-Oriented programming in practice, Signals; commu-
nication via PWM, UART, Design of hardware and software interrupts. (6 hours)

– Practical 6: Introduction to Programming; procedural vs object-oriented

programming. (3 hours)

932
 – Practical 7: Signals; communication via PWM, UART; connecting two mi-
crocontrollers. (3 hours)
– Practical 8: Design of hardware and software interrupts. (3 hours)

ˆ Integration of Compute and networks: Introduction to microcontroller cod-

ing and interfacing with the ros API, Introduction to ROS packages and their
deployment, Introduction to IoT and IP sending receiving packets on client-server
networks, Control of robotic platforms over IP, Deployment of real-time decision
pipelines on the robot. (6 hours)

– Practical 9: Intro to rosserial and connecting microcontrollers to ROS. (3

hours)
– Practical 10: Introduction to esp8266; control via blynk. (3 hours)
– Practical 11: Deployment of conditional path planning on robot and testing.
(3 hours)

ˆ Final project: Project towards design and development of functional Robotic

system.

Textbooks:
1. Owen Bishop, Robot Builder’s Cookbook

2. Gaurav Verma, Autodesk Fusion 360

3. Godfrey C. Onwubolu, Introduction to SOLIDWORKS: A Comprehensive

Guide with Applications in 3D Printing

References:
1. Morgan Quigley, Brian Gerkey, Programming Robots with ROS

13.3 IC 110: Engineering Mathematics

Course Code: IC 110
Course Name: Engineering Mathematics
L-T-P-C: 2.5-0.5-0-3
Prerequisite: Consent of the faculty member
Students intended for: B.Tech 1st year
Elective or Core: Core
Approval: 2nd Senate

Course contents
ˆ Elementary calculus: Zeno’s Paradox Limit Continuity and Differentiability of
single variables, Uniform continuity, Partial Derivatives. [2 Lectures]

933
 ˆ Functions of Several Variables: Limit Continuity and differentiability of func-
tions of two variables, Euler’s Theorem, Tangent plane and Normal, Change of
variables, Chain rule.Jacobians, Taylor’s Theorem for Two Variables, Strength of a
Beam, Extrema of Functions of Two variables, Lagrange’s method of undetermined
multipliers. [10 Lectures]

ˆ Infinite Series: Achelles’ and Tortoise Problem, Convergence of Infinite Series of

Real Numbers, Comparison Test, Ratio Test, root Test, Raabe’s test, Logarithmic
test, Demorgan’s test, Sequence and series of functions: Uniform convergence and
related tests. [6 Lectures]

ˆ Ordinary Differential Equations: Origin of differential equations, Solution of

linear differential equations with constant coefficients, Euler Cauchy Equations,
Solution of Second Order differential Equations by change of dependent and inde-
pendent variables, Method of variation of parameters for second order differential
equations. [13 Lectures]

ˆ Integration: Double integral and its applications[2 Lectures]

Text Books:
1. Wilfred Kaplan, Advanced Calculus, Pearson (2003).

2. George B. Thomas, Maurice D. Weir, Joel Hass, Frank R. Giordano, Thomas’

Calculus, Pearson, 11th Edition (2004).

3. Dennis Zill, Warren Wright, Advanced Engineering Mathematics, Jones&

Bartlett Publisher, 4th Edition (2009).

References:
1. Richard Courant, Herbert Robbins, Ian Stewart, What Is Mathematics? An
Elementary Approach to Ideas and Methods, 2nd Edition, Oxford University
Press (1996).

2. H. T. H. Piaggio, An Elementary Treatise on Differential Equations, Barman

Press (2008).

3. E.Kreyszig, Advanced Engineering Mathematics, 9th Edition, John Wiley

(2007).

13.4 IC 111: Linear Algebra

Course Code: IC 111
Course Name: Linear Algebra
L-T-P-C: 2.5-0.5-0-3
Prerequisite: Consent of the faculty member
Students intended for: B.Tech 1st year
Elective or Core: Core
Approval: 2nd Senate

934
Course contents
ˆ Matrix Theory: Rank of Matrix, inverse of a matrix by elementary operations,
Solution of linear simultaneous equations and their numerical solutions by gauss
Elimination and Gauss Seidel Methods. Eigen values and eigen vectors, Cayley
Hamilton Theorem, Diagonalization of Matrices. Orthogonal, Hermitian, Skew Her-
mitian, Normal and Unitary matrices and their elementary properties, Quadratic
Forms. [12 Lectures]

ˆ Vector Spaces: Vector spaces, Sub Spaces, Linear Dependences and Indepen-
dences of Vectors, Span, Bases and Dimensions, Direct Sum. [12 Lectures]

ˆ Linear Transformations: Linear Transformations, Linear Variety, Range Space

and Rank, Null Space and Nullity, Homomorphism, Matrix of Linear Transforma-
tions, Matrix Representation of a linear transformation, Structure of the solutions
of the matrix equation Ax = b, Change of bases. [12 Lectures]

Text Books:
1. G.Strang, Linear Algebra and its Applications, 4th Edition, Thomson, (2006).

2. K. Hoffman and R. Kunze, Linear Algebra, Prentice Hall, (2008).

3. H.Anton, Elementary Linear Algebra with Applications”, 9th Edition, John

Wiley (2004).

References:
1. E.Kreyszig, Advanced Engineering Mathematics, 9th Edition, John Wiley
(2007).

2. S.Kumaresan, Linear Algebra – A Geometric Approach, Prentice Hall of India

(2004).

3. D. S. Watkins, Fundamentals of Matrix Computations, 2nd Edition, John

Wiley & Sons (2002).

13.5 IC 112: Calculus

Course number : IC 112
Course Name : Calculus
Credit Distribution : 1.5-0.5-0-2
Intended for : B. Tech. 1st Year
Prerequisite : Consent of the faculty member
Mutual Exclusion : (None)
Approval: 50th BoA

935
Course Contents:
ˆ Elementary calculus: Real number system, Zeno’s Paradox , Limit Continuity
and Differentiability of single variables, Uniform continuity, Taylor series, Partial
Derivatives. [6 Lectures]

ˆ Functions of Several Variables: Limit , Continuity and differentiability of func-

tions of two variables. Euler’s Theorem, Tangent plane and Normal, Change of
variables, Chain rule. Jacobians, Taylor’s Theorem for Two Variables, Extrema
of Functions of Two variables, Lagrange’s method of undetermined multipliers. [8
Lectures]

ˆ Infinite Series: Achelles’ and Tortoise Problem, Sequences, Convergence of In-

finite Series of Real Numbers, Comparison Test, Ratio Test, Root Test, Raabe’s
test, Logarithmic test, Demorgan’s test, Sequence and series of functions: Uniform
convergence and related tests. [7 Lectures]

Text books:
1. Thomas and Finney, Calculus and Analytical Geometry, 9th Edition, Addison
and Wesley Publishing Company, 1996

2. W. Rudin, Principles of Mathematical Analysis.

References:
1. E. Kreyszig, Advanced Engineering Mathematics, 10th Edition, Wiley.

2. J. E. Marsden, A. J. Tromba and A. Weinstein, Basic Multivariable Calculus,

Springer, 1993.

3. Apostol, Mathematical Analysis, 2nd Edition.

13.6 IC 113 : Complex and Vector Calculus

Course number : IC 113
Course Name : Complex and Vector Calculus
Credit Distribution : (1.5-0.5-0-2)
Intended for : B. Tech. 1st Year
Prerequisite : Math 1
Mutual Exclusion : (None)
Approval: 50th BoA

Course Contents:
ˆ Complex variable: Limit, continuity, differentiability and analyticity of func-
tions, Cauchy-Riemann equations, line integrals in complex plane, Cauchy integral
theorem, independence of path, existence of indefinite integral, Cauchy’s integral
formula, derivatives of analytic functions, Taylor’s series, Laurent’s series, Zeros
and singularities, Residue theorem, evaluation of real integral [10 Lectures]

936
 ˆ Integration: Riemann integral, Double integral and its applications, Fubini’s the-
orem, Volumes and Areas, Change of variable in double integral. Special cases:
Polar coordinates, Triple integral, Applications, Change of variable in triple inte-
gral. Special cases: Cylindrical and Spherical coordinates, Surface area, Surface
integral, Line integrals, Green’s theorem, Vector fields Divergence and Curl of a
vector field, Stoke’s theorem, The divergence theorem. [11 Lectures]

Text books:
1. Thomas and Finney, Calculus and Analytical Geometry, 9th Edition, Addison
and Wesley Publishing Company, 1996.

2. R. V. Churchill and J. W. Brown, Complex Variables and Applications, 9th

Editions, 2021.

References:
1. E. Kreyszig, Advanced Engineering Mathematics, 10th Edition.

2. S. Ponnusamy, Foundations of Complex Analysis, 2nd Edition, Narosa, 1995.

3. J. E. Marsden, A. J. Tromba and A. Weinstein, Basic Multivariable Calculus,

Springer, 1993.

13.7 IC 114 : Linear Algebra

Course number : IC 114
Course Name : Linear Algebra
Credit Distribution : 2-0-0-2
Intended for : B.Tech 1st year
Prerequisite : None
Mutual Exclusion : None
Approval: 50th BoA

Course Contents:
ˆ Matrix Theory: Rank of Matrix, inverse of a matrix by elementary operations,
Solution of linear simultaneous equations and their numerical solutions by gauss
Elimination and Gauss Seidel Methods. Eigen values and eigen vectors, Cayley
Hamilton Theorem, Diagonalization of Matrices. Orthogonal, Hermitian, Skew Her-
mitian, Normal and Unitary matrices and their elementary properties, Quadratic
Forms. [7 Lectures]

ˆ Vector Spaces: Vector spaces, Sub Spaces, Linear Dependences and Indepen-
dences of Vectors, Span, Bases and Dimensions, Direct Sum. [7 Lectures]

ˆ Linear Transformations: Linear Transformations, Linear Variety, Range Space

and Rank, Null Space and Nullity, Homomorphism, Matrix of Linear Transforma-
tions, Matrix Representation of a linear transformation, Structure of the solutions
of the matrix equation Ax = b, Change of bases. [7 Lectures]

937
Text books:
1. G. Strang, Introduction to linear algebra, 4th Edition, Wellesley Cambridge
Press.

2. Kenneth Hoffman and Ray Kunze, Linear Algebra, PHI publication.

References:
1. NA

13.8 IC 115: ODE and Integral transform

Course number : IC 115
Course Name : ODE and Integral transform
Credit Distribution : 2-0-0-2
Intended for : B.Tech 1st year
Prerequisite : None
Mutual Exclusion : None
Approval: 50th BoA

Course Contents:
ˆ Ordinary Differential Equations: Origin of differential equations, Formation of
differential equations, Order and degree, Equation of first order and first degree,
Solution of linear differential equations with constant coefficients, Euler Cauchy
Equations, Solution of Second Order differential Equations by change of dependent
and independent variables, Method of variation of parameters for second order
differential equations, Series solution. [13 Lectures]

ˆ Integral transforms: Laplace and Fourier transform, existence, linearity property,

shifting property, Inverse Laplace and Fourier, Melin transform, Fourier series [8
Lecture]

Text books:
1. G. F. Simmons,Ordinary Differential Equations, Differential equations with appli-
cations and historical notes, 2nd Edition.

2. S. L. Ross, Introduction to Ordinary Differential Equations, Wiley, 1980.

References:
1. Gilbert Strang, Introduction to Applied Mathematics.

2. E. Kreyszig, Advanced Engineering Mathematics

938
13.9 IC 121: Mechanics of Particles and waves
Course Code: IC 121
Course Name: Mechanics of Particles and waves
L-T-P-C: 2.5-0.5-0-3
Prerequisite: Consent of the faculty member
Students intended for: B.Tech 1st year
Elective or Core: Core
Approval: 2nd Senate

Course contents
Part I – Classical mechanics
ˆ Vectors and vector calculus: gradient, divergence and curl, line, surface and
volume integrals - Helmholtz theorem. Gauss divergence, Stokes theorem - Gen-
eralized coordinates, Jacobian, Cartesian, cylindrical, and spherical coordinates.
Introduction to Cartesian tensors. Vectors and vector spaces. [5 Lectures]

ˆ Newtonian mechanics conservation laws: linear, angular momentum, energy-

single and many particle systems. [3Lectures]

ˆ Oscillations as application of Newtonian mechanics, Driven damped and forced

oscillations, generalized vector spaces, Fourier expansion and oscillations under pe-
riodic forces, coupled oscillations and normal modes. Nonlinear oscillations. LC
circuit, simple pendulum, coupled pendulum. [4 Lectures]

ˆ Potentials and fields, Fundamental interactions in nature. Gravitational and elec-

trostatic potentials by point particles and extended objects. Multi-pole expansion.
Poisson and Laplace equation in electrostatics. [4 Lectures]

ˆ Constraints and generalized coordinates - Lagrangian- Lagrange’s equation of mo-

tion - relation to Newtonian mechanics - Two body problem - type of orbitals
Variational principle of mechanics. [7 Lectures]

ˆ Legendre transform, Hamiltonian mechanics, phase space representation Introduc-

tion to many body mechanics. [5 Lectures]

Part II Introduction to Quantum Mechanics

ˆ Inadequacy of classical mechanics, Black body radiation, photo-electric effect, Clas-
sical unstable atoms, Bohr model of hydrogen atom, Frank-Hertz experiment. [3
Lectures]

ˆ Uncertainty principle, Phase space and Hilbert space, Postulates of quantum me-
chanics, Schrödinger equation, observations and measurements, principle of super-
position, operators and state functions, expectation value. [5 Lectures]

ˆ Applications of Schrödinger equation, Particle in an infinite square well potentials,

Harmonic oscillator, rigid rotor and two body (Hydrogen atom) problem. [4 Lec-
tures]

939
Text Books:
1. S T Thorton and J B Marion, Classical dynamics of Particles and systems

2. Liboff, Introductory Quantum mechanics

3. Eisberg and Resnick, Quantum physics of atoms, molecules

References:
1. R P Feynman, The Feynman Lectures on Physics Vol. I

2. C. Kittel, W D Knight, M A Ruderman, Mechanics : Berkley Physics course

I

3. R Douglas Gregory, Classical mechanics

4. T W B Kibble and F H Berkshire, Classical mechanics

5. D Morin, Introduction to classical mechanics with problems and solutions

6. D J Griffiths, Introduction to quantum mechanics

7. D A B Miller, Quantum mechanics for scientists and engineers

8. C Cohen-Tannoudji, B, Quantum mechanics, Vol. I

13.10 IC 130: Applied Chemistry for Engineers

Course Code: IC 130
Course Name: Applied Chemistry for Engineers
L-T-P-C: 3-0-0-3
Prerequisite: Consent of the faculty member
Students intended for: B.Tech
Elective or Core: Core
Approval: 2nd Senate

Course content
Part I – Classical mechanics
ˆ Spectroscopy- Introduction and classification, Fundamental principles, Instru-
mentation and applications of Ultra Violet-Visible Spectroscopy, Infra-Red Spec-
troscopy, Raman Spectroscopy and Nuclear Magnetic Resonance Spectroscopy [12
Lectures]

ˆ Polymer Chemistry- Introduction, Polymerisation, Properties, Polymer process-

ing, Industrial polymers, conducting polymers [8 Lectures]

ˆ Fuels and Combustion- Properties of fuels, Calorific value, Petroleum and petro-
chemicals, biofuels [6 Lectures]

940
 ˆ Electrochemistry- Applications of electrochemistry at the interface of science and
technology, Batteries, Fuel cells, Biomedical devices,Corrosion and its control [10
Lectures]

ˆ Lubricants- Mechanism of lubrication, Types,Properties and selection of lubricants

[6 Lectures]

Text Books:
1. H.D. Gesser, Applied Chemistry - A Textbook for Engineers and Technol-
ogists, Springer

2. Wiley India Editorial Team, Engineering Chemistry, Wiley India Pvt. Ltd.,
2011.

3. Shashi Chawla, Engineering Chemistry

References:
1. J. M. Hollas, Modern Spectroscopy, Wiley India Pvt. Ltd.

2. Colin Banwell and Elaine McCash, M A Ruderman, Fundamentals of molecular

spectroscopy, Tata McGraw Hill Education Pvt. Ltd.

3. Fred W. Billmeyer, Text Book Polymer Science, Wiley India Pvt. Ltd.

13.11 IC 130P: Chemistry Practicum

Course Code: IC 130P
Course Name: Chemistry Practicum
L-T-P-C: 0-0-3-2
Prerequisite: Consent of the faculty member
Students intended for: B.Tech
Elective or Core: Core
Approval: 2nd Senate

Course contents
Part I – Classical mechanics
1. Synthesis of molecules

2. Synthesis of nanomaterials

3. Characterisation of properties

4. Identification of unknown molecules through the use of spectroscopic techniques

(a) Generation of various spectra

(b) Interpretation of the spectra

5. Analytical chemistry experiments

941
 6. Food chemistry
7. Environmental chemistry

13.12 IC 131: Applied Chemistry for Engineers

Course Code: IC 131
Course Name: Applied Chemistry for Engineers
L-T-P-C: 2-0-2-3
Prerequisite: Consent of the faculty member
Students intended for: B.Tech
Elective or Core: Institute Core for All
Approval: 38th BoA

Course contents
Part I – Classical mechanics
ˆ Chemical Bonding; MO Theory; LCAO molecular orbitals; structure, bonding and
energy levels of diatomic molecules, 3D, 2D, 1D and 0D materials. [7 Lectures]
ˆ Intermolecular Forces; Potential energy surfaces-Rates of reaction; Steady state
approximation and its applications; Catalysis. [4 Lectures]
ˆ Spectroscopy- Introduction and Classification; Basic Principles, instrumentation
and technological applications of - Ultra Violet - Visible Spectroscopy; Infra-red
Spectroscopy; Raman Spectroscopy; and Nuclear Magnetic Resonance Spectroscopy
[10 Lectures]
ˆ Electrochemistry and its applications in Fuel Cells; Batteries; and Supercapacitors
[7 Lectures]
Experiments illustrating the concepts of:
ˆ Chemistry in Real Life: analysis of food, soil and water quality.
ˆ Synthesis of materials and their characterization using analytical tools.
ˆ Electrochemistry.

Text Books:
1. Wiley India Editorial Team, Engineering Chemistry, Wiley India Pvt. Ltd.,
2011.
2. Shashi Chawla, Engineering Chemistry

References:
1. Colin Banwell and Elaine McCash, M A Ruderman, Fundamentals of molecular
spectroscopy, Tata McGraw Hill Education Pvt. Ltd.
V. S. Bagotsky, Fundamentals of Electrochemistry, John Wiley and Sons Inc.,
2005.

942
13.13 IC 136: Understanding Biotechnology & its Applications
Course Code: IC 136
Course Name: Understanding Biotechnology & its Applications
L-T-P-C: 3-0-0-3
Prerequisite: Consent of the faculty member
Students intended for: B.Tech
Elective or Core: Core
Approval: 2nd Senate

Course contents
ˆ Introduction to “biotechnology” and the history of biotechnological developments
with major milestones. [1 Lecture]

ˆ Basic biology: Brief introduction to genes and genomes. [3 Lectures]

ˆ Introduction to recombinant DNA technology and its application to genomics.[5

Lectures]

ˆ Introduction to proteins and their products. [4 Lectures]

ˆ Microbial biotechnology. [5 Lectures]

ˆ Plant biotechnology. [5 Lectures]

ˆ Animal biotechnology. [5 Lectures]

ˆ Bioremediation and environmental biotechnology. [5 Lectures]

ˆ Medical biotechnology. [5 Lectures]

ˆ Biotechnology regulations and ethics. [2 Lectures]

Text Books:
1. William J. Thieman and Michael A. Palladino, Introduction to Biotechnology,
3rd Edition, Benjamin-Cummings publishing company.

References:
1. Reinhard Renneberg, Biotechnology for Beginners, Academic press.

2. Ratledge Colin, Basic Biotechnology, 3rd Edition, ambridge university press.

13.14 IC 140: Graphics for Design

Course Code: IC 140
Course Name: Graphics for Design
L-T-P-C: 2-0-3-4
Prerequisite: Consent of the faculty member

943
Students intended for: B.Tech 1st year
Elective or Core: Core
Approval: 2nd Senate

Course contents
ˆ General: Introduction to design process and drawings, sheet layout, line symbols,
line groups, preferred scales, reference planes and quadrants, technical sketching;
dimensioning, tools of dimensioning, size and position dimensions. Freehand sketch-
ing and mechanical drafting. [2 Lectures; 1 Practical]

ˆ Introduction to CAD software for the creation of 3D models and 2D engineering

drawings. (Take home assignments will continue throughout the semester) [4 Lec-
tures, 2 Practical]

ˆ Projections: Types of projections, theory of orthographic projections, projection

of points, lines; oblique planes. (Free hand / Solid Works) [2 Lectures, 1 Practical]

ˆ Projection of plane figures. (MD/Solid Works) [2 Lectures, 1 Practical]

ˆ Projection of solids and sections. (MD/Solid Works) [2 Lectures; 1 Practical]

ˆ Development of solids (MD/Solid Works) [2 Lectures; 1 Practical]

ˆ Intersection of surfaces (MD/Solid Works) [2 Lectures; 1 Practical]

ˆ Sketching of orthographic views from pictorial views. [2 Lectures; 1 Practical]

ˆ Missing Line, Missing View Exercises (Free hand/Solid Works) [2 Lectures; 1 Prac-
tical]

ˆ Pictorial Views: Isometric and oblique views from multi-planar orthographic views.
(Free hand/Solid Works) [2 Lectures; 1 Practical]

ˆ Limits, fits and tolerances; Schematic and process flow diagrams; standard equip-
ment and symbols. [2 Lectures; 1 Practical]

ˆ Instrumentation and control diagrams; flow charts. [2 Lectures; 1 Practical]

Text Books2 :
1.

References3 :
1.
2
Not Available
3
Not Available

944
13.15 IC 141: Product Realization Technology
Course Code: IC 141
Course Name: Product Realization Technology
L-T-P-C: 2-0-3-4
Prerequisite: Consent of the faculty member
Students intended for: B.Tech 1st year
Elective or Core: Core
Approval: 2nd Senate

Course contents
ˆ Introduction: Engineering materials, their manufacturability and application [2hrs]

ˆ Machining: Lathe, drilling, milling and grinding machines and their operations.
[5 hrs]

ˆ Casting: Pattern materials, pattern types, allowances, molding sand, composition

and properties, cores, casting defects and their remedies, plastic parts molding [7
hrs]

ˆ Joining: Welding fundamentals, types of welded joints, types of welding processes,

gas welding process, manual metal welding, welding defects and remedies, Soldering
and brazing, their applications in electronics industry [6 hrs]

ˆ Forming: Forging, rolling, extrusion, wire drawing and tube drawing, sheet metal
operations, forging defects and remedies [6 hrs]

ˆ Advanced Manufacturing Processes: Introduction to advanced manufacturing

techniques and their applications [4 hrs]

Suggested Reading
1. E. Paul DeGarmo, JT. Black, R. A. Kohser, Materials and Processes in Man-
ufacturing, Prentice Hall of India Pvt. Ltd.- New Delhi.

2. S. Kalpakjain, S.R. Schmid, Manufacturing Engineering and Technology,

Pearson Education, New Delhi.

3. Mikell P. Grover, Fundamentals of Modern Manufacturing, John Willey and

Sons.

4. R.A. Lindberg, Processes and Materials of Manufacturing, Prentico Hall In-

dia Ltd., 1990.

5. P.N. Rao, Manufacturing Technology, Vol-1, 2, Tata McGraw Hill New Delhi,
1998.

References:
1.

945
13.16 IC 141 Revised : Product Realization Technology
Course Code: IC 141 Revised
Course Name : Product Realization Technology
L-T-P-C : 2-0-4-2
Intended for : UG
Prerequisite : None
Mutual Exclusion : Courses with high similarity not allowed to credit by the students
after or along with this course

Course Contents:
ˆ Introduction: Engineering materials, their manufacturability and application (2
Hours)

ˆ PRT for Structural Applications (Metals & Alloys): Casting (sand casting,
permanent mold casting, investment casting), forming (Rolling, Forging, Extru-
sion, Sheet metal operations), machining (drilling, lathe, milling), joining, Additive
manufacturing (SLS, SLM) (8 Hours)

ˆ PRT for Light weight applications (Polymers): Classifications of plastics,

blow molding, injection molding, extrusion, compression molding, vacuum forming,
Additive manufacturing (FDM, SLM), laser machining, joining methods. (6 Hours)

ˆ PRT for High Temperature Applications (ceramics and glasses): Powder

manufacturing, mixing and blending, compacting, Sintering (with SPS), hot iso-
static pressing (5 Hours)

ˆ PRT for High Performance Applications (Composites): Microwave curing,

compression molding, resin infusion microwave curing, pultrusion, filament winding
(5 Hours)

ˆ PRT for Electronic Applications (Semiconductors): Thin film deposition,

photolithography, wet bulk micromachining/etching, screen printing, 3D printing,
Fabrication of PCBs. (2 Hours)

Laboratory

Table 1: IC 141 Lab

Sl. Equipment Experiment Turns

No.
1 Lathe, milling, Facing, turning and grooving operations on 1
shaper machine mild steel rod
2 Sintering To demonstrate sintering process for ce- 1
ramic/metallic powders
3 Microwave com- To demonstrate manufacturing of compos- 1
posite processing ite laminates

946
 4 Fitting To make fillet, chamfer, drilling and tap- 1
ping on mild steel flat
5 Welding To perform arc welding, gas welding and 1
spot welding and FSW
6 Sheet metal To perform shearing, bending and riveting 1
of galvanised iron sheet
7 Foundry To sand cast an aluminium rod 1
8 CNC lathe and To machine objects using CNC machining 1
milling processes
9 Laser machining To demonstrate laser machining of an 1
acrylic sheet
10 Advanced Manu- To demonstrate thin film deposition, 1
facturing lithography, screen printing, fabrication of
PCBs.
11 Additive manu- To create objects using advanced 3D print- 1
facturing ing processes
12 Injection mold- To understand the plastic injection mold- 1
ing ing process
12

Textbooks:
1. Groover, M.P., Fundamentals of modern manufacturing: materials, pro-
cesses, and systems, John Wiley & Sons, 2020.

2. Kalpakjian, S. and Schmid, S.R., Manufacturing engineering and technology,

Prientice Hall, 2001.

References:
None

13.17 IC 141P: Product Realization Technology Laboratory

Course Code: IC 141P
Course Name: Product Realization Technology Laboratory

Credits : 2 − 0 − 3 − 4
Prerequisite : Consent of the faculty member
Students intended for : B.Tech 1st year
Elective or Core : Core

Course Contents:
1. Facing and turing on mild steel rod on lathe machine (MS1)

2. To make a groove on lathe machine (MS2)

947
 3. Taper turing operation on lathe machine

4. To perform boring operaton on lathe machine (MS4)

5. To perform knurling and threading operation on lathe machine (MS5)

6. Face and Peripheral milling operation on Milling machine (MS6)

7. Driling, reaming and tapping inn MS piece (FS1)

8. To make V-matching joint of mild steel (FS2)

9. To make V butt joint in horizontal position (WS1)

10. To make V butt joint in vertical position (WS2)

11. To perform gas welding operation (WS3)

12. Shearing, bending, and soldering of GI sheet (TS1)

13. To make a mould and core and assemble it (FDS1)

14. Product Realization : Mini Project 6

13.18 IC 142 Old: Engineering Thermodynamics

Course Code: IC 142
Course Name: Engineering Thermodynamics
L-T-P-C: 3-1-0-4
Prerequisite: Consent of the faculty member
Students intended for: B.Tech
Elective or Core: Core
Approval: 2nd Senate

Course contents
ˆ Introduction: Applications of Thermodynamics, Brief History [1 Lecture]

ˆ Fundamental Concepts: Definitions of system and surrounding, concept of con-

trol volume, thermodynamic state, concepts of simple compressible substances, pure
substance and phase, thermodynamic processes and thermodynamic equilibrium;
Temperature and Zeroth law; Thermodynamic concept of energy [3 Lectures]

ˆ Energy and energy transfer: Modes of work and heat transfer, different forms
of energy, internal energy. [2 Lectures]

ˆ Properties of substances: Thermodynamic properties and use of tables of ther-

modynamic properties; p-v-T surfaces, idea of a generalized chart and the law of
corresponding states [3 Lectures]

948
 ˆ First Law of Thermodynamics: The first law referred to cyclic and non-cyclic
processes, concept of internal energy of a system, conservation of energy for simple
compressible closed systems; Definitions of enthalpy and specific heats; Conserva-
tion of energy for an open system or control volume, steady & Transient processes.
[8 Lectures]

ˆ Second Law of Thermodynamics: The directional constraints on natural pro-

cesses; Formal statements; Concept of reversibility; Carnot principle; Absolute ther-
modynamic temperature scale; Clausius Inequality, entropy, change in entropy in
various thermodynamic processes, T ds relations, entropy balance for closed and
open systems, Principle of increase- in- Entropy, entropy generation [7 Lectures]

ˆ Exergy: Concept of reversible work & irreversibility; Second law efficiency; Exergy
change of a system, exergy destruction, exergy balance inclosed & open systems. [3
Lectures]

ˆ Thermodynamic Property Relations: Maxwell relations; Clausius - Clapeyron

equation; Difference in heat capacities; Ratio of heat capacities; general relations
for the changes in internal energy, enthalpy, entropy, Joule-Thompson coefficient;
[3 Lectures]

ˆ Vapour Power Cycles: Carnot cycle; Simple Rankine cycle, Reheat and Regen-
erative cycles with open & closed feedwater heater; actual cycles [3 Lectures]

ˆ Air Standard Power Cycles: Carnot, Stirling, Ericssion, Otto, Diesel, and Dual
cycles,Brayton cycle, combined cycle power plant [4 Lectures]

ˆ Refrigeration and air conditioning: Different refrigeration techniques, Carnot

cycle, Vapour compression refrigeration cycle, Absorption refrigeration, combined
power and refrigeration systems, Heat pumps, Air - conditioning (Definitions, some
air conditioning processes, Psychrometric charts) [4 Lectures]

ˆ Introduction to Fuel Cells [1 Lecture]

Text Books:
1. Van Wylen, Sonntag, Borgnakke, Fundamentals of thermodynamics, 6th edi-
tion, Wiley India.

2. Cengel and Boles, Thermodynamics, 6th edition, Tata McGraw Hill.

References:
1. Spalding and Cole, Engineering Thermodynamics, 1973.

2. Moran and Shapiro, Fundamentals of Engineering Thermodynamics, 6th

edition, Wiley India.

949
13.19 IC 150: Computation for Engineers
Course Code: IC 150
Course Name: Computation for Engineers
L-T-P-C: 3-0-0-3
Prerequisite: Consent of the faculty member
Students intended for: B.Tech
Elective or Core: Core
Approval: 2nd Senate

Course contents
ˆ Computers, programming and environment: Computer and its components,
common uses of a computer, computer as a machine, what is a program, program
testing and verification, problem solving and implementation of algorithms, limita-
tions of computing with computers, compilers, operating system/unix environment,
editors, IDE’s [3-4 Lectures]

ˆ Programming: Problem solving with programming, Basics of Programming, Prim-

itive types,Expressions, Decision making, Iteration, Function, Recursion, Pointer,
Array, Structure & Union, Basic I/O, File handling, Dynamic Memory Allocation.
[20-22 Lectures]

ˆ Numerical Computation and number crunching (Scilab/Python and Openof-

fice/Excel): Scilab fundamentals, programming with Scilab, error handling, find-
ing roots (various methods), matrix operations, Entering and Formatting Data and
formulae, Using Built-in Functions, performing logical tests, interpolations [10-12
Lectures]

ˆ Reporting of Results: Units, Significant figures, Graphs and tables for data
presentation [1-2 Lectures]

Books and References

1. V. Rajaraman, Computer Programming in C

2. R. G. Dromey, How to Solve It By Computer

3. Kernighan and Ritchie, The C Programming Language

4. Kernighan and Pike, The Unix Programming Environment

5. Joseph C. Musto, William E. Howard, Richard R. Williams, Engineering Com-

putations: An Introduction Using MatLAB and Excel, Tata McGraw Hill.

13.20 IC 150P: Computing for Engineers Lab

Course Code: IC 150P
Course Name: Computing for Engineers Lab
L-T-P-C: 0-0-3-2
Prerequisite: Consent of the faculty member

950
Students intended for: B.Tech
Elective or Core: Core
Approval: 2nd Senate

Course contents
It will mainly cover the implementations of the concepts being covered in the course
”Computation for Engineers”. The learning will be through weekly assignments.

13.21 IC 152: Computing and Data Science

Course Code: IC 152
Course Name: Computing and Data Science
L-T-P-C: 3-0-2-4
Prerequisite: Consent of the faculty member
Students intended for: B.Tech
Elective or Core: Core
Approval: 17th Senate

Course contents
ˆ Introduction: History, basic structure of a computer, network of computers [3
Lectures]

ˆ Program:Algorithms + Data, Programs as a sequence of instructions, Levels of

Programming: high level language, medium level language, machine language, in-
terpreted and compiled languages [2 Lectures]

ˆ Memory: Variables, types, scalar, composite types, arrays/lists, expressions [3

Lectures]

ˆ Functions: Scope for variables, code reuse, call frame and call stack, arguments,
return values [3 Lectures]

ˆ Control Flow: decisions, iterations [3 Lectures]

ˆ Data Structures and Objects: lists, dictionaries, NumPy arrays, strings [8 Lec-
tures]

ˆ File I/O, command line arguments [3 Lectures]

ˆ Data Visualization: plotting functions, making use of colour, geographical data

[4 Lectures]

ˆ Program Development: Testing, test cases, debugging, program effciency [3

Lectures]

ˆ Case Studies: Modeling using statistics, curve fitting, interpolation, histograms,

classification, correlation [6 Lectures]

ˆ Quizzes, Review etc. [3 Lectures]

951
Books and References
1. Michael Dawson, Python Programming for the Absolute Beginner, 3rd Edi-
tion, Course Technology PTR (Chapter 1-7)

2. The python workbook: A Brief Introduction with Exercises and Solu-

tions, 2014 edition

3. Jake Vanderplas, Python Data Science Handbook (Chapters 1-4)

4. R. G. Dromey, How to solve it by Computer, Pearson, 1982

5. V. A. Sparul, Think like a Programmer: An introduction to Creative Prob-

lem Solving, No Starch Press, 2012 (Soft copy avaialable from the Library Web-
site)

13.22 IC 160: Electrical Systems Around Us

Course Code: IC 160
Course Name: Electrical Systems Around Us
L-T-P-C: 2.5-0.5-0-3
Prerequisite: Consent of the faculty member
Students intended for: B.Tech
Elective or Core: Core
Approval: 2nd Senate

Course contents
ˆ Common Appliances: Exploring the common appliances, their ratings, power
consumption and working. [3 Lectures]

ˆ Heating and Lighting: Understanding how illumination and temperature control

are integrated in our buildings, types of sources and elements, source transforma-
tion, Kirchoff’s laws, Mesh and Nodal analysis, Thevenin’s theorem, Norton’s the-
orem, superposition theorem, maximum power transfer theorem. Single phase: AC
fundamentals, sinusoidal and non-sinusoidal wave form saverage and effective val-
ues, form and peak factors, concept of phasors, analysis of series and parallel RLC
circuits, power triangle and power factor, resonance in series and parallel circuits,
transient analysis of RL and RC circuits, frequency response for RL and RC. Three
phase: Three phase emf generation, delta and star connections, balanced supply
and balanced load, measurement of power in three phase circuits. Introduction to
common earthing practices. [9 Lectures + 4 Tutorials]

ˆ Supply of Electricity: Concepts of magnetic circuits, analogy with electrical cir-

cuits, B-H curve, hysteresis and eddy current losses, magnetic circuit calculations.
Single-phase transformer: Constructional features, operating principle, emf equa-
tion, phasor diagram, equivalent circuit, voltage regulation, efficiency, open and
short circuit tests. [10+ Lectures]

952
 ˆ Fans and Pump: DC machines: constructional features, working principle, emf
and torque equation, armature reaction, types of excitation and generator charac-
teristics. Introduction to three phase induction motor and three-phase synchronous
generator. Introduction to renewable energy. [12 Lectures]
ˆ Upcoming topics: Relevant topics related to the current trend can be selected by
the instructor. [2 Lectures]

Text Books:
1. I.J.Nagrath, Basic Electrical Engineering, Tata McGraw Hill, India

References:
1. Vincent Del Toro, Electrical Engineering Fundamental, Prentice Hall
2. Charles K. Alexander and Matthew N. O. Sadiku, Fundamentals of Electric
Circuits, Tata McGraw Hill, India

13.23 IC 160P: Electrical Systems Laboratory

Course Code: IC 160P
Course Name: Electrical Systems Laboratory
L-T-P-C: 0-0-3-2
Prerequisite: Consent of the faculty member
Students intended for: B.Tech
Elective or Core: Core
Approval: 2nd Senate

Course contents
ˆ Lab 1: Introduction to Spice software, familiarization with different analysis meth-
ods (ac, dc and transient), familiarization with datasheets of components
ˆ Lab 2: Familiarization with various measuring instruments such as ammeter, volt-
meter, wattmeter, tachometer, multimeter, oscilloscope
ˆ Lab 3: Circuit analysis using Spice
ˆ Lab 4: Transient analysis of RLC circuit
ˆ Lab 5: Analysis of magnetically coupled circuit
ˆ Lab 6: Frequency response of RLC circuit
ˆ Lab 7: Design of passive filters
ˆ Lab 8: Measurement of power in three-phase circuit using two wattmeter method
ˆ Lab 9: Open circuit and short circuit test of transformer
ˆ Lab 10: Characteristics of dc shunt generator
ˆ Lab 11: To measure earthing resistance by three probe method

953
13.24 IC 161: Applied Electronics
Course Code: IC 161
Course Name: Applied Electronics

Credits : 3 − 0 − 0 − 3
Prerequisite : Consent of the faculty member
Students intended for : B.Tech
Elective or Core : Core

Approval: 2nd Senate

Course content
ˆ Digital Electronics: Number systems (Binary, Decimal, Hexadecimal, Octal),
Binary algebra, De -Morganslaws,Combinational Circuits: Adder, Subtractor, De-
coder, Encoder, Multiplexers, Demultiplexers Sequential Circuits: Latch, Flipflops,
Counters, Shift registers, Memory, Sampling, ADC, DAC [ Lectures]

ˆ Devices and basic circuits: Diodes, Clipping and Clamping, Rectification, Power-
supply filtering, Zener diode regulator BJT and MOSFET Structure and opera-
tion,BJT and MOSFET switches, biasing, amplifiers (Common emitter, emitter
follower, common source, source follower etc.). Basic logic design with transistors
and diodes (TTL and CMOS)

ˆ Unit 3: Feedback and operational amplifiers: Introduction to feedback, Op-

erational amplifiers (as a black box), the golden rules, Basic op-amp circuits: In-
verting and Noninverting amplifier, Follower, Integrators, Differentiators, Precision
rectifiers, Comparators, Schmitt trigger

ˆ Measurement Transducers: Temperature, Light, Acceleration, Pressure, Force,

velocity, magnetic field, particle detectors.

ˆ PLC & Microcontroller: Application of Microcontrollers (Toys, Embedded sys-

tems etc), General Architecture, Interfacing, Bus Signals, Interrupts, Registers,
Support chips. Case study: Compare the architectures of two popularly used mi-
crocontrollers, Programming of a microcontroller with examples. Basic operation
of relays, PLC as relays, Application of PLC in process industries, Architecture of
a typical PLC, Ladder logic programming, Case study: Writing Ladder logic for
any process industry (Cement mills, Paper mills etc).

Text Books:
1. I.J.Nagrath, Basic Electrical Engineering, Tata McGraw Hill, India

References:
1. P. Horowitz and Winfield Hill, The art of electroncics, Cambridge University.

2. M. Mano, Digtial logic design, Prentice Hall.

954
13.25 IC 161P: Applied Electronics Laboratory
Course Code: IC 161P
Course Name: Applied Electronics

Credits : 0 − 0 − 3 − 2
Prerequisite : Consent of the faculty member
Students intended for : B.Tech
Elective or Core : Core

Approval: 2nd Senate

Course content
ˆ Lab 1: Combinational Circuit implementation using NAND/NOR gates

ˆ Lab 2: Sequential circuit design based on counter and shift register

ˆ Lab 3: Amplifier design

ˆ Lab 4: Basic logic design with transistors and diodes

ˆ Lab 5: Ative Filter design (using Opamp)

ˆ Lab 6: Oscillator design (using Opamp)

ˆ Lab 7 & Lab 8 will be involved measurments

ˆ Lab 9: Programming assignment using microcontroller

13.26 IC 181: Introduction to Consciousness and Holistic Well-

being
Course Code : IC 181
Course Name : Introduction to Consciousness and Holistic Wellbeing
L-T-P-C : 2-0-2-3
Intended for : All 1st year undergraduates
Prerequisite :
Mutual Exclusion:
Approval: 54th BoA

Course Contents
ˆ Module I: Theories of consciousness, Western and IKS perspectives on mind and
consciousness, states of consciousness, effects of IKS art/dance forms on the mind,
animal and plant consciousness, Supreme consciousness (8 Hours)

ˆ Module II: Anatomy and functionality of the physical body; perspectives from
Western medicine and Ayurveda; attention, breath and mind (8 Hours)

955
 ˆ Module III: Diet, Gut-mind connection, sleep, circadian rhythms, meditation (8
Hours)

ˆ Module IV: Embryogenesis, concept of subtle body, reincarnation, near-death and

outof- body experiences (4 Hours)

Laboratory/practical/tutorial Modules:
ˆ Practical Module 1: Yoga, pranayama (6 hours)

ˆ Practical Module 2: Mindfulness, inward-focus, CBT meditation, spiritual and

VR-based meditations (8 hours)

Textbooks:
1. Trevor A. Harley, The Science of Consciousness, Cambridge University Press,
2021.

2. Mahadevan, Bhat, Pavana, Introduction To Indian Knowledge System: Con-

cepts and Applications, PHI Learning, 2022.

References:
1. https://openstax.org/books/anatomy-and-physiology/

2. https://openstax.org/books/psychology-2e/

3. https://openstax.org/books/biology-2e/

4. https://plato.stanford.edu/entries/consciousness/

5. Beyond Physicalism: Toward Reconciliation of Science and Spirituality,

Rowman & Littlefield Publishers, 2015.

6. Consciousness Unbound: Liberating Mind from the Tyranny of Materi-

alism, Rowman & Littlefield Publishers, 2021.

7. Bryant, E. F, The Yoga Sutras of Patanjali, A New Edition, Translation, and

Commentary, Farrar, Straus and Giroux, 2015.

8. Presti, D., Mind Beyond Brain: Buddhism, Science, and the Paranormal,
Columbia University Press, 2018.

9. Phillips, S., Dasti, M., The Nyaya-sutra: Selections with Early Commen-
taries, Hackett Publishing Company, 2017.

10. Safina, C., Beyond Words: What Animals Think and Feel, Souvenir Press
Limited, 2016.

11. Srimad-Bhagavatam, Third Canto: The Status Quo, The Bhaktivedanta

Book Trust, 1972.

12. Lad, V., Ayurveda, The Science of Self-healing : a Practical Guide, Lotus
Press, 1984.

956
13.27 IC 201P: Design Practicum
Course Code: IC 201P
Design Practicum
L-T-P-C: 0-0-6-4
Approval: 2nd Senate

Description:
In this course, the teams are askd to design a prototype based on Comercially-off-the-shelf
(COTS) hardware or software (preferably open source). Prototypes are used togather
requirements, and are especially useful in visualizing the look and feel of an application
and the process workflow. The prototype can be used as the basis for developing the
final solution. The goal when developing such prototypes is to capture the functions and
appearance of the finished product. These prototypes are used for testing and evaluation,
and provide useful information for the user to rank the products or the features.

Objectives:
After the completion of this course, students should be able to:

ˆ Design a system, component, or process to meet desired needs within realistic

constraints such as economics, environmental, social, political, ethical, health and
safety, manufacturability, and sustainability

ˆ Function on multi-disciplinary teams

ˆ Identify, formulate, and solve engineering problems

ˆ Understanding of professional and ethical responsibility

ˆ Demonstrate leadership role

Key Learning Topics

Team formation for designing, manufacturing and operating a selected product, formu-
lating project management procedures. Need identification, assessment of alternative de-
signs, selection of design for development, defining design and performance specifications,
and testing procedure. Virtual model. Detailed mechanical, thermal and manufacturing-
related design of systems, assemblies, sub-assemblies and components culminating in
engineering drawings and material specifications; preparing bill of materials and iden-
tification of standard components and bought out parts. Design for assembly, Design
for manufacturing. Manufacture of a product – planning and manufacturing as per de-
tailed design given using some bought out items; assembly and operation. Open House.
Activities will be done in teams of 6 students as per professional practices.

References:
1. Chee Kai Chua, Kah Fai Leong, Chu Sing Lim, Rapid Prototyping: Principles
and Applications, World Scientific Publishing Company Pvt. Ltd.

957
 2. Todd Grim, User’s Guide to Rapid Prototyping, Society of Manufacturing
Engineers.

3. Engineering Drawing Practice for Schools & College, SP46:2003

4. Robert O. Parmely, Illustrating source book of mechanical components,

McGraw -Hill.

13.28 IC 202P: Design Practicum

Course Code : IC 202P
Course Name : Design Practicum
L-T-P-C : 0-0-6-3
Intended for : UG
Prerequisite : IC 102P – Foundations of Design Practicum
Mutual Exclusion : NA
Approval: 53rd BoA

Course Contents
The course does not have any dedicated lecture Lectures. This is a laboratory course;
the students will develop the prototype in the labs.

Textbooks:
1. Chee Kai Chua, Kah Fai Leong, Chu Sing Lim, Rapid Prototyping: Principles
and Applications, World Scientific Publishing Company Pvt. Ltd.

2. Todd Grim, User’s Guide to Rapid Prototyping, Society of Manufacturing

Engineers.

3. Engineering Drawing Practice for Schools & College, SP46:2003.

4. Robert O. Parmely, Illustrating sourcebook of mechanical components, McGraw-

Hill

References:
NA

13.29 IC 210: Probability, Statistics and Random Processes

Course Code: IC 210
Course Name: Probability, Statistics and Random Processes
L-T-P-C: 2.5-0.5-0-3
Prerequisite: Consent of the faculty member
Students intended for: B.Tech 1st year
Elective or Core: Core
Approval: 2nd Senate

958
Course contents
ˆ Introduction to Probability (Theory of Gambling): Definitions, scope and
examples; Sample spaces and events; Axiomatic definition of Probability; Joint and
conditional probabilities; Independence, total probability; Bayes’ rule and applica-
tions [5 Lectures]

ˆ Random Variables (Dealing with Uncertainty): Definition of random vari-

ables, continuous and discrete random variables; Cumulative distribution func-
tion (cdf) for discrete and continuous random variables; Probability mass function
(pmf); Probability density function (pdfs) and properties; Jointly distributed ran-
dom variables; Conditional and joint density distribution functions; Functions of
a random variable; Expectation: mean, variance and moments of a random vari-
ablesw. [10 Lectures]

ˆ Distribution Functions (Fitting of a Function): Some special distributions:

Uniform, Exponential, Chi-square, Gaussian, Binomial, and Poisson Distributions;
Moment-generating and characteristic functions and their applicatiohns; Chebysev
inequality; Central limit theorem and its significance; Paramater estimation and
confidence intervals for parameters; Regression; Hypothesis Testing. [11 Lectures]

ˆ Random Processes (Modeling of Chance): Autocorrelation and autocovari-

ance functions; Stationarity; Ergodicity; Correlation and covariance; White noice
process and white noise sequence; Random walk, Markov Processes, Markov chains,
Introduction to Queing theory [10 Lectures]

Text Books:
1. Sheldon M. Ross, Introduction to Probability and Statistics for Engnieers
and Scientists, Academic Press, 2009

2. Kishor S. Trivedi, Probability and Statistyics with Reliability Queuing and

Computer Science Applications, 2nd Edition, Wiley-Interscience,m 2001.

References:
1. Athanosios Papoulis, Probatility Random Variables and Stochastic Process,
4th edition, McGraw Hill, 2002.

2. D. C. Montgomery and G. C. Runger, Applied Statitics and Probability for

Engineers, 5th Edition, John Wiley and Sons, 2009.

3. Robert H. Shumway and David S. Stoffer, Time Series Analysis and its Ap-
plications with R Examples, 3rd edition, Springer Texts in Statistics, 2006.

13.30 IC 221: Foundations of Electrodynamics

Course Code: IC 221
Course Name: Foundations of Electrodynamics
L-T-P-C: 2.5-0.5-0-3

959
 Prerequisites: Consent of the faculty member
Students intended for: B.Tech
Elective or Core: Core
Approval: 2nd Senate

Course Contents
ˆ Derivation of Maxwell’s equations
(Review) Vector calculus, Helmholtz equation, Coulomb’s law, Gauss law, Poisson
and Laplace equations. [3 Lectures ]
Electrostatic boundary conditions, Conductors and capacitors, mean value and
uniqueness theorem, separation of variables, Dipoles and electric polarization in
matter Dielectrics. [6 Lectures]
Lorentz force law – Biot and Savart law and Magnetic vector potential – boundary
conditions on B. Magnetic materials – paramagnetic, diamagnetic. Bound currents
– boundary conditions on H, Inductance – magnetic energy density [6 Lectures ]
Ohm law – EMF’s – Faraday’s law - Maxwell’s equations [5 Lectures]

ˆ Maxwell’s equations and electromagnetic waves

Electromagnetic waves in vacuum - Maxwell’s stress tensor – momentum conserva-
tion Poynting theorem and conservation of energy and momentum [5 Lectures]
Gauge transformations, Coulomb gauge and Lorentz gauge. [3 Lectures]
Electromagnetic waves in matter – reflection, transmission, polarization - Electro-
magnetic waves in dispersive medium – KramersKronig relation - Lorentz oscillator
model for atomic dispersion and absorption, negative-index materials [6 Lectures]
Waveguides, transverse electric and transverse magnetic modes, Radiated power,
Electric dipole radiation, antenna theory [6 Lectures]

Text Books:
1. D J Griffiths, Introduction to electrodynamics .

References:
1. R P Feynman, Lectures on Physics II.

2. D K Cheng, Fields and wave electromagnetics.

3. M. O Sadiku, Elements of Electromagnetics

4. Purcell E M, Electricity and Magnetism.

5. B. B. Laud, Electromagetics.

6. J. D Jackson, Classical electrodynamics

960
13.31 IC 222P: Physics Practicum/Practicals
Course Code: IC 222P
Physics Practicum/Practicals
L-T-P-C: 0-0-3-2
Prerequisites: Consent of the faculty member
Students intended for: B.Tech
Elective or Core: Core
Approval: 2nd Senate

Practicum kind of experiments

1. Fourier series: Observing Fourier series in real life (simple electronic circuits) by
making suitable arrangements.

2. Four Probe method: Temperature dependent resistivity of a semiconductor, finding

the Band gap.

3. Newtons Ring: Division of amplitude, Interference, wavelength of source

4. Fresnel biprism: Division of wavefront, Interference, wavelength of source

5. Fraunhofer Diffraction: Study the diffraction effects by designing suitable slits (sin-
gle/double)

6. Dielectric properties of material: Determination of dielectric constant of glass, wood

7. Make capacitor and measure the charging and discharging of the capacitor using
different dielectric materials, various thickness. To generate potentials of different
shapes and study the motion of the body in or through them

Standard experiments
1. Mechanical Hysteresis: Relationship between torque and rotation of a metal bar
(steel, aluminium, brass, Copper), Observation of memory effect (elasticity, plas-
ticity, relaxation).

2. Frank Hertz experiment: To study the excitation potential of a gas molecule.

3. Magnetron method: Charge to mass ratio of an electron

4. Magnetic field due to a single coil : Magnetic field along the axis of the coil at
different positions, Effect of different coil radius

5. Hemholtz coil: Magnetic field for different separation of the coils, Superposition of
field.

6. Magnetic Induction: Measure induced emf as a function of rate of change of flux.

7. Millikan’s oil drop experiment: Determine the elementary charge

8. Coupled Oscillator: Coupled vibration, Beats, Coupling of energy between two

harmonic oscillators coupled to each other.

961
13.32 IC 230: Environmental Science
Course Code: IC 230
Course Name: Environmental Science
L-T-P-C: 3-0-0-3
Prerequisite: Consent of the faculty member
Students intended for: B.Tech
Elective or Core: Core
Approval: 24th Senate

Course contents
ˆ Environment components and issues: Definition and Scope, Atmosphere, Hy-
drosphere, Lithosphere, Biosphere, Global, Regional and Local Issues, Major envi-
ronmental issues faced by the world [12 Lectures]

ˆ Environmental systems: Characteristics and properties, biogeochemical cycles

of carbon, nitrogen, phosphorous and water, Biotic and abiotic environment, Food
chain and webs, Anthropogenic influence on food chain [8 Lectures]

ˆ Natural Resources: Forests, Energy resources, renewable and non-renewable en-

ergy, Mineral resources, Water resources [6 Lectures]

ˆ Environmental Pollution: Common pollutants and their spread, Air pollution,

Water pollution, Soil pollution, Measurement of pollution, Environmental parame-
ters and standards, Environmental impacts and assessment [8 Lectures]

ˆ Environmental Management: Monitoring and remediation, Reduction-reuse-

recycling possibilities, Environmental policies, Case studies [8 Lectures]

Text Books:
1. G. Tyler Miller and Scott Spoolman, Environmental Science, 16th edition, CEN-
GAGE Learning Custom Publishing, Canada, 2017

References:
1. Arvind Kumar, A Text Book of Environmental Science, P H Publishing Cor-
poration, New Delhi, India.

2. Michael Alleby, Basics of Environmental Science, 2nd Edition, - Taylor &

Francis Group, New York, USA, 2000

13.33 IC 231: Measurement and Instrumentation

Course Code: IC 231
Course Name: Measurement and Instrumentation
L-T-P-C: 2-0-2-3
Prerequisite: IC152 Data Science I/Computer and Data Science, IC161 Applied Elec-
tronics, IC161P Applied Electronics Practicum

962
Students intended for: B.Tech
Elective or Core: Core
Approval: 45th BoA

Course contents
ˆ Measurement fundamentals – Fundamental and derived quantities: static
and dynamic, understanding, sensitivity, stability, resolution, accuracy, precision,
calibration, and types of errors. [2 Lectures]

ˆ Microcontroller and microcomputer-based data acquisition and automation – In-

troduction to microcontroller and microcomputer (e.g., Arduino, Raspberry Pi),
interfacing considerations (e.g., communication protocols, use of multiplexers), de-
vice control and data acquisition using Python, simple routines for signal processing
and analysis examples. [4 Lectures]

ˆ Principles of Instrumentation – Sensor interrogation principles - e.g., using

bridge circuits, signal amplification, signal conditioning (transduction, lineariza-
tion), phase measurements, active and passive filters, isolation and shielding, ele-
ments of control theory, digital data acquisition principles using ADC/DACs. [6
Lectures]

ˆ Sensors and Actuators – Sensor classification, static and dynamic characteris-

tics, Sensor examples from different domains – mechanics (e.g., strain gauge, ac-
celerometer, LVDT), thermodynamics (e.g., thermistors, thermocouples), fluidics
(e.g., venturimeter, ultrasonic flowmeter), biomedical (e.g., electrodes), electromag-
netics (e.g., Hall sensor). Actuator examples – piezo-electric transducer, stepper
motor. [10 Lectures]

ˆ Measurement System Examples – Systems approach to design, Noise and SNR

considerations (e.g. application of Friis equation), Analysis of design of real-world
measurement systems – for e.g. structural health monitoring, biomedical systems
(e.g. ECG, EMG, EEG), air-quality monitoring using electrochemical sensors, LI-
DAR, contact-based (e.g LVDT) and non-contact (e.g. ultrasonic, optical) distance
measurement systems [6 Lectures]

Laboratory/practical/tutorial Modules [28 Hours]

1. Stepper motor controller

2. Temperature measurement using thermal sensors,

3. Flow measurement,

4. Experiment on LVDT,

5. Level/distance measurement using contact-less sensor,

6. Vibration/Sound measurement and FFT based analysis,

7. Chemical composition detection,

963
 8. Bio-signal measurement,

9. Project.

Text Books
1. Fraden, Jacob. Handbook of modern sensors, Springer Science+Business Me-
dia, 2010.

2. Khandpur, R, Handbook of Biomedical Instrumentation 3/e, Tata McGraw

Hill, 2014.

References:
1. Doeblin, E. O., Manik, D. N., Measurement Systems, 6/e, Tata McGraw Hill
India, 2011.

2. Singh, S. K., Industrial Measurement and Control, 2/e, Tata McGraw Hill
India, 2003.

3. Webb, A. G., Principles of Biomedical Instrumentation, Cambridge Univer-

sity Press UK, 2018.

13.34 IC 231 44B : Measurement and Instrumentation Practicum

Course Code: IC 231 44B
Course Name : Measurement and Instrumentation Practicum
L-T-P-C : 1-0-3-3
Intended for : all the BTech branches
Prerequisite : None
Mutual Exclusion : None
Approval: 44th BoA

Course Contents:
ˆ Measurement fundamentals: Fundamental and derived quantitates: static and
dynamic, understanding, sensitivity, stability, resolution, accuracy, precision, cali-
bration, and types of errors. [1 hours]

ˆ Analysis and usage of MATLAB: Tools for FFT, Analysis of variance (ANOVA)
and Taguchi Method to improve the quality of manufactured goods, and its appli-
cations to engineering, biotechnology, marketing and advertising. [1.5 hours]

ˆ Contact/non-contact Sensors: classification of transducers and sensors, Con-

tact and non-contact sensors/transducers: Strain gauge, Capacitive and inductive
sensors, U-tube manometer, rotameter, Ventury meter, LVDT (linear variable dif-
ferential transformer), Hall effect sensors, opto-electronics based sensors, touch-
less absolute/rotary position transducers, ultrasonic sensors, piezo-electric/piezo-
ceramic sensors, proximity sensors, radiation sensors, thermal and magnetic sensors
[5 hours]

964
 ˆ Mechanical measurement: stress/strain, displacement, force, torque, pressure,
flow, level, temperature, sound, vibration, pollution and humidity measurement. [3
hours]

ˆ Biomedical instrumentation: measurement techniques for ECG, EEG and EMG,

Contact-less pacemaker sensor for pulse-detection [2 hours]

ˆ Digital data acquisition: Use of signal conditioners, scanners, signal converters,

recorders, display devices, A/D and D/A circuits in digital data acquisition, data
multiplexing and operation of sample and hold circuits. [1.5 hours]

Laboratory Modules:
ˆ Temperature measurement using thermal sensors,

ˆ Flow measurement,

ˆ Experiment on LVDT,

ˆ Level/distance measurement using contact-less ultrasonic sensor,

ˆ Vibration/Sound measurement,

ˆ Chemical composition detection,

ˆ Bio-signal measurement,

ˆ Virtual instrumentation using Labview: data acquisition,

ˆ Project.

Textbooks:
1. Jacob Fraden, Handbook of modern sensors: physics, device and applica-
tions, Springer.

2. R. Khandpur, Handbook of biomedical instrumentation, TMH Publication.

Reference books:
1. E.O. Doebelin, Measurement Systems – Application and Design, TMH Pub-
lication.

2. S. K. Singh, Industrial Instrumentation and Control, TMH Publication.

3. Ranjit K. Roy, A Primer on the Taguchi Method, Society of Manufacturing

Engineers.

965
13.35 IC 240: Mechanics of Rigid Bodies
Course Code: IC 240
Course Name: Mechanics of Rigid Bodies
L-T-P-C: 1.5-1.5-0-3
Prerequisite: Consent of the faculty member
Students intended for: B.Tech
Elective or Core: Core
Approval: 2nd Senate; Updated in 44th BoA

Course contents
ˆ Equilibrium: System isolation and the free body diagram, equilibrium conditions
[7 Lecture]

ˆ Structures: Introduction, plane trusses, method of joints and method of sections,

frames and machines. [7 Lecture]

ˆ Applications of friction [6 Lecture]

ˆ Kinematics of Rigid Bodies: Introduction, rotation, absolute motion, relative

velocity, instantaneous center of zero velocity, relative acceleration, motion relative
to rotating axes. [10 Lecture]

ˆ Kinetics of Rigid Bodies: Introduction, general equations of motion, transla-

tion, fixed axis rotation, general plane motion, Work-energy relations, virtual work,
Impulse momentum equations. [12 Lecture]

Text Books:
1. J. L. Meriam, L.G. Kraige; Engineering Mechanics: Statics; Willey India Pvt.
Ltd.

2. J. L. Meriam, L.G. Kraige; Engineering Mechanics: Dynamics; Willey India

Pvt. Ltd.

References:
1. Beer, Johnston, Eisenberg, Sarubbi; Vector Mechanics for Engineers Statics
and Dynamics, McGraw Hill Company

2. S. P. Timoshenko, D.H. Young; Engineering Mechanics, McGraw-Hill Book

13.36 IC 241: Materials Science for Engineers

Course Code: IC 241
Course Name: Materials Science for Engineers
L-T-P-C: 3-0-0-3
Prerequisite: Consent of the faculty member
Students intended for: B.Tech
Elective or Core: Core

966
 Approval: 2nd Senate

Course contents
ˆ Overview of materials science and materials engineering, Property considerations
for specific application, Ashby-style charts, Impact of structure and bonding over
materials properties, Change in properties over time, Economic considerations, Sus-
tainability and Green Engineering. Structure in materials: Amorphous, crystalline
and polycrystalline materials, Crystalline defects and their significance. Classes of
engineering materials (metals, polymers, ceramics, composites) [6 Lectures]

ˆ Solid Solutions- Substitutional and interstitial, how to draw phase diagrams of solid
solutions, intermediate phases and intermetallic compounds, lever rule, isomor-
phous, monotectic, eutectic, peritectic, eutectoid, peritectoid reactions. Fe-Fe3C
phase diagram, effect of non equilibrium cooling on structure, phase transforma-
tions, nucleation and growth process [6 Lectures]

a. Structural Application of Materials

ˆ Static Structural Application – Uniaxial stress, strain, engineering and true

stress and strain, stress strain diagram, elastic, yielding and plastic behavior,
properties to characterize each, stress-strain curve of plastic, effect of temper-
ature and creep. Application of metals, ceramics, polymers and composites in
static structures like buildings, bridges, furnace structure, bulb filaments, etc,
strength requirement in transmission lines. [6 Lectures]
ˆ Dynamic structural applications - Fatigue, low cycle and high cycle fatigue,
S-N curves, creep-fatigue interaction, application of materials in automobiles,
hydroelectric and thermal power plants. [6 Lectures]
ˆ Manipulation of materials properties through different treatments. Surface
engineering. [4 Lectures]

b. Electrical and Electronic Application

ˆ Band structures for conductors, semiconductors and insulators, I-V character-

istics, resistance of alloy, conductor alloy, zone refining. [4 Lectures]
ˆ Dielectric Materials and Insulation: Matter polarization and relative per-
mittivity, Polarization mechanisms, frequency dependence of dielectric con-
stant and dielectric loss, dielectric strength, piezo, ferro and pyro-electricity-
elemental ideas. Choice of materials for various specific applications: capac-
itors, sensors, actuators and transducers, in the context of applications. [5
Lectures]
ˆ Magnetic and Superconducting materials: dia, para, ferro, antiferro and fer-
rimagnetism. Soft and Hard magnetic materials, Colossal magneto resistance
(CMR) materials, magnetic sensors, read- write heads, spintronic devices;
Superconductivity- zero resistance and the Meissner effect. Type I and Type II
superconductors. High temperature superconducting materials, selection and
their applications in magnets. [6 Lectures]

967
Suggested Books
1. Kenneth G. Budinski; Engineering Materials: Properties and Selection, New
Edition; Prentice Hall, USA.

2. S. O. Kasap, Principles of Electronic Materials and devices, 3rd edition,

Tata-McGraw Hill Education Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi

3. Ben G. Streetman and Sanjay Bannerjee, Solid State Electronic Devices, 5th
edition, Pearson-Prentice Hall, USA.

4. William D. Callister, Jr., Materials Science and Engineering- An introduc-

tion, John Wiley and Sons, Inc.

13.37 IC 241 57 : Materials Science for Engineers

Course Code : IC 241 57
Course Name : Materials Science for Engineers
L-P-T-C: 3-0-0-3
Intended for: B.Tech.
Prerequisites: None
Mutual Exclusion: None
Approval : 57th BoA; Previous version: 2nd Senate

Course Contents
ˆ Introduction: Overview of materials science and materials engineering, Materi-
als tetrahedron; structure – property correlations, processing, Materials selection
strategies; Property considerations for specific application, Ashby-style charts, Im-
pact of bonding and structure over materials properties. Classes of engineering
materials; metals, polymers, ceramics, composites, and their properties. Crystal
structures and microstructures in materials: Amorphous, crystalline, and polycrys-
talline materials, Crystalline defects, and their significance. [10 Hours]

ˆ Structural Materials and Applications: Iron, steel, light weight metals, al-
loys, polymers and composites, materials for automotive, railways, aircrafts, and
the future VTOLs and Hyperloops, defense, marine and oil & gas sectors. Uniaxial
stress, strain, engineering and true stress and strain, stress strain diagrams, elastic,
yielding and plastic behaviour, effect of temperature and creep. Application of met-
als, ceramics, polymers, and composites in static structures like buildings, bridges,
furnace structure, bulb filaments, etc, strength requirement in transmission lines.
[10 Hours]

ˆ Optoelectronic Materials and Applications: Band structures for conductors,

semiconductors and insulators, I-V characteristics, resistance of alloy, and conduc-
tor alloy. Light interactions with solids, refraction, reflection, absorption and trans-
mission, luminescence, photoconductivity, lasers and optical fibre communications,
photovoltaics, light emitting diodes, photodetector. [6 Hours]

968
 ˆ Dielectric, Magnetic, Superconductors and their applications: Dielectric
Materials - Polarization mechanisms, frequency dependence of dielectric constant
and dielectric loss, piezo, ferro and pyro-electricity-elemental ideas. Choice of mate-
rials for various specific applications: capacitors, sensors, actuators, and transduc-
ers, in the context of applications. Magnetic materials: dia, para, ferro, antiferro
and ferrimagnetism. Soft and Hard magnetic materials, magnetic sensors, read-
write heads, spintronic devices. Superconducting materials; zero resistance and
Meissner effect. Type I and Type II superconductors. High temperature supercon-
ducting materials and their applications. [10 Hours]

ˆ Advanced Materials and Sustainability: Nanomaterials, Biomaterials, Smart

Materials, Energy Materials, Materials for clean energy and carbon capture, Recy-
cling, Waste management, Environmental Degradation, Sustainability and Green
Engineering etc. [6 Hours]

Text books:
1. William D. Callister, Jr., Materials Science and Engineering- An introduc-
tion, John Wiley and Sons, Inc.

2. James F Shackelford, Introduction to Materials Science for Engineers.

3. Lawrence H. Van Vlack, Elements of Materials Science and Engineering,

Addison-Wesley Publishing Company.

4. W.F. Smith, Principles of Materials Science and Engineering, McGraw-Hill.

5. R.A. Flinn and P.K. Trojan, Engineering Materials and Their Applications,
Haughton.

References:
1. Kenneth G. Budinski, Engineering Materials: Properties and Selection,
Prentice Hall, [New Edition] USA.

2. S. O. Kasap, Principles of Electronic Materials and devices.

13.38 IC 242: Continuum Mechanics

Course Code: IC 242
Course Name: Continuum Mechanics
L-T-P-C: 2.5-0.5-0-3
Prerequisites: Consent of the faculty member
Students intended for: B.Tech
Elective or Core: Core
Approval: 2nd Senate

969
Course Contents
ˆ Introduction
The Continuum Concept. [1 Lectures ]
ˆ Tensor Analysis
Tensor analysis in Cartesian coordinate, Gradient and Divergence, Daid and Daidict
algebra, Isotropic Tensor [4 Lectures]
ˆ Stress principles
Cauchy stress, Principle stresses and principle direction of stress, Deviatoric stresses
and their directions. [10 Lectures]
ˆ Fluid Statics
Pascal’s law, hydrostatic pressure, pressure measurement, manometer and micro-
manometer, pressure gauge. [3 Lectures]
ˆ Kinematics
Lagrangean and Eulerian description, Deformation gradient, deformation tensors,
strain tensors, velocity gradient, rate of deformation. [4 Lectures]
ˆ Conservation laws
Conservation of mass, conservation of linear momentum, moment of momentum,
conservation of energy, Integral & differential approach and application to the con-
trol volume. Clausius- Duhem equality. [8 Lectures]
ˆ Constitutive theories
Governing equations of a Continuum: Constitutive equations in material descrip-
tion, Elastic materials, Viscous fluids, Thermodynamic considerations [8 Lectures]
ˆ Elasticity
linear elasticity and hyperelasticity (compressible and incompressible materials) [2
Lectures]
ˆ Plasticity
Yield criteria, linear plasticity [2 Lectures]

References:
1. D. Frederick and T.S. Chang, Continuum Mechanics .
2. Philip G. Hodge, JR, Continuum Mechanics , Mc. Graw- Book Co.
3. A. C. Eringen, Mechanics of Continuua, John Wiley & Sons.
4. chang, Continuum Mechanics, Prentice Hall, 1983.
5. Thomas, Continuum Mechanics for Engineers, CRC Press, 1999.
6. T. Mase, G. Mase, Continuum Mechanics for Engineers, CRC Press, 1999.
7. RM Bowen, Introduction to Continuum Mechanics for Engineers, Plenum
Press, 1989.

970
13.39 IC 250: Programming and Data Structure Practicum
Course Code: IC 250
Course Name: Programming and Data Structure Practicum
L-T-P-C: 1-0-3-3
Prerequisite: IC 150
Students intended for: B.Tech 1st and 2nd
Elective or Core: Core
Approval: 2nd Senate, 5th Senate, 9th Senate

Course contents
Introduction to data structures, abstract data types, Creation and manipulation of data
structures: arrays, lists, stacks, queues, trees, heaps, hash tables, balanced trees. Algo-
rithms for sorting and searching. Notion of time and space complexity, the O-notation

ˆ Introduction: Role of algorithms in Computing, analyzing algorithms and design-

ing algorithms [2 Lectures]
ˆ Data Structures: Stacks, queues, linked lists, rooted trees, B-tree, graphs, hash
tables, recursion [6 Lectures]
ˆ Sorting and Searching Algorithms: Bubble, Heapsort, Quicksort, Sequential
Searches, Binary search, [4 Lectures]
ˆ Efficiency: Time and Space complexity, O-Notation, Space time trade-off, Mea-
suring execution time, memory usage [2 Lectures]

Lab Exercises
Lab to be conducted on a 3-hour slot. It will be conducted in tandem with the theory
course so the topics for problems given in the olab are already initiated in the theory
cloass. The topics taught in the theory course should be approximately be sequenced for
synchronization with the laboratory. A sample sequence of topics and lab classes for the
topic are given below

ˆ Two assignments: Designing algorithm for some problems and writing program for
it
ˆ Four-Five assignments (some examples: Building a queue of strings, practice with
linked data structures, Using a stack to evaluate arithmetic expressions etc),
ˆ Two-Three assignments: sorting with recursion etc.

ˆ Four-Five assignments: COmparing time and space complexity, e.g., comparing

sorting by minimum search and sorting by mergesort, Analyzing NP hard and NP
complete problems and dealing with them.

Text Books
1. Thomas H. Cormen, Charles E. Leiserson, Ronald L. Rivest, Clifford Stein, Intro-
duction to Algorithms, MIT Press

971
References:
1. Alfred V. Aho, Jeffrey D. Ullman, John E. Hopcroft, Data Structures and Al-
gorithms, Pearson.

13.40 IC 252: Data Science 2

Course Code: IC 252
Course Name: Data Science 2
L-T-P-C: 3-0-2-4
Prerequisite: IC 110, IC 152
Students intended for: B.Tech 1st
Elective or Core: Core
Approval: 20th Senate; Name Changed in 37th Senate

Course contents
ˆ Probability: Why probability and what is it? (give real life situations which de-
mands use of probability). Counting, combinations, permutations, binomial and
multinomial coefficients, Stirling’s formula. Discrete probability spaces (with ex-
amples). Axiomatic definition of probability, inclusion-exclusion formula, indepen-
dence, condition probability, Bayes’ rule. (Note: Cover the paradoxes and well
known problems). [6 Lectures]
Lab: counting, basic probability – simulation of simple experiments, birthday para-
dox, conditional probability.
ˆ Random variables: definition, distribution function and its properties, proba-
bility mass function (binomial, Bernoulli, Poisson, geometric), probability density
function (uniform, exponential, Gaussian). Joint distributions, independence and
conditioning of random variables. Function of random variables, change of variable
formula. [9 Lectures]
Lab: Generating random variables following a given pdf/pmf. engineering applica-
tion of functions of random variables.
ˆ Measures of central tendency, dispersion and association – expectation, median,
variance, standard deviation, mean absolute deviation, covariance, correlation and
entropy (definition and guidelines on how to choose a particular measure). Markov
and Chebyshev inequalities. Notion of convergence in probability and distribution.
Weak law of large numbers and central limit theorem (examples demonstrating the
use of WLLN and CLT). Montecarlo methods (estimating value of e, π, simulation
of birthday paradox). Poisson limit for rare events. [11 Lectures]
Lab: Scatter plot (for independent, correlated, uncorrelated random variables),
Montecarlo simulation, WLLN and CLT.
ˆ Statistics: Using probability to understand data (give real life examples). Frequen-
tist approach - point and range estimates, confidence intervals, hypothesis testing
p-values, significance level, power and t-test. Bayesian inference – maximum likeli-
hood estimation. Regression. [14 Lectures]
Lab: Parameter estimation, hypothesis testing, regression.

972
 ˆ Case study: Analyze a large data set (medicine/engineering/biological) using the
methods covered in the course. [2 Lectures]

Text Books
1. Sheldon Ross, Introduction to Probability and Statistics for Engineers, 5th
edition, Elsevier, 2014

References:
1. Morris H. DeGroot and Mark J. Schervish, Probability and Statistics, 4th edi-
tion, Addison-Wesley, 2012

2. Blitzstein and Hwang, Intoduction to Probability, CRC Press, 2015.

3. William Feller, An Intoroduction to Probability, Volume 1, 3rd edition, Wiley,

2008.

4. Freedman, Pisani, Purves, Statistics, 4th edition, W. W. Norton & Company,

2014.

13.41 IC 253 : Programming and Data Structures

Course Code : IC 253
Course Name : Programming and Data Structures
L-T-P-C : 2-0-2-3
Intended for : B.tech (1 st Yr)
Prerequisite : None
Mutual Exclusion: None
Approval: 54th BoA

Course Contents
ˆ Introduction: Review of problem-solving using computers; Importance of data
structure and algorithms; Elementary data structures: an ay, linked lists, stack
and queues; Abstract data Operations on elementary data structures; Time and
space complexity of algorithms: asymptotic analysis and notation, average, and
worst-case analysis. Subtopics (3 Hours)

ˆ Stack and Queues: Sequential and linked implementations, representative appli-

cations such as towers of Hanoi, and parenthesis matching. (3 Hours)

ˆ Lists: Abstract data type, sequential and linked representations, comparison of

insertion, deletion and search operations for sequential and linked lists, list and
chain classes, doubly linked lists, circular lists, skip lists, applications of lists in
sparse tables. (3 Hours)

ˆ Trees: Abstract data type, sequential and linked implementations, tree traversal
methods and algorithms, Binary trees and their properties. (3 Hours)

973
 ˆ Search Trees: Binary search trees, search efficiency, insertion, and deletion oper-
ations, the importance of balancing, A VL trees, searching, insertion, and deletions
in AVL trees. (4 Hours)

ˆ Heaps: Heaps as priority queues, heap implementation, insertion-deletion opera-

tions, and heapsort. (2 Hours)

ˆ Graphs: Definition, terminology, directed and undirected graphs, properties, im-

plementati.on - adjacency matrix and linked adjacency chains, connectivity in
graphs, graph traversal - breadth first and depth first, spanning trees. (3 Hours)

ˆ Basic Algorithm Techniques: Greedy algorithms, divide & conquer. Search

techniques - backtracking, Sorting algorithms with analysis, integer sorting, selec-
tion sort. Graph algorithms: DFS and BFS with applications, MST, and shortest
paths. (7 Hours)

Laboratory/practical/tutorial Modules:
ˆ Included with each Unit

Textbooks:
1. T. H. Carmen, C. E. Leiserson, R. L. Rivest, and C. Stein, Introduction to
Algorithms, 3rd Edition, MIT Press, 2009.

References:
1. S. Sahni, Data Structures, Algorithms, and Applications in C++, 2nd Edition,
Silicon Press, 2005.

2. A. M. Tenenbaum, Y. Langsam, and M. J. Augenstein, Data Structures Using

C and C++, 2nd Edition, Prentice Hall, 1995.

13.42 IC 260: Signals and Systems

Course Code: IC 260
Course Name: Signals and Systems
L-T-P-C: 2.5-0.5-0-3
Prerequisite:
Students intended for: B.Tech
Elective or Core:
Approval: 2nd Senate

Course contents
ˆ Introduction to Signals & Systems
Classification of signals, useful signal operations, Exponential and sinusoidal signals,
Unit step and unit step functions, Basic system properties [5 Lectures]

974
 ˆ Time-domain analysis of continuous time systems & discrete-time sys-
tems
Zero-input and zero-state response, unit impulse response, convolution, Graphical
method for convolution, stability of systems, Response time and Rise time of system.
[5 Lectures]
ˆ Fourier series representation of periodic signals
Linear time invariant systems to complex exponential signals, Fourier series rep-
resentation of continuous time periodic signals, Convergence and properties of
continuous-time Fourier series, Discrete time Fourier series and its properties [7
Lectures]
ˆ Continuous-time Fourier transform
Representation of aperiodic signal, Fourier transform and its properties, Fourier
transform of some useful signals, Generalized Fourier series: signals vs vectors,
Modulation, System characterization. [5 Lectures]
ˆ Discrete-time Fourier transform
Representation of aperiodic signal, Discrete-time Fourier transform and its proper-
ties, Sampling, Duality in discrete-time Fourier series [5 Lectures]
ˆ Laplace transform
Laplace transform, ROC, Inverse Laplace transform, Filter design by placements
of poles and zeros of system functions, properties of Laplace transform, analysis
and characterization of LTI systems using Laplace transform, unilateral Laplace
transform. [5 Lectures]
ˆ Z-transform
Z- transform, properties of z- transform, Frequency response from pole-zero lo-
cation, analysis and characterization of LTI systems using z-transform, unilateral
z-transform. [4 Lectures] [2 Lectures]

References
1. A. V. Oppenheim A. S. Willsky and S. H. Nawab, Signals and Systems, Printice
Hall of India, 2004.
2. B. P. Lathi, Principle of Linear Systems and Signals, Oxford University Press,
2010.

13.43 IC 272 : Machine Learning

Course Code : IC 272
Course Name : Machine Learning
L-T-P-C : 2-0-2-3
Intended for : B.Tech. 2nd year students
Prerequisite : IC 111 – Linear Algebra, IC 152 – Computing and Data Science, IC
252 - Probability and Statistics (Data Science 2)

975
 Mutual Exclusion:
Approval: 55th BoA

Course Contents
ˆ Data preprocessing: Data cleaning – missing values, noisy data; Data integration
and transformation – normalization; Data reduction – dimension reduction and
principal component analysis (PCA) [5 Lecture]

ˆ Introduction to machine learning: Supervised and unsupervised learning [1

Lecture]

ˆ Supervised learning with applications in classification problems: Bayes

classifier with unimodal and multimodal density - maximum likelihood estimation,
expectation-maximization (EM) algorithm (only at idea level), K-nearest neighbor
methods, decision trees, neural networks [8 Lectures]

ˆ Supervised learning - regression: Linear regression, polynomial regression, re-

gression using neural networks [8 Lectures]

ˆ Unsupervised Learning Algorithms - Clustering: K-means and fuzzy-K-

means clustering, density based clustering (DBSCAN) [6 Lectures]

Lab Exercises:
Lab to be conducted on a 3-hour slot. It will be conducted in tandem with the theory
course so the topics for problems given in the lab are already initiated in the theory
class. The topics taught in the theory course should be appropriately be sequenced for
synchronization with the laboratory.

ˆ Lab1 : Data Preprocessing – data cleaning and normalization

ˆ Lab2 : Dimension reduction and PCA

ˆ Lab3 : Classification using Bayes classifier with unimodal density

ˆ Lab4 : Classification using Bayes classifier with multimodal density

ˆ Lab5 : Classification using K-nearest neighbor methods and decision trees

ˆ Lab6: Classification using neural networks

ˆ Lab7: Linear regression

ˆ Lab8: Polynomial regression

ˆ Lab9: Neural network based regression

ˆ Lab10: Clustering using K-means and fuzzy-K-means

ˆ Lab11: Clustering using DBSCAN

976
Textbooks:
1. C. M. Bishop, Pattern Recognition and Machine Learning, Springer, 2006.

2. C. Muller and S. Guido, Introduction to Machine Learning with Python: A

Guide for Data Scientists, O’Reilly, 2017

References:
1. J. Han and M. Kamber, Data Mining: Concepts and Techniques, 3rd Edition,
Morgan Kaufmann Publishers, 2011

2. S. Theodoridis and K. Koutroumbas, Pattern Recognition, Academic Press,

2009.

3. T. Hastie, R. Tibshirani and J. Friedman, The Elements of Statistical Learn-

ing: Data Mining, Inference, and Prediction, 2nd Edition, 12th Reprint,
Springer, 2017

4. R. O. Duda, P. E. Hart and D. G. Stork, Pattern Classification, John Wiley,

2001.

13.44 IC 301P Interdisciplinary Socio-Technical Practicum

DP 301P Interdisciplinary Socio-Technical Practicum
Course Code: DP 301P
Course Name: Interdisciplinary Socio-Technical Practicum
L-T-P-C: 0-0-6-4
Prerequisites: Consent of the faculty member
Students intended for: B.Tech
Elective or Core: Core
DP 301 and IC 301 are same
Approval: 2nd Senate

Course Contents
In the course the teams have two choices. Either they work iteratively on the earlier
developed prototype to develop into final improved product or identify a new product
which the society needs after doing market research.
In a changing market, staying competitive often requires the development of new
products. As user requirements and needs change, products must also change. Market
research is an essential tool to help boost the chances for success. The new product
development process requires information from the market and users as to what is needed
to support critical decisions about the product.

977
Key Learning Topics
ˆ Primary Research: Information collection through various channels such as inter-
views, questionnaires, surveys, and conversations with industry experts, prospective
customers, and competitors

ˆ Secondary Research: Internal source (Brainstorming, Stock analysis, Retail

data, loyalty cards etc.); External source (Government Statistics like ONS, Trade
publications, Commercial Data, Household Expenditure Survey, Magazine surveys,
Research documents like publications, journals, etc.)

ˆ Sampling Methods: Random Samples, Stratified or Segment Random Sampling,

Quota Sampling, Cluster Sampling, Multi-Stage Sampling, Snowball Sampling.

ˆ Market Trends: Size of market, market trends, forecasting, planning, identify

market strategies, identify user need, identify competition, identifying opportuni-
ties/gaps in market

ˆ Module V: Engineering economics of the product

References:
1. Von Hippel, Eric., The sources of Innovation, Oxford University Press, 1988.

2. Gordon, William., The development of Creative Capacity, Collier Books,

1961.

3. Thomke, Stefan, and Eric Von Hippel, Customers as Innovators: A new way
to createvalue, Harvard Business Review (April 2005), 74-81, Reprint no. R 0304
F.

4. Boyd, Harper W. Jr., Westfall, Ralph and Stasch, Stanley, Marketing Research:
Text and Cases, Richard D. Irwin Inc.,

5. Green, P. E. and Tull, D. S., Research for Marketing Decisions, 5th edition,
Prentice-Hall of India.

6. Luck D. J., Wales, H.G., Taylor, D. A. and Rubin R. S., Marketing Research,
7th Edition, Prentice-Hall of India.

7. Tull, D. S. and Hawkins D. I., Marketing Research : Measurement and

Method, 6th Edition, Prentice-Hall of India.

13.45 IC 401P Major Technical Project

Course Code: IC 401P
Course Name: Major Technical Project
L-T-P-C: 0-0-6-4
Prerequisites: Consent of the faculty member
Students intended for: B.Tech
Elective or Core: Core
Approval: 2nd Senate; Credits changed to 0-0-4.5-3 in 6th Senate

978
Course Contents
In this course, using the information that has been collected and the decisions that have
been made about the features, price etc. the teams will either redesign the existing
prototype or design a new product based on Market feedback and create the physical
product, as well as its packaging. Research at this stage usually involves repeated cycles
of product improvement and testing. Product testing includes both physical performance
and consumer reactions. The course looks at how a new idea becomes implemented in a
system (an organization or society) and the factors that influence the adoption of a new
idea. This course also looks at the influence of individuals and groups within the change
process and how they affect the acceptance of new ideas. Finally, the course explores the
prediction and consequences of new technologies.
The end-result of these efforts is a product that meaningfully adds value to the stu-
dents, faculty and society.
There may be few teams working on specific components or sub systems or technology.

Key Learning Topics

Engineering drawing (CAD) of modified product, Detailed design, Design of experiments,
Multiobjective design optimization. CAE Analysis, Software development, Design for
assembly, Design for manufacturing, Product manufacturing.: CAM programming, oper-
ation of CNC machining equipment and rapid prototyping. Open House

References:
1. Geoffrey Boothroyd , Peter Dewhurst , Winston A. Knight, Product Design for
Manufacture & Assembly,2nd Edition.

2. Kathleen Fasanella, The Entrepreneur’s Guide to Sewn Product Manufac-

turing.

13.46 IC 402P Major Technical Project (Contd.)

Course Code: DP 402P
Course Name: Major Technical Project (Contd.)
L-T-P-C: 0-0-6-4
Prerequisites: Consent of the faculty member
Students intended for: B.Tech
Elective or Core: Core
Approval: 2nd Senate; Credits changed to 0-0-7.5-5 in 6th Senate

Description
This course looks at how a new idea becomes implemented in a system (an organization or
society) and the factors that influence the adoption of a new idea. This course also looks
at the influence of individuals and groups within the change process and how they affect
the acceptance of new ideas. Finally, the course explores the prediction and consequences
of new technologies.

979
Objectives
The purpose of this course is to acquaint students with the technology transfer and
patents

Key Learning Topics

ˆ Theory and practice of processes of technology transfer and diffusion:
Commercialization of technology, intellectual property rights.

ˆ Product innovation: Impact of product innovation; success factors for product

innovation; developing a product innovation strategy.

ˆ Interactive learning and networks of innovation: Technology Platforms; firms

taxonomy.

ˆ Systems of Innovation and the corporate value chain: Fostering clustering

effects. Regional innovation strategies.

ˆ Product quality (ISO 9000 standards), Sustainable design.

ˆ After usage: Recycling, reusing, remanufacturing

ˆ Live demonstration of product to interested parties.

References:
1. Rachna Singh Puri, Arvind Viswanathan, Practical Approach To Intellectual
Property Rights .

2. Goel Cohen, Technology Transfer, Strategic management in developing

country, Sage Publication.

980
14 IKSMHA Courses
14.1 IK 501: Yoga Sutras
Course number : IK501
Course Name : Yoga Sutras
Credit Distribution : (format: 2-0-1-3, (Lectures-Tutorial-Practical-Total credits) re-
place with relevant numbers)
Intended for : Ph.D, Master students, elective for UG students
Prerequisite : None
Mutual Exclusion :
Approval: 50th BoA

Course Contents:
Unit 1: Philosophy of Yoga (14 Hours)

ˆ Unit 1/Topic 1: Yoga and Yoga Texts (Total = 6 Hours)

1. Yoga – Basic Introduction

– a. Meaning and Definition
– b. Importance of Yoga - holistic personality development
– c. Laukik and Adhyatmik benefits of Yoga
– d. Myths and Facts of Yoga
– e. Yoga’s Mula Pravakta - Hiranyagarbha
2. Introduction to Bharatiya Yoga Darshana
– a. Pathanjali Yogasutras
– b. Sankhya darshana - theoretical concepts
– c. Pathanjali Yogasutras - Vyasa Bhashya
– d. Yoga siddhanta in Bhagavad-Gita
– e. Yoga siddhanta in Upanishads (Katha, Svetashvatara etc)
– f. Pauranic Yoga siddhantas (Kapila)
– g. Jaina Yoga siddhantas
– h. Bauddha Yoga siddhantas
– i. Other Yogas - Tantra, Mantra, Laya, Kundalini Yogas
3. Various paths to Yoga: Jnana, Bhakti, Karma, Ashtanga and Hatha Yoga
– a. Jnana Yoga - Vivekachudamani, Uddav Gita, Ashtavakra Samhita
– b. Bhakti Yoga - Narada Bhakti Sutras, Shrimad Bhagavatam
– c. Karma Yoga - Bhagavad Gita, Mahabharata
– d. Ashtanga Yoga - Patanjali Yogasutras
– e. Hatha Yoga - Gheranda Samhita, Hatha Yoga Pradipika, Goraksha
Samhita
4. Yoga and Sampradayas
– a. Nath Sampradaya

981
 – b. Shaiva Sampradaya
– c. Shakta Sampradaya
– d. Vaishnava Sampradaya
– e. Bauddha Sampradaya

ˆ Unit 1/Topic 2: Ashtanga Yoga Sutras (4 Hour)

1. Prasthavana 2.28 and 29

– a. Yama - 2.30
– b. Niyama - 2.32
– c. Asana - 2.46
– d. Pranayama - 2.49
– e. Pratyahara - 2.54
– f. Dharana - 3.1
– g. Dhyana - 3.2
– h. Samadhi - 3.3 2. Dinacharya - Importance and Practice

ˆ Unit 1/Topic 3: Yoga Culture and Value Education (4 Hour)

1. Prominent Streams of Yoga

– a. Jnana Yoga (Discernment)
– b. Bhakti Yoga (Emotional)
– c. Karma Yoga (Kriti)
– d. Raja Yoga (Ashtanga Yoga)
2. Positive and Negative Human Behaviours (Daivi Gunas, Asura Gunas)
– a. Daivi Sampada - Bhagavad Gita - 16.1-3
– b. Asuri Gunas - Bhagavad Gita - 16.4,7,8,9,10,11-18
3. Four Principles Of Jnana Yoga
– a. Viveka
– b. Vairagya
– c. Shat Sampatti
– d. Mumukshutva
4. Relevance of Ancient Indian values in modern life
– a. Purusharthas
– b. Ashrama Vyavastha
– c. Varna Vyavastha - Bhagavad Gita - 14.13
– d. Samskaras

Unit 2: Manas and Sharira - Maintenance and Cleansing (6 Hours)

ˆ Unit 2/Topic 1: Mental and Physical Aspects of the Body

– a. Antahkarana Chatushtaya (Manas, Buddhi, Ahankara, Chitta)

– b. Notion of Self and Health and its Metaphysics in Yoga

982
 – c. Feelings and Emotional well-being (9 Rasas)
– d. Qualities of evolved intellect i.e., Buddhi
– e. Well being in Yoga and Ayurveda
– f. Impact of positive and negative human tendencies on Psycho-social behavior
(Prajnaparadha, Pratipaksha Bhavana, Vitarka Badha)
– g. Shoucha Niyamas
– h. Balanced Food and Nutrition - Ahara Vihara
– i. Maintenance of health through Asana and Pranayama

Unit 3: Applications of Yoga (8 Hours)

ˆ Unit 3/Topic 1: Practical Application of Yoga to Life Modern view of Yoga. Ap-
plication of principles of Yoga for holistic living.

1. Management Techniques
– a. Application to Career Management
– b. Public speaking and leadership qualities
– c. Workplace wellbeing
– d. Interventions for managing Self and Career
2. Psychology
– e. Concept of Positive Psychology and Stress Management
– f. Managing the five states of Chitta Bhumis (Kshipta, Mudha, Vikshipta,
Ekagra, and Nirudha)
– g. Treatment and Counseling of Mentally challenged persons
– h. Prevention of Addiction and Counseling for De-Addiction
3. Application of Yoga in Defense
– i. Application of Upayas (Sama-dana-bheda-dandopayas) using Yoga
– j. Fasting in Yoga (Speech, Food, and Sleep)

ˆ Unit 3/Topic 2: Personality and Family Relationships

– k. Forsaking enmity (Vaira tyaga) and constructive relationships (vishva band-

hutva)
– l. Techniques for family relationship management (Inclusive temperament,
Avoiding Competition, Service attitude)

Laboratory/practical/tutorial Modules: 3 Units (14 Hours)

Unit 1/Topic 2: (4 Hour)
Tutorials: Ashtanga Yoga Sutras, discussion of eight angas with examples, recita-
tion and memorization of important sutras in this context Tutorials: Yoga for Students
(Includes Theory)
1. Surya Namaskaras
2. Basic Pranayama and Kriyas
3. Eyesight improvement

983
 4. Voice Culture
5. Focus and concentration techniques
6. Memory improvement techniques
7. Relaxation technique
Unit 1/Topic 3: (2 Hours)
Practicals
1. Anger management
2. Ego management
3. Time management
4. Removing obstacles in the path of wellbeing
Unit 2/Topic 2: Subtopics (1 Hour)
Lec-Dem: Shat karma Shuddhi (Cleansing of Body) Demonstration
1. Neti
2. Dhauti
3. Basti
4. Trataka
5. Nauli
6. Kapalabhati
Unit 2/Topic 3: Subtopics (2 Hours)
Tutorials: Yoga Techniques - Demo and Quick Practice
1. Important Vyayamas
2. Pratyahara
3. Dharana
4. Dhyana
5. Samadhi Unit 3/Topic
3: Subtopics (5 Hour)
Practicals: General Yoga Protocol (Children and Youth)
1. Asanas
2. Pranayama
3. Mudra and Bandh
4. Vyayama
5. Sukshma Vyayama
Yoga for Women
Yoga for Elderly
Practicals: Yoga and Positive Psychology

Text books: (Relevant and Latest, Only 2)

1. Dr. P. V. Karambelkar, Patanjali Yog Darshan based on Vyasa Bhashya, Kaivalyad-
ham, Lonavla.

2. Online Resources: https://dharmawiki.org/index.php/Category:Yoga

References:
1. Hatha Pradipika of Swami Svatmarama, edited by Swami Digambarji and Kokaje,
Publishers - Kaivalyadham, Lonavala

2. Bhawuk, DPS (2011) Spirituality and Indian psychology. Springer, New York.

984
 3. Ranganathananda, S. (2000). Universal message of the Bhagavad Gita.

4. Sri Aurobindo. (1942). Essays on the Gita, Vol. 13. Calcutta: Arya Publishing
House.

5. Swami Anubhavanada, & Kumar, A. (2007). Management with a difference: In-

sights from ancient Indian wisdom. New Delhi: Ane Books India.

6. Swami Bodhananda Saraswati. (1998). Management lessons from Patanjali’s yoga

sutras. In Inspirations from Indian wisdom for management. Ahmedabad Manage-
ment Association.

7. Mind and Self: Patanjali’s Yoga Sutra and Modern Science by Subhash Kak, Mount
Meru Publishing

8. Books from Bihar School of Yoga, Munger, Bihar, India

9. Hatha Yoga Pradipika by Swami Muktibodhananda, Yoga Publications Trust, Munger,

Bihar, India

10. Four Chapters on Freedom: Commentary on the Yoga Sutras of Patanjali, by Swami
Satyananda Saraswati, Yoga Publications Trust, Munger, Bihar, India

11. Gheranda Samhita by Swami Niranjanananda Saraswati, Yoga Publications Trust,

Munger, Bihar, India

12. Yoga Chudamani Upanishad: Crown Jewel of Yoga by Satyadharma, Swami, Yoga
Publications Trust, Munger, Bihar, India

13. The Dynamics of Yoga by Swami Satyananda Saraswati, Yoga Publications Trust,
Munger, Bihar, India

14. Prana and Pranayama by Swami Niranjanananda Saraswati, Yoga Publications

Trust, Munger, Bihar, India

15. Surya Namaskara by Swami Satyananda Saraswati, Yoga Publications Trust, Munger,
Bihar, India

Reference Papers
1. Pandey, A and Navare, A.V. (2018) Paths of Yoga: Perspective for Workplace
Spirituality. In The Palgrave handbook of Workplace Spirituality and Fulfilment.
Palgrave Macmillan Cham.

2. Pandey A, Gupta RK, Arora AP (2009) Spiritual climate of business organizations

and its impact on customers’ experience. J Bus Ethics 88(2):313–332.

3. Sharma S (1999) Corporate Gita: lessons for management, administration and

leadership. J Hum Values 5(2):103–123

4. Pandey A, Gupta RK, Kumar P (2016) Spiritual climate and its impact on learning
in teams in business organizations. Glob Bus Rev 17(3S).

985
 5. Adhia, H., Nagendra, H. R., & Mahadevan, B. (2010). Impact of adoption of yoga
way of life on the emotional intelligence of managers. IIMB Management Review,
22(1-2), 32-41.

6. Sternberg, R. J. (1993). Intelligence is more than IQ: The practical side of intelli-
gence. Journal of Cooperative Education, 28(2), 6-17.

7. Srinivas, K. M. (1994). Organization development: Maya moksha. Work Motiva-

tion Models for Developing Country. New Delhi: Sage Publications.

8. Chakraborty, S. K., & Chakraborty, D. (2008). Spirituality in management - Means

or end? Oxford University Press.

9. Orme-Johnson, D. W., Zimmerman, E., & Hawkins, M. (1992). Maharishi’s vedic

psychology: The science of the cosmic psyche. In H. S. R. Kao, & Y. H. Poortinga
(Eds.), Asian perspectives on psychology (pp. 282).

14.2 IK 502: Introduction to Bio-signals

Course number : IK 502
Course Name : Introduction to Bio-signals
Credit Distribution : 3-0-2-4
Intended for : BTech/MTech/MS/MSc/MA/Ph.D.
Prerequisite : None
Mutual Exclusion : None
Approval: 50th BoA

Course Contents:
ˆ Mathematical Preliminaries: Fourier transform, sampling and filtering, Solu-
tion to wave equation in spherical co-ordinate system, Introduction of Spherical
Harmonics.(3 hours)

ˆ Basics of bio-signals: Definition and models of bio-signals, types of bio-signals,

bio-signals monitoring, Pre-processing for bio-signals, bio-signals analysis, and clas-
sification of bio-signals. (2 hours)

ˆ Brain signals: Human Brain Anatomy, Electroencephalogram (EEG) and magne-

toencephalogram (MEG) signals, recording of EEG and MEG signals, EEG signals
characteristics and rhythms, evoke potentials, diagnosis of central nervous systems
disorders based on brain-signals, various approaches for analysis, feature extraction,
and classification of brain signals, MRI and FMRI basics, BOLD signal acquisition,
applications of FMRI (10 hours)

ˆ Brain Source Localization and connectivity: Array Signal Processing Basics

- Data model, correlation and subspace based (MUSIC) localization, Brain Source
Localization: Forward & Inverse Problem, Introduction of Head harmonics for brain
source localization (BSL), Application of BSL in BCI control, Epileptogenic zone
detection. Brain connectivity representation, decomposition methods and types of
networks, Clinical and cognitive applications of brain connectivity. (10 hours)

986
 ˆ Cardiac signals: Electrocardiogram (ECG) and phonocardiogram (PCG) signals,
recording process of ECG and PCG signals, heart rate variability (HRV) signals,
diagnosis of heart diseases based on cardiac signals, various methods for analysis,
feature extraction, and classification for cardiac signals. (8 hours)

ˆ Muscle signals: Electromyogram (EMG) signal, motor unit action potentials

(MUAP), EMG and neuro-muscular diseases, feature extraction of EMG, analysis
and classification methods for EMG signals. (6 hours)

ˆ Other bio-signals: Pulse signals, blood pressure, blood flow, photoplethysmo-

gram, electrooculogram, electroretinogram, center of pressure, and respiratory sig-
nals. (3 hours)

ˆ Laboratory/practical/tutorial Modules: The course will involve practical as-

signments which can be conducted in the lab, and would also involve programming
assignments.

Textbooks:
1. R.M. Rangayyan, Biomedical Signal Analysis: A case Based Approach,
IEEE Press, John Willy & Sons. Inc, 2002.

2. Kayvan Najarian and Robert Splinter, Biomedical Signal and Image Process-
ing, 2nd Edition, CRC Press, 2005.

References:
1. M.A. Jatoi and N. Kamel, Brain source localization using EEG signal anal-
ysis, CRC Press, 2017

2. Boaz Rafaely, Fundamentals of spherical array processing, Springer, 2015

3. HL Van Trees, Optimum Array Processing, New York: Wiley, 2002

4. Scott Heuttel, Allen Song, Gregory McCarthy, Functional Magnetic Resonance

Imaging, 2nd Edition, Sinauer Associates, 2009 .

14.3 IK 503: Cognitive Psychology and the Indian Thought

System
Course number : IK 503
Course Name : Cognitive Psychology and the Indian Thought System
Credit Distribution : 3-0-0-3
Intended for : BTech/MTech/MS/MSc/MA/Ph.D.
Prerequisite : None
Mutual Exclusion : None
Approval: 50th BoA

987
Course Contents:
ˆ Evolution, Mind, and Brain: Nervous system - anatomy and physiology; Func-
tional neuroanatomy; Tools for investigation – electrophysiology, imaging, and oth-
ers; how the brain creates mind?; Translation to behavior — emotion/cognition/decision
making; mental representations and processing; dissociations and associations. (5
Hours)

ˆ The Indian Knowledge System: Six Schools of philosophy; Buddhism; Bha-

gavad Gita; Mapping with the Neuroscientific/psychological understanding from
Unit 1; Mental health; cognition in Samkhya and yoga; the body – mind – intellect
– consciousness complex; consciousness; panca – kosa – a five layered existence; four
states of existence; driving issues in consciousness studies; the tri – guna system;
cognitive training hypothesis in yoga; psychological effects of yoga/meditation with
clinical and nonclinical populations; Extraordinary cognition hypothesis via eight-
fold path described in the Yogasutras. Relative versus absolute reality hypothesis.
(7 hours)

ˆ Perception and Attention: Introduction to perception; visual perception; struc-

ture of visual system; top-down (context effects) and bottom-up (from features to
objects) processing; visual recognition; interactive nature of perception; nature and
roles of attention; failures of selection; successes of selection; information processing
theories of attention; electrophysiology and human attention; functional neuroimag-
ing and transcranial magnetic stimulation. (7 Hours)

ˆ Representation, Encoding, and Retrieval of Knowledge in Long-Term

Memory: Role of knowledge in cognition; representations and their formats; rep-
resentation to category knowledge; structures in category knowledge; category do-
mains and organization; nature of long-term memories; encoding; retrieval; encod-
ing with difficulty to recall; non-declarative memory systems. (7 Hours)

ˆ Working Memory and Executive Processes: Introduction to working mem-

ory; from primary memory to working memory; working memory models; person-to-
person variation; dopamine’s role; frontal lobe connection; frontal damage and the
frontal hypothesis; executive attention; switching attention; inhibition of response;
sequencing; monitoring. (6 Hours)

ˆ Emotion, Cognition, Decision-making, and Problem Solving: Defining

emotion; manipulating and measuring emotion; emotional learning: acquiring eval-
uations; emotion and declarative memory; emotion, attention, and perception; na-
ture of a decision; rational decision making; neural bases of expected utility calcu-
lations; human decision making and the expected utility model; complex, uncertain
decision making; nature of problem solving; analogical reasoning; inductive reason-
ing; deductive reasoning. (7 Hours)

ˆ Language, Motor Cognition, and Mental Simulation: Nature of language;

processes of language comprehension; processes of language production; language,
thought, and bilingualism; nature of motor cognition; mental simulation and the
motor system; imitation; biological motion. (5 Hours)

988
Textbooks:
1. Smith, E. E., & Kosslyn, S. M., Cognitive Psychology: Mind and Brain,
Pearson, 2013.

2. Eysenck, M. W., & Keane, M. T., Cognitive Psychology, A Student’s Hand-

book, 8th Edition, Hove: Psychology Press, 2020.

References:
1. Ward, J., The Student’s Guide to Cognitive Neuroscience, 3rd Edition,
Hove: Psychology Press, 2015

2. Anderson, J. R., Cognitive Psychology and Its Implications, 9thEdition,

Worth Publishers, 2020.

3. Sedlmeier P. & Srinivas K., How Do Theories of Cognition and Consciousness in An-
cient Indian Thought Systems Relate to Current Western Theorizing and Research?
Front Psychol. 2016 Mar 15;7:343. doi: 10.3389/fpsyg.2016.00343, 2016.

14.4 IK 504: Bhagavad Gita Comprehensive

Course Code : IK 504
Course Name : Bhagavad Gita Comprehensive
L-T-P-C : 3-0-0-3
Intended for : UG/PG/PhD
Prerequisite : None
Mutual Exclusion :
Approval: 50th BoA

Course Contents
ˆ Introduction to Bhagavad-Gita and Sanskrit Basics: Origins and signifi-
cance; Overview of Mahabharata; Basics of Sanskrit language; Pronunciations and
grammar. (8 Lectures)

ˆ Unit 2: Arjuna’s Dilemma (Chapter 1): The setting of Kurukshetra; Arjuna’s

observations; Emotional conflicts and ethical issues. (6 Lectures)

ˆ Unit 3: Transcendental Knowledge (Chapter 2): Sankhya yoga; Nature of soul;

Concepts of Dharma and Karma; Significance of detached action. (8 Lectures)

ˆ Unit 4: Path of Devotion (Chapter 3): Karma Yoga; Duty and righteousness;
The balance of action and inaction. (6 Lectures)

ˆ Unit 5: Approaching the Ultimate Truth (Chapters 4-5): Knowledge and

renunciation; Concepts of Yagna and selfless action; Jnana yoga vs. Bhakti yoga.
(8 Lectures)

ˆ Unit 6: The Science of Self-Realization (Chapter 6): Dhyana Yoga; Practices

and principles of meditation; Achieving spiritual equilibrium. (6 Lectures)

989
Text books:
1. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada, A. C., The Bhagavad-Gita as It Is: With
the Original Sanskrit Text, Roman Transliteration, English Equivalents, Trans-
lation and Elaborate Purports, Second revised and enlarged edition. The Bhak-
tivedanta Book Trust, 2008.

14.5 IK 505: Bhagavata Sankhya

Course Code : IK 505
Course Name : Bhagavata Sankhya
L-T-P-C : 3-0-0-3
Intended for : 3rd & 4th Year B. Tech, MA / MS / MTech / PhD
Prerequisite : None
Mutual Exclusion: None
Approval: To be Approved

Course Contents
ˆ Brief History of Indian Philosophy (10 Lectures)

– Systematic Evaluation of Phiolosophical thought from Vedas to Upanishads

– Overview of six traditional systems of Indian Philosophy
– Sankhya and Yoga connections
– Early Sankhya Literature, Patanjali Yoga sutras and Sankhya Metaphysics

ˆ Tenants of Bhagavata Dharma (5 Lecture)

– New notion of Dharma and historical prominance of devotional literature

ˆ Sankhya and Yoga in Bhagavad Gita (8 Lectures)

– Sankhya meanings in relation to Yoga

– Prakrti and PUrusa, ksetra and ksetra-jna, guna and karma, ksara and aksara

ˆ Sankhya Phiolophy in the Bhagavata Purana (8 Lectures)

– Reality of the world, purpose of existence, goal of life

– Prakrti and its Evolution
– Enumeration of elements consisting of prakrti, hierarchical evolution
– Models of perception and cognition within Sankhya
– Role of subtle mind, role of jiva, intentions of free will

ˆ Bhagavata Sankhya and Theories of Mind (Consciousness) (6 Lectures)

– Fundamental nature of mind and consciousness

ˆ Bhagavata Sankhya and Mental Health Applications (3 Lectures)

990
 – A holistic approach to mental health by recognizing the interconnection of
body, mind and spirit
– Recognizing interplay of the three gunas (modes of nature) - sattva (goodness),
rajas (passion) and tamas (ignorance), to achieve mental equilibrium
– Comparison to contemporary holistic mental health approaches

ˆ Culmination of Bhagavata Sankhya (2 Lectures)

– Metaphysical basis for Bhakti and its efficacy in transcending the temporary

Textbooks:
1. Prabhupada, AC Bhaktivedanta Swami, and Bhaktivedanta Swami, Srimad Bha-
gavatam, Bhakivedanta Book Trust, 1972.

2. Prabhupada, AC Bhaktivedanta Swami, and Bhaktivedanta Swami, Bhagavad-

Gita as it is, Bhakivedanta Book Trust, 1972.

References:
1. Dasgupta, Surendranath, A History of Indian Philosophy, Motilal Banarasidass
Publishing, 2022.

2. Dalela, Ashish, A Scientific Commentary on Sankhya Sutras, Shabda Press,

2022.

3. Stapp, Henry P, A Report on the Gaudiya Vaishnava Vedanta: Form of

Vedic Ontology, Bhaktivedatanta Institute, 1994.

4. Basel, Peter Charles., The Samkhya System of the Bhagavata Purana, Diss.
University of Iowa, 2012.

5. Gupta, Ravi M., The Chaitanya Vaishnava of Jiva Goswami: When knowl-
edge meets devotion, Routledge, 2007.

14.6 IK 506: Research methods and statistics for contemplative

science
Course Code : IK 506
Course Name : Research methods and statistics for contemplative science
L-T-P-C : 2-1-0-3
Intended for : 3rd & 4th Year B. Tech, Masters and PhD
Prerequisite : None
Mutual Exclusion: None
Approval: 42nd Senate

991
Course Contents
ˆ Module 1 (21 Lectures + 7 tutorial Lectures) Research methods theory:

– Basic assumptions underlying scientific research

– Ethics in scientific research
– Literature review and hypothesis formulation
– Data collection methods
– Measurement techniques & Sampling methods
– Research designs
* Apart from controlled trial designs (including randomized controlled trial
designsRCT), emphasis will also be given on case-control study design
and prospective cohort design from contemplative science perspective. For
example, studying the effect of advanced meditation (with monks is more
feasible from case-control design than RCT). Similarly naturalistic cohort
long term follow-up studies are optimal from sampling perspective to study
the effect of yogic/meditative lifestyle.
– Procedure for conducting research experiment
– Control techniques in experimental research
– Mixed methods research
– Emphasis on first person (for subjective experience) and third person per-
spectivebased assessments will be discussed. Special emphasis on experience
sampling method and its relevance for contemplative science will be discussed
– Scientific writing

Tutorial sessions

– Randomization procedure
– Scientific illustrations-Inkscape and blender
– Reference management-Zotero
– Qualitative data coding-Qualcoder

ˆ Note: All the tutorial sessions will be taught withY og/Meditation based dataset
for better understanding of the concepts

Module 2 (7 Lectures+ 7 tutorial Lectures) Statistics theory:

ˆ Data representation-tables & figures

ˆ Descriptive statistics

ˆ Key ingredients for inferential statistics

ˆ Hypothesis testing, statistical significance and decision errors

ˆ T tests

992
 ˆ ANOVA

ˆ Correlation Regression

ˆ Chi square test

ˆ Linear mixed model analysis (LMM)

ˆ Distribution free statistics

Tutorial sessions (Using Jamovi & R-open-source free software)

ˆ Data wrangling

ˆ T tests

ˆ ANOVA

ˆ Correlation & Regression

ˆ Chi square test

ˆ LMM

ˆ Sample size calculation-G power

Note: All the tutorial sessions will be taught with Yog/Meditation based dataset for
better understanding of the concepts

Text Books:
1. Christensen LB, Johnson B, Turner LA., Research Methods, Design, and
Analysis, Pearson Education, 2019.
2. Aron A, Aron EN, Statistics for psychology, 6th Edition, Pearson Education,
2013 .

References:
1. Zar JH, Biostatistical analysis, Pearson Education India, 1999.
2. Creswell JW, Poth CN, Qualitative inquiry and research design: Choosing
among five approaches, Sage publications, 2016.

14.7 IK 507: Neuroscience and mental health

Course Code : IK 507
Course Name : Neuroscience and mental health
L-T-P-C : 3-0-0-3
Intended for : 3rd & 4th Year B. Tech, Masters and PhD
Prerequisite : None
Mutual Exclusion: None
Approval: 42nd Senate

993
Course Contents
ˆ Module 1(10 Lectures) Basics of neuroscience

– Structure and function ofthe nervous system-1

– Structure and function ofthe nervous system-2

ˆ Module 2 (14 Lectures) Neuropsychology underlying illness & wellness

– Illness & Wellness-perspectives from neuroscience

– Neuroscience of positive psychology
– Human development through life cycle and the neuroscience of ageing
– Theories of personality & psychopathology: eastern & western perspectives

ˆ Module 3 (14 Lectures) Mental health disorders

– Classification of mental health disorders

– Substance related mental health disorders
– Common mental health disorders
– Severe mental health disorders

ˆ Practical (4 Lectures)

ˆ Module 4 ( 4 Lectures)

– Stigma of mental illness-discussion

– The beautiful mind-movie analysis
– Active listening as a crisis intervention-activity in pairs
– Complementary & integrative mental health practices-discussion

Textbooks:
1. Kandel ER, Koester JD, Mack SH, Siegelbaum SA., Principles ofNeural Science,
6th Edition, McGraw Hill LLC, 2021.

2. Sadock BJ, Sadock VA., Kaplan & Sadock’s Concise Textbook of Clinical
Psychiatry, Wolters Kluwer/Lippincott Williams & Wilkins, 2008.

References:
1. Sadock BJ, Sadock VA, Ruiz P., Kaplan & Sadock’s Comprehensive Text-
book of Psychiatry, Wolters Kluwer, 2017.

994
14.8 IK 508 : Music and Musopathy Intermediate
Course Code : IK 508
Course Name : Music and Musopathy Intermediate
L-T-P-C : 2-0-2-3
Intended for : BTech/MTech/MS/MSc/MA/Ph.D.
Prerequisite : IK 507 Music and Musopathy Foundation Course or equivalent under-
standing
Mutual Exclusion: None
Approval: 42nd Senate

Course Contents
ˆ Music in Indian Knowledge Systems: Music as a Science; Music as one of the
64 Arts; Music as vehicle for Spiritual and Philosophical evolution; Importance of
Music in ancient Indian Society from Epics and Literature. (4 Hours)

ˆ Music as Therapy in Ancient Civilisations & Recent studies based on

Ragas, Shlokas and Western Classical and other Systems: Ragas as Evoca-
tive Tools (Rasa Theory); Time Theory of Ragas; Healing power of Ragas; Broad
overview of a few current Studies with respect to Human Beings, Animals and
Plants. (4 Hours)

ˆ Musopathy: Why Musopathy (Limitations and Inconsistencies of Music Therapy

in various parts of the world); Differences between Music Therapy and Musopa-
thy; Features of Musopathy; Types of Musopathy - Passive and Active; Tonation
Breathing Technique (TBT); Benefits and Scope of Musopathy and TBT. (4 Hours)

ˆ Introduction to Architects of Music: Brief bio sketches of Composers: Jayadeva,

Purandaradasa, Tulsidas, Oottukkadu Venkata Kavi, Tyagaraja, Meerabai, Mut-
tuswamy Dikshitar, and Shyama Shastri Brief bio sketch of Musicologists: Bharata,
Sharngadeva, Venkatamakhi, Matanga, etc. (24 Hours)

ˆ Introduction to 15-20 New Ragas (4 Hours)

ˆ Practice Songs: 8 Geetams and 1 Swarajati (7 Hours)

ˆ Performance Repertoire: Varnams, Krtis, and Devotional Songs: Introduction

to Performance Musical Forms. (1 Hour)

ˆ Introduction to Prominent Musicians with musical samples (2 Hours)

Laboratory/practical/tutorial Modules:
1. Unit 6: Practice Songs: 8 Geetams and 1 Swarajati (12 Hours)

2. Unit 7: Performance Repertoire: 8 Varnams/ Krtis / Devotional Songs (16 Hours)

995
Textbooks:
1. Chitravina N Ravikiran, Perfecting Carnatic Music Level 1, India, 2023. Ac-
cessed on 1st Oct 2023 at: https://acharyanet-india.myshopify.com/collections/carnatic-
books/products/perfecting-carnatic- music-level-i-e-book

2. Chitravina N Ravikiran, Perfecting Carnatic Music Level 2: Varnams, Krtis

(eBook). Accessed on 1st Oct 2023 at: https://acharyanet-india.myshopify.com/products/perfecti
carnatic-music-level-ii-varnams-krtis -ebook

References:
1. Acharyanet, Carnatic Lessons India, 2023. Retrieved from https://www.acharyanet.com/carna
lessons-india/#plans

2. Chatterjee, G., Bhartana Yasha, Bharata’s Natyashastra (Meanings and Ex-

positions in English and Hindi With Abhinavagupta’s Commentary), 2023. Indian
Mind

3. Krishnaswami, S., Musical instruments of India, Publications Division: Min-

istry of Information & Broadcasting, 2017.

4. Ravikiran, C. N., Appreciating Carnatic Music, Ganesh & Company, 2006.

5. Shringy, R.K., & Sharma, P.L. (Trans.), Sangitaratnakara (Sangeet Ratnakara)

of Sarngadeva (Vol. One, ISBN: 9788121505086; Vol. Two, ISBN: 9788121504669),
Munshiram Manoharlal Publishers Pvt. Ltd., 2018

6. Subramaniam, L., & Subramaniam, V., Euphony (Indian Classical Music),

EastWest Books (Madras) Pvt. Ltd., 1999.

14.9 IK 509: Research methodology

Course Code : IK 509
Course Name : Research methodology
L-T-P-C : 1-0-0-1
Intended for : MTech(R) and PhD students
Perequisite : None
Mutual Exclusion: None
Approval: 53rd BoA

Course Contents
ˆ ReseaHii Philosophies and paradigms (1 hour)

– Six systems oflndian Philosophy- Introduction

– Research paradigms in Indian philosophical system
– Eastem & Western paradigms-critical overview

ˆ Research Ethics (l hour)

996
 – Ethics from Indian knowledge system perspective (IKS)
– Evolution of human research ethics
– Literature review and referencing (l hour)
– Review of classical scriptures of Indian philosophy
– Relevant modem science literature review

ˆ Sampling methods (1 hour)

– Non-probability sampling methods

– Probability sampling methods

ˆ Research designs (l hour)

– Experimental designs
– Non-experimental designs

ˆ Clinical trial and control techniques (l hour)

– Confounders and control techniques

– Controlled clinical trials (CCT)

ˆ Logic of hypothesis testing (l hour)

– Null hypothesis significance testing (NHST)

– Steps ofhypothesis testing

ˆ Data collection methods (l hour)

– Measurement errors and bias

– First person subjective methods.
– Third person objective methods

ˆ Procedure for conducting reseuch (1 hour)

– Ethics committee approval

– Clinical trial registration
– Informed consent assent
– Pilot study- need and importance
– Protocol- apriori design vs. interim modifications
– Managingg adverse effects

ˆ Fundamentals of qualitative research (l hour)

– Major qualitative research approaches

– Validity & reliability in qualitative research Technical software for Research
scholars (1 hour)
– Translator- for Sanskrit transliteration

997
 – R & Jamovi-for statistical analysis
– Zotero-for referencing

ˆ Statistics over view (l hour)

– Descriptive statistics
– Fundamentals of inferential statistics

ˆ Statistics overview-2 (1 hour)

– Choosing the right statistical tests

ˆ Scientific writing (l hour)

– Classical scripmres perspective

– Modern science perspective

Textbooks:
1. Aron A, Aron EN, Statistics for psychology, 6th Edition, Pearson Education,
2013.

2. Gough AE, Cowell EB, The Sarva-Darsana-Samgraha: Or, Review of the Dif-
ferent Systems of Hindu Philosophy. DigiCat; 2022.

References:
1. Zar JH, Biostatistical analysis, Pearson Education India; 1999.

2. Crewell JW, Poth CN, Qualitative inquiry and research design: Choosing
among fixe approaches, Sage publications, 2016

3. Radhakrishnan S, Moore CA, (editors), A source book in Indian philosophy,

Princeton University Press, 1957.

14.10 IK 510: Cognitive Neuroscience

Course Code : IK 510
Course Name : Cognitive Neuroscience
L-T-P-C : 3-1-0-4
Intended for : 3rd & 4th Year B. Tech, Masters and PhD
Prerequisite :
Mutual Exclusion:
Approval: 54th BoA

998
Course Contents
ˆ Structure and function of nervous system (5 hours)

– Overview of nervous system

– Brain & spinal cord anatomy
– Cells of nervous system
– Action potential
– Neurotransmitters
– Synapse
– Networks

ˆ Sensation & Perception (6 hours)

– Olfaction
– Gustation
– Somatosensation
– Audition
– Vision
– Sensation to perception

ˆ Attention (4 hours)

– Models of attention
– Neural mechanism of attention

ˆ Attention control networks Action (4 hours)

– Anatomy & control of motor structures

– Motor pathways & physiology
– Motor planning, initiation and control
– Motor learning and memory

ˆ Memory (4 hours)

– Learning and memory-anatomical & cellular basis

– Mechanisms of memory
– Memory consolidation
– Memory deficits and amnesia

ˆ Emotions (4 hours)

– Defining & categorizing emotions

– Theories of emotion generation
– Neural systems of emotion processing

999
 – Emotion & cognition (learning & memory)

ˆ Language (4 hours)

– Evolution & fundamentals of language

– Sensory, motor and cognitive aspects of language
– Theories of language comprehension & speech production
– Language deficits

ˆ Cognitive control (4 hours)

– Cognitive control anatomy, cross talks (sensorimotor) & deficits

– Planning, Decision making & execution mechanisms
– Cognitive control & neuropsychiatry

ˆ Social Cognition (4 hours)

– Theories of self
– Understanding mental states of others (Theory of Mind-ToM)
– Experience sharing & simulation theory
– Mental state attribution
– Neurobiology of social cognition
– Social cognition deficits

ˆ Consciousness (3 hours)

– Mind-Brain problem
– Consciousness theories- neuroscience perspective
– Consciousness theories & practice-Yogic perspective
– Miscellaneous-Plant & animal consciousness and others
– Disorders of consciousness

Tutorials:
ˆ Methods in cognitive neuroscience

– Behavioral experiments-tools & techniques

– Introduction to neurophenomenology
– Basics of bio signals
– Electroencephalograph (EEG) & Heart rate variability (HRV)
– Transcranial electrical current stimulation(tECS)
– Transcranial magnetic stimulation (TMS)
– Functional neuroimaging techniques (fNIRS & fMRI)
– Introduction to computational neuroscience (ML & AI)

1000
Textbooks:
1. Gazzaniga, Michael S., et al., Cognitive Neuroscience: The Biology of the
Mind, W.W. Norton, 2018.

References:
1. Kandel ER, Koester JD, Mack SH, Siegelbaum SA, Principles of Neural Science,
6th Edition, McGraw Hill, 2021

14.11 IK 511 : Science of Āyurveda

Course Code : IK 511
Course Name : Science of Āyurveda
L-T-P-C : 3-0-0-3
Intended for : BTech/MTech/MS/MSc/MA/Ph.D
Prerequisite : Introduction to Sanskrit Language or foundational knowledge in Indian
philosophical texts.
Mutual Exclusion: None
Approval: 42nd Senate

Course Contents
ˆ Evolution of Āyurveda: Āyurveda: connecting the dots and sensing the past;
Evolution and history of āyurveda; Masters and Teachers of āyurveda; Textual
sources in āyurveda; Evolution of Western medicine. (3 Hours)

ˆ Rational foundations of āyurveda: The six schools of thought on physical and

metaphysical realms; Specific roles of Sāṅkhya, Nyāya, Vaiśes.ika, Mı̄mām
. sā, Yoga
and Uttara Mı̄mām. sā in āyurveda; Foundations of Western medicine for compara-
tive purpose. (4 Hours)

ˆ Āyurveda and Western medicine: why, how and where they differ: Worldviews
and their relation to science; worldviews of classical and quantum physics and their
impact on Western medical science; worldview of Indian Knowledge Systems and
their impact on āyurveda; Fundamental differences between āyurveda and Western
medicine and their implications for research. (4 Hours)

ˆ Conceptualisation of human system in āyurveda: Models for understanding

human system in āyurveda and Western medicine; Integral components of life in
ayurveda and Western medicine; What is life?; What is health?; Various concepts
in āyurveda to understand and manage health and disease. (4 Hours)

ˆ Tridos.a: What are tridos.as?; How are they used to understand the human system,
health, and disease; use of tridos.as in diagnosis and treatment; Tridos.as from a
research perspective. (4 Hours)

ˆ Āyurvedic approach to health and disease: Health and disease metrics; The
multipronged approach to health and disease; Diagnosis and Treatment in āyurveda;
Diagnosis and treatment in Western medicine for comparative purpose. (4 Hours)

1001
 ˆ Āyurvedic approach to mental health: Comprehensive wellbeing in āyurveda;
Understanding of mind and consciousness; Pañcakośas; yoga; Management of men-
tal health. (4 Hours)
ˆ Āyurvedic pharmacology: Use of medicinal plants in āyurveda; āyurvedic phar-
macological metrics; āyurvedic formulations; validation of āyurvedic medicines,
Rules and regulations for the use of āyurvedic medicines, potential research areas
in medicinal plants and formulations. (4 Hours)
ˆ Āyurvedic approach to diet and nutrition: Food and health in āyurveda;
concept of diet and nutrition in āyurveda; diet and mental health; Potential research
areas. (3 Hours)
ˆ Research in Āyurveda: Current research methodologies; Research requirements
in āyurveda; Current āyurveda research; Potential research topics. (4 Hours)
ˆ Interaction with practicing vaidyas: Interaction with āyurvedic vaidyas from
different parts of the country to get a bird’s eye view of the different practices and
to hear their views on research. (4 Hours)

Textbooks:
1. Teeka of Shri. Chakrapanidatta, Edited by Yadavji Trikamji Acharya, Charaka
Samhitha with Ayurveda Deepika, Chaukambha Sanskrit Sansthan.
2. Teeka of Shri. Dalhanacharya, and Nyaya Chandrika Panjika of Shri. Gayadasacharya
on Nidana Sthana, Edited by Yadavji Trikamji Acharya, Sushruta Samhita with Ni-
bandha Samgraha, Chaukambha Sanskrit Sansthan

References:
1. Ashtanga Hrudaya with Sarvanga Sundara Teeka of Arunadatta and Ayurveda
Rasayana Teeka of Hemadri; Edited by Pandit Hari Sadashiva Sastri Paradakar,
Chaukambha Sanskrit Sansthan Srikantamurthy KR (Translator): Ashtanga Sam-
graha of Vagbhata, Chaukambha Orientalia, Varanasi, 2005.
2. Srikantamurthy KR (Translator), Sharangdhara Samhita of Sharangdhara,
Chaukambha Orientalia,Varanasi, 2000.

14.12 IK 512 : Rhythmic Structures and Applications in Music

and Musopathy
Course Code : IK 512
Course Name : Rhythmic Structures and Applications in Music and Musopa-
thy
L-T-P-C : 3-0-0-3
Intended for : BTech/MTech/MS/MSc/MA/Ph.D
Prerequisite : None
Mutual Exclusion: None
Approval: 42nd Senate

1002
Course Contents
ˆ Introduction to Rhythm: Rhythm as a Fundamental Operating Principle in
the Universe and a regulating health mechanism for all living organisms right from
heartbeat. (2 Hours)

ˆ Fundamentals of Rhythm: Understanding rhythm basics common to world mu-

sic systems; time signatures; tempo; speed and beat. (2 Hours)

ˆ Introduction to India’s approach to rhythm: Global popularity of Indian

rhythms; Concept of Laya & Tala; Parts of Talas (angas); Finger counting (Jaati
and Laghu); Pulse and Gait within beats (Gati/Nadai); Kaala and Kaalapramana;
Types of Patterns (Yatis) etc. (6 Hours)

ˆ Percussion Instruments of India: Types (Skin based, body based etc); Ancient
instruments; prominent contemporary instruments; Drum language in India. (3
Hours)

ˆ Rhythmic performances: Percussion accompaniment to melody in Carnatic and

Hindustani traditions; percussion interludes and improvisation; percussive cadenzas
and climaxes. (3 Hours)

ˆ Rhythmic Expressions Across Cultures: Examination of rhythmic complex-

ities in various world music traditions, including Indian classical, African, Latin
American, and Western music. (4 Hours)

ˆ Cognitive Aspects of Rhythm: Exploring the relationship between rhythm

and cognitive functions, including memory, attention, and motor coordination. (4
Hours)

ˆ Rhythm in Musopathy: Studying the therapeutic applications of rhythm, its

impact on psychological states, Use of Vocal Percussion in speech rehabilitation of
stroke victims or patients with other conditions. (6 Hours)

ˆ Technological Tools for Rhythmic Analysis and Creation: Introduction to

software and digital tools for rhythm analysis, creation, and its applications in music
therapy. (4 Hours)

ˆ Workshop and Case Studies: Practical workshops on creating rhythmic com-

positions; case studies on using rhythm in therapeutic settings. (8 Hours)

Laboratory/practical/tutorial Modules:
1. NA

Textbooks:
1. Sadanand Naimpali, Theory and Practice of Tabla - The Secular Rationalist
Reformer, Popular Prakashan Private Limited, 2011.

2. Sankaran, T. S., The Art of Konnakkol (Solkattu): Spoken Rhythms of

South Indian Music, Lalith Publishers, 2010.

1003
References:
1. Clayton, M., Sager, R., & Will, U., In Time with the Music: The Concept
of Entrainment and Its Significance for Ethnomusicology, ESEM Counter
Point, 2005.

2. Hartenberger, R. (Ed.), The Cambridge Companion to Percussion, Cam-

bridge University Press, 2016.

3. London, J., Hearing in Time: Psychological Aspects of Musical Meter, 2nd

Edition, Oxford University Press, 2012.

4. Sankaran, T. S., The Rhythmic Principles and Practice of South Indian

Drumming, Lalith Publishers, 1994.

5. Thaut, M. H., Rhythm, Music, and the Brain: Scientific Foundations and
Clinical Applications, Routledge, 2005.

14.13 IK 513 : Music and Musopathy Foundation

Course Code : IK 513
Course Name : Music and Musopathy Foundation
L-T-P-C : 2-0-2-3
Intended for : BTech/MTech/MS/MSc/MA/Ph.D.
Prerequisite : None
Mutual Exclusion: None
Approval: 42nd Senate

Course Contents
ˆ Music - The Macro Picture: (5 Hours)

– Universality of music: Glimpse into melody, rhythm, harmony, prominent

music systems in the world.
– Indian Music in World Arena: How and why Indian music is respected in
the world for melody, rhythm and its incredible richness and versatility and
how Indian music has impacted jazz, pop and several other cultures in the
world.
– Music & Social well-being: How music contributes to Inter-cultural har-
mony, goodwill, respect, fund-raisers for health, education etc.
– Music & Personal Evolution: How music promotes mental health and
physical wellbeing including equanimity, cognitive development, spiritual and
philosophical evolution and cardiovascular and pulmonary health among other
things.

ˆ Music in Other Fields and Regions of India: Introduction: Exploration of

different Indian music systems and their influences: Indian System in North India
and Persian Influences; Rabindra Sangeet of Eastern India; Ancient Tamil Music;
Folk Systems in various States. (3 Hours)

1004
 ˆ Introduction to Melody and Voice Exercises: (2 Hours) Theoretical Introduc-
tion to Melody and Voice Exercises: Melody, 7,12,16 note system, raga, ascending
and descending scales, concept of technical exercises. (2 Hours)
ˆ Preliminary Sequential Exercises (Varishai): Theoretical Introduction to Pre-
liminary Sequential Importance of Sequential Exercises such as Sarali and Jantai
varishais; Introduction to notation writing, Introduction to basic rhythmic concepts,
Concept of Speed (kaala) and tempo (kalapramana). (4 Hours)
ˆ Sapta Tala Alankarams: Introduction to Cyclic Rhythms of various types (Talas)
- Parts of a tala, concept of jaati (types of finger counts) and gati (internal pulse
within each unit of a tala), system of 7 (sapta) talas Exercises: Training in the 7
basic Alankaras. (4 Hours)
ˆ Ragas of Indian Music 72 Principal Scales (Melakartas) and 7 Million
Derived Scales (Janya Ragas) (4 Hours)
– Exploration of 16 Notes, 72 Melakarta scheme/structure: Permutation and
Combination of the 16 Notes, 72 Melakarta scheme/structure; 12 Chakras;
Musical Mnemonics: KaTaPaYaadi Formula (sootra) for Raga names and
numbers.
– Concept & Classification of Derived Ragas: Based on number of notes (3, 4, 5,
6, 7); based on types of sequences - (Straight or zig-zag) and based on nativity
of notes (Upanga & Bhashanga).
ˆ Geetams and Simple Devotional Songs in a few Ragas (3 Hours)

– Introduction to Practice Compositions: Geetams and Swarajatis

– Essentials of a Raga: Scale and sequence of notes (arohana and avarohana);
swara rendition, ornamentation (gamakas); hierarchy of notes etc
ˆ Music in Other Fields:L Exploration of Music’s integration with various
fields: Music & Dance; Music & Physics - concept of octaves, cycle of fourths and
fifths, Music & Mathematics - patterns and korvais; Musical Literature - works
of composers in diverse languages; Music and Philisophy; Music and Musopathy -
pulmonary, cardio, mental health, etc; Music in Indian Knowldge Systems - Vedas,
ancient Tamil culture, Puraanas and Itihaasaas. (3 Hours)

Laboratory/practical/tutorial Modules:
1. Unit 3 Practical: (8 Hours) Plain notes, oscillated notes, octave exercises, swaram,
akaaram.
2. Unit 4 Practical: (8 Hours) Exercises in swara (3 speeds), akaaram, in Sarali, Jantai,
and other Varishais.
3. Unit 5 Practical: (2 Hours) 7 Alankarams - 3 speeds in swara and akaaram; intro-
duction to prominent talas - adi, roopakam, chapu and concept of 35-talas.
4. Unit 6 Practical: (2 Hours) 72 Melaragamalika Geetam.
5. Unit 7 Practical: (8 Hours) Learn 5 Geetams and 3 Devotional Songs.

1005
Textbooks:
1. Chitravina N Ravikiran, Perfecting Carnatic Music Level 1, India, 2023. Ac-
cessed on 1st Oct 2023 at: https://acharyanet-india.myshopify.com/collections/carnatic-
books/products/perfecting-carnatic- music-level-i-e-book

2. Krishnaswami, S., Musical instruments of India, Publications Division: Min-

istry of Information & Broadcasting, 2017.

References:
1. Acharyanet, Carnatic Lessons India, 2023. Retrieved from https://www.acharyanet.com/carna
lessons-india/#plans

2. Chatterjee, G., Bhartana Yasha, Bharata’s Natyashastra (Meanings and

Expositions in English and Hindi With Abhinavagupta’s Commentary),
2023. Indian Mind

3. Ravikiran, C. N., Appreciating Carnatic Music, Ganesh & Company, 2006.

4. Shringy, R.K., & Sharma, P.L. (Trans.), Sangitaratnakara (Sangeet Ratnakara)

of Sarngadeva (Vol. One, ISBN: 9788121505086; Vol. Two, ISBN: 9788121504669),
Munshiram Manoharlal Publishers Pvt. Ltd., 2018

5. Subramaniam, L., & Subramaniam, V., Euphony (Indian Classical Music),

EastWest Books (Madras) Pvt. Ltd., 1999.

14.14 IK 514 : Introduction to Audio Engineering

Course Code : IK 514
Course Name : Introduction to Audio Engineering
L-T-P-C : 3-0-0-3
Intended for : BTech/MTech/MS/MSc/MA/Ph.D
Prerequisite : None
Mutual Exclusion: None
Approval: 42nd Senate

Course Contents
ˆ Introduction to Audio Systems: Overview of various audio systems and com-
ponents. Signal flow and interfacing standards. (5 Hours)

ˆ Fundamentals of Sound: Acoustic principles, sound wave properties, psychoa-

coustics, and human perception of sound. (10 Hours)

ˆ Microphones and Speakers: Types, designs, and applications of microphones

and speakers. Practical considerations in microphone placement and speaker setup.
(8 Hours)

1006
 ˆ Recording Technology: Multi-track recording, audio interfaces, digital audio
workstations, and recording techniques for different instruments and vocal perfor-
mances. (8 Hours)

ˆ Audio Signal Processing: Equalization, compression, reverb, delay, and other

audio effects. Use of audio processing tools in mixing and mastering. (8 Hours)

ˆ Audio for Video and Film: Techniques and challenges in audio post-production
for video and film, including synchronization, sound design, and Foley. (3 Hours)

Laboratory/practical/tutorial Modules:
1. NA

Textbooks:
1. Stanley R. Alten, Audio in Media, 10th Edition, Cengage Learning, 2014.

2. David Miles Huber, Modern Recording Techniques, 9th Edition, Focal Press,
2017.

References:
1. Bartlett, B., & Bartlett, J., Practical Recording Techniques: The Step-by-
Step Approach to Professional Audio Recording, 7th Edition, Focal Press,
2018.

2. Eargle, J., & Foreman, R., Eargle’s The Microphone Book: From Mono to
Stereo to Surround - A Guide to Microphone Design and Application,
3rd Edition, Focal Press, 2020.

3. Izhaki, R., Mixing Audio: Concepts, Practices, and Tools, 3rd Edition, Focal
Press, 2018.

14.15 IK 515 : Music and Cognition

Course Code : IK 515
Course Name : Music and Cognition
L-T-P-C : 3-0-0-3
Intended for : BTech/MTech/MS/MSc/MA/Ph.D
Prerequisite : None
Mutual Exclusion: None
Approval: 42nd Senate

Course Contents
ˆ Introduction to Music and Cognition: Basics of cognitive science and musical
structure, exploring the ways music and cognitive processes interact, and the role
of music in cognitive enhancement and therapy. (5 Hours)

1007
 ˆ Musical Perception: Delve into the cognitive processing of musical elements such
as pitch, rhythm, timbre, and melody. Explore the auditory system, musical feature
extraction, and the cognitive organization of musical sounds. (10 Hours)

ˆ Musical Memory: Understand the intricacies of short-term and long-term musical

memory and musical expectation. Examine the encoding, storage, and retrieval of
musical information. (8 Hours)

ˆ Emotion and Music: Examination of how music evokes emotional responses,

the role of musical expression, and the neuroscientific basis of musical emotions.
Understand the role of cultural and individual differences in musical emotion. (9
Hours)

ˆ Music, Intelligence, and Learning: Analysis of the Mozart Effect, exploration

of the impact of musical training on cognitive development, and the relationship
between music and spatial-temporal reasoning. (10 Hours)

Laboratory/practical/tutorial Modules:
1. NA

Textbooks:
1. Levitin, D. J., This Is Your Brain on Music: The Science of a Human
Obsession, Penguin, 2007.

2. Sloboda, J. A., The Musical Mind: The Cognitive Psychology of Music,

Oxford University Press, 1985.

References:
1. Patel, A. D., Music, Language, and the Brain, Oxford University Press, 2008.

2. Hodges, D. A., Handbook of Music Psychology, IMR Press,1996.

14.16 IK 530 : Bhagavad-Gı̄tā Part I

Course Code : IK 530
Course Name : Bhagavad-Gı̄tā Part I
L-T-P-C : 3-0-0-3
Intended for : BTech/MTech/MS/MSc/MA/Ph.D
Prerequisite : None
Mutual Exclusion: None
Approval: 42nd Senate

1008
Course Contents
ˆ Introduction to Bhagavad-Gı̄tā and Sanskrit Basics: Origins and signifi-
cance; Overview of Mahābhārata; Basics of Sanskrit language; Pronunciations and
grammar. (8 Hours)

ˆ Arjuna’s Dilemma (Chapter 1): The setting of Kurukshetra; Arjuna’s observa-

tions; Emotional conflicts and ethical issues. (6 Hours)

ˆ Transcendental Knowledge (Chapter 2): Sāṅkhya yoga; Nature of soul; Con-

cepts of Dharma and Karma; Significance of detached action. (8 Hours)

ˆ Path of Devotion (Chapter 3): Karma Yoga; Duty and righteousness; The balance
of action and inaction. (6 Hours)

ˆ Approaching the Ultimate Truth (Chapters 4-5): Knowledge and renunciation;

Concepts of Yajña and selfless action; Jñāna yoga vs. Bhakti yoga. (8 Hours)

ˆ The Science of Self-Realization (Chapter 6): Dhyāna Yoga; Practices and

principles of meditation; Achieving spiritual equilibrium. (6 Hours)

Laboratory/practical/tutorial Modules:
1. NA

Textbooks:
1. Sargeant, W., The Bhagavad-Gı̄tā, State University of New York Press, 2009.

2. Swami Satchidananda, The Living Gita: The Complete Bhagavad-Gı̄tā - A

Commentary for Modern Readers, Integral Yoga Publications, 2005

References:
1. E-learning: https://sanskrit.uohyd.ac.in

2. Easwaran, E., The Bhagavad-Gı̄tā, Nilgiri Press, 2007

3. A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada, Bhagavad-Gita As It Is, The Bhak-

tivedanta Book Trust, 1986.

14.17 IK 535: Ancient Sanskrit Literature and Scriptures

Course Code : IK 535
Course Name : Ancient Sanskrit Literature and Scriptures
L-T-P-C : 3-0-0-3
Intended for : BTech/MTech/MS/MSc/MA/Ph.D
Prerequisite : None
Mutual Exclusion: None
Approval: 42nd Senate

1009
Course Contents
ˆ Module 1: Introduction to Sanskrit Literature (4 hours)

ˆ Module 2: The Vedas (6 hours)

ˆ Module 3: The Epics (6 hours)

ˆ Module 4: Classical Sanskrit Poetry (6 hours)

ˆ Module 5: Sanskrit Drama (6 hours)

ˆ Module 6: Sanskrit Philosophy (6 hours)

ˆ Module 7: Sanskrit Religion (6 hours)

Laboratory/practical/tutorial Modules:
ˆ NA

Textbooks:
1. Adelaide Rudolph, Nala and Damayanti: A Love-Tale of East India.

2. Eknath Easwaran (Translator), The Bhagavad-Gı̄tā.

3. Eknath Easwaran (Translator), The Upanishads.

4. Arthur W. Ryder (Translator), Kalidasa: The Recognition of Shakuntala.

References:
1. Krishna Kumar, Alankarshastrakaitihas, Sahityabhandar, 1975.

2. P. V. Kane, Sanskrit Kavyashastrakaitihas, MLBD, 1994.

3. S.K. De, History of Sanskrit Poetics, Oriental Book Centre, 2006.

4. Babulal Shukla, Kavyaprakash, Nag Prakashan, 1995.

14.18 IK 536 : Introduction to Vedanta Philosophy

Course Code : IK 536
Course Name : Introduction to Vedanta Philosophy
L-T-P-C : 3-0-0-3
Intended for : BTech/MTech/MS/MSc/MA/Ph.D
Prerequisite : None
Mutual Exclusion: None
Approval: 42nd Senate

1010
Course Contents
ˆ Introduction to Hindu Philosophy (8 Hours)

– Brief Discussion on Veda and Upanishads

– Origin of Hindu Philosophy

ˆ Charvaka Philosophy (3 Hours)

– Epistemology
– Metaphysics

ˆ Samkhya Philosophy (6 Hours)

– Metaphysics, Theory of Causation, Prakr.ti, Purusa, Evolution

– Epistemology, Bondage, and Liberation

ˆ Yoga Philosophy (4 Hours)

– Organization of the Yoga Sūtras, Psychology of Yoga

– The Eight-Fold Yoga, God, and Liberation

ˆ Nyaya Philosophy (9 Hours)

– Epistemology, Theory of Causation

– Self and Liberation, The Concept of God

ˆ Mimansa Philosophy (5 Hours)

– Epistemology, Theories of Error

– Metaphysics, Nature of Self, God, and Liberation

ˆ Vaisesika Philosophy (6 Hours)

– Metaphysics and the Categories

– Epistemology, The Concept of God, Bondage, and Liberation

Textbooks:
1. Chatterjee, S.G. & Datta, D.M., An Introduction to Indian Philosophy, Uni-
versity of Calcutta Press, 1960.

2. Sharma, C., A Critical Survey of Indian Philosophy, Motilal Banarasidass

Publication, 1964.

1011
References:
1. Muller, F.M., The Six Systems of Indian Philosophy, Longmans Green and
Co. Publication, 1928.

2. Barlingay, S.S., A Modern Introduction to Indian Logic, National Publishing

House, 1965.

3. Chatterjee, S.C., The Nyaya Theory of Knowledge, University of Calcutta

Press, 1950.

4. Journal of Indian Philosophy: https://www.springer.com/journal/10781.

5. Encyclopaedia of Britannica on Indian Philosophy: https://www.britannica.com/topic/Ind

philosophy.

14.19 IK 538 : Basic Sanskrit Grammar and Semantics

Course Code : IK 538
Course Name : Basic Sanskrit Grammar and Semantics
L-T-P-C : 3-0-0-3
Intended for : BTech/MTech/MS/MSc/MA/Ph.D
Prerequisite : IK 540 Bhagavad-Gı̄tā Part II or equivalent understanding of chapters
7-12.
Mutual Exclusion: None
Approval: 42nd Senate

Course Contents
ˆ Introduction: Introduction to the Samskrit grammatical tradition. (2 hours)

ˆ Varnamālā and Pratyāhāra: Scientific division of varn.amala, uccāran.a sthāna,

Śiva Sūtra, pratyāhāra, optimality of pratyāhāra Sūtras through Formal Concept
Analysis. (5 hours)

ˆ Kāraka prakaran.am: Introduction to the kāraka system of Pān.ini, origin of de-

pendency grammar, use of kāraka theory in Indian language technology, Information
coding in language. (5 hours)

ˆ Prakr.ti Pratyaya Vyavastha and Pada: Pada formation in Samskrit, Pratipādika,

dhātu, introduction to Gana-patha and Dhātu-patha. (3 hours)

ˆ It Prakarana as attribute marking: Definition of “it”, introducing anuvr.tti as

well as Pān.inian style of rules. (2 hours)

ˆ Subanta -prakaran.a: Sup pratyaya, ajanta, halanta, declension examples, Con-

cept of Stree Pratyaya. (6 hours)

ˆ Tiṅganta -prakaran.a: parasmaipada, ātmanepada, lakāra, gan.a. (5 hours)

ˆ Avyaya and Upasarga, Viśes.an.a Viśes.ya Sambandha (2 hours)

1012
 ˆ Kr.danta (4 hours)

ˆ Sandhi-prakaran.a and big picture of As.t.ādhyāyı̄ : Types of Sūtras, prakriya-

vidhi and Sandhi Sūtras. (3 hours)

ˆ Structure of As.t.ādhyāyı̄ : Siddha, Asiddha and Asiddhavat; Utsarga Apavāda

Vyavasthā. (1 hours)

ˆ Taddhitas (1 hours)

ˆ Nijanta and Sannanta (1 hour)

ˆ Word formation through nāma-dhātu (1 hour)

ˆ Compound formation: samāsa (1 hours)

Laboratory/practical/tutorial Modules:
1. NA

Textbooks:
1. Pushpa Dikshit, As.t.ādhyāyı̄ with Prakaran.a Nirdeśa, Samskrita Bhārati, New
Delhi, 2010.

2. Srisa Chandra Vasu, Siddhānta Kaumudı̄ of Bhattoji Dı̄ks.ita, Vol. I-III, The
Pān.ini Office, Allahabad, 1906.

3. Teaching Tolls: Online and Offline tools for better teaching practices,
teaching with examples and case studies. Online resource: https://dharmawiki.org/index.ph

References:
1. Gopal Dutt Pandey (Ed.), As.t.ādhyāyı̄ of Pān.ini, Chaukhamba Surbharati Prakashan,
Varanasi, 2017.

2. Wiebke Petersen. (2004), A Mathematical Analysis of Pān.ini’s SivaSūtras.

In: JoLLI. 13 (4), p. 471-489.

3. Akshar Bharati and Rajeev Sangal. 1990. A karaka-based approach to parsing

of Indian languages. In Proceedings of the 13th conference on Computational
linguistics - Volume 3 (COLING ’90). Association for Computational Linguistics,
USA, 25–29.

4. The As.t.ādhyāyı̄ Sūtrapāt.ha of Pān.ini, with Vārtikas, Gan.a, Dhātupāt.ha,

Pān.iniya-śiks.ā and Paribhās.āpāt.ha, second edition, edited by C. Sankara Rama
Shastri, printed and published by The Shri Bala Manorama Press, Mylapore, Madras,
1937.

5. Shrish Chandra Vasu, The As.t.ādhyāyı̄ of Pān.ini, translated into English,

first published in 1891, reprinted by Motilal Benarsidass, 1962.

6. NLP: A Pān.inian perspective, Akshar Bharati, 1995.

1013
7. Samskrita Bharati books on Vyakarana (https://www.samskritabharati.in/vyakaranam)

(a) Shivaram Ramkrishna Bhatt, Vyakarana Prashna Kosha, Samskrita Bharati,

New Delhi, 2016.
(b) G. Mahabaleshwar Bhatt, Karakam, Samskrita Bharati, Bengaluru, 2014.
(c) Janardan Hegde, Dhaturupa Nandini, Samskrita Bharati, New Delhi, 2013.
(d) G. Mahabaleshwar Bhatt, Sandhi, Samskrita Bharati, Bengaluru, 2015.
(e) G. Mahabaleshwar Bhatt, Samasa, Samskrita Bharati, Bengaluru, 2015
(f) G. Mahabaleshwar Bhatt, Shatru Shanajanta Manjari, Samskrita Bharati,
Bengaluru, 2015.

8. Samskrit Promotion Foundation books in ‘Samskrit for Specific Purpose Series’

(https://www.samskritpromotion.in/bookstore)

(a) Raghavendra P. Arolli and others, The Language of Vastushastra, Sam-

skrit Promotion Foundation.
(b) Vishnu Prasad Upadhyay and others, The Language of Administration,
Samskrit Promotion Foundation.
(c) Pradip Paudel and others, The Language of Arts, Samskrit Promotion
Foundation.
(d) Ganamoorthi K. and others, The Language of Dharmashastra, Samskrit
Promotion Foundation.
(e) Vishnu Prasad Upadhyay and others, The Language of Arthashastra,
Samskrit Promotion Foundation.
(f) Raghavendra and others, Nyayasutrani The Language of Nyayasastra,
Samskrit Promotion Foundation.
(g) Raghuram Bhatta and others, The Language of Ayurveda (Parts I-IV),
Samskrit Promotion Foundation.
(h) Devershi Agustya, The Language of Jyotisha, Samskrit Promotion Foun-
dation.
(i) Kirori Singh Chouhan, The Language of Mahabharata (Parts I & II),
Samskrit Promotion Foundation.
(j) Pramod Shukla and Vishnu Prasad Upadhyaya, The Language of Sub-
hashitas, Samskrit Promotion Foundation.
(k) Satyanarayana and Vishnu Prasad Upadhyaya, The Language of Rāmāyan.a,
Samskrit Promotion Foundation.
(l) Ganesh Ishwar Bhat and others, The Language of Vedanta (Parts I-IV),
Samskrit Promotion Foundation.
(m) Vishwasa and others, The Language of Gita (Parts I-IV), Samskrit Promo-
tion Foundation.
(n) Jayaraman Mohan, The Language of Yoga (Parts I-IV), Samskrit Promo-
tion Foundation.

1014
14.20 IK 539 : Sanskrit and Technology: An Overview
Course Code : IK 539
Course Name : Sanskrit and Technology: An Overview
L-T-P-C : 3-0-0-3
Intended for : BTech/MTech/MS/MSc/MA/Ph.D
Prerequisite : IK 540 Bhagavad-Gı̄tā Part II or equivalent understanding of chapters
7-12.
Mutual Exclusion: None
Approval: 42nd Senate

Course Contents
ˆ Interactive Sanskrit Teaching Learning Tools: (12 hours)

– Introduction to Interactive Sanskrit Learning Tools, Why Interactive Tools for

Sanskrit?
* E-learning, Basics of Multimedia, Web-based tools development, HTML,
Web page, etc., Tools and Techniques

ˆ Standard for Indian Languages (Unicode) (9 hours)

– Nature of Devanagari/Brahmni scripts, Concept of Aksharas, Conjuncts, and

Script grammar.
* Typing in Devanagari Scripts, Typing Tools and Software

ˆ Text Processing and Preservation Tools (12 hours)

– Text Processing, Preservation Techniques, Text Processing and Preservation

Tools, and
* Techniques, Survey

ˆ Optical Character Reader: Word generation, word analysis, compound forma-

tion, sandhi generation and splitting, sentence analysis, Optical Character Reader
(OCR), Applications of OCR for Sanskrit and Indian Languages, Tool and Tech-
niques, Survey. (12 hours)

Textbooks:

1. NA

Suggested Reading:

1. Teacher’s notes, ppt, and handout

2. Bharti A., R. Sangal, V. Chaitanya, “NL, Complexity Theory and Logic” in

Foundations of Software Technology and Theoretical Computer Science, Springer,
1990.

1015
 3. E-Content suggested by Teacher

4. Tools developed by Computational Linguistics Group, Department of Sanskrit, Uni-

versity of Delhi, Delhi-110007 available at: http://sanskrit.du.ac.in

5. Basic concept and issues of multimedia: http://www.newagepublishers.com/samplechapter/001697

6. Content creation and E-learning in Indian languages: a model: http://eprints.rclis.org/7189/1/vija

7. HTML Tutorial - W3Schools: www.w3schools.com/html

8. The Unicode Consortium: http://unicode.org/

14.21 IK 540 : Bhagavad-Gı̄tā Part II

Course Code : IK 540
Course Name : Bhagavad-Gı̄tā Part II
L-T-P-C : 3-0-0-3
Intended for : BTech/MTech/MS/MSc/MA/Ph.D
Prerequisite : IK 530 Bhagavad-Gı̄tā Part I or equivalent understanding of the first
six chapters.
Mutual Exclusion: None
Approval: 42nd Senate

Course Contents
ˆ Knowledge and Wisdom (Chapter 7): The difference between Jñāna and Vijnāna;
Various forms of knowledge; Understanding the Supreme. (6 Hours)

ˆ The Imperishable Brahman (Chapter 8): The eternal and perishable aspects of
creation; Process of dying and rebirth; Ultimate goals of life. (6 Hours)

ˆ The Royal Knowledge and Royal Secret (Chapter 9): Deeper insights into
devotion; Royal knowledge and its significance; Manifest and unmanifest forms of
the divine. (8 Hours)

ˆ Manifestation of the Universal Form (Chapter 10): Divine glories; Different

manifestations and opulences of the Supreme Being. (6 Hours)

ˆ The Vision of the Universal Form (Chapter 11): Arjuna’s vision of the cos-
mic form; The infinite power of the divine; Comprehending the magnitude of the
universe. (8 Hours)

ˆ The Way of Love (Chapter 12): Understanding Bhakti yoga; The qualities of a
true devotee; Paths to spiritual realization. (6 Hours)

Laboratory/practical/tutorial Modules:
1. NA

1016
Textbooks:
1. Sargeant, W., The Bhagavad-Gı̄tā, State University of New York Press, 2009.

2. Swami Satchidananda, The Living Gita: The Complete Bhagavad-Gı̄tā - A

Commentary for Modern Readers, Integral Yoga Publications, 2005

References:
1. E-learning: https://sanskrit.uohyd.ac.in

2. Easwaran, E., The Bhagavad-Gı̄tā, Nilgiri Press, 2007

3. A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada, Bhagavad-Gita As It Is, The Bhak-

tivedanta Book Trust, 1986.

14.22 IK 541 : Upanishads and Vedanta Studies

Course Code : IK 541
Course Name : Upanishads and Vedanta Studies
L-T-P-C : 3-0-0-3
Intended for : BTech/MTech/MS/MSc/MA/Ph.D
Prerequisite : IK 536 Introduction to Hindu Philosophy or equivalent foundational
knowledge in Hindu philosophy
Mutual Exclusion: None
Approval: 42nd Senate

Course Contents
ˆ Introduction to Upanishads (5 Hours)

– Overview and Historical Context

– Importance and Influence on Hindu Thought
– Classification and Principal Upanishads

ˆ Core Teachings of Upanishads (8 Hours)

– Concepts of Brahman and Atman Understanding of Māyā (Illusion)

– The Doctrine of Karma and Rebirth
– The Nature of Reality: Advaita, Dvaita, and Viśis.t.ādvaita views

ˆ Deep Dive into Selected Upanishads (6 Hours)

– Isha Upanishad: Vision of Oneness

– Kat.ha Upanishad: Dialogue on Death and Immortality
– Chāndogya Upanishad: Meditation and Rituals

ˆ Vedanta Philosophy (7 Hours)

– Introduction to Vedānta Darśana

1017
 – Brahma Sūtras and their significance
– Advaita Vedanta of Ādi Śaṅkarācārya
– Rāmānuja’s Viśis.t.ādvaita
– Vedanta Madhva’s Dvaita Vedanta

ˆ Contemporary Interpretations (8 Hours)

– Modern Vedantic Teachers: Raman.a Maharshi, Vivekananda, Aurobindo

– The Theosophical interpretation of Upanishads and Vedanta Interactions with
Western Philosophy and New Age Thought

ˆ Upanishads, Vedanta, and Daily Life (4 Hours)

– Spiritual practices derived from Upanishadic teachings

– Vedantic approach to modern challenges: Stress, Identity, and Morality
– Upanishadic view on Ecology and Environment

ˆ Wrap up and Reflection (4 Hours)

– Student presentations on selected topics

– Group discussions on the application of Upanishadic teachings in contempo-
rary life
– Closing reflections and the way forward

Textbooks:
1. Radhakrishnan, S., The Principal Upanishads, Harper Collins, 1992.

2. Deussen, P., Sixty Upanishads of the Veda (Vol. 1 & 2), Motilal Banarsidass,
2010.

References:
1. Vivekananda, S., Jnana Yoga, Ramakrishna-Vivekananda Center, 1955.

2. Swami Sivananda, Upanishads in Story and Dialogue, Divine Life Society,

2019.

3. Sharma, C., A Critical Survey of Indian Philosophy, Motilal Banarasidass

Publication, 1964.

4. Easwaran, E., The Upanishads: A Classic of Indian Spirituality, Nilgiri

Press, 2007.

5. Rukmani, T. S., A Critical Study of the Bhagavata Purana: With Special

Reference to Bhakti, Chowkhamba Sanskrit Series, 2001.

1018
14.23 IK 542 : Machine Learning for Sanskrit Text Analysis
Course Code : IK 542
Course Name : Upanishads and Vedanta Studies
L-T-P-C : 3-0-0-3
Intended for : BTech/MTech/MS/MSc/MA/Ph.D
Prerequisite : Basic Computer Fundamentals
Mutual Exclusion: None
Approval: 42nd Senate

Course Contents
ˆ Vyakaran: Phonetics in Ancient India, W S Allen 1971, Sandhi, W S Wallen,
Morphology, Syntax, Karaka Analysis, Indian Theories of Meaning, Philosophy
of Word and Meaning, Sanskrit Philosophy of Language, Logic, Language, Real-
ity. The Sanskrit Language: An Overview - History and Structure, Linguistic and
Philosophical Representations, Annotation schemes for sandhi, morph, compound,
karaka, An introduction to sanskrit language and linguistics. (12 Hours)

ˆ Natural Language Processing – 1: Overview of NLP and its applications,

Historical perspective and evolution of NLP, Challenges in natural language under-
standing and generation, Basic linguistic concepts (syntax, semantics, pragmatics),
Text Processing and Preprocessing, Language Models and Probability in NLP. (12
hours)

ˆ Machine Learning-1(Introductory): Definition of Machine Learning, Applica-

tions of Machine Learning, Overview of the Machine Learning Process, Machine
Learning for NLP, Project Work and Presentations on NLP. (16 hours)

Textbooks:
1. Akshar Bharati, Vineet Chaitanya, Rajeev Sangal, NLP: A Pān.inian perspec-
tive, prentice hall of India, 1995

2. Daniel Jurafsky and James H Martin, Speech and Language Processing.

3. Explorations in Artificial Intelligence and Machine Learning, A CRC Press

FreeBook, Taylor and Francis Group

4. Dr. Naresh Jha, Ashtadhyayi of Pān.ini, Chaukhamba Surbharati Prakashan,

2014

5. Amba Kulkarni, Sanskrit Parsing: Based on the Theories of Shabdabodha,

D K Printworld and IIAS Shimla, 2019.

6. Kapil Kapoor, Dimensions of Pān.ini Grammar, D K Print World, 2020

1019
References:
1. Bloomfield, Language, Motilal Banarsidass.

2. Prof. Korada Subramaniyam, Theories of Language: Oriental and Occiden-

tal.

3. Institute Franciasde Pondicherry, RS Vidyapeeth, 2006

4. M Sriman Narayan Murti, An introduction to Sanskrit Linguistics, DK Pub-

lications.

5. Mark Lutz, Programming Python: Powerful Object-Oriented Program-

ming, 4th Edition, O’Reilly, 2011.

14.24 IK 547 : Sanskrit Poetry and Drama

Course Code : IK 547
Course Name : Sanskrit Poetry and Drama
L-T-P-C : 3-0-0-3
Intended for : BTech/MTech/MS/MSc/MA/Ph.D
Prerequisite : None
Mutual Exclusion: None
Approval: 42nd Senate

Course Contents
ˆ Introduction to Literary Discourse (15 Hours)

– Definition of Vanmaya, Sahitya, Kavya and Śāstra

– Indian Traditions of Kavya (Vedic & Laukika)
– Kavya Composed in Regional Languages

ˆ Indian View (15 Hours)

– Purpose of Poetry: Bhāratı̄ya View

– Foundations of Poetry- Kāvyahetu
– Śabdavr.ttis: Abhidha, Tatparya Vr.tti, Laksana, and Vyanjana
– Methods of Determining Meaning (In the Light of Dhwani-Siddhanta) Literary
Theory

ˆ Literary Theory (15 Hours)

– Theories of Literary Criticism. Rasa, Alankara & Riti, Dhwani, Vakrokti &
Auchitya, Rules of Editing - Abhinavagupta, Abhinavbharati
– Concept of Sahrdaya
– Concept & Types of Rasa and Bhava

ˆ Contemporary Literary Criticism (15 Hours)

1020
 – Contemporary Literary Criticism - Alam Brahmavada, Chamatkaravada
– Pañcakalpavada
– Brief Survey of Western Literary Criticism

Textbooks:
1. Kane, P.V., History of Sanskrit Poetics, Motilal Banarsidass, 1971.

2. Ram Avadh Dwivedi and Vikrmaditya Rai, Literary Criticism, Motilal Banarsi-
dass, 1988.

3. Sharma, Mukund Madhav, The Dhvani Theory in Sanskrit Poetics, Chowkhamba

Sanskrit Series Office, 1968.

4. Triloknath Jha, An Exposition of Vyakti Vivek, Mithila Research Institute.

5. Mangal Pati Jha, An Exposition of the Chitra Mimansa, Mithila Research

Institute.

References:
1. NA

Note: The reading list will be updated from time to time.

14.25 IK 548 : Advanced NLP Techniques for Indian Languages

Course Code : IK 548
Course Name : Advanced NLP Techniques for Indian Languages
L-T-P-C : 3-0-0-3
Intended for : BTech/MTech/MS/MSc/MA/Ph.D
Prerequisite :
Mutual Exclusion: None
Approval: 42nd Senate

Course Contents
ˆ Natural Language Processing with Classification and Vector Spaces

– Sentiment Analysis with logistic Regression (Total = 6 Hours)

* 15 videos - Total 84 minutes
* 13 readings - Total 100 minutes 1 quiz - Total 30 minutes
– Sentiment Analysis with Naive Bayes (6 Hours)
* 13 videos - Total 44 minutes
* 12 readings - Total 111 minutes
* 1 quiz - Total 30 minutes
– Vector Space Models ( 5 hours )

1021
 * 10 videos - Total 28 minutes
* 10 readings - Total 91 minutes
* 1 quiz - Total 30 minutes
– Machine Translation And Document Search (6 Hours)
* 11 videos - Total 68 minutes
* 10 readings - Total 91 minutes
* 1 quiz - Total 30 minutes

ˆ Natural Language Processing with Probabilistic Models

– Autocorrect ( 4 hours )
* 11 videos - Total 31 minutes
* 10 readings - Total 37 minutes
* 1 quiz - Total 30 minutes
– Part Of Speech Tagging and Hidden Markov Models ( 5 hours )
* 13 videos - Total 42 minutes
* 12 readings - Total 66 minutes
* 1 quiz - Total 30 minutes
– Autocomplete and Language Models ( 5 hours )
* 11 videos - Total 53 minutes
* 10 readings - Total 70 minutes
* 1 quiz - Total 30 minutes
– Word embedding with neural networks ( 8 hours )
* 22 videos - Total 73 minutes
* 22 readings - Total 88 minutes
* 1 quiz - Total 30 minutes

ˆ Natural Language Processing with Sequence Models

– Neural Networks For Sentiment Analysis ( 6 hours )

* 11 videos - Total 39 minutes
* 10 readings - Total 51 minutes
* 1 quiz - Total 30 minutes
– Recurrent Neural Networks For Language Modeling ( 6 hours )
* 10 videos - Total 28 minutes
* 9 readings - Total 44 minutes
* 1 quiz - Total 30 minutes
– LSTMs and Named Entity Recognition ( 5 hours )
* 8 videos - Total 25 minutes
* 10 readings - Total 53 minutes
* 1 quiz - Total 30 minutes
– Siamese Networks ( 6 hours )

1022
 * 10 videos - Total 35 minutes
* 10 readings - Total 50 minutes
* 1 quiz - Total 30 minutes

ˆ Natural Language Processing with Attention Models

– Neural Machine Translation ( 7 hours )

* 15 videos - Total 88 minutes
* 6 readings - Total 37 minutes
* 1 quiz - Total 30 minutes
– Text Summarization ( 5 hours )
* 10 videos - Total 39 minutes
* 8 readings - Total 62 minutes
* 1 quiz - Total 30 minutes
– Question Answering ( 11 hours )
* 16 videos - Total 60 minutes
* 16 readings - Total 242 minutes
* 1 quiz - Total 30 minutes
– Chatbot ( 6 hours )
* 9 videos - Total 63 minutes
* 13 readings - Total 141 minutes
* 1 quiz - Total 30 minutes

Textbooks:
1. Sue Knight, NLP at Work

2. Shelle Rose Charvet, Words that change minds.

3. Robert Dilts, Sleight of mouth.

4. Lynne Cooper, Business NLP for dummies.

5. Mind line

References:
1. NA

14.26 IK 551 : Bhagavad-Gı̄tā Part III

Course Code : IK 551
Course Name : Bhagavad-Gı̄tā Part III
L-T-P-C : 3-0-0-3
Intended for : BTech/MTech/MS/MSc/MA/Ph.D

1023
 Prerequisite : IK 540 Bhagavad-Gı̄tā Part II or equivalent understanding of chapters
7-12.
Mutual Exclusion: None
Approval: 42nd Senate

Course Contents
ˆ The Field and the Knower (Chapter 13): Understanding Prakr.iti and Purus.ha;
Nature of the physical and metaphysical; Realization of the Self. (6 Hours)

ˆ The Threefold Path (Chapter 14): The three Gun.as – Sattva, Rajas, and Tamas;
Their influence on human behavior; Transcending the Gun.as. (6 Hours)

ˆ The Supreme Self (Chapter 15): The cosmic tree; The eternal and perishable
aspects; The ultimate purpose of life. (6 Hours)

ˆ The Divine and the Demoniacal Natures (Chapter 16): Distinguishing the
two natures; Their manifestations and implications; Path to liberation. (6 Hours)

ˆ The Threefold Path to Salvation (Chapter 17): Understanding Faith; Different

types of sacrifices; The role of Om, Tat, and Sat. (6 Hours)

ˆ Freedom through Renunciation (Chapter 18): The essence of renunciation;

Renunciation vs. relinquishment; The culmination of the Gita’s teachings. (8
Hours)

Laboratory/practical/tutorial Modules:
1. NA

Textbooks:
1. Sargeant, W., The Bhagavad-Gı̄tā, State University of New York Press, 2009.

2. Swami Satchidananda, The Living Gita: The Complete Bhagavad-Gı̄tā - A

Commentary for Modern Readers, Integral Yoga Publications, 2005

References:
1. E-learning: https://sanskrit.uohyd.ac.in

2. Easwaran, E., The Bhagavad-Gı̄tā, Nilgiri Press, 2007

3. A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada, Bhagavad-Gita As It Is, The Bhak-

tivedanta Book Trust, 1986.

1024
14.27 IK 552 : Selected Topics in Rāmāyan.a
Course Code : IK 552
Course Name : Selected Topics in Rāmāyan.a
L-T-P-C : 3-0-0-3
Intended for : BTech/MTech/MS/MSc/MA/Ph.D
Prerequisite : None
Mutual Exclusion: None
Approval: 42nd Senate

Course Contents
ˆ Understanding the Multiplicity of the Rāmāyan.a (10 Hours)

– The concept of multiple Rāmāyan.as and their origins

– Examination of traditional texts with divine origins
– Exploration of reverential texts developed beyond India
– Study of texts deviating significantly from Vālmı̄ki’s core story
– Analyzing the popularity and contemporary relevance of traditional Rāmāyan.as

ˆ Rāmāyan.a’s Influence on Indian Literature and Arts (10 Hours)

– The Rāmāyan.a as an ’Upajı̄vya’ or Indian literature

– Its influence on folk, classical, and contemporary arts
– The character of Maryāda Purushottam Ram
– Delving into human and human-nature relationships in the Rāmāyan.a

ˆ Characters, Governance, and Society (10 Hours)

– Analyzing the portrayal of women: Sı̄tā, Mandodarı̄, Tārā, Anasūyā, Kaikeyı̄,

Urmilā, Swayamprabhā
– Unpacking the ideals of ’Rāma Rājya’
– Role and significance of r.s.is in society

ˆ Engaging with Valmiki’s Text (12 Hours)

– Detailed reading and interpretation of the Vālmı̄ki Rāmāyan.a text, focusing

on Balkān.d.a, Chapter 1
– Learning key features and linguistic richness of the original Sanskrit text
– Group discussions on interpretation and relevance in modern context

1025
Textbooks:
1. T.R. Krishnacharya & T.R. Vyasacharya, Srimad Valmiki Rāmāyan.a of Valmiki
(Critical Edition, with Commentary of Shri Govindaraja) (5 Volumes), Nirnayasagar
Press.
¯
2. https://www.indianculture.gov.in/rarebooks/srimad-valmiki-R{a}m ¯
{a}ya{
. n}a-critical-
edition-commentar y-sri-govindaraja
3. Baladev Upadhyaya, Vaidic Sahitya Aur Samskrti (Hindi), Sharada Niketana,
2001.

References:
1. Acharya Lokamani Dahl, Samskrita Sahityetihasah (Sanskrit), Choukhamba
Sanskrit Series, Varanasi, 2005.
2. Raghunathan, N., Srimad Valmiki Rāmāyan.a (English translation), Vighneswara
Publishing House, 2001.
3. Goldman, R. P. (Ed.)., The Rāmāyan.a of Valmiki: An Epic of Ancient
India, Princeton University Press, 2005.
4. Brockington, J., The Sanskrit Epics, Brill, 1998.
5. Lutgendorf, P., The Life of a Text: Performing the Ramcaritmanas of
Tulsidas, University of California Press, 1999.

14.28 IK 553: Pān.ini Ashtadhyayi

Course Code : IK 553
Course Name : Pān.ini Ashtadhyayi
L-T-P-C : 3-0-0-3
Intended for : BTech/MTech/MS/MSc/MA/Ph.D
Prerequisite : None
Mutual Exclusion: None
Approval: 42nd Senate

Course Contents
ˆ Module 1: Introduction to the Ashtadhyayi (4 hours)

ˆ Module 2: Basic Concepts of the Ashtadhyayi (4 hours)

ˆ Module 3: Generation of Sanskrit Words (6 hours)

ˆ Module 4: Analysis of Sanskrit Words (6 hours)

ˆ Module 5: Sanskrit Morphology (6 hours)

ˆ Module 6: Sanskrit Syntax (6 hours)

ˆ Module 7: Advanced Topics in the Ashtadhyayi (6 hours)

1026
Laboratory/practical/tutorial Modules:
ˆ NA

Textbooks & References:

1. C. Sankara Rama Shastri (Editor),The As.t.ādhyāyı̄ Sūtrapāt.ha of Pān.ini,
with Vārtikas, Gan.a, Dhātupāt.ha, Pān.iniya-śiks.ā and Paribhās.āpāt.ha,
2nd Edition, Shri Bala Manorama Press, 1937.
2. English Translation by Shrish Chandra Vasu,The As.t.ādhyāyı̄ of Pān.ini, first
published in 1891, reprinted by Motilal Benarsidass, 1962.
3. NLP: A Pān.inian perspective, Akshar Bharati, 1995.
4. Subhash C. Kak, The Pranian Approach to Natural Language Processing,
1987.

14.29 IK 554: Bhagwat Saṅkhya

Course Code : IK 554
Course Name : Bhagwat Saṅkhya
L-T-P-C : 3-0-0-3
Intended for : BTech/MTech/MS/MSc/MA/Ph.D
Prerequisite : None
Mutual Exclusion: None
Approval: 42nd Senate

Course Contents
ˆ Introduction to Saṅkhya Philosophy: Origins and significance; Historical con-
text; Basic tenets and components of Saṅkhya. (6 Hours)
ˆ Bhagwat Saṅkhya vs. Classical Saṅkhya: Differences in cosmology; Role of
the divine; Theistic vs. atheistic viewpoints. (8 Hours)
ˆ Purusha and Prakr.ti in Bhagwat Saṅkhya: Understanding consciousness and
matter; The interplay between the two; Reflections in Bhāgavatam. (7 Hours)
ˆ Evolutes of Prakriti: The process of cosmic evolution; Understanding Mahat,
Ahaṅkāra, and Tanmātras; The evolution of sense organs. (8 Hours)
ˆ The Concept of Devotion in Bhagwat Saṅkhya: Integration of Bhakti; De-
votional practices; Relevance in contemporary spirituality. (7 Hours)
ˆ Bhagwat Sankhya’s Influence and Legacy: Influence on later Vedic texts; Res-
onance in modern-day spirituality and practices; Critical views and interpretations.
(6 Hours)

Laboratory/practical/tutorial Modules:
ˆ NA

1027
Textbooks :
1. Kapila, S., Teachings of Lord Kapila, the Son of Devahuti, The Bhak-
tivedanta Book Trust, 2007.

2. Virupakshananda, S., Samkhya Karika of Isvara Krsna, Sri Ramakrishna Math,

2022.

References :
1. Larson, G.J., Classical Sām
. khya: An Interpretation of its History and
Meaning, Motilal Banarsidass Publishers, 2011.

2. Radhakrishnan, S., Indian Philosophy, Vol. 2., Oxford University Press, 2008.

14.30 IK 555 : Selected Topics in Mahābhārata

Course Code : IK 555
Course Name : Selected Topics in Mahābhārata
L-T-P-C : 3-0-0-3
Intended for : BTech/MTech/MS/MSc/MA/Ph.D
Prerequisite : None
Mutual Exclusion: None
Approval: 42nd Senate

Course Contents
ˆ The period of Mahābhārata: Textual and traditional sources, as well as modern
data, calendars (samvat) of Yudhis.t.hira, Kr.s.n.a, and Vikram, the core story, and
review of other versions (Indians and others) (6 Hours)

ˆ 10 stories about 10 laks.an.a of dharma: A complete grantha, i.e., an encyclo-

pedia to teach about subtleties of dharma and samsāra Dhr.ti (Gaṅga avataran),
ks.amā (Vasis.t.ha and Viśvāmitra), dama (Yayāti and Puru), asteya (Yudhis.t.hira-
Yaks.asamvāda), śauca, indriyanigraha (dharma vyādha’supadeśa on indriya-nigraha),
dhı̄ (Savitri), vidyā (tale of man-tiger-snake-elephant from Strı̄Parva), satyam (Harischan-
dra/Satyakam), akrodha (X), Mahābhārata as one of the two source-books (Up-
jeevya) for much of Indian literature, and arts (folk, classical, and contemporary
arts). (8Hours)

ˆ Vidura-nı̄ti and Bhagavad Gı̄tā 6: Bhı̄s.ma’s upadeśa to Yudhis.t.hira about

politics and governance. Unit 4: Political boundaries of Bharat-vars.a 8 (6 Hours)
Strı̄vimarśa in Mahābhārata. (6 Hours)

Textbooks:
1. Translated by M.N. Dutt, Ed. By Dr. Ishvar Chandra Sharma and Dr. O.N. Bimali,
Mahābhārata of Vyāsa (With English translation), Parimal Publications, 2008.

1028
 2. Baladev Upadhyaya, Vaidic Sahitya Aur Samskrti (Hindi), Sharada Niketana,
2001.

3. Acharya Lokamani Dahl, Samskrita Sahityetihasah (Sanskrit), Choukhamba

Sanskrit Series, 2005.

References:
1. Easwaran, E., The Bhagavad-Gı̄tā, Nilgiri Press, 2007.

2. A.C. Bhaktivedanta and Swami Prabhupada, Bhagavad-Gita As It Is, The Bhak-

tivedanta Book Trust, 1986.

14.31 IK 556 : Sūrya Siddhānta

Course Code : IK 556
Course Name : Sūrya Siddhānta
L-T-P-C : 3-0-0-3
Intended for : BTech/MTech/MS/MSc/MA/Ph.D
Prerequisite : None
Mutual Exclusion: None
Approval: 42nd Senate

Course Contents
ˆ Introduction to Sūrya Siddhānta (12 Hours)

– Historical Context and Origin. Overview of the key concepts.

– Significance in Indian Astronomy.
– Introduction to Indian calendrical computations.

ˆ Time Measurement and Planetary Models (10 Hours)

– Concepts of time: Yugas, Kalpas, Manvantaras.

– Day and Night calculation, Solar and Lunar days.
– Sidereal, Tropical, and Anomalistic months.
– Planetary models: Epicycles and Eccentricities.

ˆ Mathematics in Sūrya Siddhānta (10 Hours)

– Trigonometric concepts: Sine, Cosine and R sine tables.

– Mathematical techniques for astronomical computations.
– Determining the positions of planets.
– Eclipses: Calculation and Prediction.

ˆ Applications and Impacts (10 Hours)

– Influence on later astronomical texts and practices.

1029
 – Comparison with other Siddhantas.
– Contemporary relevance and applications.
– Cross-cultural influences and exchanges with other astronomical traditions.

Textbooks:
1. Chakravarty, A. K., The Suryasiddhanta: the astronomical principles of the
text, Asiatic Society, 2001.

2. Burgess, E., Translation of the Surya Siddhanta: A Text-Book of Hindu

Astronomy, Yale University Press, 1860.

References:
1. Gangooly, P. (Ed.)., The Súrya Siddhánta: A textbook of Hindu astronomy,
Motilal Banarsidass Publishers, 1997.

2. Digital Resource on Surya Siddhanta: https://www.wilbourhall.org/pdfs/suryaEnglish.pdf

14.32 IK 557: The Study of Dharma

Course Code : IK 557
Course Name : The Study of Dharma
L-T-P-C : 3-0-0-3
Intended for : BTech/MTech/MS/MSc/MA/Ph.D
Prerequisite : None
Mutual Exclusion: None
Approval: 42nd Senate

Course Contents
ˆ Introduction to Dharma: Defining Dharma; Historical and philosophical overview;
Significance in the Indian context. (6 Hours)

ˆ Dharma in the Vedas and Upanishads: Early Vedic conceptions of Dharma;

Rituals and ethics in the Vedas; Philosophical expositions in the Upanishads. (7
Hours)

ˆ Dharma in the Epics: Rāmāyan.a and Mahabharata: Dharma in the choices

of Rama and Krishna; Ethical dilemmas; The Bhagavad-Gı̄tā’s discourse on svad-
harma. (8 Hours)

ˆ Dharma in Dharmashastras and Legal Texts: Manusmriti and other Dhar-

mashastras; Varied roles and duties based on caste, age, and occupation; Evolution
of social laws and customs. (7 Hours)

ˆ Dharma in Buddhism and Jainism: Dharma as the teachings of Buddha; Eight-

fold Path; Jain principles of non-violence and asceticism. (7 Hours)

1030
 ˆ Dharma in Contemporary Times: Modern interpretations and challenges;
Dharma in politics, society, and individual life; Global relevance. (7 Hours)

Laboratory/practical/tutorial Modules:
ˆ NA

Textbooks :
1. Kane, P.V, History of Dharmashastra: Ancient and Medieval Religious
and Civil Law, Bhandarkar Oriental Research Institute, 1968. https://indianculture.gov.in/eboo
dharmasastra-ancient-and-medieval-religious-and-civ il-law-india
2. Ganguli, K. M., The Mahabharata of Krishna-Dwaipayana Vyasa, Indepen-
dently published, 2016. https://www.gutenberg.org/ebooks/15474

References :
1. Radhakrishnan, S., & Moore, C. A., A Sourcebook in Indian Philosophy,
Princeton University Press, 1992.
2. Olivelle, P., DharmaSūtras: The Law Codes of Ancient India, Oxford World’s
Classics, 1999.

14.33 IK 558: Hinduism, Yoga and Ecology

Course Code : IK 558
Course Name : Hinduism, Yoga and Ecology
L-T-P-C : 3-0-0-3
Intended for : BTech/MTech/MS/MSc/MA/Ph.D
Prerequisite : None
Mutual Exclusion: None
Approval: 42nd Senate

Course Contents
ˆ Session One: Introduction to Environmental Issues: We begin with a discus-
sion of primary issues, resources, and pathways. We will examine issues including
climate change, species extinctions, agricultural practices, and pollution of soil,
water, and air, both in India and throughout the globe. We will examine texts
including the Vedas, the Upanis.ads, and the philosophical and narrative Yoga liter-
ature. We will also introduce application of specific meditation and Yoga practices.
(4 Hours )
ˆ Session Two: Pr.t.hivı̄ Sūkta, Earth Verses Hours: In this session we will read
the Pr.t.hivı̄ Sūkta, the portion of the Atharva Veda that praises the earth and invites
sustained reflection on the importance of a healthy ecology. Its exuberant celebra-
tion of earth, water, fire, and air will be viewed through a series of photographs from
all seven continents, inviting the students to participate in a viewing, a darśana,
that breaks down barriers between self and others. (3 Hours)

1031
ˆ Session Three: Sense of Place, India’s Sacred Geography Hours: Know-
ing one’s eco-system, the source of one’s water and food, and the rhythm of one’s
climate can be a starting point for recovering the sacred. For this session, stu-
dents will be invited to reflect on their own geographic emplacement and will learn
about the river, mountain, plateau, and coastal regions of India. Key texts will
ground the discussion, including the horse sacrifice passage at the beginning of the
Br.hadāran.yaka Upanis.ad and the story of Satyakama Jabala in the Chāndogya
Upanis.ad. (3 Hours)

ˆ Session Four: Yoga Ethics, Yoga and Ecology Hours: The Bhagavad-Gı̄tā, in
its articulation of the Yogas of Action (Karma), Knowledge (Jñāna), and devotion
(Bhakti), provides a framework for taking up one’s work in the world (Dharma,
Loka-Saṅgraha) for the sake of the greater good. This session explores passages
that describe all three paths as ways toward ecological repair of personhood and
society. The Yoga Sūtra insists upon a stabilisation of one’s ethics through the
cultivation of nonviolence, truthfulness, not stealing, abstention, and minimisation
of possessions. We will explore how these might be applied to current environmental
difficulties. (3 Hours)

ˆ Session Five: Yogavāsis.t.ha and Tantra Hours: We now turn our attention to
how Tantra integrates bodily meditations with visualisation and mantra recitation.
The Yogavāsis.t.ha (ca. 1000 CE) includes glorious descriptions of how the goddess
(Devı̄) dances the natural world into being. It includes descriptions of progressive
meditations on the five great elements as well as encouragement to take up one’s
responsibilities in the world whole-heartedly. (5 Hours)

ˆ Session Six: Animals Hours: This session explores animal stories from the Pañca
Tantra and the Yogavāsis.t.ha as well as stories of Ganesha and Hanuman. Animals
suffuse the landscape of India. Every god and goddess has a companion animal.
Diverse species of birds, mammals, and reptiles, large and small, abound in rural
and urban areas. Elephants and tigers will be discussed in light of the work of
Vivek Menon of the Wildlife Trust of India. (3 Hours)

ˆ Session Seven: Eco-Activists Hours: From the time of Gandhi, a constant refrain
has been sung in India: live simply so that others may live! In this session, we will
look at leaders inspired by his example who continue to advocate for environmental
causes starting with an examination of the lifestyle advocated by Gandhi. These
will include Anil Agarwal and Sunita Narain of the Centre for Science and Environ-
ment, Sunderlal Bahuguna, Vandana Shiva, and M.C. Mehta from India, and Laura
Cornell, founder of the Green Yoga Association in the U.S. as well as mention of
studies by scholars Pankaj Jain, George James, and David Haberman. (5 Hours)

ˆ Session Eight: Living Communities and Legislation Hours: In this final ses-
sion, we will discuss eco-friendly communities including Fireflies Ashram near Ben-
galuru, Navdanya near Dehradun, and Govardhan Eco-village near Mumbai as ex-
amples of how the highest lifestyle values of Hinduism and Yoga are taking shape for
the purpose of environmental education and uplift. We will also include a survey of
legislation around the globe that seeks to infuse law with the Gandhian principles
of do-no-harm and hold-to-one’s-truth. (4 Hours)

1032
Laboratory/practical/tutorial Modules:
ˆ NA

Textbooks:
1. Eknath Easwaran, The Bhagavad-Gı̄tā: A New Translation, 2007.

2. Eknath Easwaran, The Yoga Sūtras of Patañjali: A New Translation and

Commentary, 2009.

3. Arvind Sharma (Editor), Dharma: Essential Readings on a Hindu Way of

Life, 2002.

4. David Kinsley, Hinduism and Nature, 2005.

5. Mircea Eliade, Yoga and the Sacred Fire: A Study of the Origins and
Practice of Yoga, 1961.

6. Christopher Key Chapple, Yoga and the Luminous: Patanjali’s Spiritual

Path, 2008.

References:
1. Gavin Flood (Editor), The Encyclopedia of Hinduism, 2003.

2. Kim Knott, Hinduism: A Very Short Introduction, 2000.

3. Paul Williams, Yoga: A Very Short Introduction, 2008.

4. Stephen Knapp, The Bhagavad-Gı̄tā: A Beginner’s Guide, 2010.

5. Stephen Knapp, The Yoga Sūtras of Patañjali: A Beginner’s Guide, 2011.

14.34 IK 559: Three Short Upanis.ads

Course Code : IK 559
Course Name : Three Short Upanis.ads
L-T-P-C : 3-0-0-3
Intended for : BTech/MTech/MS/MSc/MA/Ph.D
Prerequisite : IK 541
Mutual Exclusion: None
Approval: 42nd Senate

Course Contents
ˆ Introduction to the Kena Upanis.ad: The Kena Upanis.ad is an Upanis.ad of the
Sāma Veda and is to be found in the Talavakara or Jaiminiya branch of the Sāma
Veda. For this reason, it is sometimes referred to as the Talavakara Upanis.ad. It
forms a part of the Jaiminiya Brahman.a of the Sāma Veda (4.18-21) but is usually
regarded by Hindu authorities as a separate work. (6 hours)

1033
 ˆ Kena Upanis.ad (part two): Chapter 2 is composed in verse form and presents a
description of Brahman as the ultimate truth that lies behind all forms of existence.
It also discusses the process of knowing Brahman as a means of attaining release
from this world. (6 hours)

ˆ Kena Upanis.ad (part three): Chapters 3 and 4 adopt a narrative structure,

though again the main purpose behind the discourse is the revelation of Brahman
as the ultimate principle that transcends even the gods who are praised in the hymns
of the Veda Samhitas. Here perhaps we get some indication of a Supreme Deity
who possesses a personal identity, though this idea cannot be said to be prominent
within the Kena Upanis.ad. (5 hours)

ˆ Īśa Upanis.ad (part one): We move on to consider another of the most important
Upanis.ads, the Īśa or Īśāvāsya, and here we have full commentaries from both
an Advaitic and a Vaishnava perspective, which will provide interesting parallels.
Shankaracharya has left us a full commentary on all eighteen verses, whilst Swami
Prabhupada, the founder of ISKCON, made his own commentary from a Vaishnava
or dualist perspective. Unit 5: Īśa Upanis.ad (part two) (4 hours) This Upanis.ad
seems to be about the inner Self as the ultimate principle, which can hence be
referred to as God, the Īśa. It is about the absolute transcendence of the Atman
over the limitations that prevail in this world. And it is about moksha as the relief
from suffering attained by one who can perceive the Atman. The final four verses
are included to demonstrate that these ideas are not to be regarded as non-Vedic, for
if one understands them properly then one can see that the Vedic hymns themselves
are saying the same thing. (6 hours)

ˆ The Mān.d.ūkya Upanis.ad (part one): We now consider the Mān.d.ūkya Upanis.ad,
which was also very highly regarded by Shankaracharya. The Mān.d.ūkya Upanis.ad
is significant for its revelation that the syllable ‘om’ is identical with Brahman, and
today the om . kāra is often used to represent Hindu Dharma. Furthermore, Gauda-
pada wrote an extensive treatise or Kārikā on the Mān.d.ūkya Upanis.ad in which we
find an early exposition of the principles of Advaita Vedānta. (8 hours)

ˆ Mān.d.ūkya Upanis.ad (part two): In this session, we will look at the final four
verses of the Mān.d.ūkya and then briefly consider Gaudapada’s Kārikā on it, which
was very influential for Shankara in his establishing the doctrines of the Advaita
Vāda. (6 hours)

Textbooks:
1. Sri. M, Wisdom of the Rishis: The Three Upanisha: The Three Upan-
ishads, Īśāvāsya, Kena, and Mān.d.ūkya.

2. Eknath Easwaran,The Principal Upanishads, 1982.

3. Patrick Olivelle, The Upanishads: A New Translation, 1996.

References:
1. Black, Brian, The Upanis.ads, Internet Encyclopedia of Philosophy.

1034
 2. Brodd, Jeffrey, World Religions: A Voyage of Discovery, Saint Mary’s Press,
2009.
3. Brooks, Douglas Renfrew, The Secret of the Three Cities: An Introduction
to Hindu Shakta Tantrism, The University of Chicago Press, 1990.
4. Brown, Rev. George William, Missionary review of the world, vol. 45, Funk &
Wagnalls, 1922, archived from the original on 2 October 2022, retrieved 22 Novem-
ber 2020
5. Chari, P. N. Srinivasa, Sarvepalli Radhakrishnan (ed.), History of Philosophy
Eastern and Western
6. Upanishad Archived 20 September 2014 at the Wayback Machine. ,Random House
Webster’s Unabridged Dictionary.
7. A Bhattacharya, Hindu Dharma: Introduction to Scriptures and Theology,
2006 pp. 8–14.
8. George M. Williams, Handbook of Hindu Mythology, Oxford University Press,
p. 285, 2003.
9. Jan Gonda, Vedic Literature: (Sam
. hitās and Brāhman.as), Otto Harrassowitz
Verlag, 1975.
10. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Upanishads

14.35 IK 560: Vais.n.avism: History, Teachings and Practice

Course Code : IK 560
Course Name : Vais.n.avism: History, Teachings and Practice
L-T-P-C : 3-0-0-3
Intended for : BTech/MTech/MS/MSc/MA/Ph.D
Prerequisite : None
Mutual Exclusion: None
Approval: 42nd Senate

Course Contents
ˆ Introduction to Vaishnavism: Historical evolution; Core beliefs and practices;
Overview of key scriptures and teachers. (6 Hours)
ˆ Vaishnavism in the Vedic and Upanishadic Period: Vedic references to
Vis.n.u; Concepts of Nārāyan.a in Upanis.ads in Upanishads; Early beginnings and
foundations. (6 Hours)
ˆ The Epics and Puranic Vaishnavism: Rāmāyan.a and Mahabharata’s influence;
Stories of Vishnu’s avatars; Puranic traditions and stories. (8 Hours)
ˆ Philosophical Foundations: The Vedanta traditions of Rāmānuja, Madhva, and
others; Concept of Bhakti (devotion); Viśis.t.ādvaita, Dvaita, and other schools of
thought. (7 Hours)

1035
 ˆ Vais.n.ava Practices, Rituals, and Festivals: Daily rituals, temple worship, and
pilgrimages; Festivals like Janmās.t.amı̄, Rāma Navamı̄, and others; Role of music,
dance, and art in Vais.n.avism. (7 Hours)

ˆ Modern Movements and Global Presence: Gaud.ı̄ya Vais.n.avism and ISKCON;

The spread of Vais.n.avism outside India; Contemporary challenges and contribu-
tions. (8 Hours)

Laboratory/practical/tutorial Modules:
ˆ NA

Textbooks :
1. Bhatia, V., Unforgetting Chaitanya: Vaishnavism and cultures of devotion
in colonial Bengal, Oxford University Press, 2017.

2. Flood, G., An Introduction to Hinduism, Cambridge University Press, 2004.

References :
1. Rocher, L., The Puranas, Otto Harrassowitz Verlag, 1986.

2. Thapar, R., Chandragupta II and the Rise of Vaishnavism. Religion and

World Civilizations [3 volumes]: How Faith Shaped Societies from Antiquity to
the Present [3 volumes], 68, 2023.

14.36 IK 562 : Research Methodology - Tantra Yukti and Pramān.a

Śāstra
Course Code : IK 562
Course Name : Research Methodology - Tantra Yukti and Pramān.a Śāstra
L-T-P-C : 3-0-0-3
Intended for : BTech/MTech/MS/MSc/MA/Ph.D
Prerequisite : Introduction to Sanskrit Language or foundational knowledge in Indian
philosophical texts.
Mutual Exclusion: None
Approval: 42nd Senate

Course Contents
ˆ Foundation of Knowledge and Organization in the Sanskrit Tradition (14
Hours)

– Intellectual climate for knowledge creation: The Upanishads.

– Exploring the textual wealth of ancient India: Vidyāsthānas, Vedāṅgas, Darśanas,
Itihāsas, Purān.as, Poetry, and Technical-Scientific literature.
– Understanding the framework for knowledge preservation.
– Major varieties of Sanskrit textual traditions.

1036
 – Deep dive into concepts: Sūtra, Bhās.ya, Vārttika, Kārikā, and Vyākhyā.
– Constructing texts/theses: Thoughts, Vr.ttis, Praśna laks.an.am, Uttara-laks.an.am,
Adhikaran.a-laks.an.am, Panca-avayava-vākya, Tatparyanirn.ayaka-liṅgs, and scope
definition.

ˆ Tantrayukti - Overview and Historical Insights (14 Hours)

– Definitions and derivations of Tantrayukti.

– Introduction to Tantrasampat, Tantraguna, and Tantrados.a.
– Tracing the history of Tantrayukti utilization in Sanskrit and Tamil Literature.
– Understanding the functions and roles of Tantrayukti. Exploring the interdis-
ciplinary application of Tantrayukti across various domains.

ˆ Applications of Tantrayukti in Research Methodology (14 Hours)

– A comprehensive look into the Yuktis/Devices of thesis construction.

– Deep dive into content creation, text/thesis structuring, and language refine-
ment Yuktis.
– Exploring Tantragunas and Tantrados.as with illustrations.
– Understanding the potential scope for future research and application in di-
verse disciplines.

Textbooks:
1. Lele, W.K, Methodology of Ancient Indian Sciences, Chaukhamba Surab-
harati Prakashan, 2006.

2. Muthuswamy, N.E., Tantrayuktivicāra, Publication Division, Government Ayurveda

College, 1974.

References:
1. Staal, F., Universals: Studies in Indian Logic and Linguistics, University of
Chicago Press, 1988.

2. Matilal, B.K., Perception: An Essay on Classical Indian Theories of Knowl-

edge, Oxford University Press, 1986.

3. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Q2JzqYjCjMU&t=1s

4. https://indiachapter.in/user/article/2/36/20

5. https://www.carakasamhitaonline.com/index.php?title=Tantrayukti

1037
14.37 IK 566: Introduction to Vedic Traditions
Course Code : IK 566
Course Name : Introduction to Vedic Traditions
L-T-P-C : 3-0-0-3
Intended for : BTech/MTech/MS/MSc/MA/Ph.D
Prerequisite : None
Mutual Exclusion: None
Approval: 42nd Senate

Course Contents
ˆ Origins and Overview: Historical context of the Vedas; Composition and division
- R.igveda, Sāmaveda, Yajurveda, Atharvaveda. (5 Hours)

ˆ Vedic Hymns and Rituals: Exploration of select hymns; Introduction to Vedic

rituals,Yajñas, and their symbolic significance. (8 Hours)

ˆ Brahmanas and Āran.yakas: Detailed study of these prose texts associated with
rituals; Transition from ritualistic to meditative practices. (7 Hours)

ˆ Upanis.ads: Philosophical Insights: Introducing the core philosophical teachings;

Concepts of Ātman, Brahman, Māyā, and Moks.a. (8 Hours)

ˆ Vedic Lifestyle and Daily Practices: Dinacharya (daily routine); Principles of

Dharma, Artha, Kama, and Moksha; Vedic calendar and festivals. (7 Hours)

ˆ Continuation and Evolution: Vedāṅga (limbs of Vedas); Development of Darśanas

(philosophical systems); Vedic traditions in contemporary times. (7 Hours)

Laboratory/practical/tutorial Modules:
ˆ NA

Textbooks :
1. Radhakrishnan, S., The Principal Upanishads, Harper Collins, 2006.

2. Feuerstein, G., The yoga tradition: Its history, literature, philosophy and
practice, SCB Distributors, 2012.

References :
1. Frawley, D., The Rig Veda and the History of India, Aditya Prakashan, 2003.

2. Veerabhadrappa, B. V., The Bhagavad-Gı̄tā: A Rational Enquiry, Navakar-

nataka Publications Pvt Ltd , 2012.

3. Swami B. V. Tripurari, The Aranyakas: The Philosophy of the Forest, 2019.

4. S. Radhakrishnan, The Principal Upanishads, 2006.

1038
 5. Roshen Dalal, The Vedas: An Introduction to Hinduism’s Sacred Texts,
2014.

6. Bharati Krsna Tirthaji, Vedic Mathematics.

14.38 IK 567: Soundaryaśāstra - Tāla

Course Code : IK 567
Course Name : Soundaryaśāstra - Tāla
L-T-P-C : 3-0-0-3
Intended for : BTech/MTech/MS/MSc/MA/Ph.D
Prerequisite : IK 541
Mutual Exclusion: None
Approval: 42nd Senate

Course Contents
ˆ Introduction to Tala (3 Hours)

– Origin and Development of tāla

– Elements of Tāla: mātrā, sama, tālı̄, khālı̄,mātrā,vibhāga

ˆ Jāti Bheda (cyclic rhythm variations) (5 Hours)

– Uttara bhāratı̄ya tāla paddhati (North Indian rhythmic method)

– Tihāı̄ racanā siddhām
. ta part-1
– Tihāı̄ racanā siddhām
. ta part-2
ˆ Tāla in Indian Music (5 Hours)

– Tāla soundarya in classical music

– Tāla soundarya in semi-classical music

ˆ Tāla in Indian classical dance (5 Hours)

– Tālas in Kathak classical part-1

– Tālas in Kathak classical part-2
– Tāla Saundarya of String instruments (tantu vādya)

ˆ Compositions using Tāla (5 Hours)

– Expandable compositions (vistāraśı̄la racanā) and non expandable composi-

tions
– laya and layakārı̄

ˆ Types of vādya (instruments) (3 Hours)

– Types of vādya - avanadya, tantra, ghana, suśira

– origin and development of Avanadya vādya

1039
 – tāla daśa prān.a

ˆ Concept of Sam
. gı̄ta and soundarya (5 Hours)
– Beauty of rhythms in the context of singing, playing instruments and dancing
– Bandiśa rasa : Aesthetic meaning and interpretation

ˆ Laggi Ladi (cyclic forms in Tabla rendition) (5 Hours)

– Part 1 Meaning and Origin

– Part 2 Instrumental requirements and diverse approaches.
– Part 3 Practical description and examples major gharāna of tabla

ˆ Playing methods of different instruments (3 Hours)

– Western instruments
– Eastern instruments
– Comparative study of tāla rendition that are similar

ˆ Karnāt.aka tāla paddhati (Tālas in Carnatic music) (3 Hours)

– mārgı̄ tāla
– deśı̄ tāla

ˆ Musical Talks (3 Hours)

– Tantra Vādya
– Dhrupad singing
– Avanadya vādya (percussion instruments)

Laboratory/practical/tutorial Modules:
ˆ Module 1: Practical 1 - Introduction to Vādya (1 hour)

ˆ Module 2: Practical 2 - Laya and Layakari Practice (1 hour)

ˆ Module 3: Practical 3 - Laggi Ladi compositions (3 hours)

Textbooks:
1. Singh Vishwanath, Tal Sarvang, Chhattisgarh State Hindi Granth Academy

2. Mishra Vijay Shankar, Tablapuran Kanishka Prakashan

3. Mishra Vijay Shankar, Tablapuran Kanishka Prakashan

4. Mainkar Sudhir, Tabla Playing Arts and Shastra Gandharva Mahavidyalaya Man-
dal

5. Narayan Dr. Prem, Mukhda Kanishka in playing tabla of Banaras Gharana.

6. Moolgaonkar Arvind - Tabla Luminous Books Varanasi

1040
 7. Mainkar Sudhir - Tabla - Instrumental Art and Shastra Miraj

8. Mainkar Sudhir - Tabla - Instrumental Art and Shastra Miraj

9. Ram Dr. Sudarshan, Gharanas of Tabla playing styles and restrictions, Kanishka

10. Chishti Dr. S.R. - Tabla Collection Kanishka

11. Mishra Pandit Chhote Lal – Tal Prabandh Kanishka

12. Mainkar Sudhir, Tabla Playing Arts and Shastra Gandharva Mahavidyalaya Man-
dal

13. Mishra Pt. Vijay Shankar, Tablapuran Kanishka Prakashan

14. Mulgaokar Arvind - Tabla Luminous Books Varanasi

15. Chishti Dr. S.R. - Tabla Sanchayan Kanishka Prakashan New Delhi

16. Mishra Pandit Chhote Lal - Tal Management Kanishka Prakashan New Delhi

17. Singh Dr. Prem Narayan - Mukhda Kanishka Prakashan in playing Tabla of Ba-
naras Gharana.

18. Vasudha Dr. Saxena- Uniformity in the goal-characteristic nature of the rhythm.

19. Pandey Dr. Vipul -Teaching method of Pakhawaj and Tabla.

20. Goldsmith Dr. Rahul, Existence of traditional style of Tabla in the present per-
spective

21. Soni Dr. Hariom - Music Research Discussion

22. Saxena Gulshan - Discovery of diversity in unity in Indian rhythm.

23. Chaudhary Subhash - Main principles of Rani Sangeet

24. Moghe Umesh V.-Taal Elements of Sangeet Ratnakar

References:
1. Pudaruth, Santosh, A Reflection on the Aesthetics of Indian Music, With
Special Reference to Hindustani Raga-Sangita, SAGE Open. 6. DOI:
10.1177/2158244016674512, 2016.

2. Pudaruth, S. K., A Reflection on the Aesthetics of Indian Music, With Spe-

cial Reference to Hindustani Raga-Sangita, SAGE Open, 6(4), 215824401667451.
https://doi.org/10.1177/2158244016674512, 2016

3. Filipa Matos, Wunderlich [email protected], Place-Temporality and Urban

Place-Rhythms in Urban Analysis and Design: An Aesthetic Akin to Music, Journal
of Urban Design, 18:3, 383-408, DOI: 10.1080/13574809.2013.772882, 2013.

4. Clayton, M., The rhythmic organization of North Indian classical music:

Tal, lay and laykari, https://api.semanticscholar.org/CorpusID:158540632, 1993

1041
14.39 IK 568: Indian Performing Arts
Course Code : IK 568
Course Name : Indian Performing Arts
L-T-P-C : 3-0-0-3
Intended for : BTech/MTech/MS/MSc/MA/Ph.D
Prerequisite : None
Mutual Exclusion: None
Approval: 42nd Senate

Course Contents
ˆ Introduction to Performing Arts: Historical context; Importance in Indian
culture and society; Categories - Dance, Music, and Theater. (5 Hours)
ˆ Classical Dance Forms: Overview of major dance forms - Bharatanatyam, Kathak,
Kathakali, Odissi, Kuchipudi, Manipuri, Mohiniyattam; Basic techniques, reper-
toire, and aesthetics. (8 Hours)
ˆ Indian Classical Music: Introduction to Hindustani and Carnatic music; Basic
concepts - Rāga, Tāla, Śruti; Instruments and their significance. (8 Hours)
ˆ Theater and Drama: Historical evolution; Traditional forms - Ram Lila, Nau-
tanki, Tamasha, Yakshagana; Modern theater movements; Key personalities in
Indian theater. (7 Hours)
ˆ Folk and Tribal Performing Arts: Diversity and regional variations; Major
forms - Bhangra, Lavani, Chhau, Bhavai; Significance in societal storytelling and
celebrations. (7 Hours)
ˆ Contemporary Adaptations and Fusion: Influence of western art forms; Mod-
ern reinterpretations; Fusion in dance and music; Role of performing arts in modern
media - films, television, and digital platforms. (7 Hours)

Laboratory/practical/tutorial Modules:
ˆ NA

Textbooks :
1. Kapila Vatsyayan, Indian Classical Dance. Publications Division, Ministry of
Information & Broadcasting, 1989
2. Rangaramanuja Ayyangar, R., History of South Indian (Carnatic) Music:
From Vedic Times to the Present, Ramakrishna Math, 1993

References :
1. Ghosh, M., The Natyasastra: A Treatise on Hindu Dramaturgy and Histri-
onics, Chowkhamba Sanskrit Series, 1961
2. Karnad, G.. Collected Plays: Volume 1, Oxford University Press, 2008.

1042
14.40 IK 569: Mahabharat (Dharma Dasha Lakshanam)
Course Code : IK 569
Course Name : Mahabharat (Dharma Dasha Lakshanam)
L-T-P-C : 3-0-0-3
Intended for : BTech/MTech/MS/MSc/MA/Ph.D
Prerequisite : None
Mutual Exclusion: None
Approval: 42nd Senate

Course Contents
ˆ Week 1-2: Introduction to the Mahabharata (4 hours)*

– Overview of the Mahabharata

– The authorship and historical context
– Significance of the Mahabharata in Indian culture

ˆ Week 3-4: The Pandavas and Kauravas (4 hours)*

– Introduction to the Pandavas and Kauravas

– Birth and early life of the princes
– Rivalry and conflicts

ˆ Week 5-6: The Game of Dice (4 hours)*

– The fateful game

– Draupadi’s humiliation
– Yudhishthira’s wager

ˆ Week 7-8: Exile and Adventures (4 hours)*

– The Pandavas’ exile

– Encounters with sages and demons
– Bhima’s slaying of Bakasura

ˆ Week 9-10: The Bhagavad-Gı̄tā (6 hours)*

– Context and significance

– Philosophical teachings of Krishna
– Arjuna’s moral dilemma

ˆ Week 11-12: Kurukshetra War (6 hours)*

– The great battle’s preparation

– Key events and strategies
– Outcomes and consequences

1043
 ˆ Week 13-14: Aftermath and Bhishma Parva (4 hours)*

– The consequences of the war

– Bhishma’s teachings and passing
ˆ Week 15-16: Drona Parva and Karna Parva (4 hours)*

– Dronacharya’s role and fall

– Karna’s character and fate
ˆ Week 17-18: Shalya Parva and Sauptika Parva (4 hours)*

– Shalya’s involvement
– The night battle and Ashwatthama’s actions
ˆ Week 19-20: Swargarohanika Parva and Conclusion (4 hours)*

– Pandvas retire timely

– Yudhishthira’s final journey
– Lessons from the Mahabharata

Laboratory/practical/tutorial Modules:
ˆ NA

Textbooks & References:

1. C. Rajagopalachari, Mahabharata: This is a highly recommended introductory
text for those new to the Mahabharata. It provides a condensed yet accessible
version of the epic, making it an excellent starting point.
2. Kamala Subramaniam, Mahabharata: Kamala Subramaniam’s version of the Ma-
habharata is a popular choice. It offers a detailed retelling of the epic with a focus
on character development and moral lessons.
3. Bibek Debroy, Mahabharata : Bibek Debroy’s translation and commentary offer
a scholarly and comprehensive exploration of the Mahabharata. It includes all 18
parvas (books) and provides insights into the historical and cultural context.
4. Carole Satyamurti, Mahabharata: A Modern Retelling: This modern retelling
of the Mahabharata is written in poetic verse and captures the essence of the epic
while making it accessible to contemporary readers.
5. Chaturvedi Badrinath, The Mahabharata: An Inquiry in the Human Condi-
tion: This book takes a philosophical and moral perspective, exploring the deeper
questions raised by the Mahabharata. It’s a thoughtful analysis of the epic’s signif-
icance.
6. R.K. Narayan, The Mahabharata: A Shortened Modern Prose Version of
the Indian Epic: R.K. Narayan offers a concise and engaging retelling of the
Mahabharata in modern prose, making it a great choice for those looking for a
shorter version.

1044
 7. Bhandarkar, Mahabharata: The Critical Edition, Oriental Research Institute:
For those interested in a scholarly approach, this edition provides the critical text
of the Mahabharata along with detailed notes and commentary.

14.41 IK 570: NLP for Sanskrit: Introduction and Basics

Course Code : IK 570
Course Name : NLP for Sanskrit: Introduction and Basics
L-T-P-C : 3-0-0-3
Intended for : BTech/MTech/MS/MSc/MA/Ph.D
Prerequisite : None
Mutual Exclusion: None
Approval: 42nd Senate

Course Contents
ˆ Introduction to Sanskrit and NLP: Historical overview of Sanskrit; Basics of
Natural Language Processing; Importance of NLP for Sanskrit texts. (6 Hours)

ˆ Sanskrit Grammar and Computational Linguistics: Overview of Pān.ini’s

grammar; Sanskrit morphology and syntax; Challenges in tokenization and POS
tagging for Sanskrit. (8 Hours)

ˆ Text Processing and Tokenization: Techniques for text normalization; Tok-

enization strategies for Sanskrit; Dealing with Sandhi and Samasa. (6 Hours)

ˆ Syntactic Analysis and Parsing: Sentence structures in Sanskrit; Dependency

parsing; Construction of parse trees; Grammar formalisms for Sanskrit. (7 Hours)

ˆ Semantic Analysis and Ontologies: Word sense disambiguation; Building on-

tologies for Sanskrit texts; Conceptual mapping and semantic roles. (7 Hours)

ˆ Applications and Case Studies: Information retrieval from Sanskrit corpora;

Machine translation challenges; Case studies on using NLP for ancient texts. (8
Hours)

Laboratory/practical/tutorial Modules:
ˆ NA

Textbooks :
1. NA

References :
Research Papers:
1. A Survey of Natural Language Processing for Sanskrit: 2010-2020 by S. P. Prasanna
et al. (2020)

1045
 2. Computational Linguistics and Sanskrit: A Survey by A. Bhattacharyya et al.
(2016)

3. NLP Techniques for Sanskrit Language by A. K. Gupta et al. (2018)

4. Fundamentals of NLP research in Sanskrit by INDIAai (2023)

5. Evaluating Neural Morphological Taggers for Sanskrit by A. K. Gupta et al. (2022)

6. Learning Morphology with Morphophonemic Features for Sanskrit by B. Harshavard-

hana et al. (2019)

7. Sanskrit Sandhi Splitting using Recurrent Neural Networks by A. K. Gupta et al.

(2021)

8. Sanskrit Text Normalization: A Survey by A. K. Gupta et al. (2020)

9. Tokenization for Sanskrit Language by A. K. Gupta et al. (2019)

10. A Deep Learning Approach for Sanskrit Sandhi Resolution by A. K. Gupta et al.
(2021)

11. Sanskrit Dependency Parsing using Neural Networks by A. K. Gupta et al. (2022)

12. A Sanskrit Dependency Treebank for Dependency Parsing Evaluation by A. K.

Gupta et al. (2022)

13. Towards Sanskrit Treebank Development by A. K. Gupta et al. (2021)

14. Building an Ontology for Sanskrit Texts by A. K. Gupta et al. (2021)

15. Word Sense Disambiguation for Sanskrit by A. K. Gupta et al. (2020)

16. Sanskrit Text Summarization using Topic Modeling by A. K. Gupta et al. (2020)

17. Sanskrit-to-English Machine Translation with Morphological Processing by A. K.

Gupta et al. (2023)

18. Information Retrieval for Ancient Sanskrit Texts by A. K. Gupta et al. (2021)

19. Sentiment Analysis for Sanskrit Texts using Transfer Learning by A. K. Gupta et
al. (2022)

Case Studies:
1. SanskritShala: A Neural Sanskrit NLP Toolkit

2. Manusmriti Ontology and Knowledge Base

3. Rigveda Information Extraction System

1046
Reference Books:
1. James Jurafsky and James H., Martin, Introduction to Natural Language
Processing, 2022

2. George Cardona, The Stanford Handbook of Sanskrit, 2017.

3. William Dwight Whitney, A Sanskrit Grammar, 1889.

4. Astadhyayi of Panini

5. Colin P. Masica, The Sanskrit Language: An Introduction, 1993.

6. Yasuo Ogawa, Paninian Linguistics: An Introduction, 2010.

7. Steven Bird, Ewan Klein, and Edward Loper, Natural Language Processing
with Python, 2009.

8. David M. Kaplan, Text Processing in Python, 2015.

9. Ryan McDonald, Dependency Parsing, 2014.

10. Christopher D. Manning and Hinrich Schütze, Computational Linguistics: An

Introduction, 2003.

11. John G. Breslin, Alan G. Dearle, and Sheila D. McIlraith, Ontology Develop-
ment with Applications, 2007.

12. William Croft, Natural Language Semantics, 2012.

13. Swami Satchidananda, Theories of Shbdabodha.

14. Rashmi Sangal, Sanskrit Computational Linguistics.

14.42 IK 572: Vedāṅgas: The Limbs of the Vedas

Course Code : IK 572
Course Name : Vedāṅgas: The Limbs of the Vedas
L-T-P-C : 3-0-0-3
Intended for : BTech/MTech/MS/MSc/MA/Ph.D
Prerequisite : None
Mutual Exclusion: None
Approval: 42nd Senate

Course Contents
ˆ Introduction to the Vedāṅgas: Overview and significance of the Vedāṅgas;
Historical context and development. (5 Hours)

ˆ Śiks.ā – Phonetics: Principles and categories of phonetic; Importance of sound in

Vedic rituals. (7 Hours)

1047
 ˆ Chandas – Meter: Structure and types of Vedic meters; Role of Chandas in Vedic
hymns. (7 Hours)

ˆ Vyākaran.a – Grammar: Introduction to Pān.ini’s As.t.ādhyāyı̄; Significance of

grammar in preserving the Vedas. (7 Hours)

ˆ Nirukta – Etymology: Interpretation of difficult Vedic words; Connection be-

tween word and meaning. (7 Hours)

ˆ Kalpa – Rituals: Overview of ritualistic Sūtras; Classification and significance of

rituals. (5 Hours)

ˆ Jyotis.a– Astronomy: Vedic astronomy and its role in timing rituals; Basics of
lunar and solar calendars. (4 Hours)

Laboratory/practical/tutorial Modules:
ˆ NA

Textbooks :
1. Kane, P. V., History of Dharmashastra (Vol. I, Part 1), Bhandarkar Oriental
Research Institute, 1962. (https://archive.org/details/in.ernet.dli.2015.37698)

2. Scharfe, H., Grammatical Literature, Otto Harrassowitz Verlag,. 1977. (https://www.google.co

SYC?hl=en)

References :
1. Keith, A. B., Rigveda Brahmanas, Harvard University Press, 1920. (https://archive.org/details/

2. Kireet Joshi, The Veda and Indian Culture: An Introductory Essay, Motilal
Banarsidass, 1991.

3. James Lochtefeld, Vedangain The Illustrated Encyclopedia of Hinduism,

Vol. 1: A-M, Rosen Publishing, 2002.

14.43 IK 573 : Tapestry of Indian Knowledge Systems

Course Code : IK 573
Course Name : Tapestry of Indian Knowledge Systems
L-T-P-C : 3-0-0-3
Intended for :BTech/MTech/MS/MSc/MAIPh.O.
Prerequisite : None
Mutual Exclusion: None
Approval: 42nd Senate

1048
Course Contents
ˆ Introduction to Indian Knowledge Systems: Overview of Indian philosophi-
cal landscape; Historical context; Key features and commonalities among different
traditions. (6 Hours)

ˆ Hindu Philosophical Systems: Exploration of Vedanta, Yoga, Nyaya, etc.;

Mythology and its cultural impact; Modern interpretations and influences. (8
Hours)

ˆ Jainlsm: Philosophy and Ethics: Key principles like Ahimsa, Anekantavada:

Jain cosmology; Contributions to art and culture. (7 Hours)

ˆ Buddhism: Path to Enlightenment: Ufe of the Buddha; Theravada and Ma-

hayana traditions; Buddhist philosophy and meditation practices. (8 Hours)

ˆ Sikhism: The Path of the Gurus: Origins and teachings of Sikh Gurus; Sikh
practices and the Khalsa; Sikhism in the modem world. (7 Hours)

ˆ Other Indian Knowledge Systems: Lesser-known traditions like Carvaka; Re-

gional spiritual practices; Influence of Indian thought on global philosophies. (6
Hours)

Textbooks:
1. Radhakrishnan, S, Indian Philosophy, Vol. 1 & 2, Oxford University Press, 2009.

2. Sangave, V. A., Facets of Jainology: Selected Research Papers, Popular

Prakashan, 2001.

References:
1. Thapar, R., Early India: From the Origins to AD 1300, University of Cali-
fornia Press, 2004.

2. Singh, K., A History of the Sikhs, Volume 1: 1469-1839, Oxford University

Press, 2005.

3. Conze, E., Buddhism: Its Essence and Development, Dover Publications,

2013.

4. Flood, G., An Introduction to Hinduism, Cambridge University Press, 1996.

5. McLeod, W. H., The A to Z of Sikhism, Scarecrow Press, 2009.

14.44 IK 592 : Selected Topics in Music and Musopathy

Course Code : IK 592
Course Name : Selected Topics in Music and Musopathy
L-T-P-C : 1-0-2-2
Intended for : BTech/MTech/MS/MSc/MA/Ph.D

1049
 Prerequisite : Curiosity, attention, and receptivity
Mutual Exclusion: None
Approval: 42nd Senate

Course Contents
ˆ Overview – Sound Vibrations and vibes, moods and wellbeing ( 3 hrs )

– Effects of vibrations, frequencies, volume, speed, spacings, patterns on the

body and the mind

ˆ Music, life and society ( 2 hrs )

– Music across the universe and within life forms, primacy of sound, language,
vedas, mantras, yoga & nada yoga and the individual & society
– https://ww.clisonics.com/
– https://melharmonymusic.com/
– Other links and references will be provided during the course.

Textbooks:
1. NA

References:
1. NA

14.45 IK 609 : Music and Musopathy Advanced

Course Code : IK 609
Course Name : Music and Musopathy Advanced
L-T-P-C : 1-0-3-3
Intended for : BTech/MTech/MS/MSc/MA/Ph.D.
Prerequisite : None
Mutual Exclusion: None
Approval: 42nd Senate

Course Contents
ˆ Introduction to More Composers and Musicologies: Composers such as An-
namacharya, Surdas, Arunagirinathar, Kshetragnya, Bhadrachala Ramadas, Swati
Tirunal, Patnam Subramanya Iyer, Muthiah Bhagavatar, Papanasam Sivan etc and
a few significant Musicologists. (3 Hours)

ˆ Introduction to Prominent Musicians: A glimpse of the greats who shaped

modern music with audio/video samples . (5 Hours)

1050
 ˆ Challenges of Music Therapy and Possible Musopathy Studies: A brief
overview and analysis of the Limitations and unreliability of Conventional Music
Therapy Studies and Results in various parts of the world; Practical Applications
and Possible Topics for Clinical Studies and Research . (4 Hours)

Laboratory/practical/tutorial Modules:
1. Unit 4: Introduction to 30 more Ragas with Voice and Instrumental Exercises (12
Hours)

2. Unit 5: Practice Songs: 10 Geetams and 1 Swarajati (14 Hours)

3. Unit 6: Performance Repertoire: 10-12 Varnams, Krtis, Tillanas & Misc Songs (16
Hours)

Textbooks:
1. Chitravina N Ravikiran, Perfecting Carnatic Music Level 1, India, 2023. Ac-
cessed on 1st Oct 2023 at: https://acharyanet-india.myshopify.com/collections/carnatic-
books/products/perfecting-carnatic- music-level-i-e-book

2. Chitravina N Ravikiran, Perfecting Carnatic Music Level 2: Varnams, Krtis

(eBook). Accessed on 1st Oct 2023 at: https://acharyanet-india.myshopify.com/products/perfecti
carnatic-music-level-ii-varnams-krtis -ebook

References:
1. Acharyanet, Carnatic Lessons India, 2023. Retrieved from https://www.acharyanet.com/carna
lessons-india/#plans

2. Chatterjee, G., Bhartana Yasha, Bharata’s Natyashastra (Meanings and

Expositions in English and Hindi With Abhinavagupta’s Commentary),
2023. Indian Mind

3. Ravikiran, C. N., Appreciating Carnatic Music, Ganesh & Company, 2006.

4. Shringy, R.K., & Sharma, P.L. (Trans.), Sangitaratnakara (Sangeet Ratnakara)

of Sarngadeva (Vol. One, ISBN: 9788121505086; Vol. Two, ISBN: 9788121504669),
Munshiram Manoharlal Publishers Pvt. Ltd., 2018

5. Subramaniam, L., & Subramaniam, V., Euphony (Indian Classical Music),

EastWest Books (Madras) Pvt. Ltd., 1999.

1051
15 Mathematics Courses
15.1 MA 001 Preparatory Mathematics - 1
Course Code: MA 001
Course Name: Preparatory Mathematics - 1
L-T-P-C: 3-1-0-4
Students Intended for: Preparatory Students
Core or Elective: Core
Approval: 50th BoA

Course Contents:
ˆ Basic Set Theory: Functions and their inverses, composition of functions, rela-
tions, equivalence relations, partitions [6 Lectures]
ˆ Number Systems: Numbers – natural numbers, integers, rationals, reals, com-
plex, uncountability of reals, irrationality of 2 etc. Congruencies, Residue Classes,
addition and multiplication modulo n etc. [8 Lectures]
ˆ Complex Numbers: Complex Numbers as ordered pairs. Argand’s diagram.
Triangle inequality. De Moivre’s Theorem. [4 Lectures]
ˆ Algebra: Quadratic equations and expressions; permutations and combinations;
Binomial theorem for positive integral index [4 Lectures]
ˆ Coordinate Geometry: Locus, Straight lines; Equations of circle, parabola, el-
lipse and hyperbola in standard forms; parametric representation [8 Lectures]
ˆ Vectors: Addition of vectors. Multiplication by a scalar; scalar product, cross
product and scalar triple product with geometrical applications. [6 Lectures]
ˆ Matrices and Determinants: Algebra of matrices; Determinants and their prop-
erties; Inverse of a matrix; Cramer’s rule. [6 Lectures]

Text Books:
1. S. Lang, An Introduction to Linear Algebra, undergraduate text in Mathe-
matics, Springer Verlag.
2. Fred Safier, Schaum’s outline of Precalculus, 2nd Edition, McGraw Hill, 2008.
3. S. L. Loney, The elements of Coordinate Geometry, Scholarly publishing
office, University of Michigan Library, 2005.

Reference Books:
1. Murray R. Spiegel, Schaum’s Outlines of Vector Analysis (and An Intro-
duction to Tensor Analysis), McGraw Hill, 1968.
2. Murray R. Spiegel, Schaum’s Outlines: Complex Variables (with An Intro-
duction Conformal Mapping and its Applications), McGraw Hill, 1964.

1052
 3. R. K. Jain and S. R. K. Iyengar, Advanced Engineering Mathematics, 3rd
Edition, Narosa Publisher.

15.2 MA 002 Preparatory Mathematics - 2

Course Code: MA 002
Course Name: Preparatory Mathematics - 2
L-T-P-C: 3-1-0-4
Students Intended for: Preparatory Students
Core or Elective: Core
Approval: 50th BoA

Course Contents:
ˆ Functions and Their Graphs: Functions, Inverse Function, Elementary Func-
tion and their Graphs. [6 Lectures]

ˆ Differentiation: Limit, Continuity. Derivative and its geometrical significance.

Derivatives of sum, difference, product and quotient of functions. Derivatives of
polynomial, rational, trigonometric logarithmic and exponential functions. Differ-
entiation of composite and implicit functions. [12 Lectures]

ˆ Applications of Derivatives: Tangents and normal. Increasing and decreasing

functions. Maxima and Minima. [6 Lectures]

ˆ Integration and its Applications: Integration as the inverse process of dif-

ferentiation. Integration by parts and by substitution. Definite ingeral and its
application to determination of areas (simple areas). [8 Lectures]

ˆ Differential Equations: First order ordinary differential equations. Homoge-

neous and exact equations. First order linear equations.

Text Books:
1. G. B. Thomas and R. L. Finney, Calculus and Analytical Geometry, Addison
Wesley / Narosa.

2. T. M. Apostal, Calculus, 2nd Edition, Wiley Eastern.

Reference Books:
1. R. K. Jain and S. R. K. Iyengar, Advanced Engineering Mathematics, 3rd
Edition, Narosa Publisher.

15.3 MA 101 Mathematics-I

Course Code: MA-101
Course Name: Mathematics-I
L-T-P-C: 3-1-0-4

1053
 Pre-requisite: NIL
Sem. Both
Approval: 5th Senate, OTA

Course Contents:
ˆ Functions of Several Variables: Limit, continuity and differentiability of func-
tions of two variables. Euler’s Theorem, tangent plane and normal, change of
variables, chain rule. Jacobians, Taylor’s Theorem for two variables. Extrema of
functions of two or more variables, Lagrange’s method of undetermined multipliers;

ˆ Ordinary Differential Equations: Solution of linear differential equations with

constant coefficients, Euler-Cauchy Equations, Solution of second order differential
equations by change of dependent and independent variables. Method of variation
of parameters for second order differential equations. Numerical solution of ODE
by Picard’s method, Taylor’s series, Euler method & Modified Euler method; Infi-
nite Series: Convergence of infinite series, Comparison test, Ratio test, Root test,
Raabe’s test, Logarithmic test, Demorgan’s test, Cauchy Integral test;

ˆ Solution in Series: Solution in series of second order linear differential equa-

tions with polynomial coefficients. Bessel and Legendre equations and their series
solutions. Properties of Bessel functions and Legendre polynomials;

ˆ Matrix Algebra: Rank of a matrix , inverse of a matrix by elementary op-

erations, Solution of linear simultaneous equations and their numerical solutions
by Gauss Elimination and Gauss Seidel methods, eigen values and eigen vectors,
Cayley-Hamilton theorem, diagonalization of matrices. Orthogonal, Hermetian,
Skew-Hermetian, Normal and Unitary matrices and their elementary properties,
quadratic forms.

References:
1. Thomas G. and Finney R. L., Calculus and Analytical Geometry, 9th Edition,
Addision Wesley.

2. Kreyszig E., Advanced Engineering Mathematics, 9th Edition, Wiley Eastern.

3. Grewal B. S. , Engineering Mathematics, Khanna Publishers

4. Piaggio H. T. H., An Elementary Treatise on Differential Equations and

their Applications, G. Bells & Sons Ltd.

5. Simmons G. F., Differential Equations, TMH Edition

6. Prasad C., Mathematics For Engineers, 19th Edition, Prasad Mudralaya.

7. Gerald C. F. and Wheatley P. O., Applied Numerical Analysis, 6th Edition,

Wesley.

8. Krishnamurthy E. V. and Sen S. K., Applied Numerical Analysis, East West

Publication.

1054
15.4 MA 102: Mathematics II
Course Code: MA 102
Course Name: Mathematics II
L-T-P-C: 2 -1 -0- 3
Prerequisites: Consent of the faculty member
Students intended for: B.Tech. First Year
Elective or Core: Core
Approval: 1st Senate

Course contents
ˆ Integral Calculus
Double and Triple Integrals, Change of Order of Integartion, Change of Variables,
Gamma, Beta functions, Dirichelte’s Integral. Application (Evaluation of surface
area, Volume, Centre of Gravity, Moment of Inertia). [ Lectures]
ˆ Vector Calculus
Differentiation of Vectors, Gradient, Divergence, Curl and their Physical meaning,
Differential Operators and their identities. Line and Surface Integrals. Green’s
Theorem in a plane. Gauss Divergence Theorem and Stoke’s theorem and their
applications. [ Lectures]
ˆ Laplace Transform
Definition, Shifting Theorems, Transform of Derivatives, Differentiation and In-
tegration. Differentiation and Integration of Transforms, Haviside unit step and
Dirac-Delta functions. Inverse Laplace Transforms, Solution of Ordinary Differen-
tial Equations in Mechanics, Electric Circuits and bending of Beams using Laplace
Transforms.
ˆ Fourier Series
Trigonometric Fourier Series. Half Range series, Harmonic Analysis.
ˆ Fourier Transforms
Definition, Fourier sine and Cosine Transforms, Fourier Integral Formula and Ap-
plications

Text Books:
1. E.Kreyszig, Advanced Engineering Mathematics, 9th Edition, John Wiley,
2. George B. Thomas, Maurice D. Weir, Joel Hass, Frank R. Giordano, Thomas’Calculus,
11th Edition, Pearson, 2004.
3. Lokenath Debnath, Dambaru Bhatta, Integral Transforms And Their Appli-
cations, 2nd Edition, Chapman & Hall/CRC (2006).

Reference Books:
1. Ian N. Sneddon, Fourier Transforms, Dover Publications (2010).

1055
15.5 MA 201: Mathematics-III
Course Code: MA 201
Course Name: Mathematics-III
L-T-P-C: 2-1-0-3
Students intended for: B.Tech
Prerequisites:
Elective or Compulsory: Compulsory
Semester:
Approval: 5th Senate

Course Contents:
ˆ Linear Algebra:
Unit I: Vector spaces, Sub Spaces, Linear Dependences and Independences of Vec-
tors, Span, Bases and Dimensions, Direct Sum, Linear Transformations, Linear
Variety, Range Space and Rank, Null Space and Nullity, Homomorphism, Matrix
of Linear Transformations, Matrix Representation of a linear transformation, Struc-
ture of the solutions of the matrix equation Ax = b, Change of Bases. (6 hrs)
Unit II: Elementary canonical forms: Triangulation, Diagonalisation of Matrices,
Jordan canonical forms and some applications. Normed Linear Space, Inner Prod-
uct Spaces, Orthogonality, Graham-Schmidt Orthogonalization. (7 hrs)

ˆ Complex Variable:
Unit III: Functions of a complex variable: Limit, Continuity, Differentiability,
Analytic functions, Cauchy-Riemann equations, Laplace equation. (4 hrs)
Unit IV: Harmonic functions, Harmonic conjugates. Complex logarithm function,
Branches and Branch cuts of multiple valued functions. (4 hrs) Unit V: Complex
integration, Cauchy’s integral theorem, Cauchy’s integral formula. Liouville’s The-
orem and Maximum-Modulus theorem, Power series and convergence, Taylor series
and Laurent series. (4 hrs)
Unit VI: Zeros, Singularities and its classifications, Residues, Rouches theorem,
Argument principle, Residue theorem and its applications to evaluating real inte-
grals and improper integrals. Conformal mappings, Mobius transformation.(5 hrs)

Text Books:
1. G.Strang, Linear Algebra and its Applications, 4th Edition, Thomson, 2006.

2. R.V.Churchill and J.W.Brown, Complex Variables and Applications, McGraw-

Hill, 2008.

3. H.Anton, Elementary Linear Algebra with Applications, 9th Edition, John

Wiley, 2004.

1056
Reference Books:
1. K. Hoffman and R. Kunze, Linear Algebra, Prentice Hall, 2008.

2. J.M.Howie, Complex Analysis, Springer-Verlag, 2003.

3. M.J.Ablowitz and A.S.Fokas, Complex Variables- Introduction and Applica-

tions, Cambridge University Press, 2003.

4. E. G. Phillips, Functions of a Complex Variable: with Applications, Barnes

& Noble Books, 1973.

5. S.Kumaresan, Linear Algebra – A Geometric Approach, Prentice Hall of

India, 2004.

15.6 MA 210 : Real and Complex Analysis

Course Code : MA 210
Course Name : Real and Complex Analysis
L-T-P-C : 2.5-0.5-0-3
Intended for : B. Tech. in Mathematics and Computing, 2nd Year Students
Prerequisite : IC 112, IC 113
Mutual Exclusion :
Approval: 54th BoA

Course Contents
ˆ Analysis on Rˆn: Supremum and infimum property of the real number system,
Countable and uncountable sets, Interior points and limits points, Closure of a set,
Open sets and closed sets in Rˆn, Bolzano-Weierstrass theorem, Compact sets in
Rˆn. (7 Hours)

ˆ Metric space: Definition of a metric space, Examples, Open and closed sets in a
metric space, Dense sets, Compact sets, Convergent sequences in a metric space,
Complete metric spaces, Continuous functions between two metric spaces, Contin-
uous functions on compact sets, Uniform continuity and uniform convergence in a
metric space, Connectedness. (10 Hours)

ˆ Riemann integral: Definition of Riemann integral, Examples of Riemann inte-

grable and non-Riemann integrable functions, Some properties of Riemann integral,
Continuous functions and Riemann integrability, Fundamental theorem of calculus.
(4 Hours)

ˆ Complex Analysis: Branch points and branch cuts, Radius of convergence of

a power series, Taylor’s series and Laurent’s series, Classification of singulari-
ties, Poles, Picard’s theorem, Zeros of analytic functions, Residue theorem, Iden-
tity/uniqueness theorem. ([7 Hours)

ˆ Complex (continues): Mobius transformations, Poisson integral formula, Maxi-

mum modulus theorem, Liouville’s theorem, Statement of uniqueness theorem for
Dirichlet problem. (4 Hours)

1057
Textbooks:
1. Apostol, Mathematical Analysis, 2nd Edition.

2. E. Kreyszig, Advanced Engineering Mathematics, 10th Edition.

References:
1. R. G. Bartle and D. R. Sherbert, Introduction to Real Analysis, 4th Edition,
Wiley.

2. R. V. Churchill and J. W. Brown, Complex Variables and Applications, 9th

Editions, 2021.

3. S. Ponnusamy, Foundations of Complex Analysis, 2nd Edition, Narosa, 1995.

15.7 MA 211 : Ordinary Differential Equations

Course Code : MA 211
Course Name : Ordinary Differential Equations
L-T-P-C : 3-1-0-4
Intended for : B. Tech 2nd Year (MnC) and optional for other branch of students
Prerequisite : IC113, IC115
Mutual Exclusion : MA513 course from SMSS is not allowed to credit by the students
after or along with this course
Approval: 54th BoA

Course Contents
ˆ Module I: General Overview of Ordinary Differential Equations; Solutions meth-
ods to solve the first, second and higher order ordinary differential equations; Power
Series methods, with properties of Bessel differential equations and Legendre dif-
ferential equations. (12 Hours)

ˆ Module II: Existence and Uniqueness of solutions for Initial Value Problems: Pi-
card’s and Peano’s Theorems, Gronwall’s inequality, continuation of solutions and
maximal interval of existence, continuous dependence. (14 Hours)

ˆ Module III: Algebraic properties of systems of differential equations, the eigenvalue-

eigenvector method of finding the solutions of linear systems, Complex eigenvalues,
Equal eigenvalues, Fundamental matrix solutions, Wronskian, Matrix exponential,
Nonhomogeneous equations, Variation of parameters, Stability theory for linear and
nonlinear systems, Lyapunov stability. (16 Hours)

Textbooks:
1. Ahmad, S. Rao, M.R.M., Theory of ordinary differential equations with
applications in biology and engineering, EWP publication,

2. L. Perko, Differential Equations and Dynamical Systems, Texts in Applied

Mathematics, Vol. 7, 2nd Edition, Springer Verlag, 1998.

1058
References:
1. Devaney, R., Hirsch, M. W. and Smale, S., Differential Equations, Dynamical
Systems, and an Introduction to Chaos, 2nd Edition, Academic Press, 2003.

2. Birkhoff, G. and Rota, G.-C., Ordinary Differential Equations, wiley, 1989

3. R. P. Agarwal and D. O. Regan, An Introduction to Ordinary Differential

Equations, Springer- Verlag, 2008.

15.8 MA 460: Nonlinear Dynamics and Chaos

Course Code: MA 460
Course Name: Nonlinear Dynamics and Chaos
L-T-P-C: 3-0-0-3
Prerequisites: MA 101 and MA 102
Students intended for: B Tech 3rd year
Elective or Core: Elective
Approval: 2nd Senate

Course contents
ˆ Module I [3 Lectures]
Introduction to Nonlinear Dynamics and Chaos, Recent applications of Chaos,
Computer and Chaos, Dynamical view of the world.

ˆ Basics of nonlinear science [5 Lectures]

Dynamics, Dynamical Systems, Types of Dynamical Systems, Nonlinearity, Dissi-
pative Systems, Deterministic versus Stochastic Systems, Degree of Freedom, State
Space, Phase Space, Attractor.

ˆ Module III [4 Lectures]

Stability of solutions to Ordinary Differential Equations

ˆ Module IV [5 Lectures]
Flows on line, Fixed Points and its Stability, Analytical Approach, Graphical ap-
proach, Simulation of Equations

ˆ Elementary Bifurcation Theory [5 Lectures]

Saddle Node, Transcritical, Pitchfork, Imperfect, Hopf bifurcation

ˆ Module VI [4 Lectures]
Two dimensional Flows, Simple Harmonic Mass-Spring Oscillator

ˆ Module VII [4 Lectures]

Limit Cycle, Ruling out closed orbits, Poincare Benedixson theorem

1059
 ˆ Module VIII [6 Lectures]
Butterfly Effect, Chaos, Lorenz Equations, Application of Chaos in sending secret
messages, Introduction to Fractals, Dimensions of fractals, Cantor Set and Koch
curve

ˆ Module IX [5 Lectures]
One dimensional map, Logistic Map, Period doubling Route to chaos, Feigenbaum
constants

Text Books:
1. K.Allgood, T.Sauer, J.A.Yorke, Chaos: An Introduction to Dynamical sys-
tems, Springer Verlag

2. H.G. Solari, M.A. Natiello and G.B. Mindlin, Nonlinear Dynamics: a two way
trip from Physics to Maths, Overseas publication

Reference Books:
1. Ian Stewart, Does God Play a Dice? The Mathematics of Chaos, Blackwell,
NewYork.

2. Laksmanan M Rajsekhar, Nonlinear Dynamics Integrability Chaos and Pat-

tern, Springer.

3. F.C. Moon, Chaotic and Fractal Dynamics, Wiley.

15.9 MA 465: Ordinary Differential Equations

Course Code: MA 465
Course Name: Ordinary Differential Equations
L-T-P-C: 3-0-0-3
Prerequisites: MA 101
Students intended for: B. Tech
Elective or Core: Elective
Approval: 2nd Senate

Course contents
ˆ Basic Theory [18 Lectures]
Existence and uniqueness of solutions, continuation of solutions, global existence,
dependence of solutions on initial conditions, regularity of the flow, First and second
order differential equations, Contraction mapping principle.

ˆ Linear Systems [12 Lectures]

The fundamental matrix, Equilibrium points and their stability, Sturm-Liouvile
theory.

1060
 ˆ Nonlinear Systems [10 Lectures]
The Poincare-Bendixon theorem, Perturbed systems, Lyapunov functional, Local
and global analysis.

Text Books:
1. Arnold, V., Ordinary Differential Equations, MIT Press, 1978.

2. Coddington, E. A. and Levinson, N., Theory of Ordinary Differential Equa-

tions, Krieger Publishing Co., 1984.

3. Ahmad, S. Rao, M.R.M., Theory of ordinary differential equations with

applications in biology and engineering, EWP publication, 1999.

Reference Books:
1. Perko, Differential Equations and Dynamical Systems, Springer.

2. Devaney, R., Hirsch, M. W. and Smale, S., Differential Equations, Dynamical

Systems, and an Introduction to Chaos, 2nd Edition, Academic Press, 2003.

3. Birkhoff, G. and Rota, G.-C., Ordinary Differential Equations, Wiley, 1989.

15.10 MA 510 9 : Climate Change Analysis

Course Code: MA 510 9
Course Name : Climate Change Analysis
L-T-P-C : 3-0-0-3
Intended for : UG/PG
Prerequisite : UG None
Mutual Exclusion : None
Approval: 9th Senate

Course Contents:
ˆ Statistical concepts in climate research: 20 hrs

ˆ Misuses of statistics in climate research: testing hypotheses suggested by the data;

serial correlation; using statistical recipes as ” black-box” tools;

– Hypothesis testing Type I and Type II errors, significance, power, etc; histor-
ical developments and controversy around classical statistical significance test
and its interpretation.
– Basics of Bayesian statistics: Introduction to Bayesian statistics; Bayesian
climate change assessment.
– Advanced data analysis technique like functional data analysis and wavelet
analysis to detect climate changes is discussed in detail.

ˆ Detection and attribution of anthropogenic climate change: 10 hrs

1061
 – To identify the causes of recent observed climate variations
– To evaluate the performance of climate models in simulating the observed
climate variations over the last century
– To constrain the projections of future climate change

ˆ Climate science beyond the IPCC 6 hrs

– Univariate analysis of global mean temperature comparing change with inter-

nal variability
– Study of different causes that affect global radiation balance; increasing green-
house gases, increasing solar irradiance

ˆ Use the spatial pattern of the temperature response to differentiate be-

tween different causes and fingerprint analysis Minor project/seminars
6 hrs

Textbooks
1. Montgomery, D., Jennings, C.L. and Kulahci, M., Introduction to Time Series
Analysis and Forecasting, Wiley-Interscience, 2008.

2. Chatfield, C., The Analysis ofTime Series, 6th Edition Chapman & Hall/CRC,
2004.

Reference Books:
1. Robert H. Shumway and David S. Stoffer, Time Series Analysis and Its Ap-
plications with R Examples, 3rd edition, Springer Texts in Statistics, 2006.

2. Hans von Storch, Francis W. Zwiers, Statistical Analysis in Climate Research,

Cambridge University Press (2002)

3. Hartmann U., Ramirez F., Real Time Detection of Tuming Points in Finan-
cial Time Series, GRIN Verlag, 2013.

15.11 MA 510: Ordinary Differential Equations

Course Code: MA 510
Course Name: Ordinary Differential Equations
L-T-P-C: 3-0-0-3
Prerequisites: None
Students intended for: UG/PG
Elective or Core: Elective
Approval:

1062
Course contents
ˆ Statistical concepts in climate research [20 Lectures]

– Misuses of statistics in climate research: testing hypotheses suggested by the

data; serial correlation; using statistical recipes as black-box tools;
– Hypothesis testing Type I and Type II errors, significance, power, etc; histor-
ical developments and controversy around classical statistical significance test
and its interpretation.
– Basics of Bayesian statistics: Introduction to Bayesian statistics; Bayesian
climate change assessment.
– Advanced data analysis technique like functional data analysis and wavelet
analysis to detect climate changes is discussed in detail.

ˆ Detection and attribution of anthropogenic climate change [10 Lectures]

– To identify the causes of recent observed climate variat ions

– To evaluate the performance of climate models in simulating the observed
climate variations over the last century
– To constrain the projections of future climate change

ˆ Climate science beyond the IPCC [6 Lectures]

– Univariate analysis of globa l mean temperature comparing change with inter-

nal variability
– Study of different causes that affect global radiation balance; increasing green-
house gases, increasing solar irradiance
– Use the spatial pattern of the temperature response to differentiate between
different causes and fingerprint ana lysis

ˆ Minor project/seminars [6 Lectures]

Text Books:
1. Montgomery, D., J enn ings, C.L. and Kulahci, M., Introduction to Time Series
Analysis and Forecasting, Hoboken, N.J., Wiley-Interscience.2008
2. Chatfield, C., The Analysis of Time Series, Sixth Edition Chapman & Hall/CRC,
2004.

Reference Books:
1. Robert H. Shumway and David S. Stoffer, Time Series Analysis and Its Ap-
plications with R Examples, 3rd Edition, Springer Texts in Statistics, 2006.
2. Hans von Storch, Francis W. Zwiers, Statistical Analysis in Climate Research,
Cambridge University Press, 2002.
3. Hartmann U., Ram i rez F., Real Time Detection of Turning Points in Fi-
nancial Time Series, GRIN Verlag, 2013.

1063
15.12 MA 510: Climate Change Analysis
Course Code: MA 615
Course Name: Climate Change Analysis
L-T-P-C: 3-0-0-3
Prerequisites: None
Students intended for: MS/ Ph.D., Undergraduate (3rd and 4th year)
Elective or Core: Elective

Course contents
ˆ Detection and attribution of anthropogenic climate change [6 lectures]

– To identify the causes of recent observed climate variations

– To evaluate the performance of climate models in simulating the observed
climate variations over the last century
– To constrain the projections of future climate change

ˆ Climate science beyond the IPCC [6 lectures]

– Univariate analysis of global mean temperature comparing change with inter-

nal variability
– Study of different causes that affect global radiation balance; increasing green-
house gases, increasing solar irradiance
– Use the spatial pattern of the temperature response to differentiate between
different causes and fingerprint analysis

ˆ Statistical concepts in climate research [24 lectures]

– Misuses of statistics in climate research: testing hypotheses suggested by the

data; serial correlation; using statistical recipes as “black-box” tools;
– Hypothesis testing Type I and Type II errors, significance, power, etc; histor-
ical developments and controversy around classical statistical significance test
and its interpretation.
– Basics of Bayesian statistics: Introduction to Bayesian statistics; Bayesian
climate change assessment.

ˆ Minor project/seminars [6 lectures]

Text Books:
1. Montgomery, D., Jennings, C.L. and Kulahci, M., Introduction to Time Series
Analysis and Forecasting, Wiley-Interscience, 2008.

2. Chatfield, C., The Analysis of Time Series, 6th Edition Chapman & Hall/CRC,
2004.

1064
Reference Books:
1. Robert H. Shumway and David S. Stoffer, Time Series Analysis and Its Ap-
plications with R Examples, 3rd edition, Springer Texts in Statistics, 2006.

2. Hans von Storch, Francis W. Zwiers, Statistical Analysis in Climate Research,

Cambridge University Press, 2002.

15.13 MA 511 Old: Real and Complex Analysis

Course Code: MA 511 Old
Course Name: Real and Complex Analysis
L-T-P-C: 3-1-0-4
Prerequisites: None
Students intended for: M.Sc. /M.S./Ph.D. /B.Tech 3rd and 4th year
Elective or Core: Core for M.Sc. in applied Mathematics and Elective for other
discipline.
Approval: 10th Senate

Course contents
ˆ Module I [30 Lectures]
Introduction to real numbers, Construction, Dedekind cuts.

ˆ Module II [9 Lectures]
Metric space, Open sets, Closed sets, Continuous functions, Completeness, Cantor
intersection theorem, Baire category theorem, Compactness, Totally boundedness.
Connectedness.

ˆ Module III [10 Lectures]

Definition and existence of Riemann-Stieitjes integral, Properties of the integral,
Differentiation and integration. Sequence and series, Uniform convergence, Uni-
form convergence and continuity, Uniform convergence and integration, Uniform
convergence and differentiation

ˆ Module IV [10 Lectures]

Inequalities involving complex numbers, Limit, Continuity and differentiability,
Cauchy-Riemann equations, Analytic functions, Polynomials, Rational functions,
Harmonic conjugates, Elementary functions, Conformal mapping, Linear transfor-
mation.

ˆ Module V [10 Lectures]

Line integrals, Cauchy’s theorem, closed curve, Cauchy’s intergral formula, Higher
derivatives, Morera’s theorem, Liouville’s theorem, Power series expansions, The
Weierstrass theorem, Taylors Theorem, Laurent’s Theorem, Classification of singu-
larities, Classical theorem of Weierstrass concerning behavior of a function in the
neighborhood of an essential singularity, zeros of analytic functions, The maximum
principle, Schwarz’s lemma, Residue theorem and applications.

1065
Text Books:
1. W. Rudin, Principles of Mathematical Analysis, 3rd Edition, McGraw-Hill,
1983.

2. T. Apostol, Mathematical Analysis, 2nd Edition, Narosa Publishers, 2002.

Reference Books:
1. Lars V. Ahlfors, Complex Analysis, McGraw-Hill International Editions.

2. J.B. Conway, Functions of one complex variable, Narosa, New Delhi.

3. T.W. Gamelin, Complex Analysis, Springer International Edition, 2001.

4. R.V. Churchill and J.W. Brown, Complex Variables and Applications, Wiley.

15.14 MA 511: Real Analysis

Course Code: MA 511
Course Name: Real Analysis
L-T-P-C: 3-1-0-4
Prerequisites: None
Students intended for: M.Sc. /M.S./Ph.D. /B.Tech 3rd and 4th year
Elective or Core: Core for M.Sc. in applied Mathematics and Elective for other
discipline.
Approval: 22nd Senate

Course contents
ˆ Module I [4 Lectures]
Introduction to real numbers, Construction, Dedekind cuts, Completeness property,
Archimedean property, Countable and uncountable set

ˆ Module II [6 Lectures]
Open balls and open sets in Euclidean space, Definition of interior points, Closed
sets, Adherent points, Accumulation points, Closure, Bolzano-Weirstrass Theorem,
Cantor intersection theorem, Heine-Borel Theorem, Compactness.

ˆ Module III [7 Lectures]

3. Metric spaces, Open sets, Closed sets, Dense sets, Metric subspaces, Compact
subsets of a metric space, Boundary of a set, Totally boundedness, Completeness.

ˆ Module IV [8 Lectures]
Convergent sequences in a metric space, Cauchy sequences, Complete metric space,
Limit of a function, Continuous functions, Continuity of composite functions, Con-
tinuity and inverse image of open and closed sets, Functions continuous on compact
sets, Connectedness

1066
 ˆ Module V [4 Lectures]
Review of Riemann Integration, Riemann-Stieltjes integral: definition and exam-
ples, Properties of the integral.

ˆ Module VI [10 Lectures]

6. Uniform continuity, Fixed point theorem for contractions, Sequences of functions,
Point wise convergence of sequences of functions, Uniform convergence of sequences
of functions, Uniform convergence and continuity, Cauchy condition for uniform
convergence, Uniform convergence of infinite series of functions, Cauchy condition
for uniform convergence of series, Weirstrass M-test, Dirichlet’s test for uniform
convergence, Uniform convergence and differentiation, Uniform convergence and
integration

ˆ Module VII [Lectures]

Metric space C[a,b], Characterize compact subsets, i.e., Arzela-Ascoli theorem.

Text Books:
1. W. Rudin, Principles of Mathematical Analysis, 3rd Edition, McGraw-Hill,
2013.

2. T. Apostol, Mathematical Analysis, 2nd Edition, Narosa Publishers, 2002.

Reference Books:
1. Elias M. Stein and Rami Shakarchi, Real Analysis Princeton Lectures, 2010.

2. Terrance Tao, Analysis I and II, Trim, Hindustan book agency, 2006.

15.15 MA 512: Linear Algebra

Course Code: MA 512
Course Name: Linear Algebra
L-T-P-C: 3-1-0-4
Prerequisites: Basic knowledge on matrix and determinants
Students intended for: M.Sc./M.S./Ph.D.
Elective or Core: Core for M.Sc. in applied Mathematics and Elective for other
discipline
Approval: 10th Senate

Course contents
ˆ Matrices, vectors, and systems of linear equations [3 Lectures]
Introduction to Matrix and Determinant.

ˆ Vector spaces, basis, dimension [10 Lectures] Vector spaces, Subspaces, Sub-
spaces connected with matrices, Linear span, Linear independence, Bases and di-
mension, Basis and dimension of range and null space.

1067
 ˆ Linear transformations, change of basis [6 Lectures]
Linear transformations and matrices, Coordinate change, Change of basis and sim-
ilarity.

ˆ Diagonalisation [7 Lectures]
Eigenvalues and eigenvectors, Diagonalisation of a square matrix, Inner products,
orthogonality, orthogonal diagonalisation, Applications of diagonalisation.

ˆ Direct sums and projections [7 Lectures]

The direct sum of two subspaces, Orthogonal complements, Projections, Character-
ising projections and orthogonal projections, Minimising the distance to a subspace.

ˆ Complex matrices, vector spaces [9 Lectures]

Complex vector spaces, Complex inner product spaces, The adjoint. Hermitian and
unitary matrices, Unitary diagonalisation. Normal matrices, Spectral decomposi-
tion.

Text Books:
1. G.Strang, Linear Algebra and its Applications, 4th Edition, Thomson, 2006.

2. K. Hoffman and R. Kunze, Linear Algebra, Prentice Hall, 2008.

3. H.Anton, Elementary Linear Algebra with Applications, 9th Edition, John

Wiley, 2004.

Reference Books:
1. Loehr, Nicholas, Advanced Linear Algebra, Taylor & Francis Inc.

2. Iuliana Iatan, Advanced Lectures on Linear Algebra with Applications,

LAP Lambert Academic Publishing.

3. Sohail A. Dianat, Eli Saber, Advanced Linear Algebra for Engineers with
MATLAB, Taylor Francis Inc.

15.16 MA 513: Ordinary Differential Equations

Course Code: MA 513
Course Name: Ordinary Differential Equations
L-T-P-C: 3-1-0-4
Prerequisites: NA
Students intended for: M.Sc. /M.S./Ph.D./B.Tech 3rd and 4th year
Elective or Core: Core for M.Sc. in applied Mathematics and Elective for other
discipline
Approval: 10th Senate

1068
Course contents
ˆ General Overview [8 Lectures]
Solutions methods: General solution methods, Power Series methods with proper-
ties of Bessel functions and Legendre polynomials.

ˆ Existence and Uniquenessn [11 Lectures]

Existence and Uniqueness of Initial Value Problems: Picard’s and Peano’s The-
orems, Gronwall’s inequality, continuation of solutions and maximal interval of
existence, continuous dependence

ˆ Systems of Differential Equations [16 Lectures]

Algebraic properties of solutions of linear systems, The eigenvalue-eigenvector method
of finding solutions, Complex eigenvalues, Equal eigenvalues, Fundamental matrix
solutions, Wronskian, Matrix exponential, Nonhomogeneous equations, Variation of
parameters, Stability theory for linear and nonlinear systems, Lyapunov function.

ˆ Boundary value problems [7 Lectures]

Green’s function, Sturm comparison theorems and oscillations, eigenvalue problems.

Text Books:
1. G.F. Simmons and S.G. Krantz, Differential Equations: Theory, technique
and practice, Tata McGraw-Hill, 2007.

2. V. Arnold, Ordinary Differential Equations, MIT Press, 1978.

3. Coddington, E. A. and Levinson, N., Theory of Ordinary Differential Equa-

tions, Krieger Publishing Co, 1984.

Reference Books:
1. Ahmad, S. Rao, M.R.M., Theory of ordinary differential equations with
applications in biology and engineering, EWP publication, 1999.

2. L. Perko, Differential Equations and Dynamical Systems, Texts in Applied

Mathematics, Vol. 7, 2nd Wdition, Springer Verlag, 1998.

3. Devaney, R., Hirsch, M. W. and Smale, S., Differential Equations, Dynamical

Systems, and an Introduction to Chaos, 2nd Edition, Academic Press, 2003.

4. Birkhoff, G. and Rota, G.-C., Ordinary Differential Equations, Wiley, 1989

5. R.P. Agarwal and D. O’Regan, An Introduction to Ordinary Differential

Equations, Springer- Verlag, 2008.

1069
15.17 MA 514: Computer Programming
Course Code: MA 514
Course Name: Computer Programming
L-T-P-C: 3-0-0-3
Prerequisites: NA
Students intended for: M.Sc./M.S./Ph.D.
Elective or Core: Core for M.Sc. in applied Mathematics and Elective for other
discipline
Approval: 10th Senate

Course contents
ˆ Introduction to Computer Programming [4 Lectures]
Programming and Programming Languages, Flowchart, The C Programming Lan-
guage, Identifiers, Symbolic Constants, Declarations, Arithmetic Operations, Rela-
tional and Logical Operations.

ˆ Branching and Iteration [6 Lectures]

If-Else, ?: Conditional Expression, Switch, While Loops, Do-While Loops, For
Loops, Break and Continue, Goto.

ˆ Functions [4 Lectures]
Function Prototypes, Call by reference, Call by arguments, recursive function, inline
function.

ˆ Pointers [6 Lectures]
What is a Pointer? Pointer Syntax, Pointers and Arrays, Pointer Arithmetic, Re-
turn Values and Pointer, Pointers to Pointers, Function Pointers, Dynamic Memory
allocation.

ˆ Arrays and Strings [5 Lectures]

Formatted IO: printf, scanf, string formatting; File IO: Opening and Closing Files,
Standard IO, Sequential File Operations.

ˆ Object-oriented programming [12 Lectures]

Introduction to User define datatype, Fundamentals of the object-oriented ap-
proach, introduction to class and its components, constructors, referring to ob-
jects of a class, static members, classes and their friends, Introduction to STL and
application.

Text Books:
1. V. Rajaraman, COMPUTER PROGRAMMING IN C, PHI Learning, 2004.

2. E. Balagurusamy, Programming In Ansi C, 3rd Edition, Tata McGraw-Hill

Publication, New Delhi, 2004.

1070
 3. Walter Savitch, Problem Solving with C++: Global Edition, 9th Edition, Pear-
son Education, 2014.

4. Robert Lafore, Object Oriented Programming In C++, 4th Edition, Pearson

Education India, 2004.

Reference Books:
1. Bjarne Stroustrup, The C++ Programming Language, 4th Edition, Pearson
Education, 2013.

2. Brian W. Kernighan, The C Programming Language (Ansi C Version), 2nd

Edition, PHI, 1990.

3. Brian W. Kernighan, Dennis M. Ritchie, Programming Languages C with

Practicals, 1st Edition, Margham Publications, 2012.

15.18 MA 514P: Computer Programming Lab

Course Code: MA 514P
Course Name: Computer Programming Lab
L-T-P-C: 0-0-3-2
Prerequisites: NA
Students intended for: MA-514, Computer Programming
Elective or Core: Core for M.Sc. in applied Mathematics and Elective for other
discipline
Approval: 10th Senate

Course Outline
This lab course will complement the theory course Computer Programming & Applica-
tions by providing hand on experience. The syllabus will cover the lab aspect of the
theory course.

Text Books:
1. V. Rajaraman, COMPUTER PROGRAMMING IN C, PHI Learning, 2004.

2. E. Balagurusamy, Programming In Ansi C, 3rd Edition, Tata McGraw-Hill

Publication, New Delhi, 2004.

3. Walter Savitch, Problem Solving with C++: Global Edition, 9th Edition, Pear-
son Education, 2014.

4. Robert Lafore, Object Oriented Programming In C++, 4th Edition, Pearson

Education India, 2004.

1071
Reference Books:
1. Bjarne Stroustrup, The C++ Programming Language, 4th Edition, Pearson
Education, 2013.

2. Brian W. Kernighan, The C Programming Language (Ansi C Version), 2nd

Edition, PHI, 1990.

3. Brian W. Kernighan, Dennis M. Ritchie, Programming Languages C with

Practicals, 1st Edition, Margham Publications, 2012.

15.19 MA 515: Applied Mathematical Programming

Course Code: MA 515
Course Name: Applied Mathematical Programming
L-T-P-C: 3-1-0-4
Prerequisites: NA
Students intended for: M.Sc /M.S./Ph.D. ./B.Tech 3rd & 4th year
Elective or Core: Core for M.Sc. in applied Mathematics and Elective for other
discipline
Approval: 10th Senate

Course contents
ˆ Origin and types of Linear Program [5 Lectures]
Model formulation in Industrial Problems, Solution by Graphical Method.

ˆ Module II [8 Lectures]
Theory and geometry of linear programs, Simplex Method, Big-M, Two Phase and
Revised simplex method, complexity of simplex method, application to decision
making.

ˆ Module III [7 Lectures]

Duality theory and application, Economic interpretation of dual variables, Primal
dual relationship and theorems, Dual simplex method, primal-dual method.

ˆ Module IV [5 Lectures]
Integer programming and Applications, Gomory’s Algorithm and branch and bound
methods.

ˆ Module V [5 Lectures]
Transportation problems, Assignment problems, Application in various domains.

ˆ Module VI [5 Lectures]
Alternate approaches to solve LPP: ellipsoid method, Karmarkar’s algorithm and
application.

1072
 ˆ Module VII [7 Lectures]
Nonlinear programming, Lagrange multipliers, Farka’s lemma, constraint qualifica-
tion, KKT optimality conditions, sufficiency of KKT under convexity; Quadratic
Programming, Wolfe method, Industrial Applications of QPP: Machine Learning,
Finance etc.

Text Books:
1. D. Bertsimas and J. N. Tsitsiklis, Introduction to Linear Optimization, Athena
Scientific, 1997.

2. Robert J. Vanderbei, Linear Programming: Foundations and Extensions,

4th Edition, Springer, 2014.

3. G. V. Reklaitis, A. Ravindran, K. M. Ragsdell, Engineering Optimization:

Methods and Applications, Wiley, 2006.

4. Mokhtar S. Bazaaraa, Hanif D. Shirali and M.C.Shetty, Nonlinear Program-

ming, Theory and Algorithms, John Wiley & Sons, 2004.

Reference Books:
1. Murty, Katta G., ed., Case Studies in Operations Research: Applications
of Optimal Decision Making. Vol. 212. Springer, 2014.

2. Don T. Phillips, A. Ravindran, James J. Solberg, Operations Research: Prin-

ciples and Practice, John Wiley & Sons, 1987.

3. S. S. Rao, Engineering Optimization: Theory and Practice, 4th Edition,

John Wiley & Sons, 2009.

15.20 MA 516 : Topology

Course Code: MA 516
Course Name : Topology
L-T-P-C : 3-1-0-4
Intended for : UG/PG
Prerequisite : MA 511(Real Analysis)
Mutual Exclusion : None
Approval: 45th BoA

Course Contents:
ˆ Topological Spaces: open sets, closed sets, neighbourhoods, bases, subbases,
limit points, closures, interiors, continuous functions, homeomorphisms. [7 Hours]

ˆ Examples of topological spaces: subspace topology, product topology, metric

topology, order topology. [5 Hours]

1073
 ˆ Compactness: compact spaces and its properties, locally compact spaces, one
point compactification, paracompactness, Tychonoff theorem. [7 Hours]

ˆ Countability Axioms: first countable spaces, second countable spaces, separable

spaces, Lindeloff spaces. [4 Hours]

ˆ Separation Axioms: Hausdorff, regular and normal spaces, Urysohn’s lemma,

Uryohn’s Metrization theorem, Tietze extension theorem, partition of unity. [6
Hours]

ˆ Connectedness: connectedness, path connectedness, connected subspaces of the

real line, components and local connectedness. [5 Hours]

ˆ Quotient topology: examples of quotient topology: construction of cylinder,

cone, suspension, Mobius band, torus, topological groups, orbit spaces. [5 Hours]

ˆ Algebraic Topology: homotopy, deformation retract, contractible spaces, path

homotopy, fundamental group. [3 Hours]

Text books:
1. G. F. Simmons, Topology and Modern Analysis, Tata McGraw-Hill, 2004.

2. A. Hatcher, Algebraic Topology, Cambridge University Press, 2002.

References:
1. J. Dugundji, Topology, McGraw-Hill Inc., 1988.

2. J. R. Munkres, Topology: A First Course, Prentice-Hall, 1975.

3. M. A. Armstrong, Basic topology, McGraw-Hill Book Co. (UK), Ltd., 1979.

15.21 MA 521 10 : Topology and Functional Analysis

Course Code: MA 521 10
Course Name : Topology and Functional Analysis
L-T-P-C : 3-1-0-4
Prerequisites :
Intended for : M.Sc./M.S./Ph.D./B.Tech 3rd and 4th year
Distribution : Core for M.Sc. in applied Mathematics and Elective for other discipline.
Approval: 10th Senate

Course Contents:
ˆ Module I: Cartesian Products, Finite Sets, Countable and Uncountable Sets, In-
finite Sets and Axiom of Choice, Well Ordered Sets. Topological Spaces, Basis for
a topology, Order topology, Subspace Topology, Product topology, closed sets and
limit points, Continuous functions, Metric Topology. [10 Lectures]

1074
 ˆ Module II: Connected spaces, Components and Loca l Connectedness, Compact
spaces, Countability Axioms, Separation axioms Normal Spaces, Urysohn’s Lemma,
Titetz Extension Theorem, Tychonoff’s Theorem , Metrization Theorem. [11 Lec-
tures]

ˆ Module III: Normed spaces, continuity of linear maps, Hahn - Banach theorems,
Banach spaces. Uniform bounded principle, closed graph theorem, Open mapping
theorem, bounded inverse t heorem, spectrum of Bounded Operator. Duals and
transposes, duals of LP [a,b] and C[a,b]. [11 Lectures]

ˆ Module IV: Inner product spaces, orthonormal sets, approximation and optimiza-
tion, projections, Riesz representation theorem. Bounded operators and adjoints
on a Hilbert space, normal, unitary and self adjoint operators. [10 Lectures]

Textbooks:
1. J. R. Munkres, Topology, 2nd Edition, Pearson Education (India), 2001.

2. H. L. Royden, Real Analysis, 3rd Edition, Prentice Hall of India, 1995.

Reference Books:
1. G.F. Simmons, Introduction to Topology and Modem Analysis, McGraw-
Hill, 1963.

2. J. L. Kelley, General Topology, Van Nostrand, 1955.

3. B. V. Limaye, Functional Analysis.

4. K. Yoshida, Functional Analysis, Springer.

5. S. Nanda and B. Choudhari, Functional Analysis With Application, New Age

International Ltd.

6. S. C. Bose, Introduction to Functional Analysis, Macmillan India Ltd.

15.22 MA 521: Functional Analysis

Course Code: MA 521
Course Name: Functional Analysis
L-T-P-C: 3-1-0-4
Prerequisites: MA-511 (Real Analysis)
Students intended for: M.Sc./B. Tech./M.S./Ph.D.
Elective or Core: Core for M.Sc. in applied Mathematics and Elective for other
discipline
Approval: 22nd Senate

1075
Course contents
ˆ Module I [5 Lectures]
Normed spaces, Examples of Normed Spaces, Subspaces of Normed Spaces, Quo-
tient Normed Spaces, Riesz Lemma, Finite-Dimensional Normed Spaces, Con-
vex Subsets of Normed Spaces, Stronger and Equivalent Norms, Strictly Convex
Normed Spaces.
ˆ Module II [5 Lectures]
Linear Maps Between Normed Spaces, Continuity of linear maps, Examples of Dis-
continuous Linear Maps on Infinite Dimensional Normed Spaces, Various Criterion
for Continuity of Linear Maps, Linear Functionals, Examples of Continuous Lin-
ear Maps, Necessary Conditions for the Continuity of Transformations defined by
Infinite Matrices, Operator Norm of Bounded Linear Maps, Operator Norm of
Transformations defined by Finite Matrices.
ˆ Module III [5 Lectures]
Hahn-Banach Separation Theorem, Hahn-Banach Extension Theorem, Consequences
of Hahn-Banach Extension Theorem, Uniqueness of the Hahn-Banach Extension,
Banach Limits.
ˆ Module IV [8 Lectures]
Banach Spaces, Subspaces of Banach Spaces, Quotient Banach Spaces, Product of
Banach Spaces, Canonical Embedding of Normed Spaces, Schauder Basis, Uniform
Bounded Principle and its Applications, Banach-Steinhaus Theorem..
ˆ Module V [6 Lectures]
Closed Maps, Closed graph theorem, Linear Projections, Open Maps, Quotient
Maps, Open Mapping Theorem and its Applications, Bounded Inverse Theorem.
ˆ Module VI [5 Lectures]
Spectrum of Bounded Operators, Resolvent Set, Eigen-spectrum, Approximate
Eigen- spectrum, Spectrum of the Right Shift Operator, Compact Operators on
Normed Spaces, Spectrum of Compact Operators.
ˆ Module VII [8 Lectures]
Inner Product Spaces, Orthonormal Sets, Bessel’s Inequality, Riesz-Fischer The-
orem, Fourier Expansion, Parseval Formula, Projection and Riesz Representation
Theorems, Bounded Operators and Adjoints, Normal, Unitary and Self-Adjoint
Operators.

Text Books:
1. B.V. Limaye, Functional Analysis, Revised 3rd Edition, New Age International
Private Limited, 2017.
2. B.V. Limaye, Linear Functional Analysis for Scientists and Engineers,
Springer, Singapore, 2016.
3. J.B. Conway, A Course in Functional Analysis, 2nd Edition, Springer, 1990.

1076
Reference Books:
1. 1. E. Kreyzig, Introductory Functional Analysis with Applications, John
Wiley & Sons, New York, 1989.
2. K. Yoshida, Functional Analysis, 6th Edition, Springer, 1995.
3. C. Goffman and G. Pedrick, A First Course in Functional Analysis, Prentice-
Hall, 1974.
4. A. Taylor and D. Lay, Introduction to Functional Analysis, Wiley, New York,
1980.

15.23 MA 522: Partial Differential Equations

Course Code: MA 522
Course Name: Partial Differential Equations
L-T-P-C: 3-1-0-4
Prerequisites: NA
Students intended for: M.Sc./B. Tech./M.S./Ph.D.
Elective or Core: Core for M.Sc. in applied Mathematics and Elective for other
discipline
Approval: 10th Senate

Course contents
ˆ Module I [5 Lectures]
Introduction to PDE, First order PDEs, Solution methods for first order PDE.
ˆ Module II [8 Lectures]
Classification of Partial Differential Equations, Cauchy Problem, Cauchy Kowalevski
Theorem, Classification of Second Order Partial Differential Equations: normal
forms and characteristics. Initial and Boundary Value Problems: Lagrange-Green’s
identity and uniqueness by energy methods.
ˆ Module III [6 Lectures]
Methods of Solution, Methods of separation of variables, Characteristic method,
Green’s function, Fourier transform.
ˆ Module IV [4 Lectures]
Stability theory, energy conservation and dispersion
ˆ Module V [5 Lectures]
Laplace equation: mean value property, weak and strong maximum principle,
Green’s function, Poisson’s formula, Dirichlet’s principle, existence of solution using
Perron’s method (without proof).
ˆ Heat equation [5 Lectures]
Initial value problem, fundamental solution, weak and strong maximum principle
and uniqueness results.

1077
 ˆ Wave equation [5 Lectures]
Uniqueness, D’Alembert’s method, method of spherical means and Duhamel’s prin-
ciple

ˆ Module VIII [4 Lectures]

Introduction to Hilbert Spaces of Functions, Sobolev spaces, Weak solution

Text Books:
1. G. B. Folland, Introduction to Partial Differential Equations, Princeton Uni-
versity Press, 1995

2. L.C. Evans, Partial Differrential Equations, Graduate Studies in Mathematics,

Vol. 19, AMS, Providence, 1998.

Reference Books:
1. . F. John, Partial Differential Equations, 3rd Edition, Narosa Publ. Co.,1979.

2. E. Zauderer, Partial Differential Equations of Applied Mathematics, 2nd

Edition, John Wiley and Sons, 1989.

3. M. Renardy and R.C. Rogers, An Introduction to Partial Differential Equa-

tions, Texts in Appl. Math. 13, Springer, 1993

4. M.H. Protter and H. F. Weinberger, Maximum Principles in Differential Equa-

tions, Prentice Hall, 1967

15.24 MA 523: Numerical Analysis

Course Code: MA 523
Course Name: Numerical Analysis
L-T-P-C: 3-1-0-4
Prerequisites: NA
Students intended for: M.Sc./B. Tech./M.S./Ph.D.
Elective or Core: Core for M.Sc. in applied Mathematics and Elective for other
discipline
Approval: 10th Senate

Course contents
ˆ Module I [3 Lectures]
Computer arithmetic, Kind of errors in Numerical Procedures, Significant digits,
Backward error analysis, Sensitivity and conditioning, Stability and accuracy, Evo-
lution of polynomials.

ˆ Module II [6 Lectures]

1078
 Nonlinear Equations: Bisection method, Secant method, Newton’s method, Method
of False-position, Secant method, Fixed point iterations, order of convergence, New-
tons method for multiple roots, Newtons methods and fixed point method for the
system of nonlinear equations.

ˆ Module III [7 Lectures]

Existence and uniqueness of interpolating polynomial, Lagrange polynomials, Di-
vided differences, Evenly spaced points, Error of interpolation, Piecewise interpo-
lation, Cubic spline, Least-Square approximations.

ˆ Module IV [11 Lectures]

System of linear equations: Gaussian elimination, Partial Pivoting, Pivoting and
Scaling in Gaussian Elimination method , Singular matrices, Determinants and Ma-
trix inversions, Tridiagonal systems, Norms, Condition numbers and errors in solu-
tions; Iterative methods: Jacobi, Gauss-Seidel and SOR Methods, Power method,
Inverse power method and QR methods for finding the eigenvalues and eigenvectors
of matrices.

ˆ Numerical Differentiation and Integration [5 Lectures]

Numerical differentiation, Newton-Cotes integration formulae, Composite rules, Er-
ror terms for Newton - Cotes formulae and composite rules, Methods of undeter-
mined parameters, Gaussian quadrature.

ˆ Initial and Boundary Value Problem (IVP & BVP) [10 Lectures]
Taylor series method, Forward Euler, Backward Euler and Modified Euler meth-
ods, Runge-Kutta methods; Multistep methods: Milne’s method, Adams-Moulton
method, System of equations and Higher order equations, Stiff equations, Finite
difference methods and Shooting methods for the Boundary vaue problems.

Text Books:
1. K. E. Atkinson, An Introduction to Numerical Analysis, 2nd Edition, John
Wiley, 2008.

2. R. L. Burden and J. D. Faires, Numerical Analysis, 7th Edition, Thomson Learn-

ing, 2001.

Reference Books:
1. M. T. Heath, Scientific Computing: An Introductory Survey, McGraw Hill,
2002.

2. Brian Bradie, A friendly introduction to Numerical Analysis, Pearson Edu-

cation, 2007.

1079
15.25 MA 524: Probability and Statistics
Course Code: MA 524
Course Name: Probability and Statistics
L-T-P-C: 3-1-0-4
Prerequisites: NA
Students intended for: M.Sc./B. Tech./M.S./Ph.D.
Elective or Core: Core for M.Sc. in applied Mathematics and Elective for other
discipline
Approval: 10th Senate

Course contents
ˆ Probability and random variable
σ field; measurable space; construction of measure probability and properties; def-
initions, scope and examples of probability; sample spaces and events; axiomatic
definition of probability; joint and conditional probabilities; independence, total
probability; Bayes’ rule and applications. [8 Lectures]
Definition of random variables, continuous and discrete random variables; cumula-
tive distribution function (cdf) for discrete and continuous random variables; prob-
ability mass function (pmf); probability density functions (pdf) and properties;
expectation: mean, variance and moments of a random variables. [5 Lectures]

ˆ Distribution Functions [7 Lectures]

Some special distributions: uniform, exponential, Chi-square, Gaussian, binomial,
and poisson distributions; Law of large numbers; Central limit theorem and its
significance.

ˆ Statistics [6 Lectures]
Scatter diagram; graphical residual analysis, Q-Q plot to test for normality of resid-
uals, autocorrelation and autocovariance functions; stationarity and non stationar-
ity ; correlation and covariance

ˆ Module [12 Lectures]

Sampling distributions; point and interval estimation, testing of hypothesis, Good-
ness of fit and contingency tables, linear regression, ANOVA.

ˆ Module [4 Lectures]
Introduction to Stochastic process; white noise; random walk and Brownian motion.

Text Books:
1. Sheldon M. Ross, Introduction to Probability and Statistics for Engineers
and Scientists, Academic Press, 2009.

1080
Reference Books:
1. D. C. Montgomery and G.C. Runger, Applied Statistics and Probability for
Engineers, 5th Edition, John Wiley & Sons, 2009.
2. Robert H. Shumway and David S. Stoffer, Time Series Analysis and Its Ap-
plications with R Examples, 3rd Edition, Springer Texts in Statistics, 2006.

15.26 MA 525: Heuristic Optimization

Course Code: MA 525
Course Name: Heuristic Optimization
L-T-P-C: 3-0-0-3
Prerequisites: IC150, IC111or equivalent / instructor’s consent.
Students intended for: B.Tech. 3rd, 4th year, M.S.JM.Tech./M.Sc., Ph.D.
Elective or Core: Elective
Approval: 15th Senate

Course contents
ˆ Introduction [2 Lectures]
Introduction to optimization, Local and Global Minima, Classical Optimization
Techniques, Heuristic Optimization techniques.
ˆ Random number generations [7 Lectures]
Random numbers of a given distribution, properties and statistical tests. Simulation
of random number generators.
ˆ Benchmarks and algorithms comparisons [4 Lectures]
Parameter settings and statistical criterion for comparison of various algorithms,parametric
a nd non parametric tests, non statistical measures and issues with them.
ˆ Continuous Optimization [8 Lectures]
Evolutionary Techniques, Swarm basedTechniques and other nature inspired tech-
niques. Theoretical foundations of various techniques. Implementation issues with
various techniques and their comparisons based on benchmarks
ˆ Discrete and combinatorial Optimization [4 Lectures]
Heuristic optimization approaches for discrete, mixed continuous discrete and com-
binatorial problems. Application to solve Knapsack, TSP, Network Flow problems,
Submodular Functions under Matroid Constraints.
ˆ Estimation of Distribution Algorithms [4 Lectures]
EDA for discrete optimization and their comparisons, continuous EDA, Application
of discrete and continuous EDA in optimization and machine learning.
ˆ Hybrid techniques [4 Lectures]
Local search methods and their advantages. Hybrid optimization techniques. Use
of hybrid techniques and their application.

1081
 ˆ Constraint handling techniques [6 Lectures]
Problems with inequality and equality constraints. Methods based on rejection
strategies, repair strategies, specialized operators. Penalty parameter based and
penalty parameter less approaches. Approaches for handling equality constraints.
Implementation of various constraint handling techniques and their comparison over
various practical and benchmark problems.

ˆ Multi objective optimization [6 Lectures]

Various approaches to handle multiple objectives, Pareto Optimality. Dominance
and decomposition based approaches. Hybrid techniques. Bi-level optimization.
Theoretical Foundations and Applications to engineering and finance.

Text Books:
1. Engelbrecht, Andries P., Fundamentals of computational swarm intelligence,
John Wiley & Sons, 2006.

2. Deb, K., Multi-objective optimization using evolutionary algorithms, John

Wiley & Sons, 2001.

Reference Books:
1. Mezura-Montes, E. (Ed.), Constraint-Handling in Evolutionary Optimiza-
tion Constraint Handling in Evolutionary Optimization, Studies in Com-
putational Intelligence, vol. 198, Springer-Verlag, 2009.

2. Eiben, A.E. and Smith, J .E., Introduction to Evolutionary Computing,

Springer, 2003.

3. Niederreiter, H. Random number generation and quasi-Monte Carlo meth-

ods, Society for Industrial and Applied Mathematics, 1992.

4. Coello, C. A. C., Lamont, G. 8., and Veldhuizen, D. A. V., Evolutionary algo-

rithms for solving multi-objective problems, Vol. 5, Springer, 2007.

5. Datta, R., and Deb, K. (Eds.), Evolutionary constrained optimization, Springer,

2014.

6. Lobo, F. j., Lima, C. F., and Michalewicz, Z. (Eds.), Parameter setting in evo-
lutionary algorithms, Vol. 54, Springer Science & Business Media, 2007.

7. Blum, C., Roli, A. and Sampels, M. (Eds.), Hybrid metaheuristics: an emerg-

ing approach to optimization, Springer, 2008.

8. Larranaga, P. and Lozano, j. A. (Eds). Estimation of distribution algorithms:

A new tool for evolutionary computation, Springer Science & Business Media,
2012.

9. Clerc, M., Guided randomness in optimization, Vol. 1, John Wiley & Sons,
2015.

1082
 10. Wolsey, L.A., and Nemhauser, G. L., Integer and Combinatorial Optimiza-
tion, Wiley, 1999.

11. Zbigniew M. and Fogel, D., How to Solve it: Modern Heuristics, Springer
Verlag, 2000.

15.27 MA 526 : An Introduction to Wavelets

Course Code: MA 526
Course Name : : An Introduction to Wavelets
L-T-P-C : 3-0-0-3
Intended for : UG/PG
Prerequisite : Basic Knowledge of Real Analysis and Linear Algebra
Mutual Exclusion : None
Approval: 46th BoA

Course Contents:
ˆ Review of Linear Algebra: Complex Series, Euler’s Formula, Roots of Unity,
Linear Transformations and Matrices, Change of Basis, diagonalization of Linear
Transformations and Matrices, Inner Product, Orthogonal Bases, Unitary Matrices.
(5 hours)

ˆ The Discrete Fourier Transform: Definition and Basic Properties of Discrete

Fourier Transform, Translation- Invariant Linear Transformations, The Fast Fourier
Transform. (7 Hours)

ˆ Wavelets on Finite Group ZN: Convolution, Fourier Transform on ZN, Defini-

tion of Wavelets and Basic Properties, Construction of Wavelets on ZN. (6 Hours)

ˆ Wavelets on Infinite Discrete Group Z: Definition and Basic Properties of

Hilbert spaces, Complete orthonormal sets in Hilbert Spaces, The spaces l2(Z) and
L2([-ρ, ρ)), Basic Fourier Series, The Fourier Transform and Convolution on L2(Z)
Wavelets on Z. (8 Hours)

ˆ Wavelets on R: Convolution and Approximate Identities, Fourier Transform on R,

Bases for The Space L2(R), Belian-Low Theorem, Wavelets on R, Multiresolution
Analysis, Construction of Wavelets from multiresolution Analysis, Construction of
Compactly supported Wavelets, Haar Wavelets, Band-Limited Wavelets, Applica-
tions. (16 Hours)

Laboratory/practical/tutorial Modules:
Nil

Textbooks:
1. Michael W. Frazier, An Introduction to Wavelets Through Linear Algebra,
Springer-Verlag, 1999.

1083
 2. Eugenio Hernandez, Guido Weiss, A First Course on Wavelets, CRC Press,
1996.

References:
1. Ingrid Daubechies, Ten Lectures on Wavelets, CBMS -NSF Regional Con-
ference Series in Applied Mathematics, 61. Society for Indus trial and Applied
Mathematics (SIAM), 1992.

2. George Bachman, Lawrence Narici, Edward Beckenstein, Fourier and Wavelet

Analysis, Springer-Verlag, 2000.

3. Howard L. Resnikoff, Raymond O. Wells, Jr., Wavelet Analysis, Springer-Verlag,

1998.

15.28 MA 527 : Field and Galois Theory

Course Code: MA 527
Course Name : Field and Galois Theory
L-T-P-C : 3-0-0-3
Intended for : M.Sc./M.S./PhD/B.Tech
Prerequisite : MA 549 (Abstract Algebra)
Mutual Exclusion : None
Approval: 46th BoA

Course Contents:
ˆ Module 1: Fields, Characteristics and prime subfields, Field extensions, Automor-
phisms, Normal extensions and Splitting fields, Separable and Inseparable exten-
sions, Algebraic closures (12 Hours)

ˆ Module 2: Galois groups, The fundamental theorem of Galois theory, Finite fields,
Cyclotomic extensions, Composite extensions, Norm and Traces, Cyclic extensions,
Hilbert theorem 90 and Group cohomology, Kummer extensions (16 Hours)

ˆ Module 3: Discriminants, Polynomials of degree 3 and 4, Ruler and Compass

constructions, Solvability by radicals, Polynomials with Galois group Sn, Transcen-
dental extensions, Solution of a cubic by Cardan’s method, Solution of biquadratic
by Ferrari’s method (14 Hours)

Text books:
1. P. Morandi, Field and Galois Theory, Springer-Verlag, 1996.

2. D.S. Dummit and R. M. Foote, Abstract Algebra, 2nd Edition, John Wiley, 2002.

1084
References:
1. M. Artin, Algebra, Prentice Hall of India, 1994.

2. N. Jacobson, Basic Algebra I, 2nd Edition, Hindustan Publishing Co., 1984, W.H.
Freeman, 1985.

3. S. Lang, Algebra, 3rd Edition, Springer (India), 2004.

4. J.S. Milne, Online notes : https://www.jmilne.org/math/CourseNotes/FT.pdf

15.29 MA 528 : Measure Theory and Integration

Course number : MA 528
Course Name : Measure Theory and Integration
Credit Distribution : (3-1-0-4)
Intended for : M.Sc./M.S./PhD/B.Tech
Prerequisite : MA-511 (Real Analysis)
Mutual Exclusion : NA
Approval: 50th BoA

Course Contents:
ˆ Module 1: Review of Riemann integral, Algebra of subsets of a non-empty set,
Measure on an arbitrary sigma-algebra, Continuity property of measure, The in-
duced outer measure, Measurable sets, Borel Sigma algebra, Monotone class, Com-
pletion of a measure space , The Lebesgue measure on R, Properties of Lebesgue
measure, Non measurable subsets of R. (14 hours)

ˆ Module 2: Simple measurable functions, Integral of non-negative measurable func-

tions, Monotone convergence theorem, Fatou’s Lemma, Dominated convergence
theorem, Relation between Riemann , Improper and Lebesgue integrals , Riesz-
Fischer theorem (L 1[a,b] is a complete metric space) , R[a,b] is dense L 1[a,b],
Lusin’s theorem, Lp- spaces, Convergence of measurable functions (almost every-
where , in measure, in mean). (16 Hours)

ˆ Module 3: Absolutely continuous functions, Differentiability of monotone func-

tions (Only statement of Lebesgue-Young theorem), Fundamental theorem of calcu-
lus for Lebesgue integrable functions, Radon-Nikodym theorem, Product measure,
Fubini’s theorem, Signed measure, Riesz representation theorem (Without proof) .
(12 Hours)

Text books:
1. I. K. Rana, An introduction to Measure and Integration, 2nd Edition,
Narosa, 2005.

2. G. de Barra, Measure and Integration, Wiley Eastern, 1981.

1085
References:
1. W. Rudin, Real and Complex Analysis, 3rd edition, McGraw-Hill, International
Editions, 1987.

2. H. L. Royden, Real Analysis, 3rd edition, Prentice-Hall of India, 1985.

3. G. B. Folland, Real Analysis, Wiley-Interscience Publication, John Wiley & Sons,

1999.

4. M. Thamban Nair, Measure and Integration, A first course, CRC Press, 2020.

15.30 MA 529 : Statistical Inference

Course number : MA 529
Course Name : Statistical Inference
Credit Distribution : 3-1-0-4
Intended for : M.Sc./M.S./PhD/ B.Tech
Prerequisite : MA-524 (Probability and Statistics)
Mutual Exclusion : NA
Approval: 50th BoA

Course Contents:
ˆ Module 1: Random sample, Statistics, Order statistics, Sampling distributions,
Parametric point estimation, Estimator, Unbiasedness, Sufficiency, Minimal suf-
ficiency, Factorization theorem, Rao-Blackwell theorem, Completeness, Lehmann-
Scheffe theorem, UMVUE, Basu’s Theorem, Lower bounds for the variance of an
estimator, Frechet-Rao-Cramer, Bhattacharya, Chapman- Robbins-Keifer inequal-
ities. (16 Hours)

ˆ Module 2: Consistency, Efficiency, Method of moments and method of maximum

likelihood, Bayes estimators and Minimax Procedure, Invariance, Best equivariant
estimators. (10 Hours)

ˆ Module 3: Tests of hypothesis, Simple and composite hypothesis, Types of error,

Neyman-Pearson Lemma, Families with monotone likelihood ratio, UMP, UMP un-
biased and UMP invariant tests, Likelihood ratio tests- applications to one sample
and two sample problems, Chi-square tests, Bayes tests, Methods for finding con-
fidence intervals, shortest length confidence intervals, Bayesian confidence interval.
(16 Hours)

Text books:
1. Main Text Book: Statistical Inference, George Casella and Roger L. Berger, Duxbury
Press, second edition 2001.

2. An Introduction to Probability and Statistics, Vijay K Rohatgi and A. K. Md.

Ehsanes Saleh, John Wiley, second edition, 2001.

1086
References:
1. A. M. Mood, F. A. Graybill and D. C. Boes, Introduction to the theory of
Statistics, 3rd edition, McGraw Hill Education, 2017.

2. J. Shao, Mathematical Statistics, Springer, 1998.

3. E. L. Lehmann, G. Casella, Theory of Point Estimation, Springer, 2006.

4. E. L. Lehmann, J. P. Romano, Testing of Statistical Hypothesis, Springer,

2006.

15.31 MA 530 : Graph Theory

Course number : MA 530
Course Name : Graph Theory
Credit Distribution : L-T-P-C:(3-1-0-4)
Intended for : UG/PG
Prerequisite : Basic understanding of mathematics
Mutual Exclusion : None
Approval: 50th BoA

Course Contents:
ˆ Basics: Graphs, subgraphs, isomorphism, representation of graphs, degrees, walks,
trails, paths, cycles, bipartite graphs. [5 Hours]

ˆ Trees and connectivity: Characterizations of trees, minimum-spanning-trees,

number of trees, Cayley’s formula, shortest path algorithms. [5 Hours]

ˆ Eulerian and Hamiltonian graphs: Characterizations, Necessary/sufficient con-

ditions. [4 Hours]

ˆ Graph Coloring: vertex coloring, chromatic polynomials, edge coloring. [4 Hours]

ˆ Planar graphs: Properties, Euler’s formula and its consequences, Kuratowski’s

Characterization. [6 Hours]

ˆ Matching and Factorizations: matching in bipartite graphs, maximum match-

ing in general graphs, Hall’s marriage theorem, factorization; Tutte’s perfect match-
ing theorem and consequences. [7 Hours]

ˆ Networks: The Max-flow min-cut theorem, connectivity and edge connectivity,

Menger’s theorem. [6 Hours]

ˆ Graph and Matrices: Adjacency matrix, Laplacian matrix, Eigen Values. [5

Hours]

1087
Text books:
1. J. A. Bondy and U.S.R Murthy, Graph Theory with Applications, Macmillan,
1976.

2. D. B. West, Introduction to Graph Theory, Vol:2, Prentice hall, 2001.

References:
1. F. Harary, Graph Theory, Addison-Wesley publishing company, 1969.

2. R. Diestel, Graph Theory, 3rd ed. Graduate texts in mathematics 173, 2005.

3. R. B. Bapat, Graphs and Matrices, Vol. 27. London: Springer, 2010.

15.32 MA 549: Abstract Algebra

Course Code: MA 549
Course Name: Abstract Algebra
L-T-P-C: 3-0-0-3
Prerequisites: NA
Students intended for: UG 3rd and 4th year students/PG
Elective or Core: Elective
Approval: 8th Senate

Course contents
ˆ Module I [21 Lectures]
Binary operation, and its properties, Definition of a group, Examples and basic
properties. Subgroups, Coset of a subgroup, Lagrange’s theorem. Cyclic groups,
Order of a group. Normal subgroups, Quotient group. Homomorphisms, Kernel
Image of a homomorphism, Isomorphism theorems. Permutation groups, Cayley’s
theorems. Direct product of groups. Structure of finite abelian groups. Applica-
tions, Private and public key cryptography, some nontrivial examples

ˆ Module II [7 Lectures]
Rings: definition, Examples and basic properties. Zero divisors, Integral domains,
Fields, Characteristic of a ring, Quotient field of an integral domain. Subrings,
Ideals, Quotient rings, Isomorphism theorems. Ring of polynomials. Prime, Irre-
ducible elements and their properties, UFD, PID and Euclidean domains. Prime
ideal, Maximal ideals. Extension fields, Algebraic extensions, Finite fields.

Text Books:
1. Joseph Gallian, Contemporary Abstract Algebra, 7th Edition, Brooks Cole,
2009.

2. J. B. Fraleigh, A first Course in Abstract Algebra, Narosa Publishing House,

2003.

1088
Reference Books:
1. I. N. Herstein, Topics in Algebra, Wiley Eastern Ltd., 1975.

2. Klima, Sigmon and Stitzinger, Applications of Abstract Algebra with Maple

and Matlab, 2nd Edition, 2006.

15.33 MA 550 Statistical Data Analysis

Course Code: MA 550
Course Name: Statistical Data Analysis
L-T-P-C: 2-1-0-3
Students intended for: MS/ Ph.D., Undergraduate (3rd and 4th year)
Prerequisites: MA 202 for undergraduate
Elective or Core: Elective
Approval: 2nd Senate

Course Contents:
ˆ Exploratory analysis of time series:
Introduction, examples, simple descriptive techniques, trend, seasonality, stochastic
and deterministic approaches; numerical and experimental data sets; challenges in
data analysis and data graphical representation, interpretation; statistical tests,
significance and power of a test, choice of the critical region, constructing test
statistics: the Fisher discriminant, mean and variance test, testing goodness-of-fit,
chi2-test, p-values; stationary time series process (ARMA Processes). [12 Lectures]

ˆ Analysis of stochastic series:

Model identification and non-stationary time series models; forecasting with clas-
sical regression models; Forecasting with autocorrelations; Forecasting with lagged
dependent variable; Forecast error statistics and evaluation; singularity detection,
spectral density function, the periodogram, spectral analysis, correlogram, wavelet
cross-correlation, multi-resolution analysis, examples and applications. [12 Lec-
tures]

ˆ Clustering data techniques:

Principal component analysis; different techniques of data clustering. [6 Lectures]

Text books:
1. Peck and Devore, Statistics: The Exploration and Analysis of Data, 7th
edition, Thomson-Brooks/Cole, 2012.

2. Montgomery, D., Jennings, C.L. and Kulahci, M., Introduction to Time Series
Analysis and Forecasting, Wiley-Interscience, 2008.

3. Chatfield, C., The Analysis of Time Series, 6th Edition, Chapman & Hall/CRC,
2004.

1089
References:
1. Petre Stoica and Randolph L. Moses, Introduction to Spectral Analysis, Pren-
tice Hall, 1997.

2. Robert H. Shumway and David S. Stoffer, Time Series Analysis and Its Ap-
plications with R Examples, 3rd edition, Springer Texts in Statistics, 2006.

3. Raghuveer M. Rao and Ajit S. Bopardikar, Wavelet Transform, Pearson Educa-

tion, 1998.

15.34 MA 551: Numerical Analysis

Course Code: MA 551
Course Name: Numerical Analysis
L-T-P-C: 3-0-0-3
Prerequisites: IC 110 Engineering Mathematics, IC 111 Linear Algebra
Students intended for: 3rd and 4th year UG/PG
Elective or Core: Elective
Approval: 8th Senate

Course contents
ˆ Introduction [6 Lectures]
Approximate Numbers and Significant Digits, Propagation of errors, Different types
of errors, Backward error analysis, Sensitivity and conditioning, Stability and ac-
curacy.

ˆ Nonlinear Equations [8 Lectures]

Bisection method, Newton’s method and its variants, Secant method, Fixed point
iterations and their Error analysis.

ˆ Module III [8 Lectures]

Finite differences, Polynomial interpolation, Newton Divided Differences, Spline
interpolation. Numerical integration, Trapezoidal and Simpson’s rules, Newton
Cotes formula, Gaussian quadrature, and Numerical differentiations.

ˆ System of linear equations [8 Lectures]

Gaussian Elimination, Partial Pivoting, Pivoting and Scaling in Gaussian Elimina-
tion method, Iteration methods, Error analysis.

ˆ Initial Value Problem (IVP) [6 Lectures]

Taylor series method, Euler and modified Euler methods, Runge Kutta methods,
Multistep methods, Predictor Corrector method.

ˆ Boundary Value Problem (BVP) [6 Lectures]

1090
Text Books:
1. K. E. Atkinson, An Introduction to Numerical Analysis, 2nd Edition, John
Wiley, 2008.
2. S. D. Conte and Carl de Boor, Elementary Numerical Analysis, McGraw Hill,
1988.

Reference Books:
1. M. T. Heath, Scientific Computing: An Introductory Survey, McGraw Hill,
2002.
2. Ralston and P. Rabinowitz, A First Course in Numerical Analysis, Dover
Publications, 2001.

15.35 MA 552: Number Theory

Course Code: MA 552
Course Name: Number Theory
L-T-P-C: 3-0-0-3
Prerequisites:
Students intended for: UG/PG
Elective or Core: Elective
Approval: 8th Senate

Course contents
ˆ Introduction & Divisibility Theory [10 Lectures]
: Basics, Divisibility, Euclidean Algorithm, Primes and their Distribution, Prime
Number Theorem (without proof). Congruences, Linear Congruences and Congru-
ences with prime modulus, Some Diophantine Equations, The Chinese remainder
theorem.
ˆ Number Theoretic Functions & Applications [8 Lectures]
Arithmetic functions and the Mobius inversion formula, Greatest Integer Function,
Sum of integer squares and Applications.
s
ˆ Fermat’s Theorem & Primitive Root [8 Lectures]
Fermat’s little theorem, Euler and Wilsons Theorems, Primitive Roots, Indices,
Quadratic Reciprocity, Legendre Symbol, Gauss Theorem.
ˆ Applications to Cryptography & Special Topics [10 Lectures]
Applications to Primality Testing, RSA & cryptography, Fibonacci Numbers, Num-
bers of Special Form, Continued Fractions and Rational Approximations.

Text Books:
1. D. Burton, Elementary Number Theory, 7th edition, McGraw Hill, 2012.

1091
Reference Books:
1. Keneth Rosen, Elementary Number Theory and its Applications, 4th Edi-
tion, Addison-Wesley, 2000.

2. I. Niven, H.S. Zuckerman and Hugh L. Montgomery, An Introduction to the

Theory of Numbers, 5th Edition, Wiley, 1991.

15.36 MA 553: Mathematical Foundations of Financial Engi-

neering
Course Code: MA 553
Course Name: Mathematical Foundations of Financial Engineering
L-T-P-C: 2-1-0-3
Prerequisites: IC 110, IC 111, IC 210
Students intended for: 3rd and 4th Year UG/PG
Elective or Core: Elective
Approval: 8th Senate

Course contents
ˆ Module I [3 Lectures]
Convex Analysis, constraint qualifications for convex optimization. Numerical So-
lution of QPP.

ˆ Module II [15 Lectures]

Riemann Integration, Measurable space and function, Lebesgue Integration, Wiener
process and properties, Martingales and stopping times, Strong Markov property,
stochastic integrals, Ito processes.

ˆ Module III [12 Lectures]

Introduction to PDE, Diffusion equation and its numerical solution, Diffusion pro-
cess, connecting stochastic and partial differential equations, Black-Scholes Equa-
tion, numerical solution of Black-Scholes Equation.

Text Books:
1. Thomas Mikosch, Elementary stochastic Calculus with Finance in View,
World Scientific, 1999.

2. M. Capinski and T. Zastawniak, Mathematics for finance: an introduction

to financial engineering, Springer, 2010.

3. Tavella, Domingo, and Curt Randall, Pricing financial instruments: The finite
difference method, Vol. 13. John Wiley & Sons, 2000.

1092
Reference Books:
1. M. Baxter and A. Rennie, Financial Calculus, Cambridge University Press, 1996.

2. Olvi L. Mangasarian, Nonlinear Programming, Society for Industrial and Ap-

plied Mathematics (SIAM), 1994.

3. Walter Rudin, Principles of Mathematical Analysis, 3rd Edition, McGraw

Hill, 1976.

4. S. N. Neftci, Principles of financial engineering, Academic Press/ Elsevier,

2009.

15.37 MA 555: Introduction to Partial Differential Equations

for Engineers
Course Code: MA 555
Course Name: Introduction to Partial Differential Equations for Engineers
L-T-P-C: 3-0-0-3
Prerequisites: IC 110: Engineering Mathematics
Students intended for: UG/PG
Elective or Core: Elective
Approval: 8th Senate

Course contents
ˆ Introduction [6 Lectures]
Overview of PDEs, Classification of second order equations, Initial value problems,
boundary value problems.

ˆ Hyperbolic Partial Differential Equations [8 Lectures]

Introduction to the wave equation, the method of spherical means, Kirchhoff’s
formula and Minkowskian geometry, geometric energy estimates.
s

ˆ Elliptic Partial Differential Equations [8 Lectures]

Introduction to Laplace’s and Poisson’s equations, fundamental solution, Green
functions, Poisson’s formula, Harnack’s inequality, Liouville’s theorem.

ˆ Fourier transform [6 Lectures]

Introduction to the Fourier transform; Fourier inversion and Plancherel’s theorem.

ˆ Special Equations [6 Lectures]

Introduction to Schrodinger’s equation; Introduction to Lagrangian field theories,
Transport equations and Burger’s equation

1093
Reference Books:
1. Sandro Salsa, Partial Differential Equations in Action: From Modelling to
Theory, Springer, 2010.
2. Robert C. McOwen, Partial Differential Equations - Methods and Applica-
tions, Pearson Education Inc., 2004.
3. S.J. Farlow, Partial Differential Equations for Scientists and Engineers,
Dover Publications, New York, 1982.
4. E. C. Zachmanoglou and Dale W. Thoe, Introduction to Partial Differential
Equations with applications, Dover Publications, 1988.
5. Gerald B. Folland, Introduction to Partial Differential Equations, Princeton
University Press, 1995.

15.38 MA 560 : Nonlinear Dynamics and Chaos

Course Code: MA 560
Course Name : Nonlinear Dynamics and Chaos
L-T-P-C : 3-0-0-3
Intended for : Elective for M.Sc./ MTech/PhD/BTech (All Branches)
Prerequisite : IC 110, IC 111 for BTech, Ordinary Differential Equations for M.Sc/MTech/PhD
Mutual Exclusion : None
Approval: 46th BoA

Course Contents:4
ˆ Module 1: Introduction to Nonlinear Dynamics and Chaos, Recent applications
of Chaos, Computer and Chaos, Dynamical view of the world (3hours)
ˆ Module 2: Basics of nonlinear science: Dynamics, Representations of Dynamical
Systems, Types of Dynamical Systems, Nonlinearity, Vector Fields of Nonlinear
Systems, Nonlinear systems and their classification, Dissipative Systems, Deter-
ministic vs. Stochastic Systems, Degree of Freedom, State Space, Phase Space,
Attractor (5 hours)
ˆ Module 3: Existence and uniqueness of solutions, Fixed points and Lineariza-
tion, Flows on line, Fixed Points and its Stability, Analytical Approach, Graphical
approach, Simulation of Equations (5 hours)
ˆ Module 4: Elementary Bifurcation Theory: Saddle Node, Transcritical, Pitchfork,
Imperfect, Hopf bifurcation (4 hours)
ˆ Module 5: Two dimensional Flows, Simple Harmonic Mass-Spring Oscillator (4
hours)
ˆ Module 6: Limit Cycle, Ruling out closed orbits, Poincare Benedixson theorem
(4 hours)
4
Revised MA 460

1094
 ˆ Module 7: Chaos and tools for its Detection: Chaos and Butterfly effect (SDIC),
Center manifold theory and Poincare maps, Lyapunov Exponents, Power spectrum,
phase, Stable and Unstable Manifolds, Frequency Spectra of Orbits, Dynamics on
a Torus, analysis of Chaotic Time Series. Examples of chaotic systems: Lorenz
Equations, Application of Chaos in sending secret messages, Rossler Equations,
Chua’s Circuit, Introduction to Fractals, Dimensions of fractals, Cantor Set and
Koch curve (6 hours)

ˆ Module 8: One dimensional map, Logistic Map, Henon map, Period doubling
Route to chaos, Feigenbaum constants (5 hours)

ˆ Module 9: Statistical description of Chaotic Systems: The concepts of invari-

ant measure, Sinai-Ruelle-Bowen measures, ergodicity and mixing, Lyapunov expo-
nents, and the dynamical (Kolmogorov-Sinai) entropy, and connecting them to the
fractal dimension of invariant sets, and to the escape rate from a chaotic repeller.
(6 hours)

Text books :
1. H.G. Solari, M.A. Natiello and G.B. Mindlin, Nonlinear Dynamics: a two-way
trip from Physics to Maths, Overseas publication, 2019.

2. Jordan, D. W., and P. Smith., Nonlinear Ordinary Differential Equations,

Oxford University Press 2007

References:
1. K. Allgood, T.Sauer, J.A.Yorke, Chaos: An Introduction to Dynamical sys-
tems, Springer Verlag 1998.

2. Ian Stewart, Does God Play a Dice? The Mathematics of Chaos, Blackwell.

3. Laksmanan M Rajsekhar, Nonlinear Dynamics Integrability Chaos and Pat-

tern, Springer.

4. F.C. Moon, Chaotic and Fractal Dynamics, Wiley

5. M W Hirsch, S Smale, R L Devaney, Differential Equations, Dynamical Sys-

tems, and an Introduction to Chaos

6. Anatole Katok et Boris Hasselblatt, Introduction to the modern theory of

dynamical systems, Cambridge University Press, 1995

7. Peter Walters, An introduction to ergodic theory, Springer, 1982

15.39 MA 565: Numerical Methods in Quantitative Finance

Course Code: MA 565
Course Name: Numerical Methods in Quantitative Finance
L-T-P-C: 3-0-0-3
Prerequisites: IC 110: Engineering Mathematics, IC 111: Linear Algebra

1095
 Students intended for: UG/PG
Elective or Core: Elective
Approval: 8th Senate

Course contents
ˆ THE CONTINUOUS THEORY OF PARTIAL DIFFERENTIAL EQUA-
TIONS [8 Lectures]
An Introduction to Ordinary Differential Equations, An Introduction to Partial
Differential Equations, Second–Order Parabolic Differential Equations, An Intro-
duction to the Heat Equation in One Dimension, An Introduction to the Method
of Characteristics.

ˆ FINITE DIFFERENCE METHODS: THE FUNDAMENTALS [8 Lec-

tures]
An Introduction to the Finite Difference Method, An Introduction to the Method of
Lines, General Theory of the Finite Difference Method, Finite Difference Schemes
for First Order Partial Differential Equations, FDM for the One Dimensional Con-
vection Diffusion Equation, Exponentially Fitted Finite Difference Schemes.
s

ˆ APPLYING FDM TO ONE FACTOR INSTRUMENT PRICING [8 Lec-

tures]
Exact Solutions and Explicit Finite Difference Method for One Factor Models,
Exponentially Fitted Difference Schemes for Barrier Options, Advanced Issues in
Barrier and Lookback Option Modelling.

ˆ FDM FOR MULTIDIMENSIONAL PROBLEMS [8 Lectures]

Finite Difference Schemes for Multidimensional Problems, Operator Splitting Meth-
ods: Fractional Steps, ADI Methods.

ˆ APPLYING FDM TO MULTI FACTOR INSTRUMENT PRICING [10

Lectures]
Options with Stochastic Volatility: The Heston Model, Finite Difference Methods
for Asian Options and Other ‘Mixed’ Problems.

Text Books:
1. Daniel J. Duffy, Finite Difference Methods in Financial Engineering: A
Partial Differential Equation Approach, John Wiley & Sons Ltd., 2006.

2. D. Tavella and C. Randall, Pricing Financial Instruments: The Finite Dif-

ference Method, Wiley.

Reference Books:
1. Paolo Brandimarte, Numerical Methods in Finance and Economics: A
MATLAB Based Introduction, 2nd Edition, John Wiley & Sons, 2006.

1096
 2. John A. D. Appleby, David C. Edelman, John J. H. Miller, Numerical Methods
for Finance, Taylor & Francis, 2008.
3. Michele Breton, Haten Ben Ameur, Numerical Methods in Finance, Springer,
2005.

15.40 MA 568: Real Analysis

Course Code: MA 568
Course Name: Real Analysis
L-T-P-C: 2.5-0.5-0-3
Prerequisites: IC-110: Limit, Continuity, Differentiability
Students intended for: UG/MS/PhD
Elective or Core: Elective
Approval: 6th Senate

Course contents
ˆ The real number system [7 Lectures]
Sets, ordered sets, countable sets; Fields, ordered fields, least upper bounds, the
real numbers, derivatives, the chain rule; Rolle’s theorem, Mean Value Theorem.
ˆ Basic Topology [6 Lectures]
Metric spaces, neighborhoods, open subsets, limit points, closed subsets, dense
subsets; complete metric spaces, connected metric spaces, Compact sets.
s
ˆ Sequences and Series [6 Lectures]
Sequence, Subsequence, limits, lim sup and lim inf; Convergence. Continuity: Con-
tinuous maps between metric spaces; Intermediate value theorem, images of com-
pact subsets; continuity of inverse maps.
ˆ Convergence [9 Lectures]
Pointwise convergence, Weierstrass criterion; continuity of uniform limits; applica-
tion to power series; Spaces of functions as metric spaces, Sequence and series of
functions: Uniform convergence, Uniform convergence and continuity, Equicontin-
uous families of functions, The Stome Weierstrass theoem.
ˆ Introduction to Lebesgue theory [10 Lectures]
Set functions, Construction of Lebesgue measure, Measure spaces, Measurable func-
tions, Simple functions, Integration.

Reference Books:
1. Rudin, Walter, Principles of Mathematical Analysis (International Series in
Pure and Applied Mathematics), 3rd Edition, McGraw-Hill, 1976.
2. Apostol, Tom M., Mathematical Analysis, 2nd Edition, Pearson Education,
1974.

1097
15.41 MA 570 : Data-driven Dynamical Systems
Course Code : MA 570
Course Name : Data-driven Dynamical Systems
L-T-P-C : 2.5-0-0.5-3
Intended for : M.Sc. / BTech / MTech/ PhD (SMSS)
Prerequisite :
Mutual Exclusion :
Approval: 54th BoA

Course Contents
ˆ Dimensionality reduction and transformations: Pseudo-inverse, least-squares, re-
gression, singular value decomposition (SVD), principal component analysis (PCA),
Discrete Fourier Transform, Fast Fourier Transform, Transforming Partial differen-
tial equations. (8 hours)

ˆ Basics of machine learning: Basic definitions, Types of learning: Supervised learning

and Unsupervised learning, Linear regression, Nonlinear Regression and Gradient
Descent, Over and Under- Determined Systems, Least-Squares Fitting Methods,
The Pareto Front, Model Selection: Cross-Validation, Model Selection: Information
Criteria. (8 hours)

ˆ Basics of neural networks: Perceptron, single-layer neural networks, multilayer neu-

ral networks and Activation Functions, Backpropagation, Neural networks for Dy-
namical Systems – Recurrent Neural Networks, Genenerative Adversarial Networks
(GANs). (8 hours)

ˆ Data Driven Dynamical Systems: Overview, motivations, and challenges, Dynamic

mode decomposition (DMD), Sparse identification of nonlinear dynamics (SINDy),
Koopman operator theory, Data-driven Koopman analysis, Model Reduction and
System Identification. (11 hours)

Lab Components:
Singular value decomposition (SVD), principal component analysis (PCA), Linear regres-
sion, Least-Squares Fitting Methods, Single-layer linear neural network, neural networks
for dynamical systems, DMD, Sparse identification of nonlinear dynamics and their vari-
ants. (7 hours)

Textbooks:
1. Strang, Gilbert, Linear algebra and learning from data, Vol. 4, Wellesley-
Cambridge Press, 2019.

2. C.M. Bishop, Pattern Recognition and Machine Learning, Springer, 2006.

3. Ian Goodfellow, Yoshua Bengio and Aaron Courville, Deep learning, MIT Press,
2016.

1098
 4. Vega, J.M. and Le Clainche, S., Higher Order Dynamic Mode Decomposition
and its Applications, Academic Press, 2020.

References:
1. Tom Mitchell, Machine Learning, Mc-Graw Hills, 1997.
2. Mauroy, A., Susuki, Y. and Meizic., Koopman Operator in Systems and Con-
trol, Springer, 2020

15.42 MA 575 : Complex Analysis

Course Code : MA 575
Course Name : Complex Analysis
L-P-T-C: 3-1-0-4
Intended for: M.Sc./M.Tech./PhD/B.Tech
Prerequisites: None
Mutual Exclusion: None
Approval : 57th BoA

Course Contents
ˆ Module 1: Complex numbers and the point at infinity, Polar representation, log-
arithmic and trigonometric functions, Analytic functions, Cauchy-Riemann condi-
tions, Power series, Harmonic conjugates, Mobius transformations, Mappings by el-
ementary functions, Liouville’s theorem and its applications, Conformal mappings.
(14 Hours)
ˆ Module 2: Index of a closed curve, Cauchy’s theorem, Cauchy integral formula,
Power series representation of analytic functions, Open mapping theorem, Goursat’s
theorem. Uniform convergence of sequences and series. Taylor and Laurent series.
(12 Hours)
ˆ Module 3: Isolated singularities and residues, Residue theorem and its application
to evaluation of real integrals. Zeroes and poles, Maximum Modulus Principle and
Schwarz’s lemma, Meromorphic functions, Argument Principle, Rouche’s theorem,
(16 Hours)

Laboratory:
1. NA

Text books:
1. J.B. Conway, Functions of One Complex Variable, 2nd Edition, Narosa, New
Delhi, 1978.
2. T.W. Gamelin, Complex Analysis, Springer International Edition, 2001.
3. J.W. Brown and R.V. Churchill, Complex variables and applications, 9th edi-
tion, McGraw Hill Higher Education.

1099
References:
1. R. Remmert, Theory of Complex Functions, Springer Verlag, 1991.

2. A.R. Shastri, An Introduction to Complex Analysis, Macmilan India, New

Delhi, 1999.

3. E.M. Stein and R. Shakarchi, Complex analysis, Princeton lecture series in anal-
ysis.

4. M.Thamban Nair, Complex analysis online notes, https://home.iitm.ac.in/mtnair/ca.pdf

15.43 MA 588 : MATHEMATICAL CONTROL THEORY

Course Code : MA 588
Course Name : MATHEMATICAL CONTROL THEORY
L-T-P-C : 3-1-0-4
Intended for : M.Sc. / BTech 3rd and 4rth years / MTech/ PhD (All Branches)
Prerequisite : MA511, M513 & MA521
Mutual Exclusion:
Approval: 56th BoA

Course Contents
ˆ Module I: Solution of Uncontrolled Systems: - Spectral Form, Exponential Matrix,
Repeated Roots, Solution of Controlled System – State Space, Control Space, Time
Varying Systems, Discrete Time Systems. [8 Lectures]

ˆ Module II: Linear Control System, State Transition Matrix, Properties of State
Transition Matrix, Controllability, Kalman Matrix, Kalman Condition for Control-
lability, Controllability Matrix and Related Theorems. [10 Lectures]

ˆ Module III: Semigroup of Linear Operators, Infinitesimal Generators, Strongly

Continuous and Uniformly Continuous Semigroups, Properties of Semigroups, Hille-
Yosida Theorem, Compactness and Differentiability of semigroups, Analytic Semi-
group, Semigroup of Compact Operators, Abstract Differential Equations and Their
Solutions. [12 Lectures]

ˆ Module VI: Solution of Infinite Dimensional Control Systems, Controllability -

Exact Controllability, Approximate Controllability, Null Controllability, Control-
lability Map, Controllability Grammian. Necessary and Sufficient Conditions for
Exact and Approximate Controllability.

Text Books:
1. R. F. Curtain and Hans Zwart, An Introduction to Infinite-Dimensional Lin-
ear System Theory, Springer, 1995.

2. S. Barnett, Introduction to Mathematical Control Theory, Clarendon Press,

1985.

1100
Reference Books:
1. A. Pazy, Semigroup of Linear operators and Applications to Partial Dif-
ferential Equations, Springer Verlag, 1983

2. D. E. Kirk, Optimal Control Theory, Dover Publications, 2004.

3. W. L. Brogan, Modern Control Theory, Third Edition, Prentice Hall, 1991.

15.44 MA 600 : Research Methodology

Course Code : MA 600
Course Name : Research Methodology
L-P-T-C: 1-0-0-1
Intended for: M.Sc/Ph.D.
Prerequisites: None
Mutual Exclusion: RM of other schools
Approval : 57th BoA

Course Contents
ˆ Module 1: Introduction to research (2 Lectures)

– Defining research: Characteristics and objectives

– Research and the scientific method
– Various research methodologies:
* Descriptive vs. Analytical research
* Applied vs. Fundamental research o Quantitative vs. Qualitative research
* Conceptual vs. Empirical research
– The research process:
* Formulating and defining a research problem
* Developing research questions
* Differentiating between research methods and research methodology

ˆ Module 2: Literature review and hypothesis development (1 Lectures)

– Conducting a literature review: o Reviewing concepts and theories and finding

the research gaps.
– Hypothesis development:
* Identifying sources and characteristics of hypotheses
* Understanding the role of hypotheses in research o Methods for testing
hypotheses

ˆ Module 3: Research communication (2 Lectures)

– Writing and structuring research papers

– Preparing and delivering research presentations

1101
 – Crafting abstracts and summaries
– Group discussion
– Fear of rejection
ˆ Module 4: Research ethics (2 Lectures)

– Informed consent and ethical considerations

– Maintaining confidentiality and privacy
– Avoiding plagiarism and ensuring proper attribution
– Ethical data use and management
– Collaboration and ethical practices in joint research
ˆ Module 5: LaTeX for academic writing (2 Lectures)

– Introduction to LaTeX: Basic commands and structure

– Writing mathematical equations and symbols
– Organizing documents with sections, tables, and figures
– Creating bibliographies and managing citations
– Customizing document formats for research publications
ˆ Module 6: Technical writing and research documentation (3 Lectures)

– Writing research articles

– Structuring and writing research projects
– Writing theses and dissertations
– Authoring books and writing reviews (e.g., book reviews, case reviews)
– Understanding the criteria for high quality research
ˆ Module 7: Citation methods and research integrity (2 Lectures)

– Citation Techniques:
* Footnotes, endnotes, and in-text citations
* Compiling and formatting bibliographies
– Ethical considerations in research and citation
– Proper application of citation rules and guideline

Laboratory:
1. NA

Text books:
1. Wayne Goddard, Stuart Melville, Research Methodology: An Introduction,
Juta and Co. Ltd., 2007.
2. Stefan Kottwitz, LaTeX Beginner’s Guide, Second Edition, Packt Publishing
Ltd., 2011.

1102
References:
1. R. Barker Bausell, Advanced Research Methodology, Scarecrow Press, 2013.

2. Bill Taylor, Gautam Sinha, Taposh Ghoshal, Research Methodology: A Guide

for Researchers in Management and Social Sciences, Prentice-Hall of India
Private Limited, 2006.

3. Stefan Kottwitz, LaTeX Graphics with TikZ: A practitioner’s guide to

drawing 2D and 3D images, diagrams, charts, and plots, Packt Publishing
Ltd. 2023.

15.45 MA 601: Real and Functional Analysis

Course Code: MA 601
Course Name: Real and Functional Analysis
L-T-P-C: 2-1-0-3
Prerequisites: Basic Analysis
Students intended for: Masters/Pre. Ph.D
Elective or Core: Elective
Approval: 1st Senate

Course contents
ˆ Metric spaces [ Lectures]
Open sets, Closed sets, Continuous functions, Completeness, Cantor intersection
theorem, Baire category theorem, Compactness, Totally boundedness, finite inter-
section property. Definition and existence of Riemann-Stieitjes integral, Properties
of the integral, Differentiation and integration. Uniform convergence, Uniform con-
vergence and continuity, Uniform convergence and integration, Uniform convergence
and differentiation.

ˆ Normed linear spaces [ Lectures]

Normed linear spaces, Riesz lemma, characterization of finite dimensional spaces,
Banach spaces. Bounded linear maps on normed linear spaces: Examples, linear
map on finite dimensional spaces, finite dimensional spaces are isomorphic, operator
norm. Hahn-Banach theorems. Uniform boundedness principle, closed graph theo-
rem, open mapping theorem, inner product spaces, orthonormal set, Gram-Schmidt
orthonormalization orthonormal basis, orthonormal complements.

Text Books:
1. J. Conway, A Course in Functional Analysis, 2nd Edition, Springer.

2. W. Rudin, Principles of Mathematical Analysis, McGraw-Hill, 1986.

3. N. L. Carother, Real Analysis, Cambridge University Press, 2000.

1103
Reference Books:
1. E.T. Copson, Metric Spaces, Cambridge University Press, 1968.
2. Claude W. Burril, John R. Knudsen, Real Variables, Holt, 1969. t, Reinhart and
Winston
3. Tom M. Apostol, Mathematical Analysis, Addison Wesley, 1974.
4. BLiamlmitoehda, (n1 V9.9 L6i)m aye, Functional Analysis, 1st Edition, New
Age International

15.46 MA 603: Advanced Partial Differential Equations

Course Code: MA 603
Course Name: Advanced Partial Differential Equations
L-T-P-C: 3-0-0-3
Prerequisites: MA 522 Partial Differential Equation
Students intended for: M.Sc./B.Tech/M.S./M.Tech/Ph.D.
Elective or Core: Elective
Approval: 22nd Senate

Course contents
ˆ Green’s Function [4 Lectures]
Green’s functions, Green’s functions and applications for Laplace, Poisson and
Helmholtz equations Green’s functions and applications for the heat equation Green’s
functions and applications for the wave equation.
ˆ Non Linear First Order PDE [6 Lectures]
Complete Integrals and New Solutions from Envelopes, Local Solution and Applica-
tion. Equations that convert into linear PDE; some exactly solvable cases; Burgers’
equation; dimensional analysis and similarity; travelling waves; nonlinear diffusion
and dispersion. Introduction of Hamilton Jacobi Equations, Calculus of Variations,
Hamilton’s O.D.E., Boundary Conditions, Local Solutions and Applications.
ˆ Module III [3 Lectures]
Asymptotics, Singular perturbations, Turing Instability for Reaction Diffusion Sys-
tem, Laplace’s Method, Homogenization, Power Series, Non Characteristic Surfaces,
Real analytic Functions, Cauchy Kovalevskaya Theorem.
ˆ Sobolev Spaces [12 Lectures]
Introduction to Hilbert Spaces of Functions, Holder Spaces, Sobolev spaces; Defi-
nitions and Elementary Properties. Weak solution, Uniqueness and Properties of
Weak derivatives. Definition & Properties of Sobolev Spaces, Inequalities, Com-
pactness.Extensions,Sobolev
ˆ Second Order Elliptic Equations [8 Lectures]
Weak Solutions of Elliptic Equation, Existence of weak solutions, Regularity, Max-
imum Principles, Eigen values & Eigen Functions of symmetric elliptic operators.

1104
 ˆ Reaction Diffusion System [9 Lectures]
Weak Solution of Diffusion Equation, Green’s Function of Diffusion Equation, For-
mulation of Reaction Diffusion models and extensions to Include Chemotaxis terms;
Application of Reaction Diffusion Systems to Population Dynamics, Pattern and
Wave Phenomenon in the Life Sciences, Semi-arid vegetation and wound healing as
Prototype Examples

Text Books:
1. Evans, Lawrence C., Partial Differential Equations, Graduate Studies in Math-
ematics, vol. 19. Providence, RI: American Mathematical Society, 2010.

2. Brezis, H. And H. Brezis., Functional Analysis, Sobolev Spaces and Partial

Differential Equations, Springer, 2011.

Reference Books:
1. Debnath, Lokenath, Nonlinear partial differential equations for scientists
and engineers, Springer Science & Business Media, 2011.

2. DiBenedetto, Emmanuele. Partial Differential Equations, Birkhauser, 1995.

3. Garabedian, Paul, Partial Differential Equations, Providence, RI: AMS Chelsea,

1998.

4. E. Kreyszig, Advanced Engineering Mathematics, Wiley, 2011.

15.47 MA 604 (3) Introduction To Game Theory

Approval: 5th Senate

Course Outline:
Introduction to game theory, routing games and mechanism design; Strategies, costs, and
payoffs; Prisoner’s dilemma, Nash Equilibrium, Strategic games; Best response; Dom-
inant strategies; Pure strategy v/s Mixed strategy Repeated games; Bayesian games
Routing games; Selfish routing; Quantifying inefficiency of equilibria; Price of Anarchy;
Social optimum; Price of stability; Scheduling games Population games; Evolutionary
game theory; Evolutionary stable strategy; Replicator dynamics Non-cooperative games;
Cooperative game theory; Nash bargaining Mechanism design, Algorithmic mechanism
design, Distributed algorithmic mechanism design

15.48 MA 605: Statistical Data Analysis

Course Code: MA 605
Course Name: Statistical Data Analysis
L-T-P-C: 2-1-0-3
Prerequisites: MA 202 for undergraduate
Students intended for: MS/ Ph.D., Undergraduate (3rd and 4th year)
Elective or Core: Elective

1105
 Approval: 10th Senate

Course contents
ˆ Exploratory analysis of time series [4 Lectures]
Introduction, examples, simple descriptive techniques, trend, seasonality, stochastic
and deterministic approaches; numerical and experimental data sets; challenges in
data analysis and data graphical representation, interpretation; statistical tests,
significance and power of a test, choice of the critical region, constructing test
statistics: the Fisher discriminant, mean and variance test, testing goodness-of-fit,
chi2-test, p-values; stationary time series process (ARMA Processes).

ˆ Analysis of stochastic series [12 Lectures]

Model identification and non-stationary time series models; forecasting with clas-
sical regression models; Forecasting with autocorrelations; Forecasting with lagged
dependent variable; Forecast error statistics and evaluation; singularity detection,
spectral density function, the periodogram, spectral analysis, correlogram, wavelet
cross-correlation, multi-resolution analysis, examples and applications.

ˆ Clustering data techniques [6 Lectures]

Principal component analysis; different techniques of data clustering

Text Books:
1. Peck and Devore, Statistics: The Exploration and Analysis of Data, 7th
Edition, Thomson-Brooks/Cole, 2012.

2. Montgomery, D., Jennings, C.L. and Kulahci, M., Introduction to Time Series
Analysis and Forecasting, Hoboken, Wiley-Interscience, 2008.

3. Chatfield, C., The Analysis of Time Series, 6th Edition Chapman & Hall/CRC,
2004.

Reference Books:
1. Petre Stoica and Randolph L. Moses, Introduction to Spectral Analysis, Pren-
tice Hall, 1997.

2. Robert H. Shumway and David S. Stoffer, Time Series Analysis and Its Ap-
plications with R Examples, 3rd edition, Springer Texts in Statistics, 2006.

3. Raghuveer M. Rao and Ajit S. Bopardikar, Wavelet Transform, Pearson Educa-

tion, 1998.

15.49 MA 607: Numerical Analysis

Course Code: MA 607
Course Name: Numerical Analysis
L-T-P-C: 2-0-2-3

1106
 Prerequisites: Basic Knowledge in FORTRAN/C/C++/Matlab/Scilab
Students intended for: M.A./Ph.D., B.Tech. 3rd and 4th year students.
Elective or Core: Elective
Approval: 2nd Senate

Course contents
ˆ Approximate Numbers and Significant Digits, Propagation of errors, Different types
of errors, Backward error analysis, Sensitivity and conditioning, Stability and ac-
curacy.

ˆ Nonlinear equations, Bisection method, Newton’s method and its variants, Fixed
point iterations, Convergence analysis.

ˆ Finite differences, Polynomial interpolation, Hermite interpolation, Spline inter-

polation. Numerical integration, Trapezoidal and Simpson’s rules, Newton-Cotes
formula, Gaussian quadrature.

ˆ Initial Value Problem (IVP): Taylor series method, Euler and modified Euler
methods, Runge-Kutta methods, Multistep methods, Predictor-Corrector method.

ˆ Boundary Value Problem (BVP): Solution of Boundary Value Problem by

Finite Difference Method.

Text Books:
1. K. E. Atkinson, An Introduction to Numerical Analysis, 2nd Edition, John
Wiley, 2008.

2. S. D. Conte and Carl de Boor, Elementary Numerical Analysis McGraw Hill,

1988.

Reference Books:
1. M. T. Heath, Scientific Computing: An Introductory Survey, McGraw Hill,
2002.

2. A. Ralston and P. Rabinowitz, A First Course in Numerical Analysis, Dover

Publications, 2001.

15.50 MA 608: Computational Fluid Dynamics

Course Code: MA 608
Course Name: Computational Fluid Dynamics
L-T-P-C: 3-0-0-3
Prerequisites: Basic knowledge in Fluid Mechanics
Students intended for: MS/ Ph.D. and UG
Elective or Core: Elective
Approval: 2nd Senate

1107
Course contents
ˆ Introduction
Historical Perspective, Comparisons of experimental, Theoretical and Numerical
approaches. Different numerical Approaches. [4 lectures]
ˆ Governing Equations
Classification of Partial Differential Equations, Physical Classification, Mathemat-
ical Classification, Well-posed problems, Navier-Stokes System of equations. [6
lectures]
ˆ Finite Difference Methods
Derivation of Finite Difference Equations, Simple Methods, General Methods, Mul-
tidimensional Formulas, Accuracy of Finite Difference solutions. [6 lectures]
ˆ Solution Methods of Finite Difference Equations
Elliptic Equations, Parabolic Equations, Hyperbolic Equation, Example Problems,
Stability, Convergence and Consistency of the Solution methods. [14 lectures]
ˆ Application of Finite Difference Methods to the Equations of Fluid Me-
chanics
Numerical Methods for Inviscid Flow Equations, Numerical Methods for Boundary-
Layer Type Equations. [9 lectures]
ˆ Introduction to Finite Volume Methods
Basic Formulations, SIMPLE algorithm. [4 lectures]

Text and Reference Books:

1. D. A. Anderson, J. C. Tannehill, and R. H. Pletcher, Computational Fluid Me-
chanics and Heat Transfer, 2nd Edition, Taylor & Francis, 1997.
2. J. D. Anderson Jr, Computational Fluid Dynamics, McGraw-Hill International
Edition, 1995.
3. S. V. Patankar, Numerical Heat Transfer and Fluid Flow, Hemisphere, 2000.
4. T. J. Chung, Computational Fluid Dynamics, 2nd Edition, Cambridge Univer-
sity Press, 2010. item P. Niyogi, S. K. Chakrabartty, M. K. Laha, Introduction
to Computational Fluid Dynamics, Pearson Publications, 2011.

15.51 MA 609: Numerics of Partial Differential Equations

Course Code: MA 609
Course Name: Numerics of Partial Differential Equations
L-T-P-C: 3-0-0-3
Prerequisites: MA 607 (Numerical Analysis); Knowledge in Differential Equatio n
Students intended for: M.S./Ph.D, B.Tech. 3rd and 4th year students
Elective or Core: Elective
Approval: 4th Senate

1108
Course contents
ˆ Introduction to Finite difference schemes [5 lectures]
Finite difference schemes for partial differential equations, explicitschemes, implicit
schemes, single step schemes, multi-step schemes.
ˆ Finite difference schemes for boundary value problems [10 lectures]
FTCS, backward Euler and Crank-Nicolson schemes, ADI methods, Lax Wendroff
method, upwind scheme.
ˆ Consistency, stability and convergence Analysis [10 lectures]
Stability analysis by von Neumann method, CFL condition, Lax’s equivalence the-
orem.
ˆ Introduction to Finite element method [7 lectures]
Finite element method for partial differential equations, variational methods, method
of weighted residuals.
ˆ Finite element discretization and error analysis [10 lectures]
Finite element discretizations for one-dimensional and two-dimensional elliptic equa-
tions, a priori and a posteriori error estimates.

Text Books:
1. G. D. Smith, Numerical Solutions to Partial Differential Equations, 3rd
Edition, Oxford University Press, 1986.
2. C. Johnson, Numerical Solution of Partial Differential Equations by the
Finite Element Method, Dover Publications, 2009.

Reference Books:
1. J. C. Strikwerda, Finite Difference Schemes and Partial Differential Equa-
tions, SIAM, 2004.
2. E. Suli, Finite Element Methods for Partial Differential Equations, Uni-
versity of Oxford, 2000.
3. P. Niyogi, S. K. Chakrabartty, M. K. Laha, Introduction to Computational
Fluid Dynamics, Pearson Publications, 2011.
4. J. N. Reddy, An Introduction to Finite Element Method, 3rd Edition, Mc-
Graw Hill, 2005.

15.52 MA 610 : Mathematical Modeling

Course Name : MA 610
Course number : Mathematical Modeling
Credit Distribution : 3-0-0-3
Intended for : Elective for M.Sc./ MTech/PhD/BTech (All Branches)
Prerequisite : IC 110, IC 111 for BTech, Ordinary Differential Equations for M.Sc./MTech/PhD
Mutual Exclusion : NA

1109
Course Contents:
ˆ Introduction: Aim and history, A few simple examples, what is a model, The
process of mathematical modeling, Model classification (4 hours)

ˆ Optimization models: One variable optimization, some additional materials on

population, Multi variable optimization, Computational methods for optimization,
some materials on simplex method, Discrete Models - World population growth
data snooping, Linear models, Logistic models, Theorems on stability (7 hours)

ˆ Probability models: Introduction, Discrete probability models, Continuous prob-

ability models, Models for population, Introduction of Population models: Malthus
model, Population growth: Logistic model, Harvesting, Population of interacting
species: Lotka-Volterra systems (some additional materials), Age-dependent popu-
lation models. (7 hours)

ˆ Applications of mathematical modeling: Mainly mathematical models to

study and understand phenomena in chemistry, biology , engineering, political sci-
ences, business and in social sciences. (6 Hours)

ˆ Laboratory/practical/tutorial Modules: Individual final project: During the

last two weeks of the semester, each student will carry out a project investigating
a new mathematical model or carrying out a significant extension of an existing
mathematical model discussed in class (6 Hours)

Textbooks:
1. F. R. Giordano, W. P. Fox, S. B. Horton and M. D. Weir, A First Course in
Mathematical Modeling, 4th Edition, Brooks/Cole Publishing Company, 2009.

2. Mathematical Modelling: A Tool for Problem Solving in Engineering,

Physical, Biological and Social Sciences, Pergamon 1990.

References:
1. D.N.P. Murthy and N.W. Page and E.Y. Rodin, Mathematical modeling: a
tool for problem solving in engineering, physical, biological, and social
sciences, Pergamon Press, 1990.

2. Dick Clements, Mathematical modeling: a case study approach, Cambridge

University Press, 1989.

3. T.P. Dreyer, Modeling with Ordinary Differential Equations, CRC Press,

1993.

4. Clive L. Dyne, Principles of Mathematical Modelling, Academic Press, 2004.

5. M. M. Meerschaert, Mathematical Modeling, 2nd Edition, Academic Press, 1998

1110
15.53 MA 611: Statistical tools and Computing
Course number : MA 611
Course Name : Statistical tools and Computing
Credit Distribution : 3-1-0-4
Intended for : M.Sc. /M.S./PhD/ B.Tech. 3rd and 4th year
Prerequisite : MA-524 (Probability and Statistics) or any course on probability and
statistics (like Data Science II) in consultation with the instructor.
Mutual Exclusion : HS550

Course Contents:
ˆ Concepts from probability and statistics: Data (sample vs. Population, his-
tograms, sample mean, median, variance, standard deviation); Probability (axioms,
basic rules; and conditional probability); Random variables (discrete vs. Continu-
ous); Review of probability distributions. Some advanced probability distributions:
their properties and simulations; Confidence intervals and their significance. (8
Hours)
ˆ Times series methods: Collection and classification of data; Different types of
diagrams to represent statistical data; Frequency distribution and related graphs
and charts; Linear and non-linear models. (6 hour)
ˆ Regression, classification and multivariate analysis: Simple regression; Mul-
tiple regression; Logistic regression; Generalized linear models; Cross validation;
Multicollinearity; Model selection; Prediction and variable selection; Bayesian lo-
gistic regression; Principal component analysis; Factors analysis; Discriminant and
Classification analysis. (13 Hours)
ˆ Parametric and Nonparametric tests: Parametric: Parametric tests are used
only where a normal distribution is assumed. The most widely used tests are the t-
test (paired or unpaired); ANOVA (one-way non-repeated, repeated), and Pearson
rank correlation.
ˆ Nonparametric: Non-parametric tests are used when continuous data are not
normally distributed or when dealing with discrete variables. Most widely tests used
are Chi-squared; Fisher’s exact tests; Wilcoxon’s matched pairs; Mann–Whitney
U-tests; Kruskal–Wallis tests and Spearman rank correlation; Bayesian inference;
Kernel Density Estimation. (15 Hours)
ˆ Laboratory/practical/tutorial Modules: The labs, using programming lan-
guages like R/Python/any other, will take place over a two-hour period in alternate
weeks. It will run concurrently with the theory course, thus the subjects for the lab
will have previously been established in the theory session.

Text books:
1. James, Witten, Hastie and Tibshirani, An Introduction to Statistical Learn-
ing, with Applications in R, 2nd edition, Springer, 2021.
2. David D. Hanagal, Introduction to Applied Statistics: A non-Calculus
Based Approach, Narosa, 2009.

1111
References:
1. David Lane, Introduction to Statistics, Rice University, David Lane, 2003.

2. Jay Devore, Roxy Peck, Chris Olsen, Introduction to Statistics and Data
Analysis, 3rd Edition, Wadsworth Publishing, 2008.

3. Peter K. Dunn, Gordon K. Smyth, Generalized linear models with examples

in R, Springer, 2018.

15.54 MA 612: Operator Theory

Course Code: MA 612
Course Name: Operator Theory
L-T-P-C: 3-1-0-4
Prerequisites: MA 521 (Functional Analysis)
Students intended for: M.Sc./B.Tech/M.S./M.Tech/Ph.D.
Elective or Core: Elective
Approval: 23rd Senate

Course contents
ˆ Elementary Spectral Theory [18 lectures]
Banach Algebras, Examples of Banach Algebra, Spectrum and the Spectral Ra-
dius, Neumann Series, The Fundamental Theorem of Banach Algebra by Gelfand,
Gelfand-Mazur Theorem, The Beurling Theorem for Spectral Radius, The Gelfand
Representation, Compact and Fredholm Operators, Integral Operators, Kernels
of the Integral Operators, Volterra Integral Operator, Transpose of the Bounded
Linear Maps between Banach Spaces, Bounded Below Linear Maps between Ba-
nach Spaces, Ascent and Descent, Index of Bounded Linear Maps between Banach
Spaces, The Fundamental Result of Fredholm Theory, Fredholm Alternative, Char-
acterization of Fredholm Operators, Essential Spectrum in terms of Fredholm.

ˆ C*-Algebras and Hilbert Space Operators [18 lectures]

Involution on an Algebra, *-Algebra, *-Algebra Generated by a Subset of *-Algebra,
*-homomorphism between *-Algberas, Banach *-Algebras, Unital Banach *-Algebras,
C*-Algebras, Examples of C*-Algberas, Double Centralizer for a C*-Algebra, Multi-
plier Algebra, Complete Characterization of Abelian C*-Algebras using the Gelfand
Representation, Spectral Mapping Theorem, Positive Elements of C*-Algebras,
Operators and Sesquilinear Forms, Adjoint and its properties, Orthogonal Pro-
jections, Invariant Subspaces, Reducing Subspaces, Partial Isometries and their
Characterizations, Polar Decomposition, Compact Hilbert Space Operators, Diag-
onalizable Operators, Diagonalizability of Compact Normal Operators on Hilbert
Spaces, denseness of the set of finite-rank operators, Hilbert-Schmidt Operators,
Trace-Class Operators, The Spectral Theorem for Normal Operators.

ˆ Gelfand–Naimark Theorem [6 lectures]

Ideals in C*-algebras, Positive Linear Functionals, Gelfand-Naimark-Segal Repre-
senatation.

1112
Text Books:
1. Gerard J. Murphy, C*-algebras and Operator Theory, Academic Press, 2014.

2. Ronald G. Douglas, Banach Algebra Techniques in Operator Theory, Volume

179 of Graduate Texts in Mathematics, Springer, 2012.

Reference Books:
1. Kenneth R. Davidson, C*-algebras by Example, American Mathematical Soci-
ety, 1996.

2. Kehe Zhu, An Introduction to Operator Algebras, Volume 9 of Studies in

Advanced Mathematics, CRC Press, 2018.

3. John B. Conway, A Course in Operator Theory, American Mathematical So-

ciety, 2000.

15.55 MA 621: Modeling Population Dynamics

Course Code: MA 621
Course Name: Modeling Population Dynamics
L-T-P-C: 3-0-0-3
Prerequisites: MA 513 Ordinary Differential
Students intended for: M.Sc./B.Tech/M.S./M.Tech/Ph.D.
Elective or Core: Elective
Approval: 22nd Senate

Course contents
ˆ Introduction [2 Lectures]
Modeling Nature: History and General philosophy of the modeling approach. The
demand for Reliable Prediction and Latest Development in Mathematical Model-
ing. Advantages and Demerits of Mathematical Modeling while Dealing with Real
world’s Problems

ˆ Unstructured Population Models [8 lectures]

Population Dynamics from the first principle, Single-Species Models with Exponen-
tial and Logistic growth, Self Limitation, Consumer Resource Oscillation. Applica-
tion of theory of Difference Equations to Population Growth models. Introduction
to Discrete- time Models. Linear Models, Growth Models, Harvest Models: Bifur-
cation and Breakpoints. Delayed Differential models, Exogenous Drivers.

ˆ Introduction to Continuous Models [10 lectures]

Models for Single Species Populations: Malthus Model, Logistic Growth, Allee
Effect. Predator-Prey System and the Lotka-Volterra Equations, Populations in
Competition, Multiple-Species Communities and the Routh-Hurwitz Criteria, Qual-
itative Stability Types of Models: Continuous-time, Discrete-time, Delayed Differ-
ential models, Exogenous Drivers.

1113
 ˆ Age and Stage-Structured Models In Ecology [6 lectures]
Discrete Time Models with Age and Stage classes, Leslie Matrices, Estimating
the Transition Matrix From Empirical Data, fisheries and Insect Populations as
Prototype Example.

ˆ Population Interactions [8 lectures]

Functional response, Aggregative response, Numerical Response, Competetion Mod-
els, Mutualism Models, Lotka Volterra Model, Anatomy of Predator Prey Cycle,
Grazing systems, pathogens and parasites, Tritrophic Models.

ˆ Empirical Approaches [8 lectures]

Analysis of Population fluctuations, Time Series Analysis, Fitting Models to Data,
Fitting Mechanistic Models

Text Books:
1. Larry L. Rockwood, Introduction to Population Ecology, 2nd Edition, Black-
well Publishing Limited, 2015.

Reference Books:
1. Richard Haberman, Mathematical Models, 5th edition, SIAM, 2013.

2. Leah Edelstein Keshet, Mathematical Models in Biology, SIAM, 2005

3. Peter Turchin, Complex Population Dynamics: A Theoretical Empirical

Synthesis, Princeton University Press, 2003.

4. Jo Smith and Pete Smith, Environmental Modelling: An Introduction, Ox-

ford University Press, 2007.

5. Mark Kot, Elements Of Mathematical Ecology, 1st Edition, Cambridge Uni-

versity Press,2001.

15.56 MA 641: Operations Research

Course Code: MA 641
Course Name: Operations Research
L-T-P-C: 3-0-0-3
Prerequisites: None
Students intended for: Ph.D./ M.S./B.Tech
Elective or Core: Elective
Approval: 2nd Senate

Course contents
ˆ Module I [10 Lectures]
Introduction to Operations Research, Models and Modelling in Operations Re-
search, Graphical Method, Simplex Method and its variants.

1114
 ˆ Module II [12 lectures]
Sensitivity Analysis, Duality and Post-Optimal Analysis, Advanced Linear Pro-
gramming: Bounded Variables, Parametric Linear Programming, Revised Simplex
Algorithm, Goal Programming, Dual Simplex Method, Integer Linear Program-
ming.

ˆ Module III [12 lectures]

Transportation Model and its Variants: Balanced and Unbalanced Transportation
Problem, Transhipment, Assignment Problem: Auction and Hungarian Method,
unbalanced assignment problem. Sequencing Problem and Variants: Algorithms
for processing n-jobs through m-machines.Traveling Salesman Problem, Heuristics
and Branch and Bound and Gomory’s Algorithms.

ˆ Module IV [6 lectures]
Project Evaluation and Review Technique, Critical Path Method.

Text and Reference Books:

1. Saul I. Gass, Linear Programming: Methods and Applications, Dover pub-
lications, 2010.

2. Hamdy A. Taha, Operations Research: An Introduction, Pearson Education,

2008.

3. Don T. Phillips, A. Ravindran, James J. Solberg, Operations Research: Prin-

ciples and Practice, John Wiley & Sons, 1987.

4. George Bernard Dantzig, Linear Programming: Theory and extensions,

Princeton University Press, 1998.

5. G. Hadley, Linear Programming, Addison-Wesley, 1962.

6. Michael W. Carter, Camille C. Price, Camille C. Price, Operations Research,

CRC Press, 2000.

7. Frederick S. Hillier, Gerald J. Lieberman, Introduction to operations research,

McGraw-Hill, 2001.

15.57 MA 644: Dynamical Systems

Course Code: MA 644
Course Name: Dynamical Systems
L-T-P-C: 3-0-0-3
Prerequisites: None
Students intended for: Ph.D./ M.S./B.Tech
Elective or Core: Elective
Approval: 1st Senate

1115
Course contents
Dynamical systems- Central manifold and Normal form, Plane Autonomous Systems,
Attractors, Map-1D map, Logistic map, Poincare’ maps, generalized Baker’s map, cir-
cle map, Bifurcations-. Necessary Condition for bifurcation, Saddle node bifurcations,
Transcritical Bifurcation, Pitchfork Bifurcation, Normal. forms of. different types of bi-
furcations, Reduction to Normal Form, Hopf bifurcation,Strange attractors, Henoh map
and Rossler system, Box-counting, pointwise and correlation, Hausdorff dimensions, Lya-
punov exponent, chaotic transitions, intermittency, crisis.

Text Books:
1. Guckenheimer, J., and P. Holmes, Nonlinear Oscillations, Dynamical Systems
and Bifurcations of Vector Fields, Springer-Verlag, 2002.

Reference Books:
1. Drazin, P. G., Nonlinear systems, Cambridge University Press, 1992.

2. Peitgen, H. O., H. Jurgens, and D. Saupe. Chaos and Fractals: New Frontiers
of Science, Springer, 2004.

3. Jordan, D. W., and P. Smith, Nonlinear Ordinary Differential Equations,

Oxford University Press, 1999.

4. Berge, P., Y. Pomeau, and C. Vidal. Order Within Chaos, Wiley.

15.58 MA 650: Mathematical Models for Infectious Diseases

Course Code: MA 650
Course Name: Mathematical Models for Infectious Diseases
L-T-P-C: 3-0-0-3
Prerequisites: None
Students intended for: P.G. students
Elective or Core: Elective
Approval: 2nd Senate

Course contents
Over the last two decades, mathematical models have seen a huge development in all
aspects of infectious diseases, from microbiology to epidemiology and evolution. The
programme covers introductory and advanced concepts in mathematical modelling of
infectious diseases, including:

ˆ Mathematical review (calculus, probabilities...)

ˆ Deterministic and stochastic models

ˆ Network analysis

ˆ Within-host dynamics of viral and bacterial infections

1116
 ˆ Applied programming with R

ˆ Statistical data modelling

ˆ Computer-based simulations

Text and Reference Books:

1. O. Diekmann, and J. A. P. Heesterbeek, Mathematical Epidemiology of Infec-
tious Diseases: Model Building, Analysis and Interpretation, Wiley Series
in Mathematical & Computational Biology, 2000.

2. D. J. Daley and, J. Gani, Epidemic Modelling: An Introduction, Cambridge

Studies in Mathematical Biology, 2001.

15.59 MA 651: Optimization Techniques

Course Code: MA 651
Course Name: Optimization Techniques
L-T-P-C: 3-0-0-3
Prerequisites: None
Students intended for: Ph.D./ M.S./B.Tech
Elective or Core: Elective
Approval: 2nd Senate

Course contents
ˆ Module I [6 Lectures]
Convex sets and function, Introduction to optimization, Model formulation, Simplex
based techniques, Concept of duality.

ˆ Module II [10 lectures]

Quadratic Programming Problem, Geometric Programming, Separable Program-
ming.

ˆ Module III [12 lectures]

Direct and Gradient based search techniques for single and multi variable uncon-
strained optimization problems.

ˆ Module IV [6 lectures]
Penalty and barrier function based techniques for constrained optimization prob-
lems.

ˆ Module V [6 lectures]
Evolutionary Optimization Techniques, Engineering application of Optimization
techniques.

1117
Text and Reference Books:
1. Mokhtar S. Bazaaraa, Hanif D. Shirali and M.C.Shetty, Nonlinear Program-
ming, Theory and Algorithms, John Wiley & Sons, 2004.

2. S. S. Rao, Engineering Optimization: Theory and Practice, 4th Edition,

John Wiley & Sons, 2009.

3. Kwang Y. Lee, Mohamed A. El-Sharkawi, Modern heuristic optimization tech-

niques: theory and applications, Kluwer, 2008.

4. Hamdy A. Taha, Operations Research: An Introduction, 8th Edition, Pearson

Education, 2008.

5. G. V. Reklaitis, A. Ravindran, K. M. Ragsdell, Engineering Optimization:

Methods and Applications, Wiley, 2006.

6. Michael C. Bartholomew-Biggs, Nonlinear optimization with engineering ap-

plications, Springer, 2008.

15.60 MA 652 Stability Theory of Differential Equations

Course Code: MA 652
Course name: Stability Theory of Differential Equations
Credits: 3-0-0-3
Prerequisite: Basic calculus, Linear algebra
Intended for: MS/PhD
Approval: 8th Senate; OTA

Preamble:
This course covers the advance theory of ordinary differential equations. It is designed
to be taught to Master and Doctoral level students. This course tries to demonstrate to
the students to build advance theory of differential equations.

Course Outline:
This course is about stability of solutions of differential equations. This is an advance
level course which requires basic knowledge of linear algebra and calculus. This course
starts with fundamental matrix system. The main aim of this course is to introduce
students the advance theory of ordinary differential equations.

Course Modules:
ˆ General solution, singular solution. [2 Lectures]

ˆ Linear autonomous and nonautonomous systems,Fundamental matrix [10 Lectures]

ˆ Floqpet theory, Phase plane analysis,Stability and Lyapunov functions [15 Lectures]

ˆ Limit sets,Periodicity a.nd almost periodicity,Bifurcation and Chaos [15 Lectures]

1118
Text books:
1. T. A. Burton, Stability & Periodic Solutions of Ordinary & Functional
Differential Equations, Dover publication.

2. Earl E Coddington, Theory of Ordinary Differential Equations, Krieger Pub-

lishing Company, 1984.

Reference books:
1. Lawrence Perko, Differential Equations and Dynamical Systems, 3rd Edition,
Springer, 2001.

15.61 MA 653: Computational Financial Modelling

Course Code: MA 653
Course Name: Computational Financial Modelling
L-T-P-C: 2-1-0-3
Prerequisites: Knowledge of at least one of C/C++/MATLAB/R/Spreadsheets Pack-
ages, Basic knowledge of Probability, Statistics and Linear Programming.
Students intended for: Ph.D./ M.S./B.Tech
Elective or Core: Elective
Approval: 2nd Senate

Course contents
ˆ Module I [7 Lectures]
Markowitz Theory, Securities Portfolio Selection Model in Crisp and Fuzzy Envi-
ronment

ˆ Module II [8 Lectures]
Time series models, Multivariate Volatility Models and Their Applications. Prin-
cipal Component Analysis.

ˆ Module III [7 Lectures]

Dow Theory, Introduction to stock analysis using different types of chart, Technical
Analysis of financial markets and stock trends, Analysis of chart patterns.

ˆ Module IV [8 Lectures]
Index and stock tracking using soft computing techniques.

Text Books:
1. Yong Fang, Kin Lai, Kin Keung Lai, Shouyang Wang, Fuzzy Portfolio Optimiza-
tion, Lecture Notes in Economics & Mathematical Systems, Volume 609, Springer,
2008.

2. John J. Murphy, Technical Analysis of the Financial Markets, Prentice Hall

Press, Jan 1999.

1119
 3. Harry M. Markowitz, Markowitz, Portfolio Selection: Efficient Diversification
of Investments, 2nd Edition, John Wiley & Sons, 1991.

Reference Books:
1. Manfred Gilli, Dietmar Maringer, Enrico Schumann, Numerical Methods and
Optimization in Finance, Elsevier, 2011.

2. Jack D. Schwager, Technical Analysis, Wiley, 1995.

3. Luc Bauwens, Christian M. Hafner, Sebastien Laurent, Handbook of Volatility

Models and Their Applications, John Wiley & Sons, 2012.

4. Mokhtar S. Bazaaraa, Hanif D. Shirali and M.C.Shetty, Nonlinear Program-

ming, Theory and Algorithms, John Wiley & Sons, 2004.

5. Business News Channels and websites (Like CNBC Awaz, Zee Business,
Bloomberg, moneycontrol.com, yahoofinance.com etc.)

15.62 MA 653P: Computational Financial Modelling Lab

Course Code: MA 653P
Course Name: Computational Financial Modelling Lab
L-T-P-C: 0-0-2-1
Prerequisites: MA 653 Computational Financial Modelling should be taken concur-
rently or earlier. Some programming knowledge in C/MATLAB/R/Spread sheets Pack-
ages.
Students intended for: 3rd and 4th Year B. Tech / PG
Elective or Core: Core for M.Sc. in applied Mathematics and Elective for other
discipline
Approval: 8th Senate

Course Outline
ˆ Module I
Introduction to R statistical software. [2 Lectures]

ˆ Module II
Classical Markowitz portfolio model, portfolio under higher order moments and
fuzzy portfolio models in R. [3 Lectures]

ˆ Module III
Financial Time series anal ysis, stochastic volatility models and non parametric
time series and technical analysis using R. [5 Lectures]
Factor Models, Regression, classification and clustering analysis of financial data in
R. [2 Lectures]

ˆ Module IV

1120
Text Books:
1. Tsay, Ruey S., Analysis of financial time series, Vol. 543. John Wiley & Sons,
2005.

2. Wurtz, Diethelm, Yohan Chalabi, William Chen, and Andrew Ellis, Portfolio op-
timization with R/Rmetrics, Rmetrics, 2009.

3. Sheather, Simon, A modern approach to regression with R, Vol. 58. Springer,

2009.

4. Pfaff, Bernhard, Financial risk modelling and portfolio optimization with

R, John Wiley & Sons, 2012.

15.63 MA 654: Financial Engineering

Course Code: MA 654
Course Name: Financial Engineering
L-T-P-C: 2-1-0-3
Prerequisites: Good knowledge of multivariable calculus, probability, statistics and
random process and at least one of C/C++/MATLAB/R/Spread sheets Packages.
Students intended for: Ph.D./ M.S./B.Tech
Elective or Core: Elective
Approval: 2nd Senate

Course contents
ˆ Module I
Some Basic Definitions and Terminology. [2 Lectures]

ˆ Module II
Forward and Future contracts, Definition and pricing, dividends and transaction
costs. [3 Lectures]

ˆ Module III
Efficient Market Hypothesis, Discrete and continuous random variable, Concept of
Arbitrage, Duality theorem in LP and Fundamental theorem. [3 Lectures]

ˆ Module IV
Asset Price Moment, Introduction to Option Markets, Options Valuations, Basic
Option Theory, The Binomial Model, Black-Scholes Model and solution, Time de-
pendency and change of variable, The Greeks and their properties. [10 Lectures]

ˆ Module V
Bullish, Bearish and Neutral options strategies. [6 Lectures]

ˆ Module VI
General principle of Hedging, Different types of Hedging, Delta Hedging, Delta
Neutral Portfolio, Gamma Neutral PortFolio. [6 Lectures]

1121
Text Books:
1. J.C. Hull, Options, Futures and Other Derivatives, 7th Edition, Prentice Hall
of India, 2006.

2. M. Capinski and T. Zastawniak, Mathematics for Finance: An Introduction

to Financial Engineering, Springer, 2005.

3. S. Roman, Introduction to the Mathematics of Finance: From Risk Man-

agement to Options Pricing, Springer, 2004.

Reference Books:
1. N. H. Bingham and R. Kiesel, Risk Neutral Valuation, 2nd Edition, Springer,
2004.

2. Simon Benninga, Financial Modeling, 3rd edition, MIT Press, 2008.

3. Ralf Korn, ElkeKorn, Option Pricing and Portfolio Optimization, American

Mathematical Society, 2000.

15.64 MA 655: Fixed Income Securities

Course Code: MA 655
Course Name: Fixed Income Securities
L-T-P-C: 2-1-0-3
Prerequisites: Knowledge of multivariable calculus, probability, statistics and stochas-
tic process, differential equations and financial derivatives. Some knowledge of MAT-
LAB/R/Spread sheets Packages.
Students intended for: M.S./Ph.D.
Elective or Core: Elective
Approval: 6th Senate

Course contents
ˆ Introduction
Basic concepts of fixed income instruments and their analysis, bond prices and yield
curves, duration and convexity, empirical methods to find yield curve. [2 Lectures]

ˆ Pricing Theory and Models

Asset pricing theory and related topics such as arbitrage, risk-neutral probability
measures, martingale measures, hedging, intermediate dividends, complete and in-
complete market etc., Factor models Single factor and multi factor diffusion model
and their calibration, HW, BDT, and HJM models etc. [16 Lectures]

ˆ Credit derivatives and risk Management

Market models, interest rate risk management, defaultable bonds and credit deriva-
tives, mortgages and mortgage-backed Securities. [10 Lectures]

1122
Text Books:
1. Darrell Duffie, Kenneth J. Singleton, Credit Risk, Princeton University Press,
2003.

2. Sundaresan S., Fixed Income Markets and Their Derivatives, Academic

Press, 3rd Ed., 2009.

3. Tuckman B. and Angel Serrat., Fixed Income Securities, John Wiley and Sons,
2011.

Reference Books:
1. Brigo D. and F. Mercurio, Interest Rate Models: Theory and Practice, 2nd
Edition, Springer Finance, 2006.

2. F. J. Fabozzi, The Handbook of Fixed Income Securities, McGraw-Hill, 2005.

3. Jarrow R., Modeling Fixed Income Securities and Interest Rate Options,
McGraw-Hill, 1996.

4. Paul Wilmott, Paul Wilmott on Quantitative Finance, John Wiley & Sons,
2000.

15.65 MA 656: Stochastic Calculus for Financial Engineering

Course Code: MA 656
Course Name: Stochastic Calculus for Financial Engineering
L-T-P-C: 2-1-0-3
Prerequisites: Good knowledge of multivariable calculus, probability, statistics and
stochastic process. Some knowledge of MATLAB/R/Spread sheets Packages.
Students intended for: M.S./Ph.D.
Elective or Core: Elective
Approval: 6th Senate

Course contents
ˆ Module I
Definitions and introduction to Financial instruments and derivatives, no arbitrage
principle, risk-neutral probability measure. [6 Lectures]

ˆ Module II
Give 1-2 lectures on Stochastic process, distribution functions, (again because stu-
dents may need to recall it for building comfort level), Random walk, Brownian
and Geometric Brownian Motion, Lévy’s construction. Reflection principle, hitting
times, scaling properties. Theory of Martingales, filtrations, adapted processes,
Optional Sampling Theorem. [7 Lectures]

1123
 ˆ Module III
Quadratic variation and Brownian motion, Itô integral, properties of stochastic in-
tegral, Representation Theorem, Lévy’s characterisation of Brownian motion, Gir-
sanov’s Theorem, Feymann Kac Theorem, Ito’s Formula . [8 Lectures]

ˆ Module IV
Self-financing strategies, martingale measures, risk-neutral pricing. Applications of
Stochastic Calculus in Option Pricing. Black-Scholes Model and Pricing Formula,
European options, Risk management strategies for options. [7 Lectures]

Text Books:
1. D Duffie, Dynamic Asset Pricing Theor,. Princeton 1996.

2. G Grimmett & D Stirzaker, Probability and Random processes, Oxford 1982.

3. Thomas Mikosch, Elementary Stochastic Calculus with Finance in view,

World Scientific, 2006.

4. S. E. Shreve, Stochastic Calculus for Finance, Vol. I & Vol. II, Springer, 2004.

Reference Books:
1. Ralf Korn, ElkeKorn, Option Pricing and Portfolio Optimization, American
Mathematical Society, 2000.

2. M. Capinski and T. Zastawniak, Mathematics for Finance: An Introduction

to Financial Engineering, Springer, 2005.

3. N. H. Bingham and R. Kiesel, Risk Neutral Valuation, 2nd Edition, Springer,

2004.

15.66 MA 665(3) Semigroup Of Bounded Linear Operators

Approval: 5th senate; OTA
Course Outline:
Linear dynamical syétems (semigroup approach): Cauchy functional equation, finite
dimensional system (matrix semigroups), uniformly continuous operator semigroups.
Semigroup generators and resolvents: Generator of semigroup and their resolvents,
Hille Yosida generalization theorems, special classes of semigroups.
Spectral theory for semigroups and generators: Spectral theory for closed operators,
spectrum of semigroups and generators.
Semigroups for population equations.

15.67 MA 704: Dynamical System

Course Code: MA 704
Course Name: Dynamical System
L-T-P-C: 3-0-0-3

1124
 Prerequisites: Knowledge of Functional Analysis, Ordinary and Partial Differential
Equations, Linear Algebra
Students intended for: M.S./Ph.D.
Elective or Core: Elective
Approval: 2nd Senate

Course contents
ˆ Linear Systems
Diagonalization, Exponentials of Operators, Fundamental theorem for linear sys-
tems, Jordan Forms, Stability Theory, Nonhomogeneous linear systems. [10 Lec-
tures]
ˆ Local Theory of Nonlinear Systems
Existence Uniqueness Theorem, Maximal Interval of Existence, Flow, Stable Man-
ifold Theorem, Hartman-Grobman Theorem, Lyapunov Functions, Nonhyperbolic
Fixed Points, Centre Manifold Theorem, Normal Form Theory, Gradient and Hamil-
tonian Systems. [15 Lectures]
ˆ Global Theory of Nonlinear Systems
Global Existence Theorem, Periodic Orbits, Limit Cycles and Separatrix cycles,
Poincare Map, Stable Manifold Theorem for Periodic Orbits, Poincare-Bendixson
theory, Lienard Systems, Bendixson’s criteria, Poincare Sphere and Behaviour at
Infinity, Global Phase Potraits and Separatrix Configurations, Index Theory. [15
Lectures]

Text Books:
1. A.A. Andronov, E.A. Leontovich, I.I. Gordon, and A.G.Maier, Qualitative The-
ory of Second Order Dynamical Systems, John Wiley.
2. V.V. Nemytskii and V.V.Stepanov, Qualitative Theory of Differential Equa-
tions, Princeton University Press.

Reference Books:
1. S.Lefschetz, Differential Equations: Geometric Theory, Interscience.
2. J.Palais and W. De Melo, Geometric Theory of Dynamical Systems, Springer
Verlag.

15.68 MA 709: Numerical Linear Algebra

Course Code: MA 709
Course Name: Numerical Linear Algebra
L-T-P-C: 2-0-2-3
Prerequisites: MA-607 or equivalent, MA-609 or equivalent and IC-111 or equivalent.
Students intended for: M.S./Ph.D.
Elective or Core: Elective
Approval: 5th Senate

1125
Course contents
ˆ Fundamentals
Overview of matrix computations, norms of vectors and matrices, stability and
ill-conditioning, Condition number of a matrix and its applications. [6 Lectures
including Lab]

ˆ Systems of Linear Equations

Gaussian eliminations with and without Pivoting, Gauss-Seidel, Successive-over-
relaxation methods, LU factorization, Cholesky factorization, stability and sensi-
tivity analysis. [9 Lectures including Lab]

ˆ Eigen value Problem

Properties of the eigen decomposition, Power’s Method, The LR and QR algorithms,
Rayleigh quotient iteration, inverse iteration. [10 Lectures including Lab]

ˆ Eigen values of Symmetric Matrices

Orthogonal Matrices, Jacobi Method, Givens Method, Gram-Schmidt Process, House-
holder Method. [9 Lectures including Lab]

ˆ Singular Value Decomposition

roperties of the singular value decomposition, Methods for the singular value de-
composition. [8 Lectures including Lab]

Lab Class
Each week the lab class will flow the corresponding lecture classes of that week. [2 hours]

Text Books:
1. David S. Watkins, Fundamentals of Matrix Computations, 2nd Edition, John
Wiley & Sons, 2002.

2. L. N. Trefethen and David Bau, Numerical Linear Algebra, SIAM, 1997.

3. C. T. Kelly, Iterative Methods for Linear and Nonlinear Equations, SIAM,

Philadelphia, 1995.

Reference Books:
1. G. H. Golub and C.F.Van Loan, Matrix Computation, 3rd Edition, Hindustan
book agency, 2007.

2. B. N. Datta, Numerical Linear Algebra and Applications, 2nd Edition, SIAM,

2010.

3. O. Axelsson, Iterative Solution Methods, Cambridge University Press, 1994.

4. D. J. Higham and N.J. Higham, Matlab Guide, SIAM, (recommended as a

Matlab reference).

1126
15.69 MA 765: Fractional Differential Equations
Course Code: MA 765
Course Name: Fractional Differential Equations
L-T-P-C: 4-0-0-4
Prerequisites: Real and Functional Analysis
Students intended for: Ph.D.
Elective or Core: Elective
Approval: 2nd Senate

Course contents
ˆ Basic Theory of fractional differential equations
Definition of fractional derivative, Riemann Liouvile, Caputo derivatives, Existence
and uniqueness of solutions, dependence of solutions on initial conditions, General
order fractional differential equations.

Text and Reference Books:

1. Diethlem, K., The Analysis of Fractional Differential Equations, Springer,
2010.

2. Podlubny, I., Fractional Differential Equations, Academic press, 1999.

3. Dumitru Baleanu, José António Tenreiro Machado, Albert C. J. Luo, Fractional

Dynamics and Control, Springer, 2012.

4. Vasily E. Tarasov, Fractional Dynamics,Springer, 2010.

15.70 MA 780: Topics on Semigroup Theory

Course Code: MA 780
Course Name: Topics on Semigroup Theory
L-T-P-C: 3-0-0-3
Prerequisites: Real Analysis
Students intended for: PG
Elective or Core: Elective
Approval: 4th Senate

Course contents
ˆ Linear dynamical systems (semigroup approach)
Cauchy functional equation, finite dimensional system (matrix semigroups), uni-
formly continuous operator semigroups. [10 Lectures]

ˆ Semigroup generators and resolvents

Generator of semigroup and their resolvents, Hille Yosida generalization theorems,
special classes of semigroups. [15 Lectures]

1127
 ˆ Spectral theory for semigroups and generators
Spectral theory for closed operators, spectrum of semigroups and generators. [10
Lectures

ˆ Semigroups for population equations. [7 Lectures]

Text Books:
1. V. Arnold, Ordinary differential equations, 1973.

2. Engel and Nagel, One-Parameter Semigroups for Linear Evolution Equa-

tions, Springer, 1999.

Reference Books:
1. Pazy, Semigroups of linear operators and applications to partial differen-
tial equations, springer, 1983.

2. S. Kesavan, Nonlinear functional analysis, Hindustan, 2004.

1128
16 MBA Courses
16.1 MB 201 : Foundations of Business Management
Course Code : MB 201
Course Name : Foundations of Business Management
L-T-P-C : 3-0-1-4
Intended for : IMBA
Prerequisite :
Mutual Exclusion : Organizational Management HS304 offered by SHSS
Approval: 54th BoA

Course Contents
ˆ Introduction to Management: Defining work, workplace, managers, manage-
ment, corporation, firm, organization, etc. Theories of management, history of
management, and Managerial Decision Making. (8 Hours)

ˆ Pedagogies of Management: Case-studies, Simulations, Role plays, Projects

etc. (8 Hours)

ˆ Contemporary Management: Influence of external environment, Managing in

global environment, Managing Diversity, Managing Change and Disruptive innova-
tion, Managing Social responsibility and Ethics. (5 Hours)

ˆ Functions of Management: Planning: Foundations of Planning, Managing

Strategy, Entrepreneurial Ventures. (5 Hours)

ˆ Functions of Management: Designing Organizational Structure, Managing Hu-

man Resources, Managing Groups and Teams. (5 Hours)

ˆ Functions of Management: Leading: Managing Communication, Understand-

ing and Managing Individual Behavior, Motivating Employees, Being effective lead-
ers (5 Hours)

ˆ Mobile Marketing: Mobile Inventory/channels, Location based; Context based;

Coupons and offers, Mobile Apps, Mobile Commerce, SMS Campaigns. Profiling
and targeting. (3 Hours)

ˆ Functions of Management: Significance of Controlling, Contemporary Issues in

Controlling, Tools for Measuring Organizational Performance, Forecasting, Tech-
niques for resource allocation; Budgeting, Scheduling, Breakeven Analysis, Linear
Programming. Project Management and Operations Management. (6 Hours)

Laboratory/practical/tutorial Modules: 12 Hours.

ˆ Practical: Project work on Company Analysis. The students groups will identify a
company in a given industry and analyze their environment, planning, organizing,
leading, and controlling functions. At the end of the course they have to submit a
report and present their findings and recommendations.

1129
Book Reviews:
1. Ken Blanchard: One Minute Manager book series.

Textbooks:
1. Stephens P. Robbins, Mary Coulter., Management, Latest Edition, Pearson Ed-
ucation.

References:
1. Koontz H. Weihrich H., Essentials of Management, McGraw Hill.

2. Daft Richard L., Management, Thomson South Western.

16.2 MB 202 : Microeconomics

Course Code : MB 202
Course Name : Microeconomics
L-T-P-C : 3-0-0-3
Intended for : IMBA
Prerequisite :
Mutual Exclusion : Organizational Management HS304 offered by SHSS
Approval: 54th BoA

Course Contents
ˆ Unit 1: Nature and scope of Economics —— Demand and supply schedule ——
Law of demand and supply —— Elasticity of demand and supply- price, income and
cross price elasticity —— Market forces-price determination and effect of change of
market conditions. (8 Hours)

ˆ Unit 2: Theory of consumer behaviour: Utility; cardinal and ordinal utility analysis
—— Consumer’s equilibrium-single and multiple commodity case —— Indifference
curve: types and properties —— Price effect: Hicks and Slutsky methods ——
Derivation of the demand curve. (8 Hours)

ˆ Unit 3: Production function —— Law of variable proportions —— Returns to

scale —— Isoquants —— Factor substitution —— Ridge lines —— Internal and
external economies and diseconomies —— General notes on cost function ——
Theory of cost: Short-run cost analysis, long-run cost analysis Iso cost —— Least
cost combination —— Concept of revenue: total, average, and marginal revenue
—— Revenue and elasticity —— Break-even analysis. (10 Hours)

ˆ Unit 4: Introduction to market —— Perfect and pure competition: assumption

—— Short-run equilibrium: firm equilibrium in the short-run, supply curve of the
firm and industry, short-run industry equilibrium —— Long-run equilibrium: firm
equilibrium in the long-run, industry equilibrium in the long-run, optimal resource
allocation. (8 Hours)

1130
 ˆ Unit 5: Monopoly: definition, demand, cost and revenue —— Equilibrium of
the monopolist: shortrun equilibrium and long-run equilibrium —— Comparison
of pure competition and monopoly —— Price discrimination —— Monopolistic
competition —— Oligopoly: non-collusive oligopoly and collusive oligopoly. (8
Hours)

Textbooks:
1. Pindyck, Microeconomics, Pearson Publisher.

2. Koutsoyiannis A., Modern Microeconomics, Macmillan Publishers.

References:
1. NA

16.3 MB 509 : Introduction to Bhagavad Gita

Course Code : MB 509
Course Name : Introduction to Bhagavad Gita
L-T-P-C : 2-0-0-2
Intended for : B.Tech. 2nd, 3rd year students
Prerequisite : MBA
Mutual Exclusion:
Approval: 55th BoA

Course Contents
ˆ Unit/Topic 1: Bhagavad Gita: The timeless science (2 Hours)

ˆ Unit/Topic 2: Krishna: As He is (2 Hours)

ˆ Unit/Topic 3: Description of atomic soul (3 Hours)

ˆ Unit/Topic 4: Matter and consciousness (3 Hours)

ˆ Unit/Topic 5: Yoga systems (2 Hours)

ˆ Unit/Topic 6: Transcendental knowledge (2 Hours)

ˆ Unit/Topic 7: Mindfulness from Bhagavad Gita (3 Hours)

ˆ Unit/Topic 8: The topmost yoga system (2 Hours)

ˆ Unit/Topic 9: Modes of material nature and professional excellence (3 hours)

ˆ Unit/Topic 10: Perfection of renunciation (2 hours)

1131
Textbooks:
1. Prabhupada, ACBS, Bhagavad Gita: As it is, Bhaktivedanta Book Trust, Mum-
bai, 1972

2. Das, L. P., Five Aspects of the Absolute Truth - a Bhagavad Gita Study
Guide, India, 2022

References:
1. Chatterjee, D., Timeless leadership: 18 leadership sutras from the Bha-
gavad Gita, John Wiley & Sons, 2012.

2. Nayak, A. K., Effective leadership traits from Bhagavad Gita, International

Journal of Indian Culture and Business Management, 16(1), 1-18, 2018.

3. Krishnan, R., Jain, R., & Maheshwari, A. K., Development of Consciousness-

Based Leadership from Bhagavad Gita and Yoga Sutras, In Consciousness-
Based Leadership and Management, Volume 2: Organizational and Cultural Ap-
proaches to Oneness and Flourishing (pp. 97-113). Cham: Springer International
Publishing, 2023.

16.4 MB 510: Probability and Statistics for Data Science and

AI
Course Number : MB510
Course Name : Probability and Statistics for Data Science and AI
Credits : 2-0-0-2 (L-T-P-C)
Prerequisites : None
Intended for : MBA
Distribution : Compulsory
Approval: 50th BoA

Course Contents:
ˆ Introduction: Uncertainty and probability, Probability and its types, Conditional,
joint and marginal probability, Problem classification with emphasis on random
problems, Probability and statistics concepts for DSAI. (4)

ˆ Random Variables and Probability Distributions: Describing Randomness,

Random Variables and Probability Distributions- Continuous and Discrete Distri-
butions, Normal distribution, lognormal distribution and Power-Law Distributions,
Bernoulli distributions. (4)

ˆ Statistics: Collections of Random Values-Expected Value, variance and standard

deviation, Independent and Identically Distributed Variables, law of large numbers,
central limit theorem. (4)

ˆ Sampling: Sampling and Replacement-Selection with Replacement, Selection With-

out Replacement, Bootstrapping. (4)

1132
 ˆ Bivariate Statistics: Covariance and Correlation-Pearson and Spearman. (4)

ˆ Baye’s Rule: Frequentist vs. Bayesian Probability, Bays Rule and Confusion
Matrices, Repeating Bayes’ Rule, Multiple Hypothesis. (4)

ˆ Information Theory: Entropy, Measuring uncertainty, information, and surprise,

Maximal entropy distribution, Cross Entropy, KL Divergence (4)

Textbooks:
1. Nil

Reference Books:
1. Thomas Nield, Essential Math for Data Science: Take Control of Your
Data with Fundamental Linear Algebra, Probability, and Statistics, Shroff
Publishers & Distributors Pvt. Ltd., Mumbai, 2022

2. Trevor Hastie, Robert Tibshirani, Jerome Friedman, The Elements of Statistical

Learning: Data Mining, Inference, And Prediction, 2nd Edition, Springer,
2017.

3. Anirban Das Gupta, Probability for Statistics and Machine Learning: Fun-
damentals and Advanced Topics, Springer, 2011.

4. Marc Peter Deisenroth, A. Aldo Faisal, and Cheng Soon Ong, Mathematics for
Machine Learning, Cambridge University Press (https://mml-book.com)

5. Scott E. Page, The Model Thinker: What You Need to Know to Make
Data Work for You, Basic Books, 2018.

6. MS Excel 2019, Data Analysis & Business Modeling, Wayne Winston, Mi-
crosoft Press (PHI), 2020.

16.5 MB 511: Python Programming

Course Number : MB511
Course Name : Python Programming
Credits : 2-0-0-2 (L-T-P-C)
Prerequisites : Preferably having sound knowledge in programming
Intended for : MBA
Distribution : Compulsory
Approval: 50th BoA

Course Contents:
ˆ Basics of Programming: This module presents a primer on the building blocks
of a program and how to logically sequence the components to perform a complex
task. The following topics will be covered: (5 hours)

– Introduction to Programming

1133
 – Variables, Statements and Conditional Execution
– Functions
– Iterations

ˆ Data Structures: This module introduces the fundamental data structures in

Python and Panda. This module helps the students to learn “How should data be
stored in a particular business setting and what are the trade-offs involved?”. The
following topics will be covered: (8 hours)

– Strings and Files

– Lists and Dictionaries
– Pandas DataFrame Basics
– Pandas Data Structure

ˆ Basic Analysis: This module introduces the basic techniques in Pandas for plot-
ting, assembling, and handling missing data. The following topics will be covered:
(8 hours)

– Introduction to Plotting
– Data Assembly
– Missing Data

ˆ Data Munging: Data munging, also known as data wrangling, is the process
of transforming raw data into another format with the intent of making it more
appropriate for analysis. It is one of the very important steps in data analysis. The
following topics will be covered: (7 hours)

– Tidy Data and Data Types

– Text Data
– Pandas Apply and Group-by Operations

ˆ Lab Exercises (If applicable): Lab to be conducted on a 2-hour slot. It will be

conducted in tandem with the theory course so the topics for problems given in the
lab are already initiated in the theory class. The topics taught in the theory course
should appropriately be sequenced for synchronization with the laboratory.

Textbooks:
1. Charles R. Severance, Python for Everybody: Exploring Data in Python 3,
Amazon Digital Services, 2016.

2. Daniel Y. Chen, Pandas for Everyone: Python Data Analysis, Pearson Edu-
cation, 2018.

Reference Book:
1. Michael Dawson, Python Programming for the Absolute Beginners, Cen-
gage, 2020.

1134
16.6 MB 512: Mathematical Foundations for DS and AI
Course Number : MB512
Course Name : Mathematical Foundations for DS and AI
Credits : 2-0-0-2 (L-T-P-C)
Prerequisites : None
Intended for : MBA
Distribution : Compulsory
Approval: 50th BoA

Course Contents:
ˆ Introduction: Why mathematics for machine learning and artificial intelligence,
concepts of models; constants, parameters and variables; mathematical models,
simple and deterministic models. (2 hours)

ˆ Linear Algebra: Linear equations and solutions, Scalars and Vectors, vector arith-
metic and operations, orthogonality; Linear Independence, basis vectors; Matrices,
basic matrix arithmetic and operations, rank of a matrix, matrix types, sparse ma-
trix, matrix factorization, soft introduction to concepts of Tensors; Concepts of
linearity and nonlinearity, linear Mappings, Vector and matrix norms; Eigenvectors
and eigenvalues, singular value decomposition (SVD). (8 hours)

ˆ Calculus: Limits and Functions, nature of Functions, univariate and multivariate

functions, continuity of a function; basic functions like exponential, logarithmic,
trigonometric, hyperbolic, modulus, greatest integer etc; squashing functions and
activation functions; composite functions, Derivative, derivative of basic functions
and activation functions, Chain rule, concepts of partial differentiation; Integrals,
substitution rule, areas between curves. (6 hours)

ˆ Dimensions: Concepts of dimensions-zero dimension to multiple dimensions, hy-

perspace, Euclidean space and dimensions, Euclidean distance between points, soft
introduction to non-Euclidean space; vectors and matrices in dimensional space; Di-
mensions and analysis space; Business concepts and dimensions, mapping business
problems into dimensional representation, multidimensional analysis. (4 hours)

ˆ Optimization: Concepts of single and multiple attributes, objectives and criteria;

Concepts of constraints and constraint satisfaction problems; Maximum and mini-
mum of univariate and multivariate functions, Saddle Points, local and global opti-
mum, concepts of linear and nonlinear optimization, constrained and unconstrained
optimization, soft introduction to linear programming; search space, feasible and in-
feasible solution space, single agent and multi-agent search problems, search domain
exploration and exploitation; Least squares method, Concept of gradient, gradient
of vector valued functions, gradient of matrices; loss functions, gradient descent
method. (8 hours)

Textbooks:
1. Nil

1135
Reference Book:
1. Marc Peter Deisenroth, A. Aldo Faisal, and Cheng Soon Ong, Mathematics for
Machine Learning, Cambridge University Press, 2020 (https://mml-book.com)

2. Thomas Nield, Essential Math for Data Science: Take Control of Your
Data with Fundamental Linear Algebra, Probability, and Statistics, Shroff
Publishers & Distributors Pvt. Ltd., Mumbai, 2022.

3. Charu C. Aggarwal, Linear Algebra and Optimization for Machine Learn-

ing, Springer Nature, 2020.

4. MS Excel 2019, Data Analysis & Business Modeling, Wayne Winston, Mi-
crosoft Press (PHI), 2020.

16.7 MB 513: Principles of Management

Course Number : MB 513
Course Name : Principles of Management
Credits : 2-2 (L-T-P-C)
Prerequisites : None
Intended for : MBA
Distribution : Compulsory
Approval: 50th BoA

Course Contents:
ˆ Introduction to Management: Definition, Nature, Scope, Purpose, and charac-
teristics, Functions, roles, skills of a Manager, Theories in management - Classical,
Scientific, Systems, Contingency and operational. Management Vs Administration,
Bureaucracy, Decision Making – Types, components, process and creative decision
making. (6 Hours)

ˆ Planning and Forecasting: Planning – Types, Process, MBO – Concept, Char-

acteristics, process, benefits and limitations, Strategic management – Environment
Scanning, Industry Analysis, Resource Based View, Forecasting – Nature, compo-
nents, determinants, benefits, and techniques. (6 Hours)

ˆ Organising and Directing: Organisational Design, types and structure, Organi-

sational Hierarchical systems, formal and informal organisation, centralisation and
decentralisation, span of control, authority and responsibility, delegation, culture
and performance metrics. (4 Hours)

ˆ Staffing and Coordination: HRM and HRD, Workforce Diversity, Coordination

- Need, Importance, Principles, Process, Types, and Techniques, conflicts, conflict
resolution, negotiations, communication in workplace. (6 Hours)

ˆ Leadership and Change: Leadership - Concept, Nature, Importance, Attribute,

and Style. Change – Concept, Nature, Importance, Causes. Learning Organisation.
Ethics, CSR. (4 Hours)

1136
Textbooks:
1. Stephen Robbins, and David Decenzo, Fundamentals of Management.

2. Harold Koontz, Odonnell and Heinz Welhrich, Essentials of Management.

Reference Book:
1. Richard Daft, Principles of Management.

16.8 MB 514: Communication Skills for Managers

Course Number : MB514
Course Name : Communication Skills for Managers
Credits : 2-0-0-2 (L-T-P-C)
Prerequisites : None
Intended for : MBA
Distribution : Compulsory
Approval: 50th BoA

Course Contents:
ˆ Best Practices for Effective Communication: This Module introduces the
basic concepts of effective communication. These will include foundations of or-
ganizational communication; communication barriers and ways to overcome them;
speaking and listening skills; audience centric communication framework. The ob-
jective of this module is to introduce the concepts of effective communication to the
students and equipping them with strategies to craft clear and concise messages.
(6 hours)

ˆ Persuasion and Influence: This Module introduces persuasive communication

strategies to students. This will be an inter-disciplinary module, with theories
from rhetoric, strategy and negotiation informing the content. Frameworks include
the Aristotelean persuasive framework, Toulmin’s Method of argumentation and
storytelling strategies. The application of these theories will be illustrated through
appropriate case studies. (6 hours)

ˆ Public Speaking and Presentation Skills: The third Module will focus on ef-
fective presentation preparation and delivery. For preparing presentations, students
will learn how to craft a perfect blend of data and narrative through design, struc-
turing of content, using multimedia, and storytelling techniques. This module will
also include aspects of effective non-verbal communication, managing questions,
framing presentations, using gestures and postures, and public speaking skills. Stu-
dents will be required to prepare and deliver group presentations as a part of this
module. (8+4 hours)

ˆ Workshop on Interview Skills: The final module of this course will equip stu-
dents with communication skills and strategies for cracking interviews. This mod-
ule will be delivered in workshop mode, with role-plays and feedback sessions with
the students. Topics covered in this module include cross-cultural communication,

1137
 understanding industry narratives, techniques of articulation and frameworks for
handling questions (4 hours)

Textbooks:
1. Bovee, Courtland L., John V. Thill and Roshan Lal Raina, Business Communi-
cation Today, 10th Edition, Pearson, India, 2018.

Reference Book:
1. Morgan, N., Cialdini, R. B., Review, H. B., Tannen, D., HBR’s 10 Must Reads
on Communication (with Featured Article The Necessary Art of Persuasion, by
Jay A. Conger), Harvard Business Review Press, 2013.

Case Studies:

1. Super Bowl Storytelling (Shelle Santana, Jill Avery) Link: https://hbsp.harvard.edu/product/5190

PDF-ENG?Ntt=super%20bowl

2. A Persuasion Strategy for Universita’ Bocconi: An Exercise (Giovanni Gavetti)

Link: https://hbsp.harvard.edu/product/711517-PDF-ENG?activeTab=include-materials&itemF
copy

3. Managing Up (A): Grace (Karen MacMillan) Link: https://hbsp.harvard.edu/product/W15269-

PDF-ENG?Ntt=managing%20up%20grace

16.9 MB 515 : Financial Statements Analysis

Course Number : MB515
Course Name : Financial Statements Analysis
Credits : 2-0-0-2 (L-T-P-C)
Prerequisites : None
Intended for : MBA
Distribution : Compulsory
Approval: 50th BoA

Course Contents:
ˆ Balance Sheet: This module begins with brief introduction to the course, financial
statements, and users of financial statements. The balance sheet module helps
students in understanding the line items, accounting principles, construction, and
analysis of balance sheet. At the end of this module, students should be able to
understand the major sources of funds which are in the form of liabilities and equity
and understand major application of funds which are in different forms of assets of
a company reading its balance sheet. The students also should be able to make the
balance sheet using double entry principle of accounting. (4 hours)

ˆ Statement of Profit and Loss: This module helps students in understanding the
line items, accounting principles, construction, and analysis of statement of profit
and loss. At the end of this module, students should be able to understand major

1138
 sources of revenue, major expenses, and various terms of profit such as profit-after-
tax (PAT), earnings before interest and tax (EBIT), earnings before interest, tax,
depreciation and amortization (EBITDA) of a company using its statement of profit
and loss. The students also should be able to make the balance sheet and statement
of profit and loss using double entry principle and accrual principle of accounting.
(4 hours)
ˆ Accounting Records: This module enables students in understanding prepara-
tion of major accounting records like journal book, ledger books and trail balance
with/without adjustments. At the end of this module, students should get conver-
sant with the accounting cycle and records. (2 hours)
ˆ Cash Flows Statement: This module makes students to understand structure,
importance, classification of cash flows and construction of cash flows statement.
At the end of this module, students should be able to understand cash flows from
operating, investing, and financing activities. (3 hours)
ˆ Measurement and analysis of Depreciation, Cost of Goods Sold (COGS)
and Inventory: This module enables students to understand different methods of
depreciation and inventory valuation. Students should also understand implications
of these methods of measurement on statement of profit and loss and balance sheet.
(3 hours)
ˆ Techniques of Financial Statements Analysis: This module makes students
to understand application of common-size analysis, comparative analysis, and ratio
analysis in analysis of balance sheet, statement of profit and loss and statement
of cash flows. The financial statements analysis should be from credit analysis,
investment analysis and forensic perspective. While analysing financial statements,
students should be made to understand implications of major accounting policies
related to measurement of assets, revenues and expenses in financial statements
analysis. (8 hours)

Textbooks:
1. Anthony, Robert Newton, David F. Hawkins, and Kenneth A. Merchant, Account-
ing, text and cases, McGraw-Hill/Irwin, 1999.
2. Subramanyam K R, Financial Statement Analysis, McGraw Hill, 2021.

Reference Books:
1. Maher, Michael W., Clyde P. Stickney, and Roman L. Weil, Managerial account-
ing: An introduction to concepts, methods and uses, Rob Dewey, 2006.
2. White, Gerald I., Ashwinpaul C. Sondhi, and Dov Fried, The analysis and use
of financial statements, John Wiley & Sons, 2002.
3. Penman, Stephen H., and Stephen H. Penman, Financial statement analysis
and security valuation, McGraw-Hill/Irwin, 2010.
4. Graham, Benjamin and David Le Fevre Dodd, Security analysis, 6th Edition,
McGraw-Hill, 1934.

1139
16.10 MB 516: Managerial Economics
Course Number : MB 516
Course Name : Managerial Economics
Credits : 2-0-0-2 (L-T-P-C)
Prerequisites : None
Intended for : MBA
Distribution : Compulsory
Approval: 50th BoA

Course Contents:
ˆ Demand and Supply: This module introduces Managerial Economics and the
problem of scarcity. Thereafter the module discusses the demand and supply side,
elasticity, consumer behaviour, marginal analysis. (8 hours)

ˆ Demand Estimation and Forecasting: The module discusses Basic Estimation

Techniques, Estimating Demand Curve, Econometric Models, Forecasting Demand
and Interpretation. (4 hours)

ˆ Production and Cost: Production and Cost in Short and Long Run. (3 hours)

ˆ Application of Production and Cost: Break even Analysis, Production Func-

tion and Cost Estimation. (3 hours)

ˆ Markets: Decision Making under Competitive Market, Market Analysis with Mar-
ket Power Perfect Competition, Monopoly and Monopolistic Competitive Market:
Market Structure, Profit Maximization, Output and Pricing Decisions. (6 hours)

ˆ Strategic Decision Making In Oligopoly Market: Oligopoly Market Using

Game Theory: Simultaneous Decisions, Prisoners’ Dilemma, Sequential Games,
First Mover and Second Mover Advantage. (4 hours)

Application Modules 2, 4 and 6 can be conducted as lab session of 2 hrs each.

Textbooks:
1. Dominick Salvatore and Siddhartha K. Rastogi, Managerial Economics, Prin-
ciples & Worldwide Applications, 9th Edition, Oxford University Press 2020.

2. Thomas and Maurice, Managerial Economics, McGraw Hill, 2010.

Reference Book:
1. Robert S Pindyck, Daniel L Rubinfield and Prem L Mehta, Microeconomics, 7th
Edition, Pearson 2009.

2. Paul G. Keat, Philip K Y Young, Stephen E Erfle and Sreejata Banarjee, Manage-
rial Economics: Economic Tools for Today’s Decision Makers, 7th Edition,
Pearson, 2018

1140
16.11 MB 517: Marketing Management
Course Number : MB517
Course Name : Marketing Management
Credits : 2-2 (L-T-P-C)
Prerequisites : None
Intended for : MBA
Distribution : Compulsory
Approval: 50th BoA

Course Contents:
ˆ Introduction to Marketing: Meaning, Definition, Pillars of Marketing, Market-
ing Process, Marketing Environment. (4 Hours)

ˆ Marketing Planning: Identification of Market, Segmentation – Meaning and

purpose, Types of Segments, Targeting, Positioning, and Marketing Mix. (4 Hours)

ˆ Product and Price: Product policy, Product classification, New Product Devel-
opment, Diffusion of Innovation, Product Life Cycle, Brand, Branding, and Brand
Equity.

ˆ Pricing Policy, Types of pricing, Pricing Process. (6 Hours)

ˆ Promotion and Place:Types of Promotion, Advertising, Sales Promotion, Pub-

licity, WOM, IMC

ˆ Channel Design, Channel conflicts, Wholesale, Retailing. (6 Hours)

ˆ Contemporary topics: Services Marketing, International Marketing, Rural Mar-

keting, Digital Marketing and Green Marketing. (4 Hours)

Textbooks:
1. Philip Kotler and Kevin Lane Keller, Marketing Management, latest edition.

2. Ramaswamy and Namakumari, Marketing Management, latest edition.

Reference Book:
1. Marketing Management A An Applied Approach

16.12 MB 518: Decision analysis

Course Number : MB518
Course Name : Decision analysis
Credits : 2-0-0-2 (L-T-P-C)
Prerequisites : None
Intended for : MBA
Distribution : Compulsory
Approval: 50th BoA

1141
Course Contents:
ˆ Module 1: This module would set the context for decision analysis course. It
would discuss a few illustrative examples in details (Eg Bidding problem, Pricing
decision, Investment decision, outsourcing decision, Decision under uncertainty). (3
hours)

ˆ Module 2 Mathematical/Formal representation of consequences: This mod-

ule introduces a formal need and ways to measure the consequence of a decision
alternate. In specific context explore the use of Linear functions, Piecewise Lin-
ear function, Loss functions, Quadratic functions and their relevance, roots of a
Quadratic equation, Breakeven Price, exponential and logarithmic functions, Se-
quences (Geometric and Arithmetic) and functions of many variables. (4 hours)

ˆ Module 3 Review of Probability (Rapid): Introduction to Probability and

Random variables, Conditional probability, expected value, Summary measures,
Fractiles, Measures of dispersion, Chebyshev’s inequality, functions of random vari-
ables, Joint distribution of random variables, Covariance, Conditional expectations,
Binominal, Poisson, and normal Distributions. (6 hours)

ˆ Module 4 Decision theory: Method of sensitivity analysis, Method of breakeven

analysis, Decision Problems under uncertainty, Decision trees, expected monetary
value as a criterion, expected value of perfect information (EVPI), Structuring and
solving sequential decision problem, case studies (2), sampling information, value
of sample, optimal sample size to update prior probabilities. expected net gain in
sampling, Case studies (2). Cash Equivalent, risk preference. (12 hours)

ˆ Module 5: Loss functions and special structures (3 hours)

News boy problem and its variations

Lab Exercises (If applicable): Not applicable

Lab to be conducted on a 2-hour slot. It will be conducted in tandem with the theory
course so the topics for problems given in the lab are already initiated in the theory
class. The topics taught in the theory course should appropriately be sequenced for
synchronization with the laboratory.

Textbooks:
1. VL Mote and T Madhavan, Operations research, Wiley Indian, 2016.

2. PG Moore and HM Thomas, Anatomy of decisions, Penguin Business, 1971

16.13 MB 519: Creative Thinking, Problem Solving and Deci-

sion Making
Course Number : MB 519
Course Name : Creative Thinking, Problem Solving and Decision Making
Credits : 2-0-0-2 (L-T-P-C)
Prerequisites : None

1142
 Intended for : MBA
Distribution : Compulsory
Approval: 50th BoA

Course Contents:
ˆ Introduction: Understanding problem solving and decision making, Types of
problems and decision making. (2 Hours)

ˆ Human Heritage for Problem Solving and Decision Making: Creativity

and inspiration, Intuition, knowledge, intelligence, wisdom and creativity, empathy,
Creativity and evolution. Thinking and its Types, Lean thinking, critical thinking,
lateral thinking and design thinking methods, Divergent and convergent thinking.
(5 Hours)

ˆ Reasoning with Data: Types of reasoning, deductive vs. inductive reasoning,

reasoning with data, role of assumptions and biases, evaluating assumptions, biases
in inductive reasoning for handling data, avoiding deductive and inductive reasoning
fallacies, abductive reasoning, abduction in the field of artificial intelligence, rea-
soning backwards; Logical, probabilistic and geometric reasoning, problem solving
and thinking traps, and their avoidance. (5 Hours)

ˆ Analytical thinking and decision making: Analytical Thinking and decision

making, stages of analytical thinking, data analytic thinking, Analytic hierarchy
and network process. (3 Hours)

ˆ Problem framing and solution: Identifying and defining problems, building a

model, solving the problem through pattern finding, simplifying and eliminating,
developing alternatives and evaluating options, what-if analysis, Complex problem
solving, six thinking hats. (4 Hours)

ˆ Tools, Techniques and Skills: Interpretation and Ideation techniques: Empa-

thy mapping, mind mapping, journey maps, affinity and cause-effect diagram, pat-
tern recognition; Brainstorming, brain dump, value proposition canvas, SCAMPER.
Analysis Methods: Paired Comparison Analysis, Six Thinking Hats, Cost/Benefit
Analysis, Decision Trees, Pareto Analysis, Grid Analysis, PMI, Force Field Analy-
sis, Root-Cause Analysis, storyboarding. (5 Hours)

ˆ Simulation and Optimization for Problem solving and decision making:

Simulation and its types, importance of simulation and optimization for problem
solving and decision making, role of data and model in simulations. physical simu-
lation vs. computer simulation. (4 Hours)

Lab Exercises (If applicable):

Lab to be conducted on a 2-hour slot. It will be conducted in tandem with the theory
course so the topics for problems given in the lab are already initiated in the theory
class. The topics taught in the theory course should appropriately be sequenced for
synchronization with the laboratory.

1143
Reference Book:
1. T.H. Davenport and J. Kim, Keeping up with the Quants, Harvard Business
Review Press, Boston, MA (rs. 1,555), 2013.

2. Daniel Kahneman, Thinking, Fast and Slow, Penguin Random House, 2012.

3. Robert J. Sternberg Ed., Thinking and Problem Solving, 2nd Edition, Aca-
demic Press, 1994.

4. de Bono, E., Six Thinking Hats, MICA Management Resources, 1999.

5. Eugene O’Loughlin, An Introduction to Business System Analysis, The Liffey

Press, Ireland, 2009.

6. Gerald F. Smith, Quality Problem Solving, ASQ Quality Press, 1998.

7. Wisconsin G. Polya, How to Solve It, Princeton University Press, 1988

8. Edward B. Burger and Michael Starbird, 5 Elements of Effective Thinking,

Princeton University Press, Oxfordshire, 2021.

9. Jeanne Liedtka, Andrew King and Kevin Bennett, Solving Problems with De-
sign Thinking, Columbia University Press, 2013.

10. Luc De Brabandere and Alan Iny, Thinking in New Boxes, Random House,
2013.

11. James L. Adams, Conceptual Blockbusting, Basic Books, 2019.

12. Tom Kelley and D. Kelley, Creative Confidence, William Collins, 2013.

13. J. Butterfield, Problem Solving and Decision Making, Cengage Learning,

2010.

14. Saaty, T.L., Creative Thinking Problem Solving and Decision Making,
RWS Publications, 2008.

15. Paulos, J.A., Innumeracy: Mathematical Illiteracy and Its Consequences,

New York: Hill and Wang.

16. Fisher, A., Critical Thinking: An Introduction, Cambridge University Press,

2001.

16.14 MB 520 : Fundamentals of Data and Analytics

Course Code : MB 520
Course Name : Fundamentals of Data and Analytics
L-T-P-C: 2-0-0-2
Intended for : MBA
Prerequisite : None
Mutual Exclusion : None
Approval: 52nd BoA

1144
Course Contents
ˆ Data and Analytics Concepts: Data concepts - DIKW and data analytics pyra-
mid, small data to big data, Data analytic thinking, uncertainty and decision, data
driven and goal driven decision making, Analytics processes and systems, data and
analytics maturity, CRISP-DM Process. (4 Lectures)

ˆ Models and Processes: Business analytics models, Strategy creation and Key
Performance Indicators (KPIs), Business questions and KPIs, Asking right business
questions on data and analytics, Data and Analytics Models and their types. (4
Lectures)

ˆ Data Preparation: Data collection and preparation, perspectives on data, data

types, sources and quality, data description using levels of measurement and types of
measurement scales, Types of attributes/features, data cycle-the data preparation
activities, data cleaning and data transformation, data encoding, data discretiza-
tion, transformation for normality, feature selection- shrinking, dimensionality re-
duction. (6 Lectures)

ˆ Exploratory Analytics: Describing the past, data visualization, understanding

your data sources, understanding variability in the data. (4 Lectures)

ˆ Predictive Analytics: Classes of predictive models-logic driven and data driven,

predicting numerical and categorical values, asking predictive questions, simple and
multiple linear regression as a predictive tool, correlation and multiple regression
analysis, Forward and backward step-wise regression, Role of F-ratio and R-square
adjusted statistics for predictive analytics (multiple regression based). (6 Lectures)

ˆ Prescriptive Analytics: Optimization and experimentation for prescriptive an-

alytics, asking prescriptive questions, optimization (MS Excel solver/other opti-
mization tools), Prescriptive steps in analytics – defining the problem, decision
variables, objective functions, constraints, and arriving at business solution. Intro-
ducing Causality, importance of causal analytics for business problem solving. (4
Lectures)

Textbooks:
NA

Reference Books:
1. Daniel, Vaughan, Analytical Skills for AI & Data Science, Shroff Publishers
and Distributors Pvt. Ltd, 2020.

2. Daniel T. Larose, Chantal D. Larose, Data Mining and Predictive Analytics,

Wiley, 2016.

3. HBR Guide to Data Analytics Basics for Managers, Harvard Business Re-
view Press, 2018

4. Provost, F and Fawcett, T., Data Science for Business, Shroff Publishers and
Distributors Pvt. Ltd, 2014.

1145
 5. Jeffrey D. Camm, James J. Cochran, Michael J. Fry, Jeffrey W. Ohlmann, Business
Analytics: Descriptive, Prescriptive and Predictive, 4th Edition, Cengage
Learning Inc, 2021.

6. Laursen, G.H.N. and Thorlund, J., Business Analytics for Managers, Wiley
India Pvt. Ltd., 2014.

7. Amar Sahay, Essentials of Data Science and Analytics Statistical Tools,

Machine Learning, and R-Statistical Software Overview, Business Expert
Press, 2021.

8. J. D. Kelleher and B. Tierney, Data Science, The MIT Press, 2018.

16.15 MB 521 : Disruptive Technologies for Data Science

Course Code : MB 521
Course Name : Disruptive Technologies for Data Science
L-T-P-C: 2-0-0-2
Intended for : MBA
Prerequisite : None
Mutual Exclusion : None
Approval: 52nd BoA

Course Contents
ˆ Overview of Disruptive Technologies: Waves of Technology evolution; Dig-
itization and digitalization; Digitalization and disruption; Disruptive innovation;
The waves of internet and related technological advancements; Networks, 5G and
sensors. (5 sessions)

ˆ Computing Technologies: Moore’s Law and its impact, miniaturization of com-

puters, Quantum computing and its prospects in business. (3 sessions)

ˆ Artificial Intelligence: Concepts of Artificial Intelligence (AI), Integrating AI

into human world, AI and robotics, virtual and augmented reality, Impact of AI
and robotics in business, AI Entrepreneurs, AI Disruption. (4 sessions)

ˆ Blockchain and Bitcoin: Blockchain concepts, Blockchain and Coded currency,

Blockchain and Enterprise, Blockchain as a technology of trust, Blockchain driving
the business and beyond. (3 sessions)

ˆ Internet of Things and Cloud Computing: Evolution of Internet of Things,

Economic Impact of IoT, IoT as a revolutionary technology, IoT Challenges, risks
and dangers; Internet of Things to Internet of Everything, Basics of cloud com-
puting, Cloud computing and web 2.0, Ways to cloud compute and its business
benefits, Personal cloud, Edge computing. (4 sessions)

ˆ Multidimensional Printing: Additive and subtractive manufacturing, Decen-

tralizing and disrupting manufacturing, Mass customization, Barriers to additive
manufacturing. (2 sessions)

1146
 ˆ Nanotechnology: New materials and their applications, nanotechnology initia-
tives. (2 sessions)

ˆ Biotechnology and Neurotechnology: Importance of biotechnologies and neu-

rotechnogies, Biotechnology applications in the fields of medicine to manufacturing,
workings of neurotechnologies and their impact. (3 sessions)

ˆ Clean Energy Technology and Geo Engineering: Clean energy, and its distri-
bution and storage technologies, Geo engineering and global warming. (2 sessions)

Textbooks:
NA

Reference Books:
1. Klaus Schwab, Shaping the Future of the Fourth Industrial Revolution,
Penguin Random House, 2018.

2. Daniel Franklin, Megatech: Technology in 2050, Profile Books Ltd, (The

Economist), 2017.

3. Steve Case, The Third Wave, Simon & Schuster Paperbacks, 2016

4. Christopher Barnatt, A Brief Guide to Cloud Computing, Constable & Robin-

son Ltd., 2010.

5. Peter H. Diamandis and Steven Kotler, The Future is Faster Than You Think:
How Converging Technologies are Transforming Business, Industries and
Our Lives, Simon & Schuster Paperbacks, 2020

6. Peter Thiel, Zero to One: Notes on Startups or How to Build the Future,
Penguin Random House (Virgin Books), 2014.

7. Jean-Marie Dru, The new Ways to New, Wiley India Pvt. Ltd, 2015

8. Clayton M. Christensen, The Innovator’s Dillema, Collins Business Essentials,

2006

9. Peter H. Diamandis, Steven Kotler, Bold: How to Go Big, Create Wealth

and Impact the World, Simon & Schuster, 2015.

10. Henry Chesbrough, Open Innovation: The New Imerative for Creating and
Profiting from Technology, Harvard Business School Press, 2006.

11. Daniel Kellmereit, Daniel Obodovski, The Silent Intelligence: The Internet
of Things, DnD Ventures, 2013

12. Alec Ross, The Industries of the Future, Simon & Schuster UK Ltd., 2016

13. Jamie Bartlett, The People vs. Tech: How the Internet is Killing Democ-
racy, Penguin Random House, 2018

1147
16.16 MB 522 : Machine Learning for Business
Course Code : MB 522
Course Name : Machine Learning for Business
L-T-P-C: 2-0-0-2
Intended for : MBA
Prerequisite : None
Mutual Exclusion : None
Approval: 52nd BoA

Course Contents
ˆ Introduction to Machine Learning: Understanding what is ML, its purpose,
how and when to use it in Business, ML and Statistics-similarities and contrasts,
Data driven decision making, ML methods. (3 Lectures)

ˆ Machine Learning and Data Analytics: Data Models- Linear vs. Non-linear,
complicated vs. Complex models for real world problem solving; ML system re-
quirements, Iterative ML development Process, Framing ML Problems; feature un-
derstanding and selection. (3 Lectures)

ˆ Supervised Learning: Fundamentals: Learning from data, bias and variance,

Model generalization- Overfitting and underfitting, Predictive modeling, data and
target leakage, Data sets preparation for model building- Training, Testing and Val-
idation datasets, cross validation, linear and logistic regression, K-nearest neighbor
method, Business applications (appropriate case studies, use cases and situation
analysis). (5 Lectures)

ˆ Supervised Learning: Decision Trees: Fundamentals of decision trees, evalu-

ating splits- information gain, Gini Index, applications (eg. Business use cases like
Churn analysis/credit scoring etc.), Diversity and prediction; Ensemble of Learners-
Multiple Models: Condorcet Jury Theorem and Diversity Prediction Theorem, ran-
dom forest, AdaBoost, Model evaluation, comparison, interpretation and commu-
nication, Business applications (appropriate case studies, use cases and situation
analysis). (8 Lectures)

ˆ Supervised Learning: Support Vector Machine (SVM): Fundamentals of

support vector machines (SVMs); Linear SVM classification- hard margin classi-
fication, soft margin classification; Non-linear separation- a step towards neural
network, Predicting continuous variables, Business applications (appropriate case
studies, use cases and situation analysis). (4 Lectures)

ˆ Unsupervised Learning: Clustering Basics, Techniques used for clustering; k-

means clustering- choosing k: elbow method, silhouette method; Density-based
and hierarchical clustering methods; Principal Components analysis (PCA), Busi-
ness applications (appropriate case studies, use cases and situation analysis). (5
Lectures)

1148
Textbooks:
NA

Reference Books:
1. Provost, F and Fawcett, T., Data Science for Business, Shroff Publishers and
Distributors Pvt. Ltd, 2014.

2. Daniel S. Becker and Kai R. Larsen, Automated Machine Learning for Busi-
ness, Oxford University Press, 2021.

3. Ethem Alpaydin, Machine Learning, MIT Press, 2016.

4. H. Brink, J.W. Richards and M. Fetheerolf, Real-world Machine Learning,

Manning Pub., 2017.

5. J. Kelleher, B.M. Namee and A. D’Arcy, Fundamentals of Machine Learning

for Predictive Data Analytics, MIT Press, 2015. (JK)

6. Scot Page, The Model Thinker, Basic Books, 2018.

7. K. Hosanagar, A human guide to Machine intelligence, Portfolio, Penguin

Random House, 2019.

8. Matthew Kirk, Thoughtful Machine Learning with Python, Shroff Publishers

and Distributors Pvt. Ltd, 2019.

9. Chip Huyen, Designing Machine learning Systems, Shroff Publishers and Dis-
tributors Pvt. Ltd., 2022.

16.17 MB 523 : Introduction to AI and Automation

Course Code : MB 523
Course Name : Introduction to AI and Automation
L-T-P-C: 2-0-0-2
Intended for : MBA
Prerequisite : None
Mutual Exclusion : None
Approval: 52nd BoA

Course Contents
ˆ Introduction to AI and Automation: Digitization and digitalization; Automation:
traditional automation and intelligent automation; Identifying tasks and their char-
acteristics suitable for automation, Automation payoffs; Defining AI, Types of AI:
artificial narrow intelligence (ANI), artificial general intelligence (AGI) and artificial
super intelligence (ASI), AI and machine learning, AI classification as per business
capabilities- Process Automation, Cognitive Insights and Cognitive Engagement.
(4 Lectures)

1149
 ˆ Traditional Automation- No human Intervention: Scopes and techniques of automa-
tion, Business processes, Process Standardization, Reengineering and deconstruc-
tion, Identification of repetition, replication ans redundancy elements in business
process, Robotic Process Automation (RPA)- Scope, Benefits, Types and compo-
nents of RPA, RPA Platforms, RPA vs. BPM, understanding RPA though use
cases. (4 Lectures)

ˆ AI for Automation: Automating decisions, human and machine capabilities for

automation, Right Human-Automation Combination; Automating through Adap-
tive Business Processes, AI for automating repetitive tasks, AI for collaborative
Automation (Human and Machine Collaboration). (6 Lectures)

ˆ AI and Humans- Optimal Collaboration: Collaborative Automation through activ-

ities by humans and machines to complement each other’s roles, human-in-the-loop
systems, Humans for machine capability extension and amplification - Human train-
ers, explainers and sustainers for AI system development. AI augmenting human
capabilities, Types of augmentation- Amplification, Interaction and Embodiment.
(4 Lectures)

ˆ Reimagining Business Processes: Proper mindset to reimagining processes, Exper-

imentation, Leadership challenges for creating a blended culture of both humans
and machines, and Building end-to-end data supply chains. (6 Lectures)

ˆ New Skill Requirements for AI Based Automation: Skills required in the collabora-
tive human and machine environment: Intelligent Interrogation, Bot Based Empow-
erment, Reciprocating Apprenticeship, Holistic Melding, Rehumanising Time, Re-
sponsible Normalizing, Judgement Integration, Relentless Reimagination. (4 Lec-
tures)

Reference Books:
1. Paul R. Daugherty and H. James Wilson, Human+ Machine: Reimagining
Work in the Age of AI, Harvard Business Review Press, 2018.

2. Tom Taulli, Artificial Intelligence Basics: A Non-technical Introduction,

Apress, 2019.

3. Thomas H. Davenport, The AI Advantage: How to Put the Artificial Intel-

ligence Revolution to Work, The MIT Press, 2018

4. Ravin Jesuthasan and John W. Boudreau, Reinventing jobs:a 4-step approach

for applying automation to work, Harvard Business Review Press, 2018.

5. Melanie Mitchell, Artificial Intelligence: A Guide for Thinking Humans,

Pelican Books, Penguin Random House, 2019.

6. Tomas Chamorro-Premuzic, I, Human: AI, Automation, and the Quest to

Reclaim What Makes Us Unique, Harvard Business Review Press, 2023.

7. Ian Barkin, Jochen Wirtz, and Pascal Bornet, Intelligent Automation: Learn
how to harness Artificial Intelligence to boost business & make our world
more human, Independently Published, 2020.

1150
 8. Ian Barkin, Jochen Wirtz, and Pascal Bornet, Intelligent Automation: Learn
how to harness Artificial Intelligence to boost business & make our world
more human, Independently Published, 2020.

9. Byron Reese, The Fourth Age: Smart Robots, Conscious Computers, and
the Future of Humanity, Atria International, 2018.

10. Deepak Karwal, The Automated Enterprise: Digital Reinvention through

Intelligent Automation, Deepak Karwal, 2020.

11. Matt Calkins, Neil Ward-Dutton, George Westerman et al., Hyperautomation,

BookBaby, 2020.

12. Bhasker Ghosh, Gayathri Pallail and Rajendra Prasad, The Automation Advan-
tage: Embrace the Future of Productivity and Improve Speed, Quality,
and Customer Experience Through AI, McGraw-Hill Education, 2022.

16.18 MB 524 : Organizational Behaviour

Course Code : MB 524
Course Name : Organizational Behaviour
L-T-P-C: 2-0-0-2
Intended for : MBA
Prerequisite : None
Mutual Exclusion : None
Approval: 52nd BoA

Course Contents
ˆ The Individual: Introduction to OB; Ability, Biographical Characteristics; Di-
versity – Indian Context – Diversity, Equity & Inclusion initiatives; Attitudes –
Job Attitudes, Job Satisfaction, Antecedents & Consequences; Emotional Intelli-
gence – Emotions, Moods, Emotional Labour; Personality – Big Five Model; Values;
Decision Making; Motivation – Contemporary Theories, Applications, Job Charac-
teristics Model, Ways of Motivating Employees; Leadership. (9 Lectures)

ˆ The Group: Group Dynamics – Properties, Group Development, Group Decision

Making Techniques, GroupThink; Teams – Types, Team Effectiveness Model, Con-
text, Composition, Process; Self Organising Teams, Virtual Teams; Technology –
Team Effectiveness Interactions. (6 Lectures)

ˆ The Organization System: Types of organization structure, emerging organi-

zational forms; functional structure, divisional structure, matrix structure, team
structure, horizontal structure, network structure, virtual structure; Division of
labour, specialisation, departmentalisation, chain of command, span of control,
centralisation and decentralisation, formalisation, boundary spanning; Organiza-
tional culture, strong vs weak, dominant, socialisation model of culture, impact on
employees and organization. (7 Lectures)

1151
 ˆ Technology and Organizational Behaviour: Influence of social media & emerg-
ing technologies on employee behaviour Technology -structure interactions, Technology-
culture interactions. (6 Lectures)

List of articles and cases

1. Thomas Green: Power, Office Politics and a Career in Crisis

2. The Ordinary Heroes of the Taj, Rohit Deshpande; Anjali Raina

3. Ramesh and Gargi – IIMA case

4. Mahindra Financial Services- Restructuring for growth, IIMB case

5. Clash of Cultures – Business India case collection

6. Bank of Baroda

Textbooks:
1. Robbins, S. P., Judge, T. A., & Vohra, N., Organizational behaviour, 18th
Edition, Pearson Education India, 2019.

2. McShabe, S.L., Von Glinow, M. A., & Rai, H, Organizational behaviour, 9th
Edition, McGraw Hill India, 2022.

3. Pareek, U., Udai Pareek’s Understanding organizational Behaviour, 3rd

Edition, Oxford University publications Catalogue, 2012.

16.19 MB 525 : Qualitative Research

Course Code : MB 525
Course Name : Qualitative Research
L-T-P-C: 2-0-0-2
Intended for : MBA
Prerequisite : None
Mutual Exclusion : None
Approval: 52nd BoA

Course Contents
ˆ Introduction to Qualitative Research: Types of research, qualitative, quanti-
tative and mixed methods, Nature, foundations and scope of Qualitative Research,
significance of qualitative research, qualitative research process, ethical considera-
tion in qualitative research. (8 Lectures)

ˆ Case Study Method: Case study method – concepts, formation and measure-
ment, Causation and models of causal inference, within case analysis method and
practice, comparative case studies, data collection, interpretation and writing. (6
Lectures)

1152
 ˆ Grounded Theory: Emergence of Grounded Theory, design aspects, coding pro-
cess, Memo writing and developing patterns and categories, theory integration,
writing report. (6 Lectures)

ˆ Other Methods: Focus Group Discussions, Content Analysis, Ethnography stud-

ies. (4 Lectures)

Textbooks:
1. Uwe Flick, An Introduction to Qualitative Research

2. Cheryl Poth and John Creswell, Qualitative Inquiry and Research Design

Reference Books:
1. Joseph Maxwell, Qualitative Research Design: An Interactive Approach

2. Denzin, Norman K. and Lincoln, Yovonna S. Eds., The Sage Handbook of Qual-
itative Research, Sage Publications, 2011.

16.20 MB 526 : Strategic Management

Course Code : MB 526
Course Name : Strategic Management
L-T-P-C: 2-0-0-2
Intended for : MBA
Prerequisite : None
Mutual Exclusion : None
Approval: 52nd BoA

Course Contents
ˆ Introduction to Strategic Management and Development of Strategic
Intent (4 Lectures)

– Understanding Strategy
– Comprehending the basic framework of strategy analysis
– Evolution of Business Strategy thought over past years
– How to describe Strategy of an organization
– Understand how Strategy is made within organization.
– Strategic Management in the Context of Functional Departments in an Orga-
nization
– Strategic Intent & Strategy Framework
– Vision-Mission-Strategy / Purpose-Values- Strategy
– Landscape of Strategic Management and Boundaries of Strategic Thinking

ˆ Frameworks and Tools for External Context Analysis (5 Lectures)

1153
ˆ Macro External Environmental Analysis of the Industry

– Industry Life Cycle

– Analysing Industry Attractiveness
– Frameworks and Tools for External Context (Environment) Analysis [External
Environmental Analysis, PESTLE Analysis, Organization Response to Exter-
nal Environment]

ˆ Micro External Environmental Analysis of the Industry

– Analysis & Influence of Competitive Forces [Porter’s 5 Force]

– Strategic Group

ˆ Frameworks and Tools for Internal Context Analysis (5 Lectures)

ˆ Internal Analysis of the Firm

– Resource Based View

– Value Chain Analysis
– Core Competencies
– VRIO Framework

ˆ Different approaches within Business Strategy to achieve Competitive

Advantage (5 Lectures)

– Generic business strategies (Cost Leadership, Differentiation, and Niche)

– Blue Ocean Strategy

ˆ Organizational Design and its Influence on Strategy Formulation and

Implementation (4 Lectures)

– Principles that Determines Structural Characteristics of Complex Organiza-

tion
– Selection of Organization Structure best suited for Particular Business Context
– Drivers of Changes of Organization Structure
– Corporate Governance and Culture’s influence on Strategy Formulation and
Implementation
– Role of Leadership Team/ Board in Strategy Execution

ˆ Managing Multiple Businesses (5 Lectures)

– Basic Understanding of various Portfolio Planning Models (BCG Matrix, McK-

insey Matrix, etc)
– Different approaches within Corporate Strategy for pursuing Growth - Vertical
and Horizontal Integration, Mergers and Acquisition, Joint Ventures, Diversi-
fication (Ansoff’s Framework, etc), Alliances and Internationalisation

1154
Lab Exercises (If applicable):
Lab to be conducted on a 2-hour slot. It will be conducted in tandem with the theory
course so the topics for problems given in the lab are already initiated in the theory
class. The topics taught in the theory course should appropriately be sequenced for
synchronization with the laboratory.

Textbooks:
1. Robert M Grant, Contemporary Strategy Analysis: Text and Cases, 9th
Edition, Edition, 2015.

2. Charles W. L. Hill; Melissa A. Schilling; and Gareth R. Jones, Strategic Man-

agement: Theory & Cases: An Integrated Approach, 12th Edition, 2017.

Reference Books:
1. Porter, M. E., Competitive Strategy: Techniques for Analyzing Industries
and Competitors, Free Press, 1980.

2. Rumelt, R. P., Good strategy, bad strategy: The difference and why it
matters, Crown Business, 2011.

16.21 MB 527 : Financial Management

Course Code : MB 527
Course Name : Financial Management
L-T-P-C: 2-0-0-2
Intended for : MBA
Prerequisite : None
Mutual Exclusion : None
Approval: 52nd BoA

Course Contents
ˆ Module 0 Introduction to Corporate Finance and Financial Goal of the
Firm:

– This module is intended to introduce two important questions; 1. What invest-

ments should the company make? 2. How should it pay for those investments?
After understanding the goal of a firm, then students would be introduced to
the challenges that managers may face and explain the agency problem and
need for corporate governance.
– Readings: Chapter – 1 of the Textbook (1 hour)

ˆ Module 1 Time Value of Money:

– In this module, we take the first steps to understand the relationship between
the value of money (dollars/rupees) today and money in the future. The next
step is understanding how much would be needed to invest today to produce

1155
 a specified future sum of money. After the students learn how to value cash
flows that occur at different points in time, then connect them to the next
topic on how bonds and stocks are valued
– Readings: Chapter -2 of the Textbook Chapter end exercises ( 2 Lectures)

ˆ Module 2 Valuing Bonds and Common Stocks Bonds:

– First would explain the sources of finances to the firm, then start with an
analysis of the bond market by looking at government bonds’ valuation and
how to analyze the bond. The students should understand the bond prices and
yields published in financial newspapers. Also, learn to differentiate between
nominal and real (inflation-adjusted) interest rates. Common Stocks: Begin
with a look at how stocks are traded. Then explain the basic principles of share
valuation and the use of Discounted Cash Flow (DCF) models to estimate the
expected rates of return. Later, show how the DCF models can value the
entire business rather than individual shares.
– Chapters: 3 and 4 of the Textbook
– Chapter end exercises and Case on ’Reeby Sports’ from the textbook (3 Lec-
tures)
– Lab -I Applications of Time Value of Money ( 2 Lectures)

ˆ Module 4 Capital Investment Analysis:

– Begin with introducing the importance of capital investment decisions. Then

explain the Net Present Value and other investment criteria. Conclude by
showing how to cope with situations when the firm has only limited capital.
Explain how to develop a set of cash flows from the business. Then demon-
strate a realistic and comprehensive example of a capital investment analysis.
Also, explain the role of corporate taxes in investment analysis
– Chapters – 5 and 6 of the Textbook
– Chapter end exercises Case: 1. Hola Kola Capital Budgeting Decisions (HBSP#
TB0343) Case 2. Sneaker 2013 (HBSP# BAB166) (one of the above) (3 Lec-
tures)

ˆ Module 5 Risk and Return:

– First, explain how to read the stock prices and compute returns. Then take the
first look at investment risks and show how they can be reduced by portfolio
diversification. Introduce the risk measures, the standard deviation of returns,
and the Beta coefficient for individual securities.
– Reading: Chapter 7 of the Textbook Case from the textbook, John and Marsha
on Portfolio Selection
– Chapter end exercises ( 2 Lectures)

ˆ Module 6 Portfolio:

– Theory and the Capital Asset Pricing Model This module would focus on pre-
senting modern portfolio theories linking risk and return. Then demonstrate

1156
 how these theories can be used to estimate the returns required by the invest-
ments. First, start with the Capital Asset Pricing Model (CAPM) and look
at another class of models, arbitrage pricing or factor models.
– Reading: Chapter 8 of the textbook Case: ’Partners Healthcare’ (HBSP#9-
206-005) ( 3 Lectures)
ˆ Module 7 Risk and Cost of Capital:
– First, understand why investment in a project is risky. Then evaluate the
sensitivity of project cash flows to business cycles. Relate the CAPM and
explain how to calculate the cost of capital (WACC). Conclude the topic after
introducing the certainty-equivalent factors and illustrate how the risk can
change over time.
– Reading: Chapter 9 of the Textbook
– Chapter end exercises Case: Nike Inc; Cost of Capital (HBSP#UV0010) ( 3
Lectures)
ˆ Module 8 Project Analysis:
– Focus on how firms develop budgets for capital investments. Illustrate sensitiv-
ity, break-even, and Monte Carlo simulation to identify investment proposals’
crucial assumptions and explore what can go wrong. In the end, describe im-
portant real options, and show how to use decision trees to set out the possible
future choices.
– Readings: Chapter 10 of the Textbook Investment, Strategy, and Economic
Rents: First, explain how the firm’s competitive advantage links corporate
strategy with finance. Then explain the common pitfalls in capital investment
analysis and conclude how economic rents underlie all positive NPV invest-
ments.
– Reading: Chapter 11 of the Textbook ( 4 Lectures)
– Lab Simulation Exercise on Investment Analysis ( 2 Lectures)
ˆ Module 9 Corporate Financing:
ˆ Illustrate the sources of financing and patterns with the help of financial data from
CMIE or Bloomberg. Explain internal financing vs. external financing. Review
some of the essential features of equity and debt financing. Dividend Policy Explain
how much cash should the firm’s payout to its shareholders. Then how should the
cash be distributed by paying cash dividends, stock dividends, or stock repurchases
Case: ’Blaine Kitchenware Inc’ (HBSP#4040) ( 3 Lectures)

Lab Exercises:
ˆ The first lab session focuses on the time value of money to demonstrate the effect on
the value of money with changes in assumptions such as time horizon, discounting
factor, frequency of compounding, etc.
ˆ The second lab session explains the sensitivity of project value to different business
scenarios, how to forecast operating cash flows, and applications of Mante Carlo
Simulation to know the expected value of cash flows.

1157
Textbooks:
1. Brealey A Richard, Myers C Stewart, and Allen Franklin, Principles of Corpo-
rate Finance, McGraw Hill Education, 13th Edition (US) (Main Textbook)

2. Ross A Stephen, Randolph W Westerfield, Jaffe Jeffrey and Bradford, Corporate

Finance, 12th Edition, McGraw Hill Education (Additional Textbook)

3. Jonathan Berk and Peter DeMarzo, Corporate Finance (plus MyFinanceLab),

3rd Edition, Pearson - Prentice Hall, 2014.

Reference Books:
1. Eugene F Fama, Theory of Finance, Thomson Learning, 1972.

2. Elton J Edwin, Gruber J. Martin, Brown J. Stephen, and Goetzmann N. William,

Modern Portfolio Theory and Investment Analysis, Wiley, 2014

16.22 MB 528 : Human Resource Management

Course Code : MB 528
Course Name : Human Resource Management
L-T-P-C: 2-0-0-2
Intended for : MBA
Prerequisite : None
Mutual Exclusion : None
Approval: 52nd BoA

Course Contents
ˆ HRM in 21st Century: Introduction to the domain of HR, Evolution of HR,
The role of HR Business Partner, Evidence-based Human Resource Management,
Driving forces of Evidence-based HRM, Linking Business Strategy with the HR
Strategy, Manager’s role in Strategic HRM, Building a high-performance work sys-
tem in the era of Industry 4.0, Role of AI and ML in developing contemporary HR
policies and practices. (6 Lectures)

ˆ Job Analysis, HR Planning & Talent Acquisition: Job Analysis in the chang-
ing nature of workplace, Steps involved in Job Analysis, Methods of collecting
Job Analysis information, Quantitative Job Analysis Techniques, Using internet
for writing Job Descriptions, Job Specifications based on statistical analysis, Job
Rotation, Job Enlargement & Job Enrichment, Competency-based Job Analysis
Human Resource Planning and Forecasting, Recruitment & Selection in the Talent
Management era, Talent Acquisition Strategies, Use of AI in the Talent Acquisition
process, Use of Applicant Tracking System (ATS) and application forms to predict
Renege/job performance, Employee Testing and Selection. (8 Lectures)

ˆ Talent Development: Training & Developing Employees, Training Need Anal-

ysis, Designing and implementing training programs, Management Development
Programs, Managing Organizational Change Programs, The Kirkpatrick model of

1158
 training evaluation, ROI and Behavioural Training, Use of Learning Analytics in
creating L&D policies and practices, The AI-powered Coaching and Career Man-
agement. Managing Employee Performance, Mutual Goal setting, Techniques for
appraising performance, Managing performance through HRIS, Mobile Apps for
real-time performance management, Performance Metrics, 9-box grid measuring
performance and potential of employees. (8 Lectures)

ˆ Talent Engagement & Compensation Management: Talent Engagement,

Measuring employee Attrition and developing retention strategies, Understanding
Turnover intention, Absenteeism, Satisfaction & Commitment Indices, Future of
Employee Engagement with AI, AI-powered Employee Segmentation, Leveraging
AI for Work-Life Balance. Compensation & Benefits, Factors determining Com-
pensation & Benefits, Salary Survey, Job Evaluation, Executive Compensations,
Competency-based Pay, Analytics in Compensation Management, Fundamental
Laws related to Compensation & Benefits. (6 Lectures)

Textbooks:
1. Dessler, G & B. Varkkey, Human Resource Management, 16th Edition, Pearson
Education India, 2020.

Reference Books:
1. A. Upadhyay, K. Khandelwal & J. Iyengar, Revolution in HRM: The New
Scorecard, Sage Publications India Pvt. Ltd., 2021.

2. Yadav R S & S. Maheswari, HR Analytics: Connecting Data and Theory,

Wiley India Pvt. Ltd., 2021.

3. Martin Edwards, Predictive HR Analytics: Mastering the HR Metric, Ko-

gan Page, 2016.

4. Kenneth M. York, Applied Human Resource Management, Sage Publications

India Pvt. Ltd., 2010.

Reference Articles
1. Allan Baily, The Kirkpatrick/Philips Model for evaluating Human Re-
source Development and Training.

2. Arellano, C., DiLeonardo, A., & Felix, I. Using people analytics to drive busi-
ness performance: A case study, McKinsey Quarterly, 3, 114-119, 2017.

3. Boudreau and Ramstad, Talentship, Talent Segmentation, and Sustainabil-

ity: A New HR Decision Science Paradigm for a New Strategy Definition,
Human Resource Management, Summer 2005, Vol. 44, No. 2, pp. 129-136

4. De Cremer, D., & Stollberger, J., Are People Analytics Dehumanizing Your
Employees?, Harvard Business Review, 2022(June 07). https://hbr.org/2022/06/are-
people-analytics-dehumanizing-your-employees; https://www.aihr.com/blog/hbr-people-
analytics-misconceptions/

1159
 5. Malik, A., Srikanth, N. R., & Budhwar, P., Digitization, artificial intelligence
(AI) and HRM, In Crawshaw, J., Davis, A., & Budhwar, P., Human resource
management: Strategic and international perspectives. London:Sage. (pp. 88-111),
2020.
6. McCartney, S., & Fu, N., Promise versus reality: a systematic review of the
ongoing debates in people analytics, Journal of Organizational Effectiveness:
People and Performancem, 2022.
7. Strohmeier, S., Digital human resource management: A conceptual clari-
fication, German Journal of Human Resource Management, 34(3), 345-365, 2020.
8. Tenakwah, E., Four by Four: Unintended Risks of People Analytics, 2021.
9. Thite, M. (Ed.)., e-HRM: Digital approaches, directions & applications,
Routledge, 2018.
10. Yano et al., Measuring Happiness using Wearable Technology, Hitachi Re-
view, Vol. 64, No.: 8, 2015
11. Accenture Reports:
(a) https://www.accenture.com/ acnmedia/Thought-Leadership-Assets/PDF-3/Accenture-
Care-To-Do-Better-Report.pdf
(b) https://www.accenture.com/ acnmedia/PDF-141/Accenture-Honing-your-Digital-
Edge-POV.pdf

Case Studies recommended:

1. Harvard Case: Sensing (and Monetizing) Happiness at Hitachi
2. Harvard Case: Amazon as an Employer
3. APSPOP’s Recruitment Predicament (Ivey Case)
4. Harvard Case: Performance Development at GE: Shaping a Fit-For-Purpose Per-
formance Management System
5. Harvard Case: Money Cash Flow Inc. HR Analytics Applied to Employee Reten-
tion and Well-Being Issues
6. Deloitte and KPMG: The War for Talent (Ivey Case)

16.23 MB 530 : Neural Networks Fundamentals for Business

Course Code : MB 530
Course Name : Neural Networks Fundamentals for Business
L-T-P-C: 2-0-0-2
Intended for : MBA
Prerequisite : None
Mutual Exclusion : None
Approval: 52nd BoA

1160
Course Contents
ˆ Introduction to Neural Networks: History of Neural Networks, Real and artifi-
cial Neurons, Maths behind neural network, Types of Neural Networks. (2 Lectures)

ˆ Perceptron: Neuron as a basic processing element, single and Multiple Percep-

trons, Linear and nonlinear regression models of neural network, Activation func-
tion and its necessity, smooth and non-smooth activation functions- Sigmoid, Tanh,
ReLU, argmax and softmax, feed-forward networks, deep networks and connectionism-
distributed representation. (4 Lectures)

ˆ Backpropagation and Gradient Descent: Neural Networks training processes,

Constants and variables in a network, weight initialization- Random, Glorot initial-
ization, cost functions, Cross-entropy functions, Rosenblatt’s perceptron training,
gradient descent method, Gradient Descent for solving a simple Learning prob-
lem, Perceptrons for identifying patterns, Gradient Descent for Multilevel Neural
Networks, Backpropagation Method – Forward and Backward Pass, Adjusting the
Weights, Learning Rate- static and dynamic, Stochastic gradient descent-batch and
mini-batch gradient descent, Neural network architecture – Selecting number of lay-
ers and number of neurons per layer. (8 Lectures)

ˆ Supervised Learning: Fully connected neural networks, Exploring the dataset,

identifying biases in the dataset, Data drift and Splitting the dataset to training,
testing and validation datasets, Bias-variance tradeoff through neural network ar-
chitecture, bias and variance reduction techniques, diagnosing bias and variance,
Neural network model building, parameter tuning, Dealing with data leakage, in-
terpretation of learning curves, Learning customer churn through backpropagation.
Neural networks for multiclass classification, Loss function for multiclass classifi-
cation (eg. MNIST/iris dataset). Quantitative and qualitative evaluation of the
solution. Vanishing gradient, Selecting right activation function, Neural Network
Regression on practical datasets (eg. Boston dataset or churn dataset) and cases.
(6 Lectures)

ˆ Unsupervised Learning: Competitive Learning, Kohnen Self-organising maps

(SOM), SOM Dimensionality and size of the map, Data preprocessing for SOM,
deciding on Number of clusters, Performance assessment, SOM clustering of appro-
priate datasets and cases. (4 Lectures)

ˆ Time Series Forecasting: Fundamentals of time series forecasting, types of time

series forecasting, Time series smoothing and decomposition, ARIMA models, Neu-
ral network autoregressive models. (4 Lectures) [10]

Reference Books:
1. Kotu V. and Deshpande, B., Data Science: Concepts and Practice, Morgan
Kauffman Publications, 2019.

2. J. Kelleher, B.M. Namee and A. D’Arcy, Fundamentals of Machine Learning

for Predictive Data Analytics, MIT Press, 2020.

3. J.D. Kelleher, Deep Learning, MIT Press, 2019.

1161
 4. James M. Keller, Derong Liu, and David B. Fogel, Fundamentals of Computa-
tional Intelligence Neural Networks, Fuzzy Systems, and Evolutionary
Computation, Wiley-IEEE Press, 2016.

5. Phil Kim, MatLab Deep Learning with Machine Learning, Neural Net-
works and Artificial Intelligence, Apress, 2017.

6. Scot Page, The Model Thinker, Basic Books, 2018.

7. Wei Di, Anurag Bhardwaj and Jianing Wei, Deep Learning Essentials: Your
hands-on guide to the fundamentals of deep learning and neural network
modelling, Packt Publications, 2018

8. Bernhard Mehlig, Machine Learning with Neural Networks: An Introduc-

tion for Scientists and Engineers, Cambridge University Press, 2021.

16.24 MB 531 : Ethical and Legal aspects of Business

Course Code : MB 531
Course Name : Ethical and Legal aspects of Business
L-T-P-C: 2-0-0-2
Intended for : MBA
Prerequisite : None
Mutual Exclusion : None
Approval: 52nd BoA

Course Contents
CO No. Course Objectives (CO)

ˆ CO1: Students would be introduced to the basic legal and ethical framework of
business not only in India, but also with a global perspective in mind including an
overview of the law of emerging technologies and how best to leverage this law for
optimum commercial gain. Students of business administration must understand
what happens both: in civil as well as criminal litigation and how what happens
in courts can impact business world. Students must understand the Contract law
regarding the necessity to have / not to have written contracts; Students must
understand the meaning, the scope and nuances of the application of business laws
on contracts and how to take decisions that could have legal consequences in these
contracts.

ˆ CO2: Students would develop an understanding of the business facilitation role of

the legal system, particularly the Law of Contracts and e-contracts & e-commerce
through the Digital India Act and the regulatory systems in place to supervise and
regulate the business practices in India and also doing business beyond national
borders and doing business and human transactions via online mode or through the
use of electronic gadgets and wearable technologies.

1162
 ˆ CO3: Students will develop an introductory level understanding of the legal and
ethical concepts relating to niche areas of business & technology laws such as intel-
lectual property rights, Law of forms of Business Enterprises and Entrepreneurship,
Law of Company Management and the Essentials of the Laws of Technology such as
Intellectual Property Rights (IPRs) and how best to optimize trade and commerce
in IP assets while also seeking legal protection for the same against infringement
by violators/competitors.

ˆ CO4: Students would be introduced to niche areas of emerging and evolving laws
and the legal and ethical regime of technology laws governing the application of
the Digital India Act (DIA) on emerging technologies such as the use of electronic
gadgets / Computers / laptops / wearables, . . . etc. to interact and transact with
other enterprises / entities either for commerce or for other social interactions or
creating wealth, committing, investigating or preventing crime. . . . etc.

Pedagogy:
The course intends to use multiple pedagogical tools to reinforce the learning among the
participants. Predominantly, this course shall be delivered through (1) Lectures where
legal concepts and doctrines are explained through meticulously prepared (2) ‘Illustra-
tive Case Studies’ and flipped classroom initiative where students are also encouraged to
actively participate in the learning process and to undergo self-learning through the guid-
ance provided continuously by the law-faculty. A second method is the encouragement
to learn through (3) ‘Outside Classroom Learning (OCL)’ initiatives – which will period-
ically be introduced by Law-Faculty who will provide a learning guide map to show the
paths of self-learning the student-participant should take to gain optimal knowledge from
the niche law course. Law-Faculty will also provide from time to time (4) Supplemen-
tary Law Knowledge Resources by way of dedicated course-instruction related emails,
web-links, handouts, . . . . etc. The only Course Evaluation Component which will be
introduced through two ‘ Tutorial Sessions’ will be the (5) ‘ Kababisthan Assignment’,
which in effect will cover the Teaching Content which in other b-school curricula, are
spread over 4 Sessions in regular MBA Programs in b-schools including in the IIMs. The
Kababisthan Assignment which will have a weight-age of 35% of Course Marks, will ride
on a student-centric learning effort and will cover vital Modules in the Course such as
– ‘Law of Entrepreneurship’, ‘Law of Forms of Business Enterprises’, ‘Fundamentals of
Company Law & Law of Company Management’ and promises to leave behind footprints
of unforgettable knowledge enriching experience for the student-participants.

Textbooks:
NA

Reference Books:
NA

1163
16.25 MB 532 : Digital Business Strategy, Models and Trans-
formations
Course Code : MB 532
Course Name : Digital Business Strategy, Models and Transformations
L-T-P-C: 2-0-0-2
Intended for : MBA
Prerequisite : None
Mutual Exclusion : None
Approval: 52nd BoA

Course Contents
ˆ Reimagining Business: Digital business transformation, Digitization vs. Digi-
talization, Digital Optimization an digital business transformation, Automation to
autonomous systems, , the Domains of Digital Transformation and Barriers; Di-
mensions of digital business-Scale, scope and speed of digitalization. (4 Lectures)

ˆ Reimagining Business model and Business processes: Business model con-

cepts and their Importance, Understanding Platforms and their ecosystem, Types
of Platforms- one sided to N-sided, Platform Business Models, Change Management
for Digital Business, Technical architecture for digital strategy, Building Blocks of
Business Model, Business Model Canvas. (8 Lectures)

ˆ Reimagining Digital Strategy: Strategy for Digital Transformation and their

types, Digital KPI and Digital Revenue; Digital Platform strategy, business and IT
Architecture, Digital Matrix, Phases of transformation. (8 Lectures)

ˆ Strategy Development and Implementation: Understanding Digital disrup-

tion, Response to digital disruption using Business models, Adaptive vs. disrup-
tive models, digital adoption and adaptation, Building Digital Business Technology
Platform, Implementation methods and future scope. (6 Lectures)

ˆ Future Digital Business: Elements of future digital business, Digital Transfor-

mation Risks, Digital Leadership. (2 Lectures)

Reference Books:
1. V. Venkatraman, The Digital Matrix, Penguin Random House India Pvt. Ltd.,
2017

2. S. Gupta, Driving Digital Strategy, Harvard Business Review Press, 2018

3. Nitin Seth, Winning In The Digital Age - Seven Building Blocks of a Suc-
cessful Digital Transformation, Penguin Random House India Private Limited,
2021.

4. Peter Weill, Stephanie Woerner, What’s Your Digital Business Model?: Six
Questions to Help You Build the Next-Generation Enterprise, HBR Press,
2018

1164
 5. G. O’Brien, G. Xiao, and M. Mason, Digital transformation Game Plan, Shroff
Publishers & Distributors, 2022.

6. A. Bock and G. George, The Business Model Book, Pearson, 2019

7. T. Saldanha, Why Digital Transformations Fail: The Surprise Disciplines

of How to Take Off and Stay Ahead, Berrett-Koehler Publishers, Inc. 2019.

8. Anshuman Khare, Brian Stewart & Rod Schatz, Phantom Ex Machina – Digital
Disruption’s Role in Business Model Transformation, Springer International
Publishing Switzerland, 2017

9. George Westerman and Didier Bonnet, Leading Digital: Turning Technology

into Business Transformation, Harvard Business Review Press, 2014

10. R. Wang, Disrupting Digital Business: Create an Authentic Experience

in the Peer-to-Peer Economy, Harvard Business Review Press, 2015.

11. Thomas Siebel, Digital Transformation: Survive and Thrive in an Era of

Mass Extinction, Rosetta Books, 2019.

12. HBR’s 10 Must Reads on Leading Digital Transformation, Harvard Busi-

ness Review, 2021.

13. V. Sambamurthy, Guiding the Digital transformation of Organization, Leg-

erity Digital Press, 2012

14. D.L. Rogers, The Digital Transformation Playbook, Columbia University

Press, 2016.

Articles and Cases:

1. Gartner Publications/Reports Ross et al., Digitized ̸= Digital, MIT Sloan Man-
agement Review, 2017 Ross et al. Digital Success requires Breaking Old Rules, ,
MIT Sloan Management Review, 2019 Bharadwaj et al. Digital Business Strategy:
Toward a Next Generation of Insights, MIS Quarterly Executive, June 2013

2. The essential components of Digital Transformation, Tomas Chamorro Premuzic,

HBR, Nov 23, 2021

3. Digital Transformation Changes How Companies create Value, Marshall W. Van

Alstyne and Geoffrey G Parker, HBR, Dec 17, 2021

4. 4 lessons from Levi’s Digital Transformation, Harmit Singh, HBR, Feb 2022.

5. Digital Transformation is not about Technology, Behnam Tabrizi; Ed Lam; Kirk

Girard; Vernon Irvin; Kirk Gerard, HBR, Mar. 2019. Sia et al., How DBS Bank
Pursued a Digital Strategy, MIS Quarterly Executive, June 2016

6. Ross et al. Designing Digital Organization, Research Report, MIT Sloan School of
Management, 2016, CISR WP No. 406.

7. AccorHotel’s digital transformation: A response to hospitality disruptor Airbnb

1165
 8. How Does Digital Transformation Happen? The Master card Case. (Case No.
IN1463-PDF-ENG)

9. Digital India – Technology to transform a Connected nation, Mckinsey report, 2019

10. Digital Transformation 2.0 CEO Elie Girard at Atos (Case No. 421024-PDF-ENG)

11. Digital Transformation at La Presse (A): Crafting a New Digital Strategy

16.26 MB 533 : Entrepreneurship

Course Code : MB 533
Course Name : Entrepreneurship
L-T-P-C: 2-0-0-2
Intended for : MBA
Prerequisite : None
Mutual Exclusion : None
Approval: 52nd BoA

Course Contents
ˆ Introducing Entrepreneurship: Significance of entrepreneurship, Taxonomy
of entrepreneurship- types of entrepreneurs, distinction of entrepreneurs and in-
trapreneurs, Inherent traits and necessary skills required to be possessed by an
entrepreneur with particular reference to technopreneurship. (5 Lectures)

ˆ Family Business and Social Entrepreneurship: Features of family businesses,

understanding social entrepreneurship. (2 Lectures)

ˆ Starting-up strategy: Five-Question Framework and Porter’s Five Forces, prepa-

ration of Business Plans, understanding Business Models of entrepreneurs. (4 Lec-
tures)

ˆ Challenges encountered: Opportunities and threats (pros and cons) of en-

trepreneurship, reasons of failure of entrepreneurs. (3 Lectures)

ˆ Financing of Entrepreneurial Ventures: Banking system and other openings

available for accessing finance by entrepreneurs. (5 Lectures)

ˆ External Support required for Success of Entrepreneurship: Introduction

to a conducive eco- system for promotion of entrepreneurship in India and the lacu-
nae identified therein, Need for parental backing and social recognition as necessary
external support for success of entrepreneurial ventures. (6 Lectures)

ˆ Assignments etc. (3 Lectures)

1166
Recommended Readings
1. Rajeev Roy, ENTREPRENEURSHIP, Latest Edition, Oxford University Press

2. Harvard Business Review Entrepreneur’s Handbook, Harvard Business School Pub-

lishing Corporation, 2018.

3. Charles E. Bramford & Garry D. Bruton, ENTREPRENEURSHIP: A SMALL

BUSINESS APPROACH, Indian Edition, McGraw Hill Education, 2015.

4. Harvard Business Review On AI, Analytics, and the New Machine Age, Harvard
Business School Publishing Corporation, 2019.

5. Kanth Miriyala & Reethika Sunder, ENTREPRENEUR 5 P.M. to 9 A.M., 11th

Edition, Rupa Publications India Pvt Ltd

Note:

1. Please note that Serial Nos. 1, 2 and 3 above are the principal readings while Serial
Nos. 4 & 5 are the supplementary readings recommended for obtaining a general
overview of issues pertaining to Entrepreneurship as a business endeavour.

2. It may also be noted that some Study Materials prepared by the Instructor may be
shared in the Classroom, as and when necessary.

16.27 MB 550 : Artificial Intelligence for Marketing

Course Code : MB 550
Course Name : Artificial Intelligence for Marketing
L-T-P-C : 2-0-0-2
Intended for : MBA
Prerequisite :
Mutual Exclusion : Organizational Management HS304 offered by SHSS
Approval: 54th BoA

Course Contents
ˆ Foundations of AI: Refreshing Concepts of Machine Learning (ML) Methods- Su-
pervised, Unsupervised, and Reinforcement Learning; Maximum Likelihood Esti-
mation, Principal Component Analysis and Clustering, Logistic Regression and
Multinomial Classification, and Naive Bayes Classifiers; AI Types, AI and Algo-
rithmic Marketing, Defining AI and Algorithmic Marketing, Marketing functions
Automation and Augmentation, Why AI for Marketing? (4 Hours)

ˆ AI for Predictive Modelling: Business Objectives, Consumer Choice Theory- Multi-

nomial Logit Model, Survival Analysis. (4 Hours)

ˆ AI for Finding Optimal Match Between Customers and Offerings: Fundamentals

of Product Discovery Problem and identifying right customers for a given offering,
Promotions and Advertisements- Business Objectives, Targeting Pipeline, Response
Modelling and Measurement, Targeting and LTV Models- Propensity Modelling,

1167
 Segmentation and Persona-based Modelling, Targeting by using Survival Analysis,
Lifetime Value Modelling, Markov Chain Models, Designing and Running Cam-
paigns, Online Advertisements, Measuring the Effectiveness. (5 Hours)

ˆ AI Helps Finding Products for the Customers- Search: Business Objectives, Match-
ing and Ranking- Token Matching, Normalization and Stemming, Ranking and the
Vector Space Model; Semantic Analysis, Latent Semantic Analysis, Word2Vector
Model, Search Methods for Merchandising. (3 Hours)

ˆ Recommending Products for the Customers: Business Objectives, Quality Eval-

uation, Recommendation Methods- Content-based, Collaborative Filtering, and
Model-based Collaborative Filtering, Contextual Recommendations, Non-Personalized
Recommendations. (4 Hours)

ˆ Pricing and Assortment: Business Objectives, The Impact of Pricing, Price and
Value, Price and Demand, Basic Price Structures, Demand Prediction, Price Opti-
mization, Dynamic Pricing, Store-Layout Optimization and Category Management.
(4 Hours)

ˆ ChatBots and Large Language Models (LLMs) for Marketing: Business Objectives,
Bots as a New Customer Interface and Operating System, Harnessing the Power of
LLMs (like, ChatGPT) for Your Business, LLMs for Lead Generation, social media
marketing, Optimizing Conversion Rates, Market Research and Analysis. (4 Hours)

Textbooks:
1. NA

References:
1. Jim Sterne, Artificial Intelligence for Marketing: Practical Applications,
John Wiley & Sons, 2017.

2. Mike Kaput, and Paul Roetzer, Marketing Artificial Intelligence: AI, Mar-
keting, and the Future of Business, BenBella Books, 2022.

3. Ilya Katsov, Introduction to Algorithmic Marketing: Artificial Intelligence

for Marketing Operations, Ilia Katcov, 2017.

4. Raj Venkatesan, and Jim Lecinski, The AI Marketing Canvas: A Five-Stage

Road Map to Implementing Artificial Intelligence in Marketing, Stanford
Business Books, 2021.

5. Peter Gentsch, AI in Marketing, Sales and Service: How Marketers with-

out a Data Science Degree can use AI, Big Data and Bots, Springer Nature,
2019.

6. Mike Kapu, Paul Roetzer, Marketing Artificial Intelligence: AI, Marketing,

and the Future of Business, BenBella Books, 2022.

7. Katie King, Using Artificial Intelligence in Marketing: How to Harness

AI and Maintain the Competitive Edge, Kogan Page, 2019.

1168
16.28 MB 551 : Causal Analytics for Business Decision Making
Course Code : MB 551
Course Name : Causal Analytics for Business Decision Making
L-T-P-C : 2-0-0-2
Intended for : MBA
Prerequisite :
Mutual Exclusion:
Approval: 54th BoA

Course Contents
ˆ Foundations of Causal Analytics: Why and what of Causal effects and causal
inference, Describing variables and relationships, Finding and using Causes, Corre-
lation vs Causation, Causation without Correlation, Probabilities and Causation,
Evidence and Causes. (4 Hours)

ˆ Causal Diagrams- Drawing Your Assumptions: Assumptions about data for

Causal Inference, Levels of Causation, Interventions and Counterfactuals, Data to
Graphs, Drawing Causal diagrams, Moderators in Causal Diagrams, Causal Paths
and their use to test the diagram, Confounding and Deconfounding, Measuring
Causality, Granger Causality, and Causality Checklist. (4 Hours)

ˆ Business Experiments- Data Designing: Experimental and Non-Experimental

Data, Characteristics of Business Data, Data Generating Process, The magic of
randomization, Random vs, Non-random data, Randomized Controlled Trials, Ran-
domized Treatment Assignment and Causal Inference, Randomized vs. Observa-
tional Studies, Planned Experiments and Quasi-Experiments, Treatment Effects
Estimation on Business Data. (6 Hours)

ˆ Tools for Experimentation: Matching, Difference-in-Differences, Regression, ,

Simulation, Phased Rollouts, and Sensitivity Analysis in Observational Study. (6
Hours)

ˆ Opportunistic Data: Defining and navigating Opportunistic Data, Anticipating

and Influencing Business Outcomes, Causality with Opportunistic Data. (4 Hours)

ˆ Natural Experiments-Discontinuities and Instrument Variables: Business

and Natural Experiments, Analysing Natural Experiments, Difference-in-Differences
in Natural Experiments, Regression Discontinuity. (4 Hours)

ˆ Explanation and Action: What Caused What: Finding Causes, Explanation

with Uncertainty, Automating Explanation, Evaluating Causal Claims, to Deci-
sions. (2 Hours)

Textbooks:
1. NA

1169
References:
1. Judea Pearl and Dana Mackenzie, The Book of Why: The New Science of
Cause and Effect, Penguin Books, 2018.

2. Paul R. Rosenbaum, Causal Inference, MIT press, 2023.

3. Samantha Kleinberg, Why-A guide to finding and using Causes, Shroff Pub-
lishers and Distributors Pvt. Ltd., 2019

4. Jefferey, T. Prince and Amarnath Bose, Predictive Analytics for Business

Strategy, McGraw Hill Education (India) Private Ltd., 2021

5. Jonas Peters, Dominik Janzing, and Bernhard Scholkopf, Elements of Causal

Inference: Foundations and Learning Algorithms, The MIT Press, 2017.

16.29 MB 552 : Financial Analytics

Course Code : MB 552
Course Name : Financial Analytics
L-T-P-C : 2-0-0-2
Intended for : MBA
Prerequisite :
Mutual Exclusion:
Approval: 54th BoA

Course Contents
ˆ Introduction to Financial Analytics: Overview of Financial Analytics: Impor-
tance and Applications; Descriptive, Predictive, and Prescriptive Analytics; Key
Financial Data Sources and Data Quality Issues; Role of Statistical Techniques in
Financial Analysis. (6 Hours)

ˆ Data Preparation and Exploration: Data Cleaning and Transformation Tech-

niques; Financial Data Visualization and Reporting Tools; Exploratory Data Anal-
ysis (EDA) Techniques; Identifying Patterns and Outliers in Financial Data. (6
Hours)

ˆ Predictive Modeling for Financial Analysis: Regression Models for Fore-

casting Financial Data; Time-Series Analysis: ARIMA, Seasonal; Decomposition;
Machine Learning Techniques: Classification and Clustering; Measuring Model Per-
formance and Avoiding Overfitting. (6 hours)

ˆ Risk Management and Portfolio Optimization: Credit Risk Analysis: Credit

Scoring Models; Value at Risk (VaR) and Stress Testing; Portfolio Theory and
Optimization: Markowitz Model; Hedging and Risk Mitigation Strategies. (6 hours)

ˆ Applications of Financial Analytics: Fraud Detection and Prevention Tech-

niques; Algorithmic Trading and High-Frequency Trading; Customer Analytics in
Banking and Financial Services; Financial Analytics in Corporate Strategy. (4
hours)

1170
Textbooks:
1. NA

References:
1. NA

16.30 MB 553 : Fintech

Course Code : MB 553
Course Name : Fintech
L-T-P-C : 2-0-0-2
Intended for : PG and PhD students
Prerequisite :
Mutual Exclusion:
Approval: 54th BoA

Course Contents
ˆ Introduction to Fintech: Understanding Fintech: History and Evolution; Key
Players in the Fintech Ecosystem; Disruptive Technologies in Financial Services;
Impact of Fintech on Traditional Banking Models. (4 Hours)

ˆ Digital Payments and Lending: Digital Wallets, Mobile Banking, and Cryp-
tocurrency; Peer-to-Peer Lending and Crowdfunding Platforms; Smart Contracts
and Blockchain Technology; Regulatory and Compliance Challenges. (6 Hours)

ˆ Insurtech and Wealthtech: Insurtech: Innovations in Insurance Industry; Robo-

Advisors and Automated Investment Services; Digital Wealth Management Plat-
forms; Ethical and Legal Implications of Automation. (6 hours)

ˆ Risk Management and Cybersecurity: Cybersecurity Risks in Fintech; Anti-

Money Laundering (AML) and KYC Compliance; Digital Identity and Authenti-
cation Technologies; Strategies to Mitigate Risks in Digital Finance. (6 hours)

ˆ Fintech Business Models and Trends: Innovative Business Models in Fintech;

Partnerships Between Banks and Fintech Startups; Emerging Trends: Regtech,
DeFi, Open Banking; Global Regulatory Frameworks and Fintech Sandboxes. (6
hours)

Textbooks:
1. NA

References:
1. NA

1171
16.31 MB 554 : Blockchain for Business
Course Code : MB 554
Course Name : Blockchain for Business
L-T-P-C : 2-0-0-2
Intended for : MBA
Prerequisite : None
Mutual Exclusion: None
Approval: 55th BoA

Course Contents
ˆ Introduction to Blockchain: Basic ideas behind blockchain, its purpose, how
it is changing the landscape of Business, Enterprise Blockchain, Why Blockchain
matters? Public vs Private vs Permissioned Blockchains and use cases, Blockchain
Questions from Business and Technology Leaders, Blockchain as a Service. (4
Hours)

ˆ Cryptographic Concepts Required: Confidentiality, Integrity, Authentication,

Mathematics, Symmetric key Cryptography-Stream and block ciphers, Asymmetric
key Cryptography, Discrete logarithm, RSA, Hash function, Digital Signature -
ECDSA. (4 Hours)

ˆ Distributed Consensus: The real need for mining – consensus – Nakamoto con-
sensus, Proof of Work, Proof of Stake, Proof of Burn, Difficulty Level, Byzantine
Generals Problem, Byzantine fault tolerance, Sybil Attack, Energy utilization and
alternate, Business applications (appropriate case studies, use cases and situation
analysis). (4 Hours)

ˆ Cryptocurrencies – business use cases of blockchain technology: Intro-

duction to Cryptocurrency, what is a Bitcoin? Double Spending Problem, Bitcoin
Mining, Transactions, The Bitcoin network, Bitcoin payments, Bitcoin ICO- Ad-
vantages and Disadvantages, Ethereum and its basic Features, The Ethereum net-
work, Components of the Ethereum ecosystem, Ethereum Virtual Machine, Gas,
Applications Built based on Ethereum, ETH, Smart Contracts, Smart contract
templates, DApp, Business applications (appropriate case studies, use cases and
situation analysis). (8 Hours)

ˆ Introduction to Hyperledger: Projects under Hyperledger, Permissioned Blockchain

and use cases, Hyperledger as a protocol, The reference architecture, Privacy and
confidentiality, Scalability, Hyperledger Fabric. (4 Hours)

ˆ Blockchain Use Cases: Supply Chain Management, E-Governance, Land Regis-

tration, Medical Information Systems, and others. (4 Hours)

Textbooks:
1. NA

1172
References:
1. Narayanan, A., Bonneau, J., Felten, E., Miller, A., & Goldfeder, S., Bitcoin
and cryptocurrency technologies: a comprehensive introduction, Prince-
ton University Press, 2016.

2. Arun, J. S., Cuomo, J., & Gaur, N., Blockchain for business, Addison-Wesley
Professional, 2019.

3. Nakamoto, S., Bitcoin: A peer-to-peer electronic cash system, Decentralized

business review, 2008.

4. Tyagi, S. S., & Bhatia, S. (Eds.)., Blockchain for Business: How it Works
and Creates Value, John Wiley & Sons, 2021.

5. Forouzan, B. A., & Mukhopadhyay, D., Cryptography and network security

(Vol. 12), Mc Graw Hill Education (India) Private Limited, 2015.

6. Bashir, I. (2017). Mastering blockchain. Packt Publishing Ltd.

16.32 MB 555 : Deep Learning for Business Applications

Course Code : MB 555
Course Name : Deep Learning for Business Applications
L-T-P-C : 2-0-0-2
Intended for : MBA
Prerequisite :
Mutual Exclusion : NA
Approval: 54th BoA

Course Contents
ˆ Deep Learning Basics: History of Deep learning, Mathematics behind deep learn-
ing, activation functions, and their derivatives, Loss functions, Deep networks, and
fully connected networks, variations of gradient descent, Regularization in Net-
works. (4 Hours)

ˆ Autoencoders: Encoding, layer-wise pretraining, types of auto-encoders, Autoen-

coders for finance applications. (4 Hours)

ˆ Convolutional Neural Networks: Convolution basics, filters, padding, multi-

dimensional convolution, and convolution layers, pooling, striding, and transposed
convolution, Applying filters for image-identification-related applications. (6 Hours)

ˆ Recurrent Neural Networks: Recurrent neural network basics, dealing with

language, training recurrent neural networks, long short-term memory, RNN for
forecasting. (4 Hours)

ˆ Reinforcement Learning: Basics of reinforcement learning and its structure, the

multi-arm bandit problem, the game of Nim, Temporal difference learning, and
Q-learning. (6 hours)

1173
 ˆ GAN: Introducing GAN, forging concepts, forging with neural networks. (4 Hours)

ˆ Presentation: (2 hours)

Textbooks:
1. NA

References:
1. J. Krohn, G. Beyleveld and A. Bassens, Deep Learning Illustrated, Pearson
India Education Services Ltd, 2020.

2. Nikhil Buduma and Nicholas Locascio, Fundamentals of Deep Learning: De-

signing Next- Generation Machine Intelligence Algorithms, Shroff Pub-
lishers, 2017.

3. Ian Goodfellow, Yoshua Benagio and Aaron Courville, Deep Learning, MIT Press,
October 2016.

4. Armando Vieira and Bernardete Ribeiro, Introduction to Deep Learning Busi-

ness Applications for Developers: From Conversational Bots in Customer
Service to Medical Image Processing, Apress, 2018.

5. Eugene Charniak, Introduction to Deep Learning, MIT Press, 2019

6. Terrence J. Sejnowski, The Deep Learning Revolution, MIT Press, 2019

7. M Gopal, Deep Learning, Pearson India Education Services Ltd, 2022

16.33 MB 556 : Natural Language Processing for Business

Course Code : MB 556
Course Name : Natural Language Processing for Business
L-T-P-C : 2-0-0-2
Intended for : MBA
Prerequisite :
Mutual Exclusion : NA
Approval: 54th BoA

Course Contents
ˆ Fundamentals of Natural Language Processing: Defining NLP and its tasks,
history of NLP, Approaches to NLP, Understanding language, its syntax, structure
and semantics, Language as data, Popular NLP applications. (4 Hours)

ˆ Text Representation, Preprocessing, and Transforming Models: Informa-

tion extraction and Text summarization, preprocessing: tokenization, Stemming,
lemmatization, model building and evaluation, TF-IDF: Vectorizing, Bag of words,
n-grams, Zipf’s Law. (6 Hours)

1174
 ˆ Machines Understanding Words: Embeddings: Text understanding, Represen-
tational Embeddings, Procedural Embeddings: Words to Vectors and Documents
to Vectors, Textual Similarity. (6 Hours)

ˆ Deep Learning for NLP: Sequential NLP and Episodic memory for NLP, Trans-
former Architecture, Transformer Encoder and Decoder, Attention mechanism,
Transfer learning in NLP. (4 Hours)

ˆ Conversational AI: Conversational AI Basics, Chatbots and Utterances, Taxon-

omy of chatbots, dialog and response generation. (6 hours)

ˆ NLP Applications: Sentiment analysis, Content recommendations, NLP in health-

care, Supply chain, Law, Telecommunication, Education and Research. (4 Hours)

Textbooks:
1. NA

References:
1. Jyotika Singh, Natural Language Processing in the Real-World: Text Pro-
cessing, Analytics, and Classification, CRC Press, Chapman & Hall, 2023.

2. Ankur A. Patel and Ajay Uppili Arasanipalai, Applied Natural Language Pro-
cessing in the Enterprise: Teaching Machines to Read, Write & Under-
stand, O’Reilly Media, Inc., 2021.

3. Vajjala, S., Majumder, B., Gupta, A. & Surana, H., Practical Natural Language
Processing, O’Reilly Media, Inc. 2020.

4. Masato Hagiwara, Real-World Natural Language Processing: Practical ap-

plications with deep learning, Manning Publications Co., 2022.

5. Dipanjan Sarkar, Text Analytics with Python: A Practitioner’s Guide to

Natural Language Processing, Apress, 2019.

6. Jacob Eisenstein, Introduction to Natural Language Processing, MIT Press,

2018.

16.34 MB 559 : Fuzzy Logic for Business Decision Making

Course Code : MB 559
Course Name : Fuzzy Logic for Business Decision Making
L-T-P-C : 2-0-0-2
Intended for : MBA
Prerequisite :
Mutual Exclusion : NA
Approval: 54th BoA

1175
Course Contents
ˆ Fuzzy Logic Concepts: Chapter-1, Text Book. (2 Hours)

ˆ Operations on Fuzzy Sets: Chapter-1&2, Reference Book 1. (2 Hours)

ˆ Fuzzy aggregation Operators: Fuzzy Sets & Systems (FSS) Article. (4 Hours)

ˆ OWA & IOWA Operator in Decision Making: Fuzzy Sets & Systems (FSS).
(2 Hours)

ˆ IOWA and Other Weighted Operators: Journal Articles. (1 hour)

ˆ Fuzzy Goal Programming: Journal Articles. (2 Hours)

ˆ Fuzzy MCDM: EJOR Article. (2 Hours)

ˆ Fuzzy Concepts in Finance, Marketing and Managerial Decision Making:

EJOR, DSS & FSS Articles. (2 Hours)

ˆ Fuzzy applications in Software Risk Management: DSS & FSS Articles. (2

Hours)

ˆ Linguistic quantifiers and its applications to Decision Making: EJOR,

IEEE Fuzzy Systems Articles. (2 Hours)

ˆ Linguistic quantifiers in Recommender systems and its applications to

business: EJOR, IEEE Fuzzy Systems Articles. (2 Hours)

Textbooks:
1. K.H. Lee, First course on Fuzzy theory and applications.

References:
1. H. Bandmer & S. Gottwald, Fuzzy Logic with applications.

2. Z. Sun & G.R. Finnie, Intelligent techniques in e-commerce.

Journals
1. Fuzzy Sets and Systems

2. Decision Support Systems

3. European Journal of Operational Research

4. IEEE Fuzzy Systems

1176
16.35 MB 560 : Evolutionary computation for business solu-
tions
Course Code : MB 560
Course Name : Evolutionary computation for business solutions
L-T-P-C : 2-0-0-2
Intended for : MBA
Prerequisite :
Mutual Exclusion : NA
Approval: 54th BoA

Course Contents
ˆ Introduction to business decision making and Optimization: Overview of
business decision making, Optimization Models for business problems, Traditional
approaches: Linear and Non-Linear Methods. (3 Hours)

ˆ Overview of probability and sampling: Overview of probability distribution,

sampling, and random number simulation. (3 Hours)

ˆ Non-Traditional Methods: Introduction to Evolutionary, Swarm and Nature in-

spired optimization techniques, Optimization approaches for single objective deci-
sion making problem, decision making under constraints: inequality and inequality
constraint handling. (8 Hours)

ˆ Optimization under conflicting goals: Introduction to Multi-objective opti-

mization, Evolutionary Approaches for Multi-objective optimization: dominance,
decomposition and preference based methods. (6 Hours)

ˆ Hybrid Approaches: Hybrid approaches for solving problems, evolutionary and

machine learning based wrapper approaches. (2 hours)

ˆ Evolutionary Computation application to business decision making: Evo-

lutionary Computation applications in: Project Management, Planning, Schedul-
ing, Transportation, production and operations management, finance. (6 Hours)

Textbooks:
1. Biethahn, Jorg, and Volker Nissen, eds., Evolutionary algorithms in manage-
ment applications, Springer Science & Business Media, 2012.

2. Burke, Edmund K., Edmund K. Burke, Graham Kendall, and Graham Kendall,
Search methodologies: introductory tutorials in optimization and deci-
sion support techniques, Springer, 2014.

3. Relevant research articles and business cases

References:
1. NA

1177
16.36 MB 562 : Operations Management
Course Code : MB 562
Course Name : Operations Management
L-T-P-C: 2-0-0-2
Intended for : MBA
Prerequisite : None
Mutual Exclusion : None
Approval: 52nd BoA

Course Contents
ˆ Introduction to Operations Management: The scope of operations manage-
ment and decision making, the historical evolution of operations management, pro-
cess management, interlinkages of organisational strategy and operations manage-
ment, Product Process matrix. (4 Lectures)

ˆ Case Studies in Operations Management: Four case studies representing job

shop, batch, assembly and process industry will be discussed to sensitize the par-
ticipants on the uniqueness/challenges associated in managing various types of
manufacturing/service facilities. The concepts to be discussed are process time,
through-put time, response time, cycle time, capacity, bottleneck facilities, man-
power productivity, capacity utilisation, set up time, batch size. (8 Lectures)

ˆ Project Management: Project lifecycle, PERT and CPM, critical path, be-
havioural aspects of project management, resource allocation, crashing project cycle
time. (4 Lectures)

ˆ Inventory Management: Economic order quantity and its variations, single pe-
riod inventory models, continuous review models, periodic review models, safety
stock, expected lost sales. (3 Lectures)

ˆ Quality Management: Foundation of modern quality management, process capa-

bility, six sigma, benchmarking, process improvements, control charts, total quality
management, house of quality, eight dimensions of quality. (4 Lectures)

ˆ Lean Operations: Paradigm shift in operations, lean operations, small group

activities, kaizen, quality circle, variability reduction, process control, elimination
of waste, Toyota production system. (3 Lectures)

ˆ Operations Strategy: Competing through operations, response time, flexibility,

agility, productivity, quality.(case studies). (2 Lectures)

Textbooks:
1. William J. Stevenson, Operations Management, 12th Edition, McGraw Hill, 2015.

1178
16.37 MB 570 : Product Management
Course Code : MB 570
Course Name : Product Management
L-T-P-C: 2-0-0-2
Intended for : MBA
Prerequisite : A basic course is Marketing
Mutual Exclusion : None
Approval: 52nd BoA

Course Contents
ˆ Unit 1: Introduction to Product Management (1 hour)

– The practice of Product Management

– Core skills of Product Management: Communication, Organization, Research
and Execution

ˆ Unit 2: Product Strategy (3 Lectures)

– What is a product
– Types of products
– Role of product strategy in product development
– Factors influencing product strategy
– Product Life cycle
– Product Line
– Product elimination

ˆ Unit 3: Competitor Analysis (2 Lectures)

– SWOT Analysis
– Porter’s generic strategy
– BGC Matrix

ˆ Unit 4: New product development (3 Lectures)

– New product development Process

– Minimum viable product approach and Minimum delightful product approach

ˆ Unit 5: Design Thinking (4 Lectures)

– Introduction: Concept and role with NPD and Innovation; Framework of De-
sign Thinking
– Design Thinking tools: Inspirational Design Briefing; Personas; Customer ex-
perience mapping; Boosting creativity; Stories and prototypes
– Design thinking within the firm: Design integration; Team training and im-
plementation; Leading for a corporate culture of design thinking;

1179
 – Consumer responses and values: Consumer response to product forms; Diver-
sity in responses; Future friendly designs

ˆ Unit 6: Product Analytics (4 Lectures)

– Introduction: Basic concepts of analytics; Role of analytics; Product Analytics

vs Marketing Analytics; Applications of Product Analytics
– Process and Design: Stages of product analytics process; Product analytics
design; Overview of Exploratory, Descriptive and Causal analytics; Direct ex-
ploratory methods - FGD, Depth interview; Indirect exploratory methods -
Projective techniques Role of Observation Methods in Product Development
and Management

ˆ Unit 7: Product Roadmapping (2 Lectures)

– Key elements
– Building product roadmaps
– Prioritizing features in roadmaps
– Types of roadmaps

ˆ Unit 8: Agile and Lean product development (2 Lectures)

– Significance
– SCRUM and KANBAN

ˆ Unit 9: Marketing and Launch (4 Lectures)

– Sales and Distribution Strategy

– Product Positioning and Branding
– Marketing Communication
– Product Pricing
– Product Launch/feature launch

ˆ Unit 10: Product leadership (3 Lectures)

– Product Leader: Impact; Challenges; Being a great product leader; Hiring

product leadership
– The right leader: Startup leaders, Emerging product leader; enterprise product
leader

Textbooks:
1. C. Merle Crawford and C. Anthony Di Benedetto, New Products Management,
12th Edition, Mc Graw Hill, 2021.

1180
References:
1. Roman Pichler, Strategize Product Strategy and Product Roadmap Prac-
tices for the Digital Age, Pichler Consulting, 2016.

2. Richard Banfield, Martin Eriksson, Nate Walkingshaw, Product Leadership,

O’Reilly Media, Inc., 2017.

3. Scott Swan, Michael G. Luchs, Abbie Griffin, Design Thinking: New Product
Development Essentials from the PDMA, Wiley-Blackwell, 2016.

16.38 MB 572 : Social Analytics

Course Code : MB 572
Course Name : Social Analytics
L-T-P-C : 2-0-0-2
Intended for : MBA
Prerequisite :
Mutual Exclusion : NA
Approval: 54th BoA

Course Contents
ˆ Web and Social Media Analytics: World Wide Web, Social media and social
networks, The Foundations of Web Analytics and Social Media Analytics, Types
of social media and social media analytics, The Roles of Web Analytics and Social
Media Analytics, The KPIs for Web Analytics and Social Media Analytics, Social
media analytics tools, Web and Social media data gathering process, KPIs for web
and social media analytics. (6 Hours)

ˆ Social Media Text Analytics: Types of Social media text, Social media text
analytics, and tools. (4 Hours)

ˆ Social Media Network Analytics: Network Types and Terminologies, Social

media network types, and Network analytics tools. (4 Hours)

ˆ Social Media Location and Search Analytics: Types of location analytics,

Location analytics tools; Search engine types, analytics, and tools. (4 Hours)

ˆ Mobile Analytics: Apps analytics and its types, mobile analytics tools. (2 hours)

ˆ Social Media Analytics Strategy: Social media strategy, aligning social media
and business, managing social media risks. (2 Hours)

ˆ Applications: Fake news and Reviews, detection of fake reviews in social media,
Social media in Healthcare. (2 Hours)

Textbooks:
1. NA

1181
References:
1. Gohar F. Khan, Seven Layers of Social Media Analytics: Mining Business
Insights from Social Media Text, Actions, Networks, Hyperlinks Apps,
Search Engine, and Location Data, Amazon Digital Services, 2015.

2. Bernard J. Jansen, Kholoud K. Aldous, Joni Salminen, Hind Almerekhi, Soon-gyo

Jung, Understanding Audiences, Customers, and Users via Analytics:
An Introduction to the Employment of Web, Social, and Other Types of
Digital People Data, Springer Nature, 2024.

3. Gohar F. Khan, Creating Value With Social Media Analytics: Managing,

Aligning, and Mining Social Media Text, Networks, Actions, Location,
Apps, Hyperlinks, Multimedia, & Search Engines Data, Createspace Inde-
pendent Pub, 2018.

4. Subodha Kumar, Liangfei Qiu, Social Media Analytics and Practical Appli-
cations: The Change to the Competition Landscape, CRC Press, 2022.

16.39 MB 573 : Cloud Computing for Business

Course Code : MB 573
Course Name : Cloud Computing for Business
L-T-P-C : 2-0-0-2
Intended for : MBA
Prerequisite :
Mutual Exclusion : NA
Approval: 54th BoA

Course Contents
ˆ Intorduction to Cloud Computing: Understanding what Computing is, Trends
in Computing, Centralized vs Distributed Computing, Soft introduction to Grid,
Cluster and Utility Computing, Why Cloud Computing, Introduction to Cloud
Computing, Definition of Cloud, Component and Implementation of Cloud, Evolu-
tion of Cloud Computing, Cloud Characteristics, Advantages and Disadvantages of
Cloud computing, Essentials, Benefits, Business and IT perspective (5 Hours)

ˆ Cloud Architecture and Models: Cloud Architecture, Layered, NIST Cloud

Computing Reference Architecture, Cloud Models- Service and Deployment, Cloud
Service Models- laaS, PaaS and SaaS, Cloud Service Models- Public Clouds, Pri-
vate Cloud, Hybrid Cloud, Community Cloud. Architectural Design Challenges,
Business applications (appropriate case studies, use cases and situation analysis).
(6 Hours)

ˆ Cloud Storage: Storage as-a-Service, Advantages of Cloud Storage, Cloud Stor-

age Providers, Business applications and use cases - AWS, Google App Engine,
Microsoft Azure (6 Hours)

1182
 ˆ Security in Cloud Environment: Cloud Secuiry Causes- Loss, Lack and Mul-
titenancy, Taxonomy and Cloud Threat Models, Cloud Infrastructure Security, Se-
curity Boundaries in Cloud, Cloud Security Management Frameworks, Security
-as-a-Service, Cloud Security Controls (4 Hours)
ˆ Cloud Virtualization and Adoption: Cloud and Virtualization, Basics of Virtu-
alization, Types of Virtualizations, Virtualization Defined, Virtualization Benefits,
Cloud Pricing Models; Pay-as-you-go, Reserved Instances, Spot pricing, Use Cases,
Cloud computing transition and adoption in Business applications (appropriate case
studies and use cases). (7 Hours)

Textbooks:
1. Erl, Thomas, Ricardo Puttini, and Zaigham Mahmood, Cloud Computing: Con-
cepts, Technology & Architecture, Pearson, 2013
2. Bahga, Arshdeep, and Vijay Madisetti, Cloud Computing: A Hands-on Ap-
proach, CreateSpace Independent Publishing Platform, 2013

References:
1. Rittinghouse, John W., and James F. Ransome, Cloud Computing: Implemen-
tation, Management and Security, CRC Press.
2. Rajkumar Buyya, Christian Vecchiola, S. ThamaraiSelvi, Mastering Cloud Com-
puting, Tata Mcgraw Hill.
3. Toby Velte, Anthony Velte, Robert Elsenpeter, Cloud Computing – A Practical
Approach, Tata Mcgraw Hill.

16.40 MB 574 : Cyber Securities, Ethics and Privacy

Course Code : MB 574
Course Name : Cyber Securities, Ethics and Privacy
L-T-P-C : 2-0-0-2
Intended for : MBA
Prerequisite :
Mutual Exclusion : NA
Approval: 54th BoA

Course Contents
ˆ Introduction to Cyber security: Defining Cyberspace and Overview of Com-
puter and Web-technology, Architecture of cyberspace, Communication and web
technology, Internet, World wide web, Advent of internet, Internet infrastructure
for data transfer and governance, Internet society, Regulation of cyberspace, Con-
cept of cyber security, Issues and challenges of cyber security. Cyber security
terminologies- Cyberspace, attack, attack vector, attack surface, threat, risk, vul-
nerability, exploit, exploitation, hacker., Protection of end user machine, Critical
IT and National Critical Infrastructure, Cyberwarfare, Case Studies. (5 Hours)

1183
 ˆ Cyber crime and Cyber law: Classification of cyber crimes, Common cyber
crimes- cyber crime targeting computers and mobiles, cyber crime against women
and children, financial frauds, social engineering attacks, malware and ransomware
attacks, zero day and zero click attacks, Cybercriminals modus-operandi , Reporting
of cyber crimes, Remedial and mitigation measures, Legal perspective of cyber
crime, IT Act 2000 and its amendments, Cyber crime and offences, Organisations
dealing with Cyber crime and Cyber security in India, Case studies. (6 Hours)

ˆ Social Media Overview and Security: Introduction to Social networks. Types

of Social media, Social media platforms, Social media monitoring, Hashtag, Viral
content, Social media marketing, Social media privacy, Challenges, opportunities
and pitfalls in online social network, Security issues related to social media, Flagging
and reporting of inappropriate content, Laws regarding posting of inappropriate
content, Best practices for the use of Social media, Case studies. (6 Hours)

ˆ Data Privacy and Data Security: Defining data, meta-data, big data, nonper-
sonal data. Data protection, Data privacy and data security, Personal Data Pro-
tection Bill and its compliance, Data protection principles, Big data security issues
and challenges, Data protection regulations of other countries- General Data Pro-
tection Regulations(GDPR),2016 Personal Information Protection and Electronic
Documents Act (PIPEDA)., Social media- data privacy and security issues. (6
Hours)

ˆ Cyber security Management, Compliance and Governance: Cyber security

Plan- cyber security policy, cyber crises management plan., Business continuity,
Risk assessment, Types of security controls and their goals, Cyber security audit
and compliance, National cyber security policy and strategy. (5 Hours)

Textbooks:
1. Sumit Belapure and Nina Godbole, Cyber Security Understanding Cyber
Crimes, Computer Forensics and Legal Perspectives, Wiley India Pvt. Ltd.

2. Henry A. Oliver, Security in the Digital Age: Social Media Security Threats
and Vulnerabilities, Create Space Independent Publishing Platform.

References:
1. Dorothy F. Denning, Information Warfare and Security, Addison Wesley.

2. Henry A. Oliver, Security in the Digital Age: Social Media Security Threats
and Vulnerabilities, Create Space Independent Publishing Platform.

16.41 MB 579 : Marketing Analytics

Course Code : MB 579
Course Name : Marketing Analytics
L-T-P-C: 2-0-0-2
Intended for : MBA

1184
 Prerequisite : A basic course is Marketing
Mutual Exclusion : None
Approval: 52nd BoA

Course Contents
ˆ Unit 1: Marketing Analytics Introduction (5 Lectures)

– Data Science and Marketing: Technical requirements; Trends in marketing;

Applications of data science in marketing; Setting up the Python environment;
Setting up the R environment
– Data Preparation and Cleaning: Introduction; Data Models and Structured
Data; Data Manipulation
– Data Exploration and Visualization: Introduction; Identifying and Focusing
on the Right Attributes; Fine Tuning Generated Insights; Visualizing Data

ˆ Unit 2: Descriptive and Explanatory Analysis (8 Lectures)

– Key Performance Indicators and Visualizations: KPIs to measure performances

of different marketing effortsComputing and visualizing KPIs using Python;
Computing and visualizing KPIs using R
– Drivers behind Marketing Engagement: Using regression analysis for explana-
tory analysis; Regression analysis
– Engagement to Conversion: Decision Trees and their interpretation
– Segmentation: Approaches to Segmentation; Choosing Relevant Attributes
(Segmentation Criteria); K-Means Clustering; Evaluating and Choosing the
Best Segmentation Approach
– Predicting Customer Revenue Using Linear Regression: Introduction; Regres-
sion Problems; Feature Engineering for Regression; Performing and Interpret-
ing Linear Regression

ˆ Unit 3: Product Marketing and visibility (4 Lectures)

– Product Analytics; The importance of product analytics; Product analytics

using Python; Product analytics using R
– Recommending the Right Products: Collaborative filtering and product rec-
ommendation; Building a product recommendation algorithm

ˆ Unit 4: Personalized Marketing (8 Lectures)

– Exploratory Analysis for Customer Behavior: Customer analytics – under-

standing customer behavior; Conducting customer analytics, market basket
analysis
– Predicting the Likelihood of Marketing Engagement: Predictive analytics in
marketing; Evaluating classification models; Predicting the likelihood of mar-
keting engagement
– Customer Lifetime Value: CLV; Evaluating regression models; Predicting the
3 month CLV

1185
 – Predicting Customer Churn and retention: Introduction; Classification Prob-
lems; Logistic Regression; Creating a Data Science Pipeline, cohort analysis

ˆ Unit 5: Social Media and Text analysis (3 Lectures)

– Value to marketing; background, methods; scraping from websites; visualizing

text analysis

Textbooks:
1. Yoon Hyup Hwang, Hands-On Data Science for Marketing: Improve your
marketing strategies with machine learning using Python and R, Packt
Publishing Limited, 2019.

References:
1. Mirza Rahim Baig, Gururajan Govindan, Vishwesh Ravi Shrimali, Data Science
for Marketing Analytics: A practical guide to forming a killer marketing
strategy through data analysis with Python, 2nd Edition, Packt Publishing
Limited, 2021.

2. Chapman, Chris and Elea McDonnell Feit, R for Marketing Research and
Analytics, Springer, 2019.

16.42 MB 579 : Marketing Analytics

Course Code : MB 579
Course Name : Marketing Analytics
L-T-P-C : 2-0-0-2
Intended for : MBA
Prerequisite :
Mutual Exclusion : NA
Approval: 54th BoA

Course Contents
ˆ Module I: Introduction (6 Hours)

– Sessions 1&2: Marketing analytics and its evolution, an overview of con-

sumer behavior and marketing strategy, Why and what of marketing analytics,
effective marketing decisions
– Sessions 3&4: Tools and Technologies for enabling marketing analytics and
marketing analytics challenges Overview of various tools and techniques with
examples, using class study materials Fundamentals/theory of marketing an-
alytics, using class study materials.

ˆ Readings:

– Keep Up with Your Quants (HBR: R1307L)

1186
 – Why Marketing Analytics Hasn’t Lived Up to Its Promise (HBR, H04BYL)

ˆ Module 2 Understanding Customers (6 Hours) Overview of the Marketing funda-

mentals using class study materials.

– Sessions 5: Introduction to understanding varying needs and preferences of

customers: static and dynamic customers’ needs variations; Analysing Static
need Variations: Segmentation, Targeting, and Positioning (6 Hours)
– Sessions 6: Cluster analysis for segmentation
– Sessions 7&8: Discriminant analysis
– Sessions 9&10: Competitive positioning through perceptual and preference
mapping

ˆ Reading:

– Gupta, S. (2014). Segmentation and Targeting (HBSP 8219)

ˆ Activity: Data-based exercise using SPSS. Reading: Cluster Analysis for Segmen-
tation (Darden Business Publishing: UV0745)

ˆ Reading:

– Mapping your competitive positioning (HBR: R0711G)

ˆ Module 3 Customer Selection: RFM Analysis and Customer Lifetime

Value (5 Hours)

– Sessions 11&12: Analysing Dynamic needs of customers: RFM Analysis: In-

troducing RFM analysis, RFM analysis for marketing, RFM analysis for cus-
tomer selection
– Fundamentals of RFM Analysis, using class study materials. Reading: The
Dark Side of Customer Analytics (HBR: R0705X) Activity: Data-based exer-
cise using SPSS.
– Sessions 13: Introducing customer lifetime value, The Present Value of the
Future Cash Flows Attributed to the Customer Relationship, Retention, and
Customer Lifetime
– Fundamentals of CLV, with examples, using class study materials. Reading:
Marketing analysis toolkit: Customer Lifetime Value Analysis (HBS: 9-511-
029) by Thomas Steenburgh and Jill Avery
– Sessions 14&15: Customer lifetime value for selecting and managing customers.
– Case: Rosewood Hotels & Resorts: Branding to Increase Customer Profitabil-
ity and Lifetime Value (HBS2087)

ˆ Module 4 Customer Insights: Sustainable Competitive Advantage (4 Hours)

– Sessions 16&17: Basics of sustainable competitive advantage: what and why

of sustainable competitive
– Fundamentals of Marketing Research, using class study materials.

1187
Textbooks:
1. Hair, Harrison and Ajjan, Essentials of Marketing Analytics, McGraw Hill
Publication. (eBook/Connect version only).

2. Hair, Black, Babin and Anderson, Multivariate Data Analysis, 8th Edition.

References:
1. NA

16.43 MB 580: AI in Finance

Course Code : MB 580
Course Name : AI in Finance
L-T-P-C :
Intended for : MBA (DS & AI)
Prerequisite :
Mutual Exclusion:
Approval: 52nd BoA

Course Contents
ˆ Introduction to financial markets and trading instruments. Valuation of fixed in-
come securities and common stocks, introduction to portfolio theory and asset pric-
ing models, cost of capital.

ˆ Market efficiency and risk preferences Introduction to portfolio management. Mod-

ern portfolio theory. Capital Asset Pricing Model (CAPM) and Factor Models.
Portfolio management strategies and performance measures.

ˆ Introduction to Algorithmic Trading, technical analysis and trend determination,

Dow theory, moving averages, momentum indicators, classical price patterns. AI
and machine learning in trading, and portfolio management, regression and classifi-
cation algorithm applications in security analysis, forecasting, and prediction. Intro-
duction to HFT. Algorithmic trading with Machine Learning and Technical analysis
strategies. Advanced time-series regression algorithms, panel regression, quantile
regression, ARMA/ARIMA models, mean reverting trading strategies with vector
error correction models and cointegration, model risk management, back testing,
model validation, and stress testing. Advanced timeseries algorithms for financial
risk-management, Value-at-risk, Expected Shortfall, coherent risk measures.

Books and references

1. M. Dixon, I Halperin, and P. Bilokon, Machine Learning in Finance, Springer.

2. Marcos Lopez, Advances in Financial Machine Learning, Wiley.

3. Marcos Lopez, Machine Learning for Asset Managers, Cambridge University

Press.

1188
 4. Stefan Jansen, Machine Learning for Algorithmic Trading, 2nd Edition.
5. Elton & Gruber, Modern Portfolio Theory, 9th Edition, Wiley.
6. Reilly, Frank,K., Investment Analysis and Portfolio Management, 5th Edi-
tion, Dryden.

16.44 MB 580 : AI for Finance

Course Code : MB 580
Course Name : AI for Finance
L-T-P-C : 2-0-0-2
Intended for : MBA
Prerequisite :
Mutual Exclusion : NA
Approval: 54th BoA

Course Contents
ˆ Introduction to AI in Finance: Overview of AI and Machine Learning Applica-
tions in Finance; Big Data and Cloud Computing in Financial Analysis; Fundamen-
tal Machine Learning Techniques: Regression, Classification; Ethical Implications
of AI in Financial Services. (4 Hours)
ˆ Data Collection and Preparation: Financial Data Sources: Market, Transac-
tional, and Alternative Data; Preprocessing Financial Data: Cleaning and Nor-
malization; Feature Engineering and Dimensionality Reduction Techniques; Time-
Series Data Management. (6 Hours)
ˆ Predictive Modeling and Algorithmic Trading: Building Predictive Models
for Market Forecasting; Supervised and Unsupervised Learning Applications; Trad-
ing Algorithms and High-Frequency Trading; Sentiment Analysis of Financial News
and Social Media. (6 hours)
ˆ Risk Management and Fraud Detection: AI Techniques in Credit Risk Mod-
eling; Fraud Detection Algorithms: Outlier Detection and Anomaly Detection;
Portfolio Risk Management with Machine Learning; Stress Testing and Scenario
Analysis. (6 hours)
ˆ Advanced Topics and Emerging Trends: Deep Learning Models: Neural Net-
works, LSTM; Reinforcement Learning for Portfolio Optimization; Natural Lan-
guage Processing in Financial Document Analysis; Regulatory Compliance with
AI: Regtech and Explainability. (6 hours)

Textbooks:
1. NA

References:
1. NA

1189
16.45 MB 581 : Leadership lessons from Indian Knowledge Sys-
tems
Course Code : MB 581
Course Name : Leadership lessons from Indian Knowledge Systems
L-T-P-C : 2-0-0-2
Intended for : MBA
Prerequisite :
Mutual Exclusion : NA
Approval: 54th BoA

Course Contents
ˆ Leadership Insights from Bhagavad Gita: (14 hours)

– Dealing with Dilemmas of life (Chapter 1 of Bhagavad Gita)

– Desiphering the problem of Identity (Chapter 2 of Bhagavad Gita)
– Principles governing our Action and focusing on excellence: lessons from
Karma Yoga (Chapter 3 and 5 of Bhagavad Gita)
– Understanding the human mind and art of controlling the mind: Lessons from
Dhyana Yoga (Chapter 6 of Bhagavad Gita)
– Understanding the Psycho-physical constitution, developing qualities to be
a good leader and building leadership character (Chapter 7, 14 and 17 of
Bhagavad Gita)
– Transformational Leadership (Chapter 9, 16 and 18 of Bhagavad Gita)

ˆ Leadership Insights from Ramayan: (8 Hours)

– Increasing happiness quotient through detachment (Inspiration from Lord Rama’a

action while being exiled)
– Enhancing Emotional quotient and intricacies of relationship (Inspiration from
relationship among Ram, Laxman, Bharat, Satrughna, Sita, Hanuman)
– Servant Leadership (The life of Hanuman in Sundarkand)
– Attributes of a king maker (The life of Jambavan)
– Overcoming challenges with exemplary qualities and character (Hunuman’s
Journey to Lanka)
– Dharma above everything else (Actions of Lord Ram)

ˆ Leadership Insights from Mahabharat: (6 Hours)

– Sacrifice as a way of life (Lessons from the life of Kunti Maharani)

– Justice and fairness: Fearless Leadership (Lessons from the life of Vidura/Vidura
Niti)
– Motivated blindness and the consequences (Lessons from the life of Dhritarash-
tra)

1190
 – Principle vs Rules (Lessons from the Activities of Lord Krishna)
– The double-edged sword of Darma (Lessons from life of Karna)
– Endeavour and Mercy: The formula for success (The life of Pandavas)
– Service vs Enjoyment (Lessons from Pandavas and Kauravas)

Textbooks:
1. Prabhupada, ACBS, Bhagavad Gita as it is, Bhakti Vedanta Book Trust, India,
1973.

2. Vilas, Shubha, OPEN EYED MEDITATIONS, Finger Print Publications, In-

dia, 2016

3. Vyasa, Krishna Dwipayana, Vidura Niti, Gorakhpur Geeta Press, 2025

References:
1. Vilas, Shubha, Ramayana: The game of life (Book1, 2, 3, 4, 5, and 6), Jaico
Publishing House, India, 2017, 2029, & 2021.

2. Dharma, Krishna, Ramayana, Mandala Publishing, India, 2020.

3. Dharma, Krishna, Mahabharata: The Greatest Spiritual Epic of All Time,

Mandala Publishing, India, 2020.

4. Valmiki, Shrimad Valmikiya Ramayan (Part 1 & 2), GITA PRESS GORAKH-
PUR, 2022

5. Ganguli, K. M., The Complete Mahabharata in English, 2017.

16.46 MB 582 : Consumer Behavior

Course Code : MB 582
Course Name : Consumer Behavior
L-T-P-C : 2-0-0-2
Intended for : MBA
Prerequisite :
Mutual Exclusion : NA
Approval: 54th BoA

Course Contents
ˆ Introduction to Consumer Behavior: Consumer behavior and Technology,
Consumer Value, Satisfaction and Retention, Market Segmentation, targeting and
Real-Time Bidding. (2 Hours)

ˆ The Consumer as an Individual: Consumer Motivation and Personality, Con-

sumer Perception and Positioning, Consumer learning, Consumer Attitude forma-
tion and Change. (8 Hours)

1191
 ˆ Communication and Consumer Behavior: Persuading Consumers, Print, Broad-
cast, and Social Media, Reference Groups, Communities, Opinion Leaders, and
Word of Mouth (7 Hours)

ˆ Social and Cultural Settings: Family and Consumer Socialization, Family-

Decision-Making and Member’s Roles, Culture’s Role and Dynamics, Measuring
Cultural Values, and Core cultural Values, Cross-Cultural Consumer Behavior (7
Hours)

ˆ Consumer Decision Making and Ethics: Consumer Decision Making and Dif-
fusion of Innovation, Consumer Gifting Behavior, Marketer’ ethics and Social Re-
sponsibility. (4 Hours)

Textbooks:
1. Schiffman, Wisenblit, and Kumar, Consumer Behavior, 12th Edition, Pearson,
India, 2018

References:
1. Petty, R. E., & Cacioppo, J. T. (1986), The Elaboration Likelihood Model of Per-
suasion,” in Communication and Persuasion (pp. 1-24). Springer, 1986.

2. NY Mayyasi, Alex and Priceonomic, How Subarus Came to be Seen as Cars for
Lesbians, The Atlantic, 2016.

(a) https://www.theatlantic.com/business/archive/2016/06/howsubarusca me-to-

be-seen-as-cars-for-lesbians/488042/

3. Cialdini, R. B., The science of persuasion, Scientific American, 284(2), 76-81, 2001.

4. Friestad, Marian, and Peter Wright, The Persuasion Knowledge Model: How People
Cope with Persuasion Attempts, Journal of Consumer Research, 21(1), 1-31, 1994.

5. McCracken, G., Who is the celebrity endorser? Cultural foundations of the en-
dorsement process, Journal of consumer research, 16(3), 310-321, 1989.

6. Dinnin Huff, A., Humphreys, A., & Wilner, S. J., The Politicization of Objects:
Meaning and Materiality in the US Cannabis Market. Journal of Consumer Re-
search, 2021.

7. Hsee, C. K., The evaluability hypothesis: An explanation for preference reversals

between joint and separate evaluations of alternatives. OBHDP, 67(3), 247-257,
1996.

8. Hsee, C. K., & Hastie, R., Decision and experience: why don’t we choose what
makes us happy?, Trends in cognitive sciences, 10(1), 31-37, 2006.

9. Belk, R. W., Possessions and the extended self. JCR, 15(2), 139-168, 1988.

10. Savary, J., & Dhar, R., The uncertain self: How self-concept structure affects sub-
scription choice, Journal of Consumer Research, 46(5), 887-903, 2020.

1192
 11. Escalas, J. E., & Bettman, J. R., Self-construal, reference groups, and brand mean-
ing, Journal of consumer research, 32(3), 378-389, 2005.

12. Gourville, J., & Soman, D., Pricing and the psychology of consumption, HBR, 2002.

13. Gourville, J. T., Pennies-a-day: The effect of temporal reframing on transaction

evaluation. Journal of Consumer Research, 24(4), 395-408, 1998.

14. Hamilton, R. W., & Srivastava, J., When 2+ 2 is not the same as 1+ 3: Variations
in price sensitivity across components of partitioned prices. JMR, 45(4), 450-461,
2008.

16.47 MB 583 : Digital Marketing

Course Code : MB 583
Course Name : Digital Marketing
L-T-P-C : 2-0-0-2
Intended for : MBA
Prerequisite :
Mutual Exclusion : NA
Approval: 54th BoA

Course Contents
ˆ Introduction to Digital Marketing: The Online Market Space, Strategies and
Models of virtual world. Online Consumer Behavior, user experiences, Online B2B
& B2C behavior. (3 Hours)

ˆ Search Engine Optimization: How Search Engine works, SEM components,

PPC advertising with Google ad words, SEO success factors (On-Page and Off-Page
Techniques), Google analytics, Content Marketing, Developing valuable content,
Content strategy, Search Engine Marketing. (4 Hours)

ˆ Display Advertising: Real time bidding, Executing display advertising, Video

and other rich media. (7 Hours)

ˆ E- Mail Marketing: Types of E- Mail Marketing, Email Automation, Lead Gener-

ation, Integrating Email with Social Media and Mobile, Measuring and maximising
email campaign effectiveness. (3 Hours)

ˆ Online Reputation Management: Social Reviews and Ratings, Word of Mouth,

User- Generated Content, Influencer Marketing, Meme Marketing, User’s privacy
and Security.(3 Hours)

ˆ Social Media Marketing: Social Media Channels, Facebook, Twitter, Linkedin,

Instagram, other Social Media channels, Leveraging Social media for brand conver-
sations and buzz. Successful /benchmark Social media campaigns, Virtual Brand
Communities, and Gamification. (3 Hours)

1193
 ˆ Mobile Marketing: Mobile Inventory/channels, Location based; Context based;
Coupons and offers, Mobile Apps, Mobile Commerce, SMS Campaigns. Profiling
and targeting. (3 Hours)

ˆ Web Analytics and Channel Attribution Strategies: Data Collection, Key

Metrics, Outcome Analysis, Experience Analysis, Multi-channel attribution, last in-
teraction; firsts interaction; linear; Time-Decay; Position Based Attribution Models,
and Types of tracking Codes. (3 Hours)

ˆ Emerging Technologies in Digital Marketing: AI in Advertising, Chatbots,

Micro-Moment Marketing, Virtual Reality, Augmented Reality, and Marketing Au-
tomation. (3 Hours)

Textbooks:
1. Gupta, Seema, Digital Marketing, McGraw Hill Education, 2018.

References:
1. The consumer decision journey, McKinsey Quarterly, 2009.

(a) https://www.mckinsey.com/capabilities/growth-marketing-and-sales/our-insights/theconsum
decision-journey

2. American’s Internet Access: 2000-2015, Pew Research Center, 2015.

(a) https://www.mckinsey.com/capabilities/growth-marketing-and-sales/our-insights/theconsum
decision-journey

3. Social Media Usage: 2005-2015, Pew Research Center, 2015.

(a) https://www.pewresearch.org/internet/2015/10/08/social-networking-usage-2005-
2015/

4. Search Engine Optimization Starter Guide, Google.

(a) https://www.mckinsey.com/capabilities/growth-marketing-and-sales/our-insights/theconsum
decision-journey

5. Google analytics tutorial. https://support.google.com/analytics/answer/4553001

6. Did eBay just prove that paid search ads don’t work? Harvard Business Review,
2013.

(a) https://hbr.org/2013/03/did-ebay-just-prove-that-paid/

7. Avinash Kausik, Multi-Channel Attribution Modeling: The Good, Bad and Ugly
Models, 2013.

(a) http://www.kaushik.net/avinash/multi-channel-attribution-modeling-good-badugly-
models/

8. How Google Edged Out Rivals and Built the World’s Dominant Ad Machine: A
Visual Guide, WSJ, 2019.

1194
 (a) https://www.wsj.com/articles/how-google-edged-out-rivals-andbuilt- the-worlds-
dominant-ad-machine-a-visual-guide-11573142071

9. A Step-by-Step Guide to Smart Business Experiments, Harvard Business Review,

2011.

(a) https://hbr.org/2011/03/a-step-by-step-guide-to-smart-business-experiments

10. Whose and what chatter matters? The effect of tweets on movie sales, Huaxia Rui,
Yizao Liu, and Andrew Whinston, 2013.

(a) http://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/pii/S0167923612003880

11. How Often Should You Post on Social Media? Benchmarks for 9 Different Indus-
tries, HubSpot Blogs, 2015.

(a) http://blog.hubspot.com/marketing/social-media-frequencyindustry- benchmarks

12. Xueming Luo et al., Mobile Targeting, 2014.

(a) https://pubsonline.informs.org/doi/abs/10.1287/mnsc.2013.1836

16.48 MB 584 : Supply Chain Management

Course Code : MB 584
Course Name : Supply Chain Management
L-T-P-C : 2-0-0-2
Intended for : MBA
Prerequisite :
Mutual Exclusion:
Approval: 54th BoA

Course Contents
ˆ Introduction to Supply Chain and Inventory Management: Introduction:
Supply chain management objectives and requirements, Supply Chain Management
Cycle, Inventory and logistics management and their importance in supply chain
management, Different types of inventory control systems. (6 Hours)

ˆ Demand Forecasting: Introduction to demand forecasting and its role, qual-

itative and quantitative forecasting methods, components of a demand forecast,
demand in a supply chain using time-series data, estimation of forecasting error. (4
Hours)

ˆ Inventory planning and Issues in Supply Chain Management: Cycle Inven-

tory, Economies of Scale, Inventory cost estimation, Safety Inventory, its levels and
Risk, Pooling Echelons in SCM, Manufacturing Resource Planning, Just-in-time,
Replenishment Policies, Pull and Push Systems, Levels of Product availability. (8
Hours)

1195
 ˆ Designing of Supply Chain Network: Strategic framework for design of a
distribution network, Importance of distribution network and factors influencing the
distribution networks, Methodologies for network design and distribution planning
and their Performance, Trade-Offs, pricing issues, and alternatives. (4 Hours)

ˆ Supply Chain Management Applications: Lean Supply Chain Management,

Supply Chain Management in Automobile Industry, Agricultural Supply Chain
Management. (6 Hours)

Textbooks:
1. Sunil, Chopra, Supply Chain Management: Strategy, Planning, And Op-
eration, 5th Edition, Pearson India, 2013.

2. Jacobs, F. Robert, and Richard B. Chase, Operations and supply chain man-
agement, McGraw-Hill, 2018.

3. Relevant research articles and business cases

References:
1. Bowersox, Donald J., David J. Closs, M. Bixby Cooper, and John C. Bowersox.
Supply chain logistics management. Mcgraw-hill, 2020.

2. Heizer, Jay, Barry Render, and Chuck Munson. Operations management: sustain-
ability and supply chain management. Pearson, 2020.

16.49 MB 592: Management Science In Practice – A Modelling

And Case Studies Approach With Ms-Excel.
Course Code : MB 592
Course Name : Management Science In Practice – A Modelling And Case
Studies Approach With Ms-Excel.
L-T-P-C :
Intended for : MBA (DS & AI)
Prerequisite :
Mutual Exclusion:
Approval: 52nd BoA

Course Contents
Management Science concepts including Multiple Criteria Decision Analysis will be used
as appropriate to solve various application oriented problems in the management. The
course contains the problems in following applications as short but real cases along with
the theoretical concepts therein. Ms-Excel will be used to model and solve all the case
problems in the following ares
The session details:
1. Work force Planning in call centres when the call centre requires dealing with mul-
tiple languages.

1196
 2. Banking Applications – Net Banking

3. Investment Planning

4. Cash Flow management

5. Personal Scheduling in Airlines

6. Corporate Financial Planning

7. Advertising - Media Planning in the web

8. Supply Chain Management

9. Production and Manufacturing

10. Inventory Management

11. Predictive Maintenance planning

12. Product planning and allocation in automobile industries.

13. Oil exploration planning in Oil and Gas Industries

14. Construction projects

15. Management Science in Indian Train Reservation

16. Indian General Election Planning

17. Airport Security Management-with a special reference to WTC

18. Hub Management in Airline Industries

19. Foreign Currency Trading ( currency arbitrage)

20. Multicriteria Decision Making in Marketing Management.

Textbooks:
1. F.S. Hillier and M.S. Hillier, Introduction to Management Science- A mod-
elling and case studies approach

2. Winston and Albright, Practical Management Science.

3. Essentials of Business Analytic.

References:
NA

1197
17 Mechanical Engineering Courses
17.1 ME 100 : Reverse Engineering
Course Code: ME 100
Course Name: Reverse Engineering
Intended for: B.Tech
L-T-P-C: 0-0-2-1
Intended for: B. Tech ME
Mutual Exclusion: None
Approval: 53rd BoA

Course Contents
Laboratory Modules:
Need of reverse engineering, Methodologies for Reverse Engineering, understanding of Re-
verse Engineering through example, reasons for reverse engineering, process for Reverse
Engineering, Phases of Reverse. Engineering, conceptual System Reasons for Reverse
Engineering, Difficulties in Reverse Engineering, Levels of abstraction: Application level,
Functional level, Structural level. Detailed study of Reverse Engineering for Branch
Specific learning Dissemble the existing selected artefact/ product/ component/ process/
system to study technical aspects and design detail. Students will be assigned a their spe-
cialization specific product to do hands on of Reverse Engg and to draft a comprehensive
report. An suggestive list of products that will be studied through reverse engineering
will be compiled as reference for course instructor.

Course Outcomes:
After completion of this course, student will be able to
ˆ Understand the problem in the existing process.

ˆ Collect the large number of data/ information for the product

ˆ Depth analyze of the products and extraction of real time data

ˆ Understand the principles behind the design of the product, ways to redesign and
improve the performance of the system.

Textbooks:
1. Robert W. Messler Jr., Reverse Engineering: Mechanisms, Structures, Sys-
tems & Materials, McGraw Hill, 2014.

17.2 ME 201: Manufacturing Technology - I

Course Code: ME 201
Course Name: Manufacturing Technology - I
L-T-P-C: 2-0-2-4

1198
 Prerequisite: ME 102
Objective: To impart knowledge about the process principles, equipment, and ap-
plications of different forming processes, machining operations, and grinding processes.
Approval: 5th Senate

Course Content:
ˆ Introduction: Classification of different manufacturing processes, application ar-
eas and limitations, selection of a manufacturing process.

ˆ Press Working of Sheet Metal: Types of presses, drives and feed mechanisms;
Operations: Shearing, bending, spinning, embossing, blanking, coining and deep
drawing; Die materials, stock layout, compound and progressive dies and punches,
construction details of die set, auxiliary equipment, safety devices.

ˆ Machine Tools and Operations: Classification of machining processes and ma-

chine tools, cutting tool materials, different types of cutting tools, nomenclature of
single point and multi point cutting tools, concept of cutting speed, feed and depth
of cut, use of coolants, constructional details including accessories and attachment,
operations, setting and tooling for capstan and turret lathes, drilling, boring and
broaching machines, milling operations.

ˆ Grinding: Operations and applications of surface, cylindrical and centreless grind-

ing processes, dressing, truing and balancing of grinding wheels, grading and selec-
tion of grinding wheels.

Suggested Books:
1. DeGarmo, J. T. Black, Ronald A. Kohser, Materials and Processes in Manu-
facturing, PHI, 1997.

2. Serope Kalpakjian, and Steve R. Schmid, Manufacturing Engineering and

Technology, Pearson, 2000

3. Groover, M. P., Fundamentals of Modern Manufacturing, John Wiley and

Sons, 2002.

4. Lindberg, R. A., Processes and Materials of Manufacture, PHI, 1990.

5. Rao, P. N., Manufacturing Technology, Vol - 2, TMH.

17.3 ME 203: Energy Resources & Conversion - I

Course Code: ME 203
Course Name: Energy Resources & Conversion
L-T-P-C: 3-0-0-3
Pre-requisites: Nil
Approval: 5th Senate

1199
Course Contents:
ˆ Introduction: Energy resources spectrum, Renewable and non Renewable energy
Sources, consumption pattern in various sectors, Efficiency of energy resources, load
demand, and economics (4 hrs)
ˆ Coal: Classification, properties, combustion, carbonization, liquefaction and gasi-
fication, Electricity generation from coal(4 hrs)
ˆ Liquid fuels: various type of fuels, properties and handling (3 hrs)
ˆ Gaseous fuel: CNG, LNG, and LPG (3 hrs)
ˆ Nuclear Energy: Potential, Fusion and fission processes and nuclear reactor (4
hrs)
ˆ Wind: potential and utilization (2 hrs)
ˆ Solar Energy: Solar radiation measurements, Solar Thermal: Flat plate and fo-
cusing collectors, solar space heating and cooling, solar pond, Solar Photovoltaic:
Solar cells and storage (5 hrs)
ˆ Hydropower: classification, components of hydropower generation systems (3 hrs)
ˆ Biomass Energy: Biomass Types, characterization, conversion routs, bio chemical
(4 hrs)
ˆ Other Energy Resources: Hydrogen, Fuel Cells and other energy sources (4 hrs)
ˆ Energy Conservation: Waste heat recovery, use of low grade hot streams, concept
of vapour recompression, flash vaporization, heat pipe, energy targeting by pinch
method (6 hrs)

Text Books / References:

1. Rao S and Parulekar BB, Energy Technology: non conventional, renewable
and conventional, Khanna Publishers, 1995.
2. Rai, GD, Non-conventional energy sources, Khanna Publishers, 1994.
3. World Energy Outlook 2006, International Energy Agency, France, 2006.
4. Electricity in India, International Energy Agency, France, 2002.
5. Twidel, J. and Tonyweir, Renewable Energy Resources, Second Edition, Taylor
& Francis, 2006.
6. Manwell, JF et.al., Wiley, Wind Energy Explained – Theory, Design & Ap-
plication, 2002.
7. Sukhatme, S P, Solar Energy: Principles of Thermal Collection and Stor-
age, Second Edition, Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing Company Ltd, 2008.
8. Takahashi, Peytrick & Trenka, Andrew; Wiley Ocean Thermal Energy Conser-
vation, 1996.
9. Teddy, DIRECTORY, TERI, New Delhi, 2006.

1200
17.4 ME 204: Materials Science for Engineers
Course Code: ME 204
Course Name: Materials Science for Engineers
L-T-P-C: 3-0-0-3
Prerequisite: None
Students intended for: B.Tech.
Elective or Core: Core
Approval: 2nd Senate

Course contents
A Structural Applications

i Static structural applications –stress strain diagram, elastic, yielding and plas-
tic behavior, properties to characterize each, application of metals, ceramics,
polymers and composites in static structures like buildings, bridges, furnace
structure, etc.
ii Dynamic structural applications - fatigue, creep-fatigue interaction; Applica-
tion of materials in automobiles, hydroelectric and thermal power plants.
iii Manipulation of materials properties through different treatments

B Electrical and Electronic Application

Conductors and conductivity, Capacitors, considerations for choice of materials
in different applications; metallic and organic semiconductors, p-n junctions, other
devices, I-V characteristics, optoelectronic materials and devices, the considerations
for the choice of materials; Magnetic materials, Dielectric materials, electrical and
magnetic sensors, read- write heads, spintronic devices; superconducting materials
and their applications in magnets.

Text Books
1. V. Raghvan, Materials Science and Engineering- A first course, Prentice
Hall of India, New Delhi.

2. William D. Callister, Jr, Materials Science and Engineering- An introduc-

tion, Wiley and Sons, Inc.

Reference Books:
1. Kenneth G. Budinski, Engineering Materials: Properties and Selection,
Prentice Hall, USA.

2. S. O. Kasap, Principles of Electronic Materials and devices, 3rd Edition,

Tata-McGraw Hill Education Pvt. Ltd.

3. Ben G. Streetman and Sanjay Bannerjee, Solid State Electronic Devices, 5th
Edition, Pearson-Prentice Hall, USA.

1201
17.5 ME 205: Machine Drawing
Course Code: ME 205
Course Name: Machine Drawing
L-T-P-C: 1-0-4-3
Prerequisite: Graphics for Design
Students intended for: B.Tech.
Elective or Core: Core
Approval: 3rd Senate

Course contents
ˆ Introduction
Introduction to Engineering design process and drawings. Drawing standards.
Computer aided drafting and use of software packages for engineering drawings

ˆ Detachable Fasteners
Screw threads, approximate and conventional representations; Specifications; Threaded
fasteners: Types, forms, standard, and specifications; Drawing of temporary con-
nections; Foundation bolts; Locking Devices: Classification, principles of operation,
standard types and their proportions; Shaft Couplings: Common types, standard
proportions for some couplings; Pipe Joints, common pipe connections, Cotter and
Knuckle Joint

ˆ Permanent Fastenings
Rivets: Standard forms and proportions; Riveted Joints: Common types of joints,
terminology, proportions and representation; Welds: Types of welds and welded
joints, edge preparation, specifications, and representation of welds on drawings.

ˆ Assembly drawings
Assembly drawings with sectioning and bill of materials. Assemblies involving ma-
chine elements like shafts, couplings, bearing, pulleys, gears, belts, brackets. De-
tailed part drawings from assembly drawings. Engine mechanisms-assembly. Ma-
chine Tool drawings including jigs and fixtures.

ˆ Production drawings
Limits, fits, and tolerances of size and form; Types and grade, use of tolerance tables
and specification of tolerances, form and cumulative tolerances, tolerance dimen-
sioning, general tolerances; Surface quality symbols, terminology and representation
on drawings, correlation of tolerances and surface quality with manufacturing tech-
niques.

ˆ Schematics, process and instrumentation diagrams

ˆ Structural drawings
examples for reading and interpretation

1202
Text Books/Reference Books:
1. French, T. E., Vierch, C. J., and Foster, R. J., Engineering Drawing and
Graphic Technology, 14th Edition, McGraw-Hill, 1993.

2. Giesecke, F. E, and Lockhart, S.D, Technical Drawing, 13th Edition, Prentice-

Hall, 2008

3. Sideswar, N., Machine Drawing, McGraw-Hill, 2004.

4. Lakshminarayanan, V., and Mathur, M. L., Text Book of Machine Drawing

(with Computer Graphics), 12th Ed, Jain Brothers, 2007.

5. Narayana K.L., Kannaiah, P., and Venkata Reddy K, Machine Drwaing, 3rd
Edition., New Age International Publishers, 2006.

6. Johan K. C., Text Book of Machine Drawing, PHI Learning Pvt, 2009.

7. SP 46: 1988 Engineering Drawing Practice for Schools and Colleges, Bureau of
Indian Standards, 1988.

17.6 ME 206 Old (4) Mechanics of Solids

Approval: 8th Senate; OTA

Course Outline:
ˆ Free body diagram, Conditions for equipment: statically determinate& indetermi-
nate

ˆ Mechanics of small deformation: Geometric compatibility & force deformation law

(for uniaxial loads)

ˆ Special kinds of load: Transverse loaded slender member: Sheer force & Bending
moment

ˆ Stress and Strain: Proper definition of stress and stain

ˆ Theory of yielding

ˆ Shaft: Circular c1oss-section shaft under uniform & varying load (torque), Twisting
deformationof shaft

ˆ Bending Stresses

ˆ Deflection of Beam (superposition theorem), Castigliani-II theorem: Energy method

(unit load method)

ˆ Bucking of column (Brief discussion in the context of elastic instability)

1203
17.7 ME 206: Mechanics of Solids
Course Code: ME 206
Course Name: Mechanics of Solids
L-T-P-C: 3-0-0-3
Prerequisite: Consent of the faculty member
Students intended for: B.Tech.
Elective or Core: Core
Approval: 3rd Senate

Course contents
ˆ Free body diagram, Conditions for equipment: statically determinate & indetermi-
nate
ˆ Mechanics of small deformation: Geometric compatibility & force deformation law
(for uniaxial loads
ˆ Special kinds of load: Transverse loaded slender member : Sheer force & Bending
moment
ˆ Stress and Strain: Proper definition of stress and stain
ˆ Theory of yielding
ˆ Shaft : Circular cross-section shaft under uniform & varying load (torque), Twisting
deformation of shaft
ˆ Bending Stresses
ˆ Deflection of Beam (superposition theorem), Castigliani-II theorem: Energy method
(unit load method)
ˆ Bucking of column (Brief discussion in the context of elastic instability)

Text Books/Reference Books:

1. Timoshenko S. P., and Gere J. M., Mechanics of Materials, 2nd Edition, CBS
Publishers, 2002.
2. Crandall S. H., Dahl N. C., and Lardner T. J., An Introduction to the Me-
chanics of Solids, 2nd Edition, McGraw-Hill, 1999.
3. Hearn E. J., Mechanics of Materials, 3rd Edition, Pergamon, 2003.
4. Higdon A., Ohslen E. H., Stiles W. B., Weese J. A., and Riley W. F., Mechanics
of Materials, John Wiley & Sons, 1989
5. Popov E. P., Nagarajan S., and Lu Z. A., Mechanics of Materials, 2nd Edition,
Prentice-Hall of India, 2002.
6. Johan K. C., Text Book of Machine Drawing, PHI Learning Pvt, 2009.
7. SP 46: 1988 Engineering Drawing Practice for Schools and Colleges, Bureau of
Indian Standards, 1988.

1204
17.8 ME 209 (4) Dynamics
Approval: 5th Senate; OTA Course

Course Outline:
The course introduces analysis of various dynamic systems. At the end of the course,
the students should be able to analyse the dynamic systems such as system of particles,
kinematics of plane motion of rigid bodies, gyroscopic motion etc.

17.9 ME 210 Old (4) Fluid Mechanics

Approval: 5th Senate; 18th Senate; OTA

Course Outline:
This course is an introductory course in fluid mechanics. It begins by asking the question
what constitutes a fluid. In the first part the continuum concept, various classifications
of fluids are discussed. The second part introduces concepts of statics, kinematics and
dynamics of fluids and underlying governing equations. Finally, solutions to various
problem involving internal pipe flows and external flows are treated in the third part.
Conceptsof compressibleflow and computational fluid dynamicsare introduced at the end
of the course.The course also gives an opportunity to learn various methods in EXCEL
and MATLAB to solve simple flow problems.

17.10 ME 210: Fluid Mechanics

Course Code: ME 210
Course Name: Fluid Mechanics
L-T-P-C: 2.5-0.5-0-3
Prerequisite: None
Students intended for: B.Tech.
Elective or Core: Core
Approval: 3rd Senate

Course contents
ˆ Introduction
definition of fluid, liquids and gases, continuum hypothesis, compressible and in-
compressible fluid/flow, viscosity, stress field, Newtonian and non-Newtonian fluids
[6 Lectures]

ˆ Fluid Statics
Pascal’s law, hydrostatic pressure, standard atmosphere, manometry, center of pres-
sure, forces on partially and fully submerged bodies, buoyancy, metacentric height,
stability, rigid body motion. [6 Lectures]

1205
 ˆ Fluid Kinematics
Lagrangian and Eulerian description of fluid motion, elementary flows, vorticity and
circulation, flow lines, stream lines, stream functions, rotational and ir-rotational
flows, flow visualization. [6 Lectures]

ˆ Fluid Dynamics
Newton’s second law, fundamental equations of mass, momentum and energy,
Reynolds transport theorem, Integral formulation of governing equations, differ-
ential formulation, Euler’s equation, Bernoulli’s equation, Navier-Stokes equation.
[6 Lectures]

ˆ Internal Flows
fully developed flow, Couette Flow, Hagen-Poiseuille flow, flow through ducts, chan-
nels, Venturi, Orifice, flow measurements, friction factor and head loss calculations,
Moody’s chart, open-channel flow. [8 Lectures]

ˆ Dimensional Analysis
scaling and similarity, similitude and dimensional analysis, Buckingham π – theo-
rem, non-dimensional parameters, model testing. [4 Lectures]

ˆ External Flows
Boundary layer flows, flow over an aerofoil, flow over a cylinder and sphere, lam-
inar and turbulent flows, flow separation, lift and drag, D’Alembert paradox, von
Karman integral equation, displacement and momentum thickness. [4 Lectures]

Text Books:
1. Fox and Mc Donald, Introduction to Fluid Mechanics, 7th Edition, John Wiley,
2009.

2. White FM,, Fluid Mechanics, 6th Edition, Tata McGraw Hill, 2007.

Reference Books:
1. Yuan SW, Foundations of Fluid Mechanics, 2nd Edition, Printice Hall, 1988.

2. Streeter VL, Wylie EB and Bedford KW, Fluid Mechanics, 9th Edition, McGraw
Hill, 1998.

17.11 ME 210P: Thermo-Fluids Lab

Course Code : ME 210P
Course Name : Thermo-Fluids Lab
L-T-P-C: 0-0-2-1
Intended for : UG
Prerequisite : ME210 – Fluid Mechanics
Mutual Exclusion:
Approval: 53th BoA

1206
Laboratory/practical/tutorial Modules:
1. Flow Visualization

2. Validation of Bernoulli’s Theorem

3. Application of Flow Measuring Devices

4. Major & Minor Losses in Pipes

5. Measurement of Pipe Friction Factor

6. Identifying Losses in Pipe Fittings

7. Static Pressure Measurement in a Wind Tunnel

8. Performance Analysis of Francis & Pelton Turbine

9. Determination of Metacentric Height

10. Measurement of Lift & Drag on an Aero-foil

11. Calibration of Various Notches

12. Momentum Eqn. Verification Using Jet Impaction

13. Vortex Flow Measurement

14. Pitot Static Tube Calibration

Text books:
1. J. P. Holman, Experimental Methods for Engineers, 7th edition, Tata McGraw-
Hill 2001.

2. T.G. Beckwith, J.H. Lienhard V, R. D. Marngoni, Mechanical Measurements,

5th edition, Pearson Education, 2010.

3. E.O. Doebelin, Measurement systems, Application and Design, 5th edition,

Tata McGraw-Hill, 2008

4. Fox and Mc Donald, Introduction to Fluid Mechanics, 7th Edition, John Wiley,
2009

17.12 ME 210P 57 : Fluid Mechanics Lab

Course Code : ME 210P 57
Course Name : Fluid Mechanics Lab
L-P-T-C: 0-0-2-1
Intended for: UG
Prerequisites: ME 210 Fluid Mechanics
Mutual Exclusion: None
Approval : 57th BoA

1207
Course Contents
ˆ NA

Laboratory:
1. Flow Visualization

2. Validation of Bernoulli’s Theorem

3. Application of Flow Measuring Devices

4. Major & Minor Losses in Pipes

5. Measurement of Pipe Friction Factor

6. Identifying Losses in Pipe Fittings

7. Static Pressure Measurement in a Wind Tunnel

8. Performance Analysis of Francis & Pelton Turbine

9. Determination of Metacentric Height

10. Measurement of Lift & Drag on an Aero-foil

11. Calibration of Various Notches

12. Momentum Eqn. Verification Using Jet Impaction

13. Vortex Flow Measurement

14. Pitot Static Tube Calibration

Text books:
1. J. P. Holman, Experimental Methods for Engineers, 7th edition, Tata McGraw-
Hill 2001.

2. T.G. Beckwith, J.H. Lienhard V, R. D. Marngoni, Mechanical Measurements,

5th edition, Pearson Education, 2010.

3. E.O. Doebelin, Measurement systems, Application and Design, 5th edition,

Tata McGraw-Hill, 2008

4. Fox and Mc Donald, Introduction to Fluid Mechanics, 7th Edition, John Wiley,
2009

References:
1. NA

17.13 ME 211 (5) Analysis and Synthesis of Mechanisms

Approval: 8th Senate; OTA

1208
Course Outline:
Thin film science and technology have gone through a thorough development which re-
sults in numerous new. The course introduces the basic mechanisms, synthesis of the
mechanism, introduction to machine elements e.g. gears, cams, engine force analysis and
balancing, gyroscope and vibrations. Strength based design part is to be tackled in the
next courseon design of machine elements.

17.14 ME 212: Product Manufacturing Technology

Course Code : ME 212
Course Name : Product Manufacturing Technology
L-T-P-C : 2-0-3-3
Intended for : UG (Core for B.Tech Mechanical)
Perequisite : None
Mutual Exclusion:
Approval: 53rd BoA

Course Contents
ˆ Introduction: Engineering materials, their classification, manufacturability and
applications (5 Lectures)

ˆ PMT for Structural Applications (Metals & Alloys): Casting (sand casting,
permanent mold casting, investment casting), forming (Rolling, Forging, Extru-
sion, Sheet metal operations), machining (drilling, lathe, milling), joining of metals
(welding, riveting, nut-bolt assembly etc) (8 Lectures)

ˆ PMT for Light weight applications (Polymers): Classifications of plastics,

blow molding, injection molding, extrusion, compression molding, vacuum form-
ing, Additive manufacturing (3D printing and its types), laser machining, joining
methods for plastics. (6 Lectures)

ˆ PMT for High Temperature Applications (Glasses and Ceramics): Powder

manufacturing, mixing and blending, compacting, Sintering (with SPS), hot iso-
static pressing, glass blowing (4 Lectures)

ˆ PMT for High Performance Applications (Composites): Compression mold-

ing of composites (3 Lectures)

Textbooks:
1. Groover, M.P., Fundamentals of modern manufacturing: materials, pro-
cesses, and systems, John Wiley & Sons, 2020.

2. Kalpakjian, S. and Schmid, S.R., Manufacturing engineering and technology,

Prientice Hall, 2001, 2018.

1209
 S.No. Equipment Experiment Turns
1. Lathe Turning and grooving operations on 1
mild steel rod
2. Milling, shaper ma- Facing operations on mild steel 1
chine block
3. Compression mold- To demonstrate manufacturing of 1
ing composites
4. Fitting To make fillet, chamfer, drilling and 1
tapping on mild steel flat sample
5. Welding To perform arc welding, gas welding 1
and spot welding and FSW
6. Sheet metal To perform shearing, bending and 1
riveting of galvanised iron sheet
7. Foundry To sand cast an aluminium rod 1
8. CNC lathe and To machine objects using CNC ma- 1
milling chining processes
9. Laser machining To demonstrate laser machining of 1
an acrylic sheet
10. Glass blowing To demonstrate blowing of glass 1
11. Additive manufac- To create objects using 3D printing 1
turing processes
12. Injection molding To understand the plastic injection 1
molding process

References:
None

17.15 ME 213: Engineering Thermodynamics

Course Code : ME 213
Course Name : Engineering Thermodynamics
L-T-P-C : 3-1-0-4
Intended for : UG (Core for B.Tech Mechanical)
Perequisite : None
Mutual Exclusion:
Approval: 53rd Senate

Course Contents
ˆ Introduction and Fundamental Concepts: Applications of Thermodynam-
ics and Brief History, Macroscopic versus Microscopic Approach, Thermodynamic
Systems and Control Volumes, Properties and State of a System, Thermodynamic
Processes and Cycles, Primary Measurable Properties: Specific volume and density,
Pressure, Temperature and its equality, Measurement of Temperature. (3 Lectures)
ˆ Properties of Pure Substance: Pure Substance and its Different Phases, Phase
Boundaries, Property Diagrams, Property Tables: Saturated liquid and saturated

1210
 vapour states, Saturated liquid-vapour mixture, Superheated vapour states, Com-
pressed or subcooled liquid states, Reference states for developing steam tables,
Ideal Gas States, Compressibility Factor, Other Commonly Used Equations of
State. (3 Lectures)

ˆ Energy and the First Law of Thermodynamics: Energy and Its Different
Forms, Constituents of internal energy, Heat and work, Heat versus Work, Differ-
ent Forms of Work Transfer: Displacement work, Shaft work, Spring work, First
Law of Thermodynamics, Enthalpy: A Thermodynamic Property, Specific Heats,
Internal Energy, Enthalpy and Specific Heats of Solids and Liquids, Internal Energy,
Enthalpy and Specific Heats of Ideal Gases. (8 Lectures)

ˆ Energy Analysis for Control Volumes: Conservation of Mass for a Control

Volume, Conservation of Energy for a Control Volume, Energy Analysis of Steady-
Flow Processes, Examples of Steady Flow Devices: Nozzles and diffusers, Turbines
and compressors, Mixing chambers, Heat exchangers, Throttle, Energy Analysis of
Transient Processes. (4 Lectures)

ˆ Second Law of Thermodynamics: Need for the Second Law of Thermodynam-

ics, Heat Engines, Refrigerators and Heat Pumps, Second Law of Thermodynamics,
PMM1 and PMM2, Reversible Process, Factors responsible for irreversibility, Inter-
nal and external reversibility, Carnot Cycle, Propositions Regarding the Efficiency
of Carnot Cycle, Thermodynamic Temperature Scale, Ideal and Real Machines. (6
Lectures)

ˆ Entropy: Clausius Inequality, Entropy, Entropy of a Pure Substance, Entropy

Change for Internally Reversible Processes, Thermodynamic Property Relations,
Entropy Change for Solids and Liquids, Entropy Change for an Ideal Gas, Prop-
erty Diagrams Involving Entropy, Entropy Change for an Irreversible Process and
Entropy Equation, Principle of Increase of Entropy, Entropy Rate Equation for
a Closed System, Entropy Rate Equation for a Control Volume, Shaft Work for
Steady Flow Devices, Isentropic Efficiency of Different Steady Flow Devices, Phys-
ical Inferences of Entropy. (5 Lectures)

ˆ Exergy: Introduction to Exergy, Exergy Associated with Different Modes of En-

ergy Transfer, Exergy Transfer by Heat, Exergy Transfer by Work, Exergy Poten-
tial of a Closed System, Exergy Potential of a Flowing Stream, Decrease of Exergy
Principle, Exergy Balance Equation, Second Law Efficiency. (3 Lectures)

ˆ Vapour Power Cycles: Introduction to Power Systems, Carnot Cycle, Rankine

Cycle, Effect of Pressure and Temperature on the Rankine Cycle, Reheat Cycle,
Regenerative Cycle and Feedwater Heaters, Deviation of Actual Cycles from Ideal
Cycles. (4 Lectures)

ˆ Air Standard Power Cycles: Air-Standard Power Cycles, Carnot Cycle, Brayton
Cycle, Simple Gas-Turbine Cycle with a Regenerator, Gas-Turbine Power Cycle
Configurations, Air-Standard Cycle for Jet Propulsion, Reciprocating Engine Power
Cycles, Otto Cycle, Diesel Cycle, Dual Cycle. (4 Lectures)

ˆ Refrigeration Cycles: Different Refrigeration Techniques, Carnot cycle, Vapour

Compression Refrigeration Cycle. (2 Lectures)

1211
Laboratory/practical/tutorial Modules:
ˆ Tutorial 1: Fundamental Concepts (1 Hour)

ˆ Tutorial 2: Properties of Pure Substances and Heat and Work Interactions (2 Lec-
tures)

ˆ Tutorial 3: Energy and the First Law of Thermodynamics (2 Lectures)

ˆ Tutorial 4: First Law of Thermodynamics for Open Systems (2 Lectures)

ˆ Tutorial 5: Second Law of Thermodynamics and Entropy (2 Lectures)

ˆ Tutorial 6: Exergy (1 Hour)

ˆ Tutorial 7: Vapour Power Cycles (2 Lectures)

ˆ Tutorial 8: Air Standard Power Cycles (1 Hour)

ˆ Tutorial 9: Refrigeration Cycles (1 Hour)

Textbooks:
1. Borgnakke, C. and Sonntag, R.E., Fundamentals of Thermodynamics, 8th
Edition, Wiley, 2013.

2. Cengel, Y.A. and Boles, M.A., Thermodynamics: An Engineering Approach,

8th edition, McGraw-Hill, 2015. (eBook available at: https://www.expresslibrary.mheducation.com
7e-sie)

Reference Books:
1. Moran, M.J., Shapiro, H.N., Boettner, D.D. and Bailey, M.B., Fundamentals of
Engineering Thermodynamics, John Wiley & Sons, 2010.

2. Nag, P.K., Engineering Thermodynamics, Tata McGraw-Hill Education, 2013.

3. Kumar, P. and Dhar, A., Basics of Thermodynamics, AICTE, 2023. (Softcopy

available at: https://ekumbh.aicte-india.org/book.php)

17.16 ME 215: Manufacturing Engineering-1

Course Code : ME 215
Course Name : Manufacturing Engineering-1
L-T-P-C : 3-0-0-3
Intended for : UG
Perequisite : None
Mutual Exclusion:
Approval: 53rd BoA

1212
Course Contents
ˆ Casting Processes and Foundry: Sand casting processes, sand testing, molding
processes, gating systems, cooling and solidification phenomena, special casting
processes, casting defects and remedies, riser design, calculation of solidification
times, inspection of casting. (7 Lectures)

ˆ Forming Processes: Plastic deformation and yield criteria, relationship between

tensile and yield criteria, mechanics of forming processes, various forming processes,
hot and cold forming, friction and lubrication in metal forming, defects in metal
forming. (6 Lectures)

ˆ Machining Processes: Single point and multipoint cutting tools, chip formation
mechanism, cutting tool geometry, orthogonal and oblique machining, Merchant’s
circle, force, velocity, shear angle and power consumption, tool wear, machinability
and its measure, cutting tool materials, economics of machining. (10 Lectures)

ˆ Advanced Machining Processes: Process principle, equipment, analysis and

application of advanced machining processes- abrasive Jet Machining, ultrasonic
machining, water jet machining, electro chemical machining, chemical machining,
electro discharge machining, electron beam machining, laser beam machining, mi-
crowave machining. (7 Lectures)

ˆ Joining Processes: Introduction, principle of fusion welding, heat flow character-

istics, gas metal reactions, cooling of fusion weld, principles of solid phase welding,
various joining processes-arc welding, GTAW, GMAW, FCAW, SAW, EBW, TW,
soldering and brazing, adhesive bonding, mechanical assembly methods, weld de-
fects and inspection. (7 Lectures).

ˆ Finishing Processes: Principle and applications of grinding, nomenclature of

grinding wheel, honing, superfinishing, lapping, polishing, buffing, peening and
burnishing, economics of finishing processes. (5 Lectures)

Textbooks:
1. Groover, M.P., Fundamentals of modem manufacturing: materials, pro-
cesses, and systems, John Wiley & Sons, 2020.

2. Kalpakjian, S. and Schmid, S.R., Manufacturing engineering and technology,

Prentice Hall, 2001.

References:
None

17.17 ME 302: Dynamics of Machinery

Course Code: ME 302
Course Name: Dynamics of Machinery
L-T-P-C: 3-0-0-3

1213
 Pre-requisites: Nil
Objective: To introduce various techniques of dynamic analysis of machines.
Approval: 5th BoA

Course contents:
ˆ Force Analysis of Mechanisms: Concept of free body and its equilibrium, static
force analysis, friction effects, forces on gear teeth; D’Alembert’s principle, dynamic
force analysis, force analysis of cam-follower system, equivalent dynamical systems,
dynamic analysis of reciprocating engines, practical examples from actual machines.
(10hrs)

ˆ Flywheels and Governors: Fluctuation of energy and speed, calculation of fly-

wheel size; Analysis of different types of governors, effect of friction, controlling
force curves, sensitivity, stability, governor effort and power. (6hrs)

ˆ Balancing: Balancing of rotating masses on one plane and in different parallel

planes, balancing of slider crank mechanisms, balancing of in-line, V- and locomo-
tive engines, principles of balancing machine. (7hrs)

ˆ Friction Devices: Coulomb friction, belt drive system, pivots and collars, power
screws, plate and cone clutches, band and block brakes.(6hrs)

ˆ Gyroscope: Gyroscopic action, equation for regular precession and gyroscopic

torque. (2hrs)

ˆ Mechanical Vibration: Simple harmonic motion; Conservative systems; Free

vibrations of systems without damping; Equilibrium and energy methods for de-
termining natural frequency; Rayleigh’s method, free vibrations of system with
viscous damping, over damped, critically and under damped systems, logarithmic
decrement; Forced vibrations of systems with viscous damping, equivalent viscous
damping; Impressed forces due to unbalanced masses and excitation of supports,
vibration isolation, transmissibility, whirling of shaft; Introduction to multi degree
offreedom system vibrations: Discrete and continuous systems. (11hrs)

Suggested Books:
1. Uicker, J.J., Shigley, J.E., and Pennock, G.R., Theory of Machines and Mech-
anisms, 3rd Edition, Oxford University Press 2003

2. Vinogradov, O., Fundamentals of Kinematics and Dynamics of Machines

and Mechanisms, CRC Press 2000

3. Massie, H.H., and Reinholtz, C.F., Mechanisms and Dynamics of Machinery,

4th Edition, John Wiley & Sons 1987

4. Grover, G.K., Mechanical Vibrations, 7th Edition, Nem Chand and Brothers
2003

5. Thomson, W.T., Theory of Vibration with Applications, 3rd Edition, CBS

Publishers 2003

1214
17.18 ME 303: Heat Transfer
Course Code: ME 303
Course Name: Heat Transfer
L-T-P-C: 2.5-0.5-0-3
Prerequisite: Fluid Mechanics, Thermodynamics
Students intended for: B.Tech.
Elective or Core: Core
Approval: 3rd Senate

Course contents
ˆ Introduction
Modes of heat transfer, examples, difference between thermodynamics and heat
transfer, fundamental laws, Fourier’s law of heat conduction, thermal conductivity,
Newton’s law of cooling, Stefan – Boltzmann’s law, combined modes of heat transfer

Heat Conduction

ˆ 1 – D conduction:
General heat diffusion equation derivations, 1 – D steady state heat conduction
equation for a slab, composite slab, Boundary conditions, Thermal resistance con-
cepts, electrical analogy, overall heat transfer coefficient, 1 – D heat conduction
equation in cylindrical and spherical coordinates, composite cylinders and spheres,
Critical thickness of insulation, heat generation inside slabs and radial systems

ˆ Fins
heat transfer from extended surfaces, fin performance.

ˆ Multi-dimensional heat conduction

2D steady state heat conduction, analytical solution

ˆ Unsteady conduction
Introduction, lumped capacitance model, derivation and solution of lumped ca-
pacitance model, validity, Biot and Fourier Numbers,transient heat conduction in
infinite and semi-infinite slabs, Heisler charts.

ˆ Numerical Methods
Numerical methods for heat conduction, solution techniques-Matrix inversion, Gauss
Seidal iteration technique

Convection Heat Transfer

ˆ Convection Heat Transfer

Forced convection: Derivation of energy equation.

1215
 ˆ External Flow
Flow over flat plate, concept of Hydrodynamic Boundary Layer, Thermal Boundary
Layer, derivation of boundary layer equations, physical significance of dimensionless
numbers, cylinder in cross flow, Flow over bank of tubes

ˆ Internal flows
Laminar flow through duct, concept of Hydrodynamic boundary layer, entry length,
mean velocity, mean temperature, fully developed conditions for constant temper-
ature and constant heat flux, turbulent flow in pipes.

ˆ Free convection
Natural convection: concepts, boundary layer, equations of motion, energy, convec-
tion over different configurations.

ˆ Condensation and Boiling

Introduction to boiling and condensation, dimensionless parameters in condensa-
tion, regimes of boiling heat transfer, condensation over vertical surfaces, velocity
and temperature profiles, film condensation of radial systems, Laminar film con-
densation over a vertical plate and horizontal circular tube

Heat exchangers

ˆ Heat exchangers
Classification of heat exchangers, overall heat transfer coefficient, concept of fouling
factor, LMTD and NTU methods of analysis for a heat exchanger, applications to
multi-tube, multi-pass heat exchangers.

Radiation Heat Transfer

ˆ Thermal radiation
Radiation properties, blackbody radiation, Planck’s law, Stefan-Boltzman law, Kir-
choff’s law, radiation exchange between black surfaces, concept of view factor, ra-
diation exchange between non-black surfaces, two-surface enclosure, three surface
enclosure, concept of radiation shield.

Mass Transfer

ˆ Introduction to Mass Transfer

Mass diffustion, Ficks Law, Heat and Mass Transfer analogy

Text Books:
1. Incropera and Dewitt, Fundamentals of Heat and Mass Transfer, 7th Edition,
Wiley India.

2. Cengel, Heat and Mass Transfer, Tata McGraw Hill.

1216
Additional Reading
1. Krieth and Bohn, Principles of Heat Transfer, Cengage Learning

2. Holman, Heat Transfer, 10th Edition, Tata McGraw Hill.

3. Lienhard IV and Lienhard V, A heat Transfer Text Book, Dover Publishers,

http://web.mit.edu/lienhard/www/ahtt.html

17.19 ME 303P : Heat Transfer Lab

Course Code : ME 303P
Course Name : Heat Transfer Lab
L-T-P-C : 0-0-2-1
Intended for : UG
Prerequisite : ME 303 - Heat Transfer & ME - 213 Engineering Thermodynamics,
ME - 210 Fluid Mechanics
Mutual Exclusion:
Approval: 54th BoA

Course Contents
ˆ NA

Laboratory/practical/tutorial Modules:
1. Calorific Value Measurement

2. Critical Heat Flux Measurement

3. Heat Transfer from Pin Fin Measurement

4. Heat Transfer in Natural Convection

5. Parallel Flow and Counter Flow Heat Exchanger

6. Radiation Law Verification

7. Refrigeration Cycle Verification

8. Air-Conditioning Cycle Verification - Open Cycle

9. Air-Conditioning Cycle Verification - Closed Cycle

10. Two-Phase Heat Transfer

11. Lumped Heat Transfer Analysis

12. Unsteady Heat Transfer Analysis

13. Analysis of Water Cooler

1217
Textbooks:
1. J.P. Holman, Experimental Methods for Engineers, 7th edition, Tata McGraw-
Hill 2001.
2. T.G. Beckwith, J.H. Lienhard V, R. D. Mamgoni, Mechanical Measurements,
5th edition, Pearson Education, 2010.
3. E.O. Doebelin, Measurement systems, Application and Design, 5th edition,
Tata McGraw-Hill, 2008
4. Incropera and Dewitt, Fundamentals of Heat and Mass Transfer, Wiley India.
5. Cengel, Heat and Mass Transfer, Tata McGraw Hill.
6. Krieth and Bohn, Principles of Heat Transfer, Cengage Learnings.

References:
1. NA

17.20 ME 304 Power Plant Engineering / Principles of Energy

Conversion
Course Code: ME 304
Course Name: Power Plant Engineering / Principles of Energy Conversion
L-T-P-C: 3-0-2-4
Prerequisites: Thermodynamics, Fluid Mechanics
Students Intended for:
Core or Elective:
Mutual Exclusion: ME 356 (ME 304 is equivalent to ME 356).
Approval: 3rd Senate; OTA for Power Plant Engineering - 5th Senate

Course Contents:
ˆ Introduction Energy sources. Electricity generation, Major issues nationally, in-
ternationally.
ˆ Economics Electric power systems The grid; Supply - generating plants, avail-
ability, demand-supply mismatch, grid collapse. Grid regulation
ˆ Revision of thermodynamics basics Basic thermodynamics, Rankine cycle and
its variants
ˆ Thermal Energy Generation:

ˆ Fossil Fuelled Power Plants system analysis, turbine generators, condenser and
cooling water systems, condensate system, feed water system, boilers, furnace, fuel
and systems, boiler auxiliary systems
ˆ Gas Turbine Power Plants Gas turbine fundamentals, gas turbine engineering,
combined cycle analysis

1218
 ˆ IC Engine Power Plant IC Engine-based systems Solar Thermal Power Plants:
Concepts and basics, System engineering

ˆ Earth-based thermal power plants Geothermal, Ocean Thermal

ˆ Biomass, waste sources-based Energy

ˆ Nuclear power Basics, Nuclear reactions basics, Reactor engineering, Light water
reactors, Heavy water reactors, Fast Reactors, Other types of reactors. Fusion.
Issues & concerns

ˆ Fluid Flow Based Power Generation:

ˆ Hydroelectric plants Introduction, Hydro-turbine basics, Hydro-power plant en-

gineering

ˆ Wind electric generators Windmill basics, Windmill engineering

ˆ Ocean-based power plants Waves and tidal power

ˆ Direct Conversion:

ˆ Solar photovoltaic SPV fundamentals, SPV engineering

ˆ Fuel cells Fuel cells fundamentals, Fuel Cell types, Engineered systems

ˆ MHD generation MHD generation

Text Books and References:

1. Clapp, R. M., (Ed.), Modern Power Station Practice: Boilers and Ancillary
Plant, BEI International, Pergamon Press, 1993.

2. Hambling, P., (Ed.), Modern Power Station Practice: Turbines, Generators

and Associated Plant, BEI International, Pergamon Press, 1992.

3. Brown, J.G., Hydroelectric Engineering Practice, Volumes I,II & III, McGraw-
Hill.

4. Hambling, P., (Ed.), Modern Power Station Practice: Nuclear Turbines,

and Associated Plant, BEI International, Pergamon Press, 1992.

5. Drbal, L. F., Boston, P. G., Westra, K. L., Black and Veatch, Power Plant
Engineering, Kluwer Academic, 1995.

6. Elliott, T. C., Chen, K., and Swanekamp, R., Standard Handbook of Power
Plant Engineering, 2nd Edition, McGraw-Hill Professional, 1997.

7. El-Wakil, M. M., Power Plant Technology, McGraw-Hill, 1984.

8. Jog, M., Hydro-electric and Pumped Storage Plants, John Wiley, 1989.

9. Fritz, J. J., Small and Mini Hydropower Systems, McGraw-Hill, 1984.

1219
 10. Central Board for Irrigation and Power (CPIB), India, Design and Construction
Features of Selected Dams in India, 1983.

11. Borbely, Anne-Marie, and Kreider, Jan J., (Eds.), Distributed Generation: The
Paradigm for the New Millennium, CRC Press, 2003.

12. Larminie, J., and Dicks, A., Fuel Cell Systems Explained, John Wiley, 2003.

13. Vielstich, W., Lamm, A., and Gasteiger, H., Handbook of Fuel Cells: Funda-
mentals, Technology, Applications, John Wiley, 2003.

14. O’Hayre, R.,.Cha, S. -W., Colella, W., and Prinz, F. B., Fuel Cell Fundamentals,
Wiley, 2005.

15. Appleby, A. J., and Foulkes, F. R., Fuel Cell Handbook, van Nostrand Reinhold,
1996.

16. Harrison, R., Hau, E., and Snel, H., Large Wind Turbines: Design and Eco-
nomics, John Wiley, 2001.

17. Bejan, Adrian, Advanced Engineering Thermodynamics, Wiley, 1997.

18. Patents and catalogues related to various equipment.

17.21 ME 305: Design of Machine Elements

Course Code: ME 305
Course Name: Design of Machine Elements
L-T-P-C: 3-1-0-4
Prerequisite: Mechanics of Solids
Students intended for: B.Tech.
Elective or Core: Core
Approval: 3rd Senate

Course contents
ˆ Variable Loading [12 Lectures]

ˆ Shafts, keys, couplings [7 Lectures]

ˆ Threaded fasteners and Power Screws [7 Lectures]

ˆ Permanent fasteners [5 Lectures]

ˆ Gears[7 Lectures]

ˆ Clutches & Brakes [6 Lectures]

ˆ Belt & Chain Drives [6 Lectures]

ˆ Bearings[6 Lectures]

1220
Text Books:
1. Shigley, J.E., and Mischke, C.R., Mechanical Engineering Design, Tata McGraw-
Hill.

2. Robert L. Norton, Machine Design: An Integrated Approach, Pearson.

3. Juvinall, R. C., and Marshek, K. M., Fundamentals of Machine Component

Design, 4th Edition, John Wiley & Sons

17.22 ME 306P: Solid Mechanics Laboratory

Course Code: ME 306P
Course Name: Solid Mechanics Laboratory
L-T-P-C: 3-0-0-3
Pre-requisites: Nil
Approval: 5th Senate

Course Contents:
ˆ Comparison of the properties of ductile and brittle materials.

ˆ Tensile test to obtain stress strain curves, young’s modulus, 0.2% proof stress,

ˆ Compression tests to compare the failure behaviour of the ductile and brittle ma-
terials.

ˆ Shear test.

ˆ Three point bend test for bending strength.

ˆ Determination of Young’s modulus of a material by bending test.

ˆ Buckling load for columns with different end conditions.

ˆ Evaluation of spring index and calculation of proof stress for compression spring.

ˆ Impact tests and comparison of energies for ductile and brittle materials.

ˆ Torsion tests to obtain modulus of rigidity and fracture behaviour of brittle mate-
rials subjected to torsion.

ˆ Hardness tests. Empirical relations of hardness and strength.

ˆ Fatigue test.

ˆ Surface roughness tests to understand the different surface roughness obtained by

various manufacturing processes.

17.23 ME 307 Old (4) Energy Conversion Devices

Approval: 8th Senate; OTA

1221
Course Outline:
ˆ Thermodynamics, Thermal power plants: Gas and steam power cycles, Regenera-
tive and reheat cycles,

ˆ Turbo Machinery: Classification Similitude and specific speeds, Euler turbine equa-
tion, Velocity triangles. Turbine and compressor cascades.

ˆ Axial-flow turbines and compressors: Stage efficiency and characteristics, Radial

equilibrium, Governing. Fans, blowers and compressors. Slip factor, performance
characteristics.

ˆ Hydraulic Machines; Pelton wheel, Francis and Kaplan turbines, Drafl tubes, Pumps,
Cavitation, Fluid coupling and torque converter,

ˆ Introduction to IC engine.

ˆ Use of Computer Aided Engineering (CAE) in turbomachinary design.

17.24 ME 307: Energy Conversion Devices

Course Code: ME 307
Course Name: Energy Conversion Devices
L-T-P-C: 3-0-0-3
Prerequisite: Mechanics of Solids
Students intended for: B.Tech.
Elective or Core: Core
Approval: 3rd Senate

Course contents
ˆ Thermodynamics, Thermal power plants
Gas and steam power cycles, Regenerative and reheat cycles

ˆ Turbo Machinery
Classification Similitude and specific speeds, Euler turbine equation, Velocity tri-
angles, Turbine and compressor cascades.

ˆ Axial-flow turbines and compressors

Stage efficiency and characteristics, Radial equilibrium, Governing

ˆ Fans, blowers and compressors

Slip factor, performance characteristics

ˆ Hydraulic Machines Pelton wheel, Francis and Kaplan turbines, Draft tubes,
Pumps, Cavitation, Fluid coupling and torque converter

ˆ Introduction to IC engine

ˆ Use of Computer Aided Engineering (CAE) in turbomachinary design

1222
Text Books:
1. S.L. Dixon, Fluid Mechanics, Thermodynamics of Turbomachinery, 3rd
Edition, Pergamon Press, 1998.

2. S M. Yahya, Turbines Compressors And Fans, 4th Edition, 2010.

3. B. K. Venkannna, Fundamentals Of Turbomachinery, 2009.

17.25 ME 308: Manufacturing Engineering

Course Code: ME 308
Course Name: Manufacturing Engineering
L-T-P-C: 3-0-0-3
Prerequisite: IC 141 Product Realization Technology
Students intended for: B.Tech.
Elective or Core: Core
Approval: 10th Senate

Course contents
ˆ Sheet Metal Working
Types of presses, Operations (shearing, bending, spinning, embossing, blanking,
coining, punching and deep drawing), Design of structures using sheet metal work-
ing. [7 Lectures]

ˆ Introduction to Jigs and Fixture Design

Principles of location and clamping [3 Lectures]

ˆ Non-conventional Machining Processes

Electric discharge machining (EDM), Electrochemical machining, LASER and Abra-
sive flow machining. [8 Lectures]

ˆ Introduction to CIM
Trends in Modern Manufacturing, Techniques to enhance flexibility, productivity,
product quality and interoperability, Product life cycle, Concepts of product devel-
opment, Building blocks of CIM. [8 Lectures]

ˆ Rapid prototyping
Need for Rapid Prototyping, Basic Principles and advantages of RP, Classifica-
tions of different RP techniques with examples, Introduction to three representative
RP techniques: Fused deposition modeling, Laminated object manufacturing and
Stereo-lithography [8 Lectures]

ˆ Micro-manufacturing
An overview of micro mechanical systems and their applications, MEMS Microfabri-
cation methods, Silicon Micromachining methods, Laser Micromachining methods,
Mechanical Micromachining techniques, CAD/CAM Tools for Micro-manufacturing
processes. [8 Lectures]

1223
Text Books:
1. Serope Kalpakjian, and Steve R. Schmid, Manufacturing Engineering and
Technology, 4th Edition, Pearson, 2016

17.26 ME 309: Theory of Machines

Course Code: ME 309
Course Name: Theory of Machines
L-T-P-C: 3-1-0-4
Prerequisite: Mechanics of Solids
Students intended for: B.Tech.
Elective or Core: Core
Approval: 3rd Senate

Course contents
ˆ Kinematic pair, diagrams and inversion. Mobility and range of movement [5 Lec-
tures]

ˆ Displacement velocity and acceleration analysis of planar linkages [10 Lectures]

ˆ Dimensional synthesis for motion, path and function generation. [8 Lectures]

ˆ Cam profile synthesis [5 Lectures]

ˆ Gears [10 Lectures]

ˆ Dynamic force analysis [4 Lectures]

ˆ Flywheel [3 Lectures]

ˆ Inertia forces and balancing for rotating and reciprocating machines [12 Lectures]

Text Books:
1. A. Ghosh, A. K. Mallik, Theory of Mechanisms and Machines, East West
Press Pvt. Ltd.

2. Uicker, J. J., Shigley, J. E., and Pennock, G. R., Theory of Machines and
Mechanisms, Oxford University Press.

3. Thomas Bevan, Theory of Machines, 4th Edition, Pearson

4. C. E. Wilson, J. P. Sadler, Kinematics and Dynamics of Machinery, Pearson.

5. R. L. Norton, Design of Machinery, McGraw Hill Company.

1224
17.27 ME 309P: Theory of Machines Lab
Course Code: ME 309P
Course Name: Theory of Machines Lab
L-T-P-C: 0-0-2-1
Prerequisite: IC 240 Mechanics of Rigid Bodies
Students intended for: B.Tech.
Elective or Core: Core
Approval: 6th Senate

Course contents
ˆ Synthesizing a simple mechanism to produce given out put motion.

ˆ Balancing of engines.

ˆ Use of Governors for automatic fuel supply regulation.

ˆ Cams.

ˆ Gyroscope for stabilization.

ˆ Whirling speed of a shaft.

ˆ Vibrations of single and multi degree of freedom systems.

ˆ Effect of damping on vibrations.

ˆ Forced vibrations.

ˆ Torsional vibrations.

ˆ Transmissibility of vibrations to the support.

ˆ Mass dampers

ˆ Balancing of rotary machines.

17.28 ME 310: System Dynamics and Controls

Course Code: ME 310
Course Name: System Dynamics and Controls
L-T-P-C: 3-0-0-3
Pre-requisites: Engineering Mathematics (IC110) and Linear Algebra (IC111)
Students Intended for: Discipline Core for ME
Elective or Core: Core
Approval: 39th BoA

1225
Course contents
ˆ Introduction
Control system examples, historical developments leading to modern day control
theory, the basic features and configurations of control systems, control systems
analysis and design objectives, control system’s design process [2 Lectures]

ˆ Modeling in Frequency Domain

Mathematical descriptions of systems by differential equations, Laplace transform
linear, time-invariant systems (mechanical, electrical, and electromechanical), lin-
earization of a nonlinear system to find the transfer function. [3 Lectures]

ˆ Modeling in Time Domain

State-space representation a LTI system, conversion of a transfer function to state
space and vice-versa, linearization a state-space representation. [3 Lectures]

ˆ Time Response
Effect of poles and zeros on the time response of a control system, quantitative de-
scription of the transient response of first-order systems, general response, damping
ratio, settling time, peak time, percent overshoot, and rise time and natural fre-
quency of second-order systems, time response from the state-space representation.
[3 Lectures]

ˆ Reduction of Multiple Subsystems

Reduction of a block diagram of multiple subsystems to a single block, analysis
and design of transient response for a system consisting of multiple subsystems,
conversion of block diagrams to signal-flow diagrams, Mason’s rule. [2 Lectures]

ˆ Stability
Making and interpreting Routh table to determine the stability of a system, Ap-
plication of Routh table to determine the stability of a system represented in state
space. [3 Lectures]

ˆ Steady-State Errors
Steady-state error for a unity feedback system, steadystate error performance, de-
sign the gain of a closed-loop system to meet a steady-state error specification,
finding the steady-state error for disturbance inputs, steady-state error for systems
represented in state space. [2 Lectures]

ˆ Root Locus Techniques

Properties of a root locus, sketching techniques of a root locus, root locus for systems
of order 2 and higher, root locus for positive-feedback systems. [4 Lectures]

ˆ Design via Root Locus

Use the root locus to design cascade compensators to improve the steady-state
error and the transient response, feedback compensators to improve the transient
response, realize the designed compensators physically. [4 Lectures]

1226
 ˆ Frequency Response Techniques
Plot of frequency response of a system, Nyquist stability criteria, gain and phase
margins, closed-loop frequency response. [4 Lectures]

ˆ Design via Frequency Response

Use frequency response techniques to adjust the gain to meet a transient response
specification, frequency response techniques to design cascade compensators to im-
prove both the steady-state error and the transient response. [5 Lectures]

ˆ Design via State Space

State-feedback controller using pole placement, controllability, transient response
specifications, observability. [5 Lectures]

Text Books:
1. Katsuhiko Ogata, System Dynamics, 4th Edition, Pearson Education, 2013

2. N. S. Nise, Control Systems Engineering, 7th Edition, Wiley, 2015

3. M. Gopal, Control Systems: Principle & Design, 4th Edition, McGraw Hill,
2012

Reference Books:
1. Franklin, Feedback Control Systems, Powell

2. Robert H. Bishop, The Mechatronics Handbook.

3. Dean C. Karnopp, Donald L. Margolis and Ronald C. Rosenberg, Modeling, Sim-

ulation, and Control of Mechatronic Systems, John Wiley & Sons, Inc.

4. Bogdan M. Wilamowski and J. David Irwin, Control and Mechatronics, CRC

Press

5. William Bolton, Mechatronics Electronic control systems in mechanical

and Electrical Engineering, 6th Edition, Pearson

6. Richard C. Dorf and Robert H. Bishop, Modern Control Systems, Pearson

17.29 ME 310P: Thermo – Fluids laboratory

Course Code: ME 310P
Course Name: Thermo – Fluids laboratory
L-T-P-C: 0-0-3-2
Prerequisite: ME 303 Heat Transfer and ME 210 Fluid Mechanics
Students intended for: B.Tech.
Elective or Core: Core
Approval: 8th Senate; 5th Senate (OTA); 11th Senate (OTA)

1227
Course contents
ˆ Uncertainty in measurements, curve fitting, introduction to the use of temperature
measuring devices – thermometers, RTD, Thermocouples

ˆ Determination of the calorific values of unknown fuels using the Bomb Calorimeter

ˆ Evaluation of Energy efficiency of different stoves

ˆ Parallel and series pump characteristics

ˆ Finding the minor and major losses in pipes

ˆ Flow visualization

ˆ Determination of heat transfer coefficient during the natural convection

ˆ Determination of heat transfer coefficient during the forced convection

ˆ Shell and tube heat exchanger analysis under parallel and counter flow conditions

ˆ Static pressure measurement on an aerofoil in wind tunnel

ˆ Energy balance of 4 – S engine and exhaust gas analysis of the engine

ˆ Vapour compression refrigeration test rig

ˆ Determination of critical heat flux in pool boiling

17.30 ME 311P: Design Lab - 1

Course Code: ME 311P
Course Name: Design Lab - 1
L-T-P-C: 0-0-2-1
Prerequisite: ME206 Mechanics of Solids
Students intended for: B.Tech.
Elective or Core: Core
Approval: 10th Senate

Course contents
ˆ Comparison of the properties of ductile and brittle materials.

ˆ Effect of heat treatment on the mechanical properties.

ˆ Tensile test to obtain stress strain curves, young’s modulus, 0.2% proof stress,
percentage elongation.

ˆ Compression tests to compare the failure behaviour of the ductile and brittle ma-
terials.

ˆ Shear test.

ˆ Three point bend test for bending strength.

1228
 ˆ Determination of Young’s modulus of a material by bending test.

ˆ Buckling load for columns with different end conditions.

ˆ Evaluation of spring index and calculation of proof stress for compression spring.

ˆ Impact tests and comparison of energies for ductile and brittle materials.

ˆ Torsion tests to obtain modulus of rigidity and fracture behaviour of materials

subjected to torsion.

ˆ Hardness tests. Empirical relations of hardness and strength.

ˆ Surface roughness tests to understand the different surface roughness obtained by

various manufacturing processes.

Text Books
1. Timoshenko S. P., and Gere J. M., Mechanics of Materials, 2nd Edition, CBS
Publishers, 2002.

2. Crandall S. H., Dahl N. C., and Lardner T. J., An Introduction to the Me-
chanics of Solids, 2nd Edition., McGraw-Hill, 1999

3. Hearn E. J., Mechanics of Materials, 3rd Edition, Pergamon, 2003.

4. Higdon A., Ohslen E. H., Stiles W. B., Weese J. A., and Riley W. F., Mechanics
of Materials, John Wiley & Sons, 1989

5. Popov E. P., Nagarajan S., and Lu Z. A., Mechanics of Materials, 2nd Edition,
Prentice-Hall of India, 2002.

Reference Books:
1. Robert Cook, Advanced Mechanics of Materials

2. Alexander Blake, Practical Stress Analysis in Engineering Design

3. J. P. Den Hartog, Advanced Strength of Materials

17.31 ME 312P Old: Design Lab - 2

Course Code: ME 312P
Course Name: Design Lab - 2
L-T-P-C: 0-0-2-1
Approval: 10th Senate

Objective:
To introduce students to kinematic and dynamic behaviour of common - machine elements
and mechanisms and to enable students to identify necessary tests for different design
applications.

1229
Contents:
ˆ Fatigue test

ˆ Synthesizing a simple mechanism to produce given but put motion.

ˆ Balancing of engines.

ˆ Use of Governors for automatic fuel supply regulation.

ˆ Generatinginvolute profile with a rack.

ˆ I Study of gear trains and gear boxes.

ˆ Cams.

ˆ A Gyroscope for stabilization. Whirling speed of a shaft.

ˆ Vibrations off single and multi degree of freedom systems.

ˆ Effect of damping on vibrations.

ˆ Forced vibrations.

ˆ Torsional vibrations.

ˆ Transmissibility of vibrations to the support.

ˆ Use of piezo—sensors for sensing the deformation.

ˆ Use of strain gauges, deformation of thin cylinders.

ˆ Pressure distribution in a journal bearing.

ˆ Balancing of rotary machines.

17.32 ME 312P: Design Lab - 2

Course Code: ME 312P
Course Name: Design Lab - 2
L-T-P-C: 0-0-2-1
Prerequisite: ME 309 Theory of Machines
Students intended for: B.Tech.
Elective or Core: Core
Approval: 10th Senate

1230
Course contents
ˆ Fatigue test.

ˆ Synthesizing a simple mechanism to produce given out put motion.

ˆ Balancing of engines.

ˆ 1. Study of performance of different types of governors.

2. Study of Gyroscope and precessional motion

ˆ Generating involute profile with a rack.

ˆ Study of gear trains and gear boxes.

ˆ Studying follower motion with different types of cam profiles.

ˆ Whirling speed of a shaft.

ˆ Forced damped vibrations.

ˆ Torsional vibrations with and without damping.

ˆ Transmissibility of vibrations to the support.

ˆ Use of piezo-sensors for sensing the deformation.

ˆ Use of strain gauges, deformation of thin cylinders.

ˆ Pressure distribution in a journal bearing.

Text Books
1. A. Ghosh, A. K. Mallik, Theory of Mechanisms and Machines, East West
Press Pvt. Ltd.

2. Uicker, J. J., Shigley, J. E., and Pennock, G. R., Theory of Machines and
Mechanisms, Oxford University Press.

3. Thomas Bevan, Theory of Machines, Pearson

Reference Books:
1. C. E. Wilson, J. P. Sadler, Kinematics and Dynamics of Machinery, Pearson.

2. R. L. Norton, Design of Machinery, McGraw Hill Company

1231
17.33 ME 315: Manufacturing Engineering-II
Course Code : ME 315
Course Name : Manufacturing Engineering-II
L-T-P-C : 3-0-0-3
Intended for : UG
Perequisite : None
Mutual Exclusion:
Approval: 53rd BoA

Course Contents
ˆ Powder Metallurgy: Characterization of Engineering Powders, Production of
metallic powders, conventional pressing and sintering, alternative pressing and sin-
tering techniques, hot isostatic pressing, metal injection molding, powder injection
molding. (7 Lectures)

ˆ Rapid Prototyping Processes: Introduction to rapid prototyping and rapid

tooling, solid state methods (FDM, LOM), liquid-based (SLA, SGC), powder-based
(3DP) RP processes (8 Lectures)

ˆ Jigs and Fixtures: Usefulness of Jigs and Fixtures, design principles of jigs and
fixtures, principle of location and clamping, types of locating and clamping devices,
examples of jigs and fixtures used in lathe machine, milling, boring, shaping, welding
and grinding, economics of jigs and fixtures, loading and unloading time, modular
fixturing. (7 Lectures)

ˆ Metrology: Dimensions and Tolerances, inspection types and principles, radius

and taper measurements, measurement of screw threads gears, limits, fits, dimen-
sional tolerances, Conventional measuring instr:uments and gages, surfaces, mea-
surements of surfaces. (7 Lectures)

ˆ Integrated Manufacturing Systems: Material handling, fundamentals of pro-

duction lines, manual assembly lines, automated production lines, cellular manu-
facturing, flexible manufacturing systems and cells, computer integrated manufac-
turing. (7 Lectures).

ˆ Production Planning and Control: Aggregate Planning and master production

schedule, inventory control, material and capacity requirements planning, Lean
production, shop floor control. (6 Lectures)

Textbooks:
1. Groover, M.P., Fundamentals of modem manufacturing: materials, pro-
cesses, and systems, John Wiley & Sons, 2020.

2. Kalpakjian, S. and Schmid, S.R., Manufacturing engineering and technology,

Prentice Hall, 2001.

1232
References:
None

17.34 ME 316 : Automotive Engine Design

Course Code : ME 316
Course Name : Automotive Engine Design
L-P-T-C: 3-0-0-3
Intended for: UG 3rd, 4th year
Prerequisites: IC140 Graphics for Design
Mutual Exclusion: None
Approval : 57th BoA

Course Contents
ˆ Understanding General Engine Specification: Explanation of the engine spec-
ification of a typical 2-wheeler and a 4-wheeler engine. Fundamental difference
between SI and CI Engines. Correlation of piston movement and air standard cy-
cles for 2 Stroke & and 4 Stroke Engines. Understanding the impact of engine
displacement, bore, stroke, and bore-to-stroke ratio. (6 Hours)

ˆ Head & Block Design Combustion chamber design: SI, DISI, IDI, CI, etc.
Valve port and manifold design. Understanding swirl, tumble, supercharging, and
turbocharging in engines. Engine block design for air cooled and water-cooled
engine. Understanding design and manufacturing of cylinder liner. Learning various
fuel injection systems: PFI, GDI, Carburetor, etc. (10 Hours)

ˆ Crank Train Design: Definition of crank train function and terminology. Com-
mon crank train configurations. Design of piston, piston rings, connecting rods,
crankshafts, balancer shaft, and flywheel, Dynamic balancing and configurating
engine firing order. (12 Hours)

ˆ Valve Train Design: Overview of valve train. Design and manufacturing of

camshaft. Current status of valvetrains VVT, 4-Valve, 3-Valve, 2-Valve, etc. Dy-
namics of valve train. (6 Hours)

ˆ Gear Train Design: Definition of typical gear trains: CVT, DSG, DCT, etc.
Function of Clutch. Working of gear shifting mechanism. Design/selection of gears
and bearings. Lubrication and oil pump in a single-cylinder engine. (8 Hours)

Text books:
1. Kevin Hoag & Brian Dondlinger, Vehicular Engine Design, Springer

2. A Kolchin & V Demidov, Design of Automotive Engines, MIR Publishers

1233
References:
1. Diesel-Engine Management, Robert Bosch GmbH

2. Gasoline-Engine Management, Robert Bosch GmbH

3. JB Heywood, Internal Combustion Engines, McGraw Hill.

4. V Ganeshan, Internal Combustion Engines, McGraw Hill.

5. William H Crouse, McGraw Hills Automotive Engine Design, McGraw Hills

17.35 ME 351: Management of Manufacturing and Logistics

Systems
Course Code: ME 351
Course Name: Management of Manufacturing and Logistics Systems
L-T-P-C: 3-0-0-3
Prerequisite: None; but basic mathematics and manufacturing is appreciated
Students intended for: ME and EE students (B.Tech. 2nd and 3rd year students)
Elective or Core: Elective
Approval: 2nd Senate

Course contents
ˆ Introduction to Manufacturing and Supply Chain Management

ˆ Project Management,

ˆ Logistics Network Design

ˆ Aggregate Production Planning, Material

ˆ Requirement Planning

ˆ Production Scheduling and Assembly Line Balancing

ˆ Inventory

ˆ Management

ˆ Special Topics (Environmentally Conscious Manufacturing, Case Study of Logistics

Network Design)

Text Books:
1. Cecil Bozarth, Introduction to Operations and Supply Chain Management,
Pearson.

1234
Reference Books:
1. W.J. Hopp and M.L. Spearman, Factory Physics, 3rd Edition, McGraw-Hill.

2. R.H. Ballou, Business Logistics/Supply Chain Management, 5th Edition,

Prentice Hall.

17.36 ME 352: Finite Element Methods in Engineering

Course Code: ME 352
Course Name: Finite Element Methods in Engineering
L-T-P-C: 2.5-0.5-0-3
Prerequisite: Continuum Mechanics, Mechanics of Rigid Bodies, Mechanics of Solid Me-
chanics (Desirable), Programming language (C, MATLAB)
Students intended for: B.Tech.
Elective or Core: Core
Approval: 3rd Senate

Course contents
ˆ BASIC CONCEPT
Introduction, Engineering applications of finite element method, Rayleigh-Ritz method,
Weighted residual methods: Galerkin’s method, Principal of a minimum potential
energy, principle of virtual work, Boundary value problem, initial value and Eigen-
value problem, Guass elimination method

ˆ BASIC PROCEDURE
General description of Finite Element Method, Discretization process; types of ele-
ments 1D, 2D and 3D elements, size of the elements, location of nodes, node num-
bering scheme, half Bandwidth, Stiffness matrix of bar element by direct method,
Properties of stiffness matrix, Preprocessing, post processing, One Dimensional
Problems

ˆ INTERPOLATION MODELS
Polynomial form of interpolation functions- linear, quadratic and cubic, Simplex,
Complex, Multiplex elements, Selection of the order of the interpolation polynomial,
Convergence requirements, 2D Pascal triangle, Linear interpolation polynomials in
terms of global coordinates of bar, triangular (2D simplex) elements, Linear inter-
polation polynomials in terms of local coordinates of bar, triangular (2D simplex)
elements, CST element

ˆ HIGHER ORDER AND ISOPARAMETRIC ELEMENTS

Lagrangian interpolation, Higher order one dimensional elements- quadratic, Cubic
element and their shape functions, properties of shape functions, Truss element,
Shape functions of 2D quadratic triangular element in natural coordinates, 2D
quadrilateral element shape functions – linear, quadratic, Biquadric rectangular
element (Noded quadrilateral element), Shape function of beam element. Hermite
shape function of beam element

1235
 ˆ DERIVATION OF ELEMENT STIFFNESS MATRICES AND LOAD-
VECTORS
for bar element under axial loading, trusses, beam element with concentrated and
distributed loads, matrices, Jacobian, Jacobian of 2D triangular element, quadri-
lateral, Consistent load vector, Numerical integration

ˆ HEAT TRANSFER PROBLEMS

Steady state heat transfer, 1D heat conduction governing equation, boundary con-
ditions, One dimensional element, Galerkin approach for heat conduction, heat flux
boundary condition, 1D heat transfer in thin fins

ˆ FLUID MECHANICS PROBLEMS

ˆ ELASTICITY PROBLEMS
Review of equations of elasticity, stress-strain and strain displacement relations,
plane stress and plane strain problems

ˆ DYNAMIC PROBLEMS
on vibrations

Text Books:
1. Huebner K. H., Dewhirst D. L., Smith D. E., and Byrom T. G., The Finite
Element Method for Engineers, 4th Edition, John Wiley and Sons, 2001.

2. Rao S. S., The Finite Element Methos in Engineering, 4th Edition, Elsevier
Science, 2005.

3. Reddy J. N., An introduction to Finite Element Methods, 3rd Edition, Tata

McGraw-Hill, 2005.

4. Fish J., and Belytschko T., A First course in Finite elements, 1st Edition,
John Wiley and Sons, 2007.

5. Chaskalovic J., Finite Element Methods for Engineering Sciences, 1st Edi-
tion, Springer, 2008.

17.37 ME 353: Electronic Materials and Their Applications

Course Code: ME 353
Course Name: Electronic Materials and Their Applications
L-T-P-C:3-0-0-3
Prerequisite: Consent of the faculty member
Students intended for: B.Tech. 3rd or 4th year
Elective or Core: Core
Approval: 2nd Senate

1236
Course contents
ˆ This course covers the advanced aspects of electronic properties of materials and
their applications. It includes materials for energy, thermoelectric, ferroelectric,
dielectric, pyroelectric, piezoelectric, magnetic and optical applications. The ad-
vanced applications of electronic materials in various technologies will be empha-
sized, Detailed application of these materials, Caloric effect in materials.Linear and
non-linear optical properties, materials and applications, Functional composite ma-
terials.

Text and Reference Books:

1. A. J. Moulson and J. M. Herbert, Electroceramics: Materials, Properties and
Applications, 2nd Edition, Wiley; 2003.

2. K. Uchino, Ferroelectric Devices, Marcel Dekker Inc., 2000.

3. Z. L. Wang and Z.C. Kang, Functional and Smart Materials, Springer, 1998.

4. Charles Kittel, Introduction To Solid State Physics, 2nd Edition, 2005.

17.38 ME 354: Science & Technology of Thin Films

Course Code: ME 354
Course Name: Science & Technology of Thin Films
L-T-P-C: 3-0-0-3
Pre-requisites: Nil
Approval: 5th Senate

Description:
Solid-state devices form the basis of integrated circuits, which have a variety of electronic,
optoelectronic, and magnetic applications. The research in this field is concerned with
design, fabrication and characterization of novel materials and devices with sub-micron
feature sizes. Their potential applications include very high-speed devices, optical sources
and detectors, optoelectronic components and all-optical devices. The design and fabrica-
tion of devices and integrated circuits are inextricably related to device physics, solid-state
materials, and sophisticated processing techniques.
This course aims to provide an introduction to the science and technology of thin
films, with special emphasis on methods to produce thin films and relationships between
growth conditions and thin film properties.

Course contents:
Topics include (1) various methods of thin film production, such as evaporation, sputter-
ing and chemical vapour deposition, (2) nucleation and growth processes, (3) dimensional,
chemical, and structural characterization of thin films and (4) properties and applications.

1237
17.39 ME 355 Old: Internal Combustion Engines
Course Code: ME 355 Old
Course Name: Internal Combustion Engines
L-T-P-C:3-0-0-3
Prerequisite: None
Students intended for: B.Tech.
Elective or Core: Core
Approval: 8th Senate; OTA

Course contents
ˆ Introduction
Classification of I.C. engine, Fundamental difference between S.I. and C.I. Engines,
Comparison of two stroke and four stroke engines, various components, their func-
tions, Types of efficiency, indicated and brake power, theory of carburetion, Air
Standard cycles (Diesel, Otto, Dual, Stirling, Brayton) and their comparison, mea-
surement and testing techniques. Measurement of Indicated power, brake power,
fuel consumption.

ˆ Combustion and control

Thermodynamics of fuel-air cycles, real cycles, various losses in actual engines.
Combustion processes in SI engine and its various stages, spark ignition, normal
and abnormal combustion, knock pre-ignition, combustion stages in CI engines, ig-
nition delay, types of combustion systems, Fuel spray behaviour, Exhaust emissions,
its measurement and control, Thermochemistry of fuel air mixtures: combustion
stoichiometry, first and laws of thermodynamics and combustion.

ˆ Heat rejection and cooling

Temperature distributions of various components, heat transfer theory, parameters
effecting engine heat transfer, need and type of cooling systems

ˆ Engine Performance and characteristics

Engine performance characteristics (EPC), Variables affecting performance charac-
teristics, Methods of improving EPC, Heat balance, Performance maps, turbocharg-
ers and superchargers.

Text Books:
1. Ganesan, Internal Combustion Engines, 4th Edition, ata Mc-graw Hill Pub-
lishing Co.ltd. (2012)

2. John B. Heywood, Internal Combustion Engine Fundamentals, 1st Edition,

Tata McGraw-Hill Education (2011).

3. Willard W. Pulkrabek, Engineering Fundamentals of the Internal Combus-

tion Engine, 2nd Edition, PHI Learning (2009) .

1238
17.40 ME 355: Internal Combustion Engine
Course Code: ME 355
Course Name: Internal Combustion Engine
L-T-P-C: 3-0-0-3
Pre-requisites: Nil
Approval: 15th Senate

Course contents:
ˆ Introduction : Classificati on of I.C. engine, Fundamental difference between
S.I. and C.I. Engines, Comparison of two stroke and four stroke engines, various
components and their functions, Types of efficiency, indicated and brake power,
theory of carburetion, Air Standard cycles (Diesel , Otto, Dual , Stirling, Brayton)
and their comparison, measurement and testing techniques. Thennodynamics of
fuel-air cycles, real cycles, various losses in actual engines. Measurement of In.d
icated power, brake power, fuel consumption, energy balance analysis. (12 Lectures)

ˆ Combustion and control: Combustion processes in SI engine and its various

stages, spark ignition, normal and abnormal combustion, knock pre-ignition, com-
bustion stages in CI engines, ignition delay, types of combustion systems, Fuel spray
behaviour, Ex h aust emissions, its measurement and control. (8 Lectures)

ˆ Engine cooling and lubrication system: Temperature distributions of various

com ponents, heat transfer theory, parameters effect ing engine heat transfer, need
and type of cooling systems. Engine Lubrication System: Frictional l osses, various
types of lubri cation systems, lubrication of two stroke engines (4 Lectures)

ˆ Fuel Injection and Ignition systems: Requirement of Air fuel mixi ng, fu el
properties and its measurement, fuel injection system in SI engines, fuel injection
system in Cl engines, turboeharging, ignition systems. (8 Lectures)

ˆ Advances in Road Transport: Hybrid vehi cles; electric vehicles; fuel cell pow-
ered vehicles; hydrogen fuelled engines; new combustion Modes for IC engines such
as low temperature combustion, homogenous charge compression ignition, reactiv-
ity controlled combustion etc.

Textbooks
1. Ganesan, Internal Combustion Engines, 4th Edition, Tata Mc-graw Hill Pub-
lishing Co.ltd., 2012.

2. John B. Heywood, Internal Combustion Engine Fundamental, Tata McGraw-

Hill Education, 2011.

Reference Books:
1. M L Sharma and M P Mathur, Internal Com bustion Engines, Dhanpat Rai
Publi cati ons, 2016.

1239
 2. Richard Stone, Introduction to Internal Combustion Engines, Society of Au-
tomotive Engineers, 1999.

3. Pa ul W. Gill and James H. Smith, Fundamental of Internal Combustion

Engines, 4th Edition, Oxford & IBH Publishing Company Pvt. Limited, 2007.

17.41 ME 356: Principles of Energy Conversion

Course Code: ME 356
Course Name: Principles of Energy Conversion
L-T-P-C:3-1-0-4
Prerequisite: Thermodynamics
Students intended for: B.Tech.
Elective or Core: Elective
Approval: 3rd Senate

Course contents
ˆ Introduction to power system and technologies. Demand variation and forecasting.
Grid features. Siting and costing.

ˆ Diesel generators: system, equipment and layout.

ˆ Fossil-fuelled steam power plants: boiler and accessories. Turbine and accessories,
feed cycle equipment, generator.

ˆ Combined cycle power plants: gas turbine, heat recovery boiler.

ˆ Nuclear power: nuclear reactions, fuel, moderator and coolant. Neutron life cycle.
Light water, heavy water, gas cooled and fast reactors.

ˆ Hydroelectric plants: features and siting, Pelton, Francis, Kaplan and propeller
turbines construction, mini and micro turbines.

ˆ Renewable energy: solar, geothermal, wind, biomass, ocean, fuel cells, unique
features of decentralized systems. Co-generation systems. Environmental issues,
sustainability and future scenarios.

Text Books:
1. BEI International, Hambling, P., (Ed.), Modern Power Station Practice: Nu-
clear Turbines, and Associated Plant, Pergamon Press, 1992.

2. Drbal, L. F., Boston, P. G., Westra, K. L., Black and Veatch, Power Plant En-
gineering, Kluwer Academic, 1995.

3. Elliott, T. C., Chen, K., and Swanekamp, R., Standard Handbook of Power
Plant Engineering, 2nd edition, McGraw-Hill Professional, 1997

4. El-Wakil, M. M., Power Plant Technology, McGraw-Hill, 1984.

5. Jog, M., Hydro-electric and Pumped Storage Plants, John Wiley, 1989.

1240
 6. Fritz, J. J., Small and Mini Hydropower Systems, McGraw-Hill, 1984.

7. Central Board for Irrigation and Power (CPIB), India, Design and Construction
Features of Selected Dams in India, 1983.

8. Borbely, Anne-Marie, and Kreider, Jan J., (Eds.), Distributed Generation: The
Paradigm for the New Millennium, CRC Press, 2003.

9. Larminie, J., and Dicks, A., Fuel Cell Systems Explained, John Wiley, 2003.

10. Vielstich, W., Lamm, A., and Gasteiger, H., Handbook of Fuel Cells: Funda-
mentals, Technology, Applications, John Wiley, 2003.

11. O’Hayre, R.,.Cha, S. -W., Colella, W., and Prinz, F. B., Fuel Cell Fundamentals,
Wiley, 2005.

12. Appleby, A. J., and Foulkes, F. R., Fuel Cell Handbook, van Nostrand Reinhold,
1996.

13. Harrison, R., Hau, E., and Snel, H., Large Wind Turbines: Design and Eco-
nomics, John Wiley, 2001.

14. Bejan, Adrian, Advanced Engineering Thermodynamics, Wiley, 1997.

15. Patents and catalogues related to various equipment.

17.42 ME 451: Refrigeration and Air Conditioning

Course Code: ME 451
Course Name: Refrigeration and Air Conditioning
L-T-P-C:3-0-0-3
Prerequisite: Consent of the faculty member
Students intended for: B.Tech.
Elective or Core: Elective
Approval: 3rd Senate

Course contents
ˆ Refrigeration
Introduction to refrigeration system, Methods of refrigeration, Carnot refrigeration
cycle, Unit of refrigeration,Refrigerationeffect & C.O.P.

ˆ Air Refrigeration cycle

Open and closed air refrigeration cycles, Reversed Carnot cycle, Bell Coleman or
Reversed Joule air refrigeration cycle, Aircraft refrigeration system, Classification
of aircraft refrigeration system. Boot strap refrigeration, Regenerative, Reduced
ambient, Dry air rated temperature (DART).

1241
 ˆ Vapour Compression System
Single stage system, Analysis of vapour compression cycle, Use of T-S and P-H
charts, Effect of change in suction and discharge pressures on C.O.P, Effect of sub
cooling of condensate & superheating of refrigerant vapour on C.O.P of the cy-
cle, Actual vapour compression refrigeration cycle, Multistage vapour compression
system requirement, Removal of flash gas, Intercooling, Different configuration of
multistage system, Cascade system.

ˆ Vapour Absorption system

Working Principal of vapour absorption refrigeration system, Comparison between
absorption & compression systems, Elementary idea of refrigerant absorbent mix-
tures, Temperature – concentration diagram & Enthalpy – concentration diagram
, Adiabatic mixing of two streams, Ammonia – Water vapour absorption system,
Lithium- Bromide water vapour absorption system, Comparison.

ˆ Refrigerants
Classification of refrigerants, Nomenclature, Desirable properties of refrigerants,
Common refrigerants, Secondary refrigerants and CFC free refrigerants

ˆ Emerging refrigeration Technologies

Magnetocaloric, electrocaloric, thermoelectric based refrigeration

ˆ Air Conditioning
Introduction to air conditioning, Psychometric properties and their definitions,
Psychometric chart, Different Psychometric processes, Thermal analysis of human
body, Effective temperature and comfort chart, Cooling and heating load calcula-
tions, Selection of inside & outside design conditions, Heat transfer through walls
& roofs, Infiltration & ventilation, Internal heat gain, Sensible heat factor ( SHF ),
By pass factor, Grand Sensible heat factor ( GSHF), Apparatus dew point (ADP)

ˆ Refrigeration Equipment & Application

Elementary knowledge of refrigeration & air conditioning equipments e.g. compres-
sors, condensers, evaporators & expansion devices, Air washers, Cooling, towers
& humidifying efficiency, Food preservation, Cold storage, Refrigerates Freezers,
Ice plant, Water coolers, Elementary knowledge of transmission and distribution
of air through ducts and fans, Basic difference between comfort and industrial air
conditioning.

Text Books:
1. C.P Arora, Refrigeration and Air conditioning, Tata McGraw Hill.

2. Manohar Prasad, Refrigeration and Air Conditioning, Wiley Eastern Ltd.,

1983.

3. Roy. J. Dossat, Principles of Refrigeration, Pearson Education 1997

1242
17.43 ME 452: Robotics and Control
Course Code: ME 452
Course Name: Robotics and Control
L-T-P-C: 2-1-0-3
Prerequisite: ME 309 Theory of Machine or consent of faculty
Students intended for: B-Tech final year/pre-final students
Elective or Core: Elective
Approval: 10th Senate

Course contents
ˆ Introduction to Robotics
Basic definitions, mechanism, degree of freedom, classification and specifications of
Robots, Industrial Robots, sensors, controller, actuator [5 Lectures]

ˆ Kinematics
Position and orientation of links, Coordinate transformation, d-h parameters, joint
variable and position of end effectors, inverse kinematic analysis. [9 Lectures]

ˆ Velocity analysis
Jacobian, Static force analysis [9 Lectures]

ˆ Trajectory generation
Determining the joint variables for desired trajectory generation [5 Lectures]

ˆ Manipulator Dynamics
Newtons laws, Eulers equation and Lagrange formulation [9 Lectures]

ˆ Module VI
Linear and nonlinear control of manipulators [5 Lectures]

Text Books:
1. Craig John J., Introduction to robotics: Mechanics & Control, 3rd Edition,
Pearson. 2008.

2. Tsuneo Yoshikawa, Foundations of Robotics – Analysis and Control, 1990.

Reference Books:
1. Niku Saeed B., Introduction to Robotics: Analysis, Systems, Applications,
2nd Edition, Wiley, 2011.

1243
17.44 ME 452 Revised: Robotics and Control
Course Code: ME 452 Revised
Course Name: Robotics and Control
L-T-P-C: 2-1-0-3
Prerequisites: ME 309 Theory of Machine or consent of faculty
Intended for: B-Tech final year/pre-final, MS.
Core/Elective: Elective
Approval:

Course Contents:
ˆ Introduction to Robotics: Basic definitions, mechanism, degree of freedom,
classification and specifications ofRobots, Industrial Robots, sensors, controller,
actuator. (4 Lectures)

ˆ Robot Kinematics: Position and orientation of links, Coordinate transforma-

tion, d-h parameters, joint variable and position of end effectors, inverse kinematic
analysis. Velocity analysis - Jacobian. Static force analysis. (10 Lectures)

ˆ Trajectory Planning: joint space trajectory planning, cubic polynomial path

generation, obstacle avoidance (5 Lectures)

ˆ Robot Dynamics: Derivation of dynamics equation based on Newton Eulers for-

mulation and Lagrangian formulation. (9 Lectures)

ˆ Robot Control: Actuators- hydraulic, pneumatic, electric motors, Sensors- posi-

tion, velocity, proximity, force and pressure, Position control- Proportional-Integral-
Derivative control, servo compensation. Force control - Impedance control, hybrid
control (force + position control), introduction to nonlinear control of manipulators.
(14 Lectures)

Textbooks:
1. Craig John J., Introduction to robotics: Mechanics & Control, 3rd Edition,
Pearson. 2008.

2. Tsuneo Yoshikawa, Foundations of Robotics - Analysis and Control, 1990.

References:
1. Niku Saeed B., Introduction to Robotics: Analysis, Systems, Applications,
2nd edition, Wiley, 2011.

2. Richard K.lafter, T. Chmiewski, M. Nigin, Robotics Engineering, PHI India

3. Michel P Grover, et. al., Industrial Robotics, McGraw Hill

4. Subir Kumar Saha, Introduction to robotics, Mc Graw Hill

1244
17.45 ME 501 Old: Nanomanufacturing
Course Code: ME 501 Old
Course Name: Nanomanufacturing
L-T-P-C: 3-0-0-3
Prerequisite: None
Students intended for: UG/PG
Elective or Core: Elective

Comments:
This course is changed to ME 509, Nanomanufacturing

17.46 ME 501: Materials Science for Failure Analysis

Course Code : ME 501
Course Name : Materials Science for Failure Analysis
Credit Distribution : 3-0-0-3
Intended for : MS/Ph.D.
Prerequisite : None
Mutual Exclusion :None
Approval: 2nd SEnate

Course Contents:
ˆ Introductory remarks on Materials Science in the context of Engg: Struc-
ture of perfect and imperfect solids; Elastic deformation and stressdistribution,stress-
strain relationsunder niaxialloading.

ˆ Plastic Deformtion in Crystalline Solids: Introduction, theoretical strength of

crystals and the motion of dislocation, energy of a dislocation and stable Burgers
vectors. Slip planes and slip systems, relation between dislocation movement and
plastic flow, dislocation generation, other modes of Deformation in crystalline solids.

ˆ Some Strengthening Mechanisms: The phenpmenon of yield point and strain

hardening.Theories of yielding and strain hardening. Recovery, mechanisms of de-
formation at elevated temperatures, creep.

ˆ Mechanism of Fracture: Ductile - Brittle transition, fracture. Design criteria

for materials, environmental effects. Mechanical behavior of engineering materials
under fatigue.

ˆ Selection of materials and Processes,case studies.

Text & Reference Books:

1. George E.Dieter, Mechanical Metallurgy, McGrawHill BookCompany.

2. R. K. Honeycombe, Plastic Deformation of Metals, EWP

1245
 3. William D. Callister Jr., Materials Science and Engineering, Willey India
(P)Ltd.

4. Knott, Fundamentals of Fracture Mechanics.

5. A.H. Cottrell, Mechanical Properties of Matter, Willey

6. Brown, Introduction to Mechanical Behaviour of Materials,Willey.

17.47 ME 501P : Practicum-I

Course Code : ME 511
Course Name : Practicum-I
Credit Distribution :0-0-6-3
Intended for : Only for M.Tech.
Prerequisite : None
Mutual Exclusion : None
Approval: 32nd Senate; 39th BoA

Preamble:
After completing one semester of course work at IIT Mandi, the students will be exposed
to hands-on which will help to develop useful skills, through this course. This skill
can include, performing numerical/experiment work in a laboratory, developing some
models/products, literature survey, venturing into a new domain, testing the validity of
a new idea through experimentation and/or numerical simulations etc. A laboratory will
be allotted to every student. This course will end at the start of the even semester. The
Faculty Advisor (FA) will form a committee according to M.Tech. ordinance and conduct
presentations to evaluate the work performed in this course.

Course Contents:
There are no regular lecture hours or practical classes for this course. It is expected
that student should meet laboratory coordinator regularly and perform the work as per
mutual understanding between them.
The assigned work should provide exposure to students. It should help them in
choosing relevant problems and defining its objectives. Students should perform small
scale work for understanding the current level of development in the area of problem.
Based on this they should make some effort for solving few objectives by applying the
learned numerical or experimental skills. Learning of any new skill before applying them
should also be counted in the effort of the students.

Text Book:
1. There is no text book for this course.

Reference Books:
NA

1246
17.48 ME 502 Old: Functional Materials
Course Code: ME 502 Old
Course Name: Functional Materials
L-T-P-C: 3-0-0-3
Prerequisites:
Students intended for: B. Tech
Elective or Core: Elective

Course Comments:
This course is changed to ME 609/EN 509, Functional Materials

17.49 ME 502: Nanomanufacturing

Course Code: ME 502
Course Name: Nanomanufacturing
L-T-P-C: 3-0-0-3
Prerequisite: None
Students intended for: UG/PG
Elective or Core: Elective
Approval: 8th Senate

Comments:
This course is changed to ME 509, Nanomanufacturing

17.50 ME 503: Micro/Nano Scale heat transfer

Course Code: ME 503
Course Name: Micro/Nano Scale heat transfer
Comments:
This course is not approved. Syllabus is not Available. One time approved Course.

17.51 ME 504: Numerical Methods for Engineering Computa-

tion
Course Code: ME 504
Course Name: Numerical Methods for Engineering Computation
L-T-P-C: 3-0-0-3
Prerequisite: Consent of the faculty member
Students intended for: B.Tech.
Elective or Core: Elective
Approval: 9th Senate

1247
Course contents
ˆ Introduction
Differential equations in engineering applications. Analytical vs. Numerical solu-
tion of a mathematical model. Computer representation of numbers. Errors in
numerical computation. Review of CPP programming concepts - Program struc-
ture, data types, arrays, structures, functions, file handling using simple problems:
Second moment of area, analysis of beams, basic statistics etc. [3 Lectures]

ˆ Systems of linear algebraic equation

Gauss elimination, Gauss Jordan, LU decomposition, and Gauss-Seidel methods.
Thomas algorithm for tri-diagonal and Cholesky decomposition for symmetric ma-
trices. Matrix inversion methods. CPP programs for the mentioned schemes. [6
Lectures]

ˆ Eigen problem
Eigenvalues and Eigen vectors. Properties. Methods of estimation of Eigenval-
ues and Eigenvectors – Power Iteration Methods, Jacobi Iteration, QR algorithm;
Application of these concepts towards Matrix Inversion and solution of linear si-
multaneous equations. [5 Lectures]

ˆ Curve fitting
Linear regression, polynomial regression, nonlinear regression. CPP program for
constitution of normal equations [4 Lectures]

ˆ Finite differences and interpolation

Taylor’s series, Forward, backward and central differences, Difference tables, Fi-
nite difference operators, Newton’s forward and backward interpolation formulae,
Stirling’s, Bessel’s and Laplace-Everett’s interpolation formulae. Lagrange’s poly-
nomial and Newton’s divided difference formula. CPP programs for implementing
interpolation schemes. [6 Lectures]

ˆ Numerical differentiation and integration

Derivatives using forward, backward and central difference formulae. Newton-Cotes
integration formulae – Trapezoidal rule, Simpson’s 1/3 rule, Simpson’s 3/8 rule.
CPP programs for implementing numerical integration schemes. [6 Lectures]

ˆ ODEs
Description of initial and boundary value problems. Taylor’s series, Picard’s, Eu-
ler’s, Runge-Kutta and Milne’s methods. Finite difference solution of boundary
value problems. [6 Lectures]

ˆ PDEs
Description of Elliptic, Parabolic and Hyperbolic PDEs. Solution of Laplace’s and
Poisson’s equations. Solution of linear heat transfer equation - CPP programs
for implementation of explicit and implicit schemes. Conditions for stability. [6
Lectures]

1248
Text Books:
1. Steven C. Chapra and Raymond P. Canale, Numerical methods for engineers,
McGraw- Hill. 2015.

2. Nita H. Shah, Numerical methods with C++ programming, PHI. 2009.

References:
1. Joe D. Hoffman, Numerical methods for engineers and scientists, Marcel
Dekker Inc., 2001.

2. T. Veerarajan and T. Ramachandran, Numerical methods with programs in

C, Tata McGraw-Hill, 2006.

17.52 ME 505: Applied Finite Element Method

Course Code: ME 505
Course Name: Applied Finite Element Method
L-T-P-C: 2-0-2-3
Prerequisite: ME 352 Finite Element Methods in Engineering
Students intended for: UG/PG
Elective or Core: Elective
Approval: 9th Senate

Course contents
ˆ Module I
Introduction to FEM: Basics of statics, strength of materials and FEM, CAE driven
design process, Analysis types: linear, non-linear, dynamic, buckling, thermal, Fa-
tigue, optimization, CFD, NVH etc, 1D, 2D, 3D methods, Degree of freedom, Ad-
vantages of FEM, Modeling/Preprocessing techniques, introduction to meshing,
common mistakes and errors, Application of analysis types in various engineering
fields. [3 Lectures]

ˆ FEM-Weighted Residue Approach

Non-weak type methods- methods adopted to minimize errors: Subdomain, Galerkin,
Petrov-Galerking, Least Square, Collocation; Weak form type method: Rayleigh-
Ritz method, Finite element method, Global stiffness matrix, Shape functions, Di-
rect application of element matrix equations, Compatibility, Convergence criteria,
Sources of errors, Types of PDE: elliptic, parabolic and hyperbolic and their solution
approach, 1D problems in heat transfer, fluid flow, vibration etc. and comparison
with exact solution. [14 Lectures]

ˆ Module II
Introduction to Meshing: 1-D Meshing- Introduction to meshing, when to use 1-
D meshing, meshing in critical areas, element section, stiffness matrix derivation
(direct method) and its properties, element types: beam element, rigid elements,
fasteners, problems based on 1-D FEM and comparison with exact theory, 2-D

1249
 Meshing: When to use 2-D elements, mid-surface, Constraint strain triangle, differ-
ent types of element and their displacement function, Family of 2D elements: plane
stress, plan strain, plate, membrane, thin shell etc., effect of mesh density, effect of
biasing in critical region, boundary conditions, how not to mesh, shrink wrap mesh-
ing, problems based on 2-D FEM and comparison with exact theory. 3-D Meshing:
When to use 3-D elements, DOF for solid elements, Algorithms, brick meshing, how
not to mesh, Hexa and Penta elements, solid map meshing. [8 Lectures]

ˆ Module III
Element Quality and Checks: Compatibility and mechanisms, spring elements,
shells to solids, beam to solids, beams normal to shells, beam to shell edge, Gen-
eral element quality checks: skewness, aspect ratio, warpage, jacobian; 2-D qual-
ity checks, quality checks for tetra meshing, brick mesh quality checks, student
projects on mesh quality, Weld, Bolt and Shrink Fit Modeling: Welding simulation-
modelling spot and arc welding, bolted joints, bearing simulation, shrink fit simu-
lation. [5 Lectures]

ˆ Module V
Linear Static and Dynamic Analysis: Stiffness matrix, stress and strain calculations,
FEM model for linear analysis, error analysis, design problems based on linear anal-
ysis, Theory of dynamic analysis: forced and free vibration, mode shapes, harmonic
analysis, design for avoiding resonance, Thermal Analysis: Conduction, convection
and radiation heat transfer, structured and unstructured meshing, IC engine block
thermal analysis, Introduction to CFD, Nonlinear analysis: Introduction to nonlin-
earity, types of nonlinearity: geometric nonlinearity, material nonlinearity, bound-
ary nonlinearity/contact nonlinearity, stress-strain measures, general procedures for
nonlinear static analysis, plasticity.
Applied FEM: Projects based on thermal analysis, CFD, Fatigue analysis, NVH
analysis, Crash analysis etc., application of FEA in biomedical, implant designs
such as Orthopaedic Implants, Spine Implants, Cardiovascular Implants, medical
device components, automotive, aerospace, civil etc. [12 Lectures]

Text Books:
1.

References:
1.

17.53 ME 506: Fundamentals of Fracture Mechanics

Course Code: ME 506
Course Name: Fundamentals of Fracture Mechanics
L-T-P-C: 2.5-0.5-0-3
Prerequisite:
Students intended for: UG/PG
Elective or Core: Elective

1250
 Approval: 8th Senate

Course contents
ˆ Introduction
Why structures fails?, An atomic view, Energy criterion, Stress intensity, Effect of
material properties on fracture, Modes of failure. [4 Lectures]

ˆ Linear Elastic Fracture Mechanics

An atomic view of fracture, Effect of flaws on stress concentration, Griffith theory of
fracture, Energy release rate, Instability and the R curve, Stress analysis of cracks,
Stress Intensity Factor (SIF) , Determination SIF of different geometries, Crack tip
plasticity, Irwin approach, Plane strain fracture, Mixed mode fracture. [10 Lectures]

ˆ Elastic-Plastic Fracture Mechanics

Crack tip opening displacement (CTOD), J contour integral, Relationship be-
tween J and CTOD, Resistance curve, Cleavage fracture, failure criterion, Three-
dimensional effect, Crack arrest. [10 Lectures]

ˆ Fracture Mechanisms in Metals and Nonmetals

Ductile fracture, Void nucleation, Void growth, coalescence, Ductile crack growth,
Brittle Fracture, Cleavage, Mechanisms of cleavage initiation, Transgranular and
Intergranular fracture, Fracture Mechanisms in Nonmetals. [8 Lectures]

ˆ Fracture Toughness Testing

Specimen configurations and orientations, KIC testing, CTOD testing, Measure-
ment of J-critical, Determination of critical G in Mode I and Mode II. [4 Lectures]

ˆ Fatigue Crack Propagation and Environmental Assisted Fracture Failure

Fatigue crack growth, Crack closure, A short introduction to environmental assisted
fracture failure. [4 Lectures]

ˆ Computational Fracture Mechanics

Modeling and analysis [2 Lectures]

Text Books:
1. T.L. Anderson, Fracture Mechanics – Fundamentals and Applications, 3rd
Edition, CRC Press, 2005.

References:
1. Prashant Kumar, Elements of Fracture Mechanics, Tata McGraw Hill, New
Delhi, India.

2. G.E. Dieter, Mechanical Metallurgy, McGraw Hill, 2009

1251
17.54 ME 507: Micro and Nanoscale Fluid Mechanics
Course Code: ME 507
Course Name: Micro and Nanoscale Fluid Mechanics
L-T-P-C: 3-0-0-3
Prerequisite: IC 142, ME 210, ME 303
Students intended for: UG/PG
Elective or Core: Elective
Approval: 9th Senate

Course contents
ˆ Introduction
Overview, physics of miniaturization, scaling laws and continuum model, engineer-
ing applications of micro/fluidics. [4 Lectures]
ˆ Microscale fluid mechanics
Navier Stokes equations, energy and species transport equations, constitutive rela-
tions, surface tension, Young-Laplace equation, velocity and stress boundary con-
ditions at interfaces, exact solutions, flow regimes, inter-molecular forces, kinetic
theory of gases, slip theory, Low Re flows, High Pe flows, Couette flow, Poiseuille
flow, Stokes drag on a sphere, time-dependent flows, Hydraulic circuit analysis. [16
Lectures]
ˆ Electrokinetics
Electrostatics and electro hydrodynamics fundamentals, electro-osmosis, electrophore-
sis, Dielectrophoresis, electro-capillarity and electrowetting effects. [10 Lectures]
ˆ Microfabrication techniques
Micromachining of Silicon and Polymeric chips, Chemical etching and bonding, elec-
tron beam lithography, soft lithography, micromachining, casting, injection mold-
ing. [8 Lectures]
ˆ Introduction to Nanofluidics
Unidirectional transport in nanochannels, transport through nanostructures with
interfaces, molecular dynamics simulations, nanofluidic energy conversion [4 Lec-
tures]

References:
1. P. Tabeling, Introduction to Micro Fluidics, Oxford 2005.
2. B. Kirby, Micro and Nanoscale Fluid Mechanics: Transport in Microflu-
idic devices, Cambridge University Press, 2010.
3. N.T. Nguyen, S. Wereley, Fundamentals and applications of Microfluidics,
Artech House, 2002.
4. Marc. J. Madou, Fundamentals of Microfabrication, 2nd Edition, CRC Press,
2002.

1252
 5. S. Colin, Microfluidics, John Wiley & Sons, 2009.

6. H. Bruss, Theoretical Microfluidics, Oxford 2008.

17.55 ME 508: Fundamentals of project management

Course Code: ME 508
Course Name: Fundamentals of project management
L-T-P-C: 3-0-0-3
Prerequisite: IC 142, ME 210, ME 303
Students intended for: UG/PG
Elective or Core: Elective
Approval:

Course contents
ˆ Introduction
Project definition, Constraints and Scope triangle, Project environment, Classifica-
tion of projects, Project management – necessity and processes, Project manager –
knowledge areas and role, Planning – principles, objectives, steps and advantages,
Work breakdown structure, Scheduling - Bar charts, Milestone charts, Networks.
Project control and evaluation. [6 Lectures]

ˆ Scheduling by network analysis

(i) Programme Evaluation and Review Technique (PERT): Time estimates for ac-
tivities, Computation of event times, Network analysis – Slack and critical path. (ii)
Critical Path Method (CPM): Computation of event and activity times, Network
analysis – Float and critical path. [6 Lectures]

ˆ Time-Cost optimization
Crashing a network. Updating a project: Data required and implementation. Re-
source allocation: Resource usage profiles, Smoothing and Levelling of resources.
[6 Lectures]

ˆ Quality management
Policy, Assurance, Management systems, Control, Plan, Audit, Reviews, Statistical
methods for quality control – Shewhart, Cusum and EWMA control charts, Process
capability analysis, Factorial experiments and Acceptance sampling. [10 Lectures]

ˆ 5. Management science techniques

Linear and integer programming, Distribution and network models – transportation,
assignment, transshipment and shortest route problems. Non-linear optimization,
Time series analysis and forecasting. [14 Lectures]

1253
Text Books:
1. B.C.Punmia and K.K.Khandelwal, Project planning and control with PERT
and CPM, Laxmi Publications. 2006.
2. E. L. Grant and R. S. Leavenworth, Statistical quality control, 7th Edition,
TMH. 2000.
3. D. R. Anderson, D. J. Sweeney, T. A. Williams, J. D. Camm and Kipp Martin, An
introduction to management science, 13th Edition, South-Western. 2012.

References:
1. James P. Lewis, Fundamentals of project management, 3rd Edition, AMA-
COM, 2007.
2. Albert Lester, Project management, planning and control, Elsevier, 2014.
3. D. C. Montgomery, Introduction to statistical quality control, 6th Edition,
Wiley, 2009.
4. J. A. Lawrence, Jr. and B. A. Pasternack, Applied management science, Wiley
(2002).

17.56 ME 509: Nanomanufacturing

Course Code: ME 509
Course Name: Nanomanufacturing
L-T-P-C: 3-0-0-3
Prerequisite: None
Students intended for: UG/PG
Elective or Core: Elective
Approval: 9th Senate, 18th Senate

Course contents
ˆ Introduction to Nanosceience and Nanotechnology
Historical developments in size reduction, fundamentals of nanoscale materials and
their interactions, properties of nanocrystalline materials, size effects and quan-
tum confinement in semiconductors, different types of nanostructures (zero, one
and two dimensional) with specific examples, nanoscience in electronics, mechanics,
photonics, biomedical and energy, nanomanufacturing objectives and opportunities,
nanomanufacturing challenges. [6 Lectures]
ˆ Characterizations/fabrication techniques for nanostructures
Basic concepts in microscopy, evolution of microscopes, electron microscopy and
scanning probe microscopy for structural, microstructural, topological analysis,
atomic order and compositional analysis. Application of microscopes in nanoscale
characterizations. In- situ microscopy for the growth and fabrications of various
nanostructures. Interface of microscopy with nanofabrication techniques. [4 Lec-
tures]

1254
 ˆ Top down approaches for nanomanufacturing (subtractive)
Concepts in top down nanomanufacturing, Mechanosynthesis-ball milling, Focused
ion beam milling, thin film fabrication, thermal evaporation, E beam evaporation,
Sputtering (DC, RF, reactive), thin film growth mechanism and stress evolution,
Essentials of photolithography, Ebeam lithography, nanoimprint lithography, Etch-
ing methods for fabrication, dry etching and wet etching. [6 Lectures]
ˆ Bottom up approaches for nanomanufacturing (additive)
Solution synthesis of nanostructures, basics of size and shape control, growth by
aggregation and oriented attachment, growth from vapor phase, Atomic layer de-
position, Chemical vapor deposition, Growth of carbon nanotubes, graphene and
2D materials, Vapor-liquid-solid method, Vapor phase epitaxy, Molecular beam
epitaxy, Growth of important semiconductor materials; Si, GaN nanowires. [8 Lec-
tures]
ˆ Advanced nanomanufacturing techniques and assembly
Non lithographic techniques for nanomanufacturing, Template assisted methods,
Template less nanopatterning, self-assembly, electric field assisted assembly. [4
Lectures]
ˆ Selected Topics in Nanomanufacturing and Microfabrication
Introduction to VLSI technology, Electrochemical Processing and MEMS/NEMS
technology, Challenges and Applications of nanomanufacturing in electronics, dis-
play, nanomedicine, green energy building and smart surfaces. Issues of yield and
rate of production. High rate and scalable nanomanufacturing; roll to roll manufac-
turing for nanomaterials. Industrial R& D activities, economics and environmental
concerns. [7 Lectures]

Text Books:
1. Ahemed Busnaina, Nanomanufacturing Handbook, CRC press, 2006
2. Marc J.Madou, Fundamentals of Microfabrication and Nanotechnology,
CRC Press, 2011
3. Ahmed & M.J Jackson, Emerging nanotechnologies for manufacturing, Waqar
William Andrew Publishing, 2009
4. Open course materials (MIT & University of Michigan) and Journal articles

17.57 ME 510: Advanced Manufacturing Processes

Course Code : ME 510
Course Name : Advanced Manufacturing Processes
Credit Distribution : 3-0-0-3
Intended for : : UG/MS/PhD
Prerequisite : Basic Manufacturing Processes and instructor’s consent
Mutual Exclusion :
Approval: 13th Senate

1255
Course Contents:
ˆ Introduction to Advanced Manufacturing Processes: General trends in man-
ufacturing, Introduction to advanced manufacturing, overview and need; selection
of manufacturing process; fundamentals of materials and their mechanical, phys-
ical and manufacturing properties; introduction to different types of materials -
metals and alloys, polymers, glass and ceramics, semiconductors, composites and
nanomaterials. (4 Lectures)

ˆ Metal Casting and Foundry Techniques: Physics of solidification - nucle-

ation and grain growth; solidification of pure metals and alloys; progressive and
directional solidification; rate of solidification; Chvorinov’s rule; Riser and gating
system design; aspiration effect; Advanced casting processes: centrifugal and con-
tinuous casting processes, squeeze casting, vacuum mould casting, evaporative pat-
tern casting, semi-solid metal working processes, ceramic shell casting, microwave
casting; Casting defects; testing, inspection and quality control; product design con-
siderations; economics of metal casting, significance of modelling and simulation in
improving cast quality and cost reduction. (8 Lectures)

ˆ Forming Processes: Metal forming fundamentals; material behaviour during

metal forming; temperature during metal forming; strain rate sensitivity; yield
criteria of metals; mechanics (stress strain analysis) of forming processes- rolling,
forging, drawing, force analysis in deep drawing, bending extrusion etc.; punching
and blanking- mode of metal deformation and failure; two-dimensional model and
fracture analysis; determination of working force; details of high energy rate form-
ing (HERF) process; electro-magnetic forming; explosive forming; electro-hydraulic
forming; stretch forming; contour roll forming. Advanced plastic moulding pro-
cesses – injection moulding. (7 Lectures)

ˆ Material Removal Processes: Basics of traditional machining- machining by

cutting, abrasion; non-traditional machining- single action traditional machining
and hybrid machining; advanced machining processes; principles, mathematical
analysis, machining system, material removal process, process parameters and ap-
plications of ultrasonic machining (USM), abrasive water jet machining (AWJM),
electrochemical machining (ECM), chemical milling, photo chemical milling, elec-
tro polishing, electro discharge machining (EDM), electron beam machining (EBM),
and laser beam machining (LBM) processes, abrasive flow machining (AFM), bio-
machining, microwave machining, plasma beam machining, ion beam machining,
elastic machining, micro and nano machining. (8 Lectures)

ˆ Material Joining Processes: Classification of material joining processes, physics

of welding arc, arc characteristics; arc efficiency; heat generation at cathode and
anode; effect of shielding gases, isotherms of arcs, arc blow; calculation of peak
temperature; width of heat affected zone (HAZ), factors affecting HAZ; residual
stresses- measurement and control; shielded metal arc welding (SMAW), gas tung-
sten arc welding (GTAW); gas metal arc welding (GMAW), submerged arc welding
(SAW), electro slag welding (ESW), electro gas welding (EGW), resistance weld-
ing (RW), cold pressure welding, ultrasonic welding (USW), electron beam welding
(EBW), laser beam welding (LBW); solid state welding; microwave joining; welding
of plastics. (8 Lectures)

1256
 ˆ Additive Manufacturing: Additive manufacturing processes, rapid prototyp-
ing techniques (RPT) such as liquid-based techniques- stereolithography, holo-
graphic interference solidification, beam interference solidification, solid ground
curing; modelling techniques in additive manufacturing- fused deposition modelling
(FDM) and shape deposition manufacturing, Selected Laser Sintering (SLS), Lam-
inated Object Manufacturing (LOM), 3-D printing, Laser Engineered Net Shaping
(LENS), accuracy in additive manufacturing processes, stair-casing and its correc-
tion, materials for additive manufacturing processes. (7 Lectures)

Text Books:
1. Kalpakjian, S. and Schmid, S.R., Manufacturing Engineering and Technol-
ogy, Pearson Prentice Hall, 2008.

2. DeGarmo E.P., Black J.T. and Kohser R.A., Materials and Processes in Man-
ufacturing, Prentice Hall, 1997.

3. Ghosh A. and Mallik A.K., Manufacturing Science, East-West Press Pvt. Ltd.,
1985.

4. Groover, M.P., Automation, Production Systems and Computer Integrated

Manufacturing, Prentice-Hall, 2007.

5. Jain V.K., Advanced Machining Processes, Allied Publishers, 2002.

Reference Books:
1. Pandey P.C. and Shan H.S., Modern Machining Processes, McGraw Hill Pub-
lishing Company, 1980.

2. Heine and Roshenthal, Principles of Metal Casting, Tata McGraw-Hill Pub-

lishing Company Ltd., 1983.

3. Avitzur B., Metal Forming Analysis, Mc Graw Hill Publishing Company, 1980.

4. Messler R.W. Jr., Joining of Materials and Structures, Elsevier Butterworth–

Heinemann, 1999.

5. Welding Hand Book, Volume 1-5, 9th edition, American Welding Society (AWS),
1999.

6. Chua, C.K. and Leong, K.F., Rapid Protyping: Principles and Applications
in Manufacturing, John Wiley and Sons, 2000.

17.58 ME 511: Manufacturing of Composites

Course Code : ME 511
Course Name : Manufacturing of Composites
Credit Distribution : 3-0-0-3
Intended for : B.Tech. (4th year onwards)/M.Tech./M.Tech.(R)/Ph.D.
Prerequisite : Basic Manufacturing Course

1257
 Mutual Exclusion :
Approval: 50th BoA

Course Contents:
ˆ Introduction to Composites: Function of the Matrix and Reinforcement in
Composites Matrices: Thermosets and Thermoplastic; Fiber Reinforcement (3
Hours)
ˆ Properties and testing composites: Properties of Composites; Composites test-
ing; Composites design: Laminate theory, Rule of mixtures, symmetry and balance
(6 Hours)
ˆ Thermoset composite manufacturing processes: Lay-up processes, spray up
process; Thermoset Composite manufacturing: Fiber placement process; Thermoset
Composite manufacturing: Resin transfer moulding, Vacuum assisted resin infusion
microwave curing, recycling of thermoset composites, latest topics in thermoset
composite manufacturing. (6 Hours)
ˆ Thermoplastic composite manufacturing processes: Thermoset Composite
manufacturing: Vacuum assisted resin transfer moulding; Thermoset Composite
manufacturing: Compression molding process; Thermoset composites manufactur-
ing: Filament winding, Microwave assisted Compression moulding, Additive man-
ufacturing techniques for thermoplastic composites, latest topics in thermoplastic
composite manufacturing. (6 Hours)
ˆ Metal and Ceramic Matrix Composites: Metal Matrix Composites: Metal
matrix and reinforcement; Manufacturing processes for Metal Matrix Composites:
Dispersion hardened and particle composite; Manufacturing processes for Metal
matrix composites: Layer composites and infiltration method; Ceramic Matrix
Composite manufacturing, latest topics in metal and ceramic matrix composite
manufacturing. (7 Hours)
ˆ Secondary Manufacturing Techniques for Composites: Joining techniques:
Hot plate welding; Ultrasonic joining; Adhesive binding, composite repair tech-
niques. Machining techniques for composites Machining Techniques for composite,
Laser beam machining, electric discharge machining, ultrasonic machining, water
jet machining, conventional drilling, milling and turning operations. (7 Hours)
ˆ Process modelling in Composite Manufacturing: Transport equations for
composite processing, constitutive laws and their characterization, Resin viscosity,
Reaction kinetics, crystallization kinetics, model simplification and solution, ap-
plication of numerical model in short fiber composites, thermoplastic composites,
thermoset composites. (7 Hours)

Text books: (Relevant and Latest, Only 2)

1. Strong AB, Fundamentals of composites manufacturing: materials, meth-
ods and applications, Society of manufacturing engineers, 2008.
2. Mallick PK, Fiber-reinforced composites: materials, manufacturing, and
design, CRC press, 2007.

1258
References: (No limit on numbers, relevant standard format can be followed,
the formats should be similar)
1. ASM International Handbook Committee, Composites: Volume 21 of ASM Hand-
book.

17.59 ME 513: Finite Element Methods in Engineering

Course Code: ME 513
Course Name: Finite Element Methods in Engineering
L-T-P-C: 3-0-2-4
Prerequisite: IC 111, IC 240, ME 206/CE 301
Students intended for: BTech 3rd and 4th Year; M.Tech/MS/Ph.D.
Elective or Core: Discipline Core for M.Tech-Structural Engineering; Elective for BTech
3rd and 4th Year; MTech/MS/Ph.D.
Approval: 24th Senate

Course contents
ˆ Basic concept
Introduction, Engineering applications of finite element method, Rayleigh- Ritz
method, Weighted residual methods: Galerkin’s method, Principal of a minimum
potential energy, principle of virtual work, Boundary value problem, initial value
and Eigenvalue problem, Gauss elimination method. [8 Lectures]

ˆ Basic procedure
General description of Finite Element Method, Discretization process; types of ele-
ments 1D, 2D and 3D elements, size of the elements, location of nodes, node num-
bering scheme, half Bandwidth, Stiffness matrix of bar element by direct method,
Properties of stiffness matrix, Preprocessing, post processing, One Dimensional
Problems [6 Lectures]

ˆ Interpolation models
Polynomial form of interpolation functions- linear, quadratic and cubic, Simplex,
Complex, Multiplex elements, Selection of the order of the interpolation polynomial,
Convergence requirements, 2D Pascal triangle, Linear interpolation polynomials in
terms of global coordinates of bar, triangular (2D simplex) elements, Linear inter-
polation polynomials in terms of local coordinates of bar, triangular (2D simplex)
elements, CST element. [6 Lectures]

ˆ Higher order and isoparametric elements

Lagrangian interpolation, Higher order one dimensional elements- quadratic, Cubic
element and their shape functions, properties of shape functions, Truss element,
Shape functions of 2D quadratic triangular element in natural coordinates, 2D
quadrilateral element shape functions – linear, quadratic, Biquadric rectangular
element (Noded quadrilateral element), Shape function of beam element. Hermite
shape functions of beam element. [6 Lectures]

1259
 ˆ Derivation of element stiffness matrices and load vectors
for bar element under axial loading, trusses, beam element with concentrated and
distributed loads, matrices, Jacobian, Jacobian of 2D triangular element, quadri-
lateral, Consistent load vector, Numerical integration. [4 Lectures]

ˆ Heat transfer and Fluid mechanics problems

1D analysis for both heat transfer and fluid mechanics problem, heat conduction
governing equation, boundary conditions, Galerkin approach, heat flux boundary
condition, 1D heat transfer in thin fins. [4 Lectures]

ˆ Elasticity problems
Review of equations of elasticity, stress-strain and strain displacement relations,
plane stress and plane strain problems. [4 Lectures]

ˆ Dynamic problems
Beam and Bar vibration; Natural frequency determination. [4 Lectures]

Laboratory Component
ˆ Coding for the complete solution of any suitable problem, Such as Bar, Truss and
Beam. [12 Hours]

ˆ Introduction to ANSYS & ABAQUS. [4 Hours]

ˆ Bar and truss problem and 2-D analysis (assuming plane stress and plane strain).
[4 Hours]

ˆ Introduction to OPEN SOURCE PROGRAMS (like OpenSees, FEAP, Elmer etc.)

[2 Hours]

ˆ Some complex analysis using ANSYS or ABAQUS (complex material modelling or

geometrical modelling). [6 Hours]

Text Books:
1. Hutton, D.V., Fundamentals of Finite Element Analysis, TMH, 2005.

2. Logan, D. L., A first course in the Finite Element Method, 6th Edition,
Cengage Learning, 2017.

References:
1. Rao, S.S., The finite element method in engineering, 4th Edition, Elsevier,
2005.

2. Reddy, J.N., An introduction to the finite element method, McGraw-Hill,

2005.

3. Huebner, K. H., Dewhirst, D. L., Smith, D. E. and Byrom, T. G., The finite
element method for engineers, 4th Edition, John Wiley & Sons, 2001.

1260
 4. Chandrupatla, T.R., Finite element analysis for engineering and technol-
ogy, University Press (India) Pvt Ltd, 2004.

5. Fish, J. and Belytschko, T., A first course in Finite Elements, Wiley 2007.

17.60 ME 514 : Fundamentals of Multiphase Flow

Course Code: ME 514
Course Name : Fundamentals of Multiphase Flow
L-T-P-C : 3-0-0-3
Intended for : M.Tech/MS/PhD/UG
Prerequisite : ME 210 and ME 303 or equivalent courses
Mutual Exclusion : None
Approval: 39th BoA

Course Contents:
ˆ Introduction and flow regimes: Introduction to multiphase flows, equations
of motion, flow regimes in horizontal and vertical pipes, flow regimes with phase
change. [6 Lectures]

ˆ Modelling techniques for multiphase flow: Homogeneous flow models, drift

flux models, separated flow models, dispersed phase modelling, modelling of annular
and stratified flow. [12 Lectures]

ˆ Computational techniques: Introduction to computational modelling of mul-

tiphase flow, population balance modelling for dispersed phase, interface tracking
methods for multiphase flow (Volume of Fluid and Level set), particle methods for
multiphase flow (Lagrangian Point Particle and Smoothed Particle Hydrodynam-
ics), molecular dynamics. [10 Lectures]

ˆ Experimental techniques: Introduction to experimental techniques, importance

of measurement and experimentation, calibration, uncertainty analysis, error prop-
agation, pressure, velocity and temperature measurements, measurement of size
distribution for dispersed phase, measurement of void-fraction and interface recon-
struction, data acquisition and analysis techniques. [7 Lectures]

ˆ Special topics in multiphase flow: Granular flows, slurry transport, lattice

Boltzmann method, phase change heat transfer, micro-fluidics, multiphase flow in
micro-channels. [7 Lectures]

Textbooks:
1. Christopher E. Brennen, Fundamentals of Multiphase Flow, Cambridge Uni-
versity Press, 2005.

2. S. Mostafa Ghiaasiaan, Two-Phase Flow, Boiling, and Condensation, 2nd

Edition,Cambridge University Press, 2007.

1261
References:
1. John G. Collier and John R. Thome, Convective Boiling and Condensation,
Oxford University Press; 3rd Edition, 1994.

2. L. S. Tong and Y. S. Tang, Boiling Heat Transfer and Two-Phase Flow, 2nd
Edition,CRC Press, 2010.

3. R. Clift, J. R. Grace and M. E. Weber, Bubbles, Drops, and Particles, Dover

Publications, Inc., 2005.

4. Mamoru Ishii and Takashi Hibiki, Thermo-Fluid Dynamics of Two-Phase

Flow, 2nd Edition, Springer, 2011.

5. J. P. Holman, Experimental Methods for Engineers, 7th Edition, Tata McGraw-

Hill, 2001.

6. Andrea Prosperetti and Grwtar Tryggvason, Computational Methods for Mul-

tiphase Flow, Cambridge University Press, 2007.

7. Gretar Tryggvason, Ruben Scardovelli and Stephane Zaleski, Direct Numerical

Simulations of Gas-Liquid Multiphase Flows, Cambridge University Press,
2011.

17.61 ME 515: Carbon Materials and Technology

Course Code: ME 515
Course Name: Carbon Materials and Technology
L-T-P-C: 3-0-0-3
Prerequisite: None (basic knowledge of material science expected)
Students intended for: M.Tech. / M.S./ Ph.D./ B.Tech. (4th year)/ M.Sc.
Elective or Core: Elective
Approval: 28th Senate

Course contents
ˆ Introduction to carbon

– Why should one study carbon materials and manufacturing?

– Carbon economy
– Atomic structure and hybridization
– Carbon allotropes
– Nomenclature and terminology [6 Lectures]

ˆ Microstructure of carbon materials

a Bulk industrial carbon

– Graphite: natural and pyrolytic
– Activated carbon

1262
 – Glass-like carbon
– Granular amorphous carbon
b Carbon fibers and composites
– Activated carbon fiber
– Carbon fiber reinforced plastics
c Carbon nanomaterials
– Graphene
– Carbon Nanotube
– Fullerene
– Graphite whiskers
– Diamond-like carbon
d Characterization of carbon materials (discussed in a-c) by X-Ray Diffraction,
Raman spectroscopy and electron microscopy[15 Lectures]

ˆ Raw materials

– Polymer precursors (Polyacrylonitrile, cellulose, resins, PVC etc.)

– Needle coke (petroleum and pitch based)
– Coal and its distillation
– Gaseous hydrocarbons (for CVD)
– Carbon yield and mechanism of carbonization (thermodynamic and kinetic
aspects) [4 Lectures]

ˆ Properties of carbon materials

– Crystallinity and electrical conductivity

– Electrochemistry and surface chemistry
– Mechanical and thermal properties [4 Lectures]

ˆ Manufacturing techniques for carbon materials

– Pyrolysis (activated carbon, glassy carbon, pyrolytic graphite)

– Electrospinning (carbon fibers)
– Chemical vapor deposition (graphene and CNT)
– Composite preparation (material/ binder interface)
– Mechanical property testing methods [4 Lectures]

ˆ Applications

– Graphite electrodes
– Carbon-fiber composites in automobile industry
– Carbon-based micro and nano devices (sensors, microelectrodes etc.)
– Filters and adsorbers [6 Lectures]

1263
 ˆ Special topics

– Health and environmental safety of carbon nanomaterials

– Carbon-based flexible electronics
– Future of carbon technology [3 Lectures]

Text Books:
1. Timothy D. Burchell, Carbon Materials for Advanced Technologies, Else-
vier,1999.

References:
1. Jenkins, G. M. & Kawamura, K., Polymeric carbons–carbon fibre, glass and
char, Cambridge University Press, 1976).

2. Marsh, H. & Rodrı́guez-Reinoso, F., Activated carbon, Elsevier, 2006.

3. Kong, L. B., Carbon nanomaterials based on graphene nanosheets, CRC

Press, 2017.

4. Chung, D.D.L. Carbon fiber composites, Butterworth-Heinemann, 1994

17.62 ME 516 : Polymer Technology for Engineers

Course Code: ME 516
Course Name : Polymer Technology for Engineers
L-T-P-C : 3-0-0-3
Intended for : UG/PG
Prerequisite : Materials Science for Engineers (IC241) or equivalent material science
course
Mutual Exclusion : None
Approval: 39th BoA

Course Contents:
Introduction to Polymer: Brief history of polymers; polymer classification; molar mass
and molar mass distribution; polyethylene-polymerization process; chemical bonding-
primary, secondary and tertiary structure; crystallinity. (3 Lectures)
Thermal Transitions in Polymers: Glass transition temperature; factor affecting
glass transition temperature- molar mass dependence, plasticization, chain entanglement
effect; crystalline melting point; differential scanning calorimetry. (4 Lectures)
Mechanical Properties of Polymers: Stress-strain measurements; dynamic mod-
ulus; methods of measurements of polymers- tensile testing, fracture, creep, relaxation
time, compression; effect of structural and environmental factors on mechanical properties-
molecular weight, cross-linking, crystallinity, strain rate, temperature. (6 Lectures)
Viscoelastic Properties of Polymer: Simple rheological responses- ideal elastic,
pure viscous and rubberlike elastic; viscoelasticity; mechanical models for viscoelastic

1264
responses- Maxwell model, Kelvin-Voigt model, Four-parameter model; relaxation time;
material response time-Deborah number. (6 Lectures)
Polymer processing- Melt: Thermoplastics and Thermoset: Processing thermoplastics-
rotational moulding, injection moulding, compression moulding; melt spinning; process-
ing thermosets- hand lay-up process, spray lay-up method, vacuum bagging, resin transfer
moulding, resin infusion process; dry spinning, Spun bonding. (8 Lectures)
Polymer processing- Solution: Thermoplastics: Electrospinning; centrifugal
spinning; wet spinning. (3 Lectures)
Composites: Importance of composites; classification- fiber and particle reinforced;
factors affecting composite performance; failure. (3 Lectures)
Case Studies: Application of polymers in special cases-vibration damping; energy;
adhesives; bio-medical- drug delivery, tissue engineering; water and air purification; elec-
tronics. (4 Lectures)
Recycling of Plastics and Environmental Issues: Need of recycling; degradation-
thermal, chemical, hydrolysis, mechanical; incineration; bioplastics; issues with recycling.
(3 Lectures)

Text Books:
1. Robert O. Ebewele, Polymer Science and Technology, CRC press, 2000.

2. Richard A. Pethrick, Polymer Science and Technology for Scientists and

Engineers, Whittles Publishing, 2010.

17.63 ME 517: Advanced Analytical Techniques for Engineers

Course Code: ME 517
Course Name: Advanced Analytical Techniques for Engineers
L-T-P-C:3-1-0-4
Prerequisite: None
Students intended for: UG/MTech/MS/PhD in engineering streams core for M.Tech
students in Fluid and Thermal Engineering
Elective or Core: Elective
Approval: 40th BoA

Course contents
ˆ Integral Transforms
Fourier transform for solution of ODEs and PDEs, Laplace transform for solution
of ODEs and PDEs. [6 Lectures]

ˆ Partial Differential Equations

solution of linear PDEs including special cases of heat conduction equation and
Navier–Stokes equation, solution of PDEs in cylindrical and spherical coordinate
systems. [10 Lectures]

ˆ First-order integral equations

1265
 Fredholm, Volterra and Wiener-Hopf equation, power series solution for integral
equations, integral equations as a generalization of eigenvalue equations and con-
nection to inverse problems. [6 Lectures]
ˆ Tensors
Einstein notation, tensor transformations, tensor fields and tensor calculus, integral
theorems. [6 Lectures]
ˆ Complex analysis
functions of a complex variable, limits and continuity, analytic functions, complex
exponents, contour integrals, Cauchy integral formula, complex series, Chauchy’s
residue theorem, singularity, zeros and poles, improper integrals in Fourier analysis,
application to plane fluid flow and signal processing. [8 Lectures]
ˆ Linear Algebra
spaces and subspaces, positive definiteness and singular value decomposition (best
basis), transformations and change of basis, pseudoinverse, eigenvalues and eigen-
vectors, introduction to multigrid, Krylov subspaces and conjugate gradients meth-
ods for solving large linear systems. [10 Lectures]
ˆ Statistical Methods
Probability, random variables, discrete and continuous probability distributions,
autocorrelation and cross correlation, Monte-Carlo method for the solution of dif-
fusion equation, radiative transfer equation and collimated beam radiation problem;
linear regression and curve fitting. [10 Lectures]

Text Books:
1. B. Dasgupta, Applied Mathematical Methods, Pearson Education, 2006.
2. Sheldon M Ross, Probability and Statistics for Engineers and Scientists,
5th Edition, Academic Press, 2014.

References:
1. M D. Greenberg, Advanced Engineering Mathematics, 2nd Edition, Pearson
India, 2007.
2. E. Kreyszig, Advanced Engineering Mathematics, International 10th Revised
Edition, John Wiley and Sons, 2015.
3. G. Strang, Linear Algebra and Its Applications, Thomson, Brooks/Cole, 2006
4. P. V. O’Neil, Advanced Engineering Mathematics, CENGAGE Learning, 2011.
5. R. L. Thomas and G. B. Finney, Calculus and Analytic Geometry, 11/e
Addition-Wisley Reading, 2010.
6. M. L. Boas, Mathematical Methods in the Physical Sciences, 3rd Ed, Wiley
India, 2009.
7. A. D. Polyanin and A. V. Manzhirov, Handbook of Integral Equations, 2nd
Edition, CRC Press, 2008.

1266
17.64 ME 518: Conduction and Radiation
Course Code: ME 518
Course Name: Conduction and Radiation
L-T-P-C:3-0-0-3
Prerequisite: None
Students intended for: UG/MTech/MS/PhD in engineering streams
Core for M.Tech students in Fluid and Thermal Engineering
Elective or Core: Elective
Approval: 44th BoA

Course contents
ˆ Module I
Derivation of Heat Conduction Equation for Heterogeneous, Isotropic Materials in
Cartesian Coordinates. Heat conduction equation for homogeneous, isotropic ma-
terials in Cartesian, Cylindrical and Spherical Coordinates. Heat transfer from a
fin of uniform and variable cross-section. Two-dimensional Steady State Heat Con-
duction: Solution by Method of Separation of Variables, time constants, thermal
boundary layer, Steady 2D Conduction in Cylindrical Coordinates - Fourier-Bessel
Series Solution. [8 Lectures]

ˆ Module II
Treatment of variable conductivity by Kirchhoff transformation.Unsteady State
Conduction: Applications. Biot Number and its Physical Significance. Lumped
System Analysis: Time Constant and its Physical Significance. Semi-Infinite Solid:
Definition. Solution by Laplace Transform and Similarity technique. Time-dependent
Boundary Conditions-Duhamel’s Superposition Principle. Derivation of the inte-
gral. Solidification and Melting: Introduction. Stefan problem, enthalpy method.
[8 Lectures]

ˆ Module III
Inverse heat conduction and microscale transport: Determination of unknown bound-
ary conditions from interior measurement; Stefan problem, enthalpy method, Ex-
perimental determination of thermal conductivity and heat capacity. Microscale
heat transfer: hyperbolic heat conduction, speed of propagation of thermal waves,
time lag, solution for a thin slab. [6 Lectures]

ˆ Module IV
Introduction To Radiation heat transfer. Physical Mechanism. Laws of Thermal
Radiation: Planck’s Law. Wien’s Displacement Law. Stefan-Boltzmann Law. In-
tensity of Radiation. Diffuse and Specular Surfaces. Absorptivity, Reflectivity and
Transmissivity. Monochromatic and Total Emissivity. Definition of an ideal gray
body. Monochromatic and Total Absorptivity. Kirchhoff’s Law. Restrictions of
Kirchhoff’s law. View Factor. Hottel’s Crossed-strings Method:. Radiation Ex-
change in a Gray Enclosure. [5 Lectures]

ˆ Two-Surface Enclosure

1267
 Network, Expression for the net radiation exchange. Radiation Shields. Radiation
Effects in Temperature Measurement (Conduction effects negligible). Integral equa-
tion approach. Spectrally diffuse enclosure surfaces; band approximation. Treat-
ment of specularly reflecting surfaces; specular and diffuse reflectivities, modified
definition of radiosity, method of images. [5 Lectures]

ˆ Module VI
The equation of radiative heat transfer in participating media. Solution meth-
ods. Non-Gray Radiative properties of molecular gases. Introduction to HITEMP
DATABASE. Approximate solution methods for one-dimensional media: The op-
tically thin approximation. The optically thick approximation (Diffusion Approxi-
mation).[5 Lectures]

ˆ Gas Radiation
Introduction. Beer’s law: Monochromatic transmissivity, absorptivity and emissiv-
ity of a gas. Mean Beam Length. Gas emissivity charts. Correction factor charts.
Heat Exchange between gas volume and black enclosure: Calculation of gas absorp-
tivity using charts. Heat exchange between two black parallel plates at different
temperatures. Heat exchange between gas volume and gray enclosure: Hottel’s
Expression. [5 Lectures]

Text Books:
1. Hahn, D. W., and Ozisik, M. N., Heat Conduction, John Wiley and Sons, 2012.

2. Modest, M.F., Radiative Heat Transfer, 3rd Edition, Academic Press, 2013.

References:
1. Arpaci, V. S., Conduction Heat Transfer, Longman Higher Education 1967.

2. Siegel, R., and Howell, J., Thermal Radiation Heat Transfer, Taylor and Fran-
cis, 2015.

3. Schneider, P., Conduction Heat Transfer, Addison-Wesley Pub. Co, 1974.

4. Kakac et al., Heat Conduction, 5th Edition, CRC Press, 5th ed, 2018.

5. Myers, Analytical Methods in Heat Conduction, 2nd Edition, AMCH, 1998.

17.65 ME 518 Revised: Conduction and Radiation

Course Code: ME 518 Revised
Course Name : Conduction and Radiation
L-T-P-C : 3-0-0-3
Intended for : UG all branches
Prerequisite : None
Mutual Exclusion : None
Approval: 44th BoA; Check versions’ approvals

1268
Course Contents:
ˆ Derivation of Heat Conduction Equation for Heterogeneous, Isotropic
Materials in Cartesian Coordinates: Heat conduction equation for homoge-
neous, isotropic materials in Cartesian, Cylindrical and Spherical Coordinates. Heat
transfer from a fin of uniform and variable cross-section. Two-dimensional Steady
State Heat Conduction: Solution by Method of Separation of Variables, time con-
stants, thermal boundary layer, Steady 2D Conduction in Cylindrical Coordinates
- Fourier-Bessel Series Solution. [8Lectures]

ˆ Treatment of variable conductivity by Kirchhoff transformation: Un-

steady State Conduction: Applications. Biot Number and its Physical Signifi-
cance. Lumped System Analysis: Time Constant and its Physical Significance.
Semi-Infinite Solid: Definition. Solution by Laplace Transform and Similarity tech-
nique. Time-dependent Boundary Conditions-Duhamel’s Superposition Principle.
Derivation of the integral. Solidification and Melting: Introduction. Stefan prob-
lem, enthalpy method. [8Lectures]

ˆ Inverse heat conduction and microscale transport: Determination of un-

known boundary conditions from interior measurement; Stefan problem, enthalpy
method, Experimental determination of thermal conductivity and heat capacity.
Microscale heat transfer: hyperbolic heat conduction, speed of propagation of ther-
mal waves, time lag, solution for a thin slab. [6Lectures]

ˆ Introduction To Radiation heat transfer: Physical Mechanism. Laws of Ther-

mal Radiation: Planck’s Law. Wien’s Displacement Law. Stefan-Boltzmann Law.
Intensity of Radiation. Diffuse and Specular Surfaces. Absorptivity, Reflectivity
and Transmissivity. Monochromatic and Total Emissivity. Definition of an ideal
gray body. Monochromatic and Total Absorptivity. Kirchhoff’s Law. Restrictions
of Kirchhoff’s law. View Factor. Hottel’s Crossed-strings Method:. Radiation
Exchange in a Gray Enclosure. [5Lectures]

ˆ Two-Surface Enclosure: Network, Expression for the net radiation exchange.

Radiation Shields. Radiation Effects in Temperature Measurement (Conduction ef-
fects negligible). Integral equation approach. Spectrally diffuse enclosure surfaces;
band approximation. Treatment of specularly reflecting surfaces; specular and dif-
fuse reflectivities, modified definition of radiosity, method of images. [5Lectures]

ˆ The equation of radiative heat transfer in participating media. Solu-

tion methods: Non-Gray Radiative properties of molecular gases. Introduction to
HITEMP DATABASE. Approximate solution methods for one-dimensional media:
The optically thin approximation. The optically thick approximation (Diffusion
Approximation). [5Lectures]

ˆ Gas Radiation: Introduction. Beer’s law: Monochromatic transmissivity, ab-

sorptivity and emissivity of a gas. Mean Beam Length. Gas emissivity charts.
Correction factor charts. Heat Exchange between gas volume and black enclosure:
Calculation of gas absorptivity using charts. Heat exchange between two black par-
allel plates at different temperatures. Heat exchange between gas volume and gray
enclosure: Hottel’s Expression. [5Lectures]

1269
Text Books
1. Hahn, D. W., and Ozisik, M. N., Heat Conduction, John Wiley and Sons, 2012.

2. Modest, M.F., Radiative Heat Transfer, 3rd Edition, Academic Press, 2013.

Reference Books
1. Arpaci, V. S., Conduction Heat Transfer, Longman Higher Education 1967.

2. Siegel, R., and Howell, J., Thermal Radiation Heat Transfer, Taylor and Fran-
cis, 2015.

3. Schneider, P., Conduction Heat Transfer, Addison-Wesley Pub. Co, 1974.

4. Kakac et al., Heat Conduction, CRC Press, 5st ed, 2018.

5. Myers, Analytical Methods in Heat Conduction, AMCH, 2nd Ed 1998.

17.66 ME 519: Technical communication for Engineers

Course Code: ME 519
Course Name : Technical communication for Engineers
L-T-P-C : 0-2-0-2
Intended for : MTech / MS / PhD in Engineering
Prerequisite : None
Mutual Exclusion : None
Approval: 44th BoA

Course Contents:
ˆ Introduction: What is technical writing and how it is different from non-technical
writing. Standard writing models, building blocks and their description, and or-
der of writing, case studies: establishing a clear distinction between “good” and
“bad” writing (group activities are recommended), avoiding flowery language, word-
processing tools (Latex). Writing assessment checklist. [4Lectures]

ˆ Writing introduction section: Structure of the introduction section, literature

review and referencing, grammar (active/passive, signalling language), sentence
structures and paragraphing, model development, testing model on relevant pa-
pers/reports, vocabulary (establishing significance, verbs for previous work, identi-
fying gap, the present work). [5Lectures]

ˆ Methodology: Introduction, grammar and writing skills (tense pairs, ‘a’ vs ‘the’,
countable and uncountable nouns, adverbs), model building, model testing exercise,
vocabulary (general overview of the methods section, essential background informa-
tion, providing precise details about materials and methods, justifying the choices
made, taking appropriate care, comparison to other studies). [2Lectures]

1270
 ˆ Results: Importance of reporting objectively, correct use of tenses, the importance
of sequence, comparison with previous work, model development, model testing, vo-
cabulary (existing research, general overview, invitation to view results, key results,
sequence, frequency, quantity, causality, comparison with other results, problems
with results, implications). [3Lectures]

ˆ Discussion and conclusion: Structure, grammar and sentence structure (ability,

possibility, probability, certainty, opinion, obligation), modals, model development,
model testing, vocabulary (revisiting previous sections, summarising key results,
refining implications, relationship to existing research, achievement/contribution,
limitations, future work, applications. [4Lectures]

ˆ Abstract and title: Abstract models, grammar and writing skills (choice of verb
tense), length, language, model development, model testing, vocabulary (back-
ground, aim, problem, paper description, methods, results, achievements, impli-
cation, limitation), title and keywords. [2Lectures]

ˆ Technical presentations: Data analysis and interpretation, specification of un-

certainty, choice of scales, data density, difference between graphs for a manuscript
and graph for a ppt, structure, tools, graphics, practice presentations. [8Lectures]

Text Book:
1. Glasman-Deal, H., Science Research Writing for Non-native Speakers of
English, World Scientific, 2010.

Reference Books:
1. McCaskill, M. K., Grammar, Punctuation and Capitalization, NASA, Scien-
tific and Technical Information Division, Washington DC, 1990.

2. Vidoli, C. A., Technical Report Writing, NASA Technical Memorandum 105419.

3. Paradis, J. G. and Zimmerman M.L., The MIT Guide to Science and Engi-
neering Communication, Cambridge, Mass.: MIT Press, 1997.

17.67 ME 520 : Microwave based Manufacturing Processes

Course Code: ME 520
Course Name : Microwave based Manufacturing Processes
L-T-P-C : 3-0-0-3
Intended for : UG/PG
Prerequisite : None
Mutual Exclusion : None
Approval: 44th BoA

1271
Course Contents:
ˆ Introduction and Fundamentals: Perspective, Material Interactions, Microwave
generators, wave propagation, waveguide modes, microwave applicators, Safety as-
pects in Microwave Material Processing (6 hours)

ˆ Science and Modelling of microwave material interaction: Power absorption

model and Maxwell’s equations, dielectric properties, microwave penetration and
power absorbed, material behavior during microwave interaction, heating mecha-
nisms in microwave processing of materials: non-magnetic materials (conduction
loss), magnetic materials (hysteresis loss, eddy current loss and residual loss), mi-
crowave absorption in characteristically different materials: insulators, metallic
powers and bulk metals, composite materials. (10 hours)

ˆ Manufacturing Processes for Polymers: Polymers, Polymer composites, mi-

crowave assisted compression moulding (MACM), vacuum assisted resin infusion
microwave curing (VARIMC), mechanism of processing, roles of process parame-
ters, case studies, lab demonstration. (10 hours)

ˆ Manufacturing Processes for Metals and their composites: Surface Engi-

neering, Physics of Microwave Glazing and Cladding. Concept of skin depth, Role
of process parameters, advantages and limitations, case studies, lab demonstration.
(8 hours)

ˆ Manufacturing Processes for Ceramics: Microwave sintering of ceramics, pro-

cess parameters in sintering, microwave drilling of ceramics, process parameters in
microwave drilling, case studies, lab demonstration. (8 hours)

Textbooks:
1. Metaxas, AC and, and Roger J. Meredith, Industrial microwave heating, No.
4. IET, 1983.

2. Pozar, D.M., Microwave engineering, John Wiley & Sons, 2011.

References:
1. Dieter, G.E. and David J.B., Mechanical metallurgy, Vol. 3. New York:
McGraw-hill, 1986.

2. DeGarmo, E.P., J. Temple Black, Ronald A. Kohser, and Barney E. Klamecki,

Materials and process in manufacturing, Prentice Hall, 1997.

3. Chawla, K.K., Composite materials: science and engineering, Springer Sci-

ence & Business Media, 2012.

17.68 ME 521 : Vehicle Design and Dynamics

Course Code: ME 521
Course Name : Vehicle Design and Dynamics
L-T-P-C : 3-0-0-3

1272
 Intended for : M.Tech, MS, PhD, B.Tech 3rd/4th year students or consent of faculty
Prerequisite : Basic Engineering Mathematics and Mechanics
Mutual Exclusion : None
Approval: 44th BoA

Course Contents:
ˆ Basic Vehicle Mechanics: Kinematics, Dynamics - Equation of motion, acceleration,
effect of grade, drag. Air flow around the vehicle, tire models, rolling resistance.
Load and energy calculations in electric vehicle over drive cycle. (6 hours)
ˆ Vehicle Design: Roll cage design, camber and caster angle, Stability analysis. (6
hours)
ˆ Transmission: Manual gear box, gear ratio, automatic gear box. Torque speed
characteristics. Torque convertors, clutch, brakes. (8 hours)
ˆ Road handling: Differentials system, Torque vectoring, Suspension. Double wish-
bone suspension system. (8 hours)
ˆ Steering: Rack and Pinion steering system, Ackermann Steering, power steering.
(6 hours)
ˆ Vehicle Dynamics: Lumped mass modelling, Basics of vibration, Quarter car model,
Longitudinal and Lateral dynamics. (10 hours)

Textbooks:
1. Gillespie, Thomas D., Fundamentals of vehicle dynamics, Vol. 400, Society of
automotive engineers, 1992.
2. Rill, Georg, and Abel Arrieta Castro, Road Vehicle Dynamics: Fundamentals
and Modeling with MATLAB, CRC Press, 2020.

References:
1. Husain, Iqbal., Electric and hybrid vehicles: design fundamentals, CRC
press, 2021.
2. Heisler, Heinz., Advanced vehicle technology, Elsevier, 2002.

17.69 ME 522 : High-Performance Scientific Computing

Course Code: ME 522
Course Name : High-Performance Scientific Computing
L-T-P-C : 2-0-1-3
Intended for : : BTech / MTech / MS / MSc / PhD
Prerequisite : Engineering Mathematics, Introduction to Programming or an equiva-
lent course
Mutual Exclusion : CS 508 (Introduction to Heterogeneous Computing)
Approval: 46th BoA

1273
Course Contents:
ˆ Introduction to the course: Definition of HPC, history and latest develop-
ments, Moore’s law, introduction to scientific computing, challenges with setting
up HPC/data centres (storage, power supply and thermal management), topology
of processors, demonstration of the use of HPC to solve a heat conduction problem,
sparse matrices, binary storage, fixed-point and floating-point real numbers, IEEE
standards, virtual machines, Unix shell and commands. (2 Hours)

ˆ Introduction to programming languages, version control and makefiles:

Introduction to compiled programming languages (precision, compiler optimisation,
timing codes, LAPACK and BLAS), Git (Git commands, Github, graphical Git
tools, Git demo), build systems and dependency checking. (6 Hours)

ˆ Python: Introduction, interpreted versus compiled languages, object-oriented lan-

guage, syntax, conditionals, loops, functions, modules, data structures (lists and
arrays), mutable and immutable objects, NumPy, linear algebra in Python, Py-
lab, SciPy, IPython, IPython notebook (Jupyter), unit test, nosetests, graphics
and visualisation (matplotlib, Mayavi, Visualisation Tool Kit, ParaView), debug-
ging, just-in-time compilers for Python (such as PyPy, Numba, LLVM), ASCII and
binary output, HDF and NetCDF binary formats, demonstrations. (4 Hours)

ˆ Parallel computing: Introduction to parallelization, computer architecture (mem-

ory hierarchy, CPU, registers, cache), latency and throughput, cache lines, spatial
locality, array ordering, cache collisions, padding, parallelizing algorithms (strip
mining and loop reordering), shared-memory and distributed-memory parallelism,
threads, parallelization issues (contention, dependencies, synchronization, and cache
coherence), scaling (Amdahl’s law, speedup, strong and weak scaling), SPMD (sin-
gle program, multiple data) and SIMD (single instruction, multiple data), fine grain
and coarse grain parallelism.

– OpenMP: introduction, fork and join, synchronizations, race conditions, com-

piler directives, heap and stack memory, barriers, overheads, reductions, data
dependencies, thread-safe functions, pseudo-random number generators in par-
allel, example codes, and demonstrations.
– MPI: introduction, message passing, domain decomposition, MPI communica-
tors, MPI modules and functions (broadcast, reduce, allreduce, MPI send and
receive), master–worker paradigm, example codes, and demonstrations. Com-
parison of OpenMP and MPI – numerical integration using adaptive quadra-
tures Use of HPC clusters for computing (10 Hours)

ˆ Scientific computing: Solution to the steady-state diffusion problem using the

finite difference method, Jacobi method with OpenMP and MPI, numerical integrals
using Monte Carlo (MC) method, solution to Poisson problem using MC method (3
Hours) Cloud computing: Cloud computing demonstration using machine images
(1 Hour)

Laboratory/practical/tutorial Modules:
One hour lab following each lecture Details of labs:

1274
 ˆ Hours 1 – 2: Introductory heat conduction problem and linear algebra, and Unix
shell

ˆ Hours 3 – 8: Roots of a polynomial using numerical methods, version control,

makefiles

ˆ Hours 9 – 12: Python lists and modules using numerical integration, Jupyter note-
book, Numpy arrays and timing codes

ˆ Hours 13 – 22: Vector normalisation, Approximation of pi, adaptive quadratures,

norms of matrices, LU factorisation, iterative methds to solve linear systems, Finite
difference method for solving diffusion equation. All problems using OpenMP and
MPI.

ˆ Hours 23 – 25: Monte Carlo methods to solve a steady-state diffusion problem

ˆ Hour 26: Cloud computing exercise

Textbooks:
No text book for this course

References:
1. L. R. Scott, T. Clark, B. Bagheri, Scientific Parallel Computing, Princeton
University Press, 2005.

2. C. Lin and L. Snyder, Principles of Parallel Programming, Pearson, 2008.

3. R. Chandra, L. Dagum, et. al., Parallel Programming in OpenMP, Academic

Press, 2001.

4. M. Quinn, Parallel Programming in C with MPI and OpenMP, McGraw-

Hill Education, 2003.

5. G. Karniadakis, R. Kirby II, Parallel Scientific Computing in C++ and MPI,

Cambridge University Press, 2003.

6. W. Gropp, E. Lusk, A. Skjellum, Using MPI, The MIT Press, 2014.

7. LD Fosdick, ER Jessup, CJC Schauble, G Domik, An Introduction to High-

performance Scientific Computing, MIT Pres, 1996.

17.70 ME 523: Product Design

Course number : ME 523
Course Name : Product Design
Credit Distribution : 3-0-0-3, Elective
Intended for : B.Tech./M.Tech/Ph.D.
Prerequisite : None
Mutual Exclusion: None
Approval: 50th BoA

1275
Course Contents:
ˆ Introduction, generic development process, opportunity identification:
Characteristics of Successful Product Development, Generic Product Development
Process, Concept development, Generic product development process, Opportunity
structure and the associate process. [10 Hours]

ˆ Product planning, customer needs and product specification: Product

planning process (Identification, Evaluation, Allocation), Importance of latent needs,
Customer needs identification, Target specifications, Final product specifications [09
Hours]

ˆ Concept generation, selection and testing: Activity of concept generation,

Five step method, Choosing a concept, Concept screening and scoring, Concept
tests, Survey population and format, response measurement and reflecting on the
results [09 Hours]

ˆ Product architecture, Industrial design, Design for environment and eco-

nomics: Product Architecture, Modularity, Implications of the Architecture, Es-
tablishing the Architecture, Assessing the Need for Industrial Design, Impact of
Industrial Design, Quality assessment, Design for environment and associated pro-
cess, Elements of Economic Analysis, Economic analysis process, Patents and IPR,
Case studies across all the disciplines [14 Hours]

Text books:
1. K T Ulrich and S D Eppinger, Product Design and Development, McGraw
Hill, 2000.

2. K Otto and K Wood, Product Design, Pearson Education, Inc. 2001

3. K G Cooper, Rapid Prototyping Technology, Marcel Dekker, Inc. 2001

4. D T Pham and S SDimov, Rapid Manufacturing, Springer-Verlag, 2001

17.71 ME 524: Additive Manufacturing

Course number : ME 524
Course Name : Additive Manufacturing
Credit Distribution : 3-0-0-3, Elective
Intended for : B.Tech./M.Tech/Ph.D
Prerequisite : None
Mutual Exclusion: None
Approval: 50th BoA

Course Contents:
ˆ Introduction to Additive Manufacturing, Data formats and Preprocess-
ing: History, Comparison, Evolution, Methodology, Process chain, Classification,
AM file formats, Part orientation, Support structure generation, slicing, Contour
and tool path generation and build file preparation. [05 Hours]

1276
 ˆ Additive Manufacturing Methods: AM equipment and Materials including
Bio-active materials, Vat photo polymerization, Material jetting, Binder jetting,
Material extrusion, Sheet lamination, Powder Bed fusion, Direct energy deposition,
Thermal spray direct writing, Liquid phase dire deposition, PCB printing, Bioprint-
ing, Concrete 3D printing, 4D printing and Hands on experience on the available
AM machines. [22 Hours]

ˆ Design for AM: DFMA, Part replacement, Adapt for AM, Design guidelines (part,
support structure, Hole size, layer and wall thickness, residual stresses, optimiza-
tion), Case studies. [05 Hours]

ˆ AM equipment and materials: Laser, Electron beam, Arc, Beam, In situ mon-
itoring, Polymer, Metal, Ceramics, Recent advances, Powder production and char-
acterization. [05 Hours]

ˆ Post processing, Safety considerations, applications and Industry 4.0:

Quality evaluation, Surface finish and geometry improvement, Potential hazards,
Powder and chemical hazards, Applications – Aerospace, Defence, Automobile,
Biomedical, Rapid tooling, Reverse engineering, Industry 4.0 and future scope of
AM. [05 Hours]

Text books:
1. Andreas Gebhardt, Jan-Steffen Hötter, Additive Manufacturing: 3D Printing
for Prototyping and Manufacturing, Hanser Publications, 2016.

2. Chua Chee Kai, Leong Kah Fai, 3D Printing and Additive Manufacturing:
Principles and Applications, World Scientific, 2014.

3. Hod Lipson, Melba Kurman, Fabricated: The New World of 3-D Printing,
Wiley 2013.

4. Patri K. Venuvinod, Weiyin Ma, Rapid Prototyping - Laser-based and Other

Technologies, Kluwer Academic Publishers, 2003.

17.72 ME 526 : Programming Paradigm for Open-Source Soft-

ware
Course Code : ME 526
Course Name : Programming Paradigm for Open-source Software
L-T-P-C : 0-0-2-1
Intended for : UG
Prerequisite : ME 303 - Heat Transfer & ME - 213 Engineering Thermodynamics,
ME - 210 Fluid Mechanics
Mutual Exclusion:
Approval: 54th BoA

1277
Course Contents
ˆ Language
– Module 1: Object oriented fundamentals, C++ Basics, C++ Functions (6
Hours)
– Module 2: Encapsulation, Constructors and Destructors, Function and Pro-
gramming Overloading. (7 Hours)
– Module 3: Inheritance, Virtual functions, Dynamic binding (5 Hours)
– Module 4: Containment and Private Inheritance, Designing with C++: Tem-
plate and exceptions. (5 Hours)
ˆ Debugger
– Module 5: Navigating Through Codes, Stopping and Running the Program,
Examining data (3 Hours)
ˆ Introduction to Open-Source Software
– Module 6: File and folder systems, make and makefile, including a file to
open-source software, correction of a bug (2 Hours)

Textbooks:
1. Bjarne Stroustrup, The C++ Programming Language, 4th Edition, Addison
Wisley Professional, 2013.
2. Andreas Zeller et al., Debugging with DOD, User’s Guide and Reference Manual
2000.

References:
1. Stanley B. Lippman, Josee Lajoie, and Barbara E Moo, C++ Primer, 5th Edition,
Addison-Wisley Professional, 2012.
2. Steve Oualline, Practical C++ Programming, 2nd Edition, O’Reilly Media,
2002
3. Bjarne Stroustrup, Programming: Principles and Practice Using C++,
Addison-Wisley Professional 2008.
4. OpenFOAM: User Guide V21 12

17.73 ME 527 : Biofluid Dynamics

Course Code : ME 527
Course Name : Biofluid Dynamics
L-P-T-C: 3-0-0-3
Intended for: UG final year, and PG students
Prerequisites: ME210 or Equivalent Fluid Mechanics Course
Mutual Exclusion: None
Approval : 57th BoA

1278
Course Contents
ˆ Review of Basic Fluid Mechanics: Fluid Properties; Pressure and Buoyancy;
Flow Phenomena (Laminar flow and turbulent flow; Equation for mass, momen-
tum, and energy conservation in incompressible, frictionless fluids); Viscosity and
Resistance (Poiseuille’s law for laminar flow resistance in tubes) (6 Hours)

ˆ Biorheology: Newtonian and non-Newtonian fluids. Understanding how these

macromolecules respond to mechanical forces. Investigating the flow properties of
large biological molecules. (6 Hours)

ˆ Hemodynamics: Circulation in the heart, blood and lymphatic vessels. Blood

properties. Steady flow in tubes. Pulsatile flow in a rigid tube. Pulsatile flow
in an elastic tube. Blood flow dynamics in arteries and veins. Microcirculation.
Flow in specific vessels and arteries. Heart-valve hemodynamics. Diseases related
to obstruction of blood flow. (10 Hours)

ˆ Respiratory Biofluid Dynamics: Flow in the upper and lower airways. Alveolar
ventilation. Airflow in the lungs. Mechanics of breathing. Gas exchange and
transport. (6 Hours)

ˆ Cardiovascular Implants & Drug Delivery Systems: Function of artificial

heart valves and devices (pressure distribution and fluid flow). Evaluation of car-
diovascular and peripheral stents. Inhalation delivery systems such as propellant-
metered dose inhalers, and dry powder inhalers (drug dispersion and flow behavior).
(10 Hours)

ˆ Blood Flow and Pressure Measurement Technique: Mechanics of Sphygmo-

manometer and Stethoscope. Heart sound and cardiac auscultation. (4 Hours)

Text books:
1. Wilmer W. Nichols and Michael F. O’Rourke, McDonald’s Blood Flow in Ar-
teries: Theoretical, Experimental and Clinical Principles, Hodder Arnold
Publication

2. Lee Waite, Biofluid Mechanics in Cardiovascular Systems, McGraw-Hill

3. Goyal , Megh R, Biofluid Dynamics of Human body systems, CRC Press,

2013.

4. C. Kleinstreuer, Biofluid Dynamics: Principles and Applications, CRC Press,

2006

5. Ali Ostadfar, Biofluid Mechanics: Principles and Applications, Elsevier,

2016

References:
1. Biofluid Mechanics 535.661, Johns Hopkins University, School of Engineering

2. Biofluid Dynamics MEC433, UBC College of Engineering

1279
 3. Bio Fluid Mechanics (MTR003), Imperial College London

4. BEE 3310 Bio-Fluid Mechanics, Cornell SCE BMED/ME 4757

5. Biofluid Mechanics, Georgia Institute of Technology

17.74 ME 600 : Research Methodology

Course Code : ME 600
Course Name : Research Methodology
L-P-T-C: 1-0-0-1
Intended for: MTech(R), PhD
Prerequisites: None
Mutual Exclusion: Research Methodology courses running in various schools
Approval : 57th BoA

Course Contents
ˆ Overview of Research: Purpose of research, selection of a research problem,
literature review and research gap, various research methodologies, overview of
logical reasonings, the scientific method, hypothesis forming (3 Hours)

ˆ Theoretical Research: Importance of theory in research, introduction to physical

and mathematical modeling, methods of theoretical research (1 Hour)

ˆ Experiments in Research: Introduction to experimental research, design of ex-

periments, measurement techniques and instrumentation, uncertainty analysis, best
practices in experiments, and ethical considerations in experimental research (2
Hours)

ˆ Numerical Simulations in Research: Importance of computational research,

advances and applications of computational techniques in various fields, common
numerical methods and tools (2 Hours)

ˆ Scientific Communication: Elements of scientific communication, introduction

to LaTeX, best practices in writing reports, theses and journal articles (6 Hours)

Laboratory/practical/tutorial Modules:
A technical report writing with LaTeX will be part of the course in which the student
needs to submit a report based on one’s own research work.

Text books:
1. Soumitro Banerjee, Research Methodology for Natural Sciences, IISc Press,
2022

2. Wayne Booth, Gregory Colomb, Joseph Williams, Joseph Bizup, William Fitzger-
ald, The Craft of Research, 4th Edition, The University of Chicago Press, 2016

1280
References:
1. Kate L Turabian, A Manual for Writers of Research Papers, Theses and
Dissertations, 9th Edition, The University of Chicago Press, 2018

2. John W. Creswell, J, David Creswell, Research Design: Qualitative, Quan-

titative, and Mixed Methods Approaches, 6th Edition, SAGE Publications,
2022

17.75 ME 601: Advanced Finite Element Methods

Course Code: ME 601
Course Name: Advanced Finite Element Methods
L-T-P-C: 3-0-0-3
Prerequisites:
Students intended for: MS/PhD
Elective or Core:
Approval: 2nd Senate

Course contents
ˆ Basic concepts
The standard discrete system, Finite elements of an elastic continuum- displace-
ment approach, Generalization of finite element concepts- weighted residual and
variational approaches. [ Lectures]

ˆ Element types
triangular, rectangular, quadrilateral, sector, curved, isoparametric elements and
numerical integration. Automatic mesh generation schemes. [ Lectures]

ˆ Application to structural mechanics problems

Plane stress and plane strains. Axisymmetric stress analysis, introduction to three
dimensional stress analysis. [ Lectures]

ˆ Module IV
Introduction to use of FEM in steady state field problems- heat conduction fluid
flow and non linear material problems, plasticity, creep etc. [ Lectures]

ˆ Module V
Computer procedure for Finite element analysis. [ Lectures]

Text and Reference Books:

1. J N Reddy, An introduction to the Finite Element Method, McGraw – Hill,
New York, 1993.

2. R D Cook, D S Malkus and M E Plesha, Concepts and Applications of Finite

Element Analysis, 3rd Edition, John Wiley, New York, 1989.

1281
 3. K J Bathe, Finite Element Procedures in Engineering Analysis, Prentice-
Hall, Englewood Cliffs, NJ, 1982.

4. T J R Hughes, The Finite Element Method, Prentice-Hall, Englewood Cliffs,

NJ, 1986.

5. O C Zienkiewicz and R L Taylor, The Finite Element Method, 3rd Edition,

McGraw-Hill, 1989.

References:
1. Arpaci, V. S., Conduction Heat Transfer, Longman Higher Education 1967.

2. Siegel, R., and Howell, J., Thermal Radiation Heat Transfer, Taylor and Fran-
cis, 2015.

3. Schneider, P., Conduction Heat Transfer, Addison-Wesley Pub. Co, 1974.

4. Kakac et al., Heat Conduction, 5th Edition, CRC Press, 5th ed, 2018.

5. Myers, Analytical Methods in Heat Conduction, 2nd Edition, AMCH, 1998.

17.76 ME 602: Mechanical Vibration

Course Code: ME 602
Course Name: Mechanical Vibration
L-T-P-C: 3-0-0-3
Prerequisites: Consent of the faculty member
Students intended for: MS/PhD
Elective or Core: Elective
Approval: 2nd Senate

Course contents
ˆ Introduction
Free and forced vibrations with and without damping. [ Lectures]

ˆ Module II
Vibration isolation and transmissibility; Un-damped vibration absorbers. [ Lec-
tures]

ˆ Module III
Generalized coordinates and coordinate coupling; Orthogonality of modes. [ Lec-
tures]

ˆ MDOF systems
Free and forced vibration of multi-degree of freedom systems with and without
viscous damping; Lagrange’s equation; Holzer’s method; Solution of Eigen value
problem, transfer matrix and modal analysis. [ Lectures]

1282
 ˆ Self excited vibrations
Criterion of stability; Effect of friction on stability. [ Lectures]

ˆ Continuous Systems
Vibrations of strings; Free and forced longitudinal vibrations of prismatic bars; Ritz
and Galerkin methods. [ Lectures]

ˆ Diagnosis
Introduction to diagnostic maintenance and signature analysis. [ Lectures]

ˆ Nonlinear Vibration
Introduction to Nonlinear Vibration. [ Lectures]

ˆ Random Vibration
Introduction to Random Vibration. [ Lectures]

ˆ Numerical Integration methods in Vibration Analysis

Finite difference method, Runga-Kutta method, and Newmark method. [ Lectures]

ˆ Finite Element Method

Equation of motion of an element, Mass matrix, stiffness matrix and Force vector
for Bar element, Torsion element and Beam element. Consistent and Lumped mass
matrices. [ Lectures]

Text and Reference Books:

1. S. S. Rao, Mechanical Vibrations, Pearson Education Inc. (4th Ed.)2007

2. Leonard Meirovitch, Fundamental of Vibrations Mc-Graw Hill Inc.2001

3. D. J. Inman, Vibration and Control, John Willey & Sons Inc2002

4. S. Tamadonni & Graham S. KellyM, Mechanical Vibrations, Schaum’s Out line

Series, Mc-Graw Hill Inc 1998

17.77 ME 603: Advanced Fluid Mechanics

Course Code: ME 603
Course Name: Advanced Fluid Mechanics
L-T-P-C: 3-0-0-3
Prerequisites: Fluid Mechanics
Students intended for: MS/PhD
Elective or Core: Elective
Approval: 2nd Senate

1283
Course contents
ˆ Introduction
Eulerian and Lagrangian description of flow; Motion of fluid elementtranslation,
rotation and deformation; vorticity and strain-rate tensors; Continuity equation,
Cauchy’s equations of motion, Derivation of Navier-Stokes equations for compress-
ible flow. [ Lectures]

ˆ Exact solutions of Navier-Stokes equations

Plane Poiseuille flow and Couette flow, Hagen-Poiseuille flow, flow between two
concentric rotating cylinders, Stokes first and second problems, flow near a rotating
disk, flow in convergent-divergent channels. [ Lectures]

ˆ Slow viscous flow

Stokes and Oseen’s approximation, theory of hydrodynamic lubrication. [ Lectures]

ˆ Boundary layer Analysis

Derivation of boundary layer equations; Exact solutions; Approximate methods;
Momentum integral method. [ Lectures]

ˆ Stability
Introduction to hydrodynamic stability, Orr-Sommerfeld equation. [ Lectures]

ˆ Introduction to Turbulence
Description of turbulent flow, averaging, RANS, Introduction to turbulent models,
Empirical laws. [ Lectures]

Text and Reference Books:

1. White F M, Viscous Fluid Flow, 3rd Edition, Tata McGrawhill, 2011.

2. Cebeci T and Bradshaw P, Momentum Transfer in Boundary Layers, Mc-

GrawHill, 1977.

3. Schlichting H and Gersten K, Boundary Layer theory, 8th Edition, Springer,

2000.

4. Kundu P K and Cohen I M, Fluid Machanics, 4th Edition, Elsevier, 2005.

17.78 ME 604: Experimental Methods in Thermal Engineering

Course Code: ME 604
Course Name: Experimental Methods in Thermal Engineering
L-T-P-C: 3-0-0-3
Prerequisites:
Students intended for: MS/PhD
Elective or Core: Elective
Approval: 2nd Senate

1284
Course contents
ˆ Fundamentals
Importance of measurement and experimentation, calibration, uncertainty analy-
sis, error propagation, Gaussian or Normal distribution, confidence level, regression
analysis, correlation coefficient, Chi-Square test, zeroth-,first- and second-order sys-
tems. [ Lectures]

ˆ Pressure Measurement
Manometers, bourdon tube pressure gage, diaphragm gage, bellow gage, McLeod
gage, Pirani gage and ionization gage. [ Lectures]

ˆ Flow measurement
Positive displacement flow meters, venture, orifice, impact tube, flow nozzle, sonic
nozzle, rotameter, pitot static tube, hot-wire anemometer, laser Doppler anemome-
ter, flow visualization techniques – shadowgraph, Schlieren and interferometer. [
Lectures]

ˆ Temperature measurement
Hg-in-glass thermometer, RTD, thermistor, thermocouple, thermopile, liquid-crystal
thermography, optical pyrometer. [ Lectures]

ˆ Thermal conductivity measurement

Guarded hot plate apparatus, heat flux meter. [ Lectures]

ˆ Data acquisition and processing

Signal conditioning, data transmission, storage, A to D and D to A conversion. [
Lectures]

ˆ Designing experiments

Text and Reference Books:

1. J. P. Holman, Experimental Methods for Engineers, 7th edition, Tata McGraw-
Hill 2001.

2. T.G. Beckwith, J.H. Lienhard V, R. D. Marngoni, Mechanical Measurements,

5th Edition, Pearson Education, 2010.

3. E.O. Doebelin, Measurement systems, Application and Design, 5th Edition,

Tata McGraw-Hill, 2008

17.79 ME 605: Air Conditioning and Ventilation

Course Code: ME 605
Course Name: Air Conditioning and Ventilation
L-T-P-C: 3-0-0-3
Prerequisites: Thermodynamics, heat transfer
Students intended for: MS/PhD

1285
 Elective or Core: Elective
Approval: 2nd Senate

Course contents
ˆ Fundamentals
Importance of measurement and experimentation, calibration, uncertainty analy-
sis, error propagation, Gaussian or Normal distribution, confidence level, regression
analysis, correlation coefficient, Chi-Square test, zeroth-,first- and second-order sys-
tems. [ Lectures]

ˆ Pressure Measurement
Air properties, psychrometry, basic processes, and summer and winter air-conditioning.
[ Lectures]

ˆ Comfort
Concept of human comfort and thermal response, comfort factors and environmen-
tal indices, Indoor Air Quality. [ Lectures]

ˆ Equipment analysis and selection

Filter, fan, air-washer, cooling tower and cooling and dehumidifying coil. [ Lectures]

ˆ Load estimation
Heat and mass transfer in wall, insulation, vapour barrier, and cooling and heating
load calculations. [ Lectures]

ˆ Air distribution
Air flow in duct, duct sizing and space air diffusion. [ Lectures]

ˆ Ventilation
Methods, applications in industries, exhaust systems and design.

Text and Reference Books:

1. A SHRAE Handbook

2. C.P. Arora, Refrigeration and Airconditioning, 3rd Edition, Tata McGraw-Hill

2009

3. R.C. Arora, Refrigeration and Airconditioning, 1st Edition, Prentice Hall In-
dia, 2010.

4. W. P. Jones, Air conditioning engineering, 5th Edition, Elseiver, 2001.

1286
17.80 ME 606: Advanced Solid Mechanics
Course Code: ME 606
Course Name: Advanced Solid Mechanics
L-T-P-C: 3-0-0-3
Prerequisites:
Students intended for: MS/PhD
Elective or Core: Elective
Approval: 2nd Senate

Course contents
Shear centre and unsymmetrical bending. Beam columns: beams on electric foundations,
curved beams, Rotating discs and thick cylinders, Virtual work; minimum potential en-
ergy; Hamilton’s principle. Plate theory: formulation by Hamilton’s principle: bending
and buckling of homogeneous and sandwich plates. Shell theory: introduction to theory
of surface; formulation by Hamilton’s principle; membrane, bending and buckling analysis
of shells of revolution.

Text and Reference Books:

1. Srinath L.S., Advanced Mechanics of Solids, Tata McGraw-Hill, 1980

2. Boresi, A.P. and Sidebottom, O.M., Advanced Mechanics of Materials, John

Wiley, 1993.

3. Timoshenko, S.P. and Goodier, J.B., Theory of Elasticity, McGraw-Hill Ko-

gakusha Ltd., 1970.

4. Reddy, J.N., Theory and Analysis of Elastic Plates and Shells, 2nd Edition

17.81 ME 607: Materials Science For Failure Analysis

Course Code: ME 607
Course Name: Materials Science For Failure Analysis
L-T-P-C: 3-0-0-3
Prerequisites:
Students intended for: MS/PhD
Elective or Core: Elective
Approval: 2nd Senate

Course contents
ˆ Introduction remarks on Materials Science in the context of Engg.:

ˆ Structure of perfect and imperfect solids; Elastic deformation and stress distribu-
tion, stress-strain relations under uniaxial loading.

ˆ Introduction, theoretical strength of crystals and the motion of dislocation, energy

of a dislocation and stable Burgers vectors.

1287
 ˆ Slip planes and slip systems, relation between dislocation movement and plastic
flow, dislocation generation, other modes of Deformation in crystalline solids.
ˆ Some strengthening mechanisms.
ˆ The phenomenon of yield point and strain hardening.Theories of yielding and strain
hardening.
ˆ Recovery, mechanisms of deformation at elevated temperatures, creep.
ˆ Mechanism of fracture. Ductile - Brittle transition, fracture Design criteria for
materials, environmental effects.
ˆ Mechanical behavior of engineering materials under fatigue.
ˆ Selection of materials and Processes, case studies.

Text and Reference Books:

1. George E. Dieter, Mechanical Metallurgy, McGraw Hill Book Company.
2. R. W. K. Honeycombe, Plastic Deformation of Metals, EWP
3. William D. Callister Jr., Materials Science and Engineering, Willey India (P)
Ltd.
4. Knott, Fundamentals of Fracture Mechanics.
5. A. H. Cottrell, Mechanical Properties of Matter, Willey
6. K. J. Brown, Introduction to Mechanical Behaviour of Materials, Willey.

17.82 ME 608 (3) Thin Films And Devices

Approval: 8th Senate; OTA

Course Outline:
Thin film science and technology have gone through a thorough development which re-
sults in numerous new devices (e.g, Light Emitting Diodes (LED), fuel cell and solar cell)
and new materials with fundamentally new properties. Thin film research shares the
knowledge fiom multi-disciplines (e.g., materials science, chemistry, solid state physics,
mechanics and etc.) This undergraduate course is designed as an introductory class for
those students whoare interested in thin film fundamentals and processing for various
industrial applications. A newly developed model called “The Art of Laying Apples” will
be used throughout the course for explaining thin film concepts. Topics include, but are
not limited to, fundamentals on crystal structures and defects in thin films, the .basic
nucleation and growth mechanisms of thin films (growth models, lattice matching epitaxy
and domain matching epitaxy), thin film processing techniques (CVD, MOCVD’, MBE,
PLD, Laser-MBE, sputtering, and evaporation etc.), thin film growth instrumentation
aspect (energy source, chamber configurations, vacuum systems and growth controllers),
and several advanced topics related to electrical and optical devices. Lab or tour ses-
sion(s) will be provided to promote teaching and learning. The following table provides
a tentative guideline for course subjects

1288
17.83 ME 609: Functional Materials
Course Code: ME 609
Course Name: Functional Materials
L-T-P-C: 3-0-0-3
Prerequisites:
Students intended for: B. Tech
Elective or Core: Elective
Approval: 2nd Senate

Course contents
ˆ Introduction
Definition of functional materials, Different kind of functional materials; Use of
functionalities of materials in fabricating devices, Causes for observed functionality
in a material; Functionality arising due to (i) electronic, (ii) spin, and (iii) ionic
degrees of freedom; Exploitation of combined effects in designing new functional
materials. [3 Lectures]

ˆ Functionality driven by electronic degrees of freedom

Atoms and crystalline solids; electronic states of atoms and crystalline solids; For-
mation of bands in crystalline solids; Band dispersions; Density of states; Metals,
semiconductors and insulators; Direct and indirect band gap semiconductors; For-
mation of impurity bands in the p-type and n-type semiconductors; Electrons effec-
tive mass in a semiconductor; Transport and optical properties of a semiconductor;
Opto-electronic materials. [12 Lectures]

ˆ Functionality driven by spin degrees of freedom

Formation of magnetic moment in an atom; Spin and orbital part of magnetic mo-
ment in a solid; Magnetization of a solid; Diamagnetic, paramagnetic, ferromagnetic
and antiferromagnetic materials; Different kind of antiferromagnetic structures; Ex-
change interaction; Determination of magnetic transition temperature using mean-
field theory; Formation of domain wall in ferromagnetic material; Soft and hard
ferromagnets; CMR/GMR materials. [10 Lectures]

ˆ Functionality driven by ionic degrees of freedom

Covalent, ionic and metallic solids; Formation of dipole moment; Polarization of a
material; Paraelectric, ferroelectric, antiferroelectric, piezoelectric, and pyroelectric
materials; formation of domain wall in ferroelectric material; Multiferroic materials.
[5 Lectures]

ˆ Project
Brief overview of density functional theory; Different kinds of exchange-correlation
functional; Use of full-potential LMTO and LAPW methods in designing functional
materials. [12 Lectures]

1289
Text and Reference Books:
1. N.W.Ashcroft and N.D. Mermin, Solid State Physics, Harcourt College Publish-
ers
2. Marius Grundmann, The Physics of Semiconductors: An Introduction In-
cluding Devices and Nanophysics, Springer Berlin Heidelberg New York
3. R.M.Martin, Electronic Structure: Basic Theory and Practical Methods,
Cambridge University Press
4. K.F. Wang, J. M. Liu, and Z.F.Ren, Multiferroicity: the coupling between
magnetic and polarization orders, Advances in Physics, 58, 321 (2009)

17.84 ME 610: Advanced Thermodynamics

Course Code: ME 610
Course Name: Advanced Thermodynamics
L-T-P-C: 3-1-0-4
Prerequisites: Thermodynamics
Students intended for: MS/PhD
Elective or Core: Elective
Approval: 2nd Senate

Course contents
ˆ Laws of Thermodynamics
The first law for open and closed system; steady & transient processes; work and
heat transfer; second Law of Thermodynamics for open and closed systems; Local
Thermodynamic Equilibrium (LTE) Model, entropy maximum and energy mini-
mum principles. [ Lectures]
ˆ Entropy
Concept of reversibility; change in entropy in various thermodynamic processes,
entropy balance for closed and open systems, mechanism of entropy generation. [
Lectures]
ˆ Single and Multiphase systems
Maxwell relations; Clausius-Clapeyron equation; Gibbs-Duhem Relation, phase di-
agrams, corresponding states; phase transition; types of equilibrium and stability;
multi- component and multi-phase systems, equations of state. [ Lectures]
ˆ Chemically Reacting System
Chemical reactions, irreversible reactions, combustion, chemical energy of fuels. [
Lectures]
ˆ Power Generation
Irreversibilities in a power plant; advanced steam-turbine power plants; advanced
gas-turbine power plants, combined steam turbine and gas turbine plants. [ Lec-
tures]

1290
 ˆ Refrigeration
Joule-Thomson expansion, Liquefaction, refrigerator models with heat transfer ir-
reversibilities. [ Lectures]

ˆ Entropy Generation Minimization

heat transfer, trade-off between competing irreversibilites, principle of thermody-
namic isolation, structure of heat exchanger irreversibility, energy storage systems,
sensible and latent heat storage. [ Lectures]

ˆ Kinetic theory of gases

Introduction, basic assumption, molecular flux, equation of state for an ideal gas,
collisions with a moving wall, principle of equipartition of energy, classical theory
of specific heat capacity. Transport phenomena-intermolecular forces, The Vander
Weals equation of state, collision cross section, mean free path. [ Lectures]

Text Books:
1. Adrian Bejan, Advance Engineering Thermodynamics, Wiley, 2006.

2. M.J.Moran and H.N.Shapiro, Fundamentals Of Engineering Thermodynam-

ics, John Wiley and Sons.

Reference Books:
1. F.W. Sears and G.L.Salinger, Thermodynamics, Kinetic Theory and Sta-
tistical Thermodynamics, 3rd Edition, Narosa Publishing House, New Delhi,
1998.

17.85 ME 611: Design and Optimization of Thermal Systems

Course Code: ME 611
Course Name: Design and Optimization of Thermal Systems
L-T-P-C: 3-0-0-3
Prerequisites: Thermodynamics, Fluid Mechanics, Heat Transfer
Students intended for: MS/PhD
Elective or Core: Elective
Approval: 2nd Senate

Course contents
ˆ Introduction to system design – Regression analysis and curve fitting – modeling of
thermal equipment – system simulation (successive substitution – Newton – Raph-
son method) – examples – economic analysis – optimization – Lagrange multipliers,
search methods, linear programming, geometric programming – New generation op-
timization techniques – simulated annealing, Genetic Algorithms, Bayesian statis-
tics.

ˆ Examples applied to heat transfer problems and energy systems such as gas and
steam power plants, refrigeration systems, heat pumps and so on.

1291
Text and Reference Books:
1. Y.Jaluria, Design and optimization of thermal systems, McGraw Hill, 1998.

2. Adrian Bejan, George Tsatsaronis, Michael Moran, Thermal Design and Opti-
mization, John Wiley and Sons, 1995.

3. L.C. Burmeister, Elements of thermal fluid system design, Prentice Hall, 1998.

4. W.F.Stoecker, Design of thermal systems, McGraw Hill, 1989.

17.86 ME 612 Introduction to Bio-materials

Course Number : ME 612
Course Name: Introduction to Bio-materials
Credits : 3-0-0-3
Prerequisites :
Intended for : B.’Tech., M. Tech.,M.S.,and Ph. D.
Distribution:
Approval: 8th Senate; OTA

Objective:
Developing materials for use in medicine is a challenging interdisciplinary process and
requires an understanding of material bulk and surface properties, the various biological
responses to the materials, the clinical context of their use, manufacturing processes,
cost, sterilization, packaging and regulatory issues. This course is designed to introduce
students to the various classes of biomaterials’In use and their application In selected
subspecialties of medicine.
Upon successfuI completion of this course, the student will be able to:

1. Differentiate the various classes of biomaterials on the basis of structure and func-
tion;

2. Differentiate various analytical methods based on their use to characterize bulk and
surface properties of biomaterials

3. Differentiate the molecular and cellular events that follow exposure of materials to
bodily fluids and to contact with various tissues of the human body;

4. Differentiate various biomedical devices based upon function, biomaterial composi-

tion patientrisk and clinicalapplication; and to

5. Describe various practical aspects of biomedical device design, fabrication and test-
ing.

Course contents
Introduction to basic concepts of Materials Science; Salient properties of important mate-
rial classes; Property requirement of biomaterials; Concept of biocompatibility; Structure

1292
and properties of biological cells & tissues; cell-material interactions and foreign body re-
sponse; Assessment of biocompatibility of biomaterials, in vitro biochemical assays (cel-
lular adhesion, cellular viability using MTT osteogenic differentiation using ALP assay;
Biomnuneralisation using Osteocalcin assay);
In vivo testingand histocompatibility assessment; genotoxicity assessment (Physical
damage to DNA by biomaterial eluates); important biometallic alloys: Ti-based, stainless
steels, Co-Cr—Moalloys; Bioinert, Bioactive and bioresorbable ceramics; Processing and
properties of different bioceramic materials with emphasize on hydroxyapatite; synthesis
of biocompatible coatingson structural implant materials; plasma spraying of carbon
nanotljbe reinforced hydroxyapatite on Ti-6Al-4V substrate;Microstructureand properties
of glass-ceramics;biodegradablepolymers; Design concept of developing new materials for
bio-implant applications.

References and text books:

1. Ratner, Hoffman, Schoet and Lemons, (Editors), Biomaterials Science: An
introduction to Materials in Medicine, 2nd Edition, Elsevier Academic Press,
2004.

2. Mithe Ritchie and Karihalo,Comprehensive structural interity,Vol.:9 Bioengi-

neering, Elsevier, Academic Press, 2003.

3. Fredrick H. Silver and David L. Christiansen, Biomaterials Science and Bio-

compatability, Springer, New Jersey.

4. Janathan Black, Biological Performance of Materials: Fundamentals of

Biocompatibility, Marcel Dekker, 1981.

5. J.M. Davis (Editor), Basic Cell Culture: A Practical Approach, IRL Press,
Oxford University Press, 1994.

17.87 ME 613 Old: Thermal Radiation

Course Code: ME 613 Old
Course Name: Thermal Radiation
L-T-P-C: 3-0-0-3
Prerequisites: Fundamentals of heat transfer
Students intended for: MS/PhD
Elective or Core: Elective
Approval: 9th Senate

Course Objective:
This course will provide comprehensive knowledge of thermal radiation. The course covers
the radiation properties of materials, radiation in participative and non-participative
medium. The extensive emphasis will be given on the radiation in participative media
and non-gray behaviors of gases and surfaces. The course also covers radiation phenomena
in semitransparent medium and collimated beam radiation. Along with the finite volume
method of the radiative transfer equation, the students will also be introduced with

1293
statistical monte carlo method for collimated ‘ beam radiation. This course is theoretical
in nature and to make understand of radiation physics practice on some open source code
wil! be encouraged.

Course contents
ˆ Fundamentals of Thermal Radiative Heat Transfer
Introduction, The nature of thermal radiation, Basic laws of thermal radiation
Introduction to radiation characteristics of opaque surfaces, gases, solid, liquid and
particles. [3 Lectures]
ˆ Radiation properties of real surfaces
Definitions of radiation phenomena at surfaces, Radiative properties of metals, non-
conductors, semi-transparent sheets [2 Lectures]
ˆ Radiation Exchange between surfaces
Introduction to view factors and methods to calculate the view factors. Radiative
exchange between Grey, Diffuse Surfaces, Partially-Specular Grey Surfaces. [10
Lectures]
ˆ Gas Radiation
The equation of radiative transfer in participative media, Boundary conditions for
the equation of transfer, divergence of radiative heat flux, overall energy conser-
vation, radiative properties of molecular gases, line radiation, spectral models for
radiative transfer calculations, Narrow band models, Wide band models. radiative
properties of particulate media Rayleigh scattering. P1, Zonal and Finite volume
method for radiative transfer equation. [23 Lectures]
ˆ Radiation properties of semi-transparent media and Collimated beam
radiation
Radiation phenomena in semi-transparent solids and liquids. Monte carlo method
for the collimated beam radiation. [4 Lectures]

Text and Reference Books:

1. M. F. Modest, Radiative Heat Transfer, 3rd Edition, Academic Press,2013.
2. J. R. Howell, R. Siegel, M.P. Menguc, Thermal Radiation Heat Transfer 5th
Edition, CRC Press, 2011.

17.88 ME 613: Thermal Radiation

Course Code: ME 613
Course Name: Thermal Radiation
L-T-P-C: 3-0-0-3
Prerequisites: Fundamentals of heat transfer
Students intended for: MS/PhD
Elective or Core: Elective
Approval: 9th Senate

1294
Course contents
ˆ Fundamentals of Thermal Radiative Heat Transfer
Introduction, The nature of thermal radiation, Basic laws of thermal radiation
Introduction to radiation characteristics of opaque surfaces, gases, solid, liquid and
particles. [3 Lectures]

ˆ Radiation properties of real surfaces

Definitions of radiation phenomena at surfaces, Radiative properties of metals, non-
conductors, semi-transparent sheets [2 Lectures]

ˆ Radiation Exchange between surfaces

Introduction to view factors and methods to calculate the view factors. Radiative
exchange between Grey, Diffuse Surfaces, Partially-Specular Grey Surfaces. [10
Lectures]

ˆ Gas Radiation
The equation of radiative transfer in participative media, Boundary conditions for
the equation of transfer, divergence of radiative heat flux, overall energy conser-
vation, radiative properties of molecular gases, line radiation, spectral models for
radiative transfer calculations, Narrow band models, Wide band models. radiative
properties of particulate media Rayleigh scattering. P1, Zonal and Finite volume
method for radiative transfer equation. [20 Lectures]

ˆ Radiation properties of semi-transparent media and Collimated beam

radiation
Radiation phenomena in semi-transparent solids and liquids. Monte carlo method
for the collimated beam radiation. [4 Lectures]

ˆ Design and Performance study of solar conversion devices by using open

source or standard softwares [3 Lectures]

Text and Reference Books:

1. M. F. Modest, Radiative Heat Transfer, 3rd Edition, Academic Press,2013.

2. J. R. Howell, R. Siegel, M.P. Menguc, Thermal Radiation Heat Transfer 5th

Edition, CRC Press, 2011.

17.89 ME 614: Compressible Flow and Gas Dynamics

Course Code: ME 614
Course Name: Compressible Flow and Gas Dynamics
L-T-P-C: 3-0-0-3
Prerequisites: Fluid Mechanics, Thermodynamics, Conservation Laws
Students intended for: MS/PhD
Elective or Core: Elective
Approval: 3rd Senate

1295
Course contents
ˆ Introduction
Gas dynamics, review of basic mass, momentum and energy conservation lass for
compressible flows, speed of sound, wave equation, regimes of mach number, shocks ,
wave propagation, sound speed, Mach number, isentropic flow, static and stagnation
properties. [6 Lectures]

ˆ One Dimensional Flow

Converging-diverging nozzles, shock waves, moving and reflected waves, blast waves,
wind tunnels, supersonic engines [8 Lectures]

ˆ Two Dimensional Flow

Oblique shock wave theory, conical oblique shock waves, Prandtl-Mayer expansion
Fans, supersonic inlets and diffusers. [8 Lectures]

ˆ Compressible Pipe Flow

Fanno-Line flow, Rayleigh pipe flow, natural gas flow in pipelines. [3 Lectures]

ˆ Compressible Potential Flow

Method of characteristics, supersonics nozzle design. [6 Lectures]

Text and Reference Books:

1. J.D. Anderson, Modern Compressible Flow (With Historical Perspective),
2nd Edition, McGraw-Hill, 1990

2. S M Yahya , Fundamentals of Compressible Flow, 4th Edition, New Age

International, 2010.

3. Shapiro, Ascher H., Dynamics and thermodynamics of compressible fluid

flow, Vol 1 and Vol 2, John Wiley, 1953.

17.90 ME 615: Applied Computational Fluid Dynamics

Course Code: ME 615
Course Name: Applied Computational Fluid Dynamics
L-T-P-C: 2.5-0.5-0-3
Prerequisites:
Students intended for: BTech 4th Year/MS/PhD
Elective or Core: Elective
Approval: 2nd Senate

Course contents
ˆ Introduction
Basics of heat transfer, fluid flow; Mathematical description of fluid flow and heat 5
transfer: conservation equations for mass, momentum, energy and chemical species,
classification of partial differential equations, coordinate systems. [ Lectures]

1296
 ˆ Discretization techniques
Discretisation techniques using finite difference methods: Taylor-Series and control
volume formulations; Finite element discretization techniques. [ Lectures]
ˆ Modelling of diffusion problems using finite volume method
One dimensional steady state diffusion problems; discretization technique; Solution
methodology for linear and non-linear problems: Point-by-point iteration, TDMA;
Two and three dimensional discretization; Discretization of unsteady diffusion prob-
lems: Explicit, Implicit and Crank-Nicolson’s algorithm; stability of solutions. [
Lectures]
ˆ Modelling of Convection- Diffusion Problems
One dimensional convection-diffusion problem: Central difference scheme; Dis-
cretization based on analytical approach (exponential scheme); Hybrid and power
law discretization techniques; Higher order schemes (QUICK algorithm). [ Lectures]
ˆ Flow modeling
Discretization of incompressible flow equations; Pressure based algorithm: SIM-
PLE, SIMPLER etc; Unstructured grids; Introduction to FVM with unstructured
grids; Introduction to turbulence modeling; Large Eddy Simulation (LES); Direct
Numerical Simulation (DNS). [ Lectures]
ˆ Projects / Exercises/ Publications
Solving simplified problems: formulation, discretization with coarse grids, applying
appropriate boundary and initial conditions and solving by hand calculations; Solv-
ing practical problems through software: writing user sub-routines; postprocessing
and interpretation of results. [ Lectures]

Text and Reference Books:

1. S. V. Patankar, Numerical Heat Transfer and Fluid Flow, Hemi sphere Pub-
lishing Corporation, 1980.
2. D. A. Anderson, J. C. Tannehill , and R. H. Pletcher, Computational Fluid
mechanics and Heat Transfer, Hemi sphere Publishing Corporation, 1984.
3. J. H. Ferziger and M. Peric, Computanional Methods for Fluid Dynamics,
2nd Edition, Springer, Berlin, 1999.
4. H. K. Versteeg and W. Malalasekera, An Introduction to Computational Fluid
Dynamics: The Finite Volume Method, Pearson.

17.91 ME 616 Old: Dielectrics and Related Materials

Course Code: ME 616 Old
Course Name: Dielectrics and Related Materials
L-T-P-C: 3-0-0-3
Pre-requisites: Nil
Approval: 5th Senate

1297
Course contents:
Students will be introduced to dielectric theory. Various dielectric related concepts such
as relaxation phenomena will be discussed. Non-linear dielectrics, ferroelectrics, and an-
tiferroelectrics will also be described. Soft mode theory will be used to link dynamic
vibrational modes to static dielectric permittivity. Temperature coefficient of capaci-
tance will be discussed for a wide group of materials using Clausius-Mossotti theory.
Capacitor and microwave material design is described for a variety of applications: X7R,
Y5V, and NPO capacitors, and microwave resonators and filters. Importance of crystal
structures, defect chemistry will be emphasized in relation to the final performance of
the devices. Performance will be considered in terms of temperature dependence, dielec-
tric loss, defect chemistry, dielectric breakdown, and degradation. Piezoelectric materials
will be considered in terms of properties, domain switching, and compositional design.
Important piezoelectric applications are reviewed in terms of properties. Conduction
mechanisms of dielectric materials will be discussed in terms of Mott insulators, semicon-
ductors, and superconductors. Solid-state electronic theory will be discussed in relation
to structure-property relationship to give the students an understanding of processes that
control these unique properties.

17.92 ME 616: Convective Heat and Mass Transfer

Course Code: ME 616
Course Name: Convective Heat and Mass Transfer
L-T-P-C: 3-0-0-3
Prerequisites: ME-210: Fluid Mechanics, ME-303: Heat Transfer, IC110: Engineering
Mathematics
Students intended for: UG/PG
Elective or Core: Elective
Approval: 9th Senate

Course contents
ˆ Governing Equations
Continuity, Momentum and Energy Equations, reduction of equations for various
fluid flow systems, boundary layer approximations to momentum and energy, scale
analysis, Introduction to nano-heat transfer. [6 Lectures]

ˆ Laminar external flow and heat transfer

Scale analysis, similarity solutions for flat plate (Blasius solution), scale analysis of
thick and thin thermal boundary layer, Integral method solutions for flow over an
isothermal flat plate, flat plate with constant heat flux and with varying surface
temperature, flows with pressure gradient. [6 Lectures]

ˆ Laminar internal flow and heat transfer

(a) Exact solutions to N-S equations for flow through channels and circular pipe,
Fully developed forced convection in pipes with different wall boundary conditions,
Forced convection in the thermal entrance region of ducts and channels (Graetz

1298
 solution), heat transfer in the combined entrance region, (b) Integral method for
internal flows with different wall boundary conditions. [8 Lectures]

ˆ Natural convection heat transfer

Governing equations for natural convection, Boussinesq approximation, Scale anal-
ysis: thermal and hydrodynamic boundary layers, Scale analysis in flow in vertical
plate, Walls different boundary conditions: constant temperature and heat flux,
Similarity and integral solutions, effects of inclination, Natural convection in en-
closures, mixed convection heat transfer past vertical plate and in enclosures. [10
Lectures]

ˆ Turbulent convection
Governing equations for averaged turbulent flow field (RANS), Analogies between
heat and Mass transfer (Reynolds, Prandtl-Taylor and von Karman Analogies),
Turbulence Models (Zero, one and two equation models), Turbulent flow and heat
transfer across flat plate and circular tube, Turbulent natural convection heat trans-
fer, Empirical correlations for different configurations. [6 Lectures]

ˆ Convective mass transfer

Mass conservation, mass diffusivities, laminar forced convection, internal forced
convection, natural convection: mass and heat transfer driven flows, turbulent flows:
time averaged concentration equation, effect of chemical reaction, concept of boiling
and condensation phenomena. [6 Lectures]

Text Books:
1. Adrian Bejan, Convective Heat Transfer, 4th Edition, John Wiley & Sons, 2013.

2. Kays W M and Crawford M E, Convective Heat and Mass Transfer, 3rd

Edition, McGraw Hill Int Edition, 1993.

3. Spalding D B, Introduction to Convective Mass Transfer, McGraw Hill, 1963.

Reference Books:
1. Louis C. Burmeister, Convective Heat Transfer, 2nd Edition, Wiley-Interscience,
1993

2. Arpaci & Larcen, Convective Heat Transfer, Prentice Hall, 1984.

3. Sadik Kakac, Yaman Yener, Anchasa Pramuanjaroenkij, Convective Heat Trans-

fer, 3rd Edition, CRC Press, 2013.

4. Bird R. B., Stewart W. E. and Lightfoot E. N., Transport Phenomena, 1st

Edition, John Wiley and sons, Inc., 1960.

5. Schlichting H., Boundary Layer Theory, 6th Edition, McGraw Hill , 1968.

1299
17.93 ME 617 Old: Mechanics of Composite Materials
Course Code: ME 617 Old
Course Name: Mechanics of Composite Materials
L-T-P-C: 3-0-0-3
Prerequisites: ME-210: Fluid Mechanics, ME-303: Heat Transfer, IC110: Engineering
Mathematics
Students intended for: UG/PG
Elective or Core: Elective
One Time Approval in 2nd convocation meeting

Course contents
Introduction, Classification of Composite Materials, Linear Anisotropic Materials: Gen-
eralized Hooke’s Law, Fundamental Equations and Variational Solution Procedures. Ef-
fective Material Moduli for Composites: Elementary Mixture Rules for Fiber-Reinforced
Laminae, Improved Formulas for Effective Moduli of Composites. Classical and Im-
proved Theories: Classical Laminate Theory, Shear Deformation Theory for Laminates
and Sandwiches, Layer wise Theories. Modeling and Analysis of Beams, Modeling and
Analysis of Plates, Modeling and Analysis of Circular Cylindrical.

17.94 ME 617: Mechanics of Composite Materials

Course Code: ME 617
Course Name: Mechanics of Composite Materials
L-T-P-C: 3-0-0-3
Prerequisites: Mechanics of Solids
Students intended for: MS/PhD
Elective or Core: Elective
Approval: 12th Senate

Course contents
ˆ Module I
Introduction, Classification of Composite Materials, advantage of composite mate-
rials and applications [4 Lectures]

ˆ Module II
Macro-mechanical behaviour of a lamina; Stress strain relationships for anisotropic
materials, stiffness’s and compliances, restrictions of engineering constants, invari-
ant properties of lamina, Strength of lamina [10 Lectures]

ˆ Module III
Micromechanical behaviour of lamina: Mechanics of materials approach for stiffness,
elasticity approach, imperial approaches, strength estimations [12 Lectures]

1300
 ˆ Module IV
Micromechanical behaviour of Laminates: Classical laminate theory, special cases
of laminates, strength of laminates, Interlaminar stresses [12 Lectures]

ˆ Module V
Experimental characterization of composites: Uniaxial, biaxial tension and com-
pression tests, interfacial and inter laminate shear stress characterizations. [4 Lec-
tures]

Text and Reference Books:

1. Laszolo P Kollar and George S. Springer, Mechanics of Composite Structures,
Cambridge university Press, 2003.

2. J. N. Reddy, Mechanics of Laminated Composite Plates and Shells Theory

and Analysis

17.95 ME 618: Stealth Technology: Infrared Signatures

Course Code: ME 618
Course Name: Stealth Technology: Infrared Signatures
L-T-P-C: 2-1-0-3
Prerequisites: Heat Transfer (for those who Credit this course / no Pre-requisite for
those who Audit this course)
Students intended for: UG (ME final year) /MS (ME) /PhD (ME) can Credit this
course [all other student categories can Audit this course (must at least pass in course to
qualify as Audit)]
Elective or Core: Elective
Approval: 5th Senate

Course contents
ˆ Module I
Principles of Stealth Technology – camouflage, conceal, deceive, active vs. passive
detection. [2 Lectures]

ˆ Module II
Introduction to Signatures – radar (RCS & its reduction), infrared, visual, aural.
[3 Lectures]

ˆ Module III
Principles of Thermal / Infrared Radiation – basic laws (Planck’s, Wien’s Displace-
ment, Kirchhoff’s), grey body spectrum. [6 Lectures]

ˆ Module IV
Estimation of Infrared Signature (IR) from Internal Sources – engine heated casing,
engine exhaust plume, aerodynamic heating of airframe. [6 Lectures]

1301
 ˆ Module V
Estimation of Infrared Signature from External Sources – reflection of earthshine,
sunshine, & skyshine. [6 Lectures]
ˆ Module VI
Role of Atmosphere – attenuation of IR-signature by intervening atmosphere &
atmospheric background radiance. [3 Lectures]
ˆ Module VII
Relation between IR-Signature and Target Susceptibility – lock-on envelope & lethal
envelop for air-to-air combat in horizontal plane. [6 Lectures]
ˆ Module VIII
IR-Signature Suppression (& its Penalties) – optical blocking, cooling, emissivity
optimization IR Countermeasures – decoys / flares [2 Lectures]

Text Books:
1. Hudson Jr., R.D., Infrared System Engineering, Wiley Series in Pure and Ap-
plied Optics, 2006.
2. Hackforth, H.L., Infrared Radiation, McGraw Hill, 1960.
3. Jones, J., Stealth Technology: The Art of Black Magic (ed. Thurber, M.),
McGraw-Hill Co. 1989.

Reference Books:
1. Mahulikar, S.P., Sonawane, H.R., & Rao, G.A., 2007, Infrared signature studies
of aerospace vehicles, Progress in Aerospace Sciences, Vol. 43, Nos. 7-8, pp. 218-
245.
2. Rao, G.A., & Mahulikar, S.P., 2002 (Dec), Integrated review of stealth tech-
nology and its role in airpower, Aeronautical Journal, Vol. 106, No. 1066, pp.
629-641.
3. Howe D., Introduction to the basic technology of stealth aircraft: Part 1 -
basic considerations and aircraft self emitted signals (passive considera-
tions), ASME Journal of Engineering for Gas Turbines & Power, 1991, Vol. 113,
No. 75, pp. 75-79.

17.96 ME 619: Experiments in Materials Science

Course Code: ME 619
Course Name: Experiments in Materials Science
L-T-P-C: ..-..-..-3
Prerequisites:
Students intended for: B.Tech/MS/PhD
Elective or Core: Elective
Approval: 2nd Senate

1302
Course contents
ˆ Module I
Principles of Stealth Technology – camouflage, conceal, deceive, active vs. passive
detection. [2 Lectures]

ˆ Module II
Introduction to Signatures – radar (RCS & its reduction), infrared, visual, aural.
[3 Lectures]

ˆ Module IIIFabrication of various materials (metals, alloys, ceramics and compos-

ites) in various forms such as single crystals, thin films, and bulk materials using
physical/chemical methods. Their structural and physical properties characteriza-
tion using structural characterization (Diffraction, optical and electron microscopy),
Thermal characterization (DTA/DSC/TGA) and miscellaneous materials charac-
terization tools.Scanning probe microscopy, Scanning electron microscopy, Trans-
mission electron microscopy and X-ray diffraction etc. Physical properties measure-
ments such as VSM, Magnetoresistance, SQUID, impedance analysis, PES, IPES,
X-ray absorption spectroscopy, AFM, STEM, P-E loop, piezoelectric measurements,
thermoelectric measurements etc.

Text and Reference Books:

1. Kingery W. D., Bowen, H. K., Uhlhmen D. R., Introduction to Ceramics, 2nd
Edition, John Wiley, 1976.

2. J. Reed, Principles of Ceramic Processing, 2nd Edition, John Wiley and sons,

3. C. R. Brundle, C.A. Evans and S.Wilson,Encyclopedia of Materials Charac-

terization, Butterworth-Heinemann, 1992.

4. A.R West, Solid State Chemistry, Wiley

5. B.D. Cullity, Elements of X-Ray Diffraction, Prentice Hall, 2001.

Reference Books:
1. Mahulikar, S.P., Sonawane, H.R., & Rao, G.A., 2007, Infrared signature studies
of aerospace vehicles, Progress in Aerospace Sciences, Vol. 43, Nos. 7-8, pp. 218-
245.

2. Rao, G.A., & Mahulikar, S.P., 2002 (Dec), Integrated review of stealth tech-
nology and its role in airpower, Aeronautical Journal, Vol. 106, No. 1066, pp.
629-641.

3. Howe D., Introduction to the basic technology of stealth aircraft: Part 1 -

basic considerations and aircraft self emitted signals (passive considera-
tions), ASME Journal of Engineering for Gas Turbines & Power, 1991, Vol. 113,
No. 75, pp. 75-79.

1303
17.97 ME 620: Modeling and Simulation
Course Code: ME 620
Course Name: Modeling and Simulation
L-T-P-C: 2-0-2-3
Prerequisites: Engineering Mathematics (IC110), Linear Algebra (IC111)
Students intended for: UG/MS/PhD
Elective or Core: Elective
Approval: 6th Senate

Course contents
ˆ Introduction
System, environment, input and output variables, State variables; Static and Dy-
namic systems; Hierarchy of knowledge about a system and Modeling Strategy. [2
Lectures]

ˆ Physical Modeling
Dimensions analysis, Dimensionless grouping of input and output variables of find
empirical relations, similarity criteria and their application to physical models. [2
Lectures]

ˆ Modeling of System with Known Structure

Review of conservation laws and the governing equation for heat, mass and mo-
mentum transfer, Deterministic model-(a) distributed parameter models in terms
of partial identification and their solutions and (b) lumped parameter models in
terms of differential and difference equations, state space model, transfer functions
block diagram and sub systems, stability of transfer functions, modeling for control.
[7 Lectures]

ˆ Optimizations and Design of Systems

Summary of gradient based techniques : Nontraditional Optimizations techniques
(1) genetic Algorithm (GA)- coding, GA operations elitism, Application using
MATLAB:(ii) Simulated Annealing. [4 Lectures]

ˆ Neural Network Modeling of Systems only with Input-output Database

Neurons, architecture of neural networks, knowledge representation, learning al-
gorithm. Multilayer feed forward network and its back propagation learning al-
gorithm, Application to complex engineering systems and strategy for optimum
output. [4 Lectures]

ˆ Modeling Based on Expert Knowledge

Fuzzy sets, Membership functions, Fuzzy Inference systems, Expert Knowledge and
Fuzzy Models, Design of Fuzzy Controllers. [4 Lectures]

ˆ Simulation of Engineering Systems

Monte-Carlo simulation, Simulation of continuous and discrete processes with suit-
able examples from engineering problems. [5 Lectures]

1304
List of practicals
ˆ Exp. 1 & 2 Introductions to programming with MATLAB

ˆ Exp. 3 & 4 Find the response of a lumped variable model expressed in terms of
transfer function using MATLAB for input of (i) unit step function (ii) unit impact
function and (iii) unit ramp function

ˆ Exp. 5, 6 & 7 Use of Simulink in MATLAB for engineering problems

ˆ Exp. 8, 9 & 10 Use of Neural Network in MATLAB for engineering problems

ˆ Exp. 10, 11 &12 Use of FIS and ANFIS in MATLAB for engineering problems

ˆ Exp. 13 & 14 Monte Carlo simulation

Text Books:
1. Zeigler B.P., Praehofer. H. and Kim I.G. Theory of modeling and simulation,
2nd Edition, Academic press, 2000

2. Ogata K, Modern control Engineering, 3rd Edition, Prentice hall of India, 2001

3. Jang J.S.R., sun C.T. and Mizutani E,, Neuro-Fuzzy and soft Computing, 3
rd Edition, Prentice hall of India, 2002.

4. Shannon, R. E., System Simulation: the Art and Science, Prentice Hall Inc.,
1990.

5. Pratap R., Getting started with MATLAB, Oxford university Press 2009

17.98 ME 621: Aircraft Propulsion

Course Code: ME 621
Course Name: Aircraft Propulsion
L-T-P-C: 2-1-0-3
Prerequisites: Thermodynamics
Students intended for: UG/MS/PhD
Elective or Core: Elective
Approval: 6th Senate

Course contents
ˆ Module I
Aircraft propulsive devices / engines (basic principle of operation). [3 Lectures]

ˆ Module II
Brief information on - piston-prop, turbo-prop, turbojet, turbofan, turbo-shaft,
ramjet, scramjet, vectored thrust (incl. lifting engines)
Aircraft gas turbine engine vs. Industrial gas turbine engine (contrast). [1 Lectures]

1305
ˆ Module III
Thermodynamic, aerodynamic, & mechanical design considerations in aircraft gas
turbine engine. [3 Lectures]

ˆ Module IV
Aircraft propulsion mechanics, concepts, & performance measures. [2 Lectures]
Thrust (T), Specific Thrust (F sp), Propulsive Efficiency, Overall efficiency, Thrust
specific fuel consumption.

ˆ Gas turbine cycle (Joule) for Aircraft / Helicopter propulsion

Open cycle single shaft and twin shaft arrangements, multispool arrangements. [2
Lectures]

ˆ Thermodynamic analysis of ideal shaft power cycles

T-S diagram, cycle efficiency, specific work output (derivations). [3 Lectures]

ˆ Thermodynamic analysis of ideal reheat cycle

T-S diagram, optimum point of reheat, cycle efficiency & specific work output
(derivations)
Thrust augmentation using after burner and water injection in compressor inlet.

ˆ Methods for accounting for component losses (with illustrations on T-S

diagram)
Compressor and Turbine efficiencies [isentropic and polytropic (including incides
for compression and expansion)], intake & propelling nozzle efficiencies, mechanical
losses
Fuel air ratio, combustion efficiency (& relation with thermal efficiency) [4 Lectures]

ˆ Simple Turbo-Jet Engine (TJE) cycle

Calculation of F , Fsp , ηpr , sfc;
Variation of of F , Fsp , ηpr , sfc with flight conditions for given TJE

ˆ Analysis of flow through - compressor, turbine, combustion chamber,

afterburner, nozzle [2 Lectures]

ˆ Variable area nozzle, thrust spoiler & reverser, engine noise suppressor
[2 Lectures]

ˆ Bypass engines
Turbo-fan Engine (TFE) configurations, thermodynamic design point performance
prediction of TFE, turbo-prop engine & its propeller efficiency
Optimization of TFE cycle for minizing sfc and maximizing Fsp based on bypass
ratio and fan pressure ratio. [6 Lectures]

1306
 ˆ Off-design performance prediction of aircraft gas turbine engines based
on component characteristics
Relations based on work, flow, rpm compatibilities between components
Single shaft engine delivering shaft power, free turbine engine (incl- matching of
two turbines in series, study of variation of power output & sfc with rpm of free
turbine)
Jet engine (incl - matching of gas-generator turbine with nozzle, study of variation
of F with engine rpm, forward speed, altitude)

Text Books:
1. H.I.H. Saravanamuttoo, G.F.C. Rogers, H. Cohen, P. Straznicky, Gas Turbine
Theory, 6th Edition, Prentice Hall / Pearson Education, Singapore, 2009.

2. P.G. Hill, C.R. Peterson, Mechanics and Thermodynamics of Propulsion,

2nd Edition, Addison-Wesley Co. Reading MA USA, 1992.

3. R.D. Flack, Fundamentals of Jet Propulsion with Applications, Cambridge

University Press, Cambridge, 2005.

17.99 ME 622: Biomechanics of Musculoskeletal System

Course Code: ME 622
Course Name: Biomechanics of Musculoskeletal System
L-T-P-C: 3-0-0-3
Prerequisites: ME206 Mechanics of solids, IC240 Mechanics of Rigid Bodies , IC242
Continuum Mechanics , ME352 Finite Element Methods i n Engineering
Students intended for: UG/PG
Elective or Core: Elective
Approval: 9th Senate

Course contents
ˆ Module I
Introduction to Biomechanics, Basic terminology and concept of hu man muscu-
loskeletal system, anatomy and overall function. [4 Lectures]

ˆ Module II
Biomechanics of Tissues and Structures of musculoskeletal system composition and
structure. [3 Lectures]

ˆ Module III
Biomechanical behaviour bone, articular cartilage, muscle, tendon and ligament. [8
Lectures]

ˆ Module IV

1307
 Biom echanics of joints structure, range of motions, musculoskeletal model of forces:
(i) hip; (ii)knee; (iii) shoulder; (iv) elbow; (v) spine, lubrication of joints. [8 Lec-
tures]

ˆ Module V
Motion and gait analysis method, gait cycle, segmental kinetics, engineering approa
ches to posture analysis. [6 Lectures]

ˆ Module VI
Joint replacement and fracture fixation stress analysis and basic design approach,
failure mechanisms, wear in joint arthroplasty, bone remodelling. [8 Lectures]

ˆ Module VII
Biomaterials properties and application. [2 Lectures]

ˆ Module VIII
Image Processing T echniques: Quantitative CT scan / MRI reconstruction and
generation of solid (CAD) models. [3 Lectures]

Text Books:
1. M. Nordin and V.H. Frankel, Basic Biomechanics of the Musculoskeletal
System, 3rd edition, LWW.

2. Y. C. Fung, Biomechanics, 2nd Edition, Springer

3. J.D. Humphery and S.L. Delange, An Introduction to Biomechanics, Springer

Reference Books:
1. Dominique G. Poitout, Biomechanics and Biomaterials in Orthopedics, by
Publisher: Springer

2. Kelvin L. Ong, Scott Lovald, Jonathan Black, Orthopaedic Biomaterials in

Research and Practice, 2nd Edition, CRC Press.

17.100 ME 625: Introduction to Turbulence and its Modeling

Course Code: ME 625
Course Name: Introduction to Turbulence and its Modeling
L-T-P-C: 3-0-0-3
Prerequisites: ME 210 Fluid Mechanics, IC 110 Engineering Mathematics/ ME 504
Numerical Methods for Engineering Computation
Students intended for: UG/PG
Elective or Core: Elective
Approval: 9th Senate

1308
Course contents
ˆ Introduction to Turbulence
Nature of turbulence, origin of turbulence, laminar and turbulent boundary layers,
diffusion of turbulence, concept of eddy viscosity. [4 Lectures]
ˆ Statistics of Turbulence
Statistical aspects of turbulence, scales in turbulence, spectrum of turbulence, en-
ergy cascade in isotropic turbulence, Kolmogorov hypotheses. [6 Lectures]
ˆ Mathematical Theory of Turbulence
The Reynolds equation, Reynolds decomposition, equations for the mean flow,
Reynolds stress, mixing length model, turbulent heat transfer, limitations of mixing
length theory. [6 Lectures]
ˆ Dynamics of Turbulence
Dynamics of turbulence, Taylor microscale, Reynolds stress and vorticity, the vor-
ticity equation. [4 Lectures]
ˆ Boundary-free and Wall-bounded Turbulence
Turbulent wakes, turbulent jets and mixing layers, turbulent flows in pipes and
channels, experimental techniques for turbulence characteristics. [8 Lectures]
ˆ Introduction to Turbulence Modelling
Turbulence modelling and closure problem, algebraic models, modern variants of the
mixing length model, one equation models, k−ϵ and k−ω models, Spalart–Allmaras
turbulence model. [8 Lectures]
ˆ Numerical Techniques for Turbulence
Direct numerical simulations (DNS), large eddy simulations (LES) and Reynolds
averaged Navier-Stokes (RANS) modelling techniques, spectral methods and parti-
cle based methods for turbulence. [8 Lectures]

Text Books:
1. Tennekes H. and Lumley J., A first course in turbulence, M.I.T. Press.
2. Tritton D.J., Physical Fluid Dynamics, Oxford University Press.
3. Davidson P.A., Turbulence: An Introduction for Scientists and Engineers,
Oxford University Press.

Reference Books:
1. Pope S.B., Turbulent flows, Cambridge University Press, 2000
2. Townsend A.A., The structure of turbulent shear flow, Cambridge University
Press, 1980.
3. Wilcox D.C., Turbulence modeling for CFD, DCW Industries, Incorporated,
1994.

1309
17.101 ME 626: Acoustics
Course Code: ME 626
Course Name: Acoustics
L-T-P-C: 2-1-0-3
Prerequisites: Basic Engineering Mathematics. ME 602 Mechanical Vibration is de-
sirable
Students intended for: MS and PhD students – SE, SCEE, B-Tech final and pre-final
year students.
Elective or Core: Elective
Approval: 9th Senate

Course contents
ˆ Basics of Acoustics and Vibration
Introduction, frequency, Fourier series, FFT, loudness, decibel scale, octave, music
scale. Vibration of one degree of freedom system. Brief introduction to multi degree
of freedom systm. [5 Lectures]
ˆ Vibration of string, bars, membranes and plates
One dimensional wave equation, general solution of wave equation, plucked string.
Longitudinal vibration of bars, transverse vibration of beam. Wave equation for
stretched membrane, normal modes of membrane. Vibration of plates. [5 Lectures]
ˆ Acoustic wave equation and its solution
Equation of state, continuity, Euler’s equation. Linear wave equation, speed of
sound in fluids. Acoustic intensity, specific acoustic impedance, spherical waves,
cylindrical waves. Waveguides, transmission line equations. and resonators. [8
Lectures]
ˆ Reflection and transmission
Changes in media, transmission from one fluid to another – normal and oblique
incidence. Normal specific acoustic impedance, reflection from solid. Transmission
through thin partition – mass law. Perfectly matched layer. [4 Lectures]
ˆ Radiation and reception of acoustic waves
Radiation from pulsating sphere, acoustic reciprocity, continuous line source, ra-
diation from circular piston, radiation impedance. Models of electromechanical
acoustic systems, Solution for a loudspeaker model, Microphones. [8 Lectures]
ˆ Hearing and Speech
The ear, fundamental properties of hearing – threshold, equal loudness level con-
tours, critical bandwidth, masking, beats. Loudness level and loudness, pitch and
frequency, voice. [4 Lectures]
ˆ Environmental and Architectural acoustics
Sound in enclosure, reverberation time, sound absorption materials, acoustics fac-
tors in architectural design. Speech interference, noise rating curves, highway noise,
design of partitions. [8 Lectures]

1310
 ˆ Special topics
Underwater acoustics, shock waves and explosion. (can be in the form of semi-
nars/presentation) [2 Lectures]

Text Books:
1. Lawrence E. Kinsler, Austin R. Frey, Fundamentals of Acoustics, 4th Edition,
Wiley Publishers, 2000.
2. Munjal M. L., Noise and Vibration Control, World Scientific Publishers in
Collaboration with IISc Press, Singapore, 2013

Reference Books:
1. Beranek Leo L., Acoustics, Acoustical Society of America, 1996.

17.102 ME 627: Mesh Independent Computational Techniques

Course Code: ME 627
Course Name: Mesh Independent Computational Techniques
L-T-P-C: 3-0-0-3
Prerequisites: FEM in Engineering (ME 513)/Advanced FEM (ME 601)
Students intended for:UG/M. Tech/MS/PhD
Elective or Core: Elective
Approval: 39th BoA

Course contents
ˆ Scope and Need of Mesh Independent methods
Equations for two-dimensional and three-dimensional solids, strong-forms and weak-
forms, Weighted residual method, need of mesh free methods, solution procedure
of Mesh Free methods, classification according to the formulation procedures, clas-
sification according to the function approximation schemes [9 Lectures]
ˆ Shape function construction
Meshfree shape function construction, point interpolation metnods, moving least
square shape function, interpolation error using Meshfree shape function. [6 Lec-
tures]
ˆ Methods based on global weak-forms
Meshfree radial point interpolation method and formulation, integration issues in
RPI method, Imposition of essential BC in RPI method, Element Free Galerki
method formulation, and shape function, Implementation issues and application
examples in EFGM, Integration techniques and enforecement of BC in EFGM. [8
Lectures]
ˆ Methods based on local weak-forms
Meshless local Petrov-Galerkin method, Implementation issues and application ex-
amples. [4 Lectures]

1311
 ˆ eXtended Finite Element Method
Difference between FEM and XFEM, Partition of Unity and Level set function,
Intrinsic enrichment and Extrensic enrichment, Numerical integration, Implemen-
tation and case studies [4 Lectures]

ˆ Computer Implementation and Case Studies

FEM Implementation with computer programming platform
Implementation of meshfree EFGM using computer programming for analysis of
(i) solid mechanics problem (ii) heat transfer problem. Enforcement of essential
boundsary condition will be implemented using Lagrange multiplied method.
Implementation of XFEM with extrinsic enrichment techniques for material discon-
tinuity and crack discontinuity. [9 Lectures]

Text Books:
1. G. R. Liu and Y. T. Gu, An Introduction to meshfee Methods and their
Programming, Sprinter Dorderecht, Berlin, 2005.

2. Timon Rabczuk, Jeong-Hoon Song, Xiaoying Zhuang, Cosming Anitescu, Ex-

tended Finite Element and Meshfree Methods, Academic Press, 2019.

Reference Books:
1. G. R. Liu, Meshfree Methods: Moving Beyond the Finite Element Method,
CRC Press, 2018

2. Meshfree Methods for Partial Differential Equations, Lecture notes in Com-

putational Science and Engineering book series, Springer, 2017.

3. Youping Chen, James Lee, Azin Eksandarin, Meshless methods in Solid Me-
chanics, Springer, 2006.

4. Hua Li, Santanu S. Mulay, Meshless Methods and Their Numerical Proper-
tis, CRC Press, 2013.

5. Soheil Mohammadi, Extened finite element method for fracture analysis of

Structures, Blackwell Publishing Inc., 2008.

6. Amir R. Khoei, Extended Finite Element Method: Theory and Applica-

tions, John Wiley & Sons, 2014.

17.103 ME 628: Impact Mechanics

Course Code: ME 628
Course Name: Impact Mechanics
L-T-P-C: 3-0-0-3
Prerequisites: Mechanics of Solids (ME206) & FEM in Engineering (ME513) or Ad-
vanced FEM (ME601)
Students intended for: UG/M. Tech/MS/PhD

1312
 Elective or Core: Elective
Approval: 39th BoA

Course contents
ˆ Introduction
Impact Mechanics - Appreciating Impact Problems in Engineering, Historical Back-
ground, Low velocity impact, Principle of dynamics, Percussion, Concussion, Col-
lision and Explosion. [4 Lectures]
ˆ Rigid Body Impact Mechanics
Impulse - Momentum Equations, Measurement of Coefficient of Restitution, Kinetic
Coefficient of Restitution, Energy Coefficient of Restitution, Oblique Impact- Role
of Friction. [5 Lectures]
ˆ Impact Mechanics of Deformable Bodies
One-Dimensional Impact Mechanics of Deformable Bodies: Single Degree of Free-
dom Idealization oflmpact Process, 1-D Wave Propagation in Solids Induced by
Impact, Governing Equation for Flexural Waves in Rods, D’Alembert’s Solution
for Wave Equation.
Multi-Dimensional Impact Mechanics of Deformable Bodies: Analysis of Stress and
Strain, Linearised Stress-Strain Relations. [8 Lectures]
ˆ Experimental Impact Mechanics
Quasi-Static Material Tests, Pendulum Impact Tests, High Strain Rate Testing
of elastoplastic and visco-elastic materials, Split Hopkinson’s Pressure Bar Test,
Taylor Cylinder Impact Test, Drop Impact Test. [10 Lectures]
ˆ Impact Modeling
Modeling Deformation and Failure Under Impact: Equation of State, Gruneisen
Parameter and Murnaghan Equation of State, Constitutive Models for Material
Deformation and Plasticity, Johnson-Cook Material Model, Determination of Pa-
rameters in Johnson-Cook Model, Implementation of Damage, Implementation of
penetration and bulging. [4 Lectures]
ˆ Computational Impact Mechanics
Lagrangean Formulation, Eulerian Formulation, Computational Aspects in Numer-
ical Simulation, Shockwaves. [3 Lectures]
ˆ Case Studies
Low-velocity impact properties of composite materials, Simulation of Ballistic Im-
pact of a Steel Bullet, Mechanics of Vehicle Collision, Case studies of vehicle crash
impact test, Case studies of explosive impact test. [7 Lectures]

Text Books:
1. C. Lakshmana Rao, V. Narayanamurthy, K. R. Y. Simha, Applied Impact Me-
chanics, John Wiley & Sons Ltd., 2016.
2. W. J. Stronge, Impact Mechanics, Cambridge University Press, 2018.

1313
Reference Books:
1. Laursen, Tod A, Computational Contact and Impact Mechanics, Springer.
2003.
2. Ian G. Crouch, The Science of Armour Materials, Elsevier, 2016.
3. Karl F. Graff, Wave Motion in Elastic Solids, Dover Publications, 2003.
4. Zvi Rosenberg and Erez Dekel, Terminal Ballistics, Spinger, 2012.
5. Jonas A Zukas, High Velocity Impact Dynamics, John Wiley & Sons. 1990.

17.104 ME 630 : Machine Learning for Engineers

Course Code : ME 630
Course Name : Machine Learning for Engineers
L-P-T-C: 2-0-2-3
Intended for: B.Tech/MTech/ MTech(R)/MS(R)/PhD
Prerequisites: None
Mutual Exclusion: None
Approval : 57th BoA

Course Contents
ˆ Introduction: Various learning paradigms, definitions, examples. [1hr]

ˆ Data handling: Data cleaning, Visualization and Pre-processing, Data Normaliza-

tion, Linear Regression, Polynomial Regression [3hr]
ˆ Optimization: gradient-based techniques, metaheuristic techniques, numerical im-
plementation [4hrs]
ˆ Statistics and probability: Probability distributions, hypotheses testing, Bayes’ the-
orem, Maximum likelihood parameter estimation, Bayesian parameter estimation
[3hrs]
ˆ Supervised learning: Linear/nonlinear regression, overfitting, regularization, logis-
tic regression, naive Bayes, k-NN, decision tree, random forest, maximum likelihood,
support vector machine, applications in engineering [7hrs]
ˆ Unsupervised learning: Singular value decomposition, principal component analy-
sis, clustering, applications in engineering [5hrs]
ˆ Artificial neural network: Single- and multi-layer networks, activation, backpropa-
gation, stochastic gradient descent, physics-informed neural network, applications
in engineering [5hrs]

List of Lab Experimentation:

It is suggested that the student should get hands-on experience by solving data analy-
sis problems available on Machine Learning competition platforms. Some of the suggestive
list of lab experiments is given below.

1314
 ˆ Introduction to Python/MATLAB

ˆ Extract the data from database

ˆ Implement Support Vector Machine for a dataset and compare the accuracy by
applying the following kernel functions: i. Linear ii. Polynomial iii. RBF

ˆ Implement k-nearest neighbours classification

ˆ Implement linear regression using

ˆ Implement K-Means Clustering using

ˆ Implement Naive Bayes Theorem to Classify the English Text

ˆ Implement an algorithm to demonstrate Back Propagation Algorithm

ˆ Implement an algorithm to demonstrate the significance of Genetic Algorithm in

python

ˆ Implement an algorithm to demonstrate Back Propagation Algorithm

ˆ Implement and demonstrate the FIND-S algorithm for finding the most specific
hypothesis based on a given set of training data samples

ˆ Project work

Text books:
1. R. G. McClarren, Machine Learning for Engineers, Springer

2. S. Rogera, M. Girolami, A First Course in Machine Learning, CRC Press

References:
1. Z-H. Zhou, Machine Learning, Springer

2. G. James et al., An Introduction to Statistical Learning, Springer

3. S. L. Brunton, J. L. Kutz, Data-Driven Science and Engineering, Cambridge

Uni. press

4. J-A. Goulet, Probabilistic Machine Learning for Civil Engineers, MIT Press

5. J. Watt et al., Machine Learning Refined, 2nd Edition, Cambridge University

press

6. A. Lindholm et al., Machine Learning, Cambridge University press

1315
17.105 ME 631: Heat Transfer and Fluid Flow in Energy Sys-
tems
Course Code: ME 631
Course Name: Heat Transfer and Fluid Flow in Energy Systems
L-T-P-C: 3-0-0-3
Prerequisites: Instructor’s consent
Students intended for: M. Tech / UG/MS/PhD
Elective or Core: Core for M. Tech, elective for / UG/MS/PhD
Approval: 10th Senate

Course contents
ˆ Module I
Overview of transport phenomena, Vectors and tensors, types/uses of control vol-
ume, notion of conservation principles and constitutive relations [4 Lectures]

ˆ Module II
Analysis of flow through pipes, Major and Minor losses, Hydraulic gradient and
total energy line – pipe in series and parallel, hydraulic transmission of power,
Turbulent flow in pipes, Smooth and rough boundaries, water hammer phenom-
ena, Flow through fluidized and packed bed combustor, flow through nozzle and
diffusers, cascade theory, flow through reciprocating, centrifugal and axial pumps,
compressors and turbines, Cavitation phenomena. [28 Lectures]

ˆ Module III
Heat transfer phenomena in pipes, combustion chambers, fluidized and packed bed
combustors, Analysis of heat exchangers, heat and fluid phenomena in boilers. [10
Lectures]

Text and Reference Books:

1. William S. Janna, Design of Fluid and Thermal Systems, 4th Edition

2. Steven G. Penoncello, Thermal Energy Systems: Design and Analysis, CRC

Press.

3. R. Byron Bird, Warren E. Stewart, Edwin N. Lightfoot, Transport phenomena,

2nd Edition, Wiley, 2001.

4. J.C. Slattery, Advanced transport phenomena, Cambridge University Press,

New York, 1999.

5. Welty J.R, Wicks J.E, Wilson R.E, Rorrer G, Fundamentals of momentum,

heat and mass transport, 4th Edition, Wiley, 2001.

1316
17.106 ME 632: Mechanics for Energy Systems
Course Code: ME 632
Course Name: Mechanics for Energy Systems
L-T-P-C: 3-0-0-3
Prerequisites: Mechanics of Solid
Students intended for: B. Tech./ M. Tech. /MS
Elective or Core: Compulsory for M. Tech in Mechanical Engineering with specializa-
tion in Energy Systems, and Elective for others
Approval: 10th Senate

Course contents
ˆ Brief overview of linear elasticity
Material constitutive relations, generalized Hooke’s law, problems of linear elastic-
ity, principle of Virtual work; minimum Potential energy; Hamilton’s equation [4
Lectures]

ˆ Stress Analysis
Analysis of various components used in energy systems/ subsystems under different
types of stresses - axial, bending and torsion; piping systems, turbine blade, rotors,
boilers, compressor, nozzle, blower, generator, solar concentrating collectors and
associated drives. [22 Lectures]

ˆ Dynamic Analysis
Free and forced vibrations; analysis of rotor systems, geared systems; natural fre-
quencies and natural modes, steady state response
Different kinds of bearing used in various types of turbine-rotor; stiffness and damp-
ing coefficients of journal bearings, half frequency whirl and resonance whip [10
Lectures]

ˆ Balancing
Balancing of rigid and flexible turbine rotors, influence coefficient and modal bal-
ancing techniques for flexible rotors. [4 Lectures]

Text and Reference Books:

1. Boresi, A.P. and Sidebottom, O.M., Advanced Mechanics of Materials, John
Wiley, 1993.

2. Timoshenko, S.P. and Goodier, J.B., Theory of Elasticity, McGraw-Hill Ko-

gakusha Ltd., 1970

3. J. S. Rao, Rotor Dynamics, New Age International Publishers, New Delhi.

4. Timoshenko, D H. Young and W. Weaver, Vibration Problems in Engineering,

John Wiley.

1317
17.107 ME 633: Design of Energy Systems
Course Code: ME 633
Course Name: Design of Energy Systems
L-T-P-C: 3-0-0-3
Prerequisites: Instructor Consent
Students intended for: B. Tech. /M. Tech./ MS/ PhD
Elective or Core: Compulsory for M. Tech in Mechanical Engineering with specializa-
tion in Energy Systems, and Elective for others
Approval: 10th Senate

Course contents
ˆ Module I
Introduction to energy systems, Introduction to critical components for design in
energy system, thermal stresses, material selections. [4 Lectures]

ˆ Module II
Turbine blade design, overview of design criteria and certification guidelines, aero-
dynamic design, structural design, design and choice of sub-systems and compo-
nents, design of blades for gas turbines, consideration of blade cooling in design of
gas turbine blades, blades for hydro and wind turbines. [12 Lectures]

ˆ Module III
Design of critical, supercritical and ultra-supercritical boilers, Stresses in pressure
storage sections, Autofrettage, Thermal stresses, Design of various boiler compo-
nents such as shell, heads, nozzles, flanges as per ASME & IS codes, Buckling. [8
Lectures]

ˆ Module IV
Design of high pressure power plant piping systems, flow characteristics, material
selection, thermal analysis of pipe and joints, thermal insulations. [4 Lectures]

ˆ Module V
Design of heat transfer equipments, Boilers: classification, selection, Heat exchang-
ers: classification, selection, flow friction and pressure drop analysis, basic thermal
design, e-NTU, p-NTU, MTD methods. Shell and tube heat exchanger, construc-
tion and thermal features, thermal design procedure, Kern method, Bell Delaware
method. [8 Lectures]

ˆ Module VI
Thermal design of regenerators, classifications, design parameters. Design of com-
pact heat exchangers, plate and fin, fin-tube and plate and frame heat exchangers,
fouling and corrosion in heat exchangers. [6 Lectures]

1318
Text and Reference Books:
1. J. F. Harvey, Theory and Design of Pressure Vessels, CBS Publishers and
Distributors, 1987.

2. S. Walas, Chemical Process Equipment, Selection and Design, Buterworths

Sr. in Chemical Engineering.

3. L. Brownell, E. Young, Process Equipment Design, John Wiley and Sons.

4. D. Kern, Process Heat Transfer, Tata McGraw-Hill, 2000.

5. Fraas, Heat Exchanger Design, 2nd Edition, John Wiley & Sons, 1989.

6. J. Manwell, J. McGowan, A. Rogers, Wind Energy Explained, Theory, Design

and Application, Wiley, 2012.

7. R. Kulwiec, Materials Handling Handbook, ASME, John Wiley and Sons.

8. W. Stoecker, Design of thermal systems, Tata McGraw-Hill Education, 3rd

Edition.

17.108 ME 634: Thermodynamics for Energy Systems

Course Code: ME 634
Course Name: Thermodynamics for Energy Systems
L-T-P-C: 3-0-0-3
Prerequisites: Instructor Consent
Students intended for: UG/M. Tech/MS/PhD
Elective or Core: Core for M. Tech Energy Engineering (Mechanical), elective for
UG/MS/PhD
Approval: 10th Senate

Course contents
ˆ Laws of Thermodynamics
The first law for open and closed system; steady and transient processes, work
and heat transfer; second law of thermodynamics for open and closed systems; Lo-
cal temperature equilibrium (LTE) Model, entropy maximum an energy minimum
principles [10 Lectures]

ˆ Module II
Entropy; Concept of reversibility and irreversibility; change in entropy in various
thermodynamic processes, entropy balance for closed and open systems, mechanism
of entropy generation, entropy generation minimization [7 Lectures]

ˆ Single and multiphase systems

Maxwell relatios; Clasius-Clapeyron equation; Gibbs-Duham relation, phase dia-
grams; phase transition; types of equilibrium and stability; multi-component and
multi-phase systems, equations of state. [9 Lectures]

1319
 ˆ Combustion and Thermochemistry
Stoichiometry of reactions, enthalpy of formation and reaction, adiabatic flame
temperature, second law availability analysis of chemical reactions. [6 Lectures]
ˆ Advanced Thermodynamic Cycles
Advanced vapour power cycles; advanced gas power cycles, combined cycle power
cycles, cogeneration. [6 Lectures]
ˆ Module VI
Exergy Analysis of energy systems and case studies. [5 Lectures]

Text and Reference Books:

1. A. Bejan, Advanced Engineering Thermodynamics, Wiley, 2006.
2. M. J. Moran and H. N. Shapiro, Fundamentals of Engineering Thermody-
namics, John Wiley and Sons
3. C. Borgnakke, G. Van Wylen and R. E. Sonntag, Fundamentals of Thermody-
namics, Wiley India

17.109 ME 635: Manufacturing for Energy Systems

Course Code: ME 635
Course Name: Manufacturing for Energy Systems
L-T-P-C: 3-0-0-3
Prerequisites: Instructor Consent
Students intended for: UG/M. Tech/MS
Elective or Core: Compulsory elective for M. Tech (Mechanical Engineering) special-
izing in Energy system, and Elective for others
Approval: 10th Senate

Course contents
ˆ Casting and forging of super alloys
Principles related to the practice of melting and casting of non-ferrous alloys. Typ-
ical problems encountered during melting and casting. Fettling and heat-treatment
of castings; Casting defects: inclusions, hot-tearing, blow holes and pin holes,
shrinkage, misrun, coldshut and coldlap, metal penetration and sand burn-on, scabs
and rat tails, lustrous carbon defect, mismatch, sand drop and mold break.
Basic principles and development of additive manufacturing, generalized process
chain, Vat photo polymerization, powder bed fusion, extrusion-based processes,
material jetting, sheet lamination and directed energy deposition processes, direct
write technologies, rapid tooling. [10 Lectures]
ˆ Advanced machining
Non-Traditional Machining: Abrasive Jet Machining, Ultrasonic Machining, Water
Jet Machining, Electrical Discharge Machining, Laser Beam Machining, Electron
Beam Machining CNC Machining: Milling center, turning center. [10 Lectures]

1320
 ˆ Joining similar & non-similar materials
Solid state welding- friction stir processing, and friction stir surfacing, process char-
acteristics and applications, friction stir processing of particle reinforced composite
materials, electron beam welding-weldability of aluminum and its alloys, Mg and its
alloys and steels, flux cored arc welding, laser beam welding, cracks in welds, opera-
tions, advantages and limitations, applications, liquid penetration test, eddy current
test, ultrasonic test, magnetic particle test, Xray radiography test. Non-destructive
Testing: Liquid penetrant test, Ultrasonic testing, Thermography, Radiography.
[10 Lectures]

ˆ Case studies
Manufacturing process of rotor, turbine blade, impeller, pipe, shaft, solar cell, solar
panel and fabrication of microelectronic devices. [12 Lectures]

Text and Reference Books:

1. Kalpakijian, Manufacturing Engineering and Technology, Adisson Wesley,
1995.

2. Ian Gibson, David Rosen, Brent Stucker, Additive Manufacturing Technolo-

gies, Springer Publ. 2015.

3. R. A. Lindburg, Process and Materials of Manufacturing, 4th Edition, PHI

1990.

4. Chang Liu, Foundation of MEMS, Pearson, 2012.

5. V.K.Jain, Advanced Machining Processes, Allied Publications.

6. John Campbell, Castings: The new metallurgy of cast metals, 2nd edition,
Elsevier Publications, 2004.

7. Nondestructive Testing Handbook, American Society for Nondestructive Test-

ing

17.110 ME 636: Combustion Technology

Course Code: ME 636
Course Name: Combustion Technology
L-T-P-C: 3-0-0-3
Prerequisites: Instructor Consent
Students intended for: UG/M. Tech. /MS/PhD
Elective or Core: Elective
Approval: 10th Senate

1321
Course contents
ˆ Module I
Introduction to combustion processes; combustion thermodynamics, reaction kinet-
ics and combustion transport. Chain reactions, ignition, quenching and flammabil-
ity limits, detonations, deflagrations and flame stability; Introduction to turbulent
premixed combustion; Applications in IC engines, furnaces, gas turbines, and rocket
engines. [4 Lectures]

ˆ Module II
Fuels - Characteristics and Properties; Combustion Thermodynamics and Thermo-
chemistry, Heat of Reaction, Calorific Value, Adiabatic Flame Temperature etc
Combustion Kinetics – Reaction Mechanism / Pathways, Rate Constants, Activa-
tion Energy; Flame –Diffusion Flame, Mixed Flame, Flame Velocity; Formation of
Pollutants – CO, Soot, NOX and SOX; Combustion Modeling – Solid Combustion,
Gas Combustion and Liquid. [12 Lectures]

ˆ Module III
Combustion - Combustion Equipment: Combustion in Boilers (including Fluidized
Bed Combustion), Liquid Combustion – Atomizer, Spray Combustion etc.; Gas
Combustion – Gas Burners
Interchangeability of Fuels, Special Equipment; Engines, Combustion Phenomenon
in Engines, Performance of Engine and Emissions; Stoves; Catalysis – Catalytic
Combustion and Control of Emissions. [14 Lectures]

ˆ Module IV
Advanced treatment of fundamental combustion processes; Conservation equations
for reacting gas mixtures; The structure of one-dimensional diffusion and premixed
flames; introduction to activation energy asymptotics. Two-dimensional Burke-
Schumann flames and boundary layer combustion; Flame instabilities and flame
stretch; turbulent combustion. [12 Lectures]

Text Books:
1. Stephen Turns, An Introduction to Combustion: Concepts and Applica-
tions, 3rd Edition, McGraw Hill Education India Private Limited, 2012.

2. Mishra D P., Fundamentals of Combustion, PHI Learning Private Limited-New

Delhi, 2010.

17.111 ME 637: Wind Power Plant

Course Code: ME 637
Course Name: Wind Power Plant
L-T-P-C: 3-0-0-3
Prerequisites: Instructor Consent
Students intended for: UG/M. Tech. /MS/PhD

1322
 Elective or Core: Specialized stream elective for M. Tech in Mechanical Engineering
with specialization in Energy Engineering, elective for other students
Approval: 10th Senate

Course contents
ˆ Module I
Introduction, General theories of wind machines, Basic laws and concepts of aero-
dynamics [8 Lectures]

ˆ Module II
Micro-siting, Description and performance of the horizontal-axis wind machines,
Blade design, Description and performance of the vertical-axis wind machines [12
Lectures]

ˆ Module III
The generation of electricity by wind machines, case studies, overview of micro,
mini and small hydro, site selection and civil works, penstocks and turbines, speed
and voltage regulation. [14 Lectures]

ˆ Module IV
Investment issues, load management and tariff collection, distribution and market-
ing issues, case studies. [8 Lectures]

Text Books:
1. Gasch Jochen Twele, Wind Power Plants Fundamentals, Design, Construc-
tion and Operation, Springer-Verlag Berlin, 2012

2. Mathew Sathyajit, Wind Power Plants: Fundamentals, Resource Analysis

and Economics, Springer-Verlag Berlin, 2006.

17.112 ME 638: Solar Thermal Power Plant

Course Code: ME 638
Course Name: Solar Thermal Power Plant
L-T-P-C: 3-0-0-3
Prerequisites: Instructor Consent
Students intended for: UG/M. Tech. /MS/PhD
Elective or Core: Specialized stream elective course for M. Tech. in Mechanical
Engineering with specialization in Energy Systems, and elective course for other students
Approval: 10th Senate

Course contents
ˆ Module I
Physical processes that determine the output of a solar thermal collector, and math-
ematical models that can be used to calculate this output, relation between factors

1323
 and models, materials and surface treatments for use in a solar collector, optical
parameters of absorbers, reflectors and transparent materials and comparison of
their characteristics. [6 Lectures]

ˆ Module II
Evaluate of different thermal loads and its mathematical modeling, design of dif-
ferent solar thermal systems and comparing their suitability for different boundary
conditions [8 Lectures]

ˆ Module III
Calculation of storage capacity for different heat storage techniques and determine
their suitability for given boundary conditions. [7 Lectures]

ˆ Module IV
Function of the important components necessary in a solar thermal system and the
testing standards used for their evaluation. [7 Lectures]

ˆ Module V
Need and challenges involved in using solar energy for cooking, cooling, distillation
and drying applications as well as identify niche areas for these applications, func-
tioning of different designs and system dimensions of solar cookers, stoves, cooling
systems and dryers [14 Lectures]

Text Books:
1. Peter Gevorkian, Large-Scale Solar Power System Design: An Engineering
Guide for Grid Connected Solar Power Generation, McGraw-Hill, 2011.

17.113 ME 639: Thermal Power Plant Engineering

Course Code: ME 639
Course Name: Thermal Power Plant Engineering
L-T-P-C: 3-0-0-3
Prerequisites: Instructor Consent
Students intended for: UG/M. Tech. /MS/PhD
Elective or Core: Specialized stream elective course for M. Tech. in Mechanical
Engineering with specialization in Energy Systems, and elective course for other students
Approval: 10th Senate

Course contents
ˆ Module I
Types of thermal power stations, steam power stations based on fossil fuels, Econ-
omy and thermal scheme of the steam power stations. [4 Lectures]

ˆ Module II
Thermal power plant equipment – boilers, superheaters, super critical steam gen-
erator economizers, feedwater heaters, condensers. [20 Lectures]

1324
 ˆ Module III
Combustion chamber and gas loop, turbines, cooling towers, etc. Gas turbine power
statiooons, combined cycle power plants. [12 Lectures]

ˆ Module IV
Internal combustion engine plant for peak load, standby and start-up. [6 Lectures]

Text Books:
1. Amiya Ranjan Mallick, Practical Boiler Operation Engineering and Power
Plant, 4th Edition, PHI, 2015.

2. R. Yadav, Steam and Gas Turbines and Power Plant Engineering, 7th
Edition, Central Publishing House, 2000.

17.114 ME 640: Solar Power Utilization

Course Code: ME 640
Course Name: Solar Power Utilization
L-T-P-C: 3-0-0-3
Prerequisites: Instructor Consent
Students intended for: UG/M. Tech. /MS/PhD
Elective or Core: Specialized stream elective course for M. Tech. in Mechanical
Engineering with specialization in Energy Systems, and elective course for other students
Approval: 10th Senate

Course contents
ˆ Module I
Solar radiation and modelling, solar collectors and types: flat plate, concentrating
solar collectors, advanced collectors and solar concentratrs, Sensitive coating. [14
Lectures]

ˆ Module II
Solar water heating, solar cooking, solar drying, solar distillation and solar refrig-
eration, Active and passive heating and cooling of buildings. [14 Lectures]

ˆ Module III
Solar thermal power generation, solar cells, Home lighting systems, Solar lanterns,
Solar PV pumps, Solar energy storage options, Industrial heat systems, Solar ther-
mal power generation and sterling engine, Solar economics. [14 Lectures]

Text Books:
1. Robert Foster, Majid Ghassemi, Alma Cota, Solar Energy: Renewable Energy
and the Environment, CRC Press, 2009..

1325
17.115 ME 641: Finite Element Method
Course Code: ME 641
Course Name: Finite Element Method
L-T-P-C: 3-0-0-3
Prerequisites: Instructor’s Consent
Students intended for: UG/M. Tech. /MS/PhD
Elective or Core: Specialized stream elective course for M. Tech. in Mechanical
Engineering with specialization in Energy Systems, and elective course for other students
Approval: 10th Senate

Course contents
ˆ BASIC CONCEPT
Introduction to FEM : Need for use of FEM, Advantages and Disadvantages of
FEM, Engineering applications of finite element method,. Rayleigh- Ritz method,
Weighted residual methods: Galerkin s method, Principal of a minimum poten-
tial energy, Principle of virtual work, Boundary value problem, initial value and
Eigenvalue problem, Guass elimination method.
BASIC PROCEDURE: General description of Finite Element Method, Discretiza-
tion process; types of elements lD, 2D and 3D elements, size of the elements, location
of nodes, node numbering scheme, half Bandwidth, Stiffuess matrix of bar element
by direct method, Properties of stiffuess matrix, Preprocessing, post processing.
One Dimensional Problem.[11 Lectures]

ˆ Module II
INTERPOLATION MODELS: Polynomial form of interpolation functions- linear,
quadratic and cubic, Simplex, Complex, Multiplex elements, Selection of the order
of the interpolation polynomial; Convergence requirements, 2D Pascal triangle, Lin-
ear interpolation polynomials in terms of global coordinates of bar, triangular (2D
simplex) elements, Linear interpolation polynomials in terms of local coordinates
of bar, triangular (2D simplex) elements, CST clement.
HIGHER ORDER AND ISOPARAMETR!C ELEMENTS: Lagrangian interpola-
tion, Higher order one dimensional elements- quadratic, Cubic element and their
shape functions, properties of shape functions, Truss element, Shape functions of
2D quadratic triangular element in natural coordinates, 2D quadrilateral element
shape functions - linear, quadratic, Biquadric rectangular element (4-Noded quadri-
lateral element), Shape function of beam element. Hermite shape function of beam
element. [12 Lectures]

ˆ Module III
FEM for Solid Mechanics Problems: Derivation of element stiffness matrices and
load vectors for bar element under axial loading, trusses, beam element with con-
centrated and distributed loads. Solution of bars, plane trusses and beam for dis-
placements, reactions and stresses by using elimination approach, penalty approach.
FEM for Heat Transfer Problems: Steady state heat transfer, One-dimensional heat
conduction governing equation, boundary conditions, One dimensional element,

1326
 Galerkin approach for heat conduction, heat flux boundary condition, heat transfer
one-dimensional problems with conduction and convection.
FEM for Fluid Mechanics Problems: One-dimensional fluid flow governing equation,
Onedimensional finite element formulation, boundary conditions.
FEM for Electromagnetics Problems: One-dimensional Electrostatics & Magneto-
static problems.
FEM for Elasticity Problem: Numerical integration, Plane stress and plane strain
problems, dynamic problems on vibrations. [11 Lectures]

ˆ Module IV
Finite Element Analysis of piping systems, turbine blade, rotors, boilers, compres-
sor, nozzle, blower, generator, solar concentrating collectors and associated drives.
[8 Lectures]

Text Books:
1. Chandrupatla T.R., Finite Elements in engineering, 3rd Edition, Pearson

2. S.S. Rao, The Finite Element Method in Engineering, 4th Edition, Elsevier,
2006

Reference Books:
1. O.C.Zienkiewicz, The FEM its basics and fundamentals, 6th Edition, Elsevier.

2. J.N.Reddy, Finite Element Method, McGraw -Hill International Edition.

3. Daryl. L. Logon, Finite Element Methods, 3rd Edition, Thomson Learning,

2001.

4. C.S.Krishnamurthy, Finite Element Analysis, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Co.

Ltd, 1995.

17.116 ME 695P : Post Graduate Project-I

Course Code: ME 695P
Course Name : Post Graduate Project-I
L-T-P-C : 0-0-4-2
Intended for : MTech. in Materials and Energy Engineering
Prerequisite : None
Mutual Exclusion : None
Approval: 44th BoA

1327
Course Contents:
ˆ The students are expected to conduct their literature survey in the winter term
based on the research topic the students and their advisors decide upon. Their
level of satisfactory progress will be judged at the beginning of the 2nd semester
based on the problem identification and their requisite literature survey. Their
involvement on the project will be a key factor of their judgement and will contain
various aspects like- discussion with the advisor, completion of literature survey,
report writing and presentation

Text books:
1. As suggested by advisor.

References:
1. As suggested by supervisor or the material student finds necessary while working
on project

17.117 MI 101 Thermodynamics

Course Code: MI-101
Course Name: Thermodynamics
L-T-P-C: 2-1-0-3
Pre-requisite: NIL Sem. Both
Approval: 5th Senate; OTA

Course Contents:
ˆ Introduction: Introduction to thermodynamic system, surrounding, state, pro-
cess, properties, equilibrium, heat and work, Zeroth Law of Thermodynamics;

ˆ Properties of Pure Simple Compressible Substance: PvT Surface, Pv, Tv,

TP diagrams. Equation of state for ideal and real gases. Virial equation of state,
Van-der waal, Redlich- Kwong,Peng Robinson equation of state etc. use of steam
tables and Mollier diagram;

ˆ First Law of Thermodynamics: First law application to non-flow processes such

as isochoric, isobaric, isothermal, adiabatic and polytropic processes. Steady flow
energy equation, flow work. Application to various practical systems viz nozzles,
diffuser, turbines, heat exchangers etc. Application of energy equation to transient
flow problems;

ˆ Second Law of Thermodynamics: Second law, reversible and irreversible pro-

cesses, Clausius and Kelvin Planck statements, Carnot cycle, corollaries of second
law: thermodynamic temperature scale, Clausius inequality, entropy as a property,
principle of increase of entropy. Calculation of entropy change;

ˆ Thermodynamic Cycles: Otto, Diesel, Rankine cycles and their applications.

Vapour compression refrigeration cycle.

1328
References:
1. Van Wylen and Sonntag, Fundamentals of Thermodynamics, John Wiley.
2. Roger G. F. C. and Mayhew, Engineering Thermodynamics Work and Heat
Transfer, Longman.
3. Smith J. M., Van Ness H. C. and Abbott M. M, Introduction to Chemical
Engineering Thermodynamics, Tata McGraw Hill.
4. Version S. I., Moran M. J. and Shapiro H. M., Fundamentals of Engineering
Thermodynamics, John Wiley.

17.118 MI 102 Manufacturing Techniques

Course Code: MI-102
Course Name: Manufacturing Techniques
L-T-P-C: 2-0-2-3
Pre-requisite: NIL Sem. Both
Approval: 5th Senate; OTA

Course Contents:
ˆ Introduction : Engineering materials, their manufacturability and applications;
ˆ Casting : Pattern materials, pattern types, allowances, molding sand, composition
and properties, cores, casting defects and their remedies, plastic parts molding;
ˆ Machining: Lathe, drilling, milling and grinding machines and their operations,
cutting tools used;
ˆ Joining : Welding fundamentals, types of welded joints, types of welding processes,
gas welding process, manual metal arc welding, welding defects and remedies, Sol-
dering and brazing, their applications in electronics industry;
ˆ Forming: Forging, rolling, extrusion, wire drawing and tube drawing, sheet metal
operations, forging defects and remedies;
ˆ Advance Manufacturing Process: Introduction to advanced manufacturing
technique and their application.

References:
1. De Garmo P. E., Black J.T., Kohser R. A., Materials and Processes in Man-
ufacturing, Prentice Hall of India Pvt. Limited.
2. Kalpakjian S., Schmid S. R., Manufacturing Engineering and Technology,
Pearson Education.
3. Groover M. P., Fundamentals of Modern Manufacturing, John Wiley and
Sons Inc.
4. Lindberg R. A., Processes and Materials of Manufacture, Prentice Hall India
Limited.

1329
18 Materials Science and Engineering Courses
18.1 MT 201 : Physics of Solids
Course Code : MT 201
Course Name : Physics of Solids
L-P-T-C: : 3-0-0-3
Intended for: B.Tech. (MSE)
Prerequisites: None
Mutual Exclusion: None
Approval : 57th BoA

Course Contents
ˆ Crystal Structures: Elementary cell (Translation vectors, Primitive translation
vectors, Bravais lattice, Basis, Crystal systems, Unit cell, and Bravais lattice types),
Symmetry transformations (Axis of symmetry, Mirror planes, Point and Space sym-
metry groups), (Reciprocal space, Reciprocal lattice. Bragg planes, Brillouin zone,
Ewald sphere Surface and Interface Physics (surface crystallography), Bragg condi-
tions (Methods of structural studies: Laue method, rotating crystal method, powder
method), Ewald construction, Lattice defects, Burger’s vector. [12 Hours]
ˆ Transport Properties: Free Electron Theory, Fermi-Dirac distribution function,
and Density of states (DoS). Energy bands in solids, electronic band structure of
solids Bloch theorem and energy band, Effective mass theory, Boltzmann transport
equation, Thermal and electrical conductivity (for metals, dielectrics, semiconduc-
tors), Lattice dynamics, Electron and phonon scattering, Thermal properties, the
specific heat of solids, 2D electron gas, Quantum wells & semiconductor superlat-
tices. [10 Hours]
ˆ Optical Properties: Drude theory-free carrier contribution to the optical proper-
ties, Absorption of light in solids, Optical properties of solids over a wide frequency
range, Impurities and excitons, Luminescence and photoconductivity, Optical study
of lattice vibrations, Nonlinear optics, and Electron spectroscopy and surface sci-
ence. [6 Hours]
ˆ Magnetic Properties: Hund’s law, Spin-orbit interactions, Heisenberg exchange
interaction, Diamagnetism and paramagnetism, Ferromagnetism and antiferromag-
netism, Curie & Neel point, Landau Diamagnetism, Magneto-resistance, Nuclear
magnetic resonance (NMR), and Kondo effect. [5 Hours]
ˆ Superconducting Properties of Solids: Review of superconducting properties
of solids, superconductivity, Meissner effect, London equation, Type I and Type II
superconductors, High temperature superconducting materials, Electron orbitals,
Macroscopic quantum description of the supercurrent. [8 Hours]

Text books and References:

1. H. Ibach and H. Luth, Solid-State Physics, An Introduction to Principles
of Materials Science, 4th Edition, Springer, 2009.

1330
 2. C. Kittel, Introduction to Solid State Physics, 8th Edition, John Wiley &
Sons, 2005.

3. N. W. Ashcroft and N. D. Mermin, Solid State Physics, Brooks Cole, 1976.

4. David W. Snoke, Solid State Physics: Essential Concepts.

18.2 MT 202 : Applied Quantum Mechanics

Course Code : MT 202
Course Name : Applied Quantum Mechanics
L-P-T-C: : 3-0-0-3
Intended for: B.Tech. (MSE)
Prerequisites: None
Mutual Exclusion: None
Approval : 57th BoA

Course Contents
ˆ Module 1: Review of classical mechanics and its failure in understanding the
behaviour of microscopic particles, Waves and particles (double-slit experiments),
Introduction to the basic ideas of quantum mechanics, The postulates of quantum
mechanics, Eigen-states and eigen-values of position and momentum operators, Un-
certainty principle. Observables and their operators. [10 hours]

ˆ Module 2: Time independent and time dependent Schrodinger’s equations, The

fundamental properties of Schrodinger’s equations, One-dimensional square well
potential, The electron gas in a 3-dimensional box, Tunneling, The one-dimensional
Harmonic oscillator, Vibration of the nuclei of a diatomic molecule, Vibration of
the nuclei in a crystal. [10 hours]

ˆ Module 3: General properties of angular momentum, Commutation relations char-

acteristic of angular momentum, General theory of angular momentum, Electron
spin, Particle in a central potential, The hydrogen atom, The hydrogen atom placed
in a uniform magnetic field, Paramagnetism and diamagnetism, The Zeeman effect.
[10 hours]

ˆ Module 4: Stationary Perturbation theory: non degenerate and degenerate cases,

A one-dimensional harmonic oscillator subjected to a perturbing potential in x,
x2, and x3, The variational method, Energy bands of electrons in solids: a simple
model. [6 hours]

ˆ Module 5: Quantum confinement in nanostructures, and important example prob-

lems like optical absorption in semiconductors, Experimental realization of quan-
tum mechanics; STM, LIGO Interferometer, SQUID, nano-optomechanics, optical
cavities, quantum sensor; atomic/ion trap, atomic clock etc. Brief introduction
about the qubit, logic gate, Bell’s inequality, entanglement, quantum interference.
[6 hours]

1331
Text books and References:
1. Claude Cohen-Tannoudji, Bernard Diu, and Franck Laloe, Quantum Mechanics:
Vol. 1 & 2, 2nd Edition, Wiley-Vch, 2020.

2. R. Shankar, Principles of Quantum Mechanics, 2nd Edition, Plenum Press, 1994.

18.3 MT 203 : Materials Synthesis & Characterization

Course Code : MT 203
Course Name : Materials Synthesis & Characterization
L-P-T-C: 3-0-2-4
Intended for: B.Tech. (MSE)
Prerequisites: None
Mutual Exclusion: EN 512 - Structure-Property correlation in materials for Energy
Applications.
Approval : 57th BoA

Course Contents
ˆ Module-I: Introduction to the importance of materials synthesis. Describe the
different synthesis methods. Describe the process of single crystal growth methods
in solution. [4 Hours]

ˆ Module-II: Importance of materials characterization. Basic Crystallography; lat-

tice, reciprocal lattice, crystal planes, and directions; Symmetry operations, point
and space groups, Structure of Materials – Crystal structure, microstructure, and
macrostructure; Determination of crystal structure by diffraction, X-ray diffraction,
and electron and neutron diffraction; Vibrational spectroscopy (IR and Raman spec-
troscopy) for structural characterization of materials. [14 Hours]

ˆ Module-III: Microstructure determination by light, and electron microscopy (SEM

and TEM); contrast mechanisms in imaging, binary alloys and distribution of phases
in microstructure. [6 Hours]

ˆ Module-IV: Thermal analysis by TGA-DSC; Determination of enthalpy, melting,

decomposition, and phase transition temperatures. [3 Hours]

ˆ Module-V: Optical properties of materials, Absorption (UV-Vis), emission (Pho-

toluminescence), Ellipsometry for refractive index. [5 Hours]

Experiments (Teaching Laboratory: 24 Hours )

1. Synthesis of materials (Module-I):

(a) Synthesis of materials using hydrothermal, co-precipitation, and sol-gel meth-

ods. Types of materials; a. porous ceramic materials; b. composites, c. metal
oxides, and d. semiconducting materials
(b) 2. Demonstration of single crystal growth in the solution phase.

1332
 2. Structural Characterization (Module-II):

(a) The structural characterization of developed materials using XRD. Determi-

nation of crystal structure by X-ray diffraction in a diffractometer, Crystallite
size.
(b) The determination of functional groups and phase identification of mentioned
materials using FT-IR, and Raman spectroscopy.

3. Microstructural Characterization (Module-III):

(a) The processing of specimen and observation of microstructure under optical

microscope, scanning electron microscope.
(b) The processing of specimen and observation of microstructure and electron
diffraction using a transmission electron microscope.

4. Optical Characterization (Module-IV):

(a) The processing of specimen for Absorption (UV-Vis), and emission (Photolu-
minescence/fluorescence) spectroscopy. Thermal Analysis (Module-V):
(b) Thermal characterization for the determination of melting, decomposition,
phase transition temperatures and enthalpy.

Text books:
1. L.E. Smart and E.A., Solid State Chemistry: An Introduction, Taylor &
Francis.

2. B. D. Cullity, Elements of X-Ray Diffraction.

3. William D. Callister (Jr.), Materials Science and Engineering.

4. Anthony West, Solid State Chemistry and Its Applications, John Wiley &
Sons.

References:
1. Marc J.Madou, Fundamentals of Microfabrication and Nanotechnology.

2. A. J. Moulson and J. M. Herbert, Electroceramics: Materials, Properties and

Applications, 2nd edition, Wiley, 2003.

3. V. R. Remya, Nanostructured Smart Materials Synthesis, Characteriza-

tion, and Potential Applications, CRC Press, 2022.

4. M. A. Serio, D. M. Gruen, R. Malhotra, Synthesis and Characterization of

Advanced Materials, American Chemical Society, 1997.

1333
18.4 MT 204 : Thermodynamics and Kinetics of Materials
Course Code : MT 204
Course Name : Thermodynamics and Kinetics of Materials
L-P-T-C: 3-0-0-3
Intended for: B.Tech.
Prerequisites: None
Mutual Exclusion: None
Approval : 57th BoA

Course Contents
ˆ Introduction: Introduction to thermodynamics: enthalpy, entropy, heat capacity,
specific heat, and an atomic view, Systems, states, and material properties; Pro-
cesses and the First Law of Thermodynamics, Irreversible processes, the Second
Law of Thermodynamics, and equilibrium, The combined statement and differ-
ential forms, equilibrium conditions, thermodynamic potentials, Helmholtz free en-
ergy, Gibbs free energy, chemical potential, thermodynamic relations, and Maxwell’s
relations and their applications. (10 Hours)

ˆ Free Energy Functions and their significance: Clausius-Clapeyron Equation:

Derivation of Clausius-Clapeyron Equation and its Integration; Ramsay-Young,
Trouton’s and Duhring’s rules; Fugacity, Activity and Equilibrium Constant, Nu-
merical calculations involving equilibrium constant; Variation of equilibrium con-
stant with temperature, integration of free-energy equation, Sigma function, Con-
cept of Chemical Potential, and Gibbs Phase Rule. (8 Hours)

ˆ Thermodynamic solutions and Phase diagram: Thermodynamic stability of

materials. Ellingham diagram and its importance, application of electrochemical
series. Behavior of solutions: ideal solution, Gibb’s-Duhem equation, Raoults and
Henry’s law, activity of a component, regular solutions, free energy-composition
diagrams for ideal and regular solutions. Phase equilibria & phase diagram: Gibbs
phase rule, isobaric phase rule and application to unary, binary, and ternary sys-
tems, eutectic and eutectoid, peritectic and peritectoid diagrams, lever rule and its
application. Sievert’s law: residual gases in steel-properties and functions of slags,
slag compositions, structure of molten slags, molecular theory, concept of basicity
index, ionic theory; thermodynamics of slag-metal reactions. (12 Hours)

ˆ Kinetics: Basic kinetic laws, order of reactions, rate constant, elementary and
complex reactions, rate limiting steps and Arrhenius equations, theories of reac-
tion rates-simple collision theory, activated complex theory Heterogeneous reac-
tion; Gas-solid, solid-liquid, liquid-liquid and solid-solid systems. Empirical and
Semi-empirical Kinetics, Concept of Johnson-Mehl equation, Thermal analysis. (12
Hours)

Text books:
1. C. H. P. Lupis, Chemical Thermodynamics of Materials, Elsevier Science,
1982

1334
 2. Gaskell, D.R., Introduction to Metallurgical Thermodynamics, 3rd Edition,
McGraw-Hill, 1995.

3. Ghosh A., Textbook of Materials and Metallurgical Thermodynamics,

Prentice Hall of India, 2003.

4. Balluffi R.W., Allen S.M. and Carter W.C., Kinetics of Materials, John Wiley
& Sons, 2005

5. Upadhyaya G.S. and Dube R.K., Problems in Metallurgical Thermodynamics

and Kinetics, Pergamon Press, 1985.

References:
1. Ahindra Ghosh, Text Book of Materials and Metallurgical Thermodynam-
ics, Prentice Hall of India Pvt. Ltd., 2003.

2. Tupkary R.H., Introduction to Metallurgical Thermodynamics, TU Publish-

ers, 1995.

18.5 MT 205 : Functional Properties of Materials

Course Code : MT 205
Course Name : Functional Properties of Materials
L-P-T-C: 3-0-2-4
Intended for: B.Tech. (MSE)
Prerequisites: None
Mutual Exclusion: EN509: Functional Materials for Energy Engineering
Approval : 57th BoA

Course Contents
ˆ Introduction: Overview of functional materials, including inorganic, organic, and
metal-organic frameworks, as well as hybrid organic-inorganic perovskites. Dis-
cussion on the use of material functionalities in device fabrication. Exploration
of functionalities driven by electronic, spin, and ionic properties, along with the
integration of these effects for designing novel materials. [4 Hours]

ˆ Functionality Driven by Electronic Properties: Examination of amorphous

and crystalline solids, electronic states, band formation, and band dispersions in
crystalline materials. Coverage of metals, semiconductors, and insulators, including
direct and indirect bandgap semiconductors, impurity bands in doped semiconduc-
tors, charge carrier transport, and optical properties, with a focus on optoelectronic
materials. [12 Hours]

ˆ Functionality Driven by Spin Properties: Exploration of magnetic moments in

atoms, spin and orbital contributions in solids, magnetization, and various types of
magnetic materials and their applications. Detailed discussion on exchange interac-
tions, magnetic transition temperatures (mean-field theory), domain wall formation,
and materials like Magnetoresistance, CMR/GMR. [10 Hours]

1335
 ˆ Functionality Driven by Ionic Properties: Investigation of covalent, ionic,
and metallic solids, dipole formation, and polarization. Overview of paraelectric,
ferroelectric, antiferroelectric, piezoelectric, and pyroelectric materials, including
domain wall formation in ferroelectrics and multiferroic materials. [6 Hours]

ˆ Functional Devices Driven by Functionality: Study of functional devices such

as light-emitting diodes, solar cells, quantum devices, FETs, Memristors, MOS
Capacitors, photodetectors, thermoelectric, and photovoltaic devices, showcasing
the practical application of functional materials. [10 Hours]

Experiments:
1. Crystal structures (Utilizing 3D models to understand crystal structures and un-
derstand lattice, packing fraction, mass, density, concept of Avogadro Number,
etc.).

2. Optical properties characterization using absorption/photoluminescence spectroscopy.

3. Evaluate the electrical conductivity of materials through experiments such as four-

point probe measurements.

4. Magnetic /Piezoelectric materials; measurement of M-H and P-E hysteresis loops.

5. Thermal Analysis: Perform experiments to measure thermal properties like thermal

conductivity, TGA-DSC, specific heat, and thermal expansion of different materials.

6. Superconductivity and its phenomena. Demonstrating the Meissner effect and ex-
amining persistent currents.

7. Design and development of power packs with supercapacitors.

8. Characterizations of optoelectronic devices such as solar cells, photodetectors, and

phototransistors. Analyse the effects of varying light intensity on power output of
solar cells, current-voltage characteristics/ detectivity & sensitivity of the photode-
tector.

Text books:
1. W. Ashcroft and N.D. Mermin, Solid State Physics, Harcourt College Publishers,
1976.

2. Marius Grundmann, The Physics of Semiconductors: An Introduction In-

cluding Devices and Nanophysics, Springer , 2010.

3. W.F. Smith, Principles of Materials Science and Engineering, McGraw-Hill.

4. R.A. Flinn and P.K. Trojan, Engineering Materials and Their Applications,
Haughton.

5. Neil W. Ashcroft and N. David Mermin, Solid State Physics, Saunders College
Publishing, 1976

1336
References:
1. R. M. Martin, Electronic Structure: Basic Theory and Practical Methods,
Cambridge University Press, 2004.

2. K.F. Wang, J. – M. Liu, and Z. F. Ren, Multiferroicity: The coupling between

magnetic and polarization orders, Advances in Physics 58, 321, 2009.

3. S. O. Kasap, Principles of Electronic Materials and Devices.

18.6 MT 206 : Extraction and Materials Processing

Course Code : MT 206
Course Name : Extraction and Materials Processing
L-P-T-C: 3-0-2-4
Intended for: B.Tech. (MSE)
Prerequisites: None
Mutual Exclusion: EN509: Functional Materials for Energy Engineering
Approval : 57th BoA

Course Contents
ˆ Introduction to extraction and materials processing: Define extraction and
material processing, processing methods for different types of materials (Meals,
Ceramics, Glass, Polymers, and Composites), the significance of these processes
in various industries, including urban mining (waste material management), the
importance of sustainable sourcing and responsible extraction practices. Discuss
standard processing techniques such as crushing, grinding, smelting, refining, and
sorting. Environmental and social impacts of extraction methods. [5 hours]

ˆ Heat treatment: Annealing, normalizing, hardenability, hardening, tempering,

mechanism of heat removal during quenching, quenching media, residual stresses
and quench cracks, martempering and austempering, alloying, effect of alloying on
Fe-Fe3C phase diagram, sintering, and spark plasma sintering. [5 hours]

ˆ Electrolysis: Electroplating, electrorefining, extraction, purification, and standard

electrode potential (SEP) of metals and metal ions. [2 hours]

ˆ Grinding/Polishing: Abrasion, classification of abrasive, principles, factors deter-

mining grinding/polishing, grinding (ball milling, mechanical alloying, mechanochem-
ical processing). Wet and dry grinding, chemical comminution-leaching, dissolution,
screening, crushing and sizing of comminuted particles, concentration techniques:
gravity concentration, magnetic and electrostatic separation, froth floatation factors
affecting rate of screening. [5 hours]

ˆ Thin film deposition: Definition and significance of thin films, thin film growth
techniques (CVD, thermal evaporation, sputtering, and solution process), applica-
tions of thin films (semiconductor device fabrication, optoelectronic devices, e.g.,
solar cells, LEDs, OLEDs, and coatings for corrosion protection & wear resistance.),
and lithography. [8 hours]

1337
 ˆ Laser Processing: Introduction to laser processing, basics of laser technology, sig-
nificance and applications in industry, direct patterning, laser cutting, laser welding,
emerging trends in laser processing (e.g., Ultrafast laser processing, laser-assisted
material synthesis laser micropatterning and nanostructuring). [5 hours]

Laboratory:
1. Heat treatment: To study the material at extremely high temperatures using the
muffle furnace and tube furnace. [3 hours]

2. To study the advanced processing methods (Spark plasma sintering and glass pro-
cessing), [3 hours]

3. To study the fine finishes or light cuts on metals and other materials (grinding). [3
hours]

4. To study the extraction and purification of metals from raw materials. [3 hours ]

5. To study electroplating, electro-refining, and the standard electrode potential (SEP)

of metals/metal ions. [3 hours ]

6. To study the process of creating a smooth and shiny surface by rubbing it or ap-
plying a chemical treatment (Polishing). [3 hours]

7. Thin film deposition:

(a) Thin film coating using a solution process (e.g., spin coater) [3 hours]
(b) Thin film coating using a vacuum process (e.g., sputtering) [3 hours]

8. Laser lithography: To study the modification of the shape or appearance of a

material. Micro-scale pattern development. [3 hours]

Text books and References:

1. T.V. Rajan, C.P. Sharma, Ashok Rajan, Heat Treatment: Principles and
Techniques, PHI Learning.

2. William D. Callister, Jr., David G. Rethwisch, Fundamentals of Materials Sci-

ence and Engineering, John Wiley & Sons

3. Colin Bodsworth & Brian Ralph, The Extraction and Refining of Metals
(Materials Science & Technology).

4. William F. Smith, Materials Science and Engineering, Tata McGraw-Hill Ed-

ucation.

5. Free M., Moats M., Houlachi G., Asselin E., Allanore A., Yurko J., Wang S, Elec-
trometallurgy, John Wiley & Sons, Inc., 2012.

References:
1. NA.

1338
18.7 MT 301: Phase Transformations
Course Code : MT 301
Course Name : Phase Transformations
L-P-T-C: 3-0-0-3
Intended for: B.Tech. (MSE)
Prerequisites: None
Mutual Exclusion: None
Approval : 57th BoA

Course Contents
ˆ Module-1: Overview of phase transformations, phase equilibria, thermodynam-
ics of phase changes, free energy, order of transformation, thermodynamic driving
force; nucleation and growth theories, homogeneous and heterogeneous nucleation,
growth kinetics, precipitation and phase separation - spinodal microstructures, crys-
tal interfaces and microstructure. (6 Hours)
ˆ Module-2: Eutectic and peritectic transformation, heat-treatment of ferrous and
nonferrous metals, eutectoid, phase diagrams and equilibria in relation to free
energy-composition diagrams. interpretation of phase diagrams, determination and
calculations, solid-liquid miscibility gap; invariant reaction. Principles of ternary
phase diagram, examples of a few metallic and ceramic phase diagrams. (12 Hours)
ˆ Module-3: Principles of Solidification in metals and alloys: thermodynamics in-
volved, eutectic and peritectic Solidification, Homogeneous and heterogeneous nu-
cleation, Mechanisms of growth. Rapid Solidification Processing. Austenite, trans-
formation of austenite, TTT diagram, eutectoid transformation, pearlite and bai-
nite transformation, order-disorder transformation, precipitation hardening, spin-
odal decomposition and massive transformation, solidification. (8 Hours)
ˆ Module-4: Martensite transformation: characteristics and nature, morphology,
crystallography, theory of nucleation and growth, and pre-martensite phenomena,
martensitic transformation in steel. Martensite in non-Ferrous systems-thermoelastic
martensite and shape memory effect (8 Hours)
ˆ Applications: Smart materials and actuators, shape memory effect, metal-insulator
transition. (4 Hours)

Laboratory:
1. NA

Text books:
1. D.A. Potter and K.E. Easterling, Phase transformations in metals and alloys,
CRC Press,1992.
2. P.G. Shewmon, Transformations in Metals, Mc-Graw Hill, 1969.
3. S. N. Avner, Introduction to Physical Metallurgy, Tata McGraw Hill, 1997.

1339
 4. Peter Haasen, Physical Metallurgy, Cambridge University Press, 1996.

References:
1. A. G. Guy, Physical Metallurgy for Engineers, Addison-Wesley Pub. Co.,
1962.

2. R. E. Smallman, Modern Physical Metallurgy, Butterworths, 1963.

18.8 MT 302 : Transport Phenomena

Course Code : MT 302
Course Name : Transport Phenomena
L-P-T-C: 3-0-0-3
Intended for: B.Tech. (MSE)
Prerequisites: None
Mutual Exclusion: None
Approval : 57th BoA

Course Contents
ˆ Introduction: Transport phenomena are vital for understanding the electrical
conductivity of metals, semiconductors, and various other fields. Focus on the
transport of heat, energy, and mass on a macroscopic scale. Ellipsoidal carrier
pockets. Electrons and holes in intrinsic semiconductors. Donor and acceptor
doping of semiconductors. characterization of semiconductors. (2 Hours)

ˆ Thermal Transport: Thermal conductivity for metals, semiconductors, and in-

sulators. Thermoelectric phenomena in metals. Thermopower for semiconductors.
Effect of Thermoelectricity on the thermal conductivity. Thermoelectric measure-
ments. Seebeck Effect (Thermopower). Peltier effect. Thomson effect. The kelvin
relations. Phonon drag effect. Electron and Phonon Scattering, Scattering pro-
cesses in semiconductors. Electron-phonon scattering. ionized impurity scattering.
Temperature dependence of the electrical and thermal conductivity. Liouville’s
equation, Boltzmann equation, carrier scattering, Classical Laws and conservation
equations, phonon hydrodynamic equation. (12 Hours)

ˆ Energy Transport: Fourier’s law and thermal conductivity of materials, gases,

solids, liquids and bulk materials. Heat transfer with forced convention in a tube,
flat plate, natural convention and the energy equation. Conduction heat transfer:
Conduction of heat in solids, the energy equation for conduction, Steady-state one-
dimensional systems, Transient systems, finite dimensions, Transient conditions,
infinite and semi-infinite solids, Simple multidimensional, Moving sources. Radia-
tion heat transfer: Concept of black body and emissivity, radiation view factors.
The energy distribution and the emissive power. Gray bodies and absorptivity,
Exchange between infinite parallel plates. Radiation combined with convection.
Radiation from gases, transparent solids. Transient conduction with radiation at
the surface. Transient heating with thermal stresses. (12 Hours)

1340
 ˆ Mass Transport: Interphase mass transfer, Definition of fluxes-Fick’s first law,
Diffusion in solids, Diffusion in ceramic materials, Diffusion in elemental semicon-
ductors, Diffusion in liquids, Diffusion in gases, Diffusion through porous media.
Diffusion in solids, Steady-state diffusion experiments. Transient diffusion experi-
ments. Finite system solutions. Microelectronic diffusion processing. Homogeniza-
tion of alloys. Formation of surface layers. Mass transfer in fluid systems Diffusion
through a stagnant gas film. Diffusion in a moving gas stream. Diffusion into a
falling liquid film. The mass transfer coefficient. General equation of diffusion with
convection. Mass transfer with forced convection over a flat plate. (10Hours)
ˆ Coupled Fluids with Heat and Mass Transfer: Coupled fluids, heat and mass
transfer, heat and mass transfer coefficients, natural convection (4 Hours)
ˆ Applications of transport phenomena: Cooling devices, microfluidics devices,
thermoelectric materials, semiconductor/solid-state devices, electrochemical devices,
food industry, biomedical. (2 Hours)

Laboratory:
1. NA

Text books:
1. Gaskell, David R., An Introduction to Transport Phenomenon in Materials
Engineering, 2nd Edition, Momentum Press.
2. Bird, R. Byron, W. E. Stewart, and E. N. Lightfoot, Transport Phenomena, 4th
Edition, Wiley, 2006.
3. Thomson, William J., Introduction to transport phenomena, 2000.
4. Robert S., and Harry C. Hershey, Transport phenomena: a unified approach,
Brodkey Publishing, 2003.

References:
1. C. J. Geankoplis, Transport Processes and Separation Process Principles,
4th Edition, Prentice-Hall Inc., 2003.
2. C. O. Bennett, J. O. Myers, Momentum, Heat, and Mass Transfer, 2nd In-
ternational Student Edition, McGraw Hill, 1983.

18.9 MT 303 : Computational Materials Science

Course Code : MT 303
Course Name : Computational Materials Science
L-P-T-C: 3-0-2-4
Intended for: B.Tech. (MSE)
Prerequisites: None
Mutual Exclusion: None
Approval : 57th BoA

1341
Course Contents
ˆ Introduction: Definition and scope of Computational Materials Science; Overview
of computational methods: Quantum Mechanics, Molecular Dynamics, Monte Carlo
simulations; Role of computational tools in materials discovery and design; Hands-
on session introducing materials modeling codes [4 Hours]

ˆ Quantum Mechanical Methods for Materials Simulation: Basics of quan-

tum mechanics applied to materials science; Density Functional Theory (DFT) and
its practical applications; Quantum Monte Carlo methods and their role in mate-
rials simulations; Practical exercises using materials modeling codes for electronic
structure calculations [10 Hours]

ˆ Classical Methods for Materials Simulation: Molecular Dynamics simula-

tions: principles and applications; Monte Carlo simulations in materials science:
theory and practice; Introduction to classical force fields; Application of classical
methods in predicting material behavior [8 Hours]

ˆ Electronic Structure Calculations: Band structure calculations and their in-

terpretation; Electronic density of states and its significance; Tight-binding and
empirical methods for electronic structure predictions; Hands-on application of com-
putational tools for electronic structure analysis [12 Hours]

ˆ Materials Design and Optimization: Rational design of materials using com-

putational methods; Optimization algorithms and their role in materials science;
High-throughput screening for material discovery; Case studies on computationally
designed materials [6 Hours]

ˆ Advanced Topics in Computational Materials Science: Quantum transport

simulations for materials applications; Computational studies of surfaces and in-
terfaces; Machine learning applications in materials science; Future directions and
challenges in the field [10 Hours]

Laboratory:
1. Introduction to computational software for materials science simulations.

2. Quantum mechanical simulations using DFT software.

3. Molecular Dynamics simulations for understanding material behavior.

4. Electronic structure calculations and visualization.

5. Materials design and optimization using computational tools.

6. Hands-on session on machine learning applications in materials science.

Text books:
1. Richard LeSar, Introduction to Computational Materials Science.

2. June Gunn Le, Computational Materials Science: An Introduction.

1342
 3. Koenraad George Frans Janssens, Computational Materials Engineering: An
Introduction to Microstructure Evolution.

4. Richard M. Martin, Electronic Structure: Basic Theory and Practical Meth-

ods.

5. Peter Comba, Molecular Modeling of Inorganic Compounds.

6. David Sholl and Janice A. Steckel, Density Functional Theory: A Practical

Introduction.

7. Keith T. Butler, Felipe Oviedo, Pieremanuele Canepa Machine Learning in

Materials Science.

References:
1. NA

18.10 MT 304 : Mechanical Behavior of Materials

Course Code : MT 304
Course Name : Mechanical Behavior of Materials
L-P-T-C: 3-0-2-4
Intended for: B.Tech. (MSE)
Prerequisites: None
Mutual Exclusion: None
Approval : 57th BoA

Course Contents
ˆ Module 1: Static loading and Deformation behavior Distinctive load – elongation
behavior of different types of materials under uni-axial loading, definition of stress
and strain, stress-strain diagram, elastic behavior, yielding and plastic behavior of
ductile materials; necking instability, Important design criteria based on stress and
strain at ambient temperature; strain rate and its influence of stress-strain diagram
at elevated temperature. [4 Hours]

ˆ Module 2: Durability under static loading Defects in materials; linear defects or

dislocations – types, burgers vector, slip, slip planes and slip directions, cross slip
and climb, movement of dislocations leading to plastic deformation, stacking fault
and partial dislocations, strain hardening, grain boundaries, strengthening mech-
anisms; recovery, recrystallization and grain growth during heating of deformed
materials. [4 Hours]

ˆ Module 3: Durability under Creep Deformation, Deformation under static load-

ing at elevated temperature - creep curve, mechanisms of creep, the temperature
dependence of creep, deformation mechanism maps, cavitations, stress rupture ver-
sus creep, extrapolation schemes; Development of materials for ultra-supercritical
boilers for application in furnace panels, super-heaters, thick section components,
and steam lines. [4 Hours]

1343
 ˆ Module 4: Durability under Cyclic Loading, Deformation under cyclic loading,
high cycle fatigue – S-N curve, effect of mean stress, Miner rule, cyclic stress-strain
curve, low cycle fatigue, strain life equation, effect of stress concentration and size
of component, Design for fatigue, effect of temperature on fatigue; creep-fatigue
interaction, development of turbine materials. [4 Hours]

Laboratory:
1. Tensile test on ferrous materials: Determine mechanical properties (yield stress,
ultimate stress, breaking stress, percentage of reduction in area, percentage of elon-
gation, and Young’s modulus) for ferrous materials.

2. Tensile test on non-ferrous materials: Compare the stress-strain diagrams of non-

ferrous materials with those of ferrous materials.

3. Compression test on brittle vs. ductile metallic materials: Analyze the mechanical
properties of both brittle and ductile materials under compression.

4. Compression test on ceramic materials: Determine the mechanical properties of

ceramic materials through compression testing.

5. Microstructure examination: Study and compare the grain structures in various

metallic and non-metallic materials using optical or electron microscopy.

6. Creep test: Conduct a creep test to observe the time-dependent deformation be-
havior of a selected material under constant stress.

7. Stress corrosion cracking study: Investigate the effects of stress corrosion cracking
in specific materials by applying tensile stress in a corrosive environment.

8. Hydrogen embrittlement study: Analyze the effects of hydrogen embrittlement on

selected metallic specimens by subjecting them to hydrogen exposure.

9. Micro-hardness/nanoindentation test: Perform hardness tests on various materials

using micro-hardness or nanoindentation techniques to assess material properties
at small scales.

10. Fatigue test: Conduct fatigue tests on selected materials to evaluate their resistance
to cyclic loading and determine fatigue life.

11. Impact resistance and hardness measurement: Measure the hardness and impact
resistance of various samples to assess their toughness and durability.

12. Friction and wear study: Investigate the frictional behavior of different material
combinations under varying loads, sliding speeds, temperatures, and lubrication
conditions to predict the coefficient of friction and wear rates.

Text books:
1. George E. Dieter, Mechanical Metallurgy, McGraw Hill Book Company 1986

1344
References:
1. Meyers, M.A. and Chawla, K.K., Mechanical Behavior of Materials, 2nd edi-
tion, Prentice Hall, 2008.

18.11 MT 501 : Energy Conversion & Storage Technology

Course Code : MT 501
Course Name : Energy Conversion & Storage Technology
L-P-T-C: 3-0-0-3
Intended for: B.Tech./M.Tech./M.Sc./Ph.D
Prerequisites: None
Mutual Exclusion: EN 503
Approval : 57th BoA

Course Contents
ˆ Energy conversion & storage systems overview: Scope of energy storage &
conversion, needs and opportunities in energy storage, Overview of key technologies
and interdisciplinary aspects, with a focus on comparing the time scales of various
storage methods and their application, Energy storage in the power and trans-
portation sectors. Importance of energy conversion systems in the development
and performance of electric vehicles. (5 Hours)

ˆ Energy Conversion Systems: Energy conversion systems transform various

forms of energy—such as mechanical, thermal, chemical, or solar—into electrical
energy. (6 Hours)

ˆ Chemical Energy Storage Systems: Chemical storage system- hydrogen, methane,

etc., concept of chemical storage, advantages and limitations, challenges, and future
prospects of chemical storage systems. (5 Hours)

ˆ Thermal Storage Systems: thermal storage systems such as heat pumps, hot
water storage tanks, and solar thermal collectors. Examine the application of phase
change materials (organic and inorganic) for heat storage, along with system effi-
ciencies and economic assessments. (6 Hours)

ˆ Electromagnetic Energy Storage Systems: Electromagnetic storage systems,

including double-layer capacitors for electrostatic charge storage and superconduct-
ing magnetic energy storage (SMES). Analyze the concepts, advantages, limitations,
and future prospects of these systems. (5 Hours)

ˆ Electrochemical storage and conversion systems:

– Batteries-Working principle of battery, primary and secondary (flow) batteries,

battery performance evaluation methods, major battery chemistries and their
voltages- Li-ion battery & Metal hydride battery vs lead-acid battery, metal-
air battery. (6 Hours)

1345
 – Supercapacitors- Working principle of supercapacitor, types of supercapaci-
tors, cycling and performance characteristics, difference between battery and
supercapacitors, Introduction to Hybrid electrochemical supercapacitors (6
Hours)
– Fuel cell: Operational principle of a fuel cell, types of fuel cells, hybrid fuel
cell-battery systems, hybrid fuel cell-supercapacitor systems. (3 Hours)
– Water electrolysis for hydrogen generation: Cell technologies, Gibbs Free en-
ergy of the water splitting reaction and cell voltage, Current-Voltage relation-
ships, Degradation mechanisms. (3 Hours)

ˆ Battery design for transportation: Mechanical design and packaging of battery

packs for electric vehicles, advanced quick charging methods, thermal management,
state of charge and state of health estimation, and the recycling of batteries used
in electric vehicles. (4 Hours)

Laboratory:
1. NA

Text books:
1. Frank S. Barnes and Jonah G. Levine, Large Energy Storage Systems Hand-
book, CRC press, 2011.

2. Ralph Zito, Energy storage: A new approach, Wiley, 2010.

References:
1. Pistoia, Gianfranco, and Boryann Liaw, Behaviour of Lithium-Ion Batteries
in Electric Vehicles: Battery Health, Performance, Safety, and Cost,
Springer International Publishing AG, 2018.

2. Robert A. Huggins, Energy storage, Springer Science & Business Media, 2010.

18.12 MT 502 : Recycling and Circular Economy

Course Code : MT 502
Course Name : Recycling and Circular Economy
L-P-T-C: 3-0-0-3
Intended for: B.Tech/PG/Ph.D.
Prerequisites: None
Mutual Exclusion: None
Approval : 57th BoA

1346
Course Contents
ˆ Introduction to unit operations: Introduction to materials recycling and waste
management, Categories of metallurgical and electronic waste, Key unit opera-
tions involved in pre-treatment of metallurgical and electronic waste, Application
of pyrometallurgy, hydrometallurgy and electrometallurgy and refining for Material
separation and enrichment of raw materials. [6 Hours]

ˆ Materials Cycle: Materials and their cycle, Introduction to recycling sustain-

ability, energy accounting minerals, Energy consumption in primary production,
Management of wastes from primary production, Present and future availability
and demand of minerals and metals, Techniques of sustainable extraction from
secondary materials. [12 Hours]

ˆ Metallurgical Waste Recycling: Aluminium industrial waste: dross, scrap, red

mud, spent pot lining, salt slag. Copper industrial waste: smelter slags, raffinates,
spent electrolytes, Zinc industrial waste: zinc ash, zinc dross, flue dust, and scraps,
Iron and Steelmaking waste, scraps, ironmaking slag, steelmaking slag and wastew-
ater. Recycling and reuse of blast furnace ironmaking slags, steel-making dust, and
sludges. [8 Hours]

ˆ Electronic Waste Recycling: Waste Printed Circuit Board, delamination and

metal recovery, end-of-life batteries and recovery of valuable materials from waste
electrodes, rare earth elements comprising electronic waste (LEDs, magnets, etc.),
and environmental impacts of materials recycling. [6 Hours]

ˆ Introduction to Circular Economy: From linear to circular economy, Cradle to

Cradle concept, Eliminate waste and pollution, Circulate products and materials
(at their highest value), Regenerate nature, Eliminate waste and pollution, Design
changes, Focus on design to eliminate the concept of waste, Designers eliminating
waste for a circular economy, Walter Stahel’s The Performance Economy, William
McDonough and Michael Braungart’s Cradle to Cradle, Janine Benyus’ Biomimicry,
Industrial ecology, Regenerative design, Gunter Pauli’s The Blue Economy, Systems
thinking, Sustainable Development Goals (SDG) and linkages with Circular Econ-
omy model. [8 hours]

Laboratory:
1. NA

Text books:
1. P.C. Hayes, Process principles in minerals and materials production-with
a focus on metal production and recycling, 2021.

2. L. Peter, Materials for a Sustainable Future, Royal Society of Chemistry Pub-

lishing, 2012.

3. J.A.S. Green, Aluminum Recycling and Processing for Energy Conserva-

tion and Sustainability, ASM International, 2007.

4. Ken Webster, The Circular Economy: A Wealth of Flows, 2nd Edition, 2017.

1347
 5. William McDonough, Cradle to Cradle: Remaking the Way We Make
Things.

6. Andy Schmitz, Sustainability, Innovation, and Entrepreneurship. 1.0 Saylor

Academy under a Creative Commons Attribution, Saylor Academy, 2012.

7. Amory Lovins, A New Dynamic: Effective Business in a Circular Economy.

References:
1. S. Ramachandra Rao (Editor), Resource Recovery and Recycling from Met-
allurgical Wastes, Waste Management Series, 7, Elsevier.

2. Hugo Marcelo Veit and Andrea Moura Bernardes, Electronic Waste Recycling
Techniques, Topics in Mining, Metallurgy and Materials Engineering, Springer
International Publishing.

3. R. E. Heister and R. M. Harrison, Electronic Waste Management, Issues in

Environmental Science and Technology, 27, RSC Publishing, Cambridge.

18.13 MT 503 : Semiconductor Materials and Devices

Course Code : MT 503
Course Name : Semiconductor Materials and Devices
L-P-T-C: 3-0-0-3
Intended for: B.Tech. (Elective) /M.Tech./Ph.D.
Prerequisites: None
Mutual Exclusion: None
Approval : 57th BoA

Course Contents
ˆ Introduction: History of semiconductors, semiconductor industry & market. Com-
prehensive understanding of semiconductor materials and their fundamental prop-
erties. Crystal properties,Intrinsic and extrinsic semiconductors, n-type and p-type
semiconductors. Carrier dynamics, doping, and semiconductor junctions. Introduc-
tion to heavily doped semiconductors and their applications in modern electronics
and devices. [8 hours]

ˆ Semiconductor Crystals and Band Structure: Semiconductor crystal prop-

erties (amorphous, crystalline, and polycrystalline), atoms, electrons, holes, and
Schrodinger equation. Energy band formation, density of states, and fermi distri-
butions in semiconductors, direct and indirect band gap semiconductors. Energy
band diagram of semiconductor junctions, p-n junction, built-in voltage, electric
field and potential distributions in p-n junctions and heterojunctions. Concept of
holes, and carrier concentration. [6 hours]

ˆ Carrier in Semiconductors: Effective mass: heavy and light mass carriers, car-
rier concentration, excess carriers, charge neutrality, carrier transport (diffusion &

1348
 drift) in semiconductors. Basics of conductivity, mobility, and resistivity in semicon-
ductors, doping in semiconductors, and heavily doped semiconductors. Description
of mobility and generation-recombination effects. Introduction to Excitons and
optical properties, Phonons: formation and properties, lattice structure and vibra-
tions, optical and acoustic phonons, thermal conductivity in semiconductors. [10
hours]

ˆ Semiconductor Contacts and Devices: Metal-semiconductor contacts, Schot-

tky barriers, and ohmic contacts, field effect transistors (FET) metal-oxide-semiconductor
(MOS) capacitor, metal-oxide-semiconductor field effect transistors (MOSFETs),
MOSFET I-V equation, mobility calculation, short/long channel MOSFET. DRAM
& RRAM, PN diodes: principles and operation, thin film transistors (TFT), active
matrix organic LED (AMOLED). Electrical characterization in various semicon-
ductor devices. Optoelectronic Devices; solar cell, photodetectors, light emitting
diodes (LED) and semiconductor lasers. [10 hours]

ˆ Advanced Micro/Nano Fabrication Technology: Basic micro/nanofabrication

processes. Crystal growth and wafer preparation, Methods for p-n junction forma-
tion, Thin-film deposition processes. Doping techniques. Heavily doped semicon-
ductors, impact of doping on electronic properties, application of semiconductors in
modern electronics. Photolithography and etching. Advanced micro/nanofabrication
technologies such as EUV, thin film transistors (TFT), complementary metal oxide
semiconductors (CMOS), and 2D material integration. Basic principles of low-
dimensional nanodevices. [8 hours]

Laboratory:
1. NA

Text books:
1. S. M. Sze, Physics of Semiconductor Devices, 4th Edition, John Wiley & Sons,
Inc, 2021

2. C. Kittel, Introduction to Solid State Physics, 8th Edition, John Wiley &
Sons, 2005.

3. N. W. Ashcroft and N. D. Mermin, Solid State Physics, Brooks Cole, 1976.

4. Thin Film Materials: Stress, Defect Formation and Surface Evolution.

5. Dieter K. Schroder, Semiconductor Material and Device Characterization,

3rd Edition, Wiley, 2015

Any other Study Material:

1. Students will be supplied with published journal articles as reference materials to
support their studies.

1349
18.14 MT 504 : Powder Metallurgical Processing of Materials
Course Code : MT 504
Course Name : Powder Metallurgical Processing of Materials
L-P-T-C: 3-0-0-3
Intended for: B.Tech/PG/Ph.D.
Prerequisites: None
Mutual Exclusion: None
Approval : 57th BoA

Course Contents
ˆ Introduction: Historical background, important steps in the powder metallurgy
(P/M) process, advantages and limitations of the powder metallurgy process, and
applications. [6 Lectures]

ˆ Powder Production: Production methods like physical, chemical, and mechan-

ical methods; Single fluid atomization like rotating electrode atomization, roller
atomization, and rotating disc atomization; Two fluid atomizations like gas at-
omization, water atomization, oil atomization, etc. Reduction methods, carbonyl
process, hydride-dehydride process, electrolytic method. Mechanical milling, fluid
energy grinding, machining. Production of ceramic powders. [8 Lectures]

ˆ Powder Characteristics: Sampling-chemical composition, particle shape and size

analysis, Surface area, packing and low characteristics, Porosity and density, com-
pressibility, and strength properties. Blending and mixing of metal powders. [8
Lectures]

ˆ Powder Compaction and Sintering: Compaction of powders, pressure less and

pressure compaction techniques-single action and double action compaction, cold
compaction, powder rolling, continuous compaction, explosive compaction, hot tem-
perature compaction, uniaxial hot pressing, hot extrusion, spark sintering, hot iso-
static pressing, injection moulding, sintering types, theory of sintering, process
variables, effects of sintering, sintering atmospheres, and metallographic technique
for sintered products. [8 Lectures]

ˆ Post-sintering operations: sizing, coining, repressing, and resintering; impreg-

nation; infiltration; Heat treatment, steam treatment, machining, joining, plating;
and other coatings. [6 Lectures].

ˆ Application of powder Metallurgy & products: Self-lubricating bearings,

magnetic materials, tungsten carbide tool bits, bearing materials, dispersion-strengthening
materials for high temperature applications, and manufacture of diamond-based
cutting tools. [6 Lectures]

Laboratory:
1. NA

1350
Text books:
1. Masuda H., Powder Technology Handbook, Taylor & Francis, 2006.

2. Angelo, P.C., and R. Subramanian, Powder metallurgy science, technology,

and applications, Prentice Hall Publishers, 2008.

References:
1. German R.M., A to Z of Powder Metallurgy, Elsevier 2005.

2. Sands R.L. and Shakespeare C.R., Powder Metallurgy Practice and Applica-
tions, Newness Publication 1970.

3. Powder Metal Technologies and Applications, Metals Handbook, Vol. 7,

9th1989 edition, ASM

4. Hirschhorn J.S., Introduction to Powder Metallurgy, APMI 1975

5. Upadhyaya G.S., Powder Metallurgy Technology, Cambridge Press 1996

18.15 MT 505 : Thin Film Technology

Course Code : MT 505
Course Name : Thin Film Technology
L-P-T-C: 3-0-0-3
Intended for: B.Tech. (Elective) /M.Tech./Ph.D.
Prerequisites: None
Mutual Exclusion: None
Approval : 57th BoA

Course Contents
ˆ Introduction: This course provides a comprehensive understanding of the science
and technology behind the growth of inorganic solid thin films and coatings. It
introduces key characterization techniques for real-time and post-growth analysis.
The second part emphasizes project-based learning, exploring thin film applications
tailored to student interests. Key concepts in vacuum technology, components, and
plasma will also be introduced, as these are essential for understanding thin film
deposition processes. [6 hours]

ˆ Thin film growth: Introduction of thin film deposition techniques: Physical Va-
por Deposition (PVD) methods like sputtering and ion-beam, and Chemical Vapor
Deposition (CVD) processes such as APCVD, MOCVD, and PECVD. Solution-
based methods include ink-jet printing, spin coating, and spray pyrolysis. Other
advanced techniques include Atomic Layer Deposition (ALD), Pulsed Laser Depo-
sition (PLD), and Molecular Beam Epitaxy (MBE). Along with these techniques, it
is essential to understand the basic mechanisms of thin film growth from the vapour
phase for a complete understanding of the process. [12 hours]

1351
 ˆ Thin film characteristics: Introduction of optical, physio-chemical, mechanical,
and electrical properties of thin films. Optical properties: optical microscope, and
UV-Vis Spectroscopy for absorption, transparency, and refractive index. Physio-
chemical properties: thickness, film density, chemical composition, structure, and
surface morphology, analyzed through Ellipsometry, XRR, XPS, XRD, SEM, TEM,
and AFM. Electrical properties involve conduction phenomena and Hall measure-
ments. Mechanical properties address thin film stress and wafer curvature using
Stoney’s equation, bulge tests, and other methods to understand residual stresses
in thin films. [12 hours]

ˆ Thin film applications: Thin films are widely used in batteries, resistors, so-
lar cells, and photovoltaics. They also play a key role in Microelectromechanical
(MEMS) and Nanoelectromechanical (NEMS) systems, sensors, actuators, mem-
ristors, diodes, thin film transistors, and display technologies, contributing to ad-
vancements in electronics, energy, and display industries. [8 hours]

Laboratory:
1. NA

Text books and References:

1. Thin Film Materials: Stress, Defect Formation and Surface Evolution

2. Fredrick Madaraka Mwema, Tien-Chien Jen, Lin Zhu, Thin Film Coatings:
Properties, Deposition, and Applications, (Emerging Materials and Tech-
nologies), CRC Press, 2022.

3. Krishna Seshan, Dominic Schepis, Handbook of Thin Film Deposition, William

Andrew, 2018.

4. K. S. Sree Harsha, Principles of Vapor Deposition of Thin Films, Elsevier,

2006.

5. K. Seshan, Handbook of Thin-Film Deposition Processes and Techniques,

William Andrew Publishing, 2002.

6. John E. Mohan, Physical Vapor Deposition of Thin Film, John Wiley & Sons,
2000

Any other Study Material:

1. Students will be supplied with published journal articles as reference materials to
support their studies.

18.16 MT 506 : Biomaterials

Course Code : MT 506
Course Name : Biomaterials
L-P-T-C: 3-0-0-3

1352
 Intended for: B.Tech./PG./Ph.D.
Prerequisites: None
Mutual Exclusion: None
Approval : 57th BoA

Course Contents
ˆ Introduction and importance of biomaterials: Overview of biomaterials and
their critical role in modern medicine. Understanding the interdisciplinary nature
of biomaterials, integrating biology, chemistry, engineering, and materials science.
The impact of biomaterials in medical devices, implants, and tissue engineering (6
Hours)

ˆ Types of biomaterials: Metallic Biomaterials: Stainless Steels, CoCr Alloys,

Ti Alloys, Dental Metals, Other Metals, Corrosion of Metallic Implants, Manu-
facturing of Implants Ceramic Biomaterials: Nonabsorbable or Relatively Bio inert
Bio ceramics, Biodegradable or Resorbable Ceramics, Bioactive or Surface-Reactive
Ceramics, Deterioration of Ceramics, Bio ceramic Manufacturing Techniques Poly-
meric Biomaterials: Polymerization and Basic Structure, Polymers Used as Bioma-
terials, Sterilization, Surface Modifications for Improving Biocompatibility, Chemo
gradient Surfaces for Cell and Protein Interaction Composite Biomaterials: Struc-
ture, Bounds on Properties, Anisotropy of Composites, Particulate Composites,
Fibrous Composites, Porous Materials, Biocompatibility. (10 Hours)

ˆ Classification according to physiological response of biomaterials: Bio in-

ert, bioactive and bioresorbable biomaterials, Surface modifications, Surface analy-
sis, Surface-protein interactions (4 Hours)

ˆ Biodegradable Polymeric Biomaterials: Glycolide/Lactide Based Biodegrad-

able Linear Aliphatic Polyesters, Non-Glycolide/Lactide Based Linear Aliphatic
Polyesters. Non-Aliphatic Polyesters Type Biodegradable Polymers, Biodegrada-
tion Properties of Synthetic Biodegradable Polymers. Hydrolytic Degradation. En-
zymatic Degradation, Surface vs. Bulk Erosion: (10 Hours)

ˆ Cell interactions with biomaterials: General introduction to cellular structure

and functions, Techniques and assays to determine the cell material interactions
(Cytotoxicity Assays, Direct Contact Assay, Agar Diffusion Assay, Elution Assay,
Adhesion/Spreading Assays, Migration Assays) (4 Hours)

ˆ Biomaterials implants and implementation problems: Orthopaedic implants,

artificial organs, dental materials, etc.; Implementation problems - inflammation,
rejection, corrosion, structural failure. ((8 Hours)

ˆ Applications of biomaterials in various medical conditions: Wound Healing

and the Presence of Biomaterials, Biomaterials and Thrombosis. (4 Hours)

Laboratory:
1. NA

1353
Text books:
1. NA

References:
1. Johnna S. Temenoff, Antonios G. Mikos, Biomaterials the Intersection of Bi-
ology and Materials Science, Pearson, 2008. by Johnna S. Temenoff, Antonios
G.

2. B. Rolando (Ed.), Integrated Biomaterials Science, Springer. 2002.

3. J.B. Park and J.D. Bronzino, Biomaterials: Principles and Applications, CRC
Press. 2002.

18.17 MT 507 : Modeling and Simulation in Materials Science

Course Code : MT 507
Course Name : Modeling and Simulation in Materials Science
L-P-T-C: 3-0-0-3
Intended for: B.Tech.
Prerequisites: None
Mutual Exclusion: None
Approval : 57th BoA

Course Contents
ˆ Motivation - Introduction to Modeling and Simulation

– The need for modeling and simulation techniques in material science

– Experimental measurements and computational calculation of materials prop-
erties
– The role of modeling in predicting material performance and design.

ˆ Molecular Dynamics (MD) Simulations

– Thermodynamics and statistical mechanics principles and Ensembles

– Basic principles and algorithms (Verlet, leapfrog)
– Force fields and potentials for material systems
– Integration schemes and time step considerations

ˆ Monte Carlo (MC) Simulations

– portance sampling and the Metropolis algorithm

– Canonical ensemble MC
– Applications in materials (e.g., phase transitions)

ˆ Interatomic Potentials

1354
 – Lennard-Jones potential, Coulombic interactions
– Embedded Atom Model (EAM) for metals
– Force field development and selection for different materials

ˆ Modeling Phase Transitions

– Modeling solid-solid and solid-liquid transitions

– Nucleation and growth processes

ˆ Simulation of Specific Material Types

– Crystalline materials: Simulation of defects, dislocations, and fracture in met-

als
– Nanomaterials: Deformation of nanowires and analysis of grain boundaries

ˆ Other examples for modelling

– Grain Boundary Generation of Al -Dislocation Nucleation in Single Crystal Al

– Grain Boundary Generation of Cu and Mg

Laboratory:
1. NA

Text books:
1. Daan Frenkel, Understanding molecular simulation.

References:
1. Richard LeSar, Introduction to Computational Materials Science.

2. Kurt Binder and Dieter W. Heermann, Monte Carlo Methods in Statistical

Physics.

3. June Gunn Lee, Computational Materials Science: An Introduction.

18.18 MT 508 : Iron and Steel Making

Course Code : MT 508
Course Name : Iron and Steel Making
L-P-T-C: 3-0-0-3
Intended for: B.Tech./PG/Ph.D.
Prerequisites: None
Mutual Exclusion: None
Approval : 57th BoA

1355
Course Contents
ˆ Introduction to Iron Making: Introduction: Various routes of modern steel
making (BF-BOF, DRI-EAF, SR). Blast furnace Ironmaking: Shape of the furnace,
Various reactions, and zones in the blast Furnace Thermodynamics of Iron making,
Direct & indirect reduction Blast furnace as an efficient counter-current gas-solid
reactor with maximum carbon efficiency. [6 Hours]

ˆ Heat and Mass Transfer in the blast furnace: Overall heat and material
balance in the blast furnace. Rist diagram based on oxygen balance. Rist diagram
based on heat & material balance. Blast furnace as a two-stage reactor. A predictive
model for coke rate in the blast furnace. [8 Hours]

ˆ Transport processes in a blast furnace: Aerodynamics in Blast Furnace (pres-

sure drop, fluidization, channeling, flooding). Burden preparation (sintering, pel-
letization, coke making). Testing of raw materials. Burden distribution in blast
furnace. Auxiliary injection, fuel efficiency, and productivity in blast furnaces. [6
Hours]

ˆ Steelmaking Fundamentals: Thermodynamics of steelmaking. Introduction to

LD steel making (process, emulsion, decarburization, catch carbon technique, im-
purity & slag evolution). Hybrid steel making. Modern EAF/IF steel making.
Secondary Steelmaking: Thermodynamics & kinetics of deoxidation. Secondary
steel making: Vacuum treatment of steel and processes, gas stirring. [8 hours]

ˆ Secondary Steelmaking and Alternative Ironmaking Routes: Secondary

Steelmaking: Ladle desulphurization, inclusion modification by calcium treatment.
Inclusion control by optimizing upstream operating parameters. Heat transfer and
segregation during casting. Ingot casting, continuous casting, defects in steel. En-
vironmental issues related to ironmaking; Alternative routes of iron & steel making
(rotary kiln, Corex, Midrex). [10 Hours]

Laboratory:
1. NA

Text books:
1. H.S. Ray and A. Ghosh, Principles of extractive metallurgy, Wiley Eastern
Ltd., 1991.

2. Dr. R. H. Tupkary, Modern ironmaking.

3. R.W. Backforth, Manufacture of Iron & Steel,Vol. I.

4. G. Word, Physical Chemistry of Iron & Steel.

5. A.K. Biswas, Principals of Blast Furnace Ironmaking.

6. Dr. R.H. Tupkary, Modern Steelmaking.

7. E.T. Tukdogan, Fundamentals of steel making.

1356
References:
1. Turkdogan, E.T., and Fruehan, R.J., Fundamentals of iron and steelmaking.

2. RJ Fruehan, ed., The Making, Shaping and Treating of Steel, Steelmaking

and Refining Volume 11, 11th Edition, AISE Steel Foundation, pp. 125-126, 1998.

3. A. Ghosh, Secondary processing and casting of liquid steels.

18.19 MT 509 : Hydrogen Energy

Course Code : MT 509
Course Name : Hydrogen Energy
L-P-T-C: 3-0-0-3
Intended for: B.Tech./PG/Ph.D.
Prerequisites: None
Mutual Exclusion: : Some similarly with CY552: Hydrogen Generation and Storage
Approval : 57th BoA

Course Contents
ˆ Introduction to Hydrogen Energy and Production: Properties of hydrogen,
global status of supply and demand, and key hydrogen production methods (steam
reforming, partial oxidation, autothermal reforming). Comparison of conventional
and advanced methods, and production from hydrocarbons and biomass. (6 Hours)

ˆ Hydrogen Production from Renewable Sources: Thermochemical cycles for

hydrogen production, electrolysis of water (fundamentals, electrolytic cell design,
stack configuration), photoelectrochemical hydrogen production, and a comparative
technical and economic analysis of various production methods. (6 Hours)

ˆ Hydrogen Storage: Introduction to hydrogen storage methods, fundamentals of

hydrogen compression, liquefaction, and underground storage. Hydrogen storage
in tanks and adsorption-based materials, metal hydrides, and design of hydrogen
storage systems. (6 Hours)

ˆ Transportation and Distribution of Hydrogen: Long-distance hydrogen trans-

port via pipelines, ships, and as liquid organic hydrogen carriers (LOHC). Road
transportation of hydrogen and refueling stations. Economic analysis of transport
methods. (4 Hours)

ˆ Utilization of Hydrogen: Hydrogen use in internal combustion engines, fuel cells,

and other energy conversion devices. Applications of hydrogen in different sectors,
with a focus on decarbonization. (6 Hours)

ˆ Hydrogen Safety and Regulations: Properties of hydrogen associated with

hazards, safety concerns in storage and transport, classification of hazards, safety
regulations, codes, and standards. Case studies of hydrogen incidents and mitiga-
tion strategies. (6 Hours)

1357
Laboratory:
1. NA

Text books:
1. Gupta, Ram B., Hydrogen Fuel: Production, Transport and Storage, CRC
Press, 2008.

References:
1. Tzimas, E., Filiou, C., Peteves, S.D., &Veyret, J.B., Hydrogen storage: state-
of-the-art and future perspective, European Communities, 2003.

2. Agata Godula-Jopek, Hydrogen Production by Electrolysis, Wiley-VCH, 2015

3. Global Hydrogen Review 2021, IEA (2021), Paris, https://www.iea.org/reports/global-

hydrogen-review-2021

4. Michael Hirscher, Handbook of Hydrogen Storage, Wiley-VCH, 2010.

5. Yuda Yurum (Editor), Hydrogen energy system: production and utilization

of hydrogen and future aspects, Springer Science & Business Media; NATO
ASI Series, Series E: Applied Sciences – Vol. 295, 2012.

18.20 MT 510 : Colloids and Interfaces

Course Code : MT 510
Course Name : Colloids and Interfaces
L-P-T-C: 3-0-0-3
Intended for: B.Tech./PG/Ph.D.
Prerequisites: None
Mutual Exclusion: : Some similarly with CY552: Hydrogen Generation and Storage
Approval : 57th BoA

Course Contents
ˆ Introduction to colloid and interface: colloids, classification of colloids based
on affinity to carrier fluids, concept of stability of colloidal systems (DLVO and
DLVO like theories and kinetics of coagulation and general principles of diffusion in
a potential field/Brownian movement, physical characteristics of colloids, interfaces,
Natures of interfaces, Thermodynamics of Interfaces, Adsorption and deposition at
surfaces and interfaces (10 Hours)

ˆ Surface Tension, Adhesion and Capillarity: Effect of confinement and finite

size, concepts of surface and interfacial energies and tensions, Surface Tension,
Contact Angle, Thermodynamics of Surfaces: Surface Tension as Surface Free En-
ergy, Surface Tension: Implications for Curved Interfaces and Capillarity, Effects
of Curved Interfaces on Phase Equilibria and Nucleation: The Kelvin Equation,
Surface Tension and Contact Angle: Their Relation to Wetting and Spreading

1358
 Phenomena, Contact Angles: Some Complications, Contact of Liquids with Porous
Solids and Powders, Molecular Interpretation of Surface Tension, Apolar (Van Der
Waals) and polar(acid-base) components of interfacial tensions. Young-Laplace
equation of capillarity, examples of equilibrium surfaces, multiplicity. Free energies
of adhesion, kinetics of capillary and confined flows (10 Hours)

ˆ The Rheology of Dispersions: Introduction, Newton’s Law of Viscosity, Concentric-

Cylinder and Cone-and-Plate Viscometers, The Poiseuille Equation and Capillary
Viscometers, The Equation of Motion: The Navier-Stokes Equation, Einstein’s The-
ory of Viscosity of Dispersions, Deviations from the Einstein Model, Non-Newtonian
Behavior, Viscosity of Polymer Solutions (10 Hours)

ˆ Van der Waals Forces: Introduction and importance of Van der Waals Forces,
Molecular Interactions and Power Laws, Molecular Origins and the Macroscopic
Implications of van der Waals Forces, van der waals forces between large particles
and over large Distances, calculating van der waals forces between macroscopic
bodies, Theories of van der Waals Forces based on Bulk Properties, Effect of the
medium on the van der Waals Attractions. (8 Hours)

ˆ Electric Double layer: Background of surface charges and electrical, capaci-

tor model of the double layer, diffuse double layer, Debye- Huckel Approximation,
electrical double layer, Gouy-Chapman Theory, overlapping Double layer and in-
terparticle repulsion, stern adsorption (8 Hours)

Laboratory:
1. NA

Text books:
1. P.C. Hiemenz and R. Rajagopalan (Editors), Principles of Colloid and Surface
Chemistry, 3rd Edition, Academic Press, New York, 1997.

2. T. Cosgrove, Colloid Science: Principles, Methods and Applications, Wiley-

Blackwell, 2005

References:
1. NA

18.21 MT 511 : Sensor Materials and Technologies

Course Code : MT 511
Course Name : Sensor Materials and Technologies
L-P-T-C: 3-0-0-3
Intended for: B.Tech./M.Tech./M.Sc./Ph.D.
Prerequisites: None
Mutual Exclusion: None
Approval : 57th BoA

1359
Course Contents
ˆ Introduction and Fundamental Concepts: Overview of sensors, materials used
for sensors, multidisciplinary aspects of sensor technology, key sensor parameters
such as sensitivity, range, accuracy, and resolution. (5 hours)
ˆ Sensor Materials: Examination of sensor materials including silicon, plastics,
metals, ceramics, structural glasses, optical glasses, and nanomaterials. (4 hours)
ˆ Physical Principles of Sensing: Study of sensing principles for various physi-
cal phenomena, including force, temperature, vibration, pressure, flow, and optical
properties. This section also explores a range of sensors such as piezoelectric, elec-
trical, acoustic, pneumatic, magnetic, optical, and pH sensors. (7 hours)
ˆ Sensor Fabrication and Characterization: Overview of fabrication processes
such as surface processing (spin casting, vacuum deposition, sputtering, chemical
vapor deposition, electroplating). Introduction to Microelectromechanical Systems
(MEMS) technologies, including lithography, silicon micromachining, micromachin-
ing of bridges and cantilevers, lift-off, wafer bonding, and LIGA technologies. Fun-
damentals of etching techniques (both wet and dry), and microscopy techniques
(optical and electron microscopy, among others). (12 hours)
ˆ Signal Conditioning, Processing, and Display Systems: Covers signal con-
ditioning methods like deflection bridges, amplifiers, A.C. carrier systems, cur-
rent transmitters, oscillators, and resonators. Signal processing techniques such
as analog-to-digital conversion, computer and microcontroller systems, and related
software. Discusses data display methods, including pointer-scale indicators, LED
displays, cathode ray tubes (CRT), liquid crystal displays (LCDs), and electrolu-
minescence (EL) displays. (12 hours)
ˆ Sensor Applications in Various Fields: Exploration of sensor applications, cov-
ering occupancy and motion detectors, position and displacement sensors, velocity,
and acceleration sensors, as well as force, strain, tactile, pressure, and temperature
sensors. Specific applications include sensors utilized in CNC machine tools (linear
and angular position, velocity sensors) and acoustic emission, accompanied by an
introduction to concepts in pattern recognition. (4 hours)

Laboratory:
1. NA

Text books:
1. John P. Bentley, Principles of Measurement Systems, 4th Edition, Pearson
Education, 2005.
2. S.M. Sze, Semiconductor sensors, 3rd Edition, John Wiley & Sons Inc., 2006.
3. J. Fraden, Handbook of Modern Sensors: Physical, Designs, and Appli-
cations, AIP Press, Springer.
4. Neil W. Ashcroft and N. David Mermin, Solid State Physics, Saunders College
Publishing, 1976.

1360
References:
1. NA

1361
19 Physics Courses
Engineering Physics Courses
19.1 EP 301: Engineering Mathematics-2
Course Code: EP 301
Course Name: Engineering Mathematics-2
L-T-P-C: 3-1-0-4
Prerequisite: IC 110, IC 111 and/or faculty consent; Out of PH511 and EP301, a student
is allowed to take only one course.
Students intended for: B.Tech.
Elective or Core: Core
Approval: 28th Senate

Course content
ˆ Module I
Linear vector spaces, Gram-Schmidt orthogonalization, Self-adjoint, Unitary, Her-
mitian, Non-Hemitian Operators, transformation of operators, eigenvalue equation,
Hermitian matrix diagonalization; with focus on application to physical problems.
[8 Lectures]

ˆ Module II
Second order Linear ODE, Series Solution- Frobenius Method, Inhomogeneous lin-
ear ODE. Sturm Liouville equation Hermition operators-eigenvalue problem; with
focus on application to physical problems. [7 Lectures]

ˆ Special functions
Bessel, Neumann, Henkel, Hermite, Legendre, Spherical Harmonics, Laguerre, Gamma,
Beta, Delta functions, with focus on application of these functions to physical prob-
lems. [10 Lectures]

ˆ Module IV
Complex analysis, Cauchy- Riemann conditions, Cauchy’s Integral theorem, Lau-
rent expansion, Singularities, Calculus of residues, evaluation of definite integrals,
Method of steepest descent, saddle point. [11 Lectures]

ˆ Module V
Partial differential equations and introduction to Green’s functions. [6 Lectures]

Text Books
1. Arfken and Weber, Mathematical methods for physicists, 6th Edition, Elsevier
Academic Press, 2015.

2. Mary L Boas, Mathematical Methods in Physical Sciences, 3rd Edition,

Willey 2011

1362
Reference Books:
1. K. F. Riley and M. P. Hobson, Mathematical Methods for Physics and En-
gineering: A Comprehensive Guide, Cambridge India South Asian Edition,
2009.

2. J. Mathews and R. L. Walker, Mathematical Methods for Physicists, New

edition, Imprint, 1973.

3. F. W. Byron and R. W. Fuller, Mathematics of Classical and Quantum

Physics, New edition, Dover Publication, 1992.

4. P. M. Morse and H. Freshbach, Methods of theoretical Physics Vol. I and II,

McGraw-Hill, 1953.

5. E. Kreyszing, Advanced Engineering Mathematics, 10th edition, Wiley India

Private Limited, 2003.

6. Philippe Dennery and Andre Krzywicki, Mathematics for Physicists, Dover

Publications Inc. 1996.

19.2 EP 302: Computational Methods for Engineering

Course Code: EP 302
Course Name: Computational Methods for Engineering
L-T-P-C: 2-0-2-3
Prerequisite: IC 110 Engineering Mathematics
Students intended for: UG
Elective or Core: Core
Approval: 4th BoA

Course content
ˆ Module I
Numerical techniques: Linear and non-linear equations; Solving linear systems:
Gauss Elimination, Gauss Jordan, LU Decomposition; Solving linear equations with
iterative methods: Jacobi method, Gauss-Seidal method, Successive Over Relax-
ation (SOR); Finding roots of polynomial and transcendental equations: Bisection
method and Newton-Raphson Method; Numerical Integration: Trapezoidal rule,
Simpson’s rule, Gaussian Quadrature; Case study from multi-physics systems. [14
Lectures]

ˆ Module II
FEM Concept: Introduction, Engineering applications of finite element method,Weak
formulation, Interpolation scheme, FEM formulation for 1D and 2D problems, Com-
puter implementation issues, Convergence and Error analysis. [6 Lectures]

ˆ Module III
FEM for Multi-Physics Systems: Case study of thermo-mechanical systems, elec-
tromechanical systems, thermo-electro-mechanical systems. [5 Lectures]

1363
 ˆ Module IV
Simulation of Engineering Systems: Monte-Carlo simulation, Simulation of contin-
uous and discrete processes with suitable examples from engineering problems. [3
Lectures]

Laboratory sessions
:
ˆ Exp. 1 & 2 Use of numerical techniques to solve system of equations using computer
programming platform.
ˆ Exp. 3 &4 Introductions to computational software (FEM based packages).
ˆ Exp. 5,6 & 7 Find the simulation response of a physical system under (i) Mechanical
load (ii) Thermal load (iii) Electrical load environment.
ˆ Exp. 8 & 9 Use of computational (FEM based) package to simulate multi-physics
systems case e.g. Electric motor under electro-mechanical and thermal environment.
ˆ Exp. 10 & 11 Monte Carlo simulation.

Text Books
1. JN Reddy, Introduction to Finite Element Methods, 3rd Edition, McGraw
Hill, 2005.
2. Steven C. Chapra and Raymond P. Canale, Numerical methods for Engineers,
4th Edition, Wiley 2015.

Reference Books:
1. Conte and de Boor, Elementary Numerical Analysis: Algorithmetic Ap-
proach, 3rd Edition, McGraw Hill, 1980.
2. Rubinstein, Simulation and the Monte Carlo method, 2nd Edition, Wiley
2007.
3. Smith, Griffiths and Margetts, Programming the Finite Element Method,
5th Edition, Wiley, 2013.
4. Anju Khandelwal, Numerical Methods and Computer Programming, 4th
Edition, Alpha Science International ltd. 2015.

19.3 EP 401P: Engineering of Instrumentation

Course Code: EP 401P
Course Name: Engineering of Instrumentation
L-T-P-C: 1-0-5-4
Prerequisite: PH301 or PH513 and PH501 or PH523
Students intended for: B.Tech.
Elective or Core: Core
Approval: 37th BoA

1364
Course content
ˆ Module I
Introduction to data Acquisition systems, Labview/open source (such as Python)
programming (Interfacing and programming), Signal processing and Error analysis.
[ Lectures]

ˆ Module II
Automatic control (PID control, Feed forward control, Time delay and inverse
response systems, Sequence control). [ Lectures]

ˆ Module III
Cryogenics Instrumentation (Low temperature, Liquefaction of gases, Close Cy-
cle Refrigerator, Temperature sensor). Vacuum pumps (Rotary, Dry scroll, Root
pumps) with focus on role of valves, gauges etc. [ Lectures]

ˆ Module IV
Introduction to design and working of instruments (Electron microscope, Scanning
Tunneling Microscopy, Atomic force microscope and Superconducting magnets) [
Lectures]

Text Books
1. C. Barry Carter and David B. Williams, Transmission Electron Microscopy,
Springer, New York (2016).

2. Robert C. Richardson and N. Smith, Experimental Techniques in Condensed

Matter Physics at Low Temperatures, CRC Press (2018).

19.4 EP 402P: Engineering Physics Practicum

Course Code: EP 402P
Course Name: Engineering Physics Practicum
L-T-P-C: 1-0-5-4
Prerequisite: PH301 or PH513 and PH501 or PH523
Students intended for: B.Tech.
Elective or Core: Core
Approval: 37th BoA

Course content

Part-A
ˆ Hall Effect in Semiconductor
Measure the resistivity and Hall voltage of a semiconductor sample as a function of
temperature and magnetic field. The band gap, the specific conductivity, the type
of charge carrier and the mobility of the charge carriers can be determined from
the measurements. [ Lectures]

1365
 ˆ Diffraction of ultrasonic waves
Fraunhofer and Fresnel diffraction and determine the wavelength of the ultrasound
wave. Students may also develop their own sound wave generator and receiver and
perform this experiment. [ Lectures]
ˆ Geiger-Muller-Counter
To study random events. Determination of the half-life and radioactive equilibrium.
Verification ofthe inverse-square law for beta and gamma radiation. [ Lectures]
ˆ Dispersion and resolving power of a grating
Determination of the grating constant of a Rowland grating based on the diffraction
angle (up to the third order) of the high intensity spectral lines. Determination of
the angular dispersion and resolving power of a grating. Students may also design).
their own gratings and study that using this experimental technique. [ Lectures]

Devices Fabrication Technologies

ˆ Basic clean room training and introduction to instruments

Draw a comprehensive wafer clean process flow/cleaning of wafer and validate the
hydrophobic and hydrophilic nature through contact angle measurements.
ˆ Metal-Semiconductor contact fabrications and characterizations
Design and fabricate basic metal semiconductor junction and do the characteri-
zation. Basic characterization may also be extended to thin films grown via spin
coater or any other technique.

Text Books
1. R. A. Dunlop, Experimental Physics, Oxford University Press (2012).
2. S. K. Ghandhi, VLSI Fabrication Principles: Silicon and Gallium Arsenide,
2nd Edition. (2014)

Reference Books:
1. A. C. Melissinos, Experiments in Modem Physics, Academic Press (1996).
2. E. Hecht, Optics, 4 edition, Addison-Wesley. (2011)
3. J. Varma, Nuclear Physics Experiments, New Age Publishers (2010)
4. B. L. Worsnop and H. T. Flint, Advanced Practical Physics for Students,
Methusen & Go. (1950).
5. E. V. Smith, Manual for Experiments in Applied Physics, Butterworths
(1970).
6. D. Malacara (ed), Methods of Experimental Physics, Series of Volumes, Aca-
demic Press Inc. (1988).
7. D. K. Schroder, Semiconductor Material and Device Characterization, 3rd
Edition.

1366
19.5 EP 403: Physics of atoms and molecules
Course Code: EP 403
Course Name: Physics of atoms and molecules
L-T-P-C: 3-0-0-3
Prerequisite:PH301and/or faculty consent; Out of EP403 and PH524, a student is allowed
to take only one course.
Students intended for: UG
Elective or Core: Core
Approval: 40th BoA

Course content
ˆ Module I
Time-independent perturbation theoryfor first and second-order correction and its
application; Identical particles, eigen functions for identical two particle systems.
[6 Lectures]

ˆ Module II
Time-dependent perturbation theory for two level systems and it generalization to
higher level systems, its application to Fermi-Golden rule. [6 Lectures]

ˆ Module III
Interaction of electromagnetic radiation with single electron atoms,Sinusoidal per-
turbationand Rabi flopping, Dipole approximation and dipole selection rules, Tran-
sition rates, Line broadening mechanisms,Incoherent perturbations, spontaneous
and stimulated emissions andEinstein coefficients, selection rules for transitions [12
Lectures]

ˆ Module IV
Review of atomic structure of H, Atomic structure of two electron system-variational
method, central field approximation, Slater determinant, L-S coupling, J-J coupling.
[7 Lectures]

ˆ Module V
General nature of molecular structure, molecular binding, LCAO, Born-OppenheimerApproximatio
[5 Lectures]

ˆ Module VI
Introduction to infra-red and Raman spectroscopy, Introduction to group theory
andsymmetry and Spectroscopy. [6 Lectures]

Text Books
1. C. J. Foot, Atomic Physics, Oxford, First edition 2005.

2. C. Banwell and E. Maccash, Fundamentals of molecular spectroscopy, Mc

Graw Hill, 2013.

1367
19.6 EP 502: Informatics for Materials Design
Course number : EP 502
Course Name : Informatics for Materials Design
Credit Distribution : 2-0-2-3
Intended for : BTech 4th Year, M.Sc. Physics, PhD Scholars, M.Tech
Prerequisite : None
Mutual Exclusion : None
Approval: 50th BoA

Course Contents:
ˆ Computational material science: Crystal Structure and symmetry, Material
properties, Property based classification of materials (mechanical, electrical, ther-
mal, magnetic, optical), Performance of materials, Meta materials, Need for new
materials. (4 Hours)

ˆ State of art techniques at different length scales: Concept of multiscale

modeling, First principles approach, Density Functional Theory (electronic level),
Brief introduction to Schrodinger’s equation, Overview of most commonly used
approximations (Born Oppenheimer, Local Density Approximations), Kohn-Sham
equations, Pseudopotentials, Description of the self-consistent field iterations, Total
energy minimization, Overview of major algorithms in DFT calculations. (9 Hours)

ˆ Databases and Python Scripting: DBMS fundamentals, Design, Workflows,

Query writing, python libraries: Numpy, Panda, Pymatgen, Materials database
repositories, Materials open database integration APIs. (6 Hours)

ˆ Introduction to Machine learning for material design: Philosophy behind

machine learning, Basic vocabulary terms, Algorithms based on learning: super-
vised and unsupervised, Regression vs. classification, Regression algorithms, Clus-
tering algorithms, Decision tree algorithms, Interpretability analysis using Lyme/Shap.
Model independent Descriptors for material data analytics. (9 Hours)

Laboratory/practical/tutorial Modules:
1. Lab work (1 Credit)

2. Hands on with Quantum Espresso (QE)- 3 Labs

3. Hands on with MySQL- 1 Lab

4. Working with python scripts, use of APIs etc – 2 Labs

5. Creating databases using APIs to fetch material data – 1 Lab

6. Machine learning with Scikit/Weka – 2 Labs

1368
Research project (1 Credit):
Based on use of machine learning/Quantum Espresso for understanding material design
and its properties for particular applications like magnetic storage, photovoltaic response,
electrical conductivity, magnetism and spintronic application.

Text books:(Relevant and Latest, Only 2)

1. June Gunn Lee, Computational Materials science, CRC press, 2012.

2. Aurélien Géron, Hands-On Machine Learning with Scikit-Learn, Keras,

and TensorFlow, 2nd Edition, O’Reilly Media, Inc. 2019

References:
1. Online resources for learning SQL, python

2. Research papers

Physics Courses
19.7 PH 001 Preparatory Physics - 1
Course Code: PH 001
Course Name: Preparatory Physics - 1
L-T-P-C: 3-1-0-4
Students Intended for: Preparatory Students
Core or Elective: Core
Approval: 50th BoA

Course Contents:
ˆ Units, Dimensions: Basic dimensional analysis and a consolidated information
of units of various physical observables. [3 Lectures]

ˆ Vector Analysis: Vector multiplication and vector algebra, Vector analysis: gra-
dient, divergence, and curl. Cartesian, cylindrical, plane polar and spherical polar
coordinate system. [9 Lectures]

ˆ Concepts of Classical mechanics: Velocity, linear momentum, acceleration,

forced, Newton’s law of motion, work and energy, conversion laws for energy and
momentum, centre of mass, collision, moment of a force, angular momentum, con-
servation of angular momentum, moment of inertia. [12 Lectures]

ˆ Laws of Gravity: Acceleration due to gravity, escape velocity, Kepler’s laws of

planetary motion. [6 Lectures]

ˆ Heat and Thermodynamics: Thermal equilibrium, concept of temperature,

tehermometers and the Kelvin scale, heat, work, and internal energy. First law of
thermodynamics. Second law of thermodynamics. [6 Lectures]

1369
 ˆ Waves and Acoustics: Waves, propagating and stationary waves, interferenfe of
waves, sound wave. [6 Lectures]

Text Books:
1. D. Halliday, R. Resnick, and J. Walker, Fundamentals of Physics, John Wiley.

2. Sears and Zemansky’s University Physics with Modern Physics, 13th Edition,
Pearson.

19.8 PH 002 Preparatory Physics - 2

Course Code: PH 002
Course Name: Preparatory Physics - 2
L-T-P-C: 3-1-0-4
Students Intended for: Preparatory Students
Core or Elective: Core
Approval: 50th BoA

Course Contents:
ˆ Electrostatics: Electric Charge, Coulomb’s law, electric field and electric po-
tential, electric field lines, electric dipole, Gauss’ law, capacitors and capacitance,
current, resistivity, Ohm’s law, resistance in series and parallel, Kirchhoff’s law. [9
Lectures]

ˆ Magnetism: Magnetism, magnetic field, Bio Savart’s law, Ampere’s law, Faraday’s
laws of induction, self and mutual inductance, LCR Circuit. [9 Lectures]

ˆ Optics: Reflection of light, spherical mirrors, mirror formula. Refraction of light,

total internal reflection and its applications, lenses, thin lens formula, maginification
power of a lenses, wave nature of light, Huygen’s principle, interference, diffraction,
Young’s double slit experiment. [9 Lectures]

ˆ Modern Physics: Structure of the atom, Bohr’s model, alpha, beta and gamm
radiations, law of radioactive decay, half-life and mean life, blackbody radiation,
Wien’s law, Stefan’s law, photoelectric effect, X-rays, Moseley’s law, de Broglie
wavelength of matter waves, ideas of quantum physics. [15 Lectures]

Text Books:
1. D. Halliday, R. Resnick, and J. Walker, Fundamentals of Physics, John Wiley.

2. Sears and Zemansky’s University Physics with Modern Physics, 13th Edition,
Pearson.

1370
19.9 PH 101 Physics-I
Course Code: PH-101
Course Name: Physics-I
L-T-P-C: 3-1-2-5
Pre-requisite: NIL
Sem. Both
Approval:
Equivalent Course:

Course Contents:
ˆ Vector Fields: Vector transformation, Vector calculus, Divergence and curl in
curvilinear coordinates. Divergence and curl of electrostatic fields, Electric po-
tential, Laplace’s and Poisson’s equation, Divergence and curl of magnetic field,
Magnetic vector potential;
ˆ Electromagnetic Waves: Maxwell’s equations. Conservation of charge and en-
ergy, Electromagnetic waves in vacuum and in matter, Polarized and unpolarized
electromagnetic waves. Absorption and dispersion;
ˆ Special Relativity: Postulates of special relativity, Lorentz transformation, In-
troduction to four-vectors, Time dilation, Doppler effect, Length contraction, Twin
paradox, Relativistic momentum, Mass and energy, energy and momentum, Relativ-
ity as bridge between electricity and magnetism, Magnetism as relative phenomenon
(Qualitative discussion);
ˆ Wave Particle Duality an Quantizators: Blackbody radiation, photoelectric
effect, Compton effect, DeBrogtie waves, Electron Diffraction, Davission–Germer
experiment, Uncertainty principle. Bohr atom model and Somerfield corrections.
Franck-hertz experiment.

Practicals:
Measurement of magnetic susceptibility by Quinck’s method; Deter- mination of Planck’s
constant by photoelectric effect; Franck-Hertz Experiment; Single-slit, double slits and
multiple slits diffraction by Laser; Determination of Planck’s constant by radiation method;
Stefen’s constant; Magnetic field of paired coils in Helmholtz arrangement; Davisson –
Germer Experiment

References:
1. David J. G., Introduction to Electrodynamics, 3rd Edition, Prentice Hall of
India
2. Arthur B., Concepts of Modern Physics, 6th Edition, Tata McGraw- Hill.
3. Mathew N. O. S., Elements of Electromagnetic, 3rd Edition, Oxford University
Press
4. Feymman R. P., Leighton R.B. and Sands M., The Feymman Lectures on
Physics, Volume 1 & II, Narosa Publishing House.

1371
19.10 PH 211 The Physics Behind Computers
Course Code: PH 211
Course name: The Physics Behind Computers
Credits: 3
Approval: 8th Senate; OTA
The purpose of this course is to attract students into a physics course within a spe-
cific context— the fascination Of how computers work, explained from the very basic
principles. This course will be really useful to students, because it provides real work-
ing examples of the physics they are learning in a relevant, unified context. Students
will realize that much of what physicists know about the world goes into the physics of
making/understanding of computers.

Course Contents:
ˆ Introduction:

– The Physics Behind Computers

– Physics, Silicon, and the “Magic” Behind the ‘computer’ Age.
– A Zoomed-In Look Inside a Computer.
– Timeline of Great Discoveries and Inventions in Physics and Computer.

ˆ Mathematics:

– The Language of Science and Technology

– The Utility of Mathematics in Science and Technology.
– Precision and Significant Digits -Real-World Example, Precision of Display
Pixels Large and Small Numbers and Scientific Notation.
– Units for Physical Quantities
– Metric-System Units, Binary Numbers. Converting from Decimal to Binary.
Converting from Binary to Decimal. Real-World Example -Analog and Digital
Variables
– The Concept of Information
– Bits, Bytes and Other Units,Exponential Growth
– Social Impacts: The Exponential Change of Nearly Everything.

ˆ Mechanics:

– Energy Enables Information Technology

– From Looms to Computers.
– Speed, Acceleration, and Force.
– Description of Motion- Distance Travelled, Seek Time of a Hard Drive Head.
– Force Vectors Net Force Vectors. Electron Acceleration In Cathode Ray Tubes.
– Principles of Mechanics, Force on a Hard-Drive Head, Gravity, Physics of
Energy

1372
 – Friction and Heat Energy, The Constancy of Energy. Motion Sensors in Lap-
tops.

ˆ Electricity and Magnetism: The Workhorses of Information Technology

– Electricity and Magnetism are the Basis of Computers.

– Electric Charge Electric Forces: Coulomb’s Law, Electric Fields— Field Lines.
– Electric Current and Conductors Electrical Energy and Voltage.
– Voltage Sources - Batteries, Energy Stored in a Battery.
– Energy Storage in a Capacitor, Capacitor Computer Memory.
– Resistors Conductors, and Ohm’s Law, Electrical Power.
– Magnetism,Electromagnetism, Electric Current Creates Magnetic Field.
– The Telegraph, Precursor to the Internet.
– Changing Electric Field Creates Magnetic Field.
– Changing Magnetic Field Creates Magnetic Field.
– Magnetic Materials and Data Storage.

ˆ Digital Electronics and Computer Logic:

– The Reasoning”Abilities of Computers.

– Concepts of Logic, Electronic Logic Circuits Logic Operations and Diagrams
– Three-input Logic Operations Building Logic Operations Using the NOR Op-
eration.
– Using Logic to Perform Arithmetic.
– Implementing Logic -Electromagnetic Switches. Boolean Search of Databases.

ˆ Quantum Physics of Atoms and Materials:

– Atoms, Crystals and Computers.

– The Quantum Nature of Electrons and Atoms, Electron Scattering from Crys-
tals.
– The Spinning of Electrons, Fluorescent Lamps.
– Electrical Properties of Materials, Conductors, Insulators, Semiconductors.
– Origin of the Energy Gap in Silicon Crystals.
– Atomic Nature of Magnetic Domains.

ˆ Semiconductor Physics:

– Transistors and Circuits Silicon, Transistors and Computers

– Controlling the Conductivity of Silicon p-n Junctions and Diodes.
– Rectifying an alternating signal, A Simple Crystal AM Radio Receiver
– Transistors,CMOS Computer Logic,“Water-Effect Transistors.
– Miniaturization, Integrated Circuits, and Photolithography.

1373
 – Silicon Crystal Preparation Lithography for Fabricating a p-n Junction.
– Bipolar Transistors.

ˆ Digital Memory and Computers:

– Physics, Memory and Computers.

– Sequential Logic for Computer Memory.
– The Set-Reset Latch, Enabled Data Latch or D-Latch.
– Static Random-Access Memory.
– SRAM with Six Transistors.
– Dynamic Random-Access Memory, Nonvolatile Memory. Quantum Tunneling.
– Magnetic Tape and Hard Disk Memory, Optical Compact Disk Memory.
– Error Immunity of Digital Data, The Structure of a Computer.
– Hierarchy of Computer Memory, Heat-Imposed Limits of Computers
– Representing Information in Computers using Codes, ASCII de.
– Coding Images, Data Compression.

Textbook:
1. Michael G. Raymer, Silicon Web-Physics for Internet Age.

References:
1. Paul Hewitt, Conceptual Physics.

2. Louis Bloomfield, How Things Work: The Physics of Everyday Life.

3. Art Hobson, Physics: Concepts and Connections.

19.11 PH 301: Quantum mechanics and applications

Course Code: PH 301
Course Name: Quantum mechanics and applications
L-T-P-C: 2.5-0.5-0-3
Approval: 2nd Senate

Course Contents
ˆ Module I

ˆ Review of postulates in quantum mechanics, observables and operators, theory of

measurement in quantum mechanics, state of the system and expecation values,
transition from quantum mechanics to classical mechanics-Ehrenfast theorem. [5
Lectures]

ˆ Module II

1374
 ˆ Application of Schrodinger equation in 1-D: rectangular barrier, tunneling, square
potential well, delta- function potential [5 Lectures]

ˆ Module III

ˆ Basic mathematical formalism of quantum mechanics, Dirac notation, linear vector

operators, matrix representation of states and operators, commutator relations in
quantum mechanics, commutator and uncertainity relations, complete set of com-
muting observables [6 Lectures]

ˆ Module IV

ˆ Quantum computation and information: Qubits and logic gates 14 Lectures]

ˆ Module V

ˆ Theory of angular momentum in quantum mechanics, commutator relations in an-

gular momentum, eigenvalues and eigen states of angular momentum [5 Lectures]

ˆ Module VI

ˆ Application of Schrodinger equation in 3-D models, central potentials, Schrodinger

equation in spherical co-ordinates, solution to hydrogen atom problem [5 Lectures]

ˆ Module VII

ˆ Time independent non-degenerate and degenerate perturbation theory, fine-structure

of hydrogen, Zeeman effect and hyperfine splitting. [5 Lectures]

ˆ Module VIII

ˆ Time dependent perturbation theory, two level systems, emission and absorption of
radiation [5 Lectures]

References:
1. D J Griffith, Introduction to quantum mechanics

2. R Liboff, Introductory Quantum Mechanics

3. R Eisberg & R Resnick, Quantum physics of atoms and molecules

4. D A B Miller, Quantum Mechanics for Scientists and Engineers

5. Levi, Applied quantuum mechanics

6. B. H. Bransden & C. J. Joachain, Quantum Mechanics

7. J J Saku’rai, Modern Quantum Mechanics

8. R Shankar, Principles of Quantum Mechanics

9. Cohen-Tannoudji, B Diu, F Laloe, Quantum Mechanics -Vol.1

1375
19.12 PH 302: Introduction to Statistical Mechanics
Course Code: PH 302
Course Name: Introduction to Statistical Mechanics
L-T-P-C: 2.5-0.5-0-3
Approval: 2nd Senate

Course Contents
ˆ Module I

ˆ Statistical concepts and examples- random walk problem in one dimension- mean
values- probability distribution for large N. Probability distribution many variables.
[ 6 Lectures]

ˆ Module II

ˆ Statistical description of a system of particles - Statistical ensemble- Microstate and

macrostate - Density of states. Connection between statistics and thermodynamics
- Relation between number of macrostates and entropy-classical ideal gas, Gibb’s
paradox. [ 6 Lectures]

ˆ Module III

ˆ Liouvellie’s theorem- Phase space and connection between mechanics and statistical
mechanics Microcanonical ensemble - Computational methods to calculate phase
space trajectory- Molecular dynamics and Monte Carlo methods. [6 Lectures]

ˆ Module IV

ˆ Canonical ensemble- partition function. Thermodynamics from the partition function-

Helmholtz free energy. Classical 1deal gas- equipartition and virial theorem. System
of harmonic oscillators and spin systems. Grand canonical ensemble- density and
energy fluctuations- Gibbs free energy. [6 Lectures]

ˆ Module V

ˆ Formulation of quantum statistical mechanics- density matrix- micro-canonical,

canonical and grand canonical ensembles- Systems composed of indistinguishable
particles, Slater determinant. [ 6 Lectures]

ˆ Module VI

ˆ Maxwell-Boltzmann , Fermi-Dirac, and Bose-Einstein statistics - Ideal gas in clas-

sical and quantum. ensembles -Ideal Bose systems Black body radiation-lattice
vibrations in solids- Ideal Fermi systems -magnetic systems- Pauli paramagnetism-
Landau diamagnetism- electron gas in metals. [6 Lectures]

ˆ Module VII

ˆ Brownian motion - Langevin equation - Fluctuation-dissipation theorem-correlation

functions and friction coefficient. [4 Lectures]

1376
References
1. F. Reif, Fundamentals of statistical and thermal physics

2. K. Huang, Introduction to statistical physics

3. F Mandl, Statistical physics

4. R K Pathria, Statistical Mechanics

5. K Huang, Statistical Physics

19.13 PH 421: Electromagnetic Theory

Course Code: PH 421
Course Name : Electromagnetic Theory
L-T-P-C: 4-0-0-4
Prerequisites : Basic undergraduate physics courses and faculty consent
Intended for : I-Ph.D, M.Sc., B.Tech 3rd and 4th Year
Distribution : Core for I-Ph.D. and elective for others
Semester: Even
Approval: 11th Senate; OTA

Course Contents
ˆ Electrostatics

ˆ Differential equation for electric field, Poisson and Laplace equations, Formal so-
lution for potential with Green’s functions, Boundary value problems, Solutions of
Laplace equation in cylindrical and spherical coordinates by orthogonal functions,
Dielectrics, Polarization of a medium, Electrostatic energy. [9 Lectures]

ˆ Magnetostatics

ˆ Biot-Savart law, Differential equation for static magnetic field, Vector potential,
Magnetic field from localized current distributions, Examples of magnetostatic
problems, Faraday’s law of induction, Magnetic energy of steady current distri-
butions. [7 Lectures]

ˆ Maxwell’s Equations

ˆ Displacement current, Maxwell’s equations, Vector and Scalar potentials, Gauge

symmetry, Coulomb and Lorentz gauges, Electromagnetic energy and momentum,
Conservation laws. [5 Lectures]

ˆ Electromagnetic Waves

ˆ Plane waves in a dielectric medium, Reflection and Refraction at dielectric in-

terfaces, Frequency dispersion in dielectrics and metals, Dielectric constant and
anomalous dispersion, Wave propagation in one dimension, Group velocity, Metal-
lic wave guides, Boundary conditions at metallic surfaces, Propagation modes in
wave guides, Resonant modes in cavities. [8 Lectures]

1377
 ˆ Electromagnetic Radiation

ˆ Radiation, Electric dipole radiation, Magnetic dipole radiation, Radiation from a

localized charge, The Lienard-Wiechert potentials, Radiation from an accelerated
point charge. Abraham-Lorentz formula. [8 Lectures]

ˆ Relativistic Electrodynamics

ˆ The special theory of relativity, Radius four-vector in contravariant and covariant

form, Four-vector fields, Minkowski space, Covariant classical electrodynamics. [5
Lectures]

Textbooks:
1. J.D. Jackson, Classical Electrodynamics, John Wiley & Sons Inc., 1999.

2. D.J. Griffiths, Introduction to Electrodynamics, Prentice Hall, 1999.

3. W. Greiner, Classical Electrodynamics, Spinger, 1998.

4. J.R. Reitz, F.J. Milford and R.W. Christy, Foundations of Electromagnetic

Theory, Addition-Wesley, 2008.

References:
1. L.D. Landau, E.M. Lifshitz and L.P. Pitaevskii, Electrodynamics of Continuous
Media, Elsevier, 2010.

2. Feynman, Leighton, Sands, The Feynman Lectures on Physics, CALTECH,

2013.

19.14 PH 422: Statistical Mechanics

Course Code: PH 422
Course Name : Statistical Mechanics
L-T-P-C : 4-0-0-4
Prerequisites : Undergraduate Physics Courses and First course Quantum mechanics
and faculty consent.
Intended for : I-Ph.D, M.Sc., B.Tech 3rd and 4th Year
Distribution : Elective B.Tech/ Core I-Ph.D
Approval: 11th Senate; OTA

Course Contents
ˆ Module I

ˆ Probability concepts and examples - random walk problem in one dimension mean
values probability distribution for large N. Probability distribution of many vari-
ables. [6 Lectures]

ˆ Module II

1378
 ˆ Liouvellie equation- Boltzmann transport equation, Gibbsian ensemble, BBGKY
hierarchy, Boltsmann’s H-theorem, Maxwell-Boltzmann distribution, Poincare cy-
cle. Phase space and connection between mechanics and statistical mechanics -
Microcanonical ensemble. Classical ideal gas. Gibb’s paradox. [12 Lectures]

ˆ Module III

ˆ Canonical ensemble partition function. Helmholtz free energy, Thermodynamics

from the partition function. Classical ideal gas- equipartition and virial theorem.
Examples Grand canonical ensemble- density and energy fluctuations- Gibbs free
energy. [12 Lectures]

ˆ Module IV

ˆ Formulation of quantum statistical mechanics density matrix- micro-canonical, canon-

ical and grand canonical ensembles- Maxwell-Boltzmann , Fermi-Dirac, and Bose-
Einstein statistics - comparison Ideal gas in classical and quantum ensembles Ideal
Bose systems Examples of quantum ideal gases, Landau diamagnetism, Pauli para-
magnetism, quantum Hall effect, phonons in solids, Bose-Einstein condensation,
super fluids. [14 Lectures]

ˆ Module V

ˆ Interacting systems: One dimensional and two dimensional Ising models, lattice gas
and binary alloy, Bragg-Willam’s approximations. [10 Lectures]

Text Books:
1. R K Pathria, Statistical Mechanics, 3rd Revised Edition, Academic Press Inc.,
2011.

2. K Huang, Statistical Physics, 2nd Edition Wiley, 2008.

Reference Books:
1. F. Reif, Fundamentals of statistical and thermal physics, Waveland Press,
2010.

2. L D Landau and E M Lifshitz, Statistical Physics Part I, 3rd Edition, Butterworth-

Heinemann, 2013.

3. Mehran Kardar, Statistical physics of particles, Cambridge University Press,

2007.

4. R. C Tolman, The principles of Statistical Mechanics, New Edition, Dover

Publications Inc., 1980.

1379
19.15 PH 424: Atomic and Molecular Spectroscopy
Course Code: PH 424
Course Name : Atomic and Molecular Spectroscopy
L-T-P-C : 4-0-0-4
Prerequisites : Basic undergraduate physics courses, first course on Quantum Me-
chanics and faculty consent
Intended for : I-Ph.D, M.Sc., B.Tech 3rd and 4th Year
Distribution : Core for I-Ph.D. and elective for others Semester : Even
Approval: 11th Senate; OTA

Course Contents
ˆ Module I

ˆ Review of atomic structure of H, Review of time-independent and time-dependent

perturbation theory. Interaction of electromagnetic radiation with single electron
atoms, Rabi flopping, Transition rates, Line broadening mechanisms, spontaneous
and stimulated emissions and Einstein coefficients, Masers and Lasers [8 Lectures]

ˆ Module II

ˆ Atomic structure of two electron system, alkali system, Hartree-Fock method, L-S
coupling, J-J coupling [8 Lectures]

ˆ Module III

ˆ General nature of molecular structure, molecular binding, LCAO, Born-Oppenheimer

approximation. [6 Lectures]

ˆ Module IV

ˆ Microwave spectroscopy, rotation of molecules, rotational spectra, spectra of molecule

and poly- atomic molecular spectra, oscillator strengths, selection and transition
rules, line broadening mechanisms, Doppler, natural, and collisional broadening [8
Lectures]

ˆ Module V

ˆ Vibrational spectroscopy, vibrating diatomic molecules, vibration and rotation spec-

trum of Raman effect, modern experimental tools of spectroscopy [8 Lectures]

ˆ Module VI

ˆ Raman spectroscopy, pure rotational and vibrational spectra, spin resonance spec-
troscopy, NMR and ESR, electronic spectra of molecules [8 Lectures]

ˆ Module VII

ˆ Introduction to group theory, molecular symmetry and symmetry groups, represen-

tation of groups [8 Lectures]

1380
Text Books:
1. Bransden and Joachain, Physics of atoms and molecules, 2nd Edition, Pearson,
2011.

2. C. Banwell and E. Maccash, Fundamentals of molecular spectroscopy, Mc-

Graw Hill, 2013.

3. F Albert Cotton, Chemical applications of group theory, 3rd Edition, Willey,

2015.

4. M. Tinkham, Group theory and Quantum Mechanics, Dover Publications,

2003.

References:
1. Wolfgang Demtroder, Atoms, Molecules and Photons, 2nd Edition, Springer,
2006.

2. C. J. Foot, Atomic Physics, Oxford, 2005.

19.16 PH 501: Solid State Physics

Course Code: Solid State Physics
Course Name: PH 501
L-T-P-C: 3-0-0-3
Approval: 2nd Senate

Course Contents
ˆ Module I

ˆ Crystal structure, Brillouin zone [2 Lectures]

ˆ Module II

ˆ Quantum mechanics of electrons in a solid: Electronic degrees of freedom: from

a single atom to N atoms, ”Free” electron description- why should it ever work?,
”Independent” electron description existence of a Fermi surface, Electron’ bands:
metal, semiconductor and insulator, Quantum well, dot, wire, nanotube. [6 Lec-
tures]

ˆ Electron Transport

ˆ Electrons in a field, Boltzmann transport, Quantum of conductance, Meaning of

Ohm’s law, coherent transport, From atoms to quantum devices. [6 Lectures]

ˆ Phonons

ˆ Vibrations of crystals with monoatomic basis, Two atoms per primitive basis Quan-
tisation of elastic waves, Phonon Momentum [3 Lectures]

1381
 ˆ Magnetism

ˆ A macroscopic quantum phenomenon, Magnetic coupling of electrons: Para, Ferro

and Diamagnets, Curie’s Law, Pauli Paramagnetism, Curie-Weiss theory, No clas-
sical analogue: Bohr van Leueen theorem, Magnetic interactions: long range order,
magnetic excitations, Spintronics applications: using itinerant electron spin for
transport a new paradigm, new electronic materials, GMR and CMR [10 Lectures]

ˆ Superconductivity

ˆ Basic phenomena, Meissner effect, London equation, Towards a paiting mechanism:

Cooper problem, BCS theory, experimental verification, Type II superconductors
[10 Lectures] .

ˆ Module VII

ˆ Two dimensional electron gas in a FET, IQHE: MOSFET configuration: 20 electron

confinement, Electrons in a magnetic field: Landau levels, Hall effect: the quantized
version. [5 Lectures]

Note: Experimental techniques associated with each chapter will also be covered

Text Books:
1. Ashcroft & Mermin, Solid State Physics, Cengage learning.

2. G. D. Mahan, Condensed Matter Physics in a Nutshell, Princeton University

Press.

3. Charles Kittel, Quantum Theory of Solids, Wiley.

Reference Books:
1. A. H. MacDonald, Quantum Hall effect, Kluwer Academic.

2. B. Martin Janssen, Janos Hajdu, Introduction to the theory of the integer

quantum Hall Effect, VCH.

3. S.M. Szeand kwok K.Nag, Physics of Semiconductor Devices.

19.17 PH 502: Optics/Photonics

Course Code: PH 502 Course Name: Optics/Photonics
L-T-P-C: 3-0-0-3
Prerequisites: Foundations of Electrodynamics & Quantum mechanics
Students intended for: B.Tech
Elective or Core: elective
Approval: 2nd Senate

1382
Course contents
ˆ Electromagnetic Optics

ˆ Electromagnetic theory of light, electromagnetic waves in vacuum & dielectric me-

dia, absorption and dispersion, pulse propagation in dispersive media, Metamate-
rials [6 lectures]

ˆ Polarization Optics

ˆ Polarization of light, reflection and refraction, optics of anisotropic media, Optics

of liquid crystals, polarization devices. [5 lectures]

ˆ Guided wave Optics

ˆ Electromagnetic waves in dielectric layered media, photonic crystals, waveguides,

resonators, plasmonics. [5 lectures]

ˆ Fiber Optics

ˆ Electromagnetic waves in fiber, Attenuation and dispersion, photonic crystal fibers.

[5 lectures]

ˆ Semiconductor Optics

ˆ Quantization of electromagnetic field, quantum states of light, photon statistics,

interaction of photons with charge carriers, light emitting diodes, laser diodes, mi-
crocavity lasers. [6 lectures]

ˆ Detection of light

ˆ Theory of photo detection, photodetectors, photodiodes, avalanche photodiodes,

noise in photodetectors. [5 lectures]

ˆ Acousto and Electro Optics

ˆ Interaction of light and sound, acousto-optic devices, Principles of electro optics,

electro optics of anisotropic media, electro optics of liquid crystals. [5 lectures]

ˆ Optical fiber communication

ˆ Fiber Optic components, optical fiber communication syatem, modulation and mul-
tiplexing, fiber optic networks. [5 lectures]

Text Books:
1. A.K. Ghatak, K. Thyagarajan, Optical Electronics, Cambridge University Press

References:
1. Max Born, Emil Wolf, Principles of Optics, Cambridge University Press.

2. Saleh & Teich, Fundamentals of Photonics, Wiley-Inter science.

1383
19.18 PH 503: Laser and Applications
Course Code: PH 503
Course Name: Laser and Applications
L-T-P-C: 3-0-0-3
Prerequisites: Mechanics of Particles and Waves & Electrodynamics
Students intended for: B.Tech
Elective or Core: elective
Approval: 2nd Senate

Course contents
ˆ Radiation

ˆ Energy density and pressure of radiation, cavity radiation, modes of oscillation. [1

Lectures]

ˆ Interaction of radiation with matter

ˆ Absorption, spontaneous and stimulated emission, Einstein coefficients, photoex-

citation cross-section, amplification of radiation, laser pumping systems: optical
pumping, electrical pumping other methods of pumping, spectral lines shapes, dif-
ferent types of broadening mechanism, gain calculation, threshold condition. [7
Lectures]

ˆ Cavity resonator

ˆ Time constant and quality factor of optical cavity, stability of resonators, g param-
eters, various types of resonators. [6 Lectures]

ˆ Various Lasers: [8 Lectures]

– Solid state lasers: Ruby Laser and Nd: YAG laser

– Gas lasers: He-Ne laser, CO2 laser and Nitrogen laser
– Liquid lasers: Dye lasers
– Semiconductor lasers
– Free electron lasers

ˆ Laser pulse generation

ˆ Q-switching theory and various methods; mode locking: methods of mode locking,
efficiency of mode locking, ultrashort (nanosecond, picosecond and femtosecond)
laser pulse generation. [6 Lectures]

ˆ Applications in time-resolved spectroscopy

ˆ Fluorescence lifetime, various measurement techniques- oscilloscope method, time-

correlated Application in optical communication Optical fibre, fibre laser. [2 Lec-
tures]

ˆ Higher harmonic generation

1384
 ˆ White light continuum generation, optical parametric amplifier, pump-probe spec-
troscopy. [3 Lectures]

ˆ Holography

ˆ Theory, classification and application. [3 Lectures]

Text Books:
1. O. Svelto, Principles of lasers.

2. W. Koechner, Solid State Laser Engineering

References
1. W. T. Silfvast, Laser and Fundamentals

2. A. E. Seigman, Lasers.

3. A. Yariv, Quantum Electronics.

4. D.R.Hall and P.E.Jackson (eds.,), The Physics and Technology of Laser Res-
onators.

5. M.Young, Optics and Lasers.

6. D. Meschede, Optics, Lights and Lasers.

7. B.A.Lengyel, Lasers.

19.19 PH 504: Organic Optoelectronics

Course Code: PH 504
Course Name: Organic Optoelectronics
L-T-P-C: 3-0-0-3

Approval: 2nd Senate

Course Contents
PART I
ˆ Organic Molecules

ˆ Electronic structure of atoms, Atomic and Molecular Orbitals, LCAO, Bonding and
antibondig orbitals, Covalent Bond, Sigma and Pi Bonds, Energy Levels, Spectro-
scopic properties. [4 Lectures]

ˆ Photophysics of Molecules and Aggregates

ˆ Excited states: Absorption and emission, Singlet and triplet states, Radiative and
non-radiative transitions, Aggregates, Vander Waals Bonding, Hydrogen Bonding,
Dimer, Eximers. [2 Lectures]

1385
 ˆ Excitons

ˆ Wannier Exciton, Charge-transfer Exciton Frenkel Exciton, Exciton Diffusion, Ex-

citonic Energy Transfer. [2 Lectures]

ˆ Conduction in Organic Solids

ˆ Conductivity: carrier concentration versus mobility, Carrier generation, Hopping

transport, Mobility measurements, Traps. [2 Lectures]

ˆ Photovoltaics and Photodetectors

ˆ Photovoltaic Devices: Organic Heterojunction Photovoltaic Cells, Organic/Nanorod

hybrid Photovoltaics, Gratzel Cells (Dye sensitized solar cells), Photodetector De-
vices. [5 Lectures]

ˆ Organic Light Emitting Devices

ˆ Basic OLED Properties, Charged Carrier Transport, Organic LEDs, Quantum Dot
LEDs. [8 Lectures]

ˆ Lasing Action in Organic Semiconductors

ˆ Lasing Process, Optically Pumped Organic Lasers, Electrical Pumping of Organic

Lasers. [2 Lectures]

ˆ Organic Thin Film Transistors

ˆ OFETs: Materials, Contacts, Applications, Nanotube Transistors. [2 Lectures]

ˆ Device Fabrication Technology

ˆ Growth Techniques: Evaporation, Langmuir-Biodget, Chemical Vapor Phase De-

position, Ink-Jet Printing, Self Assembly. [3 Lectures]

PART II
Project

ˆ Literature review on a certain relevant topic. [10 Lectures]

Text Books:
No textbook required. Lecture notes and handouts will be provided.

General Refernces:
1. Gilbert & Baggott, Essentials of Molecular Photochemistry, CRC Press,1991.

2. K. K. Rohatgi, Mukherjee, Fundamentals of Photochemistry, New Age Inter-

national,1978.

3. Pope & Swenberg, Electronic Processes of Organic Crystals and Polymers,

2nd Edition, Oxford University press, 1999.

1386
 4. H. Meier, Organic Semiconductors, Verlag Chemie GmbH,1974.

5. Wolfgang Briltting, Physics of Organic Semiconductors, John Wiley, 2005.

19.20 PH 505: Electronic Structure

Course Code: PH 505
Course Name: Electronic Structure
L-T-P-C: 3-0-0-3
Approval: 2nd Senate

Course Contents
ˆ Overview

ˆ Quantum theory and origin of electronic structure, electronic ground state, basic
equations for interacting electron and nuclei, periodic solids and bands, uniform
electron gas and simple metals. [7-8 Lectures]

ˆ Density functional theory

ˆ DFT foundations, Thomas Fermi Dirac approximations, Hohenberg-Kohn Theo-

rems, intricacies of DFT, Kahn Sham variational equations, Time dependent DFT,
local spin density approximation, GGA, LDA, saving Kahn-Sham equations [7-8
Lectures]

ˆ Important preliminaries on atoms

ˆ One electron Schrodinger equation, relativistic Dirac equation, atomic sphere ap-
proximations, pseudopotentials, orthogonalized plane waves, ultrasoft potentials,
projected augmented waves. [7-8 Lectures]

ˆ Determination of Electronic structure

ˆ Bloch Theorem, Nearly free electron model, ab initio pseudopotential method, crys-
tal structure, supercelss, clusters and molecules, tight binding methods, augmented
functions: APw, MTO, linear methods, LAPW. [7-8 Lectures]

ˆ Module V

ˆ Predicting properties of matter from electronic structure - recent developments and

computational resources in use. [7-8 Lectures]

Text Books:
1. R.M. Martin, Electronic Structure: Basic theory and practical methods, Cam-
bridge University Press, 2004.

1387
References:
1. R.M. Martin, Electronic Structure: Basic theory and practical methods, Cam-
bridge University Press, 2004.

2. Ashcroft and Mermin, Solid State Physics, Holt, Rinehart and Winston,1976.

3. Kittel, Introduction to Solid State Physics, Wiley,1986.

4. Omar, Elementary Solid State Physics, Addison-Wesley,1975.

5. Ziman, Principles of the Theory of Solids, Cambridge,1972.

6. W. Hergert A. Ernst M. D ” ane (Eds.), Computational Mterials Science:

From Basic Principles to Material Properties

7. JMD Coey, Magnetic Materials

19.21 PH 507 Old (3) X-rays as a probe to study materials

properties
Course Outline:
This coursewill deal with the experimental flavour of the quantum mechanicsand solid
state physicsusingthe state of the art techniques. The techniques which we study here
are currently used in understanding the emergent phenomena which forms the basis for
making magnetoelectric, spintronic, superconducting, ferroelectric, dielectric, magnetic,
thermoelectric, fuel cell and battery applications etc. Focus will be made to understand
the basic theory, experimental and the extraction of information from the experimentally
collected data.

19.22 PH 507: X-rays as a probe to study material properties

Course Code: PH 507
Course Name: X-rays as a probe to study material properties
L-T-P-C: 3-0-0-3
Prerequisites: IC 121 Mechanics of Particles and waves
Intended for: UG /PG
Distribution: Elective
Approval: 8th Senate

Course Contents
ˆ The discovery of x-rays [1 Lecture]

ˆ Interaction of radiation with matter [5 Lectures]

– Time independent perturbation theory

– Time dependent perturbation theory
– Fermi Golden rule

1388
 ˆ State-of-the art Techniques

– (a) X-ray sources

* Conventional laboratory sources
* Synchrotron radiation sources
– (b) X-ray Diffraction [10 Lectures + lab visit]
* Theory
· Scattering by electrons
· Scattering by atoms
· Scattering by unit cell
· Crystal axes and Reciprocal lattice
· Structure factors
· Diffraction Intensity calculations
* Diffractometer measurements
· Various diffraction geometries
· This includes geometries used for (a) ambient conditions (b) extreme
(high pressure using diamond anvil cell) conditions.
· Basic idea behind the generation of high pressure conditions in the
laboratory.
* Detection systems
* Applications- understanding the order-disorder transformation
– (c) X-ray absorption Spectroscopy [7 Lectures]
* Basic theory
* Experimental Importance of local structural measurements
* Local structural link with the physical properties of different materials
* X-ray magnetic circular dichroism
– (d) Photoemission spectroscopy [12 Lectures]
* Electron Spectroscopy- Basic Concepts
* Electron spectrometer Design
* Electron spectrum- Qualitative and Quantitative
* Different Photoemission spectroscopic techniques
· Angle integrated photoemission spectroscopy
· Angle resolved photoemission spectroscopy
· Spin resolved photoemission spectroscopy
· Inverse photoemission spectroscopy
– Application of spectroscopy in Material Science

Text books:
1. Arthur Holly Compton, X-rays in Theory and Experiment, Samuel King Alli-
son, 1935.

2. B.D. Cullity, Elements of x-ray diffraction, 3rd Edition, Prentice Hall, 2001.

1389
 3. D.C. Konningsberger and R.Prins, (Eds.), X-ray absorption: Principles, Ap-
plications, Techniques of EXAFS, SEXAFS and XANES, 1988.
4. Stephan Hufner, Photoelectron Spectroscopy, Springer, 2003.

19.23 PH 508: Magnetism and Magnetic Materials

Course Code: PH 508
Course Name: Magnetism and Magnetic Materials
L-T-P-C: 3-0-0-3
Prerequisites: PH 301 Quantum Mechanics
Intended for: UG/PG Distribution: Elective
Approval: 8th Senate

Course Contents
ˆ Introduction
ˆ History of magnetism, Magnetic units, Classical and quantum mechanical model of
magnetic moment of electrons, magnetic properties of free atoms. [3 Lectures]
ˆ Types of magnetism
ˆ Classification of magnetic materials, Theories of Diamagnetism, Paramagnetism,
Theories of ordered magnetism, Quantum theory of magnetism: electron-electron
interactions, localized electron theory, itinerant electron theory. [8 lectures]
ˆ Magnetic interactions
ˆ Origin of crystal field, Jahn Teller effect, Magnetic dipolar interaction, Origin of
exchange interaction, Direct exchange interactions, Indirect exchange interactions
in ionic solid and metals, double and anisotropic exchange interaction. [5 lectures]
ˆ Magnetic domains
ˆ Development of domain theory, Block and Neel Wall, Domain wall pinning, Magnons,
Bloch’s law, Magnetic anisotropy, magnetorestriction. [5 Lectures]
ˆ Competing interactions and low dimensionality
ˆ Frustration, Spin glass, superparamagnetism, one and two dimensional magnets,
Thin film and multilayers, Heisenberg and Ising models. [4 lectures]
ˆ Novel magnetic materials
ˆ Colossal and giant magnetoresistive materials, magnetic refrigerant materials, Shape
memory alloys, multiferroics, spintronics devices and their application in magnetic
storage. [7 lectures]
ˆ Measurements techniques
ˆ Production and measurement of field, magnetic shielding, Faraday balance, AC sus-
ceptometer, Vibration sample magnetometer, torque magnetometer, SQUID mag-
netometer, Experimental method in low temperature. [8 lectures]

1390
Text books:
1. B. D. Cullity and C. D. Graham, Introduction to magnetic materials, John
Wily & Sons, 2011.

2. D. Jiles, Introduction to magnetism and magnetic materials, Taylor and

Francis, CRC Press, 1998.

Reference Books:
1. K. H. J. Buschow and F. R. de Boer, Physics of Magnetism and Magnetic
Materials, Kluwer Academic Publishers, 2003.

2. Stephen Blundell, Magnetism in Condensed Matter, Oxford University Press,

2001.

3. Mathias Getzlaff, Fundamentals of Magnetism, Springer, 2008.

19.24 PH 511: Mathematical Physics

Course Code: PH 511
Course Name : Mathematical Physics
L-T-P-C : 4-0-0-4
Prerequisites : Undergraduate physics courses and faculty consent.
Intended for : I-Ph.D, M.Sc., B.Tech 3rd and 4th Year.
Distribution : Core course for I-PhD and elective for others
Approval: 10th Senate

Course Contents
ˆ Module-I

ˆ Coordinate system, Vector calculus in Cartesian and Curvilinear coordinates, In-

troduction to Tensor analysis. [9 lectures]

ˆ Module-II

ˆ Linear vector spaces, Gram-Schmidt orthogonalization, Self -adjoint, Unitary, Her-

mitian Operators, transformation of operators , eigenvalue equation, Hermitian
matrix diagonalization. [8 lectures]

ˆ Module-III

ˆ Ordinary differential equation (ODE) with constant coefficients, Second order Lin-
ear ODE, Series Solution- Frobenius Method, Inhomogeneous linear ODE. Sturm
Liouville equation Hermition operators - eigenvalue problem. [9 Lectures]

ˆ Module-IV

ˆ Special functions: Bessel, Neumann, Henkel, Hermite, Legendre, Spherical Har-

monics, Laguerre, Gamma, Beta, Delta functions. [10 lectures]

1391
 ˆ Module-V

ˆ Complex analysis, Cauchy- Riemann conditions, Cauchy’s Integral theorem, Lau-

rent expansion, Singularities, Calculus of residues, evaluation of definite integrals,
Method of steepest descent, saddle point. [12 lectures]

ˆ Module-VI

ˆ Fourier Series general properties and application, Integral transform, Properties

of Fourier transform, Discrete Fourier transform, Laplace transform, Convolution
theorem [6 lectures]

Text Books:
1. Arfken and Weber, Mathematical methods for physicists, 6th Edition, Elsevier
Academic Press, 2005.

2. Mary L Boas, Mathematical Methods in Physical Sciences, 3rd Edition, Wil-

ley, 2005.

References
1. K. F. Riley, M. P. Hobson, Mathematical Methods for Physics and Engineer-
ing: A Comprehensive Guide, Cambridge India South Asian Edition, 2009.

2. Mathews, J., and Walker, R.L., Mathematical Methods for Physicists.

3. F W Byron and R W Fuller, Mathematics of Classical and Quantum Physics,

Dover Publication, 1992.

4. P M Morse , H. Freshbach, Methods of theoretical Physics, Vol. I and II,

Mc-Graw Hill, 1953.

5. E Kreyszing, Advanced Engineering Mathematics, 10th Edition, Wiley India,

2003.

6. Philippe Dennery and Andre Krzywicki, Mathematics for Physicists, Dover

Publications, 1996.

19.25 PH 512: Classical Mechanics

Course Code: PH 512
Course Name : Classical Mechanics
L-T-P-C : 4-0-0-4
Prerequisites : Undergraduate physics courses and faculty consent.
Intended for : UG/PG
Distribution : Core I-Ph.D/Elective for others
Approval: 10th Senate

1392
Course Contents
ˆ Introduction

ˆ Mechanics of a system of particles, constraints, DAlemberts Principle and Lagranges

Equations, Simple Applications of the Lagrangian Formulation, Hamiltons princi-
ple, some techniques of the calculus of variations, derivation of Lagranges equations
from Hamiltons principle, conservation theorems and symmetry properties. [12 lec-
tures]

ˆ The Central Force Problem

ˆ The Equivalent one-dimensional problem, and classification of orbits, the virial

theorem, the Kepler problem. [6 lectures]

ˆ The Kinematics of Rigid Body motion

ˆ Orthogonal transformations, Eulers theorem on the motion of a rigid body, finite

rotations, infinitesimal rotations, rate of change of a vector, Angular momentum
and kinetic energy of motion, the inertia tensor and the moment of inertia. Euler
equation of motion of rigid body. [8 lectures]

ˆ Oscillations

ˆ Formulation of the problem, the eigenvalue equation and the principal axis trans-
formation, small oscillations, frequencies of free vibration, and normal coordinates.
[4 lectures]

ˆ The Hamilton Equations of Motion

ˆ Legendre Transformations and the Hamilton Equations of Motion, Cyclic Coordi-

nates and Conservation Theorems, The Principle of Least action. [8 lectures]

ˆ Canonical Transformations

ˆ The examples of canonical transformation Poissons Bracket and canonical invari-

ents, Liouvilles theorem.[8 lectures]

ˆ Hamilton-Jacobi theory and Action-Angle Variables

ˆ The Hamilton-Jacobi equation for Hamiltons characteristic function, Separation of

variables in the Hamilton-Jacobi Equation, Ignorable coordinates and the Kepler
problem, Action-Angle Variables in systems of one degree of freedom. [8 lectures]

Text Books:
1. H. Goldstein, Classical Mechanics, 3rd Edition, Pearson Education, 2011.

2. Cornelius Lanczos, The Variational Principles of Mechanics, Dover Publica-

tions, 1986.

3. N.C. Rana and P.S. Joag, Classical Mechanics, McGraw Hill Education, 2001.

1393
References:
1. J.V.Jose and E.J. Saletan, Classical Dynamics: A contemporary Approach,
Cambridge University Press, 2002.

2. L.D. Landau and E.M. Lifshitz, Mechanics, 3rd Revised Edition, Butterworth
Heinemann Ltd., 1982.

3. D T Greenwood, Classical Dynamics, Dover Publications, 1997.

4. I.C. Percival and D. Richards, Introduction to Dynamics, Cambridge University

Press, 1982.

5. E.T. Whittaker, A treatise on the analytical dynamics of particles and rigid

bodies, Forgotten Books, 2015.

6. John R Taylor, Classical mechanics, University Science Books, 2004.

7. Thorton and Marion, Classical Dynamics of particles and systems, Cengage,

2012.

19.26 PH 513 : Quantum Mechanics I

Course Code: PH 513
Course Name : Quantum Mechanics I
L-T-P-C : 4-0-0-4
Prerequisites : Basic undergraduate physics courses and faculty consent
Distribution : : Core for 1-Ph.D./Elective for others
Intended for: UG/PG
Approval: 9th Senate

Course Contents:
ˆ Module I: Origins of quantum theory, Postulates of quantum mechanics, observ-
ables and operators, theory of measurement in quantum mechanics, state of the
system and expectation values, time-evolution of the state, wave-packets, uncer-
tainty principle, probability current, transition from quantum mechanics to classical
mechanics-Ehrenfast theorem. [6 Lectures]

ˆ Application of Schrodinger equation in 1-D: scattering, tunneling, bound

states , harmonic oscillator, comparison of classical and quantum results [6 Lectures]

ˆ Module III: Basic mathematical formalism of quantum mechanics, Dirac notation,

linear vector operators, matrix representation of states and operators, commutator
relations in quantum mechanics, commutator and uncertainity relations, complete
set of commuting observables [8 Lectures]

ˆ Module IV:Theory of angular momentum in quantum mechanics, commutator

relations in angular momentum, eigen values and eigen states of angular momentum,
spin-angular momentum [8 Lectures]

1394
 ˆ Module V:Application of Schrodinger equation in 3-D models, symmetry and
degeneracy , central potentials, Schrodinger equation in spherical co-ordinates, so-
lution to hydrogen atom problem [8 Lectures]

ˆ Module VI:Time independent non-degenerate and degenerate perturbation theory,

fine-structure of hydrogen, Zeeman effect and hyperfine splitting [8 Lectures]

ˆ Module VII:WKB approximation, variational method, Time-dependent perturba-

tion theory, simple examples with two level systems, Fermi Golden rule, Transition
induced by periodic external field, Dipole. [10 Lectures]

Textbooks:
1. Claude Cohen-Tannoudji, B Diu, F Laloe, Quantum Mechanics -Vol.l, Wiley,
1991.

2. D J Griffith, Introduction to quantum mechanics, 2nd Edition, Pearson, 2004.

3. B. H. Bransden and C. J. Joachain, Quantum Mechanics, 2nd Edition, Pearson,

2000.

References:
1. R Liboff, Introductory Quantum Mechanics, 4th edition, Pearson, 2002.

2. R Eisberg and R Resnick, Quantum physics of atoms and molecules, 2nd

Edition, Wiley, 1985.

3. J J Sakurai, Modem Quantum Mechanics, Addison Wisley, 1993.

4. R Shankar, Principles of Quantum Mechanics, 2nd Edition, Plenum Press,

2011.

5. R.P. Feynman, R.B. Leighton, and M. Sands, The Feynmam Lectures in Physics,
Vol. 3, Narosa Publishing House, 1992.

19.27 PH 513: Quantum Mechanics

Course Code: PH 513
Course Name : Quantum Mechanics
L-T-P-C : 3-0-0-3
Prerequisites : Basic undergraduate physics courses and faculty consent
Intended for : I-Ph.D., M.Sc., B.Tech 3rd and 4th Year.
Distribution : Core for I-Ph.D./Elective for others
Approval: 10th Senate

1395
Course Contents
ˆ Module I

ˆ Origins of quantum theory, Postulates of quantum mechanics, observables and op-

erators, theory of measurement in quantum mechanics, state of the system and
expectation values, time- evolution of the state, wave-packets, uncertainty princi-
ple, probability current, transition from quantum mechanics to classical mechanics-
Ehrenfest theorem. [6 lectures]

ˆ Module II

ˆ Application of Schrodinger equation: scattering, tunneling, bound states , harmonic

oscillator, electrons in a magnetic field in 2D, comparison of classical and quantum
results [8 lectures]

ˆ Module III

ˆ Basic mathematical formalism of quantum mechanics, Dirac notation, linear vector

operators, matrix representation of states and operators, commutator relations in
quantum mechanics, commutator and uncertainity relations, complete set of com-
muting observables [7 lectures]

ˆ Module IV

ˆ Theory of angular momentum in quantum mechanics, commutator relations in an-

gular momentum, eigen values and eigen states of angular momentum, spin-angular
momentum [6 lectures]

ˆ Module V

ˆ Application of Schrodinger equation in 3-D models, symmetry and degeneracy, cen-

tral potentials, Schrodinger equation in spherical co-ordinates, solution to hydrogen
atom problem [6 lectures]

ˆ Module VI

ˆ Time independent non-degenerate and degenerate perturbation theory, fine-structure

of hydrogen, Zeeman effect and hyperfine splitting [7 lectures]

Text books:
1. D J Griffith, Introduction to quantum mechanics, 2nd Edition, Pearson, 2004.

2. Claude Cohen-Tannoudji, B Diu, F Laloe, Quantum Mechanics, Vol. 1, Wiley.

3. J J Sakurai, Modern Quantum Mechanics, Addison Wesley, 1993.

1396
References:
1. R Liboff, Introductory Quantum Mechanics, 4th Edition, Pearson, 2002.

2. R Eisberg and R Resnick, Quantum physics of atoms and molecules, 2nd

Edition, Wiley, 1985.

3. B. H. Bransden and C. J. Joachain, Quantum Mechanics, 2nd Edition, Pearson,

2000.

4. R Shankar, Principles of Quantum Mechanics, 2nd Edition, Plenum Press,

2011.

5. R.P. Feynman, R.B. Leighton, and M. Sands, The Feynmam Lectures in Physics,
Vol. 3, Narosa Publishing House, 1992.

6. Siegefried Flugge, Practical Quantum Mechanics, Springer 1994.

19.28 PH 514: Electronics

Course Number : PH 514
Course Name : Electronics
L-T-P-C : 4-0-0-4
Prerequisites : Undergraduate physics courses and faculty consent
Intended for : PG
Distribution : Core for I-Ph.D. and elective for others
Approval: 9th Senate; Changed to 3 credits in 10th Senate

Course Contents
ˆ Amplifiers

ˆ BJT, Classification of Amplifiers, Cascading of amplifiers, Types of power ampli-

fiers, Amplifier characteristics, Feedback in amplifiers, Feedback amplifier topolo-
gies, Effects of negative feedback [11 lectures]

ˆ Oscillators and Multivibrators

ˆ Classification and basic principle of oscillator, Feedback oscillators concepts, Types

of oscillator, Classes of multibrators [4 lectures]

ˆ Field effect transistors

ˆ JFET, Static characteristics of JFET, FET parameters, FET oscillators, MOSFET,

Static characteristics of MOSFET [3 lectures]

ˆ Operational amplifiers

ˆ OPAMPs, OPAMP applications [3 lectures]

ˆ Boolean Algebra and Digital circuit

1397
 ˆ Binary numbers, Interconversion between decimal, binary, hexadecimal number sys-
tem, Boolean algebra, De Morgan’s theorem, Logic Gates, Karnaugh Maps. [7
lectures]

ˆ Combinational circuits

ˆ Adder, Multiplexer, Demultiplexer, Encoder, Decoder [5 lectures]

ˆ Clock and timing circuit

ˆ Clock waveform, Schmitt Trigger, 555 Timer-Astable, Monostable [3 lectures]

ˆ Sequential circuits

ˆ Filp-Flops, Registers, Counters, Memories, D/A and A/D conversions [11 lectures]

ˆ Digital integrated circuits

ˆ Switching circuit, TTL, CMOS [3 lectures]

ˆ Microprocessor Basics

ˆ Introduction, Outline of 8085 processor, Data analysis [4 lectures]

Text Books:
1. Millman and Halkias, Integrated electronics, McGraw-Hill, 2001.

2. A. P. Malvino and D. P. Bates, Electronic Principles, 7th Edition, McGraw-Hill,

2006.

3. D. P. Leach, A. P. Malvino and G. Saha, Digital Principles and Applications,

6th Edition, Tata McGraw Hill, 2007.

4. A. K. Maini, Digital Electronics-Principles, Devices and Applications, John

Wiley & Sons, 2007.

5. R. S. Gaonkar, Microprocessor Architecture: Programming and Applica-

tions with the 8085, Penram India, 1999.

19.29 PH 515P: Physics Laboratory

Course Code : PH 515P
Course Name : Physics Laboratory
L-T-P-C : 0-0-5-3
Prerequisites : Faculty consent
Intended for :I-Ph.D.
Distribution : Core
Approval: 10th Senate

1398
Experiments :
1. Hall Effect in Semiconductor

2. Objective: To measure the resistivity and Hall voltage of a semiconductor sample

as a function of temperature and magnetic field. The band gap, the specific con-
ductivity, the type of charge carrier and the mobility of the charge carriers can be
determined from the measurements.

3. Michelson Interferometer

4. Objective: To determine the wavelength of the light source by producing interfer-

ence pattern.

5. Fabry-Perot Interferometer

6. Objective: To investigate the multibeam interference of a laser light. Also, the

determination of the wavelength of light source and thickness of a transparent foil.

7. Zeeman Effect

8. Objective: To observe the splitting up of the spectral lines of atoms within a mag-
netic field (normal and anormalous Zeeman effect) and find the value of Bohr’s
magneton.

9. Diffraction of ultrasonic waves

10. Objective: To observe Fraunhofer and Fresnel diffraction and determine the wave-
length of the ultrasound wave.

11. Frank-Hertz Experiment

12. Objective: To demonstrate the quantization of atomic energy states and determine
the first excitation energy of neon.

13. Fourier optics

14. Objective: To observe Fourier transformation of the electric field distribution of

light in a specific plan.

15. Dispersion and resolving power of a grating

16. Objective: Determination of the grating constant of a Rowland grating based on

the diffraction angle (up to the third order) of the high intensity spectral lines.
Determination of the angular dispersion and resolving power of a grating.

17. Geiger-Muller-Counter

18. Objective: To study random events. Determination of the half-life and radioactive
equilibrium. Verification of the inverse-square law for beta and gamma radiation.

19. Scintillation counter

20. Objective: Energy dependence of the gamma absorption coefficient / Gamma spec-
troscopy.

1399
Reference Books:
1. R. A. Dunlop, Experimental Physics, Oxford University Press, 1988.

2. A. C. Melissinos, Experiments in Modern Physics, Academic Press, 1996.

3. E. Hecht, Optics, Addison-Wesley, 4 edition, 2001.

4. J Varma, Nuclear Physics Experiments, New Age Publishers, 2001.

5. E. Hecht, Optics, Addison-Wesley, 4th Edition, 2001.

6. Worsnop and Flint, Advanced Practical Physics for Students, Methusen &
Go., 1950.

7. E.V. Smith, Manual for Experiments in Applied Physics, Butterworths, 1970.

8. D. Malacara (ed), Methods of Experimental Physics, Series of Volumes, Aca-

demic Press Inc., 1988.

19.30 PH 516: Research project I

Course Code : PH516
Course Name : Research project I
L-T-P-C: 0-0-4-2
Prerequisites : Faculty consent
Intended for : I-Ph.D.
Distribution : Core for I-Ph.D.
Approval: 10th Senate

Modules:
Faculty members of physics and related areas can offer this project course. Towards the
end of vacation they have to submit their report and must give a seminar based on their
work. Evaluation will be based on students performance during the period and their
report and talk. The evaluation will be carried out by the faculty members involved in
the program.

Textbooks:
As advised by the faculty member

References:
As advised by the faculty member

1400
19.31 PH 517: Research project II
Course Code : PH517
Course Name : Research project I
L-T-P-C : 0-0-8-4
Prerequisites : Faculty consent
Intended for : I-Ph.D.
Distribution : Core for I-Ph.D.
Approval: 19th Senate; Previously ran as 0-0-6-3 (10th Senate)

Modules:
Faculty members of physics and related areas can offer this project course. Towards the
end of vacation they have to submit their report and must give a seminar based on their
work. Evaluation will be based on students performance during the period and their
report and talk. The evaluation will be carried out by the faculty members involved in
the program.

Textbooks:
As advised by the faculty member

References:
As advised by the faculty member

19.32 PH 518P: Post-Graduate Project - I

Course Code : PH 518P
Course Name : Post graduate project I
L-T-P-C : 0-0-6-3
Prerequisites : Faculty consent
Intended for : M. Sc. Physics
Distribution : Core for M. Sc. Physics
Approval: 19th Senate

Modules:
Faculty members of physics and related areas can offer this project course. Towards the
end of vacation they have to submit their report and must give a seminar based on their
work. Evaluation will be based on students performance during the period and their
report and talk. The evaluation will be carried out by the faculty members involved in
the program.

Textbooks:
As advised by the faculty member

1401
References:
As advised by the faculty member

19.33 PH 519P: Post-Graduate Project - II

Course Code : PH 519P
Course Name : Post graduate project II
L-T-P-C : 0-0-16-8
Prerequisites : Faculty consent
Intended for : M. Sc. Physics
Distribution : Core for M. Sc. Physics
Approval: 19th Senate

Modules:
Faculty members of physics and related areas can offer this project course. Towards the
end of vacation they have to submit their report and must give a seminar based on their
work. Evaluation will be based on students performance during the period and their
report and talk. The evaluation will be carried out by the faculty members involved in
the program.

Textbooks:
As advised by the faculty member

References:
As advised by the faculty member

19.34 PH 521: Electromagnetic Theory

Course Code : PH521
Course Name : Electromagnetic Theory
L-T-P-C : 4-0-0-4
Prerequisites : Basic undergraduate physics courses and faculty consent
Intended for : I-Ph.D, M.Sc., B.Tech 3rd and 4th Year
Distribution : Core for I-Ph.D. and elective for others
Approval: 10th Senate

Course Contents
ˆ Module I

ˆ Overview of Electrostatics & Magnetostatics:

ˆ Module II

1402
 ˆ Differential equation for electric field, Poisson and Laplace equations, Boundary
value problems, Dielectrics, Polarization of a medium, Electrostatic energy, Differ-
ential equation for magnetic field, Vector potential, Magnetic field from localized
current distributions [10 Lectures]

ˆ Maxwell’s Equations

ˆ Maxwell’s equations, Gauge symmetry, Coulomb and Lorentz gauges, Electromag-

netic energy and momentum, Conservation laws. [8 Lectures]

ˆ Electromagnetic Waves

ˆ Plane waves in a dielectric medium, Reflection and Refraction at dielectric in-

terfaces, Frequency dispersion in dielectrics and metals, Dielectric constant and
anomalous dispersion, Wave propagation in one dimension, Group velocity, and
Metallic wave guides. [12 Lectures]

ˆ Electromagnetic Radiation

ˆ Electric dipole radiation, Magnetic dipole radiation, Radiation from a localized

charge, The Lienard-Wiechert potentials [10 Lectures]

ˆ Relativistic Electrodynamics

ˆ Michelson–Morley experiment, Special theory of relativity, Relativistic kinematics,

Lorentz transformation and its consequences, Covariance of Maxwell equations, Ra-
dius four-vector in contravariant and covariant form, Four-vector fields, Minkowski
space, Covariant classical electrodynamics. [14 Lectures]

Text Books:
1. J.D. Jackson, Classical Electrodynamics, John Wiley & Sons, 1999.

2. D.J. Griffiths, Introduction to Electrodynamics, Prentice Hall, 1999.

References:
1. L.D. Landau, E.M. Lifshitz and L.P. Pitaevskii, Classical theory of fields, Else-
vier, 2010.

2. Feynman, Leighton, Sands, The Feynman Lectures on Physics, CALTECH,

2013.

3. W. Greiner, Classical Electrodynamics, Spinger, 1998.

4. J.R. Reitz, F.J. Milford and R.W. Christy, Foundations of Electromagnetic

Theory, Addition-Wesley, 2008.

1403
19.35 PH 522 : Statistical Mechanics
Course Code: PH 522
Course Name : Statistical Mechanics
L-T-P-C : 4-0-0-4
Prerequisites : Undergraduate Physics Courses and First course Quantum mechanics
and faculty consent.
Intended for : I-Ph.D, MSc, B.Tech 3rd and 4th Year.
Distribution : Core for I-Ph.D and elective for others
Approval: 10th Senate

Course Contents:
ˆ Review of Thermdynamics: Laws of Thermodynamics, Specific heat, Maxwell
Thermodynamic potentials, Ideal gas, Equation of state, van der Waal’s equations
relations, (4 Lectures)

ˆ Module II: Probability concepts and examples - random walk problem in one
dimension mean values probability distribution for large N. Probability distribution
of many variables. (8 Lectures)

ˆ Module III: Liouvellie equation-Boltzman ergodic hypothesis, Gibbsian ensemble.

Phase space and connection between mechanics and statistical mechanics- Micro-
canonical ensemble. Classical ideal gas. Gibb’s paradox. (10 Lectures)

ˆ Module VI: Canonical ensemble partition function. Helmholtz free energy, Ther-
modynamics from the partition function. Classical ideal gas- equipartition and
virial theorem. Examples: harmonic oscillator and spin systems, Grand canonical
ensemble- density and energy fluctuations- Gibbs free energy. (12 Lectures)

ˆ Module V: Fmmulation of quantum statistical mechanics density matrix- micro-

canonical, canonical and grand canonical ensembles- Maxwell-Boltzmann , Fermi-
Dirac, and Bose-Einstein statistics - comparison (6 Lectures)

ˆ Module VI: Ideal gas in classical and quantum ensembles Ideal Bose and fermi
systems Examples of quantum ideal gases, Landau diamagnetism, Pauli paramag-
netism, Phonons in solids, Bose-Einstein condensation in Harmonic Trap, White
dwarf Star, Phase transformation. (14 Lectures)

Text Books:
1. R K Pathria, Statistical Mechanics, 3rd Revised Edition, Academic Press, 2011.

2. K Huang, Statistical Physics, 2nd Edition, Wiley, 2008.

3. Stephen Blundell, Concepts in Thermal Physics, 2nd Edition, OUP, 2009.

1404
References:
1. F. Reif, Fundamentals of statistical and thermal physics, Waveland Press,
2010.

2. L D Landau and E M Lifshitz, Statistical Physics, Part I, 3rd Edition, Butterworth-

Heinemann, 2013.

3. Mehran Kardar, Statistical physics of particles, Cambridge University Press,

2007.

4. R. C Tolman, The principles of Statistical Mechanics, Dover Publications,

1980.

Course Number : PH 523

Course Name : Condensed Matter Physics
L-T-P-C : 4-0-0-4
Prerequisites : Quantum Mechanics-I and faculty consent.
Intended for : I-Ph.D., M.Sc., B.Tech 3rd and 4th Year
Distribution : Core for I-PhD (Physics) and Elective for others

Course Contents
ˆ Introduction: Crystal Structures, Reciprocal Lattice, Brillioun Zones, Experi-
mental methods for crystal structure determination, symmetry operations. [7 Lec-
tures]

ˆ Lattice Vibrations and Phonons: Monoatomic and Diatomic basis, Quantiza-

tion of elastic waves, Phonon momentum and Phonon density of states, Einstein
and Debye model of heat capacity, Thermal conductivity and thermoelectric power.
[8 Lectures]

ˆ Electrons in Solids: Drude and Somerfield theories, Fermi momentum and en-
ergy, Fermi surface, Density of states, Bloch Theorem and crystal momentum, Band
theory, Metals, Insulators and Semiconductors. [8 Lectures]

ˆ Electron Transport in solids: Electrical conductivity, Olun ’s law, thermoelec-

tric power, Hall Effect and magneto-transport, Boltzmann transport equation. [7
Lectures]

ˆ Semiconductors: Intrinsic and extrinsic semiconductors, Effective mass, Acceptor

and donor level, Bound State and optical transitions in semiconductors. [7 Lectures]

ˆ Magnetism: Introduction, Origin of magnetism, Types of magnetism: Diamag-

netism, Paramagnetism, Ferro and Anti-ferro magnetism, Ferrimagnetism, Mag-
netic materials, Spintronics and Nano magnetism. [8 Lectures]

ˆ Superconductivity: Basic phenomena, Meissner effect, Types of superconductors,

London equation, Thermodynamics of superconducting transition, cooper pairs and
BCS theory, Flux quantization in a superconducting ring, Josephson’s tunneling,
High Tc superconductors and new types of superconductors. [9 Lectures]

1405
Text Books:
1. C. Kittel, Introduction to Solid State Physics, 8th Edition, John Wiley &
Sons, 2005.

2. N. W. Ashcroft and N. D. Mermin, Solid State Physics.

3. M. P. Marder, Condensed Matter Physics, John Wiley & Sons, 2010.

References:
1. Phillips, Advanced Solid State Physics, Cambridge University Press, 2012.

2. Hook and Hall, Solid State Physics, Wiley Science.

3. S. M. Sze, Physics of Semiconductor Devices.

19.36 PH 523: Condensed Matter Physics

Course Code : PH 523
Course Name : Condensed Matter Physics
L-T-P-C : 3-0-0-3
Prerequisites : Quantum Mechanics-I and faculty consent.
Intended for : I-Ph.D., M.Sc., B.Tech 3rd and 4th Year
Distribution : Core for I-PhD (Physics) and Elective for others
Approval: 10th Senate; approved as 4 credit course in 9th Senate

Course Contents
ˆ Introduction

ˆ Crystal Structures, Reciprocal Lattice, Brillioun Zones, X-ray diffraction and Struc-
ture factor, Defects in Crystal structures [5 Lectures]

ˆ Lattice Vibrations and Phonons

ˆ Monoatomic and Diatomic basis, Quantization of elastic waves, Phonon momentum

and Phonon density of states, Einstein and Debye model of heat capacity, Thermal
properties of solids. [6 Lectures]

ˆ Electrons in Solids

ˆ Drude and Somerfield theories, Fermi momentum and energy, Fermi surface, Den-
sity of states, Electrical conductivity, Ohm’s law, Motion in a magnetic field, Hall
Effect, Bloch Theorem and crystal momentum, Electron motion in Solids, Kroning-
Pening Model, Formation of band, Effective mass [8 Lectures]

ˆ Semiconductors

ˆ Intrinsic and extrinsic semiconductors, Acceptor and donor level, Bound State and
optical transitions in semiconductors. Degenerate and non-degenerate semiconduc-
tor, Optical properties of solids. [6 Lectures]

1406
 ˆ Magnetism

ˆ Introduction, Origin of magnetism, Bohr-Van Leeuwen theorem, Types of mag-

netism: Diamagnetism, Paramagnetism, Ferro and Anti-ferro magnetism [7 Lec-
tures

ˆ Superconductivity

ˆ Basic phenomena, Meissner effect, Types of superconductors, London equation,

Idea of Cooper pair, Flux quantization, Josephson’s tunneling [8]

Text Books:
1. C. Kittel, Introduction to Solid State Physics, 8th Edition, John Wiley &
Sons, 2005.

2. N. W. Ashcroft and N. D. Mermin, Solid State Physics.

3. M. P. Marder, Condensed Matter Physics, John Wiley & Sons, 2010.

References:
1. Phillips, Advanced Solid State Physics, Cambridge University Press, 2012.

2. Hook and Hall, Solid State Physics, Wiley Science.

3. S. M. Sze, Physics of Semiconductor Devices.

19.37 PH 524: Atomic and Molecular Spectroscopy

Course Code : PH 524
Course Name : Atomic and Molecular Physics
L-T-P-C : 4-0-0-4
Prerequisites : Basic undergraduate physics courses, first course on Quantum Me-
chanics and faculty consent
Intended for : I-Ph.D, M.Sc., B.Tech 3rd and 4th Year
Distribution : Core for I-Ph.D. and elective for others
Approval: 9th Senate; Changed in 10th Senate

Course Contents
ˆ Module I: Review of atomic structure of H, Review of time-independent and
time-dependent perturbation theory. Interaction of electromagnetic radiation with
single electron atoms, Rabi flopping, Transition rates, Line broadening mechanisms,
spontaneous and stimulated emissions and Einstein coefficients, Masers and Lasers
[8 Lectures]

ˆ Module II: Atomic structure of two electron system, alkali system, Hartree-Fock
method, L-S coupling, J-J coupling [8 Lectures]

1407
 ˆ Module III: General nature of molecular structure, molecular binding, LCAO,
Born-Oppenheimer approximation. [6 Lectures]

ˆ Module IV: Microwave spectroscopy, rotation of molecules, rotational spectra,

spectra of molecule and polyatomic molecular spectra, oscillator strengths, selection
and transition rules, line broadening mechanisms, Doppler, natural, and collisional
broadening [8 Lectures]

ˆ Module V: Vibrational spectroscopy, vibrating diatomic molecules, vibration and

rotation spectrum of Raman effect, modem experimental tools of spectroscopy [8
Lectures]

ˆ Module VI: Raman spectroscopy, pure rotational and vibrational spectra, spin
resonance spectroscopy, NMR and ESR, electronic spectra of molecules. [8 Lectures]

ˆ Module VII: Introduction to group theory, molecular symmetry and symmetry

groups, representation of groups. [8 Lectures]

Text Books:
1. Bransden and Joachain, Physics of atoms and molecules, 2nd Edition, Pearson,
2011.

2. C. Banwell and E. Maccash, Fundamentals of molecular spectroscopy, Mc

Graw Hill, 2013.

3. F Albert Cotton, Chemical applications of group theory, 3rd Edition, Willey,

2015.

4. M. Tinkham, Group theory and Quantum Mechanics, Dover Publications,

2003.

References:
1. Wolfgang Demtroder, Atoms, Molecules and Photons, 2nd Edition, Springer,
2006.

2. C. J. Foot, Atomic Physics, Oxford, 2005.

3. M. Tinkham, Group theory and Quantum Mechanics, Dover Publications,

2003.

4. F Albert Cotton, Chemical applications of group theory, 3rd Edition, Willey,

2015.

19.38 PH 524: Atomic and Molecular Physics

Course Code : PH 524
Course Name : Atomic and Molecular Physics
L-T-P-C : 3-0-0-3
Prerequisites : Basic undergraduate physics courses, first course on Quantum Mechanics

1408
and faculty consent
Intended for : I-Ph.D, M.Sc., B.Tech 3rd and 4th Year
Distribution : Core for I-Ph.D. and elective for others
Approval: 10th Senate; with 4 credit course in 9th Senate

Course Contents
ˆ Module I
ˆ Time-independent perturbation theory, Time-dependent perturbation theory and
application Fermi-Golden rule. Interaction of electromagnetic radiation with sin-
gle electron atoms, Rabi flopping, Dipole approximation and dipole selection rules,
Transition rates, Line broadening mechanisms, spontaneous and stimulated emis-
sions and Einstein coefficients [12 Lectures]
ˆ Module II
ˆ Review of atomic structure of H, Atomic structure of two electron system-variational
method, alkali system, central field approximation, Slater determinant, Introduction
to self-consistent field method, L-S coupling, J-J coupling. [8 Lectures]
ˆ Module III
ˆ General nature of molecular structure, molecular binding, LCAO, Born-Oppenheimer
approximation [6 Lectures]
ˆ Module IV
ˆ Introduction to microwave, infra-red and Raman spectroscopy, NMR and ESR,
Symmetry and Spectroscopy [14 Lectures]

Text Books:
1. Leonard Schiff, Quantum Mechnics, 3rd Edition, Mc Graw Hill Education, 2010.
2. Bransden and Joachain, Physics of atoms and molecules, 2nd Edition, Pearson,
2011.
3. C. Banwell and E. Maccash, Fundamentals of molecular spectroscopy, Mc
Graw Hill, 2013.
4. R.L. Liboff, Introductory Quantum Mechanics, Addison-Wesley, 2002.

References:
1. Wolfgang Demtroder, Atoms, Molecules and Photons, 2nd Edition, Springer,
2006.
2. C. J. Foot, Atomic Physics, Oxford, 2005.
3. M. Tinkham, Group theory and Quantum Mechanics, Dover Publications,
2003.
4. F Albert Cotton, Chemical applications of group theory, 3rd Edition, Willey,
2015.

1409
19.39 PH 525P: Electronics Laboratory Practicum
Course Code : PH 525P
Course Name : Electronics Laboratory Practicum
L-T-P-C : 0-0-5-3
Prerequisites : Electronics
Intended for : i-PhD
Distribution : Core for i-PhD (Physics)
Approval: 10th Senate

List of Experiments
1. To design and use bipolar junction transistor (BJT) as an amplifier and switch,
based on common emitter (CE), common collector (CC) and common base (CB)
configurations.

2. Design of Integrator, Differentiator, low pass and high pass filter using operational
amplifier (OpAmp) IC 741.

3. Design of Wein Bridge and Colpitts oscillator.

4. Verify mathematical expression of De-morgans theorem using electronic circuits.

5. Design of 4-bit Multiplexer and Demultiplexer using flip flops.

6. Design of 4-bit Shift registers and Counters using flip flops.

7. Design and verify A/D and D/A converters using OpAmp.

8. Design of Astable and Mono stable Multivibrator using IC 555.

9. Study of 8085 Microprocessor.

References:
1. B.L. Thareja, Basic Electronics

2. V.K. Mehta and Rohit Mehta, Principles of Electronics.

19.40 PH 526: Seminar

Course Code : PH 526
Course Name : Seminar
L-T-P-C:
Credits: 1
Prerequisites : Faculty consent
Intended for : I-Ph.D.
Distribution : Core for I-Ph.D.
Semester : second semester of I-Ph.D.
Approval: 9th Senate

1410
Preamble:
This course is aimed at developing students self-study and presentation skills which are
very much important to build a successful research career.

Course outline:
Each student will choose a particular topic for their seminar. Student will be continually
preparing in a self-study mode in consultation with faculty members working in physics
related topics.

Modules
Student will be continually preparing during the semester in consultation with faculty
members . At the end of the semester students have to give a seminar and faculty
members who are involved in the program will evaluate the performance of students.

Text Books:
As advised by the faculty member

References:
As advised by the faculty member

19.41 PH 526: Research project III

Course Code : PH 526
Course Name : Research project III
L-T-P-C: 0-0-6-3
Prerequisites : Faculty consent
Intended for : I-Ph.D.
Distribution : Core for I-Ph.D.
Semester : second semester of I-Ph.D.
Approval: 10th Senate; with 1 credit course in 9th Senate

Modules
Faculty members of physics and related areas can offer this project course. Towards the
end of vacation they have to submit their report and must give a seminar based on their
work. Evaluation will be based on students performance during the period and their
report and talk. The evaluation will be carried out by the faculty members involved in
the program.

Text Books:
As advised by the faculty member

1411
References:
As advised by the faculty member

19.42 PH 527: Vacation Project I

Course Code : PH 527
Course Name : Seminar
L-T-P-C:
Credits: 2
Prerequisites : Faculty consent
Intended for : PG
Distribution : Core for I-Ph.D.
Semester : second semester of I-Ph.D.
Approval: 9th Senate

Preamble:
This course is aimed at giving research exposure to students by giving small projects to
them in physics related areas and will be offered

Course outline:
Each student will be given a project which they have to complete during their first year
winter vacation.

Modules
Faculty members of physics and related areas can offer this project course. Towards the
end of vacation they have submit their report and must give a seminar based on their
work. Evaluation will be based on their report and their talk by the faculty members
involved in the program.

Text Books:
As advised by the faculty member

References:
As advised by the faculty member

19.43 PH 527: Research project IV

Course Code : PH 527
Course Name : Research project IV
L-T-P-C: 0-0-6-3
Prerequisites : Faculty consent
Intended for : I-Ph.D.

1412
Distribution : Core for I-Ph.D.
Semester : second semester of I-Ph.D.
Approval: 10th Senate

Modules
Faculty members of physics and related areas can offer this project course. Towards the
end of vacation they have to submit their report and must give a seminar based on their
work. Evaluation will be based on students performance during the period and their
report and talk. The evaluation will be carried out by the faculty members involved in
the program.

Text Books:
As advised by the faculty member

References:
As advised by the faculty member

19.44 PH 528 : Introduction to General Relativity

Course Code: PH 528
Course Name : Introduction to General Relativity
L-T-P-C : 3-0-0-3
Intended for : : I-Ph.D., M.Sc., B.Tech 3rd and 4th Year.
Prerequisite : Mathematical Physics (PH511), Classical Physics (PH 512), Electro-
magnetic Theory (PH 521).
Mutual Exclusion : None
Approval: 46th BoA

Course Contents:
ˆ Special Relativity: Principles of special relativity – Lorentz transformations,
Covariant and contravariant vectors, Relativistic Mechanics. (4 Hours)

ˆ Tensor Algebra and Tensor Calculus: Manifolds and metric, Introduction to

tensors – Transformation of coordinates, Lie derivatives – covariant differentiation
– Christoffel symbols, The Riemann and Ricci tensors – The Bianchi identities,
Geodesics, Isometries – The Killing equation and conserved quantities. (9 Hours)

ˆ General Relativity: The equivalence principle – The principle of general co-

variance, The stress-energy tensor, Einstein equations, The equation of geodesic
deviation, linearized gravity and idea of gravitational waves. (9 Hours)

ˆ Schwarzschild solution and Black holes: The Schwarzchild solution, Motion

of particles in the Schwarzschild metric – Precession of the perihelion – Bending of
light, Black holes – event horizon and singularity, The Kruskal extension – Penrose
diagrams. (10 hours)

1413
 ˆ Cosmology: Homogeneity and isotropy – The FRW metric, Friedmann equations
– Solutions with different types of matter, Cosmological redshift – standard candles,
Dark matter and dark energy, Thermal history of the universe, Horizon problem
and Inflation. (10 hours)

Textbooks:
1. J. B. Hartle, Gravity: An Introduction to Einstein’s General Relativity,
Pearson Education India, 2003

2. B. F. Schutz, A First Course in General Relativity, 2nd Edition, Cambridge

University Press, 2009

References:
1. S. Carroll, Spacetime and Geometry, Addison Wesley, 2004.

2. Barbara Ryden, Introduction to Cosmology, 2nd Edition, Addison-Wesley,

2016.

19.45 PH 530 : Cosmology-I

Course Code : PH 530
Course Name : Cosmology-I
L-T-P-C : 3-0-0-3
Intended for : UG/PG/IPhD/PhD elective
Prerequisite :
Mutual Exclusion:
Approval: 54th BoA

Course Contents
ˆ Introduction: What is Cosmology? A brief history of the Universe a Cosmolog-
ical erasination, reheating, recombination,etc. Time and length scales involved in
Cosmology What is our beloved universe made of? (1 Hour)

ˆ Homogeneous Universe: The Cosmological Principle Geometry of theUniverse a

The FLRWMetric Kinematics a The Hubble Law a Geodesics a Redshift Distances
a Luminosity a Angular Diameter Dynamics a Energy Budget of the Universe a
Friedmann Equations Some Exact solutions Our Universe. (14 hours)

ˆ Hot Big Bang: Thermal Equilibrium a Some aspects of Statistical Mechanics a

Primordial Plasma a Entropy and Expansion History a Cosmic Microwave Back-
ground a Cosmic Background Beyond Equilibrium a The Boltzmann Equation a
Dark Matter Freeze Out a Big Bang Nucleosynthesis More on recombination. (15
hours)

ˆ Cosmological Inationary Theory: Problems faced by the Big BangTheory a

The Horizon Problem a The Flatness Problem a Superhorizon Correlations Before

1414
 the Hot Big Bang The Physics of Ination a How in ation solves these problems? a
Slow Roll Ination. (12 hours)

Textbooks:
1. Daniel Baumann, Cosmology, Cambridge University Press, 2021

2. Scott Dodelson & Fabian Schmidt, Modern Cosmology, Academic Press, Else-
vier, 2021.

References:
1. Steven Weinberg, Cosmology, Cambridge University Press, 2008

2. Valery Rubakov and Dmitry Gorbunov, Introduction to the theory of Early

Universe, Volume1&2, World Scientic, 2011

3. Luca Amendola, Cosmology Lecture Notes, University of Heidelberg, 2023

4. Viatcheslav Mukhanov, Physical Foundations of Cosmology, Cambridge Uni-

versity Press, 2005.

5. Andrew Liddle, David Lyth, Cosmological Ination and Large Scale Structure,
Cambridge University Press, 2000.

19.46 PH 550 : Introduction to Quantum Optics

Course Code : PH 550
Course Name : Introduction to Quantum Optics
L-P-T-C: 3-0-0-3
Intended for: UG/PG/IPhD/PhD
Prerequisites: Basics of Quantum Mechanics , Classical Electrodynamics ,Mathemat-
ical Methods for Physics
Mutual Exclusion: None
Approval: 57th BoA

Course Contents
ˆ Module 1: Two-Level Atom System (8 lectures)

– Oscillating dipoles and Bloch sphere representation

– Density Operator and Density Matrix formalism
– Optical Bloch Equations
– Rabi Frequency and Spontaneous Decay
– Lineshape in Fluorescence and Saturation Broadening

ˆ Module 2: Quantization of the Electromagnetic Field (14 lectures)

– uantized Modes and Operators

1415
 – Ladder Operators, Number Operator, and Quadrature Operators
– Quantization of the Electromagnetic Field
– Hamiltonian of Radiation Field and Vacuum State Energy
– Fock States, Coherent States, and Squeezed States
– Thermal States and Planck’s Black Body Radiation Formula

ˆ Module 3: Photon Statistics and Measurement (10 lectures)

– Photon Statistics
* Poissonian, Sub-Poissonian, and Super-Poissonian light
* Intensity interferometer and Hanbury Brown–Twiss experiments
* Second-order correlation function, g2(t)
* Photon bunching and antibunching phenomena
* Coherent, Bunched, and Antibunched light
– Experimental Demonstrations
* Photon antibunching experiments
* Single-photon sources and their application in quantum technologies

ˆ Module 4: Atoms in Cavities (10 lectures)

– Optical and Microwave Cavities

* Fundamentals of Optical Cavities
* Microwave Cavities and Rydberg Atoms
– Atom-Cavity Coupling
* Weak coupling regime and the Purcell Effect
* perimental observations of the Purcell Effect
* Strong coupling regime and Cavity QED
* Experimental observation of strong coupling in cavities

Laboratory:
1. NA

Text books:
1. Scully, M. O., & Zubairy, M. S., Quantum optics.

2. Christopher Gerry and Peter Knight, Introductory Quantum Optics.

3. Mark Fox, Qantum Optics.

4. Leonard Mandel and Emil Wolf, Optical Coherence and Quantum Optics.

References:
1. NA

1416
19.47 PH 579 : Quantum Computation and Information
Course Code : PH 579
Course Name : Quantum Computation and Information
L-P-T-C: 3-0-0-3
Intended for: UG/PG/I-PhD/PhD
Prerequisites: PH 513, PH 301 or equivalent
Mutual Exclusion: NA
Approval: 57th BoA

Course Contents
ˆ Foundations of Quantum Computing: Introduction to Quantum Computing,
Review of linear vector spaces, Review of Quantum postulates, Qubits and Bloch
Sphere, Basic Quantum Gates, Quantum Circuits, Quantum No-Cloning Theorem
and Teleportation, Quantum Teleportation Protocol, Quantum Dense Coding, Den-
sity Matrix I. (Lectures 1–10)

ˆ Advanced Quantum Concepts: Density Matrix II, Projective Measurement,

Positive Operator-Valued Measure (POVM), EPR Paradox and Bell’s Inequali-
ties I, Bell’s Inequalities II, Deutsch Algorithm, Deutsch-Jozsa Algorithm, Simon’s
Problem, Grover’s Search Algorithm I, Grover’s Search Algorithm II. (Lectures
11–20)

ˆ Quantum Algorithms and Applications: Grover’s Search Algorithm III, Grover’s

Search Algorithm IV, Quantum Fourier Transform I, Quantum Fourier Transform
II, Period Finding Problem, Method of Continued Fractions, Shor’s Factorization
Algorithm I, Shor’s Factorization Algorithm II, Quantum Error Correction Codes
I, Quantum Error Correction Codes II. (Lectures 21–30)

ˆ Quantum Information Theory and Cryptography: Classical Information

Theory, Shannon Entropy I, Shannon Entropy II, Von Neumann Entropy I, Von
Neumann Entropy II, Classical Cryptography, RSA Algorithm, Quantum Cryptog-
raphy: BB84 Protocol, Quantum Cryptography: B92 and Eckert Protocol. (Lec-
tures 31–39)

ˆ Advanced Topics in Quantum Computing: Practical Realization of Quantum

Computers, Future of Quantum Computing, Introduction to Quantum Simulators
(QISKIT, etc.). (Lectures 40–42)

Laboratory:
1. NA

Text books:
1. Michael A. Nielsen and Issac L. Chuang, Quantum Computation and Infor-
mation, Cambridge, 2002)

2. Mikio Nakahara and Tetsuo Ohmi, Quantum Computing, CRC Press, 2008.

1417
 3. N. David Mermin, Quantum Computer Science, Cambridge, 2007.

References:
1. NA

19.48 PH 600 : Research Methodology

Course Code : PH 600
Course Name : Research Methodology
L-T-P-C : 1-0-0-1
Intended for : MS/Ph.D.
Prerequisite :
Mutual Exclusion: RM-600 in other schools
Approval: 54th BoA

Course Contents
ˆ Module I: Formal communication of email and verbal, Teacher-student relation-
ship, Technical and scientific presentation Skills (3 Hours)

ˆ Module II: Ethics in research, Copyright and plagiarism, Interdisciplinary research

work, Project management (3 Hours)

ˆ Module III: Safety and precautions, best practices in experimental as well as

simulation research (2 Hours)

ˆ Module IV: Literature Survey, Designing of the experimental and theoretical re-
search, Data analysis and presentation (3 Hours)

ˆ Module V: Drafting the reports, Reading and Writing research paper (3 Hours)

Laboratory/practical/tutorial Modules:
1. A technical presentation on the specific topic and write a report on the same topic
in journal format.

2. Task on data analysis of scientific data sets.

3. Group discussions on a specific topic.

Assessment will be based on a combination of individual and group assignments, presen-

tations, and a final research report.

Textbooks:
1. Michael P. Marder, Research Methods for Science, Cambridge University Press,
2012.

2. Caroline Van Den Brul, Crackle And Fizz, Essential Communication And
Pitching Skills For Scientists, Imperial College Press , 2014.

1418
References:
1. E.M. Phillips and D.S. Pugh, How to get a Ph.D.?, UBSPD, 1993.

2. Wyne C. Booth, Colomb, William, The Craft of Research, University of Chicago

Press, eBook.

3. Ranjit Kumar, Research Methodology: A Step-by-Step Guide for Begin-

ners, Sage South Asia, 2011.

4. R Panneerselvam, Research Methodology, PHI Learning, 2009.

5. C. R. Kothari, Research Methodology: Methods and Techniques, New Age

International, 2004.

19.49 PH 601: Mesoscopic Physics and Quantum Transport

Course Code: PH 601
Course Name: Mesoscopic Physics and Quantum Transport
L-T-P-C: 3-0-0-3
Prerequisites: PH 501 Introductory Solid State Physics or teachers consent
Intended for: UG/PG Distribution: Elective
Approval: 8th Senate

Course Contents
ˆ Introduction [5 Lectures]

ˆ Drude and Somerfield modelfor electrons in solids, Quantum mechanics of particle

in a box, Bloch states,Density of states and Dimensionality.

ˆ Mesoscopic physics [5 Lectures]

ˆ Mesoscopic phenomena and length scaling in physics,Quantum structures, Tunnel-

ing through the potential barrier, Coulomb blockade.

ˆ Quantum transport and Localization [7 Lectures]

ˆ Influence of reduced dimensionality on electron transport: Ballistic and Diffusive

Transport, Single channel Landauer formula, Landauer-Buttiker formalism, Local-
ization, Thermal activated conduction, Thouless picture,General and special cases
of localization, Weak localization regime.

ˆ Quantum Hall effect [8 Lectures]

ˆ Origin of zero resistance, Two Dimensional Electron Gas, Transport in Graphene

and two dimensional systems, Localizations in weak and strong magnetic fields,
Quantum Hall effect,Spin Hall Effect.

ˆ Quantum interference effects in electronic transport [6 Lectures]

1419
 ˆ Conductance in mesoscopic systems, Shubnikov de Haas-Van and Aharonov-Bohm
Oscillations, Conductance fluctuations.

ˆ Mesoscopic Physics withSuperconductivity [5 Lectures]

ˆ Superconducting ring and thin wires, weakly coupled superconductors, Josephson

effects, Andreev Reflections, Superconductor-Normal and Superconductor-Normal-
Superconductor junctions.

ˆ Application of mesoscopic physics [4 Lectures]

ˆ Optoelectronics, Spintronics and Nanoelectronic Devices.

Text Books:
1. Y. Imri, Introduction to Mesoscopic Physics, Oxford University Press, 2008.

2. S. Datta, Electronic Transport in Mesoscopic Systems, Cambridge University

Press, 1997

Reference Books:
1. S. Datta, Quantum Transport: Atom to transistor, Cambridge University
Press, 2005.

2. B.L. Altshuler, P.A. Lee, R.A. Webb, (Editors), Mesoscopic Phenomena in

Solids (Modern Problems in Condensed Matter Sciences), North Holland, 1991.

3. D. K. Ferry, S. M. Goodnick, Transport in Nanostructures, Cambridge Univer-

sity Press, 2009.

4. N. W. Ashcroft and N. D. Mermin, Solid State Physics, Cengage Learning, 1976.

5. P. Harrison, Quantum Wells, Wires & Dots, Theoretical and Computa-

tional Physics of Semiconductor Nanostructures, 2nd Edition, Wiley Sci-
ence, 2009.

19.50 PH 603: Advanced Condensed Matter Physics

Course Code : PH 603
Course Name : Advanced Condensed Matter Physics
L-T-P-C : 3-0-0-3
Prerequisites : PH301 Quantum Mechanics-I , PH 501 Introductory Solid State Physics
or faculty consent.
Intended for : PG and UG
Distribution : Elective
Approval: 8th Senate

1420
Course Contents
ˆ Modules I

ˆ Second quantization for Fermions and Bosons, Review of Bloch’s theorem, tight
binding Model, Wannier orbitals, density of states. [6 Lectures]

ˆ Modules II

ˆ Born-Oppenheimer approximation, Effects of electron-electron interactions - Hartree-

Fock approximation, exchange and correlation effects. Fermi liquid theory, elemen-
tary excitations, quasiparticles. [6 Lectures]

ˆ Modules III [7 Lectures]

ˆ Dielectric function of electron systems, screening, random phase approximation,

plasma oscillations, optical properties of metals and insulators, excitons, polarons,
fluctuation- dissipation theorem.

ˆ Modules IV [7 Lectures]

ˆ Review of harmonic theory of lattice vibrations, anharmonic effects, electron-phonon

interaction -mass renormalization, effective interaction between electrons, polarons.

ˆ Modules V [8 Lectures]

ˆ Metal-Insulator transition, Mott insulators, Hubbard model, spin and charge den-
sity waves, electrons in a magnetic field, Landau levels, integer quantum Hall effect.

ˆ Superconductivity [8 Lectures]

ˆ Phenomenology, Cooper instability, BCS theory, Ginzburg-Landau theory.

Text Books:
1. N. W. Ashcroft and N. D. Mermin, Solid State Physics, Holt, Rinehart and
Winston, 1976)

2. C. Kittel, Quantum Theory of Solids, Wiley, 1987.

3. M. P. Marder, Condensed Matter Physics, John Wiley & Sons, 2010.

4. H. Ibach and H. Luth, Solid State Physics, Springer Science & Business Media,
2009.

References:
1. W. Jones and N. H. March, Theoretical Solid State Physics, Courier Corpora-
tion, 1985).

2. Phillips, Advanced Solid State Physics, Cambridge University Press, 2012.

3. G. D. Mahan, Many Particle Physics, Springer Science & Business Media, 2000.

1421
 4. D. Pines, Elementary Excitations in Solids, Advanced Book Program, Perseus
Books, 1999.

5. Patrik Fazekas, Lecture Notes on Electron Correlation and Magnetism,

World Scientific, 1999.

6. Giuliani and Vignale, Quantum Theory of the Electron Liquid, Cambridge

University Press, 2005.

19.51 PH 604: Optical Properties of Solids

Course Code : PH 604
Course Name : Optical Properties of Solids
L-T-P-C : 3-0-0-3
Prerequisites : Mathematical Physics (PH511) or Mathematics-2 (EP301), Quantum
Mechanics (PH513) or Quantum Mechanics and Applications (PH301), Electromagnetic
Theory (PH521) or Foundation of electrodynamics (IC221), Condensed Matter Physics
(PH523) or Solid State Physics (PH501)
Intended for :
Distribution: Elective
Approval: 36th BoA

Course Contents
ˆ Introduction

ˆ Optical processes, the complex refractive index and dielectric constant, quantum
theory of radiative transition. [3 Lectures]

ˆ Propagation of light in solid

ˆ Phenomenological models-Drude and Lorentz models. quantum mechanical descrip-

tion, linear response functions and Kramers–Kronig relations, dispersion, birefrin-
gence, optical anisotropy. [4 Lectures]

ˆ Absorption of light

ˆ Interband transitions, transition rate, absorption in direct and indirect semiconduc-

tor, spin-orbit coupling, indirect gaps, Urbach tails, Landau levels, Franz-Keldysh
effect, and absorption spectra. [3 Lectures]

ˆ Excitons

ˆ Frenkel vs. Wannier excitons, optical selection rules, effect of Coulomb interac-
tion on interband absorption, Franck-Condon approximation, Huang-Rhys model,
Wannier exciton – LO phonon bound states. [3 Lectures]

ˆ Luminescence

ˆ Emission from solids, Interband luminescence, photo and electro luminescence, pho-
toluminescence spectroscopy. [3 Lectures]

1422
 ˆ Quantum structures
ˆ Low dimensional materials and their electronic structures, absorption of quan-
tum well, quantum confined Stark-effect, photoluminescence, optical properties of
quantum dots, recent advancement in confined optical materials like zero and two-
dimensional materials. [6 Lectures]
ˆ Plasmonic systems
ˆ Metals, doped semiconductors, free carrier absorption and plasmons, surface and
slab plasmons, plasmons in metallic particles, negative refraction. [3 Lectures]
ˆ Light-phonon interactions
ˆ Infrared and Raman active phonons, Phonons absorption and reflectivit y, polari-
tons, polarons, inelastic light scattering (Raman and Brillouin scattering), Feynman
diagrams for light scattering [4 Lectures]
ˆ Impurity centers in semiconductors
ˆ Electronic spectrum of shallow donors, multiple valleys, valley-orbit coupling and
acceptors, pseudospin-orbit coupling, impurity bands and metal- insulator transi-
tion, localized vibrational modes, LO modes bound to neutral impurities, lattice
dynamics of isoelectronic impurities and mixed crystals. [5 Lectures]
ˆ Nonlinear optics
ˆ Optical nonlinearities, second order nonlinearities, third-order nonlinearties, optical
Kerr effect, stimulated Raman scattering, generation and detection of terahertz
radiation and recent advancement in this field. [6 Lectures]

Text Books:
1. Mark Fox, Optical Properties of Solids, Oxford University Press, 2010.

References:
1. Yutaka Toyozawa, Optical Processes of Solids, Oxford University Press, 2010.
2. Frederick Wooten, Optical Properties of Solids, Academic Press, 2013.
3. M. S. Dresselhaus, Solid State Physics Part II: Optical Properties of Solids,
2001.

19.52 PH 605: Superconductivity

Course Code: PH 605
Course Name: Superconductivity
L-T-P-C: 3 0-0-3
Prerequisites: Quantum Mechanics-1(PH 513), Condensed Matter Physics (PH 523)
Intended for: PhD/PG/UG
Distribution: Elective
Approval: 19th Senate

1423
Course Contents
ˆ Introduction

ˆ Historical perspective, Resistivity, Specific heat, Thermal conductivity, Magnetic

Susceptibility and Hall Effect of normal metal; Zero resistance, persistent Current,
Meissner effect, London-London equations, Penetration depth and critical field. [9
Lectures]

ˆ Phenomenon logical theory of Superconductivity

ˆ Free energy, First order and second order transition, specific heat, thermal con-
ductivity, Superconducting order parameter, Ginzberg-Landau equations and its
predictions, Coherence length, Type-I and Type-II superconductors, The vortex
lattice. Phase coherence, Flux quantization. [9 Lectures]

ˆ Microscopic Theory of Superconductivity

ˆ Isotope effect and its significance, The Cooper problem, Formation of Cooper pairs,
BCS wave function, Existence of energy gap, Finite temperature properties of BCS
ground state [9 Lectures]

ˆ Tunneling and energy gap

ˆ Tunneling phenomenon, DC Josephson Effect AC Josephson, Effect, Inverse AC

Josephson Effect and Shapiro jump , supercomputing quantum interference device
(SQUID).[7 Lectures]

ˆ Unconventional Superconductors

ˆ Alternate pairing mechanisms (e.g, spin-triplet, d-wave etc.), Symmetry of the gap
function, Experimental methods for probing Nodal structure, Parity, spin state,
Lattice symmetry and internal structure, Heavy Fermion, High temperature super-
conductivity, Cuprates, and Fe based Superconductors. [8 Lectures]

Text Books:
1. J.B. Ketterson and S.N, Song, Superconductivity, Cambridge University Press,
1999.

References:
1. M. Tinkham, Introduction to Superconductivity, McGraw-Hill, 1996.

2. Grenel Goll, Unconventional Superconductors, Springer-Verlag, 2006.

3. Charles p. Poole Jr., H.A. Farach, R.J. Creswick, R. Prozorov, Superconductiv-

ity, Elsevier, 2007.

4. James F. Annett, Superconductivity, Superfluids and Condensates, Oxford

University Press, 2004.

1424
19.53 PH 606: Quantum Field Theory
Course Code: PH 606
Course name: Quantum Field Theory
L-T-P-C: 3-0-0-3
Prerequisites: Quantum mechanics (PH 513), Mathematical Physics (PH 511)
Intended for: M. Sc (Physics), Ph.D, iPhD, B. Tech 3rd and 4th year
Distribution: Elective for M. Sc (Physics), Ph.D, iPhD, B. Tech 3rd and 4th year
Approval: 37th BoA

Course Contents
ˆ Module I

ˆ Mathematical Preliminaries, Lagrangian and Hamilton density, second quantiza-

tion, functionals, path integrals, functional field integrals, coherent states for bosons
and fermions. [7 Lectures]

ˆ Module II

ˆ Classical fields, Klein-Gordan field, massless scalar field theory, massive scalar fields,
Phi-4 theory, complex scalar fields. [5 Lectures]

ˆ Module III

ˆ Schrodinger, Heisenberg, and interaction pictures, time-evolution operator, trans-

lations, and rotations in space-time, transformations of quantum fields, symmetries
and conservation laws, Noether’s theorem. [8 Lectures]

ˆ Module IV

ˆ Canonical quantization of fields with examples, normal ordering, internal symme-

tries, massive vector fields, polarizations, gauge fields and gauge theory. [7 Lectures]

ˆ Module V

ˆ Propagators and Green’s function, Dyson equation, field and Feynmann propaga-
tor, Smatrix, perturbation expansion, Wick’s theorem, Feynmann Diagrams. [7
Lectures]

ˆ Module VI (Some Application of Field theory in condensed matter physics)

ˆ Superfields and fields. Fermi liquid theory, field theory formulation of many body
problem in metals and superconductors, Hartree-Fock energy, random phase ap-
proximation, fractional quantum Hall effect. [8 Lectures]

ˆ or

ˆ Module VI (Some applications of field theory in particle physics)

ˆ Dirac and Weyl equation, spinors, transformation of spinors, quantizing the Dirac
field, fermion propagator, quantum electrodynamics (QED) scattering cross sections
[8 Lectures]

1425
Text Books:
1. Lancaster and Blundell, Quantum field theory for gifted amateur, Oxford,
2014.

2. Mandl and Shaw, Quantum field theory, John Wiley and Sons, 2010.

3. Peskin and Schroeder, An Introduction to Quantum field theory, CRC Press,

2018.

Reference Books:

1. S. Weinberg, Quantum Theory of Fields, Vol. 1, Cambridge, 1995.

2. M. Srednicki, Quantum field theory, Cambridge, 2007.

3. M. H. Ryder, Quantum field theory, Cambridge, 1996.

Online Resources:
1. David Tong, Lectures on QFT: http://www.damtp.cam.ac.uk/user/tong/qft.html

2. Freeman Dyson, Lectures on advanced quantum mechanics, https://arxiv.org/pdf/quant-

ph/0608140.pdf

19.54 PH 607 : Physics of Ultracold Quantum Gases

Course Code: PH 607
Course Name : Physics of Ultracold Quantum Gases
L-T-P-C : 3-0-0-3
Intended for : UG/PG/I-PhD/PhD elective
Prerequisite : PH301/PH513 (Quantum Mechanics), PH522 (Statistical Mechanics),
PH524/EP403(Physics of Atoms and Molecules)
Mutual Exclusion : None
Approval: 46th BoA

Course Contents:
ˆ The ideal Bose gas: The Bose Einstein condensation in ideal Bose gases, Off-
diagonal long-range order, Transition temperature and condensate fraction, velocity
distribution, Thermodynamic quantities. [6 Hours]

ˆ Manipulation of atomic internal and external degrees of freedom: Level

structure and atomic transitions of alkali-metal atoms, Atom-field interaction, Cool-
ing, trapping and imaging ultracold gases. [6 Hours]

ˆ Atom-atom interaction: Contact interaction, scattering length, Feshbach reso-

nances, Dipolar long-range interactions. [4 Hours]

1426
 ˆ Bose-Einstein condensates (BEC): Condensation and Gross-Pitaevskii equa-
tion (GPE) for the macroscopic wave function, BEC dynamics in uniform and
trapped configurations; Thomas-Fermi approximation, Hydrodynamic equations,
Elementary excitations, BEC as simulator of quantum vacuum effects(Hawking ra-
diation and Casimir effect), collapse and supersolidity with dipolar quantum gases.
[12 Hours]

ˆ Atomic mixtures: Coupled GPE, spin waves, phase diagram, Josephson effect
and magnetism, Quantum droplets. [7 Hours]

ˆ Lower dimensional systems as solid-state quantum simulators: Phase

fluctuations, Mermin-Wagner-Hohenberg theorem, optical lattices, Bose-Hubbard
model, Entanglement and correlations. [7 Hours]

Text books:
1. C.J. Foot, Atomic Physics, Oxford University Press, 2005.

2. C.J. Pethick and H. Smith, Bose-Einstein condensation in dilute gases, Cam-

bridge University Press, 2008.

References:
1. M. Ueda, Fundamentals and New Frontiers of Bose-Einstein Condensa-
tion, World Scientific Publishing Company 2010.

2. Lev Pitaevskii and Sandro Stringari, Bose-Einstein Condensation, and Super-

fluidity, Oxford Science Publication, 2016

3. F. Dalfovo, S. Giorgini, Lev P. Pitaevskii, and S. Stringari, Theory of Bose-

Einstein condensation in trapped gases, Rev. Mod. Phys. 71, 463 (1999)

19.55 PH 608 : Computer assisted quantum mechanics

Course number : PH 608
Course Name : Computer assisted quantum mechanics
Credit Distribution : 2-0-3-3
Intended for : UG/PG/I-PhD/PhD elective
Prerequisite : PH301 / PH513 (Quantum Mechanics), PH524 / EP403 (Physics of
Atoms and Molecules), PH613 (Computational methods for physicists)/EP302 (Compu-
tational methods for engineering)
Mutual Exclusion : NA
Approval: 50th BoA

Course Contents:
ˆ The single-particle problem: Time independent Schrodinger equation and its so-
lution with Numerov’s method, Bound state solutions for one-dimensional (1D) case
such as Harmonic oscillator, Schrodinger equation for central potentials, solutions
of hydrogen atom, scattering from different type of central potentials, Response of
atoms to external fields (20 hours)

1427
 ˆ Variational method: The variational principle, Numerical solutions to quantum
mechanical problems using variational methods, Plane-wave basis set and Non-
orthonormal basis set (15 hours)

ˆ Multi-electron systems: Basics of Hartree-Fock (HF) methods and its numerical

implementation to a few selected problems, going beyond HF methods, density
functional theory and its implementation with some specific examples for simple
atomic systems. (15 hours)

ˆ Time propagation: Spectral methods, direct numerical integration, split operator

and Crank-Nicolson methods. Implementation of these methods to a few quantum
mechanical systems (20 hours)

Text books:
1. J. M. Thijssen, Computational Physics, Cambridge University Press, 2007.

2. J. Izaac and J. Wang, Computational Quantum Mechanics, Springer, 2018.

References:
1. Paolo Giannozzi, Numerical methods in quantum mechanics. (Online lecture
notes, http://www.fisica.uniud.it/∼giannozz/Corsi/MQ/LectureNotes/mq.pdf)

2. R. H. Landau, M. J. Páez and C. C. Bordeianu, Computational physics, WILEY-

VCH Verlag, 2015.

19.56 PH 609 : Theory of quantum collision and spectroscopy

Course number : PH 609
Course Name : Theory of quantum collision and spectroscopy
Credit Distribution : 3-0-0-3
Intended for : UG/PG/I-PhD/PhD elective
Prerequisite :PH301/PH513 (Quantum Mechanics), PH524/EP403(Physics of Atoms
and Molecules), PH613: Special topics in Quantum Mechanics
Mutual Exclusion : None
Approval: 50th BoA

Course Contents:
ˆ Scattering theory-Quantum collisions: Review of Method of Partial wave anal-
ysis, and Integral equation of potential scattering; Lippman-Schwinger equation,
Born series and approximations, Applications of scattering: Coulomb scattering,
Scattering by complex potential Scattering of identical particles, Pseudo-potential
and Bethe–Peierls collision theory, Levinson’s and Seaton’s theorems. (12 hours)

ˆ Resonant Scattering: Scattering of partial wave, Resonances in quantum col-

lisions, Breit-Wigner formalism, Fano parameterization of Breit-Wigner formula,
correlations induced resonances and shape resonances Broad Vs narrow resonances,
Resonance life time, Eisenbud-Wigner-Smith formalism of time-delay in scattering,
recent experiments (8 hours)

1428
 ˆ Many-body formalism: Many-body theory, electron correlations, Second quan-
tization, Many-particle Hamiltonian in occupation number representation, Den-
sity fluctuations of electron gas in the Hartree-Fock method, introduction to den-
sity functional theory, Bohm-Pines approach to random phase approximation, (12
hours)

ˆ Relativistic formulation: Foldy-Woutheysen transformations and separation of

radial and angular parts of the Dirac equation, introduction to relativistic many
body theory (4 hours)

ˆ Feynman diagrammatic methods: Schrodinger, Heisenberg and Dirac pictures,

Dyson’s chronological operator, Gell-Mann-Low Theorem, Rayleigh-Schrodinger
perturbation methods and adiabatic switching, Feynman Diagrams, I Order Feyn-
man Diagrams, II and higher order Feynman Diagrams, Linear response of electron
correlations (4 hours)

Text books:
1. B. H. Bransden & C. J. Joachain, Physics of Atoms and Molecules, Pearson,
2003.

2. A.L.Fetter and J.D.Walecka, Quantum Theory of Many Particle Systems,

Dover, 2003.

References:
1. P. G. Burke and C. J. Joachain, Theory of electron-atom collisions, Plenum
Press, 1995.

2. Stanley Raimes, Many Electron Theory, Elsevier, 1972.

19.57 PH 611: Nuclear and Particle Physics

Course Code : PH 611
Course Name : Nuclear and Particle Physics
L-T-P-C : 4-0-0-4
Prerequisites : PH 514 Quantum Mechanics-I, PH 521 Electromagnetic Theory
Intended for : UG/PG
Distribution : Core for I-Ph.D.; Elective for the rest
Approval: 9th Senate

Course Contents
ˆ Properties of Nuclei

ˆ Nuclear size, Rutherford scattering, nuclear radius and charge distribution, nuclear
form factor, mass and binding energy, semiempirical mass formula, angular momen-
tum, parity and isospin, magnetic dipole moment electric quadrupole moment and
nuclear shape, experimental determination. [4 Lectures]

1429
 ˆ Two-body problems

ˆ Deuteron ground state, excited states, spin dependence of nuclear forces, electro-
magnetic moment and magnetic dipole moment of deuteron and the necessity of
tensor forces, two nucleon scattering, n-p scattering, partial wave analysis, phase-
shift, scattering length, p-p scattering, charge symmetry and charge independence
of nuclear forces, exchange nature of nuclear forces, Yukawa’s theory. [6 Lectures]

ˆ Nuclear decay

ˆ Beta emission and electron capture, Fermi’s theory of beta decay, selecti Liquid
drop model, Fermi gas model, shell and collective model. [5 Lectures]

ˆ Nuclear models

ˆ Liquid drop model, Fermi gas model, shell and collective model. [5 Lectures]

ˆ Nuclear Reactions

ˆ Different types of reactions, conservation laws, energetics, isospin, reaction cross-

section, resonance scattering and reactions, Breit-Wigner dispersion relation, Com-
pound nucleus formation and break-up, Optical model, transfer reactions, nuclear
fission, neutron physics, fusion reaction. [7 Lectures]

ˆ Particle accelerators and detectors

ˆ Electrostatic accelerators, cyclotron, Synchrotron and synchrosyclotron, linear ac-

celerators, colliding beam accelerators, ionization chamber, scintillationdetectors,
semiconductor detectors. [5 Lectures]

ˆ Elementary particles

ˆ Fundamental interactions, properties mesons and baryons, symmetries and con-

servation laws, charge-conjugation, parity and time reversal, CPT theorem, Gell-
Mann-Nishijima formula, intrinsic parity of pions, resonances, symmetry classi-
fication of elementary particles, quark model, concept of colour charge, discrete
symmetries, properties of quarks and leptons, gauge symmetry in electrodynamics,
particle interactions and Feynman diagrams. [8 Lectures]

Text Books:
1. K. S. Krane, Introductory Nuclear Physics, John Wiley.

References
1. W. E. Burcham and M. Jobes, Nuclear and particle Physics, John Wiley &
Sons.

2. D. J. Grifths, Introduction to Elementary Particles, John Wiley & Sons.

3. A. Das and T. Ferbel, Introduction to nuclear and particle physics, John

Wiley.

1430
 4. M. A. Preston and R. K. Bhaduri, Structure of the nucleus, Addison-Wesley.

5. S. N. Ghoshal, Atomic and Nuclear Physics, Vol. 2.

6. Roy and B. P. Nigam, Nuclear Physics: Theory and Experiment, New Age.

7. D. Perkins, Introduction to High Energy Physics, 4th Edition, Cambridge

University Press, 2000.

19.58 PH 611P 10: Experimental Research Techniques

Course Code: PH 611P 10
Course Name: Experimental Research Techniques
L-T-P-C: 0-0-7-4
Prerequisites:
Intended for: First year I-Ph.D.
Core/Elective: Core
Approval: 10th Senate

Course Contents:
ˆ Temperature dependence of Electrical resistivity of materials: This exper-
iment involves measuring temperature dependent resistivity of any material using
four probe method and Vander Pauw methods. The skills that one will develop are
to make fine contacts on the sample, learn the intricacies involved in making this
set up.

ˆ Electronic properties of material using photoemission technique: Pho-

toemission experiments will be done on any material and its electronic properties
will be studied. The skills that one will develop are the intricacies involved in
conducting experiments in ultra high vacuum conditions.

ˆ Seebeck coefficient measurement: Develop mini Seebeck coefficient experiment

to distinguish n-type and p-type semiconductors from a mixture of it.

ˆ Structural properties of materials using powder x-ray diffraction (xrd)

technique: To understand structural phase transition of any given material. The
skills that one will develop are to understand the intricacies involved in any diffrac-
tion experiment, temperature variation set up, analysis of any powder xrd pattern.

ˆ Optical pumping: The technique is useful to measure the difference between the
atomic energy levels with great precision. One can also measure the resonance
frequencies, and thereby measure the Zeeman splitting, the nuclear spins and the
strength of the Earth’s magnetic field. Students will develop skills to handle laser,
lock in amplifier and nonlinear curve fitting.

ˆ Two slit interference-one photon at a time: This experiment will give hands
on familiarity to confront wave-particle duality in a precise and definite way. It will
develop the skill of single photon detection and theoretical modeling.

1431
 ˆ Molecular absorption and emission spectrophotometer: The objective is to
study photophysical properties of molecules by measuring absorption and emission
spectra. Preparation of molecular solution and data analysis skills will be developed.

ˆ Reverse engineering of any vacuum pump: A rotary pump along with its
manual will be provided to the students. They have to dismantle this pump and
assemble it and learn about its internal parts. This process helps in the development
of skills related with assembling (spatial skills).

ˆ Design and making of any components: This involves training to make tech-
nical drawing, operate lathe for shaping and making any given components.

ˆ Skill development for carpentry: Self explanatory

Textbooks:
Not Available

19.59 PH 612: Nuclear and Particle Physics

Course Code: PH 612
Course Name: Nuclear and Particle Physics
L-T-P-C: 3-0-0-3
Prerequisites: Quantum Mechanics, Electromagnetic Theory
Intended For: I-Ph.D., M.Sc., B.Tech 3rd and 4th Year
Core/Elective: Elective
Approval: 10th Senate

Course Contents
ˆ Properties of Nuclei

ˆ Nuclear size, nuclea radius and charge distribution, mass and binding energy, semiem-
pirical mass formula, angular momentum, parity and isospin, magnetic dipole mo-
ment, electric quadrupole moment and nuclear shape. [5 Lectures]

ˆ Two-body problems

ˆ Deuteron ground state, excited states, spin dependence of nuclear forces, two nu-
cleon scattering, charge symmetry and charge independence of nuclear forces, ex-
change nature of nuclear forces, Yukawa’s theory. [4 Lectures]

ˆ Nuclear decay

ˆ Alpha, Beta and Gamma decay, Gamow theory, Fermi theory, direct evidence for
the neutrino. [4 Lectures]

ˆ Nuclear models

ˆ Liquid drop model, shell model, magic numbers, ground state spin, and collective
model. [4 Lectures]

1432
 ˆ Nuclear Reactions

ˆ Different types of reactions, Breit-Wigner dispersion relation, Compound nucleus

formation and break-up, nuclear fission, neutron physics, fusion reaction, nuclear
reactor. [5 Lectures]

ˆ Elementary particles

ˆ Fundamental interactions. Particle Zoo: Leptons, Hadrons. Organizing principle:

Baryon and Lepton Numbers, Strangeness, Isospin, The eightfold way. Quarks:
Color charge and strong interactions, confinement, Gell-Marm - Okubo mass. rela-
tion, magnetic moments of Hadrons. Field Bosons: charge carrier. The Standard
Model: party non conservation of weak interaction, Wu’s experiment, elementary
idea about electroweak unification, Higgs boson and origin of mass, quark model,
concept of colour charge, discrete symmetries, properties of quarks and leptons,
gauge symmetry in electrodynamics, particle interactions and Feynman diagrams.
[18 Lectures]

Text Books:
1. K. S. Krane, Introductory Nuclear Physics, John Wiley, 2008.

2. D. J. Grifths, Introduction to Elementary Particles, John Wiley & Sons, 2008.

Reference Books:
1. W. E. Burcham and M. Jobes, Nuclear and particle Physics, John Wiley &
Sons, 1979.

2. W. L. Cottingham and D. A Greenwood, An Introduction to Nuclear Physics,

Cambridge University Press, 2001.

3. A. Das and T. Ferbel, Introduction to nuclear and particle physics, John

Wiley, 2003.

4. M. A. Preston and R. K. Bhaduri, Structure of the nucleus, Addison-Wesley,

2008.

5. S. N. Ghoshal, Atomic and Nuclear Physics, Vol. 2, S. Chand, 2010.

6. Roy and B. P. Nigam, Nuclear Physics: Theory and Experiment, New Age.

7. D. Perkins, Introduction to High Energy Physics, 4th Edition, Cambridge

University Press, 2000.

8. L. Kane, Modern Elementary Particle Physics, Westview Press.

9. B. R. Martin, Nuclear and Particle Physics: An Introduction, Wiley, 2013.

1433
19.60 PH 612: Numerical and Computational Methods
Course Code: PH 612P
Course Name: Numerical and Computational Methods
L-T-P-C: 4-0-0-4
Prerequisites: Quantum Mechanics, Electromagnetic Theory
Intended for: 1-Ph.D., M.Sc., B.Tech 3rd and 4th Year.
Core/Elective: Elective
Approval: 9th Senate

Course Contents:
ˆ Module I: Introduction to C: Program Organization and Control Structures loops,
arrays, and function, Error, Accuracy, and Stability. (12 lectures)

ˆ Module II: Interpolation and Extrapolation - Curve Fitting: Polynomial Inter-

polation and Extrapol˜tj.on Gubic Spline Interpolation Fitting Data to a Straight
Line. (7 lectures)

ˆ Module III: Integration and differentiation:Numerical Derivatives Romberg Inte-

gration Gaussian Quadratures and Orthogonal Polynomials (?lectures)

ˆ Module IV: Root Finding:Newton-Raphson Method Using Derivative- Roots of a

Polynomial (6lectutes)

ˆ Module V: Ordinary Differential Equations: Runge-Kutta Method, Adaptive

Stepsize Control for Runge-Kutta (8 lectUres)

ˆ Module VI: Matrices and algebraic equations: Gauss-Jordan Elimination Gaus-

sian Elimination with Backsubstitution, LU Decomposition and Its Applications
Reduction of a Symmetric Matrix to Tridiagonal Form: Eigenvalues and Eigenvec-
tors of a Tridiagonal Matrix Hermitian Matrices. (14 lectures)

Textbooks:
1. B W Kernighan and D M Richie, The C Programming Language, PHI Learning
Pvt. Ltd, 2011.

2. S D Conte and C de Boor, Elementary numerical analysis : algorithmic

approach, McGrawHill International, 1980.

References:
1. V. Rajaraman, Computer Programming in C, PHI Learning Pvt. Ltd., 2011.

2. Germund Dalquist and Ake Bjork, Numerical Methods, Dover Publications,

1974.

3. William H. Press, Saul A. Teukolsky, William T. Vetterling, and Brian P. Flannery,

Numerical Recipes, Cambridge University Press, 1992.

1434
19.61 PH 613: Special Topics in Quantum Mechanics
Course Code: PH 613
Course Name: Special Topics in Quantum Mechanics
L-T-P-C: 3-0-0-3
Prerequisites: First course on Quantum Mechanics and faculty consent
Intended For: I-Ph.D., M.Sc., B.Tech 3rd and 4th Year
Core/Elective: Elective
Approval: 10th Senate

Course Contents
ˆ Review of Basic Concepts

ˆ Review of basic concepts in quantum mechanics, measurements, observables and

generalized uncertainty relations, change of basis, generator of translation [6 Lec-
tures]

ˆ Angular Momentum

ˆ General theory of angular momentum, Angular momentum algebra, Addition of

angular momenta, Clebsch-Gordon coefficients, Tensor operators, matrix elements
of tensor operators, Wigner-Eckart theorem [9 Lectures]

ˆ Scattering Theory

ˆ Non-relativistic scattering theory. Scattering amplitude and cross- section. The

integral equation for scattering. Born approximation. Partial wave analysis, optical
theorem [8 Lectures]

ˆ Symmetries in Quantum Mechanics

ˆ Symmetry principles in quantum mechanics, conservation laws and degeneracies,

discrete symmetries, parity and time reversal [5 Lectures]

ˆ Second Quantization

ˆ Systems of identical particles, Symmetric and antisymmetric wavefunctions. Bosons

and Fermions. Pauli’s exclusion principle, occupation number representation, com-
mutation relations, applications of second quantization [5 Lectures]

ˆ Instructors may choose any one of the modules given below:

ˆ Elements of relativistic quantum mechanics. The Klein-Gordon equation. The

Dirac equation. Dirac matrices, spinors. Positive and negative energy solutions,
physical interpretation. Nonrelativistic limit of the Dirac equation [7 Lectures]

ˆ Quantum Information theory, Entanglement, EPR paradox Quantum cryptography

[7 Lectures]

1435
Text Books:
1. J J Sakurai, Modem Quantum Mechanics, Addison Wisley, 1993.

2. J J Sakurai, Advanced Quantum Mechanics, Pearson, 2002.

3. Cohen-Tannoudji, B Diu, F Laloe, Quantum Mechanics, Vol. II, 2nd Edition,

Wiley, 1977.

References:
1. Messiah, Quantum Mechanics, Vol. I and II, Dover Publications, 2014.

2. Siegefried Fliigge, Practical Quantum Mechanics, Springer, 1994.

3. S. Raimes, Many electron theory, North-Holland Pub. Co., 1972.

4. W. Greiner and D. A. Bromley, Relativistic Quantum Mechanics, 3rd Edition,

Springer, 2000.

5. Fetter and Walecka, Quantum theory of many particle systems, Dover Pub-
lications, 2003.

6. Merzbacher, Quantum Mechanics, 3rd Edition, Wiley, 2011.

7. Landau and Lifshitz, Quantum mechanics, 3rd Revised Edition, Butterworth-

Heinemann, 1981.

19.62 PH 613: Quantum Mechanics II

Course Code: PH 613
Course Name: Quantum Mechanics II
L-T-P-C: 4-0-0-4
Prerequisites: First course on Quantum Mechanics and faculty consent
Intended For: I-Ph.D., M.Sc., B.Tech 3rd and 4th Year
Core/Elective: Elective
Approval: 9th Senate

Course Contents
ˆ Review of basic concepts in quantum mechanics, measurements, observables and
generalized uncertainty relations, change of basis, generator of translation [ 10 lec-
tures]

ˆ General theory of angular momentum, Angular momentum algebra, Addition of

angular momenta, Clebsch-Gordon coefficients, Tensor operators, matrix elements
of tensor operators, Wigner-E˜kart theorem [10]

ˆ Non-relativistic scattering theory. Scattering amplitude and cross- section. The

integral equation for scattering. ˜om approximation. Partial wave analysis, optical
theorem [10]

1436
 ˆ Symmetry principles in quantum mechanics, conservation laws and degeneracies,
discrete symmetries, parity and time reversal [6]
ˆ Systems of identical particles. Symmetric and antisymmetric wavefunctions. Bosons
and Femlions. Pauli’s exclusion principle. Second quantization, occupation number
representation [10]
ˆ Elements of relativistic quantum mechanics. The Klein-Gordon equation. The
Dirac equation. Dirac matrices, spinors. Positive and negative energy solutions,
physical interpretation. Nonrelativistic limit of the Dirac equation [8]
ˆ Review of Basic Concepts

ˆ Review of basic concepts in quantum mechanics, measurements, observables and

generalized uncertainty relations, change of basis, generator of translation [10 Lec-
tures]
ˆ Angular Momentum

ˆ General theory of angular momentum, Angular momentum algebra, Addition of

angular momenta, Clebsch-Gordon coefficients, Tensor operators, matrix elements
of tensor operators, Wigner-Eckart theorem [10 Lectures]
ˆ Scattering Theory

ˆ Non-relativistic scattering theory. Scattering amplitude and cross- section. The

integral equation for scattering. Born approximation. Partial wave analysis, optical
theorem [10 Lectures]
ˆ Symmetries in Quantum Mechanics

ˆ Symmetry principles in quantum mechanics, conservation laws and degeneracies,

discrete symmetries, parity and time reversal [6 Lectures]
ˆ Systems of identical particles :Symmetric and antisymmetric wavefunctions.
Bosons and Femlions. Pauli’s exclusion principle. Second quantization, occupation
number representation [10 Lectures]
ˆ Elements of relativistic quantum mechanics. The Klein-Gordon equation. The
Dirac equation. Dirac matrices, spinors. Positive and negative energy solutions,
physical interpretation. Nonrelativistic limit of the Dirac equation [8 Lectures]

Text Books:
1. J J Sakurai, Advanced Quantum Mechanics, Pearson, 2002.
2. Cohen-Tannoudji, B Diu, F Laloe, Quantum Mechanics, Vol. II, 2nd Edition,
Wiley, 1977.
3. Landau and Lifshitz, Quantum mechanics, 3rd Revised Edition, Butterworth-
Heinemann, 1981.
4. Fetter and Walecka, Quantum theory of many particle systems, Dover Pub-
lications, 2003.

1437
 5. Bjorken and Drell, Relativistic Quantum Mechanics, McGraw Hill Education
(India), 2013.

References:
1. Messiah, Quantum Mechanics, Vol. I and II, Dover Publications, 2014.

2. S. Raimes, Many electron theory, North-Holland Pub. Co., 1972.

3. W. Greiner and D. A. Bromley, Relativistic Quantum Mechanics, 3rd Edition,

Springer, 2000.

19.63 PH 614: Seminar and Report

Course Code : PH614
Course Name : Seminar and report
L-T-P-C : 0-0-4-2
Prerequisites : Faculty consent
Intended for : I-Ph.D.
Distribution : Core for I-Ph.D.
Semester : Semester III (Odd)
Approval: 10th Senate

Course Contents
Student will be continually preparing during the semester in consultation with faculty
members . At the end of the semester students have to give a seminar and a report.
Faculty members who are involved in the program will evaluate based on performance of
students during the period and their seminar and report.

Textbooks:
As advised by the faculty member

References:
As advised by the faculty member

19.64 PH 614P: Experimental Research Techniques

Course Code: PH 614P
Course Name: Experimental Research Techniques
L-T-P-C : 0-0-7-4
Prerequisites : First year I-Ph.D. courses
Intended for : PG
Distribution : Core
Approval: 9th Senate

1438
Course Contents
ˆ Transport properties of materials using homemade set up.

ˆ This experiment involves measuring temperature dependent resistivity of any ma-

terial using four probe method and Vander Pauw methods. The skills that one will
develop are to make fine contacts on the sample, learn the intricacies involved in
making this set up.
ˆ Electronic properties of material using photoemission technique.

ˆ Photoemission experiments will be done on any material and its electronic proper-
ties will be studied. The skills that one will develop are the intricacies involved in
conducting experiments in ultra high vacuum conditions.
ˆ Seebeck coefficient measurement using homemade semi automated set
up.
ˆ Develop mini Seebeck coefficient experiment to distinguish n-type and p-type semi-
conductors from a mixture of it.
ˆ Structural properties of materials using powder x-ray diffraction (xrd)
technique.
ˆ To understand structural phase transition of any given material. The skills that one
will develop are to understand the intricacies involved in any diffraction experiment,
temperature variation set up, analysis of any powder xrd pattern.
ˆ Optical pumping

ˆ The technique is useful to measure the difference between the atomic energy levels
with great precision. One can also measure the resonance frequencies, and thereby
measure the Zeeman splitting, the nuclear spins and the strength of the Earth’s
magnetic field.
ˆ Students will develop skills to handle laser, lock in amplifier and nonlinear curve
fitting.
ˆ Two slit interference-one photon at a time

ˆ This experiment will give hands on familiarity to confront wave-particle duality in

a precise and definite way. It will develop the skill of single photon detection and
theoretical modeling.
ˆ Molecular absorption and emission spectrophotometer.

ˆ The objective is to study photophysical properties of molecules by measuring ab-

sorption and emission spectra. Preparation of molecular solution and data analysis
skills will be developed.
ˆ Reverse engineering of any vacuum pump.

ˆ A rotary pump along with its manual will be provided to the students. They have
to dismantle this pump and assemble it and learn about its internal parts. This
process helps in the development of skills related with assembling (spatial skills).

1439
 ˆ Design and making of any components

ˆ This involves training to make technical drawing, operate lathe for shaping and
making any given components.

ˆ Skill development for carpentry.

ˆ Self explanatory

19.65 PH 615: Mini-thesis I

Course Code : PH 615
Course Name : Mini-thesis I
L-T-P-C : 0-0-6-3
Prerequisites : Faculty consent
Intended for : I-Ph.D.
Distribution : Core I-Ph.D.
Semester : Semester III (odd)
Approval: 10th Senate

Modules
At the end of semester they have to submit their report and must give a seminar based
on their work. A committee shall be formed to evaluate the performance of the students
during the period and their report and seminar.

Textbooks:
As advised by the faculty member

References:
As advised by the faculty member

19.66 PH 617: Vacation Project II

Course Code: PH 617
Course Name: Vacation Project II
Credits: 2
Prerequisites: Faculty Consent
Distribution: Core for iPhD
Semester: Summer vacation after their first year of I-Ph.D.
Approval: 9th Senate

1440
Modules
Faculty members of physics and related areas can offer this project course. Towards the
end of vacation they have submit their report and must give a seminar based on their
work. Evaluation will be based on their report and their talk by the faculty members
involved in the program.

Textbooks:
As advised by the faculty member

References:
As advised by the faculty member

19.67 PH 621: Computational Methods for Physicists

Course Code : PH 621
Course Name : Computational Methods for Physicists
L-T-P-C : 3-1-0-4
Prerequisites : Facutly consent
Intended for : I-Ph.D., M.Sc., B.Tech 3rd and 4th Year.
Distribution : Core for I-Ph.D. ; Elective for the rest
Approval: 10th Senate

Course Contents
ˆ Introduction

ˆ Basic introduction to operating system fundamentals [4 Lectures]

ˆ Introduction to C

ˆ Program Organization and Control Structures loops, arrays, and function, Error,
Accuracy, and Stability. [8 Lectures]

ˆ Interpolation and Extrapolation - Curve Fitting

ˆ Polynomial Interpolation and Extrapolation Cubic Spline Interpolation Fitting Data

to a Straight Line, examples from experimental data fitting [8 Lectures]

ˆ Integration and differentiation

ˆ Numerical Derivatives Romberg Integration Gaussian Quadratures and Orthogonal

Polynomials [8 Lectures]

ˆ Root Finding

ˆ Newton-Raphson Method Using Derivative - Roots of a Polynomial [8 Lectures]

ˆ Ordinary Differential Equations

1441
 ˆ Runge-Kutta Method, Adaptive Stepsize Control for Runge-Kutta, Examples from
electrodynamics and quantum mechanics [8 Lectures]

ˆ Matrices and algebraic equations

ˆ Gauss-Jordan Elimination Gaussian Elimination with Backsubstitution, LU De-

composition [8 Lectures]

ˆ Module VIII

ˆ Concept of simulation, random number generator [2 Lectures]

Textbooks:
1. B W Kernighan and D M Richie, The C Programming Language, PHI Learning,
2011.

2. S D Conte and C de Boor, Elementary numerical analysis : algorithmic

approach, McGraw-Hill International, 1980.

References:
1. V. Rajaraman, Computer Programming in C, PHI Learning Pvt. Ltd, 2011.

2. Germund Dalquist and Ake Bjork, Numerical Methods, Dover Publications

,1974.

3. William H. Press, Saul A. Teukolsky, William T. Vetterling, and Brian P. Flannery,

Numerical Recipes, Cambridge University Press, 1992.

19.68 PH 622: Mini-thesis II

Course Code : PH 622
Course Name : Mini-thesis II
L-T-P-C : 0-0-6-3
Prerequisites : Facutly consent
Intended for : I-Ph.D.
Distribution : Core for I-Ph.D.

Semester : IV
Approval: 10th Senate

Course Contents
Modules: At the end of semester they have to submit their report and must give a seminar
based on their work. A committee shall be formed to evaluate the students performance
during the period and their report and seminar.
The work carried out in this program during semester III and semester IV will be
considered as part of their M.Sc. Thesis work.

1442
Textbooks:
As advised by the faculty member

References:
As advised by the faculty member

19.69 PH 625 : Data Analysis in Particle Physics

Course Code : PH 625
Course Name : Data Analysis in Particle Physics
L-T-P-C : 2-0-4-4
Intended for : UG/PG/I-PhD/PhD elective
Prerequisite : PH 621 (Computational Methods for Physicists), PH612 (Nuclear and
Particle Physics)
Mutual Exclusion: None
Approval: 52nd BoA

Course Contents
ˆ Data in Experiments, Particle Physics [4 Lectures]

– Brief overview of experiments in High Energy Physics. RHIC & CERN exper-
iments.
– Data from Experiments: Pulse processing, Timing and energy resolution,
Tracking, Particle Identification (PTD).
– Analysis Methods: Acceptance, Efficiency, Error Calculations, Observable
quantities.
– Data Stmcture/Type/Fonnat and algorithms from experiments and handling.

ˆ Recalls [10 Lectures]

– Brief Overview of c++: Program Organization and Control Stmctures loops,

arrays, and fimction, Error, Accuracy, and Stability. Transition from C to
c++.
– Brief Overview of numerical analysis in c++: Curve Fitting, ROOT finding,
Integration and differentiation, Interpolation and Extrapolation

ˆ ROOT Framework and Familiarities [in root/pyroot/rootpy] [15 Lec-

tures]

– Introduction to ROOT: Is an object-oriented programming framework based

on c++ developed by CERN. Originally designed for particle physics, but it
is used in other applications such as astronomy and data mining. ROOT has
capability to work in any field and potential to scale globally.
– ROOT installation: ROOT is available on Linux, Mac. and (as a beta release)
on Windows. The latest stable ROOT re lease is updated.

1443
 – ROOT preliminaries:
– Mathematical foundation, input, output, functions
– Histograms handling: Writing and reading: Basic, Binning, Statistical analy-
sis: lD, 20,30
– Tree handling: Writing and reading of the key feature of root
– Libraries and useful tools
– Fitting data: Formulas, Reading data, Writing data, TFI functions, Fittings.

ˆ Visualization in ROOT [in root/pyroot/rootpy] (10 Lectures)

– Histograms: 1D, 2D, 3D and asymmetric binning

– Trees, TProfiles, TBrower
– Graph Plotting, TCanvas, TGraph, TGraphError, Graphs with asymmetric
error.
– Markers and legends
– Histograms fitting with functions

ˆ Statistical Analysis and Error Methods (7 Lectures)

– Statistical Analysis
– Statistical Error: Gaussian Method, Delta Theorem, Bootstrap method
– Systematic error Estimation

ˆ Data Gneration and Models (5 Lectures)

– Concept of Simulation
– Random Generators
– Monte Carlo Simulation and Data Generation

ˆ Data Analysis: Class Project (5 Lectures)

– Astro Physics data analysis High Energy Physics data Analysis

Textbooks:
1. Yashavant Kanetkar, Let Us C: Authentic guide to C programming.

2. Yashavant Kanetkar, Let Us C++.

3. https:/IROOT.cem/manual/

4. David J. Griffiths, Introduction to Elementary Particles

5. William R. Leo, Techniques for Nuclear and Particle Physics Experiments

6. Fred James, Statistical Methods in Experimental Physics

1444
References:
1. Yashavant Kanetkar, Let Us C++ Solutions

2. ROOT.cern.ch

3. cern.ch

4. rhic.bnl.gov

19.70 PH 626 : Elementary Theoretical Particle Physics

Course Code : PH 626
Course Name : Elementary Theoretical Particle Physics
L-T-P-C : 3-0-0-3
Intended for : UG/PG/I-PhD/PhD
Prerequisite : PH612 (Nuclear and Particle Physics), PH301/PH513 (Quantum Me-
chanics)
Mutual Exclusion:
Approval: 52nd BoA

Course Contents
ˆ Feynman Calculus: Decays, scattering and cross-sections, Mandelstem variables,
Fermi Golden rule, Golden rule for two particle decays and scattering of particles,
two-body scattering in the COM frame. Feynman rules and diagrams for a toy
theory. (6 Lectures)

ˆ Quantum Electrodynamics: Dirac equation, solutions to the Dirac equation,

and bilinear covariants, photon, Feynman rules for QED and examples, Casimir’s
Trick, cross-sections and lifetimes, and renormalization, hadron production in e+e-
collisions, elastic electron-proton scattering. (10 Lectures)

ˆ Quantum Chromodynamics: Feynman rules for Chromodynamics, Color fac-

tors, quark and antiquark, Pair annihilation in QCD, asymptotic freedom. (8 Lec-
tures)

ˆ Weak Interactions: Charged leptonic weak Interactions, decay of muon, neu-

tron, and pion, charged weak interactions of quarks, neutral weak interactions,
Electroweak unification and chiral fermion states, Weak isospin and hypercharge,
Electroweak mixing. (10 Lectures)

ˆ Gauge Theories: Lagrangian formulation of classical particle mechanics and La-

grangians in relativistic field theory, Local gauge invariance and Yang-Mills Theory,
Chromodynamics, Feynman rules and Mass term Spontaneous symmetry-breaking,
Higgs Mechanism. (8 Lectures)

1445
Textbooks:
1. David Griffiths, Introduction to Elementary Particles, 2nd edition, Wiley,
2008.

2. F. Halzen and A. D. Martin, Quarks and Leptons, John Wiley, 2016.

References:
1. M. Thomson, Modern Particle Physics, Cambridge University Press India, 2016.

2. M. E. Peskin, An Introduction to Quantum Field Theory, Westview Press,

1995.

3. D. H. Perkins, Introduction to High Energy Physics, 4th Edition, Cambridge,

2000.

19.71 PH 627 : Topological Quantum Matter

Course Code : PH 627
Course Name : Topological Quantum Matter
L-T-P-C : 3-0-0-3
Intended for : UG/PG/I-PhD/PhD
Prerequisite : PH513, PH523
Mutual Exclusion:
Approval: 52nd BoA

Course Contents
ˆ The basics: Potentials in quantum mechanics, Aharanov-Bohm effect, Monopoles
in physics, Berry phase. [4 Lectures]

ˆ Symmetries: Time-reversal symmetry (TRS) in classical and quantum mechanics,

TRS operator, Kramer’s degeneracy, Symmetries in momentum space, Inversion
symmetry, particle-hole symmetry, ten-fold classification. [6 Lectures]

ˆ 1D Lattice models: Lattice models and band in momentum space, Peierl’s instabil-
ity, Su-Schrieffer-Heeger model, Berry phase effect on dynamics, topological index,
charge fractionalization. [6 Lectures]

ˆ Quantum Hall Effect: Kubo formula and TKNN invariant, quantization of Hall
conductance, QHE in 2DEG, Landau levels, QHE in graphene. [6 Lectures]

ˆ Topological insulators: Graphene, Dirac points, topological insulators, , Anomalous

Hall Effect, BHZ model, edge states of BHZ model. Kane-Mele model, Z2 invariant,
3D topological insulators, strong and weak TI. [6 Lectures]

ˆ Topological metals: Accidental degeneracies, Weyl and Dirac fermions, symmetry

analysis, chiral anomaly, anomalous Hall effect, Fermi arcs, Weyl semimetals, Dirac
semimetals. [5 Lectures]

1446
 ˆ Majorana fermions: Topological superconductivity, Majorana fermions, Majorana
modes in chiral p-wave superconductors, Majorana modes in Rashba spin-orbit
coupled semiconductors, detection of Majorana fermions. [5 Lectures]

ˆ Miscellaneous Topics: Quantum Spin Liquid, RVB, Kitaev model, spin fractional-
ization. Materials research, experimental realization of several topological phases
in TIs and topological metals. Electronic structure theory aspect of topological
phases. [4 Lectures]

Textbooks:
1. B. Andrei Bernevig, Taylor L. Hughes, Topological Insulators and Topological Su-
perconductors, Princeton Universtiy Press, 2013

2. Shun-Qing Shen, Topological Insulators: Dirac Equation in Condensed Matter,

Spinger, 2012

References:
1. R. Shankar, Topological Insulators - A review, https://arxiv.org/pdf/1804.06471.pdf

2. M. Z. Hasan, C. L. Kane, Topological Insulators, https://arxiv.org/pdf/1002.3895.pdf

3. Xiao-Liang Qi and Shou-Cheng Zhang, Topological insulators and supercon-

ductors, https://arxiv.org/pdf/1008.2026.pdf

4. N.P. Armitage, E. J. Mele, Ashvin Vishwanath, Weyl and Dirac Semimetals in

Three-Dimensional Solids, https://arxiv.org/pdf/1705.01111.pdf

5. David Vanderbilt, Berry Phases in Electronic Structure Theory, Cambridge

University Press, 2018

19.72 PH 701: Introduction to Molecular Simulations

Course Code: PH 701
Course Name: Introduction to Molecular Simulations
L-T-P-C: 2-2-0-4
Prerequisite: Master-level courses in Physics/Chemistry
Students intended for: Ph.D.
Elective or Core: Elective
Approval: 11th Senate; OTA

Course contents
ˆ Classical statistical mechanics

ˆ Ensembles

1447
ˆ microcanonical, canonical, grand canonical ensembles ideal gas- harmonic oscillator
– Spin Systems. Introduction to Stochastic process, Brownian Motion, Langevin
equation, Fokker- Planck equation, Introduction to liquid state theory- pair distri-
bution functions- structure factor- coherent and in-coherent scattering- Ornstein-
Zernike correlation function Diffusion in a liquid- mean square displacement- self
and collective van Hove correlation function – Intermediate scattering function and
dynamics structure factor.

ˆ Programing in C and Fortran 95

ˆ Essential for programming in this course

ˆ Introduction of Monte Carlo methods

ˆ Value of using MC method, Gaussian distribution from 1d random walk, Metrapolis

algorithm for construction NVT ensemble, Implementation of ensemble using MC
methods.

ˆ Project 1

ˆ Write a Monte Carlo simulation to simulate model liquid.

ˆ Introduction to Molecular dynamic simulations

ˆ Molecular dynamics simulations, Numerical integration of linear differential equa-

tions, Leap-Frog algorithm, Velocity Verlet algorithm, Periodic boundary condition
one, two and three dimensions.

ˆ Project 2

ˆ Write a MD simulation code for simple liquids and for a polymer chain connected
by harmonic spring.

ˆ Introduction to Brownian and Lengevin dynamics simulations

ˆ Simple Brownian dynamics algorithm without hydrodynamic interactions.Langevin

dynamics simulations.

ˆ Project 3

ˆ Write a Brownian dynamics code to simulate colloids in a solution and motion of

single polymer chain.

ˆ Analysis data from simulations

ˆ Computation of radial distribution function, Structure factor, Time series analysis,

Mean square displacement.

ˆ Project 4

ˆ Using trajectories produced from the earlier simulation to compute: Radial distri-
bution functions. Mean square displacement of center of mass and monomers for a
polymer chain. Computation of stress, stress correlation function and viscosity.

1448
Text & Reference Books:
1. R. K. Pathria, Statistical Mechanics

2. Introduction stochastic process in physics and astronomy, Rev. Mod.

Phys., 1, 15, 1943.

3. J. A. Barker and D. Henderson, What is liquid? Understanding the state of

matter, Rev. Mod. Phys. 587, 48, 1976.

4. J. P. Hansen and I. R. McDonald, Theory of simple liquids

5. D. A. McQuarrie, Statistical Mechanics.

6. M. P. Allen and D. J. Tildesey, Computer simulation of liquids

7. Daan Frenkel, Understanding molecular simulation.

8. D. C. Rappaport, The art of molecular dynamics simulations.

9. D. P. Landau and Kurt Binder, A guide to Monte Carlo simulations in sta-

tistical Physics.

19.73 PH 702 (3) Theoretical Atomic Physics

Approval: 8th Senate, 14th Senate; OTA

Course Outline:
ˆ Quantum Mechanics and symmetry‘of hydrogen atom; Rotational and dynamical
symmetry of of the M potential, degeneracy of hydrogen atom (S04) (6 lectures)

ˆ Angular momentum algebra in quantum mechanics, agnular momentum addition,

Direct product, CGC ˜ recursion relations,irreducible tensor operators, wigner-
eckart theorem (8 lectures)

ˆ Relativistic quantum mechanics, Dirac equation, Relativistic hydrogen atom, Foldy-

Wouthysen transformations, perturbative treatment of relativistic effects (8 lec-
tures)

ˆ Hartree-Fock formalism, self-consistent formalism, Koopmans’ theorem (6 lectures)

ˆ Probing the atom, atomic collision and boundary conditions, Time reversal sym-
metry, photoionization as half-scattering (4 lectures)

ˆ Atomic photoinization cross section and angular distribution parameters, Cooper-

late formula (4 lectures)

ˆ Basic introduction to Laser cooling, BEC, atomic clock and attosecond metrology
(4 lectures)

1449
19.74 PH 702: Advanced Quantum Mechanics
Course Code: PH 702
Course Name: Advanced Quantum Mechanics
L-T-P-C: 3-0-0-3
Prerequisites: None
Intended For: PhD
Core or Elective: Elective
Approval: 2nd Senate

Course Contents
ˆ Module I

ˆ Review of basic concepts in quantum mechanics, measurements, observables and

generalized uncertainty relations, change of basis, generator of translation [3 Lec-
tures]

ˆ Module II

ˆ Rotations and angular momentum commutation relations, spin-1/2 systems and

finite rotations of general theory of angular momentum, addition of angular mo-
menta, Clebsch-Gordon Coefficient (CGC) and its properties, conventions of CGC,
choice of phases and 3-j symbols, Schwinger’s oscillator model of angular momentum
[4 Lectures]

ˆ Module III

ˆ Tensor operators, Cartesian tensors, irreducible tensor operators, matrix elements

of tensor operators, Wigner-Eckart theorem and its applications [4 Lectures]

ˆ Module IV

ˆ Symmetry principles in quantum mechanics, conservation laws and degeneracies,

discrete symmetries, parity and time reversal, symmetry in collision and ionization
process [4 Lectures]

ˆ Module V

ˆ Approximation methods in quantum mechanics, review of non-degenerate pertur-

bation theory, degenerate perturbation theory, time dependent perturbation theory,
periodic perturbation, Rabbi flopping frequency, Adiabatic approximation, Berry
phase, sudden approximation [5 Lectures]

ˆ Module VI

ˆ Interaction of quantum systems with radiation, Dipole approximation and selection

rules, length, velocity and acceleration forms of matrix transition matrix elements,
Absorption process, spontaneous emission, stimulated absorption, Einstein coeffi-
cients, life times, line intensities, widths and shapes [5 Lectures]

ˆ Module VII

1450
 ˆ Many electron atoms, central field approximation, self-consistent field method,
Hartree-Fock equations, Koopman’s theorem [5 Lectures]

ˆ Module VIII

ˆ Relativistic quantum mechanics, Klein-Gordon equation, Dirac equation, probabil-

ity densities and current densities, plane wave solutions of Dirac’s equation, solu-
tions of the Dirac equation for a central potential, non-relativistic limit of Dirac
equation, negative energy states and hole theory [5 Lectures]

ˆ Module IX

ˆ Second quantization, creation and destruction operators, occupation numbers, com-

mutation relations, matrix elements of H for N-electron systems, field operators [5
Lectures]

Text & Reference Books:

1. J.J. Sakurai, Modern quantum mechanics

2. Tannoudji, B Diu, F Laloe, Quantum Mechanics -Vol. I & II, Cohen.

3. Messiah, Quantum Mechanics, Vol. I and II

4. Bransden and Joachain, Quantum mechanics

5. Bransden and Joachain, Physics of atoms and molecules

6. R Shankar, Principles of quantum mechanics.

7. S. Raimes, Many electron theory.

8. Bethe, Intermediate quantum mechanics.

9. Landau & Lifshitz, Quantum mechanics.

19.75 PH 705: Foundations in Experimental Physics

Course Code: PH 705
Course Name: Foundations in Experimental Physics
L-T-P-C: 3-0-1-4
Intended for: Ph. D (Physics)
Core/Elective: Elective
Approval: 1st Senate

1451
Course contents
ˆ PART-A Lectures on experiments, which made an impact on physics and/or lec-
tures on new/modem experiments of current importance to frontier research in
Physics. (Lecture Hours: 24)

ˆ A1: Great Experiments In Physics:

ˆ Starting with Galileo’s experiments with motion, this study of 25 crucial discov-
eries includes Newton’s laws of motion, ChadwicK’s study ofth neutron, Hertz on
electromagnetic waves, and more.

ˆ A2: Top I 10 beautiful experiments:

1. Young’s double-slit experiment applied to the interference of single electrons

2. Galilee’s experiment on falling bodies (1600s)
3. Millikan’s oil-drop experiment (191 Os)
4. Newton’s decomposition of sunlight with a prism (1665-1666)
5. Young’s light-interference experiment (1801)
6. Cavendish’s torsion-bar experiment (1798)
7. Eratosthenes’ measurement of the Earth’s circumference (3rd century BC)
8. Galileo’s experiments with rolling balls down inclined planes (1600s)
9. Rutherford’s discovery ofthe nucleus (1911)
10. Foucault’s pendulum (1851)

ˆ Others experiments:

– Archimedes’ experiment on hydrostatics

– Roemer’s observations of the speed of light
– Joule’s paddle-wheel heat experiments
– Reynolds’s pipe flow experiment
– Mach & Salcher’s acoustic shock wave
– Michelson-Morley measurement of the null effect of the ether
– Rontgen’s detection of Maxwell’s displacement current
– Oersted’s discovery of electromagnetism
– The Braggs’ X-ray diffraction of salt crystals
– Eddington’s measurement of the bending of starlight
– Stem-Gerlach demonstration of space quantization
– Schr1idinger’s cat thought experiment
– Trinity test of nuclear chain reaction
– Wu et al.’s measurement of parity violation
– Goldhaber’s study of neutrino helicity
– Feynman dipping an 0-ring in water

1452
 – A3: Experiments of current interest:
– A3.1 Proton lifetime measurement
– A3.2 Bose-Einstein Condensation.
– A3.3 Measurement ofthe Fine-Structure Constant.
– A3.4 Experimental tests of Bell’s inequalities
– A3.5 Experiments on Quantum Computation
– A3.6 The High Temperature Superconductivity Space Experiment
– A3.7 Study of electrnoic structure of materials using photoemission spectro-
scopic experiments (angle integrated, angle resolved and spin resolved photoe-
mission experiments)
ˆ Part-B Actual Laboratory Experiments [14 Lecture Hours]. Experiments will be
chosen from the list below:
1. Four probe method
2. Michelson Interferometer (white light)
3. Sand piles and rice piles, avalanche distribution
4. X-ray of an NaCl single crystal
5. Directed percolation – spreading of ink on paper
6. Viscous fingering - effect of viscosity
7. Hall effect
8. Measurement of Band Gap in a Semiconductor
9. Construction of a hologram
10. Zeeman Effect
11. Kerr Effect
12. Short Noice and Johnson noise – measurement of Boltzmann Constant
13. Absolute zero of temperature and charge of electron
14. Preparation (CVD) and characterization (AFM, STM) of thin films
15. Experiments on photon squeezing, Bose-Einstein condensation, parity-violation
in weak interaction
ˆ Part – C Demonstrations in the experimental laboratories in our Institute [Lecture
Hours: 18]

References:
1. Morris H. Shamos, Firsthand Accounts from Galileo to Einstein
2. http://physicsweb.org/articles/world/15/9/2
3. Webb, Denis C., Nisenoff, M., Microwave Journal, 1991.
4. Nisenoff M., Gubser D.U., Wolf, S.A., Ritter J.C., Price G.Source, High tem-
perature superconductivity space experiment (HTSSE), Superconductor,
Science and Technology, Volume 4, Number 9, 1991.
5. Stephan Hufner(ed.), Very high resolution Photoelectron spectroscopy, 2007.

1453
19.76 PH 706: Introduction to Stochastic Problems in Physics
Course Code: PH 706
Course Name: Introduction to Stochastic Problems in Physics
L-T-P-C: 3-0-0-3
Prerequisites: Masters Level Courses in Mathematical Physics, introductory statistical
mechanics course
Students intended for: Ph D
Elective or Compulsory: Elective
Approval: 2nd Senate

Course Contents
ˆ Module I

ˆ Introduction random walk in lD, Mean values of random walk problem, Probability
distribution for large N, Binomial and Gaussian distributions. Probability distribu-
tion of many variables, continuous probability distributions . General calculation of
mean values for the random walk. Example of random walk problem, freely joined
model for polymers, Gaussian chains.

ˆ Module II

ˆ Historical introduction to stochastic process. Einstein’s formulation of the random

walk. Comparison between ordinary and stochastic differential equation. Differen-
tial equation of probability - the diffusion equation from - random walk - kinetic
argu01ents. Definition of the diffusion coefficient.

ˆ Module III

ˆ Langevin equation for a Brownian particle - average velocity and mean square
displacement. Formal solution. Probabilistic approach to stochastic process. Birth
and death process - master equation. Noise in the electronic system - short noise
and Johnson noise. Poisson distribution - formulation of the differential equation.
Limitation of ordinary calculus.

ˆ Module IV

ˆ Definition of a stochastic variable, probability distribution, probability density dis-

tribution. Transformation between stochastic variable. Characteristic function,
moments and cumulants. Stochastic process of many variables. Conditional prob-
ability density, cross correlations. Multivariate Gaussian distribution.

ˆ Module V

ˆ Time depended random variables, stationary processes. Classification or stochastic

process, purely random, Markov process, and non-Markovian process. Chapman
Kolrnogorov equation-Weiner Khinchine theorem.

ˆ Module VI

1454
 ˆ Langevin equation revisited - velocity autocorrelation function- mean square dis-
placement. Maxwell Boltzmann distribution from moments of velocity. Ornstein
Uhlenbeck process, Green’s function solution, correlation function, moments, so-
lution by Fourier transformation. Non-linear Langevin equation- Kubo oscillator.
Drift and diffusion coefficients - Kramer’s Moyal expansion coefficients- Ito and
Stratonovich’s definitions o.f stochastic calculus.

ˆ Module VII

ˆ Fokker-Planck equation- Kramers Maya! Forward and backward expansion and

equivalence. Fokker-Planck equation for one variable. Application of truncated
Kramer’s Moyal expansion. FP equation of many variables with examples. Methods
of solution of FP equation of one variable.

ˆ Module VIII

ˆ Discussion of Kramers problem of escape over barrier. Master equations. Prob-

abilistic approaches molecular systems. BBGKY higherary. Boltzmann equation.
Quantum stochastic processes. Master equation approaches to density matrix. Lin-
ear response theory - fluctuation dissipation theory.

Text & Reference Books:

1. H Risken, The Fokker-Planck Equation Methods of solution and applica-
tions, Springer

2. C Gardiner, Stochastic Methods: A Handbook for the Natural and social

science, Springer

3. Herm.an Haaken, Synergetics : An introduction, Springer.

4. D Middleton, An introduction to statistical Communication theory, Penin-

sula Publishing

5. Nelson Wax, Collected papers in noise and stochastic process, Dover

6. F Reif, Fundaments of Statistical and thermal physics, McGrew Hill

7. M Doi and S F Edwards, Theory of polymer dynamics, Oxford University Press.

8. W Feller, An introduction to probability theory and and its applications,

Vol. I & II, John Wiley & Sons.

9. H S Wio, An introduction to stochastic processes and non-equilibrium

statistical physics, World Scientific.

1455
20 Centre for Quantum Computing Courses Courses
20.1 QS 501P : Experiments in Quantum Optics
Course Code : QS 501P
Course Name : Experiments in Quantum Optics
L-T-P-C : 0-0-5-3
Intended for : B.Tech, M.Tech, M.Sc, Ph.D.
Prerequisite : First course on Quantum Mechanics
Mutual Exclusion:
Approval: 54th BoA

Course Contents
ˆ NA

Laboratory/practical/tutorial Modules:
1. Fourier Transform: To demonstrate the Fourier Transform of sample images

2. Optical Tweezers: Demonstrate microscale particle manipulation dynamics through

laser induced forces using Portable Optical Tweezers.

3. Optical Vortices: Demonstrate the Optical Vortices corresponding to various topo-

logical charges.

4. Quantum Eraser: To demonstrate the sensitivity of path information on the mea-

surement process

5. Polarized 3D Cinema: Create a 3D Projection using circularly polarized light based

on Real 3D Cinema Technology

6. Bomb Tester: Experiment on Interaction-free Quantum measurements: Testing the

Bombs in Michelson Interferometer

7. Quantum Cryptography: Demonstration of BB84 Quantum Cryptography Protocol

and detection of eavesdropper on Encrypted data

Textbooks:
1. Christopher Garry, Introductory Quantum Optics, Cambridge University Press,
2012.

2. Mark Fox, Quantum Optics: An Introduction, Oxford master series in

Physics, 2006.

3. Laboratory manual for experiments

References:
1. NA

1456
21 Research Methodology Courses
21.1 RM 510 : Research Methodology
Course Code: RM 510
Course Name : Research Methodology
L-T-P-C : 1-0-0-1
Intended for : MS/PhD
Prerequisite : None
Mutual Exclusion : None
Approval: 9th Senate

Course Contents:
Each topic below represents one lecture.

ˆ Introduction: What is research, how research has benefited human society

ˆ Literature survey: What is it? Why is it needed? How to do a literature survey,

how to read a research paper, use of tools like Google Scholar, CiteSeer etc.

ˆ Ph.D degree and thesis: What are the objectives, and what are not. What is
the role of the advisor and the scholar?

ˆ Things that may help a research scholar: for example, maintain a daily rou-
tine, attend talks in other areas, go for others’ Ph.D. seminars, maintain physical
fitness, time management etc.

ˆ Research ethics: plagiarism, academic dishonesty, a few case studies

ˆ Writing: How to write good papers, and research proposals

ˆ Presentation: How to make good presentations

ˆ School-specific lecture 1

– SHSS: Theory (broad topics, specific to the discipline ofthe student)

– SBS: Important sources of literature -journals and conferences of RSC, ACS,
AMS, lOP, APS, ScienceDirect, use of different reference tools
– SCEE: Important sources of literature- journals and conferences of ACM, IEEE
etc. ˆ SE: Intellectual property rights

ˆ School-specific lecture 2

– SHSS: Practice (broad topics, specific to the discipline of the student)

– SBS: Introduction to software like ChemDraw, SolidWorks- 1
– SCEE: Using computing tools: HPC cluster, LaTeX, Matlab, producing figures
and plots
– SE: Good practices for numerical simulations

1457
 ˆ School-specific lecture 3

– SHSS: Writing (broad topics, specific to the discipline ofthe student)

– SBS: Introduction to software like ChemDraw, SolidWorks-2
– SCEE: Reproducible research in computer science and electrical engineering
– SE: Good practices for experimental methods

ˆ Writing a research proposal and making presentation. Each student will prepare a
3-page proposal and give a 10-minute presentation on it.

ˆ Exercise 1

ˆ Exercise 2

ˆ Exercise 3

ˆ Exercise 4

Note on abbreviations:
ˆ SHSS: School of humanities and social sciences

ˆ SBS: School of basic sciences

ˆ SCEE: School of computing and electrical engineering

ˆ SE: School of engineering

TextBooks:
Reference Books:
1. Richard Hamming, You and your research, Bell Communications Research Col-
loquium Seminar, 1986 (Transcription available online.)

2. Cone, J.D. & Foster, S.L., Dissertations and theses from start to finish,
DC,APA, 2006.

3. Galvin, J.L., Writing literature reviews: A guide for students of the social
and behavioral sciences, 4th Edition, Pyrczak, 2009.

4. Gilpin, A.A., A guide to writing in the sciences, U. Toronto Press, 2000.

5. Gustavii, B., How to write and illustrate a scientific paper, Cambridge Uni-
versity Press, 2003.

6. Babbie, E.R.,. The practice of social research, Wadsworth, 2010.

1458
21.2 RM 600 Research Methodology
Course Code: RM 600
Course Name: Research Methodology
L-T-P-C: 1-0-0-1
Students intended for: MS/ Ph.D.
Prerequisites: MA 202 for undergraduate
Elective or Core: Compulsory
Grading Pattern : Satisfactory / Not Satisfactory
Approval: 5th Senate

Course Contents:
ˆ Why research/Getting research ideas/Executing research
ˆ Aspect teacher-students relationship/stress management
ˆ Communication
ˆ Oral presentation
ˆ Introduction IIT Mandi library resources
ˆ Introduction to Latex/Google docs
ˆ Common errors in English
ˆ Technical paper/proposal writing
ˆ Best practices for numerical simulations
ˆ Best practices for experimentation
ˆ Safety precautions in experiments
ˆ Result analysis/scrutinizing
ˆ Copyright
ˆ Plagiarism
ˆ Ethics in research

Reference Books:
1. Wyne C. Booth, Colomb, William, The Craft of Research, University of Chicago
Press.
2. Ranjit Kumar, Research Methodology: A Step-By-Step Guide For Begin-
ners, Sage South Asia, 2011,
3. R Panneerselvam, Research Methodology, PHI Learning, 2009.
4. C. R Kothari, Research Methodology: Methods and Techniques, New Age
International, 2004.

1459